Full text of "Survey graphic"

See other formats

Vol. .

SEYMOUR LIBRARY

AUBURN, N. Y.

SURVEY GRAPHIC

INDEX

•

VOLUME XXII
JANUARY 1933— DECEMBER 1933

NEW YORK
SURVEY ASSOCIATES, INC.

1 1 2 EAST 1 9iH STREET

Index

January 1933— December 1933
VOLUME XXII

The material in this index is arranged under authors and subjects and
in a few cases under titles. Anonymous articles and paragraphs are
entered under their subjects. The precise wording of titles has not been
retained where abbreviation or paraphrase has seemed more desirable.

Abrons, H. L., 50
Abundance, 595
Adams, J. T., 274
Adams of Winchester, 51
Adams' Science in the Changing

World, 382

Adams' The March of Democracy, 431
Adaptation, 55
Addams, Jane, 67

Portrait in group, 503

Social deterrent of our national self-
righteousness, The, 98
Adjustment, 622
Adler, Felix, 111

Portrait, 325

Tribute to, by J. L. Elliott, 324
Adversity, uses of, 611, 613
After NIRA — a lasting recovery, 512
Agar's The People's Choice, 522
Age of Plenty, 629
Age of the automobile, 5
Agricultural technique, 23
Agriculture, 455

Shift out of, 21
Ahern's Forest Bankruptcy in

America, 430
Airplane (woodcut), 27
Alaska, 286
Alcohol, 239

Both sides of the case, 412
Alcoholism, 203
Allen, F. L., 149
Altgeld, John P., 527
America, On the march, 147

Pioneering adventures, 404

Self-righteousness, 98

What we confront in American
life. 133

Where and whither, 253
America, Journey to, in graphic

symbols, 461
AFL, 493

American Fork and Hoe Co., 376
American Hospital Association, 207
American Library Association annual

conference. 634
American social life, 43
American way, 606
Amidon, Beulah, 67, 131, 243, 297

After college — what?, 320

Hack to work, 353

Economics makes the front page, 156

Employers and workers wanted, 87

Men who make the beer, 255
Angell's From Chaos to Control, 427
Anslinger, H. J., 342
Antioch College, 322
Appalachian Region, 251

Tennessee Valley as related to, 252
Arkwright, Frank, 176
Armstrong's Hitler's Reich: the

First Phase, 520, 636
Art, 28

Creative, 213

Man's conquests (murals), 318-319

Recent trends in the arts, 37
Arts of life in America (murals),

16-17

Arts of the City (mural), 17
Arts of the South (mural), 17
Arts of the West (mural), 16
Asheville, N. C., 510
AICP, 605
Athens. 425
Atlantic City, 237
August threshing (ill.), 590
Automobile roads, 83
Automobiles, Age of the automobile, 5

Yesterday and today (cartoon), 45
Autotrams, 85

Back-to-thc-land movement, will it
help?, 455

Back to work, 353

Baird, Frieda, Farm mortgages, 301

Baizerman, S. L., bronzes, 258-259

Baker, H. C, 112

Baker, Jacob, 67

Making money, 106
Baker, O. E.. 23, 455, 457
Bakke. E. W., 345

Producers' Exchanges, 371
Bali dancer (ill.), 506
Balkans, 109
Ballou, R. O., 243

The social view of book

publishing, 272
Ballyhoo (mural), 16
Barbusse, Henri, 483
Barlach, Ernst, carvings, 499, 454
Barrows, E. M., 537

What's wrong with our cities?, 560
Barstow, Frederic, 102, 104
Barstow Commission (group

photograph), 103
Barstow Foundation, 102
Barter, 106

Unemployed and, 373
Bassett, Edward, 254
Bauer, John, Long-term public

utility debts, 307
Baylor Hospital, 366
Beals's Porfirio Diaz, and his

Banana Gold, 116
Beals's The Crime of Cuba, 568
Beard, C. A. (letter), 269
Beard, Charles and Mary, 275
Beard's A Century of Progress, 476
Beard's America Through Women's

Eyes, 569
Beatus Caves, 386
Beer, men who make, 255
Behavior, 624
Belief, 616

Bellevue Hospital, 364
Bender family in Detroit, Mich.,

story of, 262
Benton, T. H., Arts of life in

America (murals), 16-17
Berle, A. A., Jr., 585

The law and the social revolution,

592

Berle and Means's The Modern

Corporation and Private Property
330

Bernhard, Lucian, 41

Bettman, Alfred, 421

Bible, 29

Billikopf, Jacob (letter), 282

Billings, Henry, mural, 22

Bird-house, 425

Birth control, 30, 44, 603

Birthrate, 12, 600, 603, 630

Bishop, Isabel, painting, 625

Black, H. L., 355

Blanco, A. E., 326

Blauvelt, N. Y., 358

Blodgett, G. W., 367

Blois, 120

Blue Ridge miners, 266, 290

Bluebird Inn. 398

Blumenthal, Sidney. 210

Mlumer, Herbert, 249

Blumenthal's Small Town Stuff, 227

Bogoras, Waldemar, 582

Bond-holders, 215

Bondfield, Margaret, (ill.), 489, 493
Revolution in the U. S. A., 491

Bonus Army in Washington, 149

Book cover (ill.), 40

Book publishing, social view of, 272

Bookman, C. M., 350
Portrait, 348

Books

Cost of making and selling, 273
On nationalism and other topics, 270
Readings in times of depression, 111

Reviews, 111, 176, 223, 274, 380, 427,
475, 521, 566, 634

Short reviews, 179, 229

Worthless books. 272
Bootlegging, 234, 239
Borick, Frank, 544
Borrowing, cities and, 560
Borsodi, Ralph, 431
Bottling, 257
Bowie, W. R., 112
Brandeis, L. D., 135

Dissenting opinion in Ice case, 593,

594

Brattleboro, Vt., 366
Breadline (play), 414
Breckinridge, S. P., 18, 26
Breshkovsky, Catherine, 555, 556
Brewery workers, 255

Organization, strikes, boycotts,

256, 257
Brisken, Rose, 537

Joel's party, 562
British anniversaries, 482
British Labour Exchange, 260
Broadacre City, 49
Brodeur, Jules, 41
Bronzes of working folk, by

Baizerman, 258-259
Brooks, R. C, 277
Brothers' keepers, 604
Brown, Charles Stafford, 112
Brown, John. 117
Bruere, M. B., 206

Scissors pictures, 442, 494, 538
Brunner, E. deS., 21, 25, 53
Bryce, James, 153
Bryson, Lyman, 585

Education for what?, 619
Buchler's Cohen Comes First, 380
Buchmanism, 118
Building, 422
Burchfield, Charles, 603
Burns, R. E., 94
Bushwoman (ill.), 506
Business, government and, 52

Regulation, 594

Scissors picture, 494
Byron, B. G., 585

Hard times hit a family, 611

Cabot, R. C, 195

What men rise to, 212
Cabot's The Meaning of Right and

Wrong, 429
Cairo, 577

Calais, Burghers of (sculpture), 219
Calavasa, Jose Rey (sculpture), 369
Camp Bluefield, 357, 358, 360

Letters from, 390

Canada, liquor control, varieties, 313
Cape Breton Island, 577
Capitalism, 33, 135, 329, 330
Caprice goods, 422
Carnegie, Andrew, 115
Carroll's As the Earth Turns, 381
Caste, 113
Catherine II, 79
Caucasus region, 581
Cement railroad, 254
Censorship, 520

Central and South America, 175
Chain gangs, 95

Motion picture of, 95, 96-97
Chama, Ascensio (sculpture), 368
Chance to rebuild the U. S. A., 420
Chaos, lessons of, 48
Chaotic coal, 539
Chaplin, Charles (ills.), 42
Charity, 604, 606
Charters, W. W., 245, 250
Chase, Stuart, 176, 177, 585

Is there enough to go 'round ?, 595
Check register (ills.), 38

Chicago, 588

World Fair, 50, 337
Child Labor, cotton textile industry

(cartoon), 397
Children, 29, 630

Libraries and, 635

Movies and, 245

Training of, 471

Children's swimming pool (model), 458
China, 83, 522
Christian Sociology, 178
Church unity, social service and, 382
Churches, 29

Attendance and expenditures, 30

What's wrong with?, 516
Cikovsky, Nicolai, painting (ills.), 590
Cinder-snappers, 362, 363
Cities, 15, 49

Finances, 560, 561

Good government and taxation,
relation, 560

Migration from, 509

Reorganization, 561, 575
Citizen's Councils, 575
City charters, 155
City government, 151, 153
City planning, 420
Civilization, 570
Clark, A. D., 431
Clark, C. E., 28
Clark, Evans, 297

Debts — barriers to recovery, 299
Clark, George, cartoons, 32
Clark, Noble, 441

Will back-to-the-land help?, 455
Classic landscape (ill.), 591
Clearing houses of discussion, 164
Clothing, 597
Coal distribution in the eighteen-

seventies (ills.), 606
Coal industry, Blue Ridge, 266

Cartoons, 541

Committee of operators at work on
code (ills.), 545

NRA and, 539
Coal pile (ills.), 423
Coal-mining, 422
Coal mining, Austrian, in graphic

symbols, 460

Coblentz, C. C., Idle men (verse), 323
Cocaine, 122
Cochran, N. D., 274
Cohen's Law and the Social Order, 477
Cole's A Guide Through World

Chaos, 115

Coleman, G. O., One Mile House
(lithograph), 203

Speakeasy (painting), 205
Collective bargaining, 467, 470
Collective planning, 162
Collective responsibility, 605, 606, 607
College, 29
College graduates (cartoons), 320, 321

Jobs and, 620

Colleges, After college— what?, 320
Communication, 54
Communism, 632, 633
Communists, Germany, 578
Company of Nations, the, 608, 610, 638

Constitution, 637
Competition, 163
Conference habit, 379
Conference room (ills.), 38
Conferences, 337
Conformity, 163
Congo. 523

Constitution, U. S., 594
Construction, estimated 1925 — 1932

(table), 356

Consumers, forgotten. 546
Consumers' Power Co.. 423
Consumption, 8, 9, 169

Plan to sustain, 512
Container (ill.), 40

Ind

e x

Coogan, Jackie, in Tom Sawyer (ills.),

244

Cook, Howard, woodcut, 27
Cook, J. B., 94

Cooke, M. L., 281 (letter), 475
Cooperation, 375
Cooper Union, 616

In relief, 351
Coopers, (ills.), 256, 276
Corporations, 330

Industrial, debts of, 305
Costigan, J. E., With the three

children (painting), 405
Cotton-textile industry. Boy in a
Massachusetts mill (ills.), 446

Child labor in (cartoon), 397

Code, 444, 446

Mills in the South (ills.), 444, 445,
447

NIRA and, 443

Stretch-out system, 448
Country parson's problem, 464
Courts, 592

Couzens, James (letter), 269
Cox, W. B., 126
Coyle, D. C., 585

Age of Plenty, 629
Coyle's The Irrepressible Conflict, 48
Crane, C. K., 326
Creative art, 213
Credit, strategic use of, 171
Credit tokens, 108
Crime, 57, 58, 99, 630

Effects of the movies on children, 246
Criminals, treatment of, 57
Croxton, F. C., 349
Cuba, 175, 474, 568

Seminar on, 633
Cultural advance. 629, 630
Culture, 254
Currency, 332
Current economics (4th year) (ills.),

586
Cynicism, 623, 624

Dale, Edgar, 246

Dallas, Texas, 366

Darling ("Ding") cartoons, 355

Darwin, Charles, 111

Davis, M. M., 195

Organized action in medical care, 207
Davis, Norman, 222
Dayton, Ohio, Council of Social
Agencies, 371, 373, 374

Scrip, 106, 107
Deane, A. L., 269 (letter), 489

After NIRA — a lasting recovery, 512
Deane Plan, 512
Death, 49

Deathrates, 13, 45, 603
Debts, 134, 298, (drawing)

Barriers to recovery, 299

Distribution by class for 1933
(diagram), 302

Industrial corporations, 305

Public — federal, state, and local, 309

Public utility, long-term, 307

Railroads, 306

Deflating the boom in population, 600
Democracy, 33, 329, 564

American, 35
Denver, 373, 374
Depression, 162

Ballad of (verse), 377

Basic causes, 69

Benefits, 611, 613

Librarians and, 634

Refugees (with ill.}, 147

Revelation of fallacies, 624
Des Moines, 561
Detroit, Mich., Bender family, 262

Murals by Rivera in Institute of

Arts, 160-161

Devine's Progressive Social Action, 224
Dewey, John, 621, 638
Diaz, Porfirio, 116
Dictatorship, 564, 587
Dictionary, 330
Dictograph (ill.), 38
Diplomats, world corps, 638
Disarmament, 175, 565

Model for agreement, 326
Discussion, 164
Disease, 49
Disney, Walt, 42
Display card (ill.), 41
Doak, Secretary, federal employment
offices, reorganization appraised,
165

Hobbert's Red Economics, 179
Doctor and poor patient (ill.), 143
Doctors, 275
Dogma, 638
Dole, 260, 263
Dollars and lives, 407
Dore, Gustave, engraving (ill.), 607
Douglas, P. H., 26
Douglas, W. O., 28
Dreams, 629, 631
Dress, cost of a five-dollar, 75
Dreyfuss, Henry, 40
Drunkenness, 204, 240

Dudgeon, M. S., 634

Dugan, T. F., 398

Duluth, 87

Dunkeldorff, Max], 255

Dunn's Double-Crossing America by

Motor, 528

Duranty, Walter, 3, 67, 582
The Russian paradox, 79
Dysinger, W. S., 248

Earnings, 26
East Side, 417

Lung Block, 264-265
Eastman, L. R. (letter), 280
Economic conditions, 31
Economic order, 134
Economic planning, 197
Economic revival, 136
Economic revolutions, 523
Economic security, 620, 621
Economic stages (diagr.), 596
Economic trends, 44
Economics, 113

Current (4th year), (ill.), 586

Fourteen axioms, 164

Front page, 156

Incentive to population, 601, 602

Stagnation, 162
Economies, 642
Edmonds, W. D., 274
Edna Mine, 290
Education, 20, 598

Graduates and the struggle ahead, 619

Need of, 214

New burdens on the structure of, 56
Education for what?, 619
Educational Frontier. 620, 621
Egas, Camilo, painting, (ill.), 591
Ehrlich's God's Angry Man, 117
Ehrmann, H. B., 393

The bouncer of the Bluebird Inn, 398
Eighth adventure, the, 404
Eisenstein-Sinclair controversy, 559
Eldred, Wilfred, The railroad debt, 306
Electrical research (mural), 22
Electricity, costs, 475
Elliott, J. L., 297

Felix Adler, 324
Ellis Island, 426
Ellis' Views and Reviews, 51
Embree, E. R., 67

A new school in American Samoa, 102
Emergencies, 212
Emerson, Haven, 393

Can wets and drys bear the whole

truth?, 412

Employers and workers wanted, 87
Employment, 546
Employment exchanges, public
experimental, 87

Appraisal, 87, 93

Description, 88

Finances, 92

Problems, 92

Psychological tests of applicants, 91

Records, 90
Energy ration, 253
Energy resources, 596, 597
Energy Survey, 157
England, 432

Case stories of unemployed in London

and Liverpool, 260
Enough to go 'round, 595
Environment, 254
Equity, 592
Ernst and Lindy's Hold Your Tongue,

Esdaille, Arundell, 634, 635
Essex County (N. J.) Hospital

Council, 366

Ethical Culture Societies, 324
Ethnic egotism, 601, 602
Eugenics, 44
Europe, travel in, 50
Ewing Sherrard, 350

Portrait, 348
Extradition, 94, 95

Fahey, J. H. (letter), 284

Fairchild, H. P., 3, 585

Deflating the boom in population, 600
Trends in a changing society, 43

Fairchild's Profits or Prosperity?, 113

Faith, 616

Falk, I. S., 143

Fall River, 575

Fallada's Little Man, What Now?, 428

Family, 12, 14, 30, 63

Family incomes, 144

Family of nations, 608, 610

Far East, 174

League of Nations and. 608, 609

Farm on wheels (ill.), 6

Farm mortgages, 301

Farming, city men and, 455

Farrell, Elizabeth, 557, 582

Fascism, 271, 520, 571

Fear, 217

Combating. 220
Disguised forms of, 219
Origins and masques of, 217

Federal debt, 309

Federal employment offices, Doak

reorganization appraised, 165
Federal Relief Administration, 347
Federal responsibility, 607
Federal Tjade System, 69, 197, 200

Comments, letters, 269
Fels, S. S., 67, 131, 195, 243, 269
Planning for purchasing power, 197
Some discoveries in the backward field

of consumption, 169
Work and worklessness, 69
Fels plan, comments, letters, 269
Fel's This Changing World, 428
Ferry-Hanly Advertising Co., 41
Fetter, F. A., 537

Forgotten consumers, 546
Field Museum, racial types (ills.),

505-508

Filene, E. A., 67
Railroads, a super-highway and the

unemployed, 83
Filene, Lincoln (letter), 280
Fisher's Requiem, 569
Fitch, John A., 489

Steel and the NRA, 495
Fitzpatrick cartoons, 353, 354, 397, 451,

468

Five-Year Plan, 82
Flanders, R. E., 73, 595
Fletcher, Basil, 275
Fletcher, L. J., 455
Flood control, 252
Flynn, L. J., 84
Food supply, 596

Sources, in graphic symbols, 461
Ford, Henry, 172, 510
Foresight, 627, 628
Forest cover, 252
Forest wilderness, 293
Forestry, 523
Forests, 430

Forgotten consumers, 546
Formalism, 618
Forman's Our Movie Made Children,

526
Fosdick and Scott's Toward Liquor

Control, 636
Four-Power Pact, 378
Fourteenth Street (painting), 625
Fox, H. F., 276
France, opium and, 122
Frank, L. K., 13, 29
Frankfurter, Felix, 131

What we confront in American life,

133

Freedom of speech, 520
Freeman, F. N., 504
Freeway, 254
French, Fred F., Co., 264
Frick (H. C.) Coke Co., 542 (ill.), 543
Friederick, A. A., 297

Case history of a community of

mortgaged home-owners, 311
Friedman's Russia in Transition, 179
Friends Service Committee, miners

and, 266

Fry, C. L., 20, 29
Future
Attitudes toward, 627, 628

Gabrilowitsch, Ossip, 271
Gainfully occupied, 8, 18, 20
Galloway, G. B., Public debts, 309
Gangster films, 250, 287
Garbedian's Major Mysteries of

Science, 524
Garment trades, wages and working

conditions of women in, 75
Gasoline pump (ill.), 38
Gavit, J. P., 131

Heavyweights have signed off, 378

Horologions, 425

Jeeviol also some better things, 109

M. Stalin, thank Herr Hitler!, 632

Nationalism on the rampage, 270

New York — the second biggest job,
151

Now try this on your armaments, 326

On keys, and return tickets, 564

Shirts on and fingers crossed, 221

Snapshots of explosion, 519

Underneath the uproar, 46

"What went ye out for to see?", 473
Gay, E. F., 18, 25, 26, 44
Geary, D. E., 402
Geddes, Norman Bel, 38
Gehlke, C. E., 57
General welfare, 640, 641
Geneva, 184, 637, 638
Geneva Opium Convention of 1931,

ratification, 326
Georgia cotton mill (ill.), 444
Germany, 46, 47, 222, 379, 428, 519,
564, 565, 632

Below the surface, 449

Books on, 636

Cartoons. 554

Communists, 578

Competition in, 454

Concentration camp (ill.), 551

Counter-revolution, 529

Hitler Youth (ills.), 552-553

Impressions about the persecutions of
the Jews, 449

Insanity, 270

Labor camps, 551, 554

Labor conditions, 549

Leadership principle, 549, 550, 551

Resignation from the League, 565

Social services, 554, 578

Socialists, 578

Sound and fury, 549

Trades-unions, 550, 551
Gesell money, 107
Gibbs's The Way of Escape, 329
Gilson, Mary, 277
Ginsburg, Isidor, 519
Givens, M. B., 18, 44
Glass designs (ill.), 39
Goal of government, the, 587
Goebbels, Herr, 549, 578
Goering, Hermann, 550 (ill.), 576, 579
Goldberger, Dr., 408
Goldfish Bowl, 492
Goldmark, Susan, The skyscraper

(verse), 466

Good time, price of, 622
Goods vs. ideas (drawing), 623
Goodwin, P. L., 425
Government, 640, 641

Business and, 52

Confusion in, 34

Example, 564

Functions, 63

Goal of, 587

Grave problems, 35

Public indifference to the functioning
of, 574

Recognition, 610

Society and, 33
Government control, 564
Gramercy Square, 604
Graphic symbols (ills.), 459
Great Technology, the, 162
Green, H. W., 431
Green, William, 269 (letter), 493, 495,

543

Greenwich House Workshops, 423, 426
Gresham's law, 108
Group hospitalization, 208
Growth, 214, 231

Hahn's Congo Solo, 523
Hall, Helen, 243

The little green card, 260
Hallgren's Seeds of Revolt, 570
Halper's Union Square, 330
Hamilton, Alice L., 441, 537

Below the surface, 449

Portrait, 11

Sound and fury in Germany, 549
Hamilton, Walton, 144, 146
Hamilton's Sidney and Beatrice Webb,

567

Hamite (ill.), 505
Hanover Square (ill.), 4
Hansen, Harry, Librarians capture the

depression, 634
Hard, William, 585

The Company of Nations, 608, 610,

638

Hard times hit a family, 611
Hard's A Mountain Township, 570
Harrison, S. M., portrait, 11
Hart, Hornell, 29, 30, 31
Harvey's The Mind of China, 522
Hawarden, Iowa, 106
Haynes, Rowland, 350

Portrait, 348

Hazlitt's The Anatomy of Criticism, 566
Health, 12, 13, 598

Dollars and lives, 407

Shall we afford?, 143
Health barometer, 409
Heer, Clarence, 26
Henderson, Fred, 73, 595
Hendrick's The Life of Andrew

Carnegie, 115
Henry Street Settlement, Russia from,

555

Heroism, 212, 214
Herring, H. C, 121
Heyl's The Philosophy of a Scientific

Man, 382

Hibben, John Grier, 250
Hicks's The Great Tradition, 566
Highschool graduates and jobs, 619
Highschools, 20, 29
Highway system, 83
Highwayless towns, 293
Highways, townless, 254
Hill's The American Scene, 328
Hine, L. W., 195

Through the threads (photographs),

210, 211

Hitler, Adolf, 222, 270, 449, 519, 578,
632

Book, 551

May Day speech, 550

Photograph (ill.), 549
Hitler Youth (ills.), 552-553
Hoffman, Malvina

Ind

e x

Models of races of man (ills.),

505-508

Holaday, P. W., 247
Holraan's The Cure of Souls, 117
Holmes, Justice O. W., on the legal

control of business, 396
Holy Name Mission, The, 1931 (ills.),

602

Homan, T. B., 248
Home-owners, mortgaged, 311
Homeless workers (ill.), 591
Hong Kong mud carrier (ill.), 508
Hoover, Herbert, 5, 155, 170, 221
Hoover's Germany Enters the Third

Reich, 636
Hopkins, H. L., 347, 349, 350

Portrait, 349
Hopkins, J. T., 87

Hopper, Edward, paintings, 410, 411
Horses, instance of waste in New York

City, 155
Hospitals, 207

Crisis in, 364
Hours of labor, 355
House on wheels (ill.), 7
House that John bought (ills.), 310
Housing, 172, 420, 597

East Side improvement, 264-265
Howe and Lescaze, 39
Huberman's We, the People, 227
Hudson, Lillian, 557
Hughes formula, 582
Hull, Cordell, 222, 474
Hull-House nursery school, 502
Human nature, can Russia change?, 137

Changes in, 631
Hunt, E. E., portrait, 11
Hurlin, R. G., 18, 44
Huse's The Illiteracy of the Literate,

566

Huxley, T. H., 133
Hypnograph, 248

Ice case, 593, 594

Ideas vs. goods (drawing), 623

Idle men (verse), 323

Idleness, 277

Immigrants, 98

Immortality, 117

Incomes, 10, 25, 52

Indians of the Southwest (sculpture),

367-370

Individuality, 223
Industrial corporations, debts, 305
Industrial General Staff, 595, 642
Industrial Recovery Act, 384
Industrial standards, 78
Industrialism, 162
Industry, 136

Murals in Detroit by Rivera, 160-161
Inflation, 332
Insecurity, 622, 623
Institutions, 57
Insulated highway, 254
Intelligence and poverty, 502
International conferences, 473, 609
International cooperation, 379
International hymn, contest, 482
International Institute of Teachers

College, 120

International questions, 174, 175
International relations, 31, 52

Developments, 608

Opportunities of, 610
Internationalism, 610
Intoxication, 413, 437
Inventions, 54

Social, 55

Inwood Mutual Exchange, 373
Irwin's Angels and Amazons, 569
Is there enough to go 'round?, 595
Isolation, American (cartoon), 474
Italy, 564, 565
Ittleson, Henry (letter), 269

Jacks, L. P., 347

Jackson's White Spirituals in the

Southern Uplands, 430
Jakun young woman (ill.), 508
Japan, 46, 47, 122, 123, 174, 270, 379,
565

League of Nations and, 609
Jeeviol, 109
Jensen, G. B., 39
Jerger cartoon, 469
Jerusalem YMCA, 386
Jessup, M. F., 20, 29
Jewish Court, 380
Jews, German cartoons on (ills.), 450

German charges against, 453

Germany and. 449, 565
Jobless men, 353
Jobs, stumbling upon (ills.), 86
Joel's party, 562
Johnson, Hugh S., 384, 492, 493 (ill.),

544

Johnson's Along This Way, 568
Johnstone, W. B., cartoons, 321
Johnstown, Pa., conference, 182
Johnstown Camp, 149, 181

Jones, Wilfred, drawings, 5-9, 362, 363
Breadline (drawing), 414-415
New chapter in the book (drawing),

614-615
Road back, the (drawing), 298

Josephson's Nazi Culture, 636

Judd, C. H., 20, 527

Jugoslavia, 122

Justice, Georgia, on trial, 94

Kalenin, Mme., 581
Kallen's Individualism, 223
Kallet and Schlink's 100,000,000

Guinea Pigs, 224

Karlsruhe, banner girls (ill.), 552
Kashmiri praying (ill.), 507
Kaufman, Fritz, 93, 350
Kawin, Ethel, 489

Intelligence and poverty, 502
Kellogg, Arthur, 243

Minds made by the movies, 245
Kellogg, R. M., 131

Instead of a system , 165
Kelso, R. W., 350

Portrait, 348
Kendall, H. P., 441

Cotton textiles tirst, 443
Kennan, George, 556
Kennedy, A. J., 195

The saloon in retrospect and

prospect, 203
Kent, Rockwell, 567
Keppel, F. P., 28, 37, 635
Kerensky, Alexander, 80, 555, 556, 582
Kerrl, Herr, 554
Kertesz, Andre, 273
Ketchum, Philip, 393

Breadline (play), 414
Keynes, J. M., 136
Kiep, O. C, 379, 565
Kilpatrick, W., Public debts, 309
King, W. I., 25
Kingsbury, J. A., 109
Kingsport, Tenn., 510
Kirby, Rollin, cartoons, 152, 153, 451
Kirby and Laurson's The Early Years

of Modern Civil Engineering, 431
Kitchen (ill.), 39
Klaber, Eugene, 431
Knickerbocker Village, 265
Kohn, R. D., 420
Kolb, J. H., 21, 25, 53
Kosok's Modern Germany, 519
Kruif's Men Against Death, 49

Labor under the NIRA, 467
Lady Bountiful, 604, 606
LaFollette, P. I-., 456
LaFollette-Costigan bill, 183
Lamont, Robert P., steel code and, 495
Lament's Issues of Immortality, 117
Lament's Russia Day by Day, 432
Land utilization, 24

Possibility, 25
Lane, W. D., 67

Georgia justice on trial, 94
Lasker, L. D., 345, 393

Chance to rebuild the U. S. A., the,
420

Rediscovered men, 357
Laski's Democracy in Crisis, 329
Lavatory (ill.), 39
Law, 430

Law, the, and the social revolution, 592
Laws of nature, 519
Lawyers, 592
League of Nations, 270, 379, 474, 608

Close-up, 386

Covenant defective, 608, 609, 610

Germany and, 565

Japan and, 47

South America and, 565
League of Nations Covenant, 378
Leathers, W. S., 408
Lebedeva, V. P., 557
Lee, Vernon, 406
Legal system, 592, 593
Leiserson, W. M. (letter), 284
Leisure, 54, 253

Lenard's Great Men of Science, 571
Lengyel, Emil, 271, 276
Lenin, 80, 82, 582

Letters and life, 48, 111, 176, 223, 272,
328, 380, 427, 475, 521, 566, 634
Lewis, President, 544
Lewis' Ann Vickers, 114
Ley, Herr, 550, 554
Libel, 48
Liberalism, 617

Librarians capture the depression, 634
Liebmann, Tulius, 257
Lippmann, Walter. 43, 48
Lippmann's A New Social Order, 427
Lippmann's Interpretations, 113
Liquor, Canadian control, 313

Problem, 203
Liquor control, 636
Little green card, the, 260
Litvinoff, Maxim, Roosevelt and
(cartoon), 632, 633

Living room (ill.), 39

Loafers, 263

Local debts, 309

Local government, 560

Locke's The Negro in America, 526

Lockhart, R. H. Bruce, 274

Loeb, Harold, 176, 177

Long, Ray, 277

Lorwin, L. L., 281 (letter), 441

Labor under the NIRA, 467
Lorwin's The American Federation of

Labor, 429

Loving, Don, photographs, 310
Lowenthal's The Investor Pays, 477
Lozowick, Louis, lithographs, 4, 132
Lubin, Isador (letter), 281
Lujan, Albert (sculpture), 370
Lumber, 24
Lunarcharsky, 581
Luxury trades, 135
Lynd, R. S., 26, 28, 53

On spending, 31

McAneny, George, 151, 153, 155

MacCormack, D. W., 426

-\iacf arland's Christian Unity, 382

Machine age, 629

Machines, 569

MacKaye, Benton, 243

Tennessee — seed ot a national plan,

251

McKee's Degenerate Democracy, 329
McK.ee, J. V., 151
McSorley's bar (painting), 204
Macieiros, C. F., 400

Portrait, 401
Magazines, 29
.name, 381
Matung money, 106
Malongas, 1U^, 103
Malthus, 601, 602
Man 3 conquests (murals), 318-319
Manchukuo, 46
.Manchuria, 47, 174
Mancini, Antonio, 398
Marie Antoinette, biographies of, 528
Marriage, 1415
Marsh, Reginald, 602
Martin, E. D., 585

'Ihe way of believing, 616
Martin's Civilizing Ourselves, 225
Mathewson, b. E., 642
Matthews, VV. H., Ill
Means, Gardiner <_., Debts of industrial

corporations, 305
Mechanization, 24
Mechaniation of the factory (diagr.),

597

Mecklenberg, George, 372
Medical care (graph), 144, 145

Organized action in, 207
Medical Care, Committee on. the Costs

of. Confusion over report, 143
Medical practice, 14
Memory (ill.), 567
Mendelssohn-Bartholdy, A., 565
Menninger, K. A., 195

The origins and masques of fear, 217
Menominee Indians, 474
Mental hygiene, Russia and America

compared, 137, 142
Mental tests, pre-school children, 502
Mergers, 25
Merriam, C. E., 3

Government and society, 33
Portrait, 11

Methodist minister in Mississippi, 464
Metropolitan community, 64
Mexican film (with ills.), 558-559
Mexicans in the United States, 18
Mexico, 185

Migration from cities, 509
Migration of transients, 148
Militarism, 52
Miliukoff, Paul, 555, 582
Miller, H. A., 270, 277
Miller, V. L., 248
Mills's Economic Tendencies in the

United States, 228

Minds of children and the movies, 245
Minds on the march, 587
Mineral production, 23
Miners, 539-545

Blue Ridge, 266
Minimum wage movement, 78
Minneapolis, 87, 372
Minnesota, townships, 574

Tri-city demonstration employment

exchange, 87-93
Missionaries, Samoa, 103
Mitchel, John Purroy, 151, 192
Mitchell, W. C., portrait, 11
Moley, Raymond, 222
Money, 108

More coming in and more to spend

it on (ills.), 8, 9
Monongalia Rehabilitation Association.

290

Monopoly, 548
Monotonous work, 629
Monterio, Mrs., 400, 402

Montreal, liquor control, 313

Moore, A. H., 94

Moore, H. H., 14

Morals, 429

Morelli, Joseph, portrait, 401

Morgan, A. E., 282 (letter), 322

Morgantown, W. Va., 268

Morocco, 577

Mortgaged home-owners, 311

Mortgages, farms, 301

Urban, 303
Movies, adult mind and, 290

Art and (ills.), 42

Censorship and kinds, 287

Chain gangs, 95, 96-97

Children's memories of, 247

Effects on the minds of children, 245

Payne Fund studies, list, 250
Mowrer, E. A., 271
Mowrer's Germany Puts the Clock

Back, 520

Mundaneum, 459, 463, 484
Munich City Hall and Hitler Youth

(ill.), 553
Municipal budget, in graphic symbols,

460

Municipal Lodging House, 357, 358
Murphy, Frank, 564
Murphy, J. P., 131

America on the march, 147
Muscle Shoals, 251
Museums, unihed control of all, 484
Museums of the future, 458
Mussolini, Benito, 276

Four-party agreement, 378
Myerson and Goldberg's The German
Jew, 636

Nansen, Fridtjof, 177
Narcotic drugs, 46, 326, 379
Narcotics, Convention ratified, 277
Narcotics Conventions, the three, details

in tabular form, 327
Nash, P. C., 474
N ash's Happy Days, 635
Nathan, Robert, 274
National Board of Arbitration, 467
National Industrial Recovery Act
(NIRA), 441

After NIRA — a lasting recovery, 512

Danger, 501

Goldfish bowl and, 442

Labor under, 467

Opposing views (cartoons), 469

Purpose, 546

National Municipal League, 573, 575,
576

Conference, 537, 576
National Recovery Administration
(NRA), 441, 626

Coal industry and, 539

Consumers and, 546

Steel and, 495

National self-righteousness, 98
National wealth, 25
Nationalism, 98, 101

On the rampage, 270
Natural Development Association, 106,

107

Natural resources, 23
Nazis, 379, 449, 519, 529, 632

American cartoons on (ills.), 451
NEA Service, 32
Near East Relief, 582
Need, the call of, 212
Negroes, 18

Education, 20

Johnson's autobiography, 568
Nepotism, 155
Neumann, Henry, 111
Neurath, Otto, 3, 159, 441

Museums of the future, 458

Unemployment comparison (graph),

157

Neurotic fears, 218
Neustadt, Richard, 88
New chapter in the book (drawing),

614-615
New Deal, 522, 640

Group of acts constituting, 395

White-collar workers and, 612
New Deal and the old dole, 347
New frontier, 509
New Haven, 373
New Jersey, extradition case, 94
New Oxford Movement, 118
New York (city), 47

Budget, 575

Charter, 151, 155

Coming election, 151

East Side, 417

Famous slum goes at last, 264-265

Thomas and Blanshard's What's the

Matter with New York, 178
Newfang's Capitalism and Communism,

329

Newspaper, 28

Night shelter in 1872 (ill.), 607
Nordstrom, N. F., 345

Cinder-snappers, 362, 363
Nuremberg, drummer boys and Hans
Sachs house (ill.), 552

Ind

Nussbaum's A History of the Economic
Institutions of Modern Europe, 523
Nyack, N. Y., 360

O'Brien, Mayor, 151, 154

Occupation, 18

Odum, H. W., 26, 59, 61

Portrait, 11
Ogburn, \V. F., 14, 30, 43, 54, 63

Portrait, 11

O'Malley's Indian Caste Customs, 113
One foot on the ground, 376
One Mile House (lithograph), 203
Open Road dinner, 386
Opinion, new climate of, 162
Opium, 122, 379

Agreement on, 326

Geneva Convention and, 46
Organized action in medical care, 207
Osborne, Thomas Mott, 635
Overproduction (drawing), 168
Overstreet, H. A., 393

The eighth adventure, 404
Oxford English Dictionary, Shorter, 330

Pack's Forestry, 523

Package (ill.), 41

Palmer, W. C., painting (ill.), 590

Pamphleteering, 475

Pango Pango, 103, 104

Panic, 217

Parker, C. H., 426

Parker, Dr. Willard, 143

Parkway, 254

Parry's Garrets and Pretenders, 275

Pasteur, 213

Patents, 24

Patten, S. N., 197

Patterns, 380

Payne Research Committee, 245, 250

Peabody, G. F., 195

lliblic, railroads and bondholders, 215
Peck, Gustav, 26, 44, 53
Pederson, V. J., Urban mortgages and

real-estate securities, 303
Pellagra, 408
Perm, William, 155, 192

Courageous life as an example, 98
Pennsylvania, 101
Periodicals, 28

Perkins, Frances, (ill.), 67, 491, 492,
493

Cost of a five-dollar dress, the, 75

Steel code and, 495
Permanent part-time, 266
Person, H. S., 131

Economics makes the front page, 156
Persons, W. F., 383
Peterson, Frederick, 249
Peterson, R. C., 249
Philadelphia, demonstration employment

exchange, 87-93
Philadelphia Emergency Work Bureau,

383

Philippines, 175, 564
Pictorial statistics, 463, 484
Pinchot, Gifford (letter), 269
Pioneering, 457
Piquet, J. A., 489

The new frontier, 509
Planned consumption, 173
Planning, 53, 631

Philosophy of, 627

Public consent, 627

Public relations of. 626
Planning for purchasing power, 197
Planning in place of restraint, 395
Plenty, Age of, 629

Financial world and (ill.), 630

Want amid, 595
Polakov's The Power Age, 569
Population, age groups, 14

Arrest in rate of increase, 134

Control in the Appalachians, 253

Control of flow, 254

Deflating the boom in, 600

Growth, 12

Porritt's The Causes of War, 226
Possession, 23
Post, L. W., 350

Portrait, 348
Poverty, 26

Intelligence and, 502
Power lines, 252

Powys' A Philosophy of Solitude, 223
Pranjina, 109
Pratt, G. K., 585

The price of a good time, 662
Prediction, 221

Pre-school children' mental tests. 502
Presidency, 174, 522
President's Committee on Social
Trends. See Social Trends
Committee

Price of a good time, the, 622
Price system, 156, 158 (ill.)
Prices, 546

Primary work in the new public school
(ill.), 628

Primitive man (drawing), 68

Prince Edward Island, 577

Privilege, 154

Probation, 58

Producers' Exchanges, 371

Production, 8, 9

Agricultural, 23, 24
Productivity, 630
Profits, 197
Prohibition, 30, 99, 412, 517

Beer industry and, 257

Tenement areas under, 206
Prosperity, 136

Protestant Church membership, 516
Proudhon and the Bank of the People,

107

Psychiatry, 622
Psychogalyanometer, 248
Psychologists and nursemaids, 471
Public, railroads and bondholders, 215
Public administration, 61
Public debts, 309, 561
Public health, 630

Dollars and lives, 407
Public opinion, 136, 153
Public ownership of railroads, 215
Public relations of plan, the, 626
Public utility debts, long-term, 307
Public welfare, 61
Public works, 353

Planning and legislation, 354
Purchasing power, 546

Planning for, 197

Quakers, Blue ridge miners and, 266,
290

Buebec Liquor Commission, 313
uintana, Marcial (sculpture), 367

Races of man, models by Malvina

Hoffman (ills), 505-508
Radburn, N. J., 293
Raden, George, 122
Radicalism, 271
Radio, 28

Railey, H. H., 474
Railroads, 215

Debts, 306

Public ownership, 215, 216
Ramie, 157, 158

Rascoe's Titans of Literature, 225
Raymond, Allen, 176, 177
Rayon plant (ill.), 510
Reading habits, 28

Good reading in times of depression,

111

Real-estate securities, 303
Realism, Hopper's paintings. 410, 411
Reckitt's Faith and Society, 178
Recognition of a government, 610
Recompense (verse), 473
Reconstruction, 626
Reconstruction Finance Corp., 349

Field men, 350

Funds available, 1932-1933, 351

Housing loan for New York, 264

Miners, 266
Recovery, 626
Recreation, 598

Russia (ills.), 137, 140-141, 142'
Rediscovered men, 357
Reed, L. S., 143, 145
Reforms, 31
Regier's The Era of the Muckrakers,

Relief, cooperation in, 351
Religion, science vs., 28, 29
Religious freedom, 100
Religious incentive to population, 601,

602
Religious journals and organizations,

Renshaw, Samuel, 248
Research, 52, 519
Revolt, 570
Revolution, 592

In the U.S.A., 491
Rice, S. A., 28, 54
Richberg, D. R. (letter), 280
Riesenberg's Mother Sea, 275
Ring, M. D., 143
River regulation works, 252
Rivera, Diego, mural on the contest
between government and individual
rights (ill.), 490

Murals of industry in Detroit,

160-161
Roads, 83

Robinson's Straw Votes, 48
Roche, Josephine, 545
Rochester, N. Y., demonstration
employment exchange, 87-93
Rockefeller Center, murals by Sert,

318-319

Rockefeller Plan, 636
Rocket-motor of the wage-earning

market (drawings), 200, 201
Rocky Mountain Fuel Co., 545
Rodin sculpture group (ill.), 219
Rogers group (ill.), 143
Roman Catholic Church, 29
Romanof's The New Commandment,
526

Roosevelt, F. D., 529, 588
Blow to war, 378, 379

Leadership and dilemma. 626, 627

Litvinoff and, 632, 633 (cartoon)

Mail (with ill.), 589

Portrait, 588

Power and policy, 222

Problems confronting, 174

Relief and, 350

Tennessee Valley project, 251
Roosevelt, Theodore, 610
Roosevelt administration, 565
Roosevelt's Looking Forward, 427
Rorem, C. R., 143
Rorty, M. C., 285 (letter), 393

Seasonal unemployment, 422
Rose (Carl) cartoon, 451
Rosenstein, L., 138
Ross, Malcolm, 243

Permanent part-time, 266
Ross, Mary, 3, 131

Age of the automobile, 5

Crisis in the hospitals, 364

Shall we afford health?, 143
Ruckmick, C. S., 248
Rugg, Harold, 131

A new climate of opinion, 162
Rukeyser, M. S. (letter), 269
Rural life, 64
Russell, R. B., 128
Russell's For Sinners Only, 118
Russia, 175, 179, 277, 331, 379, 381,
432, 524

Can she change human nature?, 137

Delinquency, 138

Family groups, 139

Henry Street and, 555

Marriage and divorce, 138

Nursing, 557

Political prisoners from, 555

Prostitution, 138

Recognition, 555, 582, 632, 633

Recreation (ills.), 137, 140-141, 142

Russian paradox, 79

School children, 138

Steel production, 3

Trade with, 582

United States and, in 1776 and
today, 79

United States trade with (cartoons),
. 80-81

World revolution and, 582

Sacco, Nicola, portrait, 400

Sacco-Vanzetti case, 398, 399

Saginaw, Mich., 423

St. Paul, Minn., 87

Sakier, George, 39

Saloon in retrospect and prospect, 203

Salt Lake City, scrip, 106, 107, 373, 374

Salter, Sir Arthur, 101, 135

Sailer's The Framework of an Ordered

Society, 427
Salvatore, Victor, 426
Samashko, Dr., 557
Samoa, new school in, 102

Village and other scenes (ills.),

102-105

Samoan (ill.), 508
Samoans, 102

Sample, P. S., painting, 346
Sandburg's Mary Lincoln, Part II, 119
Sara girl (ill.), 507
Scepticism, 618, 623, 639
Schanck, R. L., 153
Scheidemann, Philip, 578
Schleicher, General von, 47
Schlesinger's The Rise of the City, 331
Schmitt, Georg (Kamarad), 632, 633
Schoenfeld, M. H., 23
Schools, 20

Expenditures, 574

Schreiber, Georges, illustration, 628
Science, 382, 524

Religion vs. 28, 29
Scientific ardor, 213, 214
Scilly, 336

Scott, Howard, 73, 156, 176
Scrap iron (ill.), 603
Scrip, 106, 372
Scudder, V. D., 112
Seasonal unemployment, 422
Security, real and false, 624
Sedgwick, Ellery (letter), 281
Seldes' The Years of the Locust, 328
Sells, J. W., 441

Walking circuit, 464
Serbia, 109

Sert, Jose Maria, murals, 318-319
Service, 644
Serviceability, 596
Sex, 30

Movies and, 287
Share-the-Work movement, 354, 355

Cartoon, 469

Sheeler, Charles, 517, 591
Shelter, 597
Shelton Looms plants (photographs),

210, 211

Shipley, Maynard. Ill
Short, W. H., 250
Sickness, 207

Institutional care, 364

Simkhovitch, M. K., 426

Simonds, F. H., 276

Simpson, Kenneth (ill.), 545

Sinclair-Eisenstein controversy, 559

Sinclair's The Way Out, 427

Sinel, Joseph, 38, 40

Sinking slums, 417

Siva dancing, 103, 104, 105

Skyscraper, the (verse), 466

Sloan, Tohn, McSorley's bar (painting),

204
Slums, clearance, 417, 420

Famous slum in New York City goes

at last, 264-265
Smalley, B. J., 38
Smith, A. Mackay, 420
Smith, Alfred E., 47, 155, 176. 192
Smoking (drawing), 394
Snapshots of explosion, 519
Soap-making, 70
Social and Economic Museum of

Vienna, 458, 463
Social gospel, 30
Social inventions, 55
Social mind, 639
Social order, new, 631
Social revolution, law and, 592
Social service, church unity and, 382
Social Trends Committee, 3. 43

Commendation and criticism of the

report, 43

Members and their portraits, 11
Report, 5

W^hat we are, report on, 12
What we do, report on, 18
What we have, report on, 23
What we think, report on. 28
Social work, privately supported, 59
Socialists, Germany, 578
Society, government and, 33

Trends in a changing society. 43
Sorensen's The Saga of Fridtjof

Nansen, 177

Soule, George, 159, 177
Sound and fury in Germany, 549
South, 525

Mill village (ill.), 511
South America, League of Nations, and,

565

South Bramtree, 398
Soviet, tourist season, 120
Spanknoebel, Herr, 632
Speakeasy (painting), 205
Spending, 31

Spirit in the making. 111
Spiritual revival, 516, 616. 617, 618
Spiritual values, 599, 612
Spirituals, 430
Spivak, J. L., 126
Spools of thread (ill.), 40
Springer, Gertrude, 345, 585
Brothers' keepers, 604
New deal and the old dole, 347
Stabilization work, 170
Stalin, M., 632

Stallings' The First World War, 521
Standard of living, 595, 644
Stanley, Vivian, 94
State debts, 309
State responsibility, 606
Stead, W. H., 89, 90
States, relief cooperation, 351
Statistics, pictorial, 463, 484
Steel and the NRA, 495
Steel plant (ills.), 497, 498, 499
Steel workers, young, 362
Steiner, J. F., 54
Stelzle, Charles, 489

What's wrong with the Church?, 516
Stern, A. K. (letter), 269
Stewart's The White Armies of

Russia, 524
Stillman, E. C., A ballad of depression

(verse), 377
Stoddard, G. D., 247
Stone, Melville E., 520
Strachey's The Menace of Fascism,

571

Success doctrine, 163
Sukloff, Marie, 555
Sullivan's Our Times, 328
Sunnyside Gardens, economic survey in

the depression, 311
Supreme Court, 587, 594
Survey, The

Frankfurter on, 135
Midmonthly and Graphic, 3
Survey Associates

Frankfurter's address at twentieth

annual meeting, 133
NRA, 441

Sutherland, E. H., 57
Swap and dicker, 371
Sweatshops, 75
Swedish Lapland, 232
Switzerland, 386
Sydenstricker, Edgar, 13
Sykes cartoon, 270

Talburt cartoon, 469
Tammany, 151, 152

Ind

Tannenbaum's Osborne of Sing Sing,

635

Tarbat's The Arrow of Gold, 432
Tariffs, threCrdimension map of tariff

walls, 462

Tarzan of the Apes, 246 (ill.), 249
Tau, 102
Taxation, 26, S3, 134

Cities and, 560
Teachers, function, 639
Teague, W. D., 38, 39
Technocracy, 156, 253, 595

Books on, 176
Technocrats, 73
Technology, the Great, 162
Temperance education, 240
Temporary Emergency Relief

Administration, 359
Tennessee Valley, 251
Textile industry (ills.), 210, 211
Thayer, Webster, 435
Thinking, 28

Thinking minority, the, 163
Thomas and Blanshard's What's the

Matter with New York, 178
Thompson, W. S., 12, 21, 45
Thompson, William G.. 398
Thrasher, F. M., 245, 287
Through neighbors' doorways, 46, 109,

174, 221, 270, 326, 378, 425, 473,

519, 564, 632

Thunder Over Mexico (film), 558-559
Thurstone, L. I., 249
Tibbitts, Clark, 30, 63
Tiflis, 581, 582
Timber, 24
Time, sense of, 627
Times and mores (cartoons), 32
Tolstoy's The Tragedy of Tolstoy, 329
Toronto, liquor control, 313
Tower of the Winds, 425
Townless highway, 254
Trabue, M. S., 91
Trade unionism, 467
Transient problem, 148
Transportation, 83, 599
Travel, 54

Books, 51
Traveler's notebook, 50, 120, 184, 232,

286, 336, 386, 432, 482, 528, 577
Trips, 184, 286, 336, 387
Trips, conferences, exhibitions, 232
Trotsky's The History of the Russian

Revolution, Vol. II, 477
Truax' Doctors Carry the Keys, 275
Truth, the call of, 213
Tryon, F. G., 23
Tschiffely's Ride, 380
Tucker, Carll and Marcia, 425, 426
Tugwell's The Industrial Discipline and

the Governmental Arts, 522

Turkey, 121, 122
Tutuila, 102

Ulman's A Judge Takes the Stand, 430
Uncertainty (drawing), 196
Unemployed (with ill.), 605

Crowds (ills.), 86

Marginal maintenance, 375
Unemployed College Alumni,

Association of, 323
Unemployment, 19, 44, 53, 136, 170

Comparison of four great countries
(graph), 157

Lessons of, 611

Painting by P. S. Sample, 346

Seasonal, 422
Unemployment insurance, 171

England, case stories, 260
Unemployment relief, American lack of
plan, 262, 263, 279

New deal and, 347
Unionism, 467
U. S. S. R., 79

DIRECTORY

Social Agencies 62

CLASSIFIED

Situations Wanted 63

Employment Agencies

Joint Vocational Service, Inc 63

Gertrude R. Stein, Inc 63

Printing, Multlgraphing, Typewriting, etc.

Quick Service Letter Co., Inc 63

An Appeal . 63

Announcement 63

Pamphlets & Periodicals .63

Publicity Service Bureau 63

(Continued from page 63) family now produces less food and clothing
than it did formerly. The teaching functions of the family also have
been largely shifted to another institution, the school. Industry and
the state have both grown at the family's expense. The significance of
this diminution in the activities of the family as a group is far reaching.

The other outstanding conclusion is the resulting predominant im-
portance of the personality functions of the family — that is, those which
provide for the mutual adjustments among husbands, wives, parents
and children and for the adaptation of each member of the family to
the outside world. The family has always been responsible to a large
degree for the formation of character. It has furnished social contacts
and group life. With the decline of its institutional functions these per-
sonality functions have come to be its most important contribution to
society. The chief concern over the family nowadays is not how strong
it may be as an economic organization but how well it performs services
for the personalities of its members.

WHAT WE ARE

(Continued fro m page 1 5 )

these migrations, they leave a partial vacuum. The general effect of
this drift, coupled with the more intensive use of land brought about
by large structural units, is to hasten the obsolescence of much of the
older pattern of the city. This applies to practically every type of in-
stitution and service. Every large city is confronted on the one hand
with the problem of increasing congestion in certain areas and, on the
other, with that of revitalizing its blighted areas. The deteriorated
districts are rarely rehabilitated by private enterprise, though in
some cities, notably New York, blighted areas have been restored, at
least partially, by the erection of high-class apartment houses. But
these areas are always in competition with newer subdivisions which offer
a more inviting field for private enterprise. Usually lying close to the
main business center of the city they become the habitats of the vicious
and criminal elements of the population. Without the economic incen-
tive toward repair or replacement, buildings are allowed to deteriorate.
Land values decline, assessments are lost to the city, transportation
problems are aggravated by the fact that residence is further re-
moved from business. This actual misuse and underuse of land creates
a difficult situation for the city planner, the city assessor, the health
department, the police department, the transportation managers and
the housing and welfare agencies.

The past ten years, Mr. McKenzie concludes, have "definitely
witnessed the emergence of a new population and functional entity
— the metropolitan community or super-city. So far as can be seen
this new entity will characterize our national urban life for an
indefinite time to come."

In the country, the village emerges with a new force analogous
to the metropolitan community of urban dwellers. Here also the
twentieth-century way of life draws our interests and activities into
clusters. In the chapter on Rural Life, J. H. Kolb and Edmund de
S. Brunner find from current research and analyses of census data
that "a larger and more modern rural community is emerging,
consisting of the village or town as its center and the open country
as its tributary territory. . . . More and more the village or small
town is becoming of supreme importance in rural America."

Places of less than 500 population are likely to fall back to the
status of hamlets, at least in many regions, but the towns up to 10,-
ooo in general have "settled down" to a good working unit. More
and more the consolidation of schools and cooperation of churches
draw people in from the crossroads school or the open-country
church, but those still survive by the tens of thousands. Some of the
problems that this drift implies for education, trade, work, social
life, and especially government are touched on in succeeding
sections of this issue. In its broad sweep, the picture is of a people
whose geographical barriers are being worn down by the increased
mobility they have gained through good roads, automobiles,
telephone, radio, rural mail delivery, and the larger, wider currents
of commerce.

Country and village society have, in recent years, by the very fact
of their increased mobility, been exposed to and influenced by the
same forces that have been affecting urban society through the years.
Rural society is losing, for instance, one of its distinguishing character-
istics, its high ratio of children. The resulting future structure of the
whole population may be forecast by the village of today, which is
tending toward greater stability in many respects, its growth being at
about the rational rate and its population characteristics becoming a
midpoint which both country and city are tending to approach. Grant-
ing the continuance of this trend of the past twenty years, the nation
can no longer count on most of rural America as the "seed bed" from
which to replenish its population.

(In answering advertisements please mention THE SURVEY)

Editorial Committee

KIRTLEY F. MATHER, PH.D.,
Sc.D., Chairman.

ARTHUR H. COMPTON, PH.D.,

LL.D., SC.D.

EDWIN G. CONKLIN, PH.D.,

SC.D., LL.D.

HARLAN T. STETSON, PH.D.

EDWARD L. THORNDIKE,
PH.D., Sc.D., LL.D.

^Advisory Committee

ISAIAH BOWMAN, PH.D., Sc.D.
ROLLO W. BROWN, A.M.,

LlTT.D.

J. McKEEN CATTELL, PH.D.,
LL.D., Sc.D.

WATSON DAVIS, C.E.

VERNON KELLOGG, LL.D.,
Sc.D.

BURTON E. LIVINGSTON, Pn.D.
JOSEPH MAYER, PH.D., LL.D.

ROBERT A. MILLIKAN, Pn.D.,
Sc.D., LL.D.

FOREST R. MOULTON, PH.D.,
Sc.D.

JAMES F. NORRIS, PH.D., Sc.D.

ARTHUR A. NOYES, PH.D.,
LL.D., Sc.D.

MICHAEL I. PUPIN, PH.D.,
Sc.D., LL.D.

HARLOW SHAPLEY, PH.D.,
LL.D.

— WILLIAM SOSKIN, Literary
Editor, New York Evening Post.

Science Marches On —
Are You Keeping Step?

r"pHOSE alert people who are interested in social
•*• problems have found in the service of the Scientific
Book Club the solution to their reading problem.

The purpose of the Club is definite — to find, to
review with concise accuracy and to make easily avail'
able the best new books in the various branches of
science.

Its direction is in the hands of an Editorial
Committee and Advisory Board whose names bear
witness to their fitness and integrity.

The Scientific Book Club Review is published
monthly for members, bringing them authentic news
and views about books of genuine scientific importance.

This service helps you keep abreast of the forward
march of science without wasted time. You miss no
book of importance.

Membership costs nothing. There are no dues or
fees. You are asked only to take through the Club
at least six books a year.

Sign and return the attached coupon. You will
receive a free book to start your membership.

SCIENTIFIC BOOK CLUB, INC.
80 Lafayette Street, New York, N. Y.

ENROLLMENT COUPON

SRG8

D BIOLOGY IN HUMAN AFFAIRS
—Edited by Edw. M. East

D THE HOUSE THAT FREUD BUILT
— Joseph Jastrow

NAME

ADDRESS

CITY and STATE.

ellogg

i r a c

1 e Wo rker, AGE 8

His little hands hold the instrument
tightly; his small, confident voice
speaks eagerly into the mouthpiece.
And as simply as that, he talks to
his friend who lives around the cor-
ner, or to his Granny in a distant
city . . . achievements which, not
so many years ago, would have
seemed miraculous.

These miracles he takes as a mat-
ter of course, in the stride of his
carefree days. You yourself probably
accept the telephone just as casu-
ally. Seldom do you realize what ex-
traordinary powers it gives you. You

use it daily for a dozen different
purposes. For friendly chats. For
business calls. To save steps, time
and trouble. To be many places, do
many things, visit many people,
without so much as moving from
the living room of your home or
the desk in your office.

At this very moment, somewhere,
your voice would be the most wel-
come music in the world. Some one
would find happiness in knowing
where you are and how you are.

Some one would say gratefully, sin-
cerely— "I was wishing you'd call."

From among more than seventeen
million telephones in this country,
the very one you want will be con-
nected quickly and efficiently with
the telephone in your home or office.

Your telephone is the modern mir-
acle which permits you to range
where you will — talk with whom
you will. It is yours to use at any
hour of the day or night.

AMERICAN TELEPHONE
AND TELEGRAPH COMPANY

SURVEY GRAPHIC

FRANCES PERKINS, who has moved up from one protective labor
position after another until, at the time of writing, she is popularly
placed on Mr. Roosevelt's A list for secretary of labor and the first
woman member of the Cabinet.

Vol. XXII, No. 2

February 1933

THE title of unofficial ambassador to the U.S.S.R., ought to be
conferred without delay on WALTER DURANTY, the Moscow cor-
CONTENTS respondent of The New York Times. His article (page 79), a plea

for understanding between two great republics, breaks entirely
FRONTISPIECE Drawing by Hendrik Willem Van Loon new ground from the one published in the November Survey

WORK AND WORKLESSNESS Samuel S. Pels 69

ON page 83 EDWARD A. FILENE turns his keen business brain to
the problems of the railroads and comes out for more and
Frane*t Perkins 75 better transportation of every kind.

THE RUSSIAN PARADOX Walter Duranty 79 -p HE industrial editor of Survey Graphic, BEULAH AMIDON reports

RAILROADS, A SUPER HIGHWAY AND THE UN- ' ^ 87.) °n the experimental employment exchanges in five

EMPLOYED Edward A Filene 81 American cities which have made a notable demonstration of what

intelligent, non-political exchanges can do even in the worst of
STUMBLING UPON JOBS Photographs 86 times.

EMPLOYERS AND WORKERS WANTED QERHAPS archaic forms of punishment have never received

Beulah Amidon 87 I greater publicity than in the book, the movie and finally the extra-
dition proceedings in the case of Robert E. Burns. Georgia caught

iIAL Winthrop D. Lane 94 the wrong man_an educated man with a good War record,

THE SOCIAL DETERRENT OF OUR NATIONAL who could speak up for his helpless fellow-prisoners. WINTHROP D.

SELF-RIGHTEOUSNESS Jane Addams 98 LANE discusses it (page 94) from the informed viewpoint of one who

has long been in intimate contact with prisons and prisoners and is

A NEW SCHOOL IN AMERICAN SAMOA now on the staff of the New Jersey Department of Institutions and

Edwin R. Embree 102 Agencies.

MAKING MONEY •. . . .Jacob Baker 106 IT was in 1682 that William Penn reached what was to become

TFFVTO AT sn sniV/rF WFTTFW THTlvrs I Pennsylvania and the anniversary was celebrated on both sides of

the Atlantic. In Philadelphia ten thousand people joined in the

J°hn Palmer Gavlt I09 main celebration and JANE ADDAMS gave the Founders' Day ad-

LETTERS & LIFE Edited by Leon Whipple \ 1 1 dress at Swarthmore College, which is presented on page 98.

It was brought out in the anniversary number of The Friends
TRAVELER'S NOTEBOOK 120 Intelligencer and is here shared with readers of Survey Graphic.

INDEX TO ADVERTISERS 128 FDWINR. EMBREE, the president of the Julius Rosenwald Fund,

=======^=======____ L was special advisor to the Commission which went to American

Samoa to plan a school which shall ease these remote islanders into

Tiir ^|CT /^C IT a moc'ern world (page 102). Just now Mr. Embree is on a similar

I ML VJIO I Wi" I I expedition to Java at the request of the Dutch government.

IT WAS four years ago that through a friend a manuscript reached \ V / HENscrip, based on labor or the production of goods, takes the

us — the quintessence of one man's awareness that The Trend of VV placeofhardmoney,howdoesitwork?Aclearstatement(page

Life is Toward a Universal Purpose. That was the legend it bore; 106) of the current practice and the history by JACOB BAKER, the

and the suggestion that went back to the unknown author was executive director of the newly organized Emergency Exchange

that he set down those encounters and observations from which he Association in New York, vice-president of the Vanguard Press and

had drawn meanings that mounted to such a sum. SAMUEL S. formerly an engineer in mining, plantations, oil companies and

FELS responded; and the series of articles beginning in this issue public utilities in both Mexico and the United States,

(page 69) are a foretaste of his book, This Changing World, ==============^=====^====^===========

which Houghton Mifflin will bring out in the spring. The title

suggests no more than the setting, for Mr. Fels' chief concern is SURVEY ASSOCIATES INC
with the spirit of human innovation. As he puts it: "Against in-
ertia, frustration and persecution in all ages have stood out the Publication Office, 10 Ferry Street, Concord, N. H.
welcomers of change." He seeks to catch their secret and draw General Offi"> II2 East '9 Street' New York
these streams of initiative into a common flow. SURVEY GRAPHIC— Monthly— 83.00 a Year

The chapters from which these articles are drawn were drafted a THE SURVEY Monthly $3.00 a Year

year or more ago, when not only every nut and bolt but every

heart and brain in our industrial civilization was under strain. Lucius R. EASTMAN, president; JULIAN W. MACK, JOSEPH P. CHAM-

The depression has been of a sort to put such conviction as his as to BERLAIN, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, vice-presidents; ANN REED BRENNER,

human mastery to new and extraordinary tests. To this conviction ""«"?: ARTHUR KELLOOO, treasurer.

he holds; how constructively he would put it to work his subsequent PAUL U. KELLOGG, editor.

articles will show. The Fels name is one known in trade the world

over, but go to Philadelphia and you will learn how inconspicu- Al«™R KELLOOO, managing editor; MARY Ross, BEULAH AMIDON,

ously, but pervasively, the man who bears it has matched his half ^EON ^H.PPLE, JOHN PALMER GAV.T, LOULA D LASKER, FLORENCE

e . , . . , r, , LOEB KELLOOG, GERTRUDE SPRINGER, associate editors.
century oi active business with fifty years of creative citizenship.

EDWARD T. DEVINE, GRAHAM TAYLOR, JANE ADDAMS, JOSEPH K.

FAIR employers suffer almost as much as helpless employes from HART, HAVEN EMERSON, M.D., ROBERT W. BRUERE, contributing
the sweatshops that spring up in hard times to cater to flattened editors.

purses. The story of them, of ways out, of what consumers ought to MOLLIE CONDON, circulation manager; MARY R. ANDERSON, advertising

do, told (page 75) by the New York State industrial commissioner, manager.

VHIS TWO HANDS AND THE UNIVERSE"

"Primitive man was his own tools,
his own motive power."

BY HENDRIK WILLEM VAN LOON

SURVEY GRAPHIC

FEBRUARY

1933

Volume XXII

No. 2

WORK AND WORKLESSNESS

BY SAMUEL S. PELS

DRAWINGS BY HENDRIK WILLEM VAN LOON

PRIMITIVE man had his two hands and the Universe.
He was his own tools, his own motive power. Modern
life has become so complex that we tended to forget this
relationship and to take for granted the whole set-up of
factory production and employment. But behind and beneath
the business depression lurked the disappearance of a
considerable portion of the work which men and women had
come to do in the past and by which they earned their liveli-
hood. Why has this work been lost? Because, as never before,
non-human energy and machinery are doing much that
hands and muscles used to do and that "much" is being
added to every year, good and bad.

We have been caught in trying to negotiate one of the
greatest industrial changes in history without modifying
overmuch our social habits, legal forms or economic ap-
paratus. Nature is just as prodigal as before; man was never
so well equipped with skill, energy and knowledge to make
use of the largesse of nature; but we find ourselves too poor
to buy what others produce because they are too poor to
buy what we turn out — though the longing of humans to
buy and consume is nowhere in sight of limit.

A case can be made for attributing the hard times to the
gold and silver crises; to speculation, over-extended and
manipulated credits,

Many causes have been blamed for the present depression
but it is clear that a basic one has been the maldistribution of
our national income from industry. In the post-war decade
profits showed much growth; wages but little. Now comes an
American manufacturer who offers a solution, which is as
direct and specific as is his outline of the problem in three
articles, of which this is the first. Mr. Pels looks at business as
a privilege, not a right. He proposes a Federal Trade System
which shall regulate the fair apportionment of profits be-
tween capital, management and labor, to the end that
consumption shall be enlarged, production maintained, and
men and women get work. That this plan should be proposed
by the active and successful head of a large business adds
to its force and significance at this juncture in American life.

and the shift in our
world position from
debtor to creditor na-
tion; to the absorp-
tion of so much of our
modern income by
personal fortunes and
expansions of capital
and plants; to debts,
reparations, the in-
sane rush toward
higher and higher
tariffs, and other po-
litical and economic
overhangs of the
Great War, which
throttled the flow of
goods and killed

markets; to the agricultural depression which antedated
business recession and aggravated it; to the War itself and
its destruction of vast wealth and well-being. These were no
doubt striking and contributing factors. I am not unmindful
of them; and once started, a depression tends to feed on itself
by destroying further markets.

YET lay them all aside and we still have staring in our
faces something that to my mind has been more powerful
than any of them in deepening the down cycle and creating
the unbalance between productive capacity and purchasing
power. The substitution for man-energy of non-human
powers developed by man himself, which began with the
domestication of animals, rose with the use of wind and
waters and leaped forward with that of steam, has today
reached a culmination that puts our whole social structure
under stresses it was not devised to bear. The Great War
speeded up the existing trend toward large-scale manu-
facturing operations. When twenty-five millions of men were
taken away from industrialized countries and put to fighting,
each nation was compelled to enlarge on previous efforts,
and to produce more rather than less with the remaining
labor force. American employers produced more, and came

out of the melee not
only with our new
wartime equipment,
but with a fixed habit
of accelerated pro-
duction which kept
up after the troops
came back to look
for work. Even in the
boom years from
1925 to 1929 we had
not enough work to
go round — a fact ex-
pressed in terms of a
great and growing
body of unemployed
which at that time
received no special
attention. Unless we

SURVEY GRAPHIC

February 1933

can mend our ways, the return of what we call prosperity will
still find us with unemployment on our hands on a scale which
hitherto we have associated only with the hardest of hard
times.

Economists as a rule do not give such weight to this grow-
ing displacement
of human effort.
They are not in
intimate contact
with it as are em-
ployers, and it is in
point for us to testi-
fy to what we have
seen going on
about us and the
conclusions we
draw. We are in a
position to trace
the gains human
beings have made
in learning how to
work together. We
see the promise
held out by the
machine both for
leisure and larger
living, and at the
same time we are
acutely aware of its
adverse consequen-
ces which must be
mastered if that

work is not to drift
into worklessness.

Fifty years ago one man could light fifty
street lamps. Today one man can turn
the switch that illuminates an entire city

I. We Are Learning How to Work Together

IT will help us to see what has been afoot, to stop for a mo-
' ment at the home on the way to the factory, for one of the
last fields of activity to give up its allegiance to the old ways
has been housework. This we can see being revolutionized
in our time. Go through a large store and mark the multitude
of devices to save women from the excessive labor which their
mothers and grandmothers accepted as the lot of their sex.

Look more closely and you will find that many of these
devices are designed to get rid of dirt in one form or another,
and so to overcome dangers to health and to decency. It was
dirt that made women's work "never done." The American
washday was the embodiment of the old order. Those of us
who are of middle-age can still remember the "blue Mon-
day" of our childhood, with its backbreaking toil and steam-
ing kitchen dominated by an ancient boiler. Monday's
washing was followed by Tuesday's ironing, with equally
primitive tools, centering about a hot stove. The electric
washing-machines and mangles of today are symbols of the
changed methods which the application of science and busi-
ness organization have put at the disposal of the family
establishment.

Much of the soap used in the past was made in the homes,
and its production added another disagreeable element to
the old-time regime. Manufacturers of soaps, therefore, have
had much to do with the changes that are coming over house-
work. As I have been connected with the industry for many
years, I need not call on hearsay to tell the story, and I shall

employ it here as an example, because soap-making has
gone through cycles typical of modern industry. It has
drawn on chemical and mechanical discovery, profited by
advances in transportation and marketing, and has reached
out for its raw materials to every part of the globe.

Now the oldest uses of soap arose
as an aid to hand-labor in washing,
and the modern cake still is of a size
and shape to fit the hand that uses it.
In earlier times, the banks of running
rivers were natural laundries, and to
this day many European peasants, as
well as primitive peoples, continue to
cleanse their articles of wear by beat-
ing out the dirt on stones at the river's
side. The introduction of something to
aid water and muscle and sun was
itself a sweeping advance.

Soap is produced by the chemical
combination of an oil or fat with an
alkali, and it is altogether likely that
it was discovered by accident. Its in-
gredients were ready at hand about
the primitive fireplace — the leavings
of fat from animals which had been
roasted over the spit, and the ashes
left from the wood that cooked the
meal. Water falling on ashes draws
from them an alkali of potash which,
when brought in contact with fat,
forms a soap. Some cave dweller may
have discovered this; it goes back at
least to Biblical times. Our colonial households here in
America made soap for their own use out of leached ashes
and the fats from their kettles. Some few out-of-the-way
farms still cling to the habit.

The home product was so bad and its making so toilsome,
that inevitably crude soap works were set up alongside the
village tannery, the smithy and the grist mill, to serve the
community. I recall one such factory in the 70's, hard by
the slaughter houses and butcher shops from which it drew
its raw materials. The fats were handled in such crude and
dirty ways that only a very dark soap could be made. In
the West Indies today similar dark soaps are still made and
for the same reason. The fats were rendered in small kettles
the rancid odors from which made the neighborhood foul.
The soap-makers worked from early morning to dusk; the
buildings were dimly lighted by kerosene lamps which,
together with the fats, created a constant danger of fire.
Small wonder that many old real-estate deeds contained a
clause prohibiting the erection of a soap works in the
neighborhood. That ban is on no longer. The plant of today-
is not only a clean place, but in other ways would have been
a revelation to a man of my father's time. The hours of work
have decreased, wages have increased. Machinery has sup-
planted back muscles and laboratory techniques have
stripped the manufacturing process of its old offensiveness
to the senses.

THE shift of soap-making from the home to the factory and
the subsequent evolution of the factory as a work place,
have been steps in the application of science, especially
chemistry, to the art of cleansing. First a reliable alkali, /
which could be obtained in quantity, was needed. LeBlanc's j
discovery in 1790 of a process for producing soda from !

February 1933

WORK AND WORKLESSNESS

common salt opened the way for this. The next great find
was that of Chevreul, who analyzed the constituents of fatty
bodies and developed ways to separate them. The work of
these two Frenchmen took the making of soap out of the
realm of guess-work, and established its technical founda-
tions. While there has been no radical change in principle
since, there have been constant refinements in methods and
the utilization of byproducts. For example, from the spent
lye of the soap kettle, which formerly was regarded as use-
less and allowed to run off into river or sewer, now comes
most of the glycerine used in medicine and industry.

Meanwhile, the world has been searched for new and
better fats and oils. The receiving room of a soap factory is
like a colored map of the world to one who knows what the
various containers stand for and whence they come. Come
with me to a large works any morning. Here are tank-cars
carrying oils from everywhere. Here also are huge puncheons
of cocoanut oil which by their markings may be traced back
to India, Ceylon, the Philippines, or the South Sea Islands.
There are great casks of palm oil from Africa and Sumatra,
and of soya bean oil from Manchuria. These barrels bring
olive oil from Italy and Spain. And those, cottonseed oil
from our own South, from Egypt and the Sudan. By their
shape and color you can tell that the hogsheads of tallow
come from North America, South America or Australia.

Modern soap works have large chemical laboratories and
constant delving goes on in them for new combinations, new
processes, new ideas. What the old-time housekeeper at-
tempted by rule of thumb, the factory of today achieves by
precise formulae and consecutive test-
ings. The oils are analyzed on their
arrival. Each has a different organic
composition and it is by combinations
of oils, tallows and fats that the best
results are obtained. At every stage
of the process, samples go to the labora-
tory, thermal conditions are closely
governed and each day's output is
rigorously tested. So we have learned
to apply the science of chemistry.

Other cleansers have been put into
soap to increase its usefulness. Grit
and sand are added for the scouring
products. Borax has been employed
in household soaps, and the addition
of a light petroleum cleanser helps
dissolve grease and grime. Of course
all manner of colors and odors are
brought in for the toilet varieties,
but these add nothing to soap's prime
function. Powders, flakes, fluids and
the like have been introduced, but
the prevailing soap of commerce,
whether for the laundry or the toilet,
remains an object which can actually
be grasped, reminder of its origin in
housework and symbol of its intimate human function. But
its manufacture has broken away from the hand regime and
the drudgery that went with it.

ECHANICAL as well as chemical advances have been
marked, but with these I shall deal later. It must be
remembered, however, that the machine always requires
human guidance and attention, and the evolution from the
ill-smelling rendering kettles to the great modern vats finds

its parallel in the organization of labor that goes into soap-
making. I have already spoken of conditions which stamped
not only the early soap works but factories in general in
their day. As time went on roofs were lifted, light and
ventilation assured, clutter and grease conquered. Con-
temporaneously, in one industry after another the old
manual worker gave place both to the machine tender and
to the skilled operative competent to handle formulae and
blueprints, heats and instruments of precision.

The new tools and methods have opened up new oppor-
tunities for leisure as well as work. The men hired by the
soap and other factories of the 'sixties worked from sun-up to
dusk. In the 'seventies, when I first entered business, the
prevailing hours in soap plants were ten and more. In the
'nineties, they were cut to nine; in 1900 to eight; then came
the Saturday half-holiday and the forty-four-hour week.
This lessening of hours without decreasing weekly wages
was a byproduct of the machine as well as a recognition
on the part of management that long drawn out effort is
not so valuable as concentrated energy and the efficiencies
that flow from normal living.

With constant improvements in apparatus and more in-
telligent management, still shorter hours will become a
necessity, in order that all shall be served with work. The
five-day work week, long urged with a considerable appeal
to employers, has become a national issue in the course of
the depression. Before that set in, our soap works had been
making tests to discover the practicability of cutting out
Saturday morning. We have enforcedly at times had to

come to as low as

four days a week.
The shortened
week has comple-
mented our pro-
gram of steady
work the year
around of which
I shall write in
my next article,
and has given an
element of flexi-
bility to take the
place of laying on
and off temporary
workers. We have
learned that in
normal times men
and women will
concentrate on
their work five
days when they
have two for
themselves instead
of the one which
humanity has con-
sidered the work-
ingman's due
since the week of
Moses. I am for
the change.

Shorter working hours, the shorter working week, the
longer and more assured working year, are then three ele-
ments in the formula of learning how better to work together.
Drudgery is an anachronism. The prejudice against work
comes not from those who engage in it creatively and in

From back muscles to oil burners. The paddler
put one man's energy into his canoe. The
ocean liner has the energy of a million men

SURVEY GRAPHIC

February 1933

moderation, but from the millions who still have to spend
themselves in its excessive forms, or who carry the mind-sets
of parents and grandparents who knew only toil. The im-
pending change will not be the result of thinking of things as
our fathers thought of them, any more than we do things as
our fathers did. It will come as increasing numbers of people
learn to think and to do for themselves, breaking the shackles
of old thoughts as they have broken the rule of thumb and
discarded the hand-tools of yesterday. The machine should
help set the stage for wider opportunity on the part of the
rank and file of men to develop and put to use collectively
these higher qualities. This is what is implicit in the expan-
sion of leisure and the spread of intelligence; especially in
the rise of adult education, through which men and women
can keep in step with their changing world. This is what is
bound to come with the penetration of the democratic spirit
in industry, and the fuller participation by the workers in its
scheme of organization. The days of fear-driven hand-work
are passing, as serfdom and slavery went out before them.
We find that cooperation and machinery produce better
results with less fatigue.

We have come to see that the primary considerations
which make for good industrial relations are wages — the
return for effort expended; hours — the opportunity to live
a normal life in and outside the factory; and security. We
have come to see that an interested employe is both a better
man and a better worker; that the introduction of machinery
should be to the advantage of the worker no less than of
the employer; above all, we have come to see the high cost
of low wages and broken wages. A low standard of living,
a broken working year, and a muffled incentive are in the
long run the most costly drags on prosperity.

With good wages and steady earnings the wage-worker
can plan his life; his home no less than the factory can grow.
And we soap-makers for whom the households of America
form our great mar-
ket, since we produce
instrumentalities for
use in the home, have
had these truths
pressed in upon us on
both sides of our
brains. The depression
has riveted them in.
What we confront in
common with all other
producers, and in a
way which has set
these hard times off
from any previous cyc-
lical depression, are
the consequences of
the rise of an almost
limitless capacity on
the part of our corpo-
rate industries to pro-
duce, unaccompanied
by a corresponding rise
in the popular capac-
ity to consume the
surplusage that ma-
chine production has
thus laid in our laps. The, "ater-wheel of the e.ghteenth
century has turned into the turbine of

Modern industry today/. ,he |itt|e mi|| site gives way to

makes a scheme of the modern plant for mass production

livelihood possible for the millions of people it has drawn
into its service; but the hazards and makeshifts of modern
industry still jeopardize that livelihood, to the infinite harm
of both employers and employes. The depression has merely
dramatized this by setting before us on the one hand some
twenty-five million willing workers for whom we can not
find employment in the different countries of the world, and
on the other hand by a vast accumulation of unsold supplies
that we are not able to "move." Even the Middle Ages
had no counterpart, save where lack of transportation was
the barrier — famine conditions in the midst of harvests.

II. Our Drift Toward Worklessness

THE change from primitive man with only his two hands
' for tools to non-human power and equipment has been
swift and far-reaching. A while ago, in my own line of soap-
making, the raw oils that we use came to the works in bar-
rels and casks. It took a lot of muscular strength and effort
to transfer the contents to the large receiving tanks. Today
these supplies are for the most part brought to the ports of
entry in tank steamers and transferred to tank cars by grav-
ity; these cars, on arrival at the plant, are run onto a siding
and the contents pumped through pipe lines to the receiving
tanks. More than ten times the old unloading can be done
with the same number of men.

Within the works, pipes and gravity carry the oils to any
point. Their treatment is governed by thermal controls.
After the soap has been boiled in immense kettles, it is run
into frames and allowed to cool and harden. These large
blocks, as big as a piano case, are cut by machinery to the
size of cake required. Automatic carriers transfer thousand-
pound soap frames from building to building; automatic
presses print wrappers and cartons; automatic machines
wrap the bars. Cases of finished products are carried by

running belts to the warehouses
and transferred from them by
mechanical means to railroad
cars for shipment. There have
been few major changes or im-
provements in soap plants in re-
cent years that did not thus result
in greater output and fewer work-
ers. This is so far established in
American industrial practice that
a socially-minded employer must
consider with each change what
substitute employment can be
found for those employes whose
old work has dropped out. In
cases where the nature of the
business makes it impracticable
for the management to devise re-
employment, such employers are
beginning to favor the dismissal
wage: a lump sum to tide the
worker over a protracted read-
justment, or to enable him to
make a start on his own.

Along with the drudgery which
mechanization absorbs, goes also
work in which intelligence and
skill have played their parts. In nearby industries in Phila-
delphia and Pennsylvania, I have seen the introduction of
machines to make sheet glass and bottles, multiple power

February 1933

WORK AND WORKLESSNESS

looms to weave cloth, and auto-
matic batteries of tools set up in
the machine shops themselves.
Goal is freed at the mine by ma-
chine cutters and, once at the
boiler house, is dumped by elec-
trical contrivances and automati-
cally fed to the furnaces. Each
year has brought to every section
an increase in the power uses of
electricity, steam and gasoline,
accompanied by an insidious de-
crease in the use of human effort.
Every line of industry, large and
small, has felt this on-rush of
ingenuity.

At every step of the way, man-
agements are spurred on to
greater efficiency in synchronizing
men and machines so as further to
cut down the human factor. As an
employer I know that such sub-
stitutions are largely resorted to
to save an expense hitherto ex-
pressed in wages. They mean more
output with less labor and less
cost. Increased profits would of
themselves egg managements on;
but such cost savings may be re-
quired to meet the competition
of other concerns which have
already put their production on
the new basis. This displacement
is a continuous and progressive
movement and will only reach
an end at those points and under
those circumstances where human
effort and intelligence cannot be
dispensed with.

Self-interest, then, has been
linked with the steady advances in
knowledge and invention; scien-
tific management has been the
handmaiden of "labor saving."
The results are to be found in the
cheapened cost-sheets of mining,
agriculture, manufacture, trans-
portation, merchandising. They
are charted by engineers,1 posi-
tively in terms of installed horse-
power and the tremendous rise in
the calories of such energy ex-
pended per capita; inversely, in
terms of dismantled employment
and the sharp fall in the man-hours
required per unit of production.

Formerly, one country, England, largely dominated
the machinery and power situation, but many countries,

i This has been the field for research of the Energy Survey carried out by the group
of "Technocrats" associated with the Department of Industrial Engineering at
Columbia University. A preliminary report was given publicity six months ago, but
their charts and factual data have not yet been published. Meanwhile, in articles in
the New Outlook, Harper's and elsewhere, Howard Scott, the director of the survey,
and others have marshalled their findings in an attack on the price system in ways
which have provoked much discussion, pro and con. Since first setting down my ob-
servations as a manufacturer a year ago. I have been interested in two books by
engineers, one American and one English, which illuminate the social implications of
the technical revolution going forward — Taming Our Machines, by Ralph E. Flanders
(Richard R. Smith); and the Economic Consequences of Power Production, by Fred
Henderson CGeorge Allen & Unwin. Ltd., London).

I 1

jfc \

"Even the middle ages had no counterpart — famine conditions in the midst of harvest."

hitherto England's customers, have now become indus-
trialized. They turn to machine work and mechanical energy
in their strenuous efforts to make up their own raw materials,
lessen importations, increase exports and expand oppor-
tunities for business enterprise and employment at home.

In each country, industrialization at the start draws into
the cities the people of the countrysides; later, as we know
to our cost, it turns them off, with no place to go. In the
United States, the proportion of people listed by the census

SURVEY GRAPHIC

February 1933

as gainfully employed seems to have kept up, due to the
tempering fact that there have been gains in distribution,
service and recreation, but in the last decade the primary
industries have greatly reduced their demand for labor;
agriculture itself among them. The loss of rural purchasing
power has become a factor in the general bogging down.

ANYONE who has been close to this epochal change can
but realize that it has gotten out of hand. We have
simply let a new industrial revolution run wild. We cannot
do without the machine; it is now as established as the wheel
or the arch. The untoward consequences to be traced to it
should not be charged primarily against the machine itself.
No matter how ingenious and wonderful it may be, it is but
dead and useless metal until given life and movement by the
natural energy that man has himself developed and that is
man's to direct and control.

No, this new strength at the elbows of humankind, these
new aids to eyes and ears, and these manipulating hands
are not in themselves hostile to the general welfare. Rather
they hold our promise for new standards of well-being, re-
leasing us from much toil, throwing open leisure and draw-
ing our world together by telescoping time and distance.
The grievance lies not in the swiftness with which they have
dislocated the old social mechanism of life and labor, but
in our tardiness in contriving a new set-up. The workman's
output is augmented by reason of the new employment of
mechanical energy, but the machine he works at is not his
and his chance for work, and consequently his chance for
pay, his capacity to buy, become uncertain. The uncer-
tainty extends to the businesses that would sell to him, and
the callings that would serve him.

Here in the United States we have had a new continent
to exploit and a vast incoming population to equip and
serve. Our industrial development has been largely the
history of productive capacity built and speeded to catch
up with a mounting demand. In the period of rapid indus-
trial expansion before the War, we still placed much reliance
on crude human energy, on human hands and arms and
backs. Immigration met the insistent demand of employers
for "cheap labor." And the combination of back-muscles
and dinner-pails provided a considerable market for provi-
sions and manufactured goods. Then came the War with its
hectic production, with great numbers of young men drafted
for the army, and with immigration shut off. The labor
market turned turtle. Workers were scarce and wages went
up, and the high wages tended to cling at the new levels
into the post-war years. This in itself stimulated the move-
ment toward mechanization, for payrolls could be cut down
by investing capital in new installations. The new profits
provided the capital. But machines do not buy food, or
cloth, or the other goods that other machines turn out.

We developed the machine and its power; we must now
develop and coordinate the ways to take care of what flows
from its amazing capacities, so as to give mankind at large
the benefits. In our haste to install and operate, we have
been unmindful that the many had no enduring share in
those benefits and that the modern agencies we have
contrived to produce wealth have left well-being insecure.
So long as we were setting our machines going and they
seemed to be running smoothly we paid no heed to what was
happening. But at length our mass unemployment and our
deflated markets have shown it up.

Labor inclines to mitigate the effects of these forces by
organizing, by restricting the number of workers in a

trade, and especially by demanding shorter hours, so as to
pass around the work that is left. During the depression not
a few large employing corporations themselves have offered
an illustration of this last tactic, giving part-time work to
successive half-employed working crews. A share-the-work
movement has gained headway. I heartily endorse the
shorter workday and the shorter work-week. Yet it must be
borne in mind that, under our present wage system, such
curtailed schedules of employment mean (with notable ex-
ceptions) less weekly income for each family, and this in
turn means less spending capacity for each — and, in the
large, no gain in general consumption. They truncate the
earning and spending power of the wage-earners thus af-
fected to a subsistence level. The five-day week can be de-
fended as an emergency move to spread employment; but
it can be intelligently espoused as a long-range measure
only when combined with earnings hitherto reached in six
days. Only then does it carry an enduring social gain.

Manufacturers are prone to seek relief by setting up tariffs
to prevent the entrance of foreign goods. Thus they en-
deavor to confine the home market to their own sales at
advantageous prices, while at the same time they try to
find a vent for their excess products in exports. They are
met by rising tariff walls the world over, set up by similar
manufacturing interests elsewhere, with the result that the
globe is more and more partitioned off into a series of trade-
proof compartments. Within each nation the supply of work
dwindles and the ability to purchase goes down.

Not a few schemes have been put forward for concerted
action on the part of large producers to stave off the recurring
danger. The objective, however, more often than not, is
collective freedom to restrict output to whatever they think
they can dispose of at the desired profit. We have seen this
attempted in rubber, oil, sugar, coffee and cotton. Such
attempts if successful would essentially make for monopoly
conditions, trade by trade. Private enterprise, if it persists,
must approach its need for greater team play and stability
from another direction, and one through which the whole
people will share in more of those benefits which can and
should flow from our present system.

For these policies of restriction have a still more serious
flaw. It is only in a narrow trade sense that we may be said
to suffer from general overproduction. If human needs are
the gauge, we find that in most lines our output is still
absurdly small. To increase it under present arrangements
would still further overcrowd the market but only because
the mass of buyers have not the money, though they have
the desire, to take up the addition. It is only by removing
or lowering this income barrier that new demands will
sweep in, and the equilibrium between production and
consumption can be reached on a very different level.

NO enduring solution will be found until we recognize that
for the general good, of producers as well as everybody
else, the earnings of our modern world should be distributed
so as to enlarge and reinforce the purchasing power of the
workers. Like all root changes this will take time, but we
shall find that the push of this truth upon business, if business
is to progress or even function, may bring far quicker results
than those ideas of reform which hitherto have led to im-
provement in industrial conditions. Economic planning will
serve us in this emergency, but only if it is headed toward
such a common purpose.

(In his next article Mr. Pels will explore
Some Discoveries in the Backward Field of Consumption)

Irving Browning Photo

THE COST OF A FIVE-DOLLAR DRESS

BY FRANCES PERKINS

IT hangs in the window of one of the little cash-and-carry
stores that now line a street where fashionable New York-
ers used to drive out in their carriages to shop at Tiffany's
and Constable's. It is a "supper dress" of silk crepe in "the
new red," with medieval sleeves and graceful skirt. A card-
board tag on the shoulder reads: "Special $4.95." Bargain
basements and little ready-to-wear shops are filled with
similar "specials." Ray, Mamie, Tilda, hurrying along
Fourteenth Street to their jobs, snatch a minute in front of
the window to gloat over the bright dress, priced within
reach of modest purses. One of them will forego lunch to
try it on and bear it off in triumph for her next date.

But the manufacturer who pays a living wage for a rea-
sonable week's work under decent conditions cannot turn
out attractive silk frocks to retail at five dollars or less. The
price of the bargain dress is not paid by Tilda or Ray who
wears it. The real cost is borne by the workers in the sweat-
shops that are springing up in hard-pressed communities.
Under today's desperate need for work and wages, girls and
women are found toiling overtime at power machines and
work tables, some of them for paychecks that, like the one
reproduced, represent a wage of less than ten cents a day.

It is of such a factory that a girl who is afraid to sign her
name writes me, as New York state industrial commissioner,
in the letter reproduced on page 77:

For her fifty-hour week, this girl was paid at the rate of
about five and a half cents an hour. Her fellow-worker, whose
pay envelop contained $1.78 worked for a trifle over three
and a half cents an hour. Another worker writes:

Mills located at

the women employes as

well as the male are required to work from 8 in the morning until
9 or 10 in the evening. On Saturday these hours hold good, too.
We even have to work sometimes on Sunday. . . . No one in the
factory dares to complain. Since times are so bad no one does
complain.

Forty years ago, Lillian D. VVald and her associates at the
Henry Street Settlement, the Hull-House group in Chicago,
the organizers of the National Consumers' League and of
the Women's Trade Union League were horrified by the
hours, wages and working conditions endured by women in
the garment trades. Partly through an aroused public
conscience, partly through the development of modern
concepts of sanitation and efficiency, we have in the last
decades built up standards which we thought had banished
the sweatshop from our industrial picture. The labor laws
of manufacturing states, except in the most backward
sections, express the conviction of the public, of organized
labor and of leading factory owners that if industry is to
prosper, the worker must not be exposed to excessive hours

-. We have to

I am working in — • at —

be in at 7 a.m. work to 12 then I to 5 o'clock.
. . . They also refuse to tell you the prices.
When you receive your slip you are mark $2.75
for five days and a half. Some received $1.78.
some 5.95. You never see your working slip.
... I have read a piece in the Adver-
tiser. To write you in person. I hope you be able
to help the working girls of this place.

If your clothes' budget has been cut down and you buy bar-
gain dresses, it is only fair you should know who pays part
of your bill — the women who made the dress. The New York
State industrial commissioner tells what is happening in the
"runaway" sweatshops and to employers who maintain
standards. And she points to some remedies and safeguards.

SURVEY GRAPHIC

February 1933

of work, to unsanitary surroundings or to processes endan-
gering health and safety. Provisions for factory inspection
and penalties for infringement put teeth in these labor laws.

Today we are not faced with the destruction of all this
good work. People speak of "the breakdown of standards"
as though the whole structure had toppled. What has really
happened is a breach in the wall where it has always been
weak. For the informed and conscientious employer has
always had to compete with the shortsighted manufacturer
who tries to evade the labor law, cuts wages, resorts to con-
tract labor and homework, thinks only of quick profits,
never of the long-range welfare of the industry. The great
body of American employers want to maintain industrial
standards and their faith in the principle is reinforced by
experience which has proved to them that, in the long run,
the level of efficiency "good business" demands cannot be
sustained by employes whose
well-being is undermined by long
hours and inadequate wages.
It is because of this attitude on
the part of employers that wage
levels were maintained during
1930 and 1931.

Hitherto, at the first sign of
"hard times" wage rates have
immediately dropped. But for the
first time in our economic history,
we have today large groups of
employers who understand that
security for themselves and for
the country depends on building
up the purchasing power of the
wage-earners. They want to pay
high wages, and there are enough
of them to make it false to sup-
pose that standards have broken
down. The sweatshop employer
is offending against industry's
standards, as well as against the
standards of the community.
But the employer who, in order
to pay fair wages for reasonable
hours of work, produces dresses
in his shop to retail at $9.50, finds
himself in competition with the
less conscientious manufacturer
whose "sweated" garments are
offered at $4.95.

As we have come to know
him in New York, this sweatshop
proprietor is a "little fellow,"

doing business on a shoestring. He must make a quick turn-
over or go under. Since he cannot hope to meet union con-
ditions or the requirements of the labor law, he goes to some
outlying suburb where garment factories are not a feature of
the local picture and where state inspectors are not on the
lookout for him. Or perhaps he goes to a nearby state — New
Jersey, Connecticut, Pennsylvania, Massachusetts — where
he believes labor laws are less stringent or that he will es-
cape attention. The goods he makes up are probably cut in a
city shop and "bootlegged" to him by truck. His operations
are minutely subdivided so that they can be quickly learned
and require little skill. His force is made up of wives and
daughters of local wage-earners who have been out of work
for months or even years and whose family situation is

desperate. The boss sets the wage rates, figures the pay slips.
determines the hours of work. His reply to any complaint is,
"Quit if you don't like it."

The Massachusetts Commissioner of Labor and Indus-
tries, in a survey of wages paid in Fall River, reports these
hourly rates in one of the women's apparel plants:

9 employes at loji an hour
i employe at 1 1 p an hour
5 employes at I2>2 i an hour

4 employes at i4J^<i an hour

5 employes at i6jf an hour

In another plant making wearing apparel "the earnings of
more than 50 percent of the women and girls employed on
piece work" were as follows:

5? an hour
6fi an hour
ji an hour
8ji an hour
gp1 an hour

The card above, the note opposite typify the
pleas Miss Perkins gets from sweated workers

i employe at

1 employe at
3 employes at

2 employes at
10 employes at

9 employes at i of1 an hour

1 2 employes at 1 1 i an hour
to employes at 12^2 £ an hour

13 employes at i"$y$i an hour
1 8 employes at 1 4»f an hour

1 3 employes at i $t an hour

The report adds: "Assuming
constant activity by those workers
during the forty-eight hours of
the plant's operation, the weekly
earnings of the highest paid work-
ers in the group just cited,
namely, those earning 15 cents
an hour, would have been $7.20."
The factories whose payrolls
were studied in this survey had
come to Fall River from New
York and elsewhere, Commis-
sioner Smith points out, "under
the double lure of cheap rentals
to be found in the discontinued
textile mills and a surplus of un-
employed female labor, mostly
young unskilled girls." And he
comments, "These plants are for
the most part in charge of men of
inferior business caliber, who
probably could not survive at all
if it were not for their willingness
to be entirely ruthless in exploit-
ing labor."

A woman reporter, sent to
Fall River to report on condi-
tions for the Boston Record saw smoke coming from the
chimney of an apparently deserted factory. Pushing open a
door she found herself in a dark and apparently deserted old
building. But she heard machines whirring somewhere,
groped her way to the fourth floor, and in a dimly lighted
loft found nearly a hundred girls at sewing machines and
work tables. The reporter, posing as a job applicant, was
offered work at a wage of 30 cents for a ten-hour day.

The Monthly Bulletin of the Pennsylvania Department of
Labor and Industry reports the payment of wages as low as
$3 for a 51 -hour week in some small shops. In a "runaway"
contract shop that had moved from New York City to New
Haven, Connecticut, the U. S. Women's Bureau found
median earnings between $4 and $5 for a full week's work.

February 1933

THE COST OF A FIVE-DOLLAR DRESS

PAYTOTHK

ORbEROf-

Payroll account
Paid In foil

If wage levels in the more
orderly industries are charted
against the falling cost of living
anapproximaterelationshipisap-
parent. But wages in these "pi-
rate" concerns have nothing to
do with the change in living costs.

Between the lines of some of
the letters that come to the
State Labor Department these
days one gets a picture of what
it means to try to make both
ends meet on such wages. One
girl, residing in a city with high
living costs, wrote:

We were getting $153 week for a salary and got along very well,
the firm took off $3 making $13 well a half loaf is better than noth-
ing. But they had the audacity to reduce us again 10 percent from
the $13 making our pay $i 1.70 ... we have to pay for all holi-
days so you see we have not even Si 1.70 a week. The very least
you can get board is $8, some have to pay carfare, when it is stormy
you must pay two ... if you only add up what I and many-
others do live on, not even the price of shoes, you may think it is
exaggerated, no it is the gospel truth, and I don't hesitate to tell
you it is the .

Another worker writes, "It is enough to drive girls insane.
Cannot get the necessities of life when board is taken out and
worse still when a holiday comes along."

In spite of widespread unemployment, many of these
"marginal" manufacturers are increasing the working day
and the working week. Sometimes hours are lengthened
while wages remain the same. More often, wages are reduced
and hours of work lengthened. Legal standards, established
slowly over a period of many years for the protection of
women and girls in industry, are being disregarded by these
"pirate employers." The State Labor Department receives

TRENTON, N. J.__&fip&anbflc.

EELEW BAMBO-

No..

Sft

_$1*CQ_

CHE—-—— — -—-----.>">..-.— ............. — —and— -35T o 0 ILL A R 8

MERCCM TMOUSUI COMPANY. INC.

I .

Starvation wages received by an experienced garment worker for two weeks with over-
time, whose pay check came into the possession of the National Consumers' League

letters describing work-days of ten, eleven and even twelve
hours, work on Sunday and no day of rest, overtime without
extra pay. The worker who ventures to protest is reminded
of the dozens of girls eager to have her job, or is simply
"fired."

Here, for instance, is an anonymous letter sent to the
industrial commissioner:

I am writing to you because I think something ought to be done

about young girls under working age, working at night at .

I know I worked there and was fired because I wouldn't work
Sundays. . . . Now they are working overtime. . . . The girls
don't want to work late but they are told if they don't work over-
time or Sundays they can stay at home. Its either work or lose their
positions. I hope you will look into this matter.

The inspector found sixteen girls working illegally long
hours and evidence for prosecution was obtained.
A girls' welfare organization wrote:

We wish to report the firm of at Street. Numer-
ous girls report the long working hours. . . . Saturdays they are
supposed to work until one, but invariably the girls work until
5 p.m. or later. This overtime is absolutely compulsory and the
girls who refuse are discharged.

An inspection sustained this complaint and prose-
cution was instituted.

In Connecticut, where the labor standards under
the law are lower than in New York, a i o-hour day and
55-hour week are allowed. Investigators for the U. S.
Women's Bureau in their preliminary report on the
sewing trades in that state give the hours worked by
something less than two thirds of the 7631 women in-
cluded in the study. They state: "Over 1000 women but
less than a fourth of the total [for whom hours data are
available] worked less than 40 hours during the week
. . . and this group undoubtedly is representative of
the undertime . . . due in large part to the depres-
sion. ... It is surprising to find at the other extreme
that 665 women worked as long as 52 hours or more, in
some cases excessively long hours, and in a few cases
had continued even through seven days of the week.
The dress factories were outstandingly responsible for
such long hours."

They found that the largest groups of women with
long hours were either hand-sewers or power-machine
operators, "many women working as much as 60 or
65 hours. Two women had worked more than 70 hours
in the week recorded."

Working conditions, including safety provisions,
sanitation, rest room facilities and so on, are, like
standards of wages and hours, holding up well in re-
sponsible concerns. In the runaway shop conditions
are usually far below standard and the picture of such

SURVEY GRAPHIC

February 1933

a plant is a look back to the sweatshops that horrified case
workers and visiting nurses at the turn of the century. In
the contract shops that spring up and often vanish before
the community realizes they are there, no one takes thought
for the comfort or safety of the worker. The shops are prac-
tically always dirty, ill-ventilated, half-heated lofts or aban-
doned factories. The working equipment is unsatisfactory.
Toilet facilities are filthy and inadequate, lunches must be
hurriedly eaten at the machines or work tables, the lighting
is poor, especially for hand processes, the seating arrange-
ments bad, a restroom or even a cloakroom an unconsidered
luxury.

What is the way out for the conscientious consumer who
does not want to buy garments, even at a bargain, made by
exploited labor? Common sense will tell the purchaser that
someone must pay the price of the well-cut silk dress offered
at $4.95. The manufacturer is not producing these frocks for
pleasure or for charity. If the purchaser does not pay a
price that allows for a subsistence wage and reasonable
hours and working conditions, then the cost of the "bargain"
must be sweated out of the workers.

BUT in hard times it is perhaps asking too much of the
consumer to hope that he (or she) will refuse to pur-
chase "specially priced" clothing as a protest against
sweatshop products.

A more dependable protection for the worker is, of course,
an adequate labor law, vigorously enforced. There is urgent
need for governmental economy in the year we face. But no
state can afford at this time to relax enforcement of its labor
law. This means an increased rather than a diminished force
of competent inspectors, adequate supervision, facilities for
special investigations and reports where need for them is
indicated, adequate clerical and statistical assistance to
keep the work of the bureau on a high level of effectiveness.
The present situation has illumined the need in some states
for an overhauling of the labor law and for more adequate
enforcement machinery. There is an economic as well as a
social gain involved here. Our actual dollars-and-cents load
will be lighter even if we have to issue bonds and spread the
cost of a strengthened labor department over future years,
if we uphold industrial standards. For in the wake of the
sweatshop comes an inevitable train of child dependency and
delinquency, illness and old age for which, on debased wages,
no provision can be made.

In addition to weak spots in present labor statutes, the
hard times are giving us a sharp lesson in the need for en-
larging our whole scheme of protective legislation to include
minimum-wage laws. Hours standards are holding up
better than wage standards because we have reinforced
them with mandatory laws. In our industrial civilization,
similar legislation to safeguard the health of the worker not
only against excessive hours of work but also against a less-
than-subsistence wage is socially necessary. It is important

to the community, as well as to the employe, that men and
women be protected against "starvation wages." Not only
is the well-being of the worker and his family endangered,
but as a purchaser he is limited to the most meager necessi-
ties. He can contribute nothing to community prosperity
and must usually turn to relief agencies to supplement his
inadequate earnings. Supreme Court decisions have slowed
up the minimum-wage movement in this country. I am
convinced that basically such legislation is in harmony
with the principles of our constitution.

The problem of maintaining industrial standards not
only calls for more adequate legislation and enforcement,
but for greater care in affording credit facilities for new enter-
prises. Banks and loan agencies, in underwriting a new
undertaking, are careful to inquire about the factory
site and invariably refuse to float a project to be housed
in a structure that violates the building code. If it
is unwise to advance credit to the manufacturer who
proposes to economize by utilizing an outworn or
shoddy building it would seem even more necessary to
discourage a project that rests on the discredited practice
of exploitation.

There is widespread public concern with the present
threat to industrial standards. The National Consumers'
League took the lead in December in calling together
representatives of organized labor, state labor departments,
the Y's, the League of Women Voters, the Council of Jewish
Women, the federated clubs, the churches, the social agen-
cies and kindred groups, who met in a two-day conference
in New York. The gathering heard reports of current con-
ditions in many industrial communities and adopted "a
program for concerted action." The individuals present
pledged themselves to "initiate the formation in their state
of an Industrial Standards Committee." Such a committee
will wherever organized serve as a clearing-house of informa-
tion and as a spearhead for action in enforcement of hours
law, in bringing the hours law for women up to a common
standard of an eight-hour day and a forty-four hour week,
and in urging the early passage of a mandatory minimum-
wage law. A meeting to form such a committee in New York
is being arranged at this writing. Here is not "just another
committee" but a focus of sentiment and information that
will serve to rally and to educate the community to deal with
the problem in the several states.

THE job at hand is a slow, undramatic, long-range effort.
For in the end, the safety of our industrial standards
rests with an informed public opinion ranged in support of
protective legislation and the work of the state labor depart-
ment in enforcing it. The red silk bargain dress in the shop
window is a danger signal. It is a warning of the return of
the sweatshop, a challenge to us all to reinforce the gains
we have made in our long and difficult progress toward a
civilized industrial order.

Representatives of more than fifty organizations met in New York January 10 and
voted to set up a state industrial standards committee. The first work of the committee
will be to draft bills providing a 44-hour week and a minimum wage for women and
child workers, to be introduced this month. The minimum wage movement is now
under way in twelve states, including Connecticut, Pennsylvania and New Jersey.

THE RUSSIAN PARADOX

BY WALTER DURANTY

HISTORY after all does repeat itself, and
sometimes in the most curious way. Take,
for instance, the question of recognition
between the United States of America and
Russia or, as it is now called, the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics.

In 1 776 the leaders of the American Revolu-
tion published a Declaration of Independence,
which after due delay was brought to the no-
tice of the Empress Catherine II, the autocrat
of all the Russias. Her Imperial Majesty, who
was a woman of great vigor and the real ruler of
her country, found little to admire in what is now regarded
as one of the noblest documents the world has seen. To begin
with, the Empress was outraged by the rebellion of the Amer-
ican colonists against royal authority, which she held had
been established by Divine Right. There was here a sugges-
tion of impiety which Catherine disliked. Her impressions on
the subject were confirmed by the news that the young
Arrierican state would have no Established Church as part of
its administration, a part which Catherine believed was
desirable and even essential. In the third place, Catherine
was informed that the Declaration of Independence ex-
plicitly affirmed that all men were free and equal, which
seemed to her, as imperial autocrat, nonsensical and false.

Catherine was convinced that no state in the world could
long hold to such extravagant principles, which she felt were
"contrary to human nature" and must inevitably be modi-
fied. Furthermore, America was extremely remote and
Catherine had other interests of a more intimate nature. So
she quietly ignored the new republic; that is, declined to
extend to it what is now called diplomatic recognition.

"When they come to their senses," she may have said,
"and get themselves a king and an established church and
begin again to behave normally, I will see what can be done
about it, but in the meantime why should I have any truck
with these impious and misguided men?"

Great though she was, Catherine died without changing
her views on the United States, and it was not until 1809,
thirty-three years after the Declaration of Independence and
twenty years after the inauguration of Washington as the
first president, that Alexander I decided to recognize the
United States of America. By that time even the imperial
autocrat of all the Russias could hardly fail to realize that
the United States intended to remain a republic and, what's
more, that in spite of their defiance of the "Divine Right of
Kings" it looked like a successful republic. In addition,
Alexander was becoming a little anxious on his own account.
The shadow of Napoleon loomed large over Europe in those
days and Alexander could hardly foresee that General Win-
ter would force the Grande Armee to retreat so miserably
from Moscow. He still felt, no doubt, and rightly as events
proved, that Russia was impregnable to attack from Eu-
rope, but he was beginning to grow nervous as the signs of
impending conflict grew more ominous, and the American
republic might somehow prove a friend in need. At any rate
he agreed to an exchange of ministers and established a
period of friendship between the two nations which endured
unbroken until 1917.

The Russians, it appears, beat us by some 1 50 years
in the little matter of recognizing a newfangled rev-
olutionary government. What Empress Catherine
thought of President Washington would scarcely
bear repeating and would undoubtedly be barred by
the Postoffice. The dean of Moscow correspondents
sets forth the history of the relations of the U.S.A. and
the U.S.S.R., the misunderstandings that have inter-
rupted an old-standing friendship between republics.

It is not generally known but is nevertheless true that dur-
ing one of the darkest periods of the Civil War, when Eng-
land seemed about to give practical expression to its sym-
pathy for the South, a Russian fleet was instructed to visit
the Pacific ports of the United States as a demonstration of
support to the federal government. For some reason which is
difficult to define but which perhaps had its roots in similar
climatic and geographical conditions and sheer weight of
undeveloped bulk, the feeling of friendship between the
sharply disparate Empire of the Tsar and the Republic of
America persisted until the end of the nineteenth century.
Then gradually American sympathy began to be alienated
by dark tales of the cruelty and abuse of human rights for
which that empire stood. The great Jewish immigration in
the period of 1895-1910 was proof positive of "pogroms"
and other atrocities inflicted by tsarism upon the unhappy
people which it had selected as the scapegoat for its own
misdoings. American friendship for the Russian people as
such was unabated, but the colossus of tsarism seemed to
have feet of clay. The feeling here was that the Russians were
pretty good people but had a bad government, and this
feeling was strengthened by the gallant conduct of the Rus-
sian troops in the Great War, which was clearly being
hampered and negatived by mismanagement and corrup-
tion, if not treason itself, in the upper ranks of the Russian
hierarchy.

A3 AMERICAN opposition sharpened toward Germany,
sympathy for the Russian army increased, together with
the growing belief that the imperial family, that is to say, the
tsarist machine as such, was inimical to the Allied cause or at
least eager to force Russia to a separate peace with Germany
to save its own skin. Accordingly the Revolution of March
1917, which overthrew the Tsar and was almost coincident
with the entry of the United States into the World War, was
received in this country with real enthusiasm. On one hand
it was felt here that the curse of tsarism had been removed;
on the other, there was no longer any obstacle to full partici-
pation of Russia in the "war for freedom," the "war to end
all wars."

The United States was the first to recognize the provi-
sional government which replaced the tsarist empire, and a
loan to provide the Russian army with the sinews of war,
which had up to this time been lacking, was rapidly ar-.
ranged. As the summer of 1917 went on and the war en-
thusiasm of the American people became more ardent, the
hope increased that a new and regenerated Russia, a Russia

SURVEY GRAPHIC

February 1933

of democracy organized
on American lines, would
collaborate more success-
fully than heretofore in
the task of destroying the tyranny of
German and Austro-Hungarian im-
perialism.

Although the American people did
not know it, this hope was vain. The
social disintegration of the former
tsarist empire was so far advanced
that no mere liberalism, or even
Kerensky's oratory, could stay it. The
land hunger and sentiment of revolt
against oppression which centuries
had bred in the hearts of the Russian
people were too strong for words to
conquer, and the sentiment of defeat
and betrayal in the hearts of the Rus-
sian army was too profound for words
to change. The social structure behind
the lines collapsed and melted no less
fast than the spirit of discipline and
resistance in the army at the front.
When in July 1917 Kerensky made his
grandiose gesture of a mass attack
along the whole front, barely half a
dozen divisions responded from a total
•of one hundred. To any dispassionate
observer it should have been clear
that Russia could no longer be
counted upon as a fighting force

In the third year of the depression American newspapers waked up to our
loss of the enormous Russian market. The Soviet bought two and one half
billion dollars' worth of foreign goods in eight years. Fitzpatrick's cartoon
(above) appeared in the St. Louis Post-Dispatch in 1931. The others in 1932

Knott in The Dallas News

A strong argument for it

against Germany. After that the process of dis-
integration continued with increasing speed.
At the front the armies melted as the peasant
soldiers, who were 90 percent of the army,
learned that land was to be had for the asking,
that landowners were fleeing from their estates
or being killed in ineffectual resistance. In the
rear similar solvents were at work; the whole
mechanism of organized society was melting
like ice under the summer sun.

When Lenin seized power on November 7,
1917 it was already a foreseen conclusion that
Russia could no longer play an active part in
the War on the side of the Allies. This is true,
but few realized it and no one cared to admit it.
Lenin knew and admitted it, which made him
unpopular to the peoples of France, England
and the United States. In addition Lenin was
regarded by those who form popular opinion in
France and England as the tool of Germany, as
a poison introduced by Germany into the veins
of the Russian body politic to corrupt it and
render it no longer capable of continuing a war
for freedom. As the facts were this was non-
sense. But as the facts had been represented to
the peoples of England, France and America —
that is, that Russia was planning to continue
the war against Germany, that the Tsarina and
the Tsar for purely personal reasons had
wished to end the War, that the provisional
government had courageously intended to
continue the War, that the Bolshevik poison of

Lenin and his asso-
ciates had prevented
Russia from continu-
ing the War — the
evidence seemed con-
clusive. It is perhaps true that the
German general staff had such an
intention and that they allowed
Lenin and his associates to travel
from Switzerland through Ger-
many to the Russian border on
that account; but whatever their
intention, the facts were clear, or
at least clear to Lenin.

As he saw it, the people of
Russia had been plunged into a
war which concerned them not,
had been mishandled and be-
trayed until they were completely
discouraged. What remained for
him was to utilize the effects of
their disgust and betrayal in order
to put himself in a position to
build a new society in place of the
old, which is what he did whether
the Allies and associated powers
liked it or not. When the peace of
Brest-Litovsk between Russia and
Germany was signed under
Lenin's orders against the advice
of many of his colleagues, all that
he did was to put the seal of fact
upon the existing state of affairs;

February 1933

THE RUSSIAN PARADOX

namely, the inability of the Russians to continue
the War.

But as things were, the Bolshevik Revolution
served as an excuse for the ineptitude and short-
sightedness of all the Allied and associated
representatives in Russia, whether military or
civil. With one voice they declared: "We were
right in saying that the new provisional govern-
ment of Russia would have continued the War
and that this policy would have been confirmed
by the permanent government that would have
been set up later by a Constituent Assembly, but
these diabolic disintegrating Bolsheviks in the
pay of Germany have spoilt all that. They and
they only are the villains and their separate
peace with Germany concluded at Brest-Litovsk
is nothing more or less than the delivery of the
goods for which they were paid by their German
masters. Henceforth, as a result of this peace,
Russia is no longer one of our Allies but an aid
and comfort to the enemy."

This in fact was true. The terms of the Brest-
Litovsk peace required the shipment to Ger-
many of grain, oil, copper, coal and other sup-
plies, including, the Allied representatives in
Russia firmly believed, war material and muni-
tions which they had supplied for use against the
Germans and which they now feared would be
turned against their own armies on the Western
Front. Thus, in their opinion, Bolshevik Russia,
if she had not become a tacit ally of Germany,
was indeed "giving aid and comfort to the
enemy." It was their natural desire to prevent
the transfer of this war material, which led to the
"Allied intervention" of which the Bolsheviks have made so
much as a capitalist attempt to destroy the world's first
socialist state. What's more, the Brest-Litovsk peace released
a million Germans for service in the West, with the result
that the Franco-British front was shattered in March 1918
and the War within an ace of being won by Germany

Rollin Kirby in The New York World-'IVIrgrau)

Tear down the barrier

Talburt in The St. Louis Post-Dispatch

At the little end oF the horn

before the United States could throw its weight into action.

To the people of France, Britain and America henceforth
the Bolsheviks were enemies, and all the gigantic machine of
war propaganda was soon directed against them as enemies
of the human race and of all that it held most sacred. This
feeling was sufficiently strong and deep-rooted in France and
England but it was stronger still in the United States be-
cause in this country the great wave of war enthusiasm —
war hatred one might almost call it — had not spent itself
when the armistice ended hostilities in November. War-
weary France and Britain greeted the armistice with relief
but the Americans felt they had hardly begun to fight and,
by an emotional process which any psychologist would
recognize, they transferred to Bolshevik Russia no small part
of their animus against the German Empire.

There followed an outburst of abuse and misrepresenta-
tion which holds few parallels in history. From nationaliza-
tion of women to hideous atrocities committed by Chinese
torturers, nothing was too bad to find ready credence. The
difficulties of the readjustment period, 1919-21, when mil-
lions of soldiers had to be transferred from military to civil
life and hundreds of factories made over for civil use, in-
creased hostility against the Soviet, which rose to a peak of
real alarm during the economic depression of those years
when people felt that the Bolshevist danger was really pres-
ent in America itself. That this feeling may now seem to
have been exaggerated does not affect the issue; it existed
and, one might say, placed the last nail in the Bolshevik
coffin as far as this country was concerned.

SURVEY GRAPHIC

February 1933

For their part the Bolsheviks had done little to allay for-
eign suspicions or hostility. It is now clear that Lenin had
made the error, perhaps the one great error of his remark-
able career, of supposing that the War would end in a stale-
mate, that mutual exhaustion would sooner or later force the
Allied masses to end useless slaughter by throwing off the
yoke of their capitalist masters. Lenin believed that the
peace of Brest-Litovsk would be cancelled by the victorious
German proletariat, that the world revolution, or at least
the European revolution, would surely come soon. He failed
to estimate the weight and rapidity of American interven-
tion, which rapidly swung the balance in favor of the Allies.
As it was, there were communist revolutions in Hungary
and Bavaria, street fighting in Berlin and elsewhere, and
even mutinies in some of the Allied naval and military
forces. In the first months of power it may be said that even
Lenin's head was somewhat "dizzy from success," to use a
phrase which Stalin later made famous in a different con-
nection. And there was no doubt that Bolshevik propaganda
aiming at workers' revolutions and active attempts to over-
throw capitalism was rife all over Europe and in the United
States as well.

THE bitter years of civil war and the struggle against
* Poland, followed by the famine of '21, forced the Bolshe-
viks to realize that they had miscalculated the temper of
foreign peoples. Lenin's New Economic Policy (Nep), intro-
duced by decree in August 1 92 1 , marked a new era in Soviet
history. Not only was Nep the abandonment of Communism
at home in favor of modified capitalism under state control,
but it was the recognition that world revolution could no
longer be regarded as an immediate probability. After
Lenin's death in '24 there was a period of conflict between
persons and methods inside the Bolshevik Party, and some
years elapsed before the Party was fully united under the
leadership of Stalin. Much of the controversy had revolved
around the question whether it was possible to form a suc-
cessful socialist state in a capitalist world, that is, whether
the world revolution was not imperative if the Bolsheviks
were to maintain their position in Russia. Trotsky and his
associates declared this to be the case and cited the words of
Marx to Fourier that the idea of a unique socialist state was
a delusion. Stalin and his followers retorted that world
revolution could not be created by any efforts, that it must
be the outcome of circumstances, that in addition Marx was
referring to a "state" in the European sense of the word;
namely, a small country like England, France, Germany or
Holland, not to a vast continent like the U.S.S.R.

Stalin's thesis, backed by his unflinching will and un-
rivalled political acumen, won the day and 1928 saw the
adoption of the celebrated Five- Year Plan, which was noth-
ing more or less than the attempt to build and organize a
single socialist state in Russia irrespective of the progress of
socialism in the rest of the world. On one hand it implied the
recognition that world revolution not only was no longer an
immediate probability but was actually a matter of com-
parative indifference. On the other, it involved the concen-
tration of all efforts and energies upon the difficult task of
developing a vast unexplored continent and training and
disciplining an ignorant, backward people made up of a
hundred different nationalities.

There followed a singular paradox; in order to speed the
development of the U.S.S.R. and the training of its people
for assistance, technique and equipment were desirable, if
not necessary. Which demanded friendly relations with

foreign powers. Secondly, there arose the contradiction that
the Kremlin, that is, the central governing authority of the
Bolshevik Party which in fact controlled alike the Soviet
government and the Communist International, had devoted
itself wholeheartedly to building up, while in theory the ef-
forts of the Communist International throughout the world
were aimed at breaking down. Which perhaps may help to
explain the failure and futility of communist movements
everywhere, even comparatively speaking in Germany,
despite the effects of world depression, which might logically
seem to have provided the most fertile soil for revolutionary
activity.

At the present time then the Soviet Union has formally
adopted a policy of "cultivating its own garden" with as
much assistance from the outer world as the world is willing
to give or as the Soviet is able to pay for. This policy will re-
quire not five years but five times five years, or more than
that, to be carried out successfully. First and foremost also it
requires peace, that is, absence of interference from without.
It can be carried on and doubtless would be carried on
without foreign assistance, but there is no doubt in the
minds of the Kremlin leaders that foreign assistance, mean-
ing, as I have said, technique and equipment, will speed it
up considerably.

The Soviet therefore has a twofold interest at present as
far as foreign countries are concerned: first, to maintain
friendly relations so that this assistance may be forthcoming;
second, to foster and develop trade which will enable them
to pay for assistance received.

The paradoxical result of this is that the world depression,
which one might have expected the Bolsheviks to greet with
delight as a symbol of capitalist decay and approaching
ruin, has actually proved to them a source of embarrassment
and little less distress than the capitalist nations themselves.
I mean that in order to accomplish the construction and
production sections of the Five-Year Plan it was necessary,
according to the program, to buy a certain amount of for-
eign equipment and technique. In order to buy, it was neces-
sary to sell, and the slump in market prices, especially of raw
materials which are the chief articles of Soviet export, upset
many of the Five-Year Plan's calculations. In order to pay
for foreign assistance the Soviet was forced to export much
more than it had planned, and this not only inflicted depri-
vation on its people whose living conditions were already
hard, but laid it open to charges of "dumping," that is, of
throwing large stocks of goods which must be sold at any
price upon an already saturated world market.

A3 IT was, the proceeds of export were not sufficient to
meet all of the Five-Year Plan's program, and much of
the shortcomings in the plan that are now apparent were due
to the inability to buy foreign equipment or technique to the
extent that had been originally intended.

Fortunately for the Bolsheviks the need of certain Euro-
pean powers, Germany in particular, to maintain their ex-
ports led to the granting of credit supported by state guaran-
tee on a very considerable scale. It has thus been possible for
the U.S.S.R. to continue receiving foreign assistance for
which it would be difficult to pay cash under the present
depressed state of world commodity markets. In point of
fact, Soviet purchases have been much greater than anyone
would have expected some years ago, and thus far, despite
all reports to the contrary, every one of their financial
obligations has been met punctually.

In the meantime the depression, (Continued on page 123)

RAILROADS, A SUPER-HIGHWAY AND
THE UNEMPLOYED

BY EDWARD A. FILENE

THE one essential service that distinguishes the modern
world from the world of days gone by, and the less
developed parts of the earth from the highly civilized
ones, is swift, sure and adequate transportation. The facili-
ties for transportation are the bolts that hold the structure of
civilization together. Without them it would fall to pieces.

I can hear someone immediately objecting that at the
present stage of mankind's affairs we seem to have too much
transportation, just as we might seem to have too much of
almost everything that is offered for sale. We are experienc-
ing a kind of inverted famine. We are hungry because we
have too much to eat. We have too many freight cars, too
many passenger cars, too many locomotives, too many miles
of railway track, too many motor vehicles. Our railways are
finding it hard to make both ends meet. Our automobile
manufacturers have thrown into their new models improve-
ments that might normally have been spread out over several
years, in a valiant effort to stem the tide of diminishing
business.

Such are the protests I expect to hear against a proposal
which I believe contains the key to the solution not only of a
long-standing economic problem but of our immediate diffi-
culties. I suggest more, not less, transportation. I suggest
that we stimulate the railways, not by crushing their natural
competitors, but by giving them competitors worthy of their
steel. I suggest that we meet the depression not by retreating,
not by digging in, but by a direct frontal attack. The way is
forward. We shall arrive at our goal soonest by going toward
it.

If with all the equipment of modern technology at our
disposal, we could see America as a new country, we would
know very well what to do with it. The opportunities that
would lie before us would of themselves drive away the
shadow of hard times. In my opinion, if we compare what
has been done on this continent with what may still be done,
ours still is a new country.

About a year ago I was asked by some Chinese leaders to
draw up a plan which would illustrate my ideas of what
would contribute most toward stability and progress in that
vast and crowded land.

I began by laying down the principle that the first neces-
sity as well as the first duty of every worthwhile reform is to
stay alive and succeed, and that its second necessity and
duty is to be its own successor. In other words, we do not
want to build something today which will have to be torn
down tomorrow. That is false economy. And we may safely
assume that the Chinese people, like all other peoples, will
support a government under which they can find an oppor-
tunity for work and adequate food and decent living. Like
all other people, they have proved in recent years that lack-
ing these necessities they will become radical and revolu-
tionary. The famines in China which in recent years have
caused the death of many millions of Chinese were due not
so much to an actual lack of food as to a lack of roads by
which to get surpluses of food in one part of the land to
people in dire need of it in another. In proportion to her

More transportation not less is what we need:
better railroads with modernized equipment,
a fourfold super-auto-highway, with one-way
traffic and the cops urging you to drive faster
— to build these, Mr. Filene holds, will give
us transportation that we need and will prove
a sure step up out of the slough of depression

population of four hundred millions, China has fewer roads
than any other country in the world.

In answer to the request for help which was put to me,
therefore, I drew up and submitted the following plan. I am
summarizing it here, necessarily:

1 . Plan automobile roads — main trunk lines — to stretch
across the entire country, in every desirable direction.

2. Build these roads on a "grand scale." Provide for two
express one-way roads in the middle, crossed only by
bridges or tunnels. On each side of these express roads
build a one-way road for non-express traffic, to be used for
less speedy travel and for approach to city, town and village
streets and country roads.

3. Work on these roads should be begun and carried
along their full length throughout the country at the same
time, and each section should be built by the inhabitants of
the locality under the supervision of competent government
engineers and road-builders.

4. The central government should pay its share of the cost
of the work in each locality in the shape of food wages —
that is, food for the workers. This would largely do away
with revolutions in China because no revolution would be
supported by the masses against a government that was
supplying them with work, food and the needed roads. The
local authorities would pay such money wages as were
necessary and practicable.

THE keynote of my plan, it will be seen, was that for China
' railways were not indicated as the best means of meeting
the situation. It seemed to me that Western experience had
already shown that where there was free choice, auto-buses,
auto-trucks and private auto-cars could furnish their share
of transportation more efficiently than railroads, provided
there were constructed a system of fourfold transcontinental
roads with provision for speed, safety and segregation of
through from local traffic. On such roads auto-trucks of
great tonnage, now successfully used in the Occident, and
auto-buses of great passenger capacity, some of them double-
deckers, would be employed.

Moreover, if after the auto-roads were built there should
be a need and a place for more railroads, it was clear that
there would be a new type of railroad built of necessity,
planned not to compete unscientifically with motor cars but
to supplement them. So planned, a railroad would be a
paying enterprise. China must not, it seemed to me, make
the Western mistake of allowing railroads and motor ve-
hicles to fight each other wastefully and irrationally for the
same business.

SURVEY GRAPHIC

February 1933

I think perhaps that most of those who have followed the
argument so far will agree that this sweeping improvement
in means of transportation would be an excellent thing for
China! We can think more disinterestedly, somehow, about
countries which are far away.

But why not try to think as clearly about our own? Chi-
nese conditions are not so different from American condi-
tions as would at first appear. If a road system such as I
have described is a sound idea in China, why is it not a sound
idea in the United States?

No one, I think, will dispute the fact that railroads alone
are not enough under present conditions. They will not be
enough even after they learn to make full and effective use
of their possibilities. We may compare the whole system of
transportation with the automobile industry. As far back as
<9r5) when there were fewer than two and a half million
motor vehicles in the United States, some of our more con-
servative bankers, maufacturers and business men in other
lines were already predicting that the saturation point
would soon be reached. The same fear was expressed in 1920,
when there were more than nine million cars, and in 1925,
when the total had reached almost twenty million, and of
course we are hearing it today. But the market for cars ex-
panded as prices went down and the miles of good roads
increased. In other words, there was a vast and unrealized
market for transportation. I believe that such a market still
exists and that all that the railroads, all that the motor in-
dustry and all that the highway-builders can do during the
coming years will not be more than enough to meet its needs.

WE must look at this problem as one affecting the wel-
fare of the whole country and not one to be settled by
adjustments and compromises among existing transportation
agencies. Let me quote from a report by Leo J. Flynn,
attorney-examiner to the Interstate Commerce Commission:

"It is the duty of the government to see that adequate and
efficient transportation service for the public is supplied and
maintained. The problem, How can the commerce of the
country be moved most efficiently and economically with
assurance of dependable service? should be approached as
one of national transportation and not primarily as one of
transportation agencies. Legislation and regulation should
not be with a view to preserving and protecting long-existent
forms of transportation by stifling or restricting new forms
of transportation which may be better equipped to perform
certain transportation functions. The public is entitled to
the best transportation service. No carrier by rail, water,
motor vehicle or air, has a vested right in the transportation
of a single passenger or a pound of freight."

Carried to its logical extreme, this principle which I have
just quoted means government ownership of railroads if
adequate transportation cannot be secured in any other
way. Personally I hope and believe that this can be avoided,
but we must not overlook the fact that a continuance on the
part of the railroads of the present policy of high rates and
hostility to other forms of transportation may force the issue.
What else can the public conclude from the present-day rail-
way propaganda than that the railways are unable properly
to manage their own businesses?

But let us look at the other aspect of our transportation
situation. The twenty-six billion dollars or more invested in
highways and motor cars is of at least equal importance with
the twenty-six billion dollars invested in railroads. More-
over, the development of our highway system will call for
no such fundamental changes in our political and economic

ideas as would government ownership of railroads. The pub-
lic, individually and as partners or stockholders in various
enterprises, already owns the motor vehicles of the country.
Government, federal, state and local, already owns the high-
ways. State and national roads are as old as the national
government itself — and older.

Our present highway system is not adequate to our exist-
ing needs. It is hopelessly inadequate to the certain needs of
tomorrow, even after the railroads shall have raised them-
selves to the highest pinnacles of efficiency, and full use has
been made of water transportation on the Great Lakes, the
Mississippi River system, the canals and the coastal waters.
It would be absurd to say that we are as badly off for roads
as China is. Yet perhaps we are as badly off in proportion to
our national wealth, the amount of our industry and commerce,
and our habits of travel.

Suppose we sit down with a large map of the United
States, ignore for the moment the existing railways and
highways, and lay out a national system of fourfold super-
highways. These super-highways would be much like those
I suggested for China. Express traffic would be carried in
two central roads bordered on each side with a road devoted
to slower travel. All four roads would be restricted to one-
way traffic. Local highways would be over-passed, so that
there would be no interruption of the flow of vehicles. The
highest speeds consistent with safety would be not only per-
mitted but encouraged. Every device of modern road-build-
ing would be adopted to promote the security of passengers
and drivers. Probably special types of motor vehicles espe-
cially adapted for this fast service would be developed; in-
deed, we already have them. Ramps and approaches would
be constructed so that cars could enter and leave the four-
road super-highway and pass to and from the local streets
and roads without interfering with the main currents of travel .

I am under no delusions as to the opposition this plan will
encounter. If it is regarded as an attempted blow at the rail-
roads, it will offend the vested interests not only of railroad
officials themselves, but perhaps also of banks, insurance
companies and individuals holding railway securities. To
objections from these sources I can only repeat that if the
railroads learn how to manage their own business properly
they will gain and not lose by my proposals and that their
securities will be worth more instead of less.

I BELIEVE that the railroads, organized and adminis-
tered by scientific, fact-finding, fact-applying officials, with
a competent research staff behind them, would be able to
compete much more successfully with bus and auto-truck
transportation than now seems possible, and for these
reasons:

1. The railroads could collect and distribute from house
to house by their own auto-trucks. These trucks could be so
built that they could run as well on the railroad tracks as on
the streets, thus doing away with the greater part of the
expense and delay of reloading in the freight yards. A step
toward this idea has already been taken in the use of so-
called "rail-wagons," which are truck trailers built to be
carried on a flat car. Two different types of rail-wagons have
been tried out on electric railways between Cleveland and
Toledo, and Chicago and Milwaukee. In each case the
trailer is loaded at the shipper's door and unloaded at the
consignee's door.

2. The railroads on an average could haul freight on rails
faster than it could be hauled by auto-trucks on even the
best highways.

Februaryi933 RAILROADS, A S U P E R - H I G H W A Y AND UNEMPLOYED

3. With the reorganization of transportation which I have
described, the cost to the consumer of both freight and pas-
senger transportation could be very greatly reduced. This
would bring so many more goods and services within the
buying power of the masses that an enormous increase in
business would be sure to come, both for railroads and for
motor-vehicle companies. I do not think it extravagant to
say that traffic could be doubled. The railroads would cer-
tainly sacrifice nothing in the long run by relinquishing
traffic which they cannot economically handle and by
greatly increasing the traffic which they can economically
handle.

No wise reorganization of transportation can harm any
legitimate business. If the railroads, like the stage coaches
and the Conestoga wagons, were actually becoming obso-
lete, they would have to take their medicine with a good
grace. The country is no more obligated to maintain an
obsolete railroad than it was to maintain an obsolete prairie
schooner. But the railroads are not in the position of the
prairie schooner, nor are they likely to be for as long a time
as we can see ahead.

Even if there were to be a transition from the old-fashioned
railroad to some form of free-wheeled vehicle running on
roads, the railways could, if they were sufficiently sagacious,
adapt themselves to the change. They could even pave their
rights of way, though I do not think they will have to do so.
Some of them have already protected themselves by enter-
ing more or less completely into the operation of motor
vehicles.

My plan, therefore, is in no way inconsistent with such
progress as our transportation system has made. It merely
carries to a logical conclusion what any unbiased survey
of the present situation would reveal. It is a step toward a
true and lasting remedy for our present dangerous depres-
sion. Just as the plan for China is expected largely to prevent
revolutions and famines in that country in the future, so
the corresponding plan for America will bring with it a basic, prac-
tical, scientific "way out" from our unemployment. Most of the
remedies so far applied will for the most part help producers
and financiers; but there can be no lasting recovery until
our millions of unemployed are put back at work.

If we build these four-fold automobile roads we will be
giving work directly to great masses of our unemployed.
Indirectly we will increase, perhaps even double, the present

market for auto-trucks and private automobiles. By so doing
we will restore a business which, with its enormous direct
and indirect employing power, is generally admitted to
have been the basis of the unprecedented prosperity from
which we have passed into this depression. Incidentally,
we will give, as I have indicated, an enormously increased
traffic to the railroads.

It will be objected that the cost is so huge as to be pro-
hibitive. But I firmly believe that a fact-finding study will
show that however great the cost, it will still be less than the
losses due to the present great mass of unemployment and
the money which local, state and national governments will
have to pay for relief if the present situation continues for
two or three years longer. Assume that only five million
persons were out of work in the United States last year and
that each individual lost only $1000 in wages. Both esti-
mates are undoubtedly too low, yet when so measured, the
wage loss for the year was five billion dollars, or nearly one
fifth the capitalized value of all our railroads. In other words,
we could better afford to abandon our railroads than to
have five or six years of unemployment at the present rate.
How much more, then, could we afford not to abandon
them but to supplement them and make them more produc-
tive than they have ever been !

I would not say that the country could not afford the plan
I have proposed. I would say that the country could not
afford not to put some such plan into effect. We have already
expended a grand total of more than fifty billion dollars
upon existing facilities for getting ourselves and our goods
from place to place. If we are not getting returns upon the
investment it is because it is less than adequate and being
less than adequately handled. To complete the transporta-
tion system upon the scale which our needs demand would
add far more to its value than the amount we would have to
invest. The desperate need of the day is not capital — we
have as much real capital as we had at the height of the
boom in 1929 — but a profitable use for capital.

Palliatives may produce a temporary re-employment
through inflation and a return of prices "to the standards of
1928." But such an effect can be only temporary. To restore
prosperity on a permanent basis we must dig deep and build
sound foundations. I believe that the fourfold super-auto-
highway is in more senses than one literally the road back
to plenty and security.

Autotrams such as this one, driven
by gas and making seventy miles
an hour, may be factors in
Mr. Filene's prophecy that, with
reorganized transportation, " I do
not think it extravagant to say
that traffic could be doubled"

Photo by Acme

STUMBLING UPON JOBS

Keystone-Underwood

Hundreds see the ad for a worker and only one oF these men is in luck

R. I. Ncsmith

Crowds line up where a
large building project
is going on or whenever
news comes of increased
production at the plant

Irving Browning

R. I. Nesmith

EMPLOYERS AND
WORKERS WANTED

A new sign hung up in five American cities

BY BEULAH AMIDON

IN the business district of Rochester, among the stores and
shops, the banks and office blocks, the Genessee Valley
Trust Building lifts its winged tower above the pavement
that now covers what was once a western New York ship-
ping center for the Erie Canal. Here the old waterway, the
wharfs and warehouses, the locks, the boats themselves,
have given way to motors and trucks that stream between
the steel and concrete buildings of Broad Street. Bronze
tablets here and there commemorate the beginnings of na-
tional trade in which the canal played so important a part,
the men and women who laid the lines of commerce and
communication between the seaboard and the half-explored
West.

Today this old site is the scene of new pioneering. Ask
for Rochester's employment center and you are directed
not to a dingy room on a back street but to this very Genes-
see Building. You enter modernistic corridors, with "stream
line" decoration and indirect lighting, where noiseless
elevators swoop visitor and clients alike to a suite of offices
on an upper floor.

Rochester is one of three locations chosen for these demon-
strations of what a public employment service, suitably
housed, adequately staffed and equipped, may mean to
workers, employers and to the American community.
Another is at Philadelphia, and the tri-city set-up in Minne-
sota is the third. The offices are under public jurisdiction,
staffed by public employes paid from the treasuries of public
bodies. That should be borne in mind throughout. But
state and local agencies are united in the experiments, and
foundation grants and contributions from employers in
the various communities have made them possible. They
are applying lessons learned in the long-established free
employment systems of England, Germany and Canada,
learned in our own past if fragmentary experience here in
the United States. Moreover they are welding scientific
advances and American inventiveness into the scheme.

Jess T. Hopkins, director of the Rochester center, recently
said, "There are two peaks in the employment office pro-
duction curve: one is applicant load and the other employer
demand." Today they are all but swamped under the
"applicant load" they carry. The principles and skills de-
veloped in this period of heavy registration
and relatively low placement will meet a
test and have a larger significance

June 1933. Without waiting to see the employment service
function under "normal" conditions, the state and the
three cities have appropriated public money to take the
place of the foundation grants that will be withdrawn at the
end of this fiscal year. Even in the hard times the demon-
stration centers have thus made headway in carrying local
conviction. Let us have a look at them to see why.

Here in the United States, the promising beginnings of
our war-time federal service were allowed to dry up. Some
state and municipal services have been carried on with
meager appropriations, but save for conspicuous exceptions
like Cleveland, Milwaukee and the reorganized New York
State offices, our public employment centers have been
pretty much alike. The general run of them are housed in
shabby quarters in run-down streets. Applicants for work
must confer across a counter at one end of the room knowing
that every word is audible to other applicants and to the
office loungers. The procedure has been as dreary and
humiliating as the place. The clientele has tended inevitably
to be the "border-line unemployables," as sociologists have
tagged them.

THAT picture was in my mind when I visited these
demonstration centers for Survey Graphic. As places of
business they are examples of good American standards —
suites of large, light offices in centrally located buildings,
intelligently laid out, pleasantly furnished, well kept. We
take for granted such a setting when we do business with a
real-estate firm, an insurance company, a savings bank.
It is a sharp commentary on our attitude and experience
that we are surprised to find that a labor exchange can also
be a dignified and comfortable place. That was my first
impression at all these centers. True, in each city except
Philadelphia, the quarters of the old state employment
service are still in use, housing one or more unskilled and
semi-skilled divisions. But along with the fresh paint and
linoleum, there are now small private interviewing rooms
partitioned off from the main office which mean that appli-
cants can transact business there in orderly and self-respect-
ing fashion.

Your old-type public employment office follows a dull

new

when re-employment begins; much more
if and when we reach a new peak load of
returned industrial and business activity.
In Minnesota, where the project is going
forward simultaneously in St. Paul, Minne-
apolis and Duluth with a coordinating cen-
tral office on the University of Minnesota
campus, the experimental period ends in

In a country where unemployed men looking for work strike
you (or a dime on the streets, good news comes from the
demonstration employment centers. What they are find-
ing out in the teeth of the hard times bears on the need for a
federal-state service and will grow in significance when the
period of reemployment begins. Their first published ap-
praisal follows by the industrial editor of Survey Graphic.
87

SURVEY GRAPHIC

February 1933

Philadelphia's old public employment center, typical of American standards, was a dreary,
little-used place, inadequately staffed and equipped, patronized mainly by the unskilled

routine. These demonstration offices fairly hum with activity
and every day brings lively incidents. There was the morn-
ing, for instance, when the personnel manager of a Phila-
delphia department store telephoned in to say, "If you make
good on this order, you sell yourselves to me." The order
was for an Indian and a cowboy, "real ones," for a pageant.
Now the nationality of each applicant is entered at the
Philadelphia employment office and the files produced the
card of a young Indian. So far so good. Then a staff mem-
ber made the rounds, by telephone, of suburban boarding
stables and produced a cowboy, complete with rope. The
order was filled.

Sometimes it is the applicant, not the employer, who needs
out-of-the-ordinary service. Thus a Rochester business
executive suddenly found himself jobless, due to corporate
"retrenchment." He and his family were almost at the end
of their resources when he registered with the public em-
ployment office. The director of the commercial and pro-
fessional division suggested that the man try a "letter cam-
paign," and spent several hours helping him draught an
effective statement of his training and experience. This the
applicant sent to one hundred and fifty local employers.
Ninety-nine of the hundred replies carried the familiar
promise of an interview if a suitable opening occurred. The
hundredth resulted in a permanent connection as financial
secretary for a savings and loan association.

It isn't, of course, these dramatic bits that make up the
stream of work. At each center the day's load varies with the
weather, with reports or rumors of a new construction
project or "a big selling campaign," with a lay-off at some
local plant, with the day of the week and the turn of the
season. One Monday morning when I was in Philadelphia
more than eighteen hundred people came to the office, many
to renew their applications, as they are expected to do at
intervals, more than five hundred to register for the first time.

The primary fact of the
demonstration program, the
thing that was borne in upon
me again and again in the
course of my inquiry, is that
despite present conditions,
the offices are connecting all
sorts and conditions of people
with jobs. They do not create
the jobs of course. In most in-
stances, some one would have
gotten them. The point is
that the waiting time has
been cut down because a
labor market has been cre-
ated, to which people who
have work of a given sort to
offer may turn. In Rochester
in the first ten months of
1932, more than thirteen
thousand men and women
registered and over a third of
them were placed. The three
Minnesota cities are in a
region that did not have a
boom, and is having less of a
slump than over-expanded
industrial areas. For the first
ten months of 1932, 59,110
men and women registered

with the three Minnesota offices, of whom 23,425 were
placed, 40 percent of them in permanent positions.

With general unemployment, such showings do not of
course supply an answer to the need for jobs, but they give
promise of what may be anticipated once conditions are
more nearly normal.

WHAT are some of the positive contributions of these
experiments to our knowledge of what should go to
make up an effective public employment service in an Ameri-
can community? Let me begin with the contacts made with
applicant and employer, the two principals who must be
brought together, and then with the community as a whole.
The demonstration centers are agreed that, as Richard
Neustadt, director of the Philadelphia experiment puts it:

The man or woman who registers at a public employment
bureau should have the same quality of service that he would have
if he went to another business office to sign up for a telephone or to
get schedules and rates for a transcontinental trip. To this business-
like effectiveness must be added an extra measure of humanness.
For the unit with which the public employment office deals isn't a
'phone connection or a railroad ticket, but a human being, and
just now he is apt to be a human being in desperate need. There's
no place for sentimentality in an employment office. But there's
rock bottom need for courtesy and good humor, patience and
understanding.

Each office has appropriate divisions of space and staff
to take care of different occupational groups: technical and
professional, sales and clerical, skilled trades, industrial
workers, domestic and institutional workers, unskilled labor.
The service set-up in itself shows that, unlike old style offices
where casual laborers were the chief patrons, the demon-
stration centers are concerned with the employment prob-
lems of almost every type of wage-earner.

From eight or eight-thirty in the morning until the inter-
viewing is over for the day a staff member is seated at a desk

February 1933

EMPLOYERS AND WORKERS WANTED"

near the entrance to greet each applicant
and direct him to the proper division.
Each division also has a "receptionist"
who helps fill out cards where such assist-
ance is needed, answers questions and
handles renewals. After John Jones has
filled in his blank, he waits his turn for an
interview. This means a private confer-
ence with a staff member who is a special-
ist in a particular occupational field and
knows its requirements. In these hard
times the demonstration offices find that,
in many instances, it is part of the inter-
viewer's job to listen to stories of discour-
agement and tragic need. Many applicants
who have "held out against the charities"
will talk freely to these listeners, of whom
they are asking not relief but work.

"There comes a time when a man
just has to have a safety valve," the con-
sultant who handles skilled mechanics in
St. Paul told me. "If we can supply that we are rendering a
service to the applicant and to the community."

A young truck driver had the same thing in mind when I
talked with him while he was waiting to see one of the inter-
viewers in the Philadelphia office. He had had no steady
work since April 1930, though he can "follow four or five
trades." Since his registration in August, he had obtained
several odd jobs through the office "and I had one long spell
— nearly three weeks, in a garage." He and his wife and
child "get along somehow, but a fellow can't help worrying.
I like for something to bring me up here. You'd think they'd
just shoot you in and out, but they always got time to chin a
little. Even if they can't land you a job, they sure do make
you feel better."

The employer plays an important role in the demonstra-
tion centers. Calls for workers come in by telephone, by
mail, or through a personal visit to the office. In any case,
an employer is referred to the appropriate division which is
in touch with the type of worker required and which in two
of the demonstrations has already carried on a sifting-out
process of definite value to him. All applicants are required
to give the names and addresses of previous employers, with
dates of employment, salary, work performed, and reasons

Where applicants for technical, office and sales positions in Philadelphia
make out their blanks and wait their turn to confei with the interviewers

Waiting room of the men's industrial section in the new Philadelphia set-up,
seen from the doorway of one of the division's six private interview rooms

why the employment terminated. The Minnesota and
Rochester offices check these references by telephone or let-
ter before the applicant is referred for a job. Each office lay-
out includes one or more small private rooms set aside as
"outside interview rooms," where employers and applicants
may talk things over together. Such a meeting place is often
a convenience to both parties, particularly where an open-
ing in another city, a suburban domestic situation, or a farm
position is to be filled.

Unlike the German employment system where employers
are required to notify the public office of vacancies, the
American experiments have had to "sell" their service
to firms and individuals. Applicants are registered and in-
terviewed only in the morning. Staff members devote the
afternoons to contacts with employers. They visit plants,
stores, offices, gathering information about possible open-
ings, job requirements, wages and working conditions. At
the same time they give information about the service
offered the employer in filling openings quickly, satisfac-
torily and without cost to him or to the worker.

The progress that results from this persistent effort was
illustrated by the report given by William H. Stead, director
of the Minnesota project, in a paper read at the last meeting
of the International Association of Public
Employment Services. This covered the
fourteen months ending September i,
1932:

The members of the staff have made 2189
employer contacts or visits, each of them re-
ported in full. As a result of these contacts, a
total of two thousand employers have used the
service, most of them a number of times. This
figure does not include individual employers of
domestics, farm labor and casual workers. . . .
These two thousand employers have placed
orders for 35,212 workers; 42,735 applicants
have been referred for consideration, and
33,402 verified placements have resulted.
Approximately 40 percent of these placements
are regular or permanent positions.

An increasing number of employers are
now doing all their recruiting through the
demonstration centers. Two mail order
houses in the Twin Cities, each employing
several hundred clerical workers, consider

SURVEY GRAPHIC

February 1933

Perm.....^.

Hn.Wkl^U :

Place of Wi
Promotion

Special «!"" required.

Job Description

3.S Nat. or.,
Age range.-A**T..*rfc-*<v?JjColor. ____ J

^/i« tji * .....

only applicants who come with a card of introduction from
the office. Similarly, a number of Minnesota department
stores, the home offices of two or three insurance companies
and some manufacturing concerns are clearing all openings
through it. The Hennepin County Medical Association and
the Ramsey County Den-
tal Council use the Twin
City offices to secure all
the clerical and technical
help needed by their mem-
bers. The Allied Engineer-
ing Societies of Philadel-
phia asked the public
employment center to set
up a special employment
service in the Engineers'
Club and give it technical
supervision. The service,
while staffed and financed
by the engineering socie-
ties, actually functions as a
division of the public em-
ployment office.

The twenty-four Roch-
ester firms that put into
effect a cooperative unem-
ployment insurance plan
last month are using the
public employment center
as the registration office
for all laid-off employes.
When these firms find it
necessary to go outside
their own files in filling
vacancies they will turn to
the center for help.

The program of the
demonstration offices calls
for the cooperation not

only of employers and workers but of the community at
large. The centers have had the backing of special groups,
serving as links between the demonstrations and the districts
they serve. The Tri-City Employment Stabilization Com-
mittee to which the control of the three offices was delegated
by the Minnesota State Industrial Commission, includes
representatives of the state and city governments, employers,
labor and the university. The Philadelphia office operates
under a State Employment Commission of five members,
established by the special act of the legislature creating the
demonstration center. Similarly, the Rochester office is
controlled by a State Advisory Council on Employment
Problems, appointed by the state industrial commissioner.
Each office also has a local sponsoring committee, and
Philadelphia and Rochester have technical advisory com-
mittees that include personnel managers, statisticians,
representatives of social agencies and organized labor and
an economist or two.

Beginnings have been made in coordinating existing
placement services. In Philadelphia for example, the office
of the State Bureau of Rehabilitation, the junior employ-
ment service of the Board of Education, and the Philadelphia
state office of the Division of Licensed Agencies, have all
been brought into the demonstration set-up, though each
has maintained its own identity. Several of the centers have
taken over the placement work formerly done locally by the

EMPLOYER'S ORDER

COMMERCIAL DIVISION

APPLICANTS SENT

JOB SPECIFICATIONS

I. Term}..... Pay.«t&..«>ft...per.«<.as*fcA* ..-Bonus etc...

•LjbBL-tOAdUAJL — Sat..,2fc«raMfc,...I.unch Vac.*2--«A4«-»k*/

M-.fc»«t!t!?teCliiJS&travel Where?

^Ag^...<»^«-»J.in.^,.C.<t<..^t^...Ajt^CjL^...(L^fc<Uf^>.

Machines to operate— y

REQUIREMENTS OF WORKER
^Marital

How the Rochester office records an employer's order

rated

Y's, the church societies, social agencies and so on. The
dream of the demonstrations is a complete clearing-house
service, saving the applicant the worry and expense of
tramping from office to office, from registering at the fee-
charging agencies, running want ads, or turning to social

agencies for placement as
well as for relief.

In Duluth and St. Paul,
the demonstration centers
handle the labor for all
public projects, including
work relief. Any person
wishing public employ-
ment is registered, inter-
viewed, his employment
record checked in the city
work unit, just as in any
other division. His appli-
cation is next cleared
through the relief agencies.
He is thus doubly classified:
by the employment office
according to his ability, by
the relief agencies accord-
ing to his need. Under this
plan, Peter Olson, out of
work since April, with a
wife and four young chil-
dren and no resources of
his own, takes precedence
over Hans Schmidt, equally
strong and skilled, but
without dependents. The
Blake family on the other
hand must be carried by
relief agencies, because Ed,
an unskilled ne'er-do-well,
with a bad temper and a
weakness for liquor, is
D" by the employment office. His chance for a

job goes to Joe Brown, whose family is in need and whose
training and record give him an "A" rating as a worker.

In a recent report, Dr. Stead states, "The operation of
these non-political employment units . . . has the strong
support of organized labor, of employers and even of public
officials who are glad to be relieved of the pressure involved
in trying to satisfy the multitude with the extremely limited
job patronage available."

THROUGH it all the demonstration offices are being used
as employment service laboratories. Nowhere is their
experimental character so clear as in their record-keeping.
Application cards, order cards, work histories, sheets for
summarizing the day's business or the week's business, "fol-
low-up" forms, field-visit reports, methods of filing, cross-
index schemes — there is almost no end to their eager
resourceful "let's try this." Office problems are only the
beginning. The records yield curves of business activity and
employment and afford a factual basis for the wider reaches
of the work.

In Minnesota, the Employment Stabilization Research
Institute is carrying forward, as three simultaneous but
related projects, the employment service; a study of indus-
trial change in the Northwest; and individual studies of the
unemployed. These last have to do with personality factors

February 1933

EMPLOYERS AND WORKERS WANTED

in unsteady employment and with the vocational guidance
and training questions involved. All three projects draw on
the records of the employment offices. In Rochester there
is intensive study of interviewing, office procedure, voca-
tional guidance. Available figures on seasonal unemploy-
ment in New York State
and in the local area are
being charted preliminary
to a survey which should
throw light on whether it
is possible to dovetail the
working forces of plants
and industries that have
different peak seasons.
Similarly, the research
group attached to the
Philadelphia office is now
analyzing census material
and other industrial statis-
tics as well as forty thou-
sand registration cards, to
plot overcrowded fields and
changing occupational
trends.

Everyone who comes in
contact with the. Roches-
ter and Minnesota demon-
strations— applicants, em-
ployers, "observers," and
the staff itself — is inter-
ested in their use of psycho-
logical tests. Both centers
apply such tests in deter-
mining the aptitudes and
abilities of "problem"
applicants who have no
marketable skill or who
have been unsuccessful in
the field for which they
were trained. Minnesota
is also trying to isolate the
skills and personality fac-
tors making for success in given occupational groups. In this
inquiry, 108 clerical workers selected by their fellow-
workers and their superiors as the "best" in their respective
offices have served as the first subjects for a series of tests by
Marion S. Trabue and his research associates. From these
tests the research staff made a "profile" of the successful
clerical worker. This is not an old-fashioned silhouette, but
a line that charts education, skills and personality. Compared
with the run of us, he is above the average in formal edu-
cation and in educational capacity, high in ability to re-
member names and numbers, below the average in ability
to judge size and form, higher in finger dexterity, and with
the average of the population at 50, he tests around 40 in
nervous stability, self-sufficiency, extroversion and domi-
nance (see Chart I).

I saw how such a profile may be put to practical use.
Miss X was a twenty-year-old applicant at the Minne-
apolis office. While she had graduated from highschool and
taken a business course she had not made good as a clerical
worker. The girl's "profile," based on the same tests that
had been given to the successful clerical workers, showed
that her chief asset was her finger dexterity. At every other
point her "profile" and that of the selected clerical workers

Pleaae give Ml information

Keti'tration No.

Ljst !„.:,.« I Pint name

1 ,..•.. 0

L£l U.BMUn SL

M...-4I4J

feXJ.' "" —

L.™««™«.

OtherRcf.

Change of addreta

in Rochester

* 1

Re-Rec. Date.

Height | Weifht

6 Ff 1 IIS

n"trt'.°j

Depoitlenti

Y€»

£r,f.lf»nf

Kind of work desired: describe

Su:.rv rniuirv

Qm»

Other work daned in ordtr of prdtnAcc

When a

ji }-.j-j

LJU

jSS^FxjfrSJ^

it or aR.LBGE| Nune o( Khool

Ati at lr*vint

LJu

A.B. J.(r.<

BCSINESBor WJUUlCAL SCHOOL {«

R5S5SSS8

01...

HOT-IP

'.>un«

•SaSr

What office machine* arc you experietuMd

moperalinjf

N.rM

DKUUOR word, per rmnut. | Typ

0| wordlpermi

ute

iave you a dhver'i

Do you 01

TI a car?

Dictaphone IUM per day 1

j^tuagec tpoken

EMPLOYMENT RECORD

Name of last employer (Inn or corporation)
R.T B.,L fc C..

Date uarted

W44-

De^bemde^yovrdut™.^™^

r .ff...

AJdrea

Dale left

Kir.J yf tmimrk. ur.[rl,><rr ;i i:>.(j«tvl in

^oo.*

*+..L. -£

J.VUI-U utll.t.Ll

Under whom did yofjtotk? Name and l
Ta«.*>fSrawn Uiaj Pvi

tie

..-Jc

Neil lo lul «nploy«

Deicnbe in detail yuur dut

"**

mubililicc

Addrw ^

B"alnj

-.4..I

Kr f r T ' ' clt-A, H.c*

Salary

Under whom did you work? Name and litle

Reaioni for leavini

.Ku

Datett

jrti'J

V...-P-. ..«!.«

1 ATlJ
t

•M^

maibilitiet

1411

Kind of buiineat employer ii enf tied In

Rea*oni for leavini

Next
t.R D..t.u C..

DatetUited

Describe indeuil

IMT ll»UM Md IMpOMIDllllitl

AddJi. J

Kind ol btwiiMM emfitoyer ii eocafcd in

Salary

Under whom did you work? Name and till*

Rcuxu lor loavinj

Sptnal abilitm and oualirtcMioM not menttOMd above

How the Rochester office records on order for a job

were far apart (Chart II.) The office placed Miss X in a
bakery wrapping bread, a job calling for high finger dex-
terity and no clerical aptitude whatever. She did the work
well and enjoyed it. Unfortunately, the happy ending of this
placement story was marred by the mother who, "mortified

to death" at having her
daughter "in factory
work" insisted that she
give up her job and re-
sume her search for office
employment.

Like Miss X., Mr. Z.
came to the office with a
history of job failure.
Twenty-four years old,
with a good school record,
he had failed in turn as
messenger boy, bakery
worker, lathe and press
operator, machine-shop
foreman, filling-station at-
tendant. The same tests
given the successful clerical
workers showed that Z
had exceptional clerical
aptitude, and personality
ratings following very
closely those of outstand-
ingly good office employes
(Chart III). After a con-
ference between a staff
member and the appli-
cant, he enrolled in a
local business college for a
six-months course. His
progress was rapid and at
the end of the training
period the young man was
placed in the office of an
important concern. A fol-
low-up by the employment
center indicates that he

is happy in his present work and that he is assured of
advancement when conditions improve.

Neither the Minnesota nor Rochester offices employ
psychological testing as an infallible yardstick; they make
no attempt to apply it generally. It is as yet just another tool.
So far, their experience indicates that it is likely to prove
increasingly valuable in certain phases of public employ-
ment service. Several Twin City employers have discovered
that such tests furnish a better index of a worker's ability
than does "experience." They are now asking that appli-
cants referred to them by the office be first tested, and
recommended on the basis of the test results rather than on
their work history and references from former employers.

On another side these experiments have defined more
sharply some of the difficulties which interfere with the
development of employment services. As in all undertakings,
"personality" furnishes a lot of the sand that gets in the gear
box. Here the demonstration offices have faced a three-way
problem. Each experiment was superimposed on an existing
public employment office. This meant taking over into the
new staff a group of people used to the old ways, who had
had little or no contact with modern personnel outlook and
practices. In some instances, the hold-over members have

SURVEY GRAPHIC

February 1933

been eager to join in the
staff training programs and
many of them have become
valuable members of the
new teams. Others have
resisted the new order, stir-
ring up trouble in the office
and in the community.

The demonstration cen-
ters are having their share of
a second and perhaps unend-
ing conflict. You hear from
the "practical" workers that
they are hindered by the
demands of the research
staff for elaborate records.
You hear from the research
staff that careless and in-
complete records defeat their
use of them. It remains to be
seen where an equilibrium
will be reached; but as the
long-range values of the
research come to be recog-
nized and as experience
whittles down records to the
essentials a working balance
which will serve both ends.

GENERAL CLERICALWORKERS IN DIFFERENT INDUSTRIE*

Employed Conbrol Cases

Industry
ABC

72 85 92
64 78 90

Formal Education
Education Test
Clerical: Numbers 85 89 87
Clerical: Names 77 82 91
Finder Dexterity 75 76 81
Spatial Relations 30 21 35
Nervous Stability 38 39 43

lSelr-sutficiencij 434040
Extroversion 41 3940

[Dominance 37 42 44

"—Department Store A
(33 cases)

Median Percentile Scores

Per cent of- adult population with lower scores

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 00 90 100

Meat Packing Plant B

(34 cases)

—Life Insurance Co. C
(41 Cases)

Chart. I. Minnesota's yardstick of clerical ability: above,
the profile chart based on tests of 108 successful office
workers. Below, individual profiles show lack of clerical
ability in one applicant, the marked aptitude of another

will probably be struck

Finally, there has been the problem of political inter-
ference which is encountered everywhere in public service.
Backed by the interest and cooperation of the state industrial
commissioner, Frances Perkins, the Rochester demonstra-
tion has been helped, not hindered, by its public-service
character. Governor Pinchot, when the Philadelphia demon-
stration opened, wrote the members of the State Employ-
ment Commission: "The first and all important step to the
success of the Philadelphia experiment means its severance
from all political affiliations. . . . All of its appointments
must be made clearly on the basis of experience and tech-
nical training for this highly important endeavor. . . .
This work must be honestly and equally free from political

SUMMARY PROFILE

Case /fa 35H Sex F A$e20 No. dependents 0

Education: 12 Grade at A^e 19

Classification Test

Verification Test

Clerical Speed: Numbers
Names

Dexteritq: Finder test
Tweezer -
Hands •

Mechanical Assembly

Spatial Relations

Nervous - Stable

Gregarious - Self-sufficient

Introvert - Extrovert

Submissive - Dominant

Hands

Back

Percentile score:

90 100

control." With this strong
statement as a foundation,
the Commission has been
able to block such attempts
at political interference with
the center as occasionally
developed. Minnesota has
had similar difficulties, but
the Farmer-Labor party
which carried state and
municipal elections last No-
vember has pledged whole-
hearted backing to the pres-
ent public-employment
administration.

Another set of problems
arises in these days of de-
pression when workers will
"work for anything" and
employers are tempted to
offer jobs at less than a living
wage. The three demonstra-
tion offices hold that as
public labor exchanges, they
are required to accept and
offer every order that conies
in, making sure only that it involves neither "moral hazard"
nor a strike or lockout situation. The applicant, referred to
the job, must make his own decision. As the demonstrations
see it, they have neither law-making nor law-enforcement
functions. They have, however, recording functions, and
such offices may supply public opinion in the future with a
factual basis for policy-making just as our health depart-
ments supply us with a basis for sanitary control.

There remains the problem of financial support. Backing
has been secured for these experiments from states and
cities, foundations and local employers. Philadelphia has
operated under a special state appropriation, matched by a
grant from the Spelman Fund of New York. About 10
percent of its annual budget has been contributed by
Philadelphia business men. The Rochester office has had the
use of the money appropriated for a state employment office

SUMMARY PROFILE

CaseNo./654M SexM /1$<>24 No. dependents 2

Ql M Qj

Educa-rion:9Gradeot Age 16

Classification Test
Verification Test
Clerical Speed: Numbers

Names
Dexterittj: Finder test

Tweezer test

Hands test

Mechanical Assembler,
Spatial Relations
Nervous - Stable
Gregarious- Self-Sufficient
Introvert - Ejf irovtrt
Submissive - Dominant

30 40 JO 60 70 80 90 10O
Percentile Score

Chart II. The girl who tried to do clerical work and failed

Chart III. The man who failed till he tried office work

February 1933

EMPLOYERS AND WORKERS WANTED

in the city, supplemented by
grants from the Spelman
Fund, the Carnegie Corpora-
tion, the Russell Sage Foun-
dation, the New York Foun-
dation, the Julius Rosenwald
Fund and by the Rochester
Chamber of Commerce which
has contributed about 10
percent of the center's budget.
The Minnesota demonstra-
tion has had a state appro-
priation, city money from
Minneapolis and St. Paul,
and a Spelman grant, some-
what larger than the state
appropriation the first year,
substantially smaller the sec-
ond. The allied research
projects in Minnesota have
been financed by Carnegie
and Rockefeller grants. All
the private funds which have
thus balanced the budgets of
these employment centers
were given for a demonstra-
tion period with the hope that
the offices would be carried on
thereafter as public services.

The immediate future of the Minnesota and Rochester
experiments is secure. In Rochester, foundation support was
given on the basis of a three to five year experiment, the
third year of which will terminate in December 1933. The
Minnesota demonstration has the backing of the political
party in power and of the cities it serves. In the second ex-
perimental year, increased public appropriations covered a
40 percent decrease in private funds. For 1 933, Minneapolis
has raised its appropriation for public employment service
from $4400 to $15,000. St. Paul, with a budget cut of a
million dollars, increased its 1932 appropriation to the
center from $3500 to $10,900. Duluth, which had previously
given no city money to the service, has set aside $4000 for
this year. The newly elected legislature has before it a re-
quest to raise the annual state appropriation for the service
from $35,000 to $52,903. In spite of a six million dollar cut
in recommended appropriations, the state budget commis-
sioner has included this request in full and favorable action
seems assured.

THE outlook in Philadelphia is less certain. It will be
I necessary for the 1 933 legislature to pass a bill renewing
the special appropriation for the State Employment Com-
mission, after which the request can go to the Foundation
for a similar amount. If the legislative support is not forth-
coming, the experiment will have to stand as a hopeful
beginning, limited by the inadequate time and the excep-
tional difficulties of a brief period during an acute depression.
Even in these trial periods, the demonstration offices have
given us a new local picture. In the midst of the hard times,
they have connected thousands of jobless people with paying
jobs. Beyond their placement service they have shown what
public employment centers can and should afford every
American industrial community, as a basis for understand-
ing and dealing with our continuing problems of employ-
ment and unemployment.

Psychologists in the Minneapolis public employment center give tests to determine the
clerical and mechanical abilities of applicants who pose special placement problems

How the development of a state system is aided by having
one office on such a laboratory basis is described in the
annual report of Fritz Kaufman, director of the Employ-
ment Division of the New York State Department of Labor:

The public-employment center of Rochester . . . has been of
tremendous value in the development of the state service during the
past year [1932]. ... In planning and carrying out our training
program, the selection and layout of our new quarters and in the
development of new techniques their counsel has been invaluable.
The studies of employment technique made by the center have
enabled the state center to change and develop its procedure along
more scientific lines. The development of new forms and records
for the service has been studied by the center during the past year.
As a result of this work, the service will shortly be able to adopt
up-to-date machinery through which its reports and information
will be made of value to commerce and industry.

We must also realize that any scheme of public employ-
ment insurance in this country will call for a coordinated
system of public employment offices to serve as registration
centers for the unemployed and for available jobs and to
weed out malingering. Abroad such offices also handle the
insurance payments.

As local experiments, these centers have demonstrated
not only a state but a national need. Again and again staff
members pointed out to me how the individual offices are
hampered by being unrelated enterprises rather than units
in a country-wide scheme. Their records and experience
show that even in a depression, differences in climate, in the
supply of raw materials, in market demand, style changes
and the manufacturing operations that cater to them
accentuate an over-supply of labor at one point, while at
another, factories or canneries may be running extra shifts
and calling for more workers. These peaks and troughs of
activity are of course sharper and more frequent in "normal"
times. Similarly there is a shifting demand for skills.

The resulting flow of labor is not determined by city or
state lines. It is to the advantage of (Continued on page 128)

GEORGIA JUSTICE ON TRIAL

BY WINTHROP D. LANE

NOT the destiny of a culprit but, in some sense, a phase
of civilization seemed to be the issue before Governor
A. Harry Moore of New Jersey when, the week before
Christmas, he refused to extradite Robert E. Burns to
Georgia. Seldom has an extradition case attracted such wide
attention. Crowds packed the Assembly chamber in the
state capitol in Trenton throughout the hearing — demon-
strative crowds, all on the side of the culprit. Newspapers
had been carrying the story for days. Would Burns be
extradited? If not, what would be the grounds of the refusal?
For nearly four hours facts and argument were laid at the
governor's feet. And when the decision had been announced,
one wondered whether the verdict was on a man or a penal
method — on the undersized, bespectacled "fugitive from
justice" with a guard at either elbow, or on a conception of
preventing crime that has its roots in years long past.

Concerning some of the facts there will always be dispute,
or at least varying interpretation. Burns came home from the
War, an honorably discharged soldier. His work in a medical
detachment had been to attend the wounded and bury the
dead. At once his family noticed that he was changed —
nervous, erratic, unstable; his brother, the Rev. Vincent G.
Burns, of Palisade, New Jersey, later said that he was a
"typical shell-shock case." Whatever the exact nature of his
disturbance, he grew more and more despondent and finally
left home.

Next came word that he had been arrested in Atlanta,
Georgia. Authoritative confirmation of all details of his
crime is lacking. According to Burns, he was half-persuaded,
half-forced, into the robbery (with two other men) of a
grocery store; the proceeds of the robbery were $5.80. The
ringleader, one Flagg, carried a gun. Attempts have been
made to represent Burns' part in the affair as more significant
than he himself states. No denial is made that this was his
first crime and that the theft netted $5.80.

He was sentenced to from six to ten years in prison.
In Georgia this means becoming a member of a county chain
gang. Various Georgia officials have since sought to justify
this sentence. It is a sentence bordering on the barbarous.
In a community where penology is enlightened, of course, a
judge, facing such a situation, would have wished to know
something about Burns. He would have asked questions:
Where did he come from? What is his past? Has he a criminal
record? Was he mentally unwell? Is there a likelihood of his
committing further crimes? Certainly the judge would have
wanted to learn something about Burns' associates and
family. From whatever angle viewed, the case appears to
have been one suggesting the supervision of a probation
officer. The discrepancy between that and a six-year
minimum in a chain gang is1 too vast to be overlooked. It is
precisely because so many Georgia officials have sought to
justify this sentence that one ponders the penal system of
Georgia with distress and bewilderment.

Burns escaped — it is hardly necessary here to tell how.
He went to Chicago and in the course of the next seven years
rebuilt his life. Whether he rebuilt it with quite the success,
or made himself quite the person of importance, that he
describes in his book, I Am a Fugitive From a Georgia Chain
Gang, is perhaps also somewhat beside the point. He rebuilt

When the governor of New Jersey refused
the request of the governor of Georgia for
the extradition of a man who had escaped
from a chain gang he may have dealt a
body blow at an archaic form of punishment.
A committee of prominent Georgians has
asked the legislature to make an investigation

it; most autobiographies suffer from over-statement. Burns
rose steadily in the importance of his work and in the amount
of money that he earned. Many people in Chicago now had
a high regard for him. And then came another crash.

On a morning in May, 1929, two men entered his office.
One pulled a gun and the other flashed a badge. They were
detectives from Georgia, come to take him back.

It is difficult not to dwell for a minute on that scene. In
1927 a man escaped from the criminal wing of the New
Jersey State Hospital for Mental Diseases in Trenton; his
crime was robbery. He was later found in Los Angeles. Two
officials left New Jersey to try to return him. They called
on Governor Rolph and asked for the extradition of the
culprit. Governor Rolph looked into the case. He found that
the man had established himself and was doing well.
Believing that justice would be promoted by the man's
remaining at liberty, Governor Rolph wired the governor
of New Jersey asking that extradition proceedings be
dropped. The governor of New Jersey, with the California
facts before him, acquiesced and wired his representatives to
come home. They came home, leaving the man behind
them. There is a strange parallel between this case and the
Burns case. It is offered with the idea that if Georgia wishes
to learn how other states sometimes act in these situations,
she may find in this instance a sample.

IN Chicago a vigorous legal fight started. Burns resisted
extradition. He was going through the first of his extradi-
tion fights. Many parts of that fight were almost identical
with his later New Jersey fight. Newspapers gave front page
space to the story; prominent people came to his support;
friends rallied round him. He was waging a losing battle,
however, when there appeared in Chicago an important
person — no less than Vivian Stanley, one of the Prison
Commissioners of Georgia.

It has been repeatedly stated that while in Chicago Mr.
Stanley insisted that if Burns would return voluntarily to
Georgia he would be paroled or pardoned within ninety
days, and that he would not be forced to work again in a
chain gang. Burns declares that he acted on this representa-
tion, believing it to be a promise, his motive being to clear
his record of the charge of being a fugitive from justice.
While Governor Moore was hearing the case in Trenton, a
telegram arrived from Judge Joseph B. Cook, of Chicago.
It read: "My recollection is Stanley stated if Burns returned
to Georgia voluntarily he would be released either by parole
or pardon within ninety days." Georgia explains its failure
to live up to this agreement by saying that Stanley did not
have authority to make any such promise.

Burns returned to Georgia, voluntarily — and instead of

February 1933

GEORGIA JUSTICE ON TRIAL

being released within ninety days found himself back
in a county chain gang (first Campbell and then Troupe
County), and the time continuing to pass. Month after
month went by. Hope that the Commissioners would parole
him first faded and then went out. He once more became
desperate; he concluded that the only plan was to compel
him to complete his term (six to ten years) in a chain gang.
This, he says, he would not do. And so, something more than
a year after his voluntary return, he made his second escape.
This time he went to New Jersey, the state where his
brother lived. Now, indeed, he was a fugitive. Afraid to
show his face, he stayed in hiding — and began to write his
book, published presently by the Vanguard Press. As pub-
lished, this is a well-written and dramatic recital of his
experiences. It has been attacked, of course, as highly-
colored and inaccurate. In important respects the book is
probably more accurate than its harshest critics allow, but
no detailed opinion about it need be expressed here, since
the information concerning Georgia chain gangs presented
in this article is drawn from more authoritative sources.

ONE fact may, however, be mentioned. Mr. Burns has
been referred to as the "wealthy Mr. Burns." Justifica-
tion for the adjective is supposed to rest on the money re-
ceived by him from the book and from the movie made from
the book. (The movie appeared under the title I Am a
Fugitive From a Chain Gang, the name of the state of
Georgia being deleted.) At the hearing before Governor
Moore the statement was made by Burns' attorneys that
for the book he received the flat sum of $400 (not much) and
from the movie S6ioo. Not even in a depression does this
justify the word "wealthy." With the money from the movie
he acquired, or became part owner, of a small gift and nov-
elty shop in the urban section of New Jersey — and that is
where he is today.

When the movie was put on the screen in Trenton (a few
months ago) Burns and his brother made nightly speeches
from the stage of the theater where it was being shown. In
his own speech Burns pointed out respects in which the
movie departed from the facts of his own experience, as set
forth in his book. More important, however, was the fact
that he was now out of hiding. Once again, the stage was
sot for the arrival of Georgia detectives — and once again
they appeared. Burns had his second extradition fight on his
hands — and this time, apparently, there was to be no
question of a "voluntary return."

The law on extradition is interesting. The Federal
Constitution, by Article IV, Section II, paragraph 2,
provides that "a person charged . . . with crime, who shall
flee from justice and be found in another state, shall, on
demand of the executive authority of the state from which he
fled, be delivered up, to be removed to the state having
jurisdiction of the crime." This would appear to settle the
matter, were there no such things as Congressional enforce-
ment acts and Supreme Court decisions. The first enforce-
ment act was passed by Congress in 1 793 and declared that
whenever the executive of one state demanded a fugitive
from the executive of another state, "it shall be the duty"
of the second executive to cause the fugitive to be delivered
up to the agent of the first.

Not until 1860, in the case of Kentucky v. Dennison, did
the Supreme Court of the United States pass upon the
language of this statute. In that opinion the court held:

The words "it shall be the duty," in ordinary legislation, imply
the assertion of the power to command and to coerce obedience.

But looking to the subject-matter of this law . . . the court is of
opinion, the words "it shall be the duty" were not used as man-
datory and compulsory, but as declaratory of the moral duty which
this compact created, when Congress had provided the mode of
carrying it into execution. The act does not provide any means to
compel the execution of this duty, nor inflict any punishment for
neglect or refusal on the part of the executive of the state; nor is
there any clause or provision in the Constitution which arms the
government of the United States with this power. . . . And we
think it clear, that the federal government, under the Constitution,
has no power to impose on a state officer, as such, any duty what-
ever, and compel him to perform it. ...

This again, then, would seem to settle the matter. The
Supreme Court says the words "it shall be the duty" were
not used as mandatory or compulsory and that the federal
government has no power to impose on a state officer any
duty whatever and compel him to perform it. To a layman
this language seems clear — and it is worth noting that the
decision in this case was written by Chief Justice Taney,
who four years earlier had rendered the decision in the Dred
Scott case !

A new enforcement act was passed a few years ago by
Congress, but its language, in pertinent respects, is identical
with the act of 1 793 and in the absence of any judicial
interpretation of it the words of Chief Justice Taney appear
still to express the opinion of the Court.

Lawyers, however, are fertile in argument, and it is not
difficult to point to the original words of the Constitution
and contend that it is a moral duty of every governor to
deliver up a fugitive upon demand from another governor.
Some state courts have, in substance, taken this position, and
some governors have accepted it. Other governors have
insisted that they may decide each case on its merits. The
fact is that whenever extradition is proposed you can get up
a legal argument. Another fact is that there are many cases
in which extradition has been refused — and for a variety of
reasons. And a third fact is that apparently each governor
may do as his conscience and judgment direct him — and
there is no way in which he can be coerced. Governor Moore
took the view that he could decide the case on its merits —
and so stated in denying the application. He thus, in a case
attracting wide attention, put one more precedent in the
list of those in which extradition was refused.

WHAT did he mean by "deciding the case on its merits"?
He did not say and it is therefore improper to guess. It
is permissible to point out, however, that as the hearing in
the Assembly chamber progressed one could not escape the
feeling that it was Georgia's way of handling offenders, and
not a single individual, that was on trial. This way of
handling offenders has been on trial before. It is not confined
to Georgia; some other Southern states have it. Without
choking the record with detail, let us look at some of
the evidence.

Most offenders in Georgia are transferred by the state to
county supervision and control. They then become members
of road camps or chain gangs. These gangs occupy central
stockades, or cage wagons in some instances, at night, and
during the day work at places to which they are taken, being
employed largely in the construction and repair of roads.
The state has little control over their treatment after they
have been transferred to the counties. Too many of the
guards and minor officials in charge of them are men of
brutal impulses. Conditions vary from county to county, in
some being notably insanitary and cruel. A steel cage wagon,
on wheels, is the only housing accommodation at night for
some of the gangs. Chains are used (Continued on page is6)

Line-up For examination on return from work

Lock-up at night in the sleeping-shack

Working in leg-chains. In the foreground an armed guard; two others overlook the gang from the hilltop

Courtesy Warner Brothers

FOCUSING ON THE CHAIN GANG

Words in themselves convey little, books can be left unread,
but hundreds of thousands of inveterate movie goers are at
present visualizing what the chain-gang method of handling
convicts means by the release of Warner Brothers' picture, I
Am a Fugitive from a Chain Gang, made from Robert E.
Burns' book. They see men working, eating, sleeping in heavy
chains, see them chained together in the trucks that take them
out to road jobs, chained together into their bunks at night.
At the end of the term of imprisonment they see them shuffle
out of sight, unencumbered legs still wide-spread from the
habit of carrying chains. Other harrowing details of an
anachronistic penal system are omitted; this much is undoubt-
edly effective, to judge from the impressive silence in
which audiences sit through this unusual motion picture.

THE SOCIAL DETERRENT
OF OUR NATIONAL SELF-RIGHTEOUSNESS

WITH CORRECTIVES SUGGESTED BY THE COURAGEOUS LIFE OF WILLIAM PENN

BY JANE ADDAMS

OUR national self-righteousness, often honestly dis-
guised as patriotism, in one aspect is part of that
adolescent self-assertion sometimes crudely ex-
pressed, both by individuals and nations, in sheer boasting,
which the United States has never quite outgrown. In
another aspect it is that complacency which we associate
with the elderly who, feeling justified by their own successes,
have completely lost the faculty of self-criticism. Innocent
as such a combination may be, it is unfortunate that it
should have been intensified at this particular moment when
humility of spirit and a willingness to reconsider existing
institutions are so necessary to world salvation.

To illustrate, with perhaps the most handsome offer con-
cerning the war debts which has issued from Washington,
the one recently made by Senator Borah: He suggests that
the cancellation of war debts owed by the Allied European
nations to the United States be considered with the pro-
vision that the nations taking advantage of the offer shall
consent to reduce their armaments. Nothing could be fairer
except that the United States makes no proposition to
disarm itself. This is doubtless due to the fact that we are so
sure that our own intentions are beneficent, that our army is
small, and that no one could suspect us of unworthy ambi-
tions. We really are confident of our own righteousness, but
that very fact may make the offer unacceptable, although
editorial writers and other molders of public opinion remind
us that the United States acquired no territory from the final
terms of the peace settlement and that we are at least en-
titled to state the terms upon which our just debts shall be
cancelled.

The argument presents the very essence of the spirit we
are discussing — falling back upon the righteousness of one
act as an excuse for not attempting another. It is as if Wil-
liam Penn, having bought from the Indians every acre of
land in his own royal grant, should use as an argument that
because other settlements had often obtained their virgin
land by force or guile, he was at liberty to
use his permission from the king to collect
tribute from the very Indians he had treated
so fairly. Of course if logic had been substi-
tuted for morality, the second line of action
would have destroyed the intrinsic moral
value of the first.

It is not difficult to trace the historic
beginning of such a national self-righteous-
ness. The persecuted religious sects which
first settled so much of the Atlantic Coast
were naturally convinced that they bore
witness to the highest truth and were there-
fore chosen people. William Penn himself,
in his journeys to Holland and the Palati-
nate, said that he visited the various com-
munities "who were of a separating and
seeking turn of mind," and in spite of his
insistence upon religious freedom, he was

from first to last surrounded by a good many "come-outers."
These very separatists, from Plymouth to Philadelphia, who
ultimately federated into the Thirteen Colonies, probably
achieved it as much through a similarity of temperament
as through a common devotion to political doctrines. They
undoubtedly bequeathed both to their successors, and cer-
tainly the former made a very good foundation for this
national trait.

Another historic manifestation of the spirit of superiority
so easily turned into self-righteousness, may be discovered
as early as 1830 in a national attitude toward the European
immigrants who came over in ever increasing numbers until
by 1913 the annual arrivals were more than a million. A
consciousness of superiority constantly tended to exalt the
earlier Americans and to put the immigrants into a class by
themselves, until it became an obvious deterrent and was
responsible for several social maladjustments.

FIRST, for our tardiness in protective legislation com-
pared with other civilized nations. Naturally every
approach to labor problems in the United States had to do
with immigrants who formed the bulk of the wage-earning
population, and it is quite likely that Americans were less
concerned for the well-being of aliens than they would have
been for their own kinfolk. By a curious twist, in the course
of time it came to be considered patriotic to oppose govern-
mental measures for workmen's compensation, for unem-
ployment insurance, or for old-age security, because such
legislation was not needed by the successful self-made
American. As our cities developed overcrowded tenements,
sweating systems, a high infant deathrate — and many an-
other familiar aspect of hastily organized and unregulated
industry — all such social disorders became associated in
the public mind with the immigrant. We had no such im-
passioned study of poverty as marked the decade of 1880 in
England, by Charles Booth and Rountree; no such social

For a long time Miss Addams had wanted to point out "the
useless miscarriages of good intent" due to what Viscount
Cecil recently described as that "nationalism which grew up in
the nineteenth century to become an intense and dangerous
force in the twentieth." The chance came with the two hundred
and fiftieth anniversary of the landing of William Penn. "As
doughty explorer of the human soul," she writes, "I felt that Penn
would prove a fine protagonist of my theme, and perhaps not
only afford illustration but, as was his custom, actual illumina-
tion." Miss Addams was in fact so emboldened by his life and
letters that she ventured to imitate him in another matter. Penn
used very long captions for his numerous books and tracts.
Hence the seventeenth-century title of her Founders' Day address.

February 1933

THE SOCIAL DETERRENT OF OUR NATIONAL SELF-RIGHTEOUSNESS

compunction as that produced by the prolonged dockers'
strike in East London. The English conscience was thor-
oughly aroused and during the 80's the House of Commons
came to believe that representative government was per-
forming its legitimate function when it considered such
matters. During that very decade in the United States we
childishly found an alibi for all the disturbing problems of
the industrial order and put them off on the immigrant.

William Penn affords an illustration of the antithesis of
all this if we are able to envisage ever so poorly the environ-
ment in which he tried out his "Holy Experiment." For
our first corrective, what could have presented a more direct
method of avoiding the difficulties of self-righteousness than
his relation to the aliens squarely confronting him — the
North American Indians — who for more than a century
the New England Colonies had regarded as untamed
savages. His 1682 treaty with them was made as between
equals and was mutually binding. It was impressively con-
summated by two self-respecting political entities. When he
established his government he assured the non-English
settlers in his colony — the Dutch, the Swedes and the
Germans — "You shall be governed by laws of your own
making and live a free and, if you will, sober and industrious
people." All the nationalistic groups at once received the
franchise, although in his very first assembly the Dutch and
Swedes had a majority of one over the English. He was quite
unperturbed by the fact that England had just been fighting
the Dutch, and he welcomed the French Huguenots at the
very moment when England was at war with France.

THE laborers brought to the early Penn colony repre-

I sented many European nationalities, but each when his

term of service expired was to have fifty acres of ground

granted to him for a shilling a year, or a ha'penny for an

»acre. William Penn also made provision for the despised
Negro, he was to be free after fourteen years, and provided
with land, tools and stock. William Penn himself manu-
mitted his slaves in 1701, apparently convinced that they
could take care of themselves, thereby avoiding that most
alluring pitfall for the self-righteous who habitually feel
that they alone can care for "inferiors." His confidence in
his fellow men was exhibited in the constitution he gave to
the early settlers in his growing and conglomerate colony,
which was the first constitution in the world to provide for
its own amendment.

If our national self-righteousness is responsible for our
tardiness in labor legislation, it may also be indicted for
a second policy towards labor which has developed into
national proportions, the widespread belief that differing
opinions may be controlled by force.

As part of the national attitude it was gradually assumed
that European immigrants held all sorts of subversive doc-
trines which were responsible for strikes and other industrial
disorders. Immigrant strikers were easily charged with
heresy against basic American doctrines. On this ground,
scattering the strikers by the police and if necessary by the
militia and the regulars, came to be considered a patriotic
duty. Yet William Penn had reached a conclusion when he
was imprisoned in the Tower as a young man, which might
be very useful to us. He pointed out the irrelevance of force
in all matters that pertain to human relationship, and he
stood for this conviction when in the vast wilderness stretch-
ing for miles around him in every direction, groups of white
settlers were being attacked and sometimes massacred by
the Indians; protection, he insisted, lay in mutual under-

standing and confidence; that "love and persuasion have
more force than weapons of war." Instead of making much
of the differences in religious belief between the sophisticated
Europeans and the untutored Indians, he stressed the fact
that the latter also believed in God and immortality and
that their social customs and traditions were well fitted to
their needs. His tolerance and understanding bridged a
wider chasm than any presented later to America by Euro-
pean immigrants.

THE third result of our national attitude towards the
' immigrant is that through our contempt for certain of
our fellow citizens we have become indifferent to the protec-
tion of human life, sapping the very foundations upon which
even primitive governments were built. Our indifference to
the killing of foreign gangsters has resulted in a preferential
treatment of crime. It was unfortunate that the earliest out-
breaks of gang violence in Chicago — -more or less typical of
those throughout the country — should have been associated
with colonies of immigrants. Although we all knew that the
men who were bootlegging, racketeering, conducting gam-
bling houses or systematically stealing automobiles, could
not have continued unless they had been able to secure
political protection, the community was slow to act because
so long as the Sicilians who composed the first powerful
bootlegging gang killed only each other it was considered of
little consequence.

Connivance at murder is a grave charge not to be lightly
entered into, and yet during four years, from January 1928
to January 1932, we had in Chicago 232 gang killings in
which the law-enforcing agencies failed to bring even one to
trial. If rival gangs attempt to exterminate each other, ap-
parently not only the good citizens but the officials responsi-
ble for the prosecution of the crime of murder virtually say,
"Let them inflict their own punishments." This American
attitude towards murdered gangsters of foreign birth may
illustrate that hard saying of a wise man, "The essence of
immorality is to make an exception of oneself." We cannot
rid ourselves of the habit of blaming someone else for our
troubles, holding ourselves innocent.

PREFERENTIAL indifference to crime, an obvious
I symptom of a breakdown in democratic government,
may be an indirect result of an unjustifiable habit which
allows us to consider one human being of less consequence
than another. Never was William Penn's ideal of religion,
founded upon fraternity and righteousness, so sorely needed.
Perhaps religion alone can deal successfully with such an
immoral situation imbedded in complacency.

This leads quite naturally to the fourth indictment arising
out of our attitude to the immigrant, the difficult dilemma
in which we find ourselves in regard to prohibition. Because
the Simon-pure American did make an exception of himself
— what was good for the immigrant was not necessarily
good for him — he exempted himself from laws which he
would like to see enforced upon others, with the result that
the individual often voted for laws which he himself had no
intention of obeying. For instance, many Southern men voted
for the Eighteenth Amendment because they wanted to
keep drink away from the Negro, other Northern men be-
cause they needed sober immigrant labor and the elimina-
tion of "blue Monday." The result of such voting has been
analyzed by an Englishman as follows:

Because law in the past has proved capable of preventing men
from committing the more obvious kinds of wickedness, Americans

100

SURVEY GRAPHIC

February 1933

have assumed that it can be used to make men good. And as
nearly everyone naturally supposes that he himself is good enough
already, the law has come to be regarded as an instrument for
making other people good.

And there we reach the very essence of self-righteousness
which is doubtless one reason that the present prohibi-
tion situation is so abnormally difficult. It is curious that
William Penn should have set an example even in the details
of liquor-traffic regulation. He did not sell liquor to the
Indians because of the terms of an agreement which they
had voluntarily entered into with him; and one of the finest
temperance lectures on record is that made by an Indian
chief, greatly relieved that his tribesmen were to be freed
from the curse which the white man had brought to America
and which had already decimated the tribes surrounding
his own. William Penn once more achieved his purpose by
the moral cooperation of those whom he was trying to serve,
and of course there is no other way.

ALTHOUGH our habit of blaming the immigrant per-
sists during this period of depression, so that hundreds
of them are sent back to Europe each month and others to
Canada and Mexico on the ground that they are taking the
jobs of good Americans, there is still another aspect of our
self-righteousness which is much more sinister. The current
manifestation of this curious national trait is due probably
to excessive war propaganda which registered its effect upon
our minds long after its supposed usefulness was over. It has
resulted in a spirit of conformity which has been demanded
from all of us in the post-war years on pain of being de-
nounced as a "Red" or a "Traitor." Perhaps never before
in our history has there been within the framework of orderly
government such impatience with differing opinion. The
result has been a great temptation to the timid, to the per-
sonally ambitious, and to the immature to declare adherence
to the opinions considered highly respectable, and to care-
fully avoid and even to denounce those identified with de-
spised radicals. Such a stultifying situation is more than ever
dangerous just now because the nation needs all the free and
vigorous thinking which is available in this period of world-
wide maladjustment.

The peculiar difficulties of our present situation are rather
hard to define. They have been diagnosed by one of Presi-
dent Hoover's commissions as "Inequality in the rate of our
social changes." In illustration of the danger of holding fast
to a social concept which is no longer useful but which is not
yet superseded by the new because the new one is considered
dangerous, may I remind you of what Dr. Nicholas Murray
Butler said not long ago to the students at Columbia that
"We are living in a backwash of ultra-nationalism following
the Great War, — ignoring the fundamental and controlling
fact that the world today is an international world." He
quoted the concluding words of a report signed by leading
members of the Finance Committee of the League of Na-
tions: "It may be truly said that international trade is being
gradually strangled to death. If the process continues, mil-
lions of people in this economically interlocked world must
inevitably die of starvation." It would be humiliating, would
it not, that a world should starve in the midst of a plethora
of food because the constructive and collective intelligence of
mankind was unable to make a distinction between political
nationalism and economic internationalism, and serenely
sacrificed the latter to the first? It would seem as if national-
istic frenzy were tearing the world to pieces as religious

bigotry threatened to destroy it in the years preceding and
including the life of William Penn.

The corrective supplied by him on this point is very clear.
Religion was the absorbing interest of the seventeenth cen-
tury. Dynasties rose and fell upon theological issues, and
great families disappeared when they found themselves on
the side of the oppressed instead of the oppressor. Nothing
more difficult could have been attempted in William Penn's
day and generation than his long advocacy of religious
freedom — that each man must worship God in his own
way. He opposed the pretensions of both the Puritans and
the State Church. He took his stand not only for the Quakers
— for it is always easy to insist upon freedom for ourselves
— but for other sects as well, especially for the Catholics in
both England and Ireland, to great cost in his personal
affairs.

It is fortunate for us here in the United States at this time
of celebration that it is especially in the differing rates of
speed in social evolution that the courageous life of William
Penn is most 'edifying and impressive, for he never played
for safety nor for mere peace of mind. His far-ranging and
anticipatory intellect forecast some of the finest social in-
stitutions to be evolved during the next two centuries and
must have kept him out of step with his contemporaries most
of the time. He constantly ran counter to the assumptions
upon which the life of his time was founded. This calm ac-
ceptance of the truth as God gave him to see the truth; this
putting it to the test of action in the new world as well as the
old, and meeting the consequences with invincible courage,
are the particular lessons which we need.

It is easy to make a long list of William Penn's advances
beyond his contemporaries. In education he came up
against a stiff scholasticism, and he was expelled from
Oxford at the age of eighteen primarily because the uni-
versities saw plainly that the inspirational preacher might
quite easily interfere with their craft of producing dull and
learned clergy and they utterly failed to see that William
Penn was combining both learning and inspiration. In an
age when schoolmasters were worshipping the written and
printed word, he wrote on the education of children: "We
press their memory too soon and puzzle and strain and load
them with words and rules;" and again, "Children had
rather be making Tools and Instruments of Play; shaping,
drawing, planning and building, than getting some Rules of
propriety of speech by Heart." With slight change in phrase-
ology, these words might have been written by John Dewey
or Bertrand Russell. We may well ask ourselves how did he
achieve it? Certainly not by timidity nor by following beaten
paths nor by fear of public opinion nor by devotion to
precedent. In fact he avoided the latter, and once warned
his colonists not to live upon the traditions of their founders,
"Thereby encompasing yourselves with the sparks of your
own fire."

IN international affairs we have hardly caught up to him
yet. When we recall the long difficulty with which the
Thirteen Colonies finally federated, it is all the more remark-
able that one hundred years before this was attempted
William Penn had worked out a plan for a "Dyet or Parlia-
ment of Europe to settle trouble between nations without
war." In the International Assembly he proposed in 1693
for preserving the peace of Europe he included the adher-
ents of all religions and mentions carefully "the Turks and
Muscovites, as seems but fit and just." If tolerance of religion

February 1933

THE SOCIAL DETERRENT OF OUR NATIONAL SELF-RIGHTEOUSNESS

101

was a test of seventeenth century liberalism, as nationalism
has become ours, he certainly "goes us one better" in regard
to the Muscovite. Among other details for his International
Assembly he advocated "a round room with divers doors
to come in and go out at, to avoid quarrels for precedency."
Perhaps what the League of Nations needs now is such a
round room with a central ventilating system which shall
blow upon all alike and upon none too much. I once met an
English friend as he came from an international conference
in the Glass Room of the Secretariat. Affairs evidently had
not gone smoothly, for he exclaimed with a worried look:
"We got a bad start this morning as we often do. The Eng-
lish got there early and naturally, as the room was stuffy,
opened the windows, and when the French arrived with
their invincible dread of a current d'aire, they promptly closed
them, — and there we were, two national delegations well
irritated before we started the day's work!"

BECAUSE William Penn appealed from tradition to
experience, from authority to life, his most remarkable
examples were in Pennsylvania where, in his absorbed devo-
tion to his colony, he probably did not realize and certainly
did not care how far he was departing from the customs of
contemporary Europe. He calmly followed his own rule,
"Though there is a regard due to education and the tradi-
tion of our fathers, Truth will ever deserve, as well as claim,
the preference." He suppressed the excitement of hunting
for witches when the chase was carried on in America as
well as in Europe; he declared the spiritual quality of men
and women; although two hundred offenses were punishable
by death in England, William Penn reduced them to two in
his colony; he insisted that all prisons should be work-
shops, and Pennsylvania had for a hundred years one of the
best penal codes then in the world; every owner of a slave was
required to pay so high a tax that slavery was finally taxed
out of existence.

Such right thinking and courageous action in the life of
one man has an enormous liberating power and taps new
sources of human energy. It is doubtless what we need at
this moment more than anything else, a generous and fear-
less desire to see life as it is, irrespective of the limitations and
traditions which so needlessly divide us. To take an example
of our own in which such freedom of the spirit is sorely
needed: certain economists declare that the special contri-
bution of the United States to the world depression has
been excess profits. Their analysis is that a disproportionate
amount of the earnings from production stayed in the hands
of American employers and stockholders and did not go
back to the consumers in wages or shares; with the result
that our purchasing power was reduced while the holders of
capital seeking investment overloaded the banks, organized
too many holding companies and made too many loans
abroad. Because surplus capital so invested did not readily
pass into the hands of consumers, the ratio of producing and
consuming was not equitably maintained, and the United
States is squarely confronted with the problem of better
distribution.

WE find this very difficult because for so long a time we
have thought that satisfactory distribution meant only
super-salesmanship, and we had developed a system so
overwhelming in its ability to deal with mass stimuli that it
has almost impaired our psychological freedom. But the
radio and other new devices, so useful in the new salesman-

ship upon which we had depended, do not necessarily help
us in the constructive and creative thinking needed at the
present time.

Sir Arthur Sailer in a recent number of Foreign Affairs,
expresses his belief that "The experience of the depression
reveals what economic nationalism can do to the world and
to the individual countries concerned." The choice before
the world today, he believes, is between trying to build up
world trade based on a world order, or moving further
toward a system of closed units, each aiming to be self-suffi-
cient.

The choice of the United States in this world decision has
come to have an undue influence. Yet we all know that there
exists an overwhelming danger that America — even from
the most patriotic of motives — may leave relatively un-
aided (and thus may cripple) the great political experiment
of these later centuries, the supreme contemporary effort
to make international relations more rational and human.
Sir Arthur asks, rather dramatically for an Englishman,
"Shall we continue to intensify our present economic na-
tionalism, or shall we retrace our steps?" He points out that
unhappily lessons from the past are rarely learned, and he
finds hope only in the fact that immediate suffering is often
effective. So you see we still have a chance to reform as long
as the depression continues !

Several years ago at Williamstown Arnold Toynbee
boldly stated that our post-war nationalism had developed
into a kind of religion — the worship of the local sovereign
state. He pointed out that it was a rather low type of religion
because it was polytheistic, — there are sixty or seventy of
these gods called sovereign national states, and the number
is growing. He warned us as follows: "If we cannot give up
worshipping these idols of the contemporary world, we will
have to sacrifice to them the industrial system which we have
been building up during the last one hundred and fifty
years — the system upon which our economic life now
depends. The industrial system cannot work unless it has
the whole world for its field and the whole of mankind for
its partners. Nationalism demands that this worldwide
partnership shall be dissolved into sixty or seventy compet-
ing firms. This idolatry of nationalism is not patriotic; it is
suicidal."

WHILE I should hesitate to designate our super-na-
tionalism the sin of idolatry, in the theological sense,
because men's hearts which harbor it are often filled with
devotion and a desire for self-sacrifice, yet from the social
point of view it is a sin against our common humanity, and
its social consequences are amazingly disastrous.

Can we not find a formula which shall preserve "that
spirit of nationality in which for many years the aspirations
of man for liberty and free development have found
their expression, and the abuse of that nationality which
now threatens with destruction all that it has given or
promised?"

Is it not true that the contemporary world, based upon
the search for private profit and for national advantage,
has come in conflict with the newer principle of social wel-
fare and the zeal for practical justice in our human affairs?
Must we wait for another William Penn to show us the
unique opportunity it affords to once more make politics
further the purposes of religion and to purge religion
itself from all taint of personal and national self-right-
eousness?

I Typical buildings
[ in a Samoan vil-
lage. The new
schoolrooms will
be of this type

A NEW SCHOOL IN AMERICAN SAMOA

BY EDWIN R. EMBREE
PHOTOGRAPHS BY THE AUTHOR

AOMMISSIONwent to Samoa in the summer of 1932,
studied the people and the ways of life in these South
Pacific Islands and made recommendations for a
new kind of school. This educational enterprise may be
significant not only for American Samoa but also for the one
hundred and twenty million people, who, in the Pacific
basin alone, are in a state of political dependence upon in-
dustrial nations and of tutelage from them somewhat
similar to the condition of the Samoans.

Heretofore schools among such people have been con-
ducted either by missionaries, who were naturally out of
sympathy with much of the native life and used education to
inculcate adherence to a new religion and to the customs of
the Christianizing nations; or by the foreign administrative
authorities who established schools on European or Ameri-
can models regardless of the needs of these very different
people. The new school proposed for American Samoa
contemplates education for competence in native ways,
while equipping a selected group of prospective chiefs and
leaders with the fundamental intellectual tools of the mod-
ern world. In the new plans for American Samoa, education
is considered solely from the standpoint of a people who, like
millions of their fellows throughout the Pacific, are in the
throes of radical change from primitive ways to the modern
organized efficiencies of Western civilization.

The Commission was sent out by the Frederic Duclos
Barstow Foundation, a trust recently established by
Mr. and Mrs. William S. Barstow, of Great Neck, New
York, in memory of their son who had lived among the
Samoans and had come to love them. The Commission con-
sisted of three trustees of the new Foundation, Albert F.
Judd, chairman of the Board of the Bernice
P. Bishop Museum and chairman of the
Barstow Trustees; Walter F. Frear, formerly
governor of the Territory of Hawaii; Frank
E. Midkiff, president of the Kamehameha
Schools of Honolulu; and Edwin R. Embree,
president of the Julius Rosenwald Fund,
who went as special adviser.

A small group of islands lying two thousand miles almost
due south from Hawaii and on the other side of the equator,
form the unit which is called Samoa. Two of these islands,
Tutuila and Tau, together with some tiny islets adjoining
them, are owned by the United States. The remaining is-
lands, formerly the property of Germany, are now adminis-
tered by New Zealand under a mandate from the League of
Nations. The population of American Samoa is slightly less
than twelve thousand. It was for the education of the Sa-
moans living in the American section that the Barstow
Foundation was established.

Samoa is a country tropical in its climate and in the
abundance of its accessible foods and its ease of life; primi-
tive in tools and material culture; highly organized in its
ceremonial and social customs. The people have worked out
ways of life admirably adapted to their environment which
provide them with enough to suffice their needs and offer
abundant satisfactions in personal and social expression.

The ways which characterize Samoan life are grouped in
the native termfaa Samoa, This phrase includes the govern-
ment by family and village chiefs, the primitive means of
subsistence through agriculture and fishing, the simple
commodious open houses, and the means of expression:
especially the siva dance and the malangas, large festival
visits from one village to another.

The most striking difference between Samoa and the
Western nations is in the matter of tools. In these Samoa is
primitive indeed. The natives have little more to work with
than men had two thousand years ago in northern Europe,
ten thousand years ago in China. A sharpened stick is the
only farm tool; a crude stone adz the only cutting instru-

Samoa is particularly happy both in the natural beauty of her
climate and setting and in the culture which the Samoans have
built up over many centuries. Unfortunately Western industrialism
is already intruding. Through education, The Barstow Founda-
tion hopes to minimize the inevitable hardships of the transition.

102

February 1933

A NEW SCHOOL IN AMERICAN SAMOA

103

ment; a canoe the only means of transportation; the weaving
of rough fibers the only way of making cloth or mats or
bedding. Houses are built of timbers hacked out with the
stone adz and held in place by cinnet string woven from the
tough fibers of the cocoanut. On the eastern island of Tau
and the neighboring little islets there has never been a
wheel. No wagon or wheelbarrow or pulley — of course no
motor — ever turns in this whole eastern district.

Even more than machines, Samoa lacks the formalized
intellectual tools. Unacquainted with any of the world lan-
guages, the inhabitants are cut off from the history and
literature of their neighbors and are unable to make any
direct and efficient connection with world thinking. Lacking
the concepts of mathematics and the formulations of sci-
ence, they are unable to measure distances and forces or to
ferret out the secrets of nature; in fact, are innocent of un-
derstanding that these secrets are obtainable and usable by
man.

Though primitive in the use of tools, Samoa is highly
organized in social order, conventionalized and strict in
customs and morals. An elaborate
gradation of social standing runs
from highest chiefs down to untitled
menials, an order which depends
primarily on heredity but in which
men and families move up or down
the scale on current merit and
achievement. Woven in and out
through the village organization is
an equally elaborate hierarchy of
family chiefs.

It is an utter misconception to as-
sume that such primitive groups are
free and unhampered in their pri-
vate lives or public relations. They
are more tightly bound than we,
both as to what

must be done and The Barstow Commission — with Governor-

what is tabu. Any general Landenberger, the superintendent

of schools of American Samoa, and

youth who breaks chief Tufe|e/ nafjve adminisfrat'or of

traditional laws Manu'a district— meet in Pango Pango

may be punished

physically by death

or beating, but usually he suffers simply the dull pain of

being ostracized. If he oversteps even the customs of good

form, his fellows draw away from him, his elders raise their

eyebrows. And one raised eyebrow of a high chief in Samoa

is worse than a jail sentence in the West.

Economics are on the basis of primitive communism. Vil-
lage gardens and community fishing supply food for all; the
labor and distribution being under the direction of the
village and family chiefs. No one is rich in the sense of own-
ing property or stores of goods, but no able-bodied man or
woman is devoid of useful employment and no one goes
hungry so long as there is a mouthful to be passed around.

Festivals and current pleasures are also on a communal
basis. Almost every evening one of the village guest houses is
the scene of siva dancing offered by the young people and
attended with dignified approval by the elders and with
gleeful imitation by the youngsters. Malangas, huge visits
from one village to another, furnish much of the texture and
color of social activity. Whole villages pack up and go to
call on other villages. Often the trip continues for weeks or
even months, village after village being visited, including
those on islands sixty miles away which are reached only

after two days' hard rowing over the open sea. On these
festal malangas chiefs and young men and girls embark. Ar-
riving at a village, all is hospitality; the large open houses,
the abundant food supplies ready on trees, and the simple
ways of eating and sleeping make reception easy. Visiting
chiefs meet with their resident equals in solemn fono — a
glorious combination of parliament and talk fest — while the
non-intoxicating ava flows in ceaseless ceremonial. The
young men and girls help heartily in the work of the village
and fill the nights with song and dance.

Scrupulous observance of traditional law administered
with a fine combination of severity, dignity, and courtesy,
marks the life of the elders. Hearty labor on village tasks and
simple daily joys fill the life of the young people.

The Samoans would doubtless continue in their ancient
ways of life satisfied and happy if they could remain un-
touched by outside forces. And if it were possible for them to
live in isolation from the modern busy world, their friends
would do best perhaps to leave them so, for there is little in
the efficiencies of Western industrialism that is needed for

successful life in
tropical islands
and little in the
customs of Europe
or America that
seems superior to
the life which the
Samoans have
built up for them-
selves over the
many centuries in
which they have
existed in these re-
mote and beauti-
ful islands of the
South Pacific.

But Samoa can

no longer live to herself alone. Western civilization is already
a powerful factor in her life and Western influence will in-
crease with almost geometric progression during the dec-
ades immediately ahead.

Commercial intercourse will perhaps continue to be small
since there is little arable land for the growing of commercial
crops, and small natural wealth in precious minerals or oil.
But even without the urge of material gain the West is press-
ing upon Samoa in ways that will transform her life.

The islands are ruled by foreign industrial powers. Ad-
ministration by Western nations means inevitably the adop-
tion of Western standards of public policy and only a little
more slowly of personal and property rights and of public
and private morals.

Missionaries have been active in Samoa for a hundred
years and have produced the astonishing phenomenon of a
people almost completely Christian in profession and in
church membership. The introduction of Christianity carries
with it regard for the customs and standards of the Chris-
tianizing nations. Not necessarily the ideals taught and prac-
ticed by Jesus and his early followers, such as primitive com-
munism, non-resistance to outside force, brotherly love of all
people, disregard of worldly treasure or of economic plan-
ning, which are strikingly similar to the pre-Christian ways
of Samoa. Organized Christianity today gives little emphasis
to these tenets which were expressed amid a primitive cul-
ture in the Near East two thousand years ago. Rather it
reenforces the codes of the Western nations which are today

104

SURVEY GRAPHIC

February 1933

its chief exponents and which naturally use the religion they
have adopted to give a sacred sanction to their own ways of
life. Almost fanatical respect for private property, thrift and
planning for the future, creation and hoarding of material
wealth, conquest by force with elaborate preparedness for
future wars, race pride and prejudice, monogamy, chastity
and even prudish hiding of the body under comprehensive
clothing — these ideals of the Western nations, quite as much
as the teachings of Jesus, are driven home wherever Chris-
tianity is propagated.

Large steamships touch regularly and frequently at the
port of Pango Pango, and others at Apia, the port of British
Samoa. This means constant contact with the great world.
It will inevitably mean a growing stream of tourists.

The moving and talking pictures are bringing the outside
world, often in garishly alluring and exciting forms, to the
attention of Samoan young peo-
ple with a violence and disin-
tegrating force that may be equal
to all other factors put together.

Samoa no longer is able to live
to herself alone. The problem for
Samoa and her friends is how she
can adjust herself to this new con-
dition of active membership in a
clamorous society of nations which
has been thrust upon her after
thousands of years of almost com-
plete isolation due to the vast un-
travelled stretches of the Pacific
Ocean.

The adjustment so far as any-
one can see will have to come by
the adoption in large part of the
tools and organized efficiencies of
the peoples who at present rule
the world — the powerful Western
industrial nations. It is to be
hoped that the adjustment may
be slow and intelligent, that the
Samoans may retain some pride
and self-respect during the proc-
ess by adherence to many of
their own ways of life and by
continued respect for their own
ceremonial, social order, and
means of self-expression. While
the Westernization of Samoa
seems inevitable, adjustment to
the modern world should come

without complete disintegration of the Samoan personality
during the transition period, without complete loss to the
society of nations of the many beautiful ways of life now
characteristic of Samoa.

The school is the social instrument which may make in-
telligent transition possible in Samoa and in world society.
Frederic. Barstow was wise to select education as the means
of helping a people whom he loved and it is fortunate that
the foundation which bears his name is able to carry on the
work which he had planned. Happily the aid is offered at a
time when this people are facing the most terrific problems
of conflict, possibly of extinction, so far as their distinctive
social customs and personal self-respect are concerned.

The problem before the Barstow commissioners was to
devise a new kind of school which might or might not have

The sacred virgin and the Kiini bowl are
an integral part of present-day Samoan life

any close resemblance to schools as we know them else-
where in the world, but which would accomplish the specific
ends needed in this transition- period in the life of a people
who are moving over from primitive ways to close associa-
tion with Western industrialism. The dual objective of the
school in Samoa is to maintain respect for the ancient cus-
toms and competence in the ancient skills — since these give
meaning and satisfaction to Samoan life — and at the same
time to equip the new generations with the finest intellectual
tools which mankind the world over has devised and per-
fected: language, number, science and its application, social
institutions and their uses.

The commissioners acquainted themselves with life as it is
in Samoa today and attempted to get an idea of the forces
that are freshly pressing upon it. They talked over their
tentative plans first with the chiefs of the villages and then

with the American administra-
tors. As a result of these studies
and conferences, plans were
drawn up for a school on a purely
experimental basis in accordance
with the following principles.

In the first place the commis-
sioners frankly turned their backs
on the American ideal of demo-
cratic education. The time is too
short to give thorough under-
standing of the new ways to the
whole people and there is too
much danger that undigested
fragments of the new learning
will simply corrupt the populace.
If a small number of chiefs and
leaders can be given a thorough
understanding of Western ways
and induced to retain respect and
competence in their own customs,
this small group can easily direct
the course of the whole people.
We agreed, therefore, to concen-
trate the efforts of the Barstow
Foundation on a single school for
a small number of prospective
chiefs and leaders.

The new Barstow school will
offer a course of about three years
for not more than eighteen young
men who will be in residence
during the entire period. The
institution will have not only

class rooms but gardens and fisheries and facilities for arts
and crafts. These will be used not for specific vocational
training but for giving the students general skill in the han-
dling of their native materials. The school will be a small
community and will support itself through its own agricul-
ture and fishing and handicrafts just as each village main-
tains itself in the primitive communism which characterizes
Samoan life. Every effort will be made to maintain and
glorify the native methods of self-expression. The siva dance
will have something like the same place in student life that
football or cricket or fencing has in American and European
schools. The ancient ceremonials will be carried out with
scrupulous regard for traditional propriety. It is hoped that
the school will become something of an ethnological center
through the collection of interesting objects of material

February 1933

A NEW SCHOOL IN AMERICAN SAMOA

105

culture and through the writing down of stories, myths,
and folklore.

While the young men are spending much of their time in
acquiring competence in their own folkways, they will be
learning the fundamental branches of Western knowledge.
They will be taught the English language so that they can
communicate with their own present rulers and so that they
can have at their disposal the literature and learning of the
world. They will be given the rudiments of mathematics in
order to gain the concepts of measurement and precision.
They will be introduced to science as a means of searching
out the secrets of nature, and will be shown its applications,
especially in experimental agriculture in their own gardens,
public health, purified water systems, and protection from
noxious vermin. They will be acquainted with the social
institutions of the West so that they will have an understand-
ing of the very different concepts in such matters as govern-
ment, law, money, private property rights, and effective
industrial organization, which govern the conduct of
Western nations.

All these Western subjects are so new and strange to such
a people that only by the greatest skill and diligence can a
small number of young people be given an understanding of
them in three years' time. For this reason the students are all
to live in the school, and it is hoped that association with the
teachers in common tasks and social intercourse will richly
supplement the formal instruction in the class rooms. To this
end it is proposed to have an American and his wife as prin-
cipals of the school, while a Samoan and his wife will serve
as co-principals. Samoan teachers will conduct many of the
classes and direct the practical work.

One of the problems in any such school is to avoid detach-
ing the students from their home environment. It is easy for
pupils, becoming vain of their new knowledge, to look down
upon their fellows in the villages. And it is easy for the local
chiefs to become disgusted at the newfangled manners of the
pupils and refuse to allow them any part in village affairs.
To avoid this it is proposed to have in the midst of the
school course an externe year. Individual pupils are to re-
turn to their own villages at the end of their first or second
year of schooling and serve for a period in the traditional
duties of manaia, young prospective chiefs. They will be ac-
cepted for continued residence in the school only on cer-
tificate from the local chiefs that they have fulfilled their
functions faithfully and competently. It is realized that this
will slow down the work of instruction. The duties of a
manaia are chiefly running errands, waiting upon the chiefs,

Children with loads of cocoanuts, which fur-
nish much of the food and drink in Samoa

and in general doing obeisance to the elders. But it is so im-
portant for the future leadership of the pupils that they keep
in sympathetic relations to the village life that this externe
year seems to be one of the most important in the educa-
tional program.

The new school, while not attempting directly the task of
educating teachers, may well have significant influence on
the developing school system. Under the administration of
the U. S. Navy, by which American Samoa is governed, the
beginnings of a system of elementary schools are well under
way in the principal villages. The Barstow School will prob-
ably help, as years go on, in the preparation of texts, in both
Samoan and English, suitable for use in the primary schools;
its graduates will probably be among the future leaders in
education as well as in government; its methods if successful
will quickly spread to other schools.

THE school will represent a cooperative effort between the
Barstow Foundation, the native chiefs, and the public
authorities of the territory. The Foundation will furnish the
salary and travel expenses of the foreign teachers and will
provide the equipment for instruction in modern subjects
and the house in which the resident teachers are to live. The
chiefs will furnish the land and gardens and through the
carpenters' guilds will erect the school quarters and native
residences. The school will be a part of the public adminis-
tration of American Samoa and the funds for incidental ex-
penses will be provided through the naval administrators
from the public treasury.

The interesting plans for this new school will be success-
fully realized only if just the right teachers are found to
direct it.

Almost every evening one of the
guest houses is the scene of siva
dancing attended by old and young

MAKING MONEY

BY JACOB BAKER

WHEN times are hard money is
scarce. Many believe that times
are hard because money is scarce
and that it is the scarcity of money that
limits distribution. Thus it is that the idea
of arbitrarily creating a monetary instru-
ment to take the place of the lacking money
exerts a strong appeal. People who are
producing goods feel that in such crises
money should be available to buy the
goods produced. Other people who are out of work feel that
if they are ready to work to produce goods somebody should
produce the money to pay wages. So we have with each
depression recurrent propaganda for making new money.

In the past two years there have developed in the United
States several devices for making money. At Hawarden,
Iowa, persons on work relief have been issued city scrip,
which is redeemed through accumulation of a depreciation
fund by selling stamps to be affixed to the scrip. The stamps
are each three cents, one is required at each transaction so
that with thirty-five exchanges there is enough money paid
in for redemption. Anaheim and Merced, California have
similar plans.

In Salt Lake City the Natural Development Association
is issuing a commodity scrip redeemable in goods or serv-
ices. The growth of this organization has been rapid; they
have reached the point where all the basic needs and many
of the luxuries of life can be satisfied with N.D.A. scrip.
The organization is branching out in other Western cities
and its leaders see no limits to its growth. The most recent
of such enterprises is the Yellow Springs Exchange headed
by Arthur Morgan, president of Antioch College at Yellow
Springs, Ohio which already has in circulation about a
thousand dollars in goods and service Exchange Credits.
The other organizations of the unemployed — in Seattle,
Los Angeles, Dayton and so on — report no use of monetized
credit.

It is the organizations issuing such mobile credit that seem
to be developing and growing most rapidly. Since the only
important facts about mutual credit instruments are those
of actual historical experiments and since failure is costly
and discouraging, it may be well to review some of the ex-
perience of the past.

Each time in the past two hundred years that there has
been a shortage of money, constriction of credit and hard
times, there has been recurrent a widespread desire to create
money. The partial transfer in the seventeenth century of
the right to issue currency from the sovereign to the legis-
lature gave rise to the idea that positive action could be
taken directly to increase the supply of money necessary
for the transaction of business. Usually special groups have
formed, advocating one or the other of two courses of action.
The course which has had the greatest support and has
occasionally been carried out has been that of having the
state issue money to meet the need for an additional supply.
The many state and local banks of issue of the Jackson period
monetized local wealth most usefully but then failed through
failure to maintain the value of their notes. The issue of
United States notes (Greenbacks) during the Civil War

In hard times men naturally turn back to barter. But it is
a clumsy thing to offer your labor direct to someone for the
assorted contents of the family food basket, shoes, clothes,
rent and a package of cigarettes. A medium of exchange
is needed — and as coin of the realm is not to be had,
credit tokens or scrip, based on labor or the production of
goods, are filling the trading needs of growing numbers
of people. The story of it runs back two hundred years.

period was controlled and beneficial to trade. At other times
the inflation became uncontrolled and chaos resulted as
in the case of French assignats and post-war German issues.
That some form of monetary or credit expansion is neces-
sary to cut the knot of credit restriction is shown by the
useful effects of the controlled inflation of post-war France.
The second impulse that has recurred through the same
period is the spontaneous attempt to create an addi-
tional money supply by creating a monetary instrument
out of labor value. In that automatic reaction is revealed the
deep-laid popular sense that it is labor and not money which
creates wealth. The usual pattern has been a mutual enter-
prise in which the members agreed to sponsor each other's
credit, to accept instruments of that credit in their own
transactions and to induce others to do so. In some cases the
exchanges were limited to members, in some they applied
only to goods, in others to both goods and services. Some-
times the enterprise was called a bank, as in the case of the
Massachusetts attempt of the eighteenth century and Proud-
hon's Bank of the People in the i84o's. At one time they
were called labor exchanges, as in the United States in the
iSgo's. One, the Topolobampo experiment of the i88o's,
called itself an integral cooperative. Regardless of differences
in structure and name they were all alike in one thing, the
issue of printed credit instruments based on the wealth
inherent in labor's productive power.

NOT one of the hundreds of these mutual enterprises
was able to maintain itself in its original form. The
reasons for failure fall into two classes. The first one was the
opposition of the state. This has affected very few experi-
ments. The other reason carries meaning for any such
enterprises today. It is simply this, that the paper issued
turned out to be unsound, and in the opinion of common
people the enterprises came to be regarded as either fraud-
ulent or incompetent. The opposition of the state arises from
the desire on its part to prevent infringement of state pre-
rogatives or of franchises granted by the state as well as to
prevent fraud. But in hard times it is difficult for the state
to obstruct enterprises by which the destitute organize their
labor for production of goods. If such enterprises pay careful
attention to the literal statutes there is no reason to fear
state intervention. But there is reason to fear a popular veto
due to depreciation of the instruments of mutual credit.

In 1714 the first mutual credit institution to appear in
America was set up in Massachusetts by farmers, workmen
and a few of the well-to-do. It was based on a project pub-
lished in London in 1684. It operated primarily as a bank
of issue for producers and monetized the wealth of the

106

February 1933

MAKING MONEY

107

associated members. Because it furnished a new money
supply it caused mortgage rates to be lowered and the
mortgagees of the period objected. It was later called the
Massachusetts Land Bank, as well as the "manufactory
scheme" although it was really a commodity bank. It occu-
pied a prominent place in Massachusetts political quarrels
for a long time. Samuel Adams first came into prominence
in connection with it. Crushed by opposition of mortgagees
and revived in 1729, in 1733 and 1739 it was finally killed
in 1 740 by a governor's edict ordering payment of interest
on all outstanding bills.

In France during the Second Republic, Proudhon estab-
lished the Bank of the People, which served as a central
mutual exchange of credit while its two wings, the Syndicate
of Production and the Syndicate of Consumption, consti-
tuted a producer-consumer cooperative. Proudhon, who
wrote voluminously, presented most of the theory under-
lying the discussion of mutual money in the past seventy-
five years. He attacked President Bonaparte for adminis-
trative discrimination against the Bank of the People and
was arrested on a charge of libel and held in jail long enough
to frighten the fifty thousand cooperators who were members
of his bank. The enterprise was liquidated while he was in
jail without loss to anybody. The well-organized Syndicates
of Production and Consumption were unable to continue
without the Bank. The secret of Proudhon's success in get-
ting under way was attributed by him to his insistence on
what he called the "sanctity of contract." This meant simply
that every bit of paper issued was given free circulation to all
who would take it, was redeemed in full and without
discrimination.

IN 1893, the panic year, there was a popular movement in
this country toward the organization of mutual exchanges,
usually called labor exchanges. They were concerned with
the cooperative production of goods and the issue of mutu-
ally secured monetary notes. Curiously no literature about
them seems to exist. A man who was a delegate to a national
conference of labor exchanges in 1 894 reports that over one
hundred cities and towns were reported as organized and
active in the spring and summer of that year. Most of
them issued what they called "labor money." These were
notes of promise to pay in goods or services the amount
specified in the note. They were all valued in United States
money. One or two of the California labor exchanges kept
skeleton organizations up to 1900. A few that were attached
to colonies attempted to keep functioning even beyond that
date. But on the whole they had all gone out of business by
the winter of 1895-6. At that time another conference was
attempted in Boston. A few delegates came but they had
one story of failure after another to report and they all
carried the same refrain — that people did not accept their
paper. They had not been able to maintain its value.

During 1893 and 1894 there were almost as many plans
for unemployment relief and production of goods for the
unemployed as have shown up in the past year. Those which
received most attention in the New York press were the
Chapel Hill, Stanton Coit, Depew, Kellogg, Lowell, Gilroy
and Passaic plans. They usually envisioned a combination of
indoor relief, work relief and production of goods by the
unemployed. Reading of the newspaper files of 1895 indi-
cates that by that time they were all forgotten.

In the past three years there has developed in some parts
of Germany a system of mutual exchanges using "commod-
ity scrip" sometimes called "Gesell money." It had devel-

12462 4-^1^3

Till. YiiLLOW SPRINGS EXCHANGE

i: f>£r<"r:; t't supply the hearer on demand, in return for tJiiy

15^rc/*axiffO Credit

E»eh.

Tiliri EXCHANGE

9 DECEMBER 31, 1 S3 3

Amount
25 Cents

GOODS CERTIFICATE

This will be accepted at the value above stated in ex-
change for our goods as listed. It will not be redeemed
in money.

DAYTON MUTUAL EXCHANGE

(Signed) Walter S. COIT, Treat.

per

Authorized Agent

How money made to order looks. To prevent counterfeiting
the Yellow Springs scrip (top) is printed on parchment paper
from an obsolete font of type and in colors that fool the cam-
era. The Dayton certificate is plain print with an original sig-
nature; the German elaborate in paper, print and color. Salt
Lake City (bottom) uses perforated sheets like postage stamps

108

SURVEY GRAPHIC

February 1933

oped under the aegis of Silvio Gesell, who was enough of
an economist to recognize the "sanctity of contract." Re-
ports of this movement that have come to this country
have been conflicting. One report has two and a half million
people participating in a system having the friendship of the
government, while another more recent one has it suppressed.
About 1 560 Thomas Gresham said that bad money drives
out good money and that phrase has been parroted ever
since as Gresham's law. In actual fact it only applies to
specie and has particular application to money issued by a
sovereign. If the king attempted to exchange pewter money
for gold in circulation with the idea of selling gold abroad,
every holder of gold tried to get his money hidden or out of
the country before the king got it. The pewter drove out the
gold. Gresham's law is reversed when applied to credit
instruments. The only way that a credit instrument can
get into circulation is by gaining the confidence of the people
in as great degree as instruments in prior circulation. Even
if there are emotional reasons or reasons of practical ad-
vantage for using the new medium, they are offset to some
extent by the natural reluctance of people to take chances
on untried credit.

A-.L of this by way of showing that there is no magic in
credit tokens. The highly important reason for their
use lies in the fact that in the absence of bank and govern-
ment money, people who want to work should be permitted
to monetize their production. But in protection of themselves
they must be just as honest, just as careful to maintain full
value as any well-established banking system. Indeed they
must be more careful. The greatest difficulty met by those
who are interested in the monetization of labor credit is the
failure of the local banks of the Jackson period to maintain
the value of their paper.

The plan for the issue of credit tokens by mutual ex-
changes of workers serves two purposes. One of these is the
borrowing of working capital from workers through the use
of labor in building plant or producing goods. This labor
capital is paid for in credit tokens to be redeemed in future
goods. Thus the worker is making an investment in the
working capital of the enterprise to the full amount of credit
tokens he receives in place of wage payment, just as if he
gave his money for investment paper. The one thing that
such investors prize above all else is security. The other pur-
pose served is the creation of a transferable currency based
on the worker's own credit by means of which he can get
services today from his fellow workers. This constitutes a
monetization of labor credit. Its advantage is that his fellow
worker places greater value on a group promise to deliver
work than he does on that of the individual worker. The
one thing that receivers of current note issue demand is
assurance of redemption. On the whole, these two desires
come down to this — soundness and negotiability.
• To maintain the liquidity of a mutual credit system, bal-
ance must be maintained between credit tokens outstanding
and products of labor in hand by adjusting wages and prices
so that the wages paid in credit tokens will purchase all but
no more than all of the commodities produced. This gen-
eralization constitutes a goal and any proposals connected
with the credit-token circulation must be tested by com-
parison with it. From it several corollaries flow:

A. Maximum negotiability regardless of who the holder is must
be given credit tokens if they are to have maximum utility.

If restrictions are put upon credit token circulation to meet
relief requirements or to guide consumption, we endanger the life

of the mutual exchange structure through choking its circulation
system. The problem is one of encouraging the use of the circulating
medium, not restricting it.

B. Every credit token must have a definite standard of value.
The most convenient one to use is the gold standard as it is expressed
in United States currency.

C. Every credit token must always be made worth as much as it
purports to be worth if it is to receive full acceptance.

D. If credit tokens are to be worth as much as they purport to
be, it is necessary that none be issued except for actual tangible
services in the production of goods that back the tokens. This means
that seigniorage — that is, shaving tokens at issue to make an over-
head profit — cannot be charged unless it be clearly demonstrated
that the overhead charged for actually contributes toward the value
under the token. The same thing applies to any charges put
on the mutual exchange structure for overhead expenses.

If these principles are accepted the issue of credit tokens
becomes the issue of a valuable circulating document sup-
ported by actual production or by the valid paper of bor-
rowers. The same controls that are required of any mone-
tary instrument are required to maintain their validity.
But no controls having purposes other than maintenance of
sound currency should be exercised.

To maintain a sound currency it is necessary to remember
that

1. No credit tokens should be issued except for actual value
received.

2. No credit tokens should be issued as a premium for printing
or keeping them in custody.

3. No interest should be charged members for credit tokens is-
sued against their own notes. A service charge covering actual cost
of handling and accounting is fair but to charge more than that is
to depreciate the value of the future work which is to redeem
the token.

4. No prices paid in credit tokens can be any higher than they
would be in cash, nor should they be much lower.

5. No credit tokens can be paid by the mutual exchanges except
for definite services that go into the value of the products of the
mutuals.

6. No local mutual exchange system should have to carry losses
and depreciation of paper incurred by other locals. No control of
exchange between systems can hold up bad local paper. To do so
will only result in the depreciation of the paper of all. The sole re-
lationship between community systems should be the simple
agreement to exchange goods.

7. No losses, waste or inefficiency, can be met by the issue of
credit tokens to cover them. The only way in which the credit
token value can be maintained is by holding all costs to the mini-
mum and by the most exact cost-accounting on every operation
in the mutual exchange. Every operation must show a profit equal
to or better than that made in commercial business. Only in this
way can overhead be met.

8. The credit token plan can be best put into effect by establish-
ing one local or group of locals that can and will always make their
paper good. Widespread organization may appear helpful as a
means of getting support and perhaps supplies. However, from
the standpoint of solidity, final effect, and permanence, it is far
more important that a five-dollar token of a single local group shall
come to mean what it says it means — five dollars' worth of goods
or services — than that a large number of communities shall have
mutual exchanges issuing paper of variable validity.

THE actual issue of credit tokens is accomplished in about
the same way that money gets into circulation. In Salt
Lake City the Natural Development Association issues
merchandise coupon checks in payment for goods purchased
by the Association. These coupons are also lent without
interest to members who give the Association a promissory
note for the amount borrowed. These notes are without
interest and are for short periods up to three months. At
Yellow Springs, Ohio, the Yellow Springs Exchange issues
exchange credits by the same method. In Germany and
Austria the self-liquidating stamped (Continued on page 119)

THROUGH NEIGHBORS' D O O R W A Y S — J O H N PALMER GAVIT

People came from all over Northeastern Serbia for the dedication of the Zadruga John Kingsbury

JEEVIO! ALSO SOME BETTER THINGS

JEEVIO ! That isn't the way to spell it; but it's the way it
sounds, and we are all out of Cyrillic type. It might be
nearer to write it ^hivio! but that looks rather less en-
thusiastic. Anyway, it is what that crowd in the picture
have been shouting, at the dedication of the white building,
and on the other page you will see what else they did about
it, at the slava which followed, where not less than 150
little suckling-pigs were grilled to make a Serbian holiday.
The white building is nothing less than the new Zadruga
John Kingsbury, at Pranjina, in Northeastern Serbia and
Jeevio! is the Serb-Croat equivalent for Hurrah! Viva!
Bravo! Banzai! and all of those other words in all the lan-
guages that mean glorification of happenings and things
and people like John A. Kingsbury, who are not jeevioed
as often as some others who do not deserve it anything like
so well. And I am shouting Jeevio! myself, not only for him
and his Zadruga, but also because I have found a wholly
pleasant thing to write about. Something altogether good
— last time having called attention to some dirty ones —
happening "underneath the uproar."

Something altogether good, yet born of the War and
the horrors of the War — in Serbia where, it is well to re-
member, the fuse was lit for that world-shaking explosion.
When the Austrian armies went down through Serbia it
was with the besom of destruction, and the broom was im-
pelled by hate, fomented in generations of old grudges back
and forth between ihe Austrians and Hungarian Magyars,
and the Slavs. There was nothing new about it. The Aus-
trian armies — however "awfully arrayed" — didn't and
couldn't teach much along that line to Croats, Slovenes,
Bosnians, Herzegovinians, left-over Turks; to Rumanians,
Albanians, Montenegrins, Greeks, or what-have-you-else,
all the way down and across the Balkan Peninsula, to the
Aegean, between the Black Sea and the Adriatic. Not to
mention the Bulgarians, who — not a whit better — this time
were reckoned on the Austrian side. From time out of mind
and record they have been doing to each other in almost
constantly recurring wars things that would make you sick.
The technique of war in that part of the world is beyond
anything Sherman ever saw.

Post tembras lux — after the darkness, Light! The Swiss

know; they have been through both, time and again, and
they have made a motto of it, understanding well that in
this life we cannot have one without the other. Perhaps that
is what the little boy meant when he challenged his father's
solemn declaration that nothing was beyond the powers of
the Almighty:

"Well, anyway, I betchya even God couldn't make a
dog's tail with only one end !"

Even the War, yes, and the depression which has ensued
upon its follies, have produced their offsets and compensa-
tions. Without the outrages of the Austrian armies in Serbia
there might never have been any Zadruga John Kingsbury
— ninetieth of the health centers established in Jugoslavia
upon the foundations afforded under American auspices.
You can't say that Kingsbury did it; quite as much credit
goes to the Jugoslavs themselves; but then it always has been
impossible to appraise the relative importance in a fire of
the fuel and the spark.

The Austrians swept Serbia clean of civil existence, and
scattered the Serbians to the four winds. The wretched refu-
gees turned up in Paris, where Kingsbury was active in the
organization of the Red Cross relief designed to "buck up
the French," who in the spring of 1918 were caving in;
largely because of what the poillus were hearing about the
distress of their folks back home. An important part of the
process of "bucking up the French" consisted in taking care
of the various kinds of refugees that were flooding into
France. And an -important part of the general Red Cross
enterprise was to salvage human existence in the Balkans.

It is no part of this particular story, nor does space permit,
to tell how Kingsbury came finally to go down into Serbia.
Suffice to say that there in Paris he conceived both liking
and admiration for these fine peasant-people, and it was a
congenial thing for him to help them pick up the pieces that
the War had left behind. Incidentally to reestablish the rep-
utation of American relief workers, which had suffered
sadly under earlier administration . . . that, too, is
another story. Anyhow, there came about under John
Kingsbury's leadership a complete reorganization of the
business, the raising of something like $3,000,000, including
substantial contribution from the Milbank Memorial, of

109

110

SURVEY GRAPHIC

February 1933

which he since has become Secretary; and at last the
creation of the Serbian Child Welfare Association of Amer-
ica, under whose auspices, continuing to this day, the
restoration has been going on. The best thing about it is
that it has been a business, not of pouring out largess upon
the people, but of inspiring and helping them to help them-
selves. And they have responded eagerly.

/""NNE of the things the Austrians did was to destroy all
^^ the schools. There wasn't a window-frame left. The
intent was to put this population out of business once and
for all. So an important part of the job was to restore the
schools, including the trade-schools. Money was furnished
for that, but the people furnished the labor and much of the
materials. And from the Red Cross funds then in hand ten
health centers were established, mostly in small villages. As
Kingsbury said convincingly to Herbert Hoover, effectively
shaking that great relief-organizer's first offhand notion
that it was enough to have fed the children:

"Yes, we have fed the starving, especially the children;
but what was the use in doing that if they are so soon to die
of tuberculosis?"

That potent question was the core of the argument that
induced Mr. Hoover to assign $500,000, partly in money
but mostly in materials including tools, etc., to this enterprise.

The original ten health centers (Zjidrugas — pronounced
as spelled, accent on the first syllable if you please, at the
suggestion of the Jugoslav consul-general) have grown to
ninety. The first nurses' training-school in all the Balkans
has bred three more; now there are courses for doctors.
Last spring under these auspices there was a public-health
conference lasting three days. This work is all closely allied
with the rural cooperative societies which play a large part
in the village life over much of central Europe. They sprang
into being again the moment the iron hand was off. The

peasants have responded eagerly to the courses in health;
these have had a wider cultural influence, and now are
creating a demand for libraries. The central splash is sending
its ripples out into remotest corners. The national govern-
ment, including the king personally, recognizes the im-
portance of this movement; the Ministry of Health cooperates.
So this Zadruga John Kingsbury, so-named because the
people hold him largely responsible and indeed in em-
barrassing reverence; this little white building that you see
in the picture, is more than an institution; it is a symbol, and
so they deem it. They were dedicating not only it, but them-
selves. I quote from a letter which I have been permitted
to see, describing that dedication:

A master writer is needed to do justice to that feast [slava] — to
describe more than a thousand peasants, boys and girls, young and
old, dancing the koto hand-in-hand on the green lawn. Music
never stopped, for there were three bands, and I understand that
it lasted all night. . . . Four priests conducted the religious serv-
ices. And at the feast I counted one hundred and forty-six grilled
little suckling-pigs, ready to feed the public; to say nothing about
poor lambs, turkeys, geese, wild birds and rabbits.

The writer said he rather protested at this great display
of food; suggesting that perhaps Kingsbury himself would
regard it as a waste. Whereupon one of the peasants "said
a lot":

"This building cost every one of us much labor. We
carried this brick and the rest of the material — some of it
on our backs — from Milanovac, 28 kilometers [more than
17 miles]. We did this when it was too rainy or muddy
for our field work. Besides, it cost us money as well. When
we made all these sacrifices, who could have stopped any
of us from contributing a little pig or something to this
slava — the day of our greatest joy?"

People traveled half the night to get there, some of
them walking more than 20 miles from Chachak. King
Alexander sent his personal rep- (Continued on page 122)

Grilled suckling-pigs, lambs, turkeys, geese, wild birds and rabbits were on the menu of this "slava" at this health center

LETTERS & LIFE — EDITED BY LEON WHIPPLE

SPIRIT IN THE MAKING

Who prop, thoit ask' si, in these sad days my mind? — Matthew Arnold

IN THESE days we need courage and faith and peace of
mind. Literature is one of the deep wells whence the
spirit draws strength and consolation. So I have asked
certain friends of Survey Graphic to share the secret of what
books they return to for refreshment and guidance. These
little personal notes are so clearly revelations of the inner life
of men and women who daily in their tasks need inspira-
tion to help relieve the sufferings of others, and so full of
humanity and tolerance that I pass them on unadorned.
You will find inspiration in these Readings for a Time of
Depression.

r\R. HENRY NEUMANN, leader of the Brooklyn So-
'•' ciety for Ethical Culture, author, educator, and civic
leader, writes:

"I like to read novels, but chiefly serious ones. Among the
more recent, I would mention Willa Gather's Obscure
Destinies and Shadows on the Rock. In the former I was
drawn to the grandmother, who without saying so, finds
existence good through living in the life of the two younger
generations, even though she meets little response from her
daughter. She is a symbol of the silent burden-bearers who
at all times keep life wholesome and whose ministrations
will still be needed long after our favorite Utopias may have
come into being. Shadows on the Rock I did not think
escape literature at all. It impressed me rather for lifting
into relief the enduring value of useful work, of such basic
human loyalties as home-ties, of a religion that links the
passing years with the eternities.

"Phyllis Bentley's Inheritance I enjoyed for its delineation
of the way that economic and personal problems both change
and recur. Leonard Ehrlich's God's Angry Man does much
the same for me and does it better. His moving portrayal of
John Brown, white hot with wrath against the obvious in-
justice of slavery, may not have been intended to ask the
reader: 'What combat are you putting up against the salient
evil of today?' but it prods just the same. And no less does it
raise the question, 'May not the honest crusader's short-cut
do more harm than good?' [Reviewed on page 117.]

"Classics always have an appeal of their own. The ter-
centenary of his birth sent me back this year to re-reading
Spinoza. Though I do not accept his metaphysics, I admire
a certain impassioned quietude in this thinker who found
freedom and peace in so manfully doing his share at erecting
the temple of reason.

"Felix Adler's An Ethical Philosophy of Life and his
Hibbert lectures, The Reconstruction of the Spiritual Ideal,
offer solid fare for these times. His ethics has always kept in
sight the fact that a man can save his own soul only as he
labors for an ethicized society. But when may a society be so
termed? Dr. Adler offers a perpetual challenge in his
rigorous search for that best good in people which all the
instrumental goods, whether peace, or security, or plenty,
should promote. Particularly in his chapters, The Three
Shadows, Sickness, Sorrow, and Sin, do I find a very timely
word. He insists that we are more likely to come upon the
lie;ht which we ourselves need when there are others in

whose lives we greatly care that it should shine. 'The way
to keep up courage is to encourage.'

"When distress counsels apathy or resignation, it is salu-
tary to be reminded by this veteran in the war for social
justice that endeavors to build the City of Light must never
be allowed to halt, and that even when the outward results
for a whole generation may seem painfully small, the su-
preme object is furthered when the labors help us and our
fellow-beings more wisely to know ourselves at our highest.
If days like these do not turn us again to seeking such funda-
mental assurances, I just wonder what else will give life and
substance to our thinking."

THE worker in the front-line of relief finds power in the
* very work at hand; but he borrows strength from
recollection. "You are right in guessing that I do not have
time to read anything just now," declares William H.
Matthews, of the Association for Improving the Condition of
the Poor in New York City. As director of the Emergency
Work Bureau he has for months faced across his desk the
unemployed seeking work. "My whole time is given to
listening to the spoken stories of people who suffer by reason
of this unemployment.

"Years ago I began to read all that Canon Barnett wrote.
I still do that. He put his finger on the sore spots as few men
have. Much that is written today that is supposed to be new
is all to be found in his published essays and sermons. He
knew the lives of the rich as well as the poor. He pointed
out the faults of both groups with equal clearness. I believe
it was the Kaiser who, returned from a visit to England,
said that the most important man he had met was a little
white-faced clergyman from London's East Side. It would
have been better for the world if he and others of the ruling
classes had taken Canon Barnett's teachings to heart."

THE marvelous diversity of the treasure-house of litera-
' ture is revealed by Maynard Shipley, president of the
Science League of America. "For me the sort of relaxation
and encouragement required is often found in contempla-
tion of some notable achievement realized under adverse
conditions; say in the life and work of that great naturalist,
Charles Darwin, hampered as he was by almost constant
illness from the time he set sail on Her Majesty's not-so-good
brig, The Beagle, for Tierra del Fuego and the South Sea
Islands. Instead, however, of reading over again the eight-
een works which were the rich fruits of his voyage, I prefer
to settle down by the fireplace and re-read Henshaw Ward's
fascinating biography, Charles Darwin, the Man and His
Warfare. In it I find a quiet retreat from the blundering and
chaotic world of today.

"Or I pick up Cheyne and Black's ponderous volume,
The Encyclopedia Biblica, a perennial source of diversion
and information on an ever-new and ever-old theme. 'A
queer idea of restful reading,' you may remark, but that's
the way I am. And I might say the same for four other books
that I read over again in times of mental or moral stress:
Clarence Day's This Simian World, Shapley and Howarth's
Source Book of Astronomy, the first volume of Marx's

111

112

SURVEY GRAPHIC

February 1933

Capital, and Sir George Grove's Dictionary of Music and
Musicians (third edition, 1927). These I should give as my
'first aid' in these troublous and distracting days."

THAT'S the way we all are! We find our peace where we
can. Letters & Life sometimes gets great comfort from
a book on mathematical physics from which scant inklings
of meaning enter his darkling mind. But the services of
poetry are more constant and need no recluse's cabinet for
their benefactions as is revealed in this testimony from
Helen Cody Baker, who has the task of interpreting the
Council of Social Agencies of Chicago to the public — and no
slight task confronts any publicity secretary today !

"My special chair in our family living-room has a special
end-table and a row of special books — almost all poetry. I
sit there with the mending in my lap and a big family going
on around me, and a dozen times during the evening I read
a page or two of Edna Millay, Robinson, Frost, Walter de
la Mare, Stephen Benet, Yeats, Aline Kilmer's Candles
That Burn, Clinch Calkins, or some other old friend. Two
or three well-worn anthologies of verse fall open naturally
at familiar places. In these sad days I find myself turning
more and more to poetry that is beautiful rather than realis-
tic, conventional rather than free in form (except for Walt
Whitman), sustaining rather than challenging. I think it
does for me what a sunset or an apple-tree in blossom would
do — serves as a reminder that there still is beauty in this
crashing jangled world. Isolated lines like these:

Oh let her grow like some great linden
Deep-rooted in one dear, perpetual place. . . .

Thou wouldst not that Thy child should be afraid . . .

and dozens of others I could quote are my Bethsaida's pool.
"I used to like philosophy that was just mental exercise.
Now I am impatient of any philosophy not directly related
to and translatable into living. I used to like any and every
kind of fiction and drama. I find now that I cannot read or
see Galsworthy's Justice, or The Last Mile, or 1919, without
being incapacitated for work. We see the drama of social in-
justice every day of our lives. I turn more and more to books
like The Good Earth, The Fountain, John Mistletoe, any-
thing of Willa Gather's except One of Ours. Bread and salt
rather than wine and spice. We need to be healed, not
goaded. And yes, of course, the Bible. But not even the
Bible in large bits, these days. The prayer-book is better, or
a book of selections from the Psalms. A friend gave me Path-
ways to the Reality of God which is good to go to sleep on."

FROM W. Russell Bowie, rector of Grace Church in
New York, himself the author of On Being Alive, The
Master, and Some Open Ways to God, comes this word, in
the Christmas season: "I find that there is always a source
of inspiration in Browning, especially in The Ring and the
Book, Saul, and The Death in the Desert. Pilgrim's Progress,
notwithstanding the fact that its allegory is mingled with
some theology which now seems quaint, never loses its noble
and picturesque suggestion of the things that hinder and the
things that speed a valiant life. Anything which William
James has written also seems to me to have a tonic quality.
For the rest, I think I take most pleasure in some of the
modern biography, and poetry — of the latter, especially,
Benet's John Brown's Body and Edwin Arlington Robinson's
Tristram."

Charles Stafford Brown, minister of the First Congrega-
tional Church in Colorado Springs, begins with the Bible

and adds four books from which, in recent months, he has
gained sanity and inspiration. "One is Kay Burdekin's The
Rebel Passion. . . . Pity, the rebel passion ! Pity — that puts
one man in another man's place and makes vicariousness
real and genuine. Then Sir James Jeans' The Mysterious
Universe. What a mind-stretcher ! How it shrinks our puny
selves and our problems ! And how it stimulates faith in the
orderly processes of life ! And all the more helfpul and in-
spiring just because Jeans is an agnostic and because such
faith as he achieves has been dearly bought. My third is
Overstreet's The Enduring Quest. Much as I dislike
philosophy, here is meat and drink to me for it supports a
view of things which is both heroic and happy. Paul de
Kruif's Men Against Death, published last autumn, is the
record of men and women, obscure for the most part, who
have lived — and sometimes died — fighting disease and
death. They did not always win either. But they did hold
their own lives lightly for the sake of the rest of us, and I
read of them with the thrill of returning courage and re-
viving faith."

WITH the scholar's range, Vida D. Scudder of Wellesley
College, brings a serene challenge. "It was fun to put
your question to my household yesterday at luncheon. 'The
New Testament,' said one, promptly. 'The whole Bible,'
countered the second. 'Norman Thomas's America's Way
Out,' came the third. And the last, after thinking a minute,
'Marshall Haddersley's Age of Plenty.' 'And what is that?'
I queried, to be answered: 'The best book I've seen on the
Social Credit Scheme.' This from a friend recently returned
from England where I understand all the advanced folk are
intent on that Douglass plan.

"My own list? Perhaps I will put first (after making my
reverence to Holy Writ), Centuries of Meditation by
Thomas Traherne: marvelous mystical studies in the
Felicity which circumstance cannot affect. Jacob Boehme
in the same line though quite different. Communists both of
these, of the New Jerusalem which was truly their native
land. . . . Then Dante, the application of a canto a day
when I have time, has during many years been salve for
every wound. Some of the books of an Italian scholar,
Ernest Buonaiuti, dealing not only with medieval radicals
and mystics but with the eternally revolutionary implica-
tions of Christianity. Wordsworth runs through my mind
all the time. And the Beatitudes do not get stale though
they are wholesomely ironical.

"America's Way Out by Thomas, and A New Deal by
Stuart Chase for good clarifying of tendencies and forces
and some sound if tentative constructive suggestions; Sir
Arthur Salter's Recovery to illustrate how even wise men
not very far to the Left begin to demand drastic change.
The books of Maurice Reckitt's school of Christian radical-
ism, Tawney's Equality and Rise of Capitalism, et cetera,
command my allegiance more than any other economic-
social writing because they do not echo familiar formulae,
but seem to break new ground; and because I value the
religious approach and see our only hope in that approach
when it shall have freed itself from pietistic individualism
and allied itself with scientific thinking. I ought to have
mentioned among my nourishing books, the Papal En-
cyclicals, from Rerum Novarum to Quadragesimo Anno —
though I divide from them sharply on the question of pri-
vate property, which they think ordained of God. . . . And
may I add Best Christmas Wishes? How lucky it is that Christ-
inas happened — though the world has never found it out!"

February 1933

LETTERS & LIFE

113

Woodcut by J. J. Lankes

THESE are unique booklists, gentle readers. They offer
healing. We hope we deserve Henry Neumann's gra-
cious postscript: "I see no good reason why a year's numbers
of The Survey should not come under the heading of books."
And we add the news sent us by the American Library
Association: "Thirty libraries of varying sizes circulated
70 million volumes in 1932 as compared with 51 million in
1929, an increase in two years of nineteen million, or 37
percent — and in most instances on a reduced budget." We
are poorer in things; but our sjolden treasury of wisdom and
beauty is undimin-
ished by one single
line. What books have
you found that help
turn letters into life?
LEON WHIPPI.E

Lippmann at Large

INTERPRETATIONS: 1931-
19.32 by Waller Lippmann;
Edited by Allan Nevins. Mac-
millan. 361 pages. Price
92.50 postpaid of Survey
Graphic.

THE affairs that
hold our atten-
tion in the morning's
paper are so often
ephemeral that a col-
lection of daily comment on them might be expected to
seem dated. It is a tribute to the vitality of the author's
thinking and to the editor's selection that in this book only
the Seabury investigation and the presidential election ap-
pear obsolescent. And there is a vividness in comment
written when a situation is fresh that must be lost in later
recording. The fact that many problems upon which the
author commented in 1931 are still unsolved makes his
discussion still pertinent.

The author's range is world-wide though curiously
Russia, the scene of the great experiment, is omitted. He
traces in sharp outline the Manchurian and war debt ques-
tions from their causes to the present time; his estimates of
public men like Coolidge and Hoover are contemporary
judgments of undoubted value to the future historian; he
analyzes the causes of Congressional inefficiency; and ex-
plains the underlying theories of trade, debt, and taxes
lucidly enough for the casual reader. These stimulating
discussions should do much to help create the informed
public opinion which we so badly need.

Mr. Lippmann appears to have set for himself one notable
limitation. He warns his readers that unless they face condi-
tions, stop waiting for a turn for the better, make and carry
out the plans necessary for recovery however unpleasant the
carrying out may be, other forces will take the matter out of
their hands. But he does not make plain that even with the
best planning the old order may not return. If its founda-
tions have crumbled the only important planning has to do
with clearing away the ruins with a minimum of violence,
and building a new structure from the ground up.
Bethel, Connecticut I. M. BEARD

Castes Not a Nation

INDIAN CASTE CUSTOMS, by L. S. S. O'Malley. Macmillan. 190 pp. Price $1
postpaid of Survey Graphic.

PULLY to understand the Indian caste system, one would
' have to know much about its forgotten origins in ancient
conquests. Nevertheless, Mr. O'Malley well explains the

system as it now operates. He helps the reader to see those
social divisions which will continue long after the immediate
political problem of India has been settled, and which, as
a matter of fact, are considered necessary and beneficial
even by Gandhi.

The American reader will be astonished by the similarity
in the social effects produced by caste attitudes on the
Ganges and on the Mississippi. These results relate not only
to types of mutual adaptation between the dominant and
the subject group, but even to traits often considered racial.

He learns that, there
as here, three motiva-
tions tend to over-
come caste — profit,
prestige and pleasure.
In India, the first is
illustrated by the en-
croachment of the
liquor business,
among others; the
second by the rising
professional status of
surgery; the third by
football which is
breaking through the
taboo of leather
in the higher castes.

The key to the situation is given in one small sentence,
which also applies far more to other peoples than we are
always aware of: "A Hindu is primarily a member of a caste
and not of a nation; his loyalty is to a group and not to
the general community."
New York City BRUNO LASKER

Brick Bats for Sacred Cows

PROFITS OR PROSPERITY? by Henry Pratt Fairchild. Harper. 204 pp. Price
$2.75 postpaid of Survey Graphic.

PROFITS or Prosperity is another well-aimed brick ad-
• dressed to the Sacred Cow of economics. Dr. Fairchild
has set out in the first place to prove that the total net prof-
its of business cannot be more than the capacity of the own-
ers to consume. This apparently innocent bit of abstract
theory introduces the reader to a highly irreverent tour of
the sacred places of classical economy, in the course of which
the author tramps with hobnailed shoes in all the retreats
where fools have feared to tread. Note, says he, these solemn
doctors recommending thrift and hard work as a remedy for
overproduction. And here we see a man who thinks that
goods exchange for goods; and another who unconsciously
still believes in the economic man; and here a whole regi-
ment of economic professors who think in terms of a deficit
economy on Tuesdays and Thursdays, and in terms of a
surplus economy on first and third Mondays.

The chapter entitled History Does Not Repeat Itself
ought to be read aloud to the family. The idea, so common
with academic and financial economists, that "curves" can
be projected into the future, is one of the most disastrous of
illusions at a time when history is in process of turning in a
new direction. If there is to be any hope of turning the cor-
ner safely the notion that our troubles are nothing else but
a cyclical depression will have to be successfully fought.
Dr. Fairchild is a doughty fighter in this necessary campaign,
in which raiders from sociology and engineering and other
fields of thought will have to drag the academic economists
out of the way and throw mud on the ancient idols. His keen

114

SURVEY GRAPHIC

February 1933

sense of the ridiculous is turned loose on all the sacred relics
— on the Law of Supply and Demand, on the notion that
human wants are unlimited regardless of who has most of
the income, on the notion that what one can do all can do,
and that the purpose of consuming is to make room for more
production. The exhortation to "work for the night is
coming" leads him to observe flippantly that work is much
too potent a thing to be indulged in irresponsibly. A refresh-
ing book.

When it comes to planning for the future, Dr. Fairchild is
not entirely clear but he is nicely objective. His last chapter
is devoted to plans considered as a social phenomenon in
themselves, and he classifies the various kinds of plans in
respect to their tendencies and their relations with the
necessary direction of progress. There are peanut plans,
aimed at regulating superficial symptoms such as the mis-
behavior of the credit system, or at injecting new kinds of
installment selling, or at promoting further concentration of
financial control over business. And there are fundamental
plans, more or less well thought out, that aim toward a more
even distribution of purchasing power or at discouraging
the investment of surplus income in productive plant.

The implications of the major conflict of the future, the
fight between planned distribution of income with free
initiative, on the one hand, and planned production without
free initiative on the other hand, was not clearly outlined in
Dr. Fairchild's mind when this book went to press. Profits
or Prosperity, however, is less behind the times than most
books in these fast-running days. Most of it will be true for
some time to come, and those who are ready to enjoy
irreverent feelings about the sacred idols of economics and
finance will find Profits or Prosperity stimulating and
illuminating.
New Tork City DAVID CUSHMAN COYLE

Portrait of a Modern Woman

ANN VICKERS, by Sinclair Lewis. Doubleday Doran. 562 pp. Price $2.50 postpai
of Survey Graphic.

WHAT Main Street was to small-town provincialism or
Arrowsmith to scientific research, Ann Vickers is to
the so-called modern woman and specifically the woman in
social work and social reform. By that token this new novel
by Sinclair Lewis, published simultaneously in fourteen
countries and nearly as many languages, will not fail to stir
up a turmoil of contradiction, self-justification, even vitu-
peration. Ann, who chose for the father of her child the man
she loved and respected, not the pompous weakling to whom
she was married, will surely be called immoral. Perhaps
committees will rise up in professional self-vindication, pro-
testing that Ann must not be considered a typical social
worker or settlement worker or prison reformer or suffragist
or professional woman or whichever other of her roles
happens to touch the interest of the group. This sort of a
"defense reaction" has never failed to greet Mr. Lewis's
books and in part it is responsible for their wide reading.
But to my mind it is irrelevant both to his purpose and his
accomplishments.

It has been popular to regard Sinclair Lewis as a man with
a big stick which he lays about him with unctuous delight,
lashing one little herd of sacred cows after another. One can
imagine certain disgruntled critics of twentieth century
women or social workers licking their chops with satisfaction
at the thought that now another profession is getting its
drubbing. Leaving the explanation to the psychiatrists, I
maintain, however, that this picture totally misses realiza-

tion of the qualities of one of our most sensitive and just
novelists — a man who becomes a social critic through his
understanding of individuals, who is acutely aware of
bigotry, cruelty and cant wherever he finds it but also
generous without stint to magnanimity and courage, whether
or not they appear in the conventional places. In this book
some of the mean qualities happen to turn up in the feeble
social worker Ann married (later he became a successful
hotel executive) and some of the fine ones in the Tammany
judge she loved. But to regard these circumstances as an
attack on social work and a defense of the New York political
system seems to me to ignore the essence of Mr. Lewis's
purpose, which is to create flesh and blood people, not
types, as they are moulded by and in turn mould the cir-
cumstances which surround them. As Mr. Lewis writes at
the start of a chapter on Ann's efforts to bring decency
into a ghastly prison:

"There are no tramps — there are only men tramping," said
Josiah Flint. And there are no doctors — only men studying medi-
cine; there are no authors — only men writing; there are no crim-
inals and no prisoners, but only men who have done something
that at the moment was regarded as breaking the law, and who at
the hit-or-miss guess-verdict of a judge (who was no judge at all,
but only a man judging, in accordance as his digestion and his
wife's nagging affected him) were carted off to a prison.

. . . the prison was uncomfortable and futile, but it was not
magically different from other monuments to stupidity. ... It
was scarcely worse than many institutions to which people are con-
demned for the crime of being born, such as a Pennsylvania mine
and its appertaining shacks, a Carolina cotton-mill town, or a
New York speakeasy jammed with clever women who get drunk
to forget suicide.

Ann Vickers started life in Waubanakee, Illinois, and that
small town and its ways entered into everything she was to
do in life: if the small towns still carry their defensive smart
over Main Street, they have here to read Mr. Lewis's
tribute to the honest pride, integrity and loyalty among
their people. She went to a small New England college and
jumped from that (in 1912) into the suffrage fight in Ohio;
she worked in settlements in New York and Rochester, did
graduate study in penology, and was appointed educational
director and chief clerk of the women's division at a prison
in a state "whose patron saint was William Jennings Bryan."
After she had learned what it was to be framed and, later, on
how passive a world her recital of prison facts fell, she came
back to New York as superintendent of its most modern
"industrial home" for women.

In these places she saw hypocrisy, bewilderment, futility
and worse. Some readers will cringe at the epithet she hurled
at the settlements in one black mood — "cultural comfort
stations." But she saw also that the settlements had "given
birth to such impersonal and trained organizations as
Lillian Wald's Visiting Nurses Association, and to modern
organized charity."

Oh, there were plenty of faults in organized charity — plenty,
Ann sighed. It had too much red tape. Often, complete records of
families in distress were considered more important than relieving
distress. And charity workers did tend to become hard, from
familiarity with misfortune. But so did surgeons, and no one was
suggesting that surgery should be turned over to the sympathetic
spinsters and grandmothers of the parish. At least organized charity
was impersonal. It based relief not on the smiles and quaint friend-
liness of the victims, but on their need. It was not restricted to one
district; it planned, at least, for the whole community.

Through Ann, Mr. Lewis gives allegiance to the honest
professional in social work as he did in Arrowsmith to the
honest scientist. And when, on her one real vacation, Ann

February, 1933

LETTERS & LIFE

115

sat on a hill in England and pondered her future she turned
down a lucrative chance in business, knowing that for her
adventure lay in the "definite, powerful realm ... of pro-
fessional dissatisfaction with things as they are."

Fundamentally the value of this novel seems to me to lie
in its creation of an actual person. Looking at the world
without fear or favor, she finds it motley and alive. I do not
see how any reader who follows her story without becoming
ensnared in his or her own isms can fail to gain both pleasure
and wisdom. For even those who disagree with it, it is a book
that cannot be ignored.

MARY Ross

The Lessons of Mr. Carnegie

THE LIFE OF ANDREW CARNEGIE, by Burton J. Hcndrick, 2 mh. Doubleday,
Doran. S56 pp. Price $7.50 postpaid of Surrey Graphic.

IIVES of great men may remind us of several things,
1- depending on the field in which their efforts were ex-
pended. Andrew Carnegie spent two thirds of his life
amassing an enormous fortune out of steel. He possessed
qualities of leadership which were unmistakable, — energy,
courage, imagination, persistence, enthusiasm, purpose.
Nevertheless, his story makes clear, at least by implication,
that what he achieved occurred in an era of America's
history when it was uniquely possible for his effort to be
crowned with success. The day of the bold, pioneering cap-
tain of industry happened to be the latter part of the nine-
teenth century; and those were Carnegie's years. The occa-
sion will never come again in anything like a similar form.
The leader is in part a product of his setting.

This vigorous and robust life story reminds us that indus-
trial competition of the kind in which Mr. Carnegie thrived
was a passing phenomenon of essentially anarchistic quality.
It was a product of individualism and of undeveloped
economic resources with the stake for the winner pro-
digiously high — and the welfare of all the rest wholly
secondary. This biography helps to explain why we today
face the problem of giving democracy a new twist and
seeing to it that individual welfare is again made a dom-
inant objective in economic life. Competitive laissez-faire
died with Carnegie's era.

Third, I am reminded of a truth which my own studies to
aid industry to be a force for human happiness has clarified
for me, — namely, that the opportunity for the industrial
leader to lead in a meliorative way toward "the improve-
ment of mankind" (a phrase from the charter of the Carnegie
Institution) is within his own business. Grant all that is to be
said, and it is much, for the human blessings yielded by the
labors of such foundations as Mr. Carnegie endowed with an
unprecedented generosity, yet the fact remains that it is in
the processes of economic activity itself that the leader has
his best chance to apply knowledge for human benefit.

The time is past, if it ever was, when money-making in
industry and money-spending in philanthropy can ethically
be conceived as the wise obverse and reverse of the same coin.
The issues are no longer those of "tainted money." They are
moral issues of a divided conduct of the personal life, of a
confused intention of aggrandizement with one hand and
generosity with the other, of a duality of purposes in in-
dividual action which makes neither sense nor social
weal.

But the world was not thinking in these terms in Carne-
gie's day. Business was business. And Mr. Carnegie con-
ducted his business with an astuteness rarely met. But the
processes of public service can no longer be divorced from
those of economic striving. And leadership tomorrow will

be reckoned in terms of a self-consistent and not self-inter-
ested purpose of public service, — or it will be no leadership.

It is a measure of the world's advance that the variations
on the Horatio Alger theme, of which Mr. Carnegie's story
is certainly one, are no longer received with breathless
acclaim. Today we know that peace is not secured by en-
dowments, but that the hope for peace is frustrated by
passions of nationalism and economic imperialism. Sim-
ilarly we see our problems of supplying education, libraries
and scientific research in relation to strategies of public
budgets, sound methods of taxation and better distribution
of income.

If I have reviewed my reactions to this book more than the
book itself, that is not because the biography lacks interest
or significance. Quite the reverse. The narrative is absorbing
and the record has at times a quality of the miraculous like
an Arabian Nights tale. Certain events, presented from the
steel-master's point of view, could undoubtedly have been
interpreted differently by other writers intimate with the
period. For the moment, I am content to take the exposition
at its face value. It is the picture of an era which is happily
at an end. But the forces then set in motion are causally
connected with our present dilemmas. To know all may, as
the French say, be to forgive all. Yet the forces carry on and
the dilemmas remain to be coped with.
New York City ORDWAY TEAD

A Charl for Confusion

A GUIDE THROUGH WORLD CHAOS, by C. D. H. Cole. A. A. Knopf. 554 pp.
Price $3.75 postpaid of Survey Graphic.

MR. COLE'S book has some claims to being unique.
Viewed as a Socialist tract, it is the most objective and
undogmatic the reviewer has seen, discussing alternative
possibilities with a minimum of bias, and offering the au-
thor's judgment in favor of the Socialist alternative frankly
as his personal preference. As an economic treatise, it dis-
cusses the working of the economic system not only for its
effectiveness in serving defined social ends, but with ref-
erence to one group of problems — those of the present world
crisis. Its treatment of possible future alternatives is the
book's true culmination. Addressed to the thoughtful general
reader, it constitutes one of the most significant and effective
briefs for fundamental economic change that could be ad-
dressed to that group.

The reader will encounter some difficulties. He confronts
a study both of the world crisis and of the economic institu-
tions that operated to bring it on. And he is repeatedly
switched back and forth between very live grapplings with
various phases of the present crisis, and very text-bookish
expositions of such topics as the nature of the corporation
and the central banking systems of different countries. The
effect is almost as if he were reading alternate sections of
different books, one of which may not interest him. For
many readers, it may be best to read first the concluding
two or three chapters, possibly with the first two for intro-
duction, and to refer back to the rest of the chapters for
supporting material wherever Mr. Cole's position seems to
need it.

He takes an unqualified stand on numerous controversial
key points. Depressions do not cure themselves, but always
wait for some fortunate upward impulse from outside the
vicious circle of cyclical cause and effect. Gold reserves are
useless. Full production cannot be stabilized at a stable price
level, but only at a level declining apace with advances in
productivity, so that increased purchasing power for the

The Cjreat ^Pyramid's
^Message to LAmerica

Wy FREDERICK HABERMAN

America is beginning to realize that this Depression is
no part of a business cycle, but the result of the ever-
increasing displacement of men by machinery, and the
result of human greed. A jobless people cannot enjoy
the bounties which education, invention, and science
have provided.

Technocracy tells us that we have reached the end of
an era, but it does not know what the next one will be.
Our experts are overlooking one great factor.

The Great Pyramid provides the answer to the world's
enigma, strange as it may seem. It was the "Light" of
the ancient world, and still is the same today: it has out-
lined the destinies of our race; it indicated the causes
that brought on the present Chaos, and "lights" the
way out.

How long will America continue to speculate and suffer?
'Paper cover, 100 pages, with 12 plates
Trice 50 cents

The KINGDOM PRESS, St. Petersburg, Fla

WHAT PRICE NEUROSIS?

What lies at the bottom of strange fears, the feeling of infe-
riority, obsessions, a sense of guilt? And what are the best
minds in mental hygiene doing to overcome these conditions?
These and questions of similar importance to the individual
are answered in The

MODERN PSYCHOLOGIST

edited by Dagobert D. Runes

In current Issues

Love and Marriage Alfred Adler

Orient, Occident, and the Supernatural Carl G. Jung

Sexual Deviations Havelock Ellis

America Becoming Infantile A. A. Roback

How We Think Joseph Jastrow

The Eclipse of Chastity O. R. Strackbein

25c at the better newsstands. Or send $1.00 for special 5-month subscription
to The Modern Psychologist, 111 East 15th Street, New York.

Name . . Address

The Most Timely Book —

Probation and

Criminal Justice

by Dr. Sheldon Glueck

Pro/, of Criminology, Harvard

Distinguished scholars and practitioners of modern penology dis-
cuss in this book one of the most active issues before the public
— operation of probationary leniency. There is a chapter on legal
philosophy of probation by Roscoe Pound; on the strictly legal
aspects by Sam. B. Warner; on case-history work by Hans Weiss;
on psychiatry by Bernard Glueck — each a master in his field.

AT ALL BOOKSTORES J3.50

THE MACMILLAN COMPANY

(In answering advertisements

people shall not wait upon their ability to raise their money in-
comes.

As is perhaps inevitable there are also some apparent incon-
sistencies, as when Mr. Cole argues that output is limited by over-
saving and underspending, and then falls back to the orthodox
aosition that heavy taxation of large incomes will restrict produc-
tivity through restricting savings. But it may be added that any
doubts about the validity of such specific statements do not affect
the main argument.

One of the most interesting points in the book is the argument
that the tactics of parliamentary socialism are not suited to the re-
quirements of a fundamental overhauling of the economic order.
The answer is not necessarily the Russian one, but something not
yet worked out, suited to the character of each nation. It should
afford the Socialist Party sufficient length and security of tenure to
make possible the initiation and carrying-through of a thorough-
going program.

As an alternative to this brand of socialism Mr. Cole presents a
reconstruction of capitalism: a program of numerous related parts,
each one shown to be wellnigh impossible in the face of opposing
vested interests. The United States is a long way from preparedness
for either alternative. One possibility, not contemplated, is that the
reconstruction of capitalism might be a stage in an evolutionary
development toward something containing the essentials of socialism,
but in which the governing organs of business itself might play a
more vital part than political government. J. M. CLARK

Columbia University

Lights on Southern Neighbors

PORFIRIO DIAZ, Dictator of Mexico, by Carleton Beats. Lippincott, 462 pp. Price

$5 postpaid of Survey Graphic.
BANANA GOLD, by Carleton Seals. Lippincolt. 365 pp. Price $3 postpaid of Survey

Graphic.

MANY of us prefer not to take our history straight, but by the
painless way of biography. For Mexico, this is also the most
logical approach. Almost everything which has happened in Mexico
since Hidalgo lifted the flag of Mexico's independence in 1810
can be hung on the name of one of that long list of soldiers, caudillos,
and patriots whose story is Mexico's history. It is the story of Hi-
dalgo, Morelos, Iturbide, Santa Anna, Juarez, Maximilian, Diaz,
Madero, Zapata, Obregon and Calles. No finer contribution to
inter-American understanding could be made than a series of
adequate and interesting biographies of these men. Carleton Beals
has now given us the first of such a series. I hope that he will not
stop there.

The name of Porfirio Diaz is written large across Mexico. From
the sixties when he shared honors with Benito Juarez in sending
Napoleon's soldiers home and Napoleon's Maximilian to the firing
squad, down to 191 1 when he sailed for Paris, a lonely broken exile,
the story of Mexico was largely his. Diaz lived too long. Had he died
in 1867, the year Maximilian faced the firing squad in Queretaro,
the name of Diaz would be bracketed with that of Juarez, as
saviours of the republic. He was a brave fighter. Mr. Beals has given
us a graphic account of his campaigns in Oaxaca, Guerrero and
Morelos. He saved the South for the republic, as did Juarez in the
North. Between the two, Maximilian was crushed.

But Diaz lived too long. Had he died in 1890, it might still be
written of him that he was a great patriot, and withal, a notable
organizer of his country's economic life. But he ruled another
twenty years, and Mr. Beals has written down the record of those
years in firm characters. Diaz built railroads, but he mortgaged his
country to the foreigner. He encouraged industry, but he stripped
the Indian of his lands. The great hacicndados waxed fat at the ex-
pense of the village ejidos (the Indian communal lands) until by
1910 Mexico was a country of great plantations, ranging from a few
thousand acres to one of twelve millions. Free men became peons
upon the lands which had been theirs, slaves working from sun-up
to sun-down for a few miserable cents a day. It is estimated that
thirteen million of the population (out of fifteen or sixteen million
all told) were affected by this shift in land ownership. These thir-
teen million were left without safeguard for their most elemental
rights, and Mexico was ruled for the benefit of a handful of poli-
ticians, the cientificos, the generals, and a parasitic middle class.
please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

116

Just Published

The press was muzzled; no word of protest could be printed.
Justice was prostituted; the courts were for sale to the highest
bidder. Diaz' political and economic control was absolute. He made
and unmade governors and congressmen. The foreigner, and es-
pecially the American, was the favored darling and could do no
wrong. Gaily Diaz gave his country away, for gold to put in his
pocket, for ribbons to stick in his coat. He was lauded by servile
followers and greedy foreigners as the benefactor of Mexico, and
those who dissented found it safer to move to other shores. Mexican
credit stood high in New York and London, for bankers did not
read history. They seemed not to know that tyranny's credit is
good until slaves discover that shackles may be broken.

This is the story which Mr. Beals tells so well.

Banana Gold is excellent description, criticism and comment on
Mexican and Central American affairs. Beals is one of our best
gadflies. He has made unhappy the life of no end of American
ambassadors and ministers in Central America and Mexico. The
State Department has, to all accounts, lost sleep over him. He lacks
reverence. So in Banana Gold, he blithely strips the skin from the
banana and speaks lightly of the gentlemen who sent the marines
to Nicaragua. He speaks lightly with such charm and vividness that
I for one would like to contribute to a fund for endowing him as a
sort of hardy perennial gadfly, to be fixed to the back of the State
Department until such time as it seems reasonably clear that the
United States no longer plans to act as a slightly neurotic maiden-
aunt towards the little brothers in Nicaragua and other places,
where fruit and oil and sugar companies have invested — or interred
—their treasures and their hearts. HUBERT C. HERRING

Committee on Cultural Relations with Latin America

After Death and Now

ISSUES OF IMMORTALITY, by Corliss Lamont. Holt. IPS ft. $1.50.
THE CURE OF SOULS, by Charles T. Holman. University of Chicago Press. 331
pp. $2.50. Prices postpaid of Survey Graphic.

THE chief value of Mr. Lament's little volume is its "gathering
together into one place" of views of personal survival after death
of all available spokesmen of the past and present. By tracing the
logical implications of these various views, on the Vaihinger "as
if" method, the author furnishes a short history of belief in immor-
tality and the changing modes. Of particular interest is the stand-
point of contemporary pundits, a fine array of "rationalizing" of
early conditionings. To one altogether unconvinced of the prob-
ability of survival, the whole argument strangely resembles the
scholastic controversy on how many angels can dance on the point
of a needle; but students with religio-theological tendencies, es-
pecially Modernists of the various schools, will undoubtedly find
much of a clarifying nature in Mr. Lament's book. There are chap-
ter notes and a fine bibliography, but no index.

The Rev. Dr. Holman's work is of more concern to those
interested in social service, since it is an attempt to classify and
elucidate the social work of the clergyman. Undoubtedly if all
ministers were as well informed on modern psychology as is the au-
thor, and applied it as directly in their contact with parishioners
seeking mental aid and advice, a great deal of good could be done
that is now left undone until the social worker faces a new problem
case. The Cure of Souls is, in fact, a textbook for ministers; but if
only to know what some ministers are trying or are being counseled
to do, it has a place in the reading of lay students of the same condi-
tions as those which confront the more enlightened clergy today.
Science League of America MAYNARD SHIPLEY

Brown's Wrath

GOD'S ANGRY MAN, by Leonard Ehrlich. Simon & Schuster. 401 pp. Price $2.50
postpaid of Survey Graphic.

"THE air was sharp and pure; the morning sun flooded the street.

I Soldiers. Soldiers. Bayonets gleaming. Cannon trimly trained.
Tramping feet. 'I had no idea,' the old man said, 'that they would
consider my death so important." "

As he went down the steps of the jail he handed a small paper to
the sheriff. The officer in silence read the scrawl:

"'I, John Brown, am now quite certain that the crimes of this
guilty land will never be purged away but with blood. I had, as I

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)
117

"If our civilization is on trial, as so
many say, here is the evidence. And
whatever the verdict, here is also, if we
will but use it aright, the means of
reconstruction." •— New York -Times

RECENT
SOCIAL TRENDS

in the United States

By the President's Research Committee on Social Trends

With a Foreword by Herbert Hoover

Two volumes, 1 568 pages, (>% x 9^

$10.00 per set

'T'HIS is the latest and most comprehensive of a series of
•*• studies to provide factual surveys of certain basic aspects of
our economic and social life which would serve as guides to the
solution of the innumerable problems which arise in an industrial
civilization. These studies have culminated in this work, the
first co-ordinated survey of the institutions and social forces of a
great nation, the conflicting and constantly fluctuating interests
of its citizens, ever to be undertaken.

The magnitude of its scope, the accuracy and impartiality of its
findings, combine to make it a work of unparalleled value to all
persons who seek an answer to the questions:

W. hat kind of civilization have we built?
What kind of civilization are we creating for the future?

The twenty-nine separate Surveys which comprise the body of
RECENT SOCIAL TRENDS present in factual detail a comprehensive
picture of a nation in the process of change. The bewildering
confusion of the problems which beset us; the mobility and com-
plexity of the social forces which affect our institutions; the
astonishing contrasts in organization and disorganization which
everywhere exist, are clearly and impartially set forth. Yet from
this welter of disjointed factors, often conflicting, changing at
unequal rates of speed, has emerged a clear and orderly view of
our society as a whole, of a society evolving toward a state which
can be more accurately predicted and more intelligently con-
trolled by an exercise of the fuller understanding of the meaning
of American life which this work will help to bring about.

McGRAW-HILL FREE EXAMINATION COUPON

McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc.
330 West 42nd Street, New York, N. Y.

Send me Recent Social Trends, 2 volumes, postpaid, for 10 days' free
examination. I will send §10.00 or return the books within 10 days of receipt.

Name

Address

City and State.
Position

Company SG-2-33

(Books sent on approval in U. S. and Canada only)

far Quick Reference

rely on Webster's Collegiate the best abridged dictionary "^
because it is based upon Webster's New Internatinnal Di,
Hoiiary- the "Supreme Authority.'1

ttEBSIER'S COLLEGIATE

UNEMPLOYMENT RESERVES

By ALVIN H. HANSEN, author of

Economic Stabilimtion in an Unbalanced World

and MERRILL G. MURRAY

Employment Stabilization Research Institute

University of Minnesota

The authors outline a plan to meet the problem of prolonged un-
employment, based on an analysis of many existing and proposed
plans for unemployment insurance. The book contains the draft of
a bill providing for a system of compulsory unemployment reserves.
$1.00

The UNIVERSITY of MINNESOTA PRESS

Minneapolis, Minnesota

No More Poverty NO More Unemployment

A Living for Everybody
IT CAN BE DONE

Read PROHIBITING POVERTY

by Prestonia Mann Martin
"a plain-spoken woman in revolt "

" Brilliant — refreshingly keen " — George Foster Peabody

"A most ingenious idea " — Lawson Purdy

"A truly remarkable contribution to economic planning " — R. Shaw in
" The Review of Reviews "

$1.00
ROLLINS PRESS

115 West 16th Street, New York

Winter Park, Florida

CURIOUS BOOKS

Send for free catalogue
of Privately Printed

BOOKS

Limited Editions
Unexpurgated kerns
Illustrated

THE FALSTAFF PRESS

D.pt. c.s. 260 Fifth Avenue, New York

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

118

now think, vainly flattered myself that without very much blood
shed it might be done.' . . ."

"Clear, calm, Colonel Preston's voice now rose: 'So perish all
such enemies of Virginia ! All such enemies of the Union ! All such
foes of the human race !'"

But that, of course, is the end of the story, which everybody
knows. In God's Angry Man Leonard Ehrlich has done more than
borrow a page from history. He has re-created a barefoot, hungry
boy of seven who was never afraid of a man's work or of what some
fatalistic strain in his blood told him to be the Lord's will — a
strange, lonely and driven man who was never afraid of anything,
except perhaps the hereditary taint of insanity on the basis of which
his friends tried to delay his trial, and from which he recoiled with
scorn and dread.

("Not this, God. Not this. ... Do not let the madhouse be the
end of my search. . . . Oh let me be spared for a good death ! Let
this end of my time, in some way unknown and unscrutable, serve
You. Only not this. Not this, God.")

There is much beauty in this book, but it is a tragic beauty.
There is horror, and it is a stark horror. But above all, perhaps, there
is anger. Not a petty anger, but a white flame of wrath that only
death could quench.

("I, John Brown, will go without fear, with a great shining peace
in my heart. I will show men how to die for truth.")

Altogether it's a great story, and rightly named. I have used so
many of Leonard Ehrlich's own words because I have no better
ones. HELEN CODY BAKER

Chicago

Religious Experience and Buchmanism

FOR SINNERS ONLY, by A. J. Russell. Harpers. 293 pp. Price, $i.50 postpaid of
Survey Graphic.

HERE is the journalistic record of one man's experiences with
the New Oxford Movement, otherwise known as Buchman-
ism. Mr. Russell is a man of wide experience in newspaper and
magazine circles, and since he happens to be a Buchman convert,
his narrative savors more than a little of the awe-struck and rev-
erent, even while it maintains the swing of a star reporter's story.

The New Oxford Movement itself is a very controversial topic.
It centers about the person and personality of Frank Buchman,
who has been made into a man of mystery by the adherents of the
movement which he began, and of which he remains the major
prophet. Much of the statistical material about his person and work
is distinctly unfavorable to him, at least on the surface. He is the
unknown "F. B." of Harold Begbie's More Twice-Born Men.
The latter book is a case-record of some modern conversions, of the
type described in William James's Varieties of Religious Experi-
ence. Mr. Buchman's religious experience appears to be utterly
sincere, genuine, and admirable. Its effects, as noted in his move-
ment, are not altogether so.

In 1924, when he was a student at Princeton, President Hibben
asked him to leave Princeton, in order to restore some measure of
academic peace to a campus that appeared to be going religiously
orgiastic, under Buchman's leadership. It was the latter's custom to
gather together a group of undergraduates for a "religious house-
party," at which personal problems of all sorts were openly dis-
cussed. The character and age of the groups naturally turned the
discussions, frequently, to the subject of sex. And while the outcome
of these discussions was rated as wholly good and helpful by those
who took part in them, the Princeton authorities looked upon
them as hyper-emotional and psychologically exhaustive. Buch-
man took his movement to Oxford, with results much like those at
Princeton. His followers and friends are almost reverent in their
attitude toward him; but the authorities do not share their en-
thusiasm. The editor of one of the Oxford papers, in 1928, de-
manded that all students connected with the movement be summarily
expelled, in the interests of Oxonian welfare.

The reviewer's personal contact with the movement is limited
to a few meetings in Chicago; and this may be too small a basis for
sound judgment. At these meetings, the sincerity and good will of
the Buchmanites appeared to be beyond question. Nevertheless,
there was considerable evidence that efforts were being made to

stimulate the rest of us to what appeared to be an unhealthy and
artificial emotionalism. And this reviewer came away with the
feeling that artificially created loyalties in religion are just about
as valuable as they would be in, say, football. Not that I'd care to
list Mr. Buchman as a mere cheer-leader; but some of his rep-
resentatives seem to be little more than that.

At any rate, this book is well written, and tells a simple, straight-
forward story in an interesting manner. It has genuine value as a
case history in a modern religious movement.
Colorado Springs, Colorado CHARLES STAFFORD BROWN

A True Portrait

MARY LINCOLN, by Carl Sandburg. Part 11, Letters, Documents and Appendix,
edited by Paul M. Angle. Harcourt, Brace. 357 pp. Price $3.

IN the hands of some biographers, the tool of modern psychology
becomes a cartoonist's pen. One lays aside their books with a sense
of having been shown not three-dimensional, life-like pictures, but
caricatures — pointed, perhaps, and amusing, but twisted all out
of focus, as misleading as they are distorted. When Carl Sandburg
retold the story of Mary Todd Lincoln he wrote with a good psy-
chologist's insight, but he attempted no sensational "debunking."
His effort was to see below the surfaces of a strange, unlovely
character, and to put on his canvas not only the colors of her pas-
sions and her indiscretions, but the long perspective of disturbed
behavior ending inevitably in the scandals of her conspicuous years
in Washington and in her final tragedy. The book is interesting
for the new light it throws on Lincoln's personal life. It has a more
general significance as the moving "case story" of a mentally sick
woman, whose world saw her only as a creature of uncertain health
and temper and scorned her for her extravagance and her constant
blundering. BEULAH AMIDON

MAKING MONEY

(Continued from page 108)

currency — Waera — is issued on loans or for purchase of things for
the members of the issuing association.

The mutual exchanges of New York, organized by the Emer-
gency Exchange Association, plan to carry on a good deal of actual
production of goods so that their exchange tokens are issued to
workers producing the goods as well as on loan and for purchase.

In making loans of credit tokens each local organization should
set up a loan committee that will give the greatest care to combin-
ing easy lending with sure repayment. This is one of the hardest
things to accomplish in ordinary banking. Mutual enterprises,
however, have one great advantage over banks in that members
will recognize that they are borrowing from themselves, that the
honor and honesty of each and of the group as a whole is at stake.
The best security is character and good-will, but co-makers and
chattel security can be and sometimes are also used.

Once issued the credit tokens can be and commonly are cir-
culated in the ordinary transactions of the community. They can
be used to buy things at retail stores, to pay for labor and for pro-
fessional services. Their redemption is accomplished by presenting
them at a store run by the local organization that issues them where
goods are handed over in the amount of the tokens. Or they may
be redeemed in the labor of members of the local group who thus
get hold of tokens to pay off their token loans. It is in this matter of
redemption that the greatest care must be taken to assure the token-
holder that he gets full value in goods or services for his tokens.

The creation of mutual exchanges in 1932 has an advantage that
the labor exchanges of the go's did not have. They felt that success
automatically arose from the device of establishing credit currency.
When the labor exchanges failed to produce goods to maintain the
value of their paper they failed completely. Today any plan of
organization must provide for efficient management. We have
today the possibility of combining the enthusiasm of workers in
cooperative activities with high technical skill. It is this combina-
tion of an old enthusiasm with a new efficiency that might make
mutual enterprise successful. The credit token alone will not.

VICE in
CHICAGO

By WALTER C. RECKLESS

analyzes and measures the changes in
commercialized vice during the past
twenty years. The data collected show
the number and distribution of vice
emporia today, the causes of the enor-
mous growth of Negro prostitution, the
breakdown of the prostitute caste, rea-
sons for the continuation of syndicated
vice, the growth of cabarets and road-
houses and their relation to the life
and habits of city dwellers. Of especial
interest are the findings relating vice
areas to juvenile delinquency, adult
crime, poverty, and divorce. $3.00

The University of Chicago Press

TO BE PUBLISHED FEBRUARY 15

Written in Collaboration
by

WILLIAM H. KILPATRICK
(EDITOR)

BOYD H. BODE

JOHN DEWEY

JOHN L. CHILDS

R. B. RAUP

H. GORDON HULLFISH
V. T. THAYER

A challenging, fear'
less, outspoken dis-
cussion of the ills of
education and their
correction, by fore'
most authorities on
education in the
United States.

THE EDUCATIONAL
FRONTIER

This provocative book, representing the consensus of opinion
of seven prominent scholars, may prove to be the most impor-
tant contribution of our times to educational thought. With
courage and honesty it lays bare the evils of what has passed
for education and charts a new course, which, if followed,
promises to free education from its present bonds and bring
it to the place of dominance in civilization which it should
occupy.

353 Fourth Ave. THE CENTURY CO. New York City

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

119

TRAVELER'S

NOTEBOOK

V I S I T S • T O

Announcing Its Sixth
Season in Soviet Travel

SINCE 1927, The Open
Road has maintained its
own American representation in
U.S.S.R. You may fake advan-
tage of this established service
this summer as an independent
traveler or as a member of a
small group under authoritative
leadership.

• Itinerary prices are extremely
low, in most instances on a par
with European travel.

• A new booklet of Soviet
trips is now available. In re-
questing a copy, please indicate
special interests and preference
with respect to independent and
group travel.

The Open Road

56 West 45th Street New York

EARN A TOUR TO EUROPE

All or part by organizing and acting as ship hostess. Liberal
commissions. Best selling tours. 26,000 satisfied clients.

200 toun to choose from, 25 days $179. Mediterranean Cruise $365.
Aiound the World $595.

B. F. ALLEN ' 1 54 Boylston Street ' Boston, Massachusetts

TAKING A TRIP?

Write Survey Graphic Travel Department for

suggestions. We need to know but three things —

WHERE — WHEN AND HOW MUCH

Travel Department — Survey Graphic

HAVE YOU
Property to sell
Cottages to rent

Advertise in the Classified Section of SURVEY GRAPHIC

Rates: 30 cents a line, $4.20 per inch

For further information, write to ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT

SURVEY GRAPHIC

112EAST19THST.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

Blois

THE most profitable and interesting thing at Blois is Blois. Here
I is a city which prides itself as being the city in France where per-
fect French is spoken. I am astonished at times when I hear the
street-cleaners talk in almost academic French.

Besides its fine language, Blois has other things for the American
student, teacher or traveler. Artistically and historically, it occupies
a leading position among the cities of France. There are numerous
interesting places in and around Blois — the Chateaux, Chambord,
Chenonceaux, Chaumont, Amboise. Its narrow, crooked streets,
its old houses, its famous churches, and its quaint corners are a
continual pleasure. I have learned more about architecture and
art from the Chateau of Blois and old St. Nicholas than I ever
knew before. And if I never learned any French, any Italian, or
any history, I should be content to return home with all I have
learned from the good city of Blois.

It is a very convenient excursion center too. Being on the main
line from Paris to Bordeaux, it has good railway connections, as
well as bus service. QOHN R. GUENARD, student at Ecole Normals dt
Blois — through the Institute of International Education)

(Note: Reference to the Encyclopaedia Britannica reveals that on the historic side,
Joan of Arc used Blois as the base of her operations for the relief of Orleans; in the
16th century the French court made it their resort; and later, for a little while, it
was the seat of the regency of Marie Louise, wife of Napoleon I. On the economic
side, it is a market for the agricultural and pastoral regions of Beauce and Sologne.
and carries on considerable trade in grain, the wines of the Loire valley, brandy and
timber.)

A Plea

THE War Resisters' International reminds us that "in most of the
conscriptionist countries of Europe, young lads are in prison for
refusing to undertake military service." And the Relief Society for
Socialist Prisoners and Exiles in Soviet Russia tells of "men and
women who have devoted their lives to labor and freedom and are
now starving in prison." As an earnest that disarmament confer-
ences can and do accomplish something tangible, these people
who have shown courage and conviction might be released the
world over.

Looking Ahead

NEXT summer the International Institute of Teachers College
will' again carry on educational study tours in England,
France and Germany. While the underlying purpose is first-hand
knowledge of foreign school systems, there is opportunity to delve
into other fields, and generally to get the refreshment of a trip
abroad. Under the guidance of Dr. Thomas Alexander, one group
will devote itself to Germany: Bremen, Hamburg, Kiel, Liibeck.
Berlin, Magdeburg, Erfurt, Frankfurt, Heidelberg, Mannheim,
Koblenz, Diisseldorf, Essen and Hanover. Another group will
center on physical education — including rhythmics, the dance,
wandering, youth hostels, country school homes, public play-
grounds, teacher training, health and athletics in schools and
universities. There are also French, English, Science and Science
Education, and Berlin Residence study groups.

THE Soviet had its best tourist season last year, and on the
strength of that has already laid the foundation for a modern eight
hundred room hotel near Sverdlov Square, in the heart of Moscow,
a special feature of which will be suites and public rooms designed
in the picturesque styles of various Soviet nationalities — Caucasian,
Uzbek, Ukrainian and the like. The first Soviet-built sleeping car
has been put in service on the Trans-Siberian Express; and more
are being manufactured in the October car factory in Leningrad.
(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

120

Their overland air service is now the longest in the world, reaching
from Moscow to Vladivostok. Intourist officials hope soon to an-
nounce reductions in the daily, all-inclusive tourist rate, as well as
in railroad fares for foreign visitors.

AND Hubert C. Herring of the Committee on Cultural Relations
with Latin America writes: "The eighth seminar will be held
next July — rain or shine, depression or no depression. Needless to
say, it is difficult to keep things going during these days but we will
not give up the seminar. We believe that it constitutes too valuable
a link between Mexico and the United States to be allowed to
lapse. Will you tell us about any friends who should be invited?"

What's more, as a depression measure, Mr. Herring is organizing
a Roughing It Trip to Mexico for those who will forego some com-
fort to travel at minimum expense. Sailing from New York June 30
(and returning August 8) on the Ward Line steamer, the group
will spend a day in Havana, a night in Orizaba, and go on to
Mexico City for two weeks of trips, lectures and round table dis-
cussions. The markets of Toluca, the Spanish colonial architecture
and pottery of Puebla, the famous pyramids of San Juan Teoti-
huacan, the canals of Xochimilco and many other fascinating
places will be visited. A week in Cuernavaca, and then Tasco,
where the Casa del Altillo will welcome the travelers to its terraces,
fountains, flowers and village life. No matter what your interests
may be — art, archaeology, economics, Spanish, history, or inter-
national relations — the Roughing It group will share many ad-
vantages in contacts and experience; and will stay in private
homes, ride on camiones and see Mexico from within. The inclusive
rate — omitting such incidentals as tips, street-car fares, and so on
— is $300. (Hubert C. Herring, 1 1 2 East 1 9 Street, New York.)

THE Turkish Republic will be ten years old next October; and
though so young, can give a good account of itself on many scores —
membership in the League of Nations, the separation of church
nnd state, the reduction of illiteracy, advances in social welfare and
public health. The American Friends of Turkey (347 Madison
Avenue, New York), who have been in close cooperation with that
government, are planning a banquet for the occasion; and hope
that President Mustapha Kemal Pasha may speak to the American
people over the radio.

THE Institute of International Education (2 West 45 Street,
New York) has brought out the fourth edition of a publication
listing fellowships and scholarships which are available for foreign
study under various auspices.

THE American Peoples College is arranging three international
relations study tours. In addition to traversing England, France
and Germany, there will be leisurely stops in Geneva and Oetz, the
college headquarters in the Austrian Tyrol. Owing to their educa-
tional and non-profit nature, these tours are priced very low.
S. K. Mathiasen is director, and some of the sponsors are Professors
John Dewey, William H. Kilpatrick, Goodwin Watson, H. A.
Overstreet, J. B. Nash, Alvin Johnson and Leroy Bowman.

AT the time of the annual California Conference of Friends of
the Mexicans at Pomona College last December, James Hoffman
Batten announced that they will again arrange a combined vaca-
tion and study tour to the University Summer School at Mexico
City.

THE tercentenary of the birth of Benedict Spinoza brings to
light the existence of the Spinoza Center of Roerich Society at 310
Riverside Drive, New York. The current issue of their publication,
The Spinoza Quarterly, is devoted to the anniversary.

HARRY W. PFUND of the Carl Schurz Memorial Foundation,
reports that the results of the Goethe essay contest were gratifying:
seventy-one students, representing fifty-one colleges in twenty-five
states submitted essays. The average manuscript was of high qual-
ity, showing not only intensive reading in and about Goethe, but a
great deal of original thought. Not a few were brilliant. Some of the
best essays in German were written by American students, appar-
cntlv of pure Anglo-Saxon lineage.

GREATLY
REDUCED TRAVEL RATES

15 comprehensive tours to choose from ... 5 to
31 days ... $5, $8, and $15 a day. Price includes
Intourist hotels, meals, guide-interpreters, Soviet
visa and transportation from starting to ending
point in the Soviet Union. Price does not include
round trip passage to the Soviet Union. Greatly
reduced rail fares in the Soviet Union from border
points to initial tour city and from tour terminus.

Fabulous Cities of TURKESTAN

Speed from Moscow by de luxe express of inter-
national sleeping cars ... to age-old and many-
colored Tashkent, Samarkand, Bokhara . . . con-
trasting with social, industrial progress of Soviet
Central Asia. 16 days . . . $450 . . . April 10th
from Moscow, ending at Baku April 26th. Price
covers all necessary traveling expenses and Soviet
visa from starting to ending point. Price does not
include round trip passage to the Soviet Union.
Extension offered to May Day Celebrations in
Moscow.

Travel in the
SOVIET UNION

Write (or Folder E-2

U. S. Representative of the
State Travel Bureau or the U. S. S. R.,
261 Fifth Ave., New York. Offices in Boston,
Chicago, and San Francisco. Or see your own
travel agent.

(In answering advertisements phase mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

121

o more overea

head

on your EAD GEAR

Restaurant Check Room Tips Abolished

AGAIN THE STATLER HOTELS PIONEER

Buying a hat is the only installment purchase you never
complete. You buy it once from the store and a thousand
times from check room attendants. It may be your hat,
hut it's their meal ticket.

But not in a Slatler hotel . . . Not after today! We've
banned gratuities at the check rooms of all our public
dining rooms. They're barred forever! The attendants,
hereafter, cannot and will not accept a tip.

You'll acclaim and help us with this reform. We know
you will, because you helped us when we banished the tip-
soliciting attendants from our wash rooms, and applauded
when we barred all surcharges at lobby news stands and
cigar stands.

Statler pioneering, Statler leadership is continually
blazing new trails to greater comfort, finer service, more
perfect economy in hotel living. You know the Statler
record . . . that these hotels were the first to provide a
private bath with every room, circulating ice water, a
morning newspaper under the door, free radio reception
and a dozen other comforts.

You know, too, that the friendly, courteous service you
have always received in these hotels has grown out of a
genuine desire to make life more pleasant for the guest.
This last innovation, the abolition of the hat check tip at
restaurant check rooms, is present day proof that our spirit
of service marches on.

HOTELS STATLER

-Boston. • .Buffalo •

.Detroit • St. bo

uis

HOTEL PENNSYLVANIA IS THE STATLER IN NEW YORK

JEEVIO! ALSO SOME BETTER THINGS
(Continued from page 1 10)

resentative, a colonel in full uniform with medals. The prime
minister sent his emissary. The American minister at Belgrade
sent a letter which you might see framed within the building,
along with Kingsbury's own cablegram. The big speech was made
by Kingsbury's friend George Raden, who lived long in America
but is now a lawyer in Belgrade. For the rest, I think these pictures
tell their own story.

NOW I must digress, and apologize to Turkey, and maybe to
Jugoslavia as well, for implying last time (January Survey
Graphic) that they both were deliberately, even malevolently
recreant in respect of "opium" and the new Geneva convention
which must be ratified before April 1 3 by at least four of the manu-
facturing countries, of which lately Turkey has become one of the
most prolific, while Jugoslavia produces perhaps the highest-grade
opium in the world. The ink was hardly dry upon that animad-
version before an Associated Press dispatch from Angora brought
official announcement of Turkey's intention to grapple vigorously
with this business; to forbid the reopening of three narcotics fac-
tories recently closed at Istanbul; to create new special tribunals
to deal with smugglers and illegal manufacturers, and, perhaps
best of all, to adhere to and ratify the Hague Convention of 1912
and the Geneva conventions. From other sources I have heard
that the world-wide depression has greatly hurt the illicit trade in
narcotics; so much so that prices have been falling everywhere —
the market is glutted. I suspect that this has much to do with the
reported agreement between Turkey and Jugoslavia, between them
to restrict production. Let us not quarrel with motives. Any
such procedure, however motivated, is good news out of a bad
business.

This aligns Mustapha Kemal, the Turkish president, in this
regard with Mussolini, whose record on the subject of the illicit
traffic in narcotic drugs leaves nothing to be desired. One in his
confidence quoted him to me as having said:

"I will pardon almost any kind of a criminal; but never one who
peddles illicit drugs among the Italian people. Toward such I
will show no mercy."

Whatever one may think of Italian Fascism, or of dictatorship
in general, I have to acknowledge complacency in viewing almost
any measure of severity along this line.

I MAKE no apology for my reflections upon the good faith of
France in this field. Whatever her action upon the Geneva
convention or elsewhere conspicuously under the public gaze, her
administration in Indo-China (where highly influential Frenchmen
have great investments) is smeared to the eyes with traffic in opium.
And now it appears that in the Cameroons, the former German
protectorate in East Equatorial Africa assigned to French control
under mandate from the League of Nations, there have recently
been set out by French authority upwards of 100,000 coca-shrubs,
which have no other utility save as a source of cocaine. The world is
already flooded with that devilish drug, whose legitimate use stead-
ily diminishes, superseded by other less dangerous things. There is
no honest excuse for it. This is only another thing that makes it
increasingly difficult for the friends of France to apologize for her
behavior. Even her loan to Austria, which desperately needs it,
has nothing unselfish about it — it is simply a bribe to Austria on the
verge of starvation, to postpone still further the inevitable Anschluss
— union with Germany, inevitable on every ground of ethnologi-
cal and economic common sense. Nor, even while in a mood to
pass over for the moment sinister things including ugly political
manifestations in Jugoslavia, shall I apologize to Japan, whose
behavior under the domination of her army and navy gets worse
and more threatening to the peace of the \vorld.

ONE needs these days a long-range optimism, including willing-
ness to go on the scrap-pile along with others of the genera-
tion that has made a mess of things. The hope of the future lies in

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

122

the youngsters coming along, who never knew the conditions that
we elders still regard as "normalcy." I hereby attest a grim assent
to the observation of that same kid to whom I referred above.
Continuing his conversation with his father:

"God made you, Dad, I suppose?"

"Oh yes."

"And He made me, too?"

"Of course."

"He's getting better, all the time!"

THE RUSSIAN PARADOX

(Continued from page 82)

with its above-mentioned effects upon Soviet export, has caused a
striking and somewhat regrettable change in trade relations be-
tween the U.S.S.R. and the U.S.A., which previously gave a
highly favorable trade balance to the latter. From a peak of fifteen
million dollars per month Soviet purchases in America dropped to
half a million monthly or less in the early months of 1932. In other
words, Soviet business was transferred to Germany, Britain, Italy
and other European countries where credit conditions were more
favorable, and last but not least, where there existed the diplo-
matic and consular connections which were instituted in order to
protect the lives, property and interests of nationals mutually en-
gaged in trade abroad.

This transfer of business from United States to Europe and the
cancellation of many "technical aid" contracts with American
firms and individual experts has not been undertaken willingly by
the U.S.S.R. The Russians fully realize that America has suc-
cessfully solved the very problems which they are now facing, that
the geographical and climatic conditions and the great size of both
countries make American methods and equipment far more suit-
able for Russian use than those of the smaller European nations.
But they have no choice. On one hand they are denied the credit
which Europe is willing to grant; on the other they find business is
restricted by a host of petty difficulties about vises, embargoes and
vexatious delays, which they believe, perhaps rightly, are the
natural outcome of American unwillingness to establish diplo-
matic and consular connections. Yet it must not be thought that
there is any great hostility in the U.S.S.R. towards Americans.
On the contrary, they are treated with greater admiration and
friendship than any of the nationals of Europe, and America,
to the average Soviet citizen, remains an object of respect and
emulation.

In the past year an additional factor has intervened to turn So-
viet eyes towards United States. I mean the Japanese invasion of
Manchuria, which has thrown the shadow of war over Soviet plans
for the development of the U.S.S.R.'s resources and the training
of its people. Of all the nations in the world only the U.S.S.R.
and the U.S.A. see eye to eye on the Sino-Japanese question. Both
stand for the territorial integrity of China, for refusal to accept
infraction of that integrity obtained by force, and both view with
alarm the expansion of Japanese sovereignty over the Asiatic
mainland.

Thus it would appear that politically and economically the two
greatest white republics have much to offer each other. The
U.S.S.R. might become a prodigious and ever-expanding market
for American industry, whose production already has surpassed
the demands of consumers at home. What Russia needs today is
American technique and American material, from structural steel
and concrete to automobiles and machinery for making roads, be-
cause transport is the greatest and most immediate problem.
Politically there are no points of variance anywhere but a common
interest, or rather a common anxiety, about Japan. All of which
should make for rapprochement. Against it a cloud of mutual mis-
understanding and the memory of former hatred and the sting of
old wounds that are slow to heal. But the time is coming when both
countries must forget the past in the light of present interests, and
must meet to discuss frankly the questions which still divide them
and the possibilities of future cooperation.

Mrs. Torlok is
expecting her ninth

SlIK couldn't manage with eight — soon there'll he nine. If anybody
ever needed extra help, Mrs. Torlok does.

And that's exactly what Fels-Naptha Soap will bring her. l:xtra
help with her cleaning and extra help with her washing. Kxlm help
that will make it easier for her to maintain hetler standards of living.

Fels-Naptha, you see, is two cleaners instead of one. Good golden
soap combined with plenty of naptha. ^X orking briskly together,
they loosen dirt without hard rubbing. They get the grimiest things
clean — even in cool water. And where hot water is scarce — and chil-
dren plentiful -that is extra help indeed.

For a sample bar of Fels-Naptha, w rite Fels & Co., Philadelphia.
Pa., mentioning the Survey Graphic.

FELS-NAPTHA

THE GOLDEN BAR WITH THE CLEAN NAPTHA ODOR

"Modern Home Equipment"

Ask for Booklet S— it will be tent postpaid

LEWIS & CONGER

45th Street and Sixth Avenue, New York City

SPEAKERS:

We assist in preparing special articles, papers, speeches,
debates. Expert scholarly service. AUTHOR'S RESEARCH
BUREAU. 516 Fifth Avenue. New York.

SNECKLES OF MOWBREY STREET

By Grove Wilson
Written for the Big Brother Movement

"A powerful story, written with a strong hand and sympa-
thetic understanding of the fearful handicaps of the under-
privileged boy. " — Colonel E. K. Coulter, Managing Director
of the Society for Prevention of Cruelty to Children.

Publiibed by

THE BIG BROTHER MOVEMENT, INC.
315 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N. Y.

Gra. 5-1204 $2.00 per copy

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

123

EDUCATIONAL DIRECTORY

SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES

(f& W i?&

LIMITED number of fellowships

are available for well qualified

applicants. These fellowships are open

to both men and women. They include

two for foreign students, a number

which enable the holders to earn the

diploma of the School in the family

field and a few which offer special

training opportunities for men.

Details will be mailed

upon request.

The J^ew Tor\ School of Social Worl(

ill East Twenty-Second Street
New Vorh

Simmons' College

&ci)ool of Social

Professional Training in

Medical Social Work, Psychiatric Social

Work, Family Welfare, Child Welfare,

Community Work

Leading to the degree of B.S. and M.S.

•

Address: THE DIRECTOR
18 Somerset Street Boston, Massachusetts

THE PENNSYLVANIA SCHOOL OF
SOCIAL AND HEALTH WORK

Two-year program of graduate training for principal fields
of Social Work.

311 So. Juniper Street

Philadelphia

for

offers

Students entering Course I may, at the end of the winter
session, elect the first session of Course II and, on comple-
tion of Course II, be eligible for the degree of Master of
Social Science.

A summer session of eight weeks is offered
to experienced social workers

Address
THE DIRECTOR, COLLEGE HALL 8

NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS

Courses in Mental Hygiene and Related Subjects

The Institute for Advanced Education

Dagobert D. Runes, Ph.D., Director

111 East 15th Street, New York

LOUIS BERMAN, Fridays at 8:45,

beginning Feb. 3
The Physical and Chemical
Foundations of Personality and
Their Social and Psychological
Applications

W. BERAN WOLFE, Wednesdays

at 8:45, beginning Feb. 1
Practical Applications of Adle-
rian Psychology

JOSEPH OSMAN, Mondays at 7,

beginning Jan. 30
Psychology of Personality
ALFRED KREYMBORG, Mon-
days at 8:45, beginning Jan.
30

A Survey of American Art
V. F. CALVERTON, Tuesdays at

8:45, beginning Feb. 14
A Survey of Contemporary Civ-
ilization

SCOTT NEAR1NG, Thursdays at

8:45, beginning Feb. 9
World Reconstruction

JOHN LANGDON-DAVIES,

Thursday at 8:45, Feb. 2
Politics Abroad and Here

C. HARTLEY GRATTAN, Tues-
days at 8:45, beginning Jan.
31
Current Literature

ALBERT J. LEVINE, Wednesdays

at 4: 1 5, beginning Feb. 1
Modern Trends in Education

IRMA KRAFT, Wednesdays at

7:30, beginning Feb. 1
Intimate Glimpses of the Great

JACOB S. LIST, Fridays at 7, be-
ginning Feb. 3
Seminar in Abnormal Psychology

Fee including all lectures and courses is $10.00. Teachers Credit granted for
specific courses. For farther information, write the Institute, or call

STuyvesant 9-3096.

ADVERTISE YOUR
WANTS IN THE SURVEY

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

124

School of Nursing of
Yale University

A Profession for the College Woman

The thirty months' course, providing
an intensive and varied experience through
the case study method, leads to the degree
of

BACHELOR OF NURSING

Two or more years of approved college
work required for admission. Beginning
in 1934 a Bachelor's degree will be re-
quired. A few scholarships available for
students with advanced qualifications.

For catalogue and information address:

THE DEAN, YALE SCHOOL OF NURSING
New Haven, Connecticut

itntoersttp of Chicago

<5>d)aol of Social fecrUuc atmumstration
Spring Quarter begins April 3

Summer Quarter

First Term, June 19-July 21

Second Term, July 24-Aug. 25

Academic year 1933-34 begins October 2, 1933

Courses leading to the degree of
A.M. and Ph.D.

Qualified undergraduate studentsadmitted
as candidates for the A.B. degree

Announcements on request

INDIVIDUAL and COMMUNITY
SOCIAL WORK

The social worker working with Jews must be trained to
deal successfully with the socially maladjusted Jewish
family and individual.

He must be able to see the problem in the large. He must
"see" the Jews of America as a distinctive group aiming
at adjustment to the general environment for its own
greater happiness and the enrichment of American life.

Holders and prospective holders of a bachelor's degree
are invited to examine carefully the advantages of

Jewish Social Work as a Profession

A number of scholarships and fellowships for each aca-
demic year are available for especially qualified candi-
dates who are prepared for professional graduate study
leading to the Master's and Doctor's degrees.

For full information write to the Director

The

Graduate
School

For

Jewish
Social Work

71 W. 47th St., New York City

Smith College School for Social Work

announces three seminars to be given

in the summer of 1933

Each seminar is limited to twenty-five students. The
School reserves the right of selection among the applicants.

I. Seminar in the application of mental hygiene to
present day problems in case work with families.

July 9 to 22

Dr. Lawson G. Lowrey and Miss Grace F. Marcus.
Open to case workers with professional training
or two years of experience who are qualified for
a short intensive course of advanced work.

II. Seminar in the applications of mental hygiene to
personnel problems of administration and super-
vision in emergency relief agencies.

July 23 to August 5

Dr. Lawson G. Lowrey and Miss Elizabeth McCord.
Open to case workers of experience and profes-
sional training which would qualify them for
supervisory positions in emergency relief work.

III. Seminar in "intensive attitude therapy."
August 6 to 19

Dr. David M. Levy and Miss Alice Webber.

Open to graduates in psychiatric social work
with two years' experience in psychiatric social
work, or to others similarly qualified.

NORTHAMPTON

MASSACHUSETTS

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

125

CLASSIFIED ADVERTISEMENTS

TEL., ALGONQUIN 4-7490 SURVEY GRAPHIC "?rBWYOra

WORKERS WANTED

WANTED: Trained, experienced case worker in
Girls' Protective Agency in middle west city. 7103
SURVEY.

WANTED by psychiatrist and psychoanalyst (Euro-
pean trained), psychiatric social worker (Female) as
a research assistant in exchange for thorough psycho-
analytic training. Those residing in New York City
or Washington, D. C., may apply giving full details.
7104 SURVEY.

SITUATIONS WANTED

WOMAN, experienced in field work, promotion,
publicity, lobbying, secretarial work, etc., seeks
position with live organization. 7067 SURVEY.

POSITION in hospital clinic or children's work by
welfare worker with experience. Knowledge of
stenography. Graduate School of Social Work. 7106
SURVEY.

MATURE American woman, graduate nurse, wishes
position as Superintendent in institution for children or
ad ults. Well ex perienced. Executiveabilityof high order.
Nearly eight years in present position. 7102 SURVEY.

BOARD

GRADUATE NURSE boards convalescent or aged
at So. Michigan. Modern farm home. $8 per week.
7105 SURVEY.

Write for the

Survey Book Exhibit

Books displayed at the National

Conference of Social Work

May 16-21, 1932

Survey Graphic Book Department

112 E. 19th St.

New York, N. Y.

PUBLICITY SERVICE

have been given for Social Betterment by
MILLIONS the 30,000 wealthy, cultured persona on
Q p our New England List. Very accurate.

We have spent over 920.000 in compila-
DOLLARS *Ion and revision. Sold or rented to a lim-
ited number of National Social Agencies.

Rates reasonable. Get the fact*.
PUBLICITY SERVICE BUREAU, Boston, Masa.

PAMPHLETS

Rates: 75c per line for 4 insertions

PERIODICALS

The American Journal of Nursing shows the part
which trained nurses are taking in the betterment
of the world. Put it in your library. $3.00 a year.
450 Seventh Ave., New York, N. Y.

Mental Hygiene: quarterly: $3.00 a year; published
by the National Committee for Mental Hygiene,
450 Seventh Ave., New York.

ANNOUNCEMENT

Beginning with the February number of
Survey Graphic, rates for Classified Adver-
tisements will be as follows: —

5c per word or Initial Including
address or box number. Mini-
mum charge, first Insertion,
$1.00. Discounts: 5% on three
Insertions; 10% on six Insertions.
Cash with Orders.

Address

SURVEY GRAPHIC

112 East 19th Street, New York, N. Y.

Your Own Agency

This is the counseling and placement agency
sponsored jointly by the American Associa-
tion of Social Workers and the National
Organization for Public Health Nursing.
National. Non-profit making.

GERTRUDE R. STEIN, Inc.
VOCATIONAL SERVICE AGENCY
18 EAST 41sr STREET, NEW YORK

Lexington 2-6677

We are interested in placing those who have
a professional attitude towards their work.
Executive secretaries, stenographers, case
workers, hospital social service workers, settle-
ment directors; research, immigration, psychi-
atric, personnel workers and others.

MULTIGRAPHING

MIMEOGRAPHING

ADDRESSING

FILLING-IN

FOLDING

COMPLETE MAILINGS

QUICK SERVICE LETTER COMPANY

INCORPORATED

SPARK PLACE— NEW YORK

TELEPHONE — BARCLAY 1-9633

• • •

SALES CAMPAIGNS
PLANNED AND WRITTEN

GEORGIA JUSTICE ON TRIAL

(Continued from page 95)

in various ways. In some of the camps all the prisoners are chained
together by the ankles while sleeping. In others they carry twenty-
pound shackles on their legs while working. Once in a while you
will find the men working along the road all chained together by
their ankles. Food in some of the camps is extremely bad.

John L. Spivak, author of a recent novel, Georgia Nigger, was a
witness at the Trenton hearing and introduced a photograph of
a Negro prisoner bound in a strained position with a pick under his
knees and his hands tied to his legs below the pick; this was
punishment. He introduced a list of whippings, though the lash is
supposed to be officially abolished. He introduced a picture of a
man in the "rack," a device by which a prisoner is laced by the
body to a post, with a rope tied to his handcuffs, the rope being then
pulled around a second post so that any degree of tension can be
applied to his arms and they can be practically pulled out of their
sockets. He introduced evidence of "death by accident," the death
occurring under conditions that made mistreatment apparently its
cause. A mass of similar data was placed before Governor Moore by
Mr. Spivak.

William B. Cox was there. He is secretary of the National Society
of Penal Information, which publishes the Handbook of American
Prisons and Reformatories, the most accurate description of penal
methods in the United States. Mr. Cox told of his investigations in

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

Georgia. He described the sweat box, the stocks and the cage
wagons. The sweat box is just large enough to allow a man to stand
erect when the door is closed. Ventilation comes only through a
slot i by 4 inches a little below the height of the average man.
Prisoners are confined in these boxes from a few hours to, in one
case cited by Mr. Cox, four days. In this instance the prisoner was
taken out by a doctor and kept in a hospital two weeks to reduce
the swelling in his legs.

The stocks, said Mr. Cox, vary in construction. He described one
in which the man is seated on the edge of a board with his hands
stretched out in front of him and made fast in slots in another
board. The part holding the hands can be raised or moved farther
away, adding to the strain. Circulation is cut off by this device.
Mr. Spivak described a stocks in which the prisoner hangs by his
wrists and ankles two inches from the ground.

Pictures painted by these witnesses were not pleasant. Mr. Cox
did not quote the following passage from the 1 929 Handbook, but
he might well have done so:

Georgia exceeds in size and wealth most of the nearby states
but its prison system must be placed at the bottom of the list. . . .
Georgia should reorganize its entire prison system before serious
scandal . . . creates an emergency of grave nature. ... If this
use of the sweat box does not constitute cruel and unusual punish-
ment in the strictest legal sense, it does so by every standard of
common sense and humanity.

No wonder it was not necessary to adduce Burns' testimony
in regard to Georgia chain gangs. (Continued on page 128)

126

DIRECTORY OF SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS

Civic, National, International

Aid (or Travelers

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF TRAV-
ELERS AID SOCIETIES — 25 West 43rd
Street. New York. William S. Royster, President;
Miss Bertha McCall, Acting Director. Represents
co-operative efforts of member Societies in ex-
tending chain of service points and in improving
standards of work. Supported by Societies,
supplemented by gifts from interested individuals.

Child Welfare

Community Chests

ASSOCIATION OF COMMUNITY
CHESTS AND COUNCILS —

1815 Graybar Building,

43rd Street and Lexington Avenue,

New York City.

Allen T. Burns, Executive Director.

Foundations

AMERICAN FOUNDATION FOR THE
BLIND, INC. — 125 East 46th Street. New
York. Promotes the creation of new agencies
for the blind and assists established organiza-
tions to expand their activities. Conducts studies
in such fields as education, employment and re-
lief of the blind. Supported by voluntary con-
tributions. M. C. Migel, President; Robert B.
Irwin, Executive Director; Charles B. Hayes.
Field Director.

RUSSELL SAGE FOUNDATION — For the

Improvement of Living Conditions — Shelby M.
Harrison. Director; 130 E. 22nd St.. New York.
Departments: Charity Organization, Delinquency
and Penology, Industrial Studies, Library,
Recreation, Remedial Loans, Statistics, Surveys
and Exhibits. The publications of the Russell
Sage Foundation offer to the public in practical
and inexpensive form some of the most important
results of its work. Catalogue sent upon request.

Industrial Democracy

Home Economics

AMERICAN HOME ECONOMICS ASSO-
CIATION — Alice L. Edwards. Executive
Secretary, 620 Mills BIdg.. Washington. D. C.
Organized for betterment of conditions on
home, school, institution and community. Pub-
lishes monthly Journal of Home Economics;
office of editor, 620 Mills BIdg., Washington,
D. C.; of Business Manager. 101 East 20th St.,
Baltimore, Md.

Health

AMERICAN BIRTH CONTROL LEAGUE
INC. — Mrs. F. Robertson Jones, President.
152 Madison Avenue, New York City. Purpose:
To teach the need for birth control to prevent
destitution, disease and social deterioration; to
amend laws adverse to birth control; to render
safe, reliable contraceptive information accessible
to all married persons. Annual membership,
$2.00 to $500.00 Birth Control Review (monthly),
$2.00 per year.

AMERICAN SOCIAL HYGIENE ASSO-
CIATION — 450 Seventh Aye., New York.
To provide a better understanding of the social
hygiene movement; to advance sound sex edu-
cation, to combat prostitution and sex delin-
quency; to aid public authorities in the campaign
against the venereal diseases; to advise in
organization of state and local social-hygiene
programs. Annual membership dues $2.00 in-
cluding monthly journal.

THE NATIONAL COMMITTEE FOR
MENTAL HYGIENE, INC. — Dr. Wil-
liam H. Welch, honorary president; Dr. Charles
P. Emerson, president; Dr. C. M. Hincks. general
director; Clifford W. Beers. Secretary; 450
Seventh Avenue, New York City. Pamphlets
on mental hygiene, child guidance, mental dis-
ease, mental defect, psychiatric social work and
other related topics. Catalogue of publications
sent on request. "Mental Hygiene,' quarterly,
$3.00 a year; "Mental Hygiene Bulletin,"
monthly $1.00 a year.

NATIONAL SOCIETY FOR THE
PREVENTION OF BLINDNESS —

Lewis H. Carris, Managing Director; Mrs.
Winifred Hathaway, Associate Director; Elea-
nor P. Brown, Secretary. 450 Seventh Avenue,
New York. Studies scientific advance in medical
and pedagogical knowledge and disseminates
practical information as to ways of preventing
blindness and conserving sight. Literature,
exhibits, lantern slides, lectures, charts and
co-operation in sight-saving projects available
on request.

Vocational Counsel and Placement

JOINT VOCATIONAL SERVICE, INC.

Pamphlets and Periodicals

Inexpensive literature which, however important,
does not warrant costly advertising, may be adver-
tised to advantage in the Pamphlets and Periodicals
column of Survey Graphic and Midmonthly.
RATES: — 75c a line (actual)
for four insertions

National Conference

NATIONAL CONFERENCE OF SOCIAL
WORK — Frank J. Bruno, President. St.
Louis; Howard R. Knight, Secretary; 82 N.
High St., Columbus. Ohio. The Conference is
an organization to discuss the principles of
humanitarian effort and to increase the effi-
ciency of social service agencies. Each year it
holds an annual meeting, publishes in perma-
nent form the Proceedings of the meeting, and
issues a quarterly Bulletin. The sixtieth annual
convention of the Conference will be held in
Detroit, June 11-17, 1933. Proceedings are sent
free of charge to all members upon payment of
a membership fee of five dollars.

Racial Co-operation

COMMISSION ON INTERRACIAL CO-
OPERATION — 703 Standard BIdg., Atlanta,
Ga.; Will W. Alexander. Director. Seeks im-
provement of interracial attitudes and conditions
through conference, co-operation, and popular
education. Correspondence invited.

Recreation

Religious Organizations

Director, Indian Work.

Migrant Work, Edith E. Lowry. Secretary
Adela J. Ballard, Western Supervisor.

NATIONAL BOARD OF THE YOUNG
WOMEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIA-
TIONS — Mrs. Frederic M. Paist. president;
Miss Anna V. Rice, general secretary; Miss
Emma Hirth, associate secretary; 600 Lexington
Avenue, New York City. This organization
maintains a staff of secretaries for advisory
service in relation to the work of 1,273 local
Y.W.C.A.'s in the United States with indus-
trial, business, student, foreign born, Indian,
colored and younger girls. It has 63 American
secretaries at work in 35 centers in 12 countries
in the Orient, Latin America and Europe.

Is your
organization
listed in
the Survey's
Directory of
Social Agencies?
If not —
why not?

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

127

Index to Advertisers
February 1, 1933

GENERAL

American Telephone & Telegraph Company 66

Pels & Company 123

Lewis & Conger 123

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Third Cover

TRAVEL AND RESORTS

B. F. Allen 120

Hotels Statler 122

Intourist, Inc 121

Open Road 120

EDUCATIONAL

Author's Research Bureau 123

Committee on Cultural Relations with Latin America Back Cover

Graduate School for Jewish Social Work 125

Institute for Advanced Education 124

New York School of Social Work 124

Pennsylvania School of Social & Health Work 124

Simmons College School of Social Work 124

Smith College School for Social Work 124

Smith College School for Social Work 125

University of Chicago School of S.S. Administration 125

Yale University School of Nursing 125

PUBLISHERS

Big Brother Movement, Inc 123

Century Company 119

Columbia University Press Second Cover

Falstaff Press 118

Kingdom Press 116

Macmillan Company 116

McGraw-Hill Book Company. Inc 117

G. & C. Merriam Company 118

Modern Psychologist 116

Rollins Press 118

University of Chicago Press 119

University of Minnesota Press 118

Book Clubs

Book of the Month Club Op. Second Cover

Scientific Book Club 65

DIRECTORY

Social Agencies 127

CLASSIFIED

Situations and Workers Wanted 126

Employment Agencies

Joint Vocational Service, Inc 126

Gertrude R. Stein, Inc 126

Printing, Multlgraphlng, Typewriting, etc.

Quick Service Letter Co., Inc 126

Board 126

Pamphlets & Periodicals 126

Publicity Service 126

(Continued from page 126) Of course, those who believe that
extradition is mandatory will think that such information is
irrelevant and ought not to have been heard. But precisely because
it was heard did one get the feeling that the penal system of Georgia
was in a real sense on trial that day. To the statements of fact just
cited the assistant attorney-general of Georgia, John I. Kelley,
could make only an inadequate reply, because he did not know the
conditions. He did, however, stoutly defend the people of Georgia
— and Governor Moore acquiesced by saying: "We do not have a
light opinion of the people of Georgia here; we have a high
opinion."

What of the ultimate effect in Georgia itself? The youthful gov-
ernor of that state, Richard B. Russell, issued a scathing attack upon
Governor Moore the next day. Doubtless a great deal of hard
feeling has been engendered by the incident. But an Associated
Press dispatch of January 3 gave this picture:

A legislative investigation into charges of cruelty in Georgia
prison camps was requested today by sixteen prominent Georgians.
The request was made by mail to incoming legislators. Photographs
of alleged torture of prisoners accompanied the requests.

The committee requesting the investigation declared that charges
against the prison camps of the state had been given national
publicity and were "serious enough to justify and demand an
investigation." Among the signers of the request were former
governor Thomas W. Hard wick; Harvey Cox, president of Emory
University; W. F. Furry, president of Shorter College; Col. A. R.
Lawton, vice-president of the Central of Georgia Railway; and
Bishop W. N. Ainsworth of the Methodist Episcopal Church,
South. The General Assembly was scheduled to meet early in
January. Is it possible that refusal to extradite an offender will
awaken Georgia to the character of her penal system?

EMPLOYERS AND WORKERS WANTED

(Continued from page 93)

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

128

both employers and employes that the offices which would serve
this flow, stop its leaks of wasted working time, and help stabilize
the wage-earning market, should be interconnected. It is perhaps
going too far to compare their function with that of the local post-
office or telephone exchange. The shipping center of the busy old
canal would be nearer to it. The effectiveness of any country-wide
development to meet this modern need for communication and
exchange in the labor market hangs both on the connecting links
and on the existence and efficiency of each center and way station.

It is the need for such standards and for interchange across city
and state lines which affords both a theoretical and a practical
foundation for the proposal of grants-in-aid to the several states as
provided in the Wagner bill, which is again before Congress. Such
a system of federal subventions, stimulating state and municipal
grants, would mean that what is going forward in these five cities
would be multiplied throughout the country. It should mean more
than stimulus however. Such a federal-state system would leave
the states free for autonomous administration and initiative, while
providing coordination, and the maintenance of minimum stand-
ards. It should supply the framework of a developing service, avail-
able to all of us, to our employers, our employes and the clients of
our relief agencies. With this placement service should go fact-
finding that would give us cross-sections, currently and nationally,
of all those problems centering in opportunity for work and de-
pendability in earnings, which with the hard times have assumed
new importance.

Here in the midst of the depression is a place where we can make
an affirmative attack on one angle of unemployment. Its effective-
ness hinges, of course, on the success of our industrial system in
supplying opportunities for work and wages. Out of these labora-
tories comes the knowledge that an adequate public employment
service is possible under American conditions, that for bad times
and for good, we have within our reach a device that cuts down
one of the wastes of irregular employment; and adds that much to
the security of the worker and of the community.

TONS
OF TRAMPLING

TERROR!

. Y/HAT would happen if the crash of the Dinosaur should
\\/ suddenly shake the earth again? One sweep of his mighty
* tail would shatter everything within striking distance!
'earing sixty tons on his haunches — his eyes would glare /our
tories above the panic-stricken crowd!

!OULD the Dinosaurs ever come back? Just WHY did civili-
ation escape this nightmare which once overran the earth?

low Much Do You Really KNOW About
the WORLD and YOURSELF?

low and when was the earth formed? Is it hot
r cold, solid or liquid or hollow at the core?
[ow do earthquakes repair the damage that
vers do?

Why is "The Milky Way" an optical illu-
,on! Why was the discovery of the planet Nep-
jne one of the most dramatic in all science?
Cow much longer will the earth be habitable?

Juried Into the Vast Darkness oi Space
Our World Was Born

- and then began the most fascinating story ever
>ld, the human side of Science! Now it has been
ritten for you in clear, understandable English by
xteen noted authorities, each a Faculty Member of
ic University of Chicago. This remarkable volume,
The Nature of the World and of Man," — is the
•oad foundation of a genuine education!
In a microscopic speck at the bottom of the sea —
i a struggling plant that stumbled into the mystery
F sex — in crawling reptiles that turned their scales
tto feathers to become birds — in brutes who sur-
.ved the dawn of time to become men — in all of
icse are chapters of the story of YOUI
How do you think? Why must you sleep? What
jtermined your sex, height, coloring? Why should
.an, of all animals, be the only one that can talk,
rite, work with tools?

No one has ever seen an atom. How then does
ience know exactly how it is constructed? The
ngest light waves are measured in hundreds of
iles — the shortest in hundred thousand-mil-
onths of an inch? Your eyes are totally blind to all
it one small portion of their colors. Can there be an
ivisible world surrounding you right now?
The romance of Life is the romance of the stars,
irth, elements. Life begins, bacteria swarm, primi-
ve plants push above the ooze. Strange creatures
ift the warm seas. Bones, stomachs, reproductive
gans appear. From the tiniest cell of life to the
emendous mass of the dinosaurs; from fish, to rep-
es, to mammals, to Man — whose unborn child to-
ly still shows traces of all these ancestors — THIS
the fascinating, startling, true story now told in the
:citing pages of "The Nature of the World and of
an."

No other book has ever made the amazing facts of
an and matter so easy to understand, so ir-
siatibly interesting. Here is the complete biography
the world and of life, written for YOU and YOUR
lightenmentl

Now you may have this great volume — hand-
mely cloth-bound, containing 562 pages, profusely
ustrated with 136 photographs, plates, charts and
awings — for only one-fourth of its original
ice. ONLY ONE DOLLARI And even this you do
»t pay unless, after examining the book free for 5
iys, you decide you want to own it for your per-
anent library — to read and refer to time and again.
ead the full offer — then send the coupon, with-
it money. TODAY!

•

Now You Can Get
This Great Book and

11 Other Best-Sellers for only

19.

28.

THE NEW AND REVISED
OUTLINE OF HISTORY —

H. G. Wells. New edition of one
of the greatest books ever writ-
ten. The human race from dawn
of time right down to the pres-
ent day, including latest discov-
eries and events. 1 ,200 pages,
all original maps and illustrations.
Former price $5.00

THE NATURE OF THE
WORLD AND OF MAN —
Edited by H. H. Newman, Ph. D.

The biography of the Universe,
complete drama of evolution an'l
mankind. Stars, earth, bacteria,
plants, reptiles, mammals, Man —
the human side of science. Kxplains
heredity, sex. intelligence. Written
by 16 foremost experts. 562 fascinat-
ing pages; 136 photos, charts, draw-
ings. Former price $4.00
THE NEW BOOK OF ETI-
QUETTE—Lillian Eichler.
The famous guide to social usage
bought by 500,000 readersl Sincere,
radical, authentic. For. price $4.00
A VAGABOND JOURNEY
AROUND THE WORLD —
Harry A. Pranck. "Prince of
Vagabonds" journeys to strange
corners of world far from tourists*
tracks. Proves conclusively that a
man can circle the globe without
money, weapons or baggage.

Former price $4.00
THE STORY OF MAN-
KIND— Hendrlck Willem

35.

44.

46.

»end No Money

5 DAYS' FREE
EXAMINATION

Van Loon. Famous animated his-
tory of world. Appeals universally to
young and old. 188 illustrations L._
author's own unique manner. Over
100,000 copies were sold at

Former price $5,00

EC THE CONQUEST OF FEAR
W» — Basil King. Has helped
100.000 people to rise above fear
• — fear of illness, loss of income, or of
being or appearing other than
normal . B ugaboos are anal y zed ,
definite methods given for conquest
by the individual. For. price $2.00

f.1 THE OMNIBUS OF CRIME
"A. — Edited by Dorothy L.
Savers. Sudden death and super-
natural sleuthing thrill every one —
from President to portersl Here are
62 thrilling stories of mystery, detec-
tion, crime, cruelty, horror and
revenge by world-famous authors.
1.117 pages. Unabridged.

Former price $3.00

THE ROYAL ROAD TO
ROMANCE — Richard
Halliburton. Go vagabonding with
this laughing, fighting, reckless.
young romanticist in glamorous
corners of the world. A tale over-
flowing with joy of life and spirit of
youth. Former price $5.00

CO NAPOLEON— Emll Lud-

3O. Wig. Thrilling drama of rise
and fall of greatest figure in all
history — lover, warrior. Emperor
of all Europe. One of the great books
of modern times; accurately tracing

65.

99.

entire career of "The Man of
Destiny." Former price $3.00

THE DOCTOR LOOKS AT
LOVE AND LIFE — Joseph
Collins, M. D. Friendly, mellow,
rich with common sense. Authentic
knowledge about dangers and results
of sex ignorance. Former price $3.00
110 THE HUMAN BODY —
J.J.O. Logan Clendenlng, M. D.
Stop worrying about yourself!
Amazing and reassuring revelations
about your health, weight, diet,
habits — the truth about "nerves,"
"heart trouble," "brain fas" — com-
pletely debunked of fads and falla-
cies! 339 pages, 102 startling pic-
tures; private photographs, charts,
diagrams. A fascinating treasure-
house of authentic facts, wit and
common sense. Original price $5.00
STRATEGY IN HAN-
DLING PEOPLE — Webb
and Morgan. Sensationally dif-
ferent book shows methods used by
Schwab, Morgan, Roosevelt, du
Pont. Atterbury. Al Smith, Ford.
Raskob, Rockefeller, scores more, to
influence others, overcome opposi-
tion, achieve ambitions. Practical
ways to sway business associates,
guide social contacts, manage serv-
ants, succeed by getting others to
help you. Former price $3.00

124.

Use the coupon. Mark the volumes you want. Mail coupon to us without money.
lOks will be sent ON APPROVAL. Pay nothing in advance —nothing to
stman. So confident are we that STAR DOLLAR BOOKS offer you a greater
lue for 11.00 than you can realize without actually seeing for yourself that we
: making this FREE EXAMINATION OFFER. Examine books for 5 days,
len send us only 11.00, plus lOc postage, for every title you keep. If you do not
mit that this is the biggest book value that you ever saw, return the volumes
d forget the matter. The editions of many titles are limited — 'don't delay.
RDEN CITY PUBLISHING CO., Dept. 26.1, Garden City, New York.

GARDEN CITY PUBLISHING CO., Dept. 263, GARDEN CITY, NEW YORK.

Please send me The STAR DOLLAR BOOKS encircled below. I \vi!l either send
ynu. within 5 days. SI plus 10 cents postage for each volume, or I will return the
books without being obligated in any way. (Encircle numbers you want.)

19 28 35 44 46 55 61 65 SS 99 TIN 124

NAME.

Please Print Plainl*

CANADIAN ORDERS, SI. 10 per book, cash with order.

sident, Lucius R. Eastman. Secretary, Ann Reed Brenner. Treasurer, Arthur K

WITHIN THE REACH OF MILLIONS

THE most valuable things on earth are
the commonest things. Gifts of Mother
Nature — air, rain, sunlight and colors
in the sky, grass underfoot and foliage over-
head. Gifts of human nature — love, loyalty,
handclasps and friendly speech.

Then, of material things, some of the most
useful are the commonest and cheapest.
These we almost take for granted. There is
no way to reckon their actual worth.

It is a great tribute to the value of the tele-
phone that within a few short generations it
has come to be ranked among these com-
mon things. Its daily use is a habit of millions
of people. It speeds and eases and simplifies
living. It extends the range of your own
personality. It offers you gayety, solace, se-
curity — a swift messenger in time of need.

Daily it saves untold expense and waste,
multiplies earning power, sweeps away
confusion. Binds together the human
fabric. Helps the individual man and
woman to triumph over the complexities
of a vast world.

You cannot reckon fully the worth
of so useful and universal a thing as the
telephone. You can only know that its
value may be infinite.

AMERICAN TELEPHONE
AND TELEGRAPH COMPANY

130

SURVEY GRAPHIC

Vol. XXII. No. 3

March 1933

inquiry such as ours; for that graphic interpretation which makes
pageants out of problems and strikes people's imaginations on a
fresh side.

HOW the Russians fare in mind and spirit makes an all but in-
credible story. DR. FRANKWOOD E. WILLIAMS appraises it
(page 137) from his long experience of mental hygiene.

K /t^^^ ROSS, associate editor of Survey Graphic, shows (page

|V I 143) the vista spread out in the final publication of the
FRONTISPIECE . Lithograph by Louis Lozowick . . Committee on the Costs of Medical Care: we can have what we

need if we want it.
WHAT WE CONFRONT IN AMERICAN LIFE ...

.................................. Felix Frankfurter 133 I- PRENTICE MURPHY, executive secretary of the Children's

J Bureau of Philadelphia, has visited the Bonus Army encamp-
CAN RUSSIA CHANGE HUMAN NATURE. ment at Harrisburg anPd has met the d ion ref > on manP

. . . .Frankwood E. Wdhams, M.D. 137 highways. page 147.

SHALL WE AFFORD HEALTH.. .Mary Ross 143 k|EW YORK'S crucial municipal situation is set forth (page 151)

AMERICA ON THE MARCH ....... J. Prentice Murphy 147 IN by JOHN PALMER GAVIT in the role of the Old Political Re-

NEW YORK _ THE SECOND BIGGEST TOB porter. He was for many years in charge of the Albany and Chicago

it. D i r* ', IKI offices of the Associated Press, Washington correspondent and
................................ John Palmer uavit 151 ' • T.

managing editor of The New York Evening Post.

ECONOMICS MAKES THE FRONT PAGE .........

.................. H. S. Person— Beulah Amidon 1 56 'HE eva'uatlon of what lies back of Technocracy (page 1 56) is by

I HARLOW S. PERSON, managing director of the Taylor Society,
............. Di'g° Rivera 16° and BEULAH AMIDON, industrial editor of Survey Graphic. The

A NEW CLIMATE OF OPINION ........ Harold Rugg 162 quick-springing crop of books on Technocracy and its amazing

INSTEAD OF A SYSTEM ............. Ruth M. Kellogg 165 publidty disCUSSed (176) ^ LE°N WmPPLE> associate editor'

SOME DISCOVERIES IN THE BACKWARD FIELD OF P0*™1^ " civil ™Sin™> now P^"** °f education at

CONSUMPTION. . . .SamuelS. Pels 169 Teache" C°"ef ' Columbla University, HAROLD RUGC has

recently returned from a study of rural reconstruction in China
NEW TENANT ACQUIRES HOT SPOT ...... with wits sharpened for an educator's attack on the American

................................ John Palmer Gavit 174 situation (page 162).

LETTERS & LIFE .............. Edited by Leon Whiftple 176 THE pitiful showing of what the federal employment offices are

TRAVELER'S NOTEBOOK 184 * (PaSe 165) is fruit of an investigation in sixteen states by RUTH

M. KELLOGG, research assistant in the Social Science Research
I XI )EX TO ADVERTISERS ........................ 1 92 Committee of the University of Chicago.

WORK and Worklessness, by SAMUEL S. FELS in the February
Survey Graphic, was ranked second of the Ten Outstand-

_.._ _ . __ — _ ._ ing Articles of the Month, by the Council of Librarians acting for

I Hb Vjlb ' Or II the Franklin Square Subscription Agency. On page 169 Mr. Fels

carries forward his exploration into The Backward Field of Con-

ONE out of five of our readers and members in the metro- sumption, to be followed next month by Planning for Purchasing
politan area turned out at the twentieth annual meeting of Power.
Survey Associates, our cooperative publishing society, on

T^HE January issue of Survey Graphic, the special number on
February 1 in New York. Many expressions have reached us as to \ Q . . ™ , ,- , . ,

.... /--u-cujj ..•• I Social Trends, hit a high mark and was sold out in two weeks.

the caliber and spirit of the gatnering with its five hundred partici- „ orinn

, Over 2000 copies went to students in highschools and colleges
pants. Members were present from various cities, and letters and , ., , , , , , , cl. . ......

„ '. , r „ while orders for some hundreds more cannot be filled. Will you,

telegrams of greeting. Lucius R. Eastman, president of Survey , . , , . ....,, c . ' '

, . kind reader, make your copy do double duty? If you have finished

Associates, was in the chair; the twenty years were reviewed in a , ... .. . , . . '.

' . ... , . with it and will mail it back to us, we will send it out again.

statement by the editor, which will be published in our annual

report; and Felix Frankfurter, professor of administrative law,

Harvard University, and George Eastman visiting professor at QMPVFY A ^ ^ O C* I A T F ^ I Kl C"

Oxford, England, spoke to the theme: What We Confront in OUIXVCI /"VOOWV-IAAICO, 1 V^, .

American Life. Publication Office, 10 Ferry Street, Concord, N. H.

David Sarnoff, through whose courtesy Professor Frankfurter s Editorial and Business Office, 112 East 19 Street, New York
address was put on a nation-wide hook-up by the National Broad-

casting Company, told him laughingly that more listened in to this SURVEY GRAPHIC — Monthly — $3.00 a Year
anniversary address than heard Demosthenes in his lifetime. THE SURVEY — Monthly — $3.00 a Year

Such an audience is beyond our ken, but this March Survey Graphic

spreads the text before twenty-five thousand people the country Luclus * EAS™AN> frf"dent' JUUAN W- MAf > J°SEPH *• C«*M-
. 7 . . i i_- j BERLAIN, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, vice-presidents; ANN REED BRENNER,

over who have a yeasty relationship to things. In this new year and ^ . ^RTHUR KELLOQO) frWHWr_ r

new decade, Survey Associates becomes almost a fresh adventure.

If you are not already doing so, why not share in our organized PAUL U- KELLOGG, editor.

curiosity as a member, as well as share as a reader in its results? ARTHUR KELLOGG, managing editor; MARY Rpss, BEULAH AMIDON,

You can do just that by pledging a $10 cooperating subscription to LEON WHIPPLE, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, LOULA D. LASKER, FLORENCE

begin when your regular subscription expires. LoEB KELLOGG, GERTRUDE SPRINGER, associate editors.

"There are new periods in history, and we are in the midst of one EDWARD T. DEVINE, GRAHAM TAYLOR, JANE ADDAMS, JOSEPH K.

of them," said Professor Frankfurter, who called The Survey the HART, HAVEN EMERSON, M.D., ROBERT W. BRUERE, contributing

"crow's-nest of American society." With the shock of the hard times editors.

opening minds, the months ahead present an extraordinary call for MOLLIE CONDON, circulation manager; Mary R. Anderson, advertising

searching out experience, ideas, criticisms, proposals; for shafts of manager.

Courtesy The Weyhe Gallery, New York

LITHOGRAPH BY LOUIS LOZOWICK

SURVEY GRAPHIC

MARCH

1933

Volume XXII

No. 3

WHAT WE CONFRONT IN AMERICAN LIFE

The Anniversary Address Before the Twentieth Annual Meeting of Survey Associates

BY FELIX FRANKFURTER

IX 1876, the Huxley of our grandfathers ventured some
general observations upon America's destiny. ". . . to an
Englishman landing upon your shores for the first time,"
he remarked at the founding of Johns Hopkins University,
"traveling for hundreds of miles through strings of great and
well-ordered cities, seeing your enormous actual, and almost
infinite potential, wealth in all commodities, and in the en-
ergy and ability which turns wealth to account, there is
something sublime in the vista of the future. Do not suppose
that I am pandering to what is commonly understood by
national pride. I cannot say that I am in the slightest degree
impressed by your bigness, or your material resources, as
such. Size is not grandeur, and territory does not make a
nation. The great issue, about which hangs a true sublimity
and the terror of overhanging fate, is what are you going to
do with all these things? What is to be the end to which
these are to be the means?

''You are making a novel experiment in politics on the
greatest scale which the world has yet seen. Forty millions at
your first centenary, it is reasonably to be expected that at
the second these states will be occupied by two hundred mil-
lions of English-

reality of universal suffrage; whether state rights will hold
out against centralization, without separation; whether
shifting corruption is better than a permanent bureaucracy;
and as population thickens in your great cities and the pres-
sure of want is felt, the gaunt specter of pauperism will stalk
among you, and socialism and communism will claim to be
heard."

After fifty years of the most feverish preoccupation with
material development in the world's history we are face to
face with the appalling problems which Huxley foreshad-
owed in the year of our Centennial. His prescient inquiry,
"What are you going to do with all these things?" has be-
come the most exigent and pervasive question of American
life.

To be sure, since the nation was born there have been
financial crises, panics and depressions. Indeed we have
even been counselled to take comfort in these periodicities of
misery. Depressions come we know not whence and go we
know not how, but come and go they do, to be endured like
the epidemics of old as part of the burden of life. As to epi-
demics we have rejected the blindness of such shallow

fatalism. Their

speaking people,
spread over an area
as large as that of
Europe, and with
climates and inter-
ests as diverse as
those of Spain and
Scandinavia, Eng-
land and Russia. You
and your descend-
ants have to ascer-
tain whether this
great mass will hold
together under the
forms of a republic,
and the despotic

causes

These times have supplied the "final insight/' in Professor
Frankfurter's phrase; we must find the "wisdom of courage."
The function of political leadership is to lead; not to leave
action paralyzed because public opinion is confused and dis-
tracted. We must start and start quickly upon a program of re-
employment. Recovery, "too much pursued by incantation/'
must deal with factors (population, production, debts, taxes,
distrust) which combined, set this depression off from sloughs
out of which past depressions have moved. "To realize that
there is a new economic order and to realize it passionately,
... is the central equipment for modern statesmanship."

133

and their
are pertina-

sources
ciously explored first
to be known and then
to be overcome.
Even if our present
plight were merely a
mirror of the past, it
is an abdication of
reason to rely on
time's self-correction.
No depression ever
stopped of itself.
Moreover it is • no
longer sensational or
ignorant to believe

134

SURVEY GRAPHIC

March 1933

that this depression is different. There are new periods in
history, and we are in the midst of one of them.

Not that the new era has come overnight. Of spon-
taneous generation there is little in history. Epochal changes
germinate slowly and dates in history are deluding. They
mark fruition as much as beginning. To say that even the
World War ushered in a new era is to foreshorten events.
To be sure, the debacle of three mighty empires, the Rus-
sian Revolution and its violent break with the past, the gi-
gantic dislocation of a world economy, the emergence and
resurgence of nationalism, the intensification of technological
processes induced by the War, have all loosed economic and
social forces far more upsetting to the pre-existing equilib-
rium than the changes wrought by the French Revolution
and the Napoleonic Wars. But these powerful solvents have
only reinforced major influences operating in our national
economy. We have been assuming a continuing validity for
the economic theories of pioneer America while fact has
been steadily undermining theory. The absorption of free
land, the steady drift from rural to a predominantly urban
society, with the economic consequences of changes in
population distribution, the attainment of the saturation
point in railroad construction, itself an index of the general
shift from the winning of a new country to its maintenance,
the implications of technological advances both in industry
and agriculture, the enormous extension of leisure among
the mass of people, the new areas of foreign industrial and
agricultural competition — these were only a few major
elements in the making of a new American society when the
cataclysmic War broke in upon us. Unfortunately these
new forces left substantially untouched the theories of our
political action.

Now I shall not attempt to epitomize in a phrase the re-
sulting maladjustments. To speak of poverty amidst plenty
and alternating days offcast and famine perhaps hints at the
essentials. About the basic situation there can, unhappily,
be no differences of opinion; vast agricultural regions in dis-
tress, major industries stagnant, twelve millions or more
unemployed and several millions, at best, likely to remain so.
Deep forces of transformation are at work, due fundamentally
to our extraordinary material development and its inade-
quate social control.

TO realize that there is a new economic order and to realize
it passionately, not platonically, is the central equipment
for modern statesmanship. Only thus shall we be able to
understand the new problems and devise ways, however
tentative and halting, for dealing with new problems. We
cannot carry on upon the old maxims. "Improvement,"
said John Stuart Mill, "consists in bringing our opinion into
clearer agreement with facts; and we shall not be likely to
do this while we look at facts only through glasses colored by
those very opinions." The governing issue of our time is
whether we are capable of so organizing production and dis-
tribution as to avert these terrible ups and downs in busi-
ness, with their disastrous moral and economic consequences.
Technological invention, we all know, has caused an
enormous saving of labor; social invention must find ways
for a sustained and wider diffusion of purchasing power
whereby the great masses can maintain technological so-
ciety. This implies more than an eventual restoration of the
standards of living which have been lost. It demands an
advance in standards — more health, better housing, higher
levels of education, increasing esthetic development, fruit-
ful uses of ampler leisure. Thus only, in the belief of a

growing body of opinion, will we master the machine and
not be mastered by it. Thus only, what is equally important,
will there be markets for the ever-increasing potentialities
of field and factory.

A GOOD part of our past is dead. To hope for its revival
is tragic illusion. New circumstances condition the
nation's wealth-making; how they are met will determine
the national welfare. The road to yesterday's prosperity is
largely barred. Recovery, too much pursued by incantation,
must deal with factors which in their combination certainly
present a new situation. They constitute a decisively differ-
ent environment, both economic and psychologic, from the
slough out of which past depressions have moved. If a mere
lawyer ventures to adumbrate some of the factors that
predetermine our future economic life, perhaps it is sufficient
excuse that even professional economists recognize the exist-
ence, if not of a new heaven, at least of a new earth in which
they also are groping.

First and foremost, I venture to put the arrest in the rate
of increase of our population. Now this marks a break with
our whole history. Restriction of immigration has become
a settled national policy. An inflow of a million a year before
the War has, in the last year, changed to an excess of emigra-
tion. No doubt our pre-War immigration raised problems of
competition in the labor market. But more important, per-
haps, it supplied much consumptive capacity for American
production. But a matter of even more far-reaching implica-
tions than shutting the door at Ellis Island is the decreasing
birthrate. Whatever be the law's attitude towards birth-
control, the recent census figures leave no doubt whatever
as to the growing prevalence of its practice. I am aware that
there is conflict of statistical forecasts as to our future popu-
lation. But for the present purpose it is immaterial whether
our population becomes stationary by 1950 or 1960 or later.
The controlling fact is the steady and substantial downward
curve. Nor need I labor the point of its bearing upon the
prospect of expansion of the domestic market in the light of
industrial mechanization.

Equally permeating in its implications is the weight of our
debts, public and private. The outstanding indebtedness of
the country colors the whole economic situation. It presents
perhaps the most serious of all our problems. Here, too, figures
are conflicting, but the most optimistic are cheerless. Some
say the indebtedness is 162 billions; some, 203 billions. The
value of our property was put in 1929 at 396 billions. If that
was an approximately correct figure, it cannot be much more
than our present debt. Land values were inflated by the
expectation of increased population. With the trend towards
an arrested population, there must be a heavy shrinkage;
and the values of industrial building and equipment, repre-
senting in part over-capacity or obsolescence, must likewise
be heavily shrunk. To secure a real financial equilibrium,
a very substantial cut in both public and private debts ap-
pears unavoidable. This process of course is at best painful,
though there are more and less painful ways of doing it.
Through their conversion loan the British have taken the
lead in doing what must be done; they have also shown how
euphemism softens blows. But, that the heavy mountain of
debts will have to be considerably scaled down is clear, at
least to one outside the professional mysteries of finance.

Intimately bound up with our staggering public indebt-
edness is the increasing burden of taxation. Savings there can
be and there must be. Good government demands it as well
as our economic plight. But the sum total, I venture to say,

March 1933

WHAT WE CONFRONT IN AMERICAN LIFE

135

will afford relatively little alleviation. To attempt any siz-
able curtailment of appropriations for the social services
would be the blindest misconception of public finance. Un-
der the deceptive slogan of "economy" too many comfort-
able people preach vicarious asceticism. This is mean and
self-defeating. The country cannot become richer by making
the quality of its social life poorer. Quite the contrary. Child
welfare, health, education, recreation, security for old age, a
wider diffusion of esthetic opportunities for the masses, are
dictated alike by the amenities of a civilized society and the
consumptive needs of modern industry. And in the promo-
tion of these ends the government will have more and not less
share; more and not less public funds will be needed for their
realization. The debt service, of course, absorbs much more of
taxation than the social services. But at the lowest, the debt
service will remain enormous. The only opportunities for
large saving are spurious veterans' claims and the armed
services. Reduced military and naval appropriations im-
ply a pacific temper in the world and a reliance upon that
temper, far greater than appear immediately dominant.

IN the meantime we shall continue to feel the effects of
stimulation of European competition against ourselves by
our pre-depression export of capital. Related to restriction
of our foreign markets is the change in the ratio of luxuries,
so-called, to necessities in our economy. With amazing
rapidity the whole nation has come to indulge in automo-
biles and radios and refrigerators. Our heavy industries, it is
now plain, have become greatly dependent upon their con-
tinuing consumption. Yet the masses can do without these
comforts, as they did without them yesterday. But curtail-
ment of these modern luxury trades, unlike the luxury trades
of a generation or two ago, dislocates our whole economic
life.

Other changes in our economic scene are rendering
obsolete its old assumptions and dangerous its old routine.
I shall add only one more. The ultimate governing forces
of the world are ideas — what men believe in and what they
distrust. Do I not report accurately when I note the pro-
foundly important psychological factor of a growing dis-
belief in the fairness of our capitalistic scheme and even in
its capacity to achieve its purposes?

And when we turn and question in suspense
If these things be indeed after our ways,
And what things are to follow after these,
Our fluent men of place and consequence
Fumble and fill their mouths with hollow phrase,
Or for the end-all of deep arguments
Intone their dull commercial liturgies.

Happily there are a few brave and discerning voices.
One spoke to us last spring with the solemn authority of
place and spiritual power. Properly to dispose of a case be-
fore the Supreme Court, Mr. Justice Brandeis found it
necessary to admonish that "the people of the United States
are now confronted with an emergency more serious than
war," and he showed us the way by concluding, "if we would
guide by the light of reason, we must let our minds be bold."
A similar note has been struck by one of the most knowing
minds across the seas. To be sure, our conditions are partly
unique, but partly we are enmeshed in circumstances and
tendencies that are universal. We cannot drift; we must
consciously direct the course of our society, and determinedly
conserve the enduring gains of civilization by drastic
readjustments.

"The world," writes Sir Arthur Salter, "is now at one of

the great crossroads of history. The system, usually termed
capitalist but I think better termed competitive, under which
the western world has made its astonishing progress of the
last century and a half, has developed deep-seated defects
which will threaten its existence unless they can be cured.
We need to reform, and in larger measure to transform, this
system. We need so to improve the framework of law, of
institutions, of custom and of public direction and control,
that the otherwise free activities and competitive enterprises
of man, instead of destroying each other, will inure to the
general good. In the organization of industry, of credit, and
of money, we need to supplement the automatic processes of
adjustment by deliberate planning. This is the specific task
of our age. If we fail, the only alternatives are chaos or the
substitution of a different system inconsistent with political
and personal liberty, perhaps after an intervening period of
collapse and anarchy."

No gathering could be more appropriate than this twen-
tieth annual meeting of Survey Associates, for an attempt
to go beneath the surface of the present situation and to
explore dependable directions for its correction. No group,
to my knowledge, is more disciplined for the long-range
view and the resoluteness and resourcefulness, the patience
and the good-will indispensable for that reformation and
transformation of our society which Sir Arthur Salter rightly
deems necessary, if we are to salvage what we regard as
precious in our civilization. To the country generally, the
seemingly sudden reversal of what was considered a securely
established order of prosperity came almost like a thief in the
night, like a capricious eruption of malevolent forces unre-
lated to the past and therefore unexplained by it. The great
body of our people were, and I am afraid to a considerable
extent still are, bewildered and baffled by the meaning of it
all, largely because those whom they had been taught to look
to for leadership had, in their recklessness and ignorance and
greed, misled and miseducated them. During the whole
post- War period we were veritably gorged with statistics of
material development. With singular blindness, it was
deemed almost disloyal to the Americanism of the South
Sea Bubble era to challenge the meaning of these statistics
or even to supplement them with other unpleasanter figures.
Until more recently, the critical inquirer into our social
scheme was looked upon askance; he was characterized
as selling America short. The endeavor to read beyond the
ticker and the refusal to be persuaded by the aurora borealis
painted by investment houses was indeed a very lonely
enterprise.

UNYIELDING, patient, forthright devotion to this uncom-
fortable enterprise has been the glory of The Survey and
the achievement of those who make up Survey Associates.
For these many years now, The Survey has been, as it were,
the crow's nest of American society. While the country was
drugged into thoughtlessness and indifference, convinced
by those in highest authority both in government and
finance not only that all was well but that the secret of per-
petual well-being had been won, The Survey, in its quiet,
plodding — some even said dull — way, called attention to
the great seams and fissures and faults in the social structure,
covered over though they were by a papier-mache1 prosperity.
And now that the great disillusionments have come, the
widespread and growing miseries, mass distress imperilling
satisfaction even of the animal wants of man and under-
mining his sense of security, the public all too widely expects
legerdemain and magic to solve its difficulties. Just as these

136

SURVEY GRAPHIC

March 1933

evil days seemed to have dropped upon us suddenly out of
nowhere, there is still a feeling that "prosperity" will return
with miraculous swiftness, in the guise of some new formula
or man — some wizard who will restore our happiness, or at
least mitigate our misery. Every day we hear and read of new
short-cuts; almost daily one receives in his mail some new
plan "whereby prosperity can be restored in this country."
That is the usual guarantee that is offered. There seems to be
the most naive longing for some three-point program or some
five-point or seven-point program, something brief or sen-
tentious enough to put in a newspaper "box."

IT is not for me to compete with these panacea-mongers.
Revival or recovery will not come by pulling rabbits out of
a hat. There are no tricks that will turn the tide. The way out
lies in bold and laborious grappling with the basic forces of
our economic situation. But we have been told and are still
told, that the path of wisdom cannot be faced and that the
hard road of action that we ought to take cannot be taken
because public opinion will not support it. I have not be-
lieved it in the past and I believe it still less today. The one
generalization that can fairly be made about public opinion
is that the public responds to truth-telling and courage in
high places. Moreover, the function of political leadership is
to lead, and not to allow action to be paralyzed because
public opinion is confused and distracted. I venture the be-
lief that never have our people been more ripe or more ready
to follow determined direction based upon a brave and lucid
analysis of our economic forces. I venture to believe that that
applies to the international aspects of our national problem
no less than to our immediate domestic issues.

Of knowledge we have plenty; of courage to apply what
we know there has never been enough. Years ago, in the
heyday of post-War prosperity, The Survey probed the
greatest of our evils, unemployment. It laid bare the dark
places midst our vaunted prosperity, it indicated the danger-
ous trends, the social and economic dislocations that were
inevitable, it formulated the objectives for improvement, it
gave substantial hints of the inventive efforts by which such
objectives could be obtained. But that Survey Graphic1 on
unemployment was like suggesting a bleak New England
winter to the merrymakers of Palm Beach. The kind of
desperate wisdom that is needed in times like these was then
lacking. These times have supplied the final insight — that
we must dare to act on what we know. Power is given to the
man in danger of losing his life to do what he must. We must
find that wisdom of courage.

Now the social worker really represents the two major
demands on our statesmanship. His immediate concern, of
course, has always been relief. It is not open to argument that
mass relief has become the primary duty of government and
can no longer be left to man's charity for man. Mass relief
raises most delicate and complicated problems of adminis-
tration. And it is important to realize that we must provide
not merely for the backs and bellies of men but also for their
spirits. Ways must be found, and they must be found through
governmental lead, to prevent the terrible psychology of
idleness and hopelessness from settling upon the unemployed.
In diverse forms attempts must be made to turn the enforced
idleness of millions of people into opportunities for part-time
education and recreation and some constructive economic
activity.

Which brings me to the crucial and all-pervasive need.
Social workers have long since realized that on the whole

1 Unemployment and Way! Out; a Special number of Survey Graphic, April, 1929.

relief, charity, is but a poultice and a poultice of short
duration. The Survey for decades has analyzed our social
problems as essentially maladjustments of industry. In sea-
son and out of season, it has insisted on what is now plain to
all, that industry is not a self-contained economic mecha-
nism, but for good or ill, the way of ordering our society.
Hence The Survey has perennially emphasized unemploy-
ment and irregularity of employment as our greatest social
evil. The millions of our unemployed fellow citizens have
shown an extraordinarily patient temper. The only way to
justify it, indeed the only way to maintain this temper is
to make definite progress towards re-employment. This
ought not to be merely a pious wish. It is a national "must."
Every avenue for feeding men back to jobs must be pursued
and vigorously pushed. The problem here has reached such
dimensions that there can be no shadow of doubt that
governmental intervention in some form or other is neces-
sary. The kind of public-works program which Senator
Wagner proposed a year ago seems to me indispensable,
except that now we should embark on even a larger, a more
ambitious public-works program than he sponsored then.
I am not unaware of the various fears that are entertained in
regard to such a program. But we cannot get out of the
present difficulty by yielding to the fears of men who are too
much in the grip of the past and are still guided by economic
views that leave out of account the profoundly changing
forces of America today.

I venture to say that out of the pages of The Survey during
the last ten years can be collated a definite, sober and co-
herent program for economic revival. We cannot expect
such a program to be carried out overnight. But we must
start and start quickly upon the execution of a program of
re-employment. All else is secondary. The present trend of
things must be reversed, and must be reversed at a rather
rapid tempo. A change in direction and assurance that new
processes are under way are indispensable. Mr. Roosevelt's
admirable Tennessee Valley project is an example of what
must be done on a large scale. By a well-planned, coordinated
public-works program of adequate magnitude, quickly
entered upon, the United States and the States could,
within six months, put to work directly some two million
men, and indirectly perhaps two million more. It would set
in motion many wheels now idle; it would help transporta-
tion, agriculture, manufacture and merchandising. Such a
program would have to be related to a socially sound taxing
system. Ultimately it ought to be financed by high estate
and income taxes, worked out by the National Government
in cooperation with the States. Needed permanent invest-
ments for the country's welfare would thus be made,
and they would not involve competition with private enter-
prise.

Despite our present plight, we have it more than ever
within our power to be masters of our fate, so far as our ex-
ternal lives are concerned, if only we have the will to trans-
late knowledge into action and to gain further knowledge by
action. "The Western World," writes John Maynard
Keynes, "already has the resources and the technique, if we
could create the organization to use them, capable of reduc-
ing the economic problem, which now absorbs our moral
and material energies, to a position of secondary impor-
tance. . . . The day is not far off when the economic
problem will take the back seat where it belongs and the
arena of the heart and head will be occupied, or reoccupied,
by our real problems — the problems of life and of human
relations, of creation and behavior and religion."

U. S. S. R. in Construction

CAN RUSSIA CHANGE HUMAN NATURE?

BY FRANKWOOD E. WILLIAMS, M.D.

HUMAN nature can't be changed — that is the challenge
of many to all that is being tried in Russia. But return-
ing from a second visit I must brush that assertion aside
as too naive. I believe that I have seen evidence of amazing
changes in human beings. These must be accounted for. If
important changes are taking place and if human nature
can't be changed, then — what is human nature?

We have been suspicious of this "human nature" business
before, but only vaguely so. Now it bursts on us. What after
all do we know about human nature? As a matter of fact we
know a great deal. But where did we get this information?
What individuals have we studied? Individuals in what
setting? Always in one setting. Whether in this country or
that, this part of the world or that, it has always been in the
same setting. We have studied individuals in a class-organ-
ized, competitive society. We have studied individuals in
such a setting only. We have no data outside this setting.
(Studies of primitive peoples do not alter this statement.)
We have reason to believe that our knowl-
edge is accurate and to trust it, but does
what we know explain "human nature"?
Is it anything more than human nature in a
certain setting? Are we not like the man
who, examining the world as he stands upon
the prairie, insists there are no mountains, or

another who travels here and travels there and from the only
experience he has insists that the world is flat?

What happens to this "human nature" we know so well
and work with so much in an entirely different setting? One
way of getting at this, at least, will be through examining
efforts and results in promoting mental health in the different
settings of Russia and the United States. What is Russia's
civilization doing in terms of the goals we have set for our-
selves: preventing nervous and mental disease, diminishing
the amount of delinquency, placing round and square pegs
in round and square holes in industry, increasing happiness
in marriage, diminishing the number of maladjusted school
children, finding more adequate adjustment for the adoles-
cent and, looking toward the future, guarding the emotional
development of children?

The rate of incidence of nervous and mental disease in
Russia is falling. At least there is evidence that warrants the
belief that this may be so. It is too early yet for figures. But

In Survey Graphic (or January 1932 Dr. Williams began a series
of articles under the challenging title of Those Crazy Russians!
Here, after a second visit to the U. S. S. R., he reports the
amazing discovery that the crazy Russians won't even go crazy.
137

138

SURVEY GRAPHIC

March 1933

that there is the slightest evidence of this possibility is nothing
less than staggering. No one here would be so bold as to
prophesy when there will be a drop in the rate here — not
even if given the range of three generations in which to work
his prophecy. The cautious will wait for a five-year set of
figures before taking seriously such a statement with refer-
ence to Russia. Some of us, however, are interested in know-
ing how the wind is blowing as well as in knowing of the
fact after the fact.

As is commonly known, Russia is building many new
cities out on the steppes in the vicinity of new factories.
Into these cities pours a population of forty, fifty, sixty thou-
sand people, mostly peasants who never have lived or worked
under such conditions. One of the important problems for
Russian medicine has been to determine the hospital needs
for these cities. In a city of fifty thousand people, how many
beds will be required for surgery, for internal medicine, for
obstetrics, for gynecology, for pediatrics, and with the rest,
for nervous and mental disease? It is a problem similar to the
one faced by American medicine at the time the United
States entered the War — in a cantonment of a certain num-
ber of men, within a certain age range, how many beds will
be required for this, that or the other medical specialty?

THERE are recognized ways of computing these figures
and the estimate made for the American army in regard
to the number of beds that would be required for nervous
and mental disease turned out to be accurate. Any state
with an adequate statistical bureau, such as New York or
Massachusetts, can estimate the number of beds the state
will require ten years from now. Using the same method and
making their calculations upon previous Russian experience,
the number of beds for nervous and mental disease that
would be required in the hospitals of the new cities was
calculated.

Having determined their figure the Russian psychiatrists
were considerably concerned that the figure might turn out
to be an under-estimation as the people for whom they were
providing were superstitious and ignorant peasants, totally
unfamiliar with city or industrial life. Many of them had
never before seen an iron wheel or an inside water-closet;
they never had lived or worked under conditions even ap-
proximating those under which they were about to come,
and surely this stress and strain would break them down
more rapidly than the usual rate of breakdown shown by
the figures. However, the beds were provided in accordance
with the figures.

The beds are ready — but they are in large part unoc-
cupied. The wards are operating far below their capacity.
The Russian psychiatrists are themselves surprised, even
startled. What should the emotions of an American psychia-
trist be? These crazy people apparently won't even go crazy
when they should !

Had the next statement come to me casually or second
hand I should not repeat it as it seems too far beyond possi-
bility to be given credence. It comes, however, from Dr. L.
Rosenstein, director of the Scientific Institute for Neuro-
Psychiatric Prophylaxis in Moscow, in whom I have con-
fidence. With amazement that showed that it was difficult
even for him to believe his own experience, he told me that
he had been searching the hospitals of Moscow for three
months for a new case of manic-depressive depression to
demonstrate to his students and had not been able to find
one. This is about like saying one has been searching in vain
for an apple tree in the Shenandoah Valley or an orange

tree in California or a wheat stack on a Kansas farm. Prob-
ably enough cases of this type have been admitted to any one
of the mental hospitals in New York City this very day to
furnish demonstration material to all the medical schools of
the city and possibly several other cities besides.

In September 1931 there were five large prophylactoria
for prostitutes in Moscow — institutions where former prosti-
tutes were cared for during a period of re-education and
re-training as citizens in Russia's new industrial order. It
•was estimated that the problem of prostitution might be
"liquidated" within the next year. The expression "within
the next year'' did not seem to indicate exactly twelve
months but to mean a comparatively short period. Ten
months later, on my return, four of these prophylactoria had
been closed because they no longer were needed and power
machines for stocking-making used in re-training the women
had been transferred to the hospitals for mental disease.
There remained one prophylactorium. Essentially the prob-
lem was "liquidated."

Although a divorce may be obtained in Russia in ten
minutes by either party with no reason required other than
that the party desires a divorce, the divorce rate is said to
be falling. It may have been a coincidence, of course, but I
was unable to "show" a divorce to friends last summer.
Marriages we saw, but no divorces. A year ago one never
failed to see several divorces in the course of a two-hour stay
at a marriage and divorce bureau.

Delinquency, neither juvenile nor adult, is a grave prob-
lem in Russia. I believe it can be stated that delinquency in
our sense is not a major problem in Russia. Even political
crime, counter-revolutionary efforts by representatives of
what is left of old Russia, gives less concern, although the
government remains alert. There was an epidemic of petty
stealing during the summer particularly bothersome in the
West and Southwest and it was interesting to see what atti-
tude the Russians took in regard to it. There was no endeavor
to hide it. The stranger was not left to discover it. It was
impressed upon him from the first that this stealing was
going on and that he must protect his things. The explana-
tion? "Of course there is stealing. We have been unable to
supply to some all that they require in the way of clothing,
shoes and the like because of shortage in these things. Under
these conditions some people will steal. The rise of this steal-
ing is coincident with this shortage and will stop, except for
isolated instances, as soon as we can furnish all people with
what they require. Our effort now is to do this. In the
meantime, however, watch out for your things."

I FOUND no evidence that maladjusted school children
are a serious problem in Russia. There are difficult chil-
dren to be sure, but the number is not sufficiently great to
absorb any large part of anybody's time. This is not neglect
nor failure to see a problem. Of one thing the Russians
cannot be accused and that is lack of alertness in spotting
a problem.

When you ask about "adolescent problems" they do not
understand what you mean. If you illustrate by a case, the
case is recognized at once, but no problem. To be sure, they
have such adolescents but again not in sufficient numbers to
constitute a "problem."

Obviously I have not seen every family in Russia and I am
not prepared to say that Russian parents do not have diffi-
culties with their children. There is a simple way, however,
in which one can get some idea about their family life and
in a kind of setting familiar in America — the family parties

March 1933

CAN RUSSIA CHANGE HUMAN NATURE?

139

in the Parks of Culture and Rest. These parks are in every
city and in Leningrad or Moscow, Tiflis, Rostov, Yalta,
Odessa, Kiev or where else, one has an excellent laboratory
for observation. We are familiar with family holiday excur-
sions to the American park or the country. It is usually a
day of tension for the children and not much of a re-creation
for the father or mother. Evening all too often finds the
family nervously exhausted and quarrelsome. The thing I
noticed at once in these Russian family groups was the lack of
tension between members of the family. The very small
children have been left in the park nursery or kindergarten,
the older children are with the parents. The relationship
that seems to exist between the parents and child attracts
one at once. There is a genuine friendliness. These parents
seem actually to like their children and the children seem
actually to like their parents. Obviously they are having a
good time together. At the end of the day, as they move
towards the park exits, or crowd into streetcars, or walk
along the street, they still seem in the same friendly humor
towards one another and still to be having a good time
together.

This same lack of neurotic tension is to be noted in the
crowds of young people out for a walk of an evening on the
main street 'of such towns as Rostov or Tiflis or the summer
resort towns along the Black Sea such as Yalta. They are
composed of men and women mostly between the ages of
eighteen and thirty-five. They fill the sidewalks to the curb-
ing, two and two, or in groups. They are alert, they walk
along with a healthful vigor — as one observes them the
words "petting" and the like do not come into one's mind
but rather joie de vivre. There is the hum of talk, there is
laughter, but there is no nervous tension in the neurotic
sense. There is no rushing about, no pushing and shoving,
no screaming, no shrill laughter or high-pitched speech, no
horseplay, no boisterousness. Even in the towns on the Black
Sea where many of them are patients in sanatoria for physi-
cal illness of one kind or another, they seem to be young
people with thoroughly healthy nerves, out for a good time
and having it thoroughly. There is none of the stridency or
hysterical tension of our young people at Coney Island or
in public parks generally.

JET us look back on our own efforts during the past twenty
L years to make people happier, healthier, more satis-
factory members of society by means of what we know as
mental-hygiene activities. Our method has been clinical,
that is, working personally, individual by individual, each
individual a special "case." With us "mental hygiene" is
largely a professional matter and we have developed for it a
professional personnel. The work belongs essentially to the
psychiatrist, working with his specialized knowledge in the
social field. The psychiatrist has been supposed to know
what is "psychically" wrong with people and what is
"psychically" good for people.

In the course of time two points of view have developed,
the one strongly professional with resentment against anyone
else presuming to know, often even when that person is a
person of considerable training and experience, such as a
psychologist or a psychiatric social worker; the other a
professionally directed undertaking but including the co-
operation of specially trained persons such as psychologists
and psychiatric social workers, with an endeavor to bring in-
to the field of cooperation, parents, school teachers, nurses
and all others who come in contact with children, by in-
filtrating into these groups the "psychiatric point of view."

Both, however, represent the effort of a special professional
group or groups to make an impression upon the social
body. While a part of that body, they at the same time
remain exterior to it.

The results that we have obtained in the field of mental
hygiene are not in the least to be minimized. The program
is intelligent and logical. Results would be expected first with
individuals and these results, in spite of certain failures, have
been excellent on the whole. An appreciable social result,
all realize, could come only slowly. Gradually, with the
infiltration of mental-hygiene principles into the various
fields of human activity and association, results on a social
scale could be expected. As a matter of fact this infiltration,
particularly into the fields of delinquency, education and
parental relationships, has taken place much more rapidly
than anyone has a right to expect. The point of view towards
human behavior of leaders in all these fields has been or is
definitely changing. This is an important accomplishment
but not a solution and as one thinks of the 120 million people
in this country, parents, teachers, children, one can only
think in terms of generations as one thinks of lessening the
incidence of mental disease, for example, or appreciably
lowering the rate of delinquency.

WE must admit, and it is no criticism of the plan to
admit, that as yet no appreciable social result has
been obtained in any field of mental hygiene. The incidence
of mental disease continues yearly to rise. It shows not even
a tendency to fall. The rate of delinquency increases (except
possibly juvenile delinquency) ; the rate of divorce increases.
While no figures are kept to indicate the number of malad-
justed children, or the number of adolescents in difficulty
(short of official delinquency), no one in touch with these
fields would say that there was any diminution of these
problems. And no informed person expects any diminution
in any of these problems for years to come. This is not to say
that the mental-hygiene program is a failure and worthless.
The mental-hygiene program is intelligent and excellent and
will bring results. It is a program built upon knowledge and
designed for coordination into a certain social structure.
The social structure remaining what it was, I can conceive
of no better program. And if the social structure remains as
it was, wisdom will dictate placing all possible strength back
of the mental-hygiene program with the expectation that
there will gradually evolve a sufficiently stable individual to
bring a diminution in the social problems that trouble us
so seriously today.

Could the events since 1914 be wiped out, had nothing
happened in the social world since then, had 'the world
continued on its slow evolutionary way, mental hygiene
could have evolved with it. But the experiences of these
years cannot be wiped out. Things have happened and we
are not permitted to go peacefully on our way. One of the
things that has happened is the beginning of the building of
a new civilization in Russia. Things have happened there
of which we cannot fail to take note. So much has happened
in fact that we are challenged to compare our methods in
the field of mental hygiene and twenty years of organized
work with the methods in use in Russia and the results of a
few years of work. Ordinarily we would think that to com-
pare twenty years of work with a much shorter period would
hardly be fair. The pace of events in Russia, however, forces
us to do this and we need have no feeling that it is unfair.
We cannot even compare our twenty years with the fifteen
years of the present regime in Russia since during that time

140

SURVEY GRAPHIC

March 1933

RECREATION IN RUSSIA

We think of a family excursion as being hard on the children and not
much recreation for the parents. In Russia, where smaller children find
their own little world in park nursery and kindergarten, the end of the
day brings together a family that has been refreshed by the outing. The
psychiatrist is impressed by the lack of tension between members of a
Russian family group; they actually seem to like each other and to have
a good time when they are spending a holiday together, he observes

March 1933

CAN RUSSIA CHANGE HUMAN NATURE?

141

-i

When Frankwood Williams goes to
Russia his camera verifies his im-
pressions. They look like people
anywhere, the camera says of these
young people at play in the Mos-
cow park and on a hike at Tiflis —
well nourished and nicely dressed.
Two of these snapshots show the
novel use of grotesque figures and
statistical charts in holiday places

142

SURVEY GRAPHIC

March 1933

Russia has seen war, revolution, civil war, invasion, famine
and serious social disorganization. Most of these years have
gone into getting ready to begin. The Russians are still in
the process of building a communistic state and are far from
their goal. What a communistic state will mean in human
terms it is impossible to know, but in the few years of com-
parative social order and organization enough has happened
to make one wonder and at least to challenge a comparison
with what we have accomplished in twenty years.

If, from what I have said, it would appear that Russia is
a place where all problems of human relationship have been
solved, where there exists no nervous or mental disease,
no delinquency, no marital difficulties, no child-parent
difficulties, no adolescent problems, no maladjusted school
children, one should disabuse oneself of any such idea at
once. What I can say is this — that each of these is a problem
of major social importance in the United States today, and
that we have made little or no impression upon them in
twenty years of mental-hygiene work; that these same prob-
lems in Russia either are not major social problems or that a
deep impression has been made upon them and there is evi-
dence of a recession. And this in much less than twenty years.

One is staggered at first because one who has been work-
ing in these fields and who feels that he knows something
about human nature knows that such things are impossible.
But one has butted one's head so often against the wall of
"impossible" in Russia that after a time one ceases to brush
aside the impossible so casually and endeavors rather to
discover why the impossible has become possible. And there
are reasons. It is not an accident. Space does not permit
discussing the matter further here, but in a chapter I have
prepared for The New Russia, Between the First and Secono!
Five- Year Plans (edited by Jerome Davis; John Day Com-
pany) I have tried to show what it is in the Russian social
organization that might account for these results.

In the end it gets down to this: that it would be well for us
not to be too sure that what we know as "human nature" is
human nature. We are forced to conclude that what we
know about human nature is what we have learned by
studying human nature in captivity. We haven't been aware
of this. We have been studying monkeys in a zoo and we
know a lot about how they will perform in their zoo, but
there is a limit to how much we can deduce as to how they
will react outside the zoo.

In captivity people react with nervous and mental disease,
with delinquency, they prostitute themselves, they narcotize
themselves with alcohol, they seek escape through religion,
romance, illusion, "culture," they gouge out each other's

eyes and then feel very sorry about it and sentimentalize;
relationships that should be helpful and stimulating become
baneful and depressing, others that should give deep satis-
faction, disintegrate and become painful — and this not with
occasional individuals but with such large numbers as to
constitute social problems. Outside captivity, they do not
seem to react in just the same way, except in individual
instances not sufficient to create a "problem."

In the first instance, have the problems developed because
of certain inherent factors in human nature or have they
been created by the process of captivity? In the second
instance has "human nature" been changed or merely been
permitted to be something more nearly like itself? Is it pos-
sible that we are still in the position of the doctor of earlier
generations who treated his typhoid patients conscientiously
one by one, to the best of his ability and, when they died,
had to attribute the failure to individual weakness or the
working of providence? It undoubtedly seemed wholly
"natural" to such a doctor that a certain number of people
should have typhoid each year and a certain number should
die. Since his day modern public-health work has showed us
that it is possible to clean up the sources of typhoid in a
community, making it unnecessary for anyone, except by
rare accident, to have typhoid or to care for typhoid. We
have learned that typhoid is not a "natural" phenomenon,
but a disease passed on by the sick to the well, hit or miss,
when the community fails in its management of common
concerns. At least this fact stands out boldly in a contrast
between Russia and America — in Russia mental hygiene is
inherent in the social organization, in America such mental
hygiene as we have is injected into the individual and the
social body by a group of professional experts in "human
nature."

Russians, being human beings, cannot be essentially
different from the rest of us. A developing Russian child has
the same psychological problems to solve as an American
child and the way in which these problems are solved will
determine his later relation to others and to social life
generally. To use psychoanalytical terminology — and there
is no other terminology to use — Oedipus, castration, anal-
erotic complexes, "masculine protest" and "inferiority
feelings" and the like are the basis of an individual's psychic
life in Russia as here, but what happens to them? Something
certainly, for individuals reacting to the same things react
very differently there than they do here. A part of what
happens we can understand. What remains to be understood
constitutes a problem of transcendent importance and one
that should give us no rest until it is understood.

Soyuzphoto

Midday in the Park of
Culture and Rest at Mos-
cow. Peasants turned into
city factory-hands seem
untroubled in spirit

SHALL WE AFFORD HEALTH?

BY MARY ROSS

WE find ourselves confused in the dust of battle raised
by the report of the Committee on the Costs of Medi-
cal Care. The confusion increases as incidents emerge
through the dust: the news, for example, that some of the
country's most eminent physicians have concluded that
hospitals should organize medical services for groups of
people on the basis of annual fees, and — a few weeks later —
the news that hospitals in Philadelphia and Germantown
have had to abandon just such plans because their physi-
cians were threatened with expulsion from the County
medical society — and hence from the American Medical
Association — if they took part in them. In one case, it is
reported, the plan included paying the doctors who served
under it; in the other it did not. It is understood that in the
first instance the medical organization objected on the
ground that the plan involved "contract medicine" and
hence was unethical; in the second, that they considered it
unsound because the doctors were left out and would be the
last to be paid. What are we to do when doctors disagree?

New light on the confusion comes in two new volumes
bringing together basic facts dug up by the Committee.
With these facts comes the conviction voiced in an intro-
duction by Dr. Ray Lyman Wilbur — that in the midst of
the trees we have lost sight of the forest. In the light of these
facts our position seems to be something like that of people
who have stopped, on their way to a fire, to listen to an
altercation on the street.

The fire — if one considers the situation in terms of the
emergency — or the forest — if one takes a calmer long view —
is the situation of a people who pay enough to get good
medical care for everyone but actually do not get it for even
the topmost layers of the
community. On the one
hand we have doctors and
hospitals ready and eager
to serve, on the other people
sadly in need of their serv-
ices, and between them is a
wall. The wall keeps the
doctors and hospitals from
getting the professional satis-
faction of using their abili-
ties and even from getting
a just livelihood; it keeps
the people who need medi-
cal care from using the re-
sources which exist for just
that use. Alongside an ex-
traordinary development of
medical skill and resource
we see a social development
in which — again to quote
Dr. Wilbur — "medical care
of a kind and amount which
knowledge of the times dic-
tates, has been carried fur-
ther and further out of reach
of millions of families."

This social development

A John Rogers group of poor patient and doctor (1 866) once
widely popular. Rogers took Dr. Willard Parker as his model

143

How the dice are loaded against both those
who need and those who give medical care
appears with startling clarity in two sup-
plementary studies of the Committee on the
Costs of Medical Care, from which the facts of
this article are drawn: Publication No. 25,
The Ability to Pay for Medical Care, by
Louis S. Reed, and Publication No. 1 7, The
Costs of Medical Care, by I. S. Falk, C. Rufus
Rorem, and Martha D. Ring. The latter, a
summary volume, gives a sweeping panorama
of topics considered separately in greater de-
tail in some forty earlier Committee reports.

has been nobody's business and nobody's "fault." If the
situation continues, however, we shall have only ourselves to
blame. We have, here and now, the power of an Aladdin to
exchange the present sorry chaos for an order in which
people get the medical service they need in health and
disease and the doctors and hospitals get their due. Good
medical care for everyone need cost no more than what we
now are paying for something "grossly inadequate."

Wholly adequate care for everyone is within our national
means in ordinary times. Unlike Aladdin we do not need
magic to effect the change. What is essential however is
public will to attain what one member of the Committee
has called "the great social function of keeping the people

in health." Since all of us
have health at stake, that
aim is not solely the busi-
ness of a profession. It is the
business of all of us who
stand to lose or gain.

In the past fifty years
medical organization has
mushroomed in size. What
used to be a simple relation-
ship between a patient and
a solitary doctor has become
one of the largest industries
in the country. In one de-
partment or another it en-
gages the services of more
than a million men and
women, about half of them
on salary, half as free-lances.
The value of its "prod-
ucts"— the medical service
we pay for in one way or
another — is more than three
and one-half billions a year.
This sum is exceeded by
the value of the products
of less than a half dozen of
our major industries, such

144

SURVEY GRAPHIC

March 1933

2.000

4,000 6,000 8.000

FAMILY INCOME (DOLLARS)

10.000

as the steel industry or meat-packing. In
contrast to the days of the old-fashioned
doctor who gained his education through
apprenticeship and experience, today's pub-
lic has an investment of three billions in
facilities for the training and education of
medical practitioners. Another three billions of tax funds
and private donations has been invested in the hospitals.
The simple shelf on which the doctor used to compound his
own pills and powders has become another major organiza-
tion of business — the drug trade. A wholly new field of
public service has been born in the discoveries and applica-
tion of preventive medicine to public health. A new profes-
sion of nursing has arisen. The knowledge and equipment
that the doctor used to carry in his head and his black bag
have been so expanded by the development of medical
science that no one head can carry the sum of what medical
science has to offer to the patient, that no individual prac-
titioner can command the laboratory and other equipment
that he may need for the care of his patient.

Change in size, however, is at least matched in signifi-
cance by a change in the social quality of medical care.
Society has taken on a large share of the cost of professional
education. Government has come in to carry a large share
of the burden of cost and responsibility. Government in
one form or another in the United States now carries about
14 percent of the whole bill for medical care: under this it
provides for most of the support of public health, for half
of the funds used in new hospital construction, and nearly
half the cost of operating all the hospitals; the care of
mental disease and tuberculosis has become almost wholly
the duty of government. Philanthropy carries about 5 per-
cent of the whole medical bill, industry 2 percent and indi-
vidual patients 79 percent, which goes chiefly to private
practitioners, hospitals and drugstores.

Even in the relation of the private doctor and individual
patient the change has brought a different quality. In a
statement annexed to the Final Report of the Committee on
the Costs of Medical Care, Professor Walton Hamilton
points out that the family doctor of simpler times was in
himself a community institution — a person who knew the
community and was known to it. On the basis of his knowl-
edge he could — and expected to — temper his charges in
accordance with his patients' means. The patient in turn
gave him the kind of loyalty that he gave to a church or a
party. Within the means at the command of each there was
security for both, and in Professor Hamilton's words, "even
though individuals might often depart from their ideals, the
circumstances of the times and the ethics of the profession

Distribution of income in 1 928 among Amer-
ican families of two and more persons. Fig-
ures at the bottom of the chart give family
income in dollars. The majority had less
than $2000 a family that year and only a
very small percentage had $4000 or more

kept medicine rather free from commercial-
ization." A town had its doctor as the simple
towns of the pre-industrial age had their gold-
smith, their weavers, their shoemakers, whose
individual skill and probity lay within their
judgment.

But as the coming of machinery wiped out
the solitary craftsman in his own shop, so the
development of a complicated urban society
and the use of skills and tools that no one
doctor can wield, has thrown medicine into
an arena wholly alien to the professional
spirit: the field of competitive business enter-
prise. One doctor "holds" his private patients,
perhaps by skill, perhaps by
personality, where another
loses, though his skill may be
greater. Patients are not free
to choose their doctor in any-
real sense, since freedom to
choose implies the knowledge
necessary for judgment, and

the layman is not equipped to judge medical science. As for
the doctor, again to quote Professor Hamilton, "... in-
come, security and advancement come to him — if they come
at all — as the results of the expansion of a business and
through the favor of a laity who do not possess rational
standards of judgment." Professor Hamilton continues:

Here is the heart of the problem of the organization of medicine.
A profession has, quite by an historical accident which was not
foreseen, fallen into a world of business and is making the adapta-
tion which seems necessary to survival. It has all come about so
slowly and so much by stealth that the program of control essential
to the maintenance of the integrity of the traditional ideal could
not be formulated. As a result the older order of "private practice"
is being transformed into a system of competitive enterprise, which
no one has consciously willed and which in insidious ways inter-
feres with the great social task which medicine is to perform.

The technology of medicine must be distinguished from
the social organization of medicine. The direction of medical
science and its application to individual patients, one by one,
must be left to the direction of highly skilled professional
groups whose job it is. But the social organization which
makes that technology available to all who need it is the job
of all of us if all of us, including those who give the service,
are to get the most from the knowledge, skill, devotion and
material resources which exist for just this purpose.

BEYOND the immense but immeasurable values in happi-
ness and individual well-being there is at stake in this
business of medical care the burden that illness imposes on
society: the three and one half billions a year spent for
medical care plus at least a quarter to a half billion a year
through time lost by wage-earners and school children on
account of sickness plus six billions a year lost to society and
to families by reason of postponable deaths. The aggregate
of these costs of sickness is about ten billions a year — more
than 10 percent of the national income in 1929. The three
and a half billions that we spent annually for all forms of
medical care (including those supported by government
and philanthropy) in the period just preceding the depres-
sion was a trifle less than four percent of the national income,
about $30 per capita. (All figures are for 1928 and 1929,
since later statistics are not yet accurately obtainable.)
This amount was well within our collective means.

What do we get for it? Measuring medical care received

March 1933

SHALL WE AFFORD HEALTH?

145

The dotted area measures the gap between
the physicians' care received by a large
group of representative families and the
standard of adequate care. Figures at the
bottom of the chart give family income:
even the richest had too little doctoring

by Americans in a year against a most care-
fully worked out scale of adequate medical
service, the Committee finds that the care we
buy or otherwise receive is "grossly inade-
quate." Not even families with family incomes
of $10,000 and upwards have been receiving
adequate medical service. (See Survey
Graphic December 1932, p. 634, The Family
Bill for Sickness, by Mary Ross.) The amount
of lack increases as income goes down.
Philanthropic and tax-supported services
have not made up for the poverty of the poor;
the poor spend larger percentages of their
incomes for medical service than the well-
to-do. During a year two
Americans out of five get no
medical, dental or eye care
whatsoever. On the other
hand hospitals, doctors and
nurses are used to only a part
of their capacity. During the
past five years general hospi-
tals, which usually are under private auspices, have been
used to about 65 percent of their capacity, in contrast to
hospitals for tuberculosis and mental disease, usually
governmental, which showed 95 percent occupancy. In
1 929 a third of all the doctors got net incomes of less than
$2500, 15 percent less than $1500 and more than 4 percent
ended our richest year with a deficit. Nurses' incomes are
proportionately meager and even more uncertain. Between
the medical facilities at hand and the need for their services
there is a barrier compounded in part of ignorance but also
of the inability of families to buy even what they know they
need. Empty hospital beds, and the idle hours which doctors
and nurses spend waiting for patients mean the waste of
large amounts of money. There is waste also in the large
sums spent for patent medicine and for unqualified medical
practitioners (see Survey Graphic, January 1932, p. 372,
Pills and Potions, by Mary Ross).

THE distribution of medical care brings in two highly
variable factors. On the one hand is the need for care that
an individual family will meet in a year. It is unlike any
other expenditure which families commonly face: they
cannot predict it and they cannot control it. In any one year
a small percentage of the people of the United States face
medical costs which they cannot meet by any manipulation
of their incomes — past, present and future. On the other
hand, this unequal and unpredictable need must now be
met largely out of family incomes which vary as widely as
do medical bills. There is, furthermore, no guarantee of any
sort that the big bills will fall to the lot of those whose in-
comes can meet them. The Committee's studies find that
the need for medical care is not substantially different at the
different economic levels, but the power to purchase it at
need under our present system ranges from almost zero for
families with less than $1200 a year to approximate adequacy
for families with $5000 and more.

In 1928, 15 percent of all the families in the United States
with two or more members had incomes of $1200 or less;
less than 10 percent had as much as $5000. Only this
topmost tenth of the population have at the present any
reasonable assurance that they will be able to buy what they
may need unexpectedly at any time without incurring
unwarrantable burdens of debt. From only this tenth can the

2,000

4,000
FAMILY

6.000 8,000

INCOME IN DOLLARS

10.000

hospitals and doctors anticipate ready pay-
ment of the costs necessarily involved in
serious or prolonged illness. There is no
reason to hope that aside from rather minor
administrative economies, the cost of caring
for illness can be made less expensive. Medi-
cal care is essentially a personal service, not susceptible to
the economies of mass production, and the new aids and
techniques that science is bringing daily to improve health
and prolong life point to rising rather than diminishing
costs if that service is to make full use of the resources at its
command. Nor do we see at any moment any rearrange-
ment of the distribution of family incomes which will bring
more of us into the $5000 class of those who might cope with
the present system.

At the present time we are paying directly as families an
average of a little more than $20 a person a year for medical,
hospital and nursing care and drugs (not including den-
tistry). This average is made up of widely varying amounts,
from nothing a year for many persons to hundreds or
thousands of dollars for a few. By and large the care we get
is meager and spotty; many have no care at all. Yet on the
basis of painstaking study of actual experience, the Com-
mittee computes that the $20 per capita we actually are
spending would provide "reasonably good" medical care
for everyone who needed it and adequate recompense for
those who give it, if costs were distributed over the whole
population and if medical services were organized to take
advantage of administrative economies which have been
found wholly feasible to bring services within the geographic
and economic reach of all who need them. Wholly adequate
medical service and dental service could be provided for
$36 a person a year, of which $10.70 represents the cost of
dentistry. This would mean an increase of from two to three
billions a year in the nation's total bill, probably bringing
it up to an annual six billions. Mr. Reed comments that "if
the American people as a unit were convinced of the ad-
visability of spending this huge sum for medical care, there
could be no doubt of their ability in normal times to do so."
The emphasis in this statement is necessarily placed on
the American people as a unit. After a study of minimum
family budgets worked out by philanthropic and industrial
groups Mr. Reed gives it as his opinion that families with
incomes of less than $1500 a year could not be induced to
agree voluntarily to spend $82 for medical care — the cost to
the average family of 4.1 persons for "reasonably good"
service excluding dentistry. In 1928 families with less than
$1500 a year constituted about a third of all the families in
the country. Under compulsion by taxes some of these

146

SURVEY GRAPHIC

March 1933

undoubtedly could be forced to pay such a cost. Yet at
least ten percent of American families had incomes below a
subsistence level even in prosperous times, and could have
paid for medical care only by sacrifice of some routine
necessity of life, such as food or clothing. If the bill of ade-
quate dental care — estimated at $44 a family a year — be
added to the $82 mentioned above, the cost of health reaches
a sum out of reasonable reach of half of the families in the
country, the half who had incomes of less than $2000 a year
in normal times. (At the present time only one out of eight
persons in families with incomes of less than $1200 a year
gets any dental care whatsoever, only one out of five in
families with from $1200 to $2000.) Any voluntary system
of distributing the cost of adequate medical and dental care
over the whole people would require the use of tax money or
philanthropic funds to supplement the payments of from a
quarter to a half of the people of the United States. As has
been pointed out, this could be done within the means of
the nation as a whole. Social welfare activities such as health
and education, however, customarily are met through local
communities or states rather than the national government.
In at least four states (Alabama, Mississippi, Tennessee and
Arkansas) the average per capita income is so low that it
seems unreasonable to suppose that the cost of medical care
could be borne by the state as a whole without supple-
mentary federal funds.

THE essential goal of adequate care for everyone could be
met only by a will to iron out the unevennesses of both
illness and income through a national pool of funds created
by insurance or taxation or both. The Committee's majority
recommendations (see Survey Graphic, December 1932,
p. 629, Medical Care for All of Us, by Haven Emerson,
M.D.) included the extension of basic public-health services
and payment of the costs of medical care on the basis of
group payment or taxation or both (without precluding the
continuance of our present method of individual fees for
service for those who preferred it) and stressed the organiza-
tion of medical service by groups of doctors, dentists, nurses,
pharmacists and the like, preferably centered in a hospital,
to give care to groups of patients. As has been pointed out
above, the cost of adequate medical and dental care under
voluntary organizations of this type could reasonably be
met by about half the families in the country.

If however our social aim includes the whole people, it
cannot limit itself to the half who could enter into such
voluntary arrangements: it must set its goal to take account
also of those whose incomes allow them no choice as to
whether or not they will buy health at the pro rata cost.
This end can be met by a modern application, geared to
meet modern conditions, of what Professor Hamilton has
called "the venerable principle of medicine, 'to each ac-
cording to his needs, from each according to his ability to
pay.'" It can be done through a compulsory system of
health insurance to which all paid an annual charge graded
in accordance with income and from which all draw at
need without charge or on payment of a small fee to prevent
"frivolous use." Under such a system the technology of
medicine — the application of its scientific skills to the indi-
viduals who need them, one by one, according to their
individual requirements — would necessarily be directed by
the only people competent to do so — the medical professions.
Medicine could be freed to perform its essential service.
As Professor Hamilton points out in the statement men-
tioned above, affixed to the Final Report of the Committee:

In a pre-industrial era, medicine in the hands of private practi-
tioners was a "public service." In the modern industrial world
business enterprise must be sacrificed, if need be, in order that
medicine may remain — or again become — a public service. The
older ideals must persist, even at the cost of giving up an instru-
mentality which has proved valuable. This end is paramount; and
I believe it can be attained only by a complete elimination of the
aims and the arrangements for profit-making from the practice
of the art.

The question before the public is whether or not the
American people choose to use the means at their command
to remedy a condition which at any moment can bring
economic disaster to the unlucky ones among 90 percent
of the families of the country; which at all times erects a
barrier of cost to keep all but an insignificant number of us
from drawing at need on the resources society and science
have heaped up for just this purpose.

We have before us, for encouragement and guidance,
what actually has happened when the American people
willed to achieve the social function of education. The Re-
search Committee on Recent Social Trends points to public
education as the most successful single accomplishment of
government since the turn of the century.

We have willed that a certain minimum of education —
which has risen as the nation developed — should be acces-
sible to every child and required of him, for social as well as
individual ends. At the present time there is active discus-
sion of methods of equalizing further the unevenness of edu-
cational opportunity which has arisen in different states
by reason of their inequalities in wealth. One can imagine
the discussions when the organization of public education
was under way: the protests that such a method deprived
a family of freedom of choice of the persons under whose
guidance a substantial share of their children's lives would
be spent; protests that such a system destroyed the personal
relationship between the parent, tutor, or privately hired
teacher who was the forerunner of the teacher as public
servant; that public education would wipe out the incen-
tive of the teacher on regular salary, threaten mediocrity
under governmental control, put an unfair burden on
families who did not have children or on those who pre-
ferred to keep them under some private system of tuition,
cast on an unfit community the burden of "state education,"
kill individual initiative in research and experimentation.

QEGARDLESS of the criticisms which may justly be
IN levelled at the adequacy of public education generally
or locally in this country, it is unthinkable that any com-
munity would vote to abolish it. Millions of children have
received what their families could not have provided.
Private initiative has gone on at an accelerating rate,
demonstrating new principles which gradually have been
incorporated into the public systems. Does anyone believe
that the teachers in our public schools or universities would
be freer to pursue educational aims and ideals if their
incomes were made up of fees from individual pupils, their
livelihood dependent on pleasing students and parents one
by one and day by day? In education as in scientific re-
search (including medical research) the banner of progress
has been carried by individuals who were reasonably
secure in their livelihood, meager though that often has
been. Does anyone maintain that by and large education
has been grossly "abused" because pupils in public schools,
private schools and universities do not pay individually for
what they get? Through a century the scope, extent and
techniques of public education have (Continued on page 1 80)

Keyi tone-Underwood
One of a thousand families of depression refugees who are seeking a home in the Mississippi Valley

AMERICA ON THE MARCH

BY J. PRENTICE MURPHY

Do we not find tyranny and oppression everywhere? Have you
not plenty of it? 'Tis everywhere. Yes ! there is one spot where it is
not — America. We know an American: he says he has not seen a
beggar there for this eight years. — Harriet Shelley, in a letter to Eliza-
beth Hitchener, 1812.

The essential quality of this old Society was that it was cold — the
trouble with the American of 1830 was that he had a cold heart
and an unfeeling civilization. — John Jay Andrews, Life of William
Lloyd Garrison.

CLOSE by the Battle Monument at Concord Bridge in
Massachusetts is a roadside tablet which tells the
reader that here lie three British soldiers; that when
they fell their British mother, meaning England, heard their
moans and cries. Lord Bryce, following a visit to this spot,
remarked: "The sentiment, the thought, are beautiful. I
hope the author was accurate." It is one of our ideals that
this collective thing called the State, which
is so all-embracing, can on occasion be sen-
sitive to human suffering and, through its
appointive and elective officials, express a
certain "awareness" which smacks of the
very breath of life. Many, however, are con-
vinced that our government, like all other
governments, is incapable as well as resisting,
and without understanding in the face of

preventable human misery. They do not realize that we
have entered into a new world of thought; that apparently
an old world, with its assumed security, has died.

Some evidences of change — they are tragic evidences —
come to us in the almost countless numbers, running into
millions of men, women and children, who now are on the
road— marching, riding and driving, east and west, north
and south, forever in search of a security which only yester-
day they regarded as a permanent possession. What they
seek appears and disappears like a mirage. The mystery
of its unreality in the face of appalling distress leads to
despair with many; to rebirth of hope with others, and to
fierce but as yet futile militancy on the part of a few.

"How far is the next town, Sir?" "About three miles."
"My God, I hope we can make it." The last speaker is the
head of a family of nine which has covered two thousand

Refugees of depression, tens of thousands of them, wander for-
lornly over the face of the land. They ask for bread; sometimes
they set it, at other times a stone, or a policeman's club. We
have made little attempt to understand them or their plight or the
jumping nerves that come from years of footloose insecurity.
147

148

SURVEY GRAPHIC

March 1933

miles on the "hoof" since leaving their home in Oklahoma
eight months ago. They are trudging westward along the
Lancaster Highway in eastern Pennsylvania, a great road
dating back to the earliest Colonial days over which the
surplus populations of the East rode and walked to the
promised land of the West several generations ago. But now
few, if any of us, seem to have the courage to call this a land
of promise, in the face of a distress which comes to us not
just from neighbors but from strangers; from queer-looking
people with strange accents who have wandered afar and
tell of conditions which seem more terrible than our own.

Patient America is in a state of profound unrest. It is
unhappy with itself. It is filled with fears. There are many
prophets in the land, — some of them are strange prophets.
Whether they speak for good or ill, few can say the final
word, but on one thing we are agreed, — that these troubles
which have come upon us seem more serious and more far
reaching than any we have experienced in the past. We are
confused and appalled by the growing tendency on the part
of people to seek relief and an escape from their miseries in
strange places, often far removed from their own home
towns or villages.

Perhaps this vast movement of transients has not devel-
oped overnight. Perhaps since the days of the first settlers it
never has stopped. Perhaps all but a few of us have been
blind to the fact that we have had shifting millions whose
experiences — -crowded with almost unbelievable events —
never have been recorded, or, if told, have rebounded from
ears that did not or would not hear.

Some three years ago a transcontinental train stopped at a
watering station in a far western state. The passengers had
thirty minutes to stretch their legs. In front of a roadside
stand was a dilapidated Ford car. A tubercular mother with
death stamped on her face was holding a dying baby.
Lacking money, the father could not purchase food or
"gas." His pleas for just one gallon and for something for
the kids had been coldly refused. A gaunt grandmother
added her wild, almost insane, plead-
ings and received the reply, "Nothing
doing; beat it." Then under the effec-
tive leadership of a Pullman porter,

Two transient young women set up a
tidy establishment in an abandoned
old shack of the San Francisco jungle

$40 was raised and given to the family. Necessaries were
quickly purchased from the roadside stand, — the next was
thirty miles away.

To the proprietor this pleading family was just one of
thousands moving back and forth along one of the main
roads into California. A responsibility to which state and
national governments were indifferent could not be assumed
by any one individual, so he had built up an attitude of
indifference, however desperate the situation. When one of
the passengers, almost inarticulate under the stress of his
emotions, remarked, "This is dreadful, but of course it is
unusual," the proprietor replied, "Man, you don't know
you are alive. Spend a week at this spot and I'll show you
some things about these United States that will make you
sick, or maybe afraid. Something is wrong — I don't know
what it is." This was three years ago. For several hours
thereafter a fund of facts and comments were spilled aloud
in a smoking compartment. The composite picture painted
by the conductor, porter and passengers was a vividly un-
pleasant one. Today it could be repainted at the same spot,
with the certainty that blacker colors and heavier lines
would have to be used.

IN a "prosperous" year what motives prompted so many to
go West, and so many to come East? To what extent were
economic factors of dominating influence? How could adults
indulge in day dreams so glamorous? How could they trick
themselves into believing that while a bread-and-butter
existence was forbidding in one spot, the reverse would be
forever true in another spot?

A year or more ago social workers and others declared the
national migration problem was serious; that hosts of
people, as a result of their constant shifting from place to
place, could lay no claim to local or state assistance. They
found it futile to appeal to Washington. Few in or out of
Congress were willing to hear or comprehend. While definite
federal aid is now being poured into all but a few of the
states, the transient problem still is with
us. In twelve months it has grown
apace. It is a reflection of something
new to many of us. Some of its psycho-
wide World

March 1933

AMERICA ON THE MARCH

149

Hundreds of wandering youths who
drift into New York are cared for by the
experienced Children's Aid Society

logical aspects are different
from anything we ever have
known or experienced.

Why is America "on the
march?" How should we treat
these "strangers" within our
gates? Are they flesh of our
flesh? Are they dangerous? What
of the skill and training of their
hands? Out of what "travail and
labor" have they come? To
what extent have they pre-
served the springs of their cour-
age, and their faith in the
future? With what understand-
ing have we approached them?
How many printed and spoken
words have misrepresented them
and the reasons for their presence?
How conscious have we been that
the vigor and insistence behind
their demands for relief gives
cause for confidence and hope?

It is spring of 1919 in New York. Frederick Lewis Allen
gives a picture of it in Only Yesterday:

Nor is New York alone in its enthusiasm for the returning sol-
diers; every other city has its victory parade, — flags waving —
bayonets glistening — bands playing The Long, Long Trail. Not
yet disillusioned, the nation welcomes its heroes, and the heroes
only wish' the fuss were all over and they could get into civilian
clothes and sleep late in the morning and do what they please and
try to forget.

It is spring 1932 in Washington. Unemployed veterans,
many with wives and children, a few with mothers and
fathers, began to gather there to get from Uncle Sam some
substitute for what they earned with hands and brains before
unemployment fell upon them. They came singly, in twos
and threes and larger groups; more than two thousand
came in orderly fashion from California, others came not so
adequately organized. Soon there were many thousands
encamped after their own fashion in the national capital .
The story of what happened to the Bonus Army in Wash-
ington is in large part a matter of record. Not all of us have
read the record. Many of our preconceptions and prejudices
remain untouched. Perhaps our prejudices have been ac-
centuated. Fortunately, because of its contributions to our
understanding, the Bonus Army, after being driven from
Washington, gathered in large enough numbers and re-
mained long enough to permit an approach and the gather-
ing of certain information which may in time go far to offset
some of that misunderstanding back in Washington and
throw light on what we confront this spring of 1933.

Chance plays a considerable part in human destiny.
The Bonus Army was not permitted to tarry in Maryland.
By train and truck many of its members and their depend-
ents were hurried to the Pennsylvania state line. The trucks
of that state's Department of Highways would have rolled
them all merrily to the Ohio line and they stepped on the
gas with exactly that intention, but the mountains of south-
western Pennsylvania offered difficulties. Even powerful
engines must slow up on steep inclines. Remembering that

Wide World

the mayor of Johnstown had extended an invitation to come
to his town, everybody who so desired dropped off the
trucks and walked to a camp-site some five miles beyond
that city. Other members of the Army, according to reports,
were carried to Ohio, finding that state prepared with
trucks to move them on to the next commonwealth, and so
on and on across the country. Some fled from Washington
to Johnstown in their own automobiles.

WHAT was the scene which met the eye at the Johns-
town Camp? First, several thousand folks just like
ourselves. This is a literal statement. All that General
Glassford said about the Bonus Army members as he came
to know them in Washington could be verified to the last
word by Pennsylvania social workers who were on the spot
at Johnstown. Governor Pinchot and Alice F. Liveright,
secretary of welfare, quickly decided with the first news of
the Army's "visit" in Pennsylvania, that at least the state
could be courteous and should honestly try to understand
something of the problems presented by these wanderers.

Come with me for a moment that is fresh in memory.
It is the first night of my visit to that strange camp — a
starry night. Perhaps a thousand men are sleeping on news-
papers or straw spread on the ground. Campfires are burn-
ing here and there. Tents and shelters of every sort give some
protection to the other campers. People do not seem to be
sleeping restfully or at peace. This man and that and the
next one have not yet closed their eyes. We stop at one log
fire. A tall fine-looking man is piling on more wood. He
speaks slowly and softly. He is a college graduate, a civil
engineer, unmarried. He has a lot to say about the why and
wherefore of the Bonus Army. To him it is symptomatic of a
lot of things that are happening in these United States.
"You can say this camp is America. It typifies most of the
difficulties which must be solved before we are going to
have real prosperity."

In Washington it had been said on different occasions
that the Bonus Army would have nothing to do with social

150

SURVEY GRAPHIC

March 1933

workers. On the contrary, we found Edward Atwell, who
had been in charge of the camp at Anacostia, that was
forcibly evacuated on the night of July 29, and William
Waite, commander of the camp at Johnstown, as well as
other leaders, to be understanding and eager for any real
help that might be offered.

Johnstown was alive with the most complicated social
problems. Behind the outer shell of each individual was a
situation reaching out here and there, starting from trage-
dies and destined in some cases to end in still greater ones.
We learned that whether you call it social work, religion,
medicine, or just ordinary neighborliness, the desire of the
human heart for understanding is limitless. It is a curious
thing to see how quickly one could penetrate a superficial
austerity, a seeming surliness, to find in this fellow-American
or that a lot of gold close to your hand.

HERE is a gentle, shy mother, with three children. Her
father teaches in a Midwest college. All are in poor
health. W'ith her husband, she can hardly tell how they were
drawn into this vortex. They have no possessions. Their car
was burned at Washington. From different people one got
stories which indicated long unemployment, — one to three
years. Here were people who had owned homes; been inde-
pendent; enjoyed and treasured family life — physicians,
nurses, skilled artisans, and white-collar folks, down to the
casual and irregularly employed.

There are lots of children and women. So many of the
children remind you of your own. Some of them wintered in
shacks, north or south, before going to Washington. School-
ing, well, as one said, "You see, our county is so poor that
there's just no schooling." You can't help liking these people.
They greet you courteously. Usually they speak with re-
straint, even when telling of their experiences during the
last few days in Washington.

"You don't think that story is true, do you? There was no
mention of it in the press." "It is true. There are lots of
things which happen to poor people and which never get
into the papers. Not that newspaper men do not know or
do not want to tell. They know a lot and there is a lot they
never do tell." "Do you really mean that you believe at
least two babies lost their lives when the camp at Anacostia
was cleared?" "I surely do." "Friends of mine say that such
stories are sheer exaggeration, that it would have been
impossible for such things to have occurred and have
escaped the notice of the newspaper men." "What I say is
true — some day the mothers of these children when assured
of protection, will tell their story." I am still doubtful, but
impressed by the fact that I have listened to a conversation
overheard by twenty-five or thirty other people. I cannot
forget their faces. Did they all believe? This I cannot say.
Did some believe this tale of horror and will they tell it to
others? Yes, beyond any question.

One little boy bore the wound of a bayonet thrust in his
thigh. The father was very considerate. He felt there had
been an accident — something unintentional, that the soldier
had meant no harm. But one could see how far such a tale
would run, how difficult it would be to keep it within the
facts. Emotions do strange things to facts. They can set them
on fire so that they become more terrible than the sword.
There were other stories. I do not care to tell them. I have
not been able to verify them, but nevertheless they are abroad
in the land, being told at this fireside or in that store, or at
some family table. We must bestir ourselves to see that we do
not give occasion for the makings of more such stories.

The newspaper men were fair, sympathetic and open-
minded. One of them said, "I was surprised to find these
people to be really nice folks. They are pathetically patriotic,
they won't move without a flag." Another said, "They are
just poor people out of jobs and looking for food and
shelter."

Just poor people, — what words these are. I thought of
something Renan once wrote, "To whom should we turn,
to whom should we trust to establish the Kingdom of God?
The founders of the Kingdom of God are the simple. Not the
rich, not the learned, not priests; but women, common
people, the humble, and the young. . . . We would say
there are great moral influences running through the world
like epidemics, without distinction of frontier and of race."
Perhaps if he were alive today, looking out on the world
through our eyes and from our background, he would say
that these people with whom I talked were in many in-
stances the bearers, the interpreters, perhaps the very
creators of ideals as to social action and as such a part of those
moral influences which must temper our use and control
of material things.

From out the primeval past we have been afraid of the
stranger. He may not be a bearer of good tidings. We usually
prefer to get the romance he has to bring from the printed
page or from another's lips. His appearance at the front
gate or the back door, or as one of a crowd clamoring for
subsistence, arouses our fears. His respectability is in ques-
tion and thus our peace of mind is disturbed.

HAT in hand, a weird looking creature gasps to a half-
startled householder, "Believe me, sir, three days in a
box-car in zero weather, without water, sleep or food would
make anybody look like a thug, but give me three days of
heat and food, a razor, soap and a bed, and I will look just
what I am, a graduate of the University of Chicago."

Even when he utters familiar words, their meaning seems
fraught with danger. A "radical" street speaker, just before
his arrest, said, "You see a lot of people do not get the right
meaning out of some of the things Jesus said. He was quite
a radical. Once he said, 'Or what man is there of you,
whom if his son ask bread, will he give him a stone?' People
are asking for bread, people whom you and I know are dying
for lack of it. When they ask for it, they get into trouble.
When they march for it, they are considered enemies. The
Bill of Rights does not help them." And then he was arrested.

Often these transient visitors to our communities are
treated with kindness; often they are not. In some cities and
towns the police are particularly quick to arrest. House-
holders are advised to call the police if they entertain the
least shadow of doubt. In many places the stranger is not
allowed to stop — not even for a cup of coffee or a night's
shelter. One hears of men who have gone five or six days
without sleep, moving or riding from this town to the next,
and to the town beyond. It is hard on men, but what is it
on boys, for we must not forget that young lads make up
an increasing part of the transient army.

A lot has been written about the psychology of mobs.
Much more might be written about the psychology of
Hunger Marchers, of Bonus Armies, of processions of the
unemployed, of the small groups, families, friends and such
like; of the young boys, the girls and even the women who
are moving from state to state. For, rest assured, there is a
psychology; there are principles for the guidance of our
activities as public and private officials and as private citizens.
The knowledge should not rest solely (Continued on page 180)

"The people
whose interest
in political mat-
ters subsides
about midnight
onelectionday"

Wide World

NEW YORK-THE SECOND BIGGEST JOB

BY JOHN PALMER GAVIT

NEVER in my time or for that matter in any other
man's time (Old Political Reporter speaking) has
the City of New York had so good a chance, or so
shrieking a need — the same kind of a need and chance — to do
something for itself, as next fall to find and elect a mayor
fit at least to begin the mighty job that must be done. The
job of emancipation and reorganization; of reconstruction.
Of reconstruction upon foundations not new but composite
of old ones and requiring to be replaced, patched, supple-
mented, stone by stone, or section by section, while the
family still lives in the house and kicks about every step of it.
The same old family, with the same tastes and habits; most of
them wishing only to be let alone, the condition of the build-
ing being due of course to other people.

It would be a relatively simple task — or would it? — to
build a new city, on cleared ground, with an ideal charter
and a new Utopian kind of inhabitants, cheerfully and
unanimously following a leadership born and educated, or
imported, especially for the purpose. Unfortunately, the
people that we have and are must take the city as it is,
with all its sins and defects and long-accreted absurd an-
achronisms, under the existing handicaps of all kinds. In a
word, New York must lift itself by its own bootstraps out of
the muck into which it has wandered and wallowed so long;
must find within itself the resources necessary, of personnel,
wit and good intent, for its own rescue.

No angel from on high, no magic formula — not even a
new charter — is going to save New York. We are always
hoping for something like that. It seemed for example that

At Ions last the man in the street has realized along with the
reformers that he is paying out of his own pocket for a wastrel
city government. And in that, rather than a shiny new charter, lies
a hope for New York City in the coming election. A preview
by Old Political Reporter of a campaign now almost upon us.

the installation of the secret ballot, and especially of the
voting-machines which "cannot lie," would make impos-
sible the old business of breaking the skulls of voters pre-
senting the wrong ballots, and stuffing the boxes with the
right ones. If only we had a new charter. . . . But we are
still seeing what can be done even with voting-machines, and
under any kind of charter, the same politicians — mostly the
same individuals, elected or anyway tolerated by the people
whose interest in political matters subsides about midnight
on election day — would still be on the job. It is the personnel
that matters most. The right kind of mayor could do wonders
now under the charter as it is, if the people stood behind
him; the wrong kind can do his kind of business under a
charter letter-perfect, if the people let him do it.

HOW, then, is the situation different now? Why is the
chance better? In superficial respects, it resembles that
twenty years ago, resulting in the election of John Purroy
Mitchel, who was in my judgment with all his faults the best
mayor the city ever has had. . . . "So good," George
McAneny said to me the other day, "that it would take a
very long story to tell how good he was." The Gaynor
administration (like that of Walker though in different
ways) had shown itself ridiculous as well as incompetent;
the people were generally disgusted. Gaynor died; Tammany
shifted a judge — extraordinarily similar to the present
O'Brien — into the mayoralty nomination. A fusion move-
ment, endorsed by the Republicans, selected Mitchel and he
swept all the boroughs. He served four years and was not
renominated, for reasons very much the same
as those which last fall prevented the nomi-
nation of Acting- Mayor Joseph V. McKee,
who as president of the Board of Aldermen
succeeded temporarily upon the resignation
of James J. Walker.

Mitchel did, and tried to do still others, of
the things that the next mayor will have to
do. Because those things interfered with

151

152

SURVEY GRAPHIC

March 1933

^.--*->**fi--

-fe:-
-t^v -

How do you like it, Mr. Taxpayer?

Drive them out!

Tearing out the waste pages

Rollin Kirby's powerful cartoons in priyate graft, vested interests, an-

The World-Telegram give a cutting j t customg and relationships,

edge to New York City political ... .

developments of the year just past political, business, and sectarian,

— the Machine was too much for
him, just as it was too much for

McKee. With this difference: that in Mitchel's case the people as a
whole did not know, or anyway care enough, about what he was doing
for them. In McKee's case they did. And they did because general
conditions were teaching them that politics d la New York concerned
them personally. Forces more effective than ridicule, preaching by re-
formers or the disclosure of political corruption as such, are convincing
people far down the scale that their own existence is involved.

The Nemesis which now confronts the conventional political control
in New York City resides in the pockets of the citizens. They are not
much excited about "graft" as such; they have seemed to think extrava-
gance in government largely a matter of course — the worry of the rich,
of landlords and such; pictures of the Ideal City of the Future leave
them fairly qold. But they are excited about their jobs, about roofs
over their heads, clothing and bread-and-butter. And they have come
to suspect that wasteful and incompetent administration in the govern-
ment of the city is reaching into their own pockets. Moreover, when
schoolteachers, firemen, policemen and street-cleaners see their own pay
in peril — having heard about what happened in Chicago — revolt
exists within the Machine itself.

Out of my childhood memories comes vividly one of the Chronicles
of the Molbos, those quaint legendary people of Jutland about whom
somebody wrote long ago in beloved old St. Nicholas. A lot of them
(so the story ran) sitting absorbed in converse got their legs so inextri-
cably intertangled that when time came to separate none could tell
whose legs belonged to which. A desperate situation; they sat all night
and longer debating solutions — until a stranger passing by diagnosed
the difficulty. He thrashed about with a thick stick among the legs . . .
immediately each man discovered his own.

THIS I think largely accounts for the astonishing thing that happened
last November in the vote for McKee. That election was held in
circumstances deliberately calculated and counted upon to confuse the
issue. Tammany and the democratic organization in Brooklyn and the
other boroughs depended upon the evident Democratic trend to sweep
them in with anybody they might nominate. Amid the distracting
uproar of the presidential campaign, in the last hours without adequate
opportunity for public attention, a mayoralty contest was injected under
judicial mandate; the candidates of all parties were flung helter-skelter
into the arena, making each such campaign as he could.

With all the conditions in his favor, O'Brien, the organization's
candidate, polled nearly half a million votes less than Senator Wagner,
who probably came nearest to registering in the city his party's strength.
The vote in New York City for Donovan, Republican candidate for
governor, at 540,000 is nearer than the 442,000 cast for Pounds for
mayor to representing the Republican vote; Hoover's city vote was
584,000. Hillquit, Socialist candidate for mayor, got about 250,000,
some 125,000 more than Thomas for president. All political figuring is
risky and subject to incalculable factors; but I have no hesitation in
saying that the anti-Tammany vote in that election was at least equal
to if not greater than the 1,056,115 counted for O'Brien. And that
leaves to anybody's guess the question of how many such votes were
thrown out in the rampant frauds in hundreds of polling places, under
orders to get out every vote for O'Brien and by every means fair or foul
to obstruct all opposition. Here is the nest-egg for next time !

Nobody knows, or probably ever will know, how many tried to vote
for McKee. Certainly 300,000 — add as many as you like. Without
substantial organization or leadership, despite every sort of interference
and obstruction on the part of election officials, spontaneously these men
and women rallied toward a man who avowedly did not "choose to
run," whose name was not on the ballot at all but had to be deliberately

March 1933

NEW YORK-THE SECOND BIGGEST JOB

153

\vritten in by each individual voter — even if he or she did not know how
to spell it. And they did so because in him they saw a man who had
tried to do something in the direction of their own interests. It leaves
mighty little room for doubt as to what these voters will do next fall, if
they get a fair chance; however little they realize all that is involved
in electing a mayor who will fulfill today's needs.

It illustrates something else, very much to the point in this connection.
Prof. Richard Louis Schanck of Syracuse University, recently analyzing
[reported in Psychological Monographs, organ of the American Psy-
chological Association] group us. individual attitudes in a New York
village, found — what everybody knows but seldom thinks about — that
people are greatly influenced by what they imagine to be "public
opinion"; the while judiciously concealing their private views. They
will outwardly obey a person for whose character and wisdom they have
scant respect, simply because they suppose others will do so. They have
"a church, a business and a private attitude, no two of them alike, on
the same subject." For example, in one of the churches a certain old
woman, daughter of a pastor long since dead, had great influence be-
cause more than half of the members "thought publicly" that this
connection entitled her views to special consideration. Nearly all (87
percent) of these supposed that idea to be unanimous; whereas an actual
check-up disclosed that less than one fifth of the membership privately
attached any importance to her opinions. Such cowards we are!

This is why the secret ballot so frequently registers surprising results.
Individuals sneak in and cast what they suppose to be lone and futile
"protest votes," and are amazed to find in the showdown that thousands
of others have done the same. Something like this appeared in that
great vote for Joseph V. McKee. That vote might have been even more
startling but for the fact that the sleeplessly vigilant machine discovered
beforehand something of the extent of the potential rebellion, realized
the menace of it, and prepared to nullify it by every available means.
Actually the strength of Tammany Hall and the other political organi-
zations in New York City or elsewhere is a hollow, precarious thing,
likely to cave in at any moment upon crystallization of the "private
opinion" which perennially awaits its provocation. Or the time when
the individual becomes convinced that his own interests are at stake.
Just such a situation is now at the boiling-point.

JONG ago — full fifty years — James Bryce, the Englishman whose
L- The American Commonwealth remains to this day an unrivalled
study of our institutions; declaring that municipal government in
America was thus far the great failure of democracy, set forth a standard,
which applies as well to state or national as to city administration:

Two tests [said Mr. Bryce] may be applied to the government of a city: What does it
provide for the people, and what does it cost the people?

Nearly sixty years old are the figures (of 1875) to which Mr. Bryce
alluded as showing even then an "alarming increase" in the cost
of American municipal government. Look at what alarmed him;
percentages:

Increase in population 70.5

Increase in taxable valuation 1 56 . 9

Increase in debt 270 . 9

Increase in taxation 363 . 2

As everybody knows, this condition not only has continued but has
accelerated by leaps and bounds. George McAneny sketched the
present picture last November before the American Academy of
Political Science:

The consolidation of the various cities and municipalities constituting what is
now the Greater New York, was effected in 1898. Two years later, in 1900, the
city budget, covering not only all departmental needs and outlays but both
interest and sinking-fund payments upon the consolidated city debt, amounted
to $92,500,000, or $26.88 per capita. The figures since have been as follows:

1910 $163,130,000

1920 273,690,000

1930 565,000,000

1932 631,000,000

The best gun for tiger hunting

The picture is Finished

•

- -

Caught with the goods

154

SURVEY GRAPHIC

March 1933

This runaway condition, now completely out of hand and
at the point of catastrophe, is the backlog of the fire that is
consuming the very coat-tails of the individual citizen. As
Mr. McAneny said further upon that occasion:

Excessive taxation has reached the stage of confiscation — where
budgetary taxation has become capital taxation. . . . We have
reached the point where the old order will not work.

Fortunately, as we have reached the last point of endurance, we
have also reached the point at which demand for drastic retrench-
ment and subjection of city government in particular, to the rules
and standards of private business administration, is supported
throughout the country by an aroused public opinion.

That opinion no longer is confined to the "rich," to land-
lords and what are commonly differentiated as "taxpayers"
— a silly distinction, since every individual in the community
in the last analysis is such — it has now taken in the small-fry.
When the small-fry are frightened, the time is ripe for some-
thing real. It is seeping into minds that have been oblivious
to their own personal concern in all this, of those who have
been content to "leave politics to the politicians," of even
lowly folk who hitherto have been fooled with largess of
coal, of facilitated access to hospital service, with pull in the
police-stations and courts, with all the thousand-and-one
"favors" that the district leader is able to grant in return
for votes — that all this hocus-pocus comes out of them at
last. Not only that it comes out of them; that they pay for it;
but that they don't get value for what they pay. The five-
cent fare is a good example. It serves as a slogan well enough,
until somebody who knows and is trusted — Al Smith for
instance — calls attention to the fact that the only people
who really pay a five-cent fare are the transient visitors
from Keokuk and Old Lyme; that the New Yorker himself
pays the deficit, in taxes, rent, enhanced prices and other
kinds of overhead. Like the cost of the drummer's new pants
that you don't see in his expense account although it is
there, under "miscellaneous" or something.

So here we are, at the breaking-point of the second of
Mr. Bryce's essential tests of municipal government: What
does it cost the people? (Answer: It costs more than what we
get is worth.) And it is involving, directly at last, as eventu-
ally it was bound to do, likewise the first test: What does it
provide for the people? For the measures to which the political
machine has been driven in its frantic efforts to save its life
are now attacking the essential services which are the only
justification of any government at all. New York City is the
biggest social worker; the largest enterprise in social service
of all kinds. Education, health, protection of children, water
supply, safety of the people generally. What we have had is
pretty poor in quality, but we have paid for it.

JET me interject right here what is happening in Russia.
L. The Soviet government, afflicted by the world-wide
depression, has had to slow down its program; to economize
in all directions. But as it cuts down its expenditures in all
other directions, it nevertheless has increased its budgetary
allowances for health, child-nurture, education. Compare
this with what the Tammany mayor proposes in the way of
economies. Even as I write, Mayor O'Brien is discovering to
his dismay that the mere shaving of payrolls and sundry-
obvious cheese-paring long overdue is not enough to accom-
plish the- economies inexorably demanded by the bankers,
custodians of the people's savings, in order to make the
city's pledges for loans marketable. By resort to every con-
ceivable trick of bookkeeping, postponements of payment,
precarious estimates of income and whatnot else, subject
to the politically-controlled Boards of Estimate and of

Aldermen, he has gone to the limit of possibility. And it is
not enough. He has not yet leafned that not even by crip-
pling the essential services can it be done; that the only
solution lies in a major operation of which he, or any other
of his kind, is incapable. The knife must go deep into the
whole system of public jobs, a gastrectomy upon the ali-
mentary existence of the Machine of which he is member
and representative — upon its horde of superfluous incom-
petent chair-warmers. He cannot do it, or even contemplate
the doing of it. Nor can anybody else of that ilk. It would
be political suicide.

He cannot do it, with or without the approval of the
organization which he represents. Their elephantine proj-
ects short of hari-kari only make it worse. Apropos, in
another of those Chronicles of the Molbos it is related that
into their fair fields came a stork, with ominous long red
legs amidst the grain. The sheriff was commanded to go in
and drive out the stork. But as he proceeded about the
business someone noticed that his feet were large — he would
do more damage than the stork! Rather than that — a jury,
twelve of them, carried him in on a gate. Thus sensibly do
New Yorkers manage their New York.

Regardless of federal, state and county employes, there
are in New York City at this moment nearly 1 50,000 persons
paid out of the public treasury to the tune of just short of
$370,000,000 a year; approximately 98 percent of them at
salaries under $5000; about 64 percent under $3000. The
obduracy of this obstacle to economy is expressible in terms
of house-rent, clothing, oatmeal and whatnot else of daily
life. By precisely that aggregation O'Brien was put into
office; his political existence depends absolutely upon its
good-will. Even if he had the wit, the knowledge and experi-
ence of public administration, and all the desire in the
world. . . . But what's the use, — he hasn't, and his lack of
them was his best qualification in the eyes of those who
enlisted him for his impossible task. The one thing they
would not tolerate — hence their hamstringing of McKee —
was, is and will continue to be any man or policy threatening
their own seats at the public trough. "The cohesive power of
public plunder" — I can't remember who coined that
pungent phrase — is not a just description of the cement that
holds the Machine together. It is not sinister like that, in
its essence: it is the desire of ordinary and mostly well-
meaning folk to keep their footing. They want economy,
and know that it must be had; but it must be at the expense
of somebody else.

THESE roots go deep. There is another obstacle, in the
fact that we are all grafters at heart. There is of course the
Big Traffic, in contracts, franchises, manipulation of transit
stock, sales of favorably-located real-estate needed for public
purposes — interplay of "big politics" with "big business"
and all that. But there is also, underlying and bulking very
large indeed, the never-ending traffic in exemptions in minor
privileges, in non-enforcement or perverted enforcement of
law, of regulations and standards. The power to enforce or
withhold enforcement is the source of most corruption —
as for instance under the prohibition law.

I do not know the name of a person immune to the pride
of special privilege. There is something flattering to the
personal vanity in a badge or pass to ride free or to go
through traffic while others pay or wait their turn. Wherein
is it worse to appoint your relative or friend or political
associate to a public job than to favor him in the affairs of a
private corporation to whose stockholders you are responsible

March 1933

NEW YORK-THE SECOND BIGGEST JOB

155

for efficient management? My old schoolmate sends along a
chap whom I do not know from Adam's furnace-man, with
a letter of introduction to me in the evident belief that our
old acquaintance should give this fellow advantage in respect
of getting a job over even one who by getting up at 5 A.M.
exhibited "rugged individualism" in order to stand first in
the line of applicants. Within the last few days I have read
in the newspapers that Herbert Hoover, President of the
United States, credited by his admirers with uncommon
zeal and conscience toward the public weal and the purity
of the civil service of which he is custodian and guardian,
has been party to the appointment of a young man to a
well-paid job in the public service, because the young man's
mother was said Hoover's first schoolteacher. Do not misunder-
stand me; my heart warms to evidences of human emotions
in high places — even the White House. I merely call atten-
tion to this example of the universality of the tendency to
take care of one's friends at the public expense. It was what
William Penn had in mind when he wrote, in Some Fruits
of Solitude, under the heading of A Publick Life:

The Publick must and will be served. . . . To do so, men must
have publick Minds, as well as Salaries; or they will serve private
Ends at the publick expense.

From comparatively innocent favoritism like this — the
offensive epithet is "nepotism" I believe — very characteristic
of "Tammany" and other nefarious organizations — unfair
as it is to those who have only their own merits and no
friends or first-schoolteacher relationships to commend
them; to the large-scale advantage of money with which to
purchase opportunity for vast profits; the thread of corrup-
tion interweaves and ramifies throughout the whole fabric
of the public service. It anchors abuses in the structure of the
government, city, state and national. Impossible even to
guess how incredibly great is the proportion of the utter
waste in New York City's government represented by this
single instance of almost $1,000,000, cited in Mr. McAneny's
address above referred to:

It was in the Department of Sanitation that the investigators of
the Citizens' Budget Commission found, among other costs, carried
from year to year, an item of something like $830,000 for the care
and upkeep of horses owned by the Department; for hostlers and
stablemen, and farriers and veterinarians and whatnot. It was found
that there were 260 horses still in the sanitary service, the residue
after motorization of equipment had been carried practically to
completion. But a recent physical examination conducted by the
S.P.C.A. disclosed that only twenty of these were fit for service,
and that as these twenty and the 240 invalids cost $830,000 a year,
the annual bill was $41,500 apiece for the able-bodied ones. The
force of employes belonging to the days of the horse had gone
without substantial reduction, and for the simple reason that the
fiowers that be would not let the Department drop them. . . . Only with
the framing of the 1933 budget has it been changed.

There must be others, dozens, scores, hundreds if you
please, of instances as absurd as this; of ancient things per-
petuated, going on and on and on, because somebody im-
portant in the Machine has an interest in them; or, quite as
likely, because they represent nests of political influence,
votes that help to keep the chair-warmers in their jobs, and
generally to buttress a situation profitable for still more
important insiders. Or maybe rooted in old friendships —
first schoolteachers or whatnot else having basis in fine
instincts like human gratitude.

Politics is no abstraction, existing in vacua. Its substance,
its stock-in-trade, is people, in their spontaneous normal
relationships. . . . Government of humans by humans.
Only when this government impinges injuriously upon
human interests and emotions can the people be aroused

to revolt. That is what is happening now. That constitutes
the opportunity.

IT is not primarily a question of the charter, important as
that is. Heaven knows New York needs one. As ex-Gover-
nor Smith said of the present one: "It's thirty-five years old.
I know nothing in the city as old as the charter, unless it be
the criminal courts building, the city prison, the city hall,
or the sewer system."

It is older than that. It is a hash of the remains of the
fabrics of the municipalities thrown together against much
local opposition — despite the vetoes of two mayors. Even
though subsequently improved by various patchings, it is
still, as President Butler said the other day, "like Webster's
Dictionary, with about as little unity." At the same time,
Judge Seabury himself has acknowledged that the incom-
petence and corruption exposed by the legislative committee
to which he was counsel is a composite of personal mis-
conduct and charter defects.

The legislature at Albany has before it at this moment
no less than six fresh exhibits of recommendations for charter
substitution and amendment: Those of ex-Governor Smith,
of the Hofstadter Committee and its minority, of the com-
mittees appointed by Mayor O'Brien, of Acting-Mayor
McKee, of George McAneny. It has, if it wants them, at
least two others: the Ivins Charter Commission of 1907-8,
appointed by Governor Hughes, proposed a basic constitu-
tion with a second part dealing with details. Governor
Miller in 1921, appointed another commission, headed first
by Francis M. Scott and upon his death by Henry deForest
Baldwin. This commission likewise studied deeply and
presented a charter. Both died in committee, as in all prob-
ability will die the present six. All of them are available now.
And all, sleeping, will continue to sleep, waiting for an
intent in good faith.

It is well to remember that our American municipalities
are all very young. Only four of our large cities — Baltimore,
New Orleans, New York and Philadelphia — were municipal
corporations as early as 1820. The city charters as they exist
have no uniformity; they are by no means the fruit of study
of the subject. When not merely cumbrous accretions they
are drawn on the whole as the citizens wanted them. And
the citizens themselves are the drag against reform of them.
The objections to the extinction of "borough autonomy"
in New York (whether or not that be desirable in the interest
of efficiency) are those of local pride quite as much as of
political interest. Governor Smith's desire to merge some
of the counties met the same sort of opposition. To abolish
Putnam County, with its 12,500 population, would be dis-
loyal to the memory of Israel Putnam ! Thus do the human
factors of emotionalism stand in the way of obvious social
needs.

Another factor. Upstate, the political organizations of
either party, in no important respect different even if less
efficient politically, from Tammany, want nothing less than
they want a really model government functioning in New
York City. The corollary and consequence would be a de-
mand for such government in Buffalo, Rochester, Syracuse,
Albany, Binghamton, Utica. Willing as upstate may be to
harrass Tammany — -the fleas of politics are opposed on
principle to the washing of dogs.

There is, as Professor Munro well puts it, "an economical
way and an extravagant way, an honest and a dishonest
way, of administering municipal government; but no
Republican way and no Democratic (Continued on page 192)

ECONOMICS MAKES THE FRONT PAGE

BY HARLOW S. PERSON AND BEULAH AMIDON

TECHNOCRACY has had its brief day in the headlines.
For a few exciting weeks we, the people, heard in the
publicity thunderings of the technocrats both the threat
of doom and the promise of salvation. The holiday season
was enlivened with the tumult, and for a month or more
we were fairly flooded with exposition, analysis, illustration,
criticism in newspapers, magazines, pamphlets and books.
Now, in characteristic American fashion, the shouting and
the tumult die. There is a split in the ranks of the technocrats
themselves. A good deal of mud has been slung at their
leader, Howard Scott, and some of it has stuck. Columbia
University has severed all connection with the technocrats
and their work.

With the fever dropped to a point that makes it possible
to examine the philosophy and the work of this group with
something approaching cool objectivity, the public is, ap-
parently, in the mood only to push it aside with rather
sheepish embarrassment over the recent delirium of ex-
citement.

This is perhaps too hasty. Technocracy is off the front
pages. It is no longer "good copy." It is not even a quip for
the columnist or a gag for the comic strip. But this does not
mean that either the technocrats or their critics have said
the last word. Nor does it mean that the challenge to current
thought and accepted institutions thrown out by the group
has been met.

Disregarding the late hullabaloo what, after all, does this
much bandied word Technocracy cover? Without attempt-
ing either refutation or defense, we should like to examine
with Survey Graphic readers the make-up of the group and
what it attempts, glance at some of the sources on which i t has
drawn, and then consider its weak spots, as we see them, and
its substantial contribution toward clarifying our view of
our present situation and toward the formulation of a
plan of action.

Back in 1919 Thorstein Veblen, one of the ablest and most
original economic thinkers and writers this country has pro-
duced, published a series of articles in The Dial which ap-
peared early in 1921 in book form with the title, The Engi-
neers and the Price System. A small group of men formed
what they called the Technical Alliance, to give concrete
expression to Veblen's ideas. The Alliance was led by a
young man named Howard Scott, a vigorous and forthright
person with some of the marks of genius and a good many
of the handicaps of that difficult breed. Stuart Chase was a
member of the group. So was Frederick L. Ackerman, the
architect, and Bassett Jones, an electrical engineer with a
special talent for higher mathematics. Scott and his associ-
ates claim apparently that he had thought independently
along the lines of Veblen's chief argument and arrived at
similar conclusions. Veblen's book reached a limited group
and was almost forgotten under the surge of the post- War
years and the great prosperity. The Technical Alliance was
short-lived as a going organization, but Scott and a few
associates — the group varied in numbers and make-up —
continued to work away on the trends of production energy
and use and their relationship to the financial system. The
deepening depression has turned our attention from our
individual reaction to our environment to the environment

What was it all about? we are asking a little
dazedly as Technocracy slips out of the news.
Here is a look at the urgent realities behind
the ballyhoo, including the fact that the man
in the street has been reading and talking
about mass production/ technological unem-
ployment, energy, and the price system.

itself, and Scott found it possible to revive his Technical
Alliance, with a larger group, a new name and a university
background. He interested the Department of Industrial
Engineering at Columbia in his research project, and secured
house-room for his Energy Survey. The Gibson Committee
and the Architects' Emergency Committee subsidized a
staff of a hundred or more technicians to carry on the study
under the direction of Scott and his associates.

In the flood of growing publicity that followed Scott's
newspaper interview in August, there has been only one
exposition of Technocracy accepted by the group as "offi-
cial." This is a slim little book, An Introduction to Tech-
nocracy, by Howard Scott and others. It is cautiously
worded and, in contrast with some of the unofficial pro-
nouncements, vague, dull and colorless. It defines Tech-
nocracy as "a research organization . . . organized to
collect and collate data on the physical functioning of the
social mechanism on the North American continent." It
makes one basic postulate, "That the phenomena involved
in the functional operation of social mechanisms are met-
rical." Obviously this does not cover a concept identified by
a term ending with the Greek derivative "ocracy." By in-
ference we may perhaps assume that the definition of Tech-
nocracy should be broadened to include either:

1. A state of society in which economic activities and
particularly the utilization of natural physical and human
energies are controlled collectively for social purposes by
application of the engineering technique of measurement and
control in terms of the forces discovered, or

2. (which goes further) A state of society in which engi-
neers as a technical group either seize the responsibility
or are assigned the responsibility of governing economic
activities in accordance with the above technique.

IT IS perhaps fair to ask whether the technocrats have in
mind something corresponding to what Veblen in the last
chapter of The Engineers and the Price System called "a
soviet of technicians," though none of their public statements
specifically set such a goal.

The research project that Technocracy started ten months
ago at Columbia, but which Scott and his close friends had
been planning as to scope and method for nearly fifteen
years, was nothing less than an energy survey of this con-
tinent. Such a survey would bring together for the first time
the total picture of the human and mechanical energy
resources of North America, charting over a period of years
our changing energy production and consumption. Tech-
nocracy did not plan to collect at first hand the data for this
vast project, but to bring together and restate in related and
graphic fashion information drawn from accredited sources
such as the Census, the U. S. Bureau of Mines, the U. S.

156

March 1933

ECONOMICS MAKES THE FRONT PAGE

157

Geological Survey, the U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the
state labor departments, the state power commissions, and
so on. Some three hundred of these great charts we are told
have now been completed, though they have not yet been
made public, nor has opportunity been given for responsible
persons to check them with the original data, and verify the
methods used in plotting the curves. Stuart Chase whose
statistical ability and common sense a good many of us trust,
writes in his pamphlet Technocracy — an Interpretation:
"I have inspected perhaps thirty of the big charts of the
Energy Survey and have been informed that they are based
on Census material and other accredited sources of data.
I have checked one or two of them with such data and found
them substantially correct. Furthermore I believe I possess
enough knowledge of the past industrial history of the United
States to affirm that the curves on such charts as I have seen
follow the expected major tendencies."

The Energy Survey is one phase of Technocracy. Another
is the group's attack on the adequacy of the present price
system to the changing and expanding demands of a mech-
anized industrial civilization. They look at the modern bur-
den of debt, public and private and question, as did Veblen,
whether a system that piles up such a load can ever function
freely or permit the standard of living justified by our tech-
nical advance. Further, they view with the engineer's
impatience the expanding and shrinking of the monetary
unit in which \ve attempt to measure the values of our human
effort, our mechanisms, our output, and our services.

They offer as a substitute for the unreliable dollar, pound
or franc, a medium of exchange based on the source of all
wealth (energy) and not on artificial values which fluctuate
wildly and which can be (and often are) manipulated for
selfish ends.

To students of industrial thought the origins of much of
what Technocracy has put forward are clear enough.
Thorstein Veblen in The Theory of the Leisure Class, and
in the later book to which we have already referred, blocks
in the theory and much of the detail of this whole concept.
In The Economic Consequences of Power Production by

Fred Henderson the facts of our increased energy production
and its implications are precisely and eloquently stated.
Wealth, Virtual Wealth and Debt by another Englishman,
Frederick Soddy, scientist and Nobel prize-winner, includes
the "theory of energy determinants." Critics of Technocracy
have pointed out that portions of a magazine article of
which Scott was in part the author closely parallel para-
graphs from the Soddy book. Scott himself, in his "author-
ized statement" of Technocracy, acknowledges his in-
debtedness to a half-dozen authorities, including Soddy,
but Veblen is not among them. Long before these post- War
writers, of course, Samuel Butler dealt prophetically with
machines in human society in Erehwon, and Bellamy
pictured the resulting social dislocation and change in
Looking Backward.

IN CONSIDERING both the weak spots and the substan-
tial contribution of Technocracy we must take into account
the distortions and heightened color of its publicity. Obvi-
ously Technocracy has suffered much from ill-advised and
premature publication, though the end result of the ballyhoo
may not be all loss. What the public has heard about Tech-
nocracy has come mainly from newspaper and magazine
writers whose search for "angles" of sharp news value has
resulted in broadcasting material which may have been
offered the writers as unproved or even hypothetical illustra-
tion but which was given to the public as the result of scien-
tific research. The news writers have of course been handi-
capped by the fact that Scott and his associates have not
made available either their research data nor any complete
summary of them.

Let us cite the story of "ramie" as the sort of thing that
helped put Technocracy on page one and also helped not
only to throw it out of the news but to lose it its university
association at Columbia. Ramie, we have been told, is a
commercially practical fiber which could at any moment
drive cotton, linen, silk and rayon off the market and
virtually wipe out the textile industry as it now exists. Even
the astute and well-informed Stuart Chase took all this

U.S.A.

1913

1929

1931

Jede Figur 500000 Arbeitslose

Grossbritanmen

Fronkreich

Deutsches Reich

Get«ltichoft*- und Wirtjchoftimuwm in W'-n

Chart from Dr. Neurath's Vienna Museum comparing unemployment in the U. S., Great Britain, France, Germany

158

SURVEY GRAPHIC

March 1933

literally in a recent magazine article.
Now what are the facts about " ramie" ?
Ramie is a plant of the nettle family,
easy to grow and hardy in many
climates. For nearly a century ex-
periments have been made with its
fiber, which presents the following
difficulties to its use in textiles:

1. The fiber cannot be separated
from the stalk except by a long, diffi-
cult and costly process.

2. Once the fiber is obtained, an-
other long, costly process is necessary
to free it from gum.

3. When the second process is
complete, the fibers are found to be
of such unequal length that to spin

' them and weave them are again
long, slow, complicated, costly proc-
esses.

4. If these steps are carried through,
the resulting fabric cracks and breaks
when it is folded, twisted or crum-
pled— for instance when it is stuffed
into a pocket as one handles a hand-
kerchief.

Ramie is in actual use in gas
mantles, a purpose to which it is well
adapted. Its development, however,
constitutes hardly an immediate threat
to the cotton, silk, rayon and linen
textile industry of the world.

It is unfortunate that this and
other similarly dramatic illustrations
have been the chief focus of the pub-
licity about Technocracy, crowding
out valid and genuinely significant
but more prosaic and less startling
material.

On the other hand, Technocracy
must bear much of the blame for the
tempest it has stirred. Facts have un-
doubtedly been given out by the
group without sufficient checking.
Scott has let himself be hurried into
rash and unsupported statements.
Theories have been put forward, not
as hypotheses, but as conclusions
based on long scientific study. The
general impression of a close tie
between Technocracy and Columbia

University was fostered, and the Energy Study given in the
popular mind the weight of a piece of university research
and one which had been going on for a decade instead of
for a few months. These are sins against common sense and
Technocracy is suffering for them. Unfortunately, we shall
be the losers by them, too, if we let them blind us to the posi-
tive values in what Technocracy puts before us.

What are some of these positive values? First we count the
stick of Technocracy's publicity rocket. For along with the
fiery sparks and burst of stars, this publicity has managed to
lift into clear visibility a very substantial load.

For years the reasoning and the conclusions of Veblen and
'Soddy have gathered dust on library shelves, known only to a
small group of specialists in economics and in certain fields of

How much higher can it 90 without

toppling? Drawings on these two pages

from Technocracy, a pamphlet issued by

The Angelus Press of Los Angeles

engineering and science. Technocracy
has made front-page news of these eco-
nomic theories. In a few weeks it has
focussed public attention on the sig-
nificance of technological change as
the scholars have not been able to do
in a quarter century's effort. It has
made us face, at least for a moment,
the changing status of human labor,
the possibilities implicit for all of us
in the vast power resources of our
Machine Age. It has wrested our
attention from individual problems
and plunged us into both fear and
hope for our common future.

The labor press and the newsreels
picked up Technocracy's promise of
a $20,000-a-year standard of living
for everybody. This was not a rain-
bow pot of gold but an illustration of
the immensely enriched and broad-
ened life within reach of us all, if only
we had the courage, the vision and
the organizing skill to harness the
trillions of horsepower of the Ma-
chine Age to social uses. It is doubtful
whether the leaping response to that
lure was as materialistic as it sounds.
As a people we are feebly interested
at best in Socialism, Fascism, Com-
munism and other formulas which
seem to us abstract, remote and over-
complicated. But this was held out
as the chance of cleaning up the mess
we are in without resorting to the
dictatorship of a Mussolini or of the
proletariat. In a confusing welter of
words and more words, here was
something tangible and something
that kept the individual in sight.
Twenty thousand dollars — security,
food for the kids, rent day wouldn't
worry you, Jeez — music lessons for
the girl, a bicycle for the boy, the

wife could have a chance to rest, a car and time to tinker
with it. — Yes, this struck home to Jim Jones and Bill
Brown, working part-time, wages cut, savings gone, moving
into a tenement. And it is no small gain to have Jim Jones
and Bill Brown begin to realize — even vaguely — that this
is no daydream. We could all have comfort and a measure
of luxury if we let the machines run full power ahead and
distributed their output up to the limit of their capacity.
Howard Scott and his associates have done more than
dramatize the great advance of technology during the past
quarter of a century and particularly during the past
fifteen years. Along with this breathless picture of a pro-
ductivity far beyond anything heretofore realized, they
have made us look at another side of the picture. Our pro-

March 1933

ECONOMICS MAKES THE FRONT PAGE

159

ductive capacity is so great that the existing price system for
converting production goods into consumption goods
breaks down under the weight of it. Here is where we en-
counter the need for a measurement, in terms of the energies
involved, of every new increment of technology and of the
physical and human resources with which it works, to permit
a measured and planned utilization of it which will not
disrupt the social stability.

Further, Technocracy demands that we face the need for
a corresponding revision of our industrial and commercial
habits as expressed in what the economists call the price
system. Here, too, the goal is the full use of technological
advances without disrupting the social structure.

With these main considerations are involved such factors
as a continuing study of human wants; a continuing adjust-
ment of the production of goods from the available energies
to satisfy these wants; a revision of the whole scheme of
distribution to make it impossible for a growing overhead of
debt, unplanned and irrational increases or restrictions of
production, price manipulation and so on to interfere with
the orderly adjustment of production to want.

Technocracy stops short of a program. But there is no
logical escape from the program to which the reasoning of
Technocracy leads. Implicit in this whole idea of production
geared to need, is the concept of a planned society.

Weak spots in what Technocracy offers are easy enough
to find. The group emphasizes the necessity of making
measurements in terms of highly refined units such as ergs
and joules. The problem is not one that calls for the ac-
curacy of astronomical physicists in the laboratory. Simpler
and more understandable computations in terms of tons of
coal would probably serve all practical purposes. The
graphic survey being made by Otto Neurath of the Social-
Economic Museum of Vienna is a brilliant example of the
sort of correlation, synthesis and easily-grasped interpreta-
tion of economic and social fact of which we stand in need.

While monetary units are susceptible of a stabilization
which is not yet realized, it seems unnecessary, complicated
and difficult to change to such a unit as energy for the stand-
ard of value in exchange. Some of their statements lead one
to believe that the technocrats propose to abolish the price
system by substituting an energy unit for a monetary unit.
This, of course, is fallacy. Any scheme of exchange other than
pure barter, wherein an intermediate token is used, is by
definition a price system. Further, the current experience of
barter groups in the United States has shown afresh the
need for some medium of exchange, as each barter scheme,
however firmly it set its face against a price system in theory,
has been forced to develop one of its own.

George Soule in an article in The New Republic has
pointed out another and probably the major flaw in

Technocracy's reasoning: the neglect of what he calls "the
engineering of human consent." They have left out of all of
their equations the psychological imponderables in indi-
viduals and in human society. Their view is limited to an
economic system in which, apparently, all activities are
arbitrarily based on measurements of physical energies.

Further weakness seems to us to be Technocracy's as-
sumption that a government by technicians would be a wise
and socially-minded government. This is not supported by
our experience with technicians to date. We have no reason
to believe that intellectually or emotionally they are better
equipped to work out economic stability or human happiness
than are other groups. Their skill would enable them to
make measurements which would be highly useful in the
administration of economic society but thai does not neces-
sarily carry with it the ability to use the results of their
measurements wisely and humanely. Indeed, while it can-
not be charged that the engineers per se are Responsible for
the unwise applications of technology during the past
quarter of a century, it must be admitted that they were in-
timately concerned with these unwise applications and ut-
tered no warning.

These obviously are weaknesses and not defects invalidat-
ing the concept as a whole. Whether there will be a chance to
thresh out the factors involved, to get behind the hasty,
garbled, incomplete interpretations now available, to ex-
amine the unpublished research data, remains to be seen.
For the moment, Technocracy is out of the news. Columbia
University no longer houses the Energy Survey, and has
dissociated itself completely from the group. Several of
Scott's most able and responsible associates have broken
with him, including Ackerman, Jones, Professor Rauten-
strauch of Columbia and Leon Henderson of the Russell
Sage Foundation. The Continental Committee on Tech-
nocracy has been dissolved. Technocracy has shown us the
possibilities and the misuse of our present technological
development. It has cast up the total of our individual and
our common debt with inescapable clarity and drawn at-
tention to its rising rate of increase. It has called us to con-
sider the lumbering inefficiency of our price system in the
hands of our financial experts. We cannot answer Tech-
nocracy by laughing at its grandiose name and flamboyant
publicity, criticizing the private life of its leader, "showing
up" its illustrations, cutting its university connections.

Technocracy has made its splash, and by the time this
article is in type we venture to predict that hardly a ripple
will be left. And yet back of the splash are the resistless
currents of technological advance, the log-jam of our old
social, legal and industrial institutions and habits; the tre-
mendous power and promise which man can draw from the
universe if we can not only harness power but control it.

Not more than S5 per-
cent of our basic
industrial machinery is
being utilized today

A PANO

While mural artist
a story-book upon •
his robust concepts
had classic sculptur
Sift of Edsel B. Foi
what might have be
Detroit, great indust
the manufacture of
duced above, is top
raw materials and (
panels show scene;

OF INDUSTRY

: States still paint gigantic pages from
15, Diego Rivera takes them over for
>urt of the Detroit Institute of Arts
ijntain and bare walls. Through the
< the museum, Diego is fast turning
i|o an exciting contemporary space.
'S theme. The crowded panorama of
'production of automobiles, repro-
Kscos of barbaric figures symbolizing
Pushing through the earth. Smaller
i Justries of this manufacturing city.

A NEW CLIMATE OF OPINION

BY HAROLD RUGG

• AST summer 1 passed through ten world ports of Asia

• and Europe on my way from Hong Kong to New York.
!• The warm-water ports east of Suez as well as those of the
cyclonic Atlantic zone were marked by a depressive uni-
formity: a few half-loaded ships at quiet docks — stores de-
void of customers — retailers selling their wares at half cost to
get food and rent money — streets filled with idling people —
more beggars than ever.

As the impressions of world-wide economic stagnation
piled up, I found myself asking: Were these after all mere
boom towns, now becoming ghost cities such as I saw years
ago in the old silver-mining districts of the Southwest?
Certainly these ports were made prosperous in the last cen-
tury by the initial exploitation of virgin continents and
undeveloped peoples. Are they collapsing now that a dozen
competing and uncontrolled national producing systems
have been built?

My fellow-passengers at the ship's rail — compradores,
entrepreneurs, imperial public servants — commented fre-
quently on this world-wide stagnation. In Manchester,
Marseilles, Port Said, Bombay, Singapore, conditions were
about the same, they reported. "Business slack." "Nobody
buying." But almost in the same breath they expressed their
faith and optimism. "It'll come back shortly. I've seen these
ports like this before. Must expect it. Upturn's on the way
now, in fact."

To support their theory of "depression" the British entre-
preneurs pointed to American history. In the United States
there had been six major depressions in a century (1837,
1857, 1873, 1893, 1907, 1929-3?) and eight minor ones.
Fourteen sine-like waves on the economic timeline of a
century. Depend upon it, they told me, the law of the busi-
ness cycle accounts for every one of these. We came out of all
the other thirteen depressions, each time into an even more
prosperous era. All we have to do now is sit tight and wait.

But I could not forget the silent cotton mills I had just
seen in four continents. Thirty years before I had operated
looms in a New England weaving mill. Now that factory
stood empty and, with it, scores of others in Manchester,
New Hampshire, and in Manchester, England, in the
Lancaster mills of the old England and the new. Silent cot-
ton mills in Tokyo, in Osaka, Tientsin, Shanghai, in Malaya,
India, Egypt, around the Mediterranean, all over the world.

Was there a definite connection between the idle steve-
dores in ten world ports, the unemployment and poverty of
the people everywhere, the great stocks of goods on hand in
every industrialized country and the giant capacity of those
great factories? Was this merely the fourteenth depression in
the first century of the new industrialism? Or was there a
more disturbing answer?

Without stopping to document, let us summarize the facts
about this depression. It is more prolonged than any the
country has hitherto experienced. It is not peculiar to the
United States; it is world-wide and it is acute in the major
industries of every country. Everywhere two new factors
have contributed to the severity of this slump: the unprece-
dented economic burden imposed on a score of countries
by the World War and the conditions that arose out

' This article has been composed from extracts from Harold Rugg's forthcoming
book: The Great Technology: Social Chaos and the Public Mind. The John Day Co.
March 1. 1933. $2.50. postpaid of Survey Graphic.

The Great Technology ' (and we don't mean
Technocracy) knocks at the sates of the public
mind. But the gate must be opened by poli-
ticians, who do not understand. How can a
"thinking minority" — say 25 millions of us —
bring collective planning to bear? Here is
one way, and what it offers to all of us.

of it, and the rapid advance of machine technology.
I am convinced that the study of the history and current
condition of industrialism can lead to but one conclusion:
these years are not merely breathing spaces in which con-
sumption can catch up with a too great production. We are
called now, or will be in the new few years, to pay the piper
for the dancing we have done as we sported with industrial
expansion that lacked design or control, and our fathers be-
fore us with the undesigned and uncontrolled exploitation
of virgin continents. The production system has become too
efficient and the distribution system too ineffective for further
tinkering. The debt has become too great, the interdepend-
ence too vast, the conflicting emotions of millions of men too
deep for further makeshifts. Industrialism is running wild,
out of control. Hence my conviction: this depression is not a
mere fourteenth installment-paying time, but a day of inven-
tory and final reckoning.

Pathways To Tomorrow

BY what route shall we pass through the years just before
us? Out of the tangle of options that present themselves
I discern five pathways to tomorrow:

1. The pathway of inertia . . . muddling along with mounting
millions fed by dole . . . the thirty-hours week, unemployment
insurance, pensions, "security wages," the struggle against giant
machines . . . the workers docile and still held by the "American
dream" . . . the Bill of Rights destroyed.

2. The pathway of business dictatorship ... a Fascist buttress-
ing of private capitalism ... an oligarchy of entrepreneurs, con-
trolling production and distribution, utilizing automatic manless
factories . . . guaranteed employment and wages, pensions . . .
a "given" standard of living . . . the Bill of Rights in the balance.

3. The pathway of proletarian revolution . . . violence . . .
class struggle between contending desires and faiths . . . scientific
technology in the balance . . . the Bill of Rights still endangered.

4. The pathway of a "planning economy" of partial private
capitalism with quantity goods steadily coming under a more so-
cialized ownership and control of operation . . . employment,
minimum wages, pensions, relief guaranteed . . . the Bill of
Rights more respected.

5. The pathway to the Great Technology ... a continental
scheme of automatic production and distribution operated by a
technically trained personnel ... an economy of minimum abun-
dance for all ... the economic problem abolished . . . tech-
nology reconciled with democracy . . . men liberated for creative
work . . . the Bill of Rights established.

It is the fifth of the pathways to tomorrow with which 1
am concerned. To focus attention clearly upon the fine po-
tentialities before us, I am calling the goal of this road the
Great Technology. It is "great" because man not only will
produce physical goods magnificently but will also distribute
enough to all; great because at last the scientific method will
be applied to all of man's social problems — to government
and to the man-man relationships as well as to man-thing

162

March 1933

A NEW CLIMATE OF OPINION

163

relations; in a word, great because man as artist will live
at last as abundantly as does man as technologist.

A New Climate of Opinion

BUT for man to launch a great epoch which shall be marked
by the effort of reason and the adventure of beauty he
must first solve difficult problems. Much of our first effort
must go into the reconstruction necessary to obliterate the
economic problem from the continent. But this will be, after
all, mere preparation for the more complex psychological
problems that confront us. Heaven knows it will be difficult
to eliminate the interfering agents that are withholding a
livelihood of abundance from our people, but it will be even
more so to arouse the people to the potential within them-
selves for magnificent creative living. To advance into the
Great Technology will require of us deep philosophical
understanding, a comprehension that can be born only out
of the travail of rigorous thought and emotion.

In an autocratic society once plans are made, they can be
put over into social action by fiat. But in a democratic society
both the formulation of designs and their promulgation is a
meandering process. The consent of the people, by which
plans are hypothetically written into action under our
system is largely a theory today because of the incomplete-
ness of our democratic experiment. Those who are making
creative plans for the present emergency do not occupy the
seats of executive power, and those who hold the power have
no designs. Apparently they lack the capacity to generate
them. Thus there is a serious hiatus between thought and ac-
tion in the management of collective affairs.

To bridge this gap a receptive and supporting climate of
opinion must be formed in the communities of America.
The frontier thinkers must be given the opportunity to create
a design. But after this is achieved the plans of social recon-
struction must be given to the politicians and they must be
made conscious of the demands of the intelligent community
that they be carried out.

There are signs of thrilling import that a thinking minority
is already being aroused. The nucleus of groups for a national
campaign for economic understanding is forming. Hun-
dreds of forums have sprung into life in the last year. North,
east, west, south, the clans of protest and study are gathering.
A half million unemployed have formed themselves spon-
taneously into not less than a hundred and fifty barter organ-
izations scattered over twenty-nine states. These have not
only become partially self-sustaining units, but yeasty
centers of discussion as well. Labor is reaching on regular
schedule several thousand groups of unionized workers.
Scores of general economic forums have sprung into action
since 1931. Hundreds of active discussion groups now hold
regular weekly meetings in churches of various denomina-
tions. Others are forming in the Y's and similar organiza-
tions. Several school systems, aided by foundation grants
are organizing systematic city-wide campaigns of adult dis-
cussion of economic and social problems.

These hopeful beginnings have already served to show that
there are huge obstacles in the path of those who would cre-
ate a new climate of opinion in our communities. These
obstacles reside in part in the powerful individuals and
groups that control the economic system. But they lie even
more deeply in the stereotyped loyalties and opinions of the
public mind itself.

The educational task before us can be grasped more intel-
ligently if we face the emotional hurdles in our way. The
principal ones are two deep-rooted American loyalties:

loyalty to the success doctrine and loyalty to the American
doctrine of conformity.

Under the success doctrine, the slogan has been "Take and
keep and exploit for your own private gain." This means
nothing less than "win at your neighbor's expense." The
whole three-century-long history of speculation in this
country proves this. Witness the history of the vicious influ-
ence of the Stock Exchange, the purchase for resale at
pyramided prices of useful agricultural land and useless
"resort" land, the unearned increment in strategic city land,
the shameful over-investment in urban structures.

Stamped with equal impress into the nervous system of
every son of progress has been the concept of conformity.
Home, neighborhood and community cooperate in the
increasing endeavor to fix rigid attitudes in our youth.
Undue liberalism in thought and speech brings its aftermath
in insecurity of income and even the risk of physical danger.
The constant reiteration of economic danger teaches the
wisdom of acquiescence. Repression takes the place of
creative joy in living. The march of life is regimented. The
herd is produced and the danger to America grows.

Because of these two mutually inconsistent concepts youth
is assailed on every hand by pressures to compete and to
conform, to defeat its fellows but to love them.

The inevitable outcome is a culture of vicious hypocrisy.
Every institution, every way of living among us, is marked
by this dishonesty — business and finance, politics, educa-
tional administration, the press and the pulpit, the agencies
of communication as well as the forces of the economic
system.

These antagonistic concepts of competition and conform-
ity have played a far-reaching role in forming the climates of
opinion of American communities. They have been accom-
panied by deep-rooted fears of economic insecurity and of
social disapproval, and by driving desires. These cultural
concepts, fears and attitudes focus the American mind; they
^are the most serious obstacles to the formation of a new
climate of opinion.

The Thinking Minority

THE likelihood of success in surmounting these difficulties,
arousing the public mind and thereby guaranteeing gov-
ernment by consent is measured first of all by the quantity
and quality of the intelligence of the American people.
Explicitly, this means the capacity to select wise leaders, to
review their policies and acts and to continue them in office
or to dismiss them from it.

We have, of course, no single test which will measure the
complexity of traits embraced in social understanding, in-
cluding factors of physical and mental alertness, a kind of
homely "common sense," maturity backed by social experi-
ence and particular kinds of knowledge. As a rough yard-
stick, however, let us apply the one fairly reliable measure
we have— tests of verbal intelligence — to the adult popula-
tion. According to the last Census there are 80 million per-
sons in this country who are over eighteen years of age and
who therefore can be considered to have attained their in-
tellectual stature. Using the facts and generalizations
worked out by the application of the Binet-Simon tests since
1908, let us conceive of these persons as distributed along a
scale of intelligence. They divide into four groups.

First is the small group of talented minds, marked as prob-
lem-solvers and creative minds par excellence. These persons
are capable of designing and operating a sound economic
and political system. Among the 80 million there are between

164

SURVEY GRAPHIC

March 1933

two and three hundred thousand such talented individuals.
They will be the inventive leaders in machine technology and
economic organization, in the design of governmental and
educational reconstruction, in medicine, in law, in social
life and in the fine arts.

There is, second, a supporting minority of understanding
citizens. In my judgment, based upon years spent in the
design and use of mental tests, there are not less than twenty
and perhaps thirty million such persons in America. Given
the facts and surrounded by a forum milieu, these individu-
als have sufficient capacity to comprehend the real working
of our economic system, to judge roughly the feasibility of
political plans and policies, to estimate the abilities and
character of legislative, executive and judicial representatives
and to evaluate their success or failure in office.

There is, third, the rank and file of the people, the "fol-
lowers," some partially aware of social conditions, others
quite blind to them. There are in this vast mediocrity first,
perhaps thirty or more millions who will understand much
about the make-up and operation of our society, another
fifteen millions or so who will accept whatever social organ-
ization is given them. This great middle group comprises
tens of millions of persons who would live in great happiness
under a scientifically designed system, with considerable cre-
ative profit to themselves and others.

Finally there are perhaps two or three million persons who
are so deficient in mental, physical or moral make-up that
society owes them the best institutional care that a humane
civilization can design and finance.

Of these four groups, our analysis is concerned with the
second one, the potential thinking minority. It is this great
group of twenty-five million individuals who can transform
the assumptions of political democracy into established fact.
It is upon the behavior of these persons that the theory
of government by the consent of the governed hangs in the
balance. Correspondingly, it is upon these that our program
of adult education must be concentrated.

In formulating this program we must realize that just as
truly as in 1917 we are at war — at war with forces that may
destroy mankind. This situation must be met with a warlike
psychological program. Every agency of communication
must be coordinated into a great organism of education.

To achieve this, let us do what we did in 1917: employ
the techniques of the high-powered salesmen of corporate
business. The shoe manufacturers make the people "shoe
conscious"; let us make them "starvation-in-the-midst-
of-riches conscious." The rubber manufacturers make
the people "tire conscious;" let us make them "futility-of-
palliatives conscious;" let us make them "products-in-
terms-of-consumption-needs conscious," "economic-govern-
ment conscious," "scientific-technology conscious." These
propagandists of artificial wants got their social-psychologi-
cal concepts and techniques from educators and psycholo-
gists. Let us now use our own stock-in-trade, but in the
production of a humane civilization. In short, our program
is a dramatic nation-wide campaign for intelligent social
reconstruction concentrated directly upon the twenty-five
million men and women who constitute our potential
"thinking minority."

But such emergency propaganda for intelligent under-
standing will achieve even more than that. It will also build
the ground-work for that new philosophy of life which con-
ceives of education as continuing throughout life and as en-
listing all the activities of the community. Now is the time to
get adults accustomed to the processes of education.

It will go even further, and perhaps reconstruct our
elementary, secondary and higher schools. The emergency
of the Great Technology necessitates new schools. The con-
tent and organization of the school curriculum, as well as
the underlying psychology and philosophy, must be drasti-
cally rebuilt. The result will be the production of a future
compact minority of intelligent and cultured youth. Clearly,
the remaking of minority opinion in American life is a first
step in social reconstruction.

Clearing Houses of Discussion

THE greatest immediate need is for national and regional
clearing-houses of public discussion. To set up effective
machinery for creating a new climate of opinion these na-
tional agencies must be coordinated under some sort of an
all-embracing council. As I envision it, such a clearing-house
with its regional branches would function in five ways:

1. It would serve as a coordinating link between the existing
national groups. It would keep in touch with each one, assemble
and chart the enterprises of each and report to each the work of all
the members. Through its council meetings it would center atten-
tion on the chief problems confronting the thinking minority of
the country.

2. It would serve as the national and regional headquarters of
hundreds of unattached local forums.

3. It would assemble a constantly expanding volume of ma-
terials of discussion, sending out weekly statements of urgent prob-
lems and issues, suggesting forum programs based on them, annotat-
ing and distributing literature on social and economic affairs.

4. It would serve as a clearing-house for discussion leaders, stimu-
late the training of such persons, help locate potential leaders,
bring leaders and groups together.

5. It would work with school systems in making continuing
adult education an integral part of community life.

But if a compact army of millions of informed and think-
ing citizens is to be marshalled in spite of the staggering
obstacles that confront such a scheme, the real work will be
done in local forums. Important to the task of these forums as
are pamphlets, bulletins, current information services, study
guides, leaders skilled in setting the stage for real exchange of
views, such equipment will not be enough to overcome diffi-
culties raised by deep-rooted stereotyped opinions and be-
liefs and inadequate loyalties. It will be necessary to get rid
of false prejudices, to correct misapprehensions, to formulate
new generalizations founded on fact. To achieve this, the
forums must build up a background of common meanings.
In our day, the extent and complexity of meaning, with its
matrix of emotionalized attitudes and its mechanisms of
defense, has far outrun the power of articulation. In the for-
ums prolonged effort will be required to develop rich over-
lapping backgrounds of common understanding. The face-
to-face character of the discussion group, however, will have
the advantage of being three-dimensional. Words can be
dramatized, given depth by an upflung hand, a smile, a
shrug. Utterance can be clothed with meaning such as the
printed word can never convey.

Fourteen Axioms

THROUGH many interpretations of mind the current
impasse in understanding may be obliterated and vigor-
ous programs of social action launched. But if these forums
are to function to this end there must be available to the
public mind a series of generalized concepts and principles
of action, from which thinking, discussion, planning and
experiment may proceed. As an illustration of my meaning,
let me submit a series of fourteen (Continued on page 191)

INSTEAD OF A SYSTEM!

An Appraisal of the Doak Reorganization of the Federal Employment Offices

BY RUTH M. KELLOGG

MDRE than two million men and women were con-
nected with jobs by the United States Employment
Service and its cooperating offices last year, accord-
ing to the annual report of the secretary of labor, given out
in December. Mr. Doak viewed this as "no mean accom-
plishment in these times of reduced work opportunities." On
the surface it would seem that such a showing is matter for
congratulation, — but we need to look below the surface.

The so-called "Doak reorganization" of the federal em-
ployment system was announced after President Hoover's
veto of the Wagner bill in March 1931. That bill, which is
again before Congress, outlined a scheme and provided an
appropriation for a system of federal-state or federal-state-
city employment offices. Such a forward step, taken in Eng-
land in 1 909 and in Germany since the War, has repeatedly
been urged in this country as essential to any plan for dealing
with unemployment in long-range terms. It becomes of even
greater importance as we move toward compulsory unem-
ployment insurance, since such measures depend in part on
adequate public-placement services.

The Doak plan, we soon learned, was a strictly federal
plan with the entire staff freed of civil-service requirements
and with no provision for integration with the established
state services. A director was appointed for each state and for
the District of Columbia. Statistics were soon available, pur-
porting to show the placements made by the reorganized
service and month by month the figures mounted to the im-
pressive total announced for the past fiscal year.

But in spite of this encouraging news, skeptics continued to
question the soundness of the United States Employment
Service as reorganized by Secretary Doak. One heard that
the new offices duplicated existing public agencies, that their
location was determined by political considerations, that
they were staffed by persons untrained in employment tech-
niques, that supervision was inadequate, that methods of
placement and record-keeping were careless and ineffective.
Their figures were called in question and they were charged
with making political capital of the human misery of unem-
ployment. Defenders of the reorganization insisted that an
honest and effective job was being done.

The present article brings together facts on the actual
working of the scheme gathered in a twelve-weeks field study
that took the writer into sixteen states between August and
November 1932. An associate gathered first-
hand material in the Northwest in Septem-
ber. In addition, a wealth of information from
reliable sources in the other states is still
accumulating. While in the field, we visited
the employment offices, talked with staff
members, with the state directors and with
representatives of state labor departments,
organized labor, employers' associations,
city governments, social agencies, the press
and other informed persons. The study,
directed by H. A. Millis, Paul Douglas and
B. M. Squires of the economics faculty of the

University of Chicago, was made possible by a grant from
the Social Science Research Committee of the University.
A detailed report of our findings will be published later. The
present article attempts to cover only the high spots of our
experience and a summary of our conclusions.

The survey was an unbiased effort to determine the
strengths and the weaknesses of this attempt to organize the
labor market and to give to the employer, the employe
and the community an effective clearing-house for workers
and for jobs. If our report carries little commendation and
less to sustain Mr. Doak's claim of over two million workers
placed, it is because no unbiased observer could fail to be
dismayed by the lack of performance, the waste of public
money, the inefficiency, even the bad faith, to be found in
most of these offices at a time when there is special need for
the kind of service the public was led to believe would be
supplied.

WE MUST look at the Doak reorganization against the
background of the country's brief experience with a
federal employment service. A small beginning was made in
the panic year 1907 within the Bureau of Immigration. The
job of the Bureau vanished with the beginning of the War
and it was decided to convert the immigration offices into
employment agencies. A swift expansion of the employment
service followed during this period, but when the War ended
the hopeful beginnings vanished. Only a skeleton of the
federal service was left although numerous offices were con-
tinued by the states, a few of the salaries for which were paid
from Washington. Between 1920 and 1930 the federal ap-
propriation for employment services was $200,000 a year,
compared to $5,500,000 for the fiscal year 1918-1919. The
only employment offices actually operated by the service
were the farm-labor offices, originated during the War to
recruit and distribute harvest hands. The number of these
offices has varied; there were eighteen in 1930, twenty early
in 1932, but the number recently dropped to thirteen. In
1 930, twenty-three veterans' employment offices were opened
by the U. S. Employment Service in various parts of the
country. Their number was increased to thirty by the end
of June 1932.

In addition to the independent federal agencies, the
United States Employment Service includes the cooperative

A federal employment service riddled with politics, lacking
trained personnel and geared to go its own way regardless of
state and local services is nothing short of a tragedy in hard times.
Rumors and fragmentary bits of evidence have been rife for the
past year, but here for the first time are the results of a first-hand
investigation made under the Social Science Research Committee
by the faculty group at the University of Chicago whose authorita-
tive studies of state employment services have been outstanding.

165

166

SURVEY GRAPHIC

March 1933

offices. In these a member of the staff of a local public-
employment office is put on the government's payroll as a
dollar-a-year man (or woman). The U. S. Employment
Service then extends the franking privilege to this office and
supplies it with record forms if they are desired. In return,
the local office turns over to the federal service its figures on
registration, employers' orders, placements and so on. This is
not a new arrangement but in the past has been confined
quite largely to state or municipal employment offices.
Under the Doak reorganization, some of the state directors
have made no further use of this cooperative arrangement
while others have extended it widely. In Colorado, for in-
stance, the service includes fourteen such offices. Among the
organizations now maintaining cooperative services are the
Y. W. C. A., the local Chamber of Commerce, the American
Legion, the Urban League and, more recently, relief
agencies.

TO GET a picture of the service under the reorganization,
let me begin by describing the offices themselves as I saw
them and the personnel with which they are staffed and
then consider the actual functioning of the scheme.

To find these offices sometimes called for a Sherlock
Holmes procedure. Usually the local telephone directory
indicates their location but occasionally even this fails.
Most of the offices occupy rent-free quarters in public build-
ings, usually the local post-office. But after reaching the
post-office I have gone from a basement entrance to the top-
most floor, which sometimes means "Elevator to fourth,
walk up one" with no sign to guide me to the office I sought.
This rent-free location may or may not be convenient to
industry or suitable for the work presumed to be done. In
Atlanta, Georgia, for example, the state director and the
veterans' bureau staff share a large room on the fifth floor of
the post-office. The industrial location is satisfactory but
there is no provision for privacy in interviewing and men and
women of all races, trades and skills are handled in the same
room. In Topeka, Kansas, the staff of three was found
huddled in a room with the income-tax collectors, the
limited space crowded with desks. In some places, Omaha,
Birmingham, Nashville for example, an office with an outer
and an inner room has privacy for interviewing when so used.

Personnel is, of course, even more important than physical
externals of location and space. In April 1931 Secretary
Doak stated that an effort had been made, and he felt it had
been successful, "to obtain experienced, agreeable persons
for the new employment service."

John R. Alpine, chosen to head up the service, was form-
erly international president of the plumbers' and steamfi tters'
union and a vice-president of the American Federation of
Labor. At the time of his appointment he had been for ten
years connected with an automatic sprinkler company.

When the hearings on the Wagner bill were being held by
the Senate Committee on Commerce last March, Mr. Alpine
was questioned as to the qualifications of the staff selected
for the reorganized service. Although the director considered
this "a strange question to ask" he finally said:

The experience of all men whom we have placed is that they
have gone through a workaday life all the time and have had all
the experiences that come through the schools of adversity . . .
they have gone out with practical knowledge of rubbing shoulders
with the world; they have gone out because of their own knowledge
of what it means to be out of work, and not by any theorizing or by
means of any knowledge gathered through books or other kind of
data. Their knowledge has been practical. They know how to go
and get jobs for a man.

He further contended that since his staff was made up of
men who had been out of work at times themselves they
knew "how they tried to find work for themselves, and they
feel qualified to find it for somebody else if it can be found."
Clearly Mr. Alpine fails to realize that employment office
work calls for specialized training. The fact that Mr. Doak is
himself a railroad man undoubtedly accounts for a consider-
able number of railroad men in staff positions.

At the same time certain logical and happy appointments
as state directors were made, notably C. W. Woodman of
Ft. Worth and W. C. Carpenter of Spokane among those
we saw, both of them with conspicuously successful experi-
ence as assistant directors in the Farm-Labor Service, posi-
tions they still fill in addition to serving as federal directors
for Texas and Washington.

As a rule, two or three persons are attached to each office.
The total budget for the last fiscal year, Mr. Doak states,
was $938,780. Until more information is available we cannot
know just how this money was allocated. The salary scale for
the service seems to run about as follows: state director,
$3000 to $4000; manager of a local office $2000; assistant
(if there is one) $1800; stenographer $1440, subject of
course to the cuts recently applied to all federal salaries. The
travel allowance for the director, in the few instances where a
figure was available, has been between $45 and $65 a
month. Certainly more funds are required for a.i adequate
employment service, yet even a casual observer must con-
clude that more could be done with the available money if
care and imagination went into the budgeting and spending
of it.

IN choosing a staff, as well as in its use later, political con-
siderations play a conspicuous part. At the Senate hearings,
Mr. Alpine declared, "This employment service . . . has
been as free from politics and political influence as it was
possible to keep it." Mr. Doak expressed the fear that the
Wagner bill would mean state agencies "given over largely
to politics." Yet in a certain southern state I was told of a
man converted to the Republican Party overnight in order
to qualify him as state director in the federal employment
service. One woman lost her job and another was appointed
in her stead because the former was known not to "vote
right." Staff members in some offices were instructed for
whom to work in the pre-election campaign and for whom
to vote. Undoubtedly numerous ones took an active part in
the presidential campaign, even though it meant being
away from their desks for days at a time. I saw Republican
campaign buttons and literature in several offices and was
even volunteered solemn assurances of the virtues of this
party and its candidates. Little wonder that some directors,
who entered the service with the hope of doing worthwhile
employment work, have become disillusioned and unhappy.
One feels pity rather than condemnation for some of the
staff. Yet sympathy and pity are scarcely due the many who
take complete advantage of the situation.

Some strange anomalies have appeared in this matter of
staff. It has already been pointed out that the state director
in Ft. Worth, Texas, carries a double responsibility. His
office also does a general placement work for men in a city of
163,447. The federal government pays the salary of only
one other person in this office. (The city provides a third.)
However, when an office was established in Abilene, Texas,
under the Doak plan, a staff of three was appointed although
this city has less than 25,000 population.

Dallas, a city of 260,475, established an employment office

March 1933

NSTEAD OF A SYSTEM!

167

prior to the Doak reorganization. Some time later the state
director had one of the women staff members placed on the
federal payroll. Presently the city decided to discontinue its
employment office and transfer this woman to the employ-
ment division of the welfare department. The one federal
salary was cut off during the summer. In reply to protests
against the loss of this much-needed staff member, Mr.
Alpine wrote:

The Congress did not see fit to provide the employment service
with sufficient funds with which to carry on all of our activities for
the present fiscal year 1933 which has, of necessity, meant the clos-
ing of many of our employment offices and the dismissal of a con-
siderable number of employes. It is very much regretted that we
are unable to continue the aid heretofore extended to Dallas for
we all know that it will mean a real hardship to the unemployed in
your city.

There was a very different situation in a certain com-
munity in Kentucky, a state not "conceded" by the Republi-
cans. This Kentucky town is near the state line and most of
its wage-earners are ordinarily employed across the river in a
larger Ohio city. A federal office was opened in the Kentucky
city in January 1932 with a staff of two. Two more were
added in the spring and all four were still on the payroll
when I was there late in October. The office "economized"
by having no telephone and no business sign. The manager
refused free publicity, resented having unemployed workers
sent to him by local relief agencies, was often away from his
office and frankly padded his reports. It is to the credit of
two of the staff that they wanted to do some real work and
were unhappy in the existing situation. There were "suffi-
cient funds" to continue this over-staffed, useless office but
none to keep on an effective worker in Dallas.

NUMEROUS outside workers or "contact men" were
appointed during 1932. Several state directors found
themselves supplied with assistants they had not requested
and regarding whose appointments they had not been con-
sulted. Thus in one southern state a certain business man
found his own job had suddenly disappeared in the depres-
sion. He was in Washington at the time and got in touch
with an eastern congressman who was indebted to him for a
past favor. The position of assistant director in his home state
was created for the Southerner and he returned to notify
the director of his appointment. He held the job for six
months although, as he told me, "I thought it [the employ-
ment service] was a joke the whole time I was in and laughed
up my sleeve about it, yet it was my bread and butter at the
time." In another state the director learned through a news-
paper of the appointment of his assistant. The general con-
sensus of opinion seemed to be that the latter's chief occupa-
tion was "politics and stirring up trouble."

So far as could be observed, the work in the local commun-
ities is not strengthened by the kind of supervision given it
by Washington or, except in a few instances, by the state
director. In April 1931 the forty state directors who had been
appointed at that time were called to the capitol for a gen-
eral conference as they began their new work. The state
directors of Alabama, Mississippi, Florida, Georgia and
North Carolina met once in Atlanta on their own initiative
and at their own expense. In some states the employment
service is limited to the work done in the office of the state
director. If there are other offices in the state most of the
directors make the rounds occasionally. The Industrial Em-
ployment Information Bulletin, issued from Washington and
based on material secured from the state directors, comes
out so late that it is of little practical value.

Some of the suggestions from Washington have revealed a
woeful lack of understanding of employment principles and
technique. Thus a letter sent to state directors and some
others on the federal payroll urged that the local employ-
ment offices cooperate with "individual personal finance
companies" on the basis of the latter's "intimate knowledge
of large numbers of wage-earners' families in their respective
localities, collected in the course of their financial service to
customers." Mr. Alpine, who signed the letter, added
;t ... it is mutually understood that the cooperation of-
fered by the personal finance companies is directed solely to
assistance in securing jobs for unemployed workers." The
proposal amazed numerous directors. Mr. Alpine sent out a
second letter telling them to use their own judgment in the
matter.

ONE of the chief criticisms of the Doak scheme has been
that no apparent attention has been paid to the exist-
ence of state or city employment offices or even of other
federal bureaus in the community in which the new offices
were located. Last August there were federal offices, exclu-
sive of farm and veterans' offices, in 96 cities. Twenty-one of
the thirty veterans' offices were distributed among the same
cities but little or no effort was made to integrate the two ser-
vices. In some communities the two offices shared quarters, in
some they had adjacent rooms, in still others they were at
different addresses. In any case, they were run as separate
enterprises, a situation bordering on the ridiculous in some
instances. Forty-nine of the 96 cities were those in which the
state director has his (or her) headquarters. Almost always
this office carries on a placement service. In eighteen states
this was the only general federal office in the state. Fifty-five
of the 96 cities were in states conducting employment serv-
ices of their own. Previously established state offices were
located in 40 of these 55 communities.

If there is any logical basis for this duplication of offices I
failed to find it. Iowa, for example, has two state employ-
ment offices, each with a staff of two members. In both in-
stances, one staff member has for years been paid by the
federal government. Washington opened two completely
separate federal offices in the same cities. The one in Des
Moines is called a veterans' office but it also registers non-
service men and women. The federal and state offices in
Sioux City face one another across the street. In Illinois
three offices were opened outside of Chicago, two of them in
cities having state offices. The state director insisted that the
offices must be combined in some fashion, but his efforts
met with only partial success, for the local congressmen
willed otherwise. The offices established in Kansas are in
cities having a state service, as is the case in California. The
only federal service in Wisconsin is in Milwaukee, the loca-
tion of one of the most effective state-city employment
centers in the country. Oklahoma City's federal office was
first opened three doors from the state employment office
but has since moved to rent-free quarters elsewhere. On
orders from Washington, the Ohio state director does place-
ment work in his own office in Columbus. A new office was
opened in Toledo. The two men appointed to open a veter-
ans' office in Cincinnati finally took desks in the city-state
office, after strenuous objection on the part of local officials
to a duplicating office. The veterans' office in Cleveland
began its work in 1930. In each of these four Ohio cities
there is a state-city employment center, that in Cleveland
being one of the outstanding offices in the United States.
Requests for federal offices in Ohio (Continued on page 185)

S»S

WE CALL IT OVERPRODUCTION

VAN LOON

SOME DISCOVERIES IN THE BACKWARD
FIELD OF CONSUMPTION

By SAMUEL S. PELS

IN inventing the machine and releasing the non-human
energies we employ in production, every known resource
of nature, every device of science and engineering has been
resorted to. Heat and cold, capillary attraction, chemical
reagents, the magnetic field, all things from the atom to the
land masses of a continent, have been drafted in the com-
mon process of discovery and application. We have had no
such exploration of the backward field of consumption.
We may find that here we are as yet only at the threshold of
advances that will be as outstanding as those, say, of Cyrus
H. McCormick and Thomas A. Edison in production.

In a democracy overlaid with industrialism, consumption
has to do with the effective participation of the rank and file of
citizens, as workers and users, in the going fortunes of their
times. It is a term which economists, with their thought still
fixed by older conceptions, apply to the purchasing or re-
ceiving end of trade. But when we apply it to the wage-earn-
ing market we need to look at it as something more organic
than the bargain which wage-earners and salary-earners
strike when they put what they get into what they buy.

In my first article [February Survey Graphic] we con-
sidered how wage-earners are the keenest sufferers from mech-
anization and worklessness; how potentially, because of their
numbers, they are the great consumers; and how the busi-
nesses of the world are beginning to appreciate that their own
prosperity is permanently threatened by a situation which
affects the workers so adversely. Tomorrow business men
may come to recognize that the gaps and sags of our owner-
ship-wage-system are largely to blame for our lack of sta-
bility and the resulting dislocation of production and
consumption. We may hold to our present corporate opera-
tion of the means for production. We may cling to profit as a
force in making the wheels of industry go round. But just
as we are beginning to challenge the private absorption of
the land values that come from the natural growth of our
communities, so we may come to challenge the devolution
into private fortunes and capital accounts of so large a share
of the current income from the manufacture and sale of
consumers' goods.

At this point the problem of the distribution of wealth in
our day takes on dy-

namic significance.
It has to do with the
stream of currently
created wealth and
with a new force
which may be laid
alongside the profit
motive. This comes
down to low wages
and insecure wages
and how to supplant
them by substantially
higher, more secure
wages, and by low

prices — in order that the workers may enhance their effec-
tive purchasing power and, as result, their enjoyment of life.
That enhanced demand would itself come full circle and
like a drive-wheel make for employment all down the line.

NOW it may be said that this gets us into mechanics of a
very different sort from that which turns heat into
energy in our engine-rooms. Yet to "earn a living" furn-
ished the motive for the first persistent work that man ever
performed. We have been slow to make the most of that
motive in modern production. It has taken a hundred years
for business men to realize the most obvious thing in the
world: namely, that they, no less than their men, have a stake
in high wages; that when — individually as employers — under
the guise of keeping down their own payrolls, they fought
efforts on the part of workmen to improve their earnings,
they were— collectively as manufacturers — battening down
the most extensive and elastic market for their products.
With half our population concentrated in industrial centers,
clearly low wages tend towards slow sales and hard times,
whereas higher wages let loose forces that make for sustained
business activity. The man earning, say, forty dollars a week,
is a far larger and better buyer than the man who earns, say,
thirty or twenty. Moreover, what is spent by the well-to-do
does not count for so much in keeping the wheels of pro-
duction moving as the purchases of the forty-dollar man and
his kind. To double incomes in the higher brackets would
not bring in business to compare with doubling the number
of forty-dollar families.

All this is but the commonest of common-sense, yet it might
be termed a "discovery," for such it was in the way it struck
the imagination of the employing group in the United States.
The depression has driven it home.

Self-interest may be said to have led to its recognition long
since by some of the great employing corporations which,
since the turn of the century, had come to the front by dint
of mechanization, semi-skilled labor and mass production.
For one thing, their managements wanted to keep the trade
unions out, both because they wished a free hand for them-
selves and because the older unions are many of them or-
ganized on craft lines

The second of a series in which Mr. Pels looks back engag-
ingly over the varied experiences of fifty active years as a
manufacturer — but only to look forward with curiosity and
courage. This he has contrived to do all his life/ so inveter-
ately that the modern plant of Pels & Co. in Philadelphia is a
laboratory where scientific finds can be looked for, and where
forehanded employment policies have held up under the
stress of the hard times. It is from this outpost that he here ex-
plores developments that give promise of spreading out more
of the benefits of our new capacities to make and deliver.

169

which do not dove-
tail into the new
scheme of manufac-
ture. As a result, the
doctrine of high
wages and low labor
costs spread in un-
expected quarters.
But more especially,
this was the way, if
manufacturers were
to act simultane-
ously, to build up
markets for the new

170

SURVEY GRAPHIC

March 1933

personal utilities which they were manufacturing and for
which they must find takers.

When the depression came, an effort was made, under the
leadership of President Hoover, to peg in wages. This policy
in time gave way, first to resort to
part-time employment, and then to
wage cuts. To bolster up the securi-
ties of the companies on the stock
exchange, dividends were kept up
from reserves long after dividends
had ceased to be earned, but pay-
rolls were let down on every hand.
What this meant in flattening out
sales has not escaped the attention
of managements. The shrinkage in
domestic even more than in foreign
markets has been staggering. It is
scarcely believable that business
leadership is so stupid as to miss the
point, although it may not be pre-
pared as yet to act on it.

Where, let me ask, will the stream
of income from resumed production
count for most? Will it count for
most if, as in the post-war boom
years, it continues to overflow into
our already over-extended foreign
loans and our over-expanded capital equipment? Or will it
count for most if it runs down the sluiceways of wages and
popular consumption that will set going half-used plants and
machines? Individually, it may be to the interest of a cor-
porate group to conscript the new flow of wealth as gain
for themselves; but for industry as a whole, collectively, that
is not the case. It is needed as wage-earnings to turn the
drive-wheel of the wage-earning market. Therein lies the
real significance of the proposals for new organizations
through which whole industries may plan and act in concert.

TWO other obvious ideas have been ripening. We have
I been slower, as the depression and the moves to outflank
it showed, to recognize that to lift wages in good times and
keep them up in bad is not enough. For one thing they must
go on without serious break. For another there must be some-
thing to take their place when such a break comes.

The wage-earning market depends, collectively, upon the
worker's continuous tenure, if not of his job, then of his
opportunity to earn. That is why the mass unemployment
experienced in a depression bulks as a business danger no
less than as a social menace. Amid all the confusion of
counsels it is to be hoped that this second, elementary lesson
as to the need for supplying and stabilizing work has be-
come clear in the minds of American business leaders. But to
appreciate the general damage which, even after years of
seeming prosperity, can be wrought by a period of general
unemployment, is less than half of that lesson. Studies car-
ried out in 1928-9, by the National Federation of Settle-
ments and by the Committee on Education and Labor of the
United States Senate,1 showed the devastating inroads which
unemployment and irregular employment make in normal
years on both family welfare and household budgets.
The crisis simply produced a mass wreckage of both.

We have had no national center devoted exclusively to
this continuing problem. Attention was called to the lack

'See SURVEY GRAPHIC, April, 1929, a special number on Unemployment and
Ways Out.

Shanty towns are no answer to the need for housins

by Swarthmore College when in 1930 it projected a ten-year
program which deeply engaged my interest. It was novel
in its combination of counsel, experiment and inquiry in the
field of management and labor relations, all directed toward

service to an exigent human
problem. In the course of
six-months demonstration, the
Swarthmore Institute blockec
out three lines for study anc
service which would throv
light in turn on how to regu-
larize work in different in-
dustries, how to re-engage
dislocated workers and how
to tide over the lost earnings.
We have institutions for re-
search in the pure and applied
sciences and for medical re-
search. We have laboratorie
for electrical experimentatior
and for industrial research
geared to manufacturing or
commercial ends; but we have
largely failed to set up equiva-
lent centers in the field of
human engineering. Th<
Swarthmore project itselJ
failed to win the necessary support for its pioneering. The
need today is clearer than when the plan was launched, and
my hope is that the idea may still find lodgement in some
resourceful quarter.

The prevention of unemployment, as a practical problem,
presents itself in very specific situations in normal times to
every manufacturer. There are periods when we make more
goods than our sales departments can immediately dispose of.
Should we lay men off, or reduce the time of all the workers?
Either way, a workman may know what he is getting by the
hour or by the day, but can never tell what he will get in
given week, much less in a given year.

December is a month associated with holiday cheer. Yet
December is always a bad month in the soap business. The
trade does not buy because grocers and wholesalers do not
want excessive stocks on hand at the end of the calendar
year when inventories are usually taken. So, with things left
to drift, the holiday month tended to become a broken
month in the trade and lessened earnings gave an uncom-
fortable background to Christmas cheer.

These and other aspects of the question led to serioi:
study. In the back of our heads was, of course, the knowledge
that after all, people keep clean twelve months a year; the
do not discard wash-basins and tubs at holiday time. So
we and others set about the attempt to get the better of the
calendar and to provide for at least fifty weeks in the year in a
business that has slack and busy periods. By warehousing
additional stocks at key points in our market areas, by a
study of stocks carried in trade by our customers, and by a
reconsideration of the system of distribution; then, by linking
up the schedule of output with the knowledge thus acquired,
we were able to accomplish our object under normal
conditions; and to hold to it through two years of the de-
pression. Technically we have been able to maintain it sine
but the fifty weeks have some of them been short ones. Othe
manufacturers who have approached the problem in the
same scientific spirit have achieved similar results.

Aside from the marketing policy which made the change

March 1933

SOME DISCOVERIES IN THE BACKWARD FIELD OF CONSUMPTION

171

possible, there are other factors which helped. The men real-
ize the spirit in which the plan must be carried out. There is
no grumbling when they are shifted from one occupation to
another. The holidays, for example, are a good time for
painting and whitewashing and general refurbishing about
a plant, and all sorts of workers share in such work. And not
only are they free of the dread of a blue Christmas; their
homes have a year-round security which reacts on the year-
round efficiency of the plant.

ONE of the special lines of inquiry projected at Swarth-
more had to do with the practicability of rating indus-
tries, and even plants within industries, according to the
regularity of their employment, and of basing an American
plan for unemployment insurance on these rates in such a
way that itwould be to the economic advantageof an industry
as a whole, and of individual plants within the industry, to
stabilize. There would be other, if indirect, money values to
the industries concerned because of the increased efficiency
flowing from the continuous use of men and equipment.
Such an angle of attack is implicit in the pioneer Wisconsin
Compensation Act of 1932, which is based on individual
plant funds. The Ohio State Commission on Unemployment
Insurance, under the chairmanship of Prof. William M. Lei-
serson of Antioch College, has gone further; it projects a
sliding scale, analogous to that employed by the Ohio
Workmen's Compensation Fund, which has long rated in-
dustries according to their accident records and adjusted
its premiums accordingly.

To the idea of low labor costs and high wages, and in turn
to the idea of steady work and steady
wages, has thus been added the idea of
insurance against broken work and
broken wages. This is a lesson we still
have to learn in America. It is doubtless
beyond the grasp of insurance to cover
long-continued, widespread unemploy-
ment, and until we have mastered the
forces which make for hard times, the
burden of depression relief is likely to ex-
ceed anything which can be handled on
an actuarial basis. In Europe, the insur-
ance systems as such have been over-
whelmed in attempting to cover it. None-
theless, the Ohio Commission estimates
that, had the insurance fund it recom-
mends, been set up following the hard
times of 1921-22, it could have met its
current obligations through 1929 and
still have had $180,000,000 for distribu-
tion the first two years of this depression.
This [see Survey Graphic December 1932] is seven times the
estimated total of private and public relief in Ohio for this
same period. It would have been drawn from the period ot
prosperity and would have helped sustain purchasing power
during the slump.

In the absence of any such forehanded provisions in the
United States, we have tried to raise private emergency
funds in the midst of the stringency itself; and when these
have run short, we have turned to municipal, then >o state,
and belatedly to federal aid, burdening taxpayers at the
worst time and mortgaging the future. In comparison with
the protection afforded by the European systems, ours has
been a very loose, costly and haphazard scheme. We can
recognize the generous motives of organizers and contribu-

tors, but in many cities, and in vast numbers of cases, the
relief has been neither sure nor adequate; and we have let our
people down. Unquestionably there have been abuses and
anomalies in the European experiments in applying the in-
surance principle to unemployment and irregular employ-
ment. They have been developed in times of economic col-
lapse and political unrest. But their short-comings have been
exaggerated in American discussion, while we have been
blind to our own. For the general run of times, unemploy-
ment insurance will prove a most valuable and practical
help, not alone to American wage-earners but to our mer-
cantile, manufacturing and professional groups which serve
them.

Measures on the one hand for stabilizing and spreading
work, and on the other for insurance and protection when
work falls short, thus hold out promise of greater security for
wage-earners' families. From a business angle, they will help
keep the wage-earning market going when and where it
drags most desperately. Nonetheless we must seek our solu-
tion of stalled consumption in bolder and more fundamen-
tal ways.

THROUGHOUT the early stages of the depression we
saw the drive-wheel of purchasing power turn in re-
verse— unemployment, reduced earnings, reduced spend-
ings, reduced sales, reduced production, more unemploy-
ment— that was the sequence, the situation worse at every
revolution. How can we set it going the other way round,
and weight it so that it will be easier for it to turn earning
power into consuming power, into greater demand for

production and hence
for employment, and
thus into more earning
and consuming power?
Here we come close
to a new force in mod-
ern economic life, the
full potentialities of
which we have yet to
explore. I refer to the
strategic use of credit.
This may prove as rev-
olutionary an advance
over our engrossed re-
liance on the profit mo-
tive as electricity has
been over steam. We
have not abandoned our
boilers, but in the dy-
namo we have a motor
with special attributes.
Like fire, or steam, or electric current, credit-energy
bristles with possibilities, good and bad. The pros and cons of
the rapid spread of instalment buying in the automobile
trade afford an illustration. Again, much of the investment
made in productive equipment in the war and post-war
years came out of savings already made — out of the income
received by well-placed people in excess of their consump-
tive requirements; that is, ordinarily out of profits, interest
and dividends. But by the instrument of bank credit, bankers
can and in the last analysis did, float investments on a large
scale purely out of prospective savings — out of the hope of
profits. As one economist puts it, they have the power, by
means of this flexible and very little understood factor, to
anticipate future savings and in effect to compel them. As

Wordlessness will not revive the automobile market

172

SURVEY GRAPHIC

March 1933

result, a part of our central unbalance between productivity
and purchasing power is attributable to the uncontrolled
policies of certain groups of banks interested less in responsi-
ble industrial service than in profits for themselves.

On the other hand, we have long seen credit used to
instigate new and needed
industries and to indus-
trialize backward coun-
tries— such as the United
States was fifty years ago
in comparison with Eng-
land. We see its new signifi-
cance in efforts at revival
and reconstruction in post-
war Europe. We have re-
cently seen it resorted to
by the Reconstruction Fi-
nance Corporation as a
semi-governmental lever-
age to help American
banks, railroads and in-
dustries over the depres-
sion. Here it has been used
as a means for defense, and
the basic criticism leveled
at it has had to do with
whether, as administered,
the aid rendered these
agencies has sifted through
in ways which have spread em-

My anticipation is that the same rewards that Ford re-
ceived will be found waiting for pioneers in supplying im-
proved housing to the millions. Builders for the most part
have had their eyes centered on the more expensive resi-
dences which yield a larger profit per unit. They tend to
overlook the belt of latent buying and
renting power among families who
want better places in which to live but
who do not earn enough to take on the
sort of houses customarily offered by
the real-estate operators. Yet new
ideas, new materials, new methods are
at hand now as never before in the
building world which should enable us
to supply wage-earners with homes
they want at a price which is not pro-
hibitive to them.

With this thought in mind, I have
talked, as chance offered, to many
builders and architects. They have
customarily told me such proposals
were impractical. I came upon one
who is giving much study to the ques-
tion, bringing to it both an extensive
practical experience and social insight.
He has found ways and means towards
a favorable conclusion but is not yet
satisfied that he has reached the end of
his search. In Phila-

ployment and increased purchasing

power. How far we can turn public

credit to account, not as a palliative

but to sustain consumption or energize constructive action in

a scheme of ordered planning, has yet to be demonstrated.

But it is certainly worth studying and experimenting with.

JUST as we may turn hopefully from the rigid habits of
conventional banking to a more strategic use of credit, so
we can test out new conceptions as to the nature of profits
and prices, and as to wages in terms not so much of money
as of what earnings will buy.

The American business world will sooner or later be con-
vinced that a small margin of profit per unit of output is all
that should be exacted in sales; that beyond that point indus-
trial gains should melt into higher wages and lower prices;
and that this is not merely a question of justice but one of
monetary advantage to the producer. One thousand articles
carrying a profit of one dollar mean more than one hundred
articles with a profit of five dollars each. But how many
more can buy at the lower price? And how many more pur-
chasers will be able to buy other articles because they are
employed in producing this one?

Even under present conditions we have made advances in
expanding the market for mass production by lowering
price. Henry Ford consistently set out to sell a good auto-
mobile at a figure which would fit the slender incomes of
vast numbers of people, a price and a quality which for
years no other maker could or would duplicate. This gave
him the market, at the same time that he served strata of the
population which otherwise could not have gratified the
all but universal desire to own a machine. In order to bring
this opportunity home to the public, he advertised in a way
which not only informed everybody as to his car but gave
currency to the whole conception.

The same rewards that Ford received will be found waiting for
pioneers in supplying improved housing to the millions. Our
tenements should be scrapped along with one-horse gigs

delphia $7500 was
roughly the price of
the largest number of
new residences offered

for sale in 1929. (This figure has since been reduced in con-
sequence of the depression.) We share the belief that a really
livable house can be produced locally to cost the buyer
from $2500 to $3000, or its equivalent in rent.

If such reductions are possible under existing conditions,
how much more might be brought about through an organ-
ized nationwide attack upon this neglected field of consump-
tion? The City Housing Corporation, the Amalgamated
Clothing Workers and other groups in New York, the Buhl
Foundation in Pittsburgh, the Rosenwald Fund in Chicago,
are pioneering in this field. There is ferment among the
engineers and architects; much discussion and planning.
Limited-dividend housing corporations have been included
as self-liquidating projects within the scope of the Recon-
struction Finance Corporation in states, which like New
York, shall set up state housing boards. This opens the way
for low-credit facilities for housing which may have as
revolutionary an effect in the United States as they have had
in England and the continental countries where housing
developments have so far outstripped ours. It has been esti-
mated that a third of American families live in structures
which are not only largely untouched by those domestic
conveniences which we like to think of as the setting for
American family life, but which are actually inimical to
health and decency. They should be scrapped along with
one-horse gigs. They should be discarded like the diet of
beans and salt pork that made for scurvy. They drag down
American efficiency. They are unbeautiful. Their current
cost in rents and payments is at the same time often a need-
less and heavy drain on the consuming power of the house-
hold.

New homes for old, cars instead of buggies and wagons,

March 1933

SOME DISCOVERIES IN THE BACKWARD FIELD OF CONSUMPTION

173

vehicles which in number far outrun anything known in
horse-driven times — these are beginnings in the process of
implementing the consuming public. Throughout the sev-
enty-five years since the outbreak of the Civil War, we have
been putting invention and science into the mills and fac-
tories which produce the goods Americans consume. An
industrial plant is likely to be half a century ahead of the
homes in its neighborhood in construction, convenience and
design. The coal stove and the hot-air furnace, the sewing
machine and parlor organ began a movement which, more
belatedly, has carried over into our living-rooms something
of the modern equipment we have lavished on our work-
rooms. Bathtubs and inside plumbing, pianos, telephones,
gas-jets and electric-bulbs, washing-machines, radio-sets,
refrigerators have followed in their train. Yet these in turn
are only the first of the domestic installations which will go
with the new consumption if we have but the talent to pro-
voke, sustain and supply it.

WE can trace the rise of our new agencies for marketing
— department stores, mail-order houses, chain-stores,
cooperatives — organized merchants reaching back to their
sources of supply, manufacturing corporations reaching out
to the ultimate consumer. We have made beginnings in co-
operative credit and buying. Nevertheless, it can scarcely be
said that we have fairly entered upon an epoch of mass dis-
tribution, much less of planned consumption. At the hearings
on the La Follette Bill for a National Economic Council, the
chief of economic research for the Bureau of Foreign and
Domestic Commerce pointed out "that we know little or
nothing about how our physical goods are distributed;
whence they emanate, where they go; that we know little
about the stocks of commodities on hand, and that with
exception of department stores, which cover only 3 percent
of our retail trade, we have no data on consumer's pur-
chases." Without such factual data we can scarcely grasp
either our needs or our possibilities, in ways which will either
help stabilize production or lead to healthy expansions in
consumption.

Let me point out that good roads had been needed ever
since the wheel and axle were first invented, but we in the
United States never had good roads to any extent until the
automobile dramatized their need to the multitude, and un-
til business interests had a stake in their extension. Then
good roads came.

Our modern merchandising and advertising methods have
made multitudes of less advantaged people conscious of the
same desires which animate the consumer who is better
placed financially. The very deprivations of the hard times
have dramatized our profuse production of the very goods
that would satisfy them. We have let our old stereotypes of
wages, prices and profits stand in the way of their earning
those satisfactions. Once more business interests have a stake
— this time in extending consumption. Once more we must
break and build good roads.

When we depended largely on human muscles there was
often too much work; and there sprang up the demand for
outside power. Here again necessity was the mother of in-
vention: the new muscles of machines and engines were
found to help us. Now we have too little work, and we must
look to new minds for leads, or new workings of old minds,
in adjusting ourselves to the technological changes that beset
us.

A shorter work-week at the same weekly wages, giving
opportunity for employment to more people and stretching
the national payroll, would make a practical start in striking
a new balance between producers' money and consumers'
money, and hence between production and consumption.
Higher wages, steadier vfork and unemployment insurance;
the constructive use of public credit; smaller margins and
larger sales through which as we have seen industrial gains
may melt into higher wages and lower prices; the new do-
mestic installations which will go with the new consumption;
mass credit, mass distribution, all these will help throw the
balance over.

THESE are not enough; profits themselves must be scaled
down, if the earnings of our new production are to
be distributed where they will sustain and stabilize indus-
try and agriculture. Only with more and steadier wages to
spend can the vast body of workers be in position to re-
spond to the natural call to use and consequently to buy;
and hence to do their important part in striking an equi-
librium with the new forces for production.

[In a third and concluding article in the April Survey Graphic,
Mr. Pels will develop this theme in his constructive proposals for
Planning for Purchasing Power. These articles are drawn
from his forthcoming book, This Changing World, Houghton
Mifflin Co.]

"There is a limit of compe-
tition beyond which even
the spider will not 30"

THROUGH NEIGHBORS' D O O R WA Y S — J O H N PALMER GAVIT

NEW TENANT ACQUIRES HOT SPOT

WHAT President of the United States ever stepped
into such a riot of problems, domestic and inter-
national, as confronts Franklin D. Roosevelt,
coming to the White House as it would seem almost gaily,
under the delusion recently expressed that it is "simply a
bigger job?" Answer is: None. "Bigger" is right; but it is also
different. Rises to mind the picture of a man setting out to
drive a swarm of hornets across a field, with intent to shep-
herd them into a knot-hole. It is a swarm, not a procession.
If only he could tackle them one by one; — but each is in a
hurry. And, to change the figure, almost every one of the
problems interweaves with almost every other. The domestic
crisis arises chiefly from and in great measure waits upon the
solution of the international tangles. And over all hangs a
very real peril of war from which we could by no means be
kept free; indeed, we are directly concerned in its menace.
It were bad enough, difficult enough, if the new Presi-
dent and his administration could put their minds with whole
attention upon these prodigious tasks. Unfortunately it is
in the nature of the situation that the man who has to shep-
herd the swarm of hornets must at the same time concern
himself with a cloud of extraneous mosquitoes — an army of
job-hunters, few of them caring a whit about the welfare of
the world, of their country; of anybody or anything but them-
selves and a juicy place of suction. As Grover Cleveland
wrote to VV. S. Bissell:

I am sick at heart and perplexed in brain during most of my
working hours. I almost think that the professions of most of my
pretended friends are but the means they employ to accomplish
personal and selfish ends.

Consider only the international questions, each of mo-
mentous and extremely pressing importance, to which
attention must be given forthwith. There's a portfolio of
trouble! At this writing the name of the new secretary of
state who must take it in charge has not been disclosed or
even confidently guessed. One prays that he be a strong man,
not only with broad and open mind, but soundly ac-
quainted with the vast and multiform background, historic,
economic, social, upon his understanding of which will
depend not only his success but in many ways the welfare
of the whole world.

THE hottest thing, I
think, in the nexus of
foreign problems which
the new administration
inherits is the situation in
the Far East. Mr. Stim-
son let us in for a very
large and continuing re-
sponsibility in his declara-
tion, in general terms but
avowedly aimed at the
Japanese usurpation in
Manchuria, that the
United States would not
recognize the spoils of
violations of treaties, es-

pecially of the so-called Kellogg Pact. It was a momentous
thing, and Mr. Roosevelt has more than intimated that he
will abide by it. Its implications are tremendous. Even if he
did not approve, it is difficult to see how he could repudiate
them now. Laying down this doctrine of non-recognition,
the United States has taken initiative in a major controversy;
has given positive meaning to agreements for the preserva-
tion of peace and national integrity; incidentally has given
overt cooperation as never before with the League of Nations
in that endeavor. We ourselves have declared a world policy;
the League has accepted it. To back out now would be to
forfeit all dignity.

The menace lies in the fact that Japan is now a danger-
ously pathological case. It is common to say that China
has politically no real national existence; no dependably
controlling government. That is true; but in fact Japan is
hardly better. Its government is not functioning responsibly.
One of the great family clans controls the army, another the
navy; each works at its own sweet will. At horae a fascist
movement contends with a growing radical element; the
strong sane men have fallen by assassination or are in grave
peril of it; the group of "elder statesmen" are mostly of ante-
diluvian thought. The men of modern, moderate, liberal
mind can only wait and "ride out the storm." Actual
performance is controlled by militarists with delusions of
grandeur who seem bent upon national hari-kari. And mean-
while there is increasingly in this country and elsewhere a
definite Chinese propaganda designed for China's benefit to
provoke war between Japan and the United States. Mean-
while also the smaller nations, members of the League of
Nations, urge uncompromising action by the League in the
way of downright utterance and even "sanctions" by arms
and economic embargo — means which can be employed
effectively, not by themselves but only by Great Britain,
France and the United States, each having already plenty
of troubles of its own. And Japan as at present manifesting
is enraged at pretty much the whole world; especially at us
for our irretrievable pledge against recognition; at Great
Britain and France for permitting the League to accept the
Lytton report; at Soviet Russia for its recent treaty with
China. The hopeful symptom is in increasing evidence that

the sane minds of Japan
are slowly overcoming the
always reckless military
element.

But it is a sizzling bomb
that Mr. Hoover hands
with best wishes to his
successor. I am not brave
enough to guess what may
be happening by the time
these words are in type.
Today's dispatches report
Japan as buying old Brit-
ish steamers suitable for
troop-transports, and —
most of the United States.
navy is in the Pacific.

Strupe in the London Daily Express

174

March 1933

NEW TENANT ACQUIRES HOT SPOT

175

The intergovernmental debts loom large, however all
the tendencies of good sense — including even evidences that
our own die-hards are beginning to realize the necessities —
point to an ultimate and perhaps surprisingly early compo-
sition within the bounds of possibility. The spirit of Locarno
and Lausanne still lives and tempers — along with the
common-sense slowly growing. Even the throttling effects of
egregious tariff obstacles are coming to be realized; fortu-
nately the new administration is committed, by definite dec-
laration as well as by known convictions, in the direction of
revision and international concessions on that subject.

There are the Philippines. It is law now that they are to be
set free, still hobbled and exploited to the end. But — and a
substantial "but" it is — it is by no means certain that the
Filipinos will accept their liberation on any such terms.
Moreover, a grave question looms: the Supreme Court has
declared those islands an integral part of the United States;
it is probable that it will ere long have to pass upon the
question, whether Congress has the constitutional power to
give away territory belonging to the Nation. Such was the
tangled web we wove when after the Spanish-American War
we embarked upon the perilous seas of imperialism !

By the same token there is Cuba. Bloody uproar there; any
day, right at our doors, that island for which in the eyes of
the world we assumed a large measure of responsibility may
burst into flame. During the past six years the Machado
government has carried on a cruel suppression less brutal
only in quantity though not in kind than that of the Span-
iards which provoked our interference. There is no longer
in Cuba any semblance of the democratic government
which we are supposed to have guaranteed.

There is our legendary "Big Brother" relation with Cen-
tral and South America. Right now war on a large scale,
however undeclared technically, between Bolivia and Para-
guay; all efforts of neutral nations including the United
States have failed. There is all but war between Colombia
and Peru over an absurdly remote little village called
Leticia in a narrow tongue of territory far in the mountains
behind Ecuador and on the edge of Brazil which is watching
the wrangle anxiously.

THERE is the question of the recognition of Soviet Russia.
Greatly has subsided in this country the emotionalism
that has blinded American eyes to the enormous possibilities
of that vast market for our products. Whatever we may
think, however we may feel, about the beliefs and ways of the
Russian people and the manners of its ruling group, the fact
is that by every conventional test traditionally governing
the question of recognition that government long since
became dejure as well as de facto. It is not for us to say how the
Russian people shall be governed. In no substantial respect
is that government worse than others that we have recog-
nized without batting an eyelash. Mr. Roosevelt will have to

decide when we shall stop biting off our own nose to spite our
face. I suspect it will be soon.

Disarmament, the question of embargo upon export of
munitions to nations, aggressors and victims of aggression;
there is a problem for a world still scared to death amid the
war-provoking mischiefs wrought by and potential in the
treaties of a misbegotten "peace." World economic parley,
called to unravel the inner threads of all these tangles, each
of which, as I have said, reaches more or less inextricably
into every other. And our own welfare greatly dependent
upon the unravelling.

IF only it were "just a bigger job" ! If only the President of
the United States, confronting tasks which make the fabled
labors of Hercules look like half-holiday diversions, had
authority commensurate with his responsibility" and were
allowed to attend to his business. We have in the United
States dozens, perhaps hundreds of men — yes, and of women
not a few — who could make good in the White House if
they could go at the task on its merits with the aid and
counsel of others deliberately chosen upon theirs; with leave
to tackle even the mighty issues a few of which I have hastily
summarized, one big problem after another, in tandem or
even abreast, as a sane man tackles the direction of a
rationally-conducted business. It isn't like that; it never has
been.

Nevertheless, this is the undertaking. Mr. Roosevelt asked
for it and got it. As always with an incoming President, he
walks amid roseate clouds of good-will and the confident
clinging hopes of the loafers-and-fishers. As someone said on
the radio the other night, "he has buttered his bread and
will have to lie in it." He will need all the prayers of all friends
and well-wishers; enemies need think up nothing new in
the way of troubles for him. As for the fine things that have
been said of him, all the glowing prophecies . . . Once
there was a man who had his wife's epitaph composed dur-
ing her life-time; he had it framed and hung up in her room,
in order, as he explained, that she might live up to it!

In a considerable sense Mr. Roosevelt must begin where
Woodrow Wilson left off; but it is not as if he took over at
Wilson's "Farthest North." The flag conies to his hand far
in the rear of that. As concerns international relations es-
pecially, he inherits all the cumulative evil consequences of
inertia, unconscionable ignorant blundering since 1920;
of doing nothing, of doing wrong things, of doing right things
in the wrong way, or too late. It is in many ways a new deal;
the world understands that, and waits, none too patiently;
the while watching anxiously the sputtering fuses already
dangerously alight. The belief that wiser, more competently
benevolent policies might have wrought by now a better
situation, is neither here nor there. The alibis and the
might-have-beens are useful now only as light for the way
ahead.

rn l&vtl 9*3 OLf-sr Wt&H&s

LETTERS & LIFE — EDITED BY LEON WHIPPLE

ROCKETS DO LIGHT NO-MAN'S LAND

TECHNOCRACY— this odd
word drifted into the news
last August, dated Columbia
University. It covered doctrines
of threat, promise, drama that
clicked as news so by November
the cohorts of publicity, half-
dressed, were sliding down poles
in every cine-audio-press station
in the land, shouting "Where's
the fire?" Some replied "Colum-
bia's burning down!" It was rumored that the nation's
automatic cigarette-lighters had set up a Soviet. "The
cosmos is being consumed by the second law of thermo-
dynamics," muttered the serious, — which is true. Readers
of Alfred E. Smith's New Outlook were fascinated by articles
on Technocracy; splash-heads blazed on Pacific Coast
newspapers; alarmed financiers started a quiet espionage;
millions of folks just chattered. The printing-presses used up
billions of ergs on pamphlets and books.

By now the counter-barrage was booming destructively
at theory and sponsors. The deadly spotlight of radio
(directed perhaps by Machiavelli) was turned on Chief
Technocrat Howard Scott at a brilliant dinner and revealed
not a dictator, but an odd-talking, arrogant zealot. Pouf!
Columbia University and certain colleagues dropped Pilot
Scott over the side. The public looked silly and returned to
the depression and jig-saw puzzles. Technocracy had raced
from news-stunt to cult to
silence in six months.

Now, regardless of what
values do reside in the doc-
trines of Technocracy (and
they are discussed elsewhere
in this issue), we must study
this amazing demonstration
of our publicity-machine in
full action: first, for light on
the mood of the people;
second, for any lessons that
may help in that task think-
ing men agree confronts us —
the education of the people
on the complex mechanical-
financial factors of our civi-
lization. The doctrines may
be old, the promises vision-
ary, but the public responded,
and thought — or felt — for a
moment in terms of energy,
machines, price, debt. How
did the Technocrats rush in
where the engineers and
economists had been treading
so softly the public did not
know they were on the
march?

WHAT IS TECHNOCRACY?, by Allen Raymond. Whittlesey House.
ISO pp. Price $1.50 postpaid of Suney Graphic

TECHNOCRACY: An Interpretation by Stuart Chase. John Day. 32 pp.
Price 25 cents postpaid of Survey Graphic

INTRODUCTION TO TECHNOCRACY, by Howard Scott and others.
John Day. 61 pp. Price 90 cents postpaid of Survey Graphic

FOR AND AGAINST TECHNOCRACY: A Symposium edited by J.
George Frederick. Business Bourse Publishers. 278 pp. Price $2.50
postpaid of Survey Graphic

THE ABC OF TECHNOCRACY, by Frank Arkwritht. Harper. 73 pp.
Price $1 postpaid of Surrey Graphic

LIFE IN A TECHNOCRACY, b;

[FE IN A TECHNOCRACY, by Harold Loeb. Viking Press. 209 pp.
Price $1.75 postpaid of Survey Graphic

CAPITAL: And Other Writings, by Karl Marx. Modern Library. 429 pp.
Price 95 cents postpaid of Survey Graphic

Through the emotions,
course, with a kind of religioi
approach, a hell-heaven choic
between the threat of collaps
under a load of debt and unem-
ployment, and the vision of a
universal income equivalent to
$20,000 a year for sixteen hours
work a week. That was th
spearpoint of appeal, cruel am
perhaps dangerous, but of terribl
power for people in despair and suffering who do see aroum
them surplus stocks and idle machines. Stuart Chase be
lieves from looking into the labor press that this vision was
what centered hope. When it became clear that there wa
no plan, or leader, or even facts to justify the vision, Tech
nocracy was dead in immediate appeal. The public are
laughing it off now, but the idea may stick. Some group with
solider offerings may arise.

The interpreters of Technocracy thrummed the chords o
fear and terror just as in war-time this was done by propa
ganda. And there was certainly enough of failure, disin
tegration and menace around to cause fears. The attack on
the price system and the debt burden alarmed the leader
more than the people. They responded with a blend o
curiosity and panic: some half-hopeful there might be an
engineer's solution of problems they could not solve; some
resentful at the possible disruption of salvage and recon

struction plans already a

work; some simply scared to
death for their wealth am
status. The engineers merely
attacked the facts and curves
the rival Communists anc
Socialists, the obvious lack i
any political program tc
implement the theory; the
Liberals, the negation of the
human-being. They magni-
fied the Technocrats tempo-
rarily for a quarrel is a grand
disseminator of ideas. But
they deflated the vain claims
in a healthful way. But has
this technologist's approach
been ruined so we cannot use
it for real education? Have
we thrown out the babv
with the bath?

Next, consider the vacuur
of negation and disillusior
into which Technocracy
rushed with its creed:
energy god, its sacred book
(the famous charts of

Rollin Kirby in The New York World-Telegram
Where two or three are gathered together

176

energy survey) interpreted
by science priests, its esoteric

March 1933

LETTERS & LIFE

177

terminology of ergs, transversion, decision arrivation (as
comforting as was the old lady's word "Mesopotamia"),
its parables of The Manless Rayon Factory, The Chassis
Machine, The Brick-Makers. The War and its aftermath
had discounted democracy. The depression discounted both
big business and government. Turn to the engineers. For the
old democracy and the modern autocracy, give us Tech-
nocracy and let engineers run things as one big machine.

The American people are acclimated to machines and
power and have faith in engineering solutions. The auto-
mobile has made half of us horsepower conscious; farmers
crave power; our cities are power-creations: even our bills
for electricity come in kilowatt hours. Science has worked
big magic for our comfort and entertainment. Out of the
engineers who created the technical revolution may come
healing. The instinct for Fascism (to borrow will and
leaders) was perhaps engaged. Technocracy seemed to kick
Socialism, Communism, Fascism (by name at least) out the
door. This is no dictatorship of the proletariat (Russia
borrowed our engineers), but the emergence of the expert, a
scheme of things in which the middle class felt they would be
at home. It looks as if any new deal in the United States will
be based in part on the engineers.

Turning to the question of how Technocracy was "sold"
to the populace, we learn certain lessons. First, it is a grand
word, slipping glibly from the tongue: it piques curiosity,
lias an implication of austere science, and can mean any-
thing— and did. Each user filled in its meaning with his own
private concepts. The public must have a tag or trade-mark
to pass around. Consider the value of Uneeda, Mazda, or
birth control, companionate marriage, peace pact. We need
handles for talk. Second, it seemed to have first-rate sponsors,
a great university and eminent engineers. Columbia declares
it was simply giving the research project house-room, and
helping make work for unemployed draughtsmen, but the
public and many editors believed that this startling news
was coming from a reliable source. If it had been released
from private sources, it would never have received the news
display it has had. Next, there are lots of unemployed
journalists and printing-shops waiting for short orders. They
have splattered the newsstands with all sorts of slight
magazines, often on newsprint. They grabbed Technocracy
off the griddle. In effect we have had a revival of pamphlet-
eering, and it seems an effective way of threshing out ideas
with vast speed, but with dubious values for permanent educa-
tion. Yet it is a resource for the teaching that must be done.

The magazines and especially the newspapers did a good
job. They dug up all the facts they could; they tried to make
Technocracy clear; they presented the other side with not
too much prejudice; they helped deflate the claims that
needed deflation. They were reasonably fair and accurate.
But they have generally failed to point out the value of the
ideas, old or new, underlying the technological critique of
industry and finance. They would answer that you can get
people to read about Utopia in mystical terms, but not to
study hard facts and basic principles. Can educators of the
people find ways of meeting this dilemma?

The books on Technocracy were rushed out to catch the
vogue, and are often scrappy and vastly repetitious of one
another. But you will want to read one or two to settle your
own ideas on this phenomenon and to study its impact.
Allen Raymond's, What Is Technocracy, is a clear, straight-
forward account of the ideas, spokesmen, research theory,
and counter-attack. It is an admirable journalistic summary
that answers most of the immediate questions.

Stuart Chase's pamphlet in the excellent series published
by John Day is concerned with the structural ideas. He has
known the movement during the ten or twelve years of
incubation, thinks his own research agrees with much of
the technocratic theory, yet is critical of the cult trend,
believes the threat to employment is not yet emergent, and
deplores the idea that we can change society without due
consideration of the human-being. Here is a most useful
syllabus.

The Introduction to Technocracy is called "the only
authorized presentation" and offers what may now be called
the left-wing interpretation of the doctrine, some basic
definitions of terms, and an interesting reading list. The
exposition is somewhat difficult but digests what the techno-
crats believe.

The volume For and Against Technocracy seems mostly
against. The editor offers his own presentation, examines
some of the questionable examples used by the technocrats,
and includes the criticisms by Dr. Karl Compton of the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, George Soule of The
New Republic, and other engineers, business men, and
publicists. This is probably the best statement of the other
side.

The ABC of Technocracy is just that: a primer. It seems
superficial, but is an interesting example of an endeavor to
reduce complex ideas to elementary terms. Its technique is
better than its Technocracy.

Life in a Technocracy is an amusing projection of the
technocratic principles (as interpreted by Harold Loeb)
into a future society. What would happen to government,
religion, art, education, and amusement is forecast, and
does not make the prospect too alluring. The notions are
provocative, but naturally lack proofs.

The Modern Library has just issued a digest of Marx's
Capital and other writings, and thereby done us a real
service. If you want to go back of Veblen, to the roots of
certain ideas of change in society, you will find here the
master mechanic of them all.

The somber lesson of the hullabaloo is the void into which
Technocracy exploded. The will of the people is in a state of
unstable equilibrium; their emotions waiting to be stirred
by alluring hopes and moving fears. There is terrible need,
despair, disillusion. They will grab at a Utopia, to be
provided by the kindly engineers, but they do not confront
the need for discipline, sacrifice and an understanding of
how complex modern government and modern technology
are. Technocracy could not fill this yearning void with its
formulas, menaces, visions. For the time, it may have side-
tracked clear thinking on machines and money. The void
remains. LEON WHIPPLE

Nansen, A Sovereignty

THE SAGA OF FRIDTJOF NANSEN, by Jon SSrensen. The American-Scandi-
navian Foundation and W. W. Norton &* Company. 372 pp. Price $4.50 postpaid of
Survey Graphic

COMING from a small nation, Nansen was himself one of
the Great Powers; not just a political delegate of his own
Norway in Geneva, but a sovereignty. His people were all
the miserable, stricken, homeless and starving, and they
traveled, buffetted from hostile state to hostile state, on his
passport only. Hundreds of thousands between 1922 and
1930 had no other certificate of citizenship than one issued
by him, under his own name, and known as the "Nansen
Passport." Overnight, as when a million and a half Greeks
and Armenians fled in panic from Thrace and Asia Minor

178

SURVEY GRAPHIC

March

1933

into Greece, he negotiated loans of thousands of pounds
sterling and set up the machinery of organization to meet
them, feed them, and finally to make them self-supporting.
Alone he challenged the bull of Corfu. When nations could
not negotiate, he did, in his own name; transporting at one
time hundreds of thousands of prisoners of war, even from
Vladivostok to their homes in Central Europe, and at
another time shaming the peoples of the West to save starv-
ing millions in Russia. Of all the Norse legends of gods and
heroes, none can compare, for Herculean tasks completed,
with the saga of Dr. Fridtjof Nansen, High Commissioner of
the League of Nations for Repatriation of Prisoners of War
and for Refugees.

In these times it is hardly a recommendation of a book to
describe it as if it were only a document of human suffering;
but Nansen is not a man to be thought of as a figure of
tragedy. He was of such magnificent proportions as to call
for admiration, and a sense of high adventure in us. We need
to read of Nansen. Most of us think of him only as the
Arctic explorer and that part of his life makes half of the
book: a few know him for what he was, a scientist of the
first order; but in history it will be as the supreme human-
itarian of the post-war decade that he will be remembered.

The first biography of him is the work of the biographer
chosen by himself, Jon Sorensen, who has had the run of
Nansen's workrooms in the house above Oslo Fjord, diaries,
sketches, reports, confidential and published documents, a
room for each major subject. There are chapters still to be
written by Mr. Sorensen or others, diaries still to be quoted.
It would be a blessing if Mr. Phillip Baker, his lieutenant in
relief work, could write of Nansen from the English point
of view, if all Englishmen have the national gift for por-
traiture. Mr. Sorensen speaks as a countryman, out of the
warmth of near association, and the book has the great
advantage of that proximity. It reminds us a little of one of
Nansen's own quick drawings; one in particular in which we
see two of Nansen's ski comrades by a fire in a saeter cottage
and, in the foreground, Nansen's own dark bulk, his broad
shoulders, the back of his head, an ear and a cheek bone —
but unmistakably him. JAMES CREESE

Stevens Institute of Technology

How to Improve New York

WHAT'S THE MATTER WITH NEW YORK, by Norman Thomas and Paul
Blanshard. Macmillan. 326 pp. Price $2 postpaid of Survey Graphic

A^ account of corruption in the New York City govern-
ment as exposed by the Seabury investigation can
teach us nothing new. The corruption of 1932 is essentially
the same as that which earlier investigations have bared to
the public. The authors, realizing this, bend their energies
toward making clear the forms which modern graft takes
and suggesting remedies.

One who has read in Lincoln Steffens' Autobiography
how graft changes as a community matures is prepared for
the statement that Tammany no longer steals money
directly from the city but through bus franchises, pier
leases, etcetera, conducts a brokerage business within the
law. Money not out of the city treasury, but out of the
citizens' pockets. Moreover, there is little sense of wrong-
doing on the part of the grafters. They, like some of the rest
of us, see no difference between "honest graft" and successful
big business operations. Croker's statement to Frank Moss
that he was working for his own pocket "all the time: the
same as you" is the Tammany credo.

The authors do not see any cure-all for the conditions

which they enumerate; only an awakened interest of the
electorate can change matters. But neither do they believe
"that there is no use in doing anything until we can do
everything" and they suggest this policy for the New York
of the future:

" (1) Organize the city governmental machine so far as
possible without waste, favoritism, or inefficiency; (2) let the
people through their government own and operate the
great natural economic monopolies without profit or special
privilege; (3) let the workers of hand and brain share in the
control of these monopolies." I. M. BEARD

Bethel, Connecticut

The Christian-Social Path

FAITH AND SOCIETY. A study of the Structure, Outlook, and Opportunity of the
Christian Social movement in Great Britain and the United States of America,
by Maurice B. Reckitt. Longmans. 467 pp. Price $5 postpaid of Survey Graphic.

HOWEVER inundated by books on the predicament in
which civilization finds itself, the thoughtful reader can
ill afford to miss this volume. Corporate study is often of
especial value. Mr. Reckitt, editor of the religious review
Christendom and known by his work in the excellent
symposium, The Return of Christendom, is a leader in
the interesting Anglo-Catholic group which meets summer
by summer in Oxford. He gives us here the matured results
of his efforts and theirs toward formulating a Christian
sociology.

The approach, as is natural to an Anglo-Catholic, is
through the perspective of tradition; the first half of the
book presents a swift survey of the Christian-social move-
ment since the time of Maurice. Though the story has been
told already by Wagner and Binyon, Mr. Reckitt who knows
all the later phases from within, has much to add. The
American chapter is suggestive, although as the author him-
self modestly avers it seems a little scrappy and partial over
here, since even the most ardent Episcopalian can not claim
for the social movement in his communion quite the pro-
portionate importance ascribed to it by Mr. Reckitt.

But it is in the second half of the book that fresh values
appear. Christians, we are told, are no longer content "to
select from among contemporary social programs the one
that most attracts them, and endeavor to enlist for it the
support of organized religion. They are envisaging the task
of their movement in a far more profound and significant
light. "... They are banding themselves together, more
and more explicitly, to discover and to elucidate a coherent
ideal and its applications in practise, which shall be essen-
tially autochthonous, rooted as it were in the very soil of
Christianity." Mr. Reckitt's clues come from that far region,
strange to many modern readers, the domain of Christian
theology; they carry him in part along paths marked by
Papal Encyclicals; but also they head onward by significant
new trails blazed often for the first time through the con-
temporary jungle.

The book is searching and original; such chapters as the
ninth and tenth, with their cognizance of the special prob-
lems faced by an Age of Plenty, and of coming release from
our fetich of Work as a primary virtue, represent a far reach
of social vision. If there is no explicit recognition of the
position of Technocracy, — a newcomer perhaps not yet
domesticated in England,- — the same assumptions are
implicit here; and the analysis of the strangle-hold of our
financial system, with the bold suggestions of escape through
the Social Credit scheme, matter unfamiliar to America,
quicken constructive imagination along new and challeng-

March 1933

LETTERS & LIFE

179

ing lines. The book, though deeply Christian, is never
sentimental or Utopian; it is saved from these dangers of
social-religious speculation, not only by the author's mental
make-up but by the fact that he presents the grave and deep
enquiries of a group to which religion is no mere ethical
impulse but a light competent to guide our feet through
many technical difficulties in our difficult pilgrimage toward
the just and reasonable Order we all desire.

This review can at best only arouse curiosity. We end as
we began; this is a book not to miss.
Wellesley, Mass. VIDA D. SCUDDER

Russia in the Balance

RED ECONOMICS, edited by Gerhard Dobbert. Houghton Mifflin. 327 pp. Price $3

postpaid of Survey Graphic
RUSSIA IN TRANSITION, A Business Man's Appraisal, by Elisha M. Friedman.

Viking. 614 pp. Price J5 postpaid of Survey Graphic

WE have heard few boasts recently about the ability
of the Soviets to ward off the world depression.
Indeed, one of these books suggests that since 1930 Russian
officials have avoided all impartial economic investigation.
These two accounts of the Five-Year Plan move side by side
in their description of Russia's present difficulty, but diverge
widely in their explanation of it. To the Moscow correspond-
ents and German administrators who collaborated in writing
Red Economics, the Five-Year Plan's partial failure ex-
presses the newness of the task and the burden of world
depression; to Mr. Friedman it means the inadequacy of
communist principles and the hopeless enormity of planning
the economic future of a commonwealth.

The Five-Year Plan was an effort to make Russia self-
sufficient. Large exports of foodstuffs, which required con-
siderable lowering of standards of living, were used to buy
foreign machinery and the services of foreign experts. With
this foreign aid heavy industry was to be vastly expanded.
Industrial costs were to be reduced, the quality of goods
improved, private trading destroyed, the foundations of
collective agriculture laid, and inflation avoided. Inflation
evidently has continued at an increasing rate. This fact,
together with a fall in the efficiency of labor, has substituted
a slight increase for a decline in industrial costs. Transporta-
tion has been inadequate. Shortages of consumable goods
have led to new experiments with private trade. The
quality of goods has not improved. The decline of world
prices has forced down the revenue from exports and so
required the Russians to buy less abroad. With diminished
supplies and higher costs, the expansion of some industries,
though considerable, has lagged behind the Plan. Other
industries, however, have expanded beyond their hopes;
and the peasants have been organized into collective
farming units much more rapidly than was thought possible.

As Mr. Friedman sees it, the Soviets have sought to cope
with their failures by borrowing capitalist techniques. The
industrial trusts have been decentralized; in each smaller
unit the power of the management to discipline workers has
been strengthened. Western systems of cost accounting have
been adopted. Piece wages have been added to the incen-
tives of workingmen, and higher salaries to those of man-
agers. The foreign experts have been given a freer hand.
Higher prices in the government stores together with an
increase in cooperative and private marketing at prices still
higher, have operated as an indirect wage-cut. All last
summer, until the privilege was revoked in September,
private trading for profit was permitted to peasants and
artisans. A new banking law limited credit extensions to the
financing of products actually completed and actually bought.

To Mr. Friedman these developments mean that state
capitalism is replacing communism, and that the Soviets
would do well to complete their conversion by a resumption
of their repudiated foreign debts in order to restore their
international credit. Most of the writers of Red Economics
on the contrary, emphasize a growing divergence from
capitalism, even though such administrative expedients are
undertaken. In their view, even the so-called failures
represent a remarkable expansion, considering the novelty
of the task and the little time given for the development of
expert management and laboring morale.

Mr. Friedman presents a comprehensive and legible
summary of recent events, drawn largely from official
documents and statistics. The writers of Red Economics
limit their factual material and offer interpretations based
upon the common knowledge developed among people in
close touch with the situation. One of these interpretations
is that Soviet information is published as propaganda and
should be interpreted with great care. Although Mr. Fried-
man has been discriminating in his use of Soviet figures, he
avowedly has confidence in them. CORWIN D. EDWARDS

BOOKSHELF

Books may be obtained at the prices given, postpaid of Survey Graphic
THE STORE, by T. S. Stribling. Doubleday, Doran. 571 pp. Price $2.50.

THE second book of this trilogy of Southern life following the
Civil War is intended to stand alone, though the reader, unfamiliar
with The Forge, may have some trouble in following the twists
and turns of complex family relationships, legitimate and illegiti-
mate. Like all Stribling's books, this is neatly written, with poise
and wit and easy sophistication. One feels, however, that it is not
the intent of the writer to give, as he does, so merciless a picture of
the cheap pretentiousness, the narrowness and ignorance, the bad
race relations and meager community life that limited popular
thought and action in the post-War South, as they do in the South
of today.

ELLEN TERRY'S MEMOIRS, edited by Edith Craig and Christopher St.
John. Putnam. 367 pp. Price $3.75.

"LET us now praise Ellen Terry, simple and loving in her pri-
vate life, noble and beautiful in her public ways." So ends the new
edition of Ellen Terry's biography, published in 1908, now brought
to date with several chapters by her daughter, Edith Craig, and
Christopher St. John. Ellen Terry tells her own story with her own
particular genius for "flashing down her thought on paper in a few
vivid words." The joint biographers complete it with tenderness
and accuracy. Beautifully illustrated, here is a fitting memorial of a
great actress who has been revealed to us, since her death, as a writer
of simplicity, charm and distinction.

A PRACTICAL PROGRAM FOR AMERICA, Edited by Henry Hazlill. 133 pp.
Harcourt, Brace. Price $1.

TEN articles from The Nation are here reprinted. After analyses
of the problems, the following are the main specific suggestions
made by the contributors: Henry Hazlitt, lower tariffs; Edwin
R. A. Seligman, tax reform; including taxes on liquors; Leo Wol-
man, unemployment insurance; Clarence S. Stein, government
controlled, large scale, non-speculative housing; E. G. Nourse,
scaling down farm mortgages, less tax on land, lower tariffs; Walton
H. Hamilton, new types of social control to meet industrial changes;
H. Parker Willis, exclusive federal control of banking, separation of
savings, commercial and investment banking, make the Federal
Reserve System more commercial; Morris Llewellyn Cooke, a
federal utilities planning board, enough public ownership to act as
a yardstick for privately operated companies; Winthrop M. Dan-
iels, compulsory railroad consolidation, repeal of the recapture
clause; Ray Vance, balancing of federal, state and municipal
budgets, business cycle control during the period of prosperity.
The writers are experts in their fields and their contributions
worthy of serious study.

Progressive
Social Action

by Edward T. Devine

A survey of the life-time experiences of the author,
a veteran in social work, with his conclusions as to
current trend, the progress made and the logical
path for the most definite and desirable future
progress. $1.75

Machine Age
in the Hills

by Malcolm Ross

A sympathetic, balanced and vivid account of
conditions in the West Virginia and Kentucky coal
fields resulting from the irresistible pressure of
Industrialism. There is a description of relief efforts
and suggestions for basical remedies. $2.00

At All Bookstores

THE MACMILLAN COMPANY

60 FIFTH AVENUE

NEW YORK, N. Y.

Our Economic Life in the
Light of Christian Ideals

A new study volume based on the present economic
situation. The author group, made up of representa-
tives of the Y. M. C. A., Y. W. C. A., and the
Federal Council of Churches, under the chairman-
ship of Dr. F. Ernest Johnson, emphasize particu-
larly the need of thoughtful planning as well as
moral indignation about the evils of our present
order.

Paper 90c; Cloth $1.50

Why Are There Rich and Poor?

The author, Abel J. Gregg, of the National Staff of
the Y. M. C. A., has done his bit to destroy the
reputation of economics as a dismal science. Of the
five discussions, one is based on a racy passage from
Stuart Chase; and another on a chapter from the
provocative Russian Primer of Ilin. This outline is
prepared for young people's groups and for adults
who are having their first go at economic problems.

Paper $.25
Order from your bookseller or direct from

ASSOCIATION PRESS

347 Madison Avenue New York

Shall We Afford Health?

(Continued from page 146)

advanced to a degree of which its most enthusiastic founders could
hardly have dreamed. In the voluntary associations of doctors
and patients which the Committee recommends one can see an
analogue to the schools that Quaker groups set up in New York
City in the first half of the nineteenth century — schools for their
own and their neighbors' children, which were incorporated into
the public-school system as soon as that aim of their founders had
been achieved.

There has been no important protest against the growth of medi-
cal service under governmental auspices in the fields where it now
gives most of the care that is given — medical disease and tubercu-
losis. These are diseases in which public welfare and safety obvi-
ously are involved; in which the costs of illness are patently too
heavy for individual families to bear; from which — because of
this ratio of cost to family income — the private practitioner could
hope for little reward. The importance to all of us of other diseases
which have to go neglected under our present system of individual
payment is perhaps not so spectacular, but they no less are signifi-
cant in the degree to which neglected illness involves public
burdens of dependency, loss of earning power, misery and pre-
mature death. The inability of individual families to take ad-
vantage of the services of modern medicine for the care of these
diseases is equally clear from the Committee's studies.

What should be the first step toward safeguarding health for
everyone is a question of relatively lesser importance in contrast
to need to recognize and establish that standard as an aim. The
studies of the Committee cover in detail a score or more of ways
in which communities or groups have established non-profit-mak-
ing medical services of greater or less extent which ensure their
right to these services at need on payment of a periodic fee within
their means. Not all of these have been successful, but at their best
they have shown an ability to provide care for their members
and better working conditions and incomes for their physicians
than patients and doctors in similar communities are able to obtain
individually. Other studies include the group clinics established by
private physicians; the middle-rate plans which some hospitals are
using successfully; in a few places the community hospital, doctor
or nurse supported by tax money and available to all. It would
not be desirable, if it were possible, to choose any one method im-
mediately applicable to the utterly varying kinds of communities
in different parts of the country. The need, however, is the same;
protection against hazards beyond individual control and for nine
tenths of us, beyond personal means except by some method of
sharing the risks. The aim will not be achieved until every person
has this protection. Under our economic order we can achieve it
only if we all stand together.

Our end will be achieved only through public demand and
effort. The public schools were established by public demand and
effort. They were not established by the private school teachers
and tutors as a profession but by the will of parents and leaders that
children should be educated; the determination to use the means
at their command to get it. As Dr. Wilbur said in another connec-
tion, "The thing won't go of its own propulsion." It must involve
everyone's effort as it is everyone's concern. As the authors of the
summary volume conclude: "The public and the medical practi-
tioners are not antagonists; they are co-plaintiffs against a scheme
of things whose origins are rooted in history and whose present
structure has been builded largely without design. Both groups are
consciously or unconsciously in revolt against a wasteful, ineffective
and almost chaotic system."

AMERICA ON THE MARCH

(Continued from page 1 50)

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

180

with those who are on the march. The things that men do to men
are still mysterious and so are some of the reasons behind the doing.

Perhaps the "Friendly City" is not so friendly. Perhaps some of
the "hospitality" of the South is for far too many of the homeless
expressed by officials who cooperate quickly and efficiently with
chain gangs. Perhaps a lodging-house in a northern city may de-
serve this characterization from two boys between seventeen and
eighteen years of age: "It is a place of horror. There are certain
men who go there every night. They say and do dreadful things."

Begging in that city is likely to lead to arrest. These boys whose
homes are half across the country decide to beg, for to them a jail
is a safer, cleaner place than a shelter for homeless men and boys.
The attitude of public officials in certain northern cities may be as
cold and calculating as some transients have reported. Perhaps
the stories told of a kind of "warfare" between certain of the South-
western states are not exaggerated; while officials have disputed
as to responsibility, human-beings have been treated worse than
animals. Governor Winthrop once wrote, in describing conditions
in England in 1630, "This land grows weary of her inhabitants so
that man who is the most precious of all creatures is here more vile
and base than the earth we tread upon and of less price among us
than a horse or sheep."

There are some people at least who will tell you that this de-
scription of the old governor's exactly fits these United States. They
will tell you that the average run of men are quickly satisfied or set
at rest if particular wrongs do not affect them or come close to
them. It is easy to be casual about distant sufferings as we read
our morning paper and take our first cup of coffee. But there are
those who feel that in the face of unemployment, lack of wages,
malnutrition, loss of homes and hope, something must be done to
bring about a change, possibly in their own town — possibly in the
state capitol or even in Washington.

It is about the latter we have been almost mad with despair
because there has been such "blindness" to reality, such emphasis
on conservation. Leaders have been so concerned to preserve a
semblance of serenity and smoothness, of seeming peace and calm
on the surface of the ocean of humanity. Impending storms, the
blackness of night underneath, the wrecks at the bottom have been
things which one must not admit, yet the great need has been for
action as searching as anything man has ever shown.

Here we have youth coming to the fore. Young men and women,
great numbers of them. They too are on the road. Even the old
have not lost their vision. We are again finding that youth is not
held by fear; they are for action. They are well characterized by
Charles Sumner in his description of Clarkson, who worked against
slavery and the slave trade more than a century ago. While a
student he was writing an essay on this subject. He was on his way
to London. Coming in sight of Wades Hill, he suddenly became
filled with a great dismay, so dreadful a situation must be changed.
"And then the thought came that if the contents of my essay were
true it was time some person should see these calamities to their
end." And he did so see them.

ONE cannot forget Lincoln Steffens' statement, "Nobody in the
world wants war; but some of us do want the things we cannot
have without war." Sheer brutality may not make a really deep
appeal but the desire to know enough so that we can't be brutal
may be of little more than superficial interest or concern. Men are
not always as brutal as they appear to be. Last April the police of
Philadelphia beat up a number of Communists who were planning
to march to the neighborhood of City Hall. While New York
handled without disorder a demonstration in which tens of thou-
sands participated, the reverse was true in the Quaker City. A
policeman, a faithful member of a small and lively church, told of
his participation in the breaking up of a small band of marchers.
A good father, a man of kindly reputation in his own neighborhood,
one who had the love of the "kids," was able without difficulty to
| become an agent for the expression of brutal acts which are for-
bidden to Christians. Loving one's enemy is a great goal and yet
"Those whom we love we can also hate." The reverse is equally
true.

In the course of the disbanding of the Johnstown Bonus Camp,
various promises were made to those about to leave. The promises
were expressed by some who spoke (Continued on page 182)

Supports Self By Writing

"When I reached this town I was a real child of
the depression. I had no job, and no chance of
getting one. I saw your ad, borrowed the money
to pay for the course, and finally finished it.
But before finishing, I had become self-supporting
as a correspondent for the state papers.
" I believe that if those who want to be writers will
apply themselves to your course, they will soon
know whether their living is coming out of the
writing market."

EDWARD G. FOSTER, Talahina, Okla.

How do

you

know
can't WRITE?

Have you ever tried?

Have you ever attempted even the least bit of training, under
competent guidance?

Or have you been sitting back, as it is so easy to do, waiting
for the day to come some time when you will awaken, all of a
sudden, to the discover}', "I am a. writer"?

If the latter course is the one of your choosing, you probably
never will write. Lawyers must be law clerks. Doctors must be
internes. Engineers must be draftsmen. We all know that, in
our times, the egg does come before the chicken.

It is seldom that anyone becomes a writer until he (or she)
has been writing for some time. That is why so many authors
and writers spring up out of the newspaper business. The day-
to-day necessity of writing — of gathering material about which
to write — develops their talent, their insight, their background
and their confidence as nothing else could.

That is why the Newspaper Institute of America bases its
writing instruction on journalism — continuous writing — the
training that has produced so many successful authors.

Learn to write by writing!

XJEWSPAPER Institute training is based on the New York Copy-Desk
-L >l Method. It starts and keeps you writing in your own home, on your
own time. Week by week you receive actual assignments, just as if you
were right at work on a great metropolitan daily. Your writing is indi-
vidually corrected and constructively criticized. A group of men with
182 years of newspaper experience behind them are responsible for this
instruction. Under such sympathetic guidance, you will find that (instead
of vainly trying to copy some one else's writing tricks) you are rapidly
developing your own distinctive, self-flavored style — undergoing an
experience that has a thrill to it and which at the same time develops in
you the power to make your feelings articulate.

Many people who should be writing become awe-struck by fabulous
stories about millionaire authors and therefore give little thought to the
S25, $50 and $100 or more that can often be earned for material that
takes little time to write — stories, articles on business, fads, travels,
sports, recipes, etc. — things that can easily be turned out in leisure
hours, and often on the impulse of the moment.

How you start

We have prepared a unique Writing Aptitude Test. This tells you
whether you possess the fundamental qualities necessary to successful
writing — acute observation, dramatic instinct, creative imagination,
etc. You'll enjoy taking this test. The coupon will bring it, without obli-
gation. Newspaper Institute of America, 1776 Broadway, New York.

Newspaper Institute of America
1776 Broadway, New York

Rend me without cost or obligation, your Writing Aptitude Test and further
information about writing for profit as promised in The Survey Graphic —
March.

Mr.

Mrs.

Miss

Address.

(All correspondence confidential. Xo sidesmen will call on you.)

10C363

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

181

Recommendations for a New Educational Program

Written in Collaboration
by

WILLIAM H. KILPATRICK

(EDITOR)

BOYD H. BODE

JOHN DEWEY

JOHN L. CHILDS

R. B. RAUP

H. GORDON HULLFISH
V. T. THAYER

A challenging, fear'
less, outspoken dis-
cussion of the ills of
education and their
correction, by seven
noted authorities on
education.

THE EDUCATIONAL
FRONTIER

353 Fourth Ave.

THE CENTURY CO.

Neu> Yorlc City

THE ANNALS

MARCH, 1933

presents a volume on

THE INTERNATIONAL

LABOR ORGANIZATION

under the editorship of Dr. Alice S. Cheyney of
the Washington Office of the Organization, with
an introduction by Director H. B. Butler.

There are articles explaining the structure and
workings of the Organization, its historical back-
ground, its theory, its action on some current
economic issues, and the relations of the United
States to the Organization.

A concise presentation of the raison d'etre and
the accomplishment of the International Labor
Organization.

Price $2.00

THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
OF POLITICAL AND SOCIAL SCIENCE

3457 Walnut Street, Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A.

(Continued from page 181) for certain groups in that community.
Doubts were expressed by the Army as to whether there would
be the consideration assured them by the mayor of the city as
they passed from place to place on their way home. Human-
beings deserve to be treated like human-beings. It did not help
the situation when word was received of inhospitable and un-
friendly receptions at Chicago and St. Louis of the first trains
leaving Johnstown with members of the Army. Instead of greetings
by the police, this job should have been in the hands of the friendli-
est and most understanding people in each city. Most of the things
which had been assured before the trains left Johnstown were not
done. A great deal of our knowledge of mental hygiene should have
been applied to this group. For this Bonus Army as it crossed the
threshold of one community after another represented individuals
who have been tested in the fierce fires of adversity. What ad-
versity does to the thinking of fathers and mothers is something
about which we cannot afford to be ignorant. Thomas Chalmers
uttered a great truth when he said, "Between a high tone of char-
acter and a high rate of wages there is a most intimate alliance."
Moreover when people are worried and disturbed before an on-
sweep of insecurity, all who are in positions of authority must keep
the attitude of the physician to his patient, of the teacher to his
pupil, the parent to the child. Our responsibility is to penetrate
the confusions attending the individual and mass conduct of a
disturbed humanity.

During the early Abolition days a group of Boston citizens waited
on Dr. Channing to request his presence as chairman of a great
public meeting in Faneuil Hall. He hesitated and then for some
reason decided not to appear. One of the members of the party
which waited upon him then said that by so deciding he was sur-
rendering a power for leadership into the hands of others, perhaps
wholely unknown people, and that this new leadership could not
therefore fairly be subject to his criticisms or control. In a great
many places transient groups, wandering bands, have besought
counsel, advice, and guidance. Fortunate are those communities
where these things have been given by the best citizens. It is Cabell
who said, "What a deal of ruined life it takes to make a little art."
How awful is our individual and collective responsibility for getting
something of the full measure of our obligations to those for whom
life at this moment is all ruin— all despair.

OFTEN it takes the outsider to reveal the worth of a relative or
friend or to give perspective to a situation. There seemed
to be a lot of feeling in different parts of the country that the great
majority of the members of the American Legion strongly dis-
approved the Bonus Army and did believe some or most of the
harsh and critical things said about its members. Some did clearly ac-
cept the appraisal of the United States attorney-general in regard to
the so-called criminal records of a great many members of the Army.

A curious thing happened as a result of a conference held in
Harrisburg some weeks after all but a few of the Bonus Army mem-
bers had left Johnstown. This conference was called by Mrs.
Liveright and attended by certain Pennsylvania Legionnaire
officials, state and national social-work representatives, as well
as some members of the staff of the Department of Welfare. At
this meeting those who had come into most intimate relationship
with the Army at Johnstown told of what they had seen and
learned. The human values of the situation were revealed. The
unmistakable integrity of character of the Bonus Army as a whole
was emphasized. The drama and the tragedy of their movement
were again revealed. There can be no questioning of the powerful
influence which this meeting exerted on the thinking of members
of the Legion in Pennsylvania and in other states. Certain resolu-
tions adopted at the state Legion convention held the following
week in Pittsburgh clearly reflected an infection of spirit caught at
Harrisburg, and had reverberations which reached across the
country to the national convention held a month later in Portland,
Oregon.

Perhaps the most supremely important thing done at Johnstown
was the manner of the approach of the Commonwealth of Pennsyl-
vania to that group. The authority of the Commonwealth was
expressed in a person of civil, not military standing, a wise leader

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

182

— Major Coleman B. Marks, maintenance engineeer, executive
bureau, Department of Health. State police were miles away and
were never in evidence at the camp at any time. The next most
important achievement was the realization on the part of the Bonus
Army leaders that others besides themselves had an understanding
of the irresistible economic and social drive behind the movement
and that the one fundamental approach to similar movements wa:
not by repressive measures but through an understanding, and if
humanly possible a removal of the causes.

THE predictions that other groups would descend upon Washing-
ton were verified in part when the Hunger Marchers appeared
last November. The record of what took place at that time is known
to a comparatively small portion of all the people who live in the
United States. It is not a good record. It is a very bad record. At
least some of the Washington authorities showed that they had
lived through the summer of 1932 without learning anything.
There is a right way and there is a wrong way to handle such
situations.

The repressive measures which were used — measures about
which the metropolitan press had little if anything to say — are
certain to have a backwash. This may express itself in martyrdoms
leading to results which won't help one single iota in the recon-
struction job which awaits us. What if the events of last November
move fifty or a hundred thousand people to a peaceful invasion of
Washington as has been predicted? People who will go there not
to fight, not to wreck property, but to allow themselves to be
beaten into "pulp" as their method of telling that city and the
country that there still is unrelieved need in the United States.
U'ho receives them and how they are received are questions of
national not merely local importance.

Can't we see something of the quality of that courage which
people express when they expose themselves to such dangers?
Can't we see that while it may be difficult always to recognize
genius, we can at least appreciate the physical, yes, the moral
courage which many of these "misguided" people show? The
churches still have a lot to say about the martyrs. Sermons are still
preached in explanation of the thought that "the seed of the church
is the blood of the martyrs." Can't we apply these lessons to the
great common affairs of life?

For the first time a federal plan is being forged which will link
closely the relief activities of public and private agencies through-
out the United States and suggest under the direction of a national
committee ways and means for the effective guidance and control
of the movements we have been discussing. Senators LaFollette
and Costigan are the leaders who have pointed up the plans in
Washington. They are suggesting effective correctives, many of us
feel, for what Emerson says is the "key to all the ages — imbecility
in the vast majority at all times, and even in heroes in all but certain
eminent moments; victims of gravity, custom and fear." Powerful
and wide-reaching national social welfare agencies have worked
closely with these senators in formulating this legislation — a unique
combination which promises a great deal for the future.

JUST as this article was going to press word came of the action in
the Senate adding $20,000,000 to the army appropriation bill
for the care of youthful male transients in army camps and posts.
The general plan in view, as expressed in the bill submitted by
Senator Couzens of Michigan, had been very much pointed up and
sharpened, according to the press, by Senator Reed of Pennsylvania.
All who have testified in behalf of the LaFollette-Costigan federal
relief bill, and also of the Cutting bill making a special appropria-
tion for migrants to be coordinated with the general federal relief
plan, will view with profound distress the above news.

The transient problem concerns families as well as individuals,
adults as well as children, women and girls as well as men and boys,
tt is intimately related to welfare standards, living conditions,
'•xtent and quality of work done, to public and private welfare
agencies, industrial conditions and a host of other factors in each
state and local community.

I do not consider that this is an army job in any sense or meaning
of the term. I have no military antagonism (Continued on page 185)

WhenVouCoTo

PHILADfLPHIA^

The Best

Abridged Dictionary
for Home, School and Office

WEBSTER'S COLLEGIATE

A wealth of constantly needed information instantly avail- '
able. 106,000 entries, hundreds of new words, 1,268 pages, '
1,700 illustrations. New Low Prices. Thin- ]
Paper Edition: Cloth, $3.50; Fabrikoid, j
$5.00; Leather, $7.00; Limp Pigskin, S7.50. j
At your bookseller's or from the j
publishers. Free specimen pages on
request.

G. & C. MERRIAM CO.

279 Broadway

Springfield
Mass.

CURIOUS BOOKS

Send for free catalogue
of Privately Prifited

BOOKS

Limited Editions
Unexpurgated Items
Illustrated

THE FALSTAFF PRESS

n.Pt. c.s. 260 Fifth Avenue, New York

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

183

TRAVELER'S

NOTEBOOK

1933-

A Year of Endings
and New Beginnings
in Soviet Russia

This is a year of transition and stock-taking for the Russian people. On the
eve of the second Five Year Plan, the accomplishment of the first Plan —
industrial, social, cultural — stands in sharp focus.

For the seventh year, The Open Road will assist the inquiring visitor. All-
inclusive service. Experienced staff in New York and Moscow. Moderate
rates.

A new booklet on 1933 group and independent itineraries is now
available.

The OPEN ROAD

COOPERATING WITH INTOURIST
RUSSIAN TRAVEL SECTION, 56 WEST 45TH ST., NEW YORK

EARN A TOUR TO EUROPE

All or part by organizing and acting as ship hostess. Liberal
commissions. Best selling tours. 26,000 satisfied clients.

200 lours to choose from, 25 days $179. Mediterranean Cruise S365.
Around the World $595.

B.F.ALLEN ' 1 54 Boylston Street ' Boston, Massachusetts

l?HIiTVr»«HIl> TOURS TO SOVIET RUSSIA

SUMMER OF 1933

1 OL KS Croups Limited to Research Students

"To widen the Philip Brown, Director

mind'shorixon—" 3307 Hull Avenue New York, N. Y.

•RUSSIAN SEMINAR-

JULY-AUGUST 1933 — Comprehensive Itinerary through
Russia includins Leningrad, Moscow, Volga Trip, Caucasus,
Crimea, Ukraine, Dneiper River Trip. Also visiting Denmark,
Finland. Near East Cruise includes Rumania, Bulgaria, Turkey,
Greece, Albania, Italy. Competent experienced leaders.
Round table discussions with Soviet leaders. Organized on a
non-profit basis.

Write for announcement

BUREAU OF UNIVERSITY TRAVEL

27 Boyd Street, Newton, Massachusetts

Geneva

GENEVA'S main interest is of course the League and the In-
ternational Labour Office and their activities. And then its
inhabitants. The Genevese are apt to keep to themselves and are the
hardest people in the city to know. But it is from living with them
that one comes to know and understand Swiss life and the French
language. But especially engaging is the international group. There
are people here from absolutely every corner of the globe— from
Luxembourg to Ukrania, Algiers, Straits Settlement and Vene-
zuela; of every race; of every nationality. Many of them have lived
all over the world and are completely cosmopolitan. There are
families in which the husband is of one nationality or even race, and
the wife of another; and "combination" people, who are by recent
grandparents and parents of three or four nationalities but have
lived all their lives in still another country or two or three. Most
people, except the Americans, speak three languages; some speak
as many as five; and it is not too rare to find some who speak even
more. It is astonishing enough for the poor American struggling
with his accent, to hear little Swiss children chattering perfect
French with the greatest ease; but how discouraging to hear little
narrow-eyed Japanese boys and girls doing the same !

Everywhere one goes, everything one does, he is in contact with
people of different nationalities. At the Rousseau Institute, a notice
in the library is written in seventeen languages! At a soiree of ten
people: Danish, Roumanian, Swiss, German, Ecuadorian, French,
Chinese, American; tea one day with an English, a German, a
Dutch girl — talk in French; quite as spontaneous and natural as
four American girls talking English; a meeting on disarmament a
the Union, held in three languages — eight short talks by people o
eight different nationalities; to a council meeting on the Japanese-
Chinese question with a Japanese man and woman; a dance where
one's partners are Dutch, German, Indian, Italian, English anc
Swiss; Sunday with a Genevese family: as tea guests a Polish count
ess and her son, a Japanese woman and her daughter.

Social activities in Geneva vary from an intellectual soiree where
one discusses anything from lighthouses in Portugal to road sign
in Irak; to an immense reception ball of two thousand people, given
for the delegates of the Disarmament Conference. There's a lunch
eon at the International Club to hear Lord Cecil or Litvinoff; or a
dinner at the International Institute followed by informal discus
sion and questions; afternoon tea at the Students' Internationa
Union, or the Cozy Corner on the Rue de la Croix d'Or, or even
the Bergerie if one is feeling wealthy and dressed up. Perhaps the
nicest of all is a discussion over beer and a hard-boiled egg (!) a
Landolts or Bavaria, from twelve to two o'clock in the morning
after an evening lecture. And of course there are excursions: week
ends away for skiing, or a Sunday afternoon up the Sal£ve.

MIRIAM STRONG

(Report to the Institute of International Education)

Trips

THE first Russian Seminar of Americans will make an unprej
udiced study of the Soviet and its economic system next sum
mer. Experienced American authorities will accompany the group
and give talks on history, economics, politics, art, architecture am
religion. The advisory committee of the undertaking includes sue
men as Stuart Chase,. Henry W. L. Dana, Henry I. Harrimar
president of the United States Chamber of Commerce, Whitir
Williams and Grove Patterson, vice-president of the America
Society of Newspaper Editors.

After stops in London, Copenhagen and Finland, the semina
will spend a month in the U.S.S.R. — about two weeks in Lenir

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

184

grad, Moscow, Novgorod and Gorkigrad; and then visit the newly
developed industrial cities along the Don and Volga rivers as well
as the farm projects of the Ukraine.

Another interesting feature of the seminar is a two weeks' Near
East cruise, with stops in Rumania, Bulgaria, Turkey, Macedonia,
Greece and Albania, winding up in Venice; and from there on to
Paris, Cherbourg and New York.

The group will be away during July and August, and is being
organized by the Bureau of University Travel (Newton, Mass.)
on a non-profit basis.

Guide to Mexico

THE editor of Mexican Folkways, who knows and loves her
adopted country, has just issued a handy little booklet which she
calls Frances Toor's Guide to Mexico. Here you can learn where to
stay, eat, shop, where to go for amusement; places to see and how to
"ct there; native features like markets and festivals; and with it all
get the sense of a people and land entirely different from our own.
(Price $1 — from Frances Toor, Apartado 1994, Mexico, D.F.)

AMERICA ON THE MARCH

(Continued from page 183)

in mind when it comes to using the army for the performance of
certain welfare services.

But the complicated social-welfare job we are considering is
not an army job. To treat it so will be disastrous for it is the
tendency of military people to be intensely practical — practical in
a sense which should not be a part of the treatment of the types of
distress which are now our concern. I can best illustrate what I
have in mind with a quotation by W. E. Woodward in his Life of
Washington: "Most persons are practical. They are bored by dis-
cussions of principle. They hate abstractions. They never get really
to the root of things. Matters are taken up separately and decided
superficially and often temporarily as to their immediate material
consequences. The result is that large questions are tangled into
hopeless snarls."

We are thinking of human-beings in need of a highly developed
and experienced personal service, not military training.

"Lord give me eyes to see" might well be for each of us our most
fervent prayer. It is just ourselves that we are dealing with. Then
as we move into better pastures we may be able to echo the words
of Daniel Boone who, looking back upon a bad experience, said,
''I never got lost. I was bewildered right bad once for as much as a
week, but not lost. I never felt lost the whole enduren time."

INSTEAD OF A SYSTEM!

(Continued from page 1 67)

This is the "Bargain
Year" for Travel in the

SOVIET UNION

AN inviting opportunity to witness the giant activities,
•^ the new building and tremendous industries, the in-
tense social life of the most talked-of country in the world.
Take advantage of the greatly reduced travel rates . . .
$5, $8, and $15 a day. You have 15 tours to choose from
... 5 to 31 days . . . comprehensive itineraries that meet
your own interests in this many-sided land.

Price includes Intourist hotels, meals, guide-interpreters,
Soviet visa and transportation from starting to ending point
in the Soviet Union. Price does not include round trip
passage to the Soviet Union.

INTOURIST, INC.

U. S. representative oj the State Travel Bureau of the U.S.S. R.,
261 Fifth Are., New York. Offices in Boston, Chicago, and
San Francisco. Or see your own travel agent.

Write

hr
Folder E 3

Quality Service at
COLTON MANOR

industrial cities not served by city-state agencies have been ignored
in Washington. The one federal office in Georgia is in Atlanta, the
only city in the state having a city employment service, a com-
mendable service in itself.

So it has been in state after state. The situation becomes even
more ridiculous in the three states in which demonstration em-
ployment centers have been established (see Survey Graphic,
February 1933, page 87); even in Rochester, Philadelphia, Minne-
apolis and Duluth Mr. Alpine has seen fit to open offices. Granted
that in city after city the state service is inadequate, the opening
of duplicate, competitive offices does not improve the situation.

The determining factor in locating a new office in all too many
cases seems to be not need or convenience but politics. The state
director's office is usually established in a principal city in the state,
though this does not always hold. The first director in Kentucky
lived in a small town in the extreme western part of the state. So
long as he held the position, the office of state director was main-
tained in this town. When it comes to the question of additional
ederal offices within a state I found case after case in which
he state director had had no voice in the matter. Instead the
Decision was made in Washington. The (Continued on page 188)

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

You'll be more than pleased
with Colton Manor service
... so cheerful, intelligent,
alive to your slightest wish.
Pleased, too, with the quiet
comfort of a beautiful ocean
view room . . . wonderful
meals, the utmost in quality
. . . a famous "Ship's Deck."
Prices moderate. Booklet.
European Plan if desired.
Sea Water Baths. Write or
wire reservations.

Clton Manor
Dne of the Finest Hotels
In Atlantic City

PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE

250 ROOMS— OVERLOOKING THE OCEAN
A. C. ANDREWS, President and Managing Director

185

DOES PREJUDICE KEEP YOU
FROM INSTRUCTION THROUGH CORRESPONDENCE?

COLUMBIA

JL v JLany people who
would benefit greatly are not
studying during their leisure be-
cause they do not appreciate the
thoroughness and effectiveness of
modern university instruction by
mail. The progress made by our
Home Study Department is not
realized by many men and women
who know that their education is
inadequate yet are not aware of
the opportunity offered them in
the facilities and personnel of Co-
lumbia University. Si University
Home Study is not an experiment:
its worth has been proved by the
experience of thousands of intelli-
gent students, young and old. It
can be enjoyable both to student
and teacher. It combines pleasure
and profit — profit not only through
economicadvancement butthrough
the acquisition of knowledge. So
many courses are now being taught
under the University's guidance
that everyone can select one or
more that will be well worth the
time spent in study. 5f Depart-
mental groups in the University
faculty are responsible for the con-
tent of all courses. The thoroughly
qualified instructors who are as-
signed to students adapt our courses
whenever necessary to the indi-
vidual needs of those who enroll.

UNIVERSITY

Offers Home Study Courses
in the Following Subjects:

Accounting

Agriculture

American Government

Applied Grammar

Banking

Business Administration

Business English

Business Law

Business Organization

Business Psychology

Chemistry

Child Psychology

Classics

Contemporary Novel

Corporation Finance

Drafting

Economics

English Composition

English Literature

Essay Writing

Fire Insurance

Foremanship

French

Geometry

German

Grammar

Greek

High School Courses

History

Interior Decoration

Investments

Italian

Juvenile Story Writing

Latin

Library Service

Literature

Machine Design

Magazine Article Writing

Marketing

Mathematics

Music — Harmony

Personnel

Administration
Philosophy
Physics
Playwriting
Poetry
Psychology
Public Health
Public Speaking
'Real Estate
Religion

Secretarial Studies
Selling

Short Story Writing
Sociology
Spanish
Stenography
Typewriting
World Literature, etc.

hen studying at
your convenience under the con-
stant criticism of interested teachers
you can often benefit more through
correspondence teaching than you
would in the class room. You as
an individual student have full
opportunity to master your entire
course. $g The variety of subjects
offered gives a wide choice of
practical or purely cultural courses.
If the partial list herewith does
not include subjects you wish,
write us without any feeling of obli-
gation. Members of our staff may
be able to suggest a course or
program of study that you will
enjoy. 5g If vocational training or
broadergeneral education can bring
you greater satisfaction in your so-
cial, business or professional life
you should unhesitatingly inquire
about the suitability of our courses
and our methods of teaching. Sg A
bulletin showing a complete list
of home study courses will be sent
upon request. In addition to the
general University courses this
bulletin includes courses that
cover complete high school and
college preparatory training.

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, Home Study Department, 15 Amsterdam Avenue, New York, N. Y. SURVEY GRAPHIC 3-33

Please send me full information about Columbia University Home Study Courses. I am interested in the following subjects:

Name-

-OccubatioK.

Street and Number-
City and County

JStati.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

186

Loyola University

School of Social Work

Chicago

Professional courses for education and train-
ing for social work are offered, which, for
graduate students, lead to the Master's degree.

Undergraduate students with two years of
college work who otherwise qualify, may
enter the course as candidates for the Bache-
lor's degree.

SPRING QUARTER OPENS
MARCH 20, 1933

Bulletins and further information on request
28 North Franklin Street, Chicago

WHAT IS SOCIAL
ADJUSTING?

In dealing with the socially maladjusted individ-
ual, his psychological, racial and cultural back-
ground are of the utmost importance.

Jewish social work is in need of men and
women especially trained to apply this
principle. The Graduate School for Jew-
ish Social Work gives this training.

•son

Scholarships and fellowships rang-
ing from $150 to $750 for each
academic year are available for
specially qualified students.

For full information address
DR. M. J. KARPF, Director

The

Graduate
School

For

Jewish

Social Work

71 West 47th St., New York City

|LANNED primarily to train col-
lege graduates for positions in
social work, the curriculum also offers
social workers of experience oppor-
tunity to broaden the scope of their
professional knowledge. An
announcement of courses
will be mailed upon
request.

The T^ew Tor)^ School o/ Social Worl(

123 East twenty -Second Street
New York

SMITH COLLEGE SCHOOL
FOR SOCIAL WORK

OFFERS

A A course of two summer sessions and one winter
session leading to the degree of Master of Social
Science. Opportunities for field experience during
the winter session are available in Boston, Chi-
cago, Greystone Park, Hartford, Howard, Newark,
Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, Providence, and Wor-
cester.

A A summer session of eight weeks for experienced
social workers with courses in case work, govern-
ment, medicine, psychology, social psychiatry, and
sociology.

A Seminars of two weeks each to a limited number
of adequately prepared social workers: (1) In the
application of mental hygiene to present day prob-
lems in case work with families. (2) In the applica-
tions of mental hygiene to personnel problems of
administration and supervision in emergency relief
agencies. (3) In "intensive attitude therapy."

COLLEGE HALL 8 NORTHAMPTON, MASS.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

187

Winibttxitp of Cfncago

of Social feerfaue 3uimnistratioii

Spring Quarter begins April 3

Summer Quarter

First Term, June 1 9-July 2 1

Second Term, July 24-Aug. 25

Academic year 1933-34 begins October 2, 1933

Courses leading to the degree of
A.M. and Ph.D.

Qualified undergraduate students admitted
as candidates for the A.B. degree

Announcements on request

g>tmmonsi College

of Social 3Uorfe

Professional Training in

Medical Social Work, Psychiatric Social

Work, Family Welfare, Child Welfare,

Community Work

Leading to the degree of B.S. and M.S.

•

Address: THE DIRECTOR
18 Somerset Street Boston, Massachusetts

THE PENNSYLVANIA SCHOOL OF
SOCIAL AND HEALTH WORK

Two-year program of graduate training for principal fields
of Social Work.

311 So. Juniper Street

Philadelphia

SUBSCRIBE HERE

Survey Graphic — Monthly — $3.00
Survey Associates, Inc., 112 East 19th St., New York
Name .................................. Address ..........

.3-1-33

(Continued from page 185) director was then notified and sup
plied with the names of his new staff members. Here again, in
least one instance, the director obtained his information through ;
daily paper. Omitting cities large enough to include a congressiona
district and hence, of necessity, the home of a congressman, we find
that a senator or representative very frequently lives in the com-
munity in which one of the new offices is opened. Toledo, Ohio,
where an apparently unnecessary federal office was located, is the
home of Postmaster-General Brown. The political significance of
the Doak reorganization is admitted even by some of those working
under it and taken for granted by many others well qualified to
know. As one staff member commented, "They [Washington]
they don't play politics and then they go right ahead and do it.'
Even Secretary Doak, when referring to a southern director, con
gratulated himself that there was at least one Republican in tha
state.

Relations between the "Doak" employment offices and othe
local services vary from state to state with the experience ant
attitude of the state director and the staff in local offices. In Jack
son, Mississippi, although the office was until recently classed as a
farm-labor agency the man formerly in charge made his work a rea
part of the community employment service. The men and women
carrying on various types of free employment service in St. Loui
have formed themselves into a Committee of Employment Execu-
tives, but the staff of the federal offices was unaware of this group
and its activities. The many contacts with employers of which the
federal men told me seemed, for the most part, highly superficial.
I gained the impression that they were more concerned with secur-
ing information for the Industrial Employment Information Bulle-
tin than with getting genuinely acquainted with the employers'
labor needs.

Labor leaders varied in their attitude toward the employment
service. Little respect was felt for it and many were quick to ex-
press their condemnation of the "Doak" system as a good deal of a
farce. Enthusiasm was as weak as the remark, "Well, if somebody

has to be-in that office, I'm glad got it." Friction and bad feeling

were encountered repeatedly between the state labor departmen
and the federal group. In certain instances the head of the former
expressed pity for the state director well realizing that he was no
free to organize his own job.

IT is hard to evaluate the figures included in the secretary o
labor's report, especially since only totals are given. Mr. Alpine
has stated over the radio that more than three and a third million
placements were made between April 1, 1931 and November 1
1932 and he gives credit to the U.S. Employment Service for wel
over half of these. Again one cannot argue with his statement unti
more facts are known but surely he must have included in his tola
all of the "directed to employment" figures of the farm-labor divi-
sion and also the placements of the veterans' offices. In no other
way can I square his statement with the facts as I found them
Although confronted repeatedly with the statement, "We aren'i
allowed to give out any information," I learned of instance after in-
stance in which the placements averaged between 45 and 150 a
month. Sometimes they sank to 15 or even 5. One office had made
only 166 placements in the preceding eleven months. In another,
the director frankly said that his office had made practically none
but he didn't believe in sending in fictitious or padded reports.

Less conscientious staff members have found ingenious ways of
increasing their placement totals. In one city it is the custom for the
federal man to call on any firm known to have added a number of
workers to its payroll, obtain the names of these new employes and
include them in his placements. Another man asked permission to
go over the payrolls of a number of local firms. When he came upon
the name of an employe registered at his office he counted that
person as a placement, explaining "He ought to come and tell us
anyway." One state director asked that he be supplied with the
names and addresses of all men given jobs on federal highway
relief work. These were to be counted as placements because "It's
all done with federal money so why shouldn't the Federal Employ-
ment Service get the credit?" In another state there are severa
instances in which the federal office included among its placement

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

188

the lotal payroll \\orking on a certain project though it had prob-
ably had no contact with these men. The director with someone
nominally on his staff on a dollar-a-year basis in a relief organiza-
tion handling made-work has an excellent chance to swell his
totals. During the American Legion drive for jobs in the spring of
1932 it was customary to appoint a veteran on this cooperative
basis. The drive totals, themselves highly inflated in some instances,
added substantially to the federal figures.

The records of the federal employment offices are a poor index of
community employment conditions. Only a small percentage of
the jobless workers of any city ordinarily register at the U. S. em-
ployment office. Theoretically the offices separate their registra-
tions into "active" and "inactive" applications but as a rule the
files are not brought up to date oftener than twice a year. Some
federal men frankly stated that their files had never been cleared of
"dead timber." No reasonable person expects an employment
office to show a large percentage of its applicants placed, nor an
impressive total of permanent connections in a period of depres-
sion. But in view of the practices followed in the federal offices,
their figures on registration and placements, particularly attempts
to compare one office with another or give cost per placement,
become utterly meaningless.

Ai I made the rounds of the "reorganized" offices I found numer-
ous people, myself included, questioning the future of the
Doak plan. Some freely labelled it a farce and a subterfuge intended
to sidetrack the enactment of the Wagner bill. Even some of the staff
expected their services to be discontinued "after election." On
July 1, 1932 lack of finances closed numerous offices which had
been opened only the preceding February, yet limited finances do
not wholly explain the offices discontinued and the staffs cut down
toward the end of 1 932. Evidence piles up showing that the federal
government is cutting off the federal salaries of persons who have
for years been a part of the staff in state employment offices, this in
spite of vigorous protest and while there are still many federal offices
duplicating other services. Thus in New York State federal offices
have been continued in Rochester and Elmira where there are
state employment centers, but closed in Schenectady and Auburn
where there are none.

Clearly, with adequate supervision and increased funds, the
service could be made more effective than it has been so far. In
states conducting no employment service of their own, a strictly
federal service might fill a useful place, though even in these states
there would remain the problem of relating such a service to estab-
lished municipal employment offices. Certain defects stand out in
the Doak scheme: there is no provision for real integration with
state employment offices; a staff freed of civil-service requirements
very easily becomes a part of the spoils system; no provision is
made for advisory committees, either national or local. Repeatedly
I saw in states that would welcome a genuinely cooperative plan
including a pooling of funds and experience, a strong resentment
against the present set-up.

Even if the staff should later be placed under civil service with
able advisory committees formed and utilized, our survey convinces
us that the Doak plan is unlikely to lead to an adequate public
employment service in this country. Granting that better leader-
ship would eliminate duplicating offices, the scheme would still
leave a dual system in state after state. To avoid this, it would be
necessary to limit the federal set-up to states having no employment
services of their own. The result would be further diffusion of effort,
instead of a coordinated, nation-wide service.

THE Doak plan, now in its second year, serves not only to make
clear the points at which its administration falls short, but
the weakness of the plan itself. Its basic defects are met by the sys-
icm that would replace it if the Wagner bill were enacted into law.
That bill provides for federal civil-service employes and for prop-
erly constituted advisory committees. And it rests, not on a rigid
federal set-up, but on national support for a flexible organization
established and administered by the states and by local communi-
ties to meet our need for an adequate and honest public employ-
iient service.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

• TONY CARUSO is the lucky man.

"He hasn't much money," says Armanda, "but lie's got a job — we've
rented a room — and I'm going to keep it grand."

She means it — she wants to live better than her mother did. And
in your efforts to help her, remember Fels-Naptha. For Fels-Naplha's
<:\-lra help makes it easier to keep things bright and clean.

Fels-Naptha brings two busy cleaners to every washing task — good
golden soap and plenty of dirt-loosening naptha. Working together,
they loosen the most stubborn dirt — without hard rubbing. They do
good, quick work — even in cool water!

Write Fels & Co., Phila., Pa., for a sample bar of Fels-Naptha,
mentioning the Survey Graphic.

FELS-NAPTHA

THE GOLDEN BAR WITH THE CLEAN NAPTHA ODOR

"Modern Home Equipment"

Ask for Booklet S — it will be sent postpaid

LEWIS & CONGER

45th Street and Sixth Avenue, New York City

SPEAKERS:

\Ve assist in preparing special articles, papers, speeches,
debates. Expert scholarly service. AUTHOR'S RESEARCH
BUREAU. 516 Fifth Avenue. New York.

for BOOKLOVERS only!

You cannot possibly read all the vast thousands of books that are produced,
nor can you go to the book reviewers for enlightenment. Which of them shall you
believe? They are all different, and frequently ail wrong. You who are interested
in books know.

And because these conditions are as they are, we are planning a new service.
Each month we shall bring you — in handy pocket size format — approximately
twenty of the best current books. Of these, there will be a complete digest of the
best chapter, and, wherever necessary, a concise outline — a BOOK IN BRIEF.

AMONG THE CONTENTS:

NIGHTS IN A COTTON MILL

from Beyond Desire

Sherwood Anderson

THE WORLD WE LIVE IN

from Geosraphy Hendrik van Loon

MONKEY HOUSE

from The Bulpington of Blup

H. G. Wells

THE WAY TO HAPPINESS

A Philosophy of Solitude

John Cowper Powys

LIFE IN AN INSANE ASYLUM

from Behind the Door of Delusion

Inmate Ward 8

OOKS
IN

RIEF

A DIGEST OF THE BEST CURRENT

BOOKS — THE MAGAZINE FOR

THE MODERN BOOKLOVER

EDUCATION IN SEX

from Psychology of Sex Havelock Ellis

LENIN IN PRIVATE LIFE

from Days with Lenin Maxim Gorki

25c at the better newsstands. Or send $1.00 for special 5-month subscription to
BOOKS IN BRIEF, 111 East 15th Street, New York.

.Address.

189

DIRECTORY OF SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS

Civic, National, International

Aid for Travelers

Child Welfare

NATIONAL CHILD LABOR COMMIT-
TEE — Courtenay Dinwiddie. General Secre-
tary, 419 Fourth Avenue. New York. To improve
child labor legislation; to conduct investigation
in local communities; to advise on administra-
tion; to furnish information. Annual membership,
$2, $5, $10, (25 and $100 includes monthly
publication, "The American Child."

Community Chests

ASSOCIATION OF COMMUNITY
CHESTS AND COUNCILS—

1815 Graybar Building,

43rd Street and Lexington Avenue,

New York City.

Allen T. Burns. Executive Director.

Foundations

RUSSELL SAGE FOUNDATION — For the

Improvement of Living Conditions — Shelby M.
Harrison, Director; 130 E. 22nd St., New York.
Departments: Charity Organization, Delinquency
and Penology. Industrial Studies, Library.
Recreation, Remedial Loans, Statistics, Surveys
and Exhibits. The publications of the Russell
Sage Foundation offer to the public in practical
and inexpensive form some of the most important
results of its work. Catalogue sent upon request.

Industrial Democracy

Home Economics

AMERICAN HOME ECONOMICS ASSO-
CIATION — Alice L. Edwards, Executive
Secretary, 620 Mills Bldg., Washington, D. C.
Organized for betterment of conditions on
home, school, institution and community. Pub-
lishes monthly Journal of Home Economics;
office of editor. 620 Mills Bldg., Washington,
D. C.; of Business Manager, 101 East 20th St.,
Baltimore, Md.

Health

AMERICAN SOCIAL HYGIENE ASSO-
CIATION — 450 Seventh Aye., New York.
To provide a better understanding of the social
hygiene movement; to advance sound sex edu-
cation, to combat prostitution and sex delin-
quency; to aid public authorities in the campaign
against the venereal diseases; to advise in
organization of state and local social-hygiene
programs. Annual membership dues $2.00 in-
cluding monthly journal.

THE NATIONAL COMMITTEE FOR
MENTAL HYGIENE, INC. — Dr. Wil-
liam H. Welch, honorary president: Dr. Charles
P. Emerson, president; Dr. C. M. Hmcks, general
director; Clifford W. Beers, Secretary; 450
Seventh Avenue, New York City. Pamphlets
on mental hygiene, child guidance, mental dis-
ease, mental defect, psychiatric social work and
other related topics. Catalogue of publications
sent on request. "Mental Hygiene,' quarterly,
$3.00 a year.

NATIONAL SOCIETY FOR THE
PREVENTION OF BLINDNESS —

Vocational Counsel and Placement

JOINT VOCATIONAL SERVICE, INC.

Pamphlets and Periodicals

Taking a Trip?

Write Survey Graphic Travel Depart-
ment for suggestions. We need to know
but three things —

WHERE— WHEN AND How MUCH

Travel Department — Survey Graphic

National Conference

NATIONAL CONFERENCE OF SOCIAL
WORK — Frank J. Bruno, President. St .
Louis; Howard R. Knight, Secretary; 82 N.
High St., Columbus, Ohio. The Conference is
an organization to discuss the principles of
humanitarian effort and to increase the effi-
ciency of social service agencies. Each year it
holds an annual meeting, publishes in perma-
nent form the Proceedings of the meeting, and
issues a quarterly Bulletin. The sixtieth annual
convention of the Conference will be held in
Detroit, June 11-17, 1933. Proceedings are sent
free of charge to all members upon payment of
a membership fee of five dollars.

Racial Co-operation

COMMISSION ON INTERRACIAL CO-
OPERATION — 703 Standard Bldg., Atlanta,
Ga.; Will W. Alexander, Director. Seeks im-
provement of interracial attitudes and conditions
through conference, co-operation, and popular
education. Correspondence invited.

Recreation

NATIONAL RECREATION ASSOCIA-
TION — 315 Fourth Ave.. New York City.
Joseph Lee, President; H. S. Braucher, Sec-
retary. To bring to every boy and girl and
citizen of America an adequate opportunity
for wholesome, happy play and recreation.
Playgrounds, community centers, swimming
pools, athletics, music, drama, camping, home
play are all means to this end.

Religious Organizations

COUNCIL OF WOMEN FOR HOME
MISSIONS — 105 East 22nd Street, New
York City. Correlating agency of 23 women's
national home mission boards of the United
States and Canada, for consultation and coopera-
tion in action in unifying programs and pro-
moting projects which they agree to carry on
interdenominationally.

President, Mrs. Daniel A. Poling

Executive Secretary; Work among Indian

Students. Anne Seeslioltz
Work among Migrant Children. Edith E.

Lowry
Western Field Secretary, Adela J. Ballard

NATIONAL BOARD OF THE YOUNG
WOMEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIA-
TIONS — Mrs. Frederic M. Paist. president;
Miss Anna V. Rice, general secretary; Miss
Emma Hirth, associate secretary: 600 Lexington
Avenue, New York City. This organization
maintains a staff of secretaries for advisory
service in relation to the work of 1.273 local
Y.W.C.A.'s in the United States with indus-
trial, business, student, foreign born. Indian,
colored and younger girls. It has 63 American
secretaries at work in 35 centers in 12 countries
in the Orient, Latin America and Europe.

Is your
organization
listed in
the Survey's
Directory of
Social Agencies?
If not —
why not?

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

190

CLASSIFIED ADVERTISEMENTS

TEL., ALGONQUIN 4-7490 SURVEY GRAPHIC "Mw YORK^IT?*

WORKERS WANTED

PUBLICITY SERVICE

WANTED by psychiatrist and psychoanalyst (Euro-
pean trained), psychiatric social worker (Female) as a
•esearch assistant in exchange for thorough psycho-
analytic training. Those residing in New York City
ar Washington, D. C. may apply giving full details.
7104 SURVEY.

_ have been given for Social Betterment by
MILLIONS the 30.000 wealthy, cultured persons on
Q P our New England List. Very accurate.
We have spent over §20,000 in compila-
DOLLARS tlon and revision. Sold or rented to a lim-
ited number of National Social Agencies.
Rates reasonable. Get the facts.

PUBLICITY SERVICE BUREAU. Boston, Mass.

MIDWEST CITY. Protestant national organization
requires quickly SIX Family case workers; previous
experience in F. C. W. essential. State age, education,
training, salary expected. Apply 7109 SURVEY.

PAMPHLETS

Rates: 75c per line for 4 insertions

POSITIONS OPEN — (a) Psychiatric social worker,
arger midwestern hospital; extensive hospital experi-
ence in psychiatric social work required; (b) Medical
social worker; 200-bed hospital; central metropolis.
MX) Medical Bureau, 3800 Pittsneld Building, Chicago.

PERIODICALS

The American Journal of Nursing shows the part
which trained nurses are taking in the betterment
of the world. Put it in your library. $3.00 a year.
450 Seventh Ave., New York, N. Y.

Mental Hygiene: quarterly: $3.00 a year; published
by the National Committee for Mental Hygiene,
450 Seventh Ave.. New York.

SITUATIONS WANTED

VOUNG MAN (27) college graduate with post
graduate training and experience, institutional and
case work, will locate anywhere. 7107 SURVEY.

2OLLEGE WOMAN, seven years experience in
Finance and Organization and work for women in
Settlements. Moderate salary. Best references. 7112
SURVEY.

Write for the

Survey Book Exhibit

Books displayed at the National
Conference of Social Work
May 16-21, 1932

Survey Graphic Book Department
112 E. 19th St. New York, N. Y.

YOUNG MAN, college graduate, four years experi-
ence, boys' organization, desires new connection
offering larger opportunity for development. 7113
SURVEY.

IS THERE AN ORGANIZATION with an opening
or a young man who has prepared himself for work in
the social-religious field (A.B., B.D.)? Social work
experience and executive ability. 7114 SURVEY.

TEACHER, Physical Training, M.A. and B.A.
Degrees, desires position, swimming, gymnastics in
recreational center or school. Two years experience.
7115 SURVEY.

HOUSE FOR SALE

Attractive eight room modern house, owner built, near
Nyackand Interstate Park — 550 feet elevation — view
of Hudson. Acre of ground. Adjoining land available.
Quiet and seclusion with accessibility to City. O. A.
Nilsson, Grand View, Nyack, New York.

INSTITUTION EXECUTIVE
A'elfare Organization, fifteen years experience, New
York City, Business Management, Financial Promo-
tion. Age 45. Married. 7116 SURVEY.

VANTED: Position as traveling companion or per-
sonal secretary by professional woman. 7117 SURVEY.

FOR RENT

REGISTERED NURSE — engaged in social service
ind welfare work desires change, also Public Health
.raining and experience. References. 7118 SURVEY.

SIMPLY FURNISHED CABIN — suitable for two
persons — • running water. In pine woods. For season
or by month. Southern Vermont. 7111 SURVEY.

Your Own Agency

This is the counseling and placement agency
sponsored jointly by the American Association
of Social Workers and the National Organization
for Public Health Nursing. National. Non-
profit making.

GERTRUDE R. STEIN, Inc.
VOCATIONAL SERVICE AGENCY
18 EAST 41sT STREET, NEW YORK

Lexington 2-6677

We are interested in placing those who have
a professional attitude towards their work.
Executive secretaries, stenographers, case
workers, hospital social service workers, settle-
ment directors; research, immigration, psychi-
atric, personnel workers and others.

MULTIGRAPHING

MIMEOGRAPHING

ADDRESSING

FILLING-IN

FOLDING

COMPLETE MAILINGS

QUICK SERVICE LETTER COMPANY

INC OR FOR ATE D

SPARK PLACE— NEW YORK

TILEPHONI BARCLAY 1-9633

• • •

SALES CAMPAIGNS
PLANNED AND WRITTEN

A NEW CLIMATE OF OPINION

(Continued from page 1 64)

such axioms of the economic system, omitting obvious and im-
portant postulates and condensing definitions:

1. An economy of abundance. We know beyond reasonable doubt
that sufficient energy resources, production facilities, research ability
ind technical personnel are now available to produce a high standard
}f living for every man, woman and child in America.

2. Man-hours and purchasing power. We know that the number of
man-hours required in the production of a commodity unit is so small
that the price of commodities and the wages of labor bear no relation to
Droductivity.

3. The role of technical personnel. The production and distribution
sf goods in industrial countries can be carried on only by nation-wide
systems of mutually dependent parts — farms, factories, mines, power-
plants, railways and so on — operated by a technically trained and
experienced personnel.

4. Dynamic populations are becoming static. Today the annual
number of births merely balances the number of deaths; population is
becoming static. It will reach its maximum about 1960 and will then
decline steadily.

5. Our unreliable units of exchange. Money, prices, wages are
utterly unstable, fluctuating violently within short periods of time. To
build a stabilized social order a new set of units of exchange must be
devised, their design left to scientific students of such problems.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

191

6. Real wealth and fictitious wealth. Only food, shelter and clothing
and other physical forms of converted energy can be regarded as real
wealth. Except in so far as they stand for actual useful goods, money,
stocks, bonds, notes, mortgages and other instruments of debt are
fictitious wealth.

7. Production and distribution. The production plants of the world
have become large enough to produce a fine standard of living. But
these plants can produce far more than the people can buy under the
current system of wages, money prices and debt.

8. The pyramiding of debt. Debts have been growing much more
swiftly than population or the production of basic commodities. As a
consequence, goods are mortgaged faster than they can be produced.

9. Division of the social income. The vast preponderance of the
national income is taken by a small minority of the population, pushing
nearly one third of the people below a decent standard of living, leaving
another large body constantly at the mercy of economic insecurity and
permitting a small fraction of our people to live in conspicuous luxury.

1 0. Nonproducers and the social income. A large and growing group
of middlemen and manipulators of sales, money, investment and credit
have interjected themselves into the economic system. Some of these
persons are necessary to serve as distributors of goods, most of them,
however, are exploiters and add large items to the cost of commodities
which must be borne by the consumers.

11. The workers' control over job and income. The control over
jobs, wages, products and standards of living is in the hands of a small
body of persons totalling not over 3 to 5 percent of the population who
are enabled thereby to withhold a decent and healthful life from the
masses of the people.

12. Ownership of basic industries. Through- (Continued on page 192)

Index to Advertisers
March, 1933

GENERAL

American Teleplione & Telegraph Co.. . .

130

Pels & Company

189

HOTELS, TRAVEL AND RESORTS

B. F. Allen iiu

184

18S

184

Hotel Pennsylvania, Philadelphia

183

185

The Open Road, Inc

184

EDUCATIONAL

189

186

Committee on Cultural Relations with Latin America. .

.Second Cover
187

Loyola University School of Social Work

187

181

New York School of Social Work

187

Pennsylvania School of Social & Health Work

188

.. . 188

Smith College School for Social Work

187

188

PUBLISHERS

182

180

Books in Brief. ... . .

189

182

Falstaff Press

183

129

180

183

Book Clubs

Second Cover
190

DIRECTORY

CLASSIFIED

Situations & Workers \\ 'anted

1
191

Employment Agencies

Joint Vocational Service, Inc

191 (

Gertrude R. Stein, Inc

191

Printing, Multigraphing, Typewriting, etc.

5
191

Pamphlets & Periodicals

191

C
191

S
1 ]

(Continued from page 191) out recorded history those private per;
and groups of private persons who have owned the major enterprises of
the economic order have also controlled them.

13. Control and the spirit of free competition. It is essentially the
public sanction of free competition or laissez-faire that has made possi-
ble this concentration of control and inequitable division of the social
income.

14. Control and government by consent. Although an experiment in
political democracy has been predicated upon government by consent
of the governed, the true consent of a majority of the people has never
been given, due to the lack of machinery to get necessary facts and to
register group judgment and even more to the lack of intelligent under-
standing among the rank and file of the people.

Here are fundamental economic axioms, compact summaries from
which constructive discussion could proceed. If through thousands
of free forums we the people can deal with a common body of
historical facts, trends, movements, if we can talk through to
very foundations of the implications of the axiomatic principles <
the Great Technology, then there is hope for a nation-wide progra
of reconstruction. It is not to be expected that unanimous plan
would be evoked from the many discussion groups. But inevitably
many agreements would emerge, and these would provide the
foundation upon which experimental national plans would be put
into operation. It is in some such way as this that democracy must
work at social reconstruction.

New York -The Second Biggest Job

(Continued from page 155)

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

192

way." The Republican and the Democratic techniques have
reached the end of their rope. When the banks, representing their
depositors, refuse to pay the fiddler, the dance is over. Squirm and
squeal and juggle bookkeeping as they may, the politicians cannot
make something out of nothing.

HERE and now, under conditions without real parallel, is the
starting-point for a new kind of mayor. He cannot be a mere
reformer or theorist, performing in some vacuum of virtue, ignoring
the human factors to which I have alluded. Elect such a man am
one term will be his finish. He must take the situation as he finds
and work from scratch — from far back of scratch because there is
bad past to be overcome and lived down. He must begin with th
materials that exist. He must be a leader and teacher of the com
munity. He must point the way and bring to pass the revolutionar
changes required in the charter. He must make the people under
stand what is needed. As he is elected by the people of the whol<
city, he must be their representative, the defender of their interests
John Purroy Mitchel among other things established the preceden
of reporting to the people about their business. It is possible tc
make it both intelligible and interesting. Such a mayor must gc
over the heads of the politicians to his own and only masters.

There are at hand experts of this description. I speak in th
interest of no candidate in particular when I mention at randoi
ex-Governor Smith, George McAneny, Joseph V. McKee — all
whom have been for years familiar with the task. There are others,
This job is the biggest, short of the White House, in the Unit
States. It is not a partisan political job; it is too big for any fat
wilted nonentity, however well-meaning in his private mind
however well he may have served in some other capacity havin;
nothing to do with the case. As William Penn said, "He tha
understands not his Employment, whatever else he knows, must
unfit for it, and the Publick suffers by his Inexpertness."

As a rank outsider I say these things. For, being a legal residen
of and voter in Albany County, I am myself a symbol of one of thi
principal weaknesses in the political life of New York City; in that
so large a proportion of those who have interest in its welfare have
no part in its government. Countless thousands who palaver as I
am now palavering about it live not merely in suburbs, but even in
other states — New Jersey, Connecticut — and by the same token
are indifferent even there. That is one of the major factors in the
strength of the ruling Machines; they work while the people sleep.
New York needs a sleepless awakener.

Cultural Travel

in EUROPE

THIS SUMMER, there are opportunities to
travel, live and study in Germany, Italy, Spain
or England on specially prepared tours of these
countries which include courses in languages and other
subjects at famous foreign universities. There are also
specialized professional tours without university
sessions. Eminent authorities will accompany the
tours as Educational Directors.

These Study Tours are designed particularly for
students, teachers, and professional people who
wish to travel and study in Europe under proper
guidance and at moderate expense.

GERMAN STUDY TOUR

(Promoted under the auspices of the Germanistic

Society of America)

Sailing on the S.S. Columbus June 30. July 9 to
Aug. 16 in Berlin attending University of Berlin.
Then a comprehensive tour of Germany. Return
on S.S. Albert Ballin Sept. 8. Tour is of 70 days'
duration. (University fee is 100 marks, about $25.)

ITALIAN STUDY TOURS

(Sponsored by the Casa Italiana of Columbia University}
Two sailings from New York, June 15 and July 8,
on the new Italian liner Conte di Savoia. The
tours are divided into three groups.

1. Tourist steamship passage to Italy and return,
including course on Italy aboard ship; return
date optional.

2. Attend University of Perugia; sail July 8,
return Aug. 24.

3. Tour Europe; sail June 15, return July 31.
(Extension 9-day tour of Italy, after end of sum-
mer session at Perugia.)

TOUR OF SPAIN — Sailing June 24th on S.S. Rex.
July 3 to 29 attending University of Madrid; tour
of Spain; arrive New York Aug. 22.

LITERARY HISTORICAL TOUR OF ENGLAND, of

67 days' duration, sailing June 30 on S.S. Majestic.
Giving its members an opportunity to attend
summer courses at Oxford University; also include
the World Federation of Education Convention in
Dublin.

PSYCHOLOGICAL RESIDENTIAL STUDY TOUR of

70 days, sailing June 22. The University of Ken-
tucky in cooperation with the Psychological
Institute of Vienna is offering summer courses in
psychology. One month's residence in Vienna.

Other Tours are: Engineering, Zoological and
Physical Education.

ACADEMIC CREDITS MAY BE ACQUIRED
BY MEETING REQUIREMENTS

Folders about each one of these Educational
Tours have been prepared and will be sent
you if you write stating which tour you are
interested in.

SURVEY GRAPHIC

TRAVEL DEPARTMENT
112 E. 19th Street New York, N. Y.

BACK THE HEDORA

We've abolished the restaurant check room tip

*
*

AGAIN STATLER HOTELS PIONEER

Think of it! No more tips to check room attendants at our public
restaurants. We've banned these gratuities . . .for once and for all.

This check room toll-taking has been part and parcel of hotel
usage for decades past. It has always annoyed us. We have felt that
t was an imposition on our dining room patrons and have continually
tried to limit it. Now in Statler Hotels it's over . . . finished. Atten-
dants at the check rooms of our public restaurants will not expect . . .
and cannot accept . . . a tip. We know you will approve . . . and
applaud . . . this reform and cooperate with us in making it fully
effective.

These hotels have always tried to smooth the hotel patron's way.
They were the first to bar gratuity-soliciting attendants in wash-
•ooms, the first to reduce news stand and cigar stand prices to street
tore scales. They were the first to introduce most of the features of
he modern hotel.

You remember, of course . . . that it was the Statler Hotels that
>ioneered practically all the conveniences and comforts you demand
oday ... a private bath with every room, free radio reception,
tc., etc. The list of these Statler innovations is long . . . and is con-
tantly being added to, as our spirit of service marches on.

* HOTELS STATLER *

$o,ton. . (Buffalo . Cleveland . Detroit . St. JSo

SURVEY
12 East

OTEL PENNSYLVANIA IS THE STATLER IN

NEW YORK

dcm. Lucius R. Eastman. Secretary Ann Reed Brenner. Treasurer. Art

hur Kellogg

October 3. 1917; authorized December 21. 1921.

Across the miles

comes a WELCOME VOICE

IT MAY be the voice of a son or daughter away at school.
Of a mother or father in a distant city. Of a friend or
neighbor who is wondering how you are. Of a business
associate upon whose quickly spoken words some great
decision rests.

Across the miles, the telephone brings those voices
to you and carries your voice in answer. A bell rings and
you reach out your hand, knowing that somewhere —
near or far — another hand is reaching toward you.

The telephone enlarges the lives and opportunities
of all who use it because it enlarges the power to com-
municate through speech. Contacts with people, ideas
exchanged, words spoken — by these are our minds

stimulated and the entire business of living made more
pleasant and productive.

Because the telephone is so important to so many
people, the Bell System strives to make its full useful-
ness available to every one, everywhere, at all times.
Always it tries to emphasize the close contact between
each telephone user and the unseen men and women
who make good service possible. Always it aims to serve
with courtesy, dispatch and sympathetic understanding.

Your telephone offers you the service of a friend. At
any hour of the day or night, you have but to turn to it
to command as many as you need of the Bell System's
army of carefully trained workers.

AMERICAN TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH COMPANY

194

SURVEY GRAPHIC

Vol. XXII, No. 4

April 1933

CONTENTS

FRONTISPIECE Drawing by Hendrik ll'illem Fan Loon

PLANNING FOR PURCHASING POWER

Samuel S. Pels 197

THE SALOON IN RETROSPECT AND PROSPECT.

Albert J. Kennedy 203

ORGANIZED ACTION IN MEDICAL CARE

Michael M. Davis 207

THROUGH THE THREADS . . .Photos by Lewis W. Hine 210

WHAT MEN RISE TO Richard C. Cabot, M.D. 212

PUBLIC, RAILROADS AND BOND-HOLDERS

George Foster Peabody 215

THE ORIGINS AND MASQUES OF FEAR

Karl A. Menninger, M.D. 217

SHIRTS ON AND FINGERS CROSSED

John Palmer Gavit 221

LETTERS & LIFE Edited by Leon Whipple 223

TRAVELER'S NOTEBOOK 232

ADVERTISERS' INDEX 240

Files of Survey Graphic will be found in public and college libraries.
All issues are indexed in the Readers' Guide to Periodical Literature.
Ask the Librarian.

THE GIST OF IT

IN the final article of a series of three, SAMUEL S. FELS sets forth
(page 1 97) his plan to restore purchasing power — a plan based
on his experience as manufacturer and leading citizen of
Philadelphia. Reasonable, unafraid in the face of panic, eager to
ixamine new ways and to experiment, Mr. Fels contributes notably
:o an understanding of our times and of the times that are to follow.
The articles in Survey Graphic will form chapters in Mr. Pels'
x>ok, This Changing World, to be published by Houghton,
Vlifflin.

SOCIAL workers who have been at their jobs long enough to
J remember the saloons in the tenement areas of cities are highly
competent witnesses on the subject and none more so than ALBERT
f. KENNEDY (page 203). His experience combines residence in
ocial settlements in Boston, Brooklyn and New York City, visits to
•irtually every large city in the country, and work on the commit-
ee which made a study of the working of the Eighteenth Amend-
ment for the National Federation of Settlements, of which he is
secretary. For some time past he has been headworker of the
iJniversity Settlement in New York City.

Mr. Kennedy's article will be followed in later issues by two
,nhers on related subjects. WHITING WILLIAMS is making a first-
land appraisal of the working of the Canadian systems of liquor
control from the point of view of a journalist and student of social
•onditions. What he writes will add substance and clarity to the
jisual hasty applause of thirsty week-enders from the States. DR.
I-IAVEN EMERSON of the staff of Survey Associates will discuss the
. onflict in evidence of the hearty old men who have been drinkers
Jill their lives, and the statistical tables of drinkers and non-drinkers
!?iven out by insurance companies.

, N the midst of the violent discussion of some parts of the report of

the Committee on the Costs of Medical Care, it appears that

;roup medicine is being practiced in various parts of the United

States and practiced successfully. Usually it centers around a
hospital or a clinic, and the variety of methods of organization and
of payment by patients will presently offer a valuable body of
experience. The description of it (page 207) is by MICHAEL M.
DAVIS, director of medical services of the Julius Rosenwald Fund,
who first broached the subject in Survey Graphic as early as
November 1927.

THE striking photographs (page 210) are a selection from LEWIS
W. HINE'S latest batch of work portraits, this time among the
threads and dye-vats of the Shelton Looms in New York City. Mr.
Hine's recent volume, Men at Work (Macmillan), has reached
across seas and is to be reviewed in Die Neue Stadt, Frankfort.

PEOPLE, especially collegians and social workers, are asking
whether Right and Wrong mean anything more than individual
taste and the fashions of one's time and place. RICHARD C.
CABOT thinks they do mean more; indeed that they have as stub-
born and as inconvenient an objectivity as the facts of physiology.
He undertakes to prove this in a forthcoming book called The
Meaning of Right and Wrong (Macmillan — May 1933), from
which a chapter (What Men Rise To, page 212) is brought out
here through the courtesy of the publishers. Physician, specialist in
the heart, founder of hospital social service, president in 1 93 1 of the
National Conference of Social Work, since 1920 professor of social
ethics, Harvard University, Dr. Cabot's writings record the quest
that has engaged him back of and beyond his professional and social
pioneering — his inveterate searchings of the human spirit.

IT is commonly held nowadays that the railroads must be united in
a few strong systems. Far-seeing folk go further — they are for a
single inclusive system. GEORGE FOSTER PEABODY carries the argu-
ment forward by one more step — government ownership. He would
have One Big Railroad and have Uncle Sam own and operate it.
In no other way, he believes, can railroads serve their social
purposes rather than operate solely to make a profit; be fair to
shippers (who are all of us) and to bondholders (who include great
numbers of us, small fry with our earnings tied up). Mr. Peabody
has been an investment banker, in close touch with railroad
management and finance for more years than perhaps he would
care to have set down in this public place, (page 215).

THE most cheering words in this issue are KARL A. MENNINGER'S
description (page 217) of how to combat panic fear. Quite
definite steps can be taken by a leader who is trusted and is able to
use both reasoning and emotion in his leadership. Dr. Menninger
is associate professor and mental-hygiene counselor at Washburn
College, Topeka, Kansas, where he is also in private practice as a
psychiatrist.

SURVEY ASSOCIATES, INC.

Publication Office, 10 Ferry Street, Concord, N. H.

Editorial and Business Office, 112 East 19 Street, New York, to which

all correspondence should be addressed.

SURVEY GRAPHIC— Monthly— $3.00 a Year
THE SURVEY— Monthly— $3.00 a Year

Lucius R. EASTMAN, president; JULIAN W. MACK, JOSEPH P. CHAM-
BERLAIN, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, vice-presidents; ANN REED BRENNER,
secretary; ARTHUR KELLOGG, treasurer.

PAUL U. KELLOGG, editor.

ARTHUR KELLOGG, managing editor; MARY Ross, BEULAH AMIDON,
LEON WHIPPLE, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, LOULA D. LASKER, FLORENCE
LOEB KELLOGG, GERTRUDE SPRINGER, associate editors.

EDWARD T. DEVINE, GRAHAM TAYLOR, JANE ADDAMS, JOSEPH K.
HART, HAVEN EMERSON, M.D., ROBERT W. BRUERE, contributing
editors.

MOLLIE CONDON, circulation manager; MARY R. ANDERSON, advertising
manager.

UNCERTAINTY-THE HIDEOUS CURSE OF TODAY

VAN LOON

SURVEY GRAPHIC

APRIL

1933

Volume XXII

No. 4

PLANNING FOR PURCHASING POWER

BY SAMUEL S. PELS
DRAWINGS BY HENDRIK WILLEM VAN LOON

FOR many years at our University of Pennsylvania there
taught an economist who broke with the old traditions
of his discipline, a lank, middlewestern sage who looked
at life from fresh angles. He saw what was happening to our
economic position, and forecast its revolutionary conse-
quences. In his New Basis of Civilization, published twenty
years ago (he had been expounding the same idea for an
earlier twenty years) Prof. Simon N. Patten wrote:

Those who predict tomorrow's economic states from a study of
the economic states of Rome or Venice overlook the difference
between a society struggling to meet a deficit and one so well
satisfied that thought can be centered on the equitable distribution
of a surplus.

Dread of famine, of starvation, of incapacity to raise and
make enough for our needs, runs back beyond the written
memories of men. The deep-seated habit of thrift owes its
origin to this state of affairs. Now after eons of risks and
fears we have reached a complete reversal of this situation
in our unleashed productive capacity and our vast accumu-
lations of capital. There is the incentive to make the most
out of our new estates. Our enlarged capacity to produce is
capable of further — almost indefinite — enlargement; but
we are oppressed with the wastes, miseries, inhibitions and
injustices which issue
from our slow adjust-
ment of consumption
to the changes
wrought by non-hu-
man energy and the
machine.

Our rebel instincts,

the process may mean tearing down or radically modifying
much that has become traditional. An enlightened social
sense is gathering headway, and mankind has achieved
enough collective experience and capacity to place the
whole population on a more satisfactory footing.

QROFITS from many streams make up most of the avail-
T able capital, through which, as money or credit, we set up
and run our industrial mechanism. When capital floods it
finds its way into unneeded and over-expanded enterprises,
whose output overburdens the market. There is such a thing
as glutted capital (as we witnessed in our boom years)
but there has been no concerted public attempt in America
to divert the streams that feed it into an ampler flow of wages,
— into the great source of purchasing power, which this
very process has artificially shrunk. Spending and saving
(reinvesting) must be put in balance. We shall be compelled
to open up increased consumption by such a concerted
move or drift into state socialism, communism or some other
form of collective economic life in which the profit incentive
may be wiped out altogether; — however much many of
us regard such a course as unsound.

Many look to the income tax as an effective means for

disgorging private

Here an American manufacturer gives the forward thrust of his
experience and undismayed thinking. Two earlier articles
traced how, engrossed by our leaping productive capacities,
we were unprepared for their recoil in collapsed earnings
and purchasing power. But as Mr. Pels sees it, to set out to

therefore, as well as

stabilize them is no more a dash at the windmills than it was

to set out to achieve elasticity in currency and banking
through the Federal Reserve System. To his mind the crux of
any American economic planning lies in such a purpose; and
the Federal Trade System through which (as here set forth)
he would implement that purpose is a proposal which in its
sheer simplicity and force will provoke widespread attention.

our knack for busi-
ness enterprise can
be engaged. I have
enough confidence in
my fellows to know
that when they are
really aroused they
will arrive at solu-
tions, even though

profits. Laws which
levy on incomes and
inheritances are an
indirect recognition
by the public of the
inequalities in our
present distribution
of wealth. They are
in line with that mod-
ern principle of taxa-
tion— itself a similar
recognition — that the
burden of govern-
ment should be dis-
tributed in accord-
ance with ability to
pay. We must bear

197

198

SURVEY GRAPHIC

April 1933

in mind, at this point, that along with our post-war pros-
perity with its lavish private expenditures went loose
disbursement of governmental revenues. And along with
the subsequent deflation has come a natural recoil on the
part of taxpayers against this waste — and the graft that has
gone with it. We have drives for economy, local and na-
tional, which seek to cut out the slack but may also cripple
essential services, such as education, health and recreation.
Here, whatever our present set-backs, the need is for larger
public investment. The rebellious citizen who contends
that "all governmental expenditures should be cut in
half would very likely be the first to complain not only if
his fire or police protection were seriously impaired, but also
if parks, schools and hospitals should be lopped down in
that fashion. Our expenditures for medical care and cul-
tural opportunities must be vastly increased if we are to
put everybody in a civilized position. These services will be
claimants through taxation for a larger share of the na-
tional income and in turn will yield employment, purchasing
power and consumers' "goods" of a high if intangible order.
In so far as such taxation applies, however, to corporate
incomes, the practice in business circles in many cases is to
treat it as part of the cost of production, and therefore the
tax is eventually paid by the purchaser in higher prices.
In so far as the income tax is personal, it puts the load of
governmental services directly upon the shoulders of those
best able to carry them and thus, indirectly, eases the house-
hold budgets of the lower income groups. Nonetheless, if
our first concern is not so much to shake down the benefits
of civilization as it is to raise earning and purchasing power
from below; as an energizing force both for economic
stability and for democratic well-being, we should not have
to rely on such round-about methods.

Wage-earners must share more fully in the flow of wealth
at its source, and make their own choices in spending it.

nURTHER studies of income distribution in this country
I must be awaited before we can determine accurately the
relative trends of wages and profits in recent years. The
general figures for all lines of business do not indicate that
money wages have failed to keep pace, but those for dis-
tribution of the total manufacturing income, especially in
the period of 1927-29, do. They show a great increase in
profits compared to wages. To quote Dr. Joseph H. Willits,
now dean of the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania
(formerly head of its Industrial Research Department) :

The chief progress which economics has made in the last twenty-
five years has been through the application of statistics to economic
discussion, thereby lessening the area of guess and opinion and
enlarging the area of definitely established fact upon which useful
social action can confidently rest. . . . The first step in planning
seems to me to be to end the "blind-man's buff" way in which this
country considers its economic problems. For example, it is stupid
of us that we are not in a position to follow currently and much
more accurately than we can the national trend of aggregate
wages compared with the national trend of aggregate profits.
. . . We need a study of the growth of profits in the decade 1 922-32
in all lines — comparing them with the decade before. The neces-
sary statistical facts can, I think, be obtained. Such a study, includ-
ing also prices and wages and ratios of wages to prices per capita,
would show how much wage-earners have lost in their total
command over goods.

Whatever the trend, there remains the traditional dis-
parity of wages, which has come down to us from the old
industrial revolution; which, in the new, is aggravated by
their obvious lag behind our advances in production.

Now it is evident that if we are to advance wages, generally
and materially, we have a big task in hand. The normal

April 1933

PLANNING FOR PURCHASING POWER

199

operations of economic forces may help. Mechanization
itself, lessened chances for foreign investment, a fall in long
and short interest rates, the keen competition which our
excess capacity is forcing on most producers, — these, in
combination, might lower prices and profits and augment
the relative share of the total national income that goes to
labor. But with wages, themselves, lowering because of
mechanization and rate cuts, no one can be sure that the
outcome may not be quite the opposite. Competition alone
will not serve as a dependable force in facilitating the de-
sired readjustment. Yet every gain from invention, every
increase in productivity, which now tends to slip through the
fingers of the wage-earner who operates the machine, might
be used as a leverage for increasing wages. Moreover, if we
are not to defeat our own ends, increased wages must be
drawn from some other source than increased prices. They
must be higher real wages; — that is, higher wages in terms
of price — of what the wage-earner's money will buy.

The flow of current wealth from production is there to tap
for this purpose if we will. It shows itself in surpluses and
profits which in normal times run from abundance to excess.
Enhance wages by reducing profits, and profits would still
be sufficient to furnish capital to finance new undertakings
in a country already provided with basic plants and equip-
ment. The absence of a glut of capital seeking outlet (in the
hands of owners) would mean fewer of those useless and
speculative additions to manufacturing plants which have
exaggerated over-production in our present restricted
markets for goods. And so far as the needs of the expanded
markets opened up by the enhanced wage-earning go, the
savings afforded by higher wages would themselves supply
much new capital to the common store, though it would
not come, as heretofore, so largely from the profit-takers.

Such a new routing of the flow of currently created wealth
could not, of course, be effected without enlightened co-
operation on the part of profit-receivers, or in the absence
of that, without governmental compulsion. I can see the
difficulties in either course, but they seem to me no less
surmountable than those which our ancestors scaled in
settling and developing the North American Continent.
They are difficulties of another sort — and we must face them
in a setting entirely different from anything our grandfathers
knew with their raw frontier and their meager mechanical
equipment. It is obvious that the impoverishment with
which we have been surrounded during the depression has
come from neither scarcity nor lack of tools. We, who have
learned how to produce aplenty, must find how to buy aplenty.
The base for our planning must be the America of today.

STARTING in with a standard of living far lower than
that of the United States or even of Western Europe, and
starting in without the mechanistic set-up of the West, the
Russians have attempted a solution by combining an
economic with a political revolution. In sequence to a revolt
against autocracy they took over and socialized their
means of production, engaged in vast new construction and
set out to eliminate private ownership and profit. And in
their stride, they have sought to bring an agricultural
people abreast of industrialism. So doing, they have placed
huge orders for American electrical and mechanical
equipment, and have adopted our advances both in applied
science and in scientific management. Can we in turn apply
to the uses of democracy some of the principles evolved in
the prosecution of their Five Year Plan? This question has
been driven home by the fact that Soviet Russia has been
reported free of unemployment.

200

SURVEY GRAPHIC

April 1933

Now our economic life in the United States is organized
on a minority ownership basis. Those who have a certain
kind of ability and those blessed with a certain turn of
fortune, function as owners. Yet they have little to distin-
guish them in intrinsic qualities from the vast numbers of
men and women who cannot be so classed. Our system
rests on the sanctity of time and more often than not on a
belief that it is the only, the natural method; though it is
entirely man-made. We may not take to the Soviet formula,
but we have need for a fresh concertedness in addressing
ourselves to our own arrangements.

THE materials are ready with which we may fashion
the tools to attack our problem. For example, it has
been a common practice among us to make yearly budgets.
We do this as individuals, companies and institutions; as
cities, states and nation. Now the Russian Five Year Plan
is built up out of many such budgets. Their factual work
may have been correct, though they seem to have mis-
calculated the vagaries of the human element. Their gains
and shortcomings, on this front and that, have attracted
the attention of the world. Whether or not in the large the
Russians have used good judgment when it comes to pro-
jecting their plans is a question for time to tell, but they
have shown daring and imagination now.

With us many industrial plants have departments de-
voted to planning. Their experts apply methods of scientific
precision to the processes to be correlated. A new technique
of research, surveys and budgets has thus come into use
which will make us readier to apply it to our course in

THE ROCKET-MOTOR OF THE WAGE-EARNING MARKET

Throughout the early stages of the depression we saw it turn in reverse — unemploy-
ment, reduced earnings, reduced spendings, reduced sales, reduced production, more
unemployment — that was the sequence — the situation worse at every revolution.

wider affairs. Budgets for whole industries are the logical
next steps; and budgets that lead further ahead. In working
out any plan, we use as indicators information, principles
and ideas that have come from past experiences. Many have
tended to sheer away from attempts at reading long-range
prospects, believing that this can only be guess-work. Yet
we have come to see in our large enterprises that the "guess"
can more and more be minimized as our technique develops.
With the help of research, other advances in management
have blossomed out from similar buds. As time goes on, we
shall unquestionably become accustomed to large-scale
budgeting and forecasting and, with it, to more thorough-
going attempts to achieve coordination, avoid pitfalls and
control the future, all as integral parts of the human job.

My belief is that the American imagination will take
hold of the idea of social-economic planning, and that we
shall witness its expansion in concentric circles; industry-
wide, nation-wide and world-wide. The response to the
early proposals made by Gerard Swope, president of the
General Electric Company shows the nascent public interest.
Beginnings have been made by trade associations which
give credence to the forecast that industries will become as
important as geographical states in the framework of
American life. Projects for a national economic council
with a constellation of constituent industrial councils have
been brought forward by the Harriman report of the United
States Chamber of Commerce, and by the LaFollette bill in
the United States Senate. The former envisions a voluntary
scheme of association on the part of producers; the latter
would have government authority behind fact-finding and
organization, and would bring consumers and
labor into the set-up.

Private enterprise frees initiative; but we see
that private enterprise, if left loose-jointed
and uncoordinated, lets the common life
down. The need is for fresh team-plays, for
planning and controls from raw materials up,
over credit, production and distribution, that
will give new order and security and, at the
same time, will preserve initiative and freedom.

A> a point of attack my own thought runs
toward the organization of a Trade
System which, to my mind, would be as practi-
cable to organize as was the Federal Reserve
System or the Income Tax System. The Federal
Trade System, as I see it, would require a
central board of, say, seven outstanding men,
to be presided over by a man of the calibre
of Thomas W. Lamont, Owen D. Young, or
Alfred E. Smith. The first duty of this board,
under empowering acts of Congress, would be
to segregate into large units the different in-
dustrial operations that more naturally fit to-
gether and to institute in each an association
of employers which might be called a Guild.
Every corporation employing a minimum
number of workers would be obliged to join
such a guild if its products enter into interstate
commerce. The sound movement toward fed-
eral incorporation is in line with such a sug-
gestion.

Such a set-up would not be unlike the
schemes for organizing industry on a national
scale already mentioned, but I would have

April 1933

PLANNING FOR PURCHASING POWER

201

its activities focused as sharply at the start as
were those of the Interstate Commerce Com-
mission. Its immediate objective would be
the prevention of unemployment by the
removal of the difficulties that stand in
the way of releasing the normal con-
sumptive powers of the people. To this end a
staff of experts should keep the central board
(and the public) closely in touch with price,
profit and wage conditions. The board should
have unequivocal power to examine the books
and operations of any member of a guild, on
the ground that all such business is invested
with a public interest. Through the guilds it
should promote higher wages and sustained
employment as principles of trade necessary
to that consumption which is necessary to
production. It would resort to publicity in ex-
hibiting trades and industries given over to
excessive profits, high prices, low wages. Pub-
licity is an effective control by no means used
to capacity in connection with business prac-
tices. The struggles that have been made in the
courts to keep the details of corporate opera-
tions away from public gaze are fairly good
proof of its potency.

But to my mind the scope of such a Federal
Trade Board should not be limited to educa-
tional activities. It should have teeth. As a
means fpr steadying and increasing consumers'
demand, it should be charged with framing
new standards of working time, and with
enforcing reductions in the working day and
week without corresponding reductions in
earnings. It should be charged with framing
and enforcing minimum-wage laws. And it should be
charged with the more difficult problem of regulating
profits, beginning perhaps with the profits which enter into
the production and distribution of staple goods.

I am entirely in sympathy with those who wish to con-
serve ample rewards for invention and for pioneering ad-
ventures in business. That, however, is a very different
thing from continuing to regard the production of many of
the essentials that minister to consumers' wants as any longer
a proper subject for speculative enterprise and speculative
profits.

Why should we look at the supply of water, milk,
bread, meat, soap, steel beams, bricks or a thousand and
one other useful staples as anything other than what it is, a
service to consumers through which workers may earn a fair
livelihood; employers, fair wages of management; investors,
fair return on the necessary capital? It is by distorting this
ordinary process through manipulation, monopoly and
what not, that so much of our currently created wealth is
sluiced off into a few hands; distortions which, coupled with
the disruptions due to mechanization, are leaving workers
without jobs and manufacturers and merchants without
customers.

The Brandeis principle in the Massachusetts law, setting
a sliding scale by which, in public service corporations,
dividends may go up only when rates to consumers go down,

An interesting proposal fpr a flexible working schedule, with part-compensation
for the cut-time when work is slack, met by payroll allocations when it is normal or
heavy, has been put forward in Investing in Wages: A plan for Eliminating the Lean
Years, by Albert L. Deane (of General Motors) and Henry Kittredge Norton. The
Macmillan Company.

THE ROCKET-MOTOR OF THE WAGE-EARNING MARKET

II.

We need to set it going the other way round like a drive-wheel — enhanced earnings,
increased purchasing power, increased production, increased employment — a new and
energizing sequence, leading on at every turn to more earnings and larger living.

would seem to indicate that it is not impossible for a public
trade authority to work out a formula for relating profits,
prices and wages.

IT is my opinion that such controls will eventually be
worked out cooperatively in industry; but since representa-
tive government is as yet our only recourse in applying them,
I am for using it. We are moving steadily in the direction of
collective effort, with an ever increasing readiness to try out
new ways. If at this juncture we bring government more
fully into touch with economic realities, that will make it a
more engaging function to the people than it now is. Except
on occasions we are separated from government, in effect are
absentee landlords, and cannot do justice to or properly
control our holdings. In the field of electricity, for example,
cost accounting has been developed to the point where public
bodies have precision in laying down rates so far as genera-
tion and high-power transmission go. But when it comes to
the areas of local distribution, this is not as yet true; costs
are still in a fog; prices often exorbitant; and investors and
consumers can alike be mulcted.

As we increase the duties of government in ways that come
closer to us, its methods will enforcedly improve. The
natural way to bring such improvement about is to work
together on everyday questions which concern the public
and to which they most readily respond. How to get a
better hold on exorbitant and speculative profits is such a
question. With their transference, as higher wages and lower
prices, into popular purchasing power, we may anticipate
that the opportunity for both legitimate business service and

202

SURVEY GRAPHIC

April 1933

for creative enterprise will be not less than before but greater.

Moreover, all the arranging of wages we may do, by one
method or another, will have little effect so long as the
balance between spending and saving can (without any-
body being conscious of it) be totally upset by the capacity
of the banking system (perhaps equally unconsciously) to
very greatly expand production and production facilities at
the expense of future consumption. Here, even more bas-
ically, we see the need for developing some social mastery over
how the stream of wealth from production shall be applied.

Under the Trade System proposed it would be to the
guilds themselves that I should look for that mutual educa-
tion and cooperation through which such governmental
controls as those suggested would enhance the order and
health of our entire economic life, and thus work through to
the interest of producers as a whole. With such an organiza-
tion in each industry, taking on its distinctive characteristics
and subject to varying leadership, the guilds should exhibit a
stimulating range of development. I can understand that
such a plan would be fought bitterly on constitutional and
other grounds but such obstructionism is not new. Witness
the years of opposition that preceded the passage of the
Federal Reserve Act. To set out to achieve stability in earn-
ings and consumption should not prove more of a dash at
the windmills than to have set out to achieve elasticity in
our monetary system.

After all is said, business is but a privilege. Ours is not a
right but a franchise which allows any man or men to manu-
facture goods for others, to trade in them, to transport them,
to deal in money as the medium of exchange, to finance
projects, to make profits. If this be so, then the government,
representing both the people who gain most by our present
system and those who suffer most, has the right and the duty
to control and organize this privilege so as to raise and fortify
the general level of American life.

Ai I see it then, the crux of any national planning lies in its
purpose. Neither new and large-scale organization
nor forms of control will save us if they are not headed in the
right direction. The outcome of any such development in the
United States will depend on whether it is shunted off in the
direction of narrow self-interests or tends toward safeguard-
ing those of the public as a whole.

How to get the materials both for subsistence and satis-
faction, which we now have the means for producing abun-
dantly, into the hands of the very large proportion of the
population from whom they are largely blockaded by our
present economic practices and traditions is, if my analysis
has been correct, the challenge that confronts us as we begin
to plan.

More work and higher wages; balanced production and a
new security for earnings and the providing-power they
stand for; expanded consumption and higher standards of
living; a real share in the fortunes of America for the rank

and file of our people, and their participation in the business
of bringing such things about — these to my mind should be
the practical objectives of our planning.

What goes forward as result in the economic field in the
years just ahead of us may be at once as releasing and as con-
structive as what went forward in the political field with the
break-up of feudalism, the rise of the great states, and the
slow emergence of that self-dependence which became the
foundation of democracy. Generations later, we find our
resulting political structure not only detached from the soil
from which it sprang, but wifh weakened footholds in an
industrial order which has become the basis for modern
livelihood. We need neither abandon our old freedoms nor
throw away our new tools of production. But we must recon-
cile concerted economic action with our loosely hung rep-
resentative governments. We must again exert a self-reliant
mastery over our scheme of subsistence or we may lapse
into a new peonage — this time to the machineries we have
set up.

That other great change from feudal to civil institutions
was carried through in centuries during which much of the
imagination and purpose of the race was focused on what
might happen after death, on how to ward off evils in the
hereafter and how to make assurance of its rewards doubly
sure. Our focus is on life-to-come of a more 'mmediate sort.
The evils of our present case foreshadow more desperate
ones if these go unheeded. But no generation before us in the
history of mankind had such an opportunity as ours to throw
open and plan the field of its own future.

Sheer necessities have too long stood squarely in the way
of our better life. A cash wage, when it is large enough to
stretch beyond the necessities, becomes a potential cultural
wage. Art and ethics and human relations will feel the re-
vivifying effect of the change if we can consolidate our gains
and make full use of our surplus. All of us will be freer to
give thought and action to calls which are now neglected
because our work, our time, our hopes and attention
have been so engrossed by the same economic struggle
which has kept the great masses in drudgery in order to
live.

But we would be mistaken should we feel that these pos-
sibilities will open of themselves. Without a universal
animating purpose, economic planning may turn out to be
just another machine. In a democracy, the common life is
jointly our most important possession. I offer its enhance-
ment as the purpose of American planning.

It was a generalization of Dr. Patten's that the great hu-
man advances of the past issued from the disciplines and in-
centives of each period of most difficulty, and came after it.
When hard times strip and press all of us hardest, we often
sense best what men live for, and why. If that be so, then
out of the travail and the hard thinking of the post-war
depression may come the impulse and determination that
will set us on our way and disclose our goal.

[These articles have been drawn from Mr. Pels' forthcoming book, This Changing
World, to be brought out by Houghton Mifflin this spring. "The book is essentially
an autobiography of an inquiring spirit/' writes El lerySedg wick of The Atlantic. And
the comment of Arthur Morgan, president of Antioch College, is that "someone
else might have written such a book in words. Mr. Pels has written it with his life."]

ONE MILE HOUSE

lourtesy Downtown Gallery, New York

LITHOGRAPH BY GLENN O. COLEMAN

THE SALOON IN RETROSPECT AND PROSPECT

BY ALBERT J. KENNEDY

TO refresh the memories of the middle-aged and inform a
new generation, let me recall some of the ways in which
neighborhood work was affected by the liquor problem,
day by day, during the decade between 1910 and 1920.

One of the chief jobs of a headworker and particularly of
the visitor or case worker attached to a social settlement
used to be to try to induce men in the grip of the drink habit
to "sign the pledge," to go "to see the priest," to take one
of the cures for alcoholism that were sold in the drug stores,
to petition a court to be committed to a hospital for the
treatment of inebriety. Wives used to ask nurses and staff
members to tell them of some kind of "dope" which they
could put into the husband's food or drink for the purpose of
making alcohol unpalatable: "If only the drink would
make himself sick." It was a not uncommon device to dele-
gate a staff member to accompany a man who was trying to
reform to and from his work, morning and evening, so that
he should not be lured into the saloon.

In the good old days before 1920 this kind of case work
with inebriates and their families consumed
more of the energy of most settlement staffs
than any other single type of individual
and family problem. Alcoholism, degrad-
ing poverty and moral degradation were
synonymous.

These disagreeable and in a sense degrad-
ing forms of effort to induce men to give up

the use of liquor were undertaken because of the devastating
effects of drunkenness upon the home and the family. Most
settlement staff workers were acquainted with homes where
every stick of furniture except one or two mattresses upon the
bare floor had been sold in order to pay for drink. It was not
uncommon for fathers to pawn the outer clothing of wives
and children, and that in the depths of winter, to get money
for booze. Every week-end a succession of children rang the
settlement doorbell to report that father was raving drunk
and beating mother and wouldn't someone come and stop
him? The accumulated and pyramided hatred of growing
boys and girls for a drinking father, expressed in terms of the
utmost loathing and contempt for him, made one wonder
that murder was so infrequent.

Anyone who presumes to express an opinion upon politi-
cal, economic and social topics should be required to give
some indication of the extent of his practical experience and
to indicate the territory and population groups which he
is describing. The writer grew up in the saloon-infested city

Wets and Drys alike — are we all rushing down the steep into
a sea of alcohol? A seasoned social worker, friend of many
drunkards' families, recalls the situation before the Eighteenth
Amendment and casts an appraising eye toward the Twenty-
First, with particular attention to the profits in selling liquor.

203

204

SURVEY GRAPHIC

April 1933

McSORLEY'S BAR

Courtesy Detroit Institute of Arts

PAINTING BY JOHN SLOAN

of Brooklyn; he served an apprenticeship in settlement
work under Robert A. Woods in the saloon-infested South
End of Boston, Massachusetts; between 1908 and 1920 he
visited most of the cities of the United States in which there
are settlements to gather material for a national survey of
settlement and neighborhood work; as secretary of the
National Federation of Settlements he participated in a
national investigation of the working of the Eighteenth
Amendment carried on during the years 1926-7; and he
serves as headworker of University Settlement in New York
City. The experiences and opinions put down in the follow-
ing paragraphs, while personal, have been checked by com-
parisons during the past twenty-four years with those of
settlement workers all over the country. The conditions
described are typical of tenement neighborhoods in large
industrial cities, inhabited for the most part by foreign-born
and their first-generation children.

All forms of social activity in pre-prohibition days were
tinged by the prevailing alcoholism. There were in many
neighborhoods a heavy proportion of men and a great many
women also who, from one year's end to the other, were never
for a single hour completely sober. They were always slightly
muddled. Every dance and party, every political rally, most
trade-union and lodge meetings got under way in a slightly
maudlin manner. Going in and out of a public gathering
always involved passing through a barrage of men in various
stages of drunkenness. One of the most desired qualities in a
chairman or leader of a meeting was ability to squelch
drunks. The tone of all gatherings had to be scaled down to a

level just above the individual who was not quite all there.
Dances of young people suffered severely from the prevail-
ing alcoholism. There was always a proportion of seventeen-,
eighteen-, and nineteen-year-old boys who were beginning
to go the way of their fathers in the matter of inebriety.
Getting the drunks edged out of a dance without a fight,
or the threat of gun or knife play, was the first and most
important duty of the director of boys' work in a settlement.

Drunken men were a source of demoralization to neigh-
borhood children. A mob of small boys and girls trailing and
pestering an unsteady man or woman was one of the most
•unedifying sights of pre-prohibition days. It was a regular
practice for boys and young men to entice drunks into alleys
and rob them of whatever money and other valuables they
had on their persons. Crime, as an important by-product of
the liquor traffic, was also widespread before prohibition.

I find it impossible, reviewing the years between 1907 and
1920, to separate drunkenness and drunkard. I can recall
only one hard drinker who was not revolting in his cups.
Some time during the nineteen-twenties Dr. Neff asked me to
speak to the inmates of the Foxboro State Hospital, which
divided its ministrations between inebriates and the insane.
There were several hundred men in the hall, separated into
two groups by a broad aisle. I very shortly found myself
talking to the left-hand portion of the audience because it
was so much more responsive. After we had returned to his
study Dr. Neff asked: "Kennedy, whom did you think
you were talking to?"

"The drunks," I replied.

April 1933

THE SALOON IN RETROSPECT AND PROSPECT

205

"You confined your attention
exclusively to the insane," he
retorted.

The drunks had been dull,
sodden, unable to understand
and respond, even to amusing
anecdotes. The insane, what-
ever their difficulties, were alert
and alive. This incident was
symbolic of the pre- Volstead
era.

The saloon-keeper was for all
practical purposes the overlord
of the neighborhood. He ren-
dered many services, some of
which are functional to com-
munity life. He occasionally fed
the starving; he was a center
of information and advice; he
provided a public comfort sta-
tion; his place was a haven
where a man in almost any
plight might find first-aid. But
he did it all at a heavy cost. The
price was paid by women and
children and the better elements
of the community.

The local saloons were, for
the most part, filthy places.
Women neither could nor
would tolerate such conditions.
Barrooms had no real mascu-
line quality either, in the sense
that a camp or a ship displays a
man's feeling for order. To use
a rather unpleasant but very
descriptive word, saloons
"stank." The sidewalks for a
hundred feet on either side of
the corners where they were
usually located were often un-
speakably filthy. The space
immediately in front of the
swinging doors was the loung-
ing-place of bums and loafers,
and women and girls found it unpleasant and distressing to
pass them. Women therefore zigzagged from one side of the
street to another, even on short walks, to avoid passing
barrooms.

Local politics were run in an atmosphere of booze. The
ward boss had his meeting place in a saloon, and the real
political headquarters were the barrooms regularly fre-
quented by political leaders. Even the rare politician who
didn't drink met his followers in the saloon. It was impossi-
ble to get anything done civically without working through
the saloon; and any attempt to curb the low grade saloon
keeper always met with political rebuff. The affiliation be-
tween the saloon and politics was so close that, for all practi-
cal purposes, the two might have been under one and the
same control.

One of my early assignments at South End House was to
lead a club of fifty fathers of the neighborhood. The group
interested itself in the condition of streets, the quality of milk
supply, the location of fire-boxes and similar matters of civic
housekeeping. I called to the attention of the club the fact

SPEAKEASY

Courtesy Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York

PAINTING BY GLENN O. COLEMAN

that a saloon-keeper on Washington Street was selling to
fourteen-year-old boys small bottles of whiskey which they
were consuming. I had not known that a cousin of the sa-
loon-keeper was a member of the club; he succeeded in
inducing the club to disband almost immediately.

The greatest evil of the saloon was the treating habit. An
elaborate technique for inducing men to drink beyond the
point of repletion and muddle-headedness had been devel-
oped. There were drinks on the house. A kind of obligation
of honor was created which required the individual to con-
tinue drinking until everyone in the group he was part of
had had opportunity to treat everybody else. Twenty men
meant twenty drinks. Barkeepers herded men into groups
for the purpose of increasing the size of the rounds. Language
is incapable of describing the results of this systematic alco-
holization of those who gathered in saloons for social life. It
was also a means through which workingmen with hardly
enough wages to keep the wolf from the door were led to
drink up half or two thirds of their week's earnings in a
single Saturday afternoon bout of treating.

206

SURVEY GRAPHIC

April 1933

Many saloon-keepers, in addition, made it a practice to
encourage their patrons to become almost drunk on beer, at
which point they proceeded to sell to them two or more
flasks of whiskey, gin or other hard liquor with which to com-
plete the process of becoming beastly drunk outside of the
saloon. In Boston a census of flasks and bottles found on
drunks arrested by the police was kept over a period of
months, and a fairly comprehensive list of saloons which
followed this practice was secured.

The old saloon was a cesspool into which many kinds of
evils flowed and from which social miasmas proceeded.
Saloons were breeding-places and headquarters of prostitu-
tion. The rear rooms were assignation places; and the apart-
ment and living rooms over them were frequently used as
brothels. Girls and young women were inveigled into these
places, drugged and debauched. Most of the dirty politics
of the neighborhood was incubated on the saloon premises.
The money that should have been spent upon family tables
was guzzled there. Money that was not spent for drink was
lost in gambling, and most saloons had anywhere from one to
half a dozen gambling devices set up in them. Police and
politicians were demoralized by the saloon-keeper who
found it profitable to buy protection for the sale of liquor,
prostitution and gambling. Practically all criminal gangs
had their headquarters in a saloon. It was because of these
facts that settlement workers were glad to see "the noble
experiment" get under way.

Tenement Areas Under Prohibition

THEN came national prohibition. The putting into effect
of the Eighteenth Amendment on January 16, 1920 was
proceeded by an orgy. For three months before the day on
which the law became operative men lay about the alleys
in an almost continuous drunken stupor. The number of
drunken women on the streets increased by several hundred
percent. Three months after the saloon closed its doors,
working-class communities right across the country seemed
to have been absolutely remade. The air was sweeter in
them. The half-drunken gangs of youths and men that used
to lounge on street corners disappeared. I have not seen a
woman drunk upon the streets since 1920. The quality and
quantity of drunkenness on the highways and in the street-
cars decreased to less than one percent of pre- Volstead days.
The men that one had spent hours trying to get into psy-
chopathic institutions and homes for the treatment of ine-
briety, cleaned up. Families began to have clothing and food
enough, and the homes were improved. There has been no
poverty under the present depression comparable to the old
type of liquor-poverty. Had the saloon been in existence
during the last three years conditions would be vastly worse.
During the first year or two of prohibition settlement
workers used to discuss what the substitute for the saloon
should be, and a few houses opened coffee bars and lounging-
rooms. Time made it clear that the home and the moving-
picture shows were pressing in as substitutes for the saloon.
The tenements began to be better furnished, with more
comfortable chairs; phonographs, radios, newspapers and
magazines appeared where none had existed before; whole
families were able to attend the cheap movie; the automo-
bile appeared in front of the tenements. These forms of rec-
reation reduced almost to nothing the need for lounging-
places of the saloon type. One of the assets of the present
situation is that they remain and will help to make much
more difficult the reestablishment of the old type of saloon.

There is universal agreement among settlement workers
that during the years between 1920 and 1923 prohibition
really prohibited. Not that there was no drinking. There was
a minority of sodden alcoholics who continued to go on
sprees. But the intervals between debauches increased.
Pre-Volstead liquor relaxed its victims; the bootleg of these
years poisoned those who used it and tied them up in knots.
My former alcoholic acquaintances used to visit me, and I
would find them stiffened into a kind of rigor mortis. It
was difficult to be patient with the old type of alcoholic, so
spineless and maudlin. It was easier to pity the new drunks
who seemed to have been encased by some evil power in a
kind of hellish strait-jacket. Each of these poisoned drink-
ers, however, insisted on sharing his infallible method for
making bad liquor safe and palatable, such as straining it
through an eighteen-inch loaf of rye bread, mixing it with
milk, and many other quaint and magical devices.

By 1925 it had become evident that bootleg liquor was
safer and more plentiful, and a great many signs that prohi-
bition was no longer prohibiting began to appear in tene-
ment areas. In 1926 a committee of the National Federation
of Settlements was appointed under the chairmanship of
Lillian D. Wald to study the operation of the Eighteenth
Amendment. Charles C. Cooper of Pittsburgh became treas-
urer. Funds were raised, and Martha Bensley Bruere was
asked to direct the work.1 The study concluded that
half-enforced prohibition did not work. The new order
had broken down except in those communities where the
citizens had prepared themselves to observe it by a long
process of self-education. It appeared that dry terri-
tory was largely inhabited by descendants of the New Eng-
land pioneers who had experienced the Demon Rum in
connection with Indian massacres and the slave trade, tavern
and saloon ribaldry. They had decided on the basis of dec-
ades of observation and suffering, that communities are
better off without liquor.2

THE wet territory, according to Mrs. Bruere's findings,
was predominantly along the Atlantic and Pacific Sea-
boards and the metropolitan cities where European stand-
ards had taken root. The wealthy, imitating Continental
customs, used liquor as part of the "decor" of life. Immi-
grants, having been brought up in a culture where liquor is
an item in the average dietary and an indispensable factor
in civic and religious festivities, merry-making and celebra-
tions, regard prohibition as against nature and a violation
of liberty.3

My personal experience is that among the professional
classes and the well-to-do living on the Atlantic Seaboard,
the premises on which the Eighteenth Amendment was based
are now denied. During the decade of 1910 many persons of
education and good-will had become convinced as a result
of temperance propaganda that individual bodily and
mental efficiency were lessened by the use of even small
amounts of alcohol, that the germ plasm of unborn infants
was adversely affected when either the mother or father used
liquor, and that the strong have a (Continued on page 234)

1 Brudre, Martha Bensley. Does Prohibition Work? A study of the operation of
the Eighteenth Amendment made by the National Federation of Settlements,
assisted by social workers in different parts of the United States. Harpers. Pp. XV,
329. Price $1.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic.

!"The Eighteenth Amendment is a distinctive American product. It grew on
American soil. It is the child of the rural district, offspring of the American farmer
and the village church. For half a century before the passage of the Amendment we
had been experimenting with prohibition through local option and state laws. The
idea of it was familiar to those who had been in this country for a number of genera-
tions and might, therefore, be called Americans. They were largely Nordics — a
loose term taken here to mean people of English, Scotch, Welsh, Irish, German and
Scandinavian ancestry. It was their votes that put it through in the thirty-three
states that went dry before the federal law was passed." (Does Prohibition Work?
Pp. 274-5.)

1 Does Prohibition Work? See Chapter XIX, What Was Found Out, pp. 274-82.

ORGANIZED ACTION IN MEDICAL CARE

BY MICHAEL M. DAVIS

CHANGES in medical service and
in methods in paying for it are
not merely impending — they are
occurring. The country is full of sig-
nificant trends and experiments.

Last month in Chicago, the American
Hospital Association endorsed the prin-
ciple of periodic payment for hospital
care — the plan frequently called group
hospitalization — and outlined methods
and procedures for putting the principle
into effect. Though this plan deals with
only a fraction of the whole field of
medical care, it is significant that an
organization of hospitals should be the first national pro-
fessional agency to set forth some constructive program in
this field. For a generation, hospitals in the United States
have been advancing from mere emergency stations caring
for the sick poor to a more and more significant place in
the general scheme of medical service. Hospitals have be-
come not merely the home of surgery and the place in which
a large proportion of babies are brought into the world, but
the center of educational opportunities for physicians and of
facilities for the diagnosis of large numbers of sick people
who never occupy a bed in the institution. Two thirds of all
the practicing physicians of the country are now associated
with hospitals and clinics, and a thousand of our hospitals
have already taken the significant step of supplying quar-
ters wherein local physicians may carry on private office
practice. This is one of the significant recent trends in
hospital work, representing an economic use of capital in-
vestment, a recognition of the hospital's place as a medical
center, and an important incentive to coordinated work
among physicians.

Hospitals, says the Association, should "proceed with
caution in the development of periodic payment plans" and
should avoid allowing them to come under commercial
control. Local needs, actuarial 'details and administrative
methods should be studied carefully before taking action.
In small towns with only a single hospital, the institution
may proceed directly to make arrangements with groups of
people who will pay an agreed sum annually. In larger
places the hospitals should act cooperatively through hos-
pital councils or other community bodies. The American
Hospital Association urges the extension of these cooperative
undertakings and offers advisory services to localities in the
development of group hospitalization.

The so-called "middle-rate plans" of hospital service,
which are conducted by the Baker Memorial in Boston,
Mt. Sinai and Sydenham Hospitals in New York, the Nor-
ton Infirmary in Louisville and elsewhere, do not involve
the principle of insurance, but are plans of hospital organi-
zation. The physicians of the hospital staff agree with the
hospital administration on a schedule of moderate fees. The
administration collects from the patient a single bill covering
both professional and hospital charges. This does not permit
the patient to budget in advance, but it does enable him to
plan his obligations much more accurately. The same prin-
ciple is involved in pay clinics such as the Cornell Clinic in

Uncared for sickness/ uncertain, uneven and high costs of care, short-
age of doctors and hospitals in rural areas, overspecialization in
cities, unsatisfactory incomes of physicians, nurses and hospitals, are
problems which existed before the depression, and before the Com-
mittee on the Costs of Medical Care had been thought of. It was the
recognition of their existence which caused the organization of that
Committee. The needs of 120 million people who require medical
service and of more than one million concerned with furnishing it press
for the solution of these problems, and these pressures have evoked
not only study and complaints but elicited action, and it is with these
lines of action, already under way in many places, that Mr. Davis deals.

New York and similar ones in Chicago, Boston and else-
where. These have shown that the cost of care for a number
of illnesses can be greatly reduced through organization of
service, while at the same time furnishing reasonable
recompense to the physicians.

QROVIDING medical care is the physicians' problem;
• paying for it, the public's. In paying for medical care, the
major trend has been to distribute the uneven and unpre-
dictable costs of sickness so that they do not fall upon a
family at the moment illness occurs, but are spread over a
group of people and over a period of time. The need for it
is illustrated by a letter that I received from a young busi-
ness man:

In 1928 my wife and I felt that we were really getting estab-
lished. I had a monthly salary of $260 and a little house (in a
suburban city) already half paid for. But in that year came our
second baby, which proved a difficult labor, with a long stay in
the hospital, and before the new brother was six months old, our
three-year-old girl had to have a mastoid operation. Thirteen
hundred dollars came down upon us that year in sickness bills. We
have cut our expenses to the bone, but still we are in debt. We
rebel at this stroke of fate. If I keep my job we won't lose our house,
but it will be hard going for us for a long while.

To meet needs brought out by high sickness bills such
as that young suburban family faced even before the depres-
sion four methods of group payment have been developed:
the fine and ancient custom of charity; the very modern
device of the sliding scale; taxation; and insurance. Private
charity contributes about one hundred million dollars an-
nually out of over three and one half billions of current
expense for medical care. The unpaid services of physicians,
if estimated at a money value, would be much larger.

The sliding scale of medical charges is a device of good
intentions. It seems to have given rise to more complaint
from both physicians and patients than any other single
element in the present scheme of medical service.

Taxation has been used by the American people as a
means of distributing certain sickness costs. Almost all of the
care of mental disease is now supported by taxation, most
of the care of tuberculosis and the major part of preventive
work. General hospital care is provided in a large number
of city and county hospitals and in a few state institutions.
The tax-supported hospital in many of the newer communi-
ties may be the only hospital available, and is utilized by
all classes. "There is a large class of persons," said Dr.

207

208

SURVEY GRAPHIC

April 1933

Nathan Sinai in his study of the medical service in San
Joaquin County, California, an area of 100,000 population,
"who are not indigent but who might be pauperized if they
had to carry the hospital and other expenses for medical
care." These as well as the destitute are cared for in the San
Joaquin County Hospital, as in many other county institu-
tions, and certain well-to-do patients go to the San Joaquin
County Hospital as well. For twenty years it has been the
favored institution of its county. It kept all its beds full even
in the prosperous year of 1929 at a time when nearly half
the other beds in institutions in the county were empty.

"The custom of accepting pay patients is prevalent among
the small-city and county hospitals in California, North
Carolina, South Carolina, Iowa, Wisconsin, Michigan,
Maryland and Pennsylvania," declare Falk and Rorem in
their summary of the studies of the Committee on the Costs
of Medical Care. "It has been less fully developed in the
metropolitan urban areas; but for some years public-ward
patients have been permitted to pay part of the cost of
hospitalization in the Cincinnati and Buffalo city hospitals,
and in the latter physicians attend private cases in the mu-
nicipal institution." This broadening of the old charitable
tradition has unfortunately taken place without recognizing
the need of compensating physicians for the greatly increased
time which they must devote to hospital and clinic patients.

In sparsely settled rural sections of Saskatchewan and
Manitoba, our Canadian brothers have brought physicians
to their communities by paying salaries out of tax funds to
medical men who care for everybody in the area, a plan
which seems to be satisfactory to all concerned and which
the medical societies of these provinces have officially
recognized. A recent commission studying the needs of
rural Vermont made a somewhat similar suggestion for
application to parts of that state.

MANY rural areas are too thinly settled or too poor to
maintain a physician and laboratory facilities, while
the' services of specialists and a hospital are still less avail-
able. By organizing the medical services for these areas in
coordination with some accessible center of population, the
needs might be met.

A letter written a few weeks ago from a physician in
central Kentucky said:

Our county has a population of a little over eight thousand, and
we have but three physicians doing general practice. We have had
some interesting discussions on the subject of medical care, and a
meeting at the court house on January 1 . All the physicians were
present and most of our county officials and leading citizens. The
three physicians reported that they did only $4500 worth of prac-
tice a year, combined. We have no hospital in the county. We all
together estimated that not more than $5000 was spent for services
in hospitals outside our county, making a total of the small sum
of $9500 for medical care. We all agreed that the people were in
dire need of more adequate medical care and that we had no avail-
able means of securing the money to obtain it. We want to study
further this great question, and hope we may be able to work
out some plan.

A body of physicians in Iowa grappled with this problem
three years ago. They had a private group clinic in an urban
area of about 100,000 inhabitants and on their own initiative
sent out a private practitioner of their selection to a town of
three thousand twenty miles away from the private group
clinic which they maintained. Following a recent visit C.
Rufus Rorem writes:

This general practitioner, who succeeded a physician who had
retired, is paid a salary by the clinic and engages in private prac-
tice on a fee basis. Fees are established according to the customs

What Hospitals Are Doing

From a bulletin sent by the American Hospital Association
to the leading hospitals of the country

For several years, even before the depression, the difficulty
experienced by many patients in paying for hospital service
and the difficulties of hospitals in collecting patients' fees
suggested the need of a practicable method of enabling
patients to budget their hospital bills. The present wide-
spread interest in group hospitalization is, therefore, not
accidental or of recent or merely temporary interest; on the
contrary, it reflects a fundamental social need which has
been recognized for a long time.

Group hospitalization plans have been instituted or are in
contemplation in a number of cities, among them Dallas,
Fort Worth, San Antonio, Houston, Shreveport, Louisville,
New Orleans, Colorado Springs, Pueblo, Newark and Eliza-
beth, N. J., Chicago, New York City, Philadelphia, Brattle-
boro, Vt., St. Paul, Grinnell, la., and Rockford, 111. The
places mentioned are those in which non-commercialized
plans have been or are being developed and do not include
those in which plans have been initiated as profit-making
enterprises by business promoters or "hospitalization
corporations."

In existing group hospitalization plans, from six to twelve
dollars per year is the range of rates charged. The amount
required will vary with the general cost levels of the locality,
with the scope and character of the services offered (these
will be influenced by local custom), with the age and occupa-
tional character of the subscribers, and according to the
requirements for promotion and administration.

Group hospitalization plans as recommended by the
American Hospital Association are intended to cover hospital
charges only. The arrangement of professional fees between
physician and patient is to be regarded as a private matter
not affected by the plan; the plan involves no change in the
pre-existing normal relationship between physician and
patient.

A time limit on the length of stay of all patients in the
hospital during any given illness is an actuarial requisite and
is usually a three weeks' period.

of the community and the patient's estimated ability to pay. Diffi-
cult cases are referred to the specialist at the clinic offices who
either visits the general practitioner at his local office or treats the
patient in the urban clinic or in a hospital.

Since the first substation of the clinic was established three
years ago, six others have been instituted in the small towns sur-
rounding this metropolitan area. The local practitioners main-
tain in their offices] laboratories for blood and urine tests, small
stocks of standard drugs, and the usual equipment for simple
examinations and treatments. Detailed case records are kept for
every patient and these records are checked by the clinic specialists
whenever a case is referred to them for treatment.

Of wider application, as a method of group payment for
medical care, is the principle of insurance. Sickness insur-
ance is now in force on a small scale in many parts of the
country, and in one or two states seems to be approaching
a stage of large-scale application. In a few industries, such
as mining and lumbering, and in many western railroads,
employes secure most or all of their medical care through
fixed weekly or monthly payments which build up a com-
mon fund from the sick and well together, out of which the
expenses of medical services are met. Sometimes the pay-
ments of employes are supplemented by the employer. In
a relatively few instances, such as the Endicott Johnson Shoe

April 1933

ORGANIZED ACTION IN MEDICAL CARE

209

Company in Binghamton, New York, and the Homestake
Mining Company in South Dakota, on which special re-
ports were made by the Committee, the whole cost is
directly borne by the employer, but this policy is neither
practicable nor commendable for general application.

OVER ten years ago in the town of Roanoke Rapids,
North Carolina, five mills and their employes set up
a hospital and a plan of medical service headed by a physi-
cian of high standing in the locality. This service has come
to include about eight thousand of the twelve thousand peo-
ple of Roanoke Rapids at a fixed fee of 25 cents a week from
each employe and about an equal amount from the em-
ployers. In 1931, when the mills found it no longer possible
to continue their payments, the employes voluntarily
doubled their weekly amounts so that the service could
continue without interruption. In Baton Rouge, Louisiana,
the employes of the local refinery of the Standard Oil Com-
pany made arrangements with seven local physicians and
subsequently developed the service so that they now pos-
sess a modern building, equipped to serve as a clinic for the
group. For $3 per employe per month, complete medical
service has been furnished to the membership and their
families, who include about 80 percent of the white employes
of the company. In 1 929 the membership reached its peak
at twenty-eight hundred; in 1932 it dropped to barely two
thousand because of lessened employment, but a total of
about eight thousand persons (members and their families)
receive what qualified observers report to be excellent
service.

In Los Angeles organized groups of employes, beginning
with those of the county itself, have made arrangements
with the Ross-Loos Clinic, a well-established private group
organization of about twenty-five physicians, who own their
own building, to furnish medical service on an annual pay-
ment basis. In three years the number of subscribers has
grown steadily. It now includes more than nine thousand
persons, who obtain medical service at home, clinic or hos-
pital, complete except for nursing and dentistry, for $2 per
month. Their dependents must pay cost prices for hospitali-
zation and medicines but receive other service without
charge. This is only one of a number of organized groups of
physicians in the Central and Far West, with which annual
payment plans have been arranged by organized groups of
people.

Well-established insurance companies have long offered
policies to individuals, providing specified cash payments in
time of sickness, which may be used to meet the expenses of
medical care. These individual policies, however, cost too
much to be useful to the mass of the population. Group sick-
ness insurance, so called, is within the financial reach of
many wage-workers, is furnished by several important com-
panies, and is said to cover two million employes. But this
provides only a cash benefit while the wage-earner is ill, in
an amount which is necessarily less than wages and which
must ordinarily be used to meet the ordinary living expenses,
not those of medical care. The most promising and most
economical experiments in voluntary sickness insurance are
cooperative arrangements between consumers and produc-
ers of medical service, without a commercial middleman.
Such an intermediary adds substantially to costs and opens
the door to exploitation of physicians and of patients.

California presents more than one significant experiment.
In its railroads and other large industries, employes quite
generally obtain medical care on an annual payment basis.

The idea of sickness insurance has become widespread enough
among the people on the Pacific Coast to make it generally
saleable. The energetic business promoter has not failed to
grasp the opportunity. Some small insurance companies
and some specially organized "medical service" or "hos-
pital associations" are selling sickness insurance to individ-
uals or groups and hiring doctors to furnish care. The lib-
eral promises which are made at the time of the sale are not
usually borne out by the actual contract, which the prospec-
tive patient is too likely to sign before reading the fine print.
Legislative regulation of these commercial medical contracts
has become an active issue in California.

The organized physicians of California have criticized
these commercial ventures, and also have taken hold of the
problems and needs of their locality with the character-
istic energy of the Pacific Coast. Under a plan adopted last
autumn by the California Medical Society, any county
medical society or a group of its members may, with the
approval of the state body, establish a plan of providing
medical care on the basis of regular periodic payments from
the people served. The program set forth by the medical
society outlines one plan for hospital care only, another for
general medical service and another for complete service
including medical, surgical and hospital care; and gives
principles and methods of organization under which local
medical societies or groups of physicians may proceed.

CALIFORNIA does not stand alone. The State Medical
Society of Washington, through a committee headed by
its last year's president, has undertaken a study of the needs
of the people and physicians throughout the state with the
aim of working out sickness-insurance plans under non-
commercial direction. So has the medical society of Michi-
gan, with the aid of members of the faculty of the State
University. The establishment of a bureau of medical
economics by the American Medical Association; the newly
formed Council on Community Relations and Adminis-
trative Practice by the American Hospital Association, with
Dr. S. S. Goldwater as chairman; the project of a bureau of
dental economics now said to be under consideration by the
American Dental Association, all evidence a sense of the
spread and urgency of the problem. A physician in a large
southern city writes:

The local profession fully realize that an economic readjustment
in medical practice is inevitable and through a committee of fifteen
which has just been appointed are now considering the various
plans which have been adopted throughout this and other coun-
tries with the idea of recommending that one which to them seems
best suited to give service to the patient and some remuneration
to the doctor.

As the depression has deepened, inability to pay for medi-
cal care in sickness, and tragically low incomes among
physicians and dentists have become widespread. Taxation
or charity has had to provide medical care for thousands of
persons who in prosperous days were able to pay for them-
selves as well as for those whose incomes were formerly low
or unstable. Insufficient service even in our wealthiest cities
is now frequent, and public policy has in most places con-
tinued to expect physicians to serve "poor persons" without
remuneration.

The secretary of a county medical society in North Caro-
lina writes, "In this county we are receiving $1500 per
month from relief funds, but I am advised that there are
no provisions whereby a physician can be paid even actual
expenses from this fund for any service (Continued on page 229)

Patience and skill that comes from years of experience are being put into making a warp

THROUGH THE THREADS

Sidney Blumenthal of the Shelton Looms and
Lewis W. Mine reinforce each other. This em-
ployer's First interest is in the women and men
in his modern plants and this photographer has
always held that the pattern of years of life and
work on the human face is more vital than that
of light and shadow on complicated machines.
In one of the Shelton Looms plants Hine has
pointed his camera upon all in turn — execu-
tives, colorists and research workers, designers,
workers who partake in the different processes

The woman at the loom has dignity and so has the velvet she is weaving

The man who lords it over the vat — where all
good fabrics 30 when they dye. Temperature,
time exposure, changes in the consistency of
the bath, application of proper color solutions
are important Factors in the dyeing of fabrics

WHAT MEN RISE TO

BY RICHARD C. CABOT, M.D.

EVERYONE knows whether he is hungry,
whether he is sleepy, whether he wishes
to loaf, to go home, to get away from
home, to get a job, to get married. Desires are
self-evident. But our sense that we have any
particular needs (beyond food and shelter) is
not always awake. Needs, and especially our
central need of growth, are not self-evident.
Only a piercing experience brings them to the
surface of consciousness. I shall describe four
such experiences which search out and find in
us what is often deeply hidden.

The title over this article echoes that of a book — What Men
Live By — which has brought insight and refreshment to many a
reader of Survey Graphic. Dr. Cabot is entitled to employ it, for
he is author of both; and here in a sense we have a postscript
drawn from another book he has been working on this past year,
which has a special message for all of us in a period of stress.
For he deals with situations in which our desires may be shrouded,
but our needs are revealed:

in emergencies
in truth-seeking

in creative art
in education.

1. The Stimulus of an Emergency

FEW things impress me more than the power of certain
emergencies not to paralyze but to rejuvenate us.
In a fire, in an earthquake, in an epidemic, some are inca-
pacitated by horror and waste themselves in outcry or inepti-
tude. But if any leadership springs up, the majority of us are
at our best, not only in strength of will and muscle but in
readiness to take a risk because the emergency makes us feel
others' needs as our own. If there is time to think of oneself
at all, one's dominant feeling is, "This is the real thing and
I'm glad to be in it. Pain here is better than pleasure else-
where." One forgets that one has a body, a tempted and a
resisting conscience, a checkered past and a dubious future.
At last one finds oneself a "going concern."

Of course no one can live in a perpetual crisis, and no one
wants to solve his problems at the cost of others' suffering.
I recall the experience of response to emergencies for the
light it sheds on duller days. At such times there is no leisure
and little choice of path, because our latent need to be of use
then becomes dominant, responds to others' needs, and for
the moment overshadows our individual preference. We are
simplified in a like way by the zest of sharing an athletic
game, where little emergencies keep arising. There we can
throw our strength into a single endeavor because in the
heat of play our internal conflict, our doubt of the future,
our regret for the past, are forgotten as they are in emer-
gencies. Selfishness and unselfishness are transcended be-
cause each man wins in the victories of his team-mates or
suffers in their defeats. No wonder that athletics dominate
the other activities of college life. The athlete feels in the
game an obvious need to develop himself for goals that he
can scarcely see at all.

Needs, when we realize them, are imperative and authori-
tative. They show up the weakness of ethical theories which
base duty solely on the ideals or desires of the better self.
Such self-initiation sounds too easy and soft. It hears no
commands from reality outside us. Wordsworth described a
different experience when he called duty "stern daughter
of the voice of God." Any one who shies at Wordsworth's
theological terms can find the same austerity in the morals
of polar explorers. Robert Scott's forlorn five, stumbling
back half-frozen and half-starved from the South Pole in
March 1912, obeyed a command as stern as any which a
theist hears in the voice of God. They kept step with a dying
comrade on the march though they knew that to match his

painful slowness might cost them their lives, as in fact it did
ten days later. But they also knew that it would be base to
leave him. They stayed with him till he died, almost in his
tracks.

Such a situation issues commands. And if we believe
that it is some need of the world that calls us, what more
majestic voice could we hear? If it is not God's, it is the
same voice with another name.

Heroism meets us in almost every newspaper. Almost
every screaming fire-alarm rouses latent heroism in someone
not otherwise remarkable. In a collision, June 10, 1930,
between the steamer Fairfax and the tanker Pinthis the
Fairfax caught fire off Marshfield, Massachusetts. Some of
the passengers leaped into the sea in terror of the flames.
The crew were disorganized. Lester Kober, a "wiper,"
went to the deserted engine-room. Ordinarily it was not his
duty to be there. He was not supposed to understand the
duties of a fireman. But just then there was danger that the
boilers would explode. At the investigation the following
facts came out:

"There was lots of smoke in the engine-room, wasn't there?"

"Yes, there was."

"And it was dangerous to remain there, wasn't it?"

"I don't know, sir. I'm no judge of that."

"But you stayed, didn't you?"

"Yes, sir."

He said that he could not tell why the fireman and oiler could
not have stayed as he did. When pressed to state whether he stayed
from a sense of duty or because he did not have more sense, he
answered simply, "I saw that someone was needed there."1

What call is there for heroism in ordinary "unreligious"
men? The call of need. You have no desire for a risk that may
cost your life, but you hear the voice of the situation: "Here
is your job. Take your place." Ordinary inclinations have
nothing to do with it. This need is of another kind. It is a
pull from something outside you, independent of your likes
and dislikes. Someone must take this risk, and you are the
only one in sight.

UT who knows that the call of need is a fact? It does not
really speak. Well; physiologists treat organic needs as
facts, though no one can see, hear or smell them. The need
of an injured heart-valve calls leucocytes out of the bone
marrow and the liver, calls the heart-muscle to thicken itself
and carry a heavier load of work. If unconscious amoebae
and muscle-cells can obey the call of need, why should not a

1 The Boston Herald. June 19. 1930.

212

April 1933

WHAT MEN RISE TO

213

conscious human being risk his life when he sees the need?
Sometimes it moves us; anyway it pushes against us. And
when it is felt not only as a push but as an impulse, it has
roused a desire. But this is a desire of a peculiar sort. It
ignores our pleasures or convenience. It feels like an impulse
rooted in forces outside us! Yet it is not really outside us. It
must be inside us or it could not set us in motion.

One's obedience to the need of an emergency is free. It is
not the push of slavish fear nor of sheer compulsion; there
are almost always respectable ways to ignore it. Nor is it a
reflex action like a wink. It is a conscious decision, though
no one stops to ask himself whether he wishes to do it. The
element of desire emerges chiefly when any one else tries to
hold one back. Then our urge to get on with the job rises
to a passion. Hamlet throws off the friends who try to stop
him from following the command of his father's ghost:

"Unhand me, gentlemen!
By heaven! I'll make a ghost of him that lets [hinders] me!"2

2. The Call of Truth

WE understand better the pull exerted on us in emer-
gencies by the world's needs, if we recall how men
have felt the need to live and perhaps to die for the truth.
Men have borne torture and death rather than deny their
beliefs. A good many men would bear torture rather than
let the good name of one they love be smirched. Here is no
emergency, no human life to save. It is only the truth that
calls; yet we should loathe ourselves if we denied it. With
self-respect gone, life would not be worth living. We are not
anxious to die, but will not avoid it at such a price.

In modern times martyrdom for truth is usually gradual,
not sudden. When a man of science slowly wears out his
life, as Darwin did, in the pursuit of truth, his sense of
imperative need at critical stages of his research is almost a
tyrant. It banishes opposing desires; it makes a monk of
him; it gives him almost superhuman endurance. Yet if one
were to ask him, "Exactly what are you after this morning?"
he might say, "I don't know. I want whatever turns out to
be the truth which this crucial experiment will reveal. It
may be a flat denial of what I have been looking for. It may
explode the beliefs in which I have been working, or show
at least that in this field of work there is no sign of their
truth. If so, that is what I want to know."

Negative evidence satisfies a positive desire because it
turns one off to look elsewhere. It shows that our present
road is the wrong one. Pasteur's experiments showed that
spontaneous generation of germ-life in a lifeless fluid like
sterile milk did not occur, as had previously been believed.
The gradual appearance of life out of the lifeless, as the
current theory of cosmic evolution still seems to demand,
found then and finds now no support in experimental
science. That negative goal Pasteur won; and it was the
goal of his desire.

This desire, to find and to record whatever the evidence
seems to prove, is fairly common among laboratory workers.
But it is a very queer sort of desire, for it is actuated by
nothing definite. It wins even when it loses. Whatever the
evidence shows, life to one's hope or death to it, that is
what this odd desire seeks. Its preference seems curiously
like indifference. All "personal" interests are so irrelevant
to it that scientific men are apt to say that in their work
they are governed by no desires, no wishes, no values. Truth-
ful, not wishful, thinking is their goal. To describe and

' Hamlet, Act I. Scene 4.

organize facts, they tell us, is the whole of their business
Others may pursue subjective ideals. In this mood they
forget their one dominant desire, to learn something. This
ideal they prefer to their minor wishes. But what is a desire
that is not a personal desire? It is, I think, a sense of need freeing
an elemental impulse to grow. We call it familiarly enough the
"desire for truth." But we scarcely realize how strange it is
that anything so bloodless can rouse us to lifelong effort.

Certainly there can be a sort of bloodlessness in concen-
trated scientific work. Pasteur spent his evenings pacing the
corridors outside his laboratory, meditating on what he had
recently found and planning new experiments. Though his
wife and children lived on the same floor of the same build-
ing, he hardly saw them except when they acted as labora-
tory assistants. Yet what a furious flood of energy poured
out of him ! For weeks at a time a single question could bore
into his mind and dig out one ingenious laboratory experi-
ment after another, the whole series floating on a current of
energy such as few can house in their tenement of clay.
Pasteur's energy flowed out in response to his sense of need.
Yet he was hardly aware of any desires of his own. He be-
lieved himself the servant of science. The need of more truth
governed his thoughts and his hands, so that his center was
outside him, yet not in any tangible object or place. Like
Garrison when the mob threatened him with death because
he would not stop attacking slavery, Pasteur knew what he
had to do. The needs of his time, his country, and his work
were rooted in his life. They were his will. Yet he was doing
what he preferred to do. His choice was free. His desire to
learn was unconditional.

It seems, then, that the energy to find truth and the im-
pulse to do whatever is needed in an emergency, have some-
thing in common. In both a man feels himself commanded
by a need. The scientific bent gradually creates a person
who must hunt the answer to his questions. His aptitudes
and the call of the situation make research his job. His
"personal" desires are not altogether abolished. The hope
to verify his own pet hypothesis, the itch to have his name
known, still spring up around the main need. They may
crowd it out. But in the better type of scientist they are
dominated.

Given his unconditional desire he can take all his orders
from facts; he can be glad even when they disappoint him,
glad not at the moment but soon after. This apparent con-
tradiction is familiar enough. If a stranger roughly pulls you
back after you have started to cross a street, you are indig-
nant until you see the motor-truck from which his quick
jerk saved you. He gave you the truth about the traffic and
saved you from the consequences of your mistaken hypoth-
esis. So nature frustrates the investigator who starts off on
the wrong track, and he is thankful for the check.

3. The Need to Express Truth in Art

CREATIVE work in art frees a similar sense of need. It
commands us; it is also ourselves. Sincere artists, when
they are not potboiling, try to be candid, that is to say, they
mean to express the truth not by copying anything but by
fidelity to their vision. They set down what they see whether
others like it or not. The right phrase, the right notes, the
right line, come out of a sense of necessity. They need to be
thus and not otherwise.

"The test of a writer," says Thackeray in his preface to
Pendennis, "is this: Is he honest? Does he tell the truth in the
main? Does he seem actuated by a desire to find out and to

214

SURVEY GRAPHIC

April 1933

speak of it? Or is he a quack who shams sentiment and
mouths for effect? Does he seek popularity by claptraps or
other arts . . . ? / ask you to believe that this person writing
strives to tell the truth." (Italics mine.) This artist, like many
scientists, felt himself commanded by a need to express the
truth. But unlike the scientist, this artist looked not only at
his fellow-creatures but into himself and his own emotional
experiences as he faced the universe. He was true to these.
He felt their need to issue in a piece of work that added
something to the world. As in an emergency or an explora-
tion he heard the call of adventure.

Of these three basic and permanent human adventures,
heroism, scientific ardor, and creative art, I shall have more
to s , in another place. Here my point is that in them per-
sonal desire is concealed by a telescoping of fact and act.
One does as the facts bid and does not bother about one's
own desires. By a similar tropism less vividly felt, simple,
hard-working people carry on much of the world's daily
routine.3 They seem hardly aware of any desires of their
own. They do what is to be done. More self-conscious people
feel the call of need as a will of a higher order. Whatever the
need requires, whatever the truth may be, wherever per-
fection lies, that is desired.

•

4. The Need of Education

IN these three urges we feel our central need. We recognize
it distinctly when the revealing invitation comes to us.
In others we can be less certain about it. But in the tremen-
dous business of education we venture to be certain of chil-
dren's needs even when they themselves are in the dark
about them. We are even surer about buried needs in the
sick. We dig for them beneath the surface of obvious facts
and desires. When we try to find a sick man's organic needs,
when we try to follow the call of his needy tissues to which
his desires no longer correspond, when we persuade him to
be pinioned on his back in a plaster cast (for spinal tubercu-
losis), or to give up the food 'he most craves (in diabetes),
our faith in these apparently cruel procedures rests on
confidence that we know his body's needs. They are not
obvious. The sufferer has no inkling of them. They are un-
conscious physiological events hidden in his tissues and
recognized by his doctor only in the light of other cases
studied, some of them years before or in far-off countries.

As in the sick body, so in the educable urchin. No desire
for learning is evident in him. The need of it is hidden deep
in his nature. Probably he needs education, discipline and
hard work. But he does not long for them. He wants to play.
You send him to school. How then can you defend such
unnatural compulsion? By logic something like this: (1) This
child has the usual human capacities. He is not feebleminded
or diseased. (2) Experience shows that normal children
usually profit by education which they do not desire. (3)
Therefore, probably, this child will. (4) Therefore he must
go to school.

Centuries of experience with all sorts of normal children
have convinced us that they have valuable capacities:
curiosity, imagination, appreciation of beauty, courage and
self-control, which they do not dream of and so do not
desire to develop. It may take years of work and faith to get
the development which they need and which others need
from them. But the experience of the race proves that it is
worth while to dig for this gold, by faith in the child's

'"Without these cannot a city be inhabited . . . they will maintain the state of
the world."— Ecclesiasticus, 38, verses 32 and 34.

capacity. Education is like boring for oil. Experts tell us that
others have drilled into strata like this and have been re-
warded. So we spend money and energy without immediate
reward, believing that in this year's crop of school children,
deeply concealed beneath the surface of their childishness,
there is capacity to be interested in history, in music, or in
physics, and a need to develop this capacity.

This drilling process which we call education needs faith
in the unseen, based on experience. Good teachers insist
on believing that scholars need much that they do not desire.
Yet this educational faith rests on a theory not verifiable in
any child when his work starts, seldom completely verified
in any one, owing to lack of time, poor backing at home,
poor teaching, and perhaps poor material in the person
himself.

A> we grow up we take charge of the digging ourselves.
We know that our parents and grandparents have
found themselves when they shouldered the responsibilities
of self-support, marriage and citizenship. Therefore we be-
lieve that we can. Do we itch for these responsibilities? Not
at all. We hardly know what they are. But we itch to amount
to something; we intend to hold up our end as well as the
next person. Most of us can admire somebody or something,
and whatever we admire exerts on us a pull in that direction.

Bound up with the dim sense of our needs there is an urge,
not for concrete enjoyments or achievements, but for emula-
tion and so for standing among our fellows. We hope to be of
use somewhere, to take part in the world's work, in short to
find out where we are needed. Where this hope will lead us
next is all the more obscure because it will certainly be along
a path that no one else can follow as well. If we are really
needed, despite the crowd of other probably abler people
who now jostle around us, it will be because at some crucial
point we differ from and so can excel the rest. Faith that we
are individual, though we seem just like everyone else, is
logically and vitally necessary though hard to maintain.
We make our start in babyhood very much like everyone
else. Our differences gradually emerge till before we die
we may be painfully aware of them. But before that there is
a long period when we see no trace of originality, no partic-
ular capacity, or special perceptiveness in ourselves. Yet we
need to find it. Our livelihood, our capacity to make our-
selves agreeable and to find zest in life, depend upon dis-
covering how we can supplement others by seeing freshly
into the needs, tastes, and opportunities around us.

Our needs, then, are obscure. When not revealed by
emergencies or by a strong natural bent, they have to be
sought below the surface of what we facilely desire, by the
process called education,

(a) Because we are human and so need in our growth the
accumulated heritage of the human race, if we are to find
a place abreast of our fellows.

(b) Because we are uniquely human and so must find our
vocation on a path which no one else can show us.

I HAVE set down a group of basic experiences which seem
to me to have one character in common: they search us to
find in us the act which needs to be unleashed. In each case
the actor feels a sense of relief, when his occasion sets him
free. It is essentially the same need, I believe, that calls us
and is called on in us in all these cases; namely, our need
and the world's need for growth. To grow we must live.
When fire, flood, or pestilence endangers lives which our act
might save, the world's need of life (Continued on page 231)

PUBLIC, RAILROADS AND BOND-HOLDERS

BY GEORGE FOSTER PEABODY

IMMEDIATE solution of the railroad chaos is
vital to the welfare of the financial structure
of the country. More than that it should mean
the early employment of perhaps millions, from
unskilled to white-collar workers, through the
reorganization and probably the electrification
of thousands of miles in the congested centers,
with the abolition of grade crossings, in which we should be
only following Europe, alas, instead of leading. The solution
should be definite and permanent beyond question.

Undoubtedly one of the first compulsions upon President
Roosevelt will be to recommend to the incoming Congress
some adjustment of this issue which will assure shippers fair
dealing for the future, and offer to the millions of owners,
directly and indirectly, of stock and bonds, prompt and
just consideration of the values underlying their vast invest-
ment. In each of these requirements, so many and such
varied and complicated points are to be dealt with that a
true solution calls for the simplest possible method, with
permanence assured.

Agriculture and our farm population are of the first
importance to the life and progress of communities and the
nation. The dependence of the agricultural population on
the railroads is clear. The great bulk of our food products
come from the rich lands in the center of the continent, far
from the congested populations of the eastern coast states.
This agricultural domain, like the railroads, must rely for
capital resources upon the eastern centers, where wealth is
largely concentrated and reached mainly through bankers.

These vast needs for credits, and their supply, have
brought a widespread temper of distrust and animosity
between sections. This has grown during the century since
the railroads first opened up the country for settlement and
provided the one reliable means of reaching the consumers
of farm produce.

Too rapid scattering of the far-western population, with
limited school, religious and social opportunities, tended to
crude thought and impetuous action, following conclusions
not carefully thought through. For this, railroad construction
for profit, before the country needed it, is largely responsible.
Profound divergences of understanding and conviction
respecting currency, banking, credit and transportation
facilities, were made more difficult of solution by reason of
the assumption of superior knowledge and wisdom by the
eastern section of the country, especially by the press. A
thoughtful review of the greenback movement, the Populist
political foray, the silver crusade and the present demand
for inflation, discloses that they are all related to utter
absence of planning for a proper development and education
of communities as self-governing in a self-governing republic
of vast extent.

Transportation, being the vital artery of life in such a
country, makes it as imperative that we deal with our rail-
roads now as with our banks and farms. There is a vital
connection between control of the vast resources and income
of railroads and the accumulation of wealth which banking
centers control. Hence the panicky collapse of railroad
credit — and its financial structure, to a considerable extent —
is not less pressing than markets and credit for the farmers.

The muddle the railroads are in concerns us all, (or they
bring us our food and carry away the goods we have made and
reach down, through their bonds, into Everyman's insurance
policy. Mr. Peabody's plan for them would deal even-
handedly with shippers and investors and develop a single,
publicly-owned system geared at adequate transportation.

It can be said of the railroad transportation problem that
a permanent solution is available and immediately p^> .jible.
There is no complication because of relationship to foreign
markets or intricate tax friction, as in the case of the many
commodity values involved in farm life. It is, therefore, a
duty laid on every citizen to consider proposals for adjusting
the railroad status: first, as to assurance that the shippers'
demands regarding the equities of transport for producer and
consumer, including continuance of ample facilities, with
economy in administration, shall be given unbiased study;
and second, equal and impartial consideration of the equities
of investors, who purchased railroad bonds and stocks on the
faith based on a long record of service and earnings, but-
tressed by the recommendation of bankers in effective
control of the management as fiduciary agents, and — per-
haps most important during recent years by reason of the
Transportation Act — on a moral guarantee by the United
States to such extent as the fixing of prices for sale of bonds
and stock by the Interstate Commerce Commission and
their valuations, with the 5^4 percent return fixed by the
Act as a guide to the Commission. The good faith of our
federal government should not be trifled with. President
Wilson and the Congress paid the railroads the average of
three years' net earnings as rental — that is also a factor for
this new decision as well as a precedent.

THE elaborate report of the committee acting on behalf of
the group of corporations which invested billions of the
money of millions of workers, clerks and property-owners in
railroad bonds, reveals the extraordinary complications
which have resulted during one hundred years in developing
transportation for profit by railroads, privately owned and
partially controlled.

As my space is limited, every reader must find the answer
to this question for himself: Is it possible that a system of
private ownership and control, with antagonistic regulation
having the greater power, could prove efficient or eco-
nomical for the purposes for which state governments issue
charters to corporations controlled by individuals for profit-
making, not limited by any provision in the charter? I
assert, from long and varied experience as investment banker
and active railroad official, that it is absolutely impossible.
If a government plan for continent-wide transportation
facilities had been carefully thought out in advance, no
such method would have been given serious consideration.
The conflicting interests of a single profit-making corpora-
tion, though controlled by the wisest and fairest of men,
would make impossible a sure continuance of unquestionably
fair treatment for all shippers in every community.

But one reason is advanced against complete control of
the railroads through government ownership — the fear that
politics may become so involved that it cannot be efficient

215

216

SURVEY GRAPHIC

April 1933

and economical. This reason should, of course, be excluded
on its face, by any democratic government. It would surely
be a confession of weakness on the part of representatives of
the people, now brought face to face with the necessity for
a permanent solution, to yield to that unwarranted fear.

The full report of the Investing Companies' Committee
is too excursive and long to attract or interest the average
reader, but the refreshing dynamic of Alfred E. Smith, who
could not sign it but wrote a supplementary statement, is
worthy of earnest commendation.

I believe that the initiation of the Port of New York
Authority under Governor Smith suggests the way for the
federal government to acquire all railroads and deal with
their problems, on a basis which would provide complete
fairness to every interest and assure a permanent solution.

THE men who, under present conditions, would be ap-
pointed a Federal Railroad Authority would surely be of
such experience, character and standing that they would
command universal confidence and at once provide for:
scientific groups to outline the economic unification of all
railroad properties, with consolidation of equipment as the
means to greatest and quickest economy of operation;
routing traffic over lines showing least cost, with elimination
of competitive train service, a very great saving; the gradual
disposal of unnecessary and wasteful terminals; the elimina-
tion of costly and thereafter unnecessary advertising; elimi-
nation of high-salaried officials, whose time is necessarily
largely occupied now by attention to regulatory require-
ments and problems of competition.

I have known and admired, for their character and ability,
most of the really great railroad men, whom I now name
only to indicate to thoughtful readers the actual failure of
any right solution at any time of the claims of the public
shippers: Cornelius Vanderbilt and his successors in the
New York Central; John Edgar Thompson and successors
in the Pennsylvania; John W. Garrett and successors in the
Baltimore & Ohio; Collis P. Huntington and associates in
Central and Southern Pacific; Edward H. Harriman of
Illinois Central and Union Pacific; James J. Hill of the
Great Northern, Northern Pacific and Burlington. Even
casual knowledge of these men and their vast achievements
makes clear that they were, in effect, commanders of the
modern equivalent of feudal armies, battling for their
corporate claims in present and future territory against far-
seeing competitors. Every hearing before state or interstate
commissions has demonstrated the opposition of railroad
officials to the public demands.

IT is logical that such vast power as government has
granted through eminent domain to the few individuals
managing railroads, should lead to friction on so great a
scale as to produce the enormous waste which we observe
in the field of transportation wrecks on the one hand and, on
the other, of great populations with pyramids of debt
pressing them down. A great writer of antiquity, a Psalmist
of the superbly virile Hebrew race, wrote: "Power belongeth
unto God." This is a lesson every generation of mankind
needs to re-learn, as history shows. It goes, almost without
saying, that with such far-reaching grants of power as our
governments have given railroad corporations, we cannot,
despite all efforts at regulation, expect to have them domi-
nated by the solemn thought that it is a trust from the
ultimate power, for the welfare of all and not the few.
If the government, from the beginning, had built railroads

as needed, its credit would have secured the lowest rate of
interest; the sense of trust for the people would have induced
impartial service as to the more permanent and economical
location and construction; public interest and welfare would
have compelled more rapid scientific advance, in the sub-
stitution of better equipment for the obsolete; there would
have been no private buying of lots and lands at nominal
prices for exploitation by sale to an ignorant public following
the railroad — in many cases the dominant motive in the
construction of railroads. How far wiser would it have been
to have had only U. S. bonds sold to build the Union and
Central Pacific Railroads, with definite regard for natural
centers where suitable schools, churches, playgrounds and
social facilities would be located and to have had the govern-
ment hold all lands for settlement as population demanded.

If that would have been a wise beginning, is there any
basis for the argument that today, with the demonstration
of waste and folly through a century of trial, the immediate
opportunity and necessity should not be availed of to get
back on the right track, and have future transportation so
owned that only public welfare is considered?

It is said that the days of great constructive operations,
which gave occasion for the Vanderbilts and other giants
to come into ascendency, have passed. The suggestion of
Harriman and VanSweringen proves that the power and
profit motive, allied with monopoly, is sure to find ways to
exploit the public, even though important benefits flowed
from their efficiency.

IF one private corporation shall own all railroads, with
monopoly over 250,000 miles — worth ten or more billions
of dollars — -who will control? Bankers, of necessity. They
will select officials and decide how to raise the billions of
capital required from time to time, and pay much higher
interest than a Federal Authority would. There will be
ample temptation for even greater waste of public as well
as private wealth than ever before. Surely there is no ground
for believing that these banking interests can better select
the trained scientific minds required to operate this greatest
of methods for transporting men and materials than a
Federal Authority. What lobbying power such concentration
offers, recent utility disclosures demonstrate !

A Railroad Authority, selected under the present pressure
of an aroused public sentiment, would find the most capable
men to direct economical, efficient operation. They would
find the unbiased minds to adjust the moral obligation of the
government to the true value underlying the outstanding
issues of railroad bonds and stocks. These stocks are not held
by bankers; the Pennsylvania Railroad alone numbers
seventy thousand women among its quarter of a million
stockholders, the average holding being much less than one
hundred shares. In only a few instances are conditions
otherwise, especially as regards the bonds. The latter are held
in large amounts by insurance corporations and banks, and
represent and are the property of the millions of our so-called
laboring classes, whose savings and future, through life
insurance, are in the absolute control of these various cor-
porate authorizations of the state governments. Such equities
are clearly a moral obligation of state and federal govern-
ments; their claims for a just settlement cannot possibly be
considered by any reorganization committee of bankers.

There is no basis for an equitable permanent solution of
the transportation problem excepting through government
acquisition, at this time, of all railroad properties; water,
highway and air can follow later.

". . . the only thing we have to fear is fear itself/

From the Inaugural address of President Roosevelt

THE ORIGINS AND MASQUES OF FEAR

BY KARL A. MENNINGER, M.D.

A BOY was returning home at dusk. His path ran
through a short stretch of woods, in the daytime al-
most as familiar to him as his own yard but at night
strange and a little formidable. The trees loomed unnatu-
rally tall, the bushes were full of moving shadows. He
walked along, whistling boldly to assure himself that he had
nothing to fear, that he was not a bit afraid. But what was
that noise? Only a dog barking some distance away, but it
made his heart beat faster; reassured, he walked on. Sud-
denly he seemed to hear Something creeping stealthily
behind him; he listened intently and he imagined it stopping
to listen too, only a few feet away. He began to walk
rapidly, glancing fearfully back over his shoulder as if ex-
pecting to see it stalking him. Soon he broke into a run.
Before he realized it he had lost the path and was stumbling
over logs and underbrush. He fell down and covered him-
self with mud but he scrambled up, gasping, and ran on in
blind fright, staggering into tree trunks, tearing his clothes
on thorns, and finally losing the package he had been sent to
fetch. He burst into the house, sobbing and incoherent; but to
his mother's startled inquiries he could give no satisfactory ex-
planation of the panic which had seized him and caused his
familiar surroundings to assume a new and terrifying aspect.

A FAMOUS evangelist was conducting a revival service
in a large auditorium. Thousands of people were in-
tent upon his words. By sheer force of eloquence and earnest-
ness he was holding his hearers enrapt. Suddenly a fright-
ened woman shouted "Fire" and instantly the vast building
was in an uproar. People stampeded like cattle, knocking
each other down, even trampling on one another, fighting
and struggling in their haste to reach the doors. Far more
terrifying than even the din, the menace of fire and the
confusion, was the stark fear of the throng which almost
instantaneously changed reasoning intelligent persons into
mad creatures.

A COUNTRY is at peace; its citizens, educated and
progressive, talk of brotherly cooperation between
nations, of a world state, of disarmament, arbitration of diffi-
culties. Suddenly another nation makes what is considered
to be a threatening move. The very citizens who spoke of
peace now clamor for war. Immense sums of money are
appropriated for armament, the whole country is in feverish
anxiety while mobilization is going on. The enemy takes on
superhuman powers and is credited with an omniscient
secret-service system and with incredible cruelties. Dread
sweeps over the country until everywhere there is a kind of
madness, not unlike the panic in the auditorium although
it is not so easily discernible and not so quickly allayed.

MANY months ago another kind of panic spread over the
world. Stocks dropped in value and financial credit
was disturbed. Many persons predicted a quick recovery.
There were waves of revived hope on all sides but stocks

When (ear turns to panic, one of the most
powerful and most contagious of the emotions
runs through a whole people. Yet there are
perfectly definite ways of combating either
individual fear or mass fear, which are here set
down by a psychiatrist for readers of Survey
Graphic during these times that try men's souls

continued to fall and prices to drop. Manufacturing was
curtailed and unemployment resulted. Each succeeding
month has brought more and more faltering predictions of
prosperity, and more and more distress, more new situa-
tions which disturb confidence at new depths, until finally
it has become almost impossible to regard the depression
objectively, just as it is difficult for people to regard an inter-
national situation dispassionately when their own country
is at war, or for an audience stampeding in a threatened
building to understand what they are doing, or for the little
boy returning home through the woods in the dark to see the
trees in their correct perspective.

The common element in each of these illustrations, the
factor which prevents those involved from reflecting and
acting calmly, is fear. Fear is one of the most powerful and
most contagious of the emotions. It occurs in all of us, but
in varying proportions according to the particular situation
and our particular fitness to meet it. Fear in manageable
amounts animates prodigious efforts and herculean achieve-
ments; it is responsible, for example, for such a feat of build-
ing as the Great Wall of China. We teach children to fear
certain things in a constructive way, to cross streets cau-
tiously, to march in an orderly line from a burning building,
to handle firearms carefully. If we tried to keep children in
total ignorance of all such common dangers by guarding
and overprotecting them, we would cripple their inde-
pendence.

But fear which becomes panic, excessive fear which handi-
caps and overwhelms men and takes away their reason, as
it did in the case of the stampede in the auditorium, performs
no useful function.

Oriqins of Fear

FEAR is an emotional reaction which comes when we are
about to encounter a danger, real or imagined, before
which we feel helpless or inadequate. This feeling of helpless-
ness is always based on previous experience of a comparable
sort. From a psychological standpoint all fear is patterned
upon the early experiences of the child when in his help-
less condition he is overwhelmed by environmental factors
which he is incapable of resisting. In every child's life there
are many such situations because the child is constantly sur-
rounded by dangers against which he is poorly protected,
both by reason of physique and knowledge. The first such
experience may be the very act of birth in which the chile1

217

218

SURVEY GRAPHIC

April 1933

is suddenly forced from a quiet peaceful home within the
mother into a bright, loud, garish world which cannot
possibly be so comfortable. Some authorities believe that
past experiences of the race are also remembered in some
deep organic way so that the terror of primitive man, before
beasts and elements against which he could not protect
himself, is also a part of the experience of fear. The im-
portant point is to recognize that it is not the threatening
thing which frightens us but our own helplessness in the
face of it, for fear is our anticipation that a situation in which
we have previously felt helpless is about to be renewed.

The two things which the child fears originally are the
threat of extinction and the threat of pain. The most poign-
ant type of pain to a child and one which for him is prac-
tically equivalent to the sacrifice of life itself is the pain of
losing love. To cease to be loved is for the child practically
synonymous with ceasing to live. When his mother goes
away, when she takes her breast from his mouth, or when
she takes herself from the room, the child cries because he
thinks he has lost her forever. This same feeling is the chief
reason for the child's suffering when he is punished.

Later this fear that because of misbehavior he will cease
to be loved is internalized as the fear of conscience. Indeed,
we can say that for an adult there are two kinds of fears:
fears of real danger from the outside world, and fears aris-
ing from the tyranny of the conscience within. In other
words there are real fears and neurotic fears.

Everyone knows what real fears are; not everyone recog-
nizes neurotic fears so readily. For example, I have received
a number of letters during the last few months from persons
who are afraid the world will come to an end. One woman
told me that if she awakened during the night and found
the window shade drawn so that she could not see the street
light outside she was immediately struck with terror for fear
the world had come to an end while she was sleeping. We
characterize such a dread as a manifestation of neurotic
fear because we recognize that it is not warranted by exter-
nal probabilities and must be stimulated by some impulse
within the person.

Research by psychoanalysis has demonstrated that such
fears usually represent distorted wishes. For example, think
of the woman who complains of men following her on the
street or staring at her rudely. She both fears and hopes for
this because she has converted her internal fears of her own
impulses into external fears of men.

Another example just as familiar to psychiatrists but apt
to be met with angry rejection by certain mothers is the way
in which great anxiety over children's health covers uncon-
scious death wishes within the mother. Many a mother who
did everything she knew to get rid of a child before it was
born, or who bitterly resented the expense and labor in-
volved in the child's coming, has forgotten this entirely
when ten years later she becomes nearly frantic with
anxiety when the child shows symptoms of a slight cold.

A little boy continually ran away from school, not to play
truant but to go home and see if his mother was safe. He
said he had phantasies of his home burning with his mother
in it and he had to go home to assure himself that she was
still alive. Since there was no fire and no real cause for dread-
ing it, except some unknown psychic reason within the child,
this is a typical example of neurotic fear. It is also an example
of the fear disguising a denied wish, for the child was dis-
covered to be angry at his mother for thwarting his wishes;
he secretly wished her dead, as most children do occasionally
when their parents thwart their wishes in some way, and

then feeling guilty and remorseful because he wished his
mother to be burned he was forced to run home to see if
his wishes had come true.

A"J interesting case came to my attention recently which
is more detailed than the foregoing illustrations. A
young man of unusual ability and education complained of
a great dread of his own voice when talking to other people,
a fear that it would tremble and quaver. This it actually did,
frequently, but especially when he faced some important
decision, or some difficult assignment or test. This dread
compelled him to leave college and finally to withdraw from
association with people almost completely. When he con-
sulted me he was considering suicide because this obsession
had, he thought, cost him his friends and his ability to work.

He told a most dramatic story in connection with his
first memories of this quavering hysterical note in his voice.
One night, because there were rats in the house, his family
borrowed a neighbor's tomcat — a huge formidable animal
it seemed to the boy, then a child of two or three. That
night he awoke in terror with the sensation of rats swarm-
ing over him and choking him. He called to his mother, but
his father shouted that he should go to sleep or be spanked.
The boy called again and again in great terror. Finally his
mother, realizing that something was seriously wrong, came
to his bedside and found the great cat coiled up on his chest.

The young man told me that he discovered that what
had brought his mother to his side that night in spite of his
father's protest was the strange quavering note in his voice
which had impressed his mother. He also remembered that
in his childhood he was afraid of his father and that the
memory of this fear of the cat was connected with his fear
and dislike of his father. He was quite aware that his trem-
bling voice was not due to any real threat from the people
about him now, but was caused rather by childhood in-
fluences. Lacking the opportunity to study the case in detail,
it is at least a plausible assumption that this young man,
strongly attached to his mother as he still is, may still seek
unconsciously to cry out for her help in his present difficul-
ties of resorting to the same tactics which were successful in
childhood instead of substituting the masterful aggressive
attitude of overcoming obstacles.

Many such symbolic fears come to the attention of psy-
chiatrists. I have known people who were afraid of being
stared at, people who were afraid to leave the house, people
who were afraid to step on a crack in the sidewalk, people who
were afraid of "dark, Spanish-looking men," people who were
afraid to eat if anyone was watching them, people who
were afraid to climb stairs, people who were afraid to wear
shoes — all instances of neurotic fears, externalized and dis-
torted until it is impossible to discover the real source of
fear until after days, weeks or even months of study.

Strange and abnormal as such fears appear to us and far
removed as they seem from our own apparently rational
apprehensions for the future of our business or our homes,
they deserve the space given them here because they repre-
sent in exaggerated form the fears which are present in
almost all healthy persons but which are more successfully
concealed or combated. How many of us have been sud-
denly beset by the fear that our house was on fire or being
ransacked by burglars while we were away, or by the fear
that someone had been accidentally injured when he failed
to appear on time for an appointment? The psychiatrist
recognizes such harmless symptoms as instances of symbolic
fear which gratify unconscious motives.

April 1933

THE ORIGINS AND MASQUES OF FEAR

219

Masques of Fear

SO far we have discussed fear as it is ordinarily experienced
by people, in undisguised form. We have shown that the
sources may be obscured, but in the instances we have cited
the feeling at least has
not been disguised. Fear
was felt as fear. The
human mind has many
tricks, however, and
fear is often subtly dis-
guised in many ways.

One of the most fre-
quent disguises is this:
real fear, i.e., fear justi-
fied by external reality,
will serve as a cloak for
neurotic fear. This is
especially true in times
of panic. This is be-
cause the increase in ac-
tual irrefutable external
uncertainties gives
justification to a freer
expression of all kinds
of unconscious irra-
tional fears which lie
buried beneath the sur-
face of the conscious
mind in less anxious
times. The real fear
present about us calls
forth repressed fears
which have their be-
ginnings in earliest

childhood perhaps and are entirely unrelated to present
external conditions. The fact that there is excellent reason
just now for part of this anxiety makes us overlook the
presence of this neurotic fear and to fail to separate it from
the real fear present.

This is well illustrated in a letter which I recently re-
ceived in which a woman told me of the dark cloud of appre-
hension which hung over their home because her husband
was afraid he was going to lose his position or that his wages
were going to be reduced. For months the whole family had
talked of nothing else, until even the children were so
affected that they were nervous and unable to sleep at night.
The woman went on to explain that in reality there was no
great likelihood of her husband losing his job, although he
might receive a reduction in pay; that they were well able to
sustain such a blow if it fell because they owned their own
home and a large plot of ground on which they raised fruit
and vegetables; that if worst came to worst they could make
a living from this garden and their cow. She quite sensibly
added that the uncertainty and foreboding which had hung
over them for the last nine months was worse than almost
any actuality which could reasonably befall them. She also
added the pertinent fact that her husband had all his life
been subject to fears of one kind or another although the
depression had greatly intensified his customary anxiety.

This is a case of external reality working with internal
fear of the unknown to produce an extravagant reaction.
The unsettled economic condition gives this man oppor-
tunity to express lifelong fears. Study of neurotic fear shows
us that what takes place in such cases is this: the man fears

some impulse within himself, some wish or craving which he
does not dare admit even to himself, although it may be
something quite harmless in itself; he refuses to admit this
fear and so he converts it into anxiety about something
external, such as loss of work, and thus continues to worry

without any reproach
to himself.

A second way in
which fear is often dis-
guised is in the inhibi-
tion of activity, the
expression of love, the
carrying out of a con-
structive program of
life, without any con-
sciousness, however, of
the fact that it is fear
which really inhibits
these normal tenden-
cies. True, such in-
hibited persons will
often insist that they
suffer from a painful
sense of inferiority, and
therefore cannot lead
fruitful lives. But this
sense of inferiority is
often only an alibi.
Some of these people
really suffer from a
great sense of guilt,
i.e., a very bad con-
science on account of
some unconscious rea-
son; because of their

sense of guilt they fear punishment and the loss of love and
this great fear acts as an inhibitor which they then seek to
justify by deprecating themselves.

Another disguise of fear which looks very different but is
really the same thing is to be seen in those over-courageous
persons who are willing to tackle anything, particularly if it
is the sort of thing which will give onlookers the impression
that they are unusually brave. This is a reaction of denial to
the same sort of disguised fear and inhibitions which we have
just described. Unfortunately it rarely works out as success-
fully as it promises because essentially it is a bluff which
sometimes works but frequently fails and the failure pro-
vokes the utmost depression in such individuals.

Another disguise of fear is hate, i.e., unproductive ag-
gressive activity. It is easy to see this in the attitude of one
group of people against another group, although the same
thing applies in the case of individuals. Because of their
great fear of Germany, the nations of the world found all
sorts of reasons for hating her; because of their great fear of
the Negroes, some people in the South have at times had
great hatred for them; because of their fear of the economic
worth of the Japanese, some people in California express
pronounced hatred for them. This fear is frequently not so
much of the external object but of the temptations within
the individual which the external object arouses — as we
have already seen in our discussion of the origins of fear. One
sees this particularly clearly in the aggressive intensity of cer-
tain reformers, and Somerset Maugham took advantage of it
to write his very clever play, Rain, in which the minister
finally yields to what he had spent his life denouncing.

Courtesy Rodin Museum, Philadelphia

Rodin paid tribute to courageous leadership in his moving group, Burghers
of Calais. When the besieging English promised to spare the medieval city
if six citizens would give their lives for Calais, six men found courage to
sacrifice themselves for the rest. Awareness, regret are here but no fear

220

SURVEY GRAPHIC

April 1933

A fifth masque for fear is the productive aggressiveness
which we can regard as a sublimation of hate in creative
activity in both work and play. Fear is sometimes the reason
for a conspicuous success in business or in sports.

Finally, fear disguised as hate may be internalized, or
turned back upon the self instead of upon the external world.
A fear of people, for example, may be expressed as a timid
withdrawal from social contacts which injures no one except
the person himself. Many other examples of this form of fear
which is disguised as hate of the self may be found in the
self-destructive tendencies with which we are familiar in the
neuroses, neurotic characters, alcoholism, defeatism, and
so on. This turning in of fear upon the self may take either
of two forms — somatic or behavioristic, i.e., those in which
the hostility is directed against the body as in self-imposed
invalidism, and those in which it is directed rather against
the career of the individual as in the case of the "hardluck
artist" who can never succeed at anything.

Combating Fear

WHAT can we do to combat these disguised fears?
Against neurotic fear our only weapon is insight.
This is the justification for the careful elaboration of these
disguises which we have just been discussing. The acquisition
of insight will be opposed by forces of repression, difficult to
evade or escape. In severe cases of fear-ridden individuals
only the long tedious re-living and re-alignment afforded by
psychoanalysis can be expected to free them. But psycho-
analysis is for the chosen few; for most people it is not avail-
able. And for the rest of the world we must put our hope
in education.

But just what should we teach in order that coming
generations may be more free from the trammels of fear?
I am not sure, but I believe that if greater emphasis were put
on teaching children to think in terms of facts and real
consequences instead of in terms of morals and prejudices
we could make a little progress in this direction.

But what can we do to combat real fear for which the
present situation is surely some justification? I do not wish
to dwell on internal distresses exclusively or to give the im-
pression that I think the present financial depression is a
figment of the collective imagination. There is much real
fear created by the threat of actual losses and when this
threat is fulfilled and the losses occur they are followed by
depression and grief; this depression weakens confidence and
in turn creates more danger of real losses, further losses, and
this process continues as the months go by in a kind of
vicious circle. Added to this cumulative effect is the effect of
suggestion which is felt even by those who would otherwise
escape the general panic.

Psychologists do not know just how the contagion of fear
spreads so rapidly, so mysteriously. It may be by a process of
identification in which one person sees his neighbor fright-
ened, puts himself in his neighbor's place and shares his fear,
just as moving-picture audiences shuddered at the horrors

of such pictures as Frankenstein or Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde,
through identification with the actors. At any rate we know
that it communicates itself from person to person, from
group to group, as certainly and much more rapidly than
disease. The more people who are affected by the original
fear, the greater the suggestion and the faster the spread of
the contagion. In the case of the present crisis the fear has
been so elemental and so universal, so closely connected with
existence, that it has affected people all over the world and
accordingly the total effect is tremendous.

Means of Combating Real Fear

THERE is both a negative and a positive way of combating
such a contagion of fear; the first way is by recognizing
the nature of the contagiousness and avoiding making
matters worse by exaggerating and spreading the disease.
Nearly everyone becomes a "carrier" in a fear contagion
because of the peculiar fascination that is derived from
spreading the news of calamity. It is proverbial that bad
news travels faster than good news.

The second way of combating fear is by counter-sugges-
tion. Although it is true that courage and self-confidence do
not spread as rapidly as fear, they are contagious emotions
also as we know from the many examples we find in biog-
raphy and history in which dynamic leaders have rallied
forlorn and disheartened followers and led them to success
and victory. The logical way to meet suggestion is by counter-
suggestion and the most strategic way of making a counter-
suggestion is through a popular leader. If ever there was a
time when people clamor for "giants in the land" it is during
a time of depression and despair.

Such a popular leader must have something more than
boosting and false cheer to offer his followers, however, or
his influence will be short-lived. In hard times people are
hypercritical and skeptical of any attempt to whitewash
actual conditions or to "kid" the public. He must combine
the qualities of leadership with some intellectual control of
the situation in order to obtain real confidence. People are
never convinced by intellectual argument alone, but neither
are they satisfied with ballyhoo. The leader who can
catch the imagination of the public, arouse its emotions
and present some intelligent program can establish an
effective counter-suggestion, with a consequent stabilizing
influence.

Once such a counter-suggestion is initiated many re-
sources can be used to reinforce it: history, psychology,
sociology, economics, law, religion, philosophy, art, music —
all in various ways can be utilized to ameliorate current
conditions and to contribute to a better adjustment for the
future. With each such adjustment fear is decreased because
the sense of helplessness is reduced. As people conquer the
situation with the weapons of intelligent optimism they
become increasingly confident for in the case of real fear, as
with neurotic fear, we can expect salvation to the extent that
we can make our intelligence master of our emotions.

President Roosevelt's regional plan for the Tennessee River Valley has its feet on
the solid ground. It has widespread social aspects in spreading out population, de-
centralizing industry, reforestation of marginal and cut-over areas, and early employ-
ment of tens of thousands of men. An article by Benton MacKaye, carrying the
plan over the whole Appalachian region, will be published in an early issue.

THROUGH NEIGHBORS' D O O R WA Y S — J O H N PALMER GAVIT

SHIRTS ON AND FINGERS CROSSED

BRAVE — with the largest capital "B" in the shop — must
be any man who prophesies just now. Prophecies about
anything between the inside-inside of the hydrogen
atom and the outermost orbit of the expanding universe;
from the weather on All Fools' Day to his next meal, if any.
Brave as even a prophet, must be anyone sitting down to
write anything but ancient history, on any subject, to be
published a fortnight hence. In every direction, at home and
abroad, things which anybody could have told you were im-
possible from any rational point of view, have happened, are
happening from hour to hour and have still to happen. One
vows, as after doleful experience with an election or a horse-
race, never again to predict — anything. Somewhere in
Biglow Papers James Russell Lowell put it perfectly:

My gran'ther's rule was safer 'n 't is to crow:
Don't never prophesy — onless ye know.

One prophecy has come true. On that day in April 1917
when the United States declared war upon Germany, a
man said to me:

Write it down in your Little Book of Facts that the world that
you and I have known is gone forever. When all the consequences
of this tragic decision are counted, whether ad interim in our time
or in the centuries to come, they will have searched into every
corner of life, private and public. No part of the world, however
remote it may appear now to be from the conflict itself, will have
immunity. Things that we have thought fundamental, even
axiomatic, anchored in the nature of existence, will be upside-
down or altogether gone. Thrones and dynasties will be in the
scrapheap; democracy as we have
known it will have changed its
face and form. The impossible
will have come to pass. In our own
country, life never will be the
same again. This is going to prove
one of the great turning-points in
human history.

A large order it seemed;
even fantastic, output of an
emotional panic. Many times
since I have recalled those
sapient words, whose author I
do not mention because I wish
them to stand on their own
feet. Many times, in innumer-
able ways, in all countries
without exception, especially
including our own, I have seen
them coming true. Now, in the
midst of uproar and un-
precedented perplexity, with
every sort of fool lighting
matches — yes, and torches —
in the world's powder-maga-
zine, along with supposedly
wiser men hurrying to ex-
tinguish them (with not al-
ways certainty as to which is
which), and with considerable
reluctance on my own part to

add to the clamor; the routine of editorial duty requires the
compilation of more words. It must suffice to point out some
of the outstanding factors, not new but differently weighted,
and to indicate the temper of mind with which one must
contemplate them if they are to mean anything short of
Bedlam. For this is a time for those participating and those
likewise who watch more or less helplessly the basket con-
taining all their own most valuable eggs, to "keep shirts
on and fingers crossed."

FOR one thing, the relation of the United States to the
whole international tangle has taken on a tremendously
changed aspect. It was bound to be so, if only because of
the change of administration at Washington. With the
about-face of party control, the Harding-Coolidge-Hoover
dynasty ended in more than a partisan sense. Whatever
might have been his own private views and predilections,
Mr. Hoover's mandate from the people in 1928 clearly was
to "carry on" with the policies of his predecessors since
1920. But even more emphatic last November was Mr.
Roosevelt's mandate to reverse them. He made no secret of
his intention to do so; but in his most ecstatically prescient
moments he could not have foreseen that he hardly would
have time to hang up his hat in the White House before
catastrophe would call his hand. As regards the wisdom,
timelessness and sufficiency of his answers, we must abide
the swiftly shifting events. Shifting by the hour.

Despite all the assurances
and expectations to the con-
trary, and however informally,
unofficially and temporarily
under guise of "bank holi-
days" or whatnot other eu-
phemism, the United States
did go off, slide off, suspend,
the sacred "gold standard." In
the last analysis, that expres-
sion means that every Ameri-
can dollar, held anywhere in
the world, by citizen or alien,
is worth thus-and-so-much gold
on demand. Came a day when
without an instant's warning
we refused to deliver the gold.
What may have come of it for
good or ill by the time these
words are in type I do not
pretend to guess. But certain it
is that we shall hereafter stand
in a new light in the world's
economic grouping; we cannot
put on quite the airs that we
have affected hitherto. Spe-
cifically we shall participate in
the forthcoming World Eco-
nomic Conference in a differ-
ent spirit and with a different

From Headway — organ of the British League of Nations' Union

"Look, Mother, how well fed these are"

221

222

SURVEY GRAPHIC

April 1933

point of view. Again it has been brought home to us in
dramatic, even cataclysmic fashion, perceptible to even the
dullest-witted die-hard of isolation and reactionism that no
water-tight economic bulkhead can protect us against the
flow of the world-encircling currents. Likewise the adjust-
ment of the intergovernmental debts will come to pass
sooner, with emphases and in an atmosphere greatly altered
and let us hope mollified by these momentous happenings.
Even as regards disarmament, the dire necessity of drastic
economies in governmental expenditures will be more po-
tent than all the propaganda of the pacifists. Having no
money himself to waste on war-stuff, Uncle Sam is likely to
look twice at the solvency of other people who want to bor-
row for such unprofitable use. In advance he has repudiated,
for instance, the security that Japan would offer in respect of
Manchukuo. He holds reams of old notes of the nations
likely to engage in similar enterprises. I am reminded of the
old story of the farmer, engaged in a horse-trade, to whom
the would-be purchaser offered in part payment a promis-
sory note.

"Nope," he said. "I don't want no note. I've got readin'
matter enough now."

MR. ROOSEVELT'S enormous plurality, and his party's
overwhelming control in both houses of Congress,
under any conditions would have given him almost dicta-
torial power and responsibility. Added to that is the fact
that in neither house is there, in the nature of things, as yet a
coherent esprit, a body of experienced, self-confident mem-
bership of his own party able to resist him even if so dis-
posed. As for any Republican opposition — non est. Even
were there potentially such opposition in either party, the
emergency, and the universal sense of alarm, have crystal-
lized a general desire to give the new President such power
and responsibility by affirmative legislation, to any extent
possible under the Constitution. It is indeed a curious de-
velopment in American political history that to the party of
"strict construction," of traditional jealousy of the executive
as a menace to state's rights, should have come, short of a
state of war or of actual invasion by a foreign foe, the neces-
sity for centralization of power at Washington such as the
Fathers never dreamed of. Thomas Jefferson must be revolv-
ing in his grave !

Things will have to be done as it were by fiat, which in
soberer times would have been bogged in endless fatuous
debate, interminably delayed and then done bunglingly,
half done, or not done at all. Doubtless mistakes, some
pretty bad ones, will be made; but things will get done. With
the same kind of single-headed command that a nation
establishes by common consent in the face of war, we shall
work through our domestic problems, and so confront the
world. I little realized how soon and suddenly would come
true what I wrote a month ago, that the new President would
"need all the prayers of all friends and well-wishers;
enemies need think up nothing new in the way of troubles
for him." Now he needs, and largely will receive, all the
wisdom and cooperation that Americans of every political
faith can put at his disposal. We are fortunate in the type
and temper of the man; for it is a situation in which a reck-
less demagogue or a "man on horseback" — even a mere
muddling ignoramus — might lead us headlong down a steep
place into the sea.

EVERYTHING will depend, of course, upon the specific
applications of it in concrete action; but there is great
reassurance, so far as international affairs are concerned, in

Mr. Roosevelt's inaugural declaration of policy in that re-
gard. To be sure, we heard words of similar import in
utterances of his three predecessors; but sensibly there is here
a different timbre:

If I read the temper of our people correctly, we now realize, as we
have never realized before, our interdependence [with other nations]
. . . We cannot merely take, but we must give as well. ... I
would dedicate this nation to the policy of the good neighbor.

The people with whom he is surrounding himself, in posts
having to do with these neighborly relations, are of the sort
to find these sentiments and purposes congenial. From
Cordell Hull, the new secretary of state, many years ago in
Washington in a memorable conversation I derived my own
first realization of the potency of the tariff as a weapon,
inciter and agency of hostility between nations. At that time
Mr. Hull, then in the House of Representatives, was en-
grossed in the business of making a tariff bill with neigh-
borly intent. Raymond Moley (of whom I speak from a per-
sonal acquaintance and high regard of many years' stand-
ing) at Hull's right hand in the State Department embodies
not only like spirit but profoundly scholarly equipment in
knowledge of international law and history. Norman Davis,
Mr. Hoover's appointee continuing to represent us in the
Disarmament Conference, with his keen lawyerly shrewd-
ness, his fertile common-sense, his friendly informal ap-
proach to controversies easily inflammable, always has
reminded me of Dwight Morrow. It requires no stretch of
imagination to visualize him like Morrow in Mexico, dis-
pelling an ancient feud and cementing an international
friendship, over a breakfast of ham and eggs. Not a swash-
buckler or sword-rattler or ponderous legalist among them.
Just neighborly folk, who know what time it is in the world.

PERHAPS most ominous of the torches blazing amid the
world's inflammables — though it is hard to choose among
them for potency toward widespread mischief — is that in
Germany, in the coming to actual power of Hitler and his
associated Adullamites of stupid reaction on the one hand
and political hooliganism on the other. Having thus char-
acterized it, one must add that the real strength of that
combination is in Germany's weariness of oppression at the
hands of its war-time conquerors and of political muddling
under a cumbrous parliamentary system. It is too easy to
attribute this "happening of the impossible" to the forcible
suppression of opposition and the ignoring of votes. Despite
all that, there appears to have been an enormous participa-
tion. Yet at that, Hitler has yet to demonstrate; there is lit-
tle coherence in the strange combination of which he is the
figure-head. Shed no tears over the merciless treatment of the
Communists; nothing has happened to them that they would
not gladly perpetrate themselves. But underneath now re-
mains the tremendous power of the labor unions, the great
force of moderate Socialism built up during fifty years; the
abiding core of the Catholic Zentrum, so long the balance of
power. Anything — even civil war — can come of it. And the
real peril to the world is in the new power given to the
resentment of all Germany against Poland and all that is
implied in the existence of the Polish Corridor which makes
of East Prussia a political island. There boils the Witches'
Cauldron of a new war in Europe. Any fool on either side
could explode it overnight.

Everywhere it's a time for cool heads and tongues under
strict control, and the spread of the spirit of good neighbor-
ship. There has been no over-production of any of these
commodities.

LETTERS & LIFE — EDITED BY LEON WHIPPLE

REDISCOVERY OF THE INDIVIDUAL

INDIVIDUALISM, by Horace M. Kallen. Lirerighl. 241 pp. Price $2 postpaid of

Survey Graphic
A PHILOSOPHY OF SOLITUDE, by John Camper Powys. Simon and Schuster.

233 pp. Price $2 postpaid of Survey Graphic

THE forgotten man is the human-being. For half a cen-
tury, he has been crushed by his own institutions — the
state, the machine, corporations, mass propaganda,
money, even science with its expanding universe that pic-
tured man as a mote in space-time. These giant abstractions
worked their miracles, but forever at the price of the indi-
vidual. They worked because they reduced man to a unit of
measure and fitted him into a pattern borrowed from
mathematical physics. Even social science bowed down be-
fore statistics.

Well, the present crisis is stripping some of these institu-
tions of their power and glamor. They no longer work for
they had forgotten man. And man, as ever, when his insti-
tutions crumble, confronts himself, the individual in his
darkling moment between two silences. There are signs that
the blessing we may expect from our tragic sufferings is the
rediscovery of the individual. It sounds ironic to talk of the
individual when millions lack even the bare needs of life;
or to belittle institutions when it is clear we can save our-
selves only by acting together. But we must even now resolve
that there is little meaning to either salvage or reconstruction
unless they assure security and freedom for the individual.
What else is worth while?

"Humanity is never primarily society: humanity is pri-
marily folks," declares Horace Kallen in his brave challenge
in behalf of the individual and democracy. "We must re-
write the Declaration of Independence for the world where
machinery and science are masters." Democracy has never
been tried, for industrialism stole the victory in the name of
"economic man" and sold the birthright of the free man. To
regain this by voluntary and experimental pioneering, with
institutions as tools, not ends, will demand new and arduous
disciplines. "From the privileged it would require a sur-
render of privilege, from the unprivileged a surrender of
irresponsibility." That fine definition of our dilemma
proves that Kallen is no Utopia-monger, but indeed a
fighter who chooses danger and toil because he sees no other
way of salvation. Communism, Fascism, each protects class
or state, not the individual.

THIS individuality, which he studies from Calvin through
Rousseau, and through the constitution-makers, the fron-
tiersmen, and down to the cog-man of the Machine Age,
is no illusion else it would not be so widespread and uncon-
querable. It is the basic fact. "No earthly society has ever
been an organism." Each has been an association of folks.
Democracy is an association for making experiments with
voluntary consent, step by step, taking unknown risks, but
with use of creative intelligence, and the faith that enhanced
personality and life more abundant are the only aims
society can have. These are not new ideas, but they are
medicine for the time. The voice of the liberal defending
individualism is of good omen. He may lose, but not from
silent fear.

JOHN POWYS is not concerned with how the individual
may use society, but how he may escape society by the
recapture of the self in solitude. His book is a kind of prac-
tical manual for contemporary mystics who feel that the
very essence of being is lost in the confused communism of
modern life. We have come to the point of taking life for
granted. We can only regain the sense of wonder and of unity
by escaping from the city, machines, the crowd-mind, even
from the psychoanalysts who reduce the self to a system of
complexes, and from sex that bedevils and dominates us.
This is a creed for aristocrats, and rather neglects how we
shall make a living for the body that unfortunately clings to
the self, but there are lessons here for our own less imperial
endeavors to preserve our sense of peace and purpose. And
here is an angry, poetical, personal language of a rare beauty
in these drab days.

First, we must recognize the self, the I am I, and then the
vast enfolding power of the inanimate. Next, we must con-
trol our thoughts — forget the old unhappy things and store
up all memories of beauty or chance contacts or moments of
ecstasy. This cleaned and garnished inner mood has no
room for desires for fame or power or dominance : in the face
of the cosmos and the undecipherable destiny of the lonely
individual these ends become trivial. At last we sink into
the utter power and peace of the universe, the link being
some resonance of the body to Nature. The wind brings
back race emotions and offers more elemental instruction
than the laws of physics; a falling leaf is the passport to
serenity; and the rain, but listen . . .

The visitations of the rain alone, that multitudinous descent of
the transparent, slate-colored water, those grey, thin heaven-high,
super-Euclidean lines, that swerve and sweep and travel and yet
forever must be falling as they drift, and drifting forward as they
fall, the miraculous phenomenon of rain alone, so inhuman an
element and yet so ancient, so historic a restorer of life, is a thing
to worship.

That is as near as one comes to defining the "Elementalism"
that Powys would have us use.

There are wise ideas on walking, on the value of routine
in life to give the self continuity, on rhythm as an interpreter,
on the uses of philosophy, and even on domestic relations.
You will recognize old ideas, and even admit the dangers of
this esthetic-psychic contemplation. You may choose the
religious way, for it includes men as elementals. But the
point is — here is a man who asserts the self, with a fierce
and certain pride, and asserts something beyond self, vast
and healing, to which we can send embassies, and that the
relation between these two is not a matter for votes, statistics,
or communes.

There are moratoria all around these days, but there is
no moratorium within ourselves. We are in for some lean
years because we are pioneers, but pioneers not in a new
country, but in a new way of life and a manner of thinking
and feeling. There will be plenty of room for a true rugged
individualism. Consider the acid test of barter — one man's
work and ability weighed in open balances against another's
with no intervening veils of money, stock-jobs, political

223

224

SURVEY GRAPHIC

April 1933

chicane, pressure salesmanship. The manicurist may survive
and the archaeologist perish. Barter is a kind of economic
nudism: but useful only on occasion and as a step toward
new institutions based on reality and human-beings. It is
too primitive for our civilization.

The more important barter will be within: we shall begin
to trade values at our own private exchange. We shall exer-
cise the right of choice. For example, we may bargain to
entertain ourselves and save money on vicarious entertain-
ment. We shall rediscover the charms of home-made fun,
going back to the candy-pull, charades and even folk-
dancing. And perhaps not without influence on health,
home-life and art. We may barter the bric-a-brac that
needs to be guarded and dusted for the simplicity that leaves
us free. Competition in up-to-dateness may be too much
trouble: let's leave the fads and fashions and sophistication
at the exchange and get a tradition or two, and a knowledge
of what is enduring.

Self-control can certainly buy us more health than we can
get from doctors. Indeed, we pay doctors to tell us so. Sun-
light, air, rest, exercise, are all free at the exchange within.
And mental health is par excellence an adventure in barter
for the only place you can trade fears and worry for peace
of mind is, as Powys declares, in our selves. And among our
friends we can start going a kind of scrip to exchange the
cheer of humor for the strength of wisdom, and the beauty of
ideals for the comfort of practical advice.

Indeed, we can save a good deal on taxes at this trading-
post. The cheapest form of policing is by the policeman
within. Character, we learn daily, is a better guard of bank-
vaults than inspectors and bond companies. Censorships too
are best taken care of by individuals. Education need not
stop because of a bank-holiday: the holiday is itself a post-
graduate course in economics. Certain kinds of education,
for adults and children, can never be provided by institu-
tions. They are free at home.

This is no plea for a return to the primitive or to the ego.
But while we change institutions to suit new needs and form
new associations for collectivity, we shall have to do much
as plain men and women. If leaders fail us, we shall have to
lead ourselves. If the mob swirls without, there is no need
to join. We are pioneers. Let us recall the virtues of pioneers.

LEON WHIPPLE

Prophet of Social Work

PROGRESSIVE SOCIAL ACTION, by Edward T. Devine. Macmillan. 225 pp.
Price $1.75 postpaid of Survey Graphic

THIS is a refreshing and enheartening book especially at a
I time when the whole world is looking to social workers to
accomplish almost superhuman tasks. Something of the
vision and the fire of the prophet comes from Dr. Devine in
whatever daily task or emergency his energies are personally
employed. Before there was any gospel or underlying philos-
ophy of social work he was engaged in pioneer efforts to solve
its major problems, when he was not discovering or defining
them. Where shall we turn to find one who has had a more
varied and on the whole successful service both in the ranks
and in the high command throughout a long generation?
Because Dr. Devine has been a trained economic thinker
as well as a practical social worker he has never been content
merely to develop new techniques or to improve the work in
hand, but has constantly looked around, behind and ahead,
and asked himself: Why have we this job to do and what will
we have to do next if and when it is finished? With a

charmingly simple, direct and persuasive style he has fo-
cussed in a small and readable volume the results of this think-
ing and a lifetime of unique experience. It is not necessary
to agree with all of his conclusions (though I fancy the
majority of social workers who think at all of what they are
about will agree in the main) to profit richly by his integra-
tion of their professional activities with the life and thought
of our time and to gain inspiration.

If the traditional fifteen minutes spent in early morning
devotions as a preparation for the day's work were not so
largely a lost art I would venture to predict that that amount
of time devoted to the leisurely perusal of as many pages as
the individual reader could cover of Dr. Devine's book each
day, throughout say the Lenten season, by the thousands of
overworked and discouraged social workers now facing
terrific difficulties would produce surprising results.

Our author, however, has a much larger audience in
view and one that needs his message even more: the citizens
of our democracy. His happy grouping of the concrete topics
he discusses: debts, tariffs, war and peace, industrial
democracy, rural life, economic planning and control,
poverty, disease, crime, housing and home life, social policy
and social ideals, under fresh and dynamic concepts of
world citizenship, economic citizenship, and religious citi-
zenship, is fundamental and significant of his larger hope
and purpose. After all there is scarcely a hamlet in the United
States not already committed to some forms of social work
both through private or voluntary and public or compulsory
agencies. There are few communities, either urban or rural,
where efforts are not being made, often feebly and imper-
fectly to be sure, to achieve more adequate and rehabilitat-
ing relief of destitution, sickness, invalidity and accident,
greater and more equal opportunities for education, recrea-
tion, economic security with respect to income, employment,
decent housing, old-age retirement and other essentials of
the good life. There will be more before the present world
crisis and its aftermath are forgotten. Social workers cannot
possibly win many battles or achieve more than palliative
results unless both they and the greater mass of citizens
behind the lines understand what it means and whither the
uncontrolled forces all about are driving us. That most of
these forces could be controlled and citizens become the
masters of their fate if they intelligently face the realities of
life is the essence of the true philosophy of social work as
Dr. Devine presents it. SAMUEL McCuNE LINDSAY

Columbia University

Must Every Cause Have Its Soapbox?

100,000,000 GUINEA PIGS; Dangers in Everyday Foods, Drugs, and Cosmetics,
by Arthur Kallet and F. J. Schlink. Vanguard. 312 pp. Price $2 postpaid of Survey
Graphic

THE discovery of the consumer flattened out under our
competitive business economy is a highly provocative
recent social trend. Socially-minded students of our folkways
are taking the opportunity to ask some obvious, too long
neglected, and exceedingly pertinent questions about the
actual and potential aims and operation of certain estab-
lished institutions. The apparently widespread confusion as
to these goal-lines makes Messrs. Kallet and Schlink fighting
mad, and they have written a fighting, sensational book
about the business of producing and selling foods, drugs,
cosmetics, antiseptics; about current advertising in allegedly
lily-white periodicals; about the unhappily vulnerable role
of the federal government; and they have climaxed 250
pages of naming names of well-known commodities in

April 1933

LETTERS & LIFE

225

your home and mine with 50 more devoled to proposals for re-
forming the situation.

Straight talk in concrete terms about the problems of the con-
sumer is still so rare that all of us are indebted to the authors for
this book. While the present reviewer is wholeheartedly for the
goal-line for which Kallet and Schlink are plunging, and while he
is frankly skeptical about our ability to move the ball far in that
direction under the existing rules of the game laid down by com-
petitive business, he also finds himself uneasy and affronted by
some of the scrimmaging tactics of Kallet and Schlink. The case
for the consumer is so inherently strong that one questions the
tactical wisdom of such a snarling, plunging attack.

After listing a family's ordinary morning grocery order, in-
cluding Kellogg's All Bran, a can of Crisco, dried apricots, a loaf
of white bread, a six-pound ham, and so on, they vizualize this
process repeated daily over the country and add shrilly: "And
because of them [these "everyday foods"], out of the pockets of
America's Joneses and Smiths and Browns will come, during the
next year, a hundred million dollars or so for medicines and doctor
bills and time lost from work." Come, come, you two scientists,
prove that statement ! Again, many of us have waxed hot over the
dominance of much of the federal machinery in Washington by
trade associations and by the largely business-focussed interests of
Mr. Hoover's department of commerce; we do not believe that
Washington's prevailing anxiety to bolster business in a rather
indiscriminate manner, on the assumption that national prosperity
is synonymous with the welfare of us citizens, is sound policy; but,
knowing something of the pressures under which much of official
Washington sweats in our essentially business-controlled culture,
we do not subscribe to the statement that "behind the ignorance
and shyster practices of the nostrum vendor, there lies an incompe-
tent and indifferent and quite cold-blooded government regime."

Someone has observed that it is impossible to overestimate the
importance of the role of sex in life, but that Freud has achieved
that feat; so one might say that it is impossible to overstress the
disabilities under which the consumer labors, but that Kallet and
Schlink have achieved that impossibility. So much that they say
is so right and needs so profoundly to be said that one winces at the
inability they frequently display to let the facts — stark enough,
heaven knows! — speak for themselves. ROBERT S. LYND

Columbia University

Hope for the Race

CIVILIZING OURSELVES, by Everett Dean Martin. W. W. Norton. 3Z9 pp. Price
$3 postpaid of Survey Graphic

THAT we are passing through a period of crises, social, economic,
cultural, scientific, is borne upon us daily by all the numerous
agencies that contemporary civilization affords for the circulation
of ideas. In the welter of discussions and proposed solutions Everett
Dean Martin's Civilizing Ourselves, advances convincingly the
reasonable suggestion that these crises are not unrelated to each
other, that they are the accumulated consequences of movements
that go back to the Renaissance and the breakup of the Middle
Ages. It requires no little courage in the midst of economic distress
to point out that it is not enough to try to solve our problems with
easy opportunist measures. Dr. Martin argues that even our
economic difficulties are aspects of more general problems, and
therefore are not to be cured permanently by humanitarian and
economic gospels. Dr. Martin would save the economic man by
curing the rational man. The difficulties have arisen largely
through man's effort to live by bread alone; to remove them he
must come to a mature recognition of himself and his problems,
and he can do that only by intelligence, by thinking, by abandon-
ing the attempt to restate old ideas as new science, to justify
adolescent wishes and emotions, to perpetuate worn-out religious
ideals.

Dr. Martin apparently has no dogmatic doctrine to advance:
he is less concerned with what men think than with how and why
they think. His confidence is in the reason of the educated man,
not in a system of philosophy. One question runs through his book
therefore, What can we believe? And about it the book divides: the

first part concerned with the transition from the ecclesiastical
civilization of the Middle Ages to the secular civilization of modern
times; the second part with the gospels which modern man has
substituted for reason in pursuit of new ideals — humanitarianism,
progress, the exaltation of science, of individual and social per-
fectibility, the various hopes men have had for a new start; the
third part, with the consequent barbarism and the threat of a
dictatorship today. Against each of these substitutes for reason in
the guidance of man's affairs and destiny, Dr. Martin constructs
careful, devastating indictments.

One finishes Civilizing Ourselves impressed by the singleness
with which Dr. Martin pursues his investigation through the con-
fused muddle of present-day civilization. He never deviates from
his advocacy of culture and intelligence to advance a new gospel
of his own. His attitude comes close to humanism in its original
two aspects, its awareness of the state of things in the contemporary
civilization and its appreciation of what is important and living in
the past. On the one hand Dr. Martin has an expert knowledge
of history and conditions in America — his tenth chapter, The
Nation with the New Start, is a striking account (which might
well have been expanded into a book) of the culture of America in
terms of its colonization and history. On the other hand he has a
sensitive appreciation of the achievement of Greek culture (which
he looks upon as the one mature culture the western world has
known) ; it is to Plato and Aristotle that he returns to appraise the
deficiencies of our own culture.

Our predicament is dark in that contrast and one might expect
a pessimistic conclusion; Dr. Martin, however, believes that man
has reached a maturity that he cannot easily lose and by which he
may hope to civilize himself. The path is difficult, but Dr. Martin's
analysis is not only a clear statement of the difficulties but a step
along the path. RICHARD McKEON

Department of Philosophy, Columbia University

Adventures in World Literature

TITANS OF LITERATURE, by Burton Rascoe. Putnam. 496 pp. Price $3.75
postpaid of Survey Graphic

GOOD critic is one who relates the adventures of his soul
among masterpieces."

Anatole France's words might preface this handsome volume of
criticism. The balance between biographical substance and critical
appraisal is so nice that one is not conscious of the methods of
either critic or biographer. One simply reads the adventures of
Burton Rascoe among masterpieces. He has an ingratiating manner
and is suave even when he blows a blast. His enthusiasms are
always personal and undisguised, and his reverence simple and
natural. His hatred of the bombastic and pontifical, the self-
stuffed or scholar-stuffed old writers whom academic authorities
have crammed down unwilling undergraduates for ages is warm
and pointed but never dictatorial.

He declares that Dante is nothing but a long-nosed, sour-faced
bookend, and vastly overrated. That Milton is a vessel of wind, ill-
blown and low in tonic oxygen. These two judgments should win
thousands of readers who have suffered from the pedantry,
stupidity and orthodoxy of the average college English department.
Let the reader start with these declarations of independence, and
then make an orderly beginning and find out why the Greeks are
so worshipful, and how literature was revived after the Dark Ages.
The first two chapters on Homer and Sophocles offer an exceed-
ingly simple, pointed and brilliantly clarified history of Greek
literature, with much that is gratuitous and delightful on Grecian
history, art and manners.

The Rascoe method when space allows is to register all the
bright coloring of a completely detached critical review, and
then to apply this sharply to the moment of history under hand.
There are thirty-two titans in Mr. Rascoe's adventures, and scores
of sidelights on their contemporaries of smaller stature. It is not
his intention to have representative Americans: those who qualify
are Mark Twain, of whom he writes most sympathetically, Poe and
Whitman. By inference he gives a high estimate of James Branch
Cabell, and he is not unaware of Ernest (Continued on page 226)

A Bookof Paramount Importance

Will men work if
they make no prof'
it, seeing they are
conditioned to gain
and greed only?
This is the ques-
tion Dr. Ward an'
swers in

In Place

Social Incentives in the Soviet Union

by Harry F. Ward

with drawings by Lynd Ward

A realistic account of what life is like in the only
land where "profit" does not rule. Written "from the
inside" by a man who has lived with peasant,
worker, and intellectual in Russian cities and vil-
lages. It contains original material, first-hand ex-
perience, trained interpretation and the first anal-
ysis of the psychological forces behind the greatest
social experiment of our day. $2.50

at all bookstores

CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS, NEW YORK

Ernest R. Groves

Marriage

"At last arrives the book on marriage that I
have been hoping for and looking for for more
than twenty years. It is not only the best book
on the subject I know but I am unable to see
how a better book could be written in the light
of our present knowledge. I have long felt that
a book ought to be produced that intelligent
young people contemplating marriage could
study and learn from. This is such a book."
— E. A. Ross, University of Wisconsin. $3.50

Arthur J. Todd

Industry and Society

A comprehensive and impartial study of the
effects of industrialism on society. Having sur-
veyed the usual indictment of modern indus-
try, the author outlines the history of the in-
dustrial revolution, proceeds to a detailed,
world-wide study of the present situation, and
finally considers proposed remedies in their
national and international aspects. $4.00

Henry Holt and Company

One Park Avenue New York

(Continued Jrom page 225) Hemingway and William Faulkner.
The vision it took to grasp the entire history of the world's
literature and bring each aspect within view, with detail, feeling
and sane estimates is encyclopedic. And the nearly five hundred
pages of free and flowing prose carry the natural charm of a very
great and very just critical intellect. JOHN PALMER DARNALL

Cincinnati, Ohio

Education and the Good Life

THE BULPINGTON OF BLUP, by H. C. Wells. Macmillan. 414 pf. Price $2.50
postpaid of Survey Graphic

HG. WELLS believes that there is to be a world in which men
. will be able to face the truth in themselves and the lives they
lead, privately and among their fellows. This world is being slowly
ushered in now by the scientific spirit, which will destroy the foggy
thinking of the romantic dreamers who live partly, and clumsily,
in reality, and partly in a world of wish-fulfillment. It is a question
of education— of getting started off properly in the right direction.

Wells develops these ideas through the life of Theodore Bulping-
ton, a "common-place young man" who dabbles with painting and
writing and who lives chiefly in his own mind as the Bulpington
of Blup, an extremely romantic figure who responds to imagined
noble adventure in the correct romantic manner. His education
has been neglected, and his tendency to flee from reality unwittingly
encouraged by a pair of literary, intellectual parents who, on their
level, live as vaguely as Theodore on his.

Theodore, unable to face himself squarely, behaves badly both
in love and war. He insults and loses the woman he loves; cracks
up into a neurotic fugitive from the front; and retreats farther and
farther from any sustained effort to face reality. After the War
and ten years of little magazines on the Continent he returns to
England, and we leave him drowning in brandy a sudden realiza-

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

226

tion that he has spent an evening beguiling two maiden ladies
with fantastic tales of his war prowess — his once gay imagination
turned to blustering self-glorification.

Mr. Wells' notion of reality is made explicit in the lives of Theo-
dore's friends, Teddy and Margaret Broxted — who, by benefit
of a scientific education, know where they are going and make
progress in that direction.

Like all of Mr. Wells' books this is provocative. As a story teller
he has no superior writing today. If he seems to be dealing ex-
clusively in devils and angels, the reader at least can sift for him-
self, and in the process find stimulating signposts towards truth.

HELEN MEARS

Why War Threatens

THE CAUSES OF WAR, edited by Arthur Porritt. Macmillan. 235 pp. Price tl.50
postpaid of Survey Graphic

FOR the comparatively unsophisticated reader, or for a discus-
sion group, Mr. Porritt offers an excellent volume, using the
reports of various sections of the World Conference for Inter-
national Peace Through Religion. Any book must be taken seri-
ously which contains chapters by Sir Arthur Salter, Sir J. Arthur
Thomson, G. A. Johnston, Alfred Zimmern, C. F. Andrews,
Frederick J. Libby, Henry A. Atkinson, Wickham Steed. The
range covers economic, industrial, racial, religious, scientific and
political causes of war, the last comprehending what is also com-
monly referred to as psychological — those situations of irredentism
in particular which constitute so abundant a provocation to conflict.
Sir Arthur Sailer's chapter on economic causes is a brilliant
exposition, especially in its handling of the allocation of raw mate-
rials. Mr. Johnston, with his keen perception of class conflict, as a
result of social injustice, provides real meat. No one excels C. F.
Andrews for penetration and clarity, however, in his vast ui

"It is not inconceivable that it may
reform the penal system of its day"

— FANNY BUTCHER, in the Chicago Tribune

Throughout recorded history, vital
literature has always been a chief
factor in revolt against static condi-
tions — an angry demand for change
. . . improvement . . . ANN VICK-
ERS is of the literature of revolt. It
has the sweep of three decades, the
breadth of a nation. Time blows
across its pages, yet it is as personal as
a diary.

At the rate this book is selling, it is
reaching a new class of readers, far be-
yond the comparatively small audience
which is usually interested in prison
reform. Thus a civilized country wel-
comes the note of appreciation — the
try at the long perspective — which
reviewers have sounded in the press
about ANN VICKERS.

Take FANNY BUTCHER, in the
Chicago Tribune — "There will be in-
evitable comparisons with another
great writer and best seller of his period
— whose pen literally reformed the life
of his day, Charles Dickens. . . . Time
is the potter that shapes the clay of

reputations and it is possible that time
will say that ANN VICKERS is Mr.
Lewis' best book, for it is not incon-
ceivable that it may reform the penal
system of its day."

... Or LEWIS GANNETT, in the
N. Y. Herald Tribune — "ANN VICK-
ERS is abused because it stings; because,
besides being a lively book, it is an
angry book. And since Sinclair Lewis,
besides being a great natural story-
teller, is a man with a thesis — with,
indeed, a dozen theses — he belongs in
that memorable tradition of letters
which includes Euripides and Defoe

and Swift, Charles Dickens, Moliere,
and Goethe and Tolstoy, and, of course,
Mark Twain."

... Or HENRY HAZLITT, in The
Nation — "An admirable novel, a
powerful indictment."

If you -want the proofs of prison
conditions, as revealed by "the
star reporter of our solar system,"
read ANN VICKERS. Into this
dynamic novel is packed the en-
tire experience of such cases as'
Debs, Mooney, and Sacco and
Vanzetti.

ANN VICKERS

by SINCLAIR LEWIS

107th Thousand . . . 562 Pages, $2.50 • DOUBLEDAY, DORAN

derstanding of the race question and his remarkably sensitive
touch.

Some of the other essays are less distinguished, even superficial.
Why is it that religion so frequently seems incapable of engendering
in its advocates anything like a genuine passion for a warless world,
leaving instead — here, at least — an impression of mediocrity and
"carefulness" of statement that vitiates its indubitably great gifts?
Mr. Steed, one must fear, will never learn the difference between
armies, even international armies, and police, or between "war for
law" — our modern style holy war — and bona fide exercise of police
power. This book, like many others, bears the commonplace sug-
gestion about it that many of our most prominent peace workers
are bold analysts but shrink from the fundamental social changes
which, as they reveal by their own diagnoses, alone can reduce the
causes of war. DEVERE ALLEN

Wilton, Connecticut

X-Ray of a Small Town

SMALL TOWN STUFF, by Albert Blumenlhal. University of Chicago Press. 415 pp.
Price $4 postpaid of Survey Graphic

WE check another delightful book on the growing list of like
studies from the University of Chicago Press. Excellent
literary description, dialogue, history and gossip combine into a
clear-cut and often amusing picture of life in a Western mine-town
of about five thousand. No doubt this is a trustworthy reflection
of a phase of such life. The central revelation is of the degree of
control the inhabitants exercise over each other through their
intimate association and knowledge of private affairs. One wonders
what the "small town stuff" would have been had the author re-
ceived statements from the persons discussed rather than from per-
sons discussing.

The volume, apart from its general interest, merits study be-
cause it represents one part of the cycle through which community
studies have passed in forty years. First we had the so-called muck-

rakers whose brilliantly written episodes and scathing denuncia-
tions of social situations and community life gave rise to many
rather serious monographs. Then came the detailed statistical sur-
veys by which were established methods and principles of making
scientific studies. This book represents another stage: we still use
some of the techniques of the community study, but we lean toward
the type of literary production that is delightful reading yet still
leaves a general impression that is reasonably accurate. This is a
good story based on actual experience. M. C. ELMER

University of Pittsburgh

History Should Record Great Movements

"WE, THE PEOPLE," by Leo Huberman. with Illustrations by Thomas H. Benton.
Harper &• Brothers. 375 pp. Price $3.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic

A LITTLE more than a generation ago the English historian,
E. A. Freeman, boldly asserted that history was "past poli-
tics." This conception was generally accepted during the nine-
teenth century, and even yet finds considerable vogue both in
England and in America. The proof is in the writings of many
eminent historians. Up to the last decade the vast majority of our
history texts, school and college, were little more than superficial
and distorted compilations of political and episodical happenings
composed to inculcate a certain brand of patriotism. Against the
writing and teaching of just this sort of history the distinguished
philosopher-historian, James Harvey Robinson, raised his voice
twenty years ago. In his epochmaking, The New History, he decried
the fact that the content of historical writings was composed almost
entirely of the irrelevant and the melodramatic [of laws, of accounts
of presidential administrations, dynasties, military exploits, ro-
mantic marriages, court scandals, diplomatic intrigues, assassina-
tions, and reigns of terror] and that little or no space was given to
economic, social, spiritual, scientific and intellectual aspects of
human development. The time had come, he declared, for a
broader understanding and a larger synthesis. (Continued on 228)

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

227

THE

PROPAGANDA

MENACE

By
FREDERICK E. LUMLEY, PH.D.

Professor of Sociology, Ohio Slate University
Author of "Means of Social Control," etc.

This is the first book to present for laymen a
panoramic view of the whole field of propa-
ganda. It explains what propaganda is and
shows how it operates, what it lives on, and
what it does in the various areas of social life.
It makes clear the imperative need for con-
certed social action to combat this "most in-
sidious influence in the world's affairs" and
suggests the direction which such action should
take to be effective.

Student's edition, $3.00
353 Fourth Ave. THE CENTURY CO. New York City

Standards of

UNEMPLOYMENT
INSURANCE

By PAUL DOUGLAS. A practical handbook for
social workers who take an active part in this
pressing legislative problem. Mr. Douglas gives
definite suggestions for the provisions that will
best protect the unemployed, the employed
worker, and the employer. He analyzes European
systems, and reviews the Wisconsin and Ohio

($3.00)

unemployment insurance laws.

VICE in CHICAGO

By WALTER C. RECKLESS. Modern urban
trends have brought about many changes in com-
mercialized vice. This analysis of the causes of
these changes also suggests the social remedies.
The agencies of suppression and control — law
enforcement and social work — are studied as to
procedure and result. ($3.0O)

PUBLIC POLICY
PAMPHLETS

Edited by HARRY D. GlDEONSE. Brief, to-the-
point discussions of today's economic questions.
Five pamphlets: Balancing the Budget; The Eco-
nomics i
War De
SI. 00; 25 cents each.

s of Technocracy; Unemployment Insurance;
Jeots; Deflation and Capital Levy. Set of five,

The University of Chicago Press

In American history, J. B. McMaster, F. J. Turner, C. A. Beard,
J. F. Jameson and others were already stressing the importance of
getting away from the narrow political-nationalistic path. The
appearance of J. B. McMaster's History of the People of the United
States revealed the broader outlook. Today Beard's Rise of Ameri-
can Civilization, J. T. Adam's The Epic of America and the several
volumes of the History of American Life series edited by D. R. Fox
and A. M. Schlesinger, furnish abundant proof that Dr. Robinson's
plea is being heeded.

But too many of our history texts for schools still emphasize
things political; many persist in periodizing American civilization
instead of treating it topically or as the story of great movements.
It is particularly satisfying, therefore, to lay hands on a volume
like Mr. Huberman's. He has dared to break with tradition and to
tell the story of America's past as a series of interacting movements.
Instead of the discovery of America, the founding of the colonies,
the history of each colony etc., we have here a most stimulating
account of why men and women came to America, what they did
once they arrived, and how social classes developed. The American
Revolution is depicted not as a one-sided affair between God-
fearing, high-minded colonists and a cruel, tyrannical England
but as a contest growing out of a deep-seated conflict of interests.
Instead of presidential administrations most of the volume follow-
ing the formation of the Federal Constitution is devoted to the
frontier, the Industrial Revolution, the growth of sectional rivalry
between the agrarian South and the industrialized North, and the
resulting conflict between these sections, the exploitation of the
continent since 1865, the emergence of labor and the decline of
agriculture.

Mr. Huberman deserves high praise for his skillful use of source
material. Not only does such material tend to vitalize the whole
account but it serves to correct many notions which have found
their way into our historical epic. The style is lively: there is not a
"dry-as-dust" page. Mr. Benton's illustrations really illustrate.
Some readers may feel that the author has leaned too far in the
direction of economic determinism. The reviewer does not think
so. After all, the fabric of American civilization is woven of many
threads and of these, the economic is probably the strongest. Were
I a teacher of boys and girls of junior highschool grade, this is one
of the books with which I should want them to be well acquainted.
Columbia University HARRY J. CARMAN

What Happened To Us

ECONOMIC TENDENCIES IN THE UNITED STATES, by Frederick C. Mills.
National Bureau of Economic Research, Inc., 639 pp. Price $5 postpaid of Survey
Graphic

SOME books are filled with brilliant and daring generalizations
based on a few facts. Those who like that kind of book, will
probably not like Professor Mills' book, for he has crowded it with
facts and has been cautious about generalizations. The book is not
merely a compilation of facts, with explanations left to others, but
restraint has been used in the interpretations and no attempt has
been made to state conclusions not justified by the data. It will
become, no doubt, a source book for many efforts to account for
the prosperity to 1929 and the depression since then. The work
is a continuation and expansion of Mills' study, The Behavior
of Prices and of the work he did for the report on Recent Economic
Changes.

In general, the periods covered are 1901 to 1913, 1913 to 1922,
and 1922 to 1929. The aim is to give a statistical picture of what
actually happened. This runs in terms of growth of population;
the money value and physical volume of production analyzed as
raw materials and manufactured goods, farm products and other
products, foods, and non-foods, consumption goods and capital
equipment, non-durable, semi-durable and durable goods; price
movements given for about the same classification with the addi-
tion of forest products, animal products, farm crops, and mineral
products; the incomes of wage earners, stockholders, bondholders;
the volume of capital and credit; and the international movements
of goods, services and capital. Most of the results are presented
both in the form of tables and of charts. There are 213 tables and

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

228

108 charts. Those who dislike statistical details will find conven-
ient summaries at the close of the chapters.

The technically trained statistician will find much to commend.
He will be particularly interested in the new index numbers of
physical production and price series for various groups of prices,
and in the new analysis of manufacturing costs. He will derive
much pleasure from the skillful methods by which desired infor-
mation is gotten from unpromising sources. He will approve of the
scrupulous care which has been taken to point out the varying
degrees of accuracy of the results obtained. JAMES D. MAGEE
New Tork University

BOOKSHELF

Books may be obtained at the prices given, postpaid of Survey Graphic

THE RELIGIOUS SITUATION, by Paul Tillich. Translated by H. Richard Niebukr,
Holt. 182 pp. Price $1.50

FOR philosopher-theologians. Like Earth he sees a self-evident
collapse of our social structures, economic organizations, sciences
that will demand a brand new set-up. Unlike Earth and the crisis
theologians, he does not anticipate a return to antique orthodoxies,
but something new. One doubts that all our science, social,
economic organization is a byproduct of our religious concepts.
Some hold the reverse belief. The book lights up German religious
evolution.

EXPERIENCING PICTURES, by Ralph M. Pearson. Brewer. Warren, Putnam.
225 pp. Price $3.50

IN a provocative, adventurous and stimulating book the author
urges a truer synthesis between design and function in the used arts
— and indicates the ways in which the principles and values of
creative design must be incorporated in our general education if
we are to reconstruct our over-commercialized society. Mr. Pear-
son pleads for the spirit of adventure and to him "adventure must
mean shock, change, the new, the different in more than one de-
partment of life. The physical, mental, emotional, sensational, all
these faculties need (and crave) the stretching-out of different ex-
perience. The opportunities lie all about — if we seek them out,
if we break the safety-first, conforming-habits of our time. The
arts are only one way, but as the most potent means of intercom-
munication ever devised by man, they are probably the open sesame
to more different kinds of adventure than any other single way."
GREENHORN, by Paul King. Macaulay Co. 30S pp. Price $2

WHEN I knew the subject of this biographical novel, ten years
ago, he had not yet gained the perspective that gives this record
of his early experiences its humor and peculiar charm. He was in-
trospective, almost pathologically sensitive to insult, difficult to
get on with — yet could be recognized as a person with a future.

The intellectual "greenhorn" has troubles of which the world
knows little. His learning often is uneven, so that his enthusiasm
for the American tempo and his grasp of the essentials of American
civilization are not matched by ability to accommodate his habits
to the requirements of a successful career. For every Schurz or
Pupin there are scores of failures. Sometimes the partly adjusted
alien intellectual becomes a brilliant leader of his own group.

Though many incidents are of necessity telescoped in a short
novel, Mr. King tells — and tells well — an essentially true story.
It adds yet another beautiful serrated leaf to the branch of Ameri-
can fiction which, instead of covering the dingy surface of every-
day life with a carpet of false romance, throws over it the checkered
light of intense experience.

ORGANIZED ACTION IN MEDICAL CARE

(Continued from page 209)

rendered to the class of people that this fund was intended to pro-
tect." Some experiments with a different policy had been under
way before the depression. Several counties in Iowa and a small
number elsewhere had made arrangements with their local govern-
ments whereby an agreed annual sum (Continued on page 230)

Office Tfyw Open —
Standing l^pom Only!

UPTON SINCLAIR

Presents

WILLIAM
FOX

A Feature Picture of Wall Street and High Finance
In Twenty-Nine Reels with Prologue and Epilogue

A Melodrama of Fortune, Conflict and Triumph. Packed with
Thrills and Heart Throbs. East Side Boy conquers Fame and
Power. The Masters of Millions envy his Triumph and plot his
Downfall. The Octopus battles the Fox. The Duel of a Cen-
tury! The Sensation of a Lifetime!

Never in Screen History has there come a Feature as
Stupendous as this. An inside Story, a First-Hand Revelation
of Politics and Finance, with a Ten Billion Dollar Cast of
Statesmen and Financiers.

At the same time a Story for the Family, tense and moving,
with Love, Loyalty and a Woman's Soul. A Romance so fine,
so true, so loaded with Laughter and Tears, that none can
resist it.

America waits for this Drama I

PUT IT AT THE HEAD
OF YOUR PROGRAM!

It Will Pack Them In!!

Joking aside: This book contains the inside story of the ousting
of William Fox from his companies, as told by William Fox to
Upton Sinclair. There has been nothing like it since the days
of Tom Lawson's "Frenzied Finance." The great names of
present-day America are all here: Herbert Hoover, Henry
Ford, John D. Rockefeller, Jr., Charles Evans Hughes,
Samuel Untermyer, Will H. Hays, Bernard M. Baruch,
Adolph Zukor, Louis B. Mayer, Clarence M. Dillon, Albert H.
Wiggin, Harry L. Stuart, Harley L. Clarke.

From the Congressional Record, Page 4922. Issue of

February 23, 1933:
"Mi. Borah: Mr. President, may I interrupt the Senator?

The Vice President: Does the Senator from Nebraska yield to the
Senator from Idaho?
"Mi. Noirli: Certainly.

"Ml. Boiah: I want to ask the Senator if he has seen a book just published
by Upton Sinclair on Wall Street, entitled, 'Upton Sinclair Presents
William Fox?'

"Ml. Noirls: Yes, I have seen the book.

"Ml. Borah i I think it is one of the most remarkable stories in regard to
such matters that I have ever read.

"Mi. Noiris: I have not yet read all of it, but the part which I have read
indicates that it is a very remarkable story."

"It tells just what everybody should know, explicitly, convincingly,
and so interestingly." — Lincoln Steffens

Cloth bound, Price $3.00

UPTON SINCLAIR
Los Angeles West Branch, California

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

229

For those who desire competence

THE MODERN THINKER, foremost exponent
of current thought, will keep you abreast of
timely affairs in literature, philosophy, foreign
problems, events of social significance, science,
art.

From the current issues:

Soviet Laws on Marriage and Divorce

Roosevelt, Europe, and LJ. S Harold J. Laskt

The Machine and the Future Havelock Ellis

The Outlook for American Capitalism Scott N faring

The Charms of Solitude John Coivpcr Powys

The Crowning of Hitler Dagobert D Runes

THE MODERN PSYCHOLOGIST gives you a
complete, up-to-the-minute, authoritative survey
of contemporary psychology

From the current issues:

How to Adjust Your Personality Alfred Adler

Our Cultural Neurosis Erwin Wexberg

Frigidity in Women W. Beran Wolfe

Fears and Anxieties Smiley Blanton

The New Psychology A . A . Roback

Living in a World of Pictures Carl G. Jung

THE NEW CURRENT DIGEST is a little mag-
azine offering the best in the world's periodical
literature. The finest articles of the month, di-
gested from the twenty-five leading periodicals,
are presented to you in handy pocket-size format.

From the current issues:

Manners and Culture ... Robert Brtffaull

Did Science Get Us In?

Can Science Get Us Out? Charles F. Kettering

Love and Marriage A If red A dler

The Cult of the Infantile Aldous Huxley

You may have The Modern Thinker, The Modern Psychologist, or The New
Current Digest delivered regularly to your home

EACH 6 MONTHS FOR $1

Just pin bills, check, or money order to this form and mail to

MODERN PUBLICATIONS
111 East 15th Street, New York

THE POLICEWOMAN'S

HANDBOOK

BY ELEONORE HUTZEL

Published under the auspices of the Bureau of Social Hygiene,
Inc., this book is a byproduct of Miss Hutzel's experience as
Deputy Commissioner of Police and Director of the Policewom-
an's Division in Detroit. Social workers concerned with problems
of delinquency of women and children will find it of practical
assistance. Price, $2.00.

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS
Z960 BROADWAY, NEW YORK CITY

A New and INFORMED Discussion
of the Education of the Blind

THE BLIND

IN SCHOOL
AND SOCIETY

By THOMAS D. CUTSFORTH. A revolutionary
criticism, by a psychology instructor himself blind, of present
aims and methods in the education of the blind. Based on
researches financed by the Social Science Research Council
and the Carnegie Corporation, its chief purpose is to acquaint
the seeing with the blind and to help the blind to a new con-
ception of their own problems. An invaluable book for all
who have contact with the blind. $2.50

D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, 35 W. 32nd St., N. Y.

(Continued from page 229) was paid to the county medical society
in return for which the members of the society gave their services
free on call to persons regarded as "indigent." The public
funds paid to the medical society are generally divided among the
physicians in proportion to services rendered or sometimes used for
common purposes, such as the advancement of the county society's
interest as a whole.

New York State has set an example to the country during the de-
pression by setting up a plan under the Temporary Emergency Re-
lief Administration whereby physicians may be recompensed from
relief funds for authorized care given to home-relief clients sick at
home. Through the State Medical Society provision is made for
consultation with representatives of local medical societies and
local commissioners of public welfare to consider such questions as
the reasonableness of the bill, principles in allocating cases to physi-
cians, or changes in policy and to investigate complaints. A work-
relief project in this state is using unemployed nurses, at work-relief
wages, for the care of clients at home under the supervision of
existing nursing groups. In New York City similar measures have
been under way for several months (see The Midmonthly Survey,
February, 1933, p. 66).

Some of the physicians employed are selected on a work-relief
basis, i.e., from those known to be impoverished. In New York
City also, the dental society has set up a plan in cooperation with
a voluntary public-health agency, whereby persons above the
"ordinary charity level" but unable to pay for dental care can
secure it at the office of dentists who have agreed to render service
for low, stated fees to be paid by the patients themselves; the plan
is regarded as an alternative to a pay clinic. The Chicago Dental
Society has set up a plan for free service to persons in receipt of
family relief. A large central clinic is in operation, supported by
relief funds; the dentists give their services free. In Cleveland sev-
eral hundred physicians of standing have placed themselves on a
voluntary panel, agreeing to provide free or for whatever amount
the patient can pay then or later, services to persons who apply at
clinics, but who have previously been of the group accustomed to
pay a private physician (see The Midmonthly Survey, January,
1933, p. 5).

These few examples of experiments introduced as the result of
the depression illustrate that in medical service as in general relief,
we have depended in general upon the principle of charity rather
than upon a more constructive policy. It should be added that the
plans of voluntary sickness insurance which were under way before
the depression have, so far as is known, stood up remarkably well
despite unemployment among some of their members, and some
have expanded during the depression.

AJL the experiments described in this article are less significant
because of the numbers of persons reached — though these
amount to several millions — than because of the trends which they
indicate and the future which they may portend. Change does not
merely happen. Some changes follow the sweep of general social
trends, others arise from new scientific discoveries, and still others
spring from the conscious efforts of individuals or organized groups.
When deliberately undertaken with a self-critical point of view,
such changes become experiments. If the facts in this article imply
anything, they mean that an attitude of experimentation is wide-
spread among both professional men and laymen throughout this
country.

"We recommend," declared a committee report adopted by the
American College of Physicians at their recent meeting in Mon-
treal, "that the organized representatives of the medical profession
in each community be urged to consider these problems [of medical
care] in the light of their varying local needs and conditions, for it is
our belief that by this method the enlightened leadership of the
medical profession can point the way to improvements of great
value, both to the public and to the medical profession itself."

For action upon local problems civic bodies and social agencies
must organize also. Local issues differ. How to care for those too
poor to pay for themselves may be the outstanding issue in one city,
while in another industrial town there is need and opportunity to
organize a general system of medical care on an insurance basis for

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

230

the employes of the three dominating local plants. In many places
there will be an immediate opportunity to help the development of
annual payment for hospital care. Organized local groups, which
sometimes may be health or hospital councils, must, in cooperation
with the professional bodies, serve their communities in the study
of needs, the planning of action as well as the coordination of
effort.

It is of the greatest importance that there be national agencies
which will observe and report upon changes and experiments, will
help to develop standards and stimulate appraisals of methods and
results. The adventures and accomplishments of California should
be known to North Carolina, New York, and Wisconsin. Industrial
communities in the Southwest and Northeast, wheat counties in the
West and dairy sections near the Atlantic ought to be able to learn
from one another. Mistakes made in one place should not have to be
repeated elsewhere.

WHAT MEN RISE TO

(Continued from page 214)

boils up in our muscles. For each person who is in danger looks
forward with hope to a future; he clings to life for what it still may
bring. He may never think of his own growth. He would be rather
priggish if he often did. But he grips a hopeful future, when he can
work out something new and good for himself and for those dear
to him. Such a future is what I call our growth. Because of such
possibilities we care for life, our own or others'. In emergencies
these possibilities, are on the edge of disaster. We too are human.
We feel a stake in those lives, because any life is valuable. That
stake becomes the sense that we are needed.

The urge to find truth whether it disappoint us or not, voices
man's deep need to learn and to push on the world's knowledge.
Scientific ardor is one of the urges of growth by which our love of
life pushes us on, governing individual whims and wishes like a
master. Martyrs have died for truth as they saw it. Investigators
wear themselves out for truth as they find it. The world's need
becomes their root desire.

IT is less clear perhaps that the sincere artist tries to meet the
demand of truth; for he does not copy actuality. But he is true to
his own feeling, and that feeling, when he is sure of it, governs his
will. He cannot change it; he obeys it and by such obedience he
creates something new.

A child's need of education is obviously his need to grow. Our
only doubt is whether there is anything there to be educated. We
take generous chances on this because we are certain that nothing
else is so important as the measure of development, great or small,
that may be called out by an effort based on faith. This develop-
ment is the good, so our efforts say. It is the central human need,
father of an unconditional or authoritative desire.

In emergencies, in the search for truth, in creative work, in
creative education, the vital need of growth commands our other
desires. In athletics and in any congenial job the need which we
answer is a need for fun or for skill rather than for progress. But
the pleasure of using this skill is kept alive by new tests. When work
and play become mere routine the zest usually goes out of them.
They are continued as duty, not as fun. Maintenance as well as
novelty is necessary in growth; but when the fire of life begins to
cool, maintenance may be all that we are good for. Then we keep
our agreements though we cease to improve on them. That is the
beginning of stagnation, which is slow death. Stronger life will
soon have to push us out because we have ceased to grow. Till that
happens we must hold on, supporting or encouraging others'
growth, preparing to die as decently as we can, when we are needed
here no longer.

The theme of this article is that the need for us is revealed afresh
when life, and with it hope, are at stake, when we can serve truth
or beauty, and when we can further another's growth in education
of which social work is one branch.

(In answering advertisements please

231

Finish this
Plot-

37 Prizes for Best Answers

Helen, a lovely, cultured girl, deserted at birth by
her father, when her mother died, was adopted
by a well-bred, wealthy family. Helen knows
nothing of her parents except their name and history. Loving
humanity, she takes up welfare work and in this connection
meets Victor, a fine young medical student interested in
heredity. Helen and Victor fall in love and become engaged.
Upon a trip to the slums, they discover a dive of dope addicts.
Here they find a disreputable old fellow whose name and his-
tory prove him to be Helen's father. Helen knows her fiance
will never discover this fact unless she confesses it. Since Victor
is a believer in heredity, Helen fears he will break the engage-
ment if he knows the truth. What does she do?

What is your solution? Try it!

Prizes Worth Winning!

1st: A Complete Richard Burton Course in Creative
Writing, value $85.00.

2nd: A $50.00 Scholarship to second best answer.
3rd: Five $35.00 Scholarships to five next best answers
4th: Ten $25.00 " " ten " " "

5th: Twenty $20.00 " "twenty" " "

CONTEST RULES:. Send only one so-
lution, typewritten if possible, not over 100 words. Do not
copy plot. Write plainly your name, address, age, occupa-
tion and number of words. No answers returned. This con-
test is for amateurs only, professional writers and Richard
Burton students are not eligible. Prizes will be awarded by
Faculty of Richard Burton Schools, Inc. Contest closes
April 25th, 1933. Get busy — use your imagination — your
Answer may win a complete Course or valuable Scholarship.
"There never has been so wonderful a time to break into the
writing game as now, " says Martha Ostenso, famous author.

Whether you enter the contest
or not, send for full information
on The Richard Burton Course in Creative
Writing, and Dr. Burton's Analysis Test.
Receive an expert critic's frank opinion on
. your writing ability by filling in and return-
ing this Test. Here's a splendid chance to
test your natural talent — enter this con-
test. Send the coupon now for full informa-
tion — take your time and do your best
on your plot solution, but be sure to mail
it before April 25th, to Richard Burton
Schools, Inc., 428-3 Burton Bldg., 9-11
Main St. N.E., Minneapolis, Minn.

Dr. Richard Burton

famous Critic, Teacher,
Lecturer, Author of Rich-
ard Burton Course in
Creative Writing.

RICHARD BURTON SCHOOLS, Inc.

428-3 Burton Bldg., Minneapolis, Minn.

Please send me at once full information on The Richard Burton
Course in Creative Writing and Dr. Burton's Analysis Test.

D Count me in on the Plot Contest.

Name_

Address^
City

_State_

(No salesman will call)

mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

TRAVELER'S

NOTEBOOK

1933-

A Year of Endings
and New Beginnings
in Soviet Russia

For the seventh year, The Open Road will assist the inquiring visitor. All-
inclusive service. Experienced staff in New York and Moscow. Moderate
rates.

A new booklet on 1933 group and independent itineraries is now
available.

The OPEN ROAD

COOPERATING WITH INTOURIST

RUSSIAN TRAVEL SECTION, 56 WEST 45TH ST., NEW YORK

EARN A TOUR TO EUROPE

All or part by organizing and acting as ship hostess. Liberal
commissions. Best selling tours. 26,000 satisfied clients.

200 tours to choose from, 25 days S179. Mediterranean Cruise $365.
Around the World $595.

B.F.ALLEN • 1 54 Boylston Street • Boston, Massachusetts

FRIENDSHIP
TOURS

"To widen the
mintl's horixon — "

TOURS TO SOVIET RUSSIA

SUMMER OF 1933
Groups Limited to Research Students

Philip Brown, Director
3307 Hull Avenue New York, N. Y.

•RUSSIAN SEMINAR-

JULY-AUGUST 1933 — Comprehensive Itinerary throush
Russia includins Leningrad, Moscow, Volsa Trip, Caucasus,
Crimea, Ukraine, Dneiper River Trip. Also visiting Denmark,
Finland. Near East Cruise includes Rumania, Bulgaria, Turkey,
Greece, Albania, Italy. Competent experienced leaders.
Round table discussions with Soviet leaders. Organized on a
non-profit basis.

Write (or announcement

BUREAU OF UNIVERSITY TRAVEL

27 Boyd Street, Newton, Massachusetts

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

232

Swedish Lapland

FANCY skiing in the summer! It's done at the Abisko mountain
resort in Swedish Lapland — on the northernmost electrified
railway in the world. The midnight sun is visible from the end of
May to the middle of July, and since the snow does not melt until
the end of June there is excellent skiing for twenty-four hours a day.
The heat of the sun varies so that while snow melts around midday,
it freezes at night. During the noon hour the temperature is such
that skiers find it comfortable to run about in abbreviated bathing
suits. If they stay out long enough, even the fairest Scandinavians
turn so dark that they seem more native to the Gold Coast than the
Arctic. To increase the popularity of the Lapland mountain places,
the Swedish State Railways (551 Fifth Avenue, New York) offer
reduced fares from mid-April to mid-June, when skiing courses are
conducted at these resorts.

Trips, Conferences, Exhibitions

TEACHERS and students of French are to have a chance for
further study of the language in France at the Institut d'Etudes
Francaise a Grenoble, under the auspices of Adelphi College.
The students will live together in the French House established in
La Tronche, and all the social and intellectual activities will be
centered there. It is expected that the group will speak French
exclusively, and in order to make sure that this is carried out an
instructor will be assigned to every five or six students at all meals.
Of course contacts with interesting French people will be arranged;
and there will be lectures, musical and dramatic programs prepared
with the assistance of French men and women. (The Open Road,
56 West 45 Street, New York.)

The tenth anniversary of the World Federation of Education
Associations, comprising 195 organizations scattered all around the
globe, will take place in Dublin from July 29 to August 4. There
will be five pre- and post-convention tours, with opportunity for
credit study in Germany, France and England. (Augustus O.
Thomas, secretary-general, 1201 Sixteenth Street, N.W., Wash-
ington, D. C.)

The third International Hospital Congress will meet at Knocke
Sur Mer, Belgium, from June 28 to July 3. Delegates will do their
own sight-seeing in Belgium — taking excursions to Bruges, Sluis
(a small Dutch town which has retained its old world character),
and the various coast resorts. However, the Dutch Hospital Asso-
ciation has organized a five-day Study Tour through Holland
following the congress, which will include visits to the new hospi-
tals, economic centers and classical places. (Dr. E. H. Lewinski
Corwin, secretary-general, 2 East 103 Street, New York.)

Frederick L. Brooks, secretary of the Oklahoma section, will
lead the third League of Nations tour. While Geneva is of course
the focal point, there will be stop-overs in Berlin, Helsingfors,
Leningrad, MOSCOW, Warsaw, Munich and Paris. (World Ac-
quaintance Travel, 56 W. 45 Street, New York City.)

An eight weeks Trip for Girls of senior highschool and junior
college age is being arranged by Dr. Sven V. Knudsen, founder of
My Friend Abroad (248 Boylston Street, Boston), under the aus-
pices of The National Student Forum. The students will be enter-
tained by European families in their homes, who are glad to
manifest their international spirit. Because of this, the cost of
traveling through eleven countries is extremely low. Two books
are recommended in connection with this tour: The Paris Pact, by

Arthur Charles Watkins (Harcourt, Brace, cloth 75c, paper 25c);
and My Friends Abroad — The Book of Foreign Friendships, by
Sven V. Knudsen ($3 postpaid of Survey Graphic) .

Milan is busily preparing for its Triennial International Ex-
hibition of Decorative and Modern Industrial Arts and Architec-
ture. The exhibition will be housed in a new palace in the Public
Park, situated in the center of the city, about ten minutes walk
from Piazza del Duomo. Houses purposely and completely built
and furnished will be included in the special show of modern
dwelling places. The furniture section promises to be one of the
most important; but collections of photography, prints, glass,
ceramics, metals, carpets and embroidery will have due place.
(Italian Tourist Information Office, 745 Fifth Avenue, New York.)

Vienna

VIENNA, with its natural loveliness, its old beautiful buildings,
its enchanting restfulness and friendliness is a particularly
attractive spot for Americans and especially for New Yorkers.
Here where there are no crowds, no noise, no haste, whence you
can reach the countryside and woods in fifteen minutes by tram-
way,— here is a place where one has time to live. Indeed there is
danger that such an extreme of leisureliness may lead to actual in-
dolence. The coffee-house with its warmth, its newspapers and
periodicals and its changing guests constitutes a lure stronger than
that of the university and of work. But Vienna has one great fault —
it knows too much English and is too anxious to speak it. Not only
the educated people, not only the sellers in the business center — no,
even a little storekeeper in a little side-street answers your German
question in an English almost perfect. I sometimes desperately
thought that it would be better for my German if I returned to
America and studied German conversation there. One must learn
to be hard and insist relentlessly on speaking and being spoken to in
German.

Vienna in the spring is far different from the Vienna of the win-
try months — like a fairyland touched into life by the wand of a
magician.

How deep an impression the sad economic circumstances have
left on the people who have been world-famed for their lightness
and gaiety could be observed even in the Fasching celebrations.
Everywhere a tone of strain, of pseudo-hilarity, a spiritlessness
seemed to prevail. — SARA HIRSCH

A remark went around last summer that "Germany is depressed
but not starving, and Austria is starving but not depressed." Could
Vienna ever be depressed? Could there possibly be a year when
roses would not bloom in City Park while the orchestra plays
snatches from the old masters? And the Austrian woman at the
little table! She has more than chic; she has charm, and always will
have although her jaunty beret is a bit faded and her dress is "let
down." "It's attention to details," explained my hostess, and I
think it is something even deeper. We lived with a family, and Mrs.
A and her daughter had that charm I am trying to describe.
It's a fascinating combination of culture and sturdiness, of polish,
sincerity and simplicity. While scrubbing the bathroom floor they
can tell you what you should see in the Lichtenstein Gallery, or
regale you with sidelights on European traditions or modernistic
developments. It was with Mrs. A that we had one of those delight-
ful experiences of the old and the new. This time it was the new
first, for with great thoroughness we went through and over and
around the international exposition of modern houses, the Werk-
bund-Colony, with seventy homes, some of them furnished, show-
ing how architects from various countries are interpreting the vital
urge toward fresh creative ways of living. The houses were geomet-
rical and bare of ornament, yet so colorful and airy that they were
both restful and stimulating. Here all is movement, progress,
youth. Then to walk over a hill into Schonbrunner Park was
literally dropping into another world for in those old palace gardens
so huge, formal and somber, the past seems to have laid a heavy
hand on nature itself. — From reports to the Institute of International
Education, CAROLYN DUDLEY

(In answering advertisements please

233

Reduced travel rates ... $5, $8, and
$ 1 5 a day ... 1 5 tours to choose from
... 5 to 3 1 days. Colorful Ukrainia . . .
10 days . . . $45 Special Class . . . $80
Tourist Class . . . $165 First Class.
Cruising the Volga ... $ 5 5 Special Class
. . . $95 Tourist Class . . . $180 First
Class. Great Cities Tour ... $75 Special
Class . . . $140 Tourist Class . . . $285
First Class.

Price includes Intourist hotels, meals, guide-inter-
preters, Soviet visa and transportation from starting to
ending point in the Soviet Union. Price does not include
round trip passage to the Soviet Union.

Write jor Folder E4

INC.

INTOURIST

U. S. Representative of the State Travel Bureau of the
U. S. S. R., 261 Fifth Avenue, New York. Offices in Boston,
Chicago, and San Francisco. Or see your own travel agent.

MARVELOUS~DA¥S

On the "Ship's Deck"

Look out across miles and miles of
blue-green water from the "Ship's
Deck" atop Colton Manor. Breathe
in the health-giving salt air. It's mar-
velous what nature and Colton Manor
combined can do — inexpensively!

Come for the week-end or stay as long
as you please. Enjoy the luxury of
the finest appointments at rea-
sonable rates. 250 rooms . . .
overlooking the ocean . . . sea
water baths . . . special low
weekly rates . . . European Plan
if desired. Booklet. Write or
wire for reservations.

Clton Manor
[)ne of the Finest Hotels
In Atlantic City

PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE

A. C. ANDREWS, President and Managing Director

mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

Untoersrttp of Cfncago

of Mortal feerbice aijinmistrattoii
Spring Quarter begins April 3

•

Summer Quarter

First Term, June 19-July 21

Second Term, July 2 4- Aug. 25

Academic year 1933-34 begins October 2, 1933

Courses leading to the degree of
A.M. and Ph.D.

Qualified undergraduate students admitted
as candidates for the A.B. degree

Announcements on request

THE PENNSYLVANIA SCHOOL OF
SOCIAL AND HEALTH WORK

Two-year program of graduate training for principal fields
of Social Work.

311 So. Juniper Street

Philadelphia

100 BOOKS FOR $1

"How can I read 100 books," you will ask. We not only furnish you over a period
of five months with the 100 best books (20 books each month), but we bring these
directly to your home in digested form. This new service selects for you each month,
out of the many thousands of books printed, the best 20. Of these, the best chapters
are presented to you perfectly digested by a staff of highly-trained literary experts.
A brief outline of the book, with interesting data about the author, accompanies
each Book in Brief.

Among the Contents:
NIGHTS IN A COTTON MILL, from
Beyond Desire — Sherwood Ander-
son

THE WORLD WE LIVE IN, from Geog-
raphy — Hendrik van Loon

MONKEY HOUSE, from The Bulpington
of Blup — H. G. Wells

THE WAY TO HAPPINESS, from A
Philosophy of Solitude — John Cow-
per Powys

LIFE IN AN INSANE ASYLUM, from
Behind the Door of Delusion —
Inmate Ward 8

EDUCATION IN SEX, from Psychology
of Sex — Havelock Ellis

LENIN IN PRIVATE LIFE, from Days
with Lenin — Maxim Gorky

BOOKS

The new magazine for the booklover,
may be obtained in handy pocket-size
format at the better newsstands for 25c,
or send

$1 for 5 months
(100 Books in Brief)
to

BOOKS IN BRIEF,

1 1 1 Eait 1 5th Street, New York

Name

A ddress

CURIOUS BOOKS

Send for free catalogue
of Privately Printed

BOOKS

Limited Editions
Unexpurgated Items
Illustrated

THE FALSTAFF PRESS

Dept. G.S. 230 Fifth Avenue/ New York

THE SALOON IN RETROSPECT AND PROSPECT

(Continued from page 206)

moral responsibility to deny themselves the use of something even
though it might not hurt them in order to protect the weak-willed.
The wealthy and educated no longer believe that they and their
offspring are injured by ingesting small amounts of liquor, and they
point to the accomplishment of races which have used alcohol for
generations as refutation of the claims of the drys that alcohol
injures stock. And in the second place they are no longer interested
in being their "brother's keeper." The present fashion is to allow
the brother the privilege of wrecking his life in his own way, and to
permit him to learn what is good and bad for him by bearing the
penalties of his sins or errors.

The breaking of the Volstead Act among the foreign-born and
their children living in tenement neighborhoods carries no convic-
tion of moral wrongdoing. There has never been in the tenements
that bone-dry atmosphere that prevails in many American middle-
class communities. The Italians have been allowed considerable
liberties in the matter of the possession of wine for table use. Wine
and liquor continues to be used generally in religious ceremonies
both in the house of worship and in family rites. The attitude of
Catholics and Jews toward the use of ceremonial liquor differs
from that of the Evangelical-Protestant denominations which, in
the course of several decades, substituted unfermented grape-
juice for wine in the celebration of the Lord's Supper. This religious
liquor is responsible for an important part of the stiffness against
prohibition in working-class neighborhoods.

FAILURE to enforce the law among the tenements has created
widespread cynicism. Liquor is to be had everywhere and
everybody knows it. Shops with wine and liquor in gallon jars for
religious celebrations are open for some time before sacred holi-
days. Grapes by the ton are taken into the tenements and the
crushed skins fill the garbage-cans to overflowing. Cordial shops
abound. Stores for the sale of equipment and materials with which
to brew and distill display their wares. The prosperity of the boot-
legger is gossiped about from tenement to tenement. The news-
papers reek with liquor crime. Capone's biography is in every
tenement bookstore, and the lives and exploits of gangsters are
pictured in the neighborhood movies. The critical instinct of poor
people, and of youth especially, makes the failure of law and
authority a thing to be enjoyed: "It's a pleasure to sneer."

Bootlegging among the tenements is, for those who live in the
neighborhood, one of the chief romantic adventures. The places
where booze is sold are ferreted out as a kind of sport and are soon
known to most everybody in the vicinity. The periodic raids on
such places and the taking out of tenement cellars of two and three
truckloads of casks while the whole neighborhood looks on from
windows and the street is interpreted, not as an evidence of the
failure of bootlegging, but of its success. The neighbors are only
too ready to credit the proprietor with profits even greater than he
makes. But the result is a conviction that prohibition is a farce.
"Anybody with money can get drink." But every last man and
woman admits there is less desire for the drink than there used to
be. "Too much trouble"; "I get used to going without"; "I'm
afraid of bad stuff"; "I bought a radio, a car, a set of furniture"
is the excuse for not drinking as in the past. It will cost the manu-
facturers and distributors a lot of money to educate the com-
munity to become booze-minded again.

The thing that hurts most about the failure of prohibition in the
tenements is the fact that others are making money out of boot-
legging. The prosperity of the bootlegger, much reduced since
1930, used to be a constant source of neighborhood moan and
complaint. The neighbors frankly envied the clothing, the auto-
mobile, the furniture and the leisure of the bootlegger and his
family. There has been less envy as the risks of the trade through
the development of gangs has increased. It is the necessity for
violence and gun-play that is giving the liquor game a harder
and harder name in the tenements (Continued on page 237)

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

234

SUMMER QUARTER

1933

TERM A
June 12-July 20

TERM B
July 21— August 31

A program of practical value to social workers will be
offered during two summer sessions. Each session
constitutes a unit but the two sessions may be
combined.

Courses in case work, community organization,
problems of unemployment relief, mental hygiene,
social philosophy, historical background of public
welfare are to be included in the program of the two
terms.

Two institutes are planned for August; one in public
welfare which will have as its subject matter the
organizing of communities for unemployment relief
in 1933; the other for cottage supervisors and cot-
tage mothers in child caring institutions.

THE NEW YORK SCHOOL OF
SOCIAL WORK

122 East Twenty-Second Street
New York, New York

Simmons! College

School of Social Work

Professional Training in

Medical Social Work, Psychiatric
Social Work, Family Welfare,
Child Welfare, Community Work

Leading to the degree of B.S. and M.S.

Address:

THE DIRECTOR

18 Somerset Street Boston, Massachusetts

SMITH COLLEGE SCHOOL
FOR SOCIAL WORK

OFFERS

A A summer session of eight weeks for experienced
social workers with courses in case work, govern-
ment, medicine, psychology, social psychiatry, and
sociology.

COLLEGE HALL 8 NORTHAMPTON, MASS.

SOCIAL WORK AS A
PROFESSION

is becoming increasingly important and recognized.

Some other professions may be financially more
remunerative, but none offers greater returns
in terms of intrinsic interest, social use-
fulness and stimulating contacts.

The Graduate School for Jewish Social Work

offers courses in Family Case Work, Child Care,
Community Centers and Community Organization.

Scholarships and Fellowships ranging from $150 to $750
for each school year are available for especially qualified
students.

May First is the last day for filing applications for the
$500 and $750 fellowships.

For full information, address
DR. M. J. KARPF, Director

The

Graduate
School

For

Jewish

Social Work

71 W. 47th St., New York City

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

235

IF STUDY CAN HELP YOU, START NOW

~\/"OU have a wide choice —
•*• English, business, psychol-
ogy, mathematics, writing,
languages, economics, and
many other courses. Columbia
University offers over two hun-
dred of them — some practi-
cal, others cultural, but all
carefully prepared for study at
home during your leisure.

The curriculum offered for
home study by Columbia Uni-
versity is being extended con-
stantly to offer more people
valuable educational assistance.
University training is no longer
limited to class room work. It
is specifically directed to serve
those who can not come to our
campus.

Graduation from grammar
grades, high school, or college
is just another term signifying
the successful completion of
small parts of your education.
As long as you live you study
in one way or another. Some
people make little effort and
learn but little, others absorb
much, acquiring knowledge
and fresh points of view
throughout their lives. A con-
stantly increasing number of
earnest men and women study
at home consistently and attain
results that far more than repay
the effort.

COLUMBIA
UNIVERSITY

Offers Home Study Courses
in the Following Subjects:

Accounting

Agriculture

American Government

Applied Grammar

Banking

Business Administration

Business English

Business Law

Business Organization

Business Psychology

Chemistry

Child Psychology

Classics

Contemporary Novel

Corporation Finance

Drafting

Economics

English Composition

English Literature

Essay Writing

Fire Insurance

Foremanship

French

Geometry

German

Grammar

Greek

High School Courses

History

Interior Decoration

Investments

Italian

Juvenile Story Writing

Latin

Library Service

Literature

Machine Design

Magazine Article Writing

Marketing

Mathematics

Music — Harmony

Personnel

Administration
Philosophy
Physics
Playwriting
Poetry
Psychology
Public Health
Public Speaking
Real Estate
Religion

Secretarial Studies
Selling

Short Story Writing
Sociology
Spanish
Stenography
Typewriting
World Literature, etc.

EDUCATION pays in so
many ways that the mere
announcement that dependable
university training is available
to everyone should be suffi-
cient, yet many postpone
starting. They are convinced of
its desirability but delay under-
taking the work. They realize
its value but put off the de-
cision — so long in many in-
stances that nothing but regret
remains.

Through personal corre-
spondence with interested,
capable members of our regular
teaching staff you can master in
proportion to your effort and
ability many interesting sub-
jects that should help you, and
bring to you pleasure in social
or business life.

The fees for Columbia Home
Study courses are arranged to
cover the cost of preparing and
teaching well the subjects that
are offered. Payment of tuition
may be spread over a period of
months if desired.

If the partial list herewith
does not include subjects you
wish, write us without any
feeling of obligation. Members
of our staff may be able to sug-
gest a course or program of
study that you will enjoy.

A bulletin showing a com-
plete list of home study courses
will be sent upon request. In
addition to the general Uni-
versity courses this bulletin
includes courses that cover
complete high school and col-
lege preparatory training.

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, Home Study Department, 15 Amsterdam Avenue, New York, N. Y. SURVEY GRAPHIC 4-33

Please send me full information about Columbia University Home Study Courses. I am interested in the following subjects:

Name.

-Occutatior..

Street and Number-
City and County

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

236

(Continued from page 234) and reducing the number of
amateurs.

The uniting of the well-to-do American stock with foreign-born
tenement populations to nullify the Amendment has produced the
present situation in the larger cities. Americans buy bootleg liquor,
and Jews, Italians and other foreigners organize to provide it.
Therefore, the people who live in tenement areas are confirmed
in their opinion that the Amendment is maintained by hypocrisy.
The "best" Americans are drinking and they know it because they
provide the liquor. In the past four years I have not found a single
tenement-bred man or youth who believed that the wealthy had
any respect for the Eighteenth Amendment, and so long as native
and successful citizens show no intention of obeying the law more
recent citizens see no reason why they should.

At the end of thirteen years the nation is part dry and part wet.
Dryness and wetness is in important part a matter of territory.
In localities which used to be wet, individuals and families are
better off, but the community has suffered.

During the early years of the Amendment the bootlegger had
little capital. As time went on certain groups accumulated large
resources. The United States Treasury found it worth while to
endeavor to collect taxes from this illegal business. The purveying
group is more intelligent, more violent and more dangerous than
were the "fatheads" who ran the liquor business before prohibi-
tion. The statisticians and publicists who used to be employed by
the brewers and distillers to head off adverse legislation, in private
often expressed their contempt for the intelligence of their employ-
ers. Robert A. Woods predicted that prohibition would greatly in-
crease the virulence of crime because criminals would be so much
more clear-headed and hence dangerous than they were under
saloon conditions. His prophecy has been amply justified by the
result; But I question whether the harm worked under prohibition
by bootlegging is as destructive as that which was produced by the
saloon. The murders committed upon each other by criminal
gangs, while bad, need not give us too much concern. The shooting
of babies and children on the streets in the course of battles for the
control of liquor territory is revolting in the last degree; but scores
of children were run over by beer-trucks in the old days, smothered
to death by drunken mothers and fathers who rolled upon them in
bed, or frozen to death by exposure to the cold while the mother
was recovering from a debauch. I have not heard of such "acci-
dents" for thirteen years. Illicit sale in bottles and in speakeasies
does not result in wholesale debauching of young girls which was
commonplace in the old saloons. There should be a careful ac-
counting of values such as these.

The Prospect

THE November elections were interpreted in the tenements as a
mandate for more booze. Their effects were immediate. Drink-
ing has become more open. "Dead soldiers" are beginning to
appear in toilets and odd corners of the settlement house after a
dance. An increase of public drunkenness is evident. A member of
my staff reports seeing a young woman drunk on Fifth Avenue in
New York City in the early evening.

There are four schools of opinion on what the future holds for us.
Many drys are seeking in every way possible to retain the Amend-
ment and to stiffen enforcement of the Volstead Act. They would
apply increased money and man-power to running down and
punishing violators of the law, especially those "higher up." 4
Another group which includes wets and drys would abandon both
the Amendment and the Volstead Act and return to public license
and private sale of liquor. A third wing of opinion advocates na-
tional local option by state units, with national protection for dry
states against wet activities from wet states. A fourth group sug-
gests varying forms of national (Continued on page 239)

« A consultation on the liquor problem at Atlantic City attended by a representa-
tive group of drys, issued the following statement of principle on January 9: "We
are unreservedly committed to one central objective, namely, to reduce progressively
the demand for and the consumption of intoxicating liquor. No method of dealing
with the liquor problem is worthy of support unless it is designed actually to dimin-
ish the demand for and the consumption of intoxicating liquor. We believe that all
liquor legislation should be tested by this clear principle. We are open-minded
toward any method which would conserve and strengthen values already won and
further reduce the consumption of liquor."

Little Poluska has
never seen a violet!

IT'S April . . . somewhere violets are blooming . . . but
not in Tenement Row.
No — Spring never brightens back alleys. And the most you can
do to bring some note of cheeriness into these drab neighborhoods
is to get more brightness into the homes.

A little spring cleaning will do that very thing. And when you
suggest it, remember that Fels-Naptha Soap will make tenement
mothers more willing to stick with the job.

For Fels-Naptha brings extra help that makes washing and cleaning
easier. It brings two helpers — fine golden soap combined with plenty
of dirt-loosening naptha. Working together, these busy workers get
things fresh and clean without hard rubbing — even in cool water.

Write Fels & Co., Phila., Pa., for a sample bar, mentioning the
Survey Graphic.

Fels-Naptha

THE GOLDEN BAR WITH THE CLEAN NAPTHA ODOR

"Modern Home Equipment"

Atk for Booklet S— if will be sent postpaid

LEWIS & CONGER

45th Street and Sixth Avenue, New York City

n r\r> » If F 1) C We assist '" preparing special articles, papers, speaches,
X 1*1* /\ JV P. 1C J * debates. Expert scholarly service. AUTHOR'S RESEARCH

BUREAU, 516 Fifth Avenue, New York.

SNECKLES OF MOWBREY STREET

By Grove Wilson
Written for the Big Brother Movement

Published by

THE BIG BROTHER MOVEMENT, INC.

315 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N. Y.

Gra. 5-1204 $2.00 per copy

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

237

DIRECTORY OF SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS

Civic, National, International

Aid (or Travelers

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF TRAV-
ELERS AID SOCIETIES — 25 West 43rd
Street, New York. William S. Royaler, President;

. Miss Bertha McCall, Acting Director. Represents
co-operative efforts of member Societies in ex-
tending chain of service points and in improving
standards of work. Supported by Societies,
supplemented by gifts from interested individuals.

Child Welfare

NATIONAL CHILD LABOR COMMIT-
TEE — Courtenay Dinwiddie, General Secre-
tary, 419 Fourth Avenue, New York. To improve
child labor legislation; to conduct investigation
in local communities; to advise on administra-
tion; to furnish information. Annual membership,
$2, $5, $10, $25 and $100 includes monthly
publication, " The American Child."

Community Chests

ASSOCIATION OF COMMUNITY
CHESTS AND COUNCILS—

1815 Graybar Building,

43rd Street and Lexington Avenue,

New York City.

Allen T. Burns, Executive Director.

Foundations

RUSSELL SAGE FOUNDATION — For the

Industrial Democracy

Home Economics

AMERICAN HOME ECONOMICS ASSO-
CIATION — Alice L. Edwards, Executive
Secretary, 620 Mills Bldg.. Washington, D. C.
Organized for betterment of conditions on
home, school, institution and community. Pub-
lishes monthly Journal of Home Economics;
office of editor, 620 Mills Bldg., Washington,
D. C.; of Business Manager, 101 East 20th St.,
Baltimore. Md.

Health

AMERICAN SOCIAL HYGIENE ASSO-
CIATION — 450 Seventh Aye., New York.
To provide a better understanding of the social
hygiene movement; to advance sound sex edu-
cation, to combat prostitution and sex delin-
quency; to aid public authorities in the campaign
against the venereal diseases; to advise in
organization of state and local social-hygiene
programs. Annual membership dues $2.00 in-
cluding monthly journal.

THE NATIONAL COMMITTEE FOR
MENTAL HYGIENE, INC. — Dr. Wil-
liam H. Welch, honorary president; Dr. Charles
P. Emerson, president; Dr. C. M. Hmcks, general
director; Clifford W. Beers, Secretary; 450
Seventh Avenue, New York City. Pamphlets
on mental hygiene, child guidance, mental dis-
ease, mental defect, psychiatric social work and
other related topics. Catalogue of publications
sent on request. "Mental Hygiene,' quarterly,
$3.00 a year.

NATIONAL SOCIETY FOR THE
PREVENTION OF BLINDNESS —

Lewis H. Carris, Managing Director; Mrs.
Winifred Hathaway, Associate Director; Elea-
nor P. Brown, Secretary, 450 Seventh Avenue.
New York. Studies scientific advance in medical
and pedagogical knowledge and disseminates
practical information as to ways of preventing
blindness and conserving sight. Literature,
exhibits, lantern slides, lectures, charts and
co-operation in sight-saving projects available
on request.

Vocational Counsel and Placement

JOINT VOCATIONAL SERVICE, INC.

Pamphlets and Periodicals

Taking a Trip?

Write Survey Graphic Travel Depart-
ment for suggestions. We need to know-
but three things —

WHERE— WHEN AND How MUCH

Travel Department — Survey Graphic

National Conference

Racial Co-operation

COMMISSION ON INTERRACIAL CO-
OPERATION — 703 Standard Bldg.. Atlanta,
Ga.; Will W. Alexander, Director. Seeks im-
provement of interracial attitudes and conditions
through conference, co-operation, and popular
education. Correspondence invited.

Recreation

NATIONAL RECREATION ASSOCIA-
TION— 315 Fourth Ave.. New York City.
Joseph Lee, President; H. S. Braucher, Sec-
retary. To bring to every boy and girl and
citizen of America an adequate opportunity
for wholesome, happy play and recreation.
Playgrounds, community centers, swimming
pools, athletics, music, drama, camping, home
play are all means to this end.

Religious Organizations

COUNCIL OF WOMEN FOR HOME
MISSIONS — 105 East 22nd Street, New
York City. Correlating agency of 23 women's
national home mission boards of the United
S_tates and Canada, for consultation and coopera-
tion in action in unifying programs and pro-
moting projects which they agree to carry on
interdenominationally.

President, Mrs. Daniel A. Poling

Executive Secretary; Work among Indian

Students, Anne Seesholtz
Work among Migrant Children, Edith E.

Lowry
Western Field Secretary, Adela J. Ballard

NATIONAL BOARD OF THE YOUNG
WOMEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIA-
TIONS— Mrs. Frederic M. Paist, president;
Miss Anna V. Rice, general secretary; Miss
Emma Hirth, associate secretary; 600 Lexington
Avenue, New York City. This organization
maintains a staff of secretaries for advisory
service in relation to the work of 1,273 local
Y.W.C.A.'s in the United States with indus-
trial, business, student, foreign born, Indian,
colored and younger girls. It has 63 American
secretaries at work in 35 centers in 12 countries
in the Orient, Latin America and Europe.

Is your
organization
listed in
the Survey's
Directory of
Social Agencies?
If not —
why not?

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

238

CLASSIFIED ADVERTISEMENTS

RATES: Display: 30 cents a line, 14 agate lines to the inch. Want advertisements
five cents per word or initial, including address or box number. Minimum charge,
first insertion, $1.00. Cash with orders. Discounts: 5% on three insertions; 10% on
six insertions. Address Advertising Department.

TEL., ALGONQUIN 4-7490 SURVEY GRAPHIC "fwwYcwc cmF*

SITUATIONS WANTED

YOUNG MAN, college graduate, four years' experi-
ence, boys' organization, desires new connection
offering larger opportunity for development. 7113
SURVEY.

IS THERE AN ORGANIZATION with an opening
for a young man who has prepared himself for work in
the social-religious field (A.B., B.D.)? Social work
experience and executive ability. 7114 SURVEY.

REGISTERED NURSE — engaged in social service
and welfare work desires change, also Public Health
training and experience. References. 7118 SURVEY.

MAN with twenty years experience executive capac-
ity now employed available for new opening where
experience and leadership are essential. 7119 SURVEY.

YOUNG WOMAN (Thirty-four), nine years' experi-
ence in administrative and supervisory capacity, family
case-working agency having raral and urban field, de-
sires new connection. Good references. 7120 SURVEY.

SOCIAL WORKER — trained and experienced in
organization and supervision of city settlement and
rural group work — boys' and girls'. Can qualify as
social investigator. Private medical clinic experience
also. 7121 SURVEY.

OPPORTUNITY

Research projects in social sciences, psychology, phi-
losophy and publish results. Write Dean, School of
Human Relations, 114 Remsen Street, Brooklyn.

UNFURNISHED APARTMENTS

EAST 78TH ST.

YOU CAN LIVE

Comfortably and

economically In the

EAST RIVER HOMES.

Steam heated, fireproof, over-
looking John Jay Park and
East River.

4 rooms, unfurnished, $11

per week. Also three rooms

and five rooms.

Apply
CITY & SUBURBAN HOMES CO.

511 East 78th St.
Tel. BUtterfleld 8-6900

MAILING LISTS

9,000 KNOWN GIVERS

from names of Boston Relief Campaign and Provi-
dence Community Chest, — with present addresses
added. Folio form, amount of each gift shown. Special
offer, $75 check with order. Act quickly. Get the facts.
PUBLICITY SERVICE BUREAU, Boston, Ma«.

FUNDS

for your National Agency obtain-
able at less expense from some of the
32,000 wealthy, cultured New Eng-

^^^^^^^^^^ landers — painstakingly compiled by
m us, — thanby trying to duplicate our
work. Rates reduced. Get the facts.

PUBLICITY SERVICE BUREAU, Boston, Mass.

PAMPHLETS

Rates: 75c per line for 4 insertions

The World Crisis. Problems confronting you. 15
cents postpaid. Stephen Kisel, 1109 First Avenue,
N.Y.

PERIODICALS

The American Journal of Nursing shows the part
which trained nurses are taking in the betterment
of the world. Put it in your library. $3.00 a year.
450 Seventh Ave., New York, N. Y.

Mental Hyftiene: quarterly: $3.00 a year; published
by the National Committee for Mental Hygiene,
450 Seventh Ave., New York.

HOUSE FOR SALE

Attractive eight room modern house, owner built,
near Nyack and Interstate Park — 550 feet elevation
— view of Hudson. Acre of ground. Adjoining land
available. Quiet and seclusion with accessibility to
City. O. A. Nilsson, Grand View, Nyack, New York.

FOR RENT

SIMPLY FURNISHED CABIN — suitable for two
persons — running water. In pine woods. For season
or by month. Southern Vermont. 7111 SURVEY.

Your Own Agency

This is the counseling and placement agency
' sponsored jointly by the American Association
k of Social Workers and the National Organization

for Public Health Nursing. National. Non-profit

making.

GERTRUDE R. STEIN, Inc.
VOCATIONAL SERVICE AGENCY
18 EAST 41sT STREET, NEW YORK

Lexington 2-6677

We are interested in placing those who have
a professional attitude towards their work.
Executive secretaries, stenographers, case
workers, hospital social service workers, settle-
ment directors; research, immigration, psychi-
atric, personnel workers and others.

MULTIGRAPHING

MIMEOGRAPHING

ADDRESSING

FILLING-IN

FOLDING

COMPLETE MAILINGS

QUICK SERVICE LETTER COMPANY

I NC OR PORATCD

SPARK PUCE— NEW YORK
TELIPHONt — BARCLAY 1-9t33

• • •

SALES CAMPAIGNS

PLANNED AND WRITTEN

(Continued from page 237) and state control of the manufacture
and sale of liquor.

It remains to be seen whether the dry forces can preserve the
Amendment and the Volstead Act in the coming struggle which will
go on in the state conventions. Failing retention of the Amend-
ment, certain very experienced persons, some of them drys, suggest
letting the wets run things their own way. They predict that condi-
tions will become so unbearable that the country will gladly restore
the Eighteenth Amendment in not more than a decade. When a
prohibition amendment is again passed it may be expected to have
a life of from twenty-five to fifty years before it once more breaks
down. After two or three such swings of the pendulum the inherent
value of treating alcohol as a dangerous drug will have been
demonstrated, and avoidance of alcohol will be looked upon as a
matter of morals. This view may be called education by trial and
error, and has much to commend it if we forget its wake of social
waste and misery. It was the process by which the "native" popu-
lation educated itself.

The saloon and the liquor industry were outlawed in 1920 be-
cause they had lost all pretense to respectability and social respon-
sibility. The manufacturers and dispensers of "booze" had come to
be looked down upon. In my youth to refer to a boy's father as a
"saloon-keeper" was resented as one of the foulest insults. The

present efforts of newspaper and magazine writers to give the
purveyors of liquor a perfumed bath, as it were, comes off poorly.
The moral sentiment even of the drinking part of the nation, as a
whole, still looks down upon the man who deals in alcohol, and
profits by the harm he inflicts. The Eighteenth Amendment "out-
lawed" the liquor business. It is to be hoped that the nation will
never again legalize it as a "business" to be carried on by citizens.
The public sale of alcohol, if it returns, must be carried on under
conditions of control. For the government to license a business
whose main action is to bring about the degradation of the citizens
and which forces it to build jails and medical institutions to care for
the wreckage created, is surely a strange condition.

The proposal to get a large public revenue from the sale of liquor
needs to be reexamined with very cool heads. If high revenue
taxes are placed on the sale of liquor by states and the nation, what
reason is there to suppose that the thoroughly organized boot-
legging industry will be much affected? The contrary will be the
case. Bootlegging will be given a new lease of life. High license has
always encouraged illicit manufacture and sale. Under license,
blind pigs and kitchen barrooms were more frequent in tenement
neighborhoods than speakeasies are under prohibition. Our ex-
perience under prohibition has demonstrated that even worse than
the consumption of drink itself are the by-products which follow

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

239

Index to Advertisers
April, 1933

GENERAL

American Telephone & Telegraph Company 194

Fels & Company _ 237

Lewis & Conger 237

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Third Cover

HOTELS AND TRAVEL

B. F. Allen 232

American Express Company 193

Bureau of University Travel 232

Colton Manor 233

Friendship Tours 232

Hotels Statler 193

Intourist, Inc 233

The Open Road, Inc 232

EDUCATIONAL

Author's Research Bureau 237

Richard Burton Schools, Inc 231

Columbia University Home Study Department 236

Committee on Cultural Relations with Latin America. . . .Second Cover

Graduate School for Jewish Social Work 235

New York School of Social Work 235

Pennsylvania School of Social & Health Work 234

Simmons College School of Social Work 235

Smith College School for Social Work 235

University of Chicago School of Social Service Admin 234

PUBLISHERS

D. Appleton & Company 230

Big Brother Movement, Inc 237

Books in Brief 234

Century Company 228

Columbia Univ. Press 230

Doubleday, Doran & Company 227

Falstaff Press 234

Henry Holt & Company 226

Modern Publications 230

Chas. Scribner's & Sons 226

Upton Sinclair 229

University of Chicago Press 228

Wm. H. Wise & Company Back Cover

DIRECTORY

Social Agencies 238

CLASSIFIED

Situations Wanted 239

Employment Agencies

Joint Vocational Service 239

Gertrude R. Stein 239

Printing, Multigraphing, Typewriting, etc.

Quick Service Letter Co., Inc 239

Mailing Lists 239

Opportunity 239

Pamphlets & Periodicals 239

Unfurnished Apartments 239

upon the debauchery which is promoted by commercial interests
to increase private gains.

No class of persons, owners of saloons, barkeepers, depositories,
manufacturers, bottlers, should be permitted to make a profit
through the sale of alcohol. Profit demands advertising, whipping
up of demand and progressive deterioration of individuals. A prop-
aganda in favor of drunkenness should not be tolerated. It should
continue to be illegal to advertise the sale of liquor in any
paper, or to distribute such advertising by mail or hand. It should
be made to the advantage of barkeepers to sell non-alcoholic
beverages.

It was certainly one of the iniquities of our legal system before
1920 that drunkards were able to go on indefinitely causing their
families the most acute suffering and want, and forcing the com-
munity through its private charitable associations and the public
poor boards to care for their dependents. Women have learned
something during the decade. There will be more husbands with
cracked heads, more separations and more divorces when liquor
returns. And older sons will slug their "Dad." We shall see a
mighty crop of "Playboys of the Western World." There will be a
new "unwritten law" that sons may deal harshly with drunken
fathers who attempt to beat their wives. I suspect that drunken
automobilists will be shot on the streets by outraged parents and
neighbors. Some system of controlling persons who drink to excess
must be devised and of reaching the individuals who supply
liquor to known inebriates.

Temperance education must be revived. Some of the school
texts about the effects of alcohol on the body and mind that found
vogue in the old days may have been shaky on their physiology, but
nonetheless their teaching made boys and girls aware of the fact
that alcohol is a poison. With the passing of the Eighteenth Amend-
ment this education for temperance was reduced or discontinued.
That was the chief mistake of the prohibition movement. A new
campaign of more scientific education dealing with the effects of
alcohol is called for. Such education must be well within the facts,
but it should be sharp as a sword in pointing out what the facts
are. The schools, churches, press, moving pictures and radio
should be used to spread the story. Total abstinence as an act of
free will on the part of those willing to abstain should be encour-
aged.

M°

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

240

lost settlement workers believe that if the Volstead Law or
the Amendment are to be changed it is critically necessary
that the motive of private profit should not be allowed to become a
factor in the marketing of liquor. The worst evil of the saloon lay
in the fact that it was a matter of self-interest to the saloon-keeper
to get as much money out of a drinker as he could, regardless of
what happened to his victim. The liquor interests saw prohibition
coming for years and were urged by their own protective associa-
tions to restrain their anti-social activities, but they couldn't and
wouldn't. The bootlegger in his turn took over the essential motive
of the saloon-keeper, i.e., to make a profit out of anybody that he
could reach. But instead of debauching the common laborer, his
wife and children, and the social life of the tenement neighbor-
hood, the bootlegger debauched government officials, the police,
industry and the more well-to-do elements of the community. The
key to the situation is that whenever a separate class grows up
which is permitted by law or through custom solely for their
private profit to prey upon other individuals the result spells
degradation.

A permanent national representative commission to study the
social aspects of the liquor problem is called for. W7ets and drys of
all shades of opinion should get together to discuss what values
have actually been attained through prohibition; what forms of
local and interstate social control are required; and what the atti-
tude of government shall be in the matter of participating actively
in the sale of liquor through licenses, taxes and management of the
business itself. The first report of the New York State Commission
on Alcoholic Beverage Control Legislation, appointed by Gov-
ernor Lehman, is a notable and farsighted document, which may
well be taken as a basis for regulatory legislation ;/ and when liquor
shall be legally sold.

SURVEY

SlUVK IIUX'l'S Of

OUR TWENTY YEARS
OF SURVEY ASSOCIATES

By PAUL U. KELLOGG

[Statement by the Editor at the anniversary meeting
in February; auditorium of the New School for Social
Research, West 5oth Street, New York City]

1932 Reviewed Prospect 1933

JANUARY SURVEY

GRAPHIC

AGEOFTHEAUTC

SOCIAL TRENDS

JFTH AVENUE is half-a-block away, and twenty
years is only half-a-block in the history of ideas and
institutions. Yet half-a-block away, twenty years
ago, there were still hansom cabs on Fifth Avenue. The
last of the bus-drivers had cracked his whip there only
five years earlier. In those days there were no wires strung
above the roofs hereabouts to catch the radio. I recall
statuettes of Charlie Chaplin for sale on the sidewalks
around Union Square. That told of the rise of the movies.
Passers-by still craned their necks at airplanes; and most
of us were unaware of what portended from the further
spread of that electric energy which lit the sky-signs on
Broadway.

Nearby, was the corner on Fifth Avenue where Mark
Twain still dreamed of boyhood days on the Mississippi in
that pioneering epoch which seems to us now as far away
as King Arthur's Court. Two doors off, in an old red-brick
house with white lintels, I interviewed Gregory Gershuni,
the school-master who had joined Nicholas Tschaikovsky
and "Babushka," here in New York. They were old even
then, and long since came to be known as grandfather and
grandmother of the Russian Revolution. Gershuni had just
escaped from a Siberian prison, cooped up in a barrel, and
was working his way around the globe, back to Europe to
help them keep up their challenge to Czarism.

That encounter seems long ago when we think of how, in
the interval, war and revolution have wrenched loose the
old order in Europe. But those contrasts with which I be-
gan give us clues to revolutions at home, the pace with
which applied science and corporate expansion have bur-
geoned into our American community life; the lag of social
invention behind mechanical. And we of Survey Associates
who, in 1912, "organized our curiosity," as we said, to help
us keep abreast of our changing world, are especially con-
scious of that pace on the one hand, that lag on the other.

WE have drawn shadows when events cast them be-
fore and, as on a sun dial, marked that lag. We drew
them, for example, in the winter of 1928 when (following an
informal gathering of settlement workers Miss Wald had
brought together at 99 Park Avenue) we sounded warning
that a fissure of unemployment ran through the crust of
American prosperity. We drew them in the spring of 1929
when, six months before the stock-market crash, we
brought out our special number — Unemployment and
Ways Out, at a time when Paul Warburg was challenging
the banking world and going unheeded. We drew shadows
in the winter of 1930, when we opened up conditions in our
industrial districts which the press had not touched with a
ten-foot pole. We drew them last winter, when we helped

uncover that vast lag of relief resources behind relief needs,
the country over, which was only recognized by the federal
administration six months later, and then acted upon, be-
latedly, with infinite waste and gaps and preventable hu-
man suffering.

But at the same time, through it all, perhaps as no other
lay journal, we have followed constructive moves that
lead toward light. Letters from all parts of the country tell
us of the service Survey Associates have rendered through
our publications in spreading practical methods, developed
in one locality which can be applied elsewhere; they tell us
also of stiffened upper lips and refreshed spirits which have
come of the forward thrust in our pages.

For, from the first, The Survey has endeavored to carry
the stir of the explorers and the builders. We have made
pageants out of problems. The 756 issues which we have
brought out in these last twenty years are a record of
movements, of demonstrations and gains at a hundred
points in social work and in enterprises for the common
weal. None the less, in line and text and picture, they have
exhibited the question which our generation faces as never
before, which the depression has driven home: the question
whether human relations are pliant enough, whether
human aspiration shall be determined enough, to shape and
control the forces which human ingenuity has wrested
from nature; whether, in the phrase of Herbert Croly, we
can make the promise of American life come true.

THERE are not a few of you present here today who
were among the company who founded Survey Asso-
ciates, two decades ago. They had the gift of insight and
the yeast of initiative, those founders. This not only made
them pioneers in the social awakening in America, but has
swept them into work in the present crisis. Here is Edward
T. Devine, who blazed our trail; editor of Charities, tap-
root from which we grew. He is now emergent relief ad-
ministrator of Nassau County. Out in Chicago is Graham
Taylor, warden of Chicago Commons, which is an outpost
in the unemployment work in the Middlewest. The Com-
mons, edited by the Taylors and John Palmer Gavit,
today our vice-president, was another of our roots. At
Saugatuck, in her place near the Sound, Miss Wald is
recapturing the strength she has spent so unstintedly, as
the luminous chief of the Henry Street Nurses, in succoring
those who are not only out of work but sick. Miss Addams
sends us greetings from Hull-House; Judge Mack, chairman
of our board, from the Pacific Coast where he is holding
federal court. The Glenns are with us; it was the Russell
Sage Foundation which backed our early development and
backed the Pittsburgh Survey, from which we took our name.

I should like to call the roster of others who have shared
as members from the beginning and who are still in the
thick of things; name participants who have come after
them, bringing youth, awareness, leadership to our work
and to the work of the times; name also those who have
left us a heritage of things of the spirit. Let me single out
five of those last: Robert W. deForest, president of the
New York Charity Organization Society (which was our
parent body), whose genius for organization shaped our
plan. Simon N. Patten — there was a prophet who forecast
the birth-pangs and possibilities of an age of surplus.
Jacob A. Riis broke a journalist's lance in fields where re-
search tractors lumber today. Julia C. Lathrop gave to
government a new incarnation of friendliness. And Florence
Kelley — may the torch of her spirit flame through a hun-
dred lives in the years ahead.

SO, twenty years ago, we made our start as a cooperative,
with the momentum of earlier ventures behind us;
with mistakes here, gains there, as our experiment went
forward. We have since identified ourselves, in the termi-
nology of later years, as a project in adult education. At
least we linked what we called "journalistic research" with
the editorial process; instead of the chairs of a university
faculty, we arranged our departmental desks and set
about our work of digest, inquiry and interpretation. In
our business office, we set out to expand our circulation,
and with it our educational reach; and behind both, in our
membership department, we set out to lay those tiers of
mutual support on which we might build our activities.

Now we were only fairly launched when the War came;
with its preoccupations, its divisions, its wake of high
prices and hard times, so that at the end of our first decade
we found ourselves almost back where we started. Our re-
building had begun, however, the month of the Armistice.
We called a reconstruction conference, presided over by
Dr. Felix Adler, which sought to gather up the strands of
wartime organization and impulse in a new frontage on post-
war problems. Out of it, thanks to Agnes Brown Leach,
long-time member of our board who has always matched her
money gifts with gifts of imagination, came our series of
Reconstruction Numbers; and out of them, in turn, came
our changed publication scheme. We discarded our expen-
sive weekly; telescoped its service departments in our
Survey Midmonthly; and launched Survey Graphic as a
carrier to wider groups of the lay public. That was ten
years ago, and the experiment was made possible by our
Graphic Founders Fund, built up by our chairman in those
years, Henry R. Seager, and led oft" with generous contribu-
tions of another prized member, Helen Sherman Pratt.

In this last decade, as result of Survey Graphic, we have
doubled our circulation. In 1930, we reached a goal long
striven for, an average overall stencil count of paid sub-
scriptions of 25,000. We brought these to 26,000 in 1931;
and in the teeth of the depression, our average for 1932 was
24,468. Special numbers have reached a circulation of
40,000 and 50,000.

In the two decades, we grew to an organization 2000
strong, and come into our anniversary with 1772 members
at from $10 to $3500. It has been this cooperative structure
of Survey Associates that, in a period when such estab-
lished magazines as The Century, The Outlook and World's
Work have capsized, has enabled The Survey to survive,
to take on our doubled load of work growing out of the
emergency, and to carry it forward through 1932.

THAT twentieth year was the hardest. In 1930 and '31
we had been able to all but hold our own and conserve
our budget at around $200,000. This had been met, in
fairly equal parts, by mounting publishing receipts and by
memberships and contributions. Last spring, the cumula-
tive force of the depression struck our publishing receipts
in common with most periodicals and struck our large
contributions in common with most social agencies. A fifth
of our income caved in.

The succeeding eight months were given over to one
continuous effort to close up this gap of over $40,000.
Drastic retrenchments, curtailed issues and payroll, re-
duced printing and paper contracts, lessened rent and
economies that bit deep all down the line, took care of
three fourths of it. We succeeded in pegging in publishing
receipts at $94,000 (against $110,000 the year before);
and thanks to three emergent grants, to eleventh hour
renewals of outstanding contributions, and a final muster
of members, we raised the $78,000 called for by our
budget. That budget had been revised three times in the
course of 1932. It was touch and go up to the last day
of the last month of the last year of our twenty; but we
made it.

Meanwhile, as a safeguard, we had made further cuts in
the fall quarter, which enabled us to wipe out an over-
hanging deficit of around $3500; so that on January i, for
the first time since 1929, we entered a new year with a
clean slate — save for some tiny figures which are engag-
ingly black.

To those of us who have been in it up to our necks, it
seems nothing short of a miracle that we climbed out of
1932 clear. We confront pitfalls no less than possibilities in
the year ahead, which may well match those of the last
twelve months; but they will be current ones. We shall not
have the millstone around our necks we had carried since
last spring. We could not have pulled it off — in either
sense — without the tenacious backing of the rank and file
of our reader-members.

We have no illusions as to 1933. We ask you who are
here, and the larger group of readers and members whom
you represent, to stand by this year we come to our ma-
jority. We are needed, every member of us, more if any-
thing than in 1932; but the need is touched with excite-
ment. There is not only unemployment abroad in the land,
but at last, there is awareness to social, economic and
international concerns. In a way, all the imagination, time,
money and effort that have gone into Survey Associates in
the last two decades, all those investments salvaged this
last stiff year, have been so much by way of prepara-
tion for our work in the times right ahead of us.

IN the midst of our defensive operations, which I have
reviewed, we have kept our building process going. In
succeeding to the presidency of Survey Associates, follow-
ing Mr. deForest's death, Lucius R. Eastman brought
both liberal outlook and business experience to the post.
Early last spring, we engaged a consultant in periodical
publishing to appraise our set-up and operations — John
Hanrahan. It was his judgment that the "franchise" of
Survey Associates runs in the years ahead as it has never
run before. In line with his recommendations, and in line
with what some of us have long proposed, we have given
over publication of the twice-a-month Survey at $5, and
beginning in January, are bringing out a "string" of two
monthly periodicals; each entered at the post-office at $3

a year; joint subscriptions, as heretofore, at $5. So we have
two carriers, each with a sharper focus:

THE MIDMONTHLY SURVEY: spanning the fields
of social work. The grinding surfaces of the hard times are
wearing down the structure of social, educational and
recreational activities built up over the years. Now, if ever,
Survey Associates have an urgent part to play with respect
to the conservation of their standards, their reenforcement,
their reorganization. You will perhaps be surprised to
know that in its draught on staff time, the Midmonthly is
a more expensive proposition than the Graphic; and both
as an emergency move, and as a long-range one, we shall
seek this year to enlist support for it from the agencies and
groups it serves, to match the gifts of materials and writ-
ings that go into its pages.

SURVEY GRAPHIC: magazine of social interpreta-
tion; and swinging the full arc of the social professions.
Our Economic Planning Number last year was an il-
lustration of the techniques that go into it. We drew on
engineers, business and labor leaders, economists, social
workers; we tapped half a dozen sources of research; car-
ried out four original pieces of investigation, and employed
the graphic arts in arresting ways. Our recent December
and January Graphics spread the findings of two long-
range pieces of social-economic research which have just
come to a head — that of the Committee on the Costs of
Medical Care, and that of the Study of Social Trends.
These issues were exhibits of our interpretive function.
Yet the research projects they tapped seem to me more
typical of the last decade than of the next. These carried
no provisions for following up and through the conclusions
to be drawn from their studies. My anticipation is that
research will go forward in the next ten years, but the
balance will be thrown over to the side of demonstration
and concerted action. What people want and project and
try for is likely to be more significant than what they add
to the pile of unapplied knowledge.

With the shock of the hard times opening minds, with
released initiatives cropping out in many quarters where
acquiescence and lethargy have hung on over long, the
months ahead present an extraordinary call for what Miss
Addams has so deftly termed "education from the current
event."

We shall be pulling ourselves up by the straps of ten
league boots. We have always had to pull ourselves up that
way, but they have not been ten-league straps. We had less
than a thousand dollars last year to spend on travel in our
editorial field work. We are conscious of our slender re-
sources, our shortcomings, the things we scamp, the great
areas we leave untouched. But we are conscious of the op-
portunity before us.

THE depression has thrown down the gauge of unex-
ampled human need. We should not fail those close
into it with our shuttles of information, experience, ap-
praisal.

If we are witnessing (as we are) the rise of public relief
administration, on a scale commensurate with the rise of
public educational administration in an earlier generation,
then Survey Associates have call to assess and portray the
trend.

If we are on the threshold (as we are) of a new states-

manship which will throw security over those aggravated
hazards in modern life, which Justice Brandeis singled out
so presciently twenty years ago — over unemployment,
accidents, sickness and old age — then more than ever such
an agency for exploration and proposal as Survey Asso-
ciates is called for.

If this depression registers (as it does) our failure as a
people to parallel our amazing advances in production with
enhanced opportunities for work, then an organization
committed to inquiry and invention in that neglected half
of our economic process is needed.

If in turn the depression registers (as it does) our failure
to spread out the income of our new productive capacities
so as to sustain purchasing power and maintain livelihood,
then the interest of trade journals in restoring that balance
in the name of business is no more direct than that of a
journal which speaks for households, neighborhoods and
communities.

If as moves go forward (as they must) for concerted
measures and economic planning, there will be need not
only for assaying their social implications, but for bringing
out the stakes of all of us in American standards of life and
labor, and all that these foreshadow in opportunity for
creative living, for culture and beauty.

If in a time of unrest and change, situations grow tense
and tempers grow hot (as they do), then if ever such swift
shafts of interpretation as ours, which have carried convic-
tion in a hundred controversial situations, will help make
for clear seeing.

If in such times come clashes (as they will), and forces
for change and conformity are pitted one against another,
then such a meeting place as The Survey, which knows no
race, religious, class or dogmatic barriers, will help make for
understanding.

If in an epoch of specialization, America has become, in
Wells' phrase, sand without cement, then one periodical
which spans the fields of social work and another which
swings the arc of the social professions, will have something
organic to offer.

If, in America, we learn mostly by doing; if to explore, to
build, to engineer and organize have been our historic
rhythms as a people; if we respond to design rather than to
doctrine; then opportunity lies before Survey Associates if
we can elicit what the explorers and builders, the organizers
and designers have to give us, from where they live hard-
est.

What the next twenty years hold, is more than the last
twenty can tell us. Professor Frankfurter stretches our
horizons.1 In a sense, the working conception of our venture
sprang from The Pittsburgh Survey, which in 1907-9
appraised the overwork and human waste of the tide of
American industrialism and technical advance. We are
now, on every hand, conscious of its backwash in
underwork and greater human waste. The need for such an
agency as ours is intensified. We may be glad that it is
ready to hand.

THE social impulse has broadened in twenty years; but
so has the social predicament in the last three. We are
no longer merely readers of The Survey. We are its subject
matter — all of us. What confronts our organized curiosity
on this twentieth anniversary of Survey Associates con-
cerns— ourselves.

'Anniversary address: What We Confront in American Life by Felix Frankfurter-
brought out in the March 1933 issue of Survey Graphic.

OUR WORKING CAPITAL

I. The "scaffolding" of contributions and grants, which in
earlier years enabled us to lay foundations that have stood
up to new, unprecedented stress; which today reinforce
our membership structure where the strain is hardest.
II. The "come-hither" of a developing editorial formula which
has enabled us to reach and enlist as readers forward looking
men and women throughout the country and in all vocations.

III. The slow process over the years of carrying conviction among
this mounting company that a journal, and the work that
goes into it, qualify as an educational institution, and should
be "joined." (See membership roster opposite.)

IV. The demonstrable service we have rendered during the
depression, as one of the few mediums for exchange in
relieving unemployment and constructive action.

V. The kindling fact that, far more than in the piping times of
prosperity, the public is responsive to economic and social
developments which are primary to our future as a people.

ASSETS WE BRING INTO A NEW DECADE:

OUR SURVEY FELLOWSHIP — the core of the whole adventure.

OUR BOARD, stewards of the enterprise; and our membership
department, with Mrs. Brenner in charge, which canalizes
interest and participation.

OUR CONTRACTED BUT FLEXIBLE EDITORIAL STAFF, made Up

of full-time, half-time and volunteer members under the lead of
Arthur Kellogg as managing editor.

MATCHING IT, A BUSINESS STAFF which has proved its mettle
in these troublous times; and under Miss Condon is engaged this
Spring in a spirited effort to recruit the many men and women
drawn into community efforts growing out of the unemployment
situation. To win them means more than to gain that many
subscribers.

THE ACTIVE COLLABORATION of individuals and agencies the
country over who supply us with the leads, suggestions and
criticisms, the information, materials and articles, that enter into
the mosaic of our pages. Open handed contributions of time and
writing parallel those of money in our scheme of cooperation.

OUR POOLINGS OF EXPERIENCE and the results of experiment
and demonstration, through which we carry out our exchange
function, department by department.

OUR OPEN HOUSE TO PROPOSALS AND IDEAS; the hearing we give
insurgents and conservatives alike; our threshing floor for
discussion without committing staff, board or membership to
the positions taken.

THE TESTED PROCEDURE we employ in our shafts of inquiry and
interpretation; first-hand investigation; advance criticism of find-
ings by the parties at interest; chance for rebuttal.

OUR INTERPRETIVE FUNCTION; particularly our relations with
research groups through which we get the heart of their findings
over to audiences from ten to twenty times those reached by
reports and books dealing with a similar subject matter.

OUR EMPLOYMENT OF THE GRAPHIC ARTS as a means for visual-
izing that subject matter. In graphs, charts and maps; in photo-
graphs, paintings and sculptures, we have been experimenting
with picture writing in spreading understanding in a democracy.
And we have felt that beauty often carries a greater charge of
truth than a meticulous statistical table.

OUR CARRIERS — two monthly periodicals

THE MIDMONTHLY SURVEY @ $3

SURVEY GRAPHIC @ $3

Joint subscriptions @ $5

OUR SPECIAL NUMBERS in which we endeavor to turn problems
into pageants and strike the imagination on a fresh side. The cir-
culation of these special numbers has reached35,ooo,4O,ooo, 50,000.

Survey Associates, Inc.

112 East 19 Street, New York

a membership corporation, chartered November 4, 1912, without shares
or stockholders, under the laws of the State of New York.

"to advance the cause of constructive philanthropy by the publication
and circulation of books, pamphlets and periodicals, and by conducting
any investigation useful or necessary for the preparation thereof."

Officers

LUCIUS R. EASTMAN
President

JULIAN W. MACK, JOSEPH P. CHAMBERLAIN,
JOHN PALMER GAVIT, Vice-Presidents

PAUL U. KELLOGG, Editor

ARTHUR KELLOGG, Treasurer

ANN REED BRENNER, Secretary

Board of Directors

JULIAN W. MACK
Chairman

JANE ADDAMS
JACOB BILLIKOPF
ALEXANDER M. BING
C. M. BOOKMAN
JOSEPH P. CHAMBERLAIN

LUCIUS R. EASTMAN
JOHN A. KINGSBURY
AGNES BROWN LEACH
J. NOEL MACY
RITA W. MORGENTHAU

FRANCES G. CURTIS HAROLD H. SWIFT

LILLIAN D. WALD

National Council

The' Members of the Board Ex-officio

Ernest P. Bicknell
Richard C. Cabot
J. Lionberger Davis
Edward T. Devine
Livingston Farrand
Samuel S. Fels
John R. Haynes

William T. Johnson
Loula D. Lasker
Joseph Lee
Samuel McC. Lindsay
John A. Ryan
Alfred G. Scattergood
Graham Taylor

Staff

Mary Ross
Leon Whipple
Loula D. Lasker

PAUL U. KELLOGG, Editor

ARTHUR KELLOGG, Managing Editor

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

Gertrude Springer

CONTRIBUTING EDITORS
Edward T. Devine
Jane Addams
Haven Emerson, M.D.

Joanna C. Colcord

Beulah Amidon
John Palmer Gavit
Florence L. Kellogg

Graham Taylor
Joseph K. Hart
Robert W. Bru£re

Janet Sabloff Hannah Gallagher

Helen Mears Eleanor Mathews

BUSINESS OFFICE

Mollie Condon, Circulation Manager

Dora M. Barnes Anne Roller Issler Ruth Lerrigo

John D. Kenderdine. Francis Woodward, Field Representatives

Mary R. Anderson, Advertising Manager

Martha Hohmann. Accountant
Isabelle M. Graham, Office Manager
Mary J. Brennan Frieda Ancess

FINANCE AND MEMBERSHIP DEPARTMENT

Ann Reed Brenner, Director

Mary Katz, Registrar

Membership Roster

Acknowledgment of Contributions Made to the Educational Funds of Survey Associates

for the Fiscal Year 1932

GRAPHIC FOUNDERS FUND

($24,250)

Twentieth Century Fund $3500 "Eastman, Mr. and Mrs.

"Pels, Samuel S 3000

Julius Rosenwald Fund 2750

••Estate of V. Everit Macy.... 2000

Keith Fund 1750

Leach, Mrs. Henry C 1500

Elmhirst, Mrs. Leonard K 1250

Blaine, Mrs. Emmons 1000

Chamberlain, Miss Ellen S 1000

Lucius R $1000

Estate of Max L. Rosenberg.... 1000

•Lewisohn, Adolph & Sam A 1000

•"Morrow, Mrs. Dwight W 1000

Ittleson, Henry 750

Bamberger, Louis 500

Goldman, Henry 500

Warburg, Felix M 500

Lasker, Miss Loula D 250

MIDMONTHLY FUND

($2000)

Swift, Harold II.

DEPARTMENTAL FUNDS

INDUSTRY

($3105)

Brandeis, JusticeA Mrs. I ouis I).

•tEstate of V. Everit Macy

tl'els, Snmuel S

Filene, A. Lincoln

Ittleson, Mrs. Henry

Huyck. Edmund N.

(In Memoriam)

*Lewisohn, Sam A

Brandeis, Miss Elizabeth

Dickson, William B

Draper, Ernest G

Evans, Mrs. Glendower

Mallery, Otto T

$300 Davis, J. Lionherger

500 Farnam, Prof. Henry W

500 Schwarzenbach, Robert J. F.

250 (In Memoriam)

250 Anderson, Mrs. Rachel R

Beard, Charles A

200 Cooke, Morris Llewellyn

150 Greening, Miss Florence

100 Lloyd, John Uri

100 Prendergast, Hon. William A.

100 Taft, Robert A

100 Thumim, Miss Esther

100

FOREIGN SERVICE

($2190)

in. Mr. & Mrs. Thomas W. $500 Lamont, Thomas S.

•iMorrow. Mrs. Dwight W 500

•Chamberlain, Prof. Joseph P 250

.Scattergood, Mrs. Thomas 150

tSchiff, Mrs. Jacob H 150

Cutting, Senator Bronson 100

Dodge, Mrs. Cleveland H 100

James, Mrs. Bayard 100

Oltesheimer, Mrs. Henry

(In Memoriam) 100

Scattergood, J. Henry

Anonymous

Leeds, Morrii E

Preston, Miss Evelyn

Thomas, Arthur H

Evans, Mr. & Mrs. Harold.

Ilk-h. Julius

Maier, Paul D. I

Rhoads, Charles J

SOCIAL PRACTICE

($370)

Post, James H $250

Charity Organization Society,

Buffalo 25

Children's Aid Society of Pa.... 25

Children's Bureau, Philadelphia. 25

Seybert Institution, Philadelphia
Family Service Society,

New Orleans

Jewish Social Service Association,

New York

HEALTH

($785)

yillll sl,,.1,L M Mrs Hftnrv

Bradley, Richards M. .

. . 100

Goodale, Dr. Walter S

100

Haskell, Mrs. John A
Jones, Mrs. Robert McK
Maternity Center Association,
New York .

*Pott«r, Miss Blanche

Wald, Miss Lillian D

•Wile. Dr. Ira S...

$75
50

50
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

$50
50
25
25
25
25
10
10
10
10

$25
10
10

$25
20
10
10
10

EDUCATION

($230)

Stern, Mr. & Mrs. Alfred K $200 Eddy, L. J.

GENERAL EDUCATIONAL FUND

($45,300)

Russell Sage Foundation

Milbank Memorial Fund

fEastman, Mr. & Mrs. Lucius R.

"Chamberlain, Prof. Joseph P

"Lamont, Mr. & Mrs. Thomas W.

Lehman. Hon. Herbert H

Procter, Mr. & Mrs. William

Cooper

Tucker, Mr. & Mrs. Carll

Rosenwald Family Association...

Munsell, Alexander E. O

Anonymous

"tEstate of V. Everit Macy

Cabot, Dr. Richard C

$3000 Lee, Joseph

2000 McGregor, Mr. & Mrs. Tracy W.

1500 Volker, William

1250 Anonymous

1000 Anonymous

1000 Christian Social Justice Fund, Inc.

Frazier, Mrs. Franceses

1000 Mason Fund

1000 Paine, Mr. A Mn. Richard C...

800 Rhoads, Mrs. Charles J

700 Anonymous

500 *Caonon, Mrs. Henry White

500 «Upson, Mrs. H. S

500

$500
250
250
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
150
100
100

UNCLASSIFIED

Asher, L. E $75

Huyck, Francis C 75

Baldwin, Mrs. Ruth Standish... 40

Morse, Mr. & Mrs. H. M 35

Rothermel, John J 35

"Brownlow, Louts 30

Ingraham, Mrs. H. C. M 30

Overstreet, Mrs. Elsie Burr. ... 30

•Gannett, Mrs. Mary T. L 22.50

•Browolow, Mrs. Louis 20

Cheever, Miss Helen 20

Farwell, Mrs. John V 20

Holden, Arthur C 20

Rosenfeld, Mrs. M. C 20

Sayre, J. N 20

Schoellkopf, Mrs. Alfred H.... 20

•Seaver, H. L 20

Alford, Miss Martha 15

Alger, Mrs. George W 15

Braman, J. L 15

Bunce, Alexander 15

Coolidge, Mrs. Clara A. 15

Delano, Frederic A 15

Harper, J. C 15

Kimber, Miss N. B 15

King, Clarence 15

Powell, Miss Rachel Hopper... 15

Purdy, Lawson 15

Winchester, Harold P 15

•Barus, Mr. & Mrs. Maxwell.. 10

•Brooks, John Graham 10

•Castle, Miss H. E. A 10

•Cochran, Miss Fanny T 10

•Coolidge, Miss E. W 10

•du Pont, Mrs. Coleman 10

•Lasker, Bruno 10

• Magee, Rev. John G $10

•Nilsson, Miss Linda M 10

•Storrow, Miss Elizabeth R 10

•Warren, George A 10

•Willard, Dr. C. J 10

Bacharach, Mrs. S 7.50

Borton, C. Walter 5

•Deardorff, Dr. Neva R

Denton, Miss Frances 5

Gates, Mrs. Gertrude S 5

•Guthrie, Miss Anne 5

•Laptad, Miss Evadne M 5

Llewellyn, K. N 5

•MacNaughton. Miss Artncs B. . . 5

McClintock, Mrs. H. L 5

•Moorhead, Mrs. Howell 5

Robinson, Mrs. Louis N 5

•Smith, Rev. Everett P 5

•Stapleton, Miss Margaret 5

•Tapley, Miss Alice 5

Davis, Mrs. Ada 4

Robinson, Miss Winifred J 3

Baker, Dr. Elizabeth F 2

McCracken, Miss Helen 2

Scott, Dr. J. M. W 2

Youmans, Miss F. Zeta 2

Danysz, E. S

Freed, Mrs. Louis A

Goodman, Miss Mary A

Hnrtzell. Miss Ada M. C

Law, J. T

Mat-vine, Dr. G. A

Peterson, Miss Marie M

Waring, Bernard G

No identification

MEMBERSHIP CLASSES
$100 CONTRIBUTING MEMBERS

ANDREWS, Mrs. w. H.

Austin, Mrs. Chellis A.

Blumenthal, George
Burlingham, C. C.

•Cannon, Mrs. Henry White
Casserly, Mrs. John B.
Castle, Mrs. George P.
Colvin, Miss Catharine
Converse, Miss Mary E.
Cook, Alfred A.
Cravath, Paul D.
Cullman, Howard S.
Curtis, Miss Frances G.
Cushing, O. K.

Flexner, Bernard
Ford, Mrs. Edsel B.

Goff, Frederick H. (In Mem.

.riam)

$30

Halle, Hiram J.

Hart, Mrs. Max

Hazard, Miss Caroline

Household Finance Corp., Chicago

Ingersoll, Mrs. Raymond V.

Kellogg, Arthur
Kellogg, Paul U.

La Monte, George M. (In Memoriam)
Lasker, Mr. & Mrs. Albert D.
Lasker, Edward
Lasker, Miss Fiorina
Lehman. Judge & Mrs. Irving
Levy, Mrs. David M.
Lewis, Mrs. Theodore J.
Mack, Judge & Mrs. Julian W.
May, Herbert L.
May, Mr. & Mrs. Walter A.
McMurtrie, Miss Ellen (In Memo-
riam)

Morley, Frederick H. (In Memoriam)
Newborg, Moses

Paddock, Bishop & Mrs. Robert L.
Peabody, Rev. Endicott
Pick, George
Pope, Mrs. Willard
Rantoul, Mrs. Neal
Rosenthal, Less ing
Rosenwald, Lessing
tScripps, Miss E. B.
Sherwin, Miss Belle
•Upson, Mra. H. S.
Wallace, Dewitt
Yardley, Farnham

COMMUNITIES

($70)

Hurnham, E. Lewis $50 *Brownlow, Louis.

$20

KEY i

* Gave also to other classifications under General Fund t Deceased

t Gave also to Graphic Founders' Fund ° Gave also to Departmental Funds

$50 CONTRIBUTING MEMBERS

ANONYMOUS

Beneficial Management Corp., N.Y.C.

Bonnell, Mrs. Henry H.

Bowers, Mrs. Martha D.

Brewer, Franklin N.

Bruere, Henry

Bucher, Mrs. Paul

Bush, Prof. W. T.

Chapin, Mis-; Caroline B.

Olicnerv. Willinm I..

Crane, C. K. (In Memoriam)

Dayton Bureau of Community Service

& Community Chest
DeSilver, Mrs. Albert

Earle, Mrs. E. P.
Emerson, Prof. William

Frank, Walter

•Gannett, Mrs. Mary T. L.
Geicr, Mr. & Mrs. F. A.
Griffith, Miss Alice

Halleck, Mrs. R. P.
Hallowell, Mrs. F. W.
Hamlin, Mr. & Mrs. Chauncey J.
Hilton, George

Kane, Francis Fisher
Kellcy, Nicholas
Kennedy, Prof. F. L.
Kent, Mrs. William
Kershaw, Mrs. F. S.
Kingsbury, John A.

Koshland, Mrs. Marcus S.

Lewisohn, Miss Alice
Lewisohn, Miss Irene
Ludington, Miss Katharine

Madeira, Mrs. L. C.

Marston, George W.

Meyer, Alfred C.

Milbank, Albert G.

Moors, John F.

Moors, Mrs. John F.

t° Morrow, Mrs. Dwight W.

Newborg, Mrs. M.

Paine, Miss Helen
Pope, Willard
Porter, Mrs. James F.
°Potter, Miss Blanche
Pratt, George D., Jr.

Rosensohn, Mrs. Samuel J.

Sender, Henry R. (In Memoriam)
Senior, Max

Shroder, Mr. & Mrs. W. J.
Spahr, Mrs. Charles B.
Springer, Mrs. Gertrude

Thum, William
»Torsch, E. L.

Vincent, Dr. George E.

Waid, D. E.
Waldheim, Aaron
Walsh, Frank P.
Warburg, James P.
"Wile, Dr. Ira S.

$25 SUSTAINING MEMBERS

ABBOTT, Miss Edith

*Acheson, M. W., Jr.
Allerton, Miss Ida M.
AlHntf, Miss Elizabeth C.
Anonymous
Athey, Mrs. C. N.

BAKER, Judge Harvey H. (In

Memoriam)
Baldwin, Arthur D.
Baldwin, Mrs. H. P.
Baldwin, Miss Rachel
Bartlett, Miss Harriett M.
Beer, Walter E.
Benjamin, Edward B.
Berle, Mrs. Adolf A., Jr.
Bingham, Judge Robert W.
Blaney, Mrs. Charles D.
Brady, Dr. John W. S.
B reck in ridge, Miss S. P.
Brenner, Mrs. Ann Reed
Brooklyn Bureau of Charities
Buell, Miss Bertha G.
Buell, Bradley
•Burns, Allen T.
Buttenheim, Harold S.

CABOT, Philip

Carter, Richard B.
'Catlin, Miss Ruth
Chanter. W. G.
Chew, Miss E. B.
Clowes, F. J.
Coffin, Mrs. Henry Sloane
Cogswell, Ledyard, Jr.
Conyngton, Miss Mary
Conyngton, Thomas
Cook, Mrs. Alfred A.
Coolidge, Mrs. Dane
Corvissiano, G. D.
Council of Social Agencies, Cincin-
nati

Cowles, Gardner
Cowles, Mrs. Gardner
Crawford, Miss Anne Lothrop
Curtis, Miss Isabella

DATER, Alfred w.

Davis, Miss Betsey B.

Deacon, J. Byron

de Beyersdorff, Miss Mathilde

de Forest. Henry L.

Dell, Rev. Burnham North

Dillenback, H. B.

Dodge, Cleveland B.

Dodge, Percival

Donaldson, Mrs. Henry H.

Dreier, Mrs. H. E.

Duffield, Mra. Edward D.

Dumraer, Mrs. W. F.

Duveneck, Mrs. F. B.

Emmett, Burton

English, H. D. W. (In Memoriam)
Ettelson, Hon. Samuel A.
Evans, Miss Anna Cope

ECKSTEIN, Louis

Eidlitz, Mrs. Ernest Frederick
Eisendratb, Mrs. Joseph N.
Elizabeth McCormick Memorial Fund
Elliott, Dr. John L.
Emerson, Dr. Haven

, S. Marcus (In Me-
moriam)

Pels, Mrs. Samuel S.
Ferry, Mansfield
Fisher, Mrs. Dorothy Canfield
Ftsk, Miss M. L.
Fleisher, Mrs. H. T.
Fosdick, Raymond B.

GAMBLE, Miss Elizabeth F.
Gannett, Mrs. Mary Ross
Gavit, John Palmer
Gavit, Mrs. John Palmer
George, Miss Julia
Gillespie, Miss Mabel Lindsay
Goldbaum, Dr. Jacob S.
Goldsmith, Mrs. Elsie
Goodrich, Mrs. N. L.
Gottlieb, Harry N.
Gruening, Miss Rose

HALLE, Eugene S.

Harrison. Shelby M.

Haslett, Mrs. S. M.

Hatch, Mrs. P. E.

Hazard, Mrs. F. R.

Hollander, Sidney

Molt, Miss Ellen

Houghton, Miss May

Hoyt, Mrs. John Sherman

Hughes, Chief Justice Charles E.

Hunter, Miss Anna F.

IDE, Mrs. Francis P.
Ingharn, Miss Mary H.
Isaacs, Stanley M.

JACKSON, Mrs. Percy (In Memo-

riam)
Janeway, Rev. F. L.

KAHN, Mrs. Albert
Kellogg, Miss Clara N.
Kellogg, Mrs. Florence Loeb

Kirkbride, Miss Mary B.

kmm-les, Morris
Kohn, Robert D.
Koshland, Daniel E.
Kuhn, Mrs. Simon
Kulakofsky, Mrs. J. H.

LAMONT, Corliss

La Monte, Miss Caroline '
Langdon, Miss Ellen E.
Lehman, Arthur
Lennox, Miss Elizabeth
Letchworth, Edward H.
Levy, Edgar A.
Lewis, Theodore J.
Liebman, Mrs. Julius
Liebmann, Mrs. Alfred
Linton, M. Albert
Liveright, Mrs. Alice F.

Lowenstein, Solomon
Ludlow, H. S.

H, Mrs. A.
Macomber, Miss Bertha
Marshall, Robert
Marston, Miss Helen D.
Mason, Miss Mary T.
McAIpin, C. W.
McChesney, John
McConnell, Bishop Francis J.
McCormick, Miss M. V.
McLean, Francis H.
Menken, Mrs. Mortimer M.
Meyer, Abraham
Meyer, Carl
Moak, Harry L.
Moore, H. H.

Morgenthau, Mr. & Mrs. Henry
Morgenthau, Mrs. Rita W.
Morris, Mrs. Harrison S.
Munroe, Vernon

NATIONAL Federation of Post Of-

fice Clerks
Norris, George W.

, Dr. & Mrs. Robert
Olyphant, Mrs. J. K., Jr.
Ovcrstreet, Prof. H. A.

ARKINSON, Thome* i.

Parsons, Miss Edith F.

Patterson, Mrs. E. L.

Peabody, Miss E. R.

Peabody, George Foster

Perkins, Dr. Roger Griswold

Polk, Frank L.

tPollak, Mrs. J. A.

Porter, Rev. L. C.

Potter, Dr. Ellen C.

Premiss, F. F.

Proskauer, Mrs. Joseph M.

Provident Loan & Savings Society,

Detroit
Publicity Dept., Detroit Community

Fund

Pulitzer, Joseph, Jr.
Pyfer, Fred S.

AUH, Mrs. Enoch
Rector, Miss L. E.
Renard, Miss Blanche
Robbins, Mrs. Frances C. L.
Rogan, Ralph F.
Rogers, Francis
Roosevelt, Mrs. Franklin D.
Rosenbloom, Charles J.
Rounds, R. S.

Rowell, Miss Olive B.
Rubens, Mrs. Charles

SAUNDERS, B. H.

Schaffner, Joseph (In Memoriam)

Schiff, John

*Schonblom, H. E.

Schultz, Mrs. William D.

Schwerz, S. L.

Shapletgh, Miss Amelia

Shattuck, Dr. George Cheevcr

Sherwin, Misa Prudence

Shoemaker, Mrs. Edward

Simmons, Mrs. Dorothea

Sioussat, St. George L.

Sisson, Francis H.

Skewes-Cox, Mrs. V.

Slep, D. N.

SIoss, Mrs. M. C.

Smith, Mrs. Anna Hohmann

Smith, Theodore Clarke

Spahr, Dr. Mary B.

Spingarn, J. E.

Stix, Mrs. S. L.

Straus, Mrs. H. Grant

Street, Elwood

Strong, Mrs. J. R.

Swan, Mrs. Joseph R.

TAYLOR, Miss Anna H.
Taylor, Prof. Graham
Taylor, Miss Katharine
Thayer, Mrs. Helen R.
Thompson, Mrs. William Reed
Torrance, Mrs. Francis J.

V AN DER LEEUW, C. H.

Van Horn, Miss Olive O.

Van Schaick, John, Jr.

Villard, Mrs. Henry (In Memoriam)

Villard, Oswald Garrison

WALDO, Richard H.
Waldo, Mrs. Richard H.
Watson, Miss Lucy C.
Welfare Federation, Cleveland
•Wheeler, Miss Mary Phelps
Whitmarsh, Mrs. H. A.
Wilchinski, N. M.
Willcox, Miss M. A.
Williams, Dr. Frankwood E.
Willis, Harold B.
tWillson, Miss Lucy B.
Wilson, Miss Mildred W.
Wise, Dr. Stephen S.
JWittpenn, Mrs. H. O.

ZABRISKIE, Mrs. c.

$10 COOPERATING MEMBERS

ABBOTT, Mrs. Donald P.

Abbott, Fred P.

Abbott, Miss Grace

Abbott, Miss Minnie D.

Abbott, Miss Rachel S.

"Acheson, M. W., Jr.

Actors' Equity Association

Adams, Miss Emma F.

Adams, Wilbur J.

Addams, Miss Jane

Affelder, Louis J. (In Memoriam)

Agnew, George B.

Alderton, Mrs. W. M.

Aldis, Mrs. Arthur

Alexander, Edward F.

Allen, Mrs. Ethel Richardson

Allen, Judge Florence E.

Almy, Frederic

Alschuler, Mrs. Alfred

Alspach, Charles H.

Amberg, Julias

American Legion, Detroit

American Red Cross, Los Angeles

Amidon, Judge Charles F.

Anderson, Mrs. Betty MacBride

Anderson, Judge George W.

Anderson, Miss Ingeborg

Anderson, Miss Margaret B.

Anderson, Mrs. Mary R.

Anderson, Nels

Andrews, Mrs. D. E.

Andrews, Miss Elizabeth P.

Anonymous

Areson, C. W.

Armstrong, Mrs. E. J.

Arnstein, Leo

Arriglii, Roswell S.

Ashe, Misa Elizabeth

Ashley, Miss Mabel Pierce

Ashley, R. L.

Associated Jewish Philanthropies,

Boston
Association of Day Nurseries of New

York City
Association of Junior Leagues of

America
Atkinson, C. J.
Austin, Mrs. Gertrude B.

Austin, Louis W.
Austin, Miss Ruth
Avery. Miss Eunice Harriet
Axtelle, George Edward

BACH, Ferdinand S.

Baerwald, Mrs. Paul

Baker, Elbert H.

Raker, Mrs. John A.

Baker, Mrs. John Cuyler

Baker, Miss Kate

Baker, Luther H.

Baker, Hon. Newton D.

Baker, Ray Stannard

Baltimore Federation of Churches

Bamberger, Edgar S.

Bane, Miss Lita

Bangbart, J. W.

Barber, Miss Edith M.

Borbey, Henry G.

Barker, Mrs. L. B. R.

Barnard, J. Lynn

Barnard, Miss Margaret

Barnes, Rev. C. Rankin

Barnes, Fred A.

Barns, Miss Helen V.

Barr, Mrs. Harvey A.

Bartholomew, Mrs. Ralph

•Barus, Mr. & Mrs. Maxwell

Bascom, Miss Lelia

Battle, George Gordon

Baylis, R. N.

Baylor, Miss Sophie F.

Beach, Prof. W. G.

Beal, T. R.

Becker, John

Beckhard, Martin

Bedal, Dr. Adelheid C.

Bedford, Miss Caroline

Bedinger, George Rust

Beisser. Paul T.

Bellamy, George A.

(Bender, Mrs. Inez J.

Benjamin, David

Benjamin, Miss Fanny

Benjamin, Dr. Julien E.

Benjamin, Paul L.

Bennett, Dr. Charles L.

Bennett, Roger W.

Berkowitz, Dr. J. G.

Berle, A. A., Jr.

Bernheim, Mrs. H. C.

Bernheim, Mrs. Henry J.

Bernstein, Dr. Ludwig B.

Bettman, Alfred

Beyer, Mrs. Richard

Bicknell, Ernest P.

Biddle, Mrs. F. B.

Biddle, William C.

Bigelow, Miss Alida J.

Bigger, Frederick

Bijur, Miss Caroline

Billikopf, Jacob

Bird, Rev. Philip Smead, D.D.

Birkeltnd, Miss Martha

Bishop, C. S.

Bissell, Miss Elizabeth E.

Blair, Henry P.

Bland, Rev. S. G.

Blauvelt, Warren S.

Blenis, Charles R.

Bliss, Paul S.

Blochman, L. E.

Blumgart, Dr. Leonard

Bolen, Miss Grace R.

Bolton, Mrs. Cheater C.

Bonbright, Miss Elizabeth M.

Bond, Mrs. Charles Wood

Bond, Miss Elsie M.

Bonsai, Mrs. Stephen

Booth, Willis G.

Borden, Miss Fanny

Borst, Homer W.

Botsford, Miss Laura H.

Boutelle, Dr. L. E.

Bowen, Mrs. Joseph T.

Bowen, Miss Ruth

Bowie, Mrs. W. Russell

Bowker, R. R.

Bowman, Le Roy E.

Bradford, Mrs. Robert

Bradley, Miss Mary T.

Bradley, Prof. Phillips

Bradway, John S.

Brandeis, Mrs. Alfred

Braucher, H. S.

Breckinridge, Mrs. Eleanor

Bremer, Mr. & Mrs. Harry M.

Brewer, James i-.

Brewington, Miss Julia R.

Brewster, Rev. Harold S.

Broberg, Rev. E. F.

Bronson, Rev. Oliver Hart

Brooks, John Graham

Brown, Dr. Adelaide

Rrown, Bertrand

Brown Earl B.

Brown, Mrs. Florence J.

Brown, Mrs, John Wesley

Brown, Mrs. LaRue

Brown, Dr. Philip Kinft

Brown, Prof. William Adams

Krownlow, Mrs. Louis
Bruce, Miss Jessica
Bruere, Misa Marie L.
Bruere, Miss Mina M.
Bruno, Frank J.
Brunswick, Mrs. Emanuel
Bryan, Miss Ethel L.
Buchanan, Miss Etha Louise
Buck, George G.
Ruckstaff, Mrs. Florence G.
Buell, Miss Lucy Burton
Buending, Norman A.
Buffington, Miss A. A.
Kuffum, Mrs. F. D.
Bumstead, Miss Josephine F.
Burdell, Edwin S.
Burdick, Dr. William
Bureau of Child Hygiene, Trent
Bureau d'Etudes Economiques ct S

ciales en Belgique
Burgess, Erneat W.
Burkhard, Hans
Burleson, F. E.
"Burns, Allen T.
Burrttt, Bailey B.
Burroughs, Lisle
Burt, Henry F.
Burton, Mrs. Frederic A.
Busch, Henry M.
Buss, Miss Helen S.
Busselle, Miss Anne Stuart
Bussey, Miss Gertrude C.
Butler, Mrs. E. B.
Buttenwieser, Mrs. Benjamin J.
Butzel, Miss Emma
Butzel, Fred M.
Butzel, Mrs. Henry M.
Byington, Miss Margaret F.

BALDER, John

Caldwell, Mrs. J. E.

Camp, Kingsland

Campbell, Miss Elizabeth A.

Cannon, Miss Mary Antoinette

Capen, Edward Warren

Capron, Miss Clara D.

Cardozo, Justice Benjamin N.

Carey, Mrs. Francis King

Carlson, Misa Mathilda S.

Carmody, John Michael

Carner, Miss Lucy P.

Carpenter, Mrs. George O.

Garret, Mrs. J. R.

Carroll, Miss Mollie Ray

Carstens, C. C.

Carter, E. C.

Carter, Miss M. Luella

Cary, Richard L.

Case, Misses Fannie L. & Emma G

•Castle, Miss H. E. A.

Catlin, Mrs. Randolph

($10 Cooperating Members Continued)

•Cttlin, Mi» Ruth

Ctutley, Mrs. Marjorie Sewell

Chadbourne, William Merriam

Chaffee, H. Almon

Cbalmera, Rev. Allan K.

Chamberlain, Selah

Chapin, Mn. R. C.

Chapman, Miaa Bertha
j Chase, Miss Pearl
• Chase, Mrs. Philip II.
i Chase, Randall, 2nd
1 Chase, Stuart

Chatfield, George H.

Cheever, Mra. David
| Cheyney, Miaa Alice S.

Cheyney, E. P.

Chicago Heart Association

Children's Welfare Federation Nev
York City

Child!, Arthur E.

Childs, R. S.
; Chisholm, Mrs. George
, Christern, L.
I Chubb, Percival
! Churchill, Miss Grace
I Cleghorn. Miss Kate Holladay
I Claihorne. Mrs. R. W.

Clapp, Raymond

Clark, Mua Elizabeth W.

Clark, Mra. J. Scott

Clark, Miss Jane P.

Clark, Misa Mary Vida

Clements, Dr. George P.

Cleveland, Newcomh

Cleveland Foundation, The

•Cochran, Miss Fanny T.

Codman, Miss Catherine A.

Codman, Mrs. E. A.

Cody, Frank

Coffee, Rabbi Rudolph I.

Cohen, Benno

Cohen, George Lion

Colbourne, Miss Frances

Cole, Mrs. Charles M.

Cole, Miss Jean Dean

Coleman, Norman F.

Cotton, Harold S.

Colton, Miss Olive A.

Colvio, Mra. A. R.

Community Chest of San Diego

Community Chest of San Francisco

Community Union, Madison, Wis.

Conard, Mrs. Lactitia M.

Conklin, Miss Agnes M.

Cook, Prof. Walter W.

Cooley, Charles H. (tn Memoriam)

Cooler. Miss Rossa B.

•Coolidge, Misa E. W.

Cooper, Charles C. (In Memoriam)

Copt, F. R., Jr.

Cope, Mra. Walter

Copeland, Mrs. William A.

Cornell, Mist Ethel L.

Council of Social Agencies, Buffalo

Courtis, Dr. S. A.

Crane, Charles R.

Credit Union National Extension
Bureau, Boston

Criley, Miss Martha L.

Crocker, Rev. W. T.

Cronbach, Dr. Abraham

Crosby, Miss Caroline M.

Crotty, Miss Marie Louise

Crow, Miss Dorothy L.
.•• Culbert, Miaa Jane F.

Culver, Miss Elizabeth M.

Gumming!, C. K.

dimming,. Mra. D. Mark

Cuniberti, F.

Cunningham, Alan

Curran, Miss Doris

Cnrtie, Miss Margaret

Cuahman, Mrs. James S.

Cutler, Prof. J. E.

Cutler, Mra. Leslie B.

DAMN, Mrs. Henry D.

Gallon, H. G.

Daniels, Frederick I.

Daniels, John

Darling, Mrs. Byron C.

Davidowitz, Rabbi Harry S.

Davidson, Rev. H. Martin P.

Daviea, Mrs. Natalie R.

Davis, Gen. Abel

Davis, Mrs. Anna N.

Davis, James

Davis, Dr. « Mrs. Michael M.

Davisson, Mrs. O. F., Jr.

Dewaon, John B.

Day, Mra. George P.

Day, Mrs. Harry Arnold

Oean, Miss Jessie

Dean, Mrs. Sherman W.
1 Deane, Mrs. Albert Lytle
' 'Deardorff, Dr. Neva R.

Deemer, Miss Ruth

DeGroot, E. B.

Dalafield, Mra. Lewia L.

Delaplane, Miss Lelia L.

Dell, Floyd

Deming, Mrs. Horace E.

Dempaey, John P.

Deoison, M. C.

Denny, Miss E. G.
C Denny, Dr. Francis P.
I deSchweinitz, Karl

Detmera, Arthur

Detroit League for the Handicapped

Deutsch, Misa Naomi

Devine, Dr. Edward T.

Dewar, Miss Katherine

Diack, Mr. S Mra. A. W.

Dickinson, Dr. Robert L.

Dieckmann, Miss Annetta M.

Dietrichson, Miss Levina S.

Dillingham, Mrs. Thomas M.

Dilworth, R. J.

Dodge Community House, Detroit

Donnelly, Thomas J.

Dore, Miss C. J.

Doster, Miss Agnes M.

{Dougherty, Miss Mary L.

Dow, Miss Caroline B.

Doyle, Miss Anastasia

Draper, Miss Laura A.

Draper, Mra. M. C.

Drummond, I, W.

Drury, Misa Louise

Dublin, Dr. Louis I,

Duggan, Dr. Stephen P.

•duPont, Mra. Coleman

Durham, Mils M. Ava

Durlach, Mrs. Theresa Mayer

Dwight, Miss M. L.

EARLE, Miss Louise s.

I-arle, Mrs. R. K.
Eastman, Fred
Eastman, Miss Lucy P.
Faton, Allen
Eaton, Mrs. Horace A.
Eaton, Miss Marion
Eddy, Sherwood
Rdgerton, Mra. Henry W.
Edwards, Misa L. M.
Bella, Mrs. H. P.
Ehlera, Misa Hermine
Ehmann, John
Ehrich, Mra. Walter L.
Ehrman, Mra. Alexis L.
Eisig, Arthur M.
Ekern, Herman L,
ICklund, Edwin G.
Eldridge, Mrs. L. A.
Eliot, Mrs. H. R.
Elkus, Abram I.
Elliott, Walter W.
Ellis, Miss Ethel Franklin
Elsworth, Mrs. Edward
Ely, Misa Gertrude S.
Emerson, Mrs. B. K.
Emerson, Miss Helena Titus
Emerson, Dr. Kendall
Emerson, Dr. William R. P.
Emmerich, Herbert
Englerth, Mra. Louis D.
Ennis, Mrs. Robert Berry
Eno, William Phelps
Ensminger, Mrs. A. B.
Erbsloh, Misa Olga
Frdmann, Albert J.
Ernst, George G.
Erskine, Mrs. Morse
Etz, Miss Katharine
Evans, Edward W.
Evans, Mrs. Jonathan

r AHEY, John H.

Fahs, Mrs. Sophia Lyon

Falconer, Douglas P.

Family Society of Philadelphia

Family Welfare Society of Rochester

Farrand, Dr. Livingston

Farrington, Miss Agnes Elizabeth

Fechheimer, Mrs. Carl J.

Fechimer, Mrs. Emma S.

Feineman, Miss Ethel R.

Feldman, Prof. Herman

Felix, S. P.

Fels, Maurice

Felton, Mrs. Charles

Fergusson, Rev. E. Morris

Ficke, Mrs. C. A.

Fieser, James L.

Finley, Emmet

Finley, Dr. John H.

Fischer, Rev. Theodore A.

Fisher, Galen M.

Fisher, Mrs. H. H.

Fisher, Mrs. Janon

Fitch, John A.

Flack. Mrs. Robert C.

Fledderua, Miaa M. L.

Fleisher, Arthur A.

Flower, Miss Mercedes

Floyd, Dr. J. C. M. (In MemoriuuO

Flurscheim, Bernard H.

Foha, Mrs. F. Julius

Foley, Miss Edna L.

Folks, Homer

Folz, Stanley

Ford, James

Ford, Mrs. Mary H.

Ford Republic

Fosbroke, Rev. H.

Foshay, Dr. P. Maxwell

Foster, Miss Edith

Foster, Miss Mattie Louise

Fox, Miss Elizabeth G.

Fradkin, Mra. L. H.

Frankfurter, Prof. Felix

Franklin, Misa Mary

Frazer, Donald C., Jr.
Freeman, Misa M. E.
Freiberg, Dr. Albert H.
Freiberg, Maurice J.
Friedenwald, Dr. Harry
Friedlander, Mrs. Alfred
Friedman, Misa Molly Anne
Friend, Miss Helen R.
"Friend in Need"
Prink, Mrs. Angelika
Frost, Mias Ivah M.
Fullerton, Mrs. Kate Spencer

VTALE, Henry
Gallagher, Miss Dorothy
Gallaudet, Rev. Herbert D.
Gamble, Sidney D.
Gannett, Miss Alice P.
Gannett, Frank E.
Gardiner, Misa Elizabeth G.
Gardner, Arthur F.
Gardner, Mrs. L. H.
Garnjost Mrs. Frederick W.
Gaskill, Miss Lois L.
Gavit, E. P. (In Memoriam)
Gavit, Mrs. Frances P. (In Memo-
riam)

Gavit, Joseph
Gavit, Miss Julia N.
Gavit, Walter P.
Geffcn, Mrs. Pauline F.
Geller, Mra. F.
Gemeberling, Miss Adelaide
German, Frank F.
Gibson, Miss Mary K.
Gideonse, Harry D.
Gifford, Harold H.
Gilbert, Mrs. M. B.
Gilbert, Prof. W. M.
Gilbreth, Mrs. Lillian M.
Giles, Misa Anne H.
Gilkey, Rev. Charles W.
Gillespie, Misa Eva
Gillette, Mias Lucy
Gillies, Rev. Andrew
Gillin, Dr. John Lewis
Oilman, Mils Elisabeth
Gilmore, Miaa Marcia
Gilaon, Misa Mary
Girl Scouts. Inc.
Girls' Protective League, Detroit
Glazier, Mrs. Henry S.
Glueck, Mrs. Sheldon
Golden, Mr. & Mrs. J. M.
Goldmark, Mra. C. J.
Goldmark, Miss Josephine
Goldmark, Misa Pauline
Goldsmith, Miss Louise B.
Gordon, Miss Edna R.
Gordon, Dr. William H.
Gorham, Mrs. George E.
Goulder, Miaa Sybil M.
Gove, Dr. Anna M.
Graham, Miss Isabelle M.
Grandin, Miss Julia V.
Granger, Mra. A. O.
Graves, Mrs. Henry S.
Gray, Mrs. H. S.
Greene, Miss Esther F.
Greene, Mrs. F. D.
Greenebaum, Dr. J. Victor
Greenough, Mrs. John
Griest, Miss Louise
(irinnell, Mn. E. M.
Groben, Mrs. Arthur
Groman, Clinton A.
Gross, Miss Irma H.
Grossman, Hon. Moses H.
Gruenberg, Mr. & Mrs. Benjamin C.
Grunewald, Miss Lucile R.
Gucker, P. T.
Guggenheimer, C. S.
Guinness, Rev. George G.
Guinzburg, Mrs. Harry A.
•Guthrie, Miss Ar.ne
Gwin, Mrs. John

lAGEDORN, Joseph
Hague, Miss Eleanor
Halbert, L. A.
Hale, Miss Ellen
Hale, Misa Harriet F.
Hale, Robert L.
Hall, Miss Alma M.
Hall, Fred S.
Hall, John F.
Hall, Mrs. Keppele
Halle, Salmon P.
Halliday, Miss A. P.
Halsey, Miss Olga S.
Ham, Arthur H.
Hamilton, Dr. Alice
Hammond, Mrs. Gardiner
Hammond, John Henry
Hanf, Howard
Hannaford, Mrs. Howard
Harbison, Miss Helen D.
Hardee, Miss Agnes D.
Hardinge, Mra. H. W.
Harmon Foundation, Inc.
Harris, Mrs. A. I.
Harris, Miss Helen
Harris, Miss Helen M.
Hart, Dr. Hastings H. (In Memoriam)
Hart, Hornell
Hart, Mra. John I.
Harvey, Mra. John S. C.
Harvey, Dr. Samuel G.
Hasbrouck, Judge Gilbert D. B.

Hawkins, Miss Dorothy

Hayes, C. Walker

Hayes, Mrs. B. C.

Hayford, F. Leslie

Haynes, Dr. John R.

Haynes, Rowland

Hays, Arthur Garfield

Healy, Mrs. Elizabeth Stem

Healy, Dr. William

Heard, Mra. Dwight B.

Helen S. Trounstine Foundation

Heller, Misa Julia

Hellman, Mrs. Max

Helm, Miss Kathryn

Hempel, Frederick P.

Hendee, Mrs. Elizabeth R.

Henderson, Mra. E. C.

Henderson, Leon

Hendricks, Mrs. Henry S.

Hendrie, Misa Jennie F.

Henshaw, Miss R. G.

Herrick, Mra. J. B.

Herring, Hubert C.

Herriott, Frank W.

Hersey, Miss Ada H.

Hershfield, Isidore

Hewitt, Misa Alden

Hickin, Miaa Eleanor Maude

Higgina, Tracy

Hill, Howard C.

Hill, Misa Sarah G.

Hiller, Miss Alma

Hills, Mra. James M.

Hincks, W. E.

Hitchcock, Mrs. Geraldine L.

Hodges, Misa Virginia

Hodgman, Mra. W. L.

Hodson, William

Hoehler, Fred K.

Hoey, Miss Jane M.

Hoffman, Mrs. J. E.

Hohmann, Misa Martha

Holladay, Mrs. Charles B.

Holland, Dr. B. O.

Hollander, Walter

Hollenback, Misa Amelia B.

Hollzer, Judge H. A.

Holmes, C. O.

Hooker, Mrs. B. H.

Hooper, Mrs. Bertha Freeman

Hopkins, Dr. Ernest Martin

Hopkins, Dr. George W.

Hoskina, Mr. & Mrs. Harold B.

Hosmer, Mra. Herbert B.

Howard, John R., Jr.

Howard, Rossiter

Unwell, Mrs. John White

Hubbard, Miss Dorothy L.

Hughes, R. O.

Hull, Morton D.

Hnlst, George D.

Hunter, Henry C.

Hunter, Joel D.

Hnntley, Miss Mabel F.

Hunzicker, Mra. B. P.

Hutchins, Mra. John Eddy

Hutchison, Charlea E.

Hyde, Deaconess

Hyndman, Miaa Helen W.

IcKES, Harold L.
Ihlder, John
Ingram, Miss Frances
International Brotherhood of Electri-
cal Workers

Irene Kaufmann Settlement, Pittsburgh
Isaacs, Lewis M.
Israel, Mra. Rachel M.
Isaler, Mra. C. H.
Ives, Mn. D. O.

JACKSON, Miaa Mary Louise

Jackson, Mra. Willard C.

James, Mra. E. H.

James, Henry

Jaretzki, Mrs. Alfred

Jasspon, Mra. W. H.

Jatho, Miss Georgia

Jean, Miss Sally Lucas

Jeffers, Mrs. G. B.

Jeffrey, Walter

Jewett, Miss Alice Natalie

Jewish Community Center A Welfare

Federation of Omaha, Nebr.
Jewish Orphans Home, Los Angeles
Jewish Welfare Federation, Cleveland
Johnson, Alexander
Johnson, Mra. Clara Sturgea
Johnson, Miss Eleanor Hope
Johnson, Misa Evelyn P.
Johnson, Rev. P. Ernest
Johnson, H. H.
Johnson, Wendell P.
Johnstone, Bruce
Jonas, Ralph
Jones, Mrs. Adam N.
Jonea, Mrs. Arthur B.
Jones, Cheney C.
Jones, Rev. John Panl
Jonea, Mrs. S. M.
Joslyn, Mrs. Arthur B.
Judd, Mrs. O. R.
Judson, Miss Frances

1VATZ, Mrs. Abram

Kaufman, A. R.

Kawin, Misa Ethel

Reiser, Mrs. Frances Kaercher

Kellogg, L. O.

Kellogg, Mn. Mary P. (In Memo

riam)

Kellogg, Mn. Morris W.
Kelsey, Dr. Carl
Kerr, Miss Sara
Kidde, Walter
Kiep, Dr. O. C.

Kilpatrick, Mr. ft Mrs. William H.
Ktmball, Mra. Harold C.
Kind, Mrs. Philip
King, Delcevare
King, Mrs. Edith Shatto
King, Mn. R. P.
King, Miaa Rnth H.
Kingsbury, Dr. Susan M.
Kingsley, Sherman G.
Kirchwey, Dr. George W.
•Kirkbride, Misa Mary B.
Kirkwood, Mra. Robert C.
Kittner, Misa Violet
Kleinstueck, Miss Irene M.
Knight, Dr. Augustus S.
Knight, Miss Harriet W.
Knight, Howard R.
Krehbiel, Prof. Edward
Kuhn, Dr. Hedwig S.

JL/ABOR Cooperative Educational

Publishing Society
Laidlaw, Mn. James Lees
Lambert, Mn. Eva C.
Lamont, Miaa Elizabeth K.
LaMonte, Mn. G. M.
Lansing, Miaa Gertrude
Lapp, Dr. John A.
•Laptad, Misa Evadne M.
*Lasker, Bruno
Lasker, Mra. Brune
Lattimer, Gardner
Lawrence, Rev. W. A.
Layman, Dr. Mary H.
Lazaron, Rabbi Morris S.
Leavelle, Miaa Mary C.
LeBosquet, Rev. John E.
LeCron, Mra. James L.
Lee, Miaa Alice
Lee, C. W.
Leeming, Mrs. G. B.
Lehman, Mn. Albert C.
Lehman, Mn. Arthur
Lehman, Irvin F.
Leiser, Misa Esther
Leiserson, Prof. William M.
Lemann, Monte M.
Lenhart, Dr. Charles G.
Levick, Henry L.
Levy, Harry M.
Lewis, Charlea P.
Lewia, Edwin T.
Lewis, William Dnper
Libby, Mn. Graeia D.
Lichten, Miss Grace M.
Lies, Eugene T.
Lilliefon, Manfred, Jr.
Lincoln, Edward A.
I.indquist, Misa Ruth
Lindsay, Dr. Samuel McCune
Lindaler, Mn. John
Lionberger, Miss Ruth
Litchneld, Rev. Arthur V.
Lloyd, Mn. Horatio G.
Lloyd, Mrs. Joseph P.
Lobenstine, Miss Belle W.
Loeb, Mn. Arthur
Lohn, Frank B.
Love, John W.
Lovejoy, Mn. Frederick H.
Lovejoy, Owen R.
Love!!, Deaeoneaa A. W.
Lovell, Miaa Bertha C.
Lowenstein, Mrs. Leon
Lucas, Dr. William Palmer
Lukens, Herman T.
Luscomb, Misa Florence H.
Lynde, Edward D.
Lyon, Miss Bertha E.
Lyon, Charlea O. (In Memoriam)
Lyon, Mn. George A.

MACDOWELL, Mr. * Mrs. E. C

Machugh. Miaa Cecilia A.

Mack, Mn. Clarence E.

Mack, Mr. ft Mn. Edwin S.

•MacNaughton, Mias Agnea B.

Magee, Miaa Elizabeth S.

•Magee, Rev. John G.

Mahoney, J. O.

Manges, Dr. M.

Mannheimer, Rabbi Eugene

Manny, Prof. Fnnk A.

Marburg, Mn. Louis C.

Marburg, Theodore H.

Marckworth. John H.

Marks, Louis D.

Marling, Alfred E.

Marshall, Miaa Cornelia E.

Manhutz, Mn. J. H.

Martin, Mrs. A. W.

Martin, Mn. Everett Dean

Martin, Miss Janet

Martin, John

Marty, Miss Eva A.

Marvin, Mra. J. T.

Marvin, Walter R., Jr.

Mastenon, Harris, Jr.

Mastick, Mra. Seabnry C.

Matthewa, Albert

Matthews, Miss Elizabeth

Matthewa, William H.

($10 Cooperating Members Concluded)

Maule, Miss Margaret C.

Maverick, L. A.

Maxwell, Miss Virginia

Maxwell, Wilbur F.

May, E. C.

Mayhew, Lady

McAdam, V. F.

McAdams, Clark

McCaffery, Richard S.

McChristie, Miss Mary Edna

McCorkle, Rev. Daniel S.

McDowell, Miss Mary E.

McDowell, Miss Mary S.

McDuffie, Mrs. Duncan

McEvoy, Dr. S. H.

McHenry, Miss I. M.

Mcllugh, Miss Rose J.

McKelway, Mrs. A. J.

McLaren, Mrs. Louise Leonard

MeLaughlin, Mrl. A.

McLean, Miss Fannie W.

McMaster, Miss Louise

MeWilliams, R. H.

Mead, Daniel W.

Mead, Miss Margaret P.

Meana, Miss Margaret K.

Means, Mrs. Winthrop J.

Meeker, Miss Edna G.

Mercer, Mrs. William R.

Meredith, Miss Lois A.

Meriam, Lewis

Merrick, Mrs. Benjamin

Merriken, Mrs. Mabel

Merrill, Charles C.

Merrill, Rev. William P.

Merrill-Palmer School, Detroit

Meserole, Mr. & Mrs. Darwin J.

Methodist Children's Home Society,

Detroit

Meyer, Dr. Adolf
Meyer, Dr. K. F.
Michael, Mrs. Elias
Miller, Miss Annie (In Memoriam)
Miller, Dr. James Alexander
Miller, Dean Justin
Miller, Rev. Lindley H.
Millhauser, Mrs. Dewitt
Mitchell. Dr. Wesley C.
Miller, Mrs. Herbert
Moch, Mrs. Charles S.
MonteBore Hospital, Pittsburgh
Montgomery, Miss Helen
Montgomery, Miss Louise
Montgomery, Mrs. W. A.
Moore, Miss Alice E.
Moore, Mrs. N. I.
Moore, Miss Sybil Jane
Moore*. Miss Emily B.
•Moorehead, Mrs. Howell
Moran, Miss Katharine M.
Morick, Chauncey R.
Morris, Arthur J.
Morris, C. C.
Morris, Mrs. Dave H.
Mores, Everett, Jr.
Morton, Miss Helen
Mosely, Mrs. Henry P.
Mosher, Mrs. H. T.
IMoskowitz, Mrs. Henry
Mott, Miss Marian
Moulton, Miss Phyllis
Moxeey, Miss Mary E.
Mullen, Rev. Joseph J.
Muller, Mrs. Gertrude E.
Mulroy, Rev. John R.
Munger, Mrs. H. J.
Murphey, Elmer R.
Murray, Edgar A.
Murray, Miss Helen G.
Musgrove, W. J.
Myers, Dr. Lottt Wright

NASH, w. K.

National Board, Y.W.C.A.

Naumbnrg, Mrs. Walter W.

Nealley, E. M.

Neer, Miss Mary L.

NeilsoB, James

Nelson, Henry C.

Neustadt, Richard M.

Newell, Miss Anna G.

New England Home for Little Wan-
derers

Newsholme, Sir Arthur

New York Guild for Jewish Blind,
Yonkera

New York School of Social Work

Nicolay, Miss Helen

•Nilsson, Miss Linda M.

Nollen, G. S.

Norman, Edward A.

Norris, Miss J. Anna

Norton, John De Witt

Norton, Miss Lucy S.

Norton, William J.

Norton, W. W.

Nystrom, Paul H.

OBF.RNDORP, Dr. c. P.

O'Brien, Mrs. R. L.
O'Donoghue, Sidney

Odnm, Howard W.
Ogden, Miss Esther. G.
Ogden, Miss Marian G.
O'Halr, Mils Claire
Ohio Humane Society
Oliver, Miss Eleanor
Oliver, Sir Thomas
Olmsted, Frederick Law
Openhym, Mrs. Adolphe
Oppenheimer, Mrs. Alfred M.
Osbome, Charles D.
Otis, Rowland

HADDOCK, Royce

Page, Dr. Calvin Gates

Page, Rt. Rev. Herman

Park, Dr. J. Edgar

Parker, Miss Theresa H.

Parmenter, Miss Ella C.

Parrish, Morris L.

tParsons, Louis B.

Parsons, Prof. P. A.

Pascal, Mrs. H. S.

Passamaneck, H.

Patrick, Miss Sara L.

Patterson, Miss Florence M.

Peabody, Prof. Francis G.

Peabody, Mrs. Harold

Peabody, Miss Margaret C. (In
Memoriam)

Peixotto, Dr. Jessica B.

Penna Society to Protect Children
from Cruelty

Perkins, Miss Emily S.

Perkins, Mrs. H. F.

Persons, W. Frank

Peters, Andrew J.

Peters, Prof. Iva L.

Peterson, Miss Agnes L.

Peterson, Dr. « Mrs. Frederick

Pettit, Walter W.

Pfaelzer, Mrs. Frank A.

Pfeiffer, C. W.

Phillips, Miss Anna C.

Phillips, Mrs. Sarah

Phillips, Mrs. Whitmarsh

Pierson, Norris E.

Pittsfield Community Fund Associa-
tion

Platt, Philip S.

Plant. Robert

Playground Athletic League, Inc.,
Baltimore

Playter, Miss Charlotte S.

Plimpton, George A.

Plumley, Miss Margaret Lovell

Poage, Dr. Lydia L.

Polachek, Mrs. Victor

Pollak, Mrs. Frances M.

Pollak, Mrs. Francis D.

Pollok, Dr. M.

Popper, Mrs. William C.

Porter, A. J.

Post, A. J., Jr.

Powell, Mr. & Mrs. Thomas Reed

Pratt, Charles H.

Price, Miss Blanche D.

Price, Mrs. O. J.

Pryor, Miss Emily M.

Putnam, Dr. C. R. L.

Pyle, Mr. & Mrs. Robert

QUEEN, smart A.

Quinby, Mrs. H. Dean, Jr.

RAILWAY Clerk, Cincinnati
Ralston, Jackson H.
Rand, Miss Winifred
Ratlhf, Mrs. Beulah Amidon
Rauh, Mrs. A. S.
Rawson, B. B.
Raymond, Miss Ruth
Rea, Mrs. James C.
Reader's Digest
Reavis, Holland S.
Reckford, Miss Adelaide
Red Cross, Cleveland
Reeder, Dr. R. R.
Reid, Miss Helen R. Y.
Reimer, Miss Isabetle A.
Reis, Mrs. Arthur M.
Reticker, Miss Ruth
Rettenmayer, J. P.
Reynolds, Miss Bertha C.
Rhebergh, Miss Rose Ingred
Rice, Mrs. W. G., Jr.
Rich, Miss Margaret E.
Richards, Miss Katharine L.
Richardson, Rev. Robert D.
Richberg, Donald R.
Richmond, Dr. Winifred
Riley, Rev. Lester Leake
Robbins, Dr. Jane E.
Roberts, Mrs. H. W.
Robie, Miss Amelia H.
Robinson, Mrs. A. H.
Robinson, Erdts
Robinson, Dr. G. Canby
Robinson, Dr. William J.
Roche, Miss Josephine E.

Rockwell, Harold H.
Rockwell, Mrs. L. H.
Rogers, Miss Margaret A.
Rohrbeugh, T. C.
Rose, Mrs. Lawrence
Rosenberry, M. B.
Rosenfeld, Edward L.
Rosenfels, Mrs. J. S.
Ross, Prof. E. A.
Ross, Dr. Margaret Taylor
Ross, Mrs. R. R.
Rotch, Mrs. Arthur G.
Routzahn, Evart G.
Routzahn, Mrs. Mary Swain
Rubinow, Dr. I. M.
Runner, H. W.
Rugg, Prof. Harold
Ryan, Rev. John A.

SABLOFF, Dr. Louis

Sackman, Charles

Sage, Dean

Sage, L. H.

Sailer. Dr. T. H. P.

St. Paul's Church, Fairfield, Conn.

Salom, Pedro G.

Saltonstall, Mrs. Robert

Salvation Army, San Francisco

Sand, Dr. Rene

Sandburg, Carl

Sandford, Miss Ruth

Sapiro, Milton D.

Sartori, Mrs. Joseph Francis

Sawyer, Mrs. A. W.

Sayles, Miss Mary B.

tSayre, Mrs. F. B.

Sayre, Mrs. William H.

Scarlett, Bishop William

Schaftncr, Joseph Halle

Scheirer, Alvin, Jr.

Schieffelin, Dr. William Jay

•Schonblom, H. E.

Schottenfels, Henry

Schoyer, William E.

Schroeder, Dr. Mary G.

Schroeder, Miss S. F.

Schuchman, F. E.

Schwab, Miss Emily

Scott, Elmer

Scott, Miss Nell

Scripture, Miss Bertha

Scndder, Miss Vida D.

•Seaver, H. L.

Seaver, Mrs. M. E.

Seder, Miss Florence M.

Selby, Miss Marguerite A.

Selekman, Dr. Ben M.

Selig, Mrs. Sol

Seligman, Prof. Edwin R. A.

Seligman, Eustace

Seligman, Mrs. Isaac N.

Sells, James W.

Seward, Dr. J. Perry

Seymour, Miss Gertrude

Shapiro, Miss Rebecca

Sharkey, Miss Josephine

Sharp, Mrs. W. B.

Shaw, Mrs. Quincy A., Jr.

Shaw, Robert Alfred

Sheffield, Mrs. Ada E.

Sherman, Miss Corinne A.

Shientag, Justice Bernard L.

Shire, Mrs. M. E.

Shurtleff, Mrs. A. A.

Silver, Rabbi Abba Hillel

Simkhovitch, Mrs. Mary K.

Simmons, Mrs. H. N.

Sinton, Miss Bessie

Skinner, Miss Mabel

Slade, Francis Louis

Slichter, Prof. Sumner H.

Smith, Hon. Alfred E.

Smith, Mrs. Clement C.

Smith, Mrs. Carlton R.

Smith, Daniel Cranford

Smith, Edwin S.

Smith, Miss Elizabeth H.

•Smith, Rev. Everett P.

Smith, Franklin G.

Smith, Miss Hilda W.

Smith, Jesse L.

Smith, Miss Lois B.

Smith, Miss Mary Rozet

Smith, Theobald

Smoot, Miss Lucy

Snedden, Dr. David

Snellenburg, Mrs. Morton G.

Society of St. Vincent de Paul,

Detroit

Solenberger, Edwin D.
Sommerich, Mrs. Otto C.
Sonnebom, S. B.
Southwick, Miss Grace Ruth
Spalding, Miss Helen B.
Spalding, Miss Sarah G.
Spencer, Miss Marian L.
Spencer, Miss Sarah H.
Sprague, Miss Anne
Sproul, J. E.

•Stapleton, Miss Margaret
Starbuck, Miss Kathryn H.
Stearns, Edward R.
Stebbins, Miss Lucy Ward
Steep, Mrs. Miriam
Steger, E. G.

Stein, Samuel M.
Stern, Mrs. Edgar B.
Stern, Miss Frances
Stern, Mrs. Horace
Stern, Walter
Stevens, Mrs. George
Stevenson, Dr. George S.
Stir, Mrs. Ernest W.
Stokes, Miss Helen Phelps
Stone, Robert B.
Stoneman, Albert H.
•Storrow, Miss Elizabeth R.
Storrow, Mrs. James J.
Straus, Mrs. Nathan
Straus, Mrs. Roger
Strauss, Moses
Strauss, Dr. Sidney
Strawbridge, Mrs. Francis R.
Strawson, Arthur J.
Strawson, Stanton M.
Strong, Mrs. L. C.
Strong, Rev. Sydney
Stroock, Mrs. Sol M.
Strunsky, Mrs. Manya Gordon
Stuart, James Lyle
Sturges, Dr. Gertrude
Sturgis, Miss L. C.
Sullivan, Miss Selma
Supplee, Miss Rosalie
Swanzy, Mrs. F. M.
Swift, Linton B.
Swope, Gerard

1 AFT, Mrs. Lorado
Tanzer, Mrs. Laurence A.
•Tapley, Miss Alice
Tarbell, Miss Ida M.
Taussig, Prof. F. W.
Taussig, Miss Frances
T«wney, G. A.
Taylor, Carter
Taylor, Miss Ellen
Taylor, Miss Gladys
Taylor, Graham R.
Taylor, Miss Helena
Taylor, Miss Lea D.
Taylor, Rev. Livingston
Taylor, Prof. Paul S.
Taylor, Miss Ruth
Tead, Ordway

Teller, Mr. & Mrs. Sidney A.
Terpenuing, Walter A.
Thacher, Mrs. Archibald G.
Thatcher, Mrs. John H.
Thaw, Benjamin
Thayer, Mrs. Nathaniel
Thilo, Miss Frances
Thomas, Mrs. Jerome B.
Thomas, Miss Mabel
Thompson, Miss Laura W.
Thompson, Mrs. Lewis S.
Thompson, M. D.
Thome, Samuel
Thorsen, Mrs. W. R.
Tiemann, Miss Edith W.
Tihen, Rt. Rev. J. H.
Tilden, Miss Annette
Tobey, Berkeley G.
Todd, Prof. A. J.
Tomeoka, Rev. Kosuke
•Torsch, E. L.
Tower, Mrs. Russell B.
Tower, Miss Sarah L.
Townsend, Miss Harriot
Trask, Miss Mary G.
Treudley, Miss Mary Bosworth
Troup, Miss Agnes G.
Trowbridge, Mrs. A. B.
{Trowbridge, Miss E. Elizabeth
Tucker, Miss Katharine
Tucker, R. E.
Tudor, Mrs. W. W.
Tufts, Joseph P.
Turner, Albert M.
Tyson, Francis

UELAND, Mis

rflord, Mr. & Mrs. Walter S.
Ulman, Judge Joseph N.
Unemployment Relief Headquarte

Atlanta, Ga.
linger, Joseph
Upson, Dr. L. D.

V AILE, Miss Gertrude

Van der Voort, Carl

Van Dusen, Mrs. C. B.

van Dyke, Rev. Tertius

Van Kleeck, Miss Mary

Van Meter, Dr. Virginia C.

Van Vleck, Joseph, Jr.

Van Waters, Dr. Miriam

Veeder, Miss Mary A.

Visiting Nurse Association, Detroit

Voorhis, H. J.

Vnris, Miss Ruth I.

Vose, Mrs. F. P.

WADSWORTH, Mrs. Augustus B.

Wagner, Hon. Robert F.
Walbridge, Mrs. C. C.
Walker, G. F.

Walker, Miss Grace T.

Walker, Stuart

Wallach, Mrs. Leopold

Walnut, T. Henry

Walter, Mrs. Isaac N.

Walton, Miss Edith S.

Walton, N. P.

Ward, Miss Anna D.

Wardwell, Allen

Ware, Mrs. Edward T.

Warner, Arthur J.

•Warren, George A.

Wasserman, Mrs. Joseph

Watkins, Mrs, James K.

Watson, Frank D.

Webber, Mrs. F. S.

Weber, Mrs. Edward Y.

Webster, Miss Orpha M.

Weihl, Miss Addie

Weil, A. Leo

Weil, Mrs. Henry

Weinberg, Mrs. Charles

Weisiger, Kendall

Weld, E. A.

Welfare Federation of Newark

Welles, Edward, Jr.

Wells, Clement

Wembridge, H. A.

Wembridge, Mrs. H. A.

West, James E.

West, Miss Ruth

West, Walter

Western Reserve Academy, Hudson,

Ohio

Westing, Mrs. G. H.
Weston, Miss Mary L.
Weyerhaeuser, Mrs. J. P.
•Wheeler, Miss. Mary Phelps
Wheeler, Dr. Theodora
Whipple, Mrs. Katherine Wells
White, Burton F.
White, Mrs. Eva Whiting
White, Harold F.
White, Dean Rhoda M.
Whiting, F. A.
Whitnall, C. B.
Whitney, Prof. * Mr.. A. W.
Whittemore, Mrs. C. E.
Wickes, Rev. & Mrs. Dean R.
Wiecking, Mrs. H. R.
Wiener, Judge Cecil B.
Wierman, Miss Sarah E.
Wilbur, Walter B.
Wilcox, Miss Mabel
Wileox, Miss Mabel I.
Wilder, Miss Constance P.
•Willard, Dr. C. J.
Willard, Mrs. J. T.
Willcox, W. F.
Willcox, Mrs. William G.
Williams, Arthur
Williams, Aubrey W.
Williams, Mrs. Charles D.
Williams, J. P. J.
Williams, Mrs. L. C.
Williams, S. H.
Williams, Whiting
Williamson, J. D.
Willis, E. M.
Willis, Miss Lina
Wilson, G. K.
Wilson, K. P. H.
Wilson, Mrs. Luke
Winchell, Prof. Cora W.
Wineman, Mrs. Andrew
Wineman, Mrs. Henry
Wing, Mrs. David L.
Winslow, Miss Emma A.
Wiseman, Mark
Witherspoon, Mrs. C. R.
Wittick, William A.
Wittier, Prof. Milton
Wittmer, Henry
Wolf, Mrs. Albert
Wolf, R. B.
Wolfe, Dr. W. Beran
Wolff, Mrs. W. A.
Wolman, Abel
Wolman, Prof. Leo
Wood, Mrs. Clement B.
Wood, Mrs. George Bacon
Woods, Mrs. Andrew H.
Woods, Miss Halle D.
Woods, Mrs. K. C.
Woods, Mrs. Robert A.
Woolley, Dr. Helen T.
Woolston, Miss Hannah H.
Wright, Miss Ann P.
Wright, Edward N.
Wright, George H. B.
Wright, Henry
Wright, Jasper H.
Wright, Mrs. Jonathan
Wylie, Dr. Margaret
Wynne, Dr. S. W.

YoST, Miss Mary

Young, B. Loring

Young Women's Hebrew Associatior

AABRISKIE, MUs Susan Romeyn
Zilboorg, J. M.
Zonne, A. E.
Zuber, Mrs. L. G.
Zucker, Mrs. A. A.

SURVEY ASSOCIATES, INC.— FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1932

How We Came Out in 1932

Condensed Statement — All Operations

Revenue Disbursements

How We Entered 1933

Status of Educational Funds, Dec. 31, 1932

General Graphic Founders Foreign Service Combined
Deficit, Dec. 31, 1931 .... ($333) ($1,766) ($2,099)

*Less Allocations 8,860

($683) ($2,766) ($3.449)
Surplus 1932 820 2 792 $225 3 837

Publishing Receipts 94,259 Publishing Maintenance 91 053 125 216

Balance Dec. 31, 1932 $137 $ 26 $225 $ 388

Surplus for the year 3,837

$159,862

ASSOCIATION ACCOUNT

Contributions Disbursements
GENERAL FUND Administration (1/3) . $ 6 062

EDUCATIONAL FUNDS

GENERAL FUND
Deficit, Dec. 31, 1931 ($333)

Unfulfilled pledges, cancelled (350)

Total General Fund $45 300

($683)
Current Contributions 1932
Membership Classes
$10 $13 340

DEPARTMENTAL FUNDS EDITORIAL RESEARCH DESKS

$25 5 625

$50 3,000

Education 230 Education 2,080

Total Memberships $26 865

Large and Other Contributions 18,435 $45.300

Midmonthly Fund 2,000

PUBLISHING ACCOUNTS

Total General and Related Funds . $54 050

Lest Allocations * 8 780

Midmonthly Survey
GRAPHIC FOUNDERS FUND .. 24,250 From Midmonthly Fund $2,000

Appropriations (1932) to

From Graphic Founders Fund .. 21,378
•Allocation* 8,860

Total Contributions needed $74,463

Balance, General Fund, Dec. 31, 1932 $ 137

Foreign Service Fund, Dec. 31, 1932 225 $ 362

$78,300

GRAPHIC FOUNDERS FUND

PUBLISHING ACCOUNTS
I. MIDMONTHLY SURVEY

Revenue Disbursements
Subscriptions to The Survey Administration (1/3) $ 6,062

Unfulfilled pledge, cancelled '. (1,000)

($ 2,766)
Current Contributions 1932 $24 250

Less Allocations* 80 $24170

(twice a month) Editor's Office (V4) ... $2,886
, New $16,809 Editorial 8 372 11 258

Manufacturing 10,834

SPECIAL FUNDS
Charles M. Halle Scbaffner Economic Planning
Cabot Fund Fund Number
Balance Dec. 31, 1931 $12,473 $100 $1,065
Receipt! 393 400 135

Allocations (',2)* 4,430 Midmonthly Sales 8

Total Circulation Receipts $31,358 Total Publishing Maintenance ... $33,689
Advertising 2,538 Circulation Investment

Discounts Earned (1/3) 391
Total Disbursements $43,674
Total Publishing Receipts $34,095

$12,866 $500 $1,200
Disbursements 1,876 450 1,200

From General Fund . . . $7,579
From Midmonthly Fund 2,000 9,579

Balance Dec. 31, 1932 $10,990 $50 $....

Total Revenue . $43 674

RECAPITULATION OF PUBLISHING ACCOUNTS

REVENUE
Midmonthly Graphic Combined
Subscriptions (twice a month) $26,266 $26,267 $52,533

II. SURVEY GRAPHIC

Revenue Disbursements

Monthly Subscriptions 14,906 14,906

Allocations* 4,430 ' 4,430 8,860

Bulk Sales 662 959 1,621

Newsstands 846 846

Total Circulation Receipt $31,358 $47,408 $78,766

Advertising 2,538 11,066 13,604

Net from Jobbing (192) (193) (385)

Advertising 11,066 Total Publishing Maintenance .... $57,364

Royalti 1,100 1,100

Total Publishing Receipts $34,095 $60,164 $94,259

Appropriations to Circulation Investment
From General Fund . 7,579 )

From Midmonthly Fund 2,000 - 10,957

Appropriation for Investment

From Graphic Founders Fund 21,378)

From Graphic Founders Fund . . . 21,378 Total Disbursements $81,542

$43,674 $81,542 $125,216
DISBURSEMENTS
Maintenance $33,689 $57,364 $91,053

Total Revenui $81 542

CERTIFICATE OF AUDIT
Survey Associates, Inc. : — We have audited your accounts for the year ended
December 31, 1932. In our opinion the above statements set forth your

Total Disbursements $43674 $81,542 $125,216

revenue as recorded, your expenses, and the balance at December 31, 1932.
New York, January 23, 1933 (Signed) HASRINS & SELLS.

* $5 is allocated to subscription receipts from each membership and contribution to cover
the regular subscription of the member or contributor.

LINES LIFTED FROM SPONTANEOUS LETTERS TO SURVEY ASSOCIATES

Social Trends

(January 1933)

RALPH S. ROUNDS, New Tork: — Admirable
piece of work.

J. S. BURGESS, Pomona College, Claremont,
Cat.: - — Your special number on the Social
Trends report is a knockout.

WILLIAM HODSON, executive director, The Wel-
fare Council of New Tork City: — I congratu-
late The Survey heartily on its January Graphic
which gives us very edible portions of the
Report and stimulates the appetite for all of it.

RAY H. EVERETT, Social Hygiene Society,
Washington, D. C.: — The Trends issue of the
Survey was used as the basis of the January
3Oth meeting of the Washington Sociological
Society. Those present agreed that your digest
of that tremendous mass of data was a corking
good job.

ANNE SPRAGUE, Detroit: — The January Sur-
vey Graphic was one of the finest pieces of work
you have ever done. It will remain in our li-
brary as a reference book for years. May I
have three additional copies to send to Europe
to three educational institutions where I
happen to know the sociology professions —
Lithuania, Berlin and Albania.

WHITING WILLIAMS, Cleveland: — Yesterday
gave me a chance to dig into your recent Sur-
vey Graphic giving the high spots of the Recent
Social Trends. As a result, I want to forward
at once my congratulations on the service
you perform for all the rest of us.

IRA S. WILE, M.D., New Tork City: —
Congratulations on a tremendously difficult
thing; organized and expressed in a capsule
which, perhaps a little large, has still sufficient
gelatin on it to enable one to swallow it without
difficulty.

ELLIOT DUNLAP SMITH, Dept. of Social
Sciences, Tale University: — To have gotten
this out so promptly and to have provided
something that is so brief, so concrete and so
comprehensive, in handling such an extraordi-
nary mass of material, is a real achievement.
I came to it after wading through the sands
of the official summary, and it was truly "the
shadow of a great rock in a weary land."

E. E. HUNT, executive secretary, The Presi-
dent's Research Committee on Social Trends: —
I am delighted with the way you (Mary
Ross) have handled the report. It is a colossal
task, and you have done an excellent job.
One thing which I find especially impressive is
the way in which you have kept the proportions
of the undertaking in mind. This architectural
conception of it is one which makes particular
appeal to me.

J. E. SPROUL, National Council of the
T. M. C. A. of the U. S. A.: — At the meeting
of the General Board of the YMCAs of the
United States, our committee on long-time
policy planning presented a brief report chiefly
of progress since a very thorough-going dis-
cussion at a board meeting last October. I
thought you would be particularly interested in
knowing that the committee distributed copies
of the January issue of the Graphic to all
members of the Board and referred specifically
to its contribution to the understanding of re-
cent social trends.

Close in to the Emergency

SUMNER H. SLIGHTER, Harvard Graduate
School of Business Administration: — During
times like this the publication is doubly needed.

ETHEL R. FEINEMAN, resident headworker,
Emau-El Sisterhood, San Francisco: — You
have sent forth inspiring issues during the time
that we need them most.

SALLY LUCAS JEAN, Consultant Service, New
Tork City: The Survey grows in value, with the
years, to those of us who are interested in the
welfare of human beings.

HELEN GLENN TYSON, Dept. of Welfare,
Pittsburgh: — May I add that The Survey,
which has always been a great help, is an ab-
solute necessity now to most of us.

JOSEPH E. BECK, general secretary, Family
Welfare Assn., Scranton: — We have been
greatly assisted by your articles giving the
experiences of others in present times.

CALVIN DERRICK, N. J. State Home for
Boys, Jamesburg: • — I would be lost in the
maze of social problems if I did not have The
Survey to clear away a lot of undergrowth.

AUBREY WILLIAMS, general secretary, Wis-
consin Conference of Social Work, Madison: —
The Survey is one of those things that we sim-
ply should not allow to be crippled, depression
or no depression.

DAVID H. HOLBROOK, National Social Work
Council, New Tork City: — Despite increasing
pressure of every sort, I am literally compelled
to study The Survey these days. You are
"ringing the bell," issue after issue.

OWEN R. LOVEJOY, secretary, Children's Aid
Society, New Tork City: — After all, there is
some satisfaction in feeling that membership
in Survey Associates is one of the most fruitful
investments in human progress that a man
can ma£e.

JUSTIN W. NIXON, minister, Brick Presby-
terian Church, Rochester, N. T.: — If any peri-
odical could be called indispensable to those
who are trying to be intelligent concerning the
tasks and the promise of our time yours would
be entitled to the tribute.

FRED K. HOEHLER, director of public welfare,
County of Hamilton, Cincinnati: — Your de-
partment entitled, Unemployment in Com-
munity Action, is one of the most definite and
constructive pieces of publicity which has
come out since the beginning of the depression.

KENDALL WEISIGER, Unemployment Relief
Headquarters, Atlanta: — For quite some time
past I have been intending to send you another
cooperating membership in the name of the
Unemployment Relief Fund of which I have
been Trustee ... a small expression of our
appreciation of what The Survey is trying to
do for unfortunate humanity.

IDA M. TARBELL, New Tork: — A great and
useful job and the way you have stuck to it
through thick and thin has always rejoiced me.

R. W. LINSCOIT, Houghton Mifflin Com-
pany, Boston: — Editorially The Survey seems
to me as close to perfection as one could hope
to achieve in this disastrous world. Its great
value lies in the single-mindedness with which
it sticks to facts, leaving interpretations to your
readers and opinions to your competitors.

Economic Planning

(March 1932)

WILLIAM ALLEN WHITE, Emporia (Kans.)
Gazette: — You did a fine job.

DOUGLAS G. WOOLF, editor, Textile World: —
Congratulations on the excellent content of the
issue.

HOWARD W. ODUM, University of North
Carolina: — You are certainly giving us
dynamic aplenty.

BELLE SHERWIN, president, National League
of Women Voters: — As to the Economic
Planning Number, I was amazed at its "good-
ness."

WILLIAM B. DICKSON, former vice-president,
U. S. Steel Corporation: — This paper (Ingots
and Jobs, by William Hard) has given me a
real thrill; I hope you will give it wide circula-
tion.

H. S. PERSON, director, Taylor Society, N. T.:
— The introductory page and the statements
in the boxes are superbly done; and aro as note-
worthy as the planning which laid out the
issue.

C. E. WARNE, secretary, Community Welfare
Federation, Spokane, Wash.: — I wish you
could put this copy of the magazine in the
hands of every thinking person in the United
States today.

ROBERT P. SCRIPTS, Scripps -Howard News-
papers: — I was extremely interested in the
economic planning material which certainly
indicates a very thorough job of research
and preparation.

ANNA J. SPEARS, executive secretary,
T. W. C. A., Lancaster: — Our general educa-
tion committee has undertaken a study of the
present situation and has decided to use your
articles as a basis.

OTTO T. MALLERY, Philadelphia member,
president's Conference on Unemployment in 1921:
— The Planning number is a masterpiece.
You have a way of covering all sides of a subject
from the widest angles and in the most illumi-
nating way.

RALPH E. FLANDERS, vice-president, Ameri-
can Society of Mechanical Engineers: — A
splendid piece of journalism combined with
special service. . . . Several of the articles
have already opened up new and valuable lines
of thought.

JULIAN A. POLLAK, vice-president, The Pollak
Steel Co., Cincinnati: — I merely want to add
my praise for your issue, and particularly to the
article on Ingots and Jobs. I wish it were pos-
sible for the president and general manager
of all of the large steel companies to read it.

ORDWAY TEAD, editor, Business Books,
Harper and Brothers: — I always remember
the substance of a sermon I heard as a boy of
twelve on the text, Let the Redeemed of the
Lord Say So. And in this mood I want to tell
you what a splendid job you did in the March
issue of the Survey Graphic on planning. The
papers were very representative and sound and
should help to clarify a lot of loose thinking on
this important subject. You are certainly to be
congratulated on this issue.

Index to Advertisers
May, 1933

GENERAL

American Telephone & Telegraph Company 242

Pels & Company 293

Lewis & Conger 293

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Third Cover

HOTELS, RESORTS and TRAVEL

B. F. Allen 286

Camp Tamiment 288

Colton Manor 285

Motel Pennsylvania (Philadelphia) 285

Intourist, Inc 287

Open Road, Inc 287

Pocono Study Tours, Inc Back Cover

Swiss Meadows 286

Helen L. Thurston, Rockport 286

The Willard Hotel 286

EDUCATIONAL

American Association of Schools of Professional Social Work .... 289

Author's Research Bureau 293

Birch Wathen School 290

City & Country School 290

Committee on Cultural Relations with Latin America. . . .Second Cover

Cooperative School for Student Teachers 288

Fork Union Military Academy 290

Graduate School for Jewish Social Work 289

Loyola University School of Social Work 291

New York School of Social Work 291

Northwestern University College of Liberal Arts 288

Pennsylvania School of Social & Health Work 291

School of Nursing of Yale University : 291

Simmons College School of Social Work 288

Smith College School for Social Work 288

Univ. of Chicago School of Social Service Admin 289

Willow Brook Summer School 290

PUBLISHERS

Big Brother Movement, Inc 293

Columbia University Press 282

D. C. Coyle 280

Thomas Y. Crowell Co 280

Falstaff Press 284

Friendship Press 282

Garden City Publishing Company 283

Knowledge 284

Little, Brown & Company 280

The Macmillan Company 281

McGraw-Hill Book Company 278

Russell Sage Foundation 279

Charles Scribner's Sons 278

DIRECTORY

Social Agencies 292

CLASSIFIED

Situations Wanted 294

Employment Agencies

Joint Vocational Service 294

Gertrude R. Stein, Inc 294

Printing, Multigraphing, Typewriting, etc.

Quick Service Letter Co., Inc 294

Boys Camp 294

Board 294

For Rent 294

Mailing Lists 294

Opportunity 294

Pamphlets & Periodicals 294

Cultural
Travel in
EUROPE

STUDY TOURS, designed par-
ticularly for students, teachers,
and professional people who
wish to travel and study in
Europe under proper guidance
and at moderate expense, are

rr i i •

offered this summer.

Opportunities to live in for-
eign capitals and study at
famous universities — courses
in languages and other subjects. Also specialized
professional tours without university sessions.
Tours will be accompanied by Educational Directors.

ENGINEERING TOUR, 48 days, sail June 30 S. S.
Britannic. Tour is planned for students of engineering
and mature practicing engineers as well as for men
and women of any calling, interested in the indus-
trial conditions of Europe.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION STUDY TOUR, 51 days,
sail July 5 S. S. Washington. Planned primarily for
teachers and students interested in recent develop-
ments in physical education and recreation in Europe.

ZOOLOGICAL TOUR, 57 days, sail June 30 S. S. Fran-
conia. Tour is planned for nature lovers, both amateur
and professional.

GERMAN STUDY TOUR, 70 days, sail June 30 S. S.
Columbus. Attend University of Berlin; tour Germany.

ITALIAN STUDY TOURS, sail June 15 and July 8
S. S. Conte Di Savoia. Attend University of Perugia;
tour Italy and Europe.

SPANISH STUDY TOUR, 59 days, sail June 24 S. S.
Rex. Attend University of Madrid; tour Spain.

LITERARY HISTORICAL TOUR OF ENGLAND,

67 days, sail June 30 S. S. Majestic. Attend Oxford
University; include Education Convention in Dublin.

PSYCHOLOGICAL RESIDENTIAL STUDY TOUR,

70 days, sail June 22 S. S. Manhattan. Attend Univer-
sity of Vienna; tour Europe.

ACADEMIC CREDITS MAY BE ACQUIRED
BY MEETING REQUIREMENTS

Folders about each one of these Educational Tours
have been prepared and utill be sent you if you
write stating which tour you are interested in.

SURVEY GRAPHIC

TRAVEL DEPARTMENT
112 E. 19th Street New York, N. Y.

HUSBAND bids his wife good-
bye as he leaves in the
morning. "I'll call you up," he
says reassuringly.

A guest leaves after a pleas-
ant week-end. "I'll call you up,"
she tells her hostess. An execu-
tive sits at his desk handling
varied business matters, large
and small. "I'll call you up,"
he answers many times in the
course of a busy day.

"I'll call you up" is a phrase
that has become part of our
language and part of our mod-
ern security.

Beneath the surface meaning
of the words is something more
than a casual promise to main-
tain contact. It is a phrase of
confidence and a phrase of friend-
ship. Implied in it is a nearness
to everything and everybody.

The familiar gesture of lift-
ing the telephone receiver holds
boundless possibilities. It may
avert a danger, end an anxiety,
solve a dilemma, insure an order.
Or it may be for some trivial
pleasant purpose — a jest to be
shared, a greeting to be spoken.

Over the telephone speed the
thoughts and ideas that change
destiny, bring new hope to the
wondering and greater achieve-
ment to the ambitious. Over the
telephone come the "Yes" and
"No," the "I'll be there" and
the "Come at once" that signify
decision and create action.

Think what this world would
be like if you could not tele-
phone so easily to so many peo-
ple. No friend or place is ever
far away when you can say —
"I'll call you up."

AMERICAN TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH COMPANY

242

SURVEY GRAPHIC

Vol. XXII, No. 5

May 1933

CONTENTS

THE ANNUAL REPORT OF SURVEY ASSOCIATES 1

FRONTISPIECE 244

MINDS MADE BY THE MOVIES Arthur Kellogg 245

TENNESSEE— SEED OF A NATIONAL PLAN

Benton MacKaye 251

MEN WHO MAKE THE BEER Beulah Amidon 255

WORKING FOLK Bronzes by Saul L. Baizerman 258

THE LITTLE GREEN CARD Helen Hall 260

A FAMOUS SLUM GOES AT LAST Photographs 264

PERMANENT PART-TIME Malcolm Ross 266

THE FELS PLAN FOR A FEDERAL TRADE SYSTEM 269

NATIONALISM ON THE RAMPAGE. . . John P. Gavit 270

LETTERS & LIFE Edited by Leon Whipple

The Social View of Book Publishing Robert O. Ballon 272

Book Parade 274

TRAVELER'S NOTEBOOK . . 286

Files of Survey Graphic will be found in public and college libraries.
All issues are indexed in the Readers' Guide to Periodical Literature.
Ask the Librarian.

Survey Graphic is on sale at the following bookstores: Berkeley:
Sather Gate Book Shop, 2271 Telegraph Street. Boston: Vendome
News Company, 261 Dartmouth Street. New York City: Brentano's.
Philadelphia: John Wanamaker's. Pittsburgh: Jones Book Shop, 437
Wood Street.

THE GIST OF IT

MOVIES, it appears, are not only the outstanding form of
American recreation but one of the chief educational influ-
ences affecting youngsters. Minors form one third of the total
national audience. They see everything that adults see, remember
more, pattern their behavior on that of the screen stars. The movies
affect their sleep, their emotions, their angle on life, the goals they set
themselves. Some pictures are all to the good as lessons for the young;
others are direct incentives to anti-social conduct, for 80 percent of the
feature pictures deal with romantic love, sex and crime and the gangster
pictures are growing in numbers and in realistic portrayal of the
underworld. The digest (page 245) of the four-year study of the effects
of movies on children, made by the Payne Fund's committee of experts
for the Motion Picture Research Council, is by ARTHUR KELLOGG,
managing editor of Survey Associates.

IN his message to Congress on April 10 President Roosevelt urged the
creation of a Tennessee Valley Authority "charged with the broad-
est duty of planning for the proper use, conservation and development
of the natural resources of the Tennessee River drainage basin and its
adjoining territory for the general social and economic welfare of the
nation. . . . Our nation has 'just grown.' It is time to extend planning
to a wider field, in this instance comprehending in one great project
many states directly concerned with the basin of one of our greatest
rivers. This in a true sense is a return to the spirit and vision of the
pioneer." It was in such a spirit that BENTON MACKAYE drew up the
first Tennessee Valley plan when he was a young research forester
under Gifford Pinchot, then chief of the U. S. Bureau of Forestry in the
piping days of conservation when Theodore Roosevelt was President.
Here (page 251) he applies the Tennessee idea to a score of great river
valleys up and down the Appalachian region, controlling the flow
of water and electric power, spreading out population and industry,
potentially enriching the social and economic life of half the people
of these United States.

XA/HETHER you hold that beer is "glorious," in the words of the old
drinking song, or quite the contrary, the making of it has put to
work overnight a large group of men who have been idle since long
before the depression. How many have found jobs, what conditions
they work under, the state of their unions after thirteen dry years form
the subject of a quick inquiry (page 255) by BEULAH AMIDON, industrial
editor of Survey Associates.

THE charge that English working people lie down on unemployment
insurance invariably crops up at our legislative hearings. In The
Atlantic Monthly for May, HELEN HALL draws the contrast between
the English Dole and American Charity, as result of the comparative
study made this last year by the Unemployment Division of the
National-Federation of Settlements. Here Miss Hall, the headworker
of University House, Philadelphia, brings her findings to bear directly
on the moot point of malingering. In these depression years, if ever,
work-shy people could exploit such a system. That is what gives signifi-
cance to these close-in convincing case stories of how it actually pans
out to the contrary.

TRUE to their traditions the world round, the Quakers have tackled
' the situation in the most depressed area of the country — the southern
coal mines. They have fed and clothed and doctored the miners'
families. And they have rendered a signal service in making known the
fact that even in good times the mines could not employ again all of the
men who were sucked from their mountain homes into the soft-coal
shafts by the great war-time demand. MALCOLM Ross, who writes of it
(page 266) from first-hand observation, is a contributor to magazines
and newspapers and the author of Machine Age in the Hills recently
published by Macmillan.

THE coming-off point of SAMUEL S. PELS' series of three articles in
Survey Graphic — a Federal Trade System to plan ways to stabilize
earnings and purchasing power — has been widely discussed and re-
printed in daily papers. Here (page 269) twenty-two men of sharply
differing viewpoints comment on the proposal as both an immediate
and a long-range way out of the quicksands of depression.

IN the leader of our Spring Book Section, ROBERT BALLOU asks (page
' 272), How can we have more sound books, more books with a social
purpose, rather than books geared at mass production, movie rights
and speculative profit? In part his answer is that to have more sound
books we must have more sound readers; the "best" books are not sell-
ing and the publishers are hard hit financially. Mr. Ballou learned
about books at Oberlin, as literary editor of The Chicago Daily News
and with the publishing firm of Cape and Smith, now dissolved. At
present he is studying the mysteries of book-publishing under his own
imprint and sharing the interesting results with readers of Survey
Graphic.

OUTSTANDING books of the fresh spring crop reviewed (page 274)
by LEON WHIPPLE, associate editor of Survey Associates, and his
skilled contributors.

SURVEY ASSOCIATES, INC.

Publication Office, 10 Ferry Street, Concord, N. H.
General Office, 112 East 19 Street, New York, to which all corre-
spondence should be addressed.

SURVEY GRAPHIC— Monthly— $3.00 a Year
THE SURVEY— Monthly— S3.00 a Year

Lucius R. EASTMAN, president; JULIAN W. MACK, JOSEPH P. CHAM-
BERLAIN, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, vice-presidents; ANN REED BRENNER,

secretary; ARTHUR KELLOGG, treasurer.

PAUL U. KELLOGG, editor,

ARTHUR KELLOGG, managing editor; MARY Ross, BEULAH AMIDON,
LEON WHIPPLE, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, LOULA D. LASKER, FLORENCE
LOEB KELLOGG, GERTRUDE SPRINGER, associate editors.

EDWARD T. DEVINE, GRAHAM TAYLOR, JANE ADDAMS, JOSEPH K.
HART, HAVEN EMERSON, M.D., ROBERT W. BRUERE, contributing
editors.

MOLLIE CONDON, circulation manager; MARY R. ANDERSON, advertising
manager.

Jackie Coogan in Tom

A plot built to a boy's measure. Countless youngsters who have never white-
washed a board fence have enjoyed this movie of Mark Twain's famous story

Paramount Pictures

SURVEY GRAPHIC

MAY

1933

Volume XXII

No. 5

MINDS MADE BY THE MOVIES

BY ARTHUR KELLOGG

IN his Mind in the Making, James Harvey Robinson wrote:
"There are four historical layers underlying the minds of
civilized men — the animal mind, the child mind, the
savage mind and the traditional civilized mind. . . . Their
hold on us is really inexorable. . . . We are all children at our
most impressionable age."

That was written twelve years ago but it might have been
a preview of the four-year study of the effects of the screen
on American minds in the making, initiated by the Motion
Picture Research Council and made by the Payne Fund
through its Educational Research Committee of psycholo-
gists and sociologists. The findings, to be published in ten
volumes, give one the feeling that Prof. W. W. Charters of
Ohio State University and his associates have reversed the
projector and thrown on the screen a series of life-size movies
of the rows of boys and girls who look on.

Their "films" feature the great child audience; how often
they "go to the pictures"; what they see; what kind of life
is portrayed for them; how much of it they remember; how
it affects their sleep, habits, nerves; what goals it holds up;
how it conditions behavior. In a word, what we may expect
of children who are exposed
to run-of-the-mill motion
pictures every week.

From almost their be-
ginning the movies have
been under attack from two
sources: from parents who
sensed that their children
were being injured by what
they saw; from grown-ups
who felt that they were
being gypped by commer-
cial producers who were
using a form of art but using
it on a basis of mass produc-
tion— films geared at that
meanest of common de-
nominators, the twelve-
year-old mind in adults.
Here at last we have the
facts as to the children.

A BOY from a high-delinquency area in New York
City was taken by one of Prof. Frederic M.
Thrasher's investigators to see Union Depot. In one
scene a violin case played a conspicuous part. When it
was opened and seen to be filled with packages of bank
notes, the audience gasped, but the boy was unmoved.

"What's the matter?" asked the investigator. "Doesn't
that money bother you?"

"Naw, I expected a machine-gun," answered the boy.

"Why the machine-gun?" asked the investigator.

"Tell me any picture that ain't got a machine-gun in
it. They all got typewriters (machine-guns) in them."

"Who's your favorite actor?"

"Jim Cagney."

"You like the way he acts?"

"I eat it. You get some ideas from his actin'. You
learn how to pull off a job, how he bumps off a guy, an*
a lotta t'ings."

The Motion Picture Producers and Distributors of
America claimed in good times a weekly attendance of 115
million of whom, they said, 5 to 8 percent were children.
Evenly spread, that was practically one movie a week for
every one of us. The Payne Research Committee by count-
ing, sampling, estimating and other accredited research
processes got a total possible audience of 105 millions, a
national weekly attendance of 77 millions of whom 36 per-
cent were children and adolescents. That is, a youngster
sits in every third seat.

He chooses to sit there by himself, particularly if he is a
boy. At all ages one quarter of the boys prefer to go without
companions, sitting alone, daydreaming in the dark. Up to
the age of eight this average boy is accompanied by a parent
23 percent of the time; at the age of nine, 16 percent; at
eleven, 10 percent. Children almost never leave before the
show is over. Indeed 25 percent of the boys and 22 percent of
the girls stay on for at least a part of the next showing

In a study of five-to-eight-year-olds the average at-
tendance was found to be twenty-two times a year. Another
study, ages eight to nineteen, gave a weekly attendance of

35 155 among 35,491 young-
sters. The yearly average
for the girls in this large
group was forty-six shows;
for the boys, fifty-seven; for
the two combined, almost
precisely one a week. Fifty-
two shows of three films
each gave them, on the
average, 156 films a year.

The films they saw were
what the rest of us see, for
practically no special films
are made for children (there
was just one in 1930). What
they pored over were films
dealing chiefly with roman-
tic love, sex and crime;
films that give a cock-eyed
picture of the world.
Seventy-five percent of all

245

246

SURVEY GRAPHIC

May 1933

the characters shown were between nineteen and forty years
of age, a full half of them under thirty. Of the adult actors,
only 15 percent were married (in the plot) as against 60
percent in the general population. There are no workers in
this movie world, except the servants of the rich and the cow-
boys in the Wild Westerns; no agriculture; no manufactur-
ing; no poverty. In a group of 1 1 5 films, 33 percent of the
heroes, 44 percent of the heroines, 54 percent of the villains
and 63 percent of the female of that species were wealthy
or ultra-wealthy. In 73 percent, formal dress figured heavily.
Indeed there appears to be a group of young men in Holly-
wood who have set out seriously to "save" the high silk hat.

But with their sensitiveness to the"moral implications of
their findings, the Committee has more to say of habits
than of habiliments. In this group of 1 1 5 films, 66 percent
showed drinking, 43
percent intoxication
and 78 percent con-
tained "liquor situa-
tions."

But again this is only
the beginning of the
Committee's concern.
In a study of 1 500 films
in three selected years
(500 each year), Prof.
Edgar Dale, psycholo-
gist, of Ohio State Uni-
versity, found that
crime, sex and love
were the subjects of 82
percent of all feature
films in 1920, 88 percent
in 1925, 72 percent in
1930. But the falling off
in 1930 v/as more ap-
parent than real for
there was a new 9 per-
cent on mystery and
war in which violence
always and crime often
appeared. So the child,
at his weekly average
show, saw fifty-two fea-
ture films of which
thirty-nine were on

these three subjects. Professors Charters and Dale, writing
together, point out:

Literally hundreds of times one notes there a portrayal of char-
acter and conduct which gives a totally erroneous notion of the
situation or event as it actually occurs in real life. A mature adult
who has had a wide range of experience can at once discount in
some degree what he has seen on the screen. Not so the children.

Professor Dale analyzed 115 films taken at random. In
them he counted seventy-one deaths in forty-five films, 21
percent of them caused by the hero, 40 percent by the villain,
the others accomplished in various ways. Only one was by
a heroine. For good measure there were thrown in fifty-nine
cases of assault and battery, seventeen hold-ups, twenty-one
kidnappings; 406 crimes were pulled off and 43 others were
attempted — a total of 449 crimes in 1 1 5 films.

Such an orgy of battle, murder and sudden death must
have been exciting to every child. But not all of them liked it.
The Committee has collected a large number of replies to
the question asked of children, nine to thirteen, if they ever

disliked motion pictures and if so why. "Killing" held a
prominent place in the answers, such as the nine-year-old
who wrote, "Killing looks offel, scares me," and another,
"Hate to see people killed; makes me sick."

Much of the crime, of course, is no more than a realistic
reflection of our times. But it was not made unattractive.
On the contrary, some of the most winning actors were
cast in criminal parts: Jack Holt as the leader of a gang of
outlaws; Lawrence Tibbet out for private vengeance;
Edmund Lowe as a gambler and robber; Victor McLaglan,
Gary Cooper and Marlene Dietrich carrying on gaily and
courageously outside the law.

And as to punishment for crime, Professor Dale made a
detailed analysis of forty pictures in which fifty-seven
criminals committed sixty-two crimes, with the following

results:

Three of the fifty-seven
were arrested and held;
four were arrested but re-
leased; seven were ar-
rested and their punish-
ment was inferred. In
one group of five, three
were arrested, one gave
himself up; another's ar-
rest was inferred and all
were legally punished.
Twenty-two criminals
were punished by what
may be described as extra-
legal methods — by their
own henchmen, other
gangsters and in a variety
of ways in which the law
had nothing to do. In
seventeen cases the punish-
ment was primarily ac-
cidental and fifteen crimes
went wholly unpunished.
Some of the unpunished
crimes were: murder by
the hero, as in Rogue
Song; kidnapping by the
hero, as in Devil May
Care; kidnapping by the
villain, as in Along Came
Youth; embezzlement by
the hero, as in Six-Cylin-
der Love; embezzlement by the heroine, as in Miracle Woman, and
housebreaking by the hero in the same picture. . . . Surely chil-
dren and youths need assistance in interpreting such motion pic-
tures. Many parents believe that they should not be seen at all.

Nowhere was an attempt made to show the reaction to
environment, the attrition of evil companionship, the slow
cumulative process by which a criminal is made.

The goals pursued by the handsome young actors were
varied, but twelve goals accounted for 385 out of a total of
574. In order of frequency they were: winning another's
love, marriage for love, professional success, revenge, crime
for gain, illicit love, thrills or excitement, conquering a
rival, financial success, enjoyment, concealment of guilt,
marriage for money. Only 9 percent of all goals seemed to
Professor Dale to be socially desirable in nature. He says:

It is apparent that children will rarely secure from the films
goals of the type that have animated men like Jenner, Lister, Koch,
Pasteur, Thomas Aquinas, Jesus Christ, Aristotle, Norman Thomas,
Ralph Waldo Emerson, Plato, Socrates, Grenfell, Edison, Noguchi,

Tarzan of the Apes

Stark terror jumps over the footlights to some hysterical children. During the
run of one famous thriller children leaped from their seats and screamed

May 1933

MINDS MADE BY THE MOVIES

247

Lincoln, Washington and others; and
women like Jane Addams, Frances Wil-
lard, Susan B. Anthony, Grace Abbott,
Madame Curie, Clara Barton, Florence
Nightingale and Dorothy Canfield
Fisher. . . .

We ought to expect the cinema to show
a better way of living than the average
we find outside the cinema. . . . We
need to see the screen portraying more of
the type of social goals which ought to be
characteristic of a decent civilization. We
need more often to catch a glimpse of the
immortality of great characters who have
sacrificed opportunities for personal ag-
grandizement in order that the larger
community might have a fuller measure
of life.

While one group of the Committee
were thus turning the subjects of the
films inside out, another was measur-
ing how well children remember
them. This study was carried out
chiefly by Prof. P. W. Holaday of
Iowa State University, a psychologist,
under the direction of Dr. George D.
Stoddard, head of the Iowa State
Child Welfare Station. A careful
selection was made of representative
films and an intricate set of questions
based on them were put to some three
thousand young people in Iowa and
Ohio, grouped by ages: five-and-six-
year-olds, eight-and-nine-year-olds,
highschool pupils, and young adults,
either graduate students or junior
members of the faculty and their
wives. The questions were of a sort to
be understood easily. It was made
clear that the purpose of the inquiry
was not to see who could remember
most. The auditors were asked to sit
in, in just their usual way and not to
be especially intent on memorizing the things they saw.

The result was a sweepstakes for the kids. They remem-
bered things in every category, good and bad, accurate and
misinforming, with the indiscriminate fidelity of little

Edward G. Robinson in Little Caesar
"Call me Little Caesar/' a budding gangster demanded

James Cagney in Public Enemy

"When I would see a picture like this I would go wild and say that some day I would be
a 'Big Shot' that everyone would be afraid of. Live like a king without working"

cameras. Thus from Ben Hur they greatly increased their
accurate information on Palestine, on Roman togas and
chariots; but from a Western film, Fighting Caravans, they
got an equal amount of misinformation; for example, a tank-
car of kerosene drawn across the prairies in 1861 before either
kerosene or tank-cars were in use.

Each of the twenty-six memory tests included from thirty
to sixty-four items such as, what was the first present Tom
Sawyer received for letting a boy whitewash the fence — a
watch, whistle, dead cat, compass, a tooth? Or (after seeing
Rango), do the native huts in Sumatra have roofs of slate,
grass, bark, boards, shingles? Tested the next day the eight-
nine-year-olds remembered 60 percent as much as the
adults. Tested without warning six weeks later, the second-
and-third grade children remembered 91 percent of what
they had learned from the picture, the fifth-sixth graders
90 percent, the highschool children 88 percent and the
young adults 82 percent. Tested again after three months
the results were practically unchanged except that, if any-
thing, the youngest group remembered, or at any rate were
able to state, more of what they had observed at the end of
three months than at the end of twenty-four hours. There
was no difference between school children and children in

248

SURVEY GRAPHIC

May 1933

Greta Garbo and John Gilbert in Love

a detention home. They all remembered pretty

nearly everything they had seen and they kept

right on remembering it. "My private guess,"

says Dr. Holaday, "is that pictures play a

considerably larger part in the child's imagination than do

books."

What movies do to a child's sleep was measured accu-
rately by a device known as a hypnograph. Prof. Samuel
Renshaw and Dr. Vernon L. Miller at the Ohio State
Bureau of Juvenile Research employed it with 170 boys and
girls ranging in age from six to eighteen years. All of the
children were normal and well and without unusual I.O_.'s.
The Bureau children were used for the experiment because
of the regular, controlled and healthy lives they live.

The hypnograph, attached to the bedsprings, records on a
ribbon every movement made by a sleeper. In making the
tests, each child's normal motility (restlessness) was first
recorded and charted over a number of nights. Then, on the
theory that any excitement in the evening might show up on
the hypnograph, the whole group was taken on an expedi-
tion of window-shopping through the brightly lighted
streets for a length of time about equal to a movie program.
Then they were put to bed — and the result was negative.

The next night they were marched off to the early show,
stayed for the usual program of two hours (the pictures
were not selected, but were the current neighborhood of-
fering) and sent to bed at the usual time. And then the
hypnograph told the story. There was an enormous in-
dividual difference, but all the children showed some effect
and in some records the needle fairly jittered. A boy of
eight, after seeing Movietone Follies of 1930, had double
his usual restlessness; a boy of ten the same change after
seeing Strictly Unconventional. Remote Control increased
an eight-year-old boy's motility 13 percent, a twelve-year-
old boy's 62 percent; that of a girl of twelve, 85 percent, but
of three girls of eight, sixteen and eighteen only 20 percent.
A girl of sixteen, after seeing Just Imagine, shot up by 90
percent, virtually doubling her usual restlessness. Billy the

"Say, have you seen John Gilbert and Greta Garbo in Love?
Why when he kissed her I was so thrilled I almost passed out.
Oh for » man like that!" This chatter in a group of office
girls was matched by school children and college youths

Kid, the story of a swashbuckling
killer with plenty of gunplay,
caused only one boy in fifteen to
register an increase of 50 percent
above usual motility, while two
thirds of the girls recorded more
than half again their normal
wiggles and one of the girls went
up by 75 percent.

The general average increase
for the boys was 26 percent and
for the girls 14 percent. A degree
of disturbance tended to linger on
for four or five nights. The most
extreme effects seemed to come
at about the age of puberty. Says
Dr. Renshaw: "For certain highly
sensitive or weak and unstable
children the best hygienic policy
would be to recommend very
infrequent attendance and then
only at carefully selected films."
What goes on during the per-
formance was studied by another
group of the Committee. Here the
gauge was not motility, but mo-
tivity — the inten-
sity of emotion.
Christian S. Ruck-
mick, professor of
psychology at the
University of Iowa, and his assistant, Prof. Wendell S. Dy-
singer, employed the psychogalvanometer. Their subjects
were chiefly children from the public schools of Iowa City
from six to eighteen years of age with I.Q.'s from 90 to 110.
Some adults were included for purposes of comparison.
Using, Hop to It Bellhop, a humorous picture without
tenseness, the experimenters found that their adolescent
subjects registered twice the excitement of the adults and
the youngest group, children of six to eleven, three times as
much. Here, as in other experiments, there were marked in-
dividual variations. Some children of thirteen to fifteen
gave a zero reading while one member of the same group
registered five times the reaction of the adults. The movies
used in this experiment were not thrillers but of the every-
day sort.

At the same time and with the same subjects, a record was
made of pulse-rates against the previously established norm
of the subjects. Children with a normal beat of 75 to 80
ran up to 125 and 140 at the more exciting points in these
films. At a prison scene in The Yellow Ticket, one boy of
sixteen jumped from 80 to 154. His pulse beat practically
at double speed. Dr. T. B. Homan of Kansas City, making
a special experiment on a carefully chosen normal subject,
a young woman of twenty-two, found that in ordinary films
her pulse changed from 80 to 140, while a thriller like The
Mysterious Dr. Fu Manchu gave readings of 150, 168, 180
and, in one particularly harrowing scene, it registered 192.
Speaking not of this individual case but of the general
experiments on emotional reaction and pulse-beat, Professor
Dysinger says:

They are sitting quiet; there is no chance to express the emo-
tion in motivity; yet they are intensely stimulated. Such a situa-
tion is bad for health, represents a deplorable mental hygiene
and might easily contribute to the habits which are popularly called

May 1933

MINDS MADE BY THE MOVIES

249

Emotion runs through the child audience. "Pictures play
a considerably larger part in the child's imagination than
do books." Of highschool students questioned, 64 percent
reported "irresistible weeping" at pictures like Coquette

"nervousness" in children. Where the
boy or girl has a chance to work off
emotions in the open, in exercise or
play, it is splendid. Such excitement
in a darkened theater is by no means
splendid.

Dr. Frederick Peterson, the
distinguished neurologist of New
York City, made the following
comment to Henry James For-
man, the author of the general
volume, when asked how injuri-
ous he thought scenes of horror
and tense excitement might be:

If sufficiently strong they have an
effect very similar to shellshock
such as soldiers received in war.
A healthy child seeing a picture once
in a while will suffer no harm. But
repeating the stimulation often
amounts to emotional debauch. Stim-
ulation, when often repeated, is cu-
mulative. Scenes causing horror and
fright are sowing the seeds in the sys-
tem for future neuroses and psychoses
— nervous disorders.

These tests were made with
quite ordinary
films such as run
nightly in neigh-
borhood play-
houses. No accu-
rate tests were made on the thrillers, but the Committee
gives the first-hand testimony of a mature woman (a regis-
tered nurse, the widow of a pediatrician who had herself
read some medicine) who has charge of children's playrooms
and first-aid rooms in a string of theaters in Chicago. While
Lon Chaney's Phantom of the Opera was running there were
so many faintings and hysterical collapses that the ushers
were specially drilled in handling them. Throughout the
run there was an average of four faintings a day; on one day
eleven people fainted, four of them men. One woman had a
miscarriage. Children became hysterical: "I have had as
many as three in my arms at once and it required an hour
or more to quiet them. They were generally children six to
eight years old." Wild West and war films often had a similar
effect, she testified; during The Dawn Patrol she saw chil-
dren leap from their seats and scream with excitement.

Prof. Herbert Blumer of Chicago collected a great num-
ber of individual cases of horror and shock. Out of 458
highschool autobiographies, 61 percent stated that they had
at some time been terrified by a scene in a movie. Ninety-
three percent of 237 younger school children answered
"yes" when asked if they had ever been terrified. A girl of
nineteen related how she was taken shrieking from her first
movie, as a small child, and did not get over it for years.
A college girl of twenty still can describe vividly her childish
impression of "a horrible hairy ape with a habit of breaking
into people's houses." A child of eight had nightmares for a
month after seeing Tarzan of the Apes. A girl of fourteen
"was so frightened by The Phantom of the Opera I could
not scream. ... I could not move for two or three min-
utes." A college youth reported that it was two or three
years before he got over a fear of dark places inspired by a
boyhood viewing of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde. A young
woman of twenty was so upset by seeing a presentation of

]uette

Dante's Inferno that she did not enter a theater
again for several years. Out of a class of forty-
four students, thirty-eight told of being fright-
ened and thirty-one of these went back for more
punishment — they liked it. Of his highschool students, 64
percent reported "irresistible weeping" at pictures such as
The Singing Fool, Beau Geste, Over the Hill and Coquette.
One could go on indefinitely quoting Dr. Blumer's stories.

Unusually interesting measurements of changes in social
attitudes were made by Prof. L. I. Thurstone of the Uni-
versity of Chicago and his assistant, Ruth C. Peterson.
They found a Midwestern community of 5700 people, all
whites; a town where almost no child had even seen a Negro.
They tested the school children and found them practically
without race prejudice. Then they arranged that the anti-
Negro film, The Birth of a Nation, which has been revived
with sound, should be shown in the town, and tested them
again. Race prejudice had grown like a weed. Five months
later, without a second showing of the film, 62 percent of the
prejudice remained and it was still markedly present after
eight months.

The film Four Sons, which is anti-war and friendly to the
German people, completely changed the attitude toward
Germans held by junior and senior highschool pupils tested
before and after seeing it. The change persisted at another
test five months later. A Chinese film, Son of the Gods,
had a similar effect on 117 highschool children in another
town. Five hundred children who saw The Valiant, which
opposed capital punishment, promptly reacted against
the death sentence. The Criminal Code gave other children
a more lenient attitude toward the punishment of crime and
All Quiet on the Western Front registered strongly anti-war.
Two films on similar themes, for instance The Big House and
Numbered Men, were found to have more effect than one;
and three films more than two — -a distinctly cumulative
effect.

Evidence of the effects of the movies on juvenile behavior
is clear, both statistically and in the poignant statements

250

SURVEY GRAPHIC

May 1933

made to Professor Blumer by children from many social
groups; from neighborhoods rated as good, fair and of high
delinquency; from children in public schools, detention
homes and prisons. There is unquestionable evidence that
some movies have a "good" effect, as in the case of the girl
who saw Over the Hill and vowed she would see to it that her
mother should never go to the poorhouse, or the boys who
got a vision of service from seeing Ben Hur or Sorrell and
Son. But for children already breaking away from home
restraints the "good" impressions were short-lived; on the
average, they lasted about a month. Schoolgirls who had
already had sex experience usually kept new "good" resolves
only until they next met an attractive boy who "proposi-
tioned" them.

The desire to be a Robin Hood, robbing the rich and giv-
ing to the poor, seems to move many schoolboys, and the
desire to make easy money stirred one fifth of the boys in a
good neighborhood. This desire, specifically stated by many
boys, leads Professor Blumer to comment: "The creation of
desires for riches and suggestions for easily realizing them
may dispose many and lead some to criminal behavior."
The gist of the "good" and the "bad" in the way of suggestion
seems to be that the good is infrequent and fleeting, the bad
(easy money, incitement to crime, and glorification of
crime) constant, cumulative and to some children almost
irresistible. A boy convicted of robbery said: "As I became
older the luxuries of life showed in the movies, partly, made
me want to possess them. I could not on the salary I was
earning." Another: "The ideas I got from the movies about
easy money were from watching pictures where the hero
never worked but seemed always to have lots of money to
spend. ... I thought it would be great to live that kind of
life." In a group of truants and boys with behavior problems,
55 percent said that pictures of gangsters stirred them to
want to go and do likewise.

A boy of eighteen, sentenced to a reformatory for robbery
and rape, made this statement:

I would see in a picture the "Big Shot" come in a cabaret.
Everyone would greet him with a smile. The girls would all crowd
around him. He would order wine and food for the girls. Tip the
waiter $50 or more. After dining and dancing he would give the
girls diamond bracelets, rings and fur coats. Then he would leave
and go to meet his gang. They would all bow down to him and give
him the dough that was taken from different rackets. When I would
see pictures like this I would go wild and say that some day I would
be a "Big Shot" that everyone would be afraid of, and have big
dough. Live like a king without doing any work.

Beyond the suggestion inherent in the plots, the gangster
pictures show boys who want to learn how to do criminal
things. Consider these sentences from different boys and
young men:

Movies have shown me the way of stealing automobiles, the
charge for which I am now serving sentence.

Some of the movies I saw showed me how to jimmy a door or
window.

We learned from the movies how to use a glass cutter and master
key.

I learned from the movies the scientific way of pulling jobs —
leave no fingerprints or telltale marks.

The first stick-up I ever saw was in a movie and I seen how it
was done.

I learned something from The Gateway to Hell. It is a gangster
picture. It shows how to drown out shots from a gun by backfiring
a car.

Professor Blumer made a list of thirty-one such specific

Motion Pictures and Youth

The Payne Fund Studies

THE First thorough-gains study of the effects of motion pictures

on youth has been carried on during the past four years by the
Educational Research Committee of the Payne Fund of which the
chairman is Prof. W. W. Charters, director of educational research
at Ohio State University. The study was undertaken at the instance
of the Motion Picture Research Council, 366 Madison Avenue,
New York City, of which the chairman is John Grier Hibben,
president-emeritus of Princeton University, and the director,
William H. Short.

First fruit of the research to be published will be a popular
summary volume, Our Movie-Made Children, by Henry James
Forman (Macmillan, probable publication date May, probable
price $2).

Following this will be nine research volumes, written by the
eighteen psychologists and sociologists who make up the Edu-
cational Research Committee. All will be published by the
Macmillan Company at the dates tentatively given after each
volume:

Motion Pictures and Youth: An Introduction, by W. W.
Charters, director, Bureau of Educational Research, Ohio State
University; combined with Motion Pictures and Mores, by
Charles C. Peters, professor of education, Pennsylvania State
College. Probable date September.

The Content of Motion Pictures, combined with Children's
Attendance at Motion Pictures, both by Edgar Dale, research
associate, Bureau of Educational Research, Ohio State Uni-
versity. Probably July or August.

Getting Ideas from the Movies, by P. W. Holaday, director of
research, Indianapolis Public Schools, and George D. Stoddard,
director, Iowa Child Welfare Research Station. Probably July or
August.

Children's Sleep, by Samuel Renshaw, Vernon A. Miller and
Dorothy Marquis, Department of Psychology, Ohio State Uni-
versity, combined with Emotional Responses of Children to the
Motion Picture Situation, by W. S. Dysinger and Christian A.
Ruckmick, Department of Psychology, State University of Iowa.
Probably June.

Motion Pictures and the Social Attitudes of Children, by Ruth
C. Peterson and L. L. Thurstone, Department of Psychology,
University of Chicago; combined with The Relationship of
Moving Pictures to the Character and Attitudes of Children, by
Mark A. May, Institute of Human Relations, Yale University,
and Frank A. Shuttleworth, State University of Iowa. Probably
July.

Movies and Conduct, by Herbert Blumer, Department of
Sociology, University of Chicago. Probably June.

Movies, Delinquency and Crime, by Herbert Blumer and
Philip M. Hauser, Department of Sociology, University of
Chicago. Probably June.

Boys, Movies and City Streets, by Paul G. Cressey and
Frederic M. Thrasher, School of Education, New York University.
Probably July or August.

How to Appreciate Motion Pictures, by Edgar Dale, research
associate, Bureau of Educational Research, Ohio State University.
Probably July or August

bits of training in burglary which young fellows in prison
told him they had learned from watching gangster pictures.
A number of boys, now serving sentences, relate how they
not only got the idea and the technique of robbery from a
picture, but were so fired by what they had seen that they
went out at the end of the performance and tried it on a
neighborhood store.

Of 110 young men in a prison, 49 percent said that the
movies had first created in them the desire to carry a gun,
28 percent a desire to pull off a hold-up, 21 percent on how
to fool the police, 12 percent that (Continued on page 287)

The Tennessee Valley plan for control and use of water flow. Figure 1 marks river regulation works, dams and reser-
voirs; 2, power lines to distribute current; 3, forest cover on slopes. X marks Muscle Shoals dam. Maps by the author

TENNESSEE-SEED OF A NATIONAL PLAN

BY BENTON MACKAYE

MUSCLE SHOALS,— to be or not to be publicly
operated? That was the question. That is the ques-
tion, yet unanswered, before Congress. The question
has been sharpened by President Roosevelt's proposed
development of the Tennessee River Valley: shall a public
concern (the United States government) do the job for
public service, or a private concern (a power company) do
the job for private profit? The same old question. But it is
broadened as well as sharpened. President Roosevelt has
spread it out from a dam to a river to a region; from the
Muscle Shoals dam to the Tennessee River to the Appa-
lachian Region. He has done more — he has related a local
project to a national emergency; he has sown the seed of that
" national planning" announced in his inauguration speech.

IT is a good place to begin, the old Tennessee Valley. It was
where Daniel Boone began; where the first march "West-
ward Ho!" began — right there through the Watauga
River, one of the upper branches of the Tennessee. I used to
think of Daniel in my younger days when, back in 1908, as a
government forester under Gifford Pinchot and President
"T. R.", I was sent into those self-same upper branches to
study the forest growth on their steep eroding slopes. And
now that I'm a generation older I'll dare divulge, in strictest
confidence, how in those blossoming June days I did at times
dismount my Dobbin in some strategic gap and, climbing up
among the luxuriant hardwoods, would in pretense shade
my eyes and focus them on the serene bottomlands below,
wondering whether Daniel himself ever
looked on them thus while entering his
promised continent. And I could pause right
here and tell you wondrous tales of the
gentle, self-lawed folks hoeing their hillside
cornfields under the "deadenings" or sitting
by twilight on the veranda above the wal-
lowing razorback.

"What happened to the sun the other day?" once drawled
my host on such a twilight spot, about three nights after
a solar eclipse.

I explained according to Copernicus and the Red School-
house geography. Host looked blank and with exquisite tact
refrained from open argument.

"Right smart distance to the sun, I suppose?"

"Right smart," I answered to his lead.

"Well," says he, coming to the point, "the Bible says
there's four corners of the earth and an angel at each corner"
— this spoken with a clinching air of gravity that woke me
up.

"I see," says I, "you don't agree with this notion that the
earth is round; apparently you believe that it's flat."

"Well, I'm bound to say it's flat in every place that /
ever was!"

And so he won.

The Roosevelt plan, alas, will impose Copernicus upon
these trusting souls; but it will also, if rightly handled, result
in swapping the cultures, not the crudities, of mountaineer
and metropolitan. The Roosevelt plan has a decided cultural
aspect but we shall consider first its purely physical side.
This consists in conserving certain natural resources —
forests, soils, waters; and these are all involved in the control
and use of one of them — namely, the flow of water.

In the control and use of water flow there are three chief
classes of public works: river regulation works; power
lines; maintenance of forest cover.

When President Roosevelt announced that hereafter Muscle
Shoals is to be a public concern he opened the door to a better
life for half the people in the United States. For upstream de-
velopments in the Tennessee Valley can be matched in a score of
other Appalachian valleys up to the far-off Canadian border

251

252

SURVEY GRAPHIC

May 1933

River regulation works cover a variety of plant for checking
the stream's flow and holding it in bounds. The storage
reservoir is the basic means: this stores the flood and lets it
out again in a steady level from one peak to the next; the
storage at Muscle Shoals makes only one in a string of
storages; most of these are planned for the headwater valleys
— the Hiwassee, the Little Tennessee, the Pigeon, the
French Broad, the upper Holston. With reservoirs upstream
go levees and revetment works downstream, holding the
water in its channel. The river is an individual with a
behavior of its own; its control is a whole technology.

Power lines are in effect extensions of the rivers wherein the
flow, converted into electric juice, moves on through copper
wires from power-plant to smokeless factory and home. The
location of new power lines therefore involves the larger
problem of locating the towns to be supplied. These towns
would of course be down in the valley bottoms and not up
on the mountains; and we shall return to this important
part of civilization-building.

Forest cover is needed however up on the mountain slopes,
there to hold in check the headwater streams and act as
sponge in absorbing the pelting rains; forest cover is indeed
a sort of giant's doormat flung athwart the mountain, a
natural reservoir above the man-made kind.

All three means (river works, power lines, forest main-
tenance) require their measure of labor, and President
Roosevelt thereby hopes to set at work many thousands
of men. Well, that depends upon how far he and Congress
care to go. And right here is a practical point to bear in
mind: that forest work gives more jobs, per money expended,
than building dams or power lines.

Forest jobs are of various kinds. Of course there's tree
planting (though many gaps should be reforested by natu-
ral seeding). But quite as important as forest planting is
forest thinning. This aids the fittest trees in their survival
and "fattens" them for final crops, and the whole
Eastern forest should have a wholesale thinning.
There's work enough in the forests alone to
give jobs to all the men whose physical sus-
tenance Congress would pay for. For it
is work of a prehistoric type: the
human engine (aided by axe and
horse) does the bulk of the oper-
ation; the lumberjack is one
last man of flesh and
blood whose job has / Ohio
not been seized by
the iron man of
mechanism.

Some interesting figures on this point occur in a recent
comparison made of employment available per $100 ex-
penditure, between forest and construction work. For every
man-day needed on a certain California aqueduct, forest
work (all kinds averaged) would require 5.75 man-days;
forest improvement (fire protection, thinnings) would need
6.50 man-days; and forest planting, 10.85 man-days. So
here, back in the woods, is the place if any to absorb the
present unemployed, and this indeed is slowly being done
in the public forests within the Appalachian domain.

There is another practical point to bear in mind. It applies
especially to power lines and the town-building which natu-
rally goes with them. Question, is this dream of President
Roosevelt to come true in a piece of true statescraft — or
in one more real-estate adventure? Is the word "Tennessee"
to join company with "Florida"? How about it, Mr. Presi-
dent? Speculation is all it will amount to unless you take
special measures to prevent it.

The Appalachian Valleys

SO much for the Tennessee Valley project. But President
Roosevelt hints at something further — that Tennessee
is but the seed. After all Mr. Roosevelt is president of

How
water
flow might
be controlled
and used in all
the Appalachian
valleys as in the plan
for the Tennessee Rivet
valley. The shaded areas
are sources of water. The
arrows point the trend of the
flow. 1, indicates river regulation
works; 2, power lines in the lower val-
leys/ 3, forest cover on mountain slopes

something more extensive than the
Tennessee Valley. He says the scheme
would apply in other valleys. It surely would;
and some fifteen others are at hand through the
Appalachian Mountain region — the Kanawah,
James, Shenandoah, Susquehanna, Delaware, Hudson,
Connecticut and several more.

Each of these valleys repeats the need toward waters,
power, forests. Witness New England's great flood of

May 1933

T E N N E SS E E — S E E D OF A NATIONAL PLAN

253

November 1927; witness the cry of her folks for cheap elec-
tric juice (to catch up with their neighbors over in Canada);
witness her forests, more depleted than those on the southern
crests. Yet this array of Appalachian valleys embraces a
physical empire whose power in terms of natural resources
is second to none on earth. These valleys taken together
rival the whole continent of Europe — both in bulk and in
balance found of iron, coal and waterpower, of soils and
latent forest growth. The mountains, forests, fields of this
Appalachian country make it one of the most glorious en-
vironments in which to restore the exiled art of living. And half
the people of America live within these valleys or close by.
Mr. Roosevelt relates his program, to the present national
emergency. Let us look at this grave aspect of the matter.
Let us ask (along with Lincoln) "where we are and whither
we are tending?"

Where and Whither

WE of America live in the most powerful physical empire
on earth; and we of twentieth-century America live
in what (by measurement if not appearance) is the greatest
physical culmination yet in human history (not excepting
the Flood). We live in the top-notch stage of an accelerating
process of industry. To see this, take a fleeting glance at
mankind's engineering progress.

Begin with the engine of the human body. This is capable,
on the average, of an output of 1,500,000 foot-pounds per
eight-hour day; this is equivalent to the output of a one
tenth horsepower motor running during the same period; it
is equivalent to using up or consuming about 2000 kilogram
calories per day. Neanderthal man of B.C. 200,000 subsisted
on this effort. Neolithic man of B.C. 7000 brought to his aid
domesticated animals: by this means, plus soil culture and
crude uses of fire, he made available about double the
energy at the command of man unaided (or about
4000 kilogram calories per day). Roughly speaking
this was the ration also of the average Roman
living in A.D. 1 and of the average American
in 1776.

Since about 1830 the daily ration of
energy at the command of the average
American has increased on account
of the development of a new ex-
traneous means of living,
namely the harnessing of
the energy of coal, oil,
waterpower and other
inorganic resources
through steam

and electric machinery. Thereby the daily per capita energy
ration has increased about as follows:

1830 2,600 kilogram calories

1880 30,000 "

1900 72,300 " "

1929 154,000 " "

The above figures are given through the courtesy and
permission of Technocracy. According to them, modern
mechanical power could hand out to Mr. Average American
today seventy-seven times the energy ration of unaided
prehistoric man; or thirty-eight times the ration of crudely
aided historic man; or more than twice the ration of our-
selves a generation ago (in 1900). Such is "the Flood" of
modern power.

So here is where we seem to be: in an empire second to
none on earth; in a stage of mechanical power wholly foreign
to all past history. Whither are we tending?

Less Work-More Leisure

WHATEVER else the future holds for us, a redistribu-
tion of activity seems to be among the items — less
work and more leisure. What else can we expect from an
industrial mechanism which increases, seventy-seven times

How
popula-
tion flow
might be con-
trolled in the
Appalachian val-
leys. The big dob are
principal citiet —
sources of the "backflow"
of population. The arrows
show the trend, via highway.
The means of control are: A, »
townless highway to connect the
valleys/ B, highwayless towns; C, wil-
derness area to be reserved on the slopes

over, a man's capacity for doing work?
Right now a quarter of America's popula-
tion is — pitiably and tragically — placed with-
in a "leisure class"; and more than half of
their one-time normal jobs (55 percent) would
now, even under total business revival, be taken by
machines, not men. No, this spells not the world's end.
Rationality in time must somehow come; men be placed
at part-time labor; paid with the lavish gifts of power; and

254

SURVEY GRAPHIC

May 1933

thus comfort, not destitution, become the running-mate
of leisure.

But this alone would not spell the world's redemption.
Culture beside comfort must be added if we would still
escape perdition. Man lives not by bread alone, nor by
clothing, nor by shelter: a fourth ingredient is needed —
a thing called environment. What coal and soil and timber
are to industry so environment is to culture — the source
from which it springs. If we are tending toward leisure,
then half the task of statesmanship is to stimulate our cul-
ture. To preserve the source thereof (within our dwelling-
place and land) is half the task of public works.

Don't confuse environment with beauty: don't confuse the
total source with any part thereof. Environment is outward
influence; it is literal and mental atmosphere; it is a per-
meating medium of life. This medium is pliable: it can be
molded toward definite goals: toward safety of surroundings;
toward salubrity of temperature; toward presence of the
beautiful in nature, man, and both. It can be purged of
definite defects: of disease germs, baneful odors, hideous
sights, jarring sounds. Environment may be likened to the
spectrum: with safety at one end and beauty at the other;
with the salubrious and the healthful in between.

Three environments stand forth as fundamental to our
needs — the primeval, the communal, and the rural. Each
is an elemental presence; each appeals to all of human kind;
each is the source of a special outdoor culture embodied
respectively in forest, home, and wayside. A fourth environ-
ment stands forth as the negation of the elemental — an
influence intrusive upon the native base: I refer to the com-
mercial or metropolitan slum. This slum is the product
largely of accelerated power; it invades the sources of our
culture (forest, home, wayside) .

We are tending toward leisure with the sources of cul-
ture threatened; we have arrived at a leisure acute with
destitution.

What then to do? Relieve the present and protect the
future. Such in two words seems to be Mr. Roosevelt's
program. Its application in the Tennessee Valley can be
repeated in other valleys; Tennessee is but the gate to the
Appalachian country. The control and use of the flow of
water makes, as we have seen, the physical portion of the
program. This is the base for the cultural portion — • the
conservation of the basic settings (of wilderness, community,
wayside) and their protection from the influx of the metro-
politan slum. In short, to conserve the basic cultural settings
we must control the flow of the metropolis.

Control of Population Flow

SO we pass from the flow of water to that of population.
The river is the guide in one, the highway in the other.
The highway is to 1933 what the railway was to 1833 — the
framework of a civilization. Let us see how this came to be.
Return to 1776. The average American of that day, like
the Egyptian and the Neolithic, subsisted, as we have seen,
on a daily energy ration of 4000 kilogram calories; and like-
wise with our own great-grandpapa of 1833, driving his
oxen in front of the Covered Wagon which led the first
American migration across the continent. Enter now (in
the 1830's) the Iron Horse, beginning to replace the Covered
Wagon; enter therewith the steam age with its higher daily
energy ration; enter also the second American migration —
a factory migration on top of the agrarian — a reflow of the
population on the new technical basis.

Jump now to 1900. The growth of the new technique
has made a whirlpool around the factory and skyscraper;
and a third migration has now got going — the inflow of
the population sucking in from the rural areas toward the
urban centers. As streams of water flow in to the millpond
and push against the dam, so with inflow of population
against the factory and office building: in each case a tidal
movement pushes back "upstream." This backflow of the
population makes the fourth American migration — today's.
The backflow is the movement back into the suburbs and
beyond; it is the invasion of the hinterland by the metro-
politan slum.

Compare the sources of our "flows." The mountain forest
is the source of the flow of water along the river; the metrop-
olis is the source of the "backflow" along the highway. The
Appalachian valleys (especially those between the Tennessee
and the Hudson) lie in the wake of the backflows from all
the big eastern centers. To handle these backflows within
these valleys is the major task of planning in this region.
Indeed the inter-mountain lane formed by these valleys
(from Lake Champlain to Tennessee) is perhaps the most
strategic line for guiding the present or fourth American
migration and for molding the country's future. Governor
Al Smith has suggested having a dictator of public works.
If I were given the job I'd build a specially constructed
highway through this inter-mountain lane from one end to
the other. Its purpose would be to hold in check the "flood"
of population from the cities (even as the river holds in
check a flood of waters from the mountains).

The Townless Highway

IT takes a special kind of highway to hold this flood in check.
Elsewhere I have described it. I've called it a "townless
highway" (it would as far as possible avoid passing through
the towns). Another name is "insulated highway," and still
another is "cement railroad" [see Survey Graphic for
November 1932]. Its major design is nothing more nor less
than the pattern of a railroad: establish stations for entrance
and departure where gas and food and every traveler's whim
is to be served; then close the road between the stations to
entrance, parking, exit.

The essence of the pattern is inaccessibility. Edward Bassett
gives a well chosen name to the inter-station stretch: he calls
it a "freeway." To make its meaning clear he defines it side
by side with two other concepts with which it is continually
confused. Here they are:

A "highway" is a strip of public land devoted to movement over
which the abutting property owners have the right of light, air
and access.

A "parkway" is a strip of public land devoted to recreation over
which the abutting property owners have no right of light, air or
access.

A "freeway" is a strip of public land devoted to movement over
which the abutting property owners have no right of light, air or
access.

Thus the freeway, by excluding abutting property owners,
makes it automatically pointless to erect buildings of any
sort beside the way. This means that the freeway must ac-
quire its own right-of-way, since to improve an old highway
and then try to exclude the abutting owners would usually
precipitate a hornet's nest of litigation. The freeway auto-
matically kills the motor slum and (especially if double-
tracked) cuts down the chance of accident; it creates an
environment of automatic safety along with one of sponta-
neous rural wayside beauty. (Continued on page 293)

MEN WHO MAKE THE BEER

BY BEULAH AMIDON

THE day legal beer went on sale in New York
City, I visited one of the Brooklyn breweries.
For nearly three years the various industrial
plants I have seen have been "fairly quiet," in
the words of management; "dead on their feet,"
in the opinion of workers, waiting in hopeless
lines outside the factory gates. It was like a movie cut-back
to other days to visit the brewery. Trucks were standing in
line for a chance to back up to the loading platform. Another
line of trucks honked impatiently for a turn to unload bottles,
cases, labels, barrels, machine parts, supplies. Men bustled
here and there.

The brewery itself was founded sixty-five years ago by a
German brewer and is headed now by two of his grandsons.
The old family home became the testing laboratory. The
little "brew-house" across the road was replaced by a great
plant covering acres of ground. "Der grosse Kessel," as the
brew-master lovingly calls the vast main cauldron, holds a
thousand barrels of beer, 31,000 gallons. Beer in process is
pumped from one part of the plant to another — brew-house,
lager-house, bottle-house. Complex, almost sentient ma-
chinery sterilizes its containers, bottles it, pasteurizes it,
labels it, shoots the filled cases or kegs to waiting trucks.
Within the plant, production, repair and new installation
were all being pushed to the limit. Alongside a half dozen
machines that, with clever mechanical fingers, scrubbed,
rinsed, filled, capped, labelled a seemingly endless line of
beer bottles, mechanics and their helpers were preparing
locations for four more such units.

"We were down to 5 percent of our pre-prohibition pro-
duction," my guide told me. "We're stepping her up as fast
as we can, but we're only about 30 percent now. Nobody
knows what the demand is going to be. We don't want to
overdo it. But we surely can use all the men and all the equip-
ment we can get hold of right now."

On the faces of the workers themselves, in their voices,
their manner, were eagerness and confidence. To some of
them it meant a chance to learn a new job, with a hope of
security. To many it meant getting "the old job" back.
Brewery workers have always been a fairly compact group.
There are few skilled jobs in a brewery, few even that can
be called semi-skilled. The men who held those jobs in pre-
prohibition days were apt to keep them year after year and
to be highly regarded by their employers and their fellows.

Will the new beer-making give much employment? Has
mechanization reached a point where fewer men can fill more
containers? What are the labor policies of the brewers? Have
the brewery workers' unions survived prohibition? What of
the coopers, bottle-makers, cap-makers, label lithographers?

Witness the personal that appeared recently in leading
New-York dailies:

WANTED IMMEDIATELY.
INFORMATION AS TO WHEREABOUTS OF MAXL

DUNKELDORFF.

Any one knowing the present address of Maxl Dunkeldorff,

Stock-House foreman for the old Bernheimer & Schwartz Brewery

(now Horton Pilsener Brewing Co.), Amsterdam Av. and 128th

St., please telephone or telegraph the brewery. Suitable reward.

Horton Pilsener Brewing Company,

Amsterdam Av. and 128th St.

Telephone MOnument 2-8600

But skilled or unskilled the brewery workers are an un-
usually stable labor group, with jobs for the older men as
well as for the inexperienced. Unionism has for more than
fifty years been an important factor in the industry.

THE headquarters of Brewery Workers Union No. 1 , or-
ganized in 1884 and still powerful, is one flight up in an
old building in the heart of Yorkville, the German section
of New York City. Three days after legal beer went on sale in
the city, the sidewalk, the halls, the secretary's office were
thronged with workers. The union, like the brewery owners,
had been caught unawares by the revival of the industry.

"We looked for beer maybe by July," said a tall German
workman as I waited my turn to speak with the secretary.
"This wild man in Washington, he gets it on draught before
East'. We got so much work all of a sudden there ain't the
men to do it. It's a long time since we got that trouble,
beiGott."

The secretary stood behind a bookkeeper's desk and an
assistant kept the line moving. A journalist in quest of facts
was obviously an unwelcome interruption.

"I am in four breweries this morning," the secretary said,
"and I don't have time for one glass of beer. And then some-
one thinks I got time to stop and talk! Nu, what is it?" he
added, with kindly German patience. "How this beer
business affects the workers? Well, what we know about

Yesterday thousands of men were employed as teamsters

Today delivery is almost wholly by large fast motors

255

256

SURVEY GRAPHIC

May 1933

One of the few remaining jobs of hand-work in a brewery. The cooper above
is tightening the hoops on veteran beer barrels called into service again.
The coopers were the hardest hit of all the trades affected by prohibition

here is that it is giving them jobs. Every union member in
Greater New York has a job now, and we got to fill calls with
non-union men." Before prohibition, he stated, there were
"about ten thousand men at work in the local breweries."
During prohibition it "got down to about two thousand.
How many is at work now I don't have the figures for. But
it is more every day. Up till two, three months anyway there
will be more jobs filled every day, I think."

The brewery workers were organized "you can say 100
percent" before prohibition. A bootleg brewing industry
sprang up in the interval, but that is a different story. In the
past fourteen years some of the old breweries have made soft
drinks, some have turned into ice or refrigeration plants,
grown mushrooms, or developed other projects. Those that
remained in operation at all have been running with only a
small proportion of their former working force. But the old
labor organization has been held together. "The breweries
are starting up a 100 percent union," the secretary of Union
No. 1 states, "and they are going on that way."

Brewing is one of the few American industries that has
been organized as an industrial union. This form of organi-
zation grew out of bitter experience in the closing decades of
the last century, when the men who actually mix malt and
hops and attend to the fermentation process found them-

selves too small a group to withstand the
pressure of the organized employers. They had
to have the support of the drivers, coopers,
engineers, firemen, maltsters and other workers
who, although not literally brewers, are em-
ployed in and around breweries. The form of
organization has been both a strength and a
weakness. It made a group sufficiently large
and inclusive to carry weight with employers
and with the public. On the other hand, the
organization, affiliated as it is with the Ameri-
can Federation of Labor, has been weakened
by almost continuous jurisdictional disputes
with craft unions. Bottlers, coopers, painters,
carpenters and others included in the brewery
workers' union are claimed by other organiza-
tions. A good deal of the attention and energy
of the union has long been engrossed by such
disputes.

But no one who goes back to the yellowed
files of the Brauer Zeitung, for years the journal
of the organized brewery workers, and reads
the accounts of wages and working conditions
against which the union protested in its early
days, can miss the importance of labor
organization.

When Brewery Workers Union No. 1 was
young, a fourteen-hour day with eight hours'
work on Sunday was not unusual. The em-
ployes were forced to accept whatever board
and lodging the employer provided. The men
were encouraged to drink "plenty of beer," a
privilege which was taken into account in set-
ting wage-rates and which was often abused by
exhausted workers. "The evil of 'free beer'
which alone makes our cruel hours of toil
endurable undermines our health and weakens
our will," according to an editorial in one of
the old papers.

The first brewery workers' union organized
in Cincinnati in 1881 drew up these demands:
a reduction of the work day from thirteen and a half to ten
hours; a minimum wage of sixty dollars a month; the work-
men to be permitted to get board and lodging where they
pleased; Sunday work cut from eight to four hours.

EARLY experience taught the brewery workers the weak-
ness of the strike as a weapon in their hands. Because of
the few skilled jobs involved in brewing and in the allied
trades included in the industrial union, it was easy enough
for the owners to man their plants and also their distribution
system with "scabs," disregarding their striking workmen
with little loss to themselves. The brewery workers thereupon
developed the boycott as their chief offensive weapon. This
called for a united stand not only by the brewery workers'
union but by all organized labor in the community.

"We could do it," a union member explained to me,
"because beer isn't like soap or cloth or something where the
women do the buying. Men are better organized than
women. And anyway — well, you know how it is yourself.
Men stick together better than women do. Men make beer
and men buy beer. And a whole lot of men have gone thirsty
sooner than buy 'unfair' beer." But while effective in local
struggles, the boycott failed when the men tried to use it on
a wider front.

May 1933

MEN WHO MAKE THE BEER

257

The great struggle between employers and
employes in the brewing industry is now ancient
history. But back in the late eighties and nine-
ties the "New York Beer Pool," organized by
the employers to combat the growing strength
of the union, and the attempt by labor to boy-
cott "pool beer" and any saloon that sold it,
filled columns of the dailies as well as of the
labor press. The weakness of the labor move-
ment made the boycott ineffective. More than
four thousand brewery workers were "locked
out" in Greater New York and the local union
membership was reduced to a few hundred.
Then came a general lockout of all the brewery
workers in the country. The warfare ended
with a compromise, as war usually does. The
union was gradually rebuilt and a fairly satis-
factory working relationship between employ-
ers and employes has been maintained.

Julius Liebmann, one of the heads of the
great Liebmann Brewery in Brooklyn and a
former president of the United States Brewers'
Association, gave me the brewery owners' side
of this old story when I went to him for light on
employer-employe relations in the industry:

Bottling is an outstanding example of the mechanization of brewing. Bot-
tles are washed and sterilized in the large drum at the right, rinsed, dried,
filled with beer, capped, pasteurized and labelled without human handling

The relations between brewery employers and workers have
been most harmonious and there has been very little friction since
1883, at about which time most breweries were unionized. The
one serious break in these peaceful relations was about 1887, when
there was a general lockout of all the brewery workers in the
United States.

This was not due to any difference between employers and work-
ers either as to rate of wages or hours, but was caused by the
demands of the union that only union-made goods from outside
be handled by brewery workers. This plan worked for some time,
but was finally found by management to be an impractical restric-
tion. An employer in one city might have made a contract with a
maltster or cooper in another city, knowing him to be unionized,
but after the contract was made, the maltster or cooper through
labor trouble in his own plant would be declared unfair by the
union. How was it possible for a brewery to cancel a contract
legitimately made prior to that time?

As trouble on this account occurred a great many times, all
brewers declared a general lockout. They dismissed all their work-
men and posted notices that they would re-employ them next day,
guaranteeing for the coming year that all the conditions prescribed
by the union rules in the breweries would be continued except the
recognition of the union as such. Only a small percentage of the
men returned at once and non-union men were employed. Gradu-
ally the old men were taken on, and after a while the breweries in
the various cities again organized until after six or eight years the
breweries were once more unionized. That was all forty years ago.
Since then, I think you can say that on the whole things have been
pretty peaceful.

A good many brewery workers feel that the subsequent
comparative peace in their industry was due less to a reason-
able settlement of differences between owners and workers
than to "weakened spirit" within the union. For years the
brewery workers, almost all German-Americans, were a
fairly radical group. Most of them were socialists, and their
paper preached not only unionism but the socialist political
creed. The Declaration of Principles of the International
Union of United Brewery Workmen is a militantly class-
conscious document. Long before prohibition, however,
workers of other nationalities entered the breweries in sub-

stantial numbers. These newcomers had little philosophical
interest in the labor movement and were definitely suspicious
of anything labelled "socialist."

"But it wasn't the new people that weakened the union
spirit," the wife of a brewery worker explained to me. Her
husband has been in the industry "boy and man for nearly
fifty years." He himself is a German, "but he don't lay the
change to the new blood in the breweries. He holds it goes
deeper. The workers have been drawed too close to the
capitalists. They've all had to work together against prohi-
bition. When two parties sit at a table day after day figuring
how to lick the same enemy, why of course they can't turn
right around and begin to fight each other. It's unions and
capitalists battling prohibition together that has broke down
the old-time class-consciousness."

But in spite of the comparative peace in the industry and
the "weakened class-consciousness" that many of the union
members deplore, the organized brewery workers more than
once resorted to force to carry a point with their employers in
the two decades between the settlement of "the big fight"
and prohibition. To strengthen the boycott as a weapon in
local difficulties, the Union purchased, soon after the turn of
the century, an interest in the Herancourt Brewery in Cin-
cinnati. This establishment became the largest brewery in
that area. From it "fair" beer could be shipped into any
community where the brewery workers were on strike, so
that organized labor need not "go thirsty" in order to main-
tain the boycott. Describing this project, Joseph Obergfell,
international secretary, writing in The Federationist several
years ago, reported that the Herancourt had supplied "fair"
beer to various communities over a fairly long period, to Los
Angeles for a year, for example, to Washington for "a year
and eleven days." The Herancourt Brewery ceased opera-
tion in 1921. It was too large a plant to make near-beer. The
mechanical department was turned into an ice plant. With
"modification" apparently far in the future, the union interest
in the brewery was finally sold. Whether a similar project
will be undertaken union spokesmen are not yet able to state.

The brewing industry never (Continued on page 276)

Courtesy The Eighth Street Gallery, New York

Italian Woman

Old Woman

WORKING FOLK

In these small bronzes Saul L. Baizerman has worked
his way from academic skill in representation to a
simplified statement of essentials. The simplifica-
tion is subtle, not crude/ it achieves a rare poetic
quality. Mr. Baizerman takes his models from
workers everywhere. Each little figure is not so
much a person as a symbol (or the many. "I want
to express the essence of man — his sorrow and joy,
the work which has become a part of him," he says.
"He grows before my eyes into a monumental figure.
Surely it is not his face, nor the wrinkles in his
clothes which make him that to me." The imagina-
tion responds with pleasure to his skillful evocation.

Unemployed

Wheelbarrow

incant for
Employment

If not engaged, or if
are m any difficulty,

you should caU at th»

nearest Exchange.

M9E9<I286 6/il Gn.617
JW Lulu 66

THE MANAGER,

EMPLOYMENT EXCHANGE,

MINTRTBT OF LABOWS.

THE LITTLE GREEN CARD

BY HELEN HALL

THE men call it a "card to the gov'ner" and I should like
to offer it as Exhibit A in rebuttal of the prevailing no-
tion in America that unemployment insurance has
stripped the working people of England of their eagerness for
work. To me this little green card is one of the most signifi-
cant bits of paper in England. It is handed a man at the
Labour Exchange when he is given a chance to apply for a
job. The day before my visit to one of the London Exchanges,
the official at the desk who gave out the green cards had
broken down because of the strain of hearing the men, day
after day, beg for a chance to work.

It is to the Labour Exchange that a man reports as soon as
he is out of work. It is here that he draws his unemployment
insurance and here that, so long as he draws it, he must sign
on at least twice a week as token that he is able and willing
to accept any suitable job the exchange has to offer. The
National System of Labour Exchanges was established in
1909, so that when the first British Unemployment Insurance
Act was passed two years later, there was this base from
which to operate. That both services are taken care of in the
same building in each district is a combina-
tion of both psychological and administra-
tive importance. The lines of men waiting to
receive their benefits are there and so are
lines waiting in front of the desk where cards
of introduction are made out to the "gov'-
ners."

In more than one exchange I was told
that those lines which form to get the insur-
ance are peaceful and orderly, but that those
made up of men seeking work often have to
be handled by the police. Apparently this
desk was the only sore spot in the exchange.
With few openings to try for each day, your
place in the job-line is precious and to be
fought for, even though a few feet away is

the line in which you are assured of both food and shelter
When I was first shown one of the little green cards, I did
not grasp how significantly they bore on this point; but it
was impressed upon me by the unemployed themselves, as
my visits went forward among families on the "dole."
Half England calls the scheme of out-of-work benefits by the
term that is invariably used in America by those who
would discredit British unemployment insurance. But in
London itself, the workers speak of it as being "on the Libor,"
because of its association with the Labour Exchange. And as
I talked with them, one after another, instead of wondering
how men could be content to stop looking for work (which
we are led to believe is the British case), I found myself con-
stantly surprised at the tenacity with which they clung to
the hunt. I had been assured officially that this was so, but I
wanted to see and talk with the working people themselves,
for in a world of propaganda we all dislike to be its victims.
I can imagine no greater satisfaction than mine when, in
truly American fashion, I "checked and double-checked"
on my findings in England.

The oldest myth as to unemployment insurance (alls to the floor
between the two lines that form in the British Labour Exchanges.
The insurance-line stands (or a weekly cash benefit that is sure
for the families of men out of work. The job-line stands for
facilitating re-employment and for cutting down the length of
benefit; and is a rough work-test. We have nothing as yet in the
United States to match them in their combination. The chairman of
the Unemployment Division of the National Federation of Settle-
ments followed the lines back to their homes and found that they
give the people a footing in their inveterate search for work.
260

May 1933

THE LITTLE GREEN CARD

261

SILVERTOWN stretches itself with particular dinginess
toward the east of London, its name rivaling Rotten Row
in inappropriateness. Mrs. Lupton, the cozy little woman
who was my hostess and guide, started me off with a potent
cup of tea which we sipped from her best cups, accompanied
with her running comment on politics, for she represented a
young Conservative who was standing for Parliament for the
district. It was a discourse full of homely insight and I
remember how she began.

"Yes, I can take you to anyone in the neighborhood for I
am friends to them all. This is a Labour district, but what I
says to myself is this: 'A good Labour vote today may be a
good Conservative vote tomorrow.' And I just try and tell
the people the rights of the thing as I see it. But," she ended,
as we finished our tea and she put on her bonnet, "no matter
what your party, I fancy there's none of us that would deny
the mercy that the insurance has been. Even with it, times
are hard enough in Silvertown. We could never take care of
our people out of our local rates."

We went in and out, through forlorn streets, and between
calls, when Mrs. Lupton spied passersby who had been out
of work, she hailed them and we talked. At the Merri-
wethers, a young boy told us that his parents were both out
and, with English reticence, said no more. A little further on,
at the Rackhams, we learned the reason. That morning the
heads of these two families had started out to look for work
on their own. They had tossed up a coin to decide where to
try this time and "had gone Woolwich way for a kick-off,"
making the rounds for five miles and calling at all possible
firms en route. Mr. Rackham told me the story and he
named each firm as they went along, Mrs. Lupton and Mrs.
Rackham checking them off with a knowing nod. At the end
of their five miles, the two men stopped, wondering which
way to go next. There they met an acquaintance who had
come along on a similar round, and were talking together
"about some of their old generals and managers," when Mr.
Merriwether said, "I do feel bad," and, as Mr. Rackham
told it to us, "down he went. The police called the doctor
and the doctor said, 'Unemployed by the look of 'im — 'e
aren't 'ad enough food,' and 'e takes 'im to the 'ospital. By
lookin' they finds 'e 'as appendicitis and they operates right
off. 'E 'ad been 'avin' pains for a bit back, but he would go
lookin', for 'e's been out two years. It's 'eart-breakin' tryin'
to live on the dole that long."

We had come upon Mr. Rackham standing by his door-
way. He asked us into the tidy little room which served as
dining-room, kitchen and living-room. There were three
small children in the family; the youngest, a blue-eyed
three-year-old, was peeping out of the closet when we came
in. The father was thirty-five, intelligent and good-looking
with an air of determination and energy. He had been out of
work steadily for four months when I saw him and was
strained and impatient. He showed me three very unusual
references from different firms, which spoke of his personal
integrity and his ability to use his head and manage men. He
was proud of these references but he was a little wry over
them too; for, he said, they were "about as much good as war
medals these days."

Bob Rackham had started work as a boy, at eleven, help-
ing deliver milk after school hours, and at eighteen had
joined the army and gone through the war to the end. In
1919, home from France only a month, he found a job as
truckman for a sugar factory. A year and a half later he was
discharged, he said, so that the factory might take on in his
stead a man still under twenty-one, to whom they would not

have to pay as much under their trade agreement. Fortu-
nately he was out of work only two weeks. He had drawn
only one week's insurance before he secured a job as laborer
on one of the housing schemes. The wages were high when
he started in — 4£ 11s. 12d., but had dropped to 2£. 13s.
before the work was finished two years later. Again he found
a job at once, on sewer construction at Silvertown, which
paid him more money because of overtime, Saturdays and
Sundays. It lasted seven months and then, after a few weeks'
break, he had seven years of steady work with one firm of
contractors.

AT the mere thought of this halcyon time, his expression
changed, in spite of the fact that the new work had been
at such a distance that he left home at five-thirty in the morn-
ing and got back between seven and eight at night. The best
part of the job was that when his own work was slack, he was
sent to help out in the yards and he could always count on
his pay. The firm failed and short-time jobs and insurance
kept the family going, until his old contractors started up
again a year later and took him on, until they failed a second
time. A week's work now and then helped tide the Rack-
hams over until ten weeks' steady work gave him enough
stamps to keep him on the standard insurance register.
At the time I saw him, he had been out again for four
months.

As Mr. Rackham talked it was easy to get the sense of his
self-reliance and the relief it had been to him to get those last
weeks of work. Each stamp stood for lOd. he had paid each
week into the insurance fund, matched by similar payments
by his employer and by the national government. When a
worker has paid thirty such premiums during two years, he

INTRODUCTION CARD.

Order No.. dassn. No

Ministry of Labour.

Te). No Date ...

In reply to your request lot

«... Lam sending

the bearer M „

Flense complete the space below and despatch this
card to me by return of port. No «tamp required.

Manager.

lUB.-tinti! this card is returned the situation is considered open

EMPLOYER'S REPLY.

Have you engaged the Applicant?

Date Applicant is to start work

REMARKS (if any )—

Signature

E.D. 12 Date....

The Little Green Card [reverse]

262

SURVEY GRAPHIC

May 1933

is entitled to a maximum of twenty-six weeks' standard
benefit. Without enough stamps, Mr. Rackham would have
had to apply for what is known as transitional benefit (to be
eligible for which one must have paid eight contributions in
the past two years or thirty at any time). Moreover, he
would have had to submit to a Means Test; that is to a visit
from the local public assistance authorities to make sure
that he had no other source of income, such as a pension or
children's wages, which would be deducted from the amount
of the insurance benefit. That would have meant no change
in the amount of the allowance in his case, as there was no
income in the family other than his earnings. But there was a
difference in Mr. Rackham's mind which sharply registered
between standard insurance and a call from the public
assistance authorities.

Such is the British system, built round the insurance base;
to be counted upon so long as a man meets the qualifications
for standard or transitional benefit and signs on twice a week
at the Labour Exchange, as ready to work. The minimum
protection it affords had not undermined Mr. Rackham's
incentive as a job-hunter nor that of his companion. Like
them, the workers do not depend entirely on the green cards;
they make the rounds. Mr. Merriwether had kept at it as we
have seen, till he caved in after his last five-mile tramp for
work.

BUT, the British system does not leave the individual alone
and helpless. Just to report at the Labour Exchange
twice a week keeps him still a part of the going community
where work and wages are a reality. The weekly benefit is
sure and gives a footing in the search for work.

In lieu of either the insurance-lines or the job-lines of the
British Labour Exchanges, we have had relief-lines here in
the United States these last years, which have tended to
separate the unemployed publicly and sharply from the rest
of the community. I have seen these lines in many cities.
People waiting hours and sometimes days to make applica-
tion for help. Men, women and children before various kinds
of soup-kitchens, sometimes waiting to be fed, sometimes
with pails and paper bags to take the food home. Lines before
commissaries, before clothing stations, before police stations
waiting for groceries or for coal, and at best, in most of our
cities, grocery orders and food orders that deprive a family
of their privacy and undermine their initiative.

I am not unmindful of the open-handed giving of time,
effort and intelligence by many of our agencies, public and
private, which have been set up to minister to the emergency.
The workers have carried on in the face of situations where
they have not known where the money was to come from,
the next minute or the next day. Committees have raised
funds; public bodies have yielded appropriations; the sum
total of relief has mounted to figures that compare with that
spent by the British, but out of our makeshift measures we
have not yet evolved a system that could stand up to the
crisis and insure even a minimum of security to those looking
for work.

While New York City, for example, has developed a very
extensive system of cash relief benefits under its work-relief
programs, private and public, the municipal home-relief
administration, as in most cities, has resorted to grocery
orders and other forms of relief in kind. Last winter old baby
carriages, little go-carts, children's express wagons and
many strangely concocted small things on wheels were
trundled in the lines which shuffled their way along to the
doors of the police stations where coal was given out

upon receipt of a card issued by the home relief authorities.

Mr. Scatti got his coal in one of these lines which I saw one
February morning in the neighborhood of Union Settle-
ment. The day before he had waited five hours and then
been told it was too late for them to give out any more coal
that day. This was during one of New York's cold spells and
the men had burned papers in the early morning to keep
their feet from freezing.

"I don't care, I wait, if I getta the coal," he had said,
"but the door shut. I say to the cop, 'Pleasa you give me da
card so I sure getta da coal tomorrow, I gotta da eight
children.' 'Ah gaw on,' he say to me and shutta da door."

The next day Mr. Scatti waited four hours and, as the
supply was low, was given thirty pounds of coal instead of the
allowance of 100. If the person who is known in the Scatti
family as the "Magestigator" came when Mr. Scatti was
away looking for work, his wife had to sign for the coal and
then must go for it herself. There was no way of knowing
when the investigator would come as she was sometimes five
days late with the food order.

Mr. Scatti wanted to be out scouting for odd jobs but he
hated to have his wife stand in the coal-line for she wasn't
equal to it. He had been a marble polisher and earned good
money until two years ago. Then, his wife said, "the chil-
dren had the eggs and fresh vegetables." They had lived in a
downstairs apartment where the boy who had heart trouble
wouldn't have to climb so many stairs. Fourteen years in the
same place — then with the father out of work came the time
when they couldn't pay the rent for six months and they
"gotta the disposess." Their present flat was five flights up
but Mrs. Scatti could not do better because "when the land-
lords looka at the home relief check they don't letta me
in." Their first month's rent had been paid but not the next
two and as we went in the janitor was trying to collect. It
was the second time he had been there that day, they said.
They had given their electric bill to the "Magestigator" two
months before but it had not been paid. "We donna why,
they say they pay."

Through a long expensive process of demoralization and
suffering we surely will come finally to the point many
civilized nations have reached: that of considering food,
shelter, light and heat as essentials to life. These same people
in England would have been paid in cash and be exerting
the functions of decision and choice over their small budgets.
They would have been sure of it and would have drawn it
self-respectingly at the Labour Exchanges which stand for a
potential chance for work.

John Bender who stood in the relief lines in Detroit could
not have been distinguished from hundreds of others. He
gave no outward sign of minding. He was a quiet, unobtru-
sive little man. This is what the record says of him and his
family, and these few excerpts tell of the breakdown of our
American makeshifts as well as of Mr. Bender. It is that
which makes them significant; for Detroit as a matter of
fact was in advance of most of our cities in instituting public
unemployment relief.

THE BENDER FAMILY

(Excerpts from record of the Bender family in Detroit, Michigan. One of three
hundred cases studied in 1932 by the Unemployment Division of the National
Federation of Settlements.)

May 1929:

The family consists of man 42-years old, woman 42-years old and
six children ranging from 4 to 19 years.

Man a hard-working unassuming type. Very fond of his wife and

May 1933

THE LITTLE GREEN CARD

263

children. Family lives in a frame building which they own and
which they have divided into three apartments. They receive
$27 a month rent from tenants in the two apartments.

Man employed at Ford Motor Company, averaging $32.75 a
week in wages.

John, oldest boy, employed at General Box Factory, earning
$20 a week.

June 1 929: One month later:

Man put on part-time work three days a week, earnings averag-
ing $16 a week.

December 1929: Six months later:

John laid off at box factory.

November 1930: Eleven months later:

Tenants not paying rent. Mother gets job as jani tress.

May 1931: Six months later:

John went to work for farmer for room and board.
Mother developed varicose veins in legs from being on feet so
much.

June 1931: One month later:

Man laid off altogether. Comes to office asking for cards referring
him to other factories. Worried over wife's health.

October 1931: Four months later:

Department of Public Welfare refused family relief but offered
to get tenants for one of their apartments and pay rent. Depart-
ment of Public Welfare paid $1"! for one month.

December 18, 1931: Two months later:

Man applied to Department of Public Welfare because no rent
was paid on apartment after first month. Was told by worker under
new ruling no rents were being paid to landlords where city taxes
were overdue. Man came home very desperate and despondent.
Christmas very near and he hoped to buy necessities for children.

Children being fed at fire house.

December 19, 1931: Next day:

Son Stanley, aged seven, went to woodshed for some wood to
build fire in the house. Found father had hung himself.

December 22, 1931: Three days later:

Insurance policies not kept up so man buried by Department of
Public Welfare.

December 23, 1931: Next day:

Woman came to office asking for help. She is destitute and not
able to work. Since husband's death appears very broken down.
Veins on leg worse.

December 24, 1931: Next day:

Three dollars emergency relief from Department of Public Wel-
fare.

Christmas basket delivered to family.

January 5, 1932: Twelve days later:

New Year's basket delivered to family.

Three dollars emergency relief from Department of Public
Welfare.

Woman appears very nervous and broken-hearted. Cries
whenever man is mentioned and seems bewildered. Woman ad-
vised to apply for mother's pension.

December 12, 1932: Eleven months later:

Family living on widow's pension, getting $15 a week.

That $15 a week might have saved the Benders, if it had
reached them as unemployment benefit. Those holiday
baskets go back to the most primitive benevolence of an older
social setting. We can see how futile they are to make good

the breakdown of livelihood in an age of gas-engines and mass
unemployment. Yet they seem to epitomize our American
provisions against human need in the face of an industrial
shutdown. Whether the fatherless family would hereafter
have to depend on charity as in many of our states, or on a
widow's pension as in Michigan, in the long run the cost to
the public must be more than would have been the cost of
tiding the family over the crisis in a systematic way that
would have given the breadwinner a foothold. Even such a
calculation, though, seems cruel in the face of such pre-
ventable human suffering. The man was dead. The woman
looked sixty. While the tragedy in this case is perhaps more
obvious, it is not necessarily deeper than that in many other
of our cases where trouble drags on and the family goes
through an experience which changes and cripples them.

It was natural for us in the United States to be compelled
to resort to haphazard methods of relief at the beginning of
our emergency. During our prosperous years we had built
up no organized system of protection against unemploy-
ment. It is more discouraging however to find these same
methods so largely in force at the end of four years and to
meet with continued resistance to state and federal responsi-
bility in planning for unemployment relief now, and for un-
employment reserves and insurance for the future. Now as
then we are confronted with the argument that to take such
steps would be to pauperize working people, and strip them
of the incentive to work. The British "dole" is held up still
to scare us into inaction.

THIS fear of not wanting to work, however, is one we hold
for others rather than for ourselves. Few of us live in
dread of achieving an independence lest it sap our produc-
ing power. We are ready enough to take the chance our-
selves. Most of us feel we could manage to be energetic even
while living on a comfortable income left by our grand-
father or perhaps achieved through the happy play of the
stock market, but we are inclined to be extremely fearful of
the deteriorating effects of an income of a few dollars a week
on a man out of work, even though this man may have paid
something toward the accumulation of the income and re-
ceives it only on the consideration that he be ready and will-
ing to work. Yet if we indulge in a little self-analysis and look
around us a bit, we will see that the instinctive desire to be
comfortable, to possess, to do well for our children, to be of
some moment in our community, to attain our own particu-
lar ends, serves generally not only to overcome most latent
inertia but to keep a large percentage of human beings
working overtime.

So-called laziness is a physical and psychological factor
not confined to any class nor the product of any particular
system. That some people will take advantage of unemploy-
ment insurance in England and grocery orders in America is
as sure as that some people will not work under any circum-
stances. These social drones display much the same char-
acteristics whether their relatives support them or they live
upon begging, whether they draw an independent income or
unemployment relief.

The congenital loafers in the neighborhood of University
House in Philadelphia are known to all of us and my neigh-
bors accept them with the same philosophy they do the
simple-minded or any other of our handicapped. Perhaps it
is their better understanding of people, or that they have
more often had to accept life on its own terms, but I know
that my neighbors cease to prod the loafers long before I
have given up hope. (Continued on page 277)

A FAMOUS
SLUM GOES
AT LAST

Today the faucet and toilets in the backyard are often the sole sanitary equipment

An ample playground will replace the street corner gathering place

"Lung Block" in New York's lower East
Side, described over a generation ago by
the tenement-house commissioner of the time
as the worst block in the city from a sanitary
and criminal point of view, is to go at last.
In its place within a year will rise a group
of two modern buildings containing 1662
apartments. It is to be built by the Fred F.
French Company largely with Reconstruc-
tion Finance Corporation funds, this loan of
eight million dollars being the first self-
liquidating housing loan that has been
granted by the Corporation. Apart from the
improvement in housing, the fact that this
project gives immediate work to ten thou-
sand people — on its site and in various
factories — marks this loan as epoch-making.

Rooms In the two twelve-story apartments built around gardens will average $1 2.50 monthly in rental

Knickerbocker Village, occupying this section, will be accessible to thousands of downtown workers

PERMANENT PART-TIME

BY MALCOLM ROSS

PHOTOGRAPHS BY THE AUTHOR

PHYSICAL isolation no longer exists for the
coal miners of the Blue Ridge. Since the War
good roads have been built across the West
Virginia and Kentucky highlands, giving access
to the hill-billy country and disturbing forever its
legendary remoteness. Yet the concrete network thrown
over the coal hills has imposed a new, industrial, isolation
more devastating to the people than their former isolation
from ordinary civilized modes of life.

The opening of the Appalachian coal reserves — to supply
the needs of the 1920 boom decade — suddenly changed the
mountaineers into miners; and the subsequent decline in
importance of coal as an industrial fuel quite as suddenly
withdrew prosperity from the mountains, leaving a be-
wildered people without a living wage and unable to re-
capture the old hill farm life.

This cycle from subsistence farming to industrial boom
and back to chaos had already worked itself out before the
rest of the United States went down the greased skids of an
unstable prosperity. From 1923 to 1929 coal declined
rapidly in production, partly because of more efficient com-
bustion and partly because oil and natural gas had come in
as rivals. Human beings, however, cannot be written up in
the ledger as decreased production. They hung on. Fewer
days of work and continual wage-cuts could not drive them
away from the hills, since their roots were there and they
knew no other trade. For a while they lived on their fat;
then, by 1931, it became apparent that they were underfed,
lacked warm clothes and were thoroughly miserable. A
survey by the Children's Bureau showed dangerous under-
nourishment among the mountaineer-miner children. The
report persuaded President Hoover to allocate $225,000 for
child-feeding. This fund was turned over for administration
to the American Friends Service Committee of Philadelphia,
the social action group of the Quakers.

Many of the Quakers had had experience in European
relief. The par-
ticular over-
seas project
most resem-
bling the mine
problem was
the feeding of
children in
Germany. For
many months
the Friends had
fed more than
one million
German chil-
dren a day. But
to feed children
in methodical
and coopera-
tive Germany
was another
matter than to

"President Roosevelt went to work on the coal problem
today," the Associated Press reports. Some two years ago
the Quakers tackled it, first feeding the hungry children, then
going on to "ways out" for men and mine camps whose
full-time jobs are over. Here are fact and experience on
which to base the new deal in the stricken soft-coal country.

invade our own mine fields, where operators were suspicious
and the transport of supplies up mountain hollows was
rough going. Nevertheless, during the winter of 1931—32 the
Quakers distributed 2,168,680 meals to school children,
641,408 rations to preschool children, and 106,710 rations
to nursing mothers. A staff of fifty-five men and women,
mostly volunteers, worked in 563 communities of six soft-
coal states. They gathered and distributed twenty thousand
pairs of shoes and fifty-one tons of clothing.

THIS data is itself evidence of the mine people's needs,
which the Quakers only scratched; but relief, vital as it is,
can only be a springboard into the larger problem of putting
the coal miners back into a way of life which will let them
take care of themselves. This dual problem of relief and
rehabilitation was at once recognized by the Quakers. Their
conciliatory attitude to the operators and the townspeople
of the coal regions was a sort of connecting link between the
two main aims — a way of teaching the mine owners that
their toast would be better buttered in the future if they
would not only help the miners now but would also think
out ways, other than mining coal, for idle hands in the future.
The Quakers spent the $225,000 fund and raised an addi-
tional $150,000 in money and supplies. They faced the past
winter with no relief money and a disturbing knowledge
that the mine situation was worse than ever. More mines
had closed, less coal was being dug, wages were down so low
that a man could hardly earn a dollar a day, and that he
owed to the company for rent and supplies.

In this dilemma the Reconstruction Finance Corporation
entered as the mechanism to keep Quaker experience in the

mine fields.
From the
states and
counties them-
selves came the
suggestion that
the Friends
Service Com-
mittee use one-
fifth of the local
R.F.C. allot-
ments for feed-
ing mine chil-
dren and pres-
ently the most
direful coal
counties in
West Virginia
and Kentucky
presented the
spectacle of

The old way of life of mountain families drawn to the mines by war-demand for coal

266

May 1933

PERMANENT PART-TIME

267

local officials, once resentful of
outside interference, working
hand in glove with the Quaker
relief staff. This obtained, as
naturally as elsewhere, in such
counties as Harlan and Bell where
last year the Kentucky vigilantes
were busy with whip and pistol
against critics of their methods of
justice. The fact is that a dim
recognition is arising in those
parts that such prosaic matters
as health and vocational educa-
tion may do more good than mine
warfare. Some new ideas have
come to the mine regions, but
they need nourishing if they are
to survive.

Toward this end, relief work is
a new force. It has small but
strong roots in the schoolhouses

where the children are fed their daily hot meals. Teachers
and parents are learning that milk and cracked wheat
stick to the spare ribs of children better than the sowbelly
and greens, the beans and grease on which mountain babies
are traditionally weaned. The fed children pay better atten-
tion to their lessons. Their bad behavior — as much from
undernourished bodies as from original sin — take a turn
for the better. Attendance picks up.

Consider a recent Quaker report on a baby whose rearing
has been more according to Holt than to old granny's no-
tions. "The baby," notes the Quaker, "is a demonstration in
itself for these people, who still think it is pretty awful to
pick him up every time he yells. But they stand around and
look at him and say he is the 'growinest baby they ever see,'
and wonder a bit why theirs don't grow so fat."

The simplest rules of hygiene and diet are unknown to the
mine people. If they knew what to eat — and could get it —
there would be a new race in the hills. Their original Scotch,
Irish and English stock is sound at the core, yet badly
nourished for so long that the man beneath is hidden by the
gaunt scarecrow he appears to be. Put him into such sur-
roundings as Berea College and the mountain boy flourishes
like the green bay tree. Leave him in the mine fields, under
present conditions, and he is a lost human being.

From recent field reports of Quaker workers a few extracts

Miners evicted from a company shack, dumped on the roadside with no place to 30

The new way of life, mine shacks on a barren hillside, abandoned since the decline in coal

may be cited to show the low points in health and morale to
which the collapse of coal-mining is condemning these
people:

Finally a man took us across the river to the shack in a flat-
bottomed boat, which we had to paddle with an old shovel. There
were eleven children in the family and they were all sitting around
the fire on the floor, sick with the flu and looking very miserable.
They were dirty, and they had no clothes but what they had on.
All were barefooted and the girls had only ragged dresses. I took
a list of their needs and asked them what they had in the way of
food. They had raised a good bit of corn, also potatoes, and had
canned some vegetables. But the supply had about run out. . . .
After this Bobbie and I got an old mule and started to visit
some families. She rode in the rumble-seat position — not I ! Once,
going up a steep hill, she just slid gently off over the tail. I saw
some pretty sorry people. Isabel had a husband once, but he left
her. The neighbors get her wood and help plant her corn. She has
three children. Two were sick in bed with the flu. They had no
sheets and only a very thin quilt. There were no chairs, so she
couldn't ask us to sit down. The house was on stilts, and the floor
full of holes. She had a bushel of corn, the last of what she had
raised. . . .

This is one of the loveliest places I have been in. The hollow
ends up a sort of bowl high above the rest of the valley. From the
cabin you can see the other little cabins dotted along the creek.
The clouds were blowing around the edge of the mountains, which
formed a sort of rim as if it were the edge of the
world and that this world was very small. In-
side the cabin were three very beautiful but shy
and hungry-looking children. There was only
one bed and one crib. There were only two
quilts [it was winter]. And this month another
child is due to arrive. These people are out of
food. They rent the cabin and the little ground
around it, so they can't raise much. The man
used to work in the mine over the hill.

To such extremities thousands of mine
families have been driven. Below this level
of helpless misery are those worse predica-
ments to which disease has added a final
touch. To quote merely one routine report:

One family was given bedding and shoes.
The father and one child are almost blind from
trachoma. The mother is very far gone with
cancer, and there are thirteen of them at home.

268

SURVEY GRAPHIC

May 1933

. . . There was a similar case of a widow and son both practically
blind from trachoma. Also a certain — -who has fourteen in a tiny
house boasting only two beds.

During December and January an influenza epidemic
swept through the mine fields. With scanty medicine and
small reserves of strength, almost every other person con-
tracted it. Schools closed or dropped in attendance, and the
children were deprived of their Quaker feedings.

How important it is to keep the feedings up appears in the
records made to determine which children most needed food.
In Kentucky the number of undernourished children runs from
40 to 65 percent in the mine-schools examined. In the worst
school 91 percent of the children were under normal weight.

So long as no one probed these facts it was possible to
ignore spindly bodies and irritable nerves. But now the
townspeople and the operators are coming to understand
that a sickly generation is being reared. Their cooperation
is infinitely better this year than last. A judge lent a house
rent-free for a feeding center. A doctor charged only $2 to
pull a child through pneumonia. A state trooper, come to
find stolen chickens in a mine-shack, remained to draw up a
report on the family poverty and to send out an S.O.S. for
food and clothes. A merchant rushed to the Quaker field
director to report that a family of thirteen were huddled all
night around the fire, with the children packed like sacks
on the floor and one wakeful adult prodding the coals alive
in order that they all might not freeze to death. Many such
stories could be recounted; they are still being lived out
in scores of mine valleys.

THERE can be no doubt that the R.F.C. funds saved
many mine people from starvation this past winter.
Through a disbursing officer and a social worker, who col-
laborate in each county, the funds were given in exchange
for work, usually on the roads, and according to the size of
the worker's family. Direct relief grants were made in some
cases. In effect all the R.F.C. aid in these parts amounted to
a dole. To spread gravel on a mountain trail is useful work,
yet the man himself knows that this made-work is a thin
excuse for giving him something to eat. The Red Cross does
not even make the pretense; it hands out flour with no
strings attached except the need of the recipient.

This is all vitally necessary in order to meet the emer-
gency. In the long run, however, it does not touch the
economic dilemma of a region whose one industry has
shrunk permanently, leaving it with no more income from
the outside world than can support half its population.
That fact holds whether or not the rest of the United States
returns to a better industrial level.

Some of the idle miners have gone back to the land for their food

Miners' children fed by the Quakers in their schoolroom

The Quakers realized this situation at the start of their
relief program about two years ago. They saw, as every
student of it must see, that the solution will not come by any
one brilliant stroke. Instead, a series of modest projects are
essential to get the idle people back to subsistence farming
and at small local industries. At present they have lost skill
at anything except mining. The women are drudges to
their innumerable children. The spirits of all are stunned
and made listless by the slow descent of a tragedy they could
not foresee and do not yet understand.

Credit for analyzing the problem and for acting upon it
must not be assigned exclusively to the Quakers. County
officials, agriculture extension groups, churches and local
agencies did their share in initiating projects. The Quaker
contribution was experience in such matters and a concilia-
tory spirit which acted as a catalyst to bring local people
together for common ends.

Morgantown, West Virginia, offers an example of Quaker
and local cooperation. Here for two years canning kitchens
have given mine wives the chance to preserve the vegetables
raised in plots around their shacks. Sewing groups were
supplied with materials to make dresses, underwear and
quilts. The women in the doleful, hungry valleys showed a
pathetic eagerness to use their hands and to wag their
tongues in social gossip. Their empty shelves had a few jars
of food once more. Their ragged children were warmly clad.
All that is sheer gain — -to the emotions as well as to the
needs of the flesh. To fit it into a larger economic scale the
Quakers and townspeople organized a cooperative. In three
towns, where the mines had been shut down, they estab-
lished workshops for furniture, toy- and chair-making,
weaving, cobbling, and rug-making. These are now going
concerns with a small cash income and a mighty
fund of hope.

The handicraft and woodlot industries repre-
sent an escape from the former sole reliance on
one industry. Disaster has taught the people the
folly of putting all their eggs into a coal scuttle.
The wish to diversify, and to produce goods for
local consumption, is widespread in the coal hills.
Money to start them off is scarce. Nevertheless
the Morgantown Cooperative and other ventures
are the possible nuclei of self-sustaining local
plants which can give work to men and women
and can offer their children a chance to use more
skill than a pick and shovel require.

The cry — "back to the land" — echoes in
the hearts of many (Continued on page 290)

THE FELS PLAN FOR A FEDERAL TRADE SYSTEM

We have been putting up guy-ropes to steady our banking and budgetary
structure, but these emergency measures will scarcely hold unless we get
stability at the bottom of our economic life — where people live and work,
earn and spend. That is where the proposal put forward by Samuel S. Pels
in concluding his series of articles in the April Survey Graphic comes in

Chapel Hill, N. C.

MR. FELS is on the right line and has good company. American
thought seems to be turning in the direction which he has
indicated. CHARLES A. BEARD

Author, Rise of American Civilization; former president, American Political
Science Association

Chicago

SOME such plan as Mr. Fels proposes seems to me essential for
any economic security in this or any other country. The unfor-
tunate aspect of it is that people attach names such as socialism
and communism to what is a logical and necessary control in any
system. ALFRED K. STERN

Director for Special Activities, Julius Rosenwald Fund

Harrisburg, Perm.

I HAVE read with great interest Mr. Pels' proposal. Whether his
particular plan is the best or not, I don't know. What I am
entirely sure of, however, is that there is only one way out of this
trouble of ours, and that is by increasing the consuming power of
the people. And that can't be done by cutting down wages.
Governor of Pennsylvania GIFFORD PINCHOT

Washington, D. C.

STABILIZATION of industry and economic planning are
O correlated subjects occupying the thought and consideration of
numerous people. Almost four years of unemployment with its
attending suffering has served to emphasize the necessity of finding
a better way to plan control and formulate more practical and
constructive economic policies. Mr. Fels has made a distinct
contribution to present day economic thought
and study of industrial stabilization and en-
lightened economic planning. No one pos-
sessed with a consciousness of the seriousness
of the existing economic conditions can read
his articles without being deeply influenced by
his logic and impressed with the soundness and
practicability of his suggestions.

WILLIAM GREEN
President American Federation of Labor

Washington, D. C.

THERE should be every encouragement for constructive think-
ing and planning at this time. Whether or not a Federal Trade
System to stabilize work, earnings and purchasing power can be
accomplished in so large a country with so many diversified inter-
ests, would require considerable study. However, the president of
Fels & Co. is to be complimented for doing what he has. Being a
legislator, I may have at some early date to deal with legislation
along these lines. I do not want to be committed to any specific
plan. Any such plan, covering so broad a scope, would naturally
have to be studied to the same extent as was the Federal Reserve
System. JAMES COUZENS

United States Senator from Michigan; chairman committee on Interstate
Commerce

New York City

A i a solution of the depression through economic planning, Mr.
Fels' idea deserves serious consideration. He shows keen
recognition of the fact that the near term goal should be to promote
the gross volume of business and thus indirectly raise the purchasing
power of the people. A central economic planning body in indus-
try, with full access to significant data and power to take construc-
tive steps, could render immense service in this period of confusion
into which the policy of aimless drifting has led us. Mr. Fels'
conception of the form and duties of such a body is an interesting
contribution to enlightened thinking on this important point.

MERRYLE STANLEY RUKEYSER

Editor Financial Column, New York American and Universal Service;
member faculty, School of Journalism, Columbia University; author,
Investment and Speculation

New York City

THE point of view presented by Mr. Fels in
I his article Planning for Purchasing Power
is basically sound and fundamental. As Mr.
Fels points out, we must appreciate the inter-
relationships between production and purchas-
ing power and the other factors of our economic
system. Primary among these relationships is
the relative claims of capital and labor to the
goods produced. Until we attack our economic
problems in the spirit he indicates we will not
make progress toward sustained and healthy
economic growth. WALTER RAUTENSTRAUCH
Professor of industrial engineering Columbia Uni-
versity; director of the Quantitative Analysis of Our
Production Economy

COMMENTS BY

Charles A. Beard
Alfred K. Stem

Gilford Pinchot
William Green
Walter Rautenstrauch
James Couzens
Merryle Stanley Rukeyser
Henry Ittleson
Albert L. Deane
Lincoln Filene
Joseph H. Willits
Donald R. Richberg
Lucius R. Eastman
Lewis L. Lorwin
Ellery Sedgwick
Morris L. Cooke
Isador Lubin
Arthur E. Morgan
Jacob Biilikopf
John H. Fahey
William M. Leiserson
M. C. Rorty

New York City

I HAVE read with much interest Mr. Fels'
recent monthly articles. They are full of meat
and Survey Graphic is to be congratulated on
having the opportunity to publish them.

While I am not prepared to record my views
on the Federal Trade System as outlined by
Mr. Fels, his latest illuminating article directly
emphasizes a problem that must be solved if
employers propose to liquidate their full re-
sponsibilities under the present or any other
system, and I for one feel impressed and want
to do some hard thinking about it. Survey
Graphic's contribution to this constructive
discussion of these pressing problems is indeed
exceedingly valuable. HENRY ITTLESON

President Commercial Investment Trust Co.

New York City

IT seems to me that the ameliorating effects
of the various emergency measures being
undertaken so courageously by the new Ad-
ministration must be followed up almost
immediately with positive governmental action,
instituting some form of governing device that
will automatically (Continued on page 280)

269

THROUGH NEIGHBORS' D O O R W A Y S — J O H N PALMER GAVIT

NATIONALISM ON THE RAMPAGE

WHILE we wait to see what further lunacies
impend in this momentous time, let us look to
our background. Here on my desk is a pecul-
iarly timely group of books, which have been passed to me
for information and comment or acquired otherwise recently
in one way or another. There are plenty of others to be had;
but each of these is a contribution to understanding of the
bewildering developments in this distracted sphere. Take
your choice — panorama or close-up — interpret and prophesy
to suit yourself. The list of them, each illuminating to me,
follows on page 271. Behind and interwoven with the
substance of each are breath-taking events, such as during
the war turned us to the newspapers with our hearts in our
mouths. At this time any turn of the wheel is momentous.
Germany and Japan, each in its own way and circum-
stances, have as the English say "gone off the deep end."
Japan, with unmistakable reluctance and the gravest com-
punctions on the part of the saner Japanese, has served notice
of withdrawal from the League of Nations, to take effect,
as the Covenant of the League provides, two years from now;
quite evidently hoping that during that period events of some
kind may cancel the action. Assuming, too, that the League
will not somehow get the nerve to refuse the resignation on the
ground that Japan has violated, or anyway not fulfilled her
obligations as a member; still less attempt some form of pe-
nalization by united action with consequences incalculable.
Germany has for the moment at least simply gone crazy.

The only forecast which

this particular writer dares
to venture is that in the long
run the greater injury will
fall upon these two nations
themselves. Together with
immense damage to the rest
of the world; especially to
such measure of interna-
tional good-will and coop-
eration as has been pain-
fully and haltingly built up
upon the ruins left by the
World War. And to the
effective usefulness of the
League of Nations, which
Herbert A. Miller, in his
The Beginnings of Tomor-
row, describes as "a des-
perate attempt to save from
the approaching chaos not
only the West, but the whole
world which was being
brought under the influ-
ence of Western conditions."

THE Germany which is
now on the rampage
with nothing less than a
drunk-and-disorderly

exhibit of medieval atavism, is not the Germany of which I
wrote with profound sympathy four years ago in the New
Germany issue of Survey Graphic. It is not the New Ger-
many of which my friend Ernst Jackh wrote and lectured in
America. It is not the German Phoenix visioned by Oswald
Garrison Villard in his recent book of that title. It is not even
the Germany of 1848, from whose tyrannies Carl Schurz
and other great German liberals fled to weave their char-
acter and qualities into the tapestry of American life. I do
not find this present-day Germany anywhere this side of the
Dark Ages. At best we confront that old devil, stark Schreck-
ligkeit, war by terror and the wanton starvation of men,
women and children. Here is the same incredibly stupid
psychology that conceived the unrestricted submarine war-
fare in attempt to bully the whole world. This time without
any big stick to back it up.

These remarks are inspired by no reports, true or false,
exaggerated or otherwise, about "atrocities" or other crude
forms of physical violence and cruelty, against Jews or
anybody else, though I have no personal doubt that such
occurred and are still occurring in plenty. One hears that
they are preparing "concentration camps," as the Spaniards
did in Cuba, for political opponents, to relieve congestion in
the jails. Be the truth of these reports what it may — revolu-
tions are seldom polite affairs and one can understand even
while detesting the excesses of hooligans out of hand. But
the thing in cold blood. . . . There is an essential difference

between mob violence in a
hysterical moment, and the
deliberate destruction of a
large portion of the native-
born population — among
them many of the shining
intellectual lights and con-
structive personalities of
the nation — with the con-
nivance, even the avowed
approval, of the govern-
ment itself, quite shame-
lessly under the impulse of
race-hatred. What I say
refers to and is based upon
the official actions, declara-
tions and mouthings of the
Hitler government and its
appointed entourage. They
appear and sound as if
conceived and uttered in
the incurable ward of a
madhouse.

At a stroke this Germany
has wiped out all of the
gains the nation has made
since the war in the esteem
and increasing sympathy
of the world. There, citi-
zens are no longer equal

Sykes in The New York Evening Post

PARDONABLE CURIOSITY
270

May 1933

NATIONALISM ON THE RAMPAGE

271

before the law; there, character, good faith and ability are
no longer assured personal assets; the primary rights and
sanctities of person and property have been and are being
shamelessly violated. Leadership and achievement in music,
literature, drama, art, science count for less than nothing.
The treatment of Dr. Einstein robs Germany of her greatest
thinker, and together with the connivance of goose-stepping
Prussian professors again alienates the scientists of other
lands. Fatuous and almost completely unsuccessful attempts
to bulldoze the foreign press through its correspondents
resident in Germany insure and exacerbate widely spreading
hostility. The American tourist business in Germany is
already crumbling. It appears that even the great Protestant
Lutheran Church in Germany is to be commandeered in the
service of Hitlerism, and the symbol of the swastika erected
beside the Cross — upon which once a Jew was crucified.

Ossip Gabrilowitsch put his finger on the situation the
other day, writing to the Maestro Arturo Toscanini (who
two years ago met this same mad ferocity at the hands of
Fascist mobs in his own country). Successfully urging that
great musician to lead the protest of his colleagues against
the German barbarities, Gabrilowitsch wrote:

This year you are returning to Bayreuth when Hitlerism is at the
climax of its triumph. Do you not think that this must be inter-
preted by the whole world as an expression of your approval of
Hitlerism? ... It is a mistake to regard Hitlerism as an anti-
Jewish movement. That of course is only one side of it. Hitlerism
is a mental attitude which advocates brute force against liberty.
It is the worst side of fascism.

Back in the saddle are all the old forces of military, indus-
trial and agricultural feudalism whose overthrow cost a
world war and may yet turn out to have wrecked civiliza-
tion. The retribution is only beginning, but is sure. Any
nation in these days built upon the overt persecution of its
own citizens because of race, is headed for the junk-heap
where lie the remains of great empires. God Almighty keeps
an awful set of books, and balances them from time to time.

MOST immediately illuminating in its analysis of this
Germany which he has seen developing before his eyes
is that of Edgar Ansel Mowrer, for years the brilliant cor-
respondent in Berlin of The Chicago Daily News, entitled
aptly, Germany Puts the Clock Back. Hitlerism does not like
the portrait that Mowrer has painted of it, and at this writing
is seeking to unseat him as president of the organization of
foreign correspondents in Berlin, threatening to outlaw the
organization itself. Mowrer has long been skeptical of both
the sincerity and stability of the Weimar republic; now its
fate has justified him. He is one of the most brilliant, most
intelligent, most courageously responsible and truthful of the
American correspondents in Europe. These qualities are
not tolerated under present conditions in Berlin. Nothing
that may happen to him would surprise me. I commend this
book unreservedly to those who would understand what has
happened, is happening and has still to happen in Germany.
It is more realistically applicable to the present scene than
Oswald Garrison Villard's nevertheless exceedingly valuable
and comprehensive study entitled The German Phoenix,
because just now that fabulous bird has taken on the aspect
of a vulture, tearing out the vitals of that Germany which Vil-
lard always sees in terms of the dreams of his father and other
German liberals of '48, refugees from conditions less dire
than those prevailing today. Eventually no doubt, for the
real Germany has as much as ever to give the world. But
not now.

Books for the Long View

The Beginnings of Tomorrow; an Introduction to the Sociology
of the Great Society. By Herbert Adolphus Miller. Introduc-
tion by Jerome Davis. Frederick A. Stokes Co. 310 pp. with
Bibliography and Index. $2.50. D. C. Heath & Co. 305 pp.
Price S2.

Economic Causes of War, and the Hope for the Future, by
Beatrice Pitney Lamb. Pamphlet, 84 pp. and Reading List.
National League of Women Voters. 40 cents.

Behind the Far Eastern Conflict. By Joseph Barnes and Frederick
V. Field. New York, American Council of the Institute of
Pacific Relations. Pamphlet, 47 pp. with brief list of sources.
25 cents.

The Immediate Foreground

Germany Puts the Clock Back, by Edgar Ansel Mowrer. William
Morrow & Co. 325 pp., $2.50.

Hitler, by Emil Lengyel. New York, Dial Press. 256 pp. $3.

Talks with Mussolini. By Emil Ludwig. Translated from the
German by Eden and Cedar Paul. Little, Brown & Co. Illus-
trated. 230 pp. $2.75.

The German Phoenix, by Oswald Garrison Villard. Harrison
Smith & Robert Haas. 358 pp. Price $2.50.

Russia, The Soviet Way, by Robert C. Brooks. Chicago, Amer-
ican Library Association, 520 North Michigan Boulevard.
No. 67 in Reading With a Purpose series. 44 pp. Cloth 50
cents, paper 35 cents.

Can Europe Keep the Peace? and Can America Stay at Home?
Both by Frank H. Simonds. New York, Harper & Bros. 360 and
377 pp. respectively. $3. each.

The A-B-C of the War Debts. Frank H. Simonds. Harpers. 66 pp.
Price $1.

The Cauldron Boils (Poland and Its Minorities — Dantzig — the
Polish Corridor). By Emil Lengyel. Dial Press. 246 pp. $2.50.

Not To Be Repeated; the Merry-Go-Round of Europe. Anony-
mous. New York, Long & Smith. 521 pp. $3.

Foreign Problems Confronting the New Administration. Report
of Meeting of Foreign Policy Association, Feb. 23, 1933.
Discussion by Raymond Leslie Buell, Walter Mills and Frank
H. Simonds. Pamphlet 88, F. P. A. Series 1932-33. 31 pp.
1 5 cents.

(All or any of these publications postpaid at price given, of
Survey Graphic.)

What I have said here is no fling exclusively at Germany.
The thing that has broken out there is in plain sight in every
other country — including these United States. The same
kind of Red, White, Black or Brown Radicals, some calling
themselves Communists, others (blood brothers) calling
themselves Fascists, 100-per cent Americans, or what-have-
you-else, strain at the leashes. And each group after its kind
has its appeal, to the unemployed, to the disillusioned starv-
ing thrifty, especially to the increasing mass of disappointed
college graduates — a lot more of them coming through this
year. Radicalism of one kind or another is the sure-fire
response of the college graduate — white, black or any other
color — who comes out and cannot find a toe-hold. "What
kind of a world is this, about which you have been kidding
us?" . . .

HERE in this list of books are Hitler and Mussolini
side by side; but in Lengyel's and Ludwig's portraits of
them the contrast is antipodal. Indeed, in The New York
Times Magazine of April 2, Lengyel himself contrasts them.
I hold no brief for fascism in any of its forms; dictatorship
in any guise is abhorrent to me; but (Continued on page 276)

LETTERS & LIFE — EDITED BY LEON WHIPPLE

THE SOCIAL VIEW OF BOOK PUBLISHING

BY ROBERT O. BALLOU

PUBLISHING was once primarily a social and esthetic
and philosophic function. The meticulous and arduous
labor of setting type to paper was seldom undertaken
without serious import. The social implications of the
printed word were recognized and the production and
distribution of a book were regarded as more important
matters than the production and distribution of most things
that form the bases of businesses.

But with the adoption of a more business-like attitude
among publishers, with the borrowing from other industries
of promotion and merchandising techniques, and with the
subsequent apparent increase in prosperity among publishers
(which seemed valid until the last two cataclysmic years
upset all rules and made publishers wonder whether they
were engaged in an industry or a bad speculation) there
came an increase in printed books that were worthless, or
of only temporary interest, or actually destructive in their
effect on social thought. Admissions among publishers that
they were in business solely to make a profit, without any
desire to publish decent books unless these could be proved
to have great sales possibilities, became common rather
than rare. Other publishers, either openly or by their activ-
ities, proclaimed a compromise policy of publishing good
books for the satisfaction it gave them and bad books that
would sell in order to support the good books that would
not. Publishers' lists often became grab-bags of good and
bad and certain individual imprints lost their old sig-
nificances.

Let us assume for the purpose of this discussion that every
printed book is either conscious or unconscious propaganda;
that it has a potentially constructive or destructive effect,
however small, upon social trends, and that there are,
among publishers, many socially-minded men whose chief
desire is to publish sound books, excellent books, books of
intelligent social import, at prices low enough to make them
widely available.

Why then, does the proportion of unimportant and
worthless books remain as high as it is today? Why the flood
of journalistic non-fiction, written badly for masses of read-
ers, instead of a few soundly conceived and executed works
which add something to useful human knowledge? Why are
the prices of good books so high that many persons most
interested in them cannot afford to buy them? Why is there
a general run of fiction of a level which often shames the
dime novels of the past? Why have the inexpensive, paper-
covered books which have been so successful on the continent
of Europe never found a place in American publishing?

None of these questions can be answered categorically or
in a few words.

The highly speculative nature of publishing, the increase
in competition among publishers during the last decade and
the consequent increase in costs of manuscripts and promo-
tion, have tended to bring about the substitution of sales
standards for other, sounder standards in the selection of
manuscripts. This has perhaps risen less from a desire for

tremendous profits than from an actual struggle for economic
survival.

Without doubt the movies have been a large contributing
factor to the low level of fiction during the last decade. I am
not thinking of any effect, real or imagined, that motion
pictures have had upon public taste, but of their notoriously
bad selection of fiction material from which to make pictures,
the high prices they have paid for it, and the consequent
engendering of a pernicious habit of fiction manuscript
selection among certain publishers who frequently acquire
a fairly large percentage of motion-picture rights along with
book rights. Thus a publisher who is not concerned with
the social implications of publishing will often consider
motion-picture possibilities in a novel manuscript as
seriously as, or more seriously than, its importance as a book.
The fact that he fails oftener than succeeds as a chooser of
motion-picture material, and may publish a dozen books
with movie prospects before getting one sale, simply increases
the proportion of novels chosen by motion-picture rather
than book standards.

THIS strange process of judging a manuscript by its ap-
I parent suitability for sale as something other than a book
extends even to non-fiction. One successful and reputable
publisher recently made the public statement that it was
today impossible for a general book publisher to stay in
business without the sale of subsidiary rights.

The oft-discussed question of the price of books and the
desirability of cheap, and perhaps paper-covered, books,
is a complicated one which needs a detailed study of the
reading habits of Americans and of the intricate costs of
manufacturing. Several years ago a group of publishers
backed their belief that low prices would produce quantity
sales by publishing new novels in a standard format at a
dollar a copy. Among the authors represented by these books
were at least two who had written many best-sellers: H. G.
Wells and Mary Roberts Rinehart. Yet within a few months
the dollar-novel plan was abandoned because it had proved
itself economically impractical.

At about the same time the Boni-Books appeared in paper
covers at fifty cents a copy. These, too, ceased to be pub-
lished after a few experimental months. The cost of produc-
ing a book in paper covers is actually only about ten cents
a copy less than that of producing it in cloth-covered boards.
Only by quantity production can the cost be materially
lowered.

It could easily be demonstrated that the average novel
could be published at a retail price of $1 in very much the
same format as that now given to a $2 or $2.50 book if it
were possible for the publisher to count definitely upon a
sale of at least 20,000 copies for each title without having to
spend uneconomic amounts for promotion in order to secure
such a sale. But no such consistent audience of readers may
be relied upon.

A review of sales of a hundred miscellaneous titles, fiction

272

May 1933

LETTERS & LIFE

273

and non-fiction, issued by one publisher between July 1,
1929 and March 9, 1932 shows that 240,000 volumes were
sold of all titles, an average sale of only 2400 copies. Yet this
is a high figure. The average sale per title for all books
published during the past year is undoubtedly considerably
less. Even so, if the variations from even this year's average
were small a dependable condition would be present. But
the book sales record is always full of peaks and valleys.
The highest individual sale in the 100 titles above was
achieved by a second-rate, sex-ridden novel priced at $2.
It sold 56,000 copies. The lowest sale for one title was 39
copies. A close second to the $2 best-seller was an excellent
non-fiction book of which 44,000 copies were sold at $3.50
each. In the same strange juxtaposition good and poor books
stand side by side in sales numbers at the bottom of the list.
Another novel, chosen by the same person on the same basis
as that of the 56,000-copy best-seller, sold only 299 copies.
A German war novel which still seems to me to be a far
better book, a far more social-minded book, a far more
dramatic book and a better written book than All Quiet on
the Western Front, and with as much popular appeal, sold
about 500 copies. Apparently the taste of the book-buying
public in America is not a thing upon which one may put his
finger with any certainty.

As a consequence the number of titles in the lower-sales
groups of the list mentioned above was so large that every
one of the 240,000 volumes sold during the three years
mentioned was actually sold at a loss. It is thus small wonder
that publishers, whether social-minded or not, have com-
promised with the demands of motion-picture producers
and other sales considerations.

There are, of course, notable exceptions, and some of
them have been successful commercially. One publisher,
for example, has kept his list to a consistently high standard,
especially in the non-fiction field, making a large proportion
of his list books which are concerned with adult education,
and has found that it has paid. But even he will tell you
modestly that he was lucky, that he caught the interest in
adult education on its rise and that the general boom in
business which began shortly after his house was established
played into his hands. There is more to it than this, of course.
There is the general soundness of the plan to publish books
which, because they fill definite social needs, are of per-
manent interest and so continue to sell for years after
publication.

THIS slow, continuous sale of books of permanent value
has kept many sound publishing houses in business during
bad times. Yet unless, during the early years of any pub-
lisher's existence, he has published a few books with large
and quickly realized sales, he has inevitably invested a
tremendous amount of capital before obtaining a return.
And unfortunately it is often the most social-minded
publishers who are the least able to make such capital
investments.

A brief consideration of the cost of making and selling a
book, and the return to the publisher through present
methods of distribution will help to make this situation
clear. The actual cost of printing 2500 copies of a 300-page
novel which was published during the past six months was
$1200.91. The publisher's return is approximately 60 per-
cent of the published price, or SI. 20 a copy. Out of this
he must pay a royalty of at least 10 percent of the published
price (20 cents), a salesman's commission of at least 10 per-
cent of the net (12 cents), and an advertising expense of at

By Andre Kertetz, Paris. From Photographic

least 10 percent of the net (12 cents). Thus his actual return,
without any deductions for his operating expense, is about
76 cents a copy. He must sell 1575 copies before even the cost
of manufacturing has been returned to him, to say nothing
of rent, salaries, telephone and postage !

Yet of the book just mentioned, a novel of unusually fine
quality, enthusiastically reviewed throughout the country,
enthusiastically published in England since its publication
here, and generally welcomed as a literary find, less than
1000 copies have been sold during the five months since its
publication. And the sales record of this book is a startlingly
commonplace one.

Why, then, was this; and why were hundreds of other
books, the histories of which are as depressing, published?
Because (1) the publisher hoped that it would have more
than an average sale, so that, in its second or third or fourth
edition he would find a profit; or (2) because he hoped to
sell motion-picture rights in which he held an interest; or
(3) because he hoped, in publishing the author's second or
third or fourth book — the successful one — to recoup his
initial losses; or (4) because it gave prestige to his list; or
(5) because he was a romantic idiot and liked the book.
Yet obviously, unless he is wealthy, or unless he also pub-
lishes books, either good or worthless, which he sells in large
quantities, he cannot continue long to indulge his romantic
idiocies, even though they be charming ones and socially
valuable. Neither romance nor a statement of social purpose
will satisfy a creditor printer, binder or paper merchant.

Does the remedy lie in subsidy? During the past decade
more publishing has, in effect, been subsidized than is
generally considered. Endowed university presses, publishers
organized for the distribution of specific propaganda, and

274

SURVEY GRAPHIC

May 1933

the many social and scientific foundations which publish
books, all operate under one form of subsidy. But another
kind, not so named, has been operative in commercially
organized publishing businesses which have required
periodical infusions of new capital in order to remain alive.
There have been many such publishers, and these have, in
effect, been. subsidized.

Yet as a solution of a difficult problem, both of these plans
leave much to be desired. By the first, publishing is usually
confined to books of academic or other limited interest and
significance and is often unaccompanied by sound, realistic
business management which minimizes waste and provides
efficient distribution; the second is an expression either of
vanity or the belief in large future profits.

But publication of good books of permanent value, books
which have a cultural and social significance, soundly sup-
ported either by sufficient capital to make slow sales over a
period of years practical, or by assurance of an immediate
sale sufficient to subsidize manufacturing costs, does, if it is
made to function with a rigid economy, hold out at least a
reasonable hope of being self-supporting even now. But it
is an activity which must be entered into with the cooperation
of a book-buying public now apparently in a state of com-

plete coma. It must be entered into with full realization
on the part of the publisher that he has exchanged the
possibility of becoming wealthy through the work of his
hand and mind in return for the satisfaction of publishing
sound books.

If even three thousand persons could be found who would
conscientiously support (through the consistent purchase of
his books) a publisher who pledged himself to a policy of
social publishing, if subsidized social and scientific agencies
who, without knowledge of efficient publishing technique,
publish research reports and similar books, many of which
miss much of their usefulness through lack of proper distribu-
tion, were (with only gain to themselves) to turn over their
subsidized publishing to such a publisher — if, in general,
there were a greater degree of honest cooperation between
the minority of civilized beings who want to see good books
published and the publishers who want to publish them, the
problem would immediately seem simpler.

Let it be admitted that publishing often fails in the fulfil-
ment of its social function. And let it be added that respon-
sibility for the failure is one which the reader, the only
proper subsidizer for good books, shares equally with the
publisher.

BOOK PARADE

BY LEON WHIPPLE

THE book parade is a mixed pageant from the reviewer's
stand : here the plumed crusaders . . . now clowns with
a band . . . then the academicians in gowns . . . the
puppet-shows of biography . . . the floats of story-telling
. . . propaganda with torches . . . Indeed, the race
marches by. The parade is short this spring, with fewer
bands, but still draws its cheers. Here are random snap-
shots.

Novels go by taste, and I like earthy ones. Erie Water by
WALTER D. EDMONDS (Little-Brown, $2.50) digs up the very
earth across York State about 1820 for the Erie Canal in this
chronicle of how Jerry Fowler helped build locks and boats
and almost lost wife and children because the giant work
claimed his soul. Edmonds can recreate the people and folk-
ways of an era; he is rich in odd or lovable characters; he
tells of the wind and waters, horses and crops, the humors
and passions of plain people, of child-bearing and the pa-
tience of women. I suppose he is romantic, neglecting labor
and health and political problems, but he registers a moment
in history, and some human beings. Here as in Rome Haul
is grand reading by the fire.

Strangely enough, One More Spring by ROBERT NATHAN
(Knopf, $2) is an earthy book, too, although it is about an
antique dealer, a fiddler, and an errant girl who wangle a
vast decorated bed into a toolshed in Central Park and
manage through a winter, sometimes by abstracting eggs
from the model farm at the zoo. It is a fantasy on the ele-
mentals — the need to keep alive, to find companionship,
to express one's soul. These waifs and strays have been
stripped bare by the depression, and yet they are content
in their odd menage. The tale is full of pity, gentle irony,
not respectful of conventions, with pointed asides on the
chaos of our times, and told in fine pruned prose. It is not
exactly in the American vein, and yet deeply American,
amusing and wistfully moving.

The greatest ghost-writer of our time was Henry Adams;
he ghosted himself superbly in The Education of Henry

Adams. Now JAMES TRUSLOW ADAMS has ghosted the ghost
in Henry Adams (Albert & Charles Boni, $2.50) for his own
private gallery of the Adams family. The chronicle is honest
and competent, but adds little to Henry's self-portrait and
does not provide us with a much needed glossary on the
facts of the original life or an interpretation of its tortuous
psychology. You will still find The Education and The
Letters the best texts on this seeker of unity out of multiplicity.

NEGLEY D. COCHRAN wisely presents "old man Scripps"
largely through the words of original diaries, letters and
pithy comments in E. W. Scripps (Harcourt-Brace, $3.50).
They reveal a rough, ruthless force, a philosopher of com-
mon-sense touched with real vision, not unakin to that elder
journalist, Benjamin Franklin. Discourses on unnecessary
college education, on alcohol and tobacco, on religion, on
labor, are the expressions of a salty unique personality. It is
a fine thing to have the man so admirably preserved; and
also to have the record of his contributions to journalism.
He established the far-flung chain now called the Scripps-
Howard papers; the United Press Association to offer com-
petition in news service; and Science Service that was
designed to interpret science news to plain people. There
may be a lesson for today in his ad-less tabloid newspaper,
The Daybook, of Chicago, that had a circulation of 22,000
when the World War intervened. The student of journalism,
especially "people's journalism," will find rich instruction
and cheer in this record.

If you read British Agent by R. H. BRUCE LOCKHART
(Putnam, $2.75) to enjoy the romantic adventures of the
secret service, you may be disappointed. But if you are inter-
ested in what took place in Russia when the Czar was totter-
ing and later when the direction of the Revolution was in
balance, you will find here behind-the-scenes revelations on
diplomacy and men that are profoundly instructive. The
British Agent reveals himself with a kind of stark honesty,
and he pictures Moscow, Lenin, Trotsky in the crises of
decisions. There is adventure enough, for Lockhart went to

May 1933

LETTERS & LIFE

275

jail charged with counter-revolution, and death seemed very
near. This footnote on history is history itself.

It is not only smart to be thrifty, but practically compul-
sory. Hence these thrift notes. You can add to your shelves
The Rise of American Civilization by CHARLES and MARY
BEARD in a handsome and convenient one-volume edition
(Macmillan, $3.50) with an added chapter, The Mirage
Dissolves, that covers from the end of Normalcy to the rise of
Technocracy. The book is as rich and provocative as ever.
On one page Dr. Beard writes: "In 1888 the entire nation
was stirred by Edward Bellamy's lively romance, Looking
Backward — the first Utopia of applied science. ... Its
influence on social thinking was never lost." This was a
root-book and has sold over half a million copies in this
country alone. The controversy over technological change
has inspired a new edition (Houghton-Mifflin, $1). Finally,
the wide interest in the challenging study of missions, Re-
Thinking Missions, has encouraged the publishers to make
it available to everybody in a paper edition of 100,000
copies. (Harper's, 35 cents.)

I keep a weather eye on books by youth. What do they
make of this confusion? What are they thinking and feeling?
What faith or works do they hold by? We have a timid hope
they may come to our rescue. I chance on few signs of vision
or revolt save on the radical front. Youth is as ever con-
cerned with its own affairs. BASIL FLETCHER in Youth Looks
at the World (Stokes, $2.75) records his trip to twenty-two
lands around the world on an Albert Kahn fellowship. He
looked at schools in Germany, internationalism at Geneva,
Jew and Arab in Palestine, at Gandhi's family and Tagore's
school, found hope in the new generation of Chinese women,
noted Japan's dual nature, and crossed America by car
from the pictorial West to the grim ugly industrialism be-
yond. The fresh mind and the social view make this more
than a travel book. The author hates "exploitation, West-
ernization, repression" for he wants each nation to develop
its gifts: so all in time will build the world society. He is proud
of being a European, of the discipline, order, liberalism, and
feels that Europe is still hopeful and awake "because the
spiritual core of Christianity is as strong as ever."

Religion too is the answer offered by DR. ELWOOD WOR-
CESTER in Making Life Better (Scribners, $2), a statement
in very clear and simple terms of his rules for mental and
spiritual health with which we are familiar from his larger
study, Body, Mind and Spirit. I would name this the most
useful book of the spring. He states: "There are more fears
and apprehensions and grave depressions in the world today
than I have seen in a quarter of a century." He confronts
this fact and all fear with practical courage and points out
the resources we have to direct our thoughts, to cultivate
peace of mind, in prayer, and in mastery of the inner life.
The greatness of his teaching is that he is not afraid of science,
or modern psychology or psychic research, but transcends
them and uses them, for man's spirit also transcends them.
The modern who hungers for a joining of usefulness and
reason in religion with love and faith can find here a great
wisdom.

My random choices show how many good books still
march by for our instruction and delight. There are, it is
true, too many stupid, useless books. So we are glad to print
in these pages a challenge (page 273) to do away with them
and use our resources for the publishing of sound literature.
We need challenges these days. But we need not be dis-
couraged while so many gay and wise companions keep
rank in the book parade.

Doctors Are Human

DOCTORS CARRY THE KEYS, by Rhoda Truax. Button. 2S2 pp. Price $2.50
postpaid of Survey Graphic.

IN her first novel, Hospital, Miss Truax showed her skill in
catching and conveying the currents and cross-currents of
emotion that swirl about a group of people who work to-
gether and how these in turn modify the hopes and ambitions
of each of the separate swimmers in the stream. Doctors
Carry the Keys is another distinguished story in a somewhat
similar setting, save that here the scene is not the big city
hospital which readers of the earlier book identified as Johns
Hopkins but a private sanitarium in the mountains for
wealthy "nervous" patients. Here again is the conflict
between scientific interest and justifiable personal interest,
in the opposing desires of Dr. George Evanson. Dr. Evanson,
not long out of medical college, still in debt, and married to
a nurse who is one of the most attractive characters among
this season's novels, has a burning desire to pursue the long
and difficult course that would qualify him as a brain sur-
geon. He accepted a year's appointment at Glenhaven, the
sanitarium, to pay off some of the debts so that he could go
ahead.

The book is the story of what happened during that year-^
the pleasant secure life in that isolated little cluster of people
up in the hills, as jolly and as bristling with personalities as an
army post. They asked him to stay — and the alternative of
postgraduate work in New York, a one-room apartment un-
der the El and a meagre living for years ahead, looked barren
for a moment. In the story of George and Ellen, who always
had worked and found bridge parties and gossip a tedious
way of passing the time, Miss Truax has done an even better
book than Hospital. Here, as in no other recent novel with
which I am familiar, is the feeling of life among doctors and
their friends, and with it a keen perception of the human
qualities — lovable and otherwise — which we recognize
among our friends and sometimes in ourselves. MARY Ross

GARRETS AND PRETENDERS: A History of Bohcmianism in America, by
Albert Parry. Covici-Friede. 3S3 pp. Price $3.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic,

THIS book is good source material now, and will be better as the
years go on. The author's reportorial style throws an atmosphere
about the lives and doings of these shabby people that will help
creative writers get authentic data. Here is largely biography
threaded with more substantial analysis and comment and the
recreation of the environment in which this phase of rebellion or
pretense took place. There is nicely balanced judgment in the
book for the author throws no false glamor about the phenomenon
of bohemianism nor is he intolerant of its personages or their
practices. There is a pretty irony in his tribute to Poe. Of all
Americans none were bohemian in the true sense, kin to the real
Murgerites, except Edgar Allan Poe and he lacked their gaiety.
Therefore we have none.

MOTHER SEA, by Felix Riescnberg. Claude Kendall. 404 pp. Price, $2.50 postpaid
of Survey Graphic.

THIS is a story of the sea, and two ships are its heroines. The
Cleopatra carried cargo out of New York to the far ports of the
earth and home again. She was "a ship," not "steam," as the men
who worked her worded it, and she went down in a hurricane in
the Nineties, in the last days of her order. The second heroine, the
Osprey, was a dirty stout-hearted little tramp steamer of magnif-
icent daring and impudence. When Mr. Riesenberg writes of the
sea, of ships, of men in relation to ships, he spins a grand yarn.
Away from their ships, wrestling with the stock plot problems of
love, matrimony, adultery, his men and women (particularly his
women) are wooden puppets, their strings clumsily manipulated.
Their antics intrude in futile and irritating fashion on the real
business of the book.

MEN WHO MAKE THE BEER

(Continued from page 257)

developed "welfare programs." A representative of the United
States Brewers' Association, commenting on that fact, said, "Brew-
ery owners always thought it was better to pay the men good wages,
give them steady work, and not meddle in their private affairs."
Nearly twenty years ago, the late Hugh F. Fox, then secretary of
the association, took the lead in drawing up a scheme for accident
insurance and old-age pensions for workers in the industry. The
members of the association accepted the plan, but it was voted
down as paternalistic nearly two to one by the workers.

One of the union rules, incorporated in very early contracts and
still continued, was drawn by the workers as a measure of self-
protection against unemployment. Under this rule the brewery
owners agree not to discharge union members at the end of the
busy season. The men, in turn, agree to "pass around" the available
employment. Before prohibition, one day a week was usually
enough to take up the slack, as the plant repairs and replacements
were made during the dull season, and wherever possible brewery
workers performed this work.

The brewing industry expects few changes in equipment com-
pared with pre-prohibition days, except in mechanized refrigera-
tion and motor transportation. Sterilizing, bottling, capping and
labelling had all been mechanized prior to 1920.

Actual figures as to the number of men put back to work by the
reviving industry are not available at this writing. Brewing always
has been an industry that provided few jobs in proportion to the
capital invested and to the sales value of the product. According to
the 1914 Census of Manufactures, the capital invested in brewing
was $792,914,000, in malting $31,516,000. There were 1347 brew-
ing and malting establishments employing 77,364 men, whose
wages amounted to $83,378,000. In that year 66,189,000
barrels of beer were sold in the United States. Spokesmen for both
employers and workers insist that nothing like the old rate of pro-
duction will be feasible for some months to come.

It must be borne in mind that the brewery employes are only a
small proportion of the workers given jobs by the recent beer legis-
lation. To get brewery establishments back on their old footing, a
small army of carpenters, electricians, painters and other building-
trades mechanics have been called into service. The need for
bottling and refrigerating machinery for breweries and for "beer-
cooling units" in hotels and restaurants is acute. In Dayton, Ohio,
one of the centers of the electric refrigerator industry, 7500 em-
ployes in three plants had for months prior to April been working
only three days a week. With beer on the horizon, they were re-
stored to full time with night and Sunday shifts.

Coopers, long pitied as belonging to a "dead industry," are busy
again. One firm in Hoboken, New Jersey, late in March received
an order for 80,000 beer barrels. The white oak required for them
will give employment in the Kentucky and Arkansas lumber
industry. The cooperage industry is taking on as rapidly as possible
15,000 men to make staves, 6000 to make the staves into barrels.

Some years ago glass-blowing was a highly skilled and well-paid
trade, but from the appearance of the first fully automatic machine,
about 1900, mechanization was swift and complete. Where in 1899,
28,350 wage-earners in the industry turned out 7,780,000 gross of
bottles, in 1925, 26,044,000 gross were produced by 21,704 work-
ers, a decrease of 25 percent. The 1933 beer business ought to make
jobs for about 4000 more workers in this industry.

What "modification" may mean to the freight carriers was out-
lined hopefully by Robert M. Clancy of Michigan at the hearings
on modification before the Ways and Means Committee of the
House last December: "It is estimated that 40,000 carloads of coal,
63,000 carloads of brewing materials, 5000 carloads of machinery
and apparatus, 10,000 carloads of beer in kegs or bottles, and 5000
carloads of brewers' grains would be necessary for transportation — •
a grand total of 123,000 carloads."

Other producers and manufacturers affected by the change in
the brewing industry cited by The New York Times are growers

of barley, rice, sugar, corn, hops; coal miners, producers of non-
ferrous metals; makers of syrups, enamel, sugars, pitch, varnish,
brass fittings, faucets, bungs, corks, bottle caps, paper and wooden
boxes, pumps, pasteurizers, tanks, gas compressors, motor trucks.
The expected output of fifty million barrels of beer annually would
call for about ten billion labels. Here is work for about six hundred
additional lithographers (skilled jobs) and the makers of some
15,000 tons of paper. The reviving beer industry is already putting
to work hundreds of white-collar workers, from file clerks to ad-
vertising writers and commercial artists.

At this writing no one can offer definite figures and say, "This
many men were put to work by the brewing and allied industries
today — this many more will go to work tomorrow." Brewery own-
ers, union officials, bottle-makers, cooperages and the rest are all
too busy at the moment to answer questions or compile statistics.
But the general sentiment within the groups directly or indirectly
concerned with beer-making was expressed by a young truck-
driver, waiting for a chance to get up to the loading platform of
that brewery in Brooklyn: "What beer means to me is, I got a job."

NATIONALISM ON THE RAMPAGE

(Continued from page 271)

if I must choose I prefer Mussolini. Hitler is no more a Mussolini
than Hooey Long is a Theodore Roosevelt. In passing, it is well
to remind ourselves that while Italian Fascism is ten years old, it is
only ten years old. The Russian Union of Soviet Republics is older
than that. Whatever else its faults and cruel excesses, Russian Com-
munism has persecuted no race as such. We have yet to see how
any of these experiments bides the march of time. The highway of
history is strewed with vestiges of social experiments — most of them
bearing neither dates nor names.

THIRTY-ODD years ago, when the legislative correspondents
at Albany needed him for a hand at poker or some other urgent
enterprise, they always knew where to find a youngster then serving
The New York Tribune. By name Frank H. Simonds. He would
be in the State Library, burrowing in the political and military
history of Europe. For some inscrutable reason it began in a pas-
sionate interest in Algiers, about which his knowledge was en-
cyclopedic. To understand North Africa one must understand the
Europe that "owned" it; when, how and wherefore. Came along
the World War, and it was Simonds's meat — all happening as it
were in his own familiar backyard. He saw it in all its moods and
tenses. And because he is one of the best reporters I ever saw, he
wrote of it incomparably. He presided over the proceedings at
Versailles like a kingfisher over a pond, and since then he has been
scooting from pillar to post over all the countries left in turmoil by
that business. Being par excellence a reporter, he is often surer-handed
in telling what he sees and hears than in interpretation and proph-
ecy; given to over-seasoning atmosphere with the tang of old
powder-smoke clinging in his nostrils. Given also to the turning
rather for their own sake of picturesque downright phrases ex-
traordinarily clever but frequently over-pungent. His close-ups are
always in black-and-white, lacking in those gray nuances which in
the end of most cases temper facts with truth. Temperamentally he
is the merciless foe of all pollyannas and theoretical formulators of
peace-programs which ignore realities. All this said, however, it
must be acknowledged that on the whole events tend to justify the
alarming-bell ringing in his books, his magazine articles, his appeal
in the current issue of Harper's Magazine to President Roosevelt
and to the United States in general, to recognize the desperate
nature of the situation now threatening to engulf the world again.

The most dangerous of the fire-hazards in Europe, the Polish
Corridor, is set forth better than in any other recent book in English
that I have seen, in Emil Lengyel's The Cauldron Boils. This peril
is made immensely more dangerous by the intensified truculence
of the new regime in Germany.

I have listed also among the close-ups the volume called Not To

276

Be Repeated. With its implication of backstairs gossip the title
does injustice to the book, which is a really important series of
anonymous articles gathered by Ray Long from evidently well-
informed correspondents in Europe. Over-cynical in tone and
palpably superficial, some of it; but here in the main is illuminat-
ing "inside stuff" worth reading, about factors in the European
situation, from London to Constantinople. The chapters on
Germany are especially illuminating at this moment.
•

I ITTLE room have I left myself to call special attention to the most
L important book in the list — Herbert Adolphus Miller's The
Beginnings of Tomorrow. I suspect this may turn out in the long
perspective to have been at least one of the most permanently
valuable volumes published since the war. This is no close-up, no
journalistic sketch of swiftly-shifting conditions and relationships.
It is panoramic, on a canvas global in area and unlimited in time.
It partakes of the attempt to visualize a kind of trial-balance of the
Cosmic Process as affecting this and the coming stages of human
experience in racial self-development. It deals really excitingly
with the cataclysmic changes incident to the birth of a new era.
Ranging the whole compass of the world, in time and area, it
sets forth the interplaying factors, of Western civilization and de-
velopment, of conflict across the vertical political boundaries, of
revolution across the horizontal ones of class, of racial antagonisms
and interminglings; cross-fertilization of cultures, the increasing
realization of interdependence. It sweeps appraisingly and with
shrewd interpretation over Russia, over Asia; it brings awakening
Africa out into the light as a new arena and potency. Apropos of
the anachronistic imperialism with which Japan is effecting suicide,
it leaves one with the grim picture of China imperturbably spread-
ing out to swallow that Japan after this present trivial episode.
Apropos of the uproar in Germany, in Europe generally it sees
parochial nationalism playing its last cards. It portends the
Gotterdammerung of the minority white race as such. And yet, given
the point of view and the tremendous sweep of the perspective,
there is nothing hopeless or sinister about this study:

Tomorrow's dawn is coming up "like thunder" in the awakening
of the two largest continents, one very old in human experience and
the other very young. ... A changed and chastened West need
not lapse at all, for it is large and dynamic in its qualities. . . . The
time has come for extensive as well as intensive study. . . . We
must look at society as a whole. . . . We have created a Frank-
enstein by our science and our energy. We do not yet know whether
we have selected the brain of the normal or the abnormal man to
give him direction, but it is not too late to give him the normal one
and save ourselves.

If you are the kind of person that does not want to know about
Russia; that is, about the epochal and intensely interesting social
experiment going on there — why, go on, breathing into the inter-
stices thereof the sand in which your oblivious head is buried. As
Walt Whitman said "to a certain Civilian,"

... go lull yourself with piano-tunes.

But if you want to understand that tremendous business, whether
with approval or disapproval as may ensue upon such understand-
ing, send 50 cents (or 35 for the paper-bound edition) to the
American Library Association for No. 67 in its invaluable Reading-
With-A-Purpose series of reading courses; entitled, Russia, the
Soviet Way. Within the forty-four pages of an extraordinarily in-
cisive, fair-minded and informing pamphlet Prof. Robert C. Brooks
of Swarthmore College has furnished a most satisfying introduction
to the subject, a list of recent books, and a reading program.

A? the last moment before closing this article I have a cabled
message from Geneva indicating that before the dead-line
date of April 13 there have been deposited with the secretary-
general of the League of Nations a sufficient number of ratifications
to set in force the new Convention of 1931 for the limitation of
manufacture of narcotic drugs. It was a close call. So we have a
cheerful note with which to close this mostly depressing story. It
signalizes not an end but a fresh beginning. This is the best yet —
on paper. Still remains the task of marshalling the world's energies
for its enforcement.

THE LITTLE GREEN CARD

(Continued from page 263)

I remember one day, long ago, when jobs were easy to get, I was
reproaching a boy called Jakey for his idleness. He turned a
humorous and unconcerned eye upon me and retorted, "It's a poor
kind a' family who can't support one man in idleness." As he went
out, the other boys said reassuringly, "Don't mind Jakey, you gotta
expect a few like that. The Lord just makes 'em that way. Look at
us fellows. We're all workin'." And there you have it, it seems to
me. Are we going to gear down all our plans for the small per-
centage of Jakeys, or should our plans be made, as the British
make theirs, for the great majority of men and women? There are
bums and ne'er-do-wells in every country, and there are men who
become demoralized and work-shy after long idleness; but the
British insurance does not in the large do what we are told it does
in undermining personal initiative. There have been abuses,
grievances in it, which have been grappled with as the system has
gone through many changes in the course of twenty years. The
Parliamentary debates and government reports on anomalies show
this process at work.

Americans who wish a clear view of the British system and its
workings will find it in Mary Gilson's study, Unemployment
Insurance in Great Britain, one of the series of volumes brought
out by the Industrial Relations Counselors on experience here and
abroad. In a chapter on Demoralization and Malingering, Miss
Gilson says:

Realizing that unemployment insurance would be discredited
entirely if benefits were not being paid deservedly, the Ministry of
Labour has made investigations into the composition of applicants
since the passing of the 1 920 Act. All studies have been made on a
sample basis, which has been checked and proved adequate; they
afford careful analysis of the degrees of employability of claimants,
together with their ages, marital status, number of dependents,
physique, health, physical defects and other qualities. After a
careful examination of these studies, as well as of a wealth of ma-
terial relating to individual cases, one is forced to conclude that
widespread rumors of malingering under the state scheme are
unwarranted. It would be absurd to state that there are no fraudu-
lent claims when nearly twelve million persons are insured, but on
the other hand there is sufficient evidence to prove that these cases
are few in relation to the total claims for benefit. . . .

This American summary is borne out by repeated British reports.
But again to go behind the published record to the unwritten
testimony of the people themselves. Frank Raymond in the Shore-
ditch section of London carried a little book of a sort I heard of
frequently. This he had asked the foremen, to whom he applied, to
sign. Some were angry but most were good about it. The last entry
was nine months old, for he had been working steadily that length
of time when I saw the family. It had been his custom to start at
four in the morning "rain or shine" when he knew there was a line
going to form for a job. "'Ard on 'is clothes and 'is 'ealth," said
his wife, "but 'e's too restless to use good sense. 'E would sooner go
without 'imself than run up any bill for 'e says we 'ave to pay as we
go. I got behind once 5s. 8d. but that's the worst." As Mr. Ray-
mond had had six periods of unemployment in his fifteen years of
work, one lasting for a full year, this wasn't such a bad record.

In Silvertown I visited the Aliens also. Both of the parents were
discouraged and the house was forlorn. That day Mr. Allen was
bitter from disappointment. An old boss had planned to take him
on, and he had gone a long way for the work in the morning only
to find he couldn't have it because he didn't live in the district.
"Look at my family," he said, "and look at 33s. and you'll know
whether I want work." There were five children.

Mrs. Bland was comely and fresh-looking for the mother of four.
They lived in a housing association in London and had been mar-
ried nine years. Mr. Bland had worked steadily for eleven years
making wireless and gramophone cabinets. In 1931, when he was
off for sixteen weeks, he had his first benefit, but "was pretty glad
when the gov'ner came to get him back." His work went on for
another year and then he was out again. The date was fixed firmly

277

BOOKS THAT FACE THE CURRENT CRISIS

Moral Man
and Immoral
Society

A Study in Ethics
and Politics by

Reinhold Niebuhr

"Filled with learn-
ing, lightened by
brilliance, and in-
spired by insight."
—The World

Tomorrow.

"The whole volume is
provocative, unhesitating
and arousing from start
to finish. It will set peo-
ple to discussing and, if
they are wise, to thinking
for themselves and not
simply shouting old shib-
boleths."— Boston Tran-
script. $2.00

In Place
of Profit

Social Incentives in the.

Soviet Union

Harry F. Ward

Will men work
if they make no
profit, seeing they
are conditioned to
gain and greed
only?

An analysis of the reasons
why men are still ambi-
tious when there is no
chance for personal profit
... as in Russia, the only
nation that has gone off
the profit standard. It pre-
sents a vast amount of new
material. With 7 wood-
cuts by Lynd Ward. $2.50

CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS, NEW YORK

Universally Praised — Now in its third printing

RECENT SOCIAL TRENDS

IN THE UNITED STATES

1$y the President's Research Committee on Social Trends

Two volumes, 1568 pages, 6Vi x 9V2
Per set, $10.00

"These two volumes constitute almost an encyclopedia of contemporary
American social life ... it will constitute a definite point of reference for
all time to come." — HENRY PRATT FAIRCHILD in The Sumy Graphic

"A revolutionary document . . . lays the cornerstone of understanding on
which alone a new order can be erected. An intensely readable, at times, a
thrilling story." — The Nation

"No intelligent citizen can afford to overlook the implications of this
monumental study. — STUART CHASE in Booh, New York Herald Tribunt
"Probably the most ambitious attempt ever made in this or any other
nation to assess in detail the direction of a culture."

— GEORGE SOULE in The New Republic

"In book form the results of this work may constitute the most important
volumes ever published in America. The possible future effects, if the recom-
mendations are followed, are stupendous, and could conceivably change the
course of the nation." — Review of Reviews

McGRAW-HILL FREE EXAMINATION COUPON j

McGRAW-HILL BOOK CO., Inc., 330 W. 42nd St., New York City

Send me Recent Social Trends in the United States, 2 volumes, postpaid, for 10
days' free examination. I will send 310.00 or return the books postpaid within 10
days of receipt.

Name

Address Position .

City and State . .

. . .Company

(BOOKS SENT ON APPROVAL IN u. s. AND CANADA ONLY)

in his wife's mind, because she only paid a shilling on their rent that
week. "You wouldn't believe, Miss, how miserable he is all day
when 'e's out of work. 'E went offlookin' for work every day before
'e signed on. 'E'd push a barrow all day rather than be on the
Libor. There was a time I thought my 'usband would do 'isself in
for bein' out of work."

Perhaps the most convincing testimony of all came from house-
holds where what they were earning on the jobs they were able to
find was little more than their insurance benefit would have been.
For instance, one of Andrew Raymond's jobs had been in a coffee-
bar where he had earned 35s. and his food. His rate of insurance at
the time he took the place was 28s. 9d. That is he worked at it for
his meals and 6s. and 3d. a week more than his benefit would
have brought him, with the possibility of an added 2s. from tips.
While I came across examples of this sort of thing everywhere, it
was brought home to me especially in Liverpool where work on a
city park was just opening up which paid little more than insurance.

T had been pouring since early morning in Liverpool. My own

shoes were very wet when I arrived at the Foulkes, and I was glad
to see the coal fire in the little brass-bound fireplace and grateful
for the shining fender that surrounded it, where my feet could rest
in happy proximity to the flame. Mr. Foulkes too had just come in
and we both sat over the little open grate to dry. He could hardly
speak above a whisper as he explained why he had gone out in
spite of his bronchitis. It wasn't, he said, his day "to sign on the
Libor," but the new park was to be opened up and he didn't dare
to give them a minute to forget him. "Of course," he said, "they
are so used to me, they just shake their 'eads when they sees me
comin' — but some day perhaps they won't. The pay on this park
job aren't going to be much more than I'm getting on the Libor.
But when the money's your own, it seems to spend better. Your
mind is contented like when you spend it."

That morning the director of a Labour Exchange had told me
of the park. Beside the men standing in line in the office below in
the hope of a try at the jobs, his mail, he said, was full of letters
from others begging for a chance, many of them offering to work for
nothing until they had proved their worth. He had explained to
me that in this municipal project they were choosing men with big
families who were drawing the highest benefit. Consequently the
wages that the men would earn were little more than this benefit;
and less if they lost a day because of rain. An easy enough assump-
tion from my experience in Liverpool ! He advised me to go down
on the docks to watch the lines there and see the ingenuity used to
catch the eye of the "takers on" in getting such longshore work as
the hard times afforded. This I did later, but it was Mr. Foulkes
and other unemployed men in Liverpool who made the struggle to
get the park jobs a reality. Unpromising though the jobs seemed to
be, the stir of them was through the city.

"I've been out eighteen months now," said Mr. Foulkes, "and
it's frightful worryin'. I 'ave an 'ole in my 'ead from the war, with
a copper plate over it. You can feel it 'ere," he added kindly, sens-
ing, I suppose, the latent passion for checking up, and a bit proud
of the plate. "It doesn't seem to give me no trouble unless I am
worryin' about tomorrow. Then the 'ole seems to trouble me.
Never in the daytime; but it's in the night when I am thinkin' by
myself. But," he added reflectively, "I don't mind it, really, because
it puts me on the King's Roll section of the Libor, and there 'as to
be 10 percent of ex-service men on any government job. So you
see that gives me a good chance if I keeps right after them. And
there is nothin' to keep me back from it for I've got good recom-
mendations. 'Ere's one," he said, as he fished a shabby piece of
paper out of his vest-pocket. "I got it on my merits from my old
Gov'ner," he added shyly.

He had been papering that morning and he apologized be-
cause there were still signs of his work around. "You see 'ow we
does it," he continued. "My wife puts tuppence away in a little cup
until we 'ave enough to buy somethin' to keep the 'ouse up.
That's 'ow we 'ad this paper. She isn't very strong and 'as to go to
the 'ospital once a week, but she manages the pictures once a week
too. She should 'ave a little pleasure for she's a 'ardworking, good
manager if there ever was one." And to judge by the red-cheeked,

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

278

little blond boy who came in at the point, I imagined that Mrs.
Foulkes might be handsome as well as hard-working. The boy
shook hands with me, using his left hand to his father's great em-
barrassment, and then retired quickly to a little copper stool
beside the fire.

When Mr. Foulkes was eighteen, he started in at the Liverpool
hospital as a porter and had met his wife, who was a matron's
maid, there. He had kept this job for five years and then had
signed on as a hospital steward for the White Star Line. He was
three years at sea and then three years docking for the White Star,
so that he could stay at home. Then the war came; he enlisted three
days after it started and he was out three days after the armistice.
As he put it, "Four years and a 'undred days' service just exact. I
only got this 'ole in my 'ead and chronic bronchitis in that time,
and it might have been much worse when I think of what I saw."
After the war, he went with the Blue Star Line, riding wagons
which took meat off the boats to the markets. When the Blue Star
began to lay off their men, he found work with the Liverpool Cor-
poration which lasted six months at a stretch. It was then, in the
slack season, that he drew his unemployment insurance benefit for
the first time. He had been paying into it throughout seventeen
years of steady work.

The director of the Liverpool Exchange through whom Mr.
Foulkes hoped to get his park job, had started in the service when
the first exchange had been opened in England in 1 909. His com-
ment to me on his twenty-three years was that much of his time
had been spent in "trying to pacify people who lose their heads
when they can't get jobs. The men are so clamorous for work that
you can't get over to them that you are administering with equity
and justice." At another exchange I learned of a device for keeping
order when the job-lines are excited. This is to get the men, to
whom the introductions have been given, out of the back-door so
that they will not be followed to the factory or shop and the
employer bothered by a large crowd of applicants. Sometimes, I
was told, the men overhear a word in the office about a piece of
work and race to the place to get there ahead of the men with the
little green cards.

Ai I listened and talked with these English families in London,
Liverpool and elsewhere, I kept thinking how glad I was
that the Rackhams and Elands and the Foulkeses and the rest were
not in Philadelphia. For at that particular time last summer, there
was no relief at all for the fifty-seven thousand destitute households
of the unemployed. The funds from which they had drawn meager
food orders during the winter had been exhausted for nearly ten
weeks, and the state legislature had engaged in a political wrangle
which continued, while destitute people were thrown back on
neighbors and relatives and local stores; on begging for food, steal-
ing it, picking up scraps in the markets and searching garbage-
cans, some of them living on one meal a day, others going
longer without food; and added to this, the ever-present fear of
eviction.

But in fairness to Philadelphia, I began to wonder if there were
any city in the United States where I would want them to go. I
thought of the eleven cities I had visited the winter before in a trip
through our Middle West and of the districts I had visited the
winter before that, and I decided that they had far better be in
England. I could think of no place in America where there had
been any continuous, well-thought-out system of relief, backed by
funds that were not dependent upon emergent gifts of the well-to-
do, emergent grants by city councils and state legislatures,- — or
more recently, emergent federal loans. Beginnings will at length
be made toward bringing order into public relief, with the passage
of the Wagner-Costigan-La Follette bill, backed by the Roosevelt
administration; beginnings of a long-run sort in the movements,
state by state, for unemployment insurance. Unlike England,
we have had no system laid down in advance that could be
depended upon, and we have as yet to devise one on a national
scale.

"Without tea in your stomach and a roof over your 'ead, I don't
know how you 'ave the 'eart to look for a job in America," was the
way these British neighbors summed it up for me.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

279

NEW BOOKS

Fred S. Hall, Editor

SOCIAL WORK
YEAR BOOK '1933

This second issue of the Social Work Year Book
replaces the volume for 1929. It continues all the
features which brought the first issue "at once
into that little collection of indispensable vol-
umes which social workers keep on their desks"
(Survey). In addition to considerable expansion
in these features, it contains an entirely new
directory of agencies and bureaus in state
departments which touch upon social work. In
days when books dealing individually with
recent developments are not possible for many
budgets, this comprehensive volume is an
economy that few people in the social field can
afford to omit. 680 pages. $4.00.

Annabel M. and Bryce M. Stewart

STATISTICAL PROCEDURE OF
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT OFFICES

Reports the statistical practice in government
employment offices in seven countries, with
detailed recommendations for the United States.
This study assumes special importance and high
practical value now, when accurate labor sta-
tistics are vital, and our national employment
service seems about to be expanded.

327 pages. $2.50.

Clarence Arthur Perry

THE WORK OF THE
LITTLE THEATRES

A helpful book for all persons interested in
amateur dramatics. Contains sections on pro-
ducing groups and how they are organized; an
annotated list of over one thousand plays which
have actually been produced by amateur groups;
plans for play tournaments; and an extensive
bibliography on all phases of play production.

228 pages. $1.50.

RUSSELL SAGE FOUNDATION

130 East 22d Street New York

NEW CROWELL BOOKS ?

HOLLOW FOLK

By MANDEL SHERMAN and THOMAS R. HENRY

Down in a secluded valley of the Blue Ridge Mountains live a <
people who have been cut off from the main currents of civil- 1
ization. "One of the most interesting pages of American <
history."

Illustrated, $2.00

DEGENERATE DEMOCRACY

By HENRY S. McKEE

Author of "The A B Cs of Business."
Introduction by Lionel D. Edie.

Is our present governmental machinery outworn?
$1.50

THE EIGHTEENTH AMENDMENT
AND OUR FOREIGN RELATIONS

By ROBERT L. JONES, University of Pittsburgh
$1.75

EUROPE AND THE AMERICAN TARIFF

By O. FRED BOUCKE, Pennsylvania State College

$1.50
Full list of new books on request

THOMAS Y: CROWELL CO. |

393FourthAvenue NewYork.

A Book for Social Workers, Psychiatrists, Prison
Officials and Prison Welfare Workers

Prison Days and Nights

By VICTOR F. NELSON

With Introduction by Dr. Abraham Myerson

Victor F. Nelson haa spent twelve and a half of his thirty-four
years in prison, and he possesses that rare gift among prisoners
of writing impersonally of life in correctional institutions.
H. L. Mencken calls this by far the best book on prison life by a
prisoner that he has read in years. Dean George W. Kirchwcy
says: "It impresses me as an amazingly accurate representation
of prison psychology as well as a vivid picture of prison life in
America as it still for the most part is." $2.75 at Bookstores

LITTLE, BROWN & COMPANY, Publishers, 34 Beacon St.. Boston

Irrepressible Conflict

BUSINESS vs. FINANCE

by
DAVID CUSHMAN COYLE

"The perfect anti-Mellonite." — George Soule.

"I agree entirely with the analysis given by Mr. Coyle."-

Dr. John Ryan.

60 cents postpaid
D. C. COYLE, 101 Park Avenue, New York

THE PELS PLAN

(Continued from page 269)

marshall reserves of consumer buying power, and throw them into
the breach the moment a weakness in consumer demand develops
at any point along the national economic front. It is becoming
increasingly clear that only by following the principles so clearly
enunciated by Mr. Fels in his series of articles can a solution be
found for our underlying economic problem and it is encouraging
to note that the United States Chamber of Commerce in a recent
report approaches this conclusion. I thoroughly agree with Mr.
Fels in his entire approach. ALBERT L. DEANE

President, General Motors Holding Corporation; joint author Investing in
Wages

Boston, Mass.

THE organization of society not only to avoid such suffering as
we have had during the past three years, but to create means and
methods whereby man can enjoy the fruits of man's advancements
in science and production is no longer an academic subject. Mr.
Fels' Planning for Purchasing Power is a fearless and informed ap-
proach to this problem. We must focus our thinking and our re-
search on the solution of this problem. I believe that a large part of
the solution lies in the organization of business itself, very likely
along the lines suggested by Mr. Fels in his proposal for a Federal
Trade System. LINCOLN FILENE

Chairman oj the Board Wm. Filene's Sons Company

Philadelphia, Penn.

MR. FELS' proposal for a federal trade system points in exactly
the right direction. We must seek consciously to attain
and maintain a moving equilibrium in our economic life. Broad
questions of policy with respect to working time, minimum wages,
profit, investment and the plane of competition cannot be left
to uncoordinated individual action. The logical unit around
which policy should center in each case is the whole industry. It
may well become a chief unit of planning. Mr. Fels' proposal of a
Federal Trade System is sound and constructive.

JOSEPH H. WILLITS
Dean, Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, University of Pennsyl-
vania; member, President's Emergency Committee for Employment, 1930-1

Chicago

N my testimony before the Senate Finance Committee I insisted
that "a planned control of the great essential industries is ab-
solutely essential" — also that "self-government in industry" was
desirable but impractical because "the present controllers of com-
merce and finance lack the desire and the intelligence to organize
and operate industries so as to promote the general welfare." My
general agreement with Mr. Fels' underlying ideas is therefore
obvious. We might not agree upon the mechanics of a Federal
Trade System, but I must say that in his outline of a program he
las made a great contribution toward sound costructive thinking
in the direction of a planned control. DONALD R. RICHBERG
Central counsel for National Conference on Valuation of Railroads since
1923, for Railway Labor Executives Association since 1926. Author, Tents
of the Mighty

'New York

IN reading Mr. Fels' recent article in which he suggests a
Federal Trade System, one feels that he is in contact with the

wisdom that comes from experience. The facts relating to the

jresent economic conditions are all known, in fact known too well.

Jut the bearing of the laws of cause and effect upon these facts
are not so well recognized. The truth is that the average business
man has done little more than rehearse the facts and wish for the
return of the old prosperity. With Mr. Fels, the situation is differ-
ent. Here we have a man who has courage enough to point the
,vay out. As a piece of constructive thinking, we should welcome

he suggestion. The new conditions demand new treatment.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

280

Mr. Pels' plan is conceived to meet the new conditions. It avoids
details which gives it flexibility. It is a suggestion for a new ap-
proach to the unsolved problem of the evils of competition. As
one business man intensely interested in the problem, I can only
hope that Mr. Pels' suggestions will receive the earnest study of
more than one trade group.

Lucius R. EASTMAN

President, The Hills Brothers Company; Jormer president, The Merchants'
Association of New York; American member, Economic Committee of the
League of Nations

Washington, D. C.

MR. PELS makes an eloquent plea for the reform of business
from within to achieve the great promise of plenty for all.
I cannot accept all his reasoning or share his fears of other forms of
social organization which may be looming on the horizon. But
complete agreement is not necessary either for appreciation or for
action. Mr. Pels seems to me to make a very distinct contribution in
his reasoning the case of economic coordination and in his practical
suggestions for planning procedure. I hope that within the near
future he and others may take the first step to promote the syste-
matic study and practical possibilities of applying the planning
idea within specific industries and on a national scale.

LEWIS L. LOR WIN

.Member staff, Institute of Economics, The Breakings Institution; author.
Problems of Economic Planning

Boston, Mass.

IAST summer I read the manuscript of Mr. Pels' book ' — or a
L. very great deal of it- — and am measurably informed regarding
his views, but, in spite of this, I found myself reading these chapters
all over again. In considering the effects of laws on men and the
world they live in, I find myself reverting to the simple philosophy
of my youth. I believe that the effects of laws are not fully known
for a very long time, and that like medicine acting on the human
body, they affect other conditions than those for which they are
prescribed. In respect to taxation, I believe that the purpose of a
tax is to produce revenue, and I deprecate the idea of using this
power of life and death for some ulterior social object. Whether
compulsorily increased salaries and wages would make the machine
go faster, I don't know, but I think it might. I do not, however,
believe in the wisdom of taxing any group of men in order to for-
ward the idea of social justice. You must arrange the rules of the
game so that they will be fair, but after a man has entered the
contest and won a prize, I think it unfair to take the silver mug
away from him and give him a tin one instead.
Editor, The Atlantic Monthly ELLERY SEDGWICK

Philadelphia, Penn.

MR. PELS has outlined what would be a convincing program
for American industry if any considerable percentage of
industrialists were imbued with his noble spirit and possessed his
obvious talents. Luminous goals often guide us even when we can-
not gain them — at the moment.

My experience in the regulation of utilities, a field somewhat
narrower than that proposed, has not left me too enthusiastic
about the system. The march of events however will probably force
us to seek a way out of our present industrial and economic impasse
by some such route. It would be far better if our industrialists
would give us a strong lead guided by some adaptation of the Pels'
formula. But there has been too much abdication to make this
seem likely.

Perhaps after the government has provided some further back-
bone for our individualistic industry the way may open for leader-
ship of the Pels' type. Before very long the public conscience will
revolt at the lengthening work day and the lowering wage level
together contributing to the strangulating policy of reduced pur-
chasing power.

Let us hope that the hour may (Continued on page 282)

'This Changing World, by Samuel S. Pels. Houghton Mifflin Co.— a May publica-
tion.

OF ESPECIAL VALUE

Probation and
Criminal Justice

by Sheldon Glueck

The noted professor of criminology at Harvard
presents a symposium of views upon the most-
discussed field of peno-correctional work. The legal
phase, training of personnel — every special field
is discussed by an expert of national and inter-
national repute. $3.00

Balanced

Employment

by L. S. Chadwick

One of America's best known industrial leaders
proposes and explains a detailed plan for a con-
trolled labor time system. $2.00

Can Business Build
a Great Age?

by William Kixmiller

An entirely new analysis of the depression, and a
vigorous defense of the value and necessity of
maintaining Capitalism. $2.50

The Modern Corporation
and Private Property

by A. A. Berle and G. C. Means

A sensational analysis of the silent revolution
which has centered national control of American
industry in the directors of a bare 200 corporations!
"There may have been a better book than this
published in the past twelve months, but / did not
see it. ' ' — Stuart Chase $3.75

at all bookstores

THE MACMILLAN COMPANY

60 Fifth Avenue, New York

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

281

SPRING PUBLICATIONS
AT ONE DOLLAR EACH

HOW FAR TO THE NEAREST DOCTOR

By Edward M. Dodd, M.D.

Stories of medical missions around the world. The author is the
son of a medical missionary and has himself been a missionary.
Written especially for young people.

GOD'S CANDLELIGHTS

By Mabel Shaw

A charming book of rare literary flavor telling about the author's
remarkable educational work in Africa. Julian Huxley says "I
hope that all interested in the education of primitive people will
read this book."

TODAY'S YOUTH AND TOMORROW'S
WORLD

By Stanley High

This vigorous young author knows how to discuss vital problems
with today's youth and does it excellently in this volume.

CHRISTIANITY AND INDUSTRY IN
AMERICA

By Alva W. Taylor

A discussion of the responsibility of the Christian church in its
relation to industry. (June 10th)

FRIENDSHIP PRESS

150 Fifth Avenue, New York

have changed in the printing
trade. The machine press has dis-
placed many an apprentice and master
printer. What becomes of them? What is
being done about it? You will understand
technological change better by studying
the facts in Elizabeth F. Baker's "Dis-
placement of Men by Machines: Effects
of Technological Change in Commercial
Printing." Price, $3.00

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS
2960 Broadway, N. Y. C.

(Continued from page 281) not be long delayed when it will
become obvious that the price to be paid for putting our unem-
ployed millions constructively and honorably to work will seem
far the better of two difficult alternatives. When that hour arrives
these observations of Mr. Fels will be re-scanned for sound guid-
ance. MORRIS LLEWELLYN COOKE
Director, Giant Power Survey of Pennsylvania; trustee, The Port Authority
of New York

Washington, D. C.

THE most significant factor in Mr. Pels' proposal is the objective
he has set up for the Federal Trade System. In direct opposition
to the suggestions now current in business circles, for industrial
stabilization through boards which will adjust the output of in-
dividual industries to the demand for their products, Mr. Fels
seeks stabilization "by removal of the difficulties that stand in the
way of releasing the normal consumptive powers of the people."
This, as I see it, implies greater production rather than further
restriction of output. Whether his board could achieve this without
having some control over the flow of investment and the extension
of credit is in my mind open to serious doubt.

One fundamental weakness in Mr. Pels' proposal lies in the
administrative set-up that he suggests. If one of the important
functions of the board is to be to promote higher wages and sus-
tained employment, and if the board is to be "charged with form-
ing new standards of working time . . . and minimum wages" it
should have among its membership representatives of those who
are to be more directly affected by such standards; namely, labor.
And if industry is to be looked upon as an instrument for supplying
service to consumers, rather than as the means to profit, provision
should also be made for representatives of the consuming public.

ISADOR LUBIN
Staff, Institute of Economics of The Breakings Institution

Yellow Springs, Ohio

[RECENTLY the president of one of the largest banks in the world
l\ gave to the finance committee of the United States Senate his
ideas of the cause and cure of our depression. His bank considered
his statement so significant that it was given national distribution.
Yet this address gave not a hint that the depression might have
been caused partly by inadequate domestic distribution of the
products of industry. Recently I heard a similar statement of
causes by one of America's foremost private bankers, and the same
omission was conspicuous. Later I heard the president of a great
international corporation discuss the same subject, with the same
omission.

What all America is concluding privately, Mr. Pels brings out in
the open, with a simple clarity that cannot be misunderstood. The
times are ready for such a pronouncement, and it is fortunate that
it can come from one who speaks with authority as a successful
industrialist, and whose whole life history precludes the possibility
of any motive except sincere desire to contribute to social well-
being. As to technical methods of organization,
"There are nine and sixty ways
For constructing tribal lays
And every single one of them is right."

So there may be more than one right way of economic organization
to achieve the desired end of more general distribution of purchas-
ing power. But as to the end to be achieved, there can be little
question. ARTHUR E. MORGAN

President, Antioch College

Philadelphia, Penn.

A I the depression has deepened, the garment trades have ex-
hibited more and more the need for throwing public control
over minimum standards of hours and wages in a nation-wide
competitive industry. Here are public-spirited employing cor-
porations which have dealt with progressive unions in overcoming
the old anarchy of sweat-shop days; lifting the industry to a level
where business prospered, production costs were cut down, the
public was served with merchandise (Continued on page 284)

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

282

(very time he takes a Bath
Wthe Water turns to GOLD/

GHOULS OF THE

TOWER
OF SILENCE

Waiting for the next
mortal to die, vul-
tures perch on The
Tower of Silencel Re-
ligion commands that
no corpse may pol-
lute the earth, con-
taminate the sea or
be consumed by fire. So the
nude dead are thrown into this
circular stadium, to be devour-
ed by these ghouls of the air.

TO THIRTY MILLION PEOPLE the
Aga Khan is so holy that even the wa-
ter in his bathtub is carefully saved I
Then, once a year, it is sold to his devoted
followers ! The price paid for this holy water
is the Aga Khan's own weight, to the
ounce, in GOLD. Fantastic? Yes —
but it's TRUE! How would YOU like
to journey to far Nepal? Guarded by
the skyscraping Mt. Everest, this in-
credible kingdom has remained im-
penetrated for over a thousand years.
The Last Home of Mystery 1 Tourists,
missionaries, are banned. On the fingers of
one hand you can count the Americans who
have ever been admitted. Out of a popula-
tion of 6,000,000 there are only SEVEN
white persons!

The Worship off Unclean Gods

Now, in this amazing book of adventure,
Col. E. Alexander Powell tells the true
story of the strangest land left on earth,
NEPAL! — where gorgeous temples hide
depraved ceremonies. Where men and
women degrade their faces with vile sym-
bols — and are insulted if you offer them
anything with your left hand! Where orgies
are the established services in shrines. Yet
so gripping is this religion that a quarter
million tattered fanatics crawl upward
along the icy Chandragiri Mountain Pass,
leaving their dead behind — just for a
sight of the holy cityl

"Unclean Gods," the third chapter of
this astonishing volume, is a revelation of
the abominations practiced in the name of
religion. It tells the unveneered truth about

heathen idols; about temple
women who are the "wives of
the gods"; about monstrous
"marriage ceremonies"; about
the training in viciousness that
starts in the cradles of Nepal.

What Is
"Serpent-Love"?

What is Serpent-Love? —
the weird malady that pro-
duces a wild craving to be bit-
ten by poisonous snakes in
order to live? What prince owns
forty-two Rolls-Royces? Why
has another decorated his palace with
American slot machines?

What happens to women in the Zenanas?
What are the religious functions of dancers,
temple girls, priests, holy men, fakirs? Why
is the meaning of the Tantrist scriptures
suppressed? What secrets are concealed in
the dark retreats of palaces, temples, pa-
godas and monasteries of Nepal — under
bronze and stone monsters?

"The Last Home of Mystery" tells au-
thentically. Astounding facts cram its 325
pages. Illustrated with many exclusive
photographs, handsomely bound in cloth
with special map end-papers, this remark-
able book sold originally for $4. Now it is
only ONE DOLLAR! What is more, you
may examine this best-seller free for 5 days
before you decide whether or not you wish
to add it to your library. Send no money
with the coupon. Simply indicate which
books listed below you wish . to examine
free — they will be mailed at oncel

BEAUTIFUL
HOMES OF
HORROR

Behind these carved
temple walls are
the idols before
which priests per-
form unspeakable
rites — and "wives
of the gods" are
carefully trained.

ih*lAST H04IC

HOLY,
HOLY!

Grotesque,

crazy eyes start UK
through matted hair —
al! but naked. No won-
der the excesses of The
Holy Men must be car-
ried out in the name of
sanctity!

Formerly^0-

millers ia now with
reach of all. Sel
from the list he
Bend coupon — with-
out money. Fi

. . . and Which off these Other
$2:50 to «5£P BEST SELLERS
Do You Want for only $1 Each?

• OUTLINE OF HISTORY

- H. G. Wells. Human race
from dawn of time to present, in-
cluding latest discoveries, events.
1,200 pages, original illustrations.
Former price $5

00 THE NATURE OF THE
*0- WORLD AND OF MAN —
Edited by H. H. Newman,
Ph.D. The biography of the Uni-
verse, of evolution and mankind.
Explains heredity, sex. By 16 ex-
perta. 562 pages; 136 pictures.

Former price $4

01 MARRIAGE AND MOR-
O1"ALS — Bertrand Russell.
Some sorely needed straight think-
ing in sex ethics. Enough dyna-
mite to free you from unreason-
able laws of concl net set by
fanatics. Former Price $3
A? THE STORY OF THE
**«>• WORLD'S LITERATURE
— John Macy. Dr. \\ill Du-ant
wrote: "The Story reads itself.
Every person in America should
buy it. Former price $5

KIND — Hendrlk Willem
Van Loon. Famous animated
history. 188 author's unique il-
lustrations. 100,000 copies sold at
Former price of $5

4Q KEEPING MENTALLY
*±J. FIT — Joseph Jastrow.

Guide to Everyday Psychology.
Eminently understandable.

Former price $3.50

Ce THE CONQUEST OF
*>*>• FEAR - Basil Kinft.

Helped 100,000 rise above fear.
Hugaboos analyzed, definite meth-
ods given. Former price $~

*7A THE LAST HOME OF
•V. MYSTERY — E. Alexan-

der Powell. Darine disclosures of
"rvli^ioiis" depravity; atrocities,
marriage ceremonies.

Former price $4

SEND NO MONEY5 DAYS< FREE "

OC.IMLJIVUI ICHVC.Y EXAMINATION •

Use the coupon. Mark the volumes you want. Mail coupon to us without
n.on^y Books will be sent ON APPROVAL. Pay noth'ng in advance —
nothing to postman. So confident are we that STAR DOLLAR BOOKS
offer you a greater value for SI than you can realize without actually see-
in,., for yourself, that we are making this FREE EXAMINATION
OFFpR. Examine for 5 days. Then send us onl> $1 plus lOc postage for
each tide > ou keep. If you do not admit that this is the biggest book value
you ever saw, return the volumes and forget the matter. The editions of
many titles are limited — don't delay! GARDEN CITY PUBLISHING
COMPANY, Dept. 265, Garden City, N. Y.

OSCAR WILDE: HIS LIFE
AND CONFESSIONS -
Frank Harris. He died in shame
as atonement for a nameless vice
— hideous then, but understood
and pitied now. Former price $3.75
THE DOCTOR LOOKS AT
LOVE AND LIFE — Jo-
seph Collins, M.D. Friendly,
rich with common sense. Au-
thentic knowledge nn sex igno-
rance. Former price $3
m RASPUTIN : THE HOLY
DEVIL — Rene Fulop-
Miller. He turned religion to the
ends of seduction; swayed others
by evil power of his eye.

Former price $5

1 1 Q THE HUMAN BODY —
1 •*• °. Logan Clendenlng,
M.D. Stop worrying about your-
self. Reassuring revelations about

DOMBER!

The earnings
which fanat-
ics of this
caste make
are used to
further ex-
t e n d the
"liberties' '
openly prac-
ticed In this
Last Home
of Mystery.

health, weight, diet, habits —
"nerves," "heart trouble." "brain
fag" — debunked of fads and fal-
lacies! 399 pages, 102 pictures.

Original price $5

m STRATEGY IN HAN-
• DLING PEOPLE— Webb
and Morgan. Shows methods
used to influence others. Practical
ways to sway business associates,
guide social contacts, get others to
help you. Former price $3

10Q STANDARD BOOK OF
I^IJ. BRITISH AND AMERI-
CAN VERSE — Preface by
Christopher Morley. Compre-
hensive collection greatest poetry,
old and modern. Three carefully
compiled indexes. 240 poets, 588
poems. 8OO pages.

mTHE STORY OF
• MONEY — Norman An-
gell. Money — from ancient
times to today, absorbingly writ-
ten and illustrated. Clearly ex-
plains gold standard, paper money,
banks, stock market. Federal Re-
serve, inflation. Former price $5

GARDEN CITY PUBLISHING COMPANY
Dept. 265, Garden Cl*v, N. Y.

Please send me the STAR DOLLAR BOOKS encircled below. I
will cither send you within 5 days $1 plus lOc postage for each vol-
ume or I will return the books without being obligated in any way.
{Encircle numbers of books you want)

19 28 31 43 46 49 55 70 74 99
108 118 124 129 133

NAME.

PLEASE PRINT PLAINLY

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

283

CITY ANT> STATE

Canadian Orders, $1.10 per book, cash with order.

Bring the University to Your Home

There is no doubt that you too want to keep informed of the latest findings in
biology, mental hygiene, medicine, anthropology, current events in art, literature,
history, politics. But only few have the time, opportunity, or money to continue the
instruction they have obtained at institutions of higher learning.

KNOWLEDGE

will bring this information directly to you. A staff of highly trained and specialized
writers is offering its knowledge and experience to you through KNOWL-
EDGE.

From the pages of this monthly periodical:

Why There Are Still Cannibals

Where Did Life Originate?

Some Facts About Hypnotism

Menstruation as « Normal Function

Blood Transfusion from a Corpse

Cures for Mental Disorder

About the Lowest Living Types of Man

A Study of Casanova's Life
Interesting Data on Fortune-Tellers
Diet That Will Cure Worry
What Makes a Dwarf?
Intelligence of Apes and Children
How to Break a Bad Habit

KNOWLEDGE may be obtained for 25c at the better newsstands, or you may
obtain

5 ISSUES FOR $1

KNOWLEDGE, 111 East 15th Street, New York

Name Address

CURIOUS BOOKS

Send for free catalogue
of Privately Printed

BOOKS

Limited Editions
Unexpurgated Items
Illustrated

THE FALVTAFF PRESS

Dept.G.S. 230 Fifth Avenue, New York

January SURVEY GRAPHIC
on Recent Social Trends

was sold out within two weeks after publication.
The demand for copies was so insistent, that the
issue has been reprinted through the courtesy of the
President's Committee on Social Trends.

Two thousand copies went to schools and brought
us a sheaf of enthusiastic comment from teachers.
Elliott Dunlap Smith of the Department of Social
Sciences, Yale University, wrote:

I think you and your associates have done an
outstanding piece of journalism in the January
SURVEY GRAPHIC. To have gotten this out so
promptly and to have provided something that
is so brief, so concrete and so comprehensive, in
handling such an extraordinary mass of material,
is a real achievement. I wish it could somehow
be gotten out in booklet form for use in libraries
and colleges and schools as a supplement to the
big books.

Reprints, with all the original text and illustration,
as related to the Report are now available for

15 cents a copy
Mail your order with payment to

SURVEY

112 E. 19th Street '

GRAPHIC

' < New York, N. Y.

(Continued from page 282) at reasonable rates, and the liveli-
hood of a vast number of wage-earners was such as to make
for good homes, good neighborhoods, good cities — a force for right
living all around. All this has been threatened in the midst of the
depression by the spread of unregulated, irresponsible enterprises,
mostly away from the old centers, which have undercut the market
by long hours, night work, child labor and pay below the sub-
sistence level. This is taking jobs and business away from the
established industrial groups in ways that threaten all the human
gains of twenty years; threaten bankruptcy for the employers, and
breadlines for the workers.

In his proposal for a Federal Trade System Mr. Fels has taken
the constructive principles of employment planning which he has
worked out with such admirable results in his own establishment
and projected them into the general economic chaos outside his
factory walls. And the significant thing, as I see it, is the precision
with which he centers on the need for applying group and govern-
mental action at points where our scheme of production and con-
sumption gets out of balance; and the clarity with which he sug-
gests a handle where the public can take hold to bring this about.

JACOB BILLIKOPF

Executive director, Federation of Jewish Charities, Philadelphia; Impartial
Chairman, Men's Clothing Industry of New York City; Member, Penn-
sylvania State Welfare Commission

Boston, Mass.

MR. PELS' suggestion of a central board of authority over the
activities of industry and trade is, of course, somewhat
similar to the various projects which have been advanced for a
national economic council. I am very much in sympathy with the
idea of national planning in the economic field, and I think we
should begin to experiment with it soon. I believe that there should
be a central board of limited size. I do not believe it should be
"representative" of various groups in our economic system. Its
membership should be composed of the most intelligent and dis-
interested men we can secure, who would be in a position to con-
sider without bias the problems which must be faced. I agree with
Mr. Fels that such a board should have unquestioned power of
investigation and publicity. At the outset I do not believe it should
have power to fix wages and profits, although I do think it must
have authority to fix minimum wage standards and maximum
working hours. The complications are such in many lines that I
am convinced that there must be considerable experiment with
such a central board before we can give it all the authority we may
be prepared to entrust to it later. I should like to see such a board,
through a subordinate committee, undertake the regulation of
some of our raw material industries as a laboratory experiment.
For this purpose I would delegate all the authority necessary to deal
with production, wages and profits. Out of this experience I think
we can learn something as to the best course to follow in other lines.
We do not know enough yet about the details of control over
intricate trade activities to say with justice to the interests of all
concerned how far we may go in the control of wages, prices and
profits. We need to try out a few things, and the sooner we begin
the process the better.

JOHN H. FAHEY

President and publisher, Worcester (Mass.) Post; former president, U. S.
Chamber of Commerce

Yellow Springs, Ohio

OUR modern economic system as a whole works about as effec-
tively as an individual large-scale enterprise would work, if
each department purchased its own material, hired its own labor,
and worked according to its own production schedule. It is not so
long ago that many enterprises did have various parts working at
such cross purposes. But modern scientific management has sup-
planted that with planned order and system. Mr. Fels suggests the
next step of coordinating the separate enterprises into a planned and
ordered total economic system. For what are the individual enter-
prises but departments of the nation's business as a whole?

But wisely indeed Mr. Fels warns that "neither new and large-
(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

284

scale organizations nor forms of control will save us if they are not
headed in the right direction." The goals must be "expanded con-
sumption and higher standards of living; a real share in the for-
tunes of America for the rank and file of our people, and their
participation in the business of bringing such things about."
Modern business accounting, with its depreciation, sinking, and
amortization funds, aims to make capital immortal, and to keep it
whole with maintenance and renewal funds. But human labor, it
regards only as an operating expense, to be turned out on the
streets and allowed to perish on the industrial scrap heap whenever
capital charges are threatened. No planning or control that aims
only to stabilize business or prices can meet the need. The basis must
be a social accounting scheme that includes all the costs of the hu-
man investment in industry in our economic system. Then only
may we be sure of the purchasing and consuming power that sup-
plies the balance wheel for our increasing production power.

"We cannot squander ourselves into prosperity," said Mr.
Hoover two years ago; by which he meant that money must be
conserved even though human labor is wantonly squandered.
The soap manufacturer has a different gospel. He points the way
and suggests a method of controlling both finance and industry,
so that life and labor may be conserved. We may not agree on
details, but who will deny that he sees truly and counsels wisely?

W. M. LEISERSON

Professor of Economics, Antioch College; chairman, Ohio Commission
on Unemployment Insurance

Old Spout Farm, Lusby, Calvert County, Maryland.

MY feeling is that one of the most, if not the most, harmful of
current fallacies is the assumption that our present depression
was largely due to excessive profits, and that future depressions
might be avoided by increasing wages at the expense of profits.
I should have to write several articles to substantiate what I believe
to be the facts — and you would not have time to read them — so
here they are, in the baldest form in which I can state them: —

1. The average return on all money invested in the equities of
legitimate corporate ventures is less than a normal interest rate —
i.e., less than 6 percent and perhaps less than 4 percent.

2. Corporation earnings in 1928 and 1929 were not excessive or
abnormal, even in manufacturing lines. What was abnormal was
the public expectation of future earnings.

3. Such over-construction and over-investment as took place in
1928 and 1929 were not due to the reinvestment of excessive cor-
poration profits, but to stock-market speculation and investment by
salary- and wage-earners, plus the related credit expansion.

4. Stabilization of the rate of new capital investment would be
quite as apt to be hindered as helped by reductions in profit
margins and increases in wages.

I am struggling to induce some of our really fine-spirited con-
servatives to lend a hand to certain necessary economic changes —
but they are so appalled by the present flood of loose economic
wish thoughts that it is almost impossible to pry them loose from
their purely defensive attitude. From what I know of Mr. Fels he
is a most admirable person. Nevertheless, if there were any cosmic
justice, he would be laid over a barrel and paddled to the tune of
one earnest smack for each erroneous premise in his articles and
book — and the toll of such smacks would not be light. You will
necessarily think that I am writing from a reactionary stand-
point. This is not true. I care not at all whether we have a capitalis-
tic, or a socialistic, or even a communistic economic system — so
long as it will contribute to decent living and sound human prog-
ress— measure these elements as you will. But I do insist that what-
ever system we have shall not be based on a denial of plain and
obvious facts. Among these facts (with a high degree of certainty)
is that the earnings of capital and the distribution of the value
product of industry between capital and labor were not respon-
sible for the present depression, and that future depressions cannot
be prevented by reducing the earnings of capital and increasing
wages. M. C. RORTY

Vice-president, American Founders Corporation; jormer president, American
Statistical Association.

(In answering advertisements please

285

Let the "SHIP'S DECK" Qive You

a SEA AIR APPETITE

Breathe in the bracing sea air as
it sweeps across the spacious
"Ship's Deck" atop Colton
Manor. Colton Manor extends
itself in its superb cuisine and
service!

For a week or a week-end enjoy
the luxury of the finest appoint-
ments without exorbitant price.
250 rooms . . . overlooking the
ocean . . . sea water baths . . .
special low weekly rates . . .
European Plan if desired.
Booklet. Write or wire for
reservations.

CltonManor
9ne of the Finest Hotels
In Atlantic City

PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE

A. C. ANDREWS, President and Managing Director

WhenYouGoTo

PHILADELPHIA*^

mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

TRAVELER'S

NOTEBOOK

A SENATOR

-A MAN who lays down the law at the day's
end and takes up his social life where the law of hos-
pitality has never had a constitutional amendment
- The Willard Hotel ____

Two Blocks from the White House, Near
Theatres, Public Buildings, and Historic
Points.

A la carte and table d'hote meals — World renowned
Cuisine.

If rite for Illustrated Booklet

WILLARD HOTEL

"The Residence of Presidents"

Washington, D. C.
H. P. SOMERVILLE, Managing Director

EARN A TOUR TO EUROPE

All or part by organizing and acting as ship hostess. Liberal
commissions. Best selling tours. 26,000 satisfied clients.

200 lours to choose from, 25 days $1 79. Mediterranean Cruise $365.
Around Ih. World $595.

B.F.ALLEN ' 1 54 Boylston Street - Boston, Massachusetts

FARM SUMMER FOR BOYS

Farm Summer for Boys 12 and under. 500-acrea i woods, brooks, meadows, orchard'
swimming pool, on mountainside % mile from highway; cows, chickens, vegetables.
$25 per week; $100 per month. Also few boys school year '33-'34. Cornelia Stratton
Parker and Sons Carleton, Harvard '30; James, Wis. ex-'32; and June, Smith '36.
Swiss Meadows, Wllllamstown, Mass.

RESORTS & REAL ESTATE

SWISS MEADOWS. Spend the week-end or longer in 200-year-old beamed and
paneled farmhouse overlooking Berkshire hills and valleys. Fruit blossoms, lilacs,
brooks, woods, meadows.

Cornelia Stratton Parker, Wllliamstown, Massachusetts.

ROCKPORT, MASS.

FOR SALE — Thurston owned, old-fashioned bungalow, 5 rooms, flush
closet on first floor, excellent condition, good cellar, electric lights, 2 fire-
places; corner lot 40 x 195 ft., fruit trees, flowering shrubs. $3200, easy
terms; also sea view lots and house on Bearskin Neck; waterfront camps to
let during Spring, $10, $15. $25 week-end. HELEN L. THURSTON, 20
Pleasant St.; tel. 534 Rockport.

ADVERTISE YOUR
WANTS IN THE SURVEY

Flashes from Alaska

DO you know that along Alaska's coastline from Ketchikan in
the southeast to Seward in the southwest, thence out along
the peninsula and Aleutian Islands, the thermometer seldom regis-
ters as low as zero? They have considerable rain at Ketchikan, but
seldom snow. It is only the interior that has extremes of tempera-
ture. For instance, at Fairbanks, the range is from sixty below in
the winter to ninety-five above in the summer, when for two months
there is continual daylight; so that on the Fourth of July they begin
a baseball game around eleven o'clock at night.

The face of Columbia Glacier, to which steamers call, is three
miles wide, three to five hundred feet high, and extends back into
the mountains, it is estimated, some eighty miles. During the sum-
mer the forward movement of the glacier averages ten feet a day.
As it pushes its face into the ocean the salt water melts the under-
neath part and the top falls into the bay, or, as it is commonly
known, sloughs.

Sitka, formerly the Russian capital of Alaska, is the oldest settle-
ment on the western coast of North America, and of course has
much historic and romantic lure. The original bells for the missions
in California were cast in its Russian foundries; and there the first
ship to be launched in that part of the Pacific was constructed.
(Alaska Steamship Company, Seattle, Wash.)

About Trips

WHETHER you contemplate taking a trip this summer or not,
a perusal of The Open Road (56 W. 45 Street, New York)
catalogue is both stimulating and informative. Here is variety to
cover almost every interest: flat boating, bicycling, engineering,
art, drama, music, bibliophile, modern architecture, photography,
socialism, fascism and capitalism in Europe, theatre festival, the
world's natural resources and standards of living, summer schools
in Berlin, Munich and Madrid, workers' settlements and social
developments in Palestine, off the beaten track in old and new
Russia, and the first Soviet tour for the blind.

The Intercollegiate Travel Extension Service of the American
Express Company (65 Broadway, New York) has arranged tours
dealing with great engineering feats abroad, under Joseph R.
Smart of Ohio State University; physical education, under George
E. Goss of the College of the City of New York; zoology under
Henry M. Kennon of the St. Louis Zoological Garden; German
study, under Dr. John T. Krumpelmann of St. Stephen's College
(Columbia University).

In addition to his popular trips in New York City for students,
civic groups and women's clubs, Philip Brown of Friendship Tours
(505 Fifth Avenue, New York), is booking a very reasonably priced
study tour to Russia, headed by F. Tredwell Smith, who is doing
so for the sixth time. Also for summer courses and general travel
overseas.

Hilda and Stanton Robbins (218 Madison Avenue, New York)
invite you to tea any afternoon at four-thirty, except Saturday, to
learn about motoring abroad with Europe on Wheels.

Edith E. Osburn (606 W. 1 15 Street, New York), back from two
years of study in Geneva, will lead the second annual tour of the
Women's International League for Peace and Freedom — to study
political conditions in Europe. Last year the group was received
by the Premier in Turkey.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

286

MINDS MADE BY THE MOVIES

(Continued from page 250)

a picture of a successful "job" at once stirred them to do it too.

A study made in a polyglot high-delinquency area of New York
City by Prof. Frederic M. Thrasher of New York University throws
many of these points into high relief. Among children with a
tendency toward crime, the gangster pictures act like gasoline
poured on a smoldering log. The boys make heroes of the "Big
Shots" on the screen and swagger through the crowded streets
dressed like James Cagney, or demand that their friends call them
"Little Casear" after the gang play by that name.

The studies of movies and sex can be only referred to here.
John Galsworthy once said that sex is such powerful stuff it must be
used in writing only in minute doses lest it throw everything else
out of perspective. The movies have learned that lesson, — and
use it in reverse. Testimony from boys and girls of every class is
overwhelming. A highschool girl states: "The only benefit I ever
got from the movies was in learning to love and a knowledge of sex.
When I was about twelve years old I started browsing around and
I remember I used to advantage my knowledge of how to love, to
be loved, and how to respond." A college boy of twenty: "Heated
love scenes like those that took place between John Gilbert and
Greta Garbo led indirectly in association with my own sexual
cravings to my first visit to a 'sport' woman." Another college
student: "When I see John Gilbert making love to Greta Garbo I
observe, and when I have a girl of my own there is no doubt that I
make use of his technique in playing with her. What is more, I think
girls copy movie actresses in the same manner." Heard in a group
of office girls: "Say, have you seen John Gilbert and Greta Garbo
in Love? Why when he kissed her I was so thrilled I almost passed
out. Oh for a man like that!" In a group of sorority girls: "Without
him [a French count] even saying a word, you could tell by the
expression on his face what he thought. Boy, he certainly could
love. I would like to have him for a fellow for just one night."

One of Professor Thrasher's investigators copied this poster:

Married Just Enough to Make Her Interesting! It's New! It's
Original! It's Different! It starts with a bang as Madame loses her
dress! It leaps into high as her lover hires a sin-thetic wife! It
reaches an amazing height amid the love gondolas of Venice!
It's peppery in Paris! It's intimate in Italy! Which all means that
it's Hot-Cha in good old U. S. A. Snappy as a French magazine.

IT must appear from even this brief sampling that the Motion
Picture Research Council has ventilated scientifically and inex-
orably one of the major educational problems of our time. It makes
us realize that the youngsters in the seats down front see things that
we miss and carry away things which we had wiped out with an
"adult discount." It announces that after the completion of the
studies and the publication of the results it will "make recom-
mendations in connection with the use of the film art."

Nothing tried thus far — National Board of Review, state
censorships, laws barring children from theaters — has accom-
plished the Committee's purpose. The spirit of the times and of the
courts is distinctly away from legal censorship. The obvious plan,
of keeping children away from films that might injure them, does
not work in crowded city neighborhoods where driven tenement
mothers have little control over their children. There remains the
possibility of public pressure on the movie producers to play the
game with the parents of America, to have a heart for the children.
To such appeals they might more readily give ear in a time of
dwindling audiences and of receiverships than they did at the crest
of their gilded wave. In hard times, with the need of getting new
ticket buyers in their seats, it might seem to them good sense to
reach out for public approval and for films that would interest
distinctive groups.

Now there are at least three kinds of films: films intrinsically
suited to children, to adults with child-minds, to true adults.
The third group goes only rarely to the movies; it does not begin
to live up to the Payne Committee's average attendance of three
quarters of a movie per person (Continued on page 290)

(In answering advertisements please

287

THREE GREAT CITIES
10 "Days

""THREE great and diversified cities of the Soviet Union.
•"• Moscow . . . with its intense activities, social planning,
and amazing art theatres. Kharkov . . . with its enormous
distribution of national production, industries, and Univer-
sity. Kiev . . . with its ancient art, melodious folk songs,
and mechanical works. First Class, $165; Tourist, $80;
Special, $45.

Other unusual Tours: Cruising the Volga, 1 2 days; Dnieper
River Tour, 14 days; Crimea Tour, 20 days. New low travel
rates ... 1 5 tours to choose from ... 5 to 3 1 days.

Price includes Intourist hotels, meals, guide-interpreters.
Soviet visa and transportation from starting to ending point
in the Soviet Union. Price does not include round trip
passage to the Soviet Union.

INTOURIST, INC.

U. S. Representa-
tive of the Stale
Travel Bureau
of the U. S. S. R.,
545 Fifth Ave.,
New York. Of-
fices in Boston,
Chicago, and
San Francisco.
Or see your
own travel
agent.

Soviet Russia This Year

• "The Russian Experi-
ment" is no longer an his-
torical curiosity. The
U. S. S. R. is now a power-
ful social force which the
whole world must take into
account. Go and see for
yourself the new life that is
being planned and built
there. The Russians are
courteous hosts; travel
facilities are improving. No

other country holds such dramatic interest for the intelligent
traveler.

• For the seventh season, The Open Road assists the inquiring
visitor through its expert staff here and in Moscow. Write for
"The Open Road in Europe and Russia," a booklet describing
forty Open Road tours and services to those who prefer to
travel on their own.

The OPEN ROAD

COOPERATING WITH INTOURIST

RUSSIAN TRAVEL SECTION, 56 West 45th St., New York

mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

EDUCATIONAL DIRECTORY

SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES

SMITH COLLEGE SCHOOL
FOR SOCIAL WORK

OFFERS

A A summer session of eight weeks for experienced
social workers with courses in case work, govern-
ment, medicine, psychology, social psychiatry, and
sociology.

COLLEGE HALL 8 NORTHAMPTON, MASS.

orthwestern University

College of Liberal Arts

Department of Sociology and
Anthropology offers for 1933-1934

Professional Training for Social
Service Group Work and Recreation

Family Case Work : Domestic Dis-
cord Problems, Personality Prob-
lems in Family Case Work

Write for further information and special bulletins

Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois

SUBSCRIBE HERE

Survey Graphic — Monthly — $3.00
Survey Associates, Inc., 112 East 19th St., New York

Name Address .

...5-1-33

College

of Social

Professional Training in
.•<

Medical Social Work, Psychiatric
Social Work, Family Welfare,
Child Welfare, Community Work

Leading to the degree of B.S. and M.S.

Address:

THE DIRECTOR

18 Somerset Street Boston, Massachusetts

COOPERATIVE SCHOOL for
STUDENT TEACHERS

Class room experience alternating with
studio and seminar courses

Early applications advised for one year
course beginning October 1933

69 Bank Street

New York City

FAMILY BUNGALOWS

TAMIMENT, PENNSYLVANIA

On beautiful Lake Tamiment, famous for climate, comfortable
cottages with modern conveniences, high standard play-school, pro-
vision store, pasteurized milk, all privileges of Camp Tamiment.
Moderate rentals.

New York Offic«-7 EAST 1 5th STREET
Phone: Algonquin 4-6875

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

288

WHAT IS SOCIAL
ADJUSTING?

In dealing with the socially maladjusted indi-
vidual, his psychological, racial and cultural
background is of the utmost importance.

Jewish social work is in need of men and
women specially trained to apply this
principle. The Graduate School for
Jewish Social Work gives this training.

May First is the last date for filing

application for fellowships of

$500 and $750

Address Dr. M. J. KARPF, Director

The

Graduate
School

For

Jewish
Social Work

71 W. 47th St., New York City

Untoersrttp of Cfncap

&cfjool of Social &erbtce 3bimntstmtion

Summer Quarter

First Term, June 19-July 21
Second Term, July 24-Aug. 25

ACADEMIC YEAR, 1933-34
Autumn Quarter, Oct. 2-Dec. 22
Winter Quarter, Jan. 2-Mar. 23
Spring Quarter, Apr. 2-June 1 3

Courses leading to the degree of
A.M. and Ph.D.

Qualified undergraduate students admitted
as candidates for the A.B. degree

Announcements on request

PREPARATION FOR
SOCIAL WORK

IN APPROVED SCHOOLS

positions of responsibility and leader-
ship in the various fields of social work
special preparation is essential. The Ameri-
can Association of Schools of Professional
Social Work submits for your information
and guidance the following list of member
schools in which accredited courses in social
work are given. Correspondence with indi-
vidual schools is recommended.

ATLANTA SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, Atlanta

BRYN MAWR COLLEGE, Bryn M.wr, P..

Carola Woerishoffer Graduate Dept. of Social Economy

and Social Research

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, Berkeley
Graduate Curriculum in Social Service

CARNEGIE INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, Pittsburgh
Department of Social Work

UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO

School of Social Service Administration

FORDHAM UNIVERSITY, 81 \ Woolworth Bids., New York
School of Sociology and Social Service

GRADUATE SCHOOL FOR JEWISH SOCIAL WORK
71 West 47 Street, New York

INDIANA UNIVERSITY, Indianapolis
Training Course for Social Work

LOYOLA UNIVERSITY, Chicago
Department of Social Work

UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, Ann Arbor
Curriculum in Social Work

UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA, Minneapolis
Training Course for Social and Civic Work

UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI, Columbia
Curriculum in Public Welfare

NATIONAL CATHOLIC SCHOOL OF SOCIAL SERVICE
Washington, D. C.

NEW YORK SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
122 East 22 Street, New York

OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, Columbus
School of Social Administration

THE PENNSYLVANIA SCHOOL OF SOCIAL AND HEALTH WORK
311 S. Juniper St., Philadelphia

SIMMONS COLLEGE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
18 Somerset Street, Boston

SMITH COLLEGE SCHOOL FOR SOCIAL WORK
Northampton, Mass.

TULANE UNIVERSITY, New Orleans
School of Social Work

UNIVERSITY OF SO. CALIFORNIA, Los Angeles
School of Social Welfare

WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY, SI. Louis

Geo. Warren Brown Dept. of Social Work

WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY, Cleveland
School of Applied Social Sciences

COLLEGE OF WILLIAM AND MARY, Richmond, Va.
School of Social Work and Public Health

UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN, Madison
Course in Social Work

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

289

PROGRESSIVE

SCHOOLS

NEW YORK

BIRCH WATHEN
SCHOOL

Coeducational Day School

Pre School
Elementary
High School

149 West 93rd
New York City

Tel. River. 9-0314

The City and Country School

NEW YORK CITY
A Modern Day School for Boys and Girls

There are a few vacancies for the school
term of 1933-34

Caroline Pratt, Principal

165 West 12th Street

WILLOW
BROOK

Summer School
Nellie M. Seeds

Freedom to pioneer on a 200 acre farm
for 25 boys and girls, 7 to 1 5 years. Farm
animals, gardening. Dam building, Music,
Art, Swimming, Hiking. Modern Sanita-
tion. $1 35 nine weeks.

Stanfordville, Dutches; Co., N. Y.

VIRGINIA

BOYS SCHOOL

^^ MILITARY ^^|

ACADEMY

An Honor Christian School with the highest
academic rating. Junior School from six years.
Housemother. Separate building. Upper Schorl
prepares for university or business. ROTC.
Every modern equipment. Catalogue, Dr. J. J.
Wicker. Box 100 , Fork Union, Virginia.

HAVE YOU
Property to sell
Cottages to rent

Advertise in the Classified Section of SURVEY GRAPHIC

Rates: 30 cents a line, $4.20 per inch

For further information, write to ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT

SURVEY GRAPHIC

11 J EAST 19TH ST.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

(Continued from page 287) per week; it has been figured in
another connection that there are fifty to sixty million grown-ups
who go seldom if ever. And the chief reason that they do not go
is that the movies bore them to the verge of tears. Yet if they were
offered something interesting, they would go to the movies, with
discrimination, as they go to the theater and buy books. And the
films they would go to see surely would be more suitable for chil-
dren than the sex and gangster plays that cater to child-minded
adults.

If the Motion Picture Research Council can work out a program,
it may find unexpected public support from those who not only
deplore the evil effects of movies upon youth with its mind in the
process of making, but resent the boredom to grown-ups with minds
already made — and made up to go to the movies or to stay home
according to the table of contents.

PERMANENT PART-TIME

(Continued from page 268)

mountaineer-miners. They themselves once raised corn and hogs in
the bottomlands and up the hollows. They went to return to their
cabin life, yet there is no longer land enough to support them on
even the old subsistence scale. As many as can do it have taken up
the poor patches of soil. These yield something; they have value,
but the main hope in the land is as an auxiliary source of income.
The Quakers have expressed this as follows:

A line of action is the development of farmer-miner combinations
by which the miners live on small farms near the mine, own their own
pigs and chickens and raise enough to feed their families. This would
leave them free time in which to accept what days of work the mines
can give. The incomes from this part-time mining would provide the
families cash with which to buy clothes and other necessities. Under
such a plan the miners would not be burdens on the state or on the
mine, and their partial independence of the mines would strengthen
morale.

The Quakers are testing this program, beginning cautiously
with a small and compact experiment. They leased eighty acres
on a "dollar a year" basis above the Edna Mine, near Morgan-
town. Fifteen nearby mine cabins were turned over to them.
These cabins are being torn down to supply building material for
a half dozen weatherproof and reasonably adequate houses, since
agricultural experts who tested the soil decided that there is ade-
quate tillable land for six families. The families have been selected
on the basis of farm experience and their own wish to have a part
in the project. They have joined in organizing the Monongalia
Rehabilitation Association, and agreed that any member who
wishes to withdraw may do so on February 1 of any year of the
experiment (after the year's work is closed up and before spring
plowing) provided he gives thirty days' notice to his associates.
The plan is purposely tentative and flexible. As a beginning, each
family will be allotted a garden plot of one or two acres, and a
tract for large crops, the pasturage and the wood-lot will be held
in common. A shop is to be equipped for weaving, carpentry and
tool repairs. Barter with other production units is a part of the
scheme.

Every possible means of putting food into stomachs and clothes
onto backs will have to be explored for many years to come in the
Blue Ridge coal fields. Barter, which has been begun on a small
scale by some Quaker workers, is probably only one more of the
palliatives. It can help to distribute whatever surplus exists to
those who have no money but can offer their services in the barter
transaction.

Looming above these present aids — larger than friendly efforts
to help, more permanent than the possibility of further R.F.C.
loans — is the dilemma of unwanted workmen in a region which
cannot support them. It is the Quakers' great contribution to
point out this dilemma to the rest of the country, and to present
those tested projects which offer the readiest way to begin on the
task of rehabilitating a smashed region.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

290

School of Nursing of
Yale University

A Profession for the College Woman

The thirty months' course, providing
an intensive and varied experience through
the case study method, leads to the degree
of

BACHELOR OF NURSING

Two or more years of approved college
work required for admission. Beginning
in 1934 a Bachelor's degree will be re-
quired. A few scholarships available for
students with advanced qualifications.

For catalogue and information address:'

THE DEAN, YALE SCHOOL OF NURSING
New Haven, Connecticut

The Pennsylvania School

of Social and Health

Work

The two-year program of gradu-
ate training for principal fields
of social work offers two
years of personal and pro-
fessional development in
a highly organized,
progressive, chal-
lenging social
work center.

311 South Juniper Street
Philadelphia, Penna.

Loyola University

School of Social Work

Chicago

Professional courses for education and
training for social work are offered, which,
for graduate students, lead to the Master's
degree.

Undergraduate students with two years of
college work who otherwise qualify, may
enter the course as candidates for the Bache-
lor's degree.

SUMMER SESSION OPENS
JUNE 26, 1933

Bulletins and further information on request
28 North Franklin Street, Chicago

SUMMER QUARTER

1933

TERM A
June 12-July 20

TERM B
July 21-August 31

A program of practical value to social workers eligi-
ble for admission to the School will be offered during
two summer sessions. Each session constitutes a
unit but the two sessions may be combined.

Two institutes are planned: one in public welfare
from August 1 to 25, which will have as its subject
matter the organizing of communities for unemploy-
ment relief in 1933; the other, from July 19 to
August 16, for staff members in child caring in-
stitutions.

THE NEW YORK SCHOOL OF
SOCIAL WORK

122 East Twenty-Second Street
New York, New York

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

291

DIRECTORY OF SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS

Civic, National, International

Aid for Travelers

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF TRAV-
ELERS AID SOCIETIES — 25 West 43rd

Street, New York. William S. Royster, President;
Miss Bertha McCall, Acting Director. Represents
co-operative efforts of member Societies in ex-
tending chain of service points and in improving
standards of work. Supported by Societies,
supplemented by gifts from interested individuals.

Community Chests

ASSOCIATION OF COMMUNITY
CHESTS AND COUNCILS —

1815 Graybar Building.

43rd Street and Lexington Avenue,

New York City.

Allen T. Burns, Executive Director.

Foundations

AMERICAN FOUNDATION FOR THE
BLIND, INC. — 125 East 46th Street, New
York. Promotes the creation of new agencies
for the blind and assists established organiza-
tions to expand their activities. Conducts studies
in such fields as education, employment and re-
lief of the blind. Supported by voluntary con-
tributions, M. C. Migel, President; Robert B.
Irwin. Executive Director; Charles B. Hayes.
Field Director.

RUSSELL SAGE FOUNDATION — For the

Improvement of Living Conditions — Shelby M.
Harrison, Director; 130 E. 22nd St., New York.
Departments: Charity Organization, Delinquency
and Penology, Industrial Studies, Library.
Recreation, Remedial Loans, Statistics, Surveys
and Exhibits. The publications of the Russell
Sage Foundation offer to the public in practical
and inexpensive form some of the most important
results of its work. Catalogue sent upon request.

Industrial Democracy

Home Economics

AMERICAN HOME ECONOMICS ASSO-
CIATION — Alice L. Edwards. Executive
Secretary, 620 Mills Bldg., Washington, D. C.
Organized for betterment of conditions on
home, school, institution and community. Pub-
lishes monthly Journal of Home Economics;
office of editor, 620 Mills Bldg.. Washington,
D. C.; of Business Manager 101 East 20th St.,
Baltimore, Md.

DIRECTORY RATES
Graphic: 30c per (actual) line

(12 insertions a year)
Graphic and) 28c per (actual)
Midmonthlyj line

(24 insertions a year)

Health

AMERICAN SOCIAL HYGIENE ASSO-
CIATION — 459 Seventh Avenue, New York.
To advise in organization of state and local social
hygiene programs; to aid public health and
medical authorities in the campaign against
syphilis and gonorrhea; to combat prostitution
and sex delinquency; to promote knowledge of
sex as an important factor in individual and
family life and welfare. Annual membership
dues $2. including monthly Journal of Social
Hygiene; Social Hygiene News and pamphlets.

NATIONAL SOCIETY FOR THE
PREVENTION OF BLINDNESS —

Vocational Counsel and Placement

JOINT VOCATIONAL SERVICE, INC.

Pamphlets and Periodicals

Is your
organization
listed in
the Survey's
Directory of
Social Agencies?
If not —
why not?

National Conference

NATIONAL CONFERENCE OF SOCIAL
WORK — Frank J. Bruno, President, St.
Louis; Howard R. Knight, Secretary; 82 N.
High St., Columbus. Ohio. The Conference ia
an organization to discuss the principles of
humanitarian effort and to increase the effi-
ciency of social service agencies. Each year it
holds an annual meeting, publishes in perma-
nent form the Proceedings of the meeting, and
issues a quarterly Bulletin. The sixtieth annual
convention of the Conference will be held in
Detroit, June 11-17, 1933. Proceedings are sent
free of charge to all members upon payment of
a membership fee of five dollars.

Racial Co-operation

COMMISSION ON INTERRACIAL CO-
OPERATION — 703 Standard Bldg- Atlanta,
Ga.; Will W. Alexander, Director. Seeks im-
provement of interracial attitudes and conditions
through conference, co-operation, and popular
education. Correspondence invited.

Recreation

NATIONAL RECREATION ASSOCIA-
TION— 315 Fourth Ave.. New York City.
Joseph Lee, President; H. S. Braucher, Sec-
retary. To bring to every boy and girl and
citizen of America an adequate opportunity
for wholesome, happy play and recreation.
Playgrounds, community centers, swimming
pools, athletics, music, drama, camping, home
play are all means to this end.

Religious Organizations

COUNCIL OF WOMEN FOR HOME
MISSIONS— 105 East 22nd Street, New
York City. Correlating agency of 23 women's
national home mission boards of the United
States and Canada, for consultation and coopera-
tion in action in unifying programs and pro-
moting projects which they agree to carry on
interdenominationally.

President, Mrs. Daniel A. Poling

Executive Secretary; Work among Indian

Students, Anne Seesholtz
Work among Migrant Children, Edith E.

Lowry
Western Field Secretary, Adela J. Ballard

NATIONAL BOARD OF THE YOUNG
WOMEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIA-
TIONS — Mrs. Frederic M. Paist. president;
Miss Anna V. Rice, general secretary; Miss
Emma Hirth, associate secretary; 600 Lexington
Avenue. New York City. This organization
maintains a staff of secretaries for advisory
service in relation to the work of 1,273 local
Y.W.C.A.'s in the United States with indus-
trial, business, student, foreign born. Indian,
colored and younger girls. It has 63 American
secretaries at work in 35 centers in 12 countries
in the Orient. Latin America and Europe.

NATIONAL COUNCIL OF JEWISH
WOMEN, INC. — 625 Madison Avenue, New
York City. Mrs. Arthur Brin, President; Mrs.
Mary G. Schonberg, Executive Secretary. Organi-
zation of Jewish women interested in program of
social betterment through activities in fields of
religion, social service, education, social legisla-
tion. Conducts Bureau of Internationa! Service.
Serves as clearing bureau for two hundred
Sections throughout country.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

292

Tennessee — Seed of a National Plan
(Continued from page 254)

But what becomes of "the Flood" — the substance of the motor
slum? We can keep the traffic moving, but development and build-
ing must somewhere settle down. Then where? If not on the free-
way stretches then how about the "stations"? No, not there except
in small degree, as needed by the travelers. For this is a townless
highway. This brings us to the next step in controlling the flow
of population.

Highwayless Towns

IT is just as important to keep the town off the highway as to keep
the highway out of the town. And here again we have a pattern
which points a principle: this exists in solid structure in the town
of Radburn, New Jersey (out near Patterson) planned and built
by the City Housing Corporation. Radburn is called the "town
for the motor age": it is the living divorce of dwelling and trans-
port. It consists of a series of pockets, cells, or cul-de-sacs. Each
cul-de-sac consists of a dead-end street leading off a main street; the
dead-end street is lined with houses back of which is park area
totally inaccessible by motor-car; the dead-end street automatically
eliminates all traffic except that destined for its houses; pedestrians
move throughout the town via paths passing through the park
areas and below (or above) the main streets; thus the medium of
the pedestrian and that of the motor-car are as distinct as the
media of land and water.

As dictator of public works I should extend this scheme to laying
out my highwayless towns. What the cul-de-sac is to the main
street my whole town would be to my through (townless) highway;
spur-roads would lead off from the stations ending (at substantial
distances) in single towns. What the cul-de-sac is to the town of
Radburn my whole town would be to its surrounding region —
with this exception: that I would as far as possible fix the limits of
my town and surround it by substantial open areas.

The town as a whole must be divorced from through-line trans-
port, but something more is needed for it to be a real community.
This something is individuality — which is the essence of community
environment; hence the need of the surrounding open areas. Thus
would we preserve community integrity against an endless, worm-
like "roadtown" on the one hand and against a sprawling sea of
suburbs on the other. Here then we "pool the flood" and change
it from a slum into an environment of safety, beauty, and com-
munal consciousness.

A Forest Wilderness

SO much for the town, how about the wilderness? The primeval
influence (as well as the communal) is basic to our human
needs; and here again the chief invader is the uncontrolled high-
way. As in the town so in the forest the primal means of movement
is the foot; and a comprehensive footpath system (the Appalachian
Trail) is being now completed through the mountain forest wilder-
ness from Maine to Georgia. With forest as with town (especially
the mountain forest) the chief function of the motor-car is to
deliver, not to enter. Exceptions are evident, especially across the
gaps and even to the tops of certain peaks. But the arch intruder
of the mountain fastness is the "skyline drive." This cuts the wilder-
ness in two: the skyline marks the backbone of both range and
wilderness belt, hence the skyline road splits the belt in halves.
Skyline is to sky what coastline is to sea: each is the meeting-place
of two terrestrial elements. The panoramic view therefore is a top-
notched experience and, like all superlatives in life, is truly ab-
sorbed by occasional exercise; it is merely dulled by repetition,
such as on the skyline drive.

Of opposite effect to the skyline type is the lateral mountain
drive. This flanks the range instead of topping it. It follows the base
and sides, passing through gaps from one flank to the other — and
across an occasional summit. Such a drive ensconsed on the sides,
sights more actual scenery than one parading on the skyline. One

Mrs. Delisi
sticks to her side combs

SHE WORE those combs as a little girl . . . she won't give
them up now. And that's how she feels about her "old
country ' ways of keeping house, too.

These ways just won't do in America. But remember,
in trying to change them, that the easier the methods you
suggest, the more willing she'll be to adopt them.

One timely and sensible suggestion is "use Fels-Naptha."
For the big golden bar makes all washing and cleaning
easier. And quicker!

Fels-Naptha gives extra help. It is fine golden soap
combined with plenty of dirt - loosening naptha. These
two brisk cleaners wash clothes snowy white — they get
everything clean without hard rubbing. Even in cool water!

Write Fels & Co., Phila., Pa., for a sample bar, men-
tioning the Survey Graphic.

FELS-NAPTHA

1 THE BIG GOLDEN BAR WITH THE CLEAN NAPTHA ODOR i

"Modern Home Equipment"

Ask (or Booklet S— If will be tent postpaid

LEWIS & CONGER

45th Street and Sixth Avenue, New York City

SPEAKERS:

We assist in preparing special articles, papers, speaches,
debates. Expert scholarly service. AUTHOR'S RESEARCH
BUREAU, 516 Fifth Avenue, New York.

SNECKLES OF MOWBREY STREET

By Grove Wilson
Written for the Big Brother Movement

Published by

THE BIG BROTHER MOVEMENT, INC

315 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N. Y.

Gra. 5-1204 $2.00 per copy

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

293

CLASSIFIED ADVERTISEMENTS

TEL., ALGONQUIN 4-7490 SURVEY GRAPHIC "NEWYORK T

SITUATIONS WANTED

YOUNG MAN, college graduate, four years' experi-
ence, boys' organization, desires new connection
offering larger opportunity for development. 7113
SURVEY.

IS THERE AN ORGANIZATION with an opening
for a young man who has prepared himself for work in
the social-religious field (A.B., B.D.)? Social work
experience and executive ability. 7114 SURVEY.

MATURE AMERICAN GRADUATE NURSE,
widely experienced, with executive ability of a high
order, wishes superintendency of institution for chil-
dren or adults. Nearly eight years in present position.
7127 SURVEY.

YOUNG WOMAN, attractive personality, B.A. and
M.A. degree, desires summer position as companion
to adult or tutor to children. Will travel or locate
anywhere. 7123 SURVEY.

YOUNG MAN, 38, experienced in club and camp
work, wishes position in boys' institution as super-
visor. Capable tutor in Latin, Greek and French. Will
locate anywhere. 7130SURVEY.

YOUNG WOMAN, capable, refined, educated, de-
sires position as traveling companion or tutor.
Experienced teacher. 7131 SURVEY.

PAMPHLETS

Rates: 75c per line for 4 insertions

The World Crisis. Problems confronting you. 15
cents postpaid. Stephen Kisel, 610, 7 East 42nd
St.,N.Y.

Depression Reduction, The Sex Side of Life, An
Explanation for Young People by Mary Ware
Dennett. Single copy $.25 instead of $.35; 5 copies
$1.00 instead of $1.67. 100 copies $15.00 instead of
$20.00. Lower rates for larger quantities. Order from
the author, 81 Singer Street, Astoria, Long
Island, New York City.

PERIODICALS

The American Journal of Nursing shows the part
which trained nurses are taking in the betterment
of the world. Put it in your library. $3.00 a year.
450 Seventh Ave.. New York, N. Y.

Mental Hygiene: quarterly: $3.00 a year; published
by the National Committee for Mental Hygiene,
450 Seventh Ave., New York.

MAILING LISTS

KNOWN GIVERS

to the latest Relief and Community Chest Drives in
Boston, Providence, Worcester, Lynn and other New
England cities. In folio form with amounts and present
addresses added. Write for counts in each city and
prices, which are very low for Cash with Order.
PUBLICITY SERVICE BUREAU, Borfon, M«si.

FUNDS

for your National Agency obtain-
able at less expense from some of the
32,000 wealthy, cultured New Eng-
landers — painstakingly compiled by
us, — than by trying to duplicate our
work. Rates reduced. Get the facts.
PUBLICITY SERVICE BUREAU, Bo«ton, Ma...

BOYS' CAMP

GREEN MT. BOYS* CAMP

HANCOCK, VT.

Great opportunity for boys to become accom-
plished horseback riders and athletes; reduced
tuition. No extra charge for riding or instructors.
Send for booklet. W. E-. COMES. Box 136.

BOARD

A GOOD PLACE TO LIVE. Bedford Lodge, 32
Bedford Terrace, Northampton, Massachusetts.

Bessie E. Trow
Mary Gove Smith

APARTMENT WANTED

Lower New York. One or two room apartment (fur-
nished or unfurnished), bath, kitchen or kitchenette,
$35.00-$40.00 per month. 7122 SURVEY.

FOR RENT

Apartments, heated, large rooms, open fireplaces,
grounds with shrubs and trees, garages. $75 to $125.
35 minutes to the Battery. M. Adelaide Irving, 102
Henderson Avenue, Staten Island, New York.
Telephone: Saint George 7-0718.

SIMPLY FURNISHED CABIN — suitable for two
persons — running water. In pine woods. For season
or by month. Southern Vermont. 7111 SURVEY.

WANTED

Survey Indexes from Volume I to Volume L

SURVEY GRAPHIC
1 12 E. 19 St. New York

This is the counseling and placement agency ,

sponsored jointly by the American Association

* of Social Workers and the National Organization \

> for Public Health Nursing. National. Non-profit <.

t making.

Your Own Agency

(Agency)

130 East 22nd St.

New York

GERTRUDE R. STEIN, Inc.
VOCATIONAL SERVICE AGENCY
18 EAST 41sx STREET, NEW YORK

Lexington 2-6677

We are interested in placing those who have
a professional attitude towards their work.
Executive secretaries, stenographers, case work-
ers, hospital social service workers, settlement
directors; research, immigration, psychiatric,
personnel workers and others.

MULTIGRAPHING

MIMEOGRAPHING

ADDRESSING

FILLING-IN

FOLDING

COMPLETE MAILINGS

QUICK SERVICE LETTER COMPANY

INCORPORATED

SPARK PLACE— NEW YORK

TELEFHONE — BARCLAY 1-9633

• • •

SALES CAMPAIGNS
PLANNED AND WRITTEN

OPPORTUNITY

Research projects in social sciences, psychology, phi-
losophy and publish results. Write Dean, School of
Human Relations, 114 Remsen Street, Brooklyn.

sees up the slope and down better than from the skyline — as well
as off and away, with view changing at each turn. A case in point
is the drive leading eastward from Bear Mountain Bridge in the
Hudson Highlands. My townless highway along the inter-moun-
tain lane would indeed be such a lateral mountain drive and act
as substitute for any future contemplated drives upon the skyline.

Instead of a Pacific Railroad

THESE three developments of townless highway, of highwayless
town, of forest wilderness, I would, as public works dictator,
place side by side in one long belt connecting the Appalachian
valleys. The heart of this triple project is the highway. Highways
are to this century what railways were to the last: an Appalachian
highway instead of a Pacific railway. And each is (or was) some-
thing more than a roadbed.

The Pacific Railroad was a land grant as well as a roadbed;
alternate sections of public land were deeded to the enterprise,
these covering belts on each side of the track twenty or forty miles

in width. This belt made the backbone of the second American
migration across the western states (what we've called the "re-
flow"). If today we had a public domain and the government
granted to a townless highway scheme a series of town-sites instead
of alternate sections, then such a belt would make the backbone for
guiding the fourth American migration (what we've called the
"backflow"). Alas, the public domain is no more, but the govern-
ment (state or federal) can still grant rights-of-way; and public
forests can be purchased (as already in the Appalachians); and
town sites can be acquired (as at Radburn).

The Tennessee Valley project sows the seed of a national plan
for the country's redevelopment. The control and use of water
flow within said valley spreads inevitably to those adjoining; con-
trol of water flow begets control of population flow, and the regu-
lated river begets the regulated highway. Within a day's ride of
the Appalachian valleys live half the people of America. Further
steps — in the Mississippi valleys and beyond — where the other
half of America lives — must in due course carry on the national
evolution conceived in the Roosevelt statesmanship.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

294

Recent Social Trends Monographs

Prepared under the direction of

THE PRESIDENT'S RESEARCH COMMITTEE
ON SOCIAL TRENDS

NLotiograpbs of Special

Interest to Sociologists

RURAL SOCIAL TRENDS

By Edmund de S. Brunner, Columbia University and /. H.

Kolb, University of Wisconsin. $4.00

A significant analysis and interpretation of the social revolu-
tion taking place in our rural communities.

RACES AND ETHNIC GROUPS IN AMERICAN LIFE

By T. J. Woofter, Jr., University of North Carolina.
(/« preparation)

THE METROPOLITAN COMMUNITY

By R. D. McKenzie, University of Michigan. $3.50
The first comprehensive and systematic treatise on the sub-
ject, and probably the first book on human ecology.

AMERICANS AT PLAY

By Jesse Steiner, University of Washington. $2.50
Traces the more significant developments in recreation, in an
attempt to determine the direction the movement is taking.

POPULATION TRENDS IN THE UNITED STATES

By Warren S. Thompson and P. K. Whelpton, Scripps
Foundation for Research in Population Problems. $4.00
The present population situation and probable future develop-
ments, presented with a wealth of statistical fact.

LABOR IN THE NATIONAL LIFE

By Leo Woltnan, Columbia University and Gustav Peck,
College of the City of New York. (/» preparation)

A complete list of the Monographs will be sent on request

Recent Social Trends
in the United States

By the President's Research Committee on Social Trends.
With a Foreword by Herbert Hooter. Two volumes, 1568
pages. $10.00 per set

"A monumental task and the President's Committee has
performed it in a monumental way . . . these two volumes
constitute almost an encyclopedia of contemporary American
social life."

Henry Pratt Fairchild,
in The Survey Graphic

McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc.

330 West 42nd Street New York

This

Changing

World

Illustrated by VAN LOON

All those who have enjoyed the stimulating articles
drawn from Mr. Pels' book for the Survey Graphic,
can now buy the entire volume at any bookstore.
His proposal of a Federal Trade System is seen in
its setting of philosophy and experience. "An
autobiography of an inquiring spirit . . . Mr. Pels'
mind plays ceaselessly about the problems of social
life and . . . touches nothing without illuminating
it." — Ellery Sedgwick, Editor o! the Atlantic
Monthly.

$2.50, Houghton Mifflin Co.

SAMUEL S PELS

Price changed from $3.00 to $3.50

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS
2960 Broadway, N. Y. C.

£. a., unuer me ACI 01 :>iarcn o, io/y. Acceptance lor mailing at a special rate 01 post:
President, Lucius R. Eastman. Secretary, Ann Reed Brenner. Treasurer, Arthur Kellogg

TELEPHONE LINES . . . putting
her in instant two-way commu-
nication with a larger world —
broadening her interests and ex-
tending her influence — render-
ing more simple the important
business of managing a house-
hold. No item of home equip-
ment contributes more to the
security, the happiness and the
efficiency of millions of women
than the telephone.

The telephone has helped to
make the nation a neighborhood

and keep you close to people and
places. Quickly, and at small
cost, you can talk with almost
any one, anywhere ... in the
next block, the next county, a
distant state, or on a ship at sea.
There are times when being
"in touch" is vital, urgent . . .
a sound in the night, a whiff of
smoke, a sudden illness. There
are times when the mere con-
venience of the telephone gives
it an important place among
life's necessities ... to shop

from your home, to chat with
a friend, to handle, quickly and
efficiently, the varied duties of
a busy household. And there
are times — many times daily —
when the telephone is the indis-
pensable right arm of business.
To make this possible, the
Bell System provides millions
of miles of wire and the ser-
vices of an army of trained em-
ployees. They stand ready to
answer your call; they offer
you the service of a friend.

AMERICAN TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH COMPANY

295

SURVEY GRAPHIC

Vol. XXII, No. 6.

June 1933

CONTENTS

FRONTISPIECE Drawing by Wilfred Jones

DEBTS— BARRIERS TO RECOVERY Evans Clark 299

FARM MORTGAGES 301

URBAN MORTGAGES AND REAL-ESTATE SECU-
RITIES 303

DEBTS OF INDUSTRIAL CORPORATIONS 305

THE RAILROAD DEBT 306

LONG-TERM PUBLIC UTILITY DEBTS 307

PUBLIC DEBTS 309

THE HOUSE THAT JOHN BUILT 310

CASE HISTORY OF A COMMUNITY OF MORT-
GAGED HOME-OWNERS Anton H. Frederick 31 1

LIQUOR— CANADA'S NINE VARIETIES OF CON-
TROL Whiting Williams 313

MAN'S CONQUESTS Murals by Jose Maria Serf 318

AFTER COLLEGE— WHAT? Beulah Amidon 320

IDLE MEN Catherine Gate Coblentz 323

FELIX ADLER John L. Elliott 324

NOW TRY THIS ON YOUR ARMAMENTS

John Palmer Gavit 326

LETTERS & LIFE Edited by Leon Whipple 328

THE TRAVELER'S NOTEBOOK. 336

Files of Survey Graphic will be found in public and college libraries.
All issues are indexed in the Readers' Guide to Periodical Literature.
Ask the Librarian.

Survey Graphic is on sale at the following bookstores: Berkeley:
Sather Gate Book Shop, 2271 Telegraph Street. Boston: Vendome
News Company, 261 Dartmouth Street. New York City: Bretano's.
Philadelphia: John Wanamaker's. Pittsburgh: Jones Book Shop, 437
Wood Street.

THE GIST OF IT

DEBTS loom large in the foreground of the depression and, like the
avalanche in the drawing on the next page, block the road to re-
covery. At a time of inaction, in the wreckage of failures, bank-
ruptcies, receiverships, lost homes and sold-up farmers, the Twentieth
Century Fund decided that something might be done about it and that
the first step was to understand debts. It accordingly arranged for a
quick but adequate study by a group of research experts whose findings
will be published at once under the title of The Internal Debts of the
United States (Macmillan Company, probable price $3.75). EVANS
CLARK, the director of the Fund and of the study, summarizes it (page
299) and its facts and recommendations are drawn on in substantial
measure in the panels and charts accompanying his illuminating
article. Mr. Clark was assisted in the direction of the study by George B.
Galloway. Those who cooperated in it and the subjects they surveyed
are as follows: Frieda Baird, farm-mortgage indebtedness; John Bauer,
public-utility debts; Wilfred Eldred, the railroad debt; George B.
Galloway, the federal debt and debts of financial corporations; Wylie
Kilpatrick, state and local debts; Gardiner C. Means, debts of indus-
trial corporations; Victoria J. Pederson, urban mortgages.

Lack of space prevents a summary of the section of the Report on
Short-Term Personal and Household Debts by Franklin W. Ryan, but
we quote the following striking paragraph: "The household is the larg-
est and most important business in the world. All other businesses exist
for it and because of it. It is the primary industry while the others are
secondary. It is largest in number of people employed, largest in
amount of investment and of first rank in value and importance of its
usefulness to society. . . . The figures for each of the seven leading
industries are impressive, but they decline in importance when com-

pared with the business of the home. The total investment in housing
alone in the United States on January i, 1930, was $71,000,000,000,
according to the Copper and Brass Research Association. The total in-
vestment in household equipment at that time was also estimated by
the author to be about 850,000,000,000. The households of the United
States are managed by more than 23,000,000 housewives and house-
keepers, which is a greater number than the total of all the people em-
ployed in 1 930 by s even of our largest industries, to say nothing of mil-
lions of domestic servants employed in American homes."

A CAMEO-LIKE example of how mortgage debts can crush a group
•* of middle-class home-owners came in the study of Sunnyside
Gardens in New York City reported (page 312) by ANTON A. FRIEDER-
ICK, assistant professor of economics at New York University. The
residents of Sunnyside are far above the average in intelligence and
they bought their model houses through the outstanding example of a
socially minded company, the City Housing Corporation. Yet by the
fourth year of depression they had little left but their mortgages. The
net worth of some has been reduced to 5 cents ! The study was made by
Professor Friederick assisted by Thomas G. Herendeen of the American
Statistical Society. Their findings form the basis on which the Sunny-
side home-owners are petitioning for relief.

/""AN AD A, we all know, has gone into the liquor business in a big way.
^ But most of us do not know how it has worked out beyond the gen-
eral understanding that good liquor is to be had at a high price which
turns a great profit into the provincial treasuries, and that bootlegging
has been largely eliminated. But have the government liquor stores re-
duced and discouraged drinking and have our neighbors taken to beer
in place of fierier beverages? To get a more detailed and expert picture
than the rosy reports of thirsty week-enders from the States we asked
WHITING WILLIAMS to look into it. He writes (page 313) of his experi-
ences and his interviews with workingmen, tavern-keepers, waiters,
business men, officials, drys and social workers. The article makes a
fitting sequel to his My Workers Are Drier — But, in Survey Graphic for
June 1 932 and to Albert Kennedy's Saloons in Retrospect and Prospect
in April 1933.

f°\ F all the thousands of young people who graduate from college this
^^ month, perhaps half will have found a job a year hence if 1933
goes like 1932. BEULAH AMIDON, associate editor on the staff of Survey
Associates, reports (page 320) on information gathered from deans and
personnel directors in colleges in many parts of the country. The story
everywhere is pretty much the same and more than ordinarily dis-
couraging. Not the least interesting part is the way the youngsters take
it. Some are resentful and distressed to the point of illness. But many
rise to it as a challenge, take it as part of the day's — idleness.

Kl O one has had better opportunity to see Felix Adler in action during
™ his long life of leadership than JOHN R. ELLIOTT who for many
years has been associate leader of the Ethical Culture Society of New
York City and headworker of Hudson Guild, a social settlement on the
upper West Side founded by the Society. His tribute to Dr. Adler, who
died on April 24 will be found on page 324.

SURVEY ASSOCIATES, INC.

Publication Office, 10 Ferry Street, Concord, N. H.

General Office, 112 East 19 Street, New York, to which

all correspondence should be addressed.

SURVEY GRAPHIC— Monthly— $3.00 a Year
THE SURVEY— Monthly— $3.00 a Year

Lucius R. EASTMAN, president; JULIAN W. MACK, JOSEPH P. CHAM-
BERLAIN, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, vice-presidents; ANN REED BRENNER,
secretary; ARTHUR KELLOGG, treasurer.

PAUL U. KELLOGG, editor.

ARTHUR KELLOGG, managing editor; MARY Ross, BEULAH AMIDON,
LEON WHIPPLE, JOHN PALMER GAVTT, LOULA D. LASKER, FLORENCE
LOEB KELLOGG, GERTRUDE SPRINGER, associate editors.

EDWARD T. DEVINE, GRAHAM TAYLOR, JANE ADDAMS, JOSEPH K.
HART, HAVEN EMERSON, M.D., ROBERT W. BRUERE, JOANNA C.
COLCORD, contributing editors.

MOLLIE CONDON, circulation manager; MARY R. ANDERSON, advertising
manager.

THE ROAD BACK

BY WILFRED JONES

SURVEY GRAPHIC

JUNE

1933

Volume XXII
No. 6

DEBTS-BARRIERS TO RECOVERY

BY EVANS CLARK

INCOME may come and income may go but debts go on
for ever. At least so it seems to the hundreds of thousands
of Americans who have struggled during the past three
years, with increasing difficulty, to stretch a shrunken in-
come far enough to cover interest and amortization pay-
ments on their loans. For debts are the only parts of this
fantastic economic organism of ours which have not fallen
off during the depression. Apart from the genuine hard-
ships which the load of debts has caused to individual
home owners, farmers and others in all parts of the country,
and to corporate executives, they constitute major bar-
riers to recovery.

Farm and city mortgage loans written in boom-time
terms; railroad and corporation bonds floated on the flood
tide of seemingly indefinite expansion; national, state and
city "governments," marketed when assessed values were
rising to the peak and taxes were easily collectible — most
of this furniture of our expansionist dreams still exists in
stark reality, and the instalment payments still come due.
But unlike the instalments on our piano or bedroom suite,
interest payments on our debts are a prelude to the dreaded
day when the principal in full must be met. In the mean-
time our income, out
of which these debts
must be paid, has
been on the average,
cut in half. At a time
when economic re-
covery depends upon
a revival of corporate
and individual buy-
ing, a larger pro-
portion of our avail-
able income is
mortgaged for the
payment of past debts
than ever before in
history.

We shored up the
highway of our for-
mer prosperity with
a huge structure of
indebtedness. But we
built too high and

Debts vs. income has been the great conflict of the great de-
pression. It has ranged proponents of inflation against those of
deflation in a battle which has stirred the nation to its depths.
To vary the metaphor — the American people erected, in the
lush years of the late bull market, a vast and rigid structure of
long-term obligations on a foundation of assets and earnings
which they thought at the time was substantial enough for
economic eternity, only to find the props knocked out from
under it completely — or shrunken to a shadow of their former
size. Who the debtors are, what they owe, how relief can best
be made available to those who need it, what our debt policy
should be in the future — these have been made the subject of
a pains-taking study by the Twentieth Century Fund under the
direction of Evans Clark who gives us here and in the following
pages a quick and illuminating summary of their findings

299

upon a foundation of assets and income that has since been
seriously undermined. So much so, in fact, that where the
structure has collapsed the debris now blocks the road back
to prosperity again. Its removal is a challenge to American
ingenuity, as are the longer-range problems of greater safety
for the structure of our future debts.

Prior to the last March 4, American debt policies, taking
their cue from Washington, seemed to be a combination
of denial and temporary patchwork. A sort of conspiracy
of silence covered the seriousness of the situation which
even a year ago had in fact become a crucial national issue.
Under cover of this cloak of evasion the processes of individ-
ual bankruptcies and foreclosures went on — except where
government credit was hurried into action as a temporary
stop-gap at the most important breaches. It was hoped that
somehow things would right themselves — if they were only
given sufficient time — and all would be well.

Now, however, the American people are more conscious
of realities. In consequence they are more ready to tackle the
stupendous tasks of reconstruction. Among the most urgent
is that of strengthening the debt structure. The time has
come for a canvass of the entire situation so that remedies

may be devised with
the utmost speed. The
whole system of lais-
sez-faire which has
brought us to our
present pass is under
fire. Its results raise a
presumption in favor
of control of the debt
structure by the peo-
ple as a whole through
the agencies of gov-
ernment.

Let us for a clearer
perspective, borrow
a simile from me-
chanics. It is an
axiom that the
moving parts of a
machine must be re-
ciprocal. If one part
stands still while an-

300

SURVEY GRAPHIC

June 1933

other on which it depends is in motion, strains are set up
and friction follows, with heat and ultimate breakdown as
the inevitable results. So it is with our economic mechanism.
One essential part, the debts, is relatively fixed and rigid.
Bonds, mortgages and other long-term obligations are fixed
over a long period of years, but the national income out of
which they must be met has been subject to increasingly
violent fluctuations since the war. The debts of 1929 still
exist, but industrial production in the first part of 1933
was 50 percent of the level of 1929; factory employment,
much of it part-time work, was 41 percent below the boom-
time volume; while wholesale commodity prices were 37
percent lower and farm prices less than 50 percent of what
they were before the crash.

Each one of these reductions has had its effect on income
and in varying degrees. For the farmer, lowered prices
have been the chief cause of his distress— because his income
comes from the sale of the produce he raises and the de-
mand for it is relatively constant. For the railroad or public-
utility company the debt strains have been almost entirely
related to the decreased volume of business, for rates have
not come down in proportion to the prices of commodities.
Industrial inactivity is entirely responsible for the plight
of the unemployed worker who can't pay the interest on his
mortgage. The income of industrial corporations suffers
both from low prices and slow business.

The movement of income against the rigidity of debt
obligations has resulted in social friction and political
heat on an unprecedented scale — and, out on the farm
lands of the central states, in economic and political col-
lapse. This crude contraption of unreciprocal income and
debts cannot last. Either income must be increased and stab-
ilized or debts be reduced and made more flexible — or
both. What to do about it is the most insistent topic of
current discussion. But a clear picture of the realities with
which we have to deal is a prerequisite to any intelligent
action.

First it should be observed that the nation's internal

I3I3-/4

Amount of long-term debts by class and year, 1913 — 33

debts are also the nation's credits. Every promise of an
American to pay is an assurance that another American
is to receive payment. Also, strictly speaking, internal debts
are not a drain upon the nation's income as a whole. As a
matter of fact, the statistics of the national income include,
among their many items, interest received upon these very
debts. The internal debt problem is therefore entirely a
matter of adjustment between Americans who owe money
and those to whom it is owed.

HERE again the picture is not as clear as might at first
be supposed. Contrary to the popular assumption it is
impossible to segregate debtors from creditors. There is no
"debtor class" any more than there is a "creditor class" in
the United States. Probably most of us are both at the same
time. We are creditors in relation to our bank which owes
us our deposits on demand, to the corporation whose bonds
we hold and to our insurance company which owes us the
paid-up value of our policies. We are debtors to the holder
of the mortgage on our house, to the company that finances
the purchase of our car or piano and to the bank from which
we have borrowed to tide over some personal or business
emergency.

The nation's chief debtors are not individuals at all but
insurance companies, banks, railroads and industrial cor-
porations. If you were to buttonhole the first thousand people
you met on a New York street corner and ask each one
whether he was more of a debtor than a creditor you would
probably find that creditorship predominates. Even the
farmer, who is looked upon as the nation's most militant
debtor, is also often a creditor as well — especially to the
insurance company and the local bank. Farmers themselves
hold 14 percent of the mortgages of other farmers.

If any generalizations about debtors and creditors are
possible at all it is probably true that in terms of dollars the
majority of debtors are corporations and the majority
of creditors are individuals. As we shall show later on, the
corporate nature of so many debtors complicates the debt
problem for the obvious reason that adjustments of obliga-
tions between individuals are far easier than when one or
both parties are incorporated institutions.

A careful who's who of debtors and creditors generates a
conclusion which crops out of the debt problem wherever
one pokes into it: simple, blanket remedies will not bring
satisfactory results. It would be so easy if the American
people could be divided into two classes, the poor hard-
pressed debtors on the one hand and the rich hard-hearted
creditors on the other. We could then, as Senator Thomas
so naively suggested in the Senate, legislate the transfer of
purchasing power from individual creditors to individual
debtors — and still leave enough for the creditors' needs.
But my discussion of remedies is reserved for the end of
this article.

With this background in mind let us look at the debt
structure itself. In the first place, debts are of two principal
kinds: short- and long-term, roughly divided into those
payable within a year and those payable over a period of
years. It is obvious that it is long-term debts which cause
most of the trouble during hard times. Short-term obliga-
tions are far more readily adjusted to changes in income
and price levels and, as a matter of fact, have been dras-
tically liquidated during the depression. It is the long-term
debts with which we are now concerned.

These can be divided into three main classes, given in
the order of their size: corporation, real estate and govern-

June 1933

DEBTS-BARRIERS TO RECOVERY

301

FARM
MORTGAGES

By Frieda Baird

300

250

§150

I I I I I I I

300

CHANGES IN

AGRICULTURALINCOME,

LAND VALUES AMP

MORTGAGE DEBT

THE FACTS

THE present mortgage debt
on farm properties is about
88.5 billion, or 25 percent of
the value of all farm land and
buildings. This debt is con-
centrated on 42 percent of all
farms, of which 60 percent are
located in eleven North Central
States: Ohio, Indiana, Illinois,
Michigan, Wisconsin, Mis-
souri, North Dakota, South
Dakota, Nebraska, Montana.
Almost two thirds of the nation's
farms (58 percent) are free
from mortgage indebtedness.

Farm mortgage debt dou-
bled between 1910 and 1920,
but this was seemingly justified

at the time by a corresponding increase in land values. In 1933,
however, the debt has become two and one half times greater
than in 1910, while land values are approximately 20 percent
less, and gross income from farm production is only half as
great. For the country as a whole nearly 16 percent of all farms
were encumbered for more than 75 percent of their value in
1932, while the proportion rises to from 18 to 22 percent in the
North Central States. Values, however, have shrunk "precipi-
tously" since the ratio was computed.

Land mortgage interest of more than $500 million and taxes
consume 36 percent of the average gross income from farms
now compared with an average of 19 percent for the previous
year — and when the debt is 75 percent of the value all gross
income is required to meet interest and tax payments, which is
"impossible."

The amortization problem is also acute. In 1924, 29 percent
of farm mortgages matured in four years or less. Assuming that
the farm mortgage debt of 1928 was not unduly onerous,
present indebtedness would have to be reduced 53 percent to
make the burden of payments now equal to that of 1928.

Foreclosures and bankruptcy sales of farm property for the
country as a whole increased from 27 percent of the total num-
ber of transfers in 1928 to 37 percent in 1932 — while in North
Dakota, South Dakota, and Iowa the proportion was over 50
percent.

In 1928 life insurance companies were the largest holders of
farm mortgages with 23 percent of the outstanding total (repre-
senting, however, only a small proportion of the total portfolios
of the companies). Individuals other than farmers held 15 per-
cent, farmers 14 percent, federal land banks 12 percent, com-
mercial banks 11 percent, mortgage companies 10 percent.
Since 1928 life insurance holdings have dropped to 21 percent
of the total (representing 9 percent of their total investments),
federal land banks have gone up to 13 percent, commercial
banks have declined by 20 percent (representing 3 percent of
their total loans and discounts).

RECOMMENDATIONS

No single scheme for readjustment of farm mortgage in-
debtedness can be devised for all farmers are not equally hard-
pressed. The various phases of the problem must be attacked
simultaneously, however, if a minimum of injustice and hard-

iROSS in CO ME

FPOHI

AGRICULTURAL
PRODUCTS

1910 'IZ '14 '16 '18 '20 11 'Z4 76 '28

3ZFB3

ship is to be inflicted on both debtors and creditors. Unusual
leniency in a few cases may increase the pressure to collect in
full in other instances.

Any relief policy should be formulated with the following
classes of farmers in mind: a. The 60 percent who are free of all
debt; b. Those whose debt is not more than 25 percent of the
value of their property and who can meet their payments; c.
Those moderately indebted and temporarily embarrassed in
meeting payments and needing loans but not other government
aids; d. Those who might work out of their difficulties if they
could refund their debts on terms relieving them of immediate
danger of foreclosure; e. Those hopelessly insolvent who can
carry on only by substantial downward revision of debts.
Approximately one fourth of all farmers in the U. S. are in the
last two classes, "d" and "e", and in need of refunding or re-
vision of their debts.

In the last Congress amendments to the Farm Loan Act
increased the loan facilities of federal land banks without
impairing their financial stability, by allowing loans for re-
financing indebtedness and for deferring collections and by
allowing an extension of amortization periods, etc.

A substantial increase in the loan resources of the federal land
banks is essential — probably $500 million would be sufficient.
This should be done by the purchase of Land Bank bonds by
the Reconstruction Finance Corporation. These measures
would relieve farm debtors in class "c" and "d" above, who
operate their own farms and whose debt is less than 50 percent
of the value of the property — the requirements of the Land
Banks. Further emergency credits and refunding facilities are
needed for debtors who cannot qualify for Land Bank loans.
A federal emergency mortgage corporation with resources of
$750 million should be organized and financed by advances
from the Treasury to refund outstanding obligations at mod-
erate rates with first- or second-mortgage security and to make
loans for payment of interest and taxes. Such action — if it did
not bring debts above 70 percent of values — would not expose
the government to unusual losses.

For debtors in class "e" who are hopelessly insolvent a
drastic scaling down of debts is essential and machinery should
be set up to facilitate these adjustments providing for voluntary
settlements outside of court and with the participation of the
federal farm-financing agencies.

302

SURVEY GRAPHIC

June 1933

ment. Corporate debts make up about one half of the na-
tional total, and may be further divided very roughly into
two fifths those of financial institutions, such as life-
insurance companies; two fifths those of railroads and other
public utilities; and one fifth those of industrial concerns —
mostly in the form of bonds and notes, although the paid-up
values of insurance policies are also included.

Real-estate debts, representing roughly one quarter of
the total, are mostly in the form of mortgage loans, although
in the cities mortgage bonds have become popular in recent
years. Compared with the amount of newspaper space and
political concern which the farm debtors have managed to
capture, the size of the agricultural debt is surprisingly
small — less than 7 percent of the national total and only
one third as much as the debts on urban property. The
remaining one quarter of our internal debts are government
obligations — bonds and other longtime borrowings, about
evenly divided between the federal government and state
and local agencies.

The sum total of all these long-
term debts now outstanding
is about $134 billions. By itself
this figure is, of course, com-
pletely meaningless. The im-
portant matter is not the size of
this, or any other debt, but its
growth and its relation to the
income and assets of the debtor
over a period of years.

The most striking fact about
these debts today compared
with earlier decades is their
enormous increase. They are
well over three times as great
as they were before the War.
For every $1 of debt which we
carried in 1913-14 we carry
$3.53 today. This raises the
presumption that we went into
debt too heavily during and
after the War.

This presumption can be
checked in two ways. When an
individual goes to a bank to

borrow the first question he is asked concerns the security for
the loan. Can he put up assets of sufficient value to cover the
bank's loss should he default? Loans on real-estate mort-
gages, for example, have in the past been made by con-
servative lenders up to 50 percent of the market value of the
mortgaged property. We can get a rough range on the valid-
ity of our national debts by comparing them with the
national wealth as the security on which they are based.

Judged in terms of our national wealth we are now
mortgaged up to about 45 percent on our long-term debts.
In other words, the total of these obligations is a little less
than one half of the nation's tangible assets. This is not as
alarming a proportion as has been commonly presumed;
but it is more menacing when compared with previous
years. Before the War, for example, the ratio was 20 percent.
In other words, we are twice as heavily in debt in relation
to our wealth now as we were before the War. The value
of these figures, however, is vitiated by the impossibility
in times like these of placing an accurate valuation on any
kind of property — particularly real estate, for which there
is practically no market at all.

Total

The percentage distribution of long-
term debts by class for the year 1933

A far better standard of judgment is to relate the carrying
charges on our debts to the national income. After all,
when we consider the nation as a whole its assets are not
put up as security for the payment of its debtors' obligations,
but the payments of principal and interest do actually come
out of that share of the national income which goes to
those who carry the debts, and their share varies from year
to year very much as does the income of the nation as a
whole. The carrying charges on our long-term obligations
are now 20 percent of the total national income, compared
with 6 percent before the War. In other words out of every
$100 we now receive from wages, salaries, dividends,
interest and rent we must pay $20 in interest on money
we have borrowed while in 1913—14 we were obliged to
pay only $6. By this test our debt burdens are over three
times heavier now than they were before the War.

That our debt burdens weigh on us so much more now
than before can hardly be said to be news, even though we
have not known the precise amount of the added weight.

The figures do reveal, however,
valuable evidence as to how
and when it happened which is
of the greatest value in planning
for relief. They show that we
got into debt much more rap-
idly than we should have be-
tween 1921 and 1929; but that,
in spite of this over-extension,
we should probably not be in
serious difficulty now were it
not for slow business and low
prices. In other words we are now
in trouble with our debts partly
because we over-borrowed in
the boom years and partly be-
cause general business condi-
tions since then have drastically-
reduced our income.

The proof of this statement
lies in the varying courses of in-
debtedness, national wealth and
income over the past twenty
years. From the pre-War period
of 1913-14 to 1921 American
long-term debts increased 97 percent — from $38 to $75
billion. This growth, taken by itself, seems enormous. To
have doubled our load of debts in seven years — the carrying
charges more than doubled — was an unprecedented per-
formance. But the increased load did not represent a very
much increased burden because it was supported by an
expansion of assets and earnings almost as prodigious.
In the same period the national income grew 83 percent and
the national wealth expanded 67 percent. In other words
while we piled up our debts rapidly between 1914 and 1922
we had earned so much more money with which to pay
them in those eight years that we did not feel any great
strain, even in the worst days of the depression of '21.

By all odds the most important factor in the debt increase
of the war and early post-war years was government financ-
ing. The federal government borrowed on an unprece-
dented scale to pay the expenses of military and naval
operations in 1917 and 1918. Its long-term obligations grew
1549 percent in this period: from less than $1 billion to
almost $16 billion. If we exclude federal debts from the
picture we find that our other borrowings in this period

June 1933

DEBTS — BARRI ERS TO RECOVERY

303

URBAN MORTGAGES AND REAL-ESTATE SECURITIES

By Victoria J. Pederson

THE FACTS

THE total long-term indebtedness represented by urban
mortgages and real-estate securities in the United States is

(1932) approximately $35 billion, or 58 percent of the present

(1933) estimated total value of urban real estate. Of this total
S27.6 billion, or 82 percent, is held by life-insurance companies,
savings and other banks, and title and mortgage guarantee
companies as creditors or is represented by real-estate bonds.
Roughly one quarter of this amount is in the hands of building
and loan associations, one fifth is held by life insurance com-
panies, one fifth by savings banks and one tenth by other banks.
Urban mortgages make up roughly 86 percent of the total
assets of building and loan associations, 50 percent of the assets
of savings banks, 28 percent of the assets of life-insurance com-
panies, and 6 percent of those of banks other than savings
institutions.

If the average interest rate on urban real-estate loans be
roughly estimated at 6 percent, the annual interest burden
amounts to S2.1 billion.

The total amount of this kind of debt has not varied appre-
ciably since the boom year of 1929; a decrease of only one half
of one percent has taken place since then. The value of the
property which secures these debts, however, is estimated to be
only 60 percent of the 1929 value. In the case of urban real
estate, upon which first mortgages are placed up to 60 percent
of the 1929 value, both the equity of the owner and the security
of the second-mortgage creditors have been wiped out.

Furthermore, the income of urban real-estate borrowers, out
of which the debt charges must be paid, has been drastically
reduced. The income of individuals has decreased almost 50
percent since 1929, while rents have fallen 40 to 50 percent, and
vacancies have increased to 25 percent.

On the other hand, the costs of operating real estate have
not decreased sufficiently to offset income declines. Taxes, which
make up 25 percent of these costs, have not been appreciably
reduced. Maintenance and repairs and wages (making up 45
percent of operating costs) are
the only items which have come QQ
down, but not sufficiently to
affect the total to any substantial
degree.

As a result of the increasing
gap between fixed charges and
a declining income to meet them, £Q

it is estimated that 60 percent
of real-estate securities are now p
in difficulty. Although defaults -!J>
on payments by debtors are wide- <5
spread, foreclosures are rela- J*
lively few. Mortgagees apparently
realize that it is neither economi-
cal nor desirable to foreclose
where the owner is an honest and
competent manager and is co-
operating with them in making
the necessary adjustments — re-
ducing or postponing interest
payments, waiving amortization,
and extending maturities.

RECOMMENDATIONS

NY blanket legislative action
to reduce interest charges

Tofet Long-Term Mortgage Debt
Estimated Total Va/ue of
Urban Keal Estate

or to scale down the principal of urban real-estate debts is un-
desirable, because:

Legal difficulties and legislative delays would retard action.
Many properties can afford to pay the debt charges now.
Reductions would not be sufficient in many other cases.

Remedies should be discriminatory rather than general.
Even though individual reduction of debt charges tends to
penalize _good business management, the results equalize the
burden more expediently.

The burdens of debtors could be substantially relieved by the
reduction of taxes and assessments made possible by the elim-
ination of waste and unnecessary expenditure in government.

The following kinds of adjustments should be made volun-
tarily by agreement between creditors and debtors:

1. Reasonable extensions of time for maturing obligations
by mortgagees.

2. Waiving of amortization charges in cases where the prop-
erty is not earning sufficient revenue to meet them.

3. Reduction of interest rates in individual cases only.
Amount to be decided by the present earning capacity of the
property.

Provision of funds at low interest rates should be made
to refinance property.

A central mechanism, suitable to the particular needs of
the location, which will act as an intermediary between
mortgagor and mortgagee when these two parties cannot agree
should be set up wherever the need for it is found to exist.
Legislation is needed to prevent foreclosures unless approved
by the above-mentioned central mechanism.

Stricter economy in municipal government expenditures
so as to reduce property taxes is urgently needed in most
American cities.

In Philadelphia a Joint Welfare Committee of the local real-
estate board functions as a central agency to aid the city to

solve its mortgage problems. Its
aim is to prevent foreclosures and
to help check demoralization of
property values by obtaining the
cooperation of mortgage holders.
In Chicago the trust companies
have organized a corporation to
advance funds on master cer-
tificates of sale or will buy first
mortgages. The loans are used
to pay back taxes, costs, etc., and
are rediscounted with the RFC.
The above recommendations
are to be viewed as short-run
relief measures only, and unless
they are combined with a more
comprehensive economic policy
aimed at a general renewal of
business activity, the problem
will persist and further measures
of a drastic nature may be neces-
sary. Although the realty situa-
tion is very serious, it does
not warrant any panic-stricken
dumping of first mortgages or
real-estate securities on a market
already overburdened.

304

SURVEY GRAPHIC

June 1933

were actually very conservative — an increase of only 60
percent in debt compared with the 83 percent increase in
wealth and the 67 percent growth of national income. The
only two classes of debts which showed a larger increase
than our national economic development were farm-mort-
gage loans, which went up 137 percent; state and local
debts, which grew 98 percent, and urban mortgage ob-
ligations, which were increased 74 percent.

But the picture is completely different for the period from
1922 to 1929. That these seven years were the "new era"
of economic madness the figures amply demonstrate. We
piled up our debts almost three times as fast as our wealth
and twice as much as our income. Long-term obligations
went from $75 to $126 billion, an increase of 68 percent,
while our wealth expanded only 20 percent — from $321
to $385 billion; and our income increased but 29 percent —
from $66 to $85 billion.

While we liquidated almost $4 billion of federal long-
term obligations in these seven years we took on $55
billion in other fields — an increase of over 93 percent. If
we exclude United States government obligations we find
the almost incredible fact that we shouldered debts during
this period more than four times as fast as we added to our
wealth and well over three times as rapidly as our income
expanded. Even if we assume that the debt policies of pre-
war years were sound — an assumption which some would
challenge — our performance in the post-war boom was
almost beyond belief.

The worst sinners were the urban real-estate operators.
Loans on city property were actually increased threefold in
these seven years — from $8.9 to $27.6 millions. It may be
said in mitigation that these were years of an unprecedented
expansion in real-estate construction and values — a growth
that even outstripped that in other areas of our economic life.
But the facts do not excuse the performance. The value of
residential contracts awarded in 1921, which accounted for
almost two thirds of the total, was only twice as great as in
1929 and commercial contracts rose 140 percent in value
while urban mortgage debts went up 208 percent.

The long-term obligations of
financial and industrial corpora-
tions also showed an expansion
in those fantastic years far out
of line with the general average.
For example, investment trusts
which were born in the United
States in the 20's and multiplied
prodigiously in the bull market,
added $384 million in bonds to
the nation's long-term debts
while the paid-up value of life
insurance policies — in reality a
long-term debt — more than
doubled and instalment finance
companies had accumulated
long-term obligations of $135
million by the time the boom
had reached its peak. All put
together, financial corporations
increased debts of this sort al-
most threefold in the period of
1921-29.

Industrial corporations ex-
panded their long-term commit-
ments by 111 percent during

these years — from $4.8 billion to $10.2 billion. Those were
the days when even the coolest heads were turned by the
prevailing illusion of indefinite and unbroken business ex-
pansion. But after all, balance-sheets and the income state-
ments did nourish the phantasy. The net income of all
industrial corporations reporting to the United States gov-
ernment started with a minus quantity in the depression of
1921 and reached $5.5 billions in 1929 — an increase which
it is impossible even to express in percentages. The value
of their real estate, buildings and equipment increased
almost $3 billion from 1926 to 1931 alone.

F all classes of debtors the railroads increased their
borrowings the least during the years of the boom —
only 6 percent. But they had saddled themselves with a
burden of long-term obligations equal to more than half
their total capitalization as far back as 1890, and at no time
since 1921 had the percentage been less than 58. Other
public-utility operating companies as a whole extended
their long-term obligations in the period of 1921-29 by 76
percent; but, at least in the fields of electricity, gas and
telephones, this expansion was supported to a considerable
extent by increases in income and assets. Interest charges of
electric companies, for example, grew 146 percent but their
income increased almost 90 percent and assets over 140
percent. Farmers, like the railroads, had increased their
long-term debts more before than during the boom years
of 1921-29 — an expansion of only 21 percent in that period
compared with 137 percent during the seven years previous
which spanned the war.

Using the pre-war period as "normal" there can be no
question that the nation as a whole plunged far more heavily
into long-term indebtedness from 1922-1929 than it had
been accustomed to in the past. That the federal govern-
ment, the railroads and the farmers were exceptions to this
rule sets the action of the other debtors in even more striking
perspective. It is interesting, even though academic, to spec-
ulate on the wisdom of this policy. The indefinite expansion
of American business was the easy assumption upon which

this greatly increased edifice of
debt was erected. In spite of the
excessive increase in debts com-
pared with the nation's resources
which took place in the boom
years, however, it is probable
that most of the structure would
be sufficiently supported by in-
come and assets today had the
boom-time rate of expansion
continued without a break.

But 1928-29 levels were highly
abnormal and should not have
been expected to continue.
American business had always
contracted after every previous
expansion. The seriousness of
the mistake in assuming the
contrary is obvious enough to
us now. Whether or not con-
tinued prosperity would have
supported the debt vagaries of
the bull market, prosperity did
not in fact continue. The sensa-
tional shrinkage in the national
income which has since taken

/3S/-2S /9£9 /33Z-33

Relation of national income to debt service, 1913-33

June 1933

DEBTS — BARRIERS TO RECOVERY

305

DEBTS OF

INDUSTRIAL

CORPORATIONS

By Gardiner C. Means

THE FACTS

THE long-term indebtedness of indus-
trial corporations is about 110.5
billion (1932) compared with a plant
investment estimated at $48.1 billion
in 1930 — or about one fifth the tan-
gible asset value.

The short-term (current) debts of in-
dustrial corporations are $10.8 billion
(1932) compared with current assets
of $51. 3 billion (1930).

Total industrial debts increased 75 percent between 1913 and
1920 and were the same in 1932 as they were in 1920.

Long-term industrial debts increased 30 percent between 1913
and 1920, but over 150 percent from 1913 to 1932. From 1926
to 1930 long-term debts increased 13 percent while tangible
assets grew about 6 percent.

Short-term debts increased rapidly from 1913 to 1920 (almost
100 percent), but declined 20 percent in the depression year
1921, recovered the loss in 1922 and 1923 but rose to a peak in
1929 equal to 1920. Since then they have been rapidly liqui-
dated— a decline of almost 40 percent up to this year.

The credit position of industrial corporations taken as a whole
(based on the relation between assets and liabilities) was so good
in 1929 — current assets alone being twice the total of both
short- and long-term debts — that the impairment caused by the
depression was at first of minor importance.

The growth in corporate income from 1920 to 1929 was
roughly commensurate with that of corporate debts and there
is no evidence of reckless borrowing during that period for
corporations as a whole. Since 1929, however, corporate long-
term debts have slightly increased (2 percent) while the total
net income for all corporations reporting to the federal govern-
ment had in 1931 vanished and turned into a deficit. ($5.6
billion in 1929; deficit of $1.9 billion in 1931).

Broken down into major divisions, manufacturing shows the
largest long-term indebtedness ($6 billion in 1930, or 57 percent
of all industrial corporations) ; service comes next with only one
fourth of this amount ($1.8 billion or 17 percent) and trade a
close third ($1.5 billions of 14 percent). Construction shows the
smallest indebtedness ($357 millions or 3 percent). The mining
and quarrying industry has long-term debts of $960 millions or
9 percent of the total.

In manufacturing somewhat over one half the total debt is
short-term — accounts payable, bank borrowings, corporate
notes; in trade and construction, debts are largely short-term,
five sixths and two thirds of their total debts respectively; min-
ing shows an almost equal division between long- and short-
term. The bulk of the long-term debt ($13.3 billions or 60 per-
cent of the total) of manufacturing industries is in metals
(especially steel and copper), food products (including tobacco)
and chemicals (including oil).

Of the five major groups two — manufacturing and service —
showed credit improvement (comparing debts and assets) from
1926 to 1929, while construction maintained its position and
both trade and mining showed a lowering of credit ratios. In the
first year of the depression the credit position of each group
except mining remained steady.

At the end of 1930, current assets of manufacturing cor-

S/rtT-eresr- Charges

porations were 4.4 times current liabilities; while those of trade,
mining, service and construction ranged from 2.6 to 2.1 in
the order given.

In 1929 the credit condition of large companies was vastly
superior to small ones — the large showing assets 4.8 times the
liabilities, and the small 3.1. The difference was particularly
striking in construction: large, 5.7 as against 1.9 for the small.
Since 1929 the contrast has been even more marked. At the end
of 1931 the current liabilities of large companies had been
reduced more than 38 percent while assets declined less than 20
percent; but the assets of small concerns have declined faster
than liabilities.

While the depression has taken a serious toll, the volume of
failures has been surprisingly small — -the excess failures due to
the depression have amounted to less than 4 percent of the lia-
bilities of all industrial corporations in 1929. In manufacturing
the figure is lower still — 2.4 percent. Judged by the record of
failures the pressure of debts has been alleviated in recent
months. Failures reached their peak in the first months of 1932
and have steadily declined in each successive quarter since.

The facts show that the debt situation in industry, though
serious, is not cataclysmic nor is it a mass problem. The re-
covery in the price of better quality industrial bonds in the third
quarter of 1932, bringing them to a level only 18 percent below
the peak of 1929, is a striking indication of the relatively sound
position of these industries.

RECOMMENDATIONS

MASS remedies are not called for. The problem is one of
individual enterprises to be dealt with separately.

The problem of industrial debt does not come primarily from
over-indebtedness or low prices but from low activity and bank
instability. Profits would quickly appear in most corporate in-
dustries— even at present low price levels — -with as little as a
30-40 percent increase in production and sales.

The bankruptcy laws should be recast to prevent a single
creditor or a small group from resisting an equitable adjustment
of a corporation's debt burden. This would allow corporations
to be reorganized smoothly and continue to function without
the disrupting results of receiverships.

Further bank liquidation should be prevented.

Pressure should be applied for a downward revision of short-
term interest rates which at the beginning of 1932 were higher
than in 1928 for banks in New York City, 8 other northern and
eastern cities and 27 cities in the West and South.

The recommendations are merely of an interim character and
are made on the assumption that a wide program to promote
recovery will increase business activity.

306

SURVEY GRAPHIC

June 1933

THE RAILROAD DEBT

By Wilfred Eldred

THE FACTS

"THE long-term indebtedness of railroads is $13.3 billion, or
I almost one half the book value of the properties.

Almost one half (40 percent) of all railroad bonds are held by
insurance companies, savings banks, educational and charitable
institutions — hence their stability is of crucial social importance.

Ten percent of the railroads (by mileage) are in receivership
and about one quarter of their total funded debt is either in
default or saved therefrom by emergency credit advances. Most
of the defaulted issues, however, are junior bonds. Relatively
few of the underlying liens which constitute the investments of
fiduciary institutions are in default or likely to be.

Railroad bonds as a whole (651 issues) have depreciated 40
percent below par compared with a 17 percent depreciation of
all American listed bonds. Better grade railroad issues have
depreciated about 25 percent, junior issues over 60 percent.

The net income, before paying interest on bonds, of Class I
roads (92 percent of the total by mileage) shrank from an
average of $1263 million in 1929 to $528 million in 1931—
88 percent. Railroads have to meet not only interest payments
of $580 million a year on bonds, but also repayments on matur-
ing bonds of about $262 million a year. Of the 1 67 Class I roads
75, almost one half, failed to earn enough in 1931 to pay interest
on bonds and other fixed charges, and 122, or 85 percent, failed
to do so in 1932. With practically no market for new security

RAI
FUN

300

s200

<*
^

§'°°

H. 80
C5
<0 60

^ 40
^ 30

$
% .0

1 8

6
5

LWAY CAPITALIZATION, PROPERTY INVESTMENT AND
DED DEBT AT THE END OF EACH YEAR, 1890-1932

90 1895 1900 1905 1910 1915 1720 192? 1930 1935

+
*

—

*•

£^ >

i— i •
• <

^,_

•^

— «d
_ f

,<= = :== =

.3UU
20O

k—<

•3

***

--
*

*•

„

s
v

—

«m •

3" ••

-3

.(5

•» ,
•

• •>•>••

r ^""^
Q:
T.

I00§

Jf
- **

r *

™ •»

A • '

•^

—

m 1

• *

•i

™!

• _

MM 1

'&.

• i

•"""T

-—80 £
/•/•» *o

—

i-f

•>

•*

6O ^

,•
•

•
P

•
—

•

••

0
dn ^5

<n V

— • *•<**

JU §

20 fe

•^

• +

'%,

•u

iw*

-.0 1

- i \J <

^fl $

tfi

o a:

•

KEY

— •••O TOTffL CflPITflL OUTSTANDING
® INVESTMENT IN ROflD flND EQUIPMENT
<~~>~*§>~-~*-NE T CflP/TffL/ZffT/OH
i-i-t-M®-i-»-i-«- FUNDED DEBT OUTSTANDING
<f)~.......//£T FUNDED DEBT
©> COMMON STOCK OUTSTANDING
—*®-— -PREFERRED STOCK OUTSTGNDING

issues, interest has been paid by drawing on cash balances or
through further borrowing. The Reconstruction Finance Cor-
poration has authorized loans to railroads of $337 million (as
of February 2) and the Railroad Credit Corporation $52 mil-
lion, thus avoiding a general epidemic of receiverships.

The years 1933 and 1934 promise to be even more critical
than 1932. While bond maturities in 1933 are $100 million less
the outlook for revenues is poor, unless a general business im-
provement brings increased traffic. The railroads have, how-
ever, drastically reduced operating costs, largely through
reduced wage and maintenance-of-way expenses.

Prior to 1910 railroad net income was sufficient to support a
market for stock issues. Since then increasing reliance for new
capital has had to be placed on bonds. The result has been a
constant growth of fixed interest charges which, with low traffic
and competing forms of transportation, threatens the solvency
of the roads. The expansion of long-term debt was based upon
the assumption, now challenged by the facts, that railroads were
an "adolescent" industry in a rapidly expanding nation.

RECOMMENDATIONS

THE problem is to determine the amount of debt which can
be carried safely in view of probable earnings, but it is almost
impossible to do so because of the different circumstances of
different roads and rapidly changing general economic con-
ditions. The makeshift capitalization of deficits through loans
from the RFC and the RCC cannot be continued indefinitely.
Any plan must be flexible, discriminating between the ulti-
mately sound and the hopelessly insolvent roads. A clear-cut di-
rect national policy is needed which would develop basic criteria

of soundness to be used by
some administrative tribu-
nal in authorizing or re-
fusing financial assistance.
The reduction of operat-
ing costs is as essential as
the readjustment of fixed
charges. Competitive
wastes must be drastically
cut. Traffic can be han-
dled economically with 75
percent of present mileage.
Motor-vehicle transpor-
tation has made difficult
any predictions of further
railroad traffic and has
made rate reductions
essential. Large economies
might follow a policy of en-
forced regional consolida-
tion.

Because of the growing
participation in railroad
finance by the RFC, the
present is an opportune
time to scrutinize critically
the financial set-up of every
applicant for loans.

Roads applying for
assistance should be re-
quired to bring their capital
structures into line with
demonstrated capacity to
meet the carrying charges.
Certain properties, and in
some cases whole lines of
railways, must be liquida-
ted, with or without more
liberal bankruptcy laws.

June 1933

DEBTS — BARRIERS TO RECOVERY

307

LONG-TERM
PUBLIC UTILITY DEBTS

By John Bauer
THE FACTS

THE nation's long-term public-utility debts amount to $11.2
I billion (1932) exclusive of those of holding companies which
add over $2 billion, making a total of about $14 billion. The
book value of public-utility plant investment (1932) is $25
billion. The long-term debts are, therefore, a little less than one
half the book value of the tangible assets.

Of the various groups of utilities, street railways have the
highest ratio of debts to plant investment — 60 percent, and
telephones the lowest — 27 percent. That of electric companies is
47 percent. Plant values, however, have been written up far in
excess of actual cost investment.

The interest charges are $578 million a year as of 1932 com-
pared with net earnings prior to interest charges of $1333
million.

The long-term debts of the electric industry have grown from
Sl.l billion in 1912 to $5.8 billion in 1931, but plant values have
expanded in almost exact proportion and earnings have kept
even with increased interest charges — even since 1929. The
debt of the industry is as well protected today, under existing
unreduced rate levels, as it was in 1912.

The condition of electric railways, however, is very different.
Their long-term debts increased about 40 percent from 1912 to
1932, while the book value of their plant decreased 12 percent.
Their interest charges increased 27 percent, while their net
earnings declined 34 percent. Street railways have suffered
through automotive competition and the difficulty in adjusting
fares to rising costs after the War. The debt of the industry is in
a precarious condition — 20 percent is in actual default at the
beginning of 1932, and a large part of its debt will have to go if
street railways are still to be important in urban transportation.

The long-term debts of the telephone industry are well
secured. The total increased 250 percent from 1912 to 1932 and
interest charges increased 320 percent. Net earnings, however,
grew 375 percent in the same period and have not been less than
three times interest requirements at any time.

The debts of the manufactured gas industry also are rela-
tively less well secured and
are large in proportion to
plant investment values.
The funded debt grew from
$661 to $826 million be-
tween 1929 and 1932, an
increase of 25 percent,
while plant investment ex-
panded only from $861 to
$906 million, an increase of
5 percent; and net earnings
grew 3 percent (from $134
to $138 million) while in-
terest charges increased 13
percent (from $45 to $51
million). Even for the year
1931, however, net earn-
ings were 2.7 times interest
charges.

On the whole, except for
street railways, the long-
term debt of public-utility
operating companies is well
secured by earnings.

Market quotations of public-utility operating company bonds
(except those of street railways) are generally regarded as well
secured: gas and electric company bonds average $95 at the
current market; those of communication companies, $98, and
those of water and central heating concerns, $102; but traction
companies' bonds average only $51.

Public-utility holding company debt, in striking contrast to
that of operating companies, is very poorly secured. An analysis
of such securities quoted at the end of 1932 shows that less than
one half of one percent have the yield of first class investments
(5 percent) while 67 percent yield over 9 percent and 1 1 percent
are in default.

The debts of all public utilities should be considered in the
light of rate reductions which have not yet been made but are
sure to come, unless general prices turn sharply upward. Be-
cause rates are regulated by government commissions, however,
the processes of which take time, there is a far greater lag
between rate changes and the general price level than in com-
petitive business and reductions will not come quickly. If the
"reproduction cost" theory of rate-making, which the com-
panies espoused during the period of high prices, were applied
today many otherwise sound companies would be insolvent;
but the companies are now stressing the "actual cost" theory
and commissions are not likely to force rate reductions beyond
the limits of solvency. Furthermore, rate reductions, if coupled
with reductions in operating costs, would be more likely to
bring increased than decreased net earnings.

RECOMMENDATIONS

THERE is no general formula which can be applied to adjust
those few utility debts — mostly of street railway and holding
companies — which are insupportable. With a few holders of a
single debt, voluntary adjustments are practical, but with large
companies like utilities whose debts are widely held, receiver-
ships are unavoidable; but have no serious public consequences.
Receivership procedure, however, should be simplified.

Because of the increasing fluctuations of prices under present
economic conditions, public utilities should rely for their
financing far less on rigid long-term debts and more upon
capital stock issues. Limits should be set to the assumption of
further funded debts. Furthermore, if bonds are issued, or
previous issues refunded, they should be subjected to systematic
amortization as a part of government regulation and by suitable
mandatory state legislation.

g g g o « o

f MO/77/ ff

O va -r MM

Ol o \J)

B/LLIOHS

PUBLIC U'TILIT

<•*

PEBT AND FINANCES, I9IM93I1

(AMOUNTS IN BILLIONS OF DOLLARS.

**"

Z£i -.

,^^"r

^^^"

•

^^^

»*

^^^

,-•"

.**

• *

•

r^x*

— —

— — '

»»•'

-<s>

— =^

^— '

— —

/7w

.•"^

^•^*^

>=—

<•!•-!

•- —

i "

rt»»"*

••»- —

• ^ "

•• --

i^""™

• •^

/•>)

_ _

--*"i

— J

(tt.T

M«J

i^-J

-±^\

^^•T

rL —

*r?i

=£9J=.T

— &.._

912 1922 1929 1931
KEY
o-._.-©.—o707VW FUNDED OfBt (<*J
o_.._- © -oTOTflL INTERFST CHARGES. &>)
o ® -oTOTffL MET ERRNIHGS PRIOR TO /H7EREST CHflRGK.

o- <s>«™o 707/w. cflpnaL izfmox. (<*)

°—®— -oTOTflL PL f)HT INVfSTMEHT. fa) (c)

308

SURVEY GRAPHIC

June 1933

place has seriously undermined the debt structure's sup-
port— at least where it has carried the heaviest loads.
How much the difficulties of the present are due to over-
loading and how much to this weakened underpinning is
impossible to state in general terms.

Ai a matter of fact any genuinely detached study of the
debt problem discloses the pitfalls that lurk in gener-
alities. Totals and averages hide as much as they reveal —
with debts as with any other facts — and the more inclusive
they are the more treacherous they become. When we
begin to speak of "national debt" and "national income"
our words become almost meaningless. After all, we do not
pay debts as a nation or even as a class or group of debtors,
but as individuals — personal or corporate. The statement,
for example, that the charges on the nation's internal debts
today are three times as great as before the War, while the
national income is very little more, gives the impression
that your debts and mine — those of this or that specific
group of debtors — are also three times as great.

As a matter of fact, however, such is not the case. Both
the debt burden and its support vary to an extreme degree,
not only as between the various classes of debts but also
within each class. As a group, the electric light and power
operating companies, telephone and gas companies are
free of any serious difficulties even in this fourth year of the
depression. Public-utility rates have not been materially
reduced and the demand for service has not gone as low
as the demand for most other commodities. Interest and
principal can still be met out of earnings without much
strain. But the public-utility holding companies and the
street railways are at the opposite extreme. As much as 20
percent of the bonds of street railways are now in default
while 1 1 percent of the holding company debt is in the same
straits.

The farm mortgage situation is another case in point.
From the amount of attention the farm debtors have
captured, and from the over-all statistics of their debts,
one would imagine that all farmers were borne down by
a crushing load of obligations that cannot be carried with-
out general and immediate relief. The facts are, however,
that about 58 percent of American farms have no debts on
them at all and that, of the 42 percent which are mortgaged,
almost two thirds are located in the North Central states.
To say that a relatively small proportion of farmers are in
trouble and to place most of them in a restricted area is
not, of course, to minimize the difficulties of those who are
in debt. In these particular states one fifth of the farms are
mortgaged over 75 percent of their value, while last year
half of the transfers of farm property in Iowa and the Dakotas
were through foreclosures and bankruptcy sales.

Urban real estate is not only responsible for debts three
times the size of those of agriculture but a far larger propor-
tion of city property is mortgaged. Farm debts represent
25 percent of farm values for the country as a whole, but
urban mortgages are now 58 percent of city property values.
Just as city property owners plunged into debt at a greater
rate than other borrowers in boom years so now is their
trouble proportionate to their folly. It is estimated that al-
most two thirds of urban mortgagees are now unable to
make the payments specified on their bonds.

The nation's railroads also disclose a specially high
proportion of debt strains as a class. But here, too, generali-
ties are deceptive. While railroads are indebted up to half
their value, while 10 percent of them by mileage are actually

in receivership and while about one quarter of their debt is
now in default or only sustained by emergency credit, most
of the defaulted issues are "junior" bonds. Relatively few
of the underlying issues are in difficulty and these are the
securities which are held by insurance companies, banks
and educational institutions. Almost half of all railroad bonds
are held by such institutions. This is not to minimize the
seriousness of the railroad debt problem. Last year only 1 5
percent of the roads earned enough to pay interest on all
their bonds, and other fixed charges. Even in 1931 the fig-
ures show that railroad income had declined 88 percent
below the average of the preceding four years.

The debts of corporations and government agencies dis-
close a relatively low index of strain — as a whole. The credit
of the federal government is still unimpaired in spite of
the current deficit of $1.4 billion and a per capita debt of
$173 compared with $12 in 1914. But even this load is less
than the $209 per capita we carried in 1922. With public
debt generalizations, however, exceptions must also be
noted. While total tax collections of all state and local gov-
ernments put together in 1932 were almost five times the
entire carrying charges on their debts, no less than 1120
local public units had defaulted in their bond obligations
up to February of this year. Among the chief causes of local
defaults have been the mounting tide of tax delinquency,
inability to fund floating debts, the failure of banks in
which public funds have been deposited and previous
borrowing in excess of any reasonable income expectancies.

Compared with property values the debts of industrial
corporations are the most adequately secured of any
private obligations, representing as they do, only one fifth
of their tangible assets. But corporate income has probably
dropped further than that of any other single class of debtors.
While all corporate long-term debts have increased 2 per-
cent since 1929, corporate income, as a whole, turned into
a deficit in 1931. The credit position of industrial corpora-
tions, especially the large companies, was so good in 1929,
however, that they have managed to support their debts
relatively well. Also, judged by the record of failures, which
have declined steadily since the middle of last year, the bur-
dens have been eased in recent months. The recovery of
the better quality of industrial bonds, which are now only
18 percent below the peak of 1929, is a striking index of the
relatively sound position of these industries.

SO much for the facts. When the pieces of the puzzle are
put together they make a picture of far greater lights and
shades than has been commonly supposed. It can truthfully
be said that there is no evidence of an intolerable debt
burden upon all parts of our economic life — even though
segments of it are insupportable under present business
conditions. These must be dealt with for they present
major barriers to economic recovery. Not only must we ease
the strains of the debts we have already incurred; but, if
we are to avoid trouble again, we must formulate basic
policies in assuming new debts which will better insure us
against future defaults.

First, as to the debts of the past, two main types of remedy
are, as the doctors say, "indicated." Broadly speaking we
can either bring down the debt burden into relation to the
present level of income or bring income up to the level of
the debts; or, what is even better, work in both directions
at the same time.

In reducing the debt burden the realities of the situation
are obviously against any wholesale (Continued on page 331)

June 1933

DEBTS — BARRI ERS TO RECOVERY

309

24
22

20
18
16

THECOURSEOFTHt
NATIONAL DE6T

1914

1972

1929 1933

PUBLIC DEBTS

By G. B. Galloway
and W. Kilpatrick

THE FEDERAL DEBT
THE FACTS

ON March 15, 1933, The
gross federal debt was
$21.7 billion, the current
deficit $1.4 billion. The
gross debt comprised a
bonded long-term debt of
$14.2 billion and short-term
debts totaling $7.5 billion.
During the fiscal year 1933
the total debt service will be
$1.1 billion. Total ordinary
receipts during 1933 are
estimated at $2.6 billion, or
2.34 times the current debt

service.

1 10

£ s

I '

1914 1922 I9Z9 1932

Gross federal debt per capita is now $173.69 compared with
5139.40 in 1929, $208.97 in 1922, and $12 in 1914; it is now 7.2
percent of the estimated national wealth compared with 4.4 per-
cent in 1929, 7.2 percent in 1922, and 0.6 percent in 1914.
Service on the public debt is now 2.53 percent of estimated
national income compared with 1.4 percent in 1929, 2.1 per-
cent in 1922, and 0.06 percent in 1914. There were federal
deficits in 1931 and 1932 and another deficit is indicated for 1933.

The debt is retired by annual appropriations to the sinking
fund, receipts from foreign governments, surplus receipts in the
general fund and miscellaneous receipts. During 1919-1932
funds from all these sources retired $9.2 billion of the debt.

Of all interest-bearing securities of the United States govern-
ment outstanding in 1930, 57.2 percent were held by corpora-
tions and 10.5 percent by private individuals.

The Treasury has met 43 percent of its total deficit since July
1, 1930, by long-term bond issues and 57 percent by inter-
mediate issues of treasury notes and short-term issues of certifi-
cates and bills. These issues have repeatedly been oversub-
scribed by the padding of bids.

RECOMMENDATIONS

TWO courses are open for debt reduction: one is genuinely to
I balance the budget for 1934, the other to refund existing
obligations at lower rates of interest.

Adoption of the so-called capital or extraordinary budget is
recommended for capital outlays and emergency relief expendi-
tures so as to prevent prospective federal borrowing of billions
of dollars for emergency relief for farmers, home-owners, and
the unemployed from hopelessly unbalancing the current or
operating budget and damaging the federal credit. Under this
proposal only the carrying charges on bond issues for capital out-
lays and relief purposes would be covered in the current budget.
An estimated saving of $91 million could be effected from a
conversion of all outstanding Liberty bonds into 3 percent
bonds. Elimination of the tax exemption feature of federal issues
would increase revenues from $100 to $300 million.

STATE AND LOCAL DEBTS
THE FACTS

IN January 1, 1933 the total debt of state and local govern-
ments was $19.3 billion compared with $17 billion in

1929, $9.8 billion in 1922, and $4.8 billion in 1914. The
gross funded state and local debt on January 1, 1933 was $18.7
billion or 14.7 percent of the nation's internal long-term debt
burden. Only 2 billions of this were state debts. In 1926 the
state and local funded debt amounted to $22.5 billion. In 1933
state and local long-term debts are 13 percent above 1929, about
double what they were in 1922, and almost four times their
level in 1914. The total annual service on these debts is now $1.5
billion compared with half a billion dollars in 1914. Interest
charges comprised $887 million and retirements $607 million of
the total debt service last year.

Total state and local tax collections in 1932 were almost five
times the entire carrying charges on their debts in that year.
State and local debts per capita were $154.50 in 1932, $140.92
in 1929, $88.92 in 1922 and $50.30 in 1914. They were 6.43 per-
cent of the national wealth in 1932; and the carrying charges on
them were 3.74 percent of the national income. Tax delinquency
is becoming increasingly widespread.

Despite the favorable ratio of tax collections to debt service
for state and local governments as a group, 1120 public units
are estimated to have defaulted on their bonded obligations up
to February 1, 1933. No states were in default at that time.
Among the chief causes of local defaults are the mounting tide of
tax delinquency, inability to fund floating debt, bank failures,
unlimited issue of special assessment bonds, excessive borrow-
ing, and general economic distress.

RECOMMENDATIONS

THE redistribution of debt maturities so as to refund obliga-
tions whose payment is either impossible or imposes a strain
and to postpone principal payments on specific issues for 3 to 5
years. Lower interest charges on state and local debts through
federal refinancing of their obligations and by the extension of
state credit to municipalities. Reallocation of state revenues
from the gasoline tax and other newer tax sources to redeem
local debts. Provision for state receiverships of bankrupt munic-
ipalities. State control of local borrowing and refunding by
debt commissions. Debt reduction through bondholders' agree-
ments. State review of prospective local bond issues. Revision of
state budget laws to control local financing, prevent excessive
borrowing and restrict the use of scrip. Federal aid to state and
local unemployment relief.

THE HOUSE THAT JOHN BOUGHT

John and his wife have saved enough to buy a
little home. The lot costs more than they had
planned to pay but the delishtful salesman says
the mortgage company will help with the house

So simple! They get a house by just putting their
names on paper. They note with gratitude the be-
nign expression bent upon them from above by
the guardian first- and second-mortgage birds

A snapshot of John and his family in proud pos-
session of a home of their own. The mortgage
birds roost contentedly on the roof, fed punc-
tually with golden grain as John had promised

Comes the depression. And John is out of work.
When the rapacious mortgage birds have been
fed all the money in the bank, they make off with
the house and lot — and even the family's clothes

[From an exhibition of housing and city planning organized by the Gallery of Modern Life, Chicago. Photographs by Don Loving, courtesy Millar's Housing Letter]

THE front of life these days
looks much the same as in
1928. Things and surfaces
have begun only slightly to
tarnish and decay. By day in
public we whistle up our cour-
age and window-dress for the
common good. But it is behind
the discreetly closed doors,
through the long watches, and
in the at last unlocked heart
that the brutal arithmetic of
life takes command. Thus it
has come to Sunnyside Gar-
dens, Long Island. There peo-
ple hopefully bought homes
and improved them with

pride. The homes have not changed in outward form —
their pleasant facades glow warm in the spring sunlight,
people pass in and out, cheerful-seeming in their trials,
sympathy and dogged courage are abundant. Sunnyside
deserves its name.

But what has actually happened within to these good
middle-class American families who are Sunnyside? What
balance-sheet has life figured out for them in Anno Domini
1933?

The answer may be found in a recent economic survey of
563 home-owners that gives a graphic description of the fate
of the middle class in a depression. Sunnyside was established
in 1928 and located within a few minutes subway ride of
Times Square. The population of Sunnyside Gardens con-
sists of those income groups which are rather loosely identi-
fied as the lower middle class. Doctors, lawyers, teachers,
artists, writers and other professions constitute 30 percent
of its population, 30 percent are office workers and salesmen,
and 40 percent are of the skilled trades.

Sunnyside Gardens is widely known as one of the more
interesting and promising experiments in providing low-cost
home-owning to people of moderate incomes. Its promotion,
production and management are in the hands of the City
Housing Corporation, a limited-dividend company whose
policies are in radical contrast to those of the speculative
finance and jerry-built construction which dominate home
production and sale in the United States. Because of liberal
mortgage terms and by careful selection, allowing purchase
only if the income of the home-buyer seemed adequate to
carry the necessary payments, it was hoped to establish a
community in which home-ownership would be secure.
Someone in a mood of literary extravagance called it "an
island of safety in the seas of speculation." Moreover, a
reasonable security of income, liquid reserves and the ac-
cumulating equity in the home were expected to make this
middle-class community of home-owners proof against the
business recessions which are characteristic of our capitalistic
economy.

The bank deposits of Sunnyside families, their insurance
equities, their investments and level of income seemed to
prove the benevolence of the principle of "rugged individ-
ualism." In 1928 nearly nine tenths of the families had $200
or more from wages or salaries to spend each month with
18 percent reporting an income of $500 or more. Collec-
tively, Sunnyside householders contributed nearly two and
one half millions of dollars a year in purchasing power from
an average family income of more than $4000. Adding
together the average cash reserves, surrender value of

CASE HISTORY

of a

COMMUNITY OF

Mortgaged

HOME-OWNERS

BY ANTON A. FREDERICK

life-insurance policies, sale
value of automobiles and other
assets, although excluding the
investment in Sunnyside real
estate, there was a total of
slightly more than $6600 per
family against which there was
an average debt, excluding
home mortgages, of only $200.
Although averages may be
greatly misleading, they are
less so in this case for nearly
two thirds of the wealth of the
community was owned by
three fourths of its members.

External evidence of this
prosperity was general. Paint-
ers and carpenters were kept busy painting houses, con-
verting the unfinished attics into studios or additional living
quarters, building play-rooms in basements, and adding
screened and in some instances glassed-in sun porches.
Distributors of mechanical furnace stokers and of oil heaters
found Sunnyside home-owners receptive customers. The
local ice men felt it necessary to resort to petty sabotage
when the opportunity offered as a protest against the in-
creasing number of electric ice-boxes.

But as the depression has toppled the speculative frame-
work of our economic system so it also threatens to under-
mine the well-laid plans of this experiment in social housing.
Except for an occasional victim in Sunnyside, however,
the depression was merely a topic of table conversation
throughout 1930. By 1931 more families began to feel the
pinch of salary and wage cuts and by 1933 a large proportion
of the community, in distress from cuts, was seeking to meet
debt obligations and maintain livelihood by withdrawing
savings and insurance equities, borrowing from friends and
finance companies and by defaulting in their mortgage
payments. With the growing distress, there developed a fear
of loss of homes. Each new loss of a home accentuated the
feeling of insecurity occasioned by the decline in incomes
and the threat of unemployment. Throughout most of 1932
a special committee sought to secure from the creditors a
favorable policy toward relief of individual cases, but from
their point of view, met with little success.

With the spread of fear and the sense of insecurity, the
property-owners assumed the initiative and organized to
petition for general relief, specifically petitioning for a
reduction of the rate of interest to 4 percent, a three-year
waiver of amortization and a reduction in the principal of
the mortgage to be effective at the end of three years if at
that time existing price levels continued. If these funda-
mental financial adjustments were made, some of the more
aggressive and imaginative members believed that the
community might be saved.

To ascertain the facts in terms of which these adjustments
should operate, the economic survey already referred to, of
earnings, unemployment and other relevant data was under-
taken. The survey sought to obtain a comparison of the
economic condition of the community of 1933 as compared
with that of 1928. Five hundred and thirty questionnaires,
each containing 114 items, were distributed, of which
slightly more than three hundred questionnaires were
returned.

The undermining of the economic strength of this group
of home-owners in Sunnyside Gardens is nowhere more

311

312

SURVEY GRAPHIC

June 1933

clearly demonstrated than in the data showing the exhaus-
tion of their cash and other reserves. In March 1933 there
remained for the community as a whole only 24 cents of
every dollar of 1928 cash assets; 57 cents of the surrender
value of 1928 life insurance equity; 24 cents of realizable
worth of securities. On the other hand, more than two and
one half dollars were owed to doctors and dentists for every
dollar in 1928; two dollars for current bills; nearly seven
dollars for personal borrowing. Balancing all items of assets
and liabilities, there remained for the community as a whole
only 22 cents of net worth as compared with a dollar in 1928.
Of the substantial $6400 of 1928 average net worth, there
remained only slightly more than $1400 in 1933.

Even more significant figures are obtained if the richest 26
percent of the community are withdrawn. To the poorest
74 percent, only 14 cents of every 1928 dollar of cash reserve
remained, only 31 cents of insurance equities, only 11 cents
of stock and bond values. They owed to doctors and dentists
$3.28 for every dollar owed in 1928; $17.04 for current bills,
$15.47 to friends and lending companies. There remained to
them as net worth only 5 cents of every dollar of 1928 — the
price of a cup of coffee ! If they had been rich in the begin-
ning, this 5 cents per 1928 dollar might still leave them
relatively well-to-do. But this is not the case. The present
average net worth of this group is only slightly more than
$200, an appreciable proportion of which has little immedi-
ate cash value. And slightly more than one fifth reported
exhaustion of all savings, or a net indebtedness averaging
more than $800.

\ V /ITH reserves practically exhausted, the burden of liveli-
W hood and other payments falls almost wholly on incomes
which now average 50 percent less than in 1928. The data on
incomes tells the story of the severe readjustment of stand-
ards of living which the depression has imposed. In 1928 the
average family income was $350 a month which, according
to the schedule of Professor Nystrom, would place this group
in the moderately well-to-do urban standard of living class.
By 1933, however, the average family income had fallen to
$174 a month. After deducting those money outlays which
are still on the 1928 price basis — for instance telephone,
electric light, gas and shelter — there remains for food, cloth-
ing, furniture, recreation, medical and dental attention
approximately a monthly sum of $74 per family, less than
one third of the money available for similar spending in
1928. Even allowing for price declines, this indicates the
necessity for drastic readjustment of the standard of living.
Eighty percent of the community report drastic economies in
clothing and recreation, 60 percent in dental attention, 45
percent in medical attention, and 42 percent in food.

These arithmetic averages of income, however, do not
fully portray the picture which the income figures present.
Eleven percent of the families who reported their question-
naires had in March 1933 no income at all and 29 percent
had less than $100 a month. There were 65 percent who
were forced to make both ends meet with less than $200 a

What happens to the middle classes in a depression?
An economic survey of Sunnyside Gardens, New
York, — the first study of an entire community of home-
owners— paints a vivid picture of common insecurity
whether the owners suffer under deflation or inflation

month compared to 13 percent in 1928. Turning to the other
end of the scale, of 18 percent who reported a monthly
income of $500 or more in 1928, there remained only
2 percent in 1933.

Unemployment has indeed taken its toll. Thirty-nine per-
cent of the heads of the family (of which 23 percent are
unemployed at present) have at some time been unemployed
between the years 1930 to 1933. The average duration to
March 1933 of unemployment per unemployed head of the
family is 13 months. In Sunnyside many wives were gainfully
employed, adding their earnings to the family income; in
some instances the unmarried youths helped to support the
family, but only rarely were there more than two income-
producers per family. Today such supplementary incomes
have been extinguished in large part with unemployment
converting these former wage-earners into dependents.
Considering these facts, 59 percent of the families have had
one or more members wholly unemployed at some time
during the last three years. The average duration to March
1933 of unemployment of all those wholly unemployed has
been 14 months. In addition to total unemployment there is,
of course, considerable part-time employment.

IT is commonly held that a period of extreme inflation
destroys the middle class, their savings and their morale, and
forces large numbers of them into a lower economic status.
We read of German engineers, doctors and teachers who
have been compelled to various menial tasks in order to earn
enough money to buy the necessities of life. A British war-
time study of working-class psychology concluded that a
sudden lowering of the standard of living was most fertile in
creating unrest. And so it has proved in the case of this mid-
dle-class community. While in 1928, the householders were
debating a vote between Herbert Hoover or Alfred E.
Smith, a considerable number of this once ruggedly indi-
vidualistic community now regard voting for anyone as a
wholly inadequate method for expressing their feelings
about the economic and political world. The survey of
Sunnyside Gardens shows that the deflation which accom-
panies a depression also liquidates the middle class. There
are Sunnyside engineers, writers, artists, lawyers and editors
who resort to various menial ways of earning enough money
for the minimum necessities of life.

There is indeed a broader question, namely, the bearing
of these facts upon home-ownership in general. With respect
to moderate finance charges, low carrying costs and security
of possession, the plan controlling Sunnyside Gardens goes
far beyond ordinary real-estate practice; yet it, too, has
proven inadequate in the face of the depression. Taking into
consideration unemployment, exhaustion of reserves, the
decline of the standard of living and the present level of
income, in March 1933, 47 percent of the Sunnyside home
owners were in such condition that the loss of their homes
almost necessarily must follow — assuming that established
legal procedures are resorted to by those who hold the
mortgages.

Reports from other communities indicate that home-
ownership is in a similar or more precarious position. Per-
haps this means that small home-ownership in a world
where speculative booms plunge into the depths of depres-
sion is an historical obsolescence, a vestigial remain of the
handicraft village and town. Clearly, unless the production,
sale and financing of homes is radically changed, home
ownership along with bank deposits will symbolize the
wisdom of profligacy and the folly of thrift.

LIQUOR

NINE VARIETIES OF
CANADIAN CONTROL

BY WHITING WILLIAMS

Fast Wire — Urgent.

Canadian Government,

Ottawa, Province Ontario,

Dominion of Canada.

Understand you have solved beer wine hard liquor
problem satisfactory all Stop Please rush full details
plan also full directions facilitating early installation
here including all possible short cuts suggested your
experience Stop Hopeful early disposition this topic
conversation permitting maximum attention Depression
Stop Thanks

PERPLEXED AMERICAN

SOMETHING like such a wire has evidently
been in the heads of our fellow-citizens who,
from various motives, have hailed enthu-
siastically Washington's recent hurry-up action on
repeal and beer. But if Canada is an example,
morning-afters and other worries await both our
topers and our temperancers before we finally
abandon our present hope that, when and if
repeal is ratified, we can hustle out, next morning,
locate some simple scheme for making a good
citizen out of John Barleycorn, and order it shipped in to
us at once. F.o.b. Utopia!

Certainly Canada does a sad job in the way it thus
"speaks the word of promise to our ears and breaks it to
our hopes." There simply ain't no Canadian Plan. Instead,
there are nine plans, one for each of the nine provinces, all
with various differences either of scheme and set-up or of
population and background. Worse still, the two best
known to us — Montreal in the Province of Quebec, and
Toronto in Ontario — are calculated to give a headache to
anyone anxious to report them to souls a-yearning for
simplicity and dispatch.

For, to begin with, the two systems are extremely dif-
ferent in spite of the fact that about half of each province
is still dry. "Here we are trying to exercise control and in-
crease temperance," so a sincere higher-up in Ontario's
plan put this difference in a word. "Quebec's purpose is
not to control but to sell!"

Toronto's streets support him by showing no beer-by-
the-glass establishments of any kind: beer is legally pur-
chasable in no other way whatever than by ordering a

In an old suit and unshaved, Mr. Williams interviewed work-
ers in Canadian cities; then changed and talked with business
men, officials and social workers. What he heard and saw is
here set down with particular reference to what the United
States may learn of government control and sale of liquor

Photo by Charles Weiss, Montreal

The entrance to the building of the Quebec Liquor Commission has the dignity
of big business. The plant includes offices, a laboratory for chemical analysis,
a warehouse with proper storage facilities for various types of wines and liquors

minimum of half-a-dozen bottles at one of the 124 govern-
ment liquor stores or at a few beer warehouses with not a
single cafe, restaurant or hotel permitted to offer anything
in the least intoxicating. Montreal, on the other hand,
offers beer by the glass or bottle in hundreds of taverns and
by the bottle at other hundreds of licensed groceries, while
a variety of eating-places are licensed to quench immediately
any thirst for beer, wine and champagne — -anything except
distilled liquor.

When it comes to the hard stuff, the two plans look like
complete strangers instead of fellow-Canadians. For in
Montreal the provincial liquor stores make just one restric-
tion: you can walk in and buy your whiskey or gin provided
only that you purchase it and carry it out one bottle at a
time. "Silly" was the way one editor described this alleged
restriction which permits you to load your car full of whiskey
if you're willing to walk enough times in and out of the door.
Or if you represent a local club or a local or foreign boot-
legger, you may prefer to pay a gang of men to make a
continuous and revolving chain from car to counter and
back from counter to car.

Nothing like that in Toronto ! If you have a
yen for anything alcoholic — beer, wine, whiskey
or gin — there is only one place where you can
get it. That's in the provincial government store
and there only in bottles for consumption in
what can properly be called your domicile —
home, hotel-room or tourist-tent. If in between
store and residence you so much as open a
bottle, arrest and fine are threatened. But you

313

314

SURVEY GRAPHIC

June 1933

Photo by Charles Weiss, Montreal

Retail stores in Quebec do a profitable cash-and-carry business. The rule is
one bottle of hard liquor at a time. Nothins may be consumed on the premises

can't even put hand on that half-dozen of beer or single
flask of wine until you have paid one dollar for your annual
permit, plus another dollar if you want to include the high-
powered stuff. What's more, you do not get this individual
permit until you have had a heart-to-heart talk with the
government "vendor," or store-manager, telling him your
business, size of family and such. That permits him to
decide whether in the first place you ought to have one and
also whether your later use of the privilege entitles you to
retain it. For not only must the nature and price of each
purchase be entered in your book: in addition, the total for
the year must be brought down to date. At any moment,
further, the law gives Mr. Vendor complete right, freedom
and indeed, responsibility, to lift an eyebrow and query,
"Ahem! I can't believe you're bootlegging or even 'blind-
pigging,' but-er are you sure you're giving your family a
square deal?"

Naturally enough, such differences in the laws and set-ups
of the two provinces disclose big differences in both the
operation of the plans and in what their operators and
beneficiaries think of them.

Let's stop, for instance, in this Montreal beer tavern down
in the worker district. It's only ten o'clock at night, so it
will be open for another hour. Swinging doors, frosted or
leaded glass windows — and, yes, a sawdust floor — certainly

looks familiar like — yes, it even smells
much like the old saloon, though a lot
cleaner. What, no bar? And no brass
rail? Nothing but tables and chairs? Well !
Evidently in its wisdom the Quebec
Liquor Commission believes that chairs
favor sobriety, perhaps by discouraging
treating. But so short a time as an hour in
this and similar places is likely to leave us
unpersuaded on that point even though
the saloon days of 1919 disclosed how the
use of the bar served to speed up the
number of departing glassfuls. For our
old-time barkeep used to take seriously
his responsibility as landlord of every
square foot reached by his right arm's
moprag; as though operated by an in-
visible stop-watch he would, at regular
and by no means over-long intervals,
indicate with a flourish of the rag that the
rent paid by your most recent order had
expired, proceed to gather up your
glasses and with either lip or eyebrow
inquire, "What will it be?" Interpreted,
that meant, "Who stands for the next
one?"

But in Montreal's tavern chairs the
same rotary scheme of rent collection
appears to operate. The moment glasses
are empty, the white-coated, French-
speaking waiter is quite likely to stand
expectantly at hand. So his tables furnish
little evidence of any weakening of the
treating habit. Only a few hours' stay is suf-
ficient to demonstrate that chairs give
indispensable equilibrium to the imbiber,
enabling him to continue sitting instead
of being forced to stand — as long as he can.
When, therefore, a Montreal customer
slides quietly to the floor, it makes one
wonder whether the sit-down table does not merely favor a
maximum of comfort along with a maximum of absorption.
One thing is sure — that at no imaginable stand-up bar
and indeed in no other sit-down barroom anywhere can one
see such a combination as Montreal's taverns demonstrate —
a combination of, first, a highly developed skill in the fine
points of beer-drinking considered as an art; and second, the
development, at the same time, of an amazing and mag-
nificent capacity for sheer quantity.

"I always take my Frontenac," so a companion explains
the result of his years of empirical research, "after my Dow.
If I forget and reverse the order, I get a head."

Over at another table sits one who always gives his order
for a glass of light along with one of dark and then sips
them alternately. Across the room sits another with three
bottles of different brands of beer, which he proceeds to pour
together carefully glass by glass — evidently one whose
experience and observation have made him an expert if not
an artist. But if so, then a sort of Titanic artist, for you will
please observe that those three different drinks before him
are neither glasses nor pints — but quarts!

It was a Montreal relief worker who first took my breath
away by ordering two quarts of beer — and later, when I was
slow on both intake and uptake, two more! He put me up
against the old puzzle of my days and nights in British and

June 1933 NINE VARIETIES OF CANADIAN LIQUOR CONTROL 315

French barrooms — of figuring how to drink enough to
lubricate and promote the hoped-for interview but not too
much for making sense out of it. In Europe the problem was
solved not by lessening the number of drinks — that would
have appeared unsociable — but, instead, their size. But not
even in the lowest "pubs" of Swansea or Glasgow did I
ever see so many drinkers call for nothing but quarts — one
quart after another. Of this the outcome was often plain
enough, a quarrel between the French-speaking and Eng-
lish-speaking workers, the rowdy singing, and finally the
free-for-all fight.

"People who think that beer doesn't intoxicate are crazy,"
so a dining-room waitress put her own observation of the
results. "We see it here all the time, day after day. Why, just
yesterday, over at that table, two men and a woman passed
out on beer almost before they got started."

"My father," added her colleague, "he's always drinking
too much beer and getting cross and nasty. We have to
handle him with gloves."

"How much before get drunk?" replied a French-speaking
waiter. "Well, one day I take maybe twenty glass and feel
fine. Next day, I take two — and know it best I stop. All
depend."

It's fairly easy to figure out. In both Ontario and Mont-
real, regular beer is legally 4 to 4.65 percent of alcohol by
weight. Since alcohol weighs about one fourth less than
water, that means between 5 and 7 percent by volume and
hence 10 to 14 percent by "proof." Since whiskey deserving
the title of "100 percent proof" is only 50 percent alcohol by
volume, such beer can be considered about one tenth or one
seventh as strong as whiskey. If, therefore, you drink three
quarts of beer — and in Montreal's taverns and clubs that's
evidently conservative — you will have drunk more than one
third of a quart of whiskey. (Ontario does not consider its
"4.4" intoxicating because the figure represents "proof"
or 2.2 percent by volume as compared with our own 3.2
percent by weight, or about 4 percent by volume. The
Board calls intoxicating liquor anything 2.5 percent by
volume or over.)

"Of course nobody ever gets drunk on beer!" That as-
surance had been given repeatedly by white-collared
Montrealers before I "submerged" to spend some days in the
taverns. It sounded reasonable. It proved on investigation
to be a joke.

Montreal's "harmless cafes" are an even more serious
joke. "You'll buy me some wine or maybe some cham-
pagne, yes?" urges one of the score of unaccompanied
young women the instant she has, uninvited, seated herself
at your table. As soon as she has thus furnished the proprietor

Nothing could look less like the old-time saloon. Behind the
salesman's case are bins of spirits, with wines in the cellar

Tourists dashing through the smaller cities may take the gov-
ernment liquor store for a bank, which often is next door

enough profit to make her dropping in worth while to him,
she proceeds to discuss the business interests of the oldest
profession. Usually this requires departure, but in one large
cafe located in the city's center, departure is made unneces-
sary by the elevator.

All common enough on the Continent, to be sure. But
nowhere hereabouts so openly conducted, so close to public
runways, so recognized and accepted by public opinion.
Nowhere also — and more to the point — so definitely built
upon a government's heralded high purpose of lessening the
evils of liquor. For these establishments all follow from the
wish to favor the satisfaction of a gentleman's thirst along
with his hunger. So, without being ordered, there comes
always a sandwich. Unlike the famous wooden sandwiches
of New York's Raines Law, this one is of bread and cheese.
Nevertheless, I blush to recall that in my innocence I started
eating it — to my companion's horror!

BOTH tavern and cafe in Montreal follow directly from the
Quebec Liquor Commission's avowed policy of pushing
the sale of beer and wine. Active and aggressive help in this
program is secured from a total of over three thousand pri-
vate and commercial but licensed beer taverns, beer and
wine cafes and restaurants, and beer-selling and beer-
delivering grocery stores. Such pushing is based upon the
apparently sincere belief that if people buy more beer and
wine, they will not only become that much more sober and
temperate but will also invest just that much less in the
whiskies and gins which are purchasable only at the govern-
ment liquor stores and on which the government's profit is
purposely made much higher — as high as the traffic will
bear.

The local friends of temperance protest that this policy
can hardly be considered a success in the light of statistics
which indicate that, while in the five predepression years
the use of wine increased by 126 percent and that of beer by
nearly 40 percent, the sales of hard liquors also increased by
38.7 percent. To this objection, however, the Commission
replies that this latter increase is "due mainly to the upward
trend of American tourists." The temperance advocates
oppose also the Board's policy of allowing not only the
brewers and wine-makers but also the distillers to use almost
every conceivable method of publicity for the strenuous
and unceasing promotion of sales. Even now I can hardly
believe that I actually saw in one issue of a single Montreal
newspaper enough beer and whiskey ads to cover any desk-
top. Such displays furnish around 15 percent of the ad-
vertising income of the papers in the wet half of the province.

316

SURVEY GRAPHIC

June 1933

'8 265504 1831-32

His remark recalled
registered his deep c
damn stuff quenches
couple of real beers i
he's thirsty."
In line with both, a
survey of workers' livin

DATE

QUANTITIES

•
STORE
N?

INITIALS

BEER

SWR1TS

WINE

VALUE

QTS.

PTS

GALS QTS

TAL B

fOUOl

1T FORWARD

Hiquor Control Qc

t of Ontario

265504

VTDUAL LIQUOR

to have the same in his residence or as otherwise permitted
by the aaid Act and Regulations. This permit cannot be
used by any person other than the above named applicant.
This permit expires on October 3 lit, 1932. unless sooner
cancelled by the Board.

this. day of 19.

Signature of Issuer.

APPLICATION FOR INDI
PERMIT

vcn Name

•

Reaidin

Surname

Addrea* in full

Married, Single or V>

Occupation

Of that of Huaban

Employer and

Addr.

^ INDIVIDUAL LIQUOR PERMIT

I'O This ts to certify thai tbe above named applicant, whose
• signature is hereto attached, is entitled to purchase liquor
2 in accordance with the provisions of the Liquor Control
w Act of Ontario and the Regulations made thereunder, and

Issued at Ontario.
LIQUOR CONTROL BOARD OF ONTARIO

JfafaJ

****" / Chief Commtsaioner

TOTAL *

Under the strict Ontario
law you must have an an-
nual liquor permit, which
looks much like a bank
passbook. Every purchase
throush the year is entered

In addition to enormous
and numerous sign-
boards the population is
literally deluged by di-
rect mail advertising,

rrmrVi nf it pvtnllincr thf*

being o
having
month,
purchai
of the
the Re
the h
per mi I
vision*

Dated
this. ..

f the full age of twenty-one years, and
been a resident in Ontario for the past
hereby make application for a permit to
>e liquor in accordance with the provisions
LIQUOR CONTROL ACT OF ONTARIO and
gulations made thereunder. I am not
older of an unexpired individual
. nor am I disqualified under the pro-
of the said Act.

at Ontario

day of.

Signature of Applicant

healthiness of beer. The

expense of addressing this is cut down by the practice of
paying the postal department one half cent for each copy of
the circulars on the understanding that one is to be de-
livered to every domestic address in the entire area.

As a result, the Board is able to hand over to the pro-
vincial government for the benefit of the taxpayers an
ordinary, fair-times profit of around ten millions — about
one fourth of all provincial income. Nevertheless the Ameri-
can observer is forced to wonder whether this represents
good social bookkeeping.

"Hardly half a dozen here," so a table partner explained
in one of the so-called "clubs" where "membership" serves
to permit the serving of beer without regard to hours,
"hardly six out of the sixty here have jobs. No, I don't
know where they get their money for their quarts [not a pint
was visible] though I do know that fifteen or twenty of them
are living on the cafe earnings of their women friends."

"By cutting corners," he went on, "almost everybody, job
or no job, can get enough together to buy a bottle or two;
25 cents each is cheap enough. Then after one or two, he
works up courage to raise the price of two or three more."

reported outgo fell short of re-
ported income by several hundred
dollars — until he winked to the
investigators to join him outside.
There, out of the wife's hearing,
he gave the answer — "Beer."

"They should treat me better
here," exclaimed a half-drunk
tavern patron. "Eighteen hundred
dollars — that's what I've passed
over to 'em, and in not so long a
time neither!"

So it's easy to understand those
Montrealers who believe that the
aggressive selling policies of the
Commission and the brewers,
quite apart from the efforts of the
winesters and distillers, contrib-
ute, with their cheap beer, a very
real factor of difficulty in the
economic condition of the dis-
trict's workers. This is made all
the more believable by the fact
that, in spite of the huge quan-
tities of beer a-flowing in public
places, the sales in such taverns,
cafes and restaurants count up
nevertheless to something less
than half the gallons ordered into
the home directly from the grocers.
More believable, also, by the fact
that many workers find not only
whiskey but also wine so ex-
pensive that they go in heavily for
the maximum kick at minimum
price represented by "whiskey
blanc" — so heavily that it has

given commissioners and social workers alike concern.
This being so, it is all the stranger that, respecting either
whiskey blanc or beer, Montreal's social workers are so
silent — silent if not positively tongue-tied. But before dis-
cussing that, let's leave our wet Montreal and run over to
Toronto.

In Ontario's capital there is nowhere to be seen anything
like Montreal's total of open intoxication. "Blind-pigs"
serving surreptitious glasses of beer, wine or whiskey are
findable, but only with difficulty and with comparatively
little of the vice of either Montreal's "cafes" or "call-
rooms" (flats in which drinks can be enjoyed while blonde
or brunette can be phoned for). In addition to large signs
advising customers not to buy permits "unless you can
afford them," the Ontario Board instructs its vendors that
liquor must not be sold:

To those who abuse it, and sales should not be made so as to
render possible a continuance of drunkenness;

To those who from the amount of their purchases and from their
standing and circumstances are likely to be supplying bootleggers;

When the financial standing of the purchaser is such that the

June 1933 NINE VARIETIES OF CANADIAN LIQUOR CONTROL 31 7

sales must be followed by a diminution of the comforts of life in
the family.

"We get splendid cooperation from the Board," said the
head of an organization handling some thousands of needy
families. "Persons receiving relief are reported to it and any
found possessing permits are relieved of them. Including
those, the Board 'lifted' a total of over four thousand
permits last year. The only trouble is that such persons
find no great trouble in getting others to purchase for
them."

"Out of about 38,000 idle job-seekers," reports the head
of the provincial employment bureau, "a total of 2870 were
found to have their individual — and well rilled — permits."

BEYOND question, the average Torontian appears to
believe that while the law is highly restrictive it does
receive, outside the "swamp whiskey" or "bottled-in-barn"
of the back districts in the northern mining country, some-
thing like genuine enforcement with Dominion "Mounties"
and provincial and city police all keen on the job of arresting
"blind-piggers" and bootleggers, — these last representing
mere "bottle-passers" or sellers, one drink at a time, of
liquor obtained from the government stores. Home-brew
is permitted on formal request. Even with, roughly, one
permit to every two families, however, it makes such a prob-
lem of competition and control that a huge tax has lately
been put on the "makings."

As in Montreal, much of the drunkenness that comes into
court in Toronto is the result of "rub-a-dub" (rubbing
alcohol combined with water and paregoric) ; a total invest-
ment of less than half a dollar furnishes magnificent illusions
of grandeur and then a long, long sleep to as many as a
dozen near down-and-outs. In Toronto, however, such
denatured stuff is made less necessary, it has to be said, by
reason of the bum's ability to buy, with as little as 35 cents
plus the use of someone's beer-wine permit, the enormous
kick of a small bottle of Catawba, a highly fortified and
evidently green or un-aged wine made in the Niagara
district. This native wine constitutes about the only "fall-
down" in the Ontario Board's evidently sincere effort to
keep even beer away from those who cannot afford it or
cannot use it properly.

They are alive, moreover, to risk in any combination of

— NOTE: A SEPARATE ORDER MUST BE MADE OUT FOR EACH BRAND

LIQUOR CONTROL BOARD OF ONTARIO

DIM
P1«M« supply the Undermentioned Good*:

BNo*J Bouie. KINO OF LIQUOR PRici

Total
Amount

I am of the full age of twenty-one ye«ra
and in accordance with the previsions of the
LIQUOR CONTROL ACT OF ONTARIO.
1 am entitled to make thia purchase.

SicDatUTW.

Permit No. Full Addiea*.
»— No. 1. *>0 Not Sign Until PnmUU to Penmt Clerk

PRICE LIST

2B Whisky BUoc .

Bottle

M.W

KYE WHISKIES

13BB Barclay's RoyaJ Canadian

. Bottle

2.65

13BA Barclay's Niagara Canadian

. Bottle

2.10

13C Barclay's Niagara Canadian .

. ] Bottle

120

3B Corby's White Whisky

Bottle

2.30

4B Corby's Special Selected. . .
6B Corby's Majestic

. Bottle
Bottle

2.80
240

6C Corby's Majestic

.{Bottle

1.20

6BA Corby's Old Rye

Bottle

2.30

IOC Distillers Corp. Ltd. Old Homestead. . .
6B GooderhamA Worts' White Whisky

J Bottle
Bottle

1.20
2.SO

7B GooderhamA Worts' Special

. Bottle

2.80

7B A Goodorham & Worts' Four Roses

. Bottle

2.58

8B Goodertum ft. Worts' Old Ry«

. Bottle

2.30

8C Good«rham 4 Worts' Old Rye ... .

} Bottle

1.30

9B Highland Scotch Distillery Old Colony...
SC Highland Scotch Distillery Of* Colony . .
9BA Highland Scotch Distillery Old Bomber. .

. Bottle
i Bottle
. Bottle

2.30
1.20
280

13B Pioneer Monogram

Bottle

230

10B Seagram * V. O

Bottle

3.01

1IB Seagram s "8SH

- Bottle

2.80

11BA Seagram sOld Times

Bottle

2.55

11B Seagram 3 Old Rye

Bottle

2.30

12C Seagram s Old Ry«

i Bottle

1.20

MB Seagram s White Wheat

. Bottle

2.30

17B U.D.L. Special

. Bottle

2JO

14B Walker's Canadian Club

Bottle

3.0*

IBB Walker's Imperial , . .

. Bottle

2.80

16B Walker's Old Rye

Bottle

1.30

16C Walker's Old Rye . . .
18B Wiser's Old Dominion .

. 1 Bottle
, Bottle

1.20
2.80

I8BA Wiser's Old Rye .
18C Wiser's Old Rye

. Bottle
1 Bottle

2.30

1.20

BOURBON WHISKIES

23BA Glenmore '.,.. .

. Bottle

3.56

23BA Old Colonel

Bottle

3.65

20B Old Crow

. Bottle

3.66

21B Old Judge

Bottle

S 56

J4BA Old Log Cabin .

. Bottle

Bottle

3.15
3.55

MB Pebble Brook

23B Walker's

Bottle

3.50

The price list is a booklet of 46 pages

For each purchase in Ontario a signed order is required

alcohol and gaso-
line. "That's so
serious,'' ex-
plained one citi-
zen, "that if you
have your car here
with you and go
out to do any
drinking, I'd ad-
vise you to leave
it in the garage;
otherwise you
might be forced
to prolong your
sojourn here un-
pleasantly." The
possession of a per-
mit by a taxi-
driver may cause
him to lose his
job.

The permit sys-
tem is not felt by
the average To-
rontian to pass un-
conscionable au-
thority over in-
dividual habits over to the vendor, though many workers
complain about the "graft" of its required dollar and
two dollars. But in spite of what looks like fairly gen-
eral satisfaction with the system, continuous pressure is
being exerted by a province-wide Moderation League
for the adoption of such of Quebec's arrangement as
will permit taverns or beer-parlors, the serving of beer
and wines by at least a small number of hotels and
restaurants and the right of brewers, winesters and distil-
lers to advertise. These "improvements" are all urged,
of course, in the name of "larger government profit and
smaller citizen tax" — with the help mainly of "more
tourists from down south," meaning U. S. They get con-
siderable following from both the workers wanting draught
beer and the employers wanting wine with meals. "At
present you can't give a hotel dinner party," these latter
explain, in terms that have a familiar sound, "without
renting a room upstairs for serving the cocktails. That
results in lots more intoxication than if wine could be
served downstairs."

How long will Ontario resist these pressures and thus
continue so vastly different from Quebec? Nobody knows.
For the answer lies in the realm of politics and in this realm
the question of government income and taxes may at any
moment, especially during hard times, become supreme.
And when it does, then the pressure of politics and of
political-governmental budgets tends to make it little less
than unpatriotic and bad form for anyone to mention such
intangible and highbrow matters as human well-being and
social bookkeeping.

This putting of the liquor question into the field not only
of politics but of government profits, smaller taxes and in-
creased local business through greater lure of tourists — this
tying of politician and big business man together with a
cord labelled "good citizenship" — this it is that constitutes,
surely, the "catch" in the Canadian system. Certainly
nothing is plainer than that to some extent in Toronto and
to a vastly greater extent in Montreal, (Continued on page 334)

MAN'S CONQUESTS

Man's mastery of his problems is the
theme of the four large mural paintings
completed by the distinguished Spanish
artist, Jose Maria Sect, for the RCA
building in Rockefeller Center in New
York City. The portions of these huge
panels, twenty-five by seventeen feet in
size, reproduced on these two pages,
though incomplete, give some concep-
tion of how well the artist has adapted
subject matter to the demands of walls
that tower above the level of the eye

Sert's panels on the page opposite de-
pict: top, machines take the place of the
painful labor of former ages/ bottom,
science conquers epidemics of the past.
On this page, left, human will does
away with ancient slavery; above,
man applies his intelligence to the sup-
pression of war and the development
of the powers that conserve human life

AFTER COLLEGE-WHAT?

BY BEULAH AMIDON

INTO a labor market already glutted with
some fifteen million unemployed the col-
leges and universities are this month gradu-
ating more than a hundred thousand young
newcomers. They are a picked group in ability
and opportunity. What do they face? The immediate future
of the class of 1933 is as uncertain as the outcome of world-
wide depression. There is only one gauge to go by — and
that not an encouraging one. In the midst of the commence-
ment oratory let us look at what has happened to the gradu-
ates who left college in the Junes of 1930, '31 and '32.

How many are now wage-earners? Are they working in
their chosen fields or are they drudging away at "any job"?
Are they taking refuge in increasing numbers in graduate
study and professional training? Is there any evidence to
show the effect of the depression on personalities and ambi-
tions? How have the colleges tried to help their graduates
meet the emergency? Is the experience modifying the kind
of educational program offered or the vocational counselling
available to undergraduates?

Answers to these questions were asked a few weeks ago of
thirty colleges and universities of various types — public and
private, large and small, coeducational and segregated.
Busy presidents, deans and personnel officers in many
instances found time for full and careful replies. Others re-
ported that the information requested was not on file or
could be secured. only from alumni records at a prohibitive
cost of time and effort. Differences in procedure and
record-keeping make it impossible to reduce the answers
to neat statistical tabulations. But, supplemented with in-
formation from social workers, personnel men in business
and industry, individual college graduates, teachers and em-
ployers, there emerges a picture which, though sketchy and
incomplete, seems worth reproducing here. For what is
happening to recent college graduates is important not only
to young John Jones and Mary Smith but to the community
in which they have grown up, to the generation that looks
to their group for leadership in the complex decades ahead.

Clearly the college graduate, like the rest of the adult
population, has found it more difficult each year since 1929
to find and keep a job. Thus Albert Beecher Crawford,
director of Yale's Bureau of Appointments, reports that
placements for 1932 were two thirds of those for 1931. At
Reed College (Oregon) unemployment among graduates a
year after graduation has increased from 6 percent in 1930
to 25.6 percent for 1932. Katharine S. Doty, assistant to the
dean of Barnard writes, "The best check we can get is to
report that, as far as our records show, 62 percent of the
class of 1927 had jobs in the spring of 1928, and 64 percent
of the class of 1928 in the spring of 1929. Comparing this
with the 33 percent of the class of 1932 now gainfully em-
ployed shows the drop. Not all in any class sought immediate
employment." Rollins College (Florida) does not have com-
plete records but "we assume that graduates between 1926
and 1929 had little difficulty in finding work." Of the 79
members of the class of 1932, 28 (over 35 percent) have been
unable to find wage-earning jobs of any kind.

About 75 percent of the University of Chicago graduates
register for jobs with the campus employment bureau. Of

Time was when a college diploma was a key to doors in busi-
ness and the professions. Now it is little more than another
scrap of paper. This year more graduates than ever will go out
into the world unemployed before they have ever had a job

this number, "about 75 percent were placed in 1930, 60 to
70 percent in 1931 and less than 50 percent in 1932." From
information gathered from state institutions in the Middle
West and from endowed colleges and universities in the
East, the head of the educational division of a Chicago in-
dustrial concern estimates that while "approximately 60
percent of the 1931 crop of men graduating from colleges
were able to get jobs" this was true of only 40 percent of the
1932 crop. And at the end of April his estimate was "that
not over 20 percent of those graduating this June will secure
employment."

IN increasing numbers college graduates have taken refuge
in graduate or professional study. Thus Dean Christian
Gauss of Princeton writes, "Up to and including 1930, ap-
proximately 35 percent of each class entered graduate study
or study for the professions. This percentage rose to about 48
in 1931 and to pretty nearly 55 in 1932." The dean of the
graduate school at the University of Wisconsin reports a
marked increase in applications and enrolment for each year
of the depression. Many colleges, east and west, report
graduates going on with study because no jobs are available.

A young alumnus of a Middle-Western university, work-
ing for a master's degree at Columbia this year commented,
"A lot of us are muddling around with graduate study be-
cause we don't know what else to do." A member of the
class of 1931 in a leading woman's college who has spent the
last two years in graduate study said, "I have reached the
saturation point. I always planned to take a higher degree
some day, but I need some practical experience first. I am so
stale my work is worse than second rate. But I can't get a
job. I'm lucky to have parents that can carry me. All the
same, it's a waste of their money and my time."

"Look at these," said the dean of an Eastern graduate
school, handing me a folder of correspondence. There were
some fifty rejected applications for fellowships for 1933-4
from seniors in first-rate institutions. "Not one of those
youngsters has any interest in further study or research,"
said the dean. "They are up against it and trying to get us to
subsidize them. Our funds are insufficient for a relatively
small group with genuine scholarly ambition and capacity.
These others are probably typical of hundreds and perhaps
thousands of young college graduates today — what on earth
is to become of them?"

Recent college graduates who actually obtain jobs have
in many cases done little to solve even the immediate prob-
lem of self-support. They are to be found in all sorts of ill-
paid dead-end occupations: elevator operators, file clerks,
filling-station attendants, waiters and waitresses, canvassers
and so on.

One young man who appealed to the employment bureau
at his college to help him find "something decent to do" had
been peddling "beauty preparations" in New York City
suburbs. He had obtained permission to analyze his "line"

320

June 1933

AFTER COLLEG E — WH AT?

321

in the college laboratory. "All the stuff is useless and some
of it is worse," he reported, describing his experience to the
placement officer. "I don't see how I can go on with it."
In the five weeks he had been at work he had earned from
forty cents to $2.20 a day. He found it cost him twenty-five
cents a night "for a flop," food and cigarettes cost about
fifty cents a day, another quarter went for car fares, barber
shop "and incidentals. And on the good days you've got to
put aside something for the bad ones."

This is an extreme example of the dead-end job. But there
is plenty of evidence that the occupational experience of
many recent college graduates is on the minus side, meas-
ured in terms of present value and future career, as well as of
income.

Of the members of last year's class at Columbia College
who are not doing graduate study, the Bureau of Appoint-
ments reports 85 percent employed. This figure includes
every member of the class known to be working, part-time
as well as full-time and whatever the job. In the tabulations
being prepared for the annual report one finds in the
occupational column
such listings as "tutor-
ing," "office boy," "sub-
scription agent," "driv-
ing taxi."

Of recent graduates
from Connecticut Col-
lege for Women who have
found employment, three
fifths are working in their
chosen field, two fifths
"took anything." At Reed
College, the proportion
of recent graduates re-
porting "unsatisfactory"
jobs has increased from
less than 3 percent in
1930 to 17 percent last
year. Among Antioch sen-
iors, 1.7 percent "took
anything" in the way of a
job in 1930. This propor-
tion had increased to 8
percent for 1931 and to
9.3 percent last year.

The personnel mana-
ger for a New York
business establishment re-
ferred to the "saving" to
the concern in being able
to "take on young college
men living at home for
eight or ten dollars a
week to fill minor clerical
positions." Another per-
sonnel man bluntly
stated, "We cut overhead
by letting out employes
drawing eighteen to
twenty-five dollars a week
and taking on inexperi-
enced college graduates
at eight to twelve. Of
course their present sala-
ries are small, but they

are getting valuable experience. Those that make good will
be in line for rapid promotion as things pick up."

A few years ago the professions complained that "business
is getting all the brains." Industrial concerns regularly sent
"scouts" to "recruit" the most promising seniors. How these
invitations have fallen off is described in the last annual
report of Yale's bureau of appointments: "In the past five
years representatives of as many as two hundred firms have
visited the campus to interview students, many of the larger
corporations conducting elaborate recruiting campaigns
throughout the numerous universities. This year [1932] the
firms who sent representatives to interview seniors at this
office totalled only sixteen and of these several . . . stated
frankly that they could make no offers whatever." Mr.
Crawford adds, "The fall and spring occupational polls of
the entire senior class reveal a significant shift from business
toward the professions even during the course of the year.
For the first time in many years the number of Yale College
graduates planning professional careers equals the number
intending to enter business."

VOTEO 'BEST

MAN" - "REST LOOK-|*JQ»"

ONE CAN)

MOST SCHOLAR L.

MOST

"MOST UK-EL* Ta socceeo"

OFFICES, WITHOUT

FfcR

Will B. Johnjtone in The New York World-Telegram

Getting Nowhere by Degrees

322

SURVEY GRAPHIC

June 1933

So far college graduates and their advisers have not been
very successful in determining which occupations are over-
crowded and which growing and in shunning the one and
preparing for the other. Here too our modern failure in dis-
tribution is an element to be reckoned with. Well-trained
and ambitious young doctors scramble for a footing in cen-
ters where the medical profession is overmanned, while in
large areas one must travel miles to find any sort of medical
care. Similarly colleges and schools of education continue
to turn out hundreds of young teachers. We have classes too
big to handle, closed schools, part-time sessions, reduced
school programs on one side of the picture and on the other
an army of trained teachers (more than five thousand in
New York City alone) listed as "eligible" but never ap-
pointed because "the profession is overcrowded."

SO far the depression has had little apparent effect on the
vocational guidance set-up of colleges or on their educa-
tional programs. Some institutions have found it necessary
to raise tuition, others to lower it. Almost all the colleges
have provided special scholarship and loan funds to help
their undergraduates solve hard-times problems. Many
institutions offer free tuition to their unemployed graduates
who wish to return for postgraduate study. The Wisconsin
Alumni Research Foundation established fellowships to
enable a group of about twenty men to continue their
scientific studies during the present year and similar provi-
sions have been made at other institutions.

Underlying this fragmentary but significant data as to the
number of young college graduates unemployed, the num-
ber in blind-alley jobs and the emergency measures taken
by the colleges is a deeper question: what light has the
depression thrown on the value of higher education to
modern youth and the effects of the hard times in terms of
personality and growth. •

A member of a public employment office staff in a Middle-
Western city commented:

I find young college graduates one of my biggest problems. I
get about a dozen of them a week in my division [men's clerical
and commercial]. They are hard to place not only because they
are inexperienced but because they have no notion what they want
to do. They are all at sea. That didn't show up so plainly when
times were busy. Business houses were prepared to keep them on at
a loss for a year or two and lick them into shape. But now with
plenty of experienced people available, there doesn't seem to be
any place for these fuzzy-minded cubs. They don't know how to
work and they don't know what they want to work at. I wonder
whether it's necessary for them to come out of college such babes
in the woods.

A psychologist serving as a vocational counsellor in an
Eastern city stated the problem thus:

The youngsters that worry me are the drifters. They have no
sense of direction. There is nothing to take the place of the school
and college routine that has bolstered them most of their lives.
Again and again I say to one of them, "Let's forget the depression
— suppose you could do any sort of work you wanted. What would
you choose?" The answer is, "I don't know."

She cited the case of a girl who had held six jobs between
June and February obtained through the local Y. W. C. A.
placement bureau: two months as a part-time office worker
at six dollars a week; three weeks as a "learner" without
salary designing and painting lamp shades; a month at the
holiday season selling hosiery in a specialty shop at $12 a
week; a month in a factory as an assembler at $9 a week; a
few weeks part-time as receptionist in a photograph studio

at $8 a week. She wanted a job, but she didn't like selling,
didn't like factory work, didn't want to learn commercial
photography, didn't want to be a clerical worker. Nothing
seemed to her "worth the bother of doing it." "It's an acute
case, I grant you," said the counsellor ruefully, "but it's
typical."

On the other hand, Antioch College which for some years
has definitely tried to give the students first-hand knowledge
of "the going world" finds that the depression "confirms our
judgment that a broad cultural background and work ex-
perience are essential in helping make economic adjust-
ments." The Antioch college year is divided into periods of
study on the campus and periods of wage-earning in indus-
try or business or of apprenticeship in one of the arts or
professions. Of the last three classes, 10 percent are house-
wives or unknown, 16 percent taking graduate study ("very-
few if any because they were unable to find anything else")
56 percent are employed, leaving 18 percent unemployed
"because they can get nothing to do." The assistant to
President Arthur E. Morgan of Antioch writes:

The contact that a student makes with various firms while he is
yet in school aids materially in a permanent placement. About half
the graduates going into business and industry each year continue
with firms for which they worked as students. That has been true
during the depression as well as in previous years, when none of
our graduates were involuntarily unemployed.

A growing group of young college graduates are suffering
a depression reaction that differs little from shellshock. Like
the young soldiers who were broken by disillusionment and
fear of failure, they have cracked under the strain of at-
tempting an impossible adjustment. A psychiatric social
worker in a New England city discussing this aspect of the
problem, cited the case of a young civil engineer who re-
ceived his degree with honor in 1931, and who tried for
months to find work in his profession. Finally he was forced
to take what he could get — a job as office boy in a brokerage
house at $8.50 a week. Over the ten months that he held the
job he grew increasingly unhappy and dissatisfied. "He
finally knocked down a man who was his superior in the
office but his inferior in breeding, education and ability and
who had repeatedly gone out of his way to be rude. The boy
was in the wrong in a narrow sense. Really the situation,
not the boy, was at fault. The incident snapped his self-
control. He has gone all to pieces."

Not so different was the experience of another boy who
majored in chemistry, graduated in 1931, and expected to
step into a place in his family's cotton mill. Just before
graduation, he decided to spend a preparatory year in the
laboratory of a textile bleaching concern. During that year,
his father's firm failed. The bleachery cut down its force
and the boy was let out. He landed a temporary job in a
department store. At the end of a summer furniture sale
he was again let out. His family, in reduced circumstances,
could provide only food, shelter and a dollar a week spend-
ing money. He felt himself cut off from his own circle of
friends and from all chance of a career. After two attempts at
suicide he is a patient in a state hospital for mental cases.

Similar situations have been taken as a challenge by
many of the oncoming generation and they have met them
with courage and resourcefulness. As an example, a Mid-
Western college officer cited one of last year's graduates:

When L. F. went back to her own community she could find
only a temporary job in the public schools. Through that connec-
tion however she was recommended as head of a small suburban
nursery school. She has run the nursery school now for almost a

June 1933

AFTER COLLEGE — WHAT?

323

year and there is a prospect, she reports, of its being enlarged. The
job has left her afternoons free, so that she has had time to pursue
another of her chief undergraduate interests: dramatics. She is now
broadcasting from a local station as a radio actress and in addition
has worked with a local civic theater company.

A boy who trained as a civil engineer could not find work
in that field. He hitch-hiked from Ohio to California and
utilized his drafting knowledge to secure a job helping make
animated cartoons. Three New England girls who because
of family reverses had to give up their plan to study theatrical
production and interpretive dancing abroad have for a year
conducted a "little theater" and "school of the dance" for
children in their home city and made of their project a
financial as well as an artistic success. Some of these young
people whose families can give them maintenance, work as
volunteers with relief agencies rather than "clutter up the
job market," as one of them expressed it.

The director of the employment office in an Eastern college
for women states:

Some of our graduates are unable to make a satisfactory ad-
justment to the current situation. I do not know whether the re-
sponsibility for their present failure rests with them, with their
background, with the college or with the state of the nation. I do
not accept their present maladjustment as final. Today's problems
are baffling to mature and experienced people. It is not surprising
that untried youngsters should lose their footing. I expect to see
many of them achieve satisfactory lives, in spite of their present
fumbling and confusion. Others astonish me by their poise and
good sense in the face of personal and family disappointment and
even actual hardship.

The Association of Unemployed College Alumni organ-
ized last fall now has a membership hailing from some thirty-
five colleges and universities. It has adopted a five-point
program:

1. Unemployment insurance with provisions to include those
who have never worked.

2. Opposition to retrenchment at the expense of professional
workers in schools, hospitals and other public institutions.

3. Free public employment agencies.

4. Special appropriations to provide loan funds, to be made by

the state to permit undergraduates and alumni to complete their
education or to take advanced work.

5. Solidarity with other groups of unemployed workers.

A leaflet prepared by the association explains:

The AUCA was not brought into being by professional revolu-
tionaries. Most of us are new at the game of political organization
and maneuvering, but we are taking it up with vehemence be-
cause the doldrums of being unemployed with no prospect of
external aid have become intolerable. . . . There are three funda-
mental assumptions underlying our program: one is that if jobs
are going to be created the government must create them; the
second is that the government will not do so unless the groups
directly involved exert mass pressure; the third, that while un-
employment among educated people is a manifestation of the same
social maladjustment as unemployment among the unskilled, as a
group we have special needs, and that our agitation will be most
effective if we focus it upon those needs.

This is worth quoting at length because it represents a
shift in viewpoint in a growing group of college graduates.
From individual dissatisfaction and helplessness here is a
step toward an organized effort to "do something about it"
and a break in the traditional barrier between the educated
and the unskilled, the professional worker and the wage-
earner. There is also emphasis on the "special needs" of this
group. Even a superficial study of the problems of the recent
college graduate throws into relief those special needs,
from the community as well as from the individual stand-
point.

Here are ability and education well above the general
level. Here is the group from which we hope to see emerge
able and disinterested leadership in politics, business, indus-
try, education, the arts. Its present outlook poses two fun-
damental questions : Can we afford to let large numbers of the
oncoming generation wear out and rust out in an effort to
adjust to an intolerable situation? Can we give them the thing
they most want and need — worth-while work to do? Here are
questions with which the college and university world must
grapple collectively, enlisting the help of the industries and
professions which have a stake in the outcome. This is not a
state or a regional concern. It calls for national leadership
to conserve one of our greatest national assets.

IDLE MEN

BY CATHERINE CATE COBLENTZ

great buildings rise while men
Look on who may not aid,
Those who had thought no task too great
Now idle, and afraid.

Deftly the stones are placed while they

With hunger in their eyes,
Dream in a mute, half-hopeless way

Of work as Paradise.

FELIX ADLER

BY JOHN L. ELLIOTT

IN Dr. Adler's last manuscript there are these sentences:
"In the future I can only see the transformation in human
relationships as a dawning splendor. If I could convert this
vision, not into abstractions but into living images, I could
in this way begin to satisfy the most august desire I am aware
of, that of including all my fellows in the circle of spiritual
living . . ."

The motive of Felix Adler's work was a sense of what he
would have called "absolute obligation." He strove to
achieve the goal of a better kind of human relationship, let
the result of his work be what it would. He was the master of
many instruments of learning and of action. He worked in
many causes. He worked first and throughout his life to in-
clude the children in the circle of fellowship. He was for
seventeen years chairman of the National Child Labor
Committee. But he moved in many other fields. He was the
first to stir New York City deeply in the matter of homes for
the poor. Through changes in prison systems and an under-
standing of the cause of crime he endeavored to bring into
the circle of those he could help, the prisoner and the crim-
inal. As an arbitrator in labor struggles he included the
workingman and the employer, and he was able to render
them great practical service. He was a working citizen,
serving in many capacities. When a young man came to him
whose parents' home was in the midst of the red-light dis-
trict, saying, "Must we live among these things?" he initiated
the Committee of Fifteen which eventuated in the election of
a reform city administration. He served New York State as
chairman of the commission which forecast alternatives for
military training.

He was profoundly interested in the function of nationality
and the possibility of achieving internationalism through the
transformation of nationalism. Perhaps there is no activity
which he attempted with wider vision and success than when
as chairman of the International Committee of Ethical
Societies he called the Races Congress in London, a noble
attempt to bring about inter-racial understanding. There can
be no clearer foretaste of the brotherhood of man than the
memories of those meetings which were attended by repre-
sentatives of seventeen nations and by all the great races of
the earth. He originated an international movement for
moral education.

Fifty-seven years ago Felix Adler's work was begun in the
city of New York in an address which was a call for united
action among all men to achieve together the highest pur-
poses of life. For nearly six decades he spoke to great audi-
ences in New York City from a platform he had established,
and this without the support of any historic organization.
So far as I know, this is a unique achievement. The power
and the range and the vitality of his mind were dominant
throughout his life. And always through the years, inspiring
his varied activities there was the one aim, that of attempting
to include himself and others within the circle of a spiritual
fellowship.

Experience early taught him that a greater unity in action

could only find its source in a clearer and deeper under-
standing of the nature of men and of conduct. And it was the
task of creating such an understanding to which he chiefly
dedicated himself. If he was an inspiring teacher of better
ways of living it was because he was always a learner. He
used to say, "I am trying to convert myself to my own doc-
trine." He strove all his life, in the sweat of his mind, to
increase the knowledge of what was right.

The workshop of his mind was equipped with a knowledge
of many languages, philosophies, arts and sciences. His first
professorship, held at Cornell, was of Hebrew and Oriental
literature and the last, nearly forty years later at Columbia,
was of political and social ethics. Yet he never acquired
learning for its own sake but only as a means in the further-
ance of fellowship on an ethical basis. Not by creating an
inundation of emotion was fellowship to be achieved but
rather by establishing on firm foundations the power of
understanding reached through thought and experience. He
was the implacable enemy of slovenly thought and mere
gestures in work or action. Through striving and deep orien-
tation he endeavored to make clearer the elements of human
life. The object of thought was to make clear to men the way
in which they must change themselves in order to be fit for
united action and fellowship.

UNITY cannot be achieved by the annihilation of individ-
uality and personality. Individuality and personality can
never be realized save through interrelated unity. This is the
central purpose of his books and of the hundreds of printed
pamphlets and addresses. It was, too, the theme of the living
organizations that he strove to create, chief among them the
Societies for Ethical Culture in many cities and in different
countries. Second only to them are the schools. In his earlier
manhood he had attempted, and with some success, to build
up a cooperative movement among workingmen, but when
this failed he took seriously the word of a friend, "If you
wish to have cooperation you must found a school where it
can be learned." In consequence Felix Adler gave to New
York its first free kindergarten, later the Workingman's
School, and eventually the Ethical Culture Schools. His
last educational project is known as the Prevocational De-
partment of the Ethical Culture Schools, in which the at-
tempt is made both to develop skill and to give an under-
standing of the wider fields of human life in which all skills
are to be used. He sought to give to education the idea of
function as its guide and direction. For he believed that with
the knowledge and practice of the functional in industry, art
and education, the foundations of a truer fellowship could be
built into the world's work and into men's lives.

By living images, in those last sentences that he wrote, he
meant not figures of speech but actually working forces em-
bodied in ideas, in organizations and, before all things, in
living groups of men. Often he said, "I am grateful for the
idea that has used me." He strove in this world to create
living images of what to him was a beatific vision.

324

FELIX ADLER — 1851-1933

THROUGH NEIGHBORS' D O O R WAY S — J O H N PALMER G AV I T

NOW TRY THIS ON YOUR ARMAMENTS

IT was a near thing — that eleventh-hour ratification of the
Geneva Opium Convention of 1931, designed to secure by
international agreement the limitation and control of
the manufacture of narcotic drugs. But "an inch in a miss
is as good as an ell," and here we are with the thing done —
on paper anyway. Now the task is to consolidate the posi-
tion, to dig in and bring the army up to the front line. Then
to turn to the immensely bigger job of controlling the produc-
tion of the raw material. Compared with that, this business
of restricting manufacture of derivatives is a skirmish. The
governments in the Far East derive annually not less than
$50,000,000 of revenue from the traffic in smoking opium.
However, some of them at least have declared that they will
not permit merely financial considerations to deter them in
efforts to control that also. Anyhow, that is the next field for
international agreement.

To appreciate the importance of this new convention, it
is sufficient for the man-in-the-street to study the tabulation
on the opposite page, comparing the three international
treaties which embody and waymark the progress in the anti-
narcotic warfare, beginning with the Hague Convention of
1912, developed in the Geneva Drug Convention of 1925,
and crowned now by that which goes into effect July 10,
1933. The achievement is notable, however it may fall short
of perfection. The tabulation itself is the work of the late
Charles K. Crane, of Pasadena, California, and Dalton,
Massachusetts. He completed it only two or three days be-
fore his sudden death in January 1932. It amounted almost
to a man writing his own epitapfr; for if ever one made a
cause his own and died in the hour of its success, he did so.
To him and to Alfredo E. Blanco, head of the Anti-Opium
Information Bureau, with whom both financially and by
tireless personal effort he cooperated unstintingly; to them
jointly and severally, more than to any other individuals,
is due the downright character and adequacy of this instru-
ment. It would be greatly unjust and invidious to attribute
exclusive credit to them; there were many others, of many
nationalities, who devoted intense interest and labor to the
same end. I happen to know personally, however, the
extent and determination of the efforts of these two, con-
tinued unremittingly over almost the whole period since the
Geneva conferences of 1924-25.

There were times when it looked pretty hopeless. But our
Uncle Sam — clean-handed in this narcotics business, what-
ever his faults and negligences in other matters — was first in
ratifying the treaty, stayed on the job, and kept turning
screws in places where the turning of screws would do the
most good. I have not space for details; suffice it to say that
before the deadline date of April 1 3, five of the manufac-
turing nations — France, Germany, Great Britain, Turkey
and the United States were in line (at least four being neces-
sary) and Switzerland came in as the tape fell. My last
tidings from Geneva expressed confidence that the two
remaining, Japan and Netherlands, would be along pres-
ently. Twenty-one others were necessary; by April 10 there
were at least 26. Since then has come in another group of
seven or more. It is premature to criticize the absentees —

they may all be on record by the time these paragraphs are
printed.

A*J interesting side-issue appears in the rumor at one time
prevalent, that various important nations were hesi-
tating, for a seemingly irrelevant reason. They had ob-
served, so the rumor said, that this convention would serve
admirably as model for a disarmament agreement; for a
method of cooperative control, not only of armaments as
such but of the private manufacture of and traffic in
weapons of war. It is interesting to study this treaty from
that point of view: with little change it would suffice. Of
course, in that case it would depend, as it does with reference
to narcotics, upon the good faith of the nations. The traffic in
narcotic drugs, the production of raw opium and the coca-
leaf, of hasheesh and the other dope-materials, will continue
as long as the public opinion of the world permits them to
continue. The same may be said of armaments and of war.
But the most discouraged and pessimistic of us must ac-
knowledge that these twenty years since the Hague Conven-
tion of 1912 have seen momentous progress in the growth of
intelligence, of realization that the narcotic menace is a
major threat to the welfare of humanity.

A DMIRABLE as has been the attitude and record of the
/\ United States in all this business, we have still a great
and difficult thing to do. Our anti-narcotic legislation within
our own borders is a deplorable patchwork. There are
states with no statute at all on the subject; many existing
laws were adopted twenty or even thirty or more years ago.
Our immense coast-lines and boundaries north and south
make it virtually impossible to prevent smuggling into our
territory. Once over the line, this stuff, small in bulk and
easily concealed, can be sent freely by mail, express or bag-
gage transfer. Two thousand dollars' worth of cocaine can
be carried in a hollow walking-stick. In absence of specific
suspicion a very large quantity can be sent across state
boundaries with impunity. The federal enforcement person-
nel is sadly inadequate in numbers and distribution; in
many states the cooperation of local officers with them is
feeble, grudging or refused altogether. Bootlegging of liquor
and drugs has gone hand-in-hand under prohibition. Repeal
of the Eighteenth Amendment will only increase the resort
of bootleggers to the drug traffic. More than ever is the need
for a uniform state law, enlisting local cooperation. The
movement for such a law is under way, and time presses.
Our record is incomparable in the international field; prac-
tically no American narcotics are found in the illicit traffic
here or elsewhere. It is within our own borders that we should
demonstrate not only our good faith but our efficiency.

ONE might suppose that the states would be not merely
willing but eager to replace their shoddy legislation
with a vigorous uniform law, such as was proposed by the
recent National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform
State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association.
The fact is dismally to the contrary; (Continued on page 342)

326

THE THREE NARCOTICS CONVENTIONS

Vame

Date Signed

\umker of Original Signa-
ories

Date Effective

Present Number of Signa-

Hague Convention

January 23, 1912

January 10, 1920

Geneva Convention

February 19, 1925

September 27, 1928
46

Limitation (of Manufacture of Narcotics) Convention

July 13, 1931

July 9, 1933
42

Present Number of Ratifi-
cations or Adhesions

Purpose

\lethod of ascertaining the
•eorld's legitimate require-

Metbod of limiting the
world output to the quanti-
ties legitimately required ky
tie world

To bring about the gradual
suppression of the abuse of nar-
cotics. (Preamble of the Con-
vention.)

None

Method of effecting the es-
sential collective limitation
of manufacture

Important directly or in-
directly dangerous manu-
'actured narcotics which are
not covered

Provision for covering
newly discovered narcotics

Special restrictions apply-
ing to heroin

Provision relating to dis-
position of seizures

Provision affecting amounts
of raw materials available to
factories

provision determining the
.Convention's application
date

None. It only limits "exclu-
sively to medical and scientific
purposes" the manufacture,
etc. of narcotics. (Art. 9.)

Cooperation between the
Contracting Parties is provided
for in respect to only the "use"
of narcotics, and not in respect
to limiting their manufacture (or
sale). (Art. 9.)

Codeine

Crude morphine
Crude cocaine
Ecgonine

All known ethers and, except
heroin, all known esters of
morphine.

All synthetically produced sub-
stitutes.

Cf. Art. 14

Newly discovered directly
dangerous narcotics obtained
from opium or cocaine are au-
tomatically covered. (Art. 14.)

None

Complicated. (Arts. 22-24.)

To bring about a more effec-
tive limitation of the produc-
tion or manufacture of narcotics
and to exercise a closer control
and supervision of the inter-
national trade. (Preamble of
the Convention.)

None

None. It only limits "exclu-
sively to medical and scientific
purposes" the manufacture,
etc. of narcotics. (Art. 5.)

Cooperation between the
Contracting Parties is provided
for in respect to only the "use"
of narcotics, and not in respect
to limiting their manufacture (or
import, sale, distribution or
export). (Art. 5.)

Codeine

Crude morphine

All known ethers and, except
heroin, all known esters of
morphine.

All synthetically produced sub-
stitutes.

Cf. Art. 4

Narcotics determined to be
as directly dangerous as those
listed in the Convention are
covered at the discretion of each
Contracting Party. (Arts. 4 and
10.)

None

It only provides that the
amounts confiscated and the
manner of their disposition be
reported to the Permanent
Central Board. (Art. 22.)

None

Very complicated. To this
fact is partly attributable the
three years and seven months
time which elapsed between the
date of signature and the date
of application of the Conven-
tion. (Art. 36.)

Sufficient — increasing

To limit, quantitatively and collectively ("by international agreement"), the
world manufacture of narcotic drugs to the world's medical and scientific
needs; secondarily, to regulate their distribution. (Preamble of the Conven-
tion.)

Requires adherents to the Convention to furnish annual advance estimates
of their legitimate requirements, to the existing Permanent Central Opium
Board.

Provides for the setting up, by a Supervisory Body, of estimates for non-
adhering countries — if not voluntarily furnished. (Art. 2.)

The Supervisory Body will examine all estimates furnished and if, as a
result of inquiries it is empowered to make, it still considers any estimates ex-
cessive it may lay bare any questionable situations when forwarding these and
all other estimates to all countries of the world. (Arts. 2 and 5.)

It limits the annual manufacture of narcotics in any one country to: —

(a) Such quantities as are necessary, within its estimates, for its own domes-
tic use (Art. 6), and

(b) The quantities, if any, necessary to execute export orders, invariably
within the estimates of the importing countries (Arts. 6 and 12 (2)), and

(c) The quantities, if any, necessary to maintain its commercial and gov-
ernmental reserves, and within its estimates for such reserves. (Art. 6.)

That is, the annual manufacture in any country is limited to the quantities,
within previously determined estimates of legitimate requirements, necessary
for itself and such consuming countries as it supplies in whole or in part, and
since the combined output of all manufacturing countries clearly cannot ex-
ceed the total amount of all these estimates, the world output will therefore be
quantitatively limited to the world's legitimate requirements.

(N.B. The exports (b) must, in the case of adhering countries, be ac-
companied by checkable export and import certificates. (Art. 13 (2).)

The quantities (c) do not add to the quantities of narcotics normally
required by the world's sick. Their purpose is to enable the requirements of
the early partof a year to be met before any of that year's manufacture has
been completed. A further purpose is to replenish the reserves when they
have been depleted by epidemics, wars and other unforeseen emergencies) .

Since, as has been seen, the combined output of all the manufacturing coun-
tries must be within the world's combined estimates, it follows that a collective
limitation will be automatically accomplished.

None
Cf. Art. 1

Almost every newly discovered narcotic obtained from opium and the coca
leaf, whether directly or indirectly dangerous, will be automatically covered.
(Arts. 1 and 11.)

Export by the manufacturing countries of heroin, its salts, or preparations
containing either, is prohibited except to Governments themselves, who are
made directly responsible for its legitimate distribution. Seized heroin must
be invariably either destroyed or converted. (Arts. 11 and 18.)

Seized narcotics must either be destroyed or converted into non-narcotic
substances or used for medical and scientific purposes — in which latter case
the corresponding amounts must be deducted from the foljowing year's esti-
mates of requirements. Seized heroin must be invariably either destroyed or
converted. (Art. 18.)

Prevents an undue and dangerous accumulation of raw materials in fac-
tories. (Art. 16.)

The only requirement is ratification by four of the eight following coun-
tries:— France, Germany, Great Britain, Japan, Netherlands, Switzerland,
Turkey, United States — which manufacture virtually all of the world's nar-
cotics — and by any twenty-one other countries. (Art. 30.)

LETTERS & LIFE — EDITED BY LEON WHIPPLE

HISTORY IN THE MIRROR

HISTORY jells fast these
days. About six o'clock the
family can gather round
the radio for the chronicle of the
day. By February 1933 we get
the annals of 1932, digested, ap-
praised, pigeonholed, and
wrapped in cellophane . . . now

it belongs to the ages. Each decennium presents its finger-
prints for the record so we do not have to wait for the verdict
of posterity. We look in the mirror of chronicle and pass
judgment on ourselves. Whether these books are raw history
or refined journalism, they are popular, and I think useful.
They appeal to the narcissism of our age, and are somehow
part of the vast urge to self-consciousness that marks off our
generation. We are driven by a desire to know something
about ourselves, even the worst, for perhaps we may do some-
thing about ourselves. So the robes of Clio are caught in the
printing-press.

Already we may distinguish the species of this form. MARK
SULLIVAN, the creator of the fashion, has taken the genera-
tion (1900-1925) as his theme, and weaves a fascinating
tapestry of events, social phenomena, and folkway revela-
tions. He writes with high seriousness; his books are history;
and they are extraordinarily readable. This recent volume is
a psychograph of that gay, exuberant, sunny interlude just
before the World War. Life was at the flood then; we seemed
to have the world in a sling. So he gives us chapters on the
new wealth, Ford and the motor-car, scientific management,
the upsurge of the arts, the causes and slogans of social re-
form, the new orientation in American culture. The political
events swing round Roosevelt, Taft, their quarrel, and the
rise of Progressivism. The mood of the time is caught in the
Dances of the Day. It was a yeasty moment, good to have
lived through, good to look back on. Mayhap we can catch
that splendid rhythm again, with Mark Sullivan's admirable
orchestration to help.

The decade is perhaps an artificial period, though Fred-
erick Allen's Only Yesterday revealed the Twenties in sharp
silhouettes. But the year is in Nature's rhythm; that explains
the host of chronicle almanacs. Some, like EDWIN HILL'S The
American Scene, spotlight the big news stories to catch the
drama in Kreuger's death, the bonus march, the Lindbergh
kidnapping, the Chicago conventions, the lame-duck Con-
gress, and add surveys of the year in the fields of books,
plays, science, sports, et cetera. This is journalism, not
history, and plays for human interest with no real interpre-
tation. Others, like Walter Lippmann's Interpretations, seek
to outline a field, as international affairs, and do provide
background and understanding.

Finally, we have the method applied to a single social
phenomenon over a period. We get a curve-graph that is
vastly instructive for diagnosis and even for projection for-
ward. In Years of the Locust, GILBERT SELDES offers a
clinical picture of the depression years, even providing what
he calls a "fever chart" in red and black. This running story,
with its record of folly, false prophets, swings of emotion,

Some like it hot, some like it cold,
Some like it in the pot, nine days old.

OUR TIMES, by Mark Sullivan. Volume IV, The War Begins, 1909-
1914. Scribner. 629 pp. Price $3.75 postpaid of Survey Graphic

THE AMERICAN SCENE, by Edwin C. Hill. Wilmark. 433 pp. Price
$3 postpaid of Survey Graphic

THE YEARS OF THE LOCUST, America, 1929-1932, by Gilbert Seldes.
Little, Brown. 355 pp. Price $3 postpaid of Survey Graphic

and humbling revelations of
ignorance, panaceas and shat-
tered idols, is a very valuable
contribution to knowledge. It is
well conceived, skilfully organ-
ized, full of human interest (on
apple-sellers and toy golf) with-
out sacrifice to sensationalism.

As chronicle it covers a wide field, and as interpretation
seems as sound as any one man's view of our distracted times
can be. The future historian will be glad to have such a case-
study of the public mind by an eye-witness; and we, the
case, can certainly learn from a look in this mirror.

Why do people like these books? From vanity, in part.
The joy of recognition, of sharing, is an old and strong
emotion. "Why, this book is about our times! I saw that.
I read that story. So that was history? Well, well." These
chronicles are really the history of their readers, not of the
times — the memoirs of me. One of the tasks of history is
to inspire the race with a sense of dignity and continuity;
glimpses of yesterday do something like that for the unim-
portant individual; his self gains value. As the years drift
vaguely, I sometimes wonder whether I really did tingle to
the tramp of soldiers off for Cuba, singing There'll be a Hot
Time! Mark Sullivan tells the tale — and it all comes back
to me now, and I come back to myself. Here are the extras
I heard them calling through the windows of the Central
Presbyterian Church in St. Louis one June night. Apparently
I was alive in 1898. That queer kid in school was myself.
And this was the budding of American imperialism. . . .

WE learn by contrasts and these modern chronicles bring
something of the sad wisdom we get from an old diary
or family album. "Did I ever wear such silly clothes? did I
look so innocent? how young Mother was!" Then we may
ask what became of those long thoughts and dreams.

People do, moreover, like to get things pigeonholed and
straight in their minds. We are bewildered by the complexity,
speed and kaleidoscopic meaninglessness of the day's news.
Here are ordered and complete pictures, more comforting
than chaos. Then, too, our age likes true stories, not myth,
allegory, fantasy. We respond to the authenticity of pictures,
people, events in our modern chronicles. Even the rather
sober prose style of these books may be a recognition that
people want direct reproduction and a devotion to reality.

Now the historian may look askance at this intrusion of a
kind of journalism in his field, and will doubtless question
whether such short-order selection and interpretation fur-
thers historical perspective and final truth. Certainly much
of the spotlight stuff is just ephemeral entertainment. The
historian has been fighting his battles to get away from mere
chronicle of court and battlefield, and from the dramatic
pageantry that made history a form of nationalistic propa-
ganda. He has been seeking to give the details of life in
relation to great movements and to discern reference frames,
such as the industrial age, imperialism, the advance of the
frontier in America, by which to interpret the changes in

328

June 1933

LETTERS & LIFE

329

men and institutions. He wants long views and root causes.
The chronicle, he may say, is the raw stuff of history, useful
to economize researches, and valuable as are Hone's Diary,
Niles's Register, the Currier and Ives prints to help him
catch the mold and fashion of the time.

We can sympathize with this austere view; we certainly
do not want history to become a record of spot-news and
popular trivia. But is it not possible that this hew form may
be a kind of blind response to a need? Our age problem is
concerned somehow with consciousness. Now the invention
of the mirror must have been a great step toward conscious-
ness, for scarcely any act is more salutary and revealing than
looking in the mirror. This new history may increase our
tolerance, foster the will to change, and challenge to self-
improvement. What could be more wholesome for the Amer-
ican populace than to contrast the real record of an event
with what they knew or thought they knew at the time of
occurrence, to compare the emotions then and now, and
perceive the consequences in relation to our older fears and
hopes and plans? For example, that happy little springtime
of 1909-1914, seeming prelude of a golden age was in truth
the prelude to World War — Indian Summer for a genera-
tion.

People have little sense of society or change save the
personal nostalgia for youth and "the good old days." They
do not live through the "eras" of formal history. They live
by days that creep up with insidious monotony and vanish
with Emerson's look of scorn. But in these books they can
perceive the bench-marks of change in government, morals,
science. The contrast of bathing suits between 1900 and 1933
is more than irony; mission furniture versus modern metal
furniture is a symbol; what the optimism of 1929 sounds like
in 1933 is education. For autopsy at least educates the clinic.
We admit that true measurements are not possible by brief
decades, that we can make little sense out of the graph, that
giant and often secret forces swing us into unknown orbits.
Nevertheless, plain men for whom past times are meaning-
less may get the dim notion that life is never static, and that
we face a challenge to seek some way of imposing social
design on what in the past clearly had no design.

The chronicle may help prepare the mind of the people
for the paramount task of planning society. The essence of a
plan is time: we set up a goal and have to act today, with
sacrifices, to win the goal tomorrow. Whatever helps make
time and its modulations real is one tool in the new educa-
tion we must create. To gain this sense of time, even for a
year, and better for a generation, is a step from irresponsi-
bility toward control. The menace of Senor Ortega's pre-
dominant masses is their blind mood to grab the good things
of the moment, to forget the future. Any device that relates
them to the past and reveals the difficult ascent of civiliza-
tion, and whatever emphasizes the need to look forward as
the conscious creators of the future, is of real significance.

The mirror chronicles are popular; and they do advance
one step beyond the ephemeral and incomprehensible mosaic
of the single day; they are history in the making. To give the
dress of history to our times puts you and me and John Doe
into history. That may tend toward dignity and discipline.
What we do counts, after all, and this sense of counting is of
supreme value in a planned order. Consider how the Eng-
lish have learned the usefulness of the local records, the
fostering of folkway history (even the letters to The Times),
the encouraging of status, to give this feeling of continuity
and importance to their people. The modern chronicle sug-
gests that we might have made a choice among current

trends; it declares that songs, inventions, quarrels, fads, and
even jokes are part of the pattern of life; that all of us are
historical characters. History thus becomes democratic; and
we have learned that from the democracy comes our chal-
lenge. Our plans must win democracy's consent.

LEON WHIFFLE

Tolstoy En Famille

THE TRAGEDY OF TOLSTOY, by Countess Alexandra Tolstoy. Yale University
Press, 294 pp. Price $3 postpaid of Survey Graphic

THE tragedy of Tolstoy, as his daughter recounts it in
these intimate memoirs, is undoubtedly the tragedy of
domestic infelicity and misunderstanding. His wife, whose
lifelong inability to comprehend, much less agree with, the
revolutionary ideas and living methods of her husband, was
in a sense the cross he bore. For her concern over property,
social place and aristocratic preoccupations was entirely
conventional as was her overweening jealousy of all who
attached themselves too closely to the great artist. Two
worlds wholly incompatible tried to live together and the
result was much of the time a domestic bedlam. The author
does well to correct the perspective on the family scene
which the publication of her mother's diaries presented. At
least one understands why this wife of a man who would
carry self-abnegation to the ultimate in behavior should see
her world as she did. The total view, nevertheless, only
serves to allow Tolstoy himself to stand forth in the greater
glory. His simplicity of spirit, however trying to live with
when one cherished other values, remains resplendent. Al-
though not a great book, this is a loving and close picture of
a great man as one of his favorite daughters knew him.

ORDWAY TEAD

The Left-Right Dilemma

DEMOCRACY IN CRISIS, by Harold J. Laski. Univ. of North Carolina Press.

267 pp. Price $1.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic.
CAPITALISM AND COMMUNISM: A RECONCILIATION, by Oscar Newfang.

Putnam. 278 pp. Price $2.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic.
THE WAY OF ESCAPE, by Philip Gibbs. Harper. 300 pp. Price $3 postpaid of

Survey Graphic.
DEGENERATE DEMOCRACY, by Henry S. McK.ee. Thomas Y. CroweU Co. 143

pp. Price $1.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic.

nROFESSOR LASKFS book is no milk for babes. For
I the casual reader there is some danger of misunder-
standing Mr. Laski's thesis, which on the face of it is simply
that the forces of big business are so stubborn that they can
be dislodged only by violence. The factors of inflexibility
in the British government are keenly analyzed. The Army,
officered from the upper classes; the Civil Service, capable
of tying any radical measure into hard knots; the Lords, still
potent in defense if not in attack; the King, who might well
feel it his duty to revive his prerogative and save the state
from the swift financial collapse that would follow a full
socialist victory at the polls. With this inflexible system on
one side of the picture, there appears on the other the
depression with its consequent cessation of the "policy of
concessions"; the reduction of the dole; and the painful
adoption of "sound" financial measures. The democracy,
driven by resentment and the sense of its own numerical
power, and no longer mollified by a rising standard of living,
collides with an immovable, entrenched plutocratic author-
ity. The possibilities of violent conflict are not to be lightly
dismissed.

And yet Professor Laski is much too old a hand to let
himself in for dogmatic prophecy in an age of transition.
There are at least two loopholes. One is that at a time of
rapid expansion revolution is apt to be relatively painless,

330

SURVEY GRAPHIC

June 1933

since all parties are naturally in a comparatively generous mood.
Another is that if the lines of conflict can be drawn far enough to
the right, so as to cut off from the conservative camp as large a
portion of the moderates as possible, it may happen that certain
measures can get so great a preponderance of power on their side
as to make resistance hopeless. If at the same time the measures so
adopted happen to be sufficient to produce a tolerable state of
affairs, then the necessity of violent conflict may not arise. The
equation involves the resisting power of the diehards, the mental
flexibility of the moderates, the mechanical features of the situation
to be met, and the leadership and dramatic genius of the party of
change.

One may be pardoned for having moments of hope that the
present situation in Washington may possibly be one of those lucky
concatenations in which necessary readjustments can occur on an
adequate scale without harsh conflict.

CAPITALISM AND COMMUNISM is an attempt to formu-
late a middle way which might unite a sufficient body of
moderate opinion to bring about an approximate solution of the
economic riddle. Such books show a healthy tendency in society to
search for new combinations instead of swallowing whole one of the
existing dogmatisms. In fact the future course of events may derive
largely from the many ideas of this type that are now being dis-
cussed.

Sir Philip Gibbs, in his usual readable fashion, calls on the young
folks to seize the pigskin from the faltering hands of their elders and
to charge bravely against all the powers of darkness. Sir Philip's
heart is in the right place, but he is far from clear as to just which
end of the field is the goal.

FNEGENERATE DEMOCRACY is a book by an admirer of
\J Woodrow Wilson on the advantages of a parliamentary form
of government. Unfortunately Mr. McKee wanders into eco-
nomics, betraying the fact that he still believes in that fabled goose
that was expected to lay the golden eggs.

DAVID CUSHMAN COYLE

Fascinations of a Dictionary

THE SHORTER OXFORD ENGLISH DICTIONARY. Prepared by W. Little,
revised and edited by C. T. Onions. Oxford University Press. 2 vols., 2475 pp.
Price $18 postpaid of Survey Graphic.

"OHORTER" only in contrast to its great original, this new
O publication brings into relatively accessible form the richest
storehouse of the richest language. It has behind it both the au-
thority and the historical approach of The Oxford English Dic-
tionary and seeks to present in "miniature" the features that went
into that costly compendium, which is six times the size of this
abridged version. Probably the most distinctive feature for either
the student of words or subjects, or the casual browser, is the date
affixed to each word showing when it is first known to have come
into the language. Some of our pet colloquialisms prove to be
unexpectedly hoary.

"Profiteer," for example dates from 1797, and "racket" (in the
sense of a trick, scheme, line of business or action) from 1812.
"Unemployed" was used in 1600 in the sense of some person or
something casually disengaged, but applied to persons without
work as "the unemployed," it dates from 1844; not till forty years
later, in 1887, came "unemployable," and only in the following
year "unemployment." To the 1880's also is attributed the first use
of the word "settlement" in the sense of "an establishment in the
poorer quarters of a large city where educated men or women live
in daily personal contact with the working class for cooperation in
social reform"; the same decade saw the genesis of "automobile."
"Crime" as a collective problem has been with us since 1485;
"penology" was born in 1838. "Sociology" arose in 1843.

The word "patriotism" came in 1726, "internationalism" in
1877. Since the start of this century we have evolved "psychoa-
nalysis," "endocrine" and "vitamin," though insofar as these
authors bear witness the British still have no need for "halitosis."
"Radio" is attributed "orig. U. S. 1915." "Rayon" entered the
language from the French in 1591 as a ray of light and must have

been surprised to find itself transmuted in 1925 into artificial silk.
"Industrial" popped up in 1590 and apparently was then lost till
the late eighteenth century, while "industrialism" did not come till
1831 and "industrialist" only in 1864. The youngest word on
which my eye has yet chanced to pause is a contribution of the
economists — "rationalization," a scientific organization of in-
dustry, attributed to 1928.

No page of such a book but invites speculation as to the layers of
thought and feeling that have gone into language, the record of
our thinking. Words for old things and old ideas slough off, to be
labelled "obs." or "arch.", and new concepts sprout for which even
our forefathers, let alone the Greeks, had no word. Aside from the
ordinary uses of a dictionary, here admirably furthered by really
readable type and other technical details, these volumes offer un-
limited opportunity for pleasant and provocative browsing.

MARY Ross

Folks Around the Square

UNION SQUARE, by Albert Halper. Viking. 378 pp. Price $2.50 postpaid of Survey
Graphic.

OUR young men may not be dreaming dreams but they are
preserving their health by pouring out bitter comments on a
world not to their liking. Albert Halper, through the publication of
a first novel, Union Square, becomes a new member of the expand-
ing band of American writers whose work bears watching. He
attacks his theme with the deliberation of a spider, spinning a web
about Union Square and the streets that lead from it, threading
back and forth among a dozen people who live there. Like the
spider's catch, his characters move just so far and just as futilely.
But the web is spun with amazing skill.

Union Square and Fourteenth Street, its southern boundary,
have a grotesque quality that in a lustier age would have appealed
to such an imagination as Peter Breughel's. The mood of today
has pity but not robust laughter. Halper emphasizes the noise and
squalor of the section, the cheap shops, cheap eating-places, amuse-
ment places, the competing peddlers. In this setting the com-
munists, whose forum the Square is, make a great pother — mostly
the bohemians of the movement whom Halper scores as playboys;
and a number of meager middle-class lives are described, lives with
short roots. One unawakened worker and his family represent the
proletariat for whose redemption Union Square is a battle-field.
But so ably are these many vignettes presented that each character
is a distinct person and the composite makes an impression that
cannot be lightly thrust aside when the book is finished.

FLORENCE LOEB KELLOGG

The New Ownership

THE MODERN CORPORATION AND PRIVATE PROPERTY, by Adolf A.
Berle, Jr. and Gardiner C. Means. Macmillan. 396 pp. Price $3.75 postpaid ofSur-
wy Graphic.

FOR many years past economists, lawyers, business men and the
average wayfarer have increasingly realized that fundamental
changes were taking place in the industrial and corporate structure
of the United States. They have noted the ever increasing mergers
in the country and the emergence of large scale industry, trusts
and monopolies. They have observed the steady separation between
ownership and management in our modern corporation. They have
been vaguely aware that these changes necessitated the develop-
ment of an economic theory far different from the laissez-faire
philosophy of the classical economists. But they could turn to no
one volume where these changes were set forth clearly, accurately,
comprehensively. Professors Berle and Means have supplied to
them and to us all this volume, the result of years of painstaking
study of the modern corporation, a study made possible by grants
from the Columbia University Council for Research in the Social
Sciences and the Social Science Research Council.

The volume begins with a brief, suggestive historical sketch of
the business corporation. It analyzes the growing concentration of
economic power, showing that the two-hundred largest non-bank-
ing corporations of the country now own about half of the assets
of such corporations and do between 40 percent and 50 percent

June 1933

LETTERS & LIFE

331

of the business. The trend toward further concentration, the
authors indicate, is well-nigh inevitable.

From a discussion of changes in control, the book proceeds to
changes in ownership. The old-fashioned small business man was
usually both owner and manager. In the present-day corporation,
however, the average stockholder has no share in control or man-
agement. The manager has little share in ownership. The wider the
diffusion of ownership among absentee stockholders, the greater
the power of control by the management. This section is buttressed
with a multitude of significant facts and figures regarding recent
trends.

The economic analysis of the corporation is followed by a section
on changing legal trends, and by a social interpretation of industrial
controls.

The volume should be required reading for every student of
economics in the country. For without a knowledge of the facts
here contained, no one can formulate any adequate theory regard-
ing modern economic life. This study is bound to make economic
history.

The weakest portion of the book is the final section on social
control in the future. Professors Berle and Means are convinced
that some public supervision should be developed over our eco-
nomic life in which the claims of the community are paramount.
They fail to show how such control can be brought about and
whether genuine social operation for the common good is possible
without a shift in ownership from private to public. It is to be hoped
that the authors may supplement this immensely valuable book by
others devoted primarily to a future program of corporate de-
velopment. HARRY W. LAIDLER
League for Industrial Democracy

Looking In on Russia

RED VIRTUE: Human Relationships in the New Russia, by Ella Winter. Harcourt,
Brace and Co., New York. 332 pp. Price $3 postpaid of Survey Graphic.

ELLA WINTER offers valuable and interesting pictures of
human relations in Soviet Russia today. They seem a bit
journalistic, feminine, scrappy, at first but soon grip the reader
with vivid human interest. I was in Russia again, with the privilege
of looking, unseen, into homes, schools, factories, collective farms
and sometimes deep into human hearts and motives. Especially
fruitful are the chapters on New Incentives for Old, Woman Freed,
Love Must Be Changed, Sex in Physiology, Fitting Misfits, Ending
Prostitution, Crime and No Punishment, and Rulers from Infancy.

Ella Winter does not give us the dramatic and realistic pictures
of Soviet life of the Russian, Maurice Hindus. But she knows in
advance what to look for, what we will want to know; she supplies
data for our own theories of education, or the training of youth,
or the reclamation of criminals. Her chapter on It's Not Done —
in the U.S.S.R. shows how private morals have changed; medical,
legal, military; professional ethics, business and social ideals. The
fundamental human urges of vanity, pride, ambition, the desire
for approbation, the wish to stand well with one's fellows — all
these are as strong in the U.S.S.R. as in the U.S.A. Social mores
for human welfare are even stronger in Russia than with us. But
all is on a socialized Marxian basis in a radically altered environ-
ment that is changing human life and producing a new type of
collective man and woman. But, although freed from the burden of
bourgeois standards and capitalistic class ethics the system is still
obviously tentative, crude, often materialistic, with evils of its
own, many of which can only be learned and corrected by dearly
bought experience.

It is a great pity that two systems, each so faulty and one-sided,
and both needing to learn and correct their defects by the other,
should be separated by such a gulf of prejudice and at times of
hatred and fear, that neither really knows the other or gets a fair
picture of its values and successes. Each is on the defensive. Books
like Red Virtue, Red Bread or Humanity Uprooted show us
vividly and sympathetically just what Russia is trying to do and
is accomplishing. It is to be regretted that such a volume, portray-
ing sympathetically, as it does, all the values in American or
European life, could not be written by a Communist. It would not
be permitted in Russia by the Soviet censorship. Instead, youth

by millions must be militarized, drilled and prepared by propa-
ganda and fear for an imaginary coming invasion and the realistic
support of their own regime. Whatever our glaring defects, we still
have the liberty and tolerance to visit other countries as much as
we please, to picture them realistically and describe them sym-
pathetically as Red Virtue does. This is all the more important
when we have so many lessons to learn ourselves and when there
is such serious doubt whether we shall have the time or the ability
to learn them. SHERWOOD EDDY

New York City

Only Day-Before-Yesferday

THE RISE OF THE CITY, by Arthur Meier Schlesinger. Vol. X of A Hislory of
A merican Life, Macmillan. Price $-f.

HERE is one of those exciting Only Yesterdays, superbly done,
crowded with carefully quarried data and with apt quota-
tions culled from every nook of the passing generation's dog-eared
attic library. The American scene that people now in their fifties
and sixties grew up in is passed in review in thirteen fascinating
chapters on such topics as The Urban World, The American
Woman, The Educational Revival, The Renaissance in Letters and
Arts, The Changing Church, Society's Wards, and Political Fac-
tors and Forces.

Superlative as it is as a piece of balanced reporting, one feels in
it the same kind of lack that characterizes Recent Social Trends.
The volume is called The Rise of the City, but actually this is
largely a title-device to tie together a fairly disparate series of stud-
ies of aspects of changing American culture during a sawed-off
chronological section. Like Recent Social Trends, it lacks inte-
gration, continuous main threads weaving back and forth and
holding the whole together. The growth of industry and trade
which, more than any other single factor, was "the rise of the city,"
is sketchily touched on. It does not support and dominate the
whole. To be sure, the economic aspects of the period are to be
treated in another volume in the series by Ida Tarbell, but this
separate treatment seems especially unfortunate in dealing with
this particular period.

This volume by one of the leaders of the movement for the new
social history leaves us wondering whether this new social history
is to pan out to be anything more than admirable discriminating
descriptive reporting of the flow of events. The volume closes with
an extraordinarily valuable Critical Essay on Authorities and an
excellent index. ROBERT S. LYND

Columbia University

DEBTS-BARRIERS TO RECOVERY

(Continued from page 308)

or blanket measures. These would only be in order if the burden
of obligations were spread evenly over the backs of all our debtors.
Furthermore every gain to a debtor is a creditor's loss and most of
us are creditors — to those very institutions in whose solvency our
security lies. Any general scaling down of debt obligations would
scale down our own ability to realize on our insurance policies, to
get our money back from the savings banks or to put our children
through college. Our interests are so inextricably interwoven that
it is utterly impossible to lay hands on any one corner of the fabric
without setting up strains in every other. The problem of reducing
the debt burden is one of individual specific cases, each to be dealt
with separately, on its own merits. Wherever an individual debtor,
corporate or personal, cannot meet his payments of principal or
interest an adjustment should be made by the creditor in his
own interest.

In making these settlements, however, certain broad policies
are in most urgent need of definition. Never was the old adage
more in point: half a loaf is better than none. Foreclosures are
to be avoided wherever humanly possible. By temporary reduc-
tion or waiver of amortization payments, the burdens of many
debts can be trimmed to meet the exigencies of the debtors' in-

The one comprehensive
book on Social Insurance

fey

ABRAHAM EPSTEIN

with a foreword by

FRANCES PERKINS

U. 5. Secretary of Labor

INSECURITY

A CHALLENGE TO AMERICA

OOCIAL Insurance, in the author's opinion, must
^ be adopted if our present-day social order is to
endure. Company Welfare, Philanthropy, and Pub-
lic Works, these supposed antidotes for social ills,
have failed. Mr. Epstein, the Executive Secretary
of the American Association for Old Age Security,
and perhaps the world's leading authority on old-
age insurance, gives a detailed, remedial program
of Social Insurance for the United States, based on
exhaustive study of existing systems now operating
in other nations. 700 pages, $4.00

At your bookstore, or direct from the publishers,

HARRISON SMITH and ROBERT HAAS, Inc.

Dept. D, 1 7 East 49th Street, New York

Some Basic
Statistics in
Social Work

PHILIP KLEIN
with the collaboration of

RUTH VORIS

Derived from data of family agencies in the
City of New York, and published for the New
York School of Social Work, here is the result
of a pioneering enterprise in the use of statis-
tics for the study of social work.

Considerable advance beyond the present
practice of "muddling through" can and must
be made. This book is a notable step forward,
accomplished through the facilities of four
major welfare agencies. It is full of valuable
data, the usefulness of which will not die soon.

$3.50
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS

29*0 BROADWAY, NEW YORK CITY

(In answering advertisements

come, even under present conditions, without breaking their
backs and wiping out the creditors' interests altogether. Some-
times interest rates should be reduced also. The capacity of debtors
to pay, on present and on future income levels, is the measuring-
rod by which adjustments should be made.

Of course some debts can never be paid. In many instances a
return to the income levels even of 1929 would not support exist-
ing obligations. This sort of deadwood should be promptly and
courageously cleared away for it impedes the march of recovery.
And standards for judging whether the wood is dead or not are in
urgent need of formulation. It is probable, however, that only a
small percentage of our total debts stands in need of this sort of
surgical operation. Our present difficulties, it must be remembered,
are due not only to reckless over-borrowing, but also to the general
collapse of business activity and prices. Even a moderate upswing
of the economic curve will produce sufficient income to carry
many a debt burden which now seems insupportable. These are
the cases which call for temporary easement and not for removal.

To urge specific and voluntary settlements in dealing with the
debts directly rather than remedies en masse is not, however, to
deny the need for government action. The function of legislation
in the present crisis is clear: to facilitate, regularize and even to
assist individual debtors and creditors in making necessary
readjustments. For example, agencies set up by government initia-
tive and acting under the authority of the state could perform
an exceedingly useful function as arbiters between the parties to
debt settlements. These administrative bodies should also be given
legislative authority to prevent foreclosures or receiverships in
cases where such drastic action is not called for. Also bankruptcy
and receivership laws are being, and should further be, amended
to provide for ease in corporate readjustments and to prevent
small minorities from obstructing settlements of benefit to the
majority of the parties involved.

Public agencies, established by legislative action, are also needed
to assist debtors to refinance or refund their obligations. This
principle has been recognized by the federal government in the
recent farm-relief and home-mortgage legislation. In cases where a
general recovery in business activity would enable debtors to meet
their obligations, and where assets are at least potentially sufficient
to guarantee repayment, government agencies can perform a
sound and useful function in providing the funds to refinance loans
at lower rates of interest and at extended maturity dates.

''Inflation" is commonly supposed to offer relief to debtors in the
present emergency. The word is, of course, too loosely used to
have much meaning. It is often naively assumed, however, that if
more money were put into circulation or if the gold value of the
dollar were reduced debtors would automatically have more dol-
lars with which to pay their debts. This kind of thinking hops too
lightly over several important steps between cause and ultimate
effect.

AJ expansion of the currency would not add directly to your in-
come and mine, or that of the corporation or corner drug store.
Nor should we receive any extra dollars for those we now have in
our pockets or the bank. Debtors would have more money to pay
their debts only as their income was actually increased. As farmers
this would come only through an increase in prices; as employes,
through wages or salary raises; as business concerns, through higher
prices and a greater volume of sales. But for inflation to give those
of us now employed or in business any net gain the pay envelope
and the till must register greater increases than do the prices we
have to pay for the goods and services we consume — or buy for
resale. Whether this would happen or not in the long run is an
open question on which the most erudite economists disagree.

We know from the experience of the past, however, that a gen-
eral business revival has increased the net incomes of most of us —
and hence would make it easier for us to pay our debts. The exact
percentage of existing debt strains which even a moderate upturn
would relieve is, of course, unknown. The facts indicate, however,
that it is enough for us to include measures that promote economic
recovery as the most important proposals for debt relief. Insofar as
"inflationary" proposals stimulate a general upswing they are
please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

332

commendable. Controlled credit and currency expansion, a broad
program of public works, and other measures now on the admin-
istration program are experiments for which, if properly restrained,
debtors may yet be thankful.

AX these remedies, however, apply to the immediate crisis and
to debts already incurred. For future debts the present and the
recent past raise issues that must also be faced. In view of what has
happened since 1921 should we continue to finance our economy,
at least in as large a volume, through bonds, mortgage loans and
other obligations payable in unchanging amounts over long periods
of time? Unless, in the years to come, American economic life is to
be freed of fluctuations of business activity and of prices — which are
the roots of income — the existence of any fixed, long-term debts
will cause recurring difficulties which will aggravate those fluctua-
tions themselves. Conversely, the fewer and less rigid are these
commitments, the easier will be our adjustments to the swings of
the business curve, and the less gyrating the curve itself will be.

But the difficulties in doing away with long-term debts rival the
troubles they create. The effect on building construction alone —
not to mention other industries in need of capital — of the abolition
of long-term loans, or even their drastic limitation, can easily be
pictured. Furthermore bonds and mortgages perform an invest-
ment function of the greatest social value. We need some way in
which we can keep our surplus savings in relative safety and with
a moderate and dependable return. Our entire system of life insur-
ance and savings banks, as well as of colleges, hospitals and other
social service endowments rests on the existence of this kind of debt.

In the long run it would, of course, be better to stabilize our in-
come than give up incurring legitimate debts. Any measures of
economic reform which will limit the fluctuations of prices and
business activity will do more than anything else to reduce the
difficulties with our future debts. But we can hardly put off further
borrowing untii this millennium is achieved. In the meantime,
some measures to insure against trouble are most urgently needed.
Three such seem to be in order: (1) debt charges should be given
great flexibility so that they may vary, at least to some extent,
with income; (2) more rigid standards should be set up to prevent
over-borrowing in relation to income and assets; and (3) loans
should be liquidated by periodic instalments during the life of the
property secured by the debt.

The practical possibility should be carefully explored of incorpo-
rating a provision in future debt agreements that payments of
principal and interest be adjusted periodically to some recognized
index of income or even of commodity prices. It may be that the
difficulties for life-insurance companies and other fiduciary institu-
tions in fluctuating returns in terms of dollars may prove insur-
mountable. But the effect of such provisions would be to prevent
fluctuations in the actual purchasing power of interest and principal
payments. Future debt contracts should at least provide methods
by which necessary adjustments can be made with a minimum of
friction and foreclosure.

There is urgent need of the formulation of minimum safety re-
quirements for long-term obligations. We do not allow theaters to
be built or vessels to be launched which do not protect those who
use them against danger. Why should we permit debts to be in-
curred that threaten the economic life of debtor and creditor alike?
We cannot trust to private initiative in the enforcement of safety
standards for debts any more than we do for buildings or ships.
They must be framed and administered by the government, backed
by the full police power of the sovereign state.

The same debt agencies which are needed to help adjust past
debts should be clothed with far greater authority over the assump-
tion of future obligations. Every new issue of corporate or mortgage
bonds, at the least, and also possibly individual real-estate mort-
gage loans, should be subject to complete publicity and, ultimately,
to strict control.

Long-term debts should not be permitted which do not fulfill the
minimum requirements of safety — requirements based on the life
of the property which secures the debt, on the present assets and
future earnings of the borrower and on the probable down-swings
of the business cycle. As soon as suitable government agencies have

(In answering advertisements please

333

OUR

MOVIE-MADE
CHILDREN

by HENRY JAMES FORMAN

A sweeping survey of the effects of movies
on children, based upon careful study of
hundreds of actual cases. The results are
startling-the author asserts a definite con-
nection between modern movies and ju-
venile delinquency of every kind.

At all bookstores

$2.50

MACMILLAN

FOR THOSE WHO WANT

STRAIGHTFORWARD, AUTHORITATIVE

PSYCHOLOGY

/COMPETENT, yet non-technical discussions of the important
>— ' problems in psychology, psychiatry, mental hygiene, psycho-
analysis, by the best authorities of the present day ; a complete
resume of current activities in these fields ; controversial questions
fearlessly discussed. You will find all this in The

MODERN PSYCHOLOGIST

A magazine of Contemporary Thought in Psychology,
Psychiatry, and Psychoanalysis

IN CURRENT ISSUES:

Sexual Frigidity in Women W . Beran Wolfe

Fears and Their Elimination Smiley Blanton

Racketeers in Psychology Dagobert D. Runes

Adjusting Your Personality Alfred Adler

Shall We Sterilize the Misfit? E. F. Dach

Men Without Women Frank Stevens

Mr. Stevens is a life prisoner in the Massachusetts State Prison. At first
hand, he Has studied the sex life of the criminal. He writes a brilliant,
lucid psychological analysis, giving case after case of men he has known,
tearing wide open their emotional lives. Facts never heretofore revealed
are brought to the full light of may. "Many prisoners will hate me for
this," he writes. No one with the slightest pretense to an understanding
of psychology can afford to miss this unique contribution to the study of
human behavior.

THE MODERN PSYCHOLOGIST may be obtained for 25<t at the better
newsstands, or, if you subscribe now, you can get

5 ISSUES FOR $1

THE MODERN PSYCHOLOGIST
1 1 1 East 1 5th Street, New York

Name .

.Address.

mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

lJYING BACK THE nEDORA

We've abolished the restaurant check room tip

AGAIN STATLER HOTELS PIONEER

•jf Think of it! No more tips to check room attendants at our public
restaurants. We've banned these gratuities . . .for once and for all.

This check room toll-taking has been part and parcel of hotel
usage for decades past. It has always annoyed us. We have felt that
it was an imposition on our dining room patrons and have continually
tried to limit it. Now in Statler Hotels it's over . . . finished. Atten-
dants at the check rooms of our public restaurants will not expect . . .
and cannot accept . . . a tip. We know you will approve . . . and
applaud . . . this reform and cooperate with us in making it fully
effective.

These hotels have always tried to smooth the hotel patron's way.
They were the first to bar gratuity-soliciting attendants in wash-
rooms, the first to reduce news stand and cigar stand prices to street
store scales. They were the first to introduce most of the features of
the modern hotel.

You remember, of course . . . that it was the Statler Hotels that
pioneered practically all the conveniences and comforts you demand
today ... a private bath with every room, free radio reception,
etc., etc. The list of these Statler innovations is long . . . and is con-
stantly being added to, as our spirit of service marches on.

* HOTELS STATLEH *

Jjoiton • Jjuffalo •

Jsetroit

HOTEL PENNSYLVANIA IS THE

the necessary practical knowledge for effective regulation it should
be vigorously enforced.

The record of the past four years has proved beyond cavil that
long-term debts are intimately "affected with the public interest."
We need no further demonstration of the social as well as the
economic evils which flow from the unwise investment of our sav-
ings— which is only another way of saying from ill-considered long-
term borrowing. For their own self-protection the people of the
United States must assume collective control over the disposition
of their savings. The only agency that can perform this function is
the government.

CANADIAN LIQUOR CONTROL

(Continued from page 317)

STATLER IN NEW YORK

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

334

those persons who are closest to the point where the local plan
impinges on the mass-citizen are in the most embarrassing possible
position when it comes to giving testimony of their observation
and experience. "We have to observe," said one of these in
Toronto, "that the part played by alcohol in causing poverty and
the need of help is becoming greater than under the period of
prohibition which ended in '27."

If that is true in Ontario, it must be vastly truer in Quebec,
yet: "A few years ago we were spanked" — so ran not the exact
words but the general tenor of the testimony of the executives of
Montreal's social organizations, "spanked for giving facts about
the social costs of liquor. Today, in spite of the fact that our case
records show few cases of alcoholism, we nevertheless feel sure that
worker-group expenditures for beer, wines and especially whiskey
blanc contribute heavily to our burdens. We'd rather not say
exactly, except that we had hoped you in the States would try
prohibition for a generation; also that if somebody would only
find a way to make prohibition genuinely prohibit, we here would
all be delighted to cast for it a cool million votes."

The very real difficulty in both cities is that such organizations
are quite likely to be headed by the city's most distinguished lay-
men who are either directly or indirectly dependent on brewing
and distilling profits. Under such circumstances all talk of tem-
perance— meaning smaller profits and higher taxes — is likely to
represent little less than a mean and unpatriotic disposition.
Even the churches are prevented from anything like unity on the
desirability of temperance education. In Toronto your neighbor
in the next pew may take your enthusiasm for it as a slap at his
beloved Conservative Party and its favorite child, the present
liquor plan. In Montreal you, as a pastor or a college professor,
may protest against a move to locate one of those abominable
cafes within less than legal distance from your church or campus.
But if you do, there's a fair chance that the commissioner will be a
member of your church or of your board of trustees and will reply
that, after all, he's paid by the taxpayers to promote the sale of
light wines and beers. So while in Ontario certain prohibition
societies keep fighting with the help of certain churches not so much
for prohibition as against the Quebec-ifying of the Ontario plan,
any temperance effort in Montreal, outside that of the Catholic
Order of St. Frances, so lacks public esteem that certain citizens
practically refused to talk with me even though they were secretly
contributing to local anti-alcohol societies. At the same time the
attitude at the other end of society is likely to be merely that control
represents "Nothing but class legislation! Anything like good
liquor is too expensive for anybody but aristocrats."

Yet it would look as though neither the all-round results in
Montreal and Toronto nor in Canada as a whole (of the eight
control plans outside prohibition in Prince Edward's Island, all
but Quebec and New Brunswick require individual permits)
warrant what appears a general closing of the debate. Among the
Dominion's nine million citizens the governments do a total
annual business under normal, pre-depression conditions of
$193,000,000 and secure a profit amounting to roughly one seventh
of their governmental income. (The Quebec board makes the
point that its plan has made liquor seven times as profitable as

under war-time prohibition.) At the same time the Dominion's
period of "control" has seen such increases as these: 108 percent in
the per capita consumption of spirits in five years, 50 percent per
capita increase in that of malt liquors in seven years, and 346
percent per capita increase in that of wines in nine years.

As a further result it comes about that of all the net alcohol
absorbed by the population during the year, 29 percent was in the
form of whiskey, \ll/2 percent in the form of wine, and 53 percent
in the form of beer. (A portentous figure this last, in view of the
claim that over 80 percent of our own pre-war liquor traffic
represented beer.)

Plainly enough those Montreal quarts do count up enough to
represent a "kick." Plainly enough, too, the figures do support the
arguments of the critics to the effect that, beyond all question,
governmental control serves to give to all kinds of drinking an
enormously higher status and recognition — to make it more the
accepted vogue — than ever known before, a change viewed with
much concern of course by organizations in touch with the
country's youth.

SO my days and nights in Montreal and Toronto sent me back
a-pondering such high-spot impressions as these:

I. So far as its help to us in the States, Montreal is out. It's too
wet and, yes, too wicked — at least too openly and too beer-winely,
wicked: also too unlike us with its 85 percent French-speaking
citizenry.

II. By the same token, Toronto is all but out for the opposite
reason. Its people are much more homogeneous, more Protestant,
church-going, orderly and law-abiding than we. The permit system
which they appear to accept would certainly raise here a large
howl of "personal liberty."

III. In terms of our hopes for a control which would lessen
alcoholic consumption, Canada, the figures being what they are,
has hardly "solved the liquor problem."

IV. Much of what success Canada has achieved is unquestion-
ably due to two outstanding features. First, the extraordinarily high
type of citizen chosen as commissioner. (Some impute Montreal's
"selling" to its "politician" commissioners and Toronto's "control"
to its "civilian" board.) Second, enforcement by local judges not
elected but appointed for life. ("If His Honor here gets to playing
favorites, he's likely to be moved away.") Similar control attempted
in the United States could hardly hope, for many years if ever, to
gain the help of either of these advantages.

V. As long as the government endeavors to levy heavy taxes or
make large profits from the traffic, the bootlegger is furnished his
opportunity and the government its everlasting job of chasing him.
Even with the help of a public opinion made favorable by those
same profits, this chase is evidently extremely difficult, as witness
the 5000 gallons weekly of illicit spirits reported to get past all
obstructions in the Montreal district.

VI. Any attempt at government control should not fail to favor
the free discussion of results by forbidding all advertising of liquor;
all the more so in any country where the government takes over
radio.

VII. The white-collars of Montreal and Toronto appear, in ex-
actly the same manner as here at home, to know little or nothing
of the impact of the liquor problem upon the workers and instead
to base their attitude upon the experience of themselves and their
own social group. So it would seem, in the case of a similar control
here in the States, that it is highly important for some group to take
seriously the responsibility of keeping open the public discussion of
actual, current results, social as well as fiscal. Such a group should
have close contact with the resultant experience of the greatest
number of citizens.

If that is true, then our failure to get, by return wire, the details
of the "Canadian Plan" will not only give our forty-eight states
the difficult job of starting on the long, hard road of trial and error,
it will put the chief responsibility for reporting errors and suc-
cesses largely upon the shoulders of those citizens who have the
best opportunity for dispassionately checking the resultant, over-all
experience. That looks like one more side-line job for the social
worker !

some daylight saving
for Mrs. Torkowitz

Up before the sun, Mrs. Torkowitz begins her daily grind
of housework. Long after dark, she's still at it.

Quicker, easier methods of getting her work done will
save some daylight for Mrs. Torkowitz. And save some
energy, too — to help her attain better living conditions.

One quicker, easier method that even the Torkowitz
purse can afford is Fels-Naptha Soap. Fels-Naptha gives
extra help with every soap-and-water task. Good golden
soap and plenty of grease-dissolving naptha, working to-
gether to loosen stubborn grime. Extra help to do away
with hard rubbing. To get things nicely clean — even in
cool water. It's well worth telling this to Mrs. Torkowitz.

Write Fels & Company, Philadelphia, Pa., for a sample
bar of Fels-Naptha, mentioning the Survey Graphic.

THE GOLDEN BAR WITH THE CLEAN NAPTHA ODOR

FELS-NAPTHA

"Modern Home Equipment"

Ask for Booklet S — it will be tent postpaid

LEWIS & CONGER

45th Street and Sixth Avenue, New York City

LITTLE BLUE BOOKS STILL HERE! W£ti£SStt&

daily from our FREE CATALOG. One is waiting for you. Postcard will do.
HALDEMAN- JULIUS CO., Desk 20, Catalog Dept., GIrard, Kansas

THE GIRL SSdr JOB

A Famous Employment Expert tells How to
Choose and Obtain a Good Position

SSdr

By ESTHER EBERSTADT BROOKE

The author of this highly practical handbook is manager of one of the
leading employment agencies in New York City; known and trusted by
hundreds of business firms in that city. Out of her rich personal expe-
rience she has written this guide to the right career and the right
technique for getting the job. $1.00

D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, 35 West 32nd Street. N. Y.

LITERARY:

We assist in preparing special articles, papers, speeches .
debates. Expert scholarly service. AUTHOR'S RESEARCH
BUREAU, 516 Fifth Avenue, New York.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

335

TRAVELER'S

NOTEBOOK

TRAVEL IN THE
SOVIET

UNION OFFERS

1. New life in a changed social and economic
society about which the whole world is talking —
collective farms, planned industry, communal life,
Soviet culture and education.

2. New scenic vistas in a vast land off the beaten
travel track — stately Leningradf Moscow, the
throbbing hub of a planned economy; the Caucasus,
highest mountains in Europe,- Cruising the Volga/
Colorful Ukraine^ Crimea, the pearl of the Black Sea.

3. Amazingly low rates for 1 5 standard itineraries
of from 5 to 31 days,- or, if you prefer, select your
own itinerary.

4. All-inclusive service — hotels, meals, guide-
interpreters, transportation and sightseeing in the
Soviet Union, Soviet visa; all under the auspices of
one organization.

WRITE F.OR ILLUSTRATED BOOKLET E6

INTOURIST, me.

U. S. Representative of the State Travel Bureau
of the U. S. S. R., 545 Fifth Ave., New York.
Offices in Boston and Chicago. Or see your
own travel agent.

EARN A TOUR TO EUROPE

All or part by organizing and acting as ship hostess. Liberal
commissions. Best selling tours. 26,000 satisfied clients.

200 tours to choose from, 25 days $179. Mediterranean Guise $365.
Around the World $595.

B.F.ALLEN ' 1 54 Boylston Street ' Boston, Massachusetts

FARM SUMMER FOR BOYS

Farm Summer for Boys 12 and under. 500-acres woods, brooks, meadows, orchard,
swimming pool, on mountainside X mile from highway; cows, chickens, vegetables.
$25 per week; $100 per month. Also few boys school year '33-'34. Cornelia Stratton
Parker and Sons Carleton, Harvard '30; James, Wis. ex- '32; and June, Smith '36.
Swiss Meadows, Wllliamstown, Mass.

RESORTS « REAL ESTATE

SWISS MEADOWS. Spend the week-end or longer in 200-year-old beamed and
paneled farmhouse overlooking Berkshire hills and valleys. Fruit blossoms, lilacs,
brooks, woods, meadows.

Cornelia Stratton Parker, Williamstown, Massachusetts.

ROCKPORT, MASS.

FOR SALE — Thurston owned, old-fashioned bungalow, 5 rooms, flush
closet on first floor, excellent condition, good cellar, electric lights, 2 fire-
places; corner lot 40 x 195 ft., fruit trees, flowering shrubs. $3200, easy
terms; also sea view lots and house on Bearskin Neck; waterfront camps to
let during Spring, $10, $15, $25 week-end. HELEN L. THURSTON, 20
Pleasant St.; tel. 534 Rockport.

Scilly

SOUTHWEST of Penzance some twenty-five miles, lies Scilly,
England's lovely islands off the Cornish coast. There are forty
of them, though only five are inhabited; but they offer the visitor
all the comforts of home. Scilly is a haven of flowers and birds. In
the height of the season as many as a million and a half daffodils
are picked in a day, and a single shipload may total forty-five tons.
Think of it, a place where flowers are a flourishing industry.

Trips

WRITE to the American Forestry Association (1727 K Street,
N.W., Washington, D. C.) for details of several trail riders
of the national forests trips in Montana during July and August.

Mrs. Ivah E. Deering is heading up a tour through central
Europe and the British Isles, focusing on creative education in
school and home, which will include attendance at the conference
of the World Federation of Education Associations in Dublin
(The Open Road, 56 W. 45 Street, N. Y. C.).

Judge Florence Allen will be in charge of one of the round
tables at the eighth seminar in Mexico of the Committee on Cul-
tural Relations with Latin America (112 E. 19 Street, N. Y. C.).

Dr. Goodwin Watson of Columbia University has worked out
five psychology study-travel courses, most of which include the
Psycho-Technical Congress in Vienna, for the American Peoples
College in Europe (55 W. 42 Street, N. Y. C.).

Philip L. Boardman (Country Day School, Seven Mile Road,
West, Detroit), general secretary of the American Institute of
Montpellier, will take a group over for residence, study and travel
in France from July 1 5 to September 27— at a very low rate.

The International Student Service (140 Nassau Street, New
York) offers help on how to travel, study, canoe, camp, hike in
Europe with Europeans.

The Women Students' Christian Federation is planning a com-
bination conference and camp holiday in Austria in August. Write
Miss Leslie Blanchard, 600 Lexington Avenue, New York.

Miscellany

THE Institute of International Education (2 W. 45 Street,
N. Y. C.) will send information on summer courses in Europe —
ranging over music in Vienna; orchestra conducting near Salzburg;
the Italian language, literature, history and art in Perugia; ditto
for Denmark, France and England — plus dramatic production and
physical education in the latter; an institute on world affairs,
through the Mondsee International Foundation, with Dean Roscoe
Pound and Paul Monroe on the faculty, in Mondsee (near Salz-
burg) and many more.

Also The World Peace Foundation (45 Mt. Vernon Street, Boston)
has brought out a new edition of Holiday Courses in Europe, which
covers 155 courses in sixteen countries (price 50 cents).

The best guidebook, to the knowledge of ye Traveler's Note-
book, who has used it with great satisfaction, is the Hand-Me-
Down — there is a 1933 edition — issued by the Holland America
Line (29 Broadway, New York City, price $2). Not only does it
give essential data as to places to stay, eat, and see, indicating cost
and quality; but gives it briefly and with delicious humor. It is a
compilation of the first-hand comeback of student travelers.

The City of Hull will commemorate the centenary of the death
of William Wilberforce and the abolition of 'lavery in the British
Dominions during the week of July 23. Pageant plays, pilgrimages
to Wilberforce House and other activities are slated to recall his
lifelong struggle to free the slaves in both the Empire and America.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

336

The Anglo-Palestine Exhibition at Royal Agricultural Hall,
London (June 7-17) will contain, among other things, a valuable
collection of historical records and relics revealing the vicissitudes
through which Palestine has passed. Also an industrial section pre-
senting everything of a distinctive character grown or manu-
factured there. And in addition to a display of the work of Palestine
artists, native craftsmen will engage in a wide range of handicrafts,
boasting many objects of great decorative beauty. (Travel and
Industrial Development Association of Great Britain and Ireland,
295 Madison Avenue, New York City).

World's Fair

THIS is the year to go to Chicago, where, from June to Novem-
ber, a century of progress will be unfolded. The scope of this
international exposition is such as to engage most every interest.
The development and influence of art, science, industry, in this
and other countries, will be on parade. The story of social science
will be told through a combination of outdoor and indoor exhibits
tracing the life of man from earliest times down to the complex
civilization of today. Educational exhibits will be balanced by wide
and varied entertainment — the sports program sounds especially
promising. Newcomers to Chicago will want to remember some of
its permanent features, namely, the Adler Planetarium, Chicago
Art Institute, Field Museum of Natural History, Shedd Aquarium,
and the Museum of Science and Industry, founded by Julius
Rosen wald.

Conferences

JUNE

2—12 International Federation of Camping Clubs, Hampton

Court Park, England

5- 9 International Building Congress, London
8-1 1 National Federation of Settlements, Detroit
9—1 6 International Society of Contemporary Music, Amsterdam
11-17 National Conference of Social Work, Detroit
12-17 American Medical Association, Milwaukee
12-24 International Chess Congress, Folkstone, England
12- (July 19) Institute of World Affairs, University of Denver
26-30 National Tuberculosis Association, Toronto
26-30 American Home Economics Association, Milwaukee
26- (July 4) International Council of Women, Stockholm

26- (July 10) International Power Congress, Stockholm

27- (July 1) Association for Childhood Education, Denver
(July 3) International Hospital Congress, Knocke-sur-Mer,
Belgium

JULY

1- 7 National Education Association, Chicago
5- 7 Sixth English-Speaking Conference on Maternity and Child

Welfare, London

5- 9 International Union of the Protection of Childhood, Paris
1 0-1 5 International Council of Nurses, Paris — where the question
of establishing a Florence Nightingale International Founda-
tion will be discussed

20-22 International Congress of Pediatrics, London
22-29 International Geological Congress, Washington, D. C.
29- (Aug. 4) World Federation of Education Associations,
Dublin

AUGUST

7- 8 International Scout Conference, Godollo, Hungary
14-28 Institute of Pacific Relations, Banff, Canada
International Golf Matches, Bastad, Sweden
International Congress of History of Sciences and Medi-
cines, Warsaw
International Congress of Historians, Warsaw

18-28
21

21-28

SEPTEMBER

3-10 Psycho-Technical Congress, Vienna

OCTOBER

1 6-23 International Congress of Sociology, Geneva

^/ARRGNSBURG N-Y

JUNE DAYS

me indescribable splen-
dour of an Adirondack
June at a most modern
and complete adult camp.

LOW JUNE RATES

BOOKLET ON REQUEST

Lena Barish • Sam Garlen
11 V. 42 ST., N.Y. CH. 4-1345

./** 1 1» ?l I It 1 1

JH-E DIRECTS the movements of the fleet —
and the fleet movement of service at The Vi illard
gratifies the guest who is accustomed to command.
For your Washington stay, convenient location and
prestige go in hand with economy at The Willard —
'The Residence of Presidents."

Single Rooms with Bath $4 up
Double Rooms with Bath $6 up

Moderate Prices in Main Dining Room —
Popular Priced Coffee Shop

Write for Illustrated Booklet and Rates

WILLARD MOTEL

14th and Pennsylvania Avenue

Washington, D. C.
H. P. SOMERVILLE, Managing Director

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

337

EDUCATIONAL DIRECTORY

SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES

Umbersrttp of Cfjicago

of Social feerbtce aumtnis'trnttou

Summer Quarter

First Term, June 19-July 21
Second Term, July 24-Aug. 25

Academic Year, 1933—34

Autumn Quarter, Oct. 2-Dec. 22
Winter Quarter, Jan. 2-Mar. 23
Spring Quarter, Apr. 2-June 13

Courses leading to the degree of
A.M. and Ph.D.

Qualified undergraduate students admitted
as candidates for the A.B. degree

Announcements on request

orthwestern University

College of Liberal Arts

Department of Sociology and
Anthropology offers for 1933-1934

Professional Training for Social
Service Group Work and Recreation

Family Case Work: Domestic Dis-
cord Problems, Personality Prob-
lems in Family Case Work

Write for further information and special bulletins

Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois

SCHOOL FOR BOYS

IT\^ MILITARY ^^W

* ACADEMY *

An Honor Chrl«tlan School with the highest
academic rating. Junior School from six years.
Housemother. Separate building. Upper School
prepares for university or business. ROTC.
Every modern equipment. Catalogue, Dr. J. 1
Wicker. Box 100 , Fork Union, Virginia.

Summer Quarter — Term B

July 21 — August 31

1933

~\yf"EDICAL social problems, recording, psy-
•"-'•*• cho-pathology, migrant families, case
work analysis and method, the family, and
social philosophy, are subjects to be discussed in
courses offered during the second session of the
summer quarter. An institute in public welfare
will be held from August 1-25-

Further details and application

blanks will be mailed

upon request

The "New York School of Social Work

122 East 22nd Street, New York

COOPERATIVE SCHOOL for
STUDENT TEACHERS

Class room experience alternating with
studio and seminar courses

Early applications advised for one year
course beginning October 1933

69 Bank Street

New York City

WILLOW
BROOK

Summer School
Nellie M. Seeds, Ph.D.

Freedom to pioneer on a 200 acre farm
for 25 boys and girls, 7 to 1 5 years. Farm
animals, gardening, Dam building, Music,
Art, Swimming, Hiking, Community Life.
Modern Sanitation, $1 35 nine weeks.

Stanfordville, Dutchess Co., N. Y.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

338

PREPARATION FOR
SOCIAL WORK

IN APPROVED SCHOOLS

T7OR positions of responsibility and leader-
ship in the various fields of social work
special preparation is essential. The Ameri-
can Association of Schools of Professional
Social Work submits for your information
and guidance the following list of member
schools in which accredited courses in social
work are given. Correspondence with indi-
vidual schools is recommended.

ATLANTA SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, Atlanta

BRYN MAWR COLLEGE, Bryn Mawr, Pi.

Carola Woerishoffer Graduate Dept. of Social Economy

and Social Research

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, Berkeley
Graduate Curriculum in Social Service

CARNEGIE INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, Pittsburgh
Department of Social Work

UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO

School of Social Service Administration

FORDH AM UNIVERSITY, 81 1 Woolworth Bids., New York
School of Sociology and Social Service

GRADUATE SCHOOL FOR JEWISH SOCIAL WORK
71 West 47 Street, New York

INDIANA UNIVERSITY, Indianapolii
Training Course for Social Work

LOYOLA UNIVERSITY, Chlcaso
Department of Social Work

UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, Ann Arbor
Curriculum in Social Work

UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA, Mlnnupolii
Training Course for Social and Civic Work

UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI, Columbia
Curriculum in Public Welfare

NATIONAL CATHOLIC SCHOOL OF SOCIAL SERVICE
Washington, D. C.

NEW YORK SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
122 East 22 Street, New York

OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, Columbui
School of Social Administration

THE PENNSYLVANIA SCHOOL OF SOCIAL AND HEALTH WORK
311 S. Juniper St., Philadelphia

SIMMONS COLLEGE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
18 Somerset Street, Boston

SMITH COLLEGE SCHOOL FOR SOCIAL WORK
Northampton, Mass.

TULANE UNIVERSITY, New Oiletm
School of Social Work

UNIVERSITY OF SO. CALIFORNIA ,Loi Angeles

School of Social Welfare

WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY, SI. Louis

Geo. Warren Brown Dept. of Social Work

WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY, Cleveland
School of Applied Social Sciences

COLLEGE OF WILLIAM AND MARY, Richmond, V«.
School of Social Work and Public Health

UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN, Madison
Course in Social Work

Loyola University

School of Social Work

Chicago

Professional courses for education and
training for social work are offered, which,
for graduate students, lead to the Master's
degree.

Undergraduate students with two years of
college work who otherwise qualify, may
enter the course as candidates for the Bache-
lor's degree.

SUMMER SESSION OPENS
JUNE 26, 1933

Bulletins and further information on request
28 North Franklin Street, Chicago

SMITH COLLEGE SCHOOL
FOR SOCIAL WORK

OFFERS

A A summer session of eight weeks for experienced
social workers with courses in case work, govern-
ment, medicine, psychology, social psychiatry, and
sociology.

COLLEGE HALL 8 NORTHAMPTON, MASS.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

339

CLASSIFIED ADVERTISEMENTS

TEU, ALGONQUIN 4-7490 SURVEY GRAPHIC

WORKER WANTED

WANTED: Expert, trained Case Work Supervisor for
Family Work in well established, Private Agency.
Must be College graduate; Episcopalian; experienced
in case work; and cooperative. The conditions are
absolute. Refer to Miss Ella F. Harris, Executive
Secretary. Council of Social Agencies, 311 S. Juniper
Street. Philadelphia, Pa.

SITUATIONS WANTED

HERE I AM

Education, A.B.-B.D. Experience, 4 years
social work boys' organization. Enthusiasm:
education and applied religion. 30. Married.
Would like connection New York or vicinity.
7139 SURVEY.

CASEWORKER of mature years and experience
would like field work with Settlement or Institution.
7137 SURVEY.

SOCIAL WORKER, man, broad experience, family,
institutional, court and psychiatric casework, high
standard agencies. University trained. 7133 SURVEY.

YOUNG WOMAN, capable, refined, educated, de-
sires position as traveling companion or tutor.
Experienced teacher. 7131 SURVEY.

WANTED: A position in Family or in Hospital Social
Service by an experienced case worker. 7138 SURVEY.

EXPERIENCED TEACHER of general science and
common branches (28), will undertake general educa-
tion of one or more boys; or will lead adults in survey
of sciences. 7140 SURVEY.

DOCTORS need trained
secretaries and office assist-
ants. You can get the special
training required in the new
book

me MEDICAL
SECRETARY

Partial contents : Office and
Patient, Medical Correspond-
ence, Bills, Reports, Termi-
nology, Indexing, Filing, etc.
C. O. D. or check with order $1.50

MACMILLAN

60 Fifth Ave.

New York

MAILING LISTS

FUNDS

PAMPHLETS

Rates: 75c per line for 4 insertions

The World Crisis. Problems confronting you. 15
cents postpaid. Stephen Kisel, 610, 7 East 42nd
St.,N.Y.

Depression Reduction, The Sei Side of Life, An
Explanation for Young People by Mary Ware
Dennett. Single copy $.25 instead of $.35; 5 copies
$1.00 instead of $1.67. 100 copies $15.00 instead of
$20.00. Lower rates for larger quantities. Order from

Astoria, Long

the author, 81 Singer Street,
Island, New York City.

PERIODICALS

The American Journal of Nursing shows the part
which trained nurses are taking in the betterment
of the world. Put it in your library. $3.00 a year.
450 Seventh Ave.. New York, N. Y.

Mental Hygiene: quarterly: $3.00 a year; published
by the National Committee for Mental Hygiene,
450 Seventh Ave., New York.

BOARD

A GOOD PLACE TO LIVE. Bedford Lodge, 32
Bedford Terrace, Northampton, Massachusetts.

Bessie E. Trow
Mary Gove Smith

HILLTOP FARM HOME, among the lakes, streams,
mountains of New Hampshire, open to a small con-
genial group seeking rest, good food and ample
Quarters. Bathrooms, electricity. Moderate rates.
References exchanged.

Address: EATON GRANGE, WARNER, N. H.

SITUATIONS WANTED

WOMAN, American Hebrew, social work training and
experience, desires position institution, school or
camp. Thorough knowledge dietetics, purchasing
supplies, managing helpers. 7134 SURVEY.

WOMAN (Jewish) experienced immigrant education
and physical welfare, desires position. 7135 SURVEY.

YOUNG COLLEGE WOMAN, B.S.. Case work
training and experience, settlement house training,
desires connection. Moderate salary, references. 7126
SURVEY.

IS THERE AN ORGANIZATION with an opening
for a young man who has prepared himself for work in
the social-religious field (A.B., B.D.)? Social work
experience and executive ability. 7114 SURVEY.

WANTED: Graduate Lewis Hotel Training Schools
wants position in Camp, School or any institution as
hostess, housemother or housekeeper. Box 225,
Montgomery, Alabama.

Your Own Agency

This is the counseling and placement agency ,
sponsored jointly by the American Association
of Social Workers and the National Organization '
for Public Health Nursing. National. Non-profit I
making.

GERTRUDE R. STEIN, Inc.
VOCATIONAL SERVICE AGENCY
18 EAST 41sT STREET, NEW YORK

Lexinglon 2-6677

MULTIGRAPHING

MIMEOGRAPHING

ADDRESSING

FILLING-IN

FOLDING

COMPLETE MAILINGS

QUICK SERVICE LETTER COMPANY

I N C O R P O R AT E D

SPARK PLACE— NEW YORK

TELEPHONE — BARCLAY 7-9«M

• • •

SALES CAMPAIGNS
PLANNED AND WRITTEN

OPPORTUNITY

Midtown New York — 2 room apartment on East
River, completely furnished. Kitchen. Ideal for two
people. June to October. $50. Phone Algonquin
4-7490, Extension 18.

WANTED

Survey Indexes from Volume I to Volume L

SURVEY GRAPHIC
112 E. 19 St. New York

Something New —

New Noiseless Typing made available to all business

THE NEW REMINGTON NOISELESS
SEVEN PORTABLE DESK MODEL

The crowning achievement of typewriter engineers— a small typewriter,
light, compact, built for the exacting service of office use. Capable of the
highest grade of typewriter performance — writing, manifolding or cutting of
stencils— AND IT IS NOISELESS.

MARY R. ANDERSON

112 East 19th Street New York, N. Y.

Phone: Algonquin 4-7490

When calling at THE SURVEY let u* xhme yon the
neui REMINGTON NOISELESS NUMBER SEVEN

CURIOUS BOOKS

S«nd for free catalogue
of Privately Printed

BOOKS

Limited Editions
Unexpurgated Items
Illustrated

THE FALSTAFF PRESS

Dept. G.S. 230 Fifth Avenue, New York

(In answering advertisements please mention SUR.VEV GRAPHIC)

340

DIRECTORY OF SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS

Civic, National, International

Aid for Travelers

Community Chests

ASSOCIATION OF COMMUNITY
CHESTS AND COUNCILS —

1815 Graybar Building,

43rd Street and Lexington Avenue,

New York City.

Allen T. Burns, Executive Director.

Foundations

AMERICAN FOUNDATION FOR THE
BLIND, INC. — 125 East 46th Street, New
York. Promotes the creation of new agencies
for the blind and assists established organiza-
tions to expand their activities. Conducts studies
in such fields as education, employment and re-
lief of the blind. Supported by voluntary con-
tributions, M. C. Migel, President; Robert B.
Irwin. Executive Director; Charles B. Hayes,
Field Director.

RUSSELL SAGE FOUNDATION — For the

Improvement of Living Conditions — Shelby M.
Harrison, Director; 130 E. 22nd St., New York.
Departments; Charity Organization, Delinquency
and Penology, Industrial Studies, Library,
Recreation, Remedial Loans, Statistics, Surveys
and Exhibits. The publications of the Russell
Sage Foundation offer to the public in practical
and inexpensive form some of the most important
results of its work. Catalogue sent upon request.

Industrial Democracy

Health

Home Economics

AMERICAN HOME ECONOMICS ASSO-
CIATION — Alice L. Edwards, Executive
Secretary, 620 Mills Bldg., Washington, D. C.
Organized for betterment of conditions on
home, school, institution and community. Pub-
lishes monthly Journal of Home Economics;
office of editor, 620 Mills Bldg.. Washington,
D. C.; of Business Manager, 101 East 20th St.,
Baltimore, Md.

DIRECTORY RATES
Graphic: 30c per (actual) line

(12 insertions a year)
Graphic and) 28c per (actual)
Midmonthlyj line

(24 insertions a year)

AMERICAN SOCIAL HYGIENE ASSO-
CIATION— 450 Seventh Avenue, New York.
To advise in organization of state and local social
hygiene programs; to aid public health and
medical authorities in the campaign against
syphilis and gonorrhea; to combat prostitution
and sex delinquency; to promote knowledge of
sex as an important factor in individual and
family life and welfare. Annual membership
dues $2, including monthly Journal of Social
Hygiene; Social Hygiene News and pamphlets.

THE NATIONAL COMMITTEE FOR
MENTAL HYGIENE, INC. — Dr. Wil-
liam H. Welch, honorary president; Dr. Charles
P. Emerson, president; Dr. C. M. Hincks, genera!
director; Clifford W. Beers, Secretary; 450
Seventh Avenue, New York City. Pamphlets
on mental hygiene, child guidance, mental dis-
ease, mental defect, psychiatric social work and
other related topics. Catalogue of publications
sent on request. "Mental Hygiene, quarterly,
$3.00 a year.

NATIONAL SOCIETY FOR THE
PREVENTION OF BLINDNESS —

Vocational Counsel and Placement

JOINT VOCATIONAL SERVICE, INC.

Pamphlets and Periodicals

Is your
organization
listed in
the Survey's
Directory of
Social Agencies?
If not —
why not?

National Conference

Racial Co-operation

COMMISSION ON INTERRACIAL CO-
OPERATION — 703 Standard Bldg., Atlanta.
Ga.; Will W. Alexander. Director. Seeks im-
provement of interracial attitudes and conditions
through conference, co-operation, and popular
education. Correspondence invited.

Recreation

Religious Organizations

President, Mrs. Daniel A. Poling

Executive Secretary; Work among Indian

Students, Anne Seesholtz
Work among Migrant Children, Edith E.

Lowry
Western Field Secretary, Adela J. Ballard

NATIONAL COUNCIL OF JEWISH
WOMEN, INC. — 625 Madison Avenue, New
York City. Mrs. Arthur Brin, President; Mrs.
Mary G. Schonberg, Executive Secretary. Organi-
zation of Jewish women interested in program of
social betterment through activities in fields of
religion, social service, education, social legisla-
tion. Conducts Bureau of International Service.
Serves as clearing bureau for two hundred
Sections throughout country.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

341

Index to Advertisers
June 1,1933

GENERAL

American Telephone & Telegraph Company 296

Pels & Company 335

Lewis & Conger 335

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Third Cover

Remington Rand Typewriters 340

HOTELS, TRAVEL AND RESORTS

B. F. Allen 336

Committee on Cultural Relations with Latin America Back Cover

Green Mansions 337

Hotels Statler 334

Intourist, Inc 336

Pocono Study Tours, Inc Second Cmer

Swiss Meadows 336

Helen L. Thurston, Rockport, Mass 336

The Willard Hotel 337

EDUCATIONAL

American Ass'n of Schools of Professional Social Work 339

Author's Research Bureau 335

Committee on Cultural Relations with Latin America Back Cotter

Cooperative School for Student Teachers 338

Fork Union Military Academy 338

Loyola University School of Social Work 339

New York School of Social Work 338

Northwestern University, College of Liberal Arts 338

Smith College School for Social Work 339

University of Chicago, School of Social Service Admin 338

Willow Brook Summer School 338

PUBLISHERS

Appleton & Company 335

Columbia University Press 295-332

The FalstaS Press 340

Haldeman-Julius Company 335

Houghton Mifflin Company 295

Macmillan Company 333-340

McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc 295

Modern Psychologist 333

Smith & Haas, Inc. 332

DIRECTORY

Social Agencies 341

CLASSIFIED

Situations and Workers Wanted 340

Employment Agencies

Joint Vocational Service, Inc 340

Gertrude R. Stein, Inc 340

Printing, Multlgraphing, Typewriting, etc.

Quick Service Letter Co., Inc 340

Bedford Lodge 340

Eaton Grange 340

Pamphlets and Periodicals 340

Mailing Lists 340

Macmillan Company 340

NOW TRY THIS ON YOUR ARMAMENTS

(Continued from page 326)

there must be a long struggle, against all the active forces con-
cerned in the drug-traffic and the dull passive ones of inertia, local
jealousy, congenital resistance to anything suggesting federal con-
trol over state enforcement. Substantial progress has been made
nevertheless. California leads, in the fact that her own law contains
practically all of the essentials of the proposed uniform act, plus
even stricter measures to suppress illicit traffic. New York, Penn-
sylvania, Michigan, Illinois and Nevada have enacted either the
uniform act as now perfected, or earlier drafts little differing.
But Indiana, whose record in respect of narcotics is a sad one, not
only butchered the act, eliminating some thirteen of the most
important sections, but what is infinitely worse, provided that even
as enacted it should not repeal or amend any existing law; thereby per-
petuating all the old defects and creating new confusion in ad-
ministration and enforcement by the courts. Other states show the
proposed legislation hard aground upon indifference and general
public ignorance. However, as has been said often enough in con-
nection with the financial and industrial depression, "when you're
flat on your back on the cellar floor, the only way you can look is
up;" and as regards our inter- and intra-state legislation about
narcotics the only possible course is forward. Even Indiana has had
to take steps in that direction. Inch by inch we shall gain.

The United States is fortunate in having as commissioner of
narcotics at Washington so well-informed, honest and vigorous
a man as H. J. Anslinger. It is to be hoped that the new administra-
tion at Washington will allow nothing to interfere with his retention
in office, or with the continuance of that bureau in the treasury
department. To change that picture in any respect would be to
disorganize and retard a highly efficient and deeply devoted
administration. We cannot afford to lose an inch of ground in this
business. It is to Mr. Anslinger that we largely owe the leadership
in pushing the proposed Uniform Narcotics Act.

IN tackling now the problem of controlling and eventually sup-
pressing the production of raw materials, opium in particular,
we turn to the Far East, and confront the chaos in China, the
system of government monopolies, entrenched in vast revenues,
and the general indifference of the western nations as to what may
be happening to our brethren, brown, yellow, black and all the
rest of the color-spectrum of skin-pigments. Still prevails widely the
absurd and baseless idea that these vast populations differ in some
mysterious way in tolerance of drug-addiction; that in India opium
is a valuable household remedy, even necessary for infants to say
nothing of cows and elephants; that Chinese labor requires it for
happiness and efficiency; that the Indians of the South American
Andes and Argentina "must" have their coca-leaf to chew. The
political chaos in China immensely complicates the task. Still
further to confuse the issue is the controversy among the groups
interested in this warfare as to methods. As in the matter of prohibi-
tion of alcohol, there is the diametrical conflict between the hun-
dred-per-centers who stand upon what they regard as "principle"
and will hear of nothing but flat prohibition, and the pragmatists
who see immediate amelioration in some form of government
monopoly with the revenues devoted to education and progressive
restriction. I do not pretend to know the answer. But one thing is
certain: while the army of defense quarrels within itself over "prin-
ciple" and method, the enemy moves steadily forward. In earlier
writings on this subject I long ago stated the position, and it has
not changed: while the various groups quarrel and suspect each
other, instead of finding common ground and fighting together
upon that, "the old enemy . . . directed by the most competent
organizing brains in the world, united by ihe powerful motive of
greed and aided by discord in the defense, is beating us in detail,
and upon all the fronts."

342

Sditorial Committee

KIRTLEY F. MATHER, PH.D.,
Sc.D., Chairman.

ARTHUR H. COMPTON, Pn.D.,
LL.D., Sc.D.

EDWIN G. CONKLIN, PH.D.,
Sc.D., LL.D.

HARLAN T. STETSON, Pn.D.

EDWARD L. THORNDIKE,
PH.D., Sc.D., LL.D.

^Advisory Committee

ISAIAH BOWMAN, PH.D., Sc.D.
ROLLO W. BROWN, A.M.,

LlTT.D.

J. McKEEN CATTELL, PH.D.,
LL.D., Sc.D.

WATSON DAVIS, C.E.

VERNON KELLOGG, LL.D.,
Sc.D.

BURTON E. LIVINGSTON, PH.D.
JOSEPH MAYER, Pn.D., LL.D.

ROBERT A. MILLIKAN, PH.D.,
Sc.D., LL.D.

FOREST R. MOULTON, PH.D.,
Sc.D.

JAMES F. NORRIS, PH.D., Sc.D.

ARTHUR A. NOYES, PH.D.,
LL.D., Sc.D.

MICHAEL I. PUPIN, PH.D.,
Sc.D., LL.D.

HARLOW SHAPLEY, PH.D.,
LL.D.

- WILLIAM SOSKIN, Literary
Editor, New York Evening Post.

Science Marches On—
Are You Keeping Step?

THOSE alert people who are interested in social
problems have found in the service of the Scientific
Book Club the solution to their reading problem.

The purpose of the Club is definite — to find, to
review with concise accuracy and to make easily avail-
able the best new books in the various branches of

science.

Its direction is in the hands of an Editorial
Committee and Advisory Board whose names bear
witness to their fitness and integrity.

The Scientific Book Club Review is published
monthly for members, bringing them authentic news
and views about books of genuine scientific importance.

This service helps you keep abreast of the forward
march of science without wasted time. You miss no
book of importance.

Membership costs nothing. There are no dues or
fees. You are asked only to take through the Club
at least six books a year.

Sign and return the attached coupon. You will
receive a free book to start your membership.

•ENROLLMENT COUPON'

SRC 8

SCIENTIFIC BOOK CLUB, INC.
80 Lafayette Street, New York, N. Y.

D Science in the Changing World
—Edited by Mary Adams

Huxley: Prophet of Science
— Houston Peterson

NAME

ADDRESS

CITY and STATE .

srRVKY GRAPHIC, published monthly and copyright l°33 by SURVEY ASSOCIATES, Inc. Publication office. 10 Ferry Street, Concord. N. H. Editorial and Business
office, 112 East 19th Street. New York. Price: this issue (July. 193.3; Vol. XXII, No. 7) 30 eta.; $3 a year; foreign postage, 50 cts. extra; Canadian. 30 cts. Changes of address
(mould be mailed to us five weeks in advance. When payment is by check receipt will be sent only upon request. Entered as second-class matter at the post office at Concord
N. H.. under the Art of March 3. 1879. Acceptance for mailing at a special rate of postage provided for in Section 1 103, Act of October 3. 1917; authorized December 21 19? 1
President, Ludua R. Eastman. Secretary, Ann Reed Brenner. Treasurer, Arthur Kelloga-

THE

YOU

A NEIGHBOR, passing by, glances through your
window and sees you in the living-room. But you
are around the corner on Main Street, ordering
from the druggist. You are in a nearby town,
chatting with a friend. You are in a distant city,
delivering a message of cheer and reassurance.
You are across a continent, or an ocean, talking
clearly and easily, as if distance had ceased to be.
. . . Your neighbor, returning, glances in again.
You are still in your living-room.

Your telephone is you. In a moment it
multiplies and projects your personality to many
different places and many different people, near
or far. Part of your very self is in every telephone
message — your thoughts, your voice, your
smile, your words of welcome, the manner
that is you. You use the telephone as you use

the power of speech itself, to play your full part
in a world of people. With it in your grasp, you
are master of space and time. You are equal to
emergency, ready for opportunity, receptive to
ideas, equipped for action. The extraordinary
fact is that the more you use your telephone, the
more it extends your power and personality.

All you see is the familiar telephone instrument
in your office or home. Back of it are hundreds
of thousands of trained employees, attending
almost endless stretches of wire — so that you
may call, easily and quickly, any one of more
than sixteen million telephones in this country
and an additional thirteen million in other lands.

You are cordially invited to visit the Bell System Ex-
hibit in the Communication Building, Century of Progress
Exposition, Chicago.

AMERICAN TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH COMPANY

344

SURVEY GRAPHIC

Vol. XXII, No. 7

July 1933

CONTENTS

FRONTISPIECE Painting by Paul Starrett Sample

THE NEW DEAL AND THE OLD DOLE

Gertrude Springer 347

BACK TO WORK Beulah Amidon 353

REDISCOVERED MEN Loula D. Lasker 357

CINDER-SNAPPERS Nels Francis Nordstrom 362

CRISIS IN THE HOSPITALS Mary Ross 364

INDIANS OF THE SOUTHWEST

Sculptures by George Window 367

PRODUCERS' EXCHANGES E. Wight Bakke 371

ONE FOOT ON THE GROUND .. Francis A. Westbrook 376

A BALLAD OF DEPRESSION E. Clark Stillman 377

THE HEAVYWEIGHTS HAVE SIGNED OFF

John Palmer Cavil 378

LETTERS & LIFE Edited by Leon Whipple 380

TRAVELER'S NOTEBOOK 386

INDEX TO ADVERTISERS . . 390

Files of Survey Graphic will be found in public and college libraries.
All issues arc indexed in the Readers' Guide to Periodical Literature.
Ask the Librarian.

Survey Graphic is on sale at the following bookstores: Berkeley:
Sather Gate Book Shop, 2271 Telegraph Street. Boston: Vendcme
News Company, 261 Dartmouth Street. New York City: Brentano's.
Philadelphia: John Wanamaker's. Pittsburgh: Jones Book Shop, 437
Wood Street.

THE GIST OF IT

THE New Deal is putting on flesh and bones. Just before this
issue of Survey Graphic went to press, the Federal Temporary
Relief Administration was set up and the Wagner Federal-
State Employment Exchange Act placed a tempered tool in the
hands of Secretary of Labor Perkins. The National Recovery Act —
economic planning on a wide scale — was among the last bills
passed by a Congress worn down by the pace of the special session
and the almost killing heat of a Washington summer.

The Relief Administration as it enters on its sobering job with an
experienced personnel, ample powers, great good-will, large funds,
described (page 347) by GERTRUDE SPRINGER; the Employment
Exchange Act and other measures and proposals for getting men
back to work that is not "made," canvassed (page 353) by BEULAH
AMIDON — both members of the staff of Survey Associates.

THE Rediscovered Men of Camp Bluefield (page 357) are lost
again, for, after this article by LOULA D. LASKER of our staff was
in type, the camp folded its tents for lack of funds. State relief funds
financed it as a demonstration of what can be done for homeless
men — an unusually successful experiment — and no more are
available. The city has only loose change in its till. The chief hope
is of help from Washington.

CINDER-SNAPPERS (page 362), the author, NELS F. NORD-
STROM, writes us, "is dedicated to my third brother, whose
badge number is used. The settings, my home and playground.
The men described, my friends and former schoolmates." Mr. Nord-
strom was graduated from Knox College last year and is now a
student at the Chicago Theological Seminary doing his field work
at Chicago Commons.

THE rounded discussion of Producers' Exchanges (page 371) grew
out of a trip taken by E. WIGHT BAKKE of the Yale Department
of Social Sciences for the Citizens' Committee on Unemployment
Relief of New Haven, Connecticut, as a basis of judgment as to
what course to pursue in that city.

WE occupy the twelfth and top floor of a building but we have
had to throw open our skylights since getting word of the
award of first place (among five) for "the outstanding contribution
to social-work interpretation in 1932—1933" made by the Social
Work Publicity Council. The citation reads:

"Always alert to indications of approaching change, The Survey
Graphic has shown in its interpretation of the changing order a
sensitivity unusual even to itself. This last year's issues have aroused
an admiration and an appreciation which the Social Work Public-
ity Council would like to make articulate for its own membership.
Such an expression would, we realize, be but a humble addition to
the praise The Survey Graphic receives from many fields other than
social work.

"The Survey Graphic has maintained during the last year the
high level of clairvoyance which promoted the warning in 1928
that 'a fissure of unemployment ran through the crust of American
prosperity' and the publication of the special number, Unemploy-
ment and the Way Out in April 1929 when our alleged millennium
was in full swing. . . .

"Highly valuable has this lap-ahead awareness been to social
workers during this year when their field of operation was changing
like a nervously turned kaleidoscope. The editors of The Graphic
have focussed their lenses on the social-economic world from intel-
ligently selected points of vantage — housing, the dropping of
wages almost to the vanishing-point in the garment trades, new
ways in which Soviet Russia grapples with problems of human re-
lations which concern us, our footloose families, and always the
shifting factors in our employment and relief problems.

"The high points of the last twelve months as far as interpreta-
tion, our chief interest, is concerned, have been the two special
issues, December 1932, featuring the report of the Committee on
the Costs of Medical Care; and January 1933 featuring the Study of
Social Trends. These two reports of intensive studies examining
problems that are at the core of social work, The Survey Graphic
boiled down, analyzed, illumined for our further use. One of the
severest criticisms of the two last decades is the amount of good
social material that has been allowed to remain buried in unused
reports, and in the records of social agencies. In these two issues the
Survey Graphic editors, almost as if they had interpreters of social
problems directly in mind, have brought to the surface from the
deep veins of these reports the ore of what folks are thinking, doing,
having; how medical science, as it improves, becomes less available
to the people it could help; and how all of it is changing the surface
of life. They have assayed the ore for the publicity workers' own
smelting."

SURVEY ASSOCIATES, INC.

Publication Office, 10 Ferry Street, Concord, N. H.
General Office, 112 East 19 Street, New York, to which all correspond-
ence should be addressed.

SURVEY GRAPHIC— Monthly— $3.00 a Year
THE SURVEY— Monthly— $3.00 a Year

Lucius R. EASTMAN, president; JULIAN W. MACK, JOSEPH P. CHAM-
BERLAIN, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, vice-presidents; ANN REED BRENNER,
secretary; ARTHUR KELLOGG, treasurer.

PAUL U. KELLOGG, editor.

ARTHUR KELLOGG, managing editor; MARY Ross, BEULAH AMIDON,
LEON WHIPPLE, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, LOULA D. LASKER, FLORENCE
LOEB KELLOGG, GERTRUDE SPRINGER, associate editors.

EDWARD T. DEVINE, GRAHAM TAYLOR, JANE ADDAMS, JOSEPH K.
HART, HAVEN EMERSON, M.D., ROBERT W. BRUERE, JOANNA C.
COLCORD, contributing editors.

MOLLIE CONDON, circulation manager; MARY R. ANDERSON, advertising
manager.

National Academy of Design

UNEMPLOYMENT

BY PAUL STARRETT SAMPLE

SURVEY GRAPHIC

JULY

1933

Volume XXII

No. 7

THE NEW DEAL AND THE OLD DOLE

BY GERTRUDE SPRINGER

Judge nothing in America by the point at which it has arrived. Judge all
things by the direction in which they are moving. — L. P. Jacks in My
American Friends.

We have purpose, we have power. We must have plan and we must not
balk at the tough spots.

AOUND a table in a Washington office eight men sat.
day after day, the first week in June, to lay down lines
along which to bring order out of national chaos in
unemployment relief. At the head of the table was Harry L.
Hopkins, federal emergency relief administrator, first in-
cumbent of an office new to American tradition. With him
were men out of whose current experience was put together,
bit by bit, a jigsaw picture of mass distress throughout the
nation after four winters of fragmentary efforts to deal with
it. At each man's elbow was a cloud of unseen folk for whom
he spoke, lean farmers of drought-stricken prairies, share-
croppers of the South, nomads of the remote hill-countries,
relict population of dead-and-gone mining districts, gaunt
folk of moribund one-industry towns and always and end-
lessly the helpless, strangely patient folk, families of unem-
ployed wage-earners in the long relief-lines of the cities.

When Mr. Hopkins took on his uncharted responsibilities
in May he had no illusions about the size and complexity of
his undertaking. At his own estimate, probably 17 million
people in the United States were subsisting on relief — it
might be a million more or a million less, no one knew. The
$300 million for federal loans, which seemed like big money
a year ago, was gone; eight populous states were completely
without funds and

only prompt action
the first day of the
new administration
saved them from
shutting down relief
entirely. There was
an organization of
sorts throughout the
country but an organ-
ization so inhibited
by short-time policies
in Washington — day-
by-day policies the
last month or two —

that it could have no plan beyond the exigencies of tomor-
row, no continuity beyond the extremity of today's need, no
purpose beyond belly-filling.

Behind the problems of mass destitution and of weak and
uncoordinated organization lay a range of mistakes reaching
back into history, mistakes that have colored American
thinking for a hundred years and that have shaped the course
of treatment of the human victims of the present depression.
By and large, the country over, unemployment relief has
been administered on the pattern of the poor laws laid down
by Queen Elizabeth. However modern the theory and wor-
thy the efforts of state welfare departments and state relief
commissions, unemployment relief funds, when they seeped
down to the small local units where they met the people
actually in need, have fallen into a scheme of regulations and
practices designed for a pioneer rural population. Outdoor
poor relief has proved a leaky old boat, plainly unseaworthy
for a great industrial people caught in an economic hurricane.

Except in the large cities such relief had not been, before
the depression, an important problem of American life.
Whole areas had never been aware of it. Some obscure local
official was charged with looking after, according to his lights,
the handful of chronic ne'er-do-wells that the community
accumulated. The sums involved were never large enough to
attract attention. The whole business was a third-rate politi-
cal job handed over to third-rate people and few questions
asked. If any part of the community didn't like it, it was
perfectly free to go ahead on its own with its own money. A

good many people

There's a new spirit in Washington — a resolution to get on
with things that will count. With a set-up of experienced men,
a law giving it wide powers and a half billion dollars in its
pocket, the Federal Relief Administration has set out on one
of the greatest tasks of mass-relief ever undertaken — to get
relief through to all those helpless millions who need it, to
make it decent and to make it prompt. A social-minded Presi-
dent has put at the head of the Relief Administration a sea-
soned social worker with experience in state relief/ advisers
and assistants from his own profession — a green light, "Go!"

347

did go ahead with
the result that all
over the country the
backward pattern of
public relief is inter-
laced with threads of
socially progressive
private organiza-
tions which have af-
fected the texture but
rarely the design of
public-welfare ad-
ministration. Al-
though state depart-

348

SURVEY GRAPHIC

July 1933

Left to right: Langdon W. Post, assistant to the federal relief administration, Democratic assemblyman from New York City, who broke with
Tammany in voting funds to continue the Seabury investigation and was promptly thrown out on his ear; C. M. Bookman, consultant, executive
director of the Cincinnati Community Chest and Council of Social Agencies, past-president National Conference of Social Work, member of
the Board of Directors of Survey Associates, dean of Community Chest executives; Pierce Williams, field representative, as he was of the RFC,
formerly director of the National Bureau of Economic Research, author of research volumes on Corporation Contributions to Organized Welfare
Services and The Periodic Purchase of Medical Care, for the Association of Community Chests and the Committee on the Costs of Medical Care

ments of welfare have developed they are chiefly concerned
with institutions and are seldom equipped either by law or
philosophy for dealing with general distress. Here and there
in the last few years city or county public welfare depart-
ments have taken a leaf from private experience and have
organized sound, dependable, well-functioning relief opera-
tions. Where they exist they have proved their worth in the
present disaster, but in number they do not loom large.

About four years ago the leaky old lifeboat of poor-relief
organization found itself in deep water in a growing storm.
The sums involved in its operation became impressive; its
passengers suddenly multiplied beyond all capacity. It began
to founder; no amount of hasty patchwork could keep it
afloat. The shores were strewn with its wreckage, the water
filled with victims calling for help.

Then began a new series of mistakes rooted in the old ways,
with which the new Relief Administration must now grapple.
The first of these was the naive belief that private effort plus
a little patch of local public funds, could cope with the dis-
tress occasioned by national economic breakdown. The sec-
ond was that local public effort plus a patch of state money
by way of stimulus could do the job. The third was that a
federal patch added to local and state would turn the trick.

But unfortunately all these patches went on the same old
boat, already down by the head.

It is not strange that it happened so. The whole American
tradition of individual and local responsibility made it inev-
itable. What now stands clear is the time that could have
been saved, the human distress that could have been averted
if the boat had been soundly reconstructed in the early years
of the depression.

So rapid has been the course of the crisis that the progress
toward that direct federal responsibility for unemployment
relief, embodied in the Lewis- Wagner bill which became a
law in May, seems slow and halting. As a matter of fact it
has been extraordinarily fast for so complete an overturn in a
philosophy of national government. When Senators Costigan
and LaFolIette framed their first relief bill a year and a half
ago, they and the corporal's guard of social workers who
went with them to defeat were marked as left-wingers. So
fixed was the pattern of thinking that at the National Con-
ference of Social Work in Minneapolis in June 1931, federal
aid was weighed only as a last resort. In The Survey's report
of the National Conference in Philadelphia only a year ago
is the heading, Federal Relief Inevitable. Two months later,
with the passage of the Costigan-LaFollette-Wagner bill,

Underwood & Underwood Bachrach

Three field representatives, social workers all, taken over from the Reconstruction Finance Corporation. Left to right: Shenard Ewing, formerly
general director of the National Association of Travelers' Aid Societies; Rowland Haynes, formerly director of the Cleveland Welfare Federa-
tion, secretary the University of Chicago, regional adviser the President's Organization for Unemployment Relief; Robert W. Kelso, formerly
director St. Louis Community Fund and Boston Council of Social Agencies, and earlier Massachusetts state commissioner of public welfare.
These men, including Mr. Williams (above) have been in the field, supervising the relief plans and set-ups, since the RFC began its relief
work. They bring to the new Federal Relief Administration an intimate knowledge of conditions in every part of continental United States

July 1933

THE NEW DEAL AND THE OLD DOLE

349

it was a fact, but so amended and camouflaged in the form
of loans to the states that it still set up no national leadership,
assumed no national responsibility for performance. Relief
for the unemployed was a tail reluctantly attached to the
corporation relief provided by the Reconstruction Finance
Corporation. In effect it advanced money to the governor
of a state on his own representation of need, presented in
prescribed form, and took his receipt for it. When he came
back with a set of figures for the record it advanced him
some more. The law did
not require anyone to
go back of the record
and there was no official
check on performance
except as to bookkeep-
ing. Officially the loan
form of aid was strictly
followed, but unoffi-
cially the obligation of
repayment by states
was not taken too
seriously.

In fairness it should
be said that the RFC
put executive direction
of its administration of
relief funds under an
experienced social
worker, Fred C. Crox-
ton, who had been asso-
ciated with the Giffbrd
Committee and who
went considerably fur-
ther than the bare letter
of the law. The field
staff did check on per-
formance, it did keep
active contact with local
units, especially in so-
cially backward areas,
and it did strengthen
local administration by
mobilizing such civic
and social influences as

a community possessed. As a matter of fact there is today all
over the country a network of committees and boards
earnestly and faithfully doing their duty in the light of their
understanding. There can be no doubt that the $300 million
that went out to the states between July 21, 1932 and May
29, 1933 helped a vast number of people in a way that was
entirely acceptable to local community standards and in
ways that forestalled much hunger and misery.

The trouble with the RFC administration was that it had
no real power once the money left its hands and no moral
indignation over the plight of the unemployed. It could only
advise and suggest and push a little. A field man might battle
a complicated situation riddled with politics, and come
through with a plan which a strong hand in Washington
• could make effective. But likely as not the governor concerned
beat him to the ear of the RFC and the field man, with his
report and his plan for jacking up standards and getting
relief through still in his pocket, read in the newspapers
that a new loan had been made on the old terms.

The new administration has as a legacy from RFC prac-
tices a full-blown set of bad habits acquired these past ten

Harry L. Hopkins, first federal relief administrator under the new act. He has
had the best comparable experience in mass-relief, first as director later as
chairman of the New York State Temporary Emergency Relief Administra-
tion by appointment of Governor Roosevelt. He has had long social-work
experience in the American Red Cross, the New York Association for Im-
proving the Condition of the Poor and, most notably, as the man who turned
a local committee into the New York Tuberculosis and Health Association

months by many state and local officials who embraced the
opportunity to hang a good deal of their own grief on the
neck of Uncle Sam. Purpose has been to "get by," perform-
ance has been largely a matter of luck in the kind of local
people who took hold. There has been no incentive to ex-
plore unmet needs or to formulate state plans and little
program beyond the exigencies of hunger. Part of this was
due to the practice of short-time advances, — a month ahead
was about as far as any relief organization could count on

Kaidcn-Keynone funds- The ^Security

this engendered passed
all down the line to the
humblest suppliant for
a food order. Funds
came through at the
bitter end, but the hand-
to-mouth idea was
counted safer for in-
experienced relief ad-
ministrators. Perhaps it
was, but it worked a
world of hardship on
helpless people.

But behind all that
was the essential weak-
ness of a national policy
that gave no leadership
and that imposed no
discipline on laissez-
faire. The result has
been an accentuation
of the misery of great
bodies of people de-
pendent for the first
time in their lives, the
pauperization of those,
undeniably present in
the body politic, who
are easy to pauperize,
and the tendency all
along the official line
from the lowliest poor
officers of the remotest
counties to the proud-
est governors of the richest states, to pass the buck to Uncle
Sam.

On the day when President Roosevelt appointed Harry L.
Hopkins as federal emergency relief administrator it was as
plain as the Washington Monument that the easy-come
easy-go days were over. The President, as governor of New
York, had for eighteen months worked with Mr. Hopkins
first as executive director and later as chairman of the State
Temporary Emergency Relief Administration of New York,
Mr. Roosevelt's own creation. In his own state most of the
elements of the national problem had been present — the
big, broken, industrial cities, the want-amid-plenty of the
farms, the stagnated one-industry towns, the rural and
mountain cot*nties, always backward, now resourceless and
meager in experienced leadership. For a year and a half Mr.
Roosevelt and Mr. Hopkins had worked together in this lab-
oratory. They and their associates had looked into the faces
of thousands of upright men and women reduced through no
fault of their own to live month in and month out, till
months became years, in the barren wastes of a relief econ-
omy. In spite of their efforts they had seen whole communities

350

SURVEY GRAPHIC

July 1933

demoralized by old and degrading relief methods. They
shared a profound conviction that at its best "mass relief is
terrible," and that in a country so scientific, so resourceful
and so humane as this one it need not and must not persist.

It is clear that President Roosevelt is not "relief-minded."
He sees relief, or so it appears to those who know him, as a
necessary evil to be gotten rid of at the earliest possible date.
He is realist enough to know that that riddance will not be
accomplished by any one large sweeping gesture, and that
the date of its passing is not today or tomorrow or even next
year. He sees a strong Relief Administration as a necessary
part of a rounded scheme to get American life back into
running order, but a part that will shrink as the other parts
begin to function and to pick up the load. Among these parts
are public works, the new federal-state employment service
and the program for industrial coordination and control
over hours and minimum wages under the recovery bill.
One of the last acts of Mr. Hopkins as chairman of the New
York TERA was to work out with Fritz Kaufman, chief
of the New York State Employment Service, a program for
supplementary offices financed by the state relief adminis-
tration and supervised by the Employment Service; their
purpose to segregate job-placement from relief-giving, to
halt the demoralization of the wage-scale when workers on
relief lists are taken on at lower pay and to stimulate the re-
employment of men on the basis of qualification rather than
need. That this program might develop procedures suscepti-
ble of national application is entirely possible.

So, at the President's council table as recovery and re-
employment projects take form, — along with the administra-
tors of public works, of industrial integration, of employment
service and so on, will be found the Administrator of Relief
as spokesman of the millions of helpless folk worn down by
privation, with nothing to sell but the work of their hands,
and incredibly patient and inarticulate under conditions
that deny them a market for their wares.

CARPING statisticians with a sheet of cross-barred paper
and a sharp pencil can prove that almost any project
proposed in Washington these days to get people off relief
and back to self-support is a mere drop when it comes to
priming the pump of industrial recovery. Three billion dol-
lars for public works will give jobs only to so many men for
so long. Conservation camps? What are 250,000 youths in
the bulk of millions of unemployed ! But there is a spirit up
and down Pennsylvania Avenue these early summer days in
which the defeatist does not thrive. "How do we know till we
try?" it says. "Maybe a little imagination is what we need.
What we've been doing for three years hasn't gotten us home.
You can lick anything by argument. Let's try."

"Let's try" is the President's phrase and it is echoed by
Harry Hopkins these crowded days in cutting a path of
organization and policy through a lot of die-hard under-
brush. "Will that get us home?" is his measure of a project,
and "home" to Mr. Hopkins is "cooperation by the federal
government with the several states and territories and the
District of Columbia in relieving the hardship and suffering
caused by unemployment." Those are the words of the law
on which the new plans are firmly planted.

There are many kinds of suffering abroad in the land, as
Mr. Hopkins well knows, which are outside his franchise.
The new set-up cannot undertake to raise, by relief, the
standards of living in areas which have never had a standard
which Americans would admit as theirs. It cannot attempt
with federal funds plainly earmarked for unemployment

relief, to underpin the whole structure of American social
work. Its job is to deal with "hardship and suffering caused
by unemployment" and it is apparent from Mr. Hopkins's
first official acts that for the present at least he proposes to
hew to that line but in a way to avoid pauperizing the spirit
of great masses of American citizens by fastening on the coun-
try the kind of dole that has spread in these last three years.

THE first act of the new administrator was to assure the
states that the matching principle governing half the
$500 million federal fund would operate in a way to carry
their going relief-load through July, thus giving time to turn
around on new plans and procedures as they bear on appli-
cations for grants from the other half — a discretionary fund.
His second act was to set up offices completely removed
from the financial atmosphere of the RFC. His third was to
secure to himself the services of the RFC field men whose
close-in experience and first-hand information is something
very different from the columns of figures found in the RFC
financial records. These men are Robert W. Kelso, who
speaks for the eastern seaboard and southeastern states,
Rowland Haynes for a strip of central states, Sherrard Ewing
for certain northern states, and Pierce Williams for the north-
western states. A. W. McMillen, who covered the south-
western states, resigned early in June to return to his place
on the faculty of the University of Chicago.

In addition to these men Mr. Hopkins brought at once to
his council Langdon Post of New York, versed in the wily
ways of politicians even in the dark of the moon and, for as
much time as Cincinnati will spare him, C. M. Bookman,
seasoned community organizer and social worker who never
loses sight of the human beings for whom all social work exists.

On the first day of the new dispensation this handful of
men sat down to figure out just what could be done with $500
million in the light of what had been done with the $300
million the last of which had gone over the dam the day be-
fore. No memorandum came out of that conference, but
anyone with a pencil can figure for himself that at the going
rate of relief expenditures, half a billion dollars cannot
possibly reach through another winter. And that same any-
one probably, and Mr. Hopkins certainly, knows that to
date relief has never been anywhere near adequate to match
the human need occasioned by the depression; that there is
a growing volume of destitution over the land; a growing
tendency to stretch good allowances too thin for human
subsistence and a steady stiffening of policies against pro-
viding shelter, fuel, clothing or other minima of decency
from public funds.

"This cannot go on," says Mr. Hopkins, and who will
deny him?

Figure as you will, there is not enough money in any one
pocketbook in this country, even the pocketbook of Uncle
Sam himself, to meet the desperate needs of the unemployed
on a scale of common decency, let alone adequacy. But —
"cooperation," says the law, and if you think that the new
set-up hasn't power to make that soft-sounding word mean
something just take a look at the law:

The administrator may, under rules and regulations prescribed
by the President, assume control of administration in any state or •
states where, in his judgment, more effective cooperation between
the states and federal authorities may thereby be secured in carry-
ing out the purposes of this act.

and:

The decision of the administrator as to the purpose of an expend-
iture shall be final.

July 1933

THE NEW DEAL AND THE OLD DOLE

351

It is late in the day to talk about the fiscal cooperation of
states, cities and counties. The borrowing power of many of
them is exhausted, bonds cannot be sold, taxpayers are in
rebellion. But not everywhere. There are plenty of states,
cities and counties that are not as flat broke as they would
like Uncle Sam to believe. Many a governor has weighed
more heavily the political expediency of calling a special
session of his legislature than he has the bitter needs of his
people. The two states, and there are none prouder, that
drew most heavily on RFC relief funds have no income tax.
Sales tax, yes; gasoline tax, plenty. But a tax that would dip
into the current incomes of its better-to-do citizens — oh no,
it can't be done, they say, though destitution walks their
broad concrete highways and slow starvation breeds protests
in their cities.

Cooperation, in the definition of the new Federal Relief
Administration, is a two-way business. Therefore it proposes

RECONSTRUCTION FINANCE CORPORATION
FUNDS MADE AVAILABLE TO 42 STATES AND 2 TERRITORIES
UNDER TITLE I FROM JULY 21, 1932 TO CLOSE OF BUSINESS, MAY 29, 1933

To be Reim-

To be Reim- bursed by

Period bttrsed by Political

State

Beginning State Subdivisions

Total

Alabama

..Aug. 1,1932 $ 4,211,688

$ 4,211,688

Arizona

..Sept. 1,1932 1,448,269

1,448,269

Arkansas

. Sept. 1, 1932 4,833,967

4,833,967

California

. Jan. 1, 1933 10,081,631

10,081,631

Colorado

. Sept. 1, 1932 3,832,990

3,832,990

Florida

. Sept. 1, 1932 3,886,512

3,886,512

Georgia

. Aug. 1, 1932 1,745,692

1,745,692

Idaho

. Sept. 1, 1932 1,026,566

1,026,566

Illinois

. Aug. 1, 1932 43,191,721 $12,252,000

55,443,721

Indiana

. Oct. 1, 1932 5,179,931

5,179,931

Iowa

. Nov. 1, 1932 2,151,430

2,151,430

Kansas

..Oct. 1,1932 2,592,934

2,592,934

Kentucky

.Oct. 1,1932 6,728,987

6,728,987

Louisiana

.Aug. 5,1932 8,200,127

8,200,127

Maine

..Feb. 1,1933 252,895

252,895

Maryland

..Apr. 1,1933 176,380

176,380

Michigan

..Sept. 1,1932 19,692,199 2,116,000

21,808,199

Minnesota

..Oct. 16, 1932 2,581,787

2,581,787

Mississippi

.Nov. 1,1932 4,058,919

4,058,919

Missouri

.Sept. 1,1932 4,616,789

4,616,789

Montana

.Aug. 1,1932 2,368,285

2,368,285

Nevada

.Sept. 1,1932 262,632

262,632

New Hampshire.

.Oct. 16, 1932 1,366,603

1,366,603

New Jersey

.May 1,1933 2,009,291

2,009,291

New Mexico. . . .

.Sept. 1,1932 387,903

387,903

New York

.Feb. 1, 1933 26,400,000 200,000

26,600,000

North Carolina. .

.Oct. 1,1932 5,950,000

5,950,000

North Dakota . . .

.Aug. 1, 1932 492,088 100,680

592,768

Ohio

.Aug. 1,1932 15,401,404 a 3,535,901

a 18,937,305

Oklahoma

.Oct. 1,1932 4,570,597

4,570,597

Oregon

.Aug. 22, 1932 2,798,290

2,798,290

Pennsylvania ....

. Sept. 1 , 1 932 34,929,875

34,929,875

Rhode Island . . .

.Mar. 1,1933 1,123,590

1,123,590

South Carolina . .

.Nov. 16, 1932 4,575,270

4,575,270

South Dakota. . .

.Sept. 1,1932 1,803,945

1,803,945

Tennessee

.Oct. 1,1932 3,375,352

3,375,352

Texas

.Oct. 1,1932 7,952,292

7,952,292

Utah

.Aug. 1,1932 2,923,439

2,923,439

Virginia

.Sept. 1,1932 3,495,304

3,495,304

Washington

.Sept. 1, 1932 4,902,430 1,075,000

5,977,430

West Virginia . . .

.Sept. 1,1932 9,655,218

9,655,218

Wisconsin

.Sept. 1,1932 12,395,362

12,395,362

Hawaii

.Sept. 1,1932 394,935

394,935

Puerto Rico

.Nov. 16, 1932 360,000

360,000

Total

5280,385,519 6519,614,481

65300,000,000

° Not including $334,900 reimbursed by one political subdivision in Ohio.
' Including $334,900 reimbursed by one political subdivision in Ohio.

to find out — and make no mistake, it has the power to do so
—just how much reality and how much expediency there
was in the epidemic of collapsed local resources which oc-
curred promptly on the entry of Uncle Sam on the relief
scene. It proposes, when it deems such action necessary, to
go behind plausible financial data presented by governors
and with its own experts on state and municipal finance to
explore the possibilities of a whole new chapter in fiscal co-
operation. It already has a fair-to-middling idea of certain
wells that are not as dry as they look.

In administration too, the proposal is to have a type of co-
operation that is not limited to fair words. In the first place
there must be an organization in each state with which the
federal government, personified by the Relief Administrator.
can cooperate; which, as an active partner it can hold
accountable for performance. In those first crowded June
days with moving-men still hustling desks and chairs into the
new headquarters at Washington, a plan, a
minimum standard if you like, was blocked
out for state and local administration which
it was hoped would afford a definite alloca-
tion of responsibility, continuity of operation
and the framework for effective performance.
The plan which at present figures officially
only as a guide to field workers in advising
governors on what is expected of them under
the new dispensation, — but which unofficially
may be taken as a word to the wise — pins
squarely on the governor the responsibility for
the state's share in the relief partnership. It
assumes that he will delegate authority for de-
tailed supervision of local relief activities to
some properly constituted body, be it a state
welfare department or an appointed non-
political commission. The duties of such a
state relief organization are specified as to the
preparation of data to support applications
for funds and to indicate local standards. It
shall, in addition to formulating policies, pre-
pare a reasonably comprehensive plan of re-
lief for the state by which the measure of
federal cooperation may be determined. It
must provide a full-time qualified director, an
adequate number of field supervisors to check
on the efficiency of local methods and on ade-
quacy of relief, and such auditing and statis-
tical staff as may be necessary to prepare the
monthly financial and other reports required
in Washington.

For cities and counties the Federal Relief
Administration proposes a pattern similar to
that of the state — an official local body ap-
proved by the state relief authority, charged
with responsibility for executing local relief
policies and collecting required information
through adequate qualified personnel the
duties of which are stated.

Thus the new Federal Relief Administra-
tion goes promptly to the states with an in-
centive (its $250 million dollar matching fund
to begin with) and a definite plan for adminis-
trative cooperation. It is prepared to go a long
way in the provision of funds, not only for
local relief but for personnel to dispense those
funds in ways that will realize their maximum

352

SURVEY GRAPHIC

July 1933

of helpfulness. It cannot obviously lay down rules for the
content of relief — the country is too big for that and differs
too widely, community by community. What would be
largesse for a Negro in a Florida village would be starvation
for his brother in industrial Newark, N. J. What would fill
the gap for a small-town New England family with a garden
and a woodlot would not sustain a family in a Chicago tene-
ment. But if through its field workers and its monthly report-
ing system the Administration discovers that standards in
any community are below the level of human decency it can,
and it will, want to know the reason why. And if the condition
is not corrected it can, — and it will — go over the governor and
everybody else directly to the people affected.

IT WOULD be unfortunate if in these first weeks the impres-
sion gained currency that this new Relief Administration is
more concerned with organization than with people. Organi-
zation there must be if order and responsibility are to be
brought into the business of dispensing relief in ways which
will make it more effective. The new dispensation is not hard-
boiled, but it is deeply resolved to get results. The sum it
controls is small in relation to the vast accumulation of
human need, but it has the power and the determination to
uncover hoarded local resources, to add to the common pool
and to institute better methods of determining and meeting
relief needs. Mr. Hopkins is too good a social worker not to
know that good organization and sound methods can pro-
duce better results for less money. "They've never been
tried on a national scale and they will help a lot to 'get us
home.' "

There is no denying that relief lists in many places are
peppered with names that should never have been there.
Such is the inevitable result of mass-relief operations without
adequate supervision. It seems highly probable that under
the new dispensation all relief lists will be re-investigated to
weed out as far as possible such favoritism, graft and waste
as may have crept in, to the end not alone of reducing gross
expenditures, though that would be desirable, but of re-
leasing funds to do a better and more adequate job where
such improvement is plainly needed. The Administration
has a baleful eye ready for such folk as the southern justice
of the peace and local relief czar who, when it was pointed
out that his relief list included every family in his juris-
diction, exlaimed, "Purge that list? My Ian', boy, I'm in
politics. I kain't purge no list."

Along the way "home" are many of the tough spots at
which Mr. Hopkins says he will not balk. On his desk the
day he moved in were urgent pleas for financing out
of federal funds the great bulk of child-caring and hospital
work in the country. A fat slice of the half-billion might have
gone then and there. On the desk too was ample evidence
that many local officials and private organizations were not
averse to moving over under good old Uncle Sam's financial
wing their whole load of welfare activities including total
payrolls and a nice little item of deficit. Policies of the Fed-
eral Relief Administration are still fluid on many points and
will undoubtedly remain so, but lest he be swamped in the
beginning, Mr. Hopkins made clear his initial stand in .a
telegram to the governors of all states receiving federal funds:

... I am of the opinion that the cooperative intent of the law
will be given effect if funds made available to states by the Federal
Relief Administration are used . . . for the payment of general
administration costs excepting the rental of local and state adminis-
tration headquarters, further excepting the salaries of regularly
employed public officials assigned to unemployment relief adminis-

tration, and further excepting the salaries of all relief workers not
under the direct supervision of a public relief official. These costs
should be paid by the states and local political subdivisions.

It is my interpretation of the act that local and state funds should
be used for hospitalization, the care of dependent children in in-
stitutions or boarding-homes, institutional care of all kinds,
pensions and the welfare activities normally carried on by state
and local subdivisions.

Thus it is clear that states, cities and private social-work
organizations must carry their own normal responsibilities.
It is one way, of course, to keep local funds from drying up
completely and to ensure that local organization is not
pauperized by over-dependence on a rich old uncle. In
short, it is an article in the terms of the new partnership
from which, with its allocation of obligations and its firm
footing of responsibility, may come a new type of public-
relief administration with dignity and capacity worthy of
its human trust.

In large cities the toughest spot in relief is probably the
matter of rents. The relief administration has made no pro-
nouncement on a national rent policy. Like the content of
relief, the rent question is too big and too colored by local
conditions to permit of hurried blanket rulings. For the pres-
ent the Administration will more likely insist on closer local
scrutiny of individual cases with encouragement to local
experimentation in "renovation for occupancy," "shelter
allowance" and other devices which -are being tried out
here and there. It is a problem to grapple with.

Homeless transients, the country over, are another tough
spot specifically within the purview of the Federal Relief
Administration. In this it has the counsel and access to the
data of the National Committee on Homeless and Transients
and the expert services of A. W. McMillen of the University
of Chicago, who made the first field study of the problem
for the United States Children's Bureau (see Boys on the
Loose by A. W. McMillen, Survey Graphic, September
1932) and whose territory as field man for the RFC relief
set-up included the transient-ridden southwestern states.
By the time these words are read the Administration will
have ready apian, now formulating, in which national leader-
ship and cooperation will be exerted to bring a measure of
decency and security to the new groups who have been
impelled to join the nomads of the highways and byways,
the jungles and the shantytowns.

^"OOPERATION with self-help or barter organizations is
V- also in the franchise of the Relief Administration. How this
may be developed on a national or even a state-wide scale is not
yet clear. It is possible that some state where barter organi-
zations are pretty well established may be the theater of
experiment in methods and procedures that need to be
tested before any large-scale effort is launched.

There are other tough spots of many kinds up and down
these United States which challenge all the imagination, the
ingenuity and the action which Mr. Hopkins and his aides
can muster. There is Aroostook County, Maine, for instance,
the home of the justly famous Maine potato. Once the rich-
est county in the state, it is now the victim of its single-crop
policy and is reduced to subsisting on its own unsold potatoes
and literally nothing else. There is Gila County, Arizona,
locale of three of the famous copper mines of the country,
long closed down with only a distant prospect of reopening.
In the whole bare craggy county there is no one piece of
arable land as big as a dinner-table. For two years the male
population of the country has spent (Continued on page 385)

BACK TO WORK

BY BEULAH AMIDON

JIM BROWN and Bill Jones do not tell this
story. But it is useless to discuss the means
already tried for getting men back to
work, our gains and shortcomings, and the
new schemes that are taking shape, unless be-
hind the plans and the administrative ma-
chinery we keep in sight the jobless man, his
family, his home, his broken hopes, his urgent
need.

Today they probably number between ten
and fifteen millions, these men and women,
normally wage-earners, who are unable to
find employment. Their plight represents the
most critical symptom of our economic mal-
adjustment and perhaps the most reliable in-
dex of fundamentally better conditions will be
a steady upturn in the employment curve.
Meanwhile, unemployment leaves a great
vacuum in the nation's work and wages. Into
it we have pumped a thin stream of family
income through relief and made-work and,
so far, an even less adequate trickle of em-
ployment.

Elsewhere in this issue the inauguration of
the administration's relief program is inter-
preted. Paralleling that fresh nation-wide
effort to succor the victims of depression
comes the Wagner Federal-State Employ-
ment Service Act, the first constructive step
in a decade in organizing our chaotic labor market. It dove-
tails into the relief legislation, for it is only by drawing men
off relief lists that the relief load can be lightened, and relief
agencies themselves do not afford the right sort of outlet for
organized placement. It dovetails also into the expanded
public-works program, for if that is to be most effective in
supplying work, there is need for modern personnel prac-
tices in sifting out and selecting workers at the points of
intake. It dovetails into all plans under the Recovery Act,
for as business picks up, the importance of swift and adequate
machinery for connecting men with jobs in private industry
is clear. We should of course have had a going system of
labor exchanges ready to function in such a period of transi-
tion, but at least we have a framework now, not only for ac-
tion in the emergency but as a base for long-range employ-
ment planning.

Before taking up these possibilities, run over with me our
efforts to date to give people work, what they are, how they
have functioned, where they have fallen short, their possi-
bilities and the deep-going changes in attitude and organiza-

When work starts up again, the first need will be For machinery
to sort men out for jobs/and the Wagner Employment Ex-
change Act places just that kind of machine in the capable
hands of Secretary Perkins. Public works/ minimum wages,
short hours/ the National Reco/ery Act and economic plan-
ning— recent weeks have been an inventory of exciting hope

Fitzpatrick in The St. Louis Post-Dispatch
Putting the heat on

tion indicated by our four-year experience of depression, if
we are to make headway in supplying jobs as the answer to
unemployment. Let us begin with such success as we have
had with public works as a make-weight, and with the
Spread-the-Work movement which last winter was put
forward with such confidence as an emergency program.

BACK in 1922, The President's Unemployment Conference
urged the use of public works to take up the slack when

private enterprise falters. It was then held and it has been
repeatedly pointed out since, that much spade-work must
be done in good times if such employment is to be available
in time of depression. But this requirement was largely over-
looked until, in the first depression winter, one hard-pressed
community after another turned to public works as the
simplest way out for the jobless worker. Only when emer-
gency bond issues had been rushed through was it clearly
realized that months, even years, are needed to plan public
construction and improvements, obtain sites, make surveys
and blueprints, arrange the financing, contract for materials.
The only jump in the national total of local
public works was in the first six months of 1930
when such projects as were already blueprinted
and financed were pushed ahead. Since that time,
with pressure on public officials to pare expenses
and in the absence of long-term planning and
provision, local public works have fallen off in
increasing percentages, as has private construc-
tion. The federal government, on the other
hand, has increased its public works through the

353

354

SURVEY GRAPHIC

July 1933

"Want me to help you fix up your river front?"

'•'^^-^L^T ",•
• • • • ' •• «,r,«.

Progress of civilization

' >

The shott week debate

depression, until expenditures for 1932 more than doubled those for
any of the four "good" years, 1925, '26, '27, '28. Otto T. Mallery, one
of the country's leading authorities on public works, points out: "This
was due to the fact that Mr. Hoover had been influential in previous
administrations in keeping public building and expenditures on rivers
and harbors at a minimum during the boom and that he called for
increases in the budget in these departments and other prepared public
projects during bad times."

Realization of the possibilities and limitations of public works as a
source of emergency employment is set forth in federal and state legis-
lation. The public-works section of the Industrial Recovery Act, passed
by Congress as this is written, aims to prime the pump of private in-
dustry through government activity based on government borrowing,
and upon new taxation, and by this means increase the volume of bank
credit as well as expenditure for labor and materials. If the measure is
carried out as it was planned, it will mean $3,300,000,000 in govern-
ment credit transmuted into purchasing power through "any and all
such enterprises as have been heretofore constructed or carried on
either directly by public authority or with public aid to serve the in-
terests of the general public, including the construction under public
control of low-cost housing and slum-clearance projects."

Perhaps the most important provision is the direction to the Public
Works Administration, set up under the scheme, "to prepare a compre-
hensive program of public works." This means planning. The Federal
Employment Stabilization Board has already assembled from the vari-
ous departments the elements of such a comprehensive program for six
years' work ahead. This is ready for the new Administration and should
help the new machinery with its increased resources and broader scope
to function swiftly.

Public-works legislation of a new type, so drawn as to gear in with the
proposed federal law, was enacted in Pennsylvania a few weeks ago.
This measure declares it to be "the policy of the Commonwealth to
arrange the construction of public works by the Commonwealth so far
as practicable in such manner as will assist in the stabilization of in-
dustry and employment through the proper timing of such construction
and its acceleration during the periods of unemployment and business
depression. ..." The law creates a State Public Works Planning
Board which is directed to prepare "a six-year comprehensive plan and
financial program" and "to promote the preparation of detailed plans
for construction projects one year in advance." It is to cooperate on
the one hand with the appropriate federal agency "in restraining
public works during boom times and high costs and in accelerating
necessary public works during periods of unemployment and low costs,"
and on the other hand with local public-works planning boards au-
thorized under the act for cities and principal counties.

In these two legislative proposals is set down in national and in
state terms a lesson of the depression. Out of the experience of the hard
years we have apparently gained sufficient wisdom to begin work on
one of the defenses against unemployment for which the experts have
for a decade pleaded in vain.

THE Share-the-Work movement as a source of jobs made its appear-
ance without benefit of experts but with the blessing of practical men
of affairs. The movement was inaugurated at a meeting of bankers and
industrialists called by Mr. Hoover in August 1932 "to consider
further methods of stimulating recovery." At that gathering it was
pointed out that part-time work, experimentally tried by a few employ-
ers as a means of giving a maximum number of employes a regular if
reduced income might be generally extended. Some months earlier
banking and industrial committees had been set up in the twelve Fed-
eral Reserve Districts to mobilize efforts toward "normal activity."
The Share-the-Work movement was launched as an activity of these

committees with a central coordination

Cartoons by Fitzpatrkk in committee headed by Walter Teagle,

The St. Louis Post-Dispatch president of Standard Oil of New Jersey.

July 1933

BACK TO WORK

355

Some concerns applied the plan only to factory operatives, others extended
it to the clerical and supervisory force. Various methods were used: fewer
days of work a week; fewer hours of work a day; rotation of days off; alternat-
ing workers or shifts; shortened shifts in continuous operation; frequently
a combination of two or more methods. The backing of trade associations,
professional organizations and service clubs was sought and war-time de-
vices were used to stir enthusiasm for an undertaking that involved a good
deal of individual hardship. If Jim Brown and Bill Jones were telling this
story, they would list some of the things a family must "do without" when
the wage-earner's pay envelop has to be shared with the chap at the next
bench. The Share-the-Work movement "at no time advocated the reduc-
tion of compensation below the levels necessary for subsistence." The fact
remains, however, that sharing work meant sharing wages, and to many
observers the end result seemed to be to pass around unemployment rather
than jobs. This view is borne out at least in part by the fact that payroll
totals fell a good deal faster than employment after the Share-the-Work
movement began.

In mid-December the U. S. Departments of Commerce and of Labor sent
a questionnaire to about 450,000 firms "seeking information both as to the
extent of work-sharing already in effect and as to the willingness of employ-
ers to make further adjustments in the creation of additional jobs." Basing
their conclusions on an analysis of the returns, the coordination committee
estimated that "at least 5,500,000 jobs have been created or saved through
work-sharing during the entire period of the depression."

In March the work of the coordination committee was turned over to
the U. S. Chamber of Commerce. Neither the Department of Commerce
nor the Department of Labor is at present taking active steps to further the
aims of the Share-the-Work movement through the voluntary action of
employers. While the Chamber of Commerce maintains contacts with the
district organizations, the chief interest of the central organization and of
the groups has shifted to federal legislation and regulating hours of labor.

CALIFORNIA was one of the first states to fix a six-hour day and a five-
day week for public works and the five-day week where practicable in
the state service. More than a year ago Senator Hugo L. Black of Alabama
introduced federal legislation forbidding interstate commerce in the prod-
uct of industries in which workers are employed more than five days a week,
six hours a day. The bill was for a time actively pushed as an administration
measure in the special session of Congress which began in March. Later,
the regulation of hours was made a part of the Industrial Recovery Bill and
was left to each industry to work out subject to the general supervisory
scheme of the coordinating program. Under the provisions for codes of fair
competition, the President is authorized to fix maximum hours of labor
after investigation and public hearings covering the conditions of the in-
dustry involved. The thirty-hour week was however included in the public-
works section of the bill.

Some employers went so far in their work-sharing that the results to the
workers and to the community were decidedly on the debit side of the ledger.
A steel company in western New York, for example, in order to maintain
its payroll intact, finally cut its working time down to a day a week, and
left the local relief agencies to "carry" its employes. Under the conscientious
but unimaginative effort of a specialty manufacturer to "keep all my people
at work," the force was rotated in small shifts and the employes averaged
less than two days' work and wages a week. Such extremes were by no means
in accord with the Share-the-Work program, but the fact that they occurred
and were widely criticized brought to the fore the need for a wage mini-
mum below which the income of the worker would not be permitted to fall.
Mandatory minimum-wage legislation was enacted in recent months in
New York, New Jersey, New Hampshire and Utah, and the principle is
written into the federal Industrial Recovery Act so as to safeguard the short
working-day of employes in industry and on public works.

Another depression lesson, sharpened by the Share-the-Work movement,
is the possibility of opening up jobs for

adult wage-earners by taking children out of Cartoons by DarMng ("Ding") in
business and industry. Subtracting the The New York Herald Tribune

Atta Boy!

Just so he doesn't go too far with it

Breaking home ties

356

SURVEY GRAPHIC

July 1933

number of children employed as farm laborers and family
workers and those probably employed only outside school
hours, there were more than a million boys and girls be-
tween 10 and 18 years of age at work at the time of the last
Census. There has been some change in this figure in the
depression, but the drop in the number of children employed
is undoubtedly less than the general decrease in employ-
ment. To occupy these young people constructively with
further schooling or vocational training would open up hun-
dreds of thousands of jobs for adults in factories, shops and
offices.

THE depression has also served to bring to focus our need
for adequate public-employment service, not only to get
employer and worker together without unnecessary loss of
time or energy to either, but also as a source of information
essential to any real attack on problems of employment and
unemployment. Here, as in understanding and preparing to
use public works, we have gone forward, not slumped, since
1929; although as brought out in The Survey Graphic for
March, the substitute, federal service scheme set up by
Secretary Doak was a weak reed to lean on, and one of the
early acts of Secretary Perkins was to throw much of it away.
Demonstration offices, financed in part by foundation grants
for an experimental period, have been set up in strategic
centers to show how an adequate public employment center

ESTIMATED CONSTRUCTION

(In millions of dollars)

1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930

1931

1932

Residential

3050 2965 2856 3095 2127 1222
968 1022 1036 982 1031 684
363 523 417 565 606 285

386 385 393 311 224 188
470 470 473 463 463 367

900

345
129

129
258

311
136

47
192

Commercial

Factories

Theaters, clubs, lodges,
religious and memorial
Farm construction ....

TOTAL PRIVATE

5237 5365 5175 5416 4451 2746

1761

734

Railroads . .

1223 1371 1339 1280 1370 1230
884 823 844 813 906 968
502 534 545 613 795 817
242 207 205 194 194 189

787
654
604
155

478
322
434
98

Elec. Power Co. . .

Telephone Co

Electric R. R. Co

Sub-Totals

2851 2935 2933 2900 3265 3204

2200

1332

Pipe Line Co. . .

Data 515
not 226
Available 73
44

469
167

37
25

165
96
21
15

Gas Co

Telegraph Co

Waterworks Co

TOTAL R. R. & PUB. U.

4062

2898

1629

Cities

1283 1302 1482 1422- 1339 1495
778 676 885 829 556 709
411 404 438 502 576 706
245 230 240 270 305 390

1302
329
786
510

797
137
551
580

Counties

States '

Federal z

TOTAL PUBLIC . . .

2717 2612 3045 3023 2776 3300

2927

2065

Sub-Totals 1

3,805 10,912 11,153 11,339 10,492 9250

6888

4131

GRAND TOTAL

10,108

7586

4428

1 Excluding federal aid.
1 Including federal aid, excluding District of Columbia.
Based on reports to the F. W. Dodge Corporation, to the Department of Agriculture, the
Bureau of the Census and the Federal Employment Stabilization Board.
Compiled by the Federal Employment Stabilization Board.
March 30, 1933.

serves its community and also to develop procedures suited
to typical American industrial and business situations (see
Survey Graphic, February 1933). Now comes the Wagner
Act, signed by the President on June 6, authorizing an appro-
priation of a million and a half dollars the first year and four
millions a year thereafter for public employment services,
three fourths to be distributed to the states on a dollar-for-
dollar basis, the balance to be used for administration. The
bill is practically the same as the one passed a year ago and
vetoed by Mr. Hoover but has gone through a process of
technical revision. The urgent need for such a program was
underscored in a statement by Senator Wagner when the
measure passed the Senate:

The restoration of the thirteen million unemployed men and
women to their normal occupations is the most difficult task of the
period of reconstruction. . . . Let no one delude himself that,
with the resumption of business, men will universally return to
their former shops and work-benches and resume where they left
off. . . . Such a course is quite impossible in view of the many
changes that have occurred. . . . We must provide the best ma-
chinery we can contrive carefully to bring the right man to the
proper job. This bill is designed to accomplish that purpose.

The current limitation and the long wisdom of the
Wagner Act is that it projects a decentralized system.
Therefore it depends on local initiative. In those states with
going public services, such as New York, California, Penn-
sylvania, Ohio, Minnesota, Wisconsin, its
resources are immediately available. In
other states the present set-up is sketchy.
There it may be the means of stimulating
activity and raising administrative standards.
When it comes to the states that have no
system, there may or may not be an impasse.
Certainly these states cannot reap the full
benefits of the new scheme until legislative
action creates a state employment service.
Meanwhile it is quite possible that the new
national administration will afford leader-
ship in shaping emergency set-ups.

In New York, under the constructive ad-
ministration of Gov. Herbert H. Lehman, a
challenging precedent is taking shape. Fritz
Kaufman, appointed by Frances Perkins in
her term as state industrial commissioner to
reorganize the State Employment Service,
has brought the chain of state offices — four
in Greater New York and six in upstate cities
— to a high level of effectiveness. Lack of
funds prevented much-needed expansion of
the system, but a cooperative plan has been
initiated to cut this knot. Fourteen new offices
are being opened under the State Employ-
ment Service as a work-project of the Tem-
porary Emergency Relief Administration.
The proposal calls for three-way cooperation:
the employment service to organize and
supervise, TERA to supply the personnel out
of state relief funds, the local community to
provide and maintain suitable quarters and
equipment. The expected benefits include:
elimination of overlapping effort, better
appreciation of the distinction between relief
and employment, better service to employers,
less exploitation of the unemployed.

The rejuvenated (Continued on page 383)

95%

Photo by Acme
One of the men wrote a friend: "I never felt better in my life. The exercise is the best I had in fifteen years"

REDISCOVERED MEN

BY LOULA D. LASKER

SCENE I. A congested city neighborhood. A five-story
brick building flush against neighboring buildings. A
narrow street. First floor interior, a clean, cheerless
entrance hall, adjoining a large, clean, cheerless dining-hall.
Ten long tables each seating twenty men. Men with impene-
trable countenances filing steadily by the cafeteria-like
counter. Silently receiving a meal of stew, bread and coffee
and silently seating themselves.

Half the tables were already filled when I arrived before
six in the evening. The occupants, crouching like lifeless
figures over stew-bowls, looked up furtively as we entered.
Complete silence but for the clatter of tin dishes. The men
scarcely glanced at their neighbors. Scores of newcomers
filed by the counter, took up their trays and passed to
vacant seats. Still that appalling quiet.

Were these human beings too dull, I asked myself, to be
interested in anything but supplying an animal need? Why
had they apparently lost all interest in life, all courage?
What was the story behind this living picture that might
have been entitled Resignation?

The meal was finished in silence. In silence the men went
to the disrobing room, gave up their clothes to be
fumigated, bathed, were examined by the doctor
and then— although it was still scarcely seven
o'clock — they went to bed. To the two large
dormitories with double-decker beds, each
dormitory accommodating 325 men. Rooms as
cheerless as the dining-room below. Nothing to
do now until lights out at ten o'clock. Nothing
to do but talk to your neighbor perhaps (for
surely that meal-time silence must end) or be

annoyed by others in case you wanted to settle down for the
night. But to mention settling down for the night in that
atmosphere of disinfectants and herded humanity is prob-
ably a contradiction of terms.

Why without exception did these men retire so early? Why
didn't they read or play checkers with other sociable in-
mates? Because rules said bed immediately after supper. And
no doubt to many who had been pounding the pavement all
day bed was a welcome refuge. But after all, neither rules nor
personal inclination was the controlling factor here. The fact
was this building had no reading or recreation room, no
quarters except those already mentioned, and there was not
an inch of space between it and the adjoining buildings that
could be used for recreation purposes.

Where would these men go during the day, I wondered,
when — rules again — they must clear out immediately after
an early breakfast of cereal and tea? Would they sit listlessly
on park benches or just wander aimlessly around until five
o'clock when they would troop back here again? Who were
these men? What was this place?

The men were a cross-section of the unemployed homeless

When Survey Graphic set out to discover what both men and
community had gotten out of work-relief, it found a shining
example a few miles from its doorstep. At Camp Bluefield
run-of-the-mill men lost in the Municipal Lodging House
have done valuable reclamation work and have found new
muscles and quickened spirits in a camp in Palisades Park

357

358

SURVEY GRAPHIC

July 1933

of New York City, who for days, months and often years
have been hopelessly looking for jobs. The place was the
main Municipal Lodging House, excellent as lodging-houses
go. One of the many, including those run by the Salvation
Army, which are the only "home" known to 96 percent of
New York City's homeless unemployed men, most of whom,
according to good authority, are spending twenty out of
thirty nights a month in such a shelter. New York's un-
employed homeless
are assured food and a
bed instead of starva-
tion and a park bench
at night, — that is the
city's proud boast.
"Efficiency" indeed.

But hopeless human
beings need more than
a kennel and food if
they are not to de-
teriorate beyond re-
pair as useful mem-
bers of the community.

SCENE 2. The
country. Exterior
a low two-story
rambling building on
the crest of a hill,
commanding a beau-
tiful view. A large
grassy field in front.
Men playing base-
ball, others returning,
pickax and shovel over
their shoulders, from
nearby forest. Interior.
Office. An airy dormi-
tory with two hundred
army cots. A huge,

neat and cheerful kitchen, one end of which is used as a
dining-room. Eight long tables neatly set with heavy white
china, each table seating twenty-four men.

It was half-past five. The men began coming into the din-
ing-room by twos and fours, some arm in arm, talking
merrily together. Soon all tables were filled — two hundred
men less a few on dining-room duty who were serving the
others with English beef stew, garden vegetables, cake and
coffee. (At noon that same day the men told me they had
had roast leg of veal, string beans, mashed potatoes, rice
custard pudding and tea.) Conversation ran high. The events
of the day were discussed. The events of yesterday recalled;
plans for tomorrow made.

"Gee, that was a swell play we had last night," one man
said.

"You sure were a great comedian," another praised his
neighbor.

"But I'll have to hand it to the kids in that dramatic club
the highschool sent up last week. They're real actors."

"Say, how'd you make out today?" an old-timer was ask-
ing a newcomer who had had his first experience with the
pickax in the forest that morning.

"Remember you promised to play checkers with me
tonight."

"The weather's so nice, I'd rather play ball after supper.
Checkers for me when it rains."

And so the conversation flowed on. Two hundred happy
faces. Supper was over. The men filed out. No, that's not the
word for there was nothing of military discipline about this
picture.

A baseball game was started. Another group went to the
little building across the field used as a reading- and writing-
room. Others wandered over the grounds while some
gathered in the dormitory and continued the supper-table

talk or joined in table
games at the end of
the room reserved for
that purpose. This
place was like a club !
No furtive glances at
my guide and myself.
These men eagerly
told me all about
themselves and this
"grand spot in the
country" where they
worked six hours a
day in forest reclama-
tion and improvement
work, where they
found congenial com-
panionship; where, as
one man put it, they
were being re-created
into human beings,
for when they came
there they were
"pretty much down
and out."

Who were these
men? What was this
place? Why contrast
it with Scene I? For
the simple reason that
these were the same

men. They had come here directly from the lodging-house.
The place? Camp Bluefield, at Blauvelt, New York, where
two hundred former Municipal Lodging House inmates are
given a home and work. But though the men were the same
in body and flesh, to all intents and purposes they were dif-
ferent human beings, for their spirit and outlook on life had
nothing in common with their former selves.

ALONG introduction to my story perhaps, but I hope not
a pointless one. This is the story of an experiment
which represents an approach to the ideal in the care of
homeless unemployed men, a project which might be offered
as a model for other communities to emulate so successful
has it been in its short life of seven months. Camp Bluefield
is a dream come true, the dream of those who have long
contended — long before the present emergency focussed
public attention on the problem — that a lodging-house will
not solve the problem of the homeless unemployed man
whether professional panhandler and vagrant or the man
who really wants to work. Quite the contrary.

New York had a precedent for industrial camps for the
homeless for in 1931, spurred on by the Welfare Council of
New York City, the Department of Correction, following the
example of several European countries, had established a
farm colony at Gray Court where men committed by the
court were given useful work to do. A year ago, with

Photo by Keystone-Underwood
In the lodging-house — scores of silent men Filing past the food counter

July 1933

REDISCOVERED MEN

359

unemployment steadily rolling up its toll of victims, with
jobs becoming a permanent scarcity, a few far-sighted in-
dividuals in New York City saw the need for the immediate
establishment of such a camp — or preferably a series of simi-
lar camps for men who, despite all efforts, simply could not
find jobs. The Welfare Council again took the lead. A plan
for a work colony for unemployed homeless was suggested to
the State Temporary Emergency Relief Administration,
which agency was giving large sums for work relief.

A project of special significance in this connection was one
— which is still going full blast — in the adjacent Palisades
Interstate Park. Twenty-five hundred married men are em-
ployed at $24 weekly wages for two weeks a month fifty miles
from the city in building roads, clearing forests and generally
increasing the recreational facilities of the park. It might be
added parenthetically here that Major William A. Welch, to
whom credit for this enterprise belongs, reports that thanks
to the work accomplished by these "unemployed" he is about
six years ahead of his planned program for the improvement
of this world-famous park overlooking the Hudson River.

But "our heroes" at Blauvelt were not necessarily married.
Moreover they were homeless, both of which conditions
made them ineligible to join the ranks of these daily com-
muters. Besides, the TERA had no site to suggest for a per-
manent camp and funds could be supplied only for work
projects which are established on public lands.

But here was a germ of an idea. The new problem was put
up to Major Welch. Work could easily be found, he replied,
in the park for a small army of men. He would undertake to
organize and provide supervisors for such work. But again
the question arose, where to house the men? And who would
be responsible for the organization and supervision of activi-
ties outside work hours,
for to be effective a
camp must be more
than a mere shelter.
Ralph Astrofsky, of
the Work Colony
Committee of the Wel-
fare Council, pledged
himself to look after
this side of the experi-
ment.

And so, after much
foraging and planning,
Camp Bluefield came
into being. Located
twenty miles from the
city, it is a coopera-
tive enterprise of the
State Temporary Re-
lief Administration,
the Interstate Pali-
sades Commission and
the Work Colony
Committee of the
Welfare Council.

The use of The New

York Tribune's summer camp for anemic children, situated
on park lands, was secured. A heatless, waterless summer
camp ! How it was "improved" so as to make it livable in
winter is part of this story. But once a place was found, the
important thing was that the TER.A was ready to go ahead
with a trial group, and if it worked to provide $6 weekly
wages for two hundred men.

Another difficulty — a most surprising one. The potential
residents of the to-be-established camp were suspicious.
No "volunteers" stepped forth when the plan was explained
to them at the lodging-house. Were they being railroaded
to a jail in the country? At least now they were "free men."
Suddenly a natural leader arose, a big Irishman who in
happier times had been in charge of a thousand men in a
construction camp. He knew what steady work in the open
meant. He was willing to take a chance. After his "count me
in" others took courage and more than the initial quota of
twenty-five men stepped out of the crowd.

They arrived at Blauvelt on a cold December day during
the heaviest snowfall of years. Men scantily clad, some with
tattered overcoats, some with none at all. No heat and no
water. But these were pioneers. Hardships did not daunt
their ardor. They seemed to sense that on them success or
failure depended.

Necessity, as usual, was the mother of invention. The
vicinity was scoured for empty oil drums, which were con-
verted into stoves. Thus the heating problem was solved,
what with plenty of wood available in the adjacent forest.
An old water system, pipes buried deep enough to defy the
freezing weather, was located and reconditioned. No longer
need the men use melted snow for washing. The men worked
twelve hours a day to condition the camp. A generous friend
was induced to sign the bond for the loan of two hundred
army cots and blankets. A minimum of kitchen utensils were
purchased. An army cook was engaged, who is paid by the
men themselves.

In no time the camp was ready to receive the 175 addi-
tional men waiting to come, for once the first contingent had
started many were eager to join those who had shown the way.

The organization of
the camp is simple
and effective. Rise at
6 A.M., breakfast at 7,
work in the forest or
at camp duties 8 to
11, dinner at 12, work
1 to 4, supper at 5:30,
bed at 10. Each man
pays from $3 to $3.50
weekly (for expenses
fluctuate with market
prices of commodi-
ties) out of $6 wages,
for his maintenance.
Two young men,
themselves unem-
ployed, but a few
years out of college,
who as undergradu-
ates had been promi-
nent in athletics and
who had always had a
"hankering desire to
go into work with
boys," were engaged

as supervisors.' The success of the director and his assistant
with these two hundred men is a stinging reply to the
skeptics who had said that at least a dozen "guards" would
be necessary. The morale of the place is such that a would-be
infringer against community standards would soon find him-
self so unpopular that he would either conform or leave. So
far only one man has left for cause, the cause being that he

Photo by Acme
In the woods— a children's fresh-air camp made into quarters For 200 men

360

SURVEY GRAPHIC

July 1933

Courtesy New York TERA, Morgan photo

refused to bathe! "Supervision, not discipline"
may be regarded as the directors' philosophy.

The directors have organized a recreational
program which includes stimulating the inter-
est of the neighboring communities and inspiring the men
to "spontaneously" organize athletic teams, dramatic per-
formances and the like. Every Saturday there is a ballgame
with a local team as opponents. Wrestling bouts and vaude-
ville performances are given on a stage improvised from dis-
carded scenery begged from a New York theater.

To the nearby town of Nyack must go some credit for
Camp Bluefield's success; Nyack, whose authorities had not
unnaturally protested against its establishment on the ground
that they didn't want "a couple of hundred idle men from
New York hanging around the town." But once they realized
that their fears were unwarranted, thanks to the men's
excellent behavior, the mayor himself appeared to offer the
town's cooperation. Soon the ministers offered their services
to the camp. Local groups volunteered to give entertain-
ments. The men are still talking of an entertainment which
Rollo Peters, who lives not far away, organized with the help
of local talent. But perhaps from an opportunity to act them-
selves, the men get most enjoyment and satisfaction.

"All my life I've
wanted to be an acro-
bat," one of the men, a
kitchen helper by trade,
confided to me, "but
I've never had time to
train myself. But I
wasn't so bad on the
trapeze last night."

Nyack took charge of
sanitation and health
problems under the su-
pervision of the town's
health officer. Daily at
4:30 a physician is on
duty at the camp. But
the health of the men
has been so excellent
that the six volunteer
doctors have had little
to do. Only two men
have been in bed as long
as two days, and that
from overeating. Their
average gain in weight
has been seven pounds;
some have gained as
high as twenty pounds.
The day I visited the
camp but four "pa-
tients" answered sick-
call, and I was told that
that was an unusually
large number. The most
serious ailment was a
finger that had been
slightly infected in the
woods. One man with a
sore throat was ordered
to remain indoors much
to the disgust
of one of his
pals who said,
"Aw, gee, he
can't be sick,
he's our best

pitcher!" But the doctor convinced him health came first.
All this did not happen at once. At first the men cared for
nothing but three square meals and work and the chance to
flop down on their beds after supper. But once accustomed to
their new status, they began to take a lively interest in other
things.

"I've no one to write to," was the usual answer on arrival
when the writing-room was shown. But a few weeks later
the same man would say, "Well, now I'm working I guess
I'll let my family hear from me." Families were miraculously
"discovered."

One boy who was "alone in the world," after a while shyly
requested the director to "take a couple of dollars that's
been put to my credit and buy some silk stockings for my
sister. She's going to be eighteen soon." Another "single"
man suddenly announced that he wanted to go to New York
to see his wife whom he had left the year before "because I
just couldn't stand staying around the house all day and
feeling her eyes accusing me of being a loafer. Now that I've

Social life out of work-hours is important at Camp Bluefield.
They play ball, put on their own shows and generally have
the air of men at their club. Note the type of young fellows
at the checker game and reading before the bright windows

July 1933

REDISCOVERED MEN

361

saved up twenty dollars,
though," he added,
"maybe I'll go back for
good. That'll give me a
little time to look around
for work." I saw him
bidding his comrades
goodbye, a happy man
who, I was told, had
been in the depths of
despair two months
earlier.

The men are urged to
go back to the city when
they have accumulated
$30 in savings in order
that others may be given
a chance, but only
seventy men have left.
In fact, the small turn-
over is the camp's great-
est problem. On the
other hand, the super-
visor at the Municipal
Lodging House informed
me that the "regulars"
there are continually
begging for a chance to
go to Camp Bluefield.
Here the question nat-
urally arises which pol-
icy to pursue — allow two
hundred men to enjoy
this camp-work life long
enough to be benefited
materially, or spread its
benefits more thinly over
a large number? The
only satisfactory answer
is to organize more camps.

Obviously
it is not possi-
ble to estimate
the dollar
value to the
community of

the work accomplished by these men. They have cleared the
woods of all brush and combustible material, have removed
diseased trees, blazed fire trails, cut riding-paths in the for-
est, and cleared a large piece of land for use as a possible
emergency airport on the cross-country route. Anyone watch-
ing these men at work would be struck by the fact that here
there was no loafing on the job; here the maximum of effi-
ciency was being attained with the tools available for the
purpose. As a result these "foresters" have indeed helped
to create a park atmosphere in a section until now
unimproved.

The 270 men who have been at the camp range in age
from twenty to fifty-five years, 78 being below thirty-five and
192 from thirty-five to fifty-five years old. Over one hundred
have lived in New York continuously more than twenty
years; 26 less than five years and none less than two years
(the period of duration required for eligibility to the camp).
Eighty-seven have been out of work for a year or less, 165
from one to two years, and 18 for a longer period. The di-

Old gasoline drums made into wood-stoves, with fuel from the
forest, turned a summer camp into snug winter quarters. There
are home-made shows and an ancient plumbing system donated
to the men who pay for their own food and their army cook

F. Allan Morgan photo

rector informed me that he discovered four
men who have university degrees including
two Phi-Beta-Kappas. Their occupations,
according to the men, are as follows:

Railroad workers 6

Longshoremen 5

Restaurant workers 33

Machinists : 22

Chauffeurs 19

Iron workers 17

Firemen 12

Bricklayers .

Farmers

Bakers

Tailors

Printers

Shoemakers

Barbers

Graduate chemists .

Butcher

Glassblower. .

Painters

Seamen

Lumbermen
Clerical workers
Plumbers

Carpenters 6

Textile workers 6

Electricians 6

There are those who believe Camp Bluefield is the original
inspiration of the federal civilian conservation camps. No less
persons than Mrs. Franklin D. Roosevelt and Speaker
Rainey have asserted this in public addresses. If this camp
has indeed contributed even in a small degree to the Presi-
dent's decision to organize camps to take care of a quarter of
a million men, its establishment (Continued on page 388)

Laborers . . 74

PART ONE

YEAR 1928

SOUTH CHICAGO— on the 92nd Street Bridge— overlooking
the Calumet River.
In the distance the Mills — Lake Michigan.

NIGHT cannot hide the Furnace blast,
Nor the Lake cease to reflect the glow of molten metal

and brimming ladles.
The winds cannot drive away the smoke,
Nor dispel the close-packed tight-sticking dust of ore —
This is ground into Man — he breathes it — his sweating pores

are choked by it —
This is Reality !
These are the Mills— "The South Works."

Eleven o'clock — the night shift has begun to pour.
Fantastic colors of burning gas — slag dumped into the

Lake —

A molten mountain set in black waters.
The river like a cold, oily snake crawls between the Mills,
The green, red lights of bridges, tugs, glisten on its scaly

skin —

It hisses — the sound of escaping steam.
A pause — another Furnace is tapped — spits out its "guts."
Like a slender, leaping blade the metal flows
Through the red dust clouds — the burning gas — the smoke.

Night cannot hide the dim-lit streets-

"CINDER-SNAPPERS'

A slang expression used to identify the
young steel workers employed as helpers

The gaunt tenements.
This is the City of Steel —
This is the marvel of the age.

Man triumphant — rides through the mountains —

Over the desert.
Man triumphant — builds a new heaven

Fifty stories high.
Man triumphant — laughs at the Gods

Who hid the ore, the coal, and the intricate processes
that make the Steel.

"At the gate" — Brass Badges are exchanged for time cards.
"Inside the gate"— we are all alike— "Spicks," "Dagoes,"
"Polacks," "Wops."

I AM Youth! Number 1533— on the "Third Shift."

I I walk the cooling plates — measuring their length before

the Shears.
This must I do — that Number 1533 may live.

1 know the ways of Man — the toil of Steel !

I know the danger zone of overhead cranes.

I have watched the splashing, bubbling glow of white-hot

metal
In the belly of a Furnace — traced its fiery path to a waiting

mould.

I have seen the inner walls of furnaces crumble —
The frenzied efforts of men to escape a burning hell.
I know the history of billets — ingots —
Watched their treacherous play in the Roller's forms,
And cursed the flying "seams" and "scabs"
Shot from the "Ghippers" gun.

I know the ways of Man — the toil of Steel !

I know the pain of muscles — the weakness from ten hours'

sweating —

A burning fever — a coated, gagging tongue.
"What of it— Hell ! You've gotta live."
Number 1533 — Shearman Helper — Age, Nineteen.
Number 1533 — You ask the name? why bother,
They come, and are gone.

"Outside the gate" — even we must live.

I LIVED as one of them — our days reckoned by the "Shift."
I saw — -Youth — my brothers die. The alleys were our

playgrounds —

The pavements — the dirty streets.
Home, four rooms, the second floor rear—
(Two beds used night and day)
Here we shared our little talk — cursed chance,
And each succeeding day that sucked our strength.
At night — the poolrooms — the gang.

362

BY NELS FRANCIS NORDSTROM

DRAWINGS BY WILFRED JONES

PART TWO

YEAR 1933

South Chicago — on the 92nd Street Bridge — overlooking the Cal-
umet River.
In the distance the Mills — Lake Michigan.

NIGHT, and the river lies clear,
Stretching in a straight line
Along the breakwaters to the lighthouse.
Beyond the Lake — naked, breathing in the darkness.
Only the red and green lights of the bridge, and a single tug
Betrays the empty docks.

The iron-ore boats — long, lumbering, clumsy, are gone.
On either shore, marked by a broken line of electric lights, —
"The watchman's beat" — rise the Furnaces.
Like monuments, tombs, sepulchers of ashes and gray dust

of burned slag,

They stand, silent silhouettes of the moon.
Their fires out. Their grandeur gone.
The South Works are "down."
The machine has stopped.

This is reality !

These are the Mills— "The South Works."

Night cannot hide the dim-lit streets —

The gaunt tenements.

This is the City of Steel —

This is the marvel of the age.

This is the City of the Shutdown Machine.

Man triumphant — rides through the mountains —

Over the desert.
Man triumphant — builds a new heaven

Fifty stories high.
Man triumphant — laughs at the Gods

Who hid the ore, the coal, and the intricate processes

that make the Steel.
Man triumphant — stands silent — alone,

His hands idle, beside the stopped machine.

"At the gate"— we are all alike— "Spicks," "Dagoes," "Po-

lacks," "Wops."
Ours is the same answer — the same waiting.

I AM Youth! Number 1533— Unemployed.
I walk the pavements, counting the cement blocks to the

Yard Office.

No Work Today !— This must I do— that Number 1533 may
live.

I know the ways of Man — the toil of idleness !

I know the pain of time — the quietness of the shutdown

machine.
I have travelled the streets from shop to shop —

Stood outside the gates — walked along the red fence,
Barbed wire at the top. No Work Today! Yet the months

toil on.

The stacks stand in silent rows. Not a cloud of smoke.
I can see the rust. The fires are out.
There are men everywhere. Strange — different.
Their faces are clean, pale, lost.
We sit on the street curb and talk —
But Hell ! we can't — it's the same old "line."
The tomorrows are like the todays and yesterdays. "No

Work Today."

Even with the gang I am lost, alone.
Only I can face my tomorrow.

I can see the rust. The fires are out.

I can see no further. The gates are closed.

I know the ways of Man — the toil of idleness.

I know the pain of aloneness — the weakness of hours of

worry —
A burning fever — without the price of a cigarette.

"What of it — Hell! — you've gotta live."
Number 1533 — Unemployed — Age, Twenty-four.
Number 1533 — You ask the name? why bother.
They come, and are gone.

"Outside the gate" — even we must live.

LIVED as one of them — cursed chance,
And each succeeding day that sucked our strength.
My God ! Are we just cogs,
Allowed to rust — even as the Ovens, the Rolls, the Shears,

the Stacks?

Must we serve these days of waiting,
Like the days of Rushed Orders;
Not knowing — only numbers — cogs?

Forgotten in four rooms — the second-floor rear.
At night — the poolrooms — the gang.

363

Waiting lines at Bellevue's new outpatient building, opened a year and a half ago, Fill the rooms inside and coil out into the court

CRISIS IN THE HOSPITALS

BY MARY ROSS

IF THE busy little tugboats in the East River looked up one
day in the late spring as they churned past the old brick
walls of Bellevue Hospital they saw the white oblongs of
beds along all its covered porches. A cool rain was falling;
it wasn't the weather one would have picked ideally for an
airing. But it was a day when sick people in bed could safely
be outdoors, and the good-sized town comprised in New
York's largest public hospital had twenty-six hundred pa-
tients in and around buildings intended for a maximum of
twenty-two hundred.

A tuberculosis ward, for example, had not only the usual
two rows of beds lined up along the walls but also down the
center two more lines, end to end, the foot of one a few inches
from the head of the next; not high hospital beds, but mis-
cellaneous cots, some unpainted, some sagging, so low that
reaching down to care for their occupants taxed the back
muscles of the scurrying nurses, but at least clean beds in
clean wards for people who needed them. Through the cold
winter months there were three extra rows of beds; here as in
other wards and hospitals floor space had been jammed to
its utmost, and the department had to record a rise in "cross-
infections" that come when overcrowding passes the danger-
line. With the first chance brought by spring, like a great
cocoon, the hospital had burst out for air, covering all the
spaces meant only for casual outdoor use but still leaving
inside more beds than any hospital administrator could
contemplate with equanimity. This was the public hospital
in a spring when the health of the city had never been better.

But if the tugboats circling Manhattan could have looked
up at the magnificent private hospitals and medical centers
that dot the shores or raise their towers a few blocks inland
the picture would have been quite different.
Whole floors lie closed, some in new buildings,
ready and equipped but never used, others once
in use but now shut up. The private rooms in the
voluntary hospitals of New York City have been
used during these past months to only about 35
percent of capacity, the semi-private rooms to
55 percent, the wards to 81 percent, this last the
limit to which average hospital capacity can be
safely carried. In contrast to these idle rooms

and floors, the public hospitals of the city were running
during the first quarter of 1933 at an average of more than
110 percent of their rated capacity, which means that at
times various of them are obliged to crowd in half as many
patients again as the standard of safety presupposes.

What is happening throughout the country as in this one
city is a landslide that is accelerated by the economic up-
heaval. Even before the depression, occupancy in private
hospitals was declining. But the precipitous course of recent
years is traced forcibly in a compilation made by Hospital
Management of the experience of ninety-one general hos-
pitals in almost as many communities scattered through
thirty-five states. At the start of January 1929, these hospi-
tals were 72 percent full; at the end of December 1932,
52 percent.

The same story in a slightly different form appears in the
figures that public and private hospitals report currently to
the director of social statistics of the federal Children's
Bureau. The total number of days' care given in 1932 by
sixty private general hospitals in fifteen city areas, not in-
cluding New York City, was not quite 87 percent of the 1929
figure, though their bed capacity was somewhat greater.
But while total care dropped 13 percent, service to free pa-
tients increased 79 percent in amount. With a shrinking
income from private patients, those hospitals had to find
some way to meet the cost of 400,000 added days of care for
people who paid nothing at all. Service to free patients now
constitutes 35 percent of their day's care in contrast to
17 percent in 1929.

The general public hospitals reporting to the Bureau had
had the opposite experience. Instead of a lesser amount in

In private hospitals, empty beds, vacant floors, new buildings
never fully opened. In public hospitals, beds in the aisles,
queues at the clinics, expenses up, income down. The ques-
tion has been raised seriously as to whether the hard times will
close many private hospitals and the institutional care of
the sick become largely a governmental function. Ways out

364

July 1933

CRISIS IN THE HOSPITALS

365

service, their 1932 figures for days' care ran 15 percent ahead
of 1929. As public hospitals, these institutions received
relatively few paying patients even in the good years but
that number has dwindled, so that the amount of free service
given in 1932 was nearly one fourth greater than in 1929.

Translated into financial terms, hard times are clutching
the hospitals like a giant pair of pincers. On the one side,
they squeeze the private or voluntary hospitals, which never
have operated for profit but are philanthropic agencies in
rather an unusual sense of that word. These have been built
characteristically by donations; they represent in the aggre-
gate the huge capital investment of a billion and a half
dollars contributed for service of the whole public, rich and
poor, since hospital rates do not figure in capital charges for
building, equipment and depreciation. From endowment
also some hospitals have a substantial source of income,
especially those long-established in eastern cities. But the
mainstay of income — by and large 80 percent of the income
of non-government hospitals — have been patients' payments,
supplemented by donations from the public and by allow-
ances from tax funds to cover part of the costs for patients
who are a public charge.

Obviously and inevitably the income from patients' pay-
ments goes down when people cannot afford to use hospitals
except from dire necessity, and at that must choose cheaper
or free service. Income from endowment, when it exists, and
from donations likewise sinks. In the fifty-odd hospitals that
report to the United Hospital Fund of New York City, the
number of days' care given to private patients dropped more
than a third from 1929 to 1932; semi-private service on
which the hospitals break about even, increased a little; care
of public charges, the cost of which is less than half covered
by city allowances, more than doubled. In 1932 these hospi-
tals had an aggregate operating deficit of about $4,000,000.

This is the situation, apparent in city after city throughout
the country, that prompted Paul H. Fesler, president of the
American Hospital Association, to declare at that organiza-
tion's annual meeting in September 1932: "Without being
pessimistic as to the future, the American Hospital Associa-
tion would be unmindful of the members' interests if it did
not recognize the possible breakdown of the voluntary hos-
pital system in America. . . ." What appeared dark the
third quarter of 1932 grew increasingly murky through the
final quarter of that year, and
in so far as the tentative 'figures
for 1933 are appearing, seems
to be deepening still further
and faster into the red.

For the public hospitals the
dilemma is no less great: on
the one hand added armies of
people to be cared for at the
city's cost, on the other, sta-
tionary or shrinking budgets
to do the job. Patients must be
hurried out at the earliest pos-
sible moment to give beds to
people who are more acutely
sick; the same staffs and space
must take the added burden as
best they can. While the nurs-
ing profession is riddled with
unemployment, the public hos-
pitals of New York City for
example, must get along with

three nurses where standards of reasonably adequate care
demand five. Nurses and attendants work a sixty-hour week.
While private doctors wait in vain for calls, staff physicians
serving without pay in the clinics of these hospitals some-
times see from thirty to fifty patients in a two-hour session.
By actual count in one clinic in general medicine, where
time should be provided to hear symptoms and make diag-
noses, patients passed through on one test day at the rate of
forty an hour, that is, a minute and a half apiece if no second
was lost as one popped out of the chair and the next one in.

DURING the winter a six weeks' study was made of the
working hours of the directors of social service in these
hospitals; they were on the job from three to thirty-eight
hours overtime a week — this last just doubling the week's
work, trying to keep pace with the needs of the increasing
numbers of patients, to find places where they could go for
convalescence so that a bed would be ready for a newcomer.
The not infrequent tragedy of the present pressure is that
patients leave the hospital too early to weather the crowded
homes and lodging-houses to which they must return, and a
little later come back for care in a relapse.

Hospital service in the United States confronts a crisis in
which public and private finances are inextricably mixed up
with both the chances and standards of care that concern
some eight million patients a year and hundreds of thousands
of doctors, nurses and other personnel. Hospital beds have
doubled in number in the past twenty years, but even in
large cities they still are short of the number that would be
used if all of us got hospital care for the illnesses most suitably
treated in hospitals. What has happened in these years is
that hospital service not only has grown in amount but has
changed in kind with the advance in medical science. In-
stead of being a refuge for the sick poor, its patients largely
restricted to people who needed a place to be sick in rather
than a special kind of care, the hospital has become the
place essential to all for many diagnoses and for certain
kinds of illness. On this new basis the voluntary hospitals
have become a kind of non-profit business, though largely
without the planning, analyzing and accounting systems that
go into large-scale business organization, the very existence
of their modern standards of service depending on the
ability of some of their patients to pay. From the declining

S. R. O. in one of Bellevue's tuberculosis wards as three extra rows of beds jam the aisle

366

SURVEY GRAPHIC

July 1933

rate of occupancy of non-governmental hospitals even be-
fore the present depression, it seemed likely that ability to
pay under the present system was not keeping pace with the
need for hospital care. In that gap, now accentuated by
general adversity, we see the tragic waste of costly provi-
sions not used by people who need care. At the present time,
with their broad base of income melting month by month,
many of these hospitals face a precarious situation.

HOSPITALS under government control, on the other
hand, though also growing in size and scope during the
past decades, had steadily increased their percentage of
occupancy until by 1931 they were as fully used as space
would permit, with no give to take up the current avalanche
of adversity. Their income comes almost wholly from taxa-
tion, with less than 10 percent in 1930 from patients' fees,
endowment or donations. And taxation also, needless to
state, is proving at best an inelastic source of support. In
1930 taxation provided $275,000,000 for the governmental
hospitals, a sum almost equal to the $277,000,000 that pa-
tients paid to hospitals not under government control. It
goes without saying that taxation cannot be expected at one
stroke to take up the former figure as patients' payments
fail, though in some way or another or some combination of
ways that gap must be closed if needed care is not to drop
through it. But where can the money be found?

Confronting a not dissimilar crisis following the War,
British voluntary hospitals evolved the plan whereby groups
of people pay small regular membership fees to a hospital
association for which at need they are entitled to stipulated
kinds and amounts of care. Hospital "members" in Lon-
don, Manchester and Liverpool now number six million
persons. The plan, which provides a known and stable in-
come for the hospitals and the assurance that the members'
bills will be met, is credited with having saved the voluntary
hospitals. Group hospitalization plans of this sort are being
actively advocated in this country by the American Hospital
Association (see Survey Graphic, April, 1933, p. 207, Or-
ganized Action in Medical Care, by Michael M. Davis) and
are under discussion or actual organization in many cities.

Plans of this sort tried locally in this country have been
found helpful both to the hospitals and the members they
served. The Thompson Benefit Association for Hospital
Service established in Brattleboro, Vermont in 1927 by the
Thomas Thompson Trust of Boston (see Survey Graphic,
July, 1931, p. 348) has been taken over by the community
as the Brattleboro Hospital Benefit Association and though
its steady growth in membership is not continuing at the
moment, it is holding its own — an unusual aspect of hos-
pital income under current conditions. In Dallas, Texas
some twelve thousand persons are enrolled in plans used by
three different hospitals, eight thousand of them in Baylor
University Hospital. Baylor Hospital operates on a self-
supporting basis, without endowment, municipal support
or income from any denominational group, and attributes
its success through the past three years in considerable part
to the added amounts which people have paid without hard-
ship under the plan and to the interest which the arrange-
ment has evoked among their friends and families. The
income from the payments of $6 or $8 a year has been ample
to meet the cost of the care needed by those who were sick.

Without the plan, the hospital estimates that the sick
would have been able to pay only half the amount that the
plan actually provided. Hospital bills fall on only about
7 percent of an employed group during a year, but to those

who must pay them they are likely to bring burdens that
the individual family or wage-earner cannot fully carry.
Spread over all, the cost for each is about the same as a daily
paper, and not only the patient but also the hospital has
protection. Baylor Hospital's example has been followed by
two other hospitals in Dallas, for one of which the arrange-
ment made it possible to come through a financial crisis
precipitated by charges on a bond issue, and to continue
operation without a deficit.

An experiment of special interest started early in January
in New Jersey, where the Essex County Hospital Council,
including sixteen 6f the seventeen voluntary hospitals in the
county, has set up an organization known as the Associated
Hospitals of Essex County to carry out a membership plan.
Employed persons, enrolled in groups, pay 85 cents a
month, or $10 a year, through voluntary payroll deductions
and are entitled to twenty-one days of care during a year in
a semi-private room. A member has a choice of any of the
participating hospitals with which his family physician is
affiliated. The hospital gets $6 a day for care given to the
subscribers. In the teeth of the depression, the plan has
enrolled more than three thousand members since its lists
were opened on January 9. Income during the first quarter
was sufficient to meet the obligations to the hospitals, pay
overhead costs of presenting the plan to employers and em-
ployes, higher at the outset than they will be when it is well
established, and roll up a reserve fund of $2000.

HERE as in Texas experience shows that people do not
linger in hospitals merely because they might establish
a right to do so. The average stay of patients has been what
would have been expected in an ordinary hospital group.
Rates, however, have been set with the expectation that
more people would be able to use hospitals than do under
ordinary conditions. A few weeks ago, for example, a sub-
scriber, employe of a dairy company, was laid off for a cou-
ple of weeks, and decided to have an operation which his
doctor had long been urging. He used involuntary idleness
to invest in better health, knowing that the care he received
was fully paid to the hospital.

Essex County represents conditions that scores of commun-
ities throughout the country are facing: a group of well-
established hospitals built up through the interest and
generosity of private citizens, straining every nerve to keep up
standards despite shrinking incomes. City and county funds
have come in during these past years in added amounts to
meet part of the costs of people who — for medical care — are
"indigent," but not fast enough to keep pace with the need.
Expenses have been pared to the bone. But the gap growing
during the past three years in widening deficits, showed a
further disconcerting spread in the first quarter of 1933 when
expenses went down 7.7 percent and income 15.8 percent.
The membership plan is still a small beginning, confronting
the need, but at least a finger to stop one hole in the dike.

Four main channels lie before the hospitals along which
money may be poured to avert paralysis among the private
hospitals and salvage of their already unused space or break-
down of the public ones under pressure of the load: increased
donations, increased tax support for both public and private
institutions, lowering of hospital standards, or finding some
means, such as this use of the insurance principle, whereby
people of even small incomes can afford without hardship to
pay the costs of their care. The hospitals' plight does not
admit of public complacency for either the present or a long
view of the future.

INDIANS OF THE

SOUTHWEST

BY GEORGE WINSLOW

Grand Central Galleries, New York

Stock: Keres

Marcial Quintana

Photographs by Hoyt Catlin

Pueblo: Cochiti

Dominating personality. Lively sense of humor. A good
mechanic. He has achieved every distinction his village offers

The Indian has frequently appealed to the artist as a magnifi-
cent or picturesque model/ George Winslow Blodgett, who
became a sculptor in his mature years, is interested in portray-
ing him as an individual. He approached the Indians of the
Southwest with the respect that one who has made a study of
psychology has for the personality of others. "There has al-
ways been for some an intense interest in the human spirit,"
he says. "Perhaps in this searchful study of others one may
finally come to know and understand himself." His fine
sculptured heads are actual men, Jose, Ascensio, Marcial
Quintana; the comments he adds after each name continue the
portrait. George Winslow, as the sculptor is known, wants all
latter-day Americans to understand the surviving people of

the Pueblos, Hopis, Navajos, Utes and Yaquis. He found
that months of contact were often necessary before confi-
dence could be established and work started. Mr. Winslow's
plan, if it can be financed, is to make at least fifty studies, some
life-size figures and other life-size heads like the thirteen he
has completed, in the hope that they will find an appropriate
place in a museum, an intact and perpetual record. He em-
phasizes the educational as well as sculptural value of the proj-
ect. But the special qualification that he seems to bring to this
work is the sympathetic approach so evident in his beautiful
heads: the sophisticated man's respect for these primitive
Americans, for lives lived in harmony with natural laws, in an
unbroken tradition and close to things that are fundamental.

Ascensio Chama

Stock: Keres

Pueblo: Santo Domingo

A most thoughtful youth with courage and initiative
for whom I feel real affection and friendship. Who
said to me: "I'm learning to think good thoughts."

Jose Rey Calavasa

Stock: Keres

Pueblo: Santo Domingo

Who said after silence: "Indians are sad. It is the
white people who have made them that way. You
have been good to me. It hurts me when you swear."

Albert Lujan

Stock: Tewa

Pueblo: Taos

"Since my father died I'm head of my family. My brothers and sisters and all
their wives and mine, we are seven. We were all around when my father died.
He said: 'Leave the door open — I'm going out that way.' He said: 'Albert, you
are the oldest; you will look after your mother and brothers and sisters first, and
your wife and yourself last.'" Genial and benign and tolerant, it seems Albert
has achieved an adjustment to life attained by few white people

PRODUCERS' EXCHANGES

BY E. WIGHT BAKKE

ON August 1, 1932 Jim Jackson was a
beaten man. For twelve months after
being laid off he had fought hard to be
his own and his family's breadwinner. He had
failed. He knew it. Every time he pushed open
the door of the Family Society his failure grew
heavier. He stood before the interviewer on this
occasion.

"There's a new production unit and barter
association being organized in your ward, Jackson."

"Tell me about it." . . .

On September 1 , Jim Jackson entered the office of the
secretary of the Family Society, walked up to his desk and
said, "Listen Masters, how long do you think we can wait
for that gasoline? We're losing grub that's rotting in the
fields every hour there's no gas in them trucks. Why in blazes
hasn't it arrived?"

Jim Jackson with his hat in his hand before the door of the
Family Society is a different man from Jim Jackson asking
the secretary "Why in blazes hasn't that gas arrived?" That
difference is worth conserving.

If for no other reason than this, the self-help and barter
experiments, which are now brought within the sphere of
the Federal Relief Act, are worth fresh evaluation as to the
factors on which their success or failure hinges.

HOW much can be expected of these organizations set up
by the unemployed? What conditions determine their
effectiveness? In the midst of the enthusiasm of promoters,
the fears of politicians and the benevolent neutrality of the
average citizen, what is the experience of such groups con-
tributing to the problem of unemployment?

From the point of view of social evolution, barter is one
step removed from the earliest form of self-maintenance. The
use of barter scrip is simply a necessary added convenience
when the number engaging in barter and the variety of ex-
changed goods grow. We have gone beyond this practice to a
form of self-maintenance characterized, among wage-earn-
ers, by the following conditions:

Men exchange their skill for money and buy a living.
They exchange their skill for money when some other member of
the community can use or profit by that skill.

When the second condition is not fulfilled, that is when no
one can use or profit by a man's services, his supply of money
is curtailed. So thoroughly embedded, however, is the first
folkway that we bolster up its practice by continuing to place
money in the form of charity at the disposal of those who
cannot "earn" it. As long as private generosity and taxes can
stand the strain this expedient operates satisfactorily. As long
as those who do not acquire money by their own labor are in
a small minority and remain in that condition for short pe-
riods, it is probably wise to maintain the formal economic
relationship for all even though for a few the relationship is
maintained by the earnings of others. When the strain in-
creases to its present proportions, however, such a course
endangers the self-support of those who give and pay and the
morale of those who receive. It is maintaining a superstruc-
ture, the foundation for which has been swept away.

Whatever the final outcome of the system of swap and dicker
that has swept over the country, it has put courage and re-
sourcefulness into the swap-and-dickerers and kept them off
enervating relief-rolls. A study of different systems, how
they work, the six walls they must scale, is here summarized
by a man who, wanting to organize a production unit in the
East, sought out the experience of going concerns in the West

Sociologically and economically, production and barter
appear to be sounder. In principle this method says, "Men
cannot exchange their skill for money to exchange for bread ;
very well then, let them retreat a step to an earlier form of
self-maintenance and exchange skill for bread." It is not an
advance to a new and untried expedient (outdoor relief on
our present scale is); it is a withdrawal to an ancient and
tried method.

Producers' Exchanges are the natural outgrowth of un-
employment. Jobs produce money. Money buys a living. If
this system breaks down because there are no jobs, men
question: "Here is our unused labor. Here are unused goods
for living. Why not exchange one for the other by direct
barter?" The alternative is to accept a living from the
bounty of those who can still make money. The choice of the
first alternative should be encouraged. Whether or not such
a choice can be made by sufficient numbers to greatly reduce
public relief funds, the possibility of choosing it should be
real for those who wish to avoid accepting charity.

A3ROUP of unemployed has a surplus of labor. In nor-
mal times they could dispose of it for money which, in
turn could be exchanged for overalls, sugar and potatoes.
They take this surplus to the manufacturer of overalls, the
grocer and the potato farmer. None of these will exchange
his product for labor. At last they find a farmer with a field
full of cabbages. He will barter. They exchange labor for
cabbages. Now they have two things to barter with, labor
and cabbages. They make most of the cabbages into sauer-
kraut. Now there are three commodities at their disposal.
The grocer wouldn't exchange labor for sugar at the first
contact. But now he will take sauerkraut in exchange. The
bargain is made, giving the organization four barterable
commodities. The overall manufacturer could not use labor,
cabbages or sauerkraut, but now he can use some of the
newly acquired sugar for the company restaurant. He ex-
changes overalls for sugar. Having acquired overalls, the
unemployed approach another farmer and strike a bargain
to exchange labor and overalls for potatoes. The original
surplus of labor has been turned into a stock of cabbages,
sauerkraut, sugar, overalls and potatoes. So the stock grows,
every transaction adding more barterable goods. As more
and more of the surplus of labor is disposed of, the possibility
of exchange grows.

Such is the principle of production and barter. Imagine
yourself an unemployed man with a family of five in Dayton,
Ohio.1 You are getting help from community funds. As long

1 Brief descriptions of two organizations are given here. For a concise
description of a number of representative plans see U. S. Department of
Labor, Monthly Labor Review, March and April 1933.

371

372

SURVEY GRAPHIC

July 1933

as your need is genuine and the funds hold out, you can
continue to get that help. But you hate taking something for
nothing. One night you attend a meeting at which a repre-
sentative of the Council of Social Agencies speaks. She tells
about a plan to organize a Production Unit. Joining is
voluntary. If you join, the members will decide how many
days a week you shall work for the organization.

Various production projects will be launched. You will
work on them according to your ability. In return you will
draw from the pool of products what you need. From the
relief funds you can continue to receive the difference be-
tween your share of the production and what is necessary to
maintain your family. The bread and potatoes and overalls
and dresses produced by your unit will be distributed ac-
cording to your declared need. As a family man you will get
more of course than a bachelor, although both of you will
work an equal amount. The unit will be managed by an
executive committee and a manager elected from the group.
Relations with other units will be maintained by means of a
units council on which your group will have two members.
The Council of Social Agencies will help by interpreting
your efforts to the community, by loans to enable you to get
started, by arranging for the supply of raw materials from
the city relief store, say cloth, which you will pay for in
finished goods, keeping the surplus as wages.

This is the plan. You and fifty of your neighbors accept
the proposal. After six months the plan becomes a reality.

Here is what you and your fellow members are doing in
one unit. An old bakery has been loaned, and by the use of
Red Cross flour enough bread is baked for the entire mem-
bership. The surplus is sold to the city relief store. Wood-
cutting operations have not only supplied members with
fuel, but the unit with a commodity which has been bartered
for groceries and clothing. A part of the "dues" of labor is
used up in doing odd jobs for which the unit receives pay in
either goods or cash, sometimes in the services of a doctor or
dentist. A barber, a tailor, a shoe repairer, work out their
three days at their own business providing members with
much needed services. Carpenters and sheet-metal workers
have built a chicken house and the unit plans to raise
chickens this summer. A group of women are using some
borrowed sewing machines to make up cloth into shirts.
The cloth is that bought from the relief store and will be
paid for in finished products. Each week a dance is held to
which members are admitted free.

All of the goods and services are made possible by the
labor "dues" of members. The labor is turned into clothes
and food and services with the help of loans from the Council
of Social Agencies and the relief store and some outside
donors. Members contribute work according to their ability
and withdraw the products of their labor according to their
need. About seven hundred families were cooperating in
thirteen units in March 1933.

How Scrip Is Used

IF you happen to be unemployed in Minneapolis and wish
to join the Organized Unemployed, Inc., you will find
yourself connected with a different kind of organization. If
you want to get groceries or meat or a hair-cut from the or-
ganization you must possess the price of that item in scrip.
That scrip may be secured by working for the organization
or by selling it goods or services. The amount you can take
away from the store depends not upon your need, but upon
the amount of scrip you have.

An example or two will show how this plan operates. A
farmer needs a laborer. He secures one from the Organized
Unemployed. He pays that organization for the services in
potatoes. The organization pays the laborer in scrip.

A man has a chair which he would like to exchange for
groceries. He brings it into the store and takes payment in
scrip.

A stove manufacturer sells a supply of stoves to the organi-
zation, takes scrip in payment and passes the scrip along to
his workers whom he could not have retained but for this
order.

A woman sews in the large room containing seventy ma-
chines, making clothes from cloth bought from outside
concerns and paid for in finished products. Or the individual
may work in one of the other production or administrative
jobs. Such workers are paid in scrip.

A great many transactions of this kind make it possible for
the holders of scrip to exchange it for potatoes, chairs,
stoves, shirts and other available goods secured through
actual production or through barter.

Holders of scrip in March 1933 could spend it with the
organization for wood, meals at a cafeteria (serving about
fourteen hundred meals a day), a night's lodging in a men's
dormitory, certain types of clothing, shoes, a limited supply
of groceries and meats (including the canned goods put up
in the fall), rent in certain houses renovated by workers in
the group, and a miscellaneous assortment of goods obtained
in the barter and exchange department. In addition a num-
ber of outside concerns and professional men are willing to
accept the scrip. According to a published list there are
eighty-two businesses, twelve theaters and sixty-eight pro-
fessional people in this group. Of course many skilled work-
men are available through the city labor department. These
may be paid in scrip or cash.

The whole project with the exception of the wood-cutting
and a warehouse is lodged in the old Girls' Vocational High-
school Building. In February 1933 there were 411 persons on
the payroll. This is a considerable reduction from the
months when wood-cutting was in full swing. During De-
cember 1932, 483 men were simultaneously employed on
this project alone.

Members have little voice in the government of this enter-
prise. The general manager is appointed by the Rev. George
Mecklenberg, pastor of the Wesley M. E. Church and
founder of the organization. Department heads are ap-
pointed by Mr. Mecklenberg or the general manager. The
organization is highly centralized.

The transactions by which goods and services available
are bartered for other goods or services are carried out by a
force of "contact men" who strike the best bargains possible.
Oftentimes the exchange becomes many-cornered. One
typical illustration will suffice. This transaction took place
after the labor of the men had stocked the warehouse with
sauerkraut, wood and potatoes. Of course labor was avail-
able.

Contact man C goes to a wholesale grocer G to buy 100 pounds
of sugar for scrip. G says, "What can I buy with scrip?"

C responds, "Sauerkraut, wood, potatoes and labor."

G answers that he doesn't need any of these things.

C doesn't leave his man however. He says, "What do you need?"

"I need 1000 burlap sacks."

C therefore goes to merchant M who sells burlap sacks and repeats
this process.

M can use half of the value of the burlap sacks in wood, so he ac-
cepts scrip for 500 sacks. Now C has to find him something he needs

July 1933

PRODUCERS' EXCHANGES

373

to pay for the additional 500. He finds that M wants his roof re-
paired. He therefore gets one of his unemployed to do the job, pays
him in scrip and accepts the 500 sacks from the merchant in pay-
ment for the work.

C then goes to G with the 1000 sacks and gets his sugar.

The Principle: Tapping a Surplus

THROUGHOUT the United States numerous production
and barter organizations of the unemployed are carrying
on in a fashion similar to one of these two examples. In many
cases, as in Dayton and Los Angeles, they are closely co-
operating with the relief organizations. When such is the
case, distribution is normally on the basis of need and
contribution on an equal "dues" of labor basis. In other
cases, such as Minneapolis, Kansas City. New York City and
Salt Lake City, the organizations are attempting to run
independently of the established relief agencies. In these in-
stances distribution is normally on a basis of purchasing
power dependent upon the amount of work or goods which
the individual has disposed of to the organization. The
majority have stressed production; a few, of which Seattle is
the outstanding example, have stressed political action and
demonstration.

The principle of the exchange of surplus goods and serv-
ices for necessities is the same however. The In wood Mu-
tual Exchange (New York) added to its now famous apple
deal a few other exchanges. Workers did a plumbing job for
a dentist who gave his note for the amount, the note to be
cancelled by dental work done for members of the Exchange.
In Salt Lake City the association arranged with a dairyman
on the verge of bankruptcy to supply members with milk on a
half-scrip, half-cash basis. A local music company accepted
scrip for fifty pianos and SI 000 worth of radios. The scrip
was used in part payment of wages. The employes in turn
purchased services and supplies from the association.

In Denver the Unemployed Citizens League found prop-
erties empty and in need of repair. A bargain was struck with
the owner whereby the League repaired the places in return
for leases for a specified period. Between 75 and 200 families
were provided with living quarters in this way. In Cheyenne
fruit was obtained from the railroad in return for labor used
in unloading. In New Haven the Work-Seekers' Coopera-
tive secured a paint job for which they were given $700
worth of seeds and fertilizer. Part of the seeds they bartered.
Most of them were planted on a piece of land donated by a
generous citizen. Necessary cash for equipment was loaned
by the Community Chest. The croup will pay off the loan
with potatoes at harvest time.

Obviously back of some of these exchanges and ultimately
back of all of them there is a fundamental goal. It may be
expressed in the form of a question: "How can men take this
surplus of labor which they cannot dispose of through the
normal channels of business and industry, and turn it into
food and clothes and shelter?" The answer in many commu-
nities has been some form of Producers' Exchange.

Can this method grow until the groups can supply full
maintenance for members? Can the number benefiting
from the system be increased indefinitely? That depends
upon whether provision can be made to get over certain
walls that inevitably limit any attempt at self-maintenance.

The fast wall is the problem of food supply. Ultimate
dependence upon the availability of food supplies is obvious.
The greatest outlet for labor and the greatest reward from

labor come by close cooperation with farmers. Truck-farm-
ing and fruit-raising are even more important than large-
scale specialty farming. Even where the barter of primarily
urban services and products has bulked large, the predomi-
nant opportunity for work and maintenance has been food-
growing. The unemployed veteran in Compton, California
starting out with a sack on his shoulder to barter his labor for
produce is symbolic of the beginnings of the movement
wherever such supplies were readily available. The Emer-
gency Exchange in New York City is intently searching for
sources of food in the neighboring states of New Jersey and
Connecticut and on Long Island. Lacking such food sup-
plies, the usefulness of the several exchanges in New York
City is limited.

The chances for success are enhanced if the farmers also
have a shortage of labor or clothes, or a surplus of unsalable
products. Farmers are loath to dispose of products in barter
fashion if they can find a commercial market for them. Thus
the exchanges find it difficult to get butter and milk and
sometimes eggs when the market for these products is good.

The second wall is the possibility of competent leadership.
As in any business or industry, the best planning is to choose
men of experience and intelligence to occupy executive posts
and trust to their judgment to meet complications as they
arise. The enterprise and grasp of the problems involved,
the air of business-like administration in the offices, stores,
warehouses and factories of the most successful units which I
visited were impressive. Barter is a business. Production is
industry. The key-men are men with experience and train-
ing for their jobs. This does not always mean that the specific
job in the organization is filled by a man who has done just
that job in ordinary employment. It does mean, however,
that in every case he shall have had experience in the leading
of men, in the making of business-executive decisions, and in
the taking of responsibility.

Beside the operation of a Producers' Exchange, the
managing of a regular store or factory is an easy job. The
same drive and ability are required. In addition the execu-
tives must have exceptional initiative and imagination. If
the talent for such responsibility is available and can be en-
listed the chances for success are proportionately good. The
greater the degree of unemployment, the greater are the
chances that such talent will be discovered in the ranks of
the unemployed. Producers' Exchanges face a brighter
prospect in the later stages of a depression than in the early
stages.

The third wall is the task of securing a high level of ability
and cooperativeness among the members. Fortunately a self-
help movement challenges the best type of workman. In
cementing the loyalties of members the use of news-sheets
has been important. The N. D. A. Progressive Independent
(Salt Lake City), Dawn (Denver), and a monthly issued by
the Compton, California unit are typical.

The fourth wall and perhaps the highest, is the provision
for financing. Like any other business or industry, the Pro-
ducers' Exchanges require capital. The estimate which seems
to be generally accepted by the units is that one dollar in
cash will be required for every ten dollars' worth of produc-
tion. If the donations of material and supplies are counted,
the rate is perhaps closer to two dollars to ten. Inasmuch as
there are no large supplies of natural resources immediately
available, the matter of capital is doubly important. The

374

SURVEY GRAPHIC

July 1935

necessary equipment must be secured. The minimum of
financial assistance must be in hand.

There are three ways in which this capital may be secured:
the sale of stock, the setting up of a revolving fund from
which loans may be secured, donations. Of these three
sources, donations seem to have proved by far the most ef-
fective source in the largest number of groups. In Minne-
apolis, the executives indicate that in dealing with mer-
chants and others in the community, they seek to secure
donations for capital equipment, although when they are
purchasing supplies for barter or for sale, they attempt to
make the deal on a scrip basis. Practically all units report
donations of rent, heat, machinery and the like. The need
for donations is extremely important. It should not be over-
looked by any who are attempting to organize the unem-
ployed. The unemployed themselves do not possess the
necessary capital to establish an organization on a produc-
tive basis. Contact must be maintained with other agencies
and individuals in the community who are able to furnish
this.

The revolving fund set up by the Dayton Council of So-
cial Agencies has proved very successful. Miss Nutting esti-
mates that from the $3200 expended, $32,000 worth of prod-
ucts has been made possible. If the organization of the
unemployed can gain the confidence of the agencies and the
city, this expenditure of money would seem both desirable
and effective.

Lack of funds has been a serious handicap to all the or-
ganizations. The Denver League had to turn down an offer
of a coal mine because funds for compensation insurance
and equipment were not available. Old shoes could not be
repaired because there was no money for materials. Money
for gasoline, "the life-blood of the barter movement," is an-
other problem which Denver shared with most of the
groups.

One of the advantages of this type of project, so far as the
securing of original capital and operating expenses is con-
cerned, is that it uncovers new and unsuspected sources of
donations. Many who could not be appealed to on the
orthodox charity basis are challenged to assist such self-
help groups. Many forms of donations have been most
ingenious. The local traffic court in Los Angeles requires
offenders who cannot pay fines to work off the fines by put-
ting themselves and their machines at the disposal of the
association.

The operating expenses of a business and industry of this
kind are comparatively high; that is, in comparison with the
products. The labor is relatively inefficient; the equipment
with which it must work is not of the highest grade. Con-
sequently there is a good deal of waste and inefficiency.
Products must be priced high enough to cover overhead.
Furthermore the contact men will have to drive bargains
sufficiently good to pay for their salaries.

It is doubtful whether such an organization can operate
on a strict cost-accounting basis. And it is best to play safe
by keeping open as far as possible all sources of donations
not only of capital equipment and funds, but of operating
needs as well. Most of these latter will be in goods which will
build up the stock of the Producers' Exchange. But there is
need for cash also. There are two alternative ways of secur-
ing this cash. One is by the sale of products of the exchange.
Many do this. The NDA of Salt Lake City charges part
cash for most of its articles. Others, like Denver, give benefit
concerts, boxing-matches and the like. There is much to be
said for such practices. The selling of goods for cash in the

open market is a different matter. It is a thorough temptation
to competition with local business and will arouse the op-
position of merchants immediately. The other alternative is
some sort of public subscription — either by a public cam-
paign, or by private solicitation. The last way seems to be
more feasible and desirable. In the first place a public cam-
paign might seriously prejudice other campaigns, particu-
larly that of the Community Chest; and in the second place
it would be bad for the morale of the unemployed to have a
public subscription made for a self-help organization. There
is no use hiding our heads in the sand in this matter of self-
help, but it would be unwise to flaunt the need for donations
in the face of the public and the unemployed members. The
fact that one dollar in five must come from public donations
of some kind does not alter the fact that four dollars have
been produced by the labor, skill and brains of the un-
employed.

Production Units have the same basic needs as any in-
dustry or business. They need capital and a sizeable gross
profit on the sale of their products even more than ordinary
business. They are starting from "scratch" with few natural
resources — little of the bounty of nature to which they can
apply labor profitably. And the labor which they bring to it
is comparatively disorganized and lacking in efficiency.
They must either acquire capital and earn their operating
expenses, or tax the generosity of someone who has acquired
capital.

The fifth wall is the emphasis on production. If that em-
phasis is minimized, the usefulness of the organization is
circumscribed. The key to advance is in new production.
Stress production, not barter. It is impossible to barter a
large surplus of labor which does not produce goods for
maintenance requirements. That is just the problem of un-
employment.

When the organization first begins it has nothing but a
surplus of labor with which to barter. No amount of cam-
paigning has been able to produce a market for more than a
small part of that surplus. But if that labor can be used in
producing jackets or bread or sauerkraut or furniture or
something else that people will exchange for sugar and coal
and blankets and meat, then there is a possibility of barter
making a living possible. The adequacy and variety of
life's necessities which can be secured by barter depend upon
the number of items available for barter. If one has only
labor, he can secure very little. It is wise, therefore, to build
up a supply of barterable goods as quickly as possible through
new production.

Unless new production is added to the present available
goods, the organization can never grow beyond a very
inadequate and opportunistic affair. The possibilities of new
production are being more thoroughly worked out in Dayton
than in any other community which I visited. Gardening,
canning, a bakery, rabbit-raising, sewing, tailoring, soap-
making, carding and spinning wool, making wool comforts,
cabinet-making and so on are all producing products which
can be bartered for food and clothes.

If there is not production the organization will find itself
with merely a made-work campaign to its credit.

Production, however, requires capital and supplies. It is
here that money is necessary. Dayton has solved the problem
by producing for the city relief store. The relief store ad-
vances to them, let us say, cloth, and the unit produces
enough shirts to pay for the cloth. Some cloth is left and this
is made up into shirts for the members or for barter. Minne-

July 1933

PRODUCERS' EXCHANGES

375

apolis is contemplating a similar arrangement with a com-
mercial concern. The danger of sweatshop labor and com-
petition with legitimate business is great the moment one
starts dealing with commercial firms.

Were the city to adopt a commissary plan for distribu-
tion of assistance, the production units would fit into the
picture perfectly. The plan would be: 1, City furnishes
raw materials; 2, unit members add their labor; and,
3, return enough finished products to pay for the raw
material; 4, keeping the surplus in payment for their
labor.

The last wall is the problem of community cooperation.
From what has already been said it must be evident that the
friendliness and material support of the community can de-
termine the limits to which a producers' exchange can con-
tribute to the problem of the unemployed.

If the emphasis is to be on producing for use the necessi-
ties of life, there are numerous points at which the backing
of the community is indispensable. For this reason if for no
other, such organizations should keep clear of politics.
Entrance into the political field would immediately arouse
fears and prejudices Qn the part of many groups which would
seriously handicap effective work.

Here then are six walls. If means can be found to scale
them or to cut gates through them, the possibilities of in-
vading an ever larger field are correspondingly good.

At Best— Marginal Maintenance

AT the present time, the efforts to accomplish this have
had a limited success. Producers' Exchanges are giving
marginal, not complete maintenance. The best estimates
I found did not exceed 50 percent of the needs of members.
Nor are the organizations reaching in any substantial way
a large percent of the unemployed. Ten percent is an out-
side estimate in cities east of the Rockies for which organiza-
tions present any reliable figures.

It is doubtful whether the scheme can be enlarged to provide full
maintenance or even marginal maintenance for all the unemployed.
The several walls mentioned are proving solid obstacles. The
need for capital is the first. In order to reduce appreciably
the relief-load of the community, capital investment would
have to be made amounting to at least one dollar for every
ten dollars in maintenance expected. If this can be managed,
the prospects of success are better. Added to this there is the
need for donations in equipment and materials. The en-
larging of the program will depend on the extent of the
sources for such donations. Such sources, of course, are not
unlimited.

It should be remembered, however, that this type of self-
help project uncovers donations which are not available for
the appeals of orthodox charity.

Moreover, Producers' Exchanges do not appeal to all of
the unemployed. At least in the beginning, the majority of
idle men will be skeptical and non-cooperative. Many will
register. Few will actually participate. Organized on their
present basis, the Producers' Exchanges have not shown
great possibilities of expanding to cover the needs of all of
the unemployed. Nevertheless, it is thoroughly desirable
from the point of view of the unemployed to make possible
such an opportunity for all who can and will use it.

The value of Producers' Exchanges in one respect at
least is concrete and undeniable. They are powerful builders of
morale. Even in a short association with the workers partici-

pating, one could not miss the enthusiasm and sense of worth
produced by work. To listen to the proceedings of the unit
meetings was to get an education in the meaning of work, to
learn how much self-respect depends upon self-support. If
for no other reason than this such an effort of the un-
employed is worthy of the wholehearted support of the
community.

Around the future of Producers' Exchanges wages a con-
stant battle of words grounded on fears or hopes. Some say,
"There is danger that we shall set up a second economic sys-
tem within the present one; and it will be capitalized out of
public funds and donations." These fear the future. Others
say, "Here at last is a cooperative commonwealth coming in
by the back door." These are hopeful of the future. The
fears and hopes are alike ill-grounded.

Producers' Exchanges show promise of supplying at most a main-
tenance, not an increasing standard of living. It is more desirable
to live on a maintenance level than to be supported by
charity or taxes. The first has human values totally absent in
the second. It may be necessary for increasing numbers of
our technologically unemployed to make the choice. Many
will prefer the production-unit method. But we ought not to
fool ourselves about such units competing successfully with
the present economic system or ushering in a cooperative
commonwealth.

If men can secure the standard of living made possible by
a machine age (and the most efficient can) they will take it.
If they cannot (and the least efficient or those whose skill is
outdated cannot) they may be able to join the production
units and get more satisfaction out of living by their own ef-
forts than by accepting charity. As soon as the factory whistles
call men back to regular jobs which offer a higher standard of
living, however, most of them will go.

If they do not, and wish to gain the standard of living
achieved by their fellow-workers who have found a place in
regularly organized industry, they will have to compete with
regular industry. They will have to produce something the
world wants which is better or cheaper than that which the
workers in regular industry can produce.

Cooperation vs. Machines

CAN they do this? Some say, "Yes, because the satisfaction
of cooperative working will produce more and better
goods from the hands of those who have been rejected by
organized industry than comparatively greater skill and ef-
ficiency will produce from the machines of those who have
been retained by organized industry." There are no un-
complicated facts from which to draw a conclusion. Each
will accept or reject this putting of the case according to his
own convictions.

If the groups can find natural resources which no one has
tapped, or apply new skills to materials not before applied,
they might conceivably raise their standard of living beyond
mere maintenance; they might be able to pay back borrowed
capital and become self-supporting. The chances would be
best were they to turn their attention to the production of
craft goods which machines cannot produce. But in such a
case they would not be competing with machine industry,
they would be supplementing it.

In any case, one need not either fear or hope over much.
Producers' Exchanges will disappear if and when organized
industry can furnish men with a higher standard of living.
Until that time they give to their members the chance to
live without losing their self-respect.

A Vermont village gives us a perfect example of part-work, part-subsistence-gardening

ONE FOOT ON THE GROUND

BY FRANCIS A. WESTBROOK

JOHN is a young married man with three children living
in the small town of Wallingford, Vermont, where he is
employed in the community's single factory. This fac-
tory, belonging to the American Fork and Hoe Company
and normally employing 125 people, has, like most manu-
facturing concerns, found it necessary to cut its operating
time to three days a week and sometimes less. Naturally this
has been a severe blow to John and his fellows. But here he
has one great advantage over industrial employes in larger
centers, — the many resources in this small town, located as
it is in a farming community, of which an active young man
not afraid of work, can avail himself. If we consider briefly
how John has managed to get along during the last two
years, and his case is typical of many in Wallingford and
other similarly situated places, we will see how this is. In
fact we will find an excellent specific example of the advan-
tages of decentralized manufacturing which is being so
widely advocated.

In the first place his average of about three days work a
week in the factory supplies John with a backlog of ready
money. Even at the reduced hourly rates he has enough to
pay his taxes, for he owns his home, and to secure such
necessities as shoes for the three children.

In the second place he found ample opportunity to make
good use of his spare time, and he has not been troubled
with idleness by any means. Like most Vermonters John has
worked on a farm at. various times and he knows a good deal
about it. He can plough, chop, run a mowing-machine, milk
cows and do most of the great variety of tasks which enter
into the everyday life of farmers. So during the haying season
he "hired out" to different farmers in the neighborhood who
needed help at that busy time of the year. This accounted
for a good deal of his spare time during July and August, for a
part of which the factory closed down entirely. Earlier in the
season he did some ploughing and hoeing. After haying
was over he put in a good many days harvesting corn and

other crops and at other times he secured work on the state
road passing through Wallingford. On the whole he man-
aged to get through the summer with very little idle time on
his hands, but this was not all that he did.

This was because the manager of the American Fork and
Hoe Company conceived the idea that it would be an excel-
lent thing if the employes provided themselves with a supply
of food for winter. Most people in Wallingford have vege-
table gardens from which they can get enough for the sum-
mer but no surplus to put in the cellar for winter. So with
the backing of the company they organized a garden club
consisting of sixty men and women, mostly heads of families.
Each member made an initial contribution of $5 for seeds,
fertilizer and other supplies, or contributed twenty-five
hours of work figured at 20 cents an hour. Some made con-
tributions of part money and part work. Some members
worked more than twenty-five hours, in fact John put in
forty-five hours. At the end of the season the produce was
divided among the members in proportion to their respec-
tive contributions, the hours of work being reduced to a
money basis.

They planted an acre of yellow bantam corn, an acre and
a half divided among potatoes, beets, turnips and beans,
and another patch with eight hundred tomato plants,
eleven hundred cabbages and string beans. John did all
of the ploughing and a good deal of the cultivating.

Some green vegetables were sold around town and in the
city of Rutland a few miles away. In this way money was
raised with which to buy cans for tomatoes, corn and string
beans. The sterilizing equipment was set up in one of the
factory buildings and this part of the work was placed in
charge of a foreman, who worked early and late for weeks
when the canning crops were being harvested. Some towns-
people who were not members of the club brought in things
from their gardens and paid a small fee to have them put
up for winter use. In this way the club paid all of

376

July 1933

ONE FOOT ON THE GROUND

377

its expenses and ended the year with a small surplus.

John's share of produce amounted to ten bushels of
potatoes, one bushel of carrots, two bushels of beets, fifty
heads of cabbage some of which he made into sauerkraut,
thirty pounds of dried beans and forty cans of tomatoes,
string beans and corn. After the crops were all harvested he
earned thirty-seven more cans of tomatoes by cleaning up
the land and burning the litter. All of this naturally made a
pretty good supply of food toward his needs for the coming
winter, and kept him profitably employed during practi-
cally all of his spare time during the growing season.

He has been just about as successful in keeping busy dur-
ing the winter. Late last fall when the hunting season came
on John took his rifle, went into the mountains and brought
home a deer, thus providing a quantity of excellent meat
which lasted for some time. He enjoys hunting and got a
lot of fun out of it besides.

Fuel for cooking and for warmth is obtained from the
woodlots on the mountains. John does not own a woodlot
but he secured all that he needed without paying out any
money. He and a friend bought some trees on the stump for
SI a cord. They cut what they needed for themselves and
enough more to pay the owner from whom the purchase
was made. It was then necessary to get some one to draw the
wood down from the mountainside to their homes, and they
paid the trucker also in wood, for very few if any people buy
coal here nowadays. This work kept them busy during the
winter for most of the days when the factory was shut down.
It also kept them healthy.

In fact chopping wood is done by a great many of the
factory people, not only to obtain fuel for themselves but in
many instances to sell to others, sometimes for money and
sometimes for other needed goods. An interesting example
of barter, in this case not involving wood, was where one of
the men had more vegetables from the garden club than he
wanted. It seemed that the town milkman kept sheep as well
as cows but was short of vegetables. So a trade was arranged
between the milkman and the factory worker whereby the
latter gave two bushels of carrots and four cans of tomatoes
for half a dressed lamb. These quantities were arrived at by
reducing the current price of each item to dollars and cents.

It might be pertinent to add here, although perhaps
unnecessary, that Wallingford is inhabited practically

exclusively by Yankees, foreigners being conspicuous by
their absence. In fact it is a very old town and the plant of
the American Fork and Hoe Company was started there
over a hundred years ago. As a consequence there is a
remarkable sense of responsibility on the part of the man-
agement toward its employes. This is exemplified by the
interest it has taken in the garden club, and that it is recip-
rocated is shown by the fact that many of the women of the
town volunteered to help in the canning by peeling toma-
toes, cutting corn from the cob, cutting up string beans and
so on.

Opportunities for factory employes to help themselves in
this rural environment are even wider than indicated by the
activities of John, whom we have followed with some close-
ness through the worst year of the depression. In fact one
source of income for his family has not been mentioned and
that is that his wife found work from time to time with
different families in town. Some of the men whose families
have lived here for generations own places large enough to
keep a cow and some hens, and of course grow much of
their own food. Others, being skilled workers in the factory,
are able to do all sorts of odd jobs and make enough money,
or receive goods of various kinds in exchange, to help a
great deal.

There are many versions of John and his effective efforts
to look after his own welfare and they are the rule rather
than the exception in this community. Practically every-
body knows everybody else in the village and more or less
for miles around the countryside. This is one of the great
advantages of such an environment for an industrial plant,
for the capabilities of each individual are widely known.
The degree of security of factory workers so situated, even if
they are laid off entirely, is obviously much greater than
that of workers in a similar plight living in larger industrial
centers.

This situation has shown itself by making organized relief
work unnecessary in Wallingford. The Red Cross does some
incidental help and the interested townspeople cooperate to
the extent of giving a man a day's work when they are able to
provide it, but as the manager of the factory says, "Our
people have worked hard to care for themselves and as usu-
ally happens in such cases where they do work hard they
have made a very good job of it."

A BALLAD OF DEPRESSION

BY E. CLARK STILLMAN

"Behold these fields,
How rich they lie;
No richer land
Beneath God's sky."

"The sky looks red,"
The gaunt man said.

"The yield was more
Than trade could stand;
They're burning grain
To save our land."

"They're burning bread,"
The gaunt man said.

"The fires will end
This midnight pall;
A new day dawn
With bread for all."

"And thousands dead,"
The gaunt man said.

THROUGH NEIGHBORS' D O O R W A YS — J O H N PALMER GAVIT

THE HEAVYWEIGHTS HAVE SIGNED OFF

THE only really bad boy that I ever had to contend with
came one evening the time when I couldn't stand for him
another minute; I fired him and wrote him off as a total
loss. Thinking it over afterward I came to see that the failure
was mine . . . anybody could get along with "good"
boys ! It was my job to make good with the bad ones. So, in
the light of that conviction of sin, I tackled him again. All
that is a long story; enough to say that we created, largely for
him, a class in mechanical drawing, and at last accounts he
was chief draughtsman for one of the big structural steel con-
cerns in Chicago, with a fine little family, and when I dined
with them he told the story of that night when I stood him on
his ear in the alley outside of the settlement, and "the good
end of me came to the top."

The point just now is that I got him and three other boys
hardly less troublesome into a peace conference, at which
they agreed to become responsible for good order in the
Boys' Club. Especially for the cessation of fighting. As one of
them put it:

"If us fellers don't fight, there won't be no fighting."
Memory of that conference and its effectiveness in chang-
ing the whole atmosphere of the club comes to me vividly as
I read that the four great heavyweights of Europe, the na-
tions without whose participation or connivance there can
be no war worth mentioning, have agreed among them-
selves that for ten years at least they will conspire to have
none.

The President of the German Reich, the President of the French
Republic, His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the
British Dominions beyond the seas, Emperor of India, and His
Majesty the King of Italy,

Conscious of the special responsibilities incumbent on them as
possessing permanent representation on the Council of the League
of Nations . . . and of responsibilities resulting from the common
signature of the Locarno agreements. . .

And so forth. They express awareness of the "state of dis-
quiet" obtaining throughout the world; their desire to
"strengthen confidence in peace"; they remind themselves of
their pledge under the Briand-Kellogg pact to renounce the
use of military force in international relations; they even go
so far as to declare that the rights of nations cannot be af-
fected without their own consent. They promise each other
and the world that they will do all in their power for the suc-
cess of the disarmament conference; that they will consult
together upon all matters, including economic relations, of
common concern. And while the agreement is specifically for
the period of ten years, it is self-renewing indefinitely, subject to
the right of two years' notice of withdrawal.

IT is a tremendous business. Signer Mussolini, premier and
dictator of Italy, goes so far as to declare it the end of the
war-chapter in human history. He has a right to be proud of
it, for it is considerably his baby. Chancellor Hitler is entitled
to his share, for it could not have been done had Germany re-
fused to participate. Ramsay MacDonald of Great Britain
was congenially employed in his service to it. For France, the
most heavily armed nation in the world, the nation without

whose consent none of the small nations including Poland
would dare to resort to arms, it was an act of abnegation.

All Europe has been in growing terror as tension has in-
creased, as the comparatively minor local sparks have fallen
nearer and nearer to the powder-stores. Without stopping to
ask where it might break out, or about what, men of all
kinds and classes talked of war, looking fearfully over their
shoulders to right and left and behind and within; suspect-
ing each other and themselves of they knew not what. And at
the center of fear stood and still stands the nexus of evils
embodied in the Versailles treaty. All sane people have
known since the day of its enactment that that treaty must
some day be modified. Bad as it was, in the atmosphere of
hate and blood-lust when it was jammed down the throats of
the vanquished, it was the best that could be produced.

The whole world seems to have forgotten that within that
treaty, inextricably interwoven, is provision for its modifica-
tion by mutual consent in peaceful conference. That is one
of the principal purposes of the Covenant of the League of
Nations:

Article 19. The Assembly may from time to time advise the
reconsideration by the members of the League of treaties which
have become inapplicable and the consideration of conditions
whose conditions might endanger the peace of the world.

Article 14. The . . . Permanent Court of International Justice
. . . shall be competent to hear and determine any dispute of an
international character which the parties thereto submit to it.

This new four-party agreement in which France, Ger-
many, Great Britain and Italy engage to maintain peace and
mutual cooperation, is in the best spirit of the League of Na-
tions. Moreover, in its text it repeatedly takes for granted the
existence of the League and engages to operate within its
framework.

BUT the League has been hamstrung from its inception
chiefly by the recalcitrance of the United States. The ir-
reconcilable isolationists, the cabal of politicians led by
Henry Cabot Lodge and bent chiefly upon the political de-
struction of Woodrow Wilson whom they hated more fer-
vently than they loved their own country — to say nothing of
the welfare of the rest of the world — succeeded then and have
succeeded since, though in diminishing measure, in main-
taining that recalcitrance.

Suddenly, out of a clear sky — or, rather, out of an omi-
nously storm-threatening one — Franklin D. Roosevelt,
scarcely seated in the White House, swept aside all the re-
straints, with an electrifying appeal to the whole world;
addressed to the sovereigns and presidents of the fifty-four
nations participating in the General Disarmament Confer-
ence at Geneva and the World Monetary and Economic
Conference which is now sitting at London. In words as it were
of one syllable he cut across all the confusion and welter of
arguments and cross-purposes to the gist of the business:

Common-sense points out that if any strong nation refuses to
join with genuine sincerity in concerted efforts for political and
economic peace . . . the civilized world, seeking both forms of
peace, will know where the responsibility lies. I urge that no nation

378

July 1933

THE HEAVYWEIGHTS HAVE SIGNED OFF

379

assume such a responsibility, and that all the nations joined in
these great conferences translate their professed policies into action.

Mr. Roosevelt has been President of the United States but
a few weeks. What may be the outcome of any of the meas-
ures which his administration has introduced or may here-
after introduce cannot be assuredly foretold; his day in the
White House is young yet. But if history writes of him little
but that he began his administration with this cry in behalf
of the world in agony; that he provoked the last paragraph
in the world's chapter of war, he will be entitled to his lau-
rels. As Walt Whitman said:

How beggarly appear arguments before a defiant deed !
All waits or goes by default till a strong being appears; . . .
When he or she appears materials are overawed, . . .
The old customs and phrases are confronted, turned back, or laid
away.

Beyond a doubt Mr. Roosevelt's dramatically unconven-
tional demand upon the deep conscience of mankind con-
tributed decisively to the agreement by which the four
European heavyweights of the military prize-ring have
"signed off." He has dealt the -last blow, if not to war at least
to its respectability.

COUNTING the United States, committed irrevocably to
the same cause by the Roosevelt appeal, there are five
parties to this compact. Two other major parties are still on
the outside: Soviet Russia and Japan. The first can be dis-
missed from the picture, so far as aggression is concerned.
For Russia, war on any scale with anybody, would spell
swift ruin. However desirous Communism may be of spread-
ing its propaganda throughout the world, aggression by
force of arms is in any present or probable conditions far
from its intentions, and in any event far from its capacity.
Remains Japan, daily slipping farther out toward the end
of the limb. One of the five so-called "great powers" con-
stituting the core of the League of Nations, she has given
much more than lip-service to its technique and spirit from
the beginning. But the liberal forces in Japan are in eclipse
just now, and this declaration of her European colleagues
in the League finds Japan with her hand in the jam-jar.
Caught red-handed and indicted by those colleagues and the
smaller members of the League, she has served notice of
withdrawal; she received the Roosevelt appeal coldly and
quibblingly. To all intents she has resigned from the civilized
world in the crucial hour of its regeneration; cynically nulli-
fying her pledges to respect the integrity of China, her
adherence to the Briand-Kellogg pact, her allegiance to the
spirit and procedures of the League of Nations — her part in
everything that has been so arduously built up since the
War. She elects to go it alone, with the blood of countless
Chinese men, women and children upon her hands. And her
excuses only make her posture worse. So there remains an
exceedingly dangerous outsider. However gratifying the de-
velopments in Europe, with problems of the utmost difficulty
still to solve, the Far East bristles with perils.

EVEN as we bemoan the slowness with which progress
moves in international affairs; the length of time and the
oceans of palaver and obstruction characterizing the ac-
complishment of desirable agreements, we can find evidences
of the swifter movement which international cooperation
has impelled. Last month we saw how much was gained, as
compared with the former milestones in the anti-narcotic
warfare, in the Limitation Convention which goes into ef-

fect early this month — two years after the adjournment of
the Geneva Conference of 1931 which brought it into being.
The Anti-Opium Information Bureau of Geneva, in its
latest communique, No. 20, presents this self-explanatory
table:

Number of

, , Time taken to ob- ratifications

frame and date of convention or protocol ... . ,J . . .

tain 34 ratifications obtained in

1 year 9 months

Suppression of traffic in women 8 years 3 months 1 2

(Geneva, Sept. 30, 1931)
Suppression of traffic in obscene pub-

licadom 6 years 4 months 10

(Geneva, Sept. 12, 1923)
Prohibition of use in war of asphyxiat-
ing gases 6 years 8 months 1

(Geneva, June 17, 1925)
Second opium convention 4 years 10 months 9

(Geneva, Feb. 19, 1925)
Slavery convention 4 years 23

(Geneva, Sept. 25, 1926)
Limitation of manufacture of narcotic

drugs 1 year 9 months 34

(Geneva, July 13, 1931)

It would be unsafe to generalize from this diminishing
ratio of time; or to assume that the next international con-
vention— on disarmament, or emanating from the World
Economic Conference, if you please — will go through even
more swiftly. But it is safe to point out in general that since
the War and the establishment of the League of Nations the
world has been getting the habit of conference, taking the place
of the old long-range sort of communication by correspond-
ence, or no communication at all.

Not long ago, in a small community, I concerned myself
with a local controversy, full of menace to the common good-
will, with rumblings of mean gossip, threats of lawsuits and
all the other concomitants of rural quarrels. Unusual but
not so very difficult was it to get the principals face-to-face
and have them talk it out to a finish in peace and good
understanding; to locate and define responsibility and to
give good intentions a chance to express themselves. This is
the great service that the mere existence of the League of Na-
tions has rendered to the world. Nothing of the sort ever
existed before; history is not repeating itself. Hitherto the
international exchange has been between monarchs and
their representatives, meeting mostly in secret, to apportion
the spoils and divide helpless peoples up among themselves.
Now the thing has to be done in public. No nation, including
Japan, can be sufficient to itself.

The power of world public opinion has reached even the
Nazis in Germany. Before that power they have had to sur-
render completely in the matter of the abuse of the Jews in
Silesia. Even more dramatically as regards discrimination
against them in the coming Olympic games. No longer can
these things be done behind national borders without
repercussions elsewhere in the world.

One of the best things the present German regime has
done for itself, so far as concerns public opinion in America,
has been the return of Otto C. Kiep to the consul-general-
ship at New York. No German understands this country, its
psychology, its customs and relationships, better than does
Dr. Kiep. He understands Germany too; he is closely in the
confidence of President von Hindenburg — upon his recent
visit to Berlin (from which he has lately returned with re-
newed credentials) I venture to guess that he told those in
power more than they could know from any other source
how things in this country look to most Americans.

LETTERS & LIFE — EDITED BY LEON WHIPPLE

PATTE RNS

TSCHIFFELY'S RIDE, by A. F, Tschiffely. Simon and Schuster. 328 pp. Price $3
postpaid of Survey Graphic

"COHEN COMES FIRST," by Samuel Buchler. Vanguard Press. 256 pp. Price $2
postpaid of Survey Graphic

PATTERNS. We moderns are webbed fast in patterns,
patterns enforced by machines, press, economic status,
family duty until we seem robbed of free-will. Our
books follow patterns too, and no wonder. For generations
of authors have discovered the successful forms; our words are
worn with long usage; and the public, steeped in print for a
century, has become familiar with the tricks of style and the
designs of drama. Even the best books are approached with
some foreknowledge. Against these traditional forms we have
our rebels who seek a new language, a new psychology of
creation, a new penetration behind consciousness. The urge
toward the primitive, the perverse, the proletarian, the
cinema-techniques reveals this revolt against the patterns of
literature. But to date the new pattern has been one chiefly
of dullness or unintelligibility.

What breaks patterns is the human will. So we find books
that transcend their mere form and offer a fresh view, a
challenge, and escape in their blunt record of the conflict of
human will against nature or society. These two volumes,
strangely diverse for review together, seem to possess in some
measure this perennial interest of struggle. And the struggle
produces drama, humor, enlightenment, and inspiration
... as the will in action always does.

Consider Tschiffely's ride. He willed to ride two remark-
able Creole Argentine horses for ten thousand miles from
Buenos Aires to Washington, D. C. in two and a half years.
He crossed three ranges of the Andes, traversed the deserts
along the Pacific Coast, struggled through Central American
jungles and the dangers of Mexico, and risked his life prob-
ably a dozen times. Why? Because, I think, he had a
rendezvous with his soul. He had no purpose except to prove
he could make the trek and that Gato and Mancha were
the best horses in the world. "After nine years as a teacher in
an English-American school ;n the Argentine I thought a
schoolmaster's life likely to lead one into a groove," he
writes. "I wanted variety." The pattern-breaker, you
perceive.

You share the variety he certainly found for you pass
through the villages, divide shacks with pack-trains, see
native horse-races, cockfights, bullfights and wedding festi-
vals, learn the devastations of alcohol and the serf-like
existence of poor peasants, wander in Inca temples, contem-
plate the remains of Pizarro in a glass coffin at Lima, drink
beer made by chewing corn, see the sun darkened by a
locust swarm, pass by Lake Titicaca of school-book memory,
spend days at pleasant haciendas, and get mixed in stabbings,
an outrage on a peasant girl by a brutal officer, and flee from
the plague. There is constant variety, adventure, folk-lore
and nature in the raw. This is a great elemental travel book,
fascinating for its realism and for its close-ups of peoples and
places about which we are ignorant. No schoolmaster's day-
book this, but a tale rich in the philosophy of observed fact
and in resentment at the exploitation of miserable human
beings. The style is without "floral embellishment" but with

a quality like that of some Greek historian's, based on a sim-
ple curiosity. Its overtone is courage, physical and mental.

The disciplines of will needed for conflict with nature
and alien peoples are clear from Tschiffely. He set no time
limit: he meant to see this experience through regardless of
the days. Likewise he spent the money needed for this ad-
venture without thought of return, though I do not gather
he was very well-to-do. Third, he was perfectly ready to
give up comfort and companionship, and these are two of
the main gifts we get from following the patterns of society.
I suppose half the time Tschiffely was suffering from heat or
cold, hunger, thirst, dust, rain-storms, insects and lack of
sleep. Now he could have stopped at any moment, but he
willed himself on, obeying the secret desire of his spirit — to
make the ride. Furthermore he was alone and alien most of
the way, even from the start when men called him "mad"
and said his plan was "impossible." Sometimes in towns he
was feted for his triumphs, but generally he was seeking food
and shelter from aliens, often stubborn and suspicious. He
had no group to help him along. One of his victories was to
stand himself. I wonder what he thought about day after
day? He does not tell for he is a master of reserve and
understatement.

Finally, will must overcome fear. Here is a long record
of courage. When the next stage looked dangerous, he says:
"I decided to go ahead." Once the military had to forbid his
fording of a turbulent river. He had mountain-sickness; he
got an infection from digging in an ancient grave and was
only cured by an herb-doctor of the mountains; he was
stunned by lightning; escaped quicksands and brigands;
crossed a hundred-mile desert in twenty hours without
water; and once had to shoot to stop a crazy Indian with a
machete. The fear of death did not cramp Tschiffely. So
you see why this is not only a unique travel book but a ser-
mon on the meaning of human will.

THE Jews have long been symbols of race will, and the
orthodox still struggle to live by their own law and tradi-
tion. So they have the New York Jewish Court of Arbitration
that in thirteen years has settled some five thousand cases
peculiar to the Jew, controversies religious, domestic, per-
sonal, financial, in which the arguments, precedents and
motives of the litigants can scarcely be understood by the
state courts. This tribunal goes back to the Sanhedrin
organized by the scribes in the second century B.C. Its laws
were codified in the middle of the sixteenth century. And
today before the judges, a rabbi, a business-man and a
jurist, all learned in the Jewish law, appear the residents of
Hester and Delancey streets and the Bronx to have their
age-old human difficulties settled by the precepts of the
Talmud and Maimonides. They pay no fees but promise to
accept the award by signing an arbitration agreement in
accord with New York law. And, as the Talmud declares,
the laws of the country must be faithfully observed.

To open a window on a great ethical culture and give
us a picture of integrated Jewish life, Doctor Buchler offers,
not thirty-nine law reports, but human stories of cases

380

July 1933

LETTERS & LIFE

381

supplemented with quotations from the laws in question,
and instructive legends and parables. They are human,
sometimes humorous, moving, poignant and profoundly in-
structive. Here is faith seeking the right path, willing its
pattern for its self-respect. For it was self-respect that made
Mendel Cohn demand the right of a Cohen (or priest) to be
called first to pronounce the benedictions when the Torah
scroll was taken from the Ark. The court ruled that Cohen
came first and should read at the Feast of Weeks. It was self-
respect that made a conductor of a chorus at a great concert
of cantors in Madison Square Garden ask the punishment of
a man who had thrown him from the stand as a mere cloak-
and-suit operator. His work made no difference. An apology
for the attack must be published.

We recall Solomon when George Pankoff uses a baby as
proof that the Kovner Society knew he was married and so
deserved shiva-money to compensate him for lost wages while
he mourned his wife. Also when a girl who secured a position
as teacher of Hebrew, through influence, petitions to be
restored after dismissal for inefficiency, cannot read the
Hebrew of the contract on which she based her plea. The
Yaslowitzer Benevolent Association refuses to bury a dead
member because they have buried an amputated leg in
accordance with orthodox tradition. The second burial
was ordered. Shall a widow pay twenty-five dollars to a
rabbi for a eulogy that turned out to be uncomplimentary?
Can Jack Borsky get his money back if he does not get a
bride at a regular Saturday night entertainment? What shall
be done for a father who is shipped in a taxi from one child
to another? The Court gives justice, for Hebrew law has
dicta for such ancient human troubles.

These books concern the conservation of the spirit. They
offer vicarious experience that enriches life. By such ways
we can escape our patterns.

LEON WHIPPLE

The Seasons Come to Maine

AS THE EARTH TURNS, by Gladys Hasty Carroll. Macmillan. 339 pp. Price $2.50
postpaid of Survey Graphic

YOU'VE seen the Shaw family if you've ever driven down
a backroad in Maine on a summer Sunday afternoon.
Old and young, they're all out under a big elm tree beside a
weather-worn little farmhouse with red geraniums and
fuchsias blooming bravely in the windows. They are never
doing much of anything — just sitting — and they eye you
as you pass with complete disinterest. And you, as you push
on to Mt. Desert or Sebago Lake, wonder for an idle moment
what life is like in such a place. Mrs. Carroll tells you in
As the Earth Turns, and if you are not wholly limousine-
minded you find it sweet and sound.

Within the cycle of the four seasons there come to the
crowded, shabby farmhouse all the great events of life: birth
and death, love and marriage, children who leave home
and children who come back. In the center of it all is sturdy
Jen Shaw who at nineteen has run her father's house for ten
years and brought up a flock of children of assorted relation-
ships. Jen has learned things because she had to, so she gets
things done without fussing, takes people as she finds them
without trying to make them different, goes right on from
there when things happen that she can't help and never
worries about things that haven't happened. Without
searching her own or anyone's else soul she meets compli-
cated human situations with such natural simplicity that
they somehow shake down into their simple elements and
resolve themselves. Jen and her father, weather-beaten in-

articulate Mark Shaw, who guessed "that this pioneering
don't amount to much without somebody stays to home and
does the work," love their brood in their own way, feed
them, shelter them and let them alone. The psychology of
adjustment is not in their vocabulary, but they do a heap of
it by the simple device of keeping their hands off other
people's lives.

As the Earth Turns is no bucolic idyll. It is full of grinding
work, including an enormous amount of cooking and dish-
washing, together with "the figuring you have to do when
money's as scarce as 'tis here." If you are one of those who
can't stand it you get out, rebel in one way or another, but
sooner or later you come back, at least for Christmas, to the
deep security of the Jen Shaws of this world who "never
seem to hanker much for making changes."

So, as you pass the dull little farmhouse with its shirt-
sleeved, mail-order-dressed folk under the elm tree, do not
worry too much about the American peasantry. Maybe
these are the Shaws, and if they are be sure that they are
nothing for you, in your limousined life, to worry about.
In fact they have it all over you.

GERTRUDE SPRINGER

Motives in Russia

IN PLACE OF PROFIT: Social Incentives in the Soviet Union, by Harry F. Ward.
Scribner's. 460 pp. Price $2.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic

IF the workers in the biggest electrical works in Chicago,
organized in a national labor union, had assumed guard-
ianship over the finances of the city, assisted in an investi-
gation which removed incompetent officials and collected
back taxes; if the National Academy of Science had planned
a conference in Pittsburgh for an audience of working men
and women from the mines, steel mills and factories and had
sent its scientists to the workshops to report simply and
clearly what science can do for the country's industrial
progress; if management engineers were students of Hegel,
and teachers followed their children into the workshop,
where also the painter and the poet found their inspiration,
it would be easier for Americans to understand what is
happening in Russia, this astonishing land of a new eco-
nomic system.

These illustrations are the reviewer's, not the author's.
Professor Ward makes no explicit applications of his findings
to the United States. He quotes Stalin's description of the
characteristics of Party and State officials, "their special
kind of style in public works" as "(a) revolutionary zeal,
inspired by the Russian spirit and (b) businesslike practical-
ity inspired by the American spirit." Otherwise, Professor
Ward leaves his readers to draw their own conclusions for
their own society. His book, he says, "comes out of a personal
necessity." As a teacher, his task has been "to analyze the
ethics of capitalist society, particularly at the point of moti-
vation." In 1924 he went to Moscow "to see whether the
New Economic Policy meant a return to capitalism." The
progress of the Five- Year Plan made it more necessary
to answer the question "whether the building of Socialism
was developing incentives which promised more for the
continuing of human society than those which are manifestly
failing in the capitalist world."

The opportunity came in 1931-2. Notebook at hand, Pro-
fessor Ward traveled through the Soviet Union, asking
questions and observing men, women and children in all the
aspects of their economic and social life. He studied docu-
ments and decrees and then watched the evidence of their
actual operation in workshops, in cities and in villages.

382

SURVEY GRAPHIC

July 1933

Quotations from conversations and documents, printed in italics,
give the reader access to his data, even if one should not agree with
his interpretations. His report unfolds itself from the first sections:
The Passing of the Old, Economic Insecurity, Profit and Property,
to the last, The Transfer of Motivation by Education, by Example
and Contagion, through the Socialized Individual, in the Choice
of Values.

No summary can do justice to the facts nor to the skill with which
the relevant is selected without neglect of the whole. It is indeed
characteristic of the Soviet Union that no one can understand a
part without studying the whole, and, in addition, its history and
its future. Moreover, the specialist must broaden his knowledge
by knowing himself and his function as part of the group. The fac-
tory manager must study history and philosophy, or he will go
wrong in his industrial practice. The philosopher must keep close
to the realities of daily work, or his word will not be accepted as
truth.

Professor Ward has written an exciting book with the calm
objectivity of a classroom lecture. For a clearer understanding of
ourselves as well as of the Soviets, it is both timely and important.

MARY VAN KLEECK

Social Service Helps Church Unity

CHRISTIAN UNITY IN PRACTICE AND PROPHECY, by Charles S. Macfar-
land. Macmillan. 396 pp. Price $2.75 postpaid of Survey Graphic

THIS volume will be found to be of rare interest, especially to
studious observers of our own times. For its prophecy is that of
contemporary events that forecast the future. In the ensemble, the
surprisingly varied facts and forces included appear to be as diver-
gent and divisive as are the turbulently disintegrating years from
which they are gathered. But notwithstanding the fully acknowl-
edged strength and persistence of these reactionary tendencies,
unifying trends are traced that have resulted in affiliations of spirit
and organized cooperation within the churches. Few if any groups
claiming kindred interests have registered like gains.

Of very special interest to socially-minded readers is the influ-
ence which the movements for church federation and for social
progress exert upon each other. More than in any other area of
church activity, enlistment in social service is shown to have
brought together its hitherto non-cooperative, if not competitive,
denominational units and with surprisingly little sectarian opposi-
tion. This appears from a comparison between the author's equally
appreciative sketches of two unifying movements within the church.
The one for the organic unity of the churches is based on the possi-
ble restatements of their formulas of faith and order; the other for
federal union based upon the experience of the need and practica-
bility of federating the churches for promoting and protecting
common interests and for jointly declaring ideals and standards
and unitedly acting to put them in practice.

The discovery of the necessity and spirit to federate was made
first by individuals who enlisted in such work as the Christian
Associations for young men and women and in many other inde-
pendent yet representative organizations. They demonstrated that
non-sectarian service could achieve specialized results that local
and denominational churches had failed to register separately.
This opened the way to organize the Federal Council of the
Churches twenty-five years ago. Gradually, it included most of the
Protestant denominational units that seldom if ever had affiliated
for continuous fellowship and for the practice of comity and cooper-
ation on their foreign, home and city fields of action.

More than by any other of its many departments, the Council's
Social Service Commission with its denominational and local affili-
ates has demonstrated the feasibility and success of the federal
union of the churches. And this demonstration is strengthening
hope and quickening the pace toward an organic unity, more real
and vital in spirit and action than can be attained under uniform-
ity of organization and ritual. That the enlistment of the churches
in demanding and furthering social and industrial justice and
inter-racial and international peace and friendship is effectively
promoting social progress, achievements on many fields attest.

Of permanent reference value are the successive statements of
the federated churches' social ideals and standards, and the texts
of the great declarations and messages issued to all Christendom
by the most representative conferences held by Christian churches
since the early Ecumenical Councils of the undivided Church.
More inspiring to many readers will be the author's vitalizing nar-
rative of the church federation movement which through its first
quarter century he rallied and held together, guided and moved
forward more continuously than any other of its many leading
spirits. Both the church and the social order have warning and
incentive to act on his conclusion that "Christianity itself cannot
survive our unsocialized society," and that "if there is a social task
for the churches only a Unified Church can perform it."
The Chicago Commons GRAHAM TAYLOR

Science Speaks Its Mind

SCIENCE IN THE CHANGING WORLD, edited by Mary Adams. Century. 286 pp.

Price $2 postpaid of Survey Graphic.
THE PHILOSOPHY OF A SCIENTIFIC MAN, by Paid R. Heyl. Vanguard. 182

pp. Price $1.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic.

WHATEVER the deficiencies of the British Broadcasting
Company, in some ways it is far more tolerant than are our
radio authorities. Here are eighteen talks by ten writers, seven of
them competent scientists, on highly controversial subjects, which
went over the air not only without protest but by preordained ar-
rangement; and of them all, only those by Hugh Fausset and Hil-
laire Belloc, the only worthless ones of the lot, could conceivably
have been given in America.

I can imagine no more valuable course for the layman than the
broadcasts by Prof. H. Levy on What Is Science? and by Julian
Huxley and John R. Baker on What Is Man? Clear, succinct and
authoritative, they supply all that the uninitiated can grasp of our
present knowledge on these vital questions. When it comes to the
third section, What Is Civilization?, the contributions become
uneven, and only J. B. S. Haldane's and, in part, Bertrand Rus-
sell's are of real value. But the book as a whole is worth many times
its price to any serious reader whose special information lies in
other fields.

"The scientist and his work," says Professor Levy, "cannot be
separated from the rest of his changing universe. Science has social
roots and social consequences." And his whole talk on Everybody
a Scientist should be reprinted as a leaflet and distributed to
every educator in the English-speaking world. Bertrand Russell
echoes him: "The increased productivity of labour resulting from
modern technique has . . . resulted in bankruptcy for employers
and unemployment for wage-earners, when, if there had been any
international organization of production, it might have resulted in
wealth for employers, and full wages, with shorter hours, for wage-
earners." Aldous Huxley and Sir Oliver Lodge sum the matter up,
the first by remarking: "The only cure for science is more science,
not less. We are suffering from the effects of a little science badly
applied. The remedy is a lot of science, well applied;" the latter
concluding: "The two great demands on the good will and energy
of mankind at the present time are: more science — that is, more
organized knowledge; and more civilization, or the determination
to apply that knowledge in good and beneficent directions."

Paul Heyl is a distinguished physicist, an unusually smooth writer
for a laboratory man, and a human being unafraid, up to a certain
point, to face the consequences of his deductions. But, like most
physicists, he seems unable to escape from early conditioning as so
many "hard boiled" biologists have done. His reasoning leads
him to a perfectly logical determinism, but instead of stopping
there, he weakens, — though he conceives his move as going on from
an oasis into a new desert — and ends up with a sort of vague cosmic
consciousness which has no standing as a scientific conclusion.
Nevertheless he is so far in advance of even most scientific phil-
osophers that it seems invidious to point out that his journey is not
all progress. The objection most readers will make to him is not
that he is too tender-minded but that he is too startlingly heretical.
He has written a brave, frank, and stimulating book.
Sausalito, Calif. MAYNARD SHIPLEY

BACK TO WORK

(Continued from page 356)

U. S. Employment Service is to have as its director W. Frank
Persons, a social worker of outstanding reputation as an organizer
of large-scale enterprises, particularly of the Red Cross Home
Service during the War. The Advisory Council is to include Presi-
dent Robert M. Hutchins of the University of Chicago, chairman,
Senator Robert F. Wagner of New York, Frederic A. Delano of
Washington, President William Green of the American Federation
of Labor and President Henry I. Harriman of the Chamber of
Commerce of the U. S.

Looking over the plans to get men back at work, there is reason
to believe that we have learned the value of public works when pri-
vate enterprise sags, and that we begin to realize that long-term
planning is required in making full use of such reserves of work and
wages. We are alive to the possibilities in a shorter work-day or
work-week, fortified by minimum-wage legislation, and to the new
jobs opened up to adults through eliminating child labor. We are
laying the lines for up-to-date organization of our labor market.
But increasingly we are aware that such specifics are not enough.
If we apply them intelligently, they will probably ease some of the
stresses of unemployment. The real evils lie deeper.

MANY efforts to define and study them have been made in the
years since our post-War boom collapsed. One of the most
significant is the recently completed investigation of ten thousand
families whose wage-earner had applied to the Philadelphia
Emergency Work Bureau for made-work. This mass of data, col-
lected and analyzed by trained research workers, reinforces a
growing public conviction that the real causes of unemployment
and hence the only effective cures go much further than the in-
dividual worker, his employer or his industry. Here are facts to
fortify national leadership looking toward greater "partnership" of
industry and government (Ten Thousand Out of Work, by Ewan
Clague and Webster Powell: University of Pennsylvania Press.
178 pp. Price $2).

The first section of the study is an attempt to discover whether
"the worker himself was in any way responsible for his own un-
employment." Based on the record of the education, stability,
earnings, reasons for lay-off of these ten thousand unemployed, the
study concludes:

Their previous records indicate that, by and large, they had
definitely made good as workmen. The trouble was that they, and
perhaps their employers, were engulfed in an economic disaster
of the first magnitude, a disaster too great for any individual
action to be effective. Under such circumstances no charge of
personal responsibility can be laid against these workers.

The second section of the study poses and attempts to answer the
question, "What of the responsibility of individual employers
and industries for this employment?" It was found that some large
firms were very heavily represented, six out of more than three
thousand being responsible for 11 percent of the unemployed
studied and twenty-nine firms contributing nearly a third of the
assignable cases. The construction industry was responsible for
more unemployment than any other type of enterprise. Manu-
facturing contributed slightly more than its normal share of the
gainfully employed would have justified. Certain groupings
(trade, transportation, public utilities and the professions) were
under-represented, testifying to their relative stability.

The facts developed here point to the industry rather than to
the individual firm or employer as the chief bearer of responsibility.
... If this responsibility is accepted by the industry, some degree
of coordination and cooperation among the firms in that industry
is clearly implied. . . . Even though there is a great deal that could
be done on an industry basis, it is generally recognized that there
are definite limits to the possibilities in this direction. When re-
sponsibility has been assigned to the individual employer up to the
limits of his capacity to meet it, and the additional responsibility
has been assessed against the group of employers who constitute

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

DON'T COMMIT SUICIDE!

Find Out What's Wrong
With You

A staff of eminent psychologists is at your disposal
for advice, information, aid, in The

MODERN
PSYCHOLOGIST

Edited by DAGOBERT D. RUNES

From Current Issues

Men Without Women Frank Steven;

The Superiority Complex A. A. Roback

Fears and Their Elimination Smiley Blanton

Can the Homosexual Be Helped? Paul Donald

How to Adjust Your Personality Alfred Adler

25c at better newsstands. Send 25c for sample copy
or $1 .00 lor five-month subscription to The Modern
Psychologist, 777 East 15th Street, New York City.

Name . •
Address .

.S. G.

Internal Debts
of the United States

Edited by Evans Clark

Analyzing and summarizing the entire field of the
nation's debts, experts in farm and urban mortgages,
public utility securities, state and municipal bonds,
personal and household debts, etc., suggest for each
category methods of relieving the strain. $4.50

The Modern Corporation
and Private Property

By A. A. Berle and G. C. Means

A sensational analysis of the silent revolution which has
centered national control of American industry in the
directors of a bare 200 corporations! "More worth
studying than the assembled literature of all the
Technocrats, Communists and orthodox economists
combined." — Lewis Gannett $3.75

THE MACMILLAN COMPANY

60 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK

383

Chronic Illness
in New York City

BY MARY C. JARRETT

I — The Problems of Chronic Illness

II— The Care of the Chronic Sick

by Different Types of Voluntary Agency

This study is designed to pave the way for intelligent, com-
prehensive care of the chronic ill, to introduce orderly ideas
into a social activity of which the criteria and efficiency are
at this time confused beyond belief.

No. 5, Studies of the Research Bureau of The Welfare
Council of New York City, $5.00 — two volumes, not sold
separately.

FINAL REPORT OF THE COMMISSION ON
MEDICAL EDUCATION, Willard C. Rappleye,
Director of Study. A most important book. Price,

$2.00.

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS

Z9&0 BROADWAY, NEW YORK CITY

OFFICIAL

A. DIRECTOR who counsels others and who
appreciates others' counsel when it leads to experi-
encing the comforts and conveniences of a stay at
The Willard, "The Residence of Presidents."

Single Rooms with Bath $4 up
Double Rooms with Bath $6 up

Moderate Prices in Main Dining Room —
Popular Priced Coffee Shop

Write for Illustrated Booklet and Rates

WILLARD HOTEL

14th and Pennsylvania Avenue

Washington, D. C.
H. P. SOMERVILLE, Managing Director

an industry, there still remains the largest share of all — that which
must be assigned to industrial and business enterprise as a whole.

Finally they point out the part governmental policies have
played, such as "uneconomic settlement of war debts, restriction of
international trade by tariffs, unwise monetary policies." They add,
"It may be that the course of business is in the last analysis domi-
nated by the activity of governments and that therefore it is at the
door of government itself that the unemployment problem must be
placed."

The administration's Industrial Recovery Act, which was passed
the final day of the special session of Congress, accepts this respon-
sibility and offers tentative and experimental methods of meeting
it. The public-works program, already summarized, is one part of
this twofold attack on the depression under national leadership.
The other and more drastic provisions authorize for a two-year
period a degree of governmental regulation and control of industry
unprecedented in the United States in peace-time.

The measure sets up an industrial planning and research agency
to carry out its provisions. It allows any association within a trade
or industry to prepare a code of fair competition, covering prac-
tices within that industry. The code is to be passed upon by the
President. He may approve it if he finds that the association fairly
represents the industry for which it speaks, if the code is fair to
competitors, employes and consumers, if it does not promote
monopoly or "eliminate or oppress small enterprises." Employers
submitting such a code must guarantee to their employes the
right to organize and bargain collectively. They must al?o agree to
accept such maximum hours of work, minimum wage-rates and
other working conditions as the President may hold most helpful
to industrial recovery.

The initiative is left with industry. But should an industry refuse
to cooperate or declare itself unable to do so, the President is
authorized to impose on it a code of fair competition. Violation of
a code is made punishable by a fine of not more than $500 for each
offense.

But the real teeth of the measure are in the paragraph empower-
ing the President to license business enterprises whenever he finds
that step necessary to make a code effective. If licensing is resorted
to, no one could carry on the specified business "in or affecting
interstate commerce" without a license "issued pursuant to such
regulations as the President shall prescribe," and the President
may suspend or revoke such a license for cause. Under this scheme
industry will be given a chance to do what it can to get us back on
the road, with the long arm of the government reaching out to
ease the restraints of the anti-trust law and to eliminate unfair com-
petition. The measure sets up safeguards for standards of wages,
hours and working conditions.

THE success of any legislation, and this new and complex venture
is no exception, rests almost wholly with its administration. The
Industrial Recovery bill will require not only integrity, vigor and
skill in applying its provisions, but genuine social insight; for it can
succeed in its purpose only if the common good is steadily kept in
view to the exclusion of narrow sectional, class or personal interests.

There is promise of such an administration in the personnel
announced to date — men of widely varying interests and points of
view. At the head, as administrator, is General Hugh S. Johnson,
soldier, manufacturer, at home in big business enterprises; as
counsel, Donald Richberg, for many years counsel to the Associa-
tion of Railway Labor Executives, an outstanding liberal and
champion of good causes in Chicago; as spokesman of the Labor
Department, Leo Wolman, professor of economics at Columbia
University and long associated with the Amalgamated Clothing
Workers, chosen by Frances Perkins; as advisors representing
industry, Walter C. Teagle of Standard Oil, Gerard Swope of the
General Electric Company, Alfred P. Sloan of General Motors.
Colonel George R. Spaulding of the Army Engineer Corps is to
have charge of public works.

The measure clearly marks the end of dumb reliance on laissez-
faire. Though the life of this particular scheme is set at two years,
it definitely turns us from old paths of "rugged individualism" into
a new pioneering on this decade's frontiers of economic planning

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

384

and control. Under it, we no longer submit ourselves to "unchang-
ing economic law" but declare ourselves for the conscious direction
of our system. Beyond the problem of setting up and operating an
untried mechanism, the measure opens up fresh questioning and
conflict. For, having determined in favor of mastery rather than
drift, we must sooner or later decide what sort of economic plan-
ning we intend to have, whether its goals shall be production and
distribution for use or for private profit, or both in some new
balance; through what agencies it shall function; and by whom it
shall be controlled.

THE NEW DEAL AND THE OLD DOLE

(Continued from page 352)

its days sitting in long rows on the curbstones of Globe waiting
their turn at the dole of work-relief that means food for their
scrawny children. They are still sitting there.

Take the drought-scourged, blizzard-swept reaches of eastern
Montana, great areas that have been periodically settled, unsettled
and resettled, and which probably should never have been settled
at all for agricultural purposes. Until three years ago the people of
that country did not know what relief meant. Then drought-relief
came into their lives and kept them on their ill-favored land. Since
that day they have, with few intervals, lived by relief — latterly
Red Cross flour and cotton goods and a few monthly RFC dollars.
They represent, such is the demoralization of long dependence, a
whole population in grave danger of permanent pauperization.

Take the raw hill country of northern Oklahoma, hideout for
the criminals of three states, where pot-bellied, unclad children run
wild, forlorn women do the squaw-work of the camps and men
prowl for firewood, for corn left in the fields and for rabbits and
catfish to put in the pot.

AsTD don't forget the people of the coal regions, permanent cas-
ualties of a broken industry, with a sodden past and a hopeless
future. Relief can keep them alive — but for what? There are the
unemployed seamen in New York, two thousand of them, hanging
around the waterfront for two years now, barred from public re-
lief by technicalities of the law. Can anything be done for them?
The new Administration is willing to try. "Nothing we may do can
be worse than what we haven't done. Let's try."

And always there are the cities, toughest spots on the map,
with their great wage-earning populations helpless under the col-
lapse of industry and business where relief workers cannot keep
abreast of the new victims recruited from every walk of life, where
organization finds itself defeated by the sheer pressure of numbers,
and where insufficient, uncertain funds impose untold hardships.

What staff the headquarters of the Federal Relief Administration
will require will be determined as the work develops. The tendency
now seems to be not toward a departmentalized organization, but
toward a small line-staff with various specialists called in for con-
sultation on matters within their expert range. Policy forming in
Washington, responsible organization in states and localities and
everlasting follow-up by field staff seems to be the formula. A pub-
licity man to inform the public on what is happening to some sev-
enteen millions of their fellow-citizens is assured. More important
is the purpose to bring in at once a research and statistical expert
who will decide what kind of information must be drawn from local
relief units to yield not only a picture of just who the unemployed
are, but a measure of their employabilHy and an index to the shift
in the relief load in relation to general recovery. This will, it is be-
lieved, afford a look into the future and a guide to the formulation
of plans for the deplorable and inevitable aftermath of these calam-
itous years. No one can guess how many would be left on the relief-
rolls if every employable man went back to work tomorrow. And
until some slight estimate can be made no one is wise enough to
project plans for the future, or to predict how much of the sequelae
of disaster can be carried by the old forms of public and private
relief organization, to what degree the states must expect to equal-
ize the burden among their counties, and (Continued on page 388)

It's July
in "Tenement -Town

Summer beats down. Sticky, sweltering heat. More dirty clothes.
Bigger washes. Yes, it's July in "Tenement-Town."

If life there were a little easier, you'd find the housewives more
willing to better their home conditions. And that's where Fels-Naptha
can often lend a hand. For Fels-Naptha brings extra help to do more
washing and cleaning with less work and effort.

Fels-Naptha brings the extra help of good golden soap and plenty
of naptha. Two lively cleaners working briskly together — loosening
stubborn grime without hard rubbing — getting things fresh and clean
even in cool water. And that's important in "Tenement -Town."

Write Fels & Company, Philadelphia, Pa., for a sample bar of
Fels-Naptha Soap, mentioning the Survey Graphic.

FELS-NAPTHA

The Golden Bar with the Clean Naptha Odor

"Modern Home Equipment"

Aik tot Booklet S— it will be tent postpaid

LEWIS & CONGER

45th Street and Sixth Avenue, New York City

LITERARY:

We assist in preparing special articles, papers, speeches,
debates. Expert scholarly service. AUTHOR'S RESEARCH
BUREAU, 516 Fifth Avenue, New York.

READE

.AND COLLECTORS OF

<GURO<DSA

OF ALL RACES

.END FOR FREE CATALOGUE-"
OF BOOKS ON

^SCIENTIFIC SEXUALIAJ
'ANTHROPOLOGICAL"

ESlDTCRICA

. UNEXPVIRGATED CLASSICS ws
,EXOTICALLY ILLUSTRATED if

D DEPT.GN.23O FIFTH AVE. NEW YORK

112 EAST 19TH ST.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

385

HAVE YOU
Property to sell
Cottages to rent

Advertise in the Classified Section of SURVEY GRAPHIC

Rates: 30 cents a line, $4.20 per inch

For further information, write to ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT

SURVEY GRAPHIC

NEW YORK, N. Y.

TRAVELER'S

NOTEBOOK

the indescribable splendour of an Adiron-
dack June at a most modern and com-
plete adult camp. Private Golf Course

SPECIAL

FOURTH OF JULY WEEK-END

Leavins Friday by train, with Pullman,
returning Tuesday

featuring group theatre

Lena Barish Sam Garlen

1 1 West 42nd Street

New York City

Chickering 4-1345

FOR FURTHER

INFORMATION

APPLY NEW YORK

OFFICE

EARN A TOUR TO EUROPE

All or part by organizing and acting as ship hostess. Liberal
commissions. Best selling tours. 26,000 satisfied clients.

200 tours to choose from, 25 days SI 79. Mediterranean Guise $365.
Around the World SS95.

B. F. ALLEN ' 1 54 Boylston Street ' Boston, Massachusetts

Farm Summer for Boye 12 and under. 500-acres woods, brooks, meadows, orchard,
swimming pool, on mountainside >£ mile from highway; cows, chickens, vegetables.
$25 per week; $100 per month. Also few boys school year '33-'34. Cornelia Stratton
Parker and Sons Carleton, Harvard '30; James, Wis. ex-'32; and June, Smith '36.
Swiss Meadows, WllHamstown, Mass.

BROOKWOOD LABOR COLLEGE (Katonah, N. Y.)

is now open to summer guests. An interesting place to spend your
vacation, within commuting distance of New York City. Tennis,
swimming, hiking, unique labor library, good food. Rates $14.50
to $18.50 weekly; special season and week-end rates. Stimulating
series of summer conferences.

Write for folder

A Charming New England Resort

Chase's • on - Lake Sunapee

In the Lake and Mountain Region

Thoroughly modern in its appointments.
Horseback riding and golf nearby.

Boating, bathing, fishing.
Fresh vegetables, milk and cream from our own farms.
$17.50 to $22 a week. Special season and family rates.
ANNA CHASE P. O. GEORGES MILLS, N. H.

SWISS MEADOWS. Spend the week-end or longer in 200-year-old beamed and
paneled farmhouse overlooking Berkshire hills and valleys. Fruit blossoms, lilacs,
brooks, woods, meadows.

Cornelia Stratton Parker, Wllliamstown, Massachusetts.

Close-Up of the League

WITH the Russian and European representatives — Mrs.
Rosa Laddon Hanna and Gerhart Jentsch — here at the
same time, The Open Road assembled its past, present and pro-
spective travelers at a dinner, which proved to be an educational
event for your reporter on no less an important subject than the
League of Nations. Young Frederick Field, back from the Far East,
outlined the underlying conditions in Japan which led to the con-
flict with China — namely, a very small country, a very large popu-
lation, a very inequitable distribution of wealth, and no iron ore,
coal and petroleum. To Mr. Field's mind, international upheavals
have their beginnings in the domestic scene first, and in the foreign
second. For such a formula, our existing peace machinery is quite
inadequate because the League functions only when a clash has
come.

Mr. Jentsch, from his coign of vantage in Geneva, pointed out
two provisions in the working scheme of the League which all but
devitalize its usefulness. One is the unanimity proviso, which means
there must be complete agreement before action can be taken.
Should one country dissent, the matter under consideration is
defeated. The other proviso is ratification, which means that when
even after due deliberation delegates have affixed their signatures
to specific proposals, their respective parliaments at home may
disagree with the positions taken, and so nullify them.

Of course Mrs. Hanna was unmistakably the star of the occasion.
She herself was surprised at the widespread interest in Russia on
the part of all sorts of Americans she encountered, whether sympa-
thetic or otherwise. And like the fine, intelligent person she is,
Mrs. Hanna told of hardships no less than achievements.

Like so many organizations in these difficult days, The Open
Road has come through its stock-taking with some changes that
should be of distinct advantage to its patrons.

JANET SABLOFF

In Switzerland

IF everybody has heard of the Jungfrau, Mont Blanc, Montreux
and other "by-words" of Switzerland, there may be some be-
side ye Traveler's Notebook who have never heard of the Beatus
Caves. They are located between Interlaken and Thun and can
be reached by steamer, or by trolley along a scenic road hewn into
the mountainside skirting the lake of Thun. Among the attractions
are a natural park with foaming waterfalls; ruins of the ancient
pilgrim's inn; an ivy tree a thousand years old, described by
Goethe; a cave terrace with cloister and pilgrimage bell; a pre-
historic settlement of the Hallstatter period; the cell of St. Beatus,
who was the first Christian apostle in Switzerland; stalactite caves,
electrically illuminated for five eighths of a mile, with gorges and
cascades. And close-by is an interesting fur farm, with silver and
blue foxes, badgers, raccoons, minks and martens. The exit of this
farm leads into the romantic Waldhaus restaurant, looking out on
blue lake and snow-capped mountains. (Swiss Federal Railroads,
475 Fifth Avenue, New York.)

The Y in Jerusalem

NEXT to the unhappy history of Jerusalem, "a city which in its
thirty-four centuries of recorded history has been captured
over forty times, repeatedly pillaged and often destroyed," as sum-
marized in its lovely monograph, is the contrasting record of con-
struction and growth over a span of fifty years of the Jerusalem
Y.M.C.A. From its beginnings, back in the eighties, of meeting in a
bookshop, it is now housed in magnificent new buildings, with all
sorts of modern equipment — gymnasium, clubrooms, billiard-

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

386

HOTEL STATLER .. CLEVELAND $050

(nuucwaina routes

WE SAY COMPARE

What you pay for your room is only part of your cost of living in a hotel.
Compare room rates, but don't slop there. Compare food prices, the costs of
supplementary services, of "extras." Compare what you get ... in total . . .
as well as what you pay.

Statler guests are able lo compare. Our service policies, our operating
policies, give travelers a definite, measurable unit of value ... as near a
trade-marked package as the hotel world affords. Statler guests know how
to add. Our pricing policies, consistently followed over the years, add up
to the lowest-cost living afforded by any good hotel.

HOTELS STATLER

Rooms begin at

HOTEL STATLER.. DETROIT SQ50

Rooms begin at W

HOTEL STATLER.. ST. LOUIS S050

Rooms begin at £

HOTEL STATLER.. BUFFALO SQOO

Rooms begin at U

HOTEL STATLER.. BOSTON $050

Rooms begin at W

HOTEL PENNSYLVANIA..

NEW YORK $050

0 Rooms begin at U

All other rooms proportionately priced. The rate
of each room is plainly posted in that room.

room, huge swimming pool, cafeteria, to mention merely a few of
its social and recreational offerings. The variety of people who have
shared in making them possible is a tribute to the fellowship and
cooperation of which man is capable. The Jerusalem Y serves some
twenty-five nationalities and Mohammedan, Jewish and Christian
faiths.

Trips

CAN'T accompany your children to Europe this summer? Just
get in touch with the Open Road (56 West 45 Street, New
York). They are managing a number of young people's groups, in-
cluding several tours to the Boy Scouts Jamboree in Hungary.

The Amalgamated Bank Travel Department (11-15 Union
Square, New York), in conjunction with the French Line, is con-
stantly arranging trips to Russia.

The American Express (65 Broadway, New York) offers not only
to take charge of your visit to A Century of Progress in Chicago, but
to combine it with a cruise on the Great Lakes.

Amerop Travel Service (400 Madison Avenue, New York) is
scheduling a number of overseas economy tours.

The Arnold Bernstein Line (17 Battery Place, New York) con-
ducts a single price overseas service — $145 round trip; 180 pas-
sengers in all, having the run of the whole boat.

The Cunard Line (25 Broadway, New York) announces a five
weeks' cruise to the North Cape and Russia. A special boat feature
will be talks, instruction and tournaments in contract bridge by
Milton C. Work, an international authority.

Prospective vacationists in Massachusetts can readily explore its
possibilities by writing to the Massachusetts Industrial and Develop-
ment Commission, 482 State House, Boston, for their folder and
directory on stopping places.

For week-end sailings to Virginia Beach, there is the Old Domin-
ion Line (1 East 44 Street, New York).

In doubt what to do this vacation? Write post haste to the Trans-
atlantic Steamship Lines (34 Whitehall Street, New York) for a
copy of This Year of All Years; and to the Yosemite Park and
Curry Company (Yosemite National Park, Cal.) for their folder.

Around the World

I HE national collection of heads and horns in the New York
Zoological Park has been called the most complete collection of

wild game trophies in the world.

Cornell University has received a table fifteen feet long made of

woods contributed by twenty countries.

Workmen excavating for a building in London have found a
stone altar used by a family worshipping Roman gods in Britain in
the first or second century A.D.

A young farmer in western Norway dug up in his field the jewelry
of a woman of the first century A.D. — a twisted gold bracelet, fancy
silver brooch and a large silver torque.

A Roman theater of the first century B.C. has been unearthed
at Merida, Spain.

There are regions in Siberia where the ground is perpetually
frozen hundreds of feet deep.

Primitive natives in Australia believe that white men are ghosts
of dead natives. — From Science News Letter.

This year is the bicentenary of Josiah Spode, the famous British
potter, who "invented" dining plates to supersede platters of wood
or metal. He was the first Staffordshire potter who put ground ox-
bones into pottery clay to make "bone China"; the first Englishman
who sent china to China to the order of an Emperor; the first to
add an engraving and printing works to his pottery, and invented
decoration on the "biscuit" which was afterwards glazed — called
"under-glaze transfer-printing."

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

387

CLASSIFIED ADVERTISEMENTS

TEU, ALGONQUIN 4-7490 SURVEY GRAPHIC

WORKERS WANTED

WANTED: Expert, trained Case Work Supervisor for
Family Work in well established, Private Agency.
Must be College graduate; Episcopalian; experienced
in case work; and cooperative. The conditions are
absolute. Refer to Miss Ella F. Harris, Executive
Secretary, Council of Social Agencies, 311 S. Juniper
Street. Philadelphia, Pa.

APPOINTMENT in cooperative, self-supporting
college near New York City to qualified who subscribe
$400 a piece for equipment. Write at once Box 7145
SURVEY.

SITUATIONS WANTED

HERE I AM

Education, A.B.-B.D. Experience, 4 years
social work boys' organization. Enthusiasm:
education and applied religion. 30. Married.
Would like connection New York or vicinity.
7139 SURVEY.

MATRON (colored) desires position as House Mother
or Matron. Religious and social advantages. 7147
SURVEY.

YOUNG WOMAN, executive experience in social
work, religious education and business, here and
abroad, desires new connection. 7143 SURVEY.

WOMAN, American Hebrew, social work training and
experience, desires position institution, school or
camp. Thorough knowledge dietetics, purchasing
supplies, managing helpers. 7134 SURVEY.

WOMAN (Jewish) experienced immigrant education
and physical welfare, desires position. 7135 SURVEY.

SHOEMAKER, American, young, factory experi-
enced. Desires to correspond with institution concern-
ing position, for future reference. 7146 SURVEY.

MAILING LISTS

FUNDS

PAMPHLETS

Rates: 75c per line for 4 insertions

The World Crisis. Problems confronting you. 15
cents postpaid. Stephen Kisel, 610, 7 East 42nd
SI..N.Y.

Depression Reduction, The Sex Side of Life, An
Explanation for Young People by Mary Ware
Dennett. Single copy $.25 instead of $.35; 5 copies
$1.00 instead of $1.67. 100 copies $15.00 instead of
$20.00. Lower rates for larger quantities. Order from
the author. 81 Singer Street, Astoria, Long
Island, New York City.

PERIODICALS

The American Journal of Nursing shows the part
which trained nurses are taking in the betterment
of the world. Put it in your library. $3.00 a year.
450 Seventh Ave., New York, N. Y.

Mental Hygiene: quarterly: $3.00 a year; published
by the National Committee for Mental Hygiene,
450 Seventh Ave., New York.

SUMMER BOARD

Forget Social Service Problems at

THE OLD ORCHARD
In beautiful Ridgefield, Conn.

Charming, interesting, restful. Continental cuisine.

Summer sports. $4 a day, $25 a week.

To members of A. A. S. W. 10% reduction

Phone Ridgefield 827. Oscar and Leah Leonard

HILLTOP FARM HOME, among the lakes, streams,
mountains of New Hampshire, open to a small con-
genial group seeking rest, good food and ample
quarters. Bathrooms, electricity. Moderate rates.
References exchanged.

Address: EATON GRANGE. WARNER, N. H.

Your Own Agency

This is the counseling and placement agency
sponsored jointly by the American Association
of Social Workers and the National Organization
for Public Health Nursing. National. Non-profit
making.

GERTRUDE R. STEIN, Inc.
VOCATIONAL SERVICE AGENCY
18 EAST 41sT STREET, NEW YORK

Lexington 2-6677

MULTIGRAPHING

MIMEOGRAPHING

ADDRESSING

FILLING-IN

FOLDING

COMPLETE MAILINGS

QUICK SERVICE LETTER COMPANY

I NC OR FOR ATED

SPARK PLACE— NEW YORK
TILEPHONE — BARCLAY 1-9653

• • •

SALES CAMPAIGNS

PLANNED AND WRITTEN

(Continued jrom page 385) to what extent and for how long the
federal partnership must continue.

It is said that there are probably six million men in this country
who will never work regularly again. With the authority of the new
law behind it, the new Federal Relief Administration purposes to
find out if this is true and if it is to begin to consider what can be
done.

If one may appraise an undertaking still in its new-broom stage,
one would say that defeatism is not in the philosophy of the Federal
Relief Administration, and that piecemeal, tail-of-the-dog effort
is giving place to determined leadership to make mass-relief as
little demeaning as it has to be, to hold every unit of government
rigidly to its duty, to relate relief to the whole program of national
recovery, to end crisis relief at the earliest possible moment and to
look squarely at the long-run job.

This is a big order and the new-born Administration has as yet no
performance to show. It has power and purpose. It has still to find
the means to make them both effective. There is a world of pitfalls
in the path. Old-line politicians, big and little, will hate and deride
it. Social workers who believe that mass-misery can be treated as a
problem in individual family rehabilitation will probably find much
to criticize. Mistakes will undoubtedly be made. But if we can fol-
low Mr. Jacks's counsel and "judge all things by the direction in

which they are moving" we must at this moment join in the pro-
found hope that this new start will "get us home."

REDISCOVERED MEN

(Continued from page 361)

should be regarded as historical. But it must be remembered,
neither homeless men nor men over twenty-five years are eligible
to the newly organized federal camps.

But to have so greatly influenced the lives of its 270 residents is
what makes this camp of paramount importance for, to quote Mrs.
Roosevelt again, "there has been so much emphasis on family re-
lief that single men (and women) are having a pretty hard time."

In the last analysis, no description of life at the camp can be as
vivid or impressive as the testimony of the men themselves. Those
to whom I talked were without exception enthusiastic. One, a
former electrician, obviously a man of education, unemployed
for two years, summarized the general sentiment: "I don't know
how all the men feel about this place, but I know how they ought to
feel. I myself came here from the lodging-house because I was pretty
despondent and completely run down, and (Continued on page 390)

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

388

for

Courses in

SOCIAL PSYCHIATRY, MEDICINE,

SOCIOLOGY, PSYCHOLOGY,

GOVERNMENT, CASE WORK

Leading to the degree of

MASTER OF SOCIAL SCIENCE

Students enrolled for the full course

are assigned to a social agency for

a period of nine months' supervised

intensive field work.

A summer course of eight weeks is
open to experienced social workers.

Address

THE DIRECTOR

College Hall 8, Northampton, Mass.

COOPERATIVE SCHOOL for
STUDENT TEACHERS

Class room experience alternating with
studio and seminar courses

Early applications advised for one year
course beginning October 1933

69 Bank Street

New York City

WILLOW
BROOK

Summer School
Nellie M. Seeds, Ph.D.

Freedom to pioneer on a 200 acre farm
for 25 boys and girls, 7 to 1 5 years. Farm
animals, gardening, Dam building, Music,
Art, Swimming, Hiking, Community Life.
Modern Sanitation, $1 35 nine weeks.

Stanfordville, Dutchess Co., N. Y.

SUBSCRIBE HERE

Survey Graphic — Monthly — $3.00
Survey Associates, Inc., 112 East 19th St., New York
Name ..Address... ...7-1-33

The New York School
of Social Work

TERMB
JULY 21-AUGUST 31

Among the courses to be offered in this six week
period the following will be of interest to expe-
rienced social workers :

The Family

Recording

Psychopathology .
Philosophy of Community
Migrant Families .
Medical Social Problems

. . Mr. Lee

Miss Hamilton

Dr. Kenworthy

Mr. Pettit

Miss Hurlbutt

Miss Cannon

Introduction to Social Philosophy

Mr. Lindeman

Historical Background of Social Work

Miss Hurlbutt

122 East 22nd Street
New York City

Untoersrttp of Chicago

fecljool of Social &erbtce Slbmtuistrntion

Summer Quarter

First Term, June 19-July 21
Second Term, July 24-Aug. 25

Academic Year, 1933-34

Autumn Quarter, Oct. 2-Dec. 22
Winter Quarter, Jan. 2-Mar. 2 3
Spring Quarter, Apr. 2-June 13

Courses leading to the degree of
A.M. and Ph.D.

Qualified undergraduate students admitted
as candidates for the A.B. degree

Announcements on request

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEV GRAPHIC)

389

Index to Advertisers

July 1, 1933

GENERAL

American Telephone & Telegraph Co .... 344

Pels & Company 385

Lewis & Conger 385

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Back Cover

HOTELS, TRAVEL AND RESORTS

B. F. Allen 386

Brookwood Labor College 386

Chase's on Lake Sunapee 386

Green Mansions 386

Hotels Statler 387

Pocono Study Tours, Inc Second Cater

Swiss Meadows 386

The Willard Hotel 384

EDUCATIONAL

Author's Research Bureau 385

Cooperative School for Student Teachers 389

New York School of Social Work 389

Smith College School for Social Work 389

University of Chicago School of Social Service Admin 389

Willow Brook Summer School 389

PUBLISHERS

Columbia University Press 383

Falstaff Press 385

Macmillan Company 383

Modern Psychologist 384

Scientific Book Club, Inc 343

DIRECTORY

Social Agencies Third Cover

CLASSIFIED

Workers and Situations Wanted 388

Employment Agencies

Joint Vocational Service, Inc 388

Gertrude R. Stein, Inc 388

Printing, Multlgraphlng, Typewriting, etc.

Quick Service Letter Co., Inc 388

Eaton Grange 388

| The Old Orchard 388

Mailing Lists 388

Pamphlets and Periodicals 388

(Continued from page 388) I realized only work in the open could
build me up again." I was conversing with him in the woods as,
pickax in hand, he was clearing the underbrush from a magnificent
grove of pine trees, though he had never done this sort of work
before. "I've gained eight pounds here and have recovered my
mental poise. Fellows who don't want work just wouldn't stay
here and wouldn't be interested. But I've been here two months
and haven't met a slacker yet."

The oldest man in the place, by trade a painter, by temperament
a philosopher, described the life as "all for one and one for all."
Born and bred in New York City, his father and grandfather be-
fore him, he had never been out of work a day in his life until last
year; since then he has had only an occasional odd job. "I had
looked out for my old age," he said, "but when the bank failed all
my savings went with it. No job, no money. I wandered from pillar
to post and finally ended at the lodging-house for I just can't
sponge on my friends. Here at last I have peace of mind, even if the
place isn't just what I've been used to. I'm proud of New York
State for establishing the place. Things are surely going to improve.
I'm a fatalist."

Two pals, an erstwhile shoemaker and a farmer, friends from
their lodging-house days, were eager to praise the camp. The
farmer, a ruddy-faced German who had not been able to get a job
"since the Thompson Estate let out most of its help a year ago,"
was proud to claim that he was one of the camp's pioneers. His
friend had arrived but three days before.

"I see 100 percent improvement in Tony already," said the
farmer, who was, of course, revelling in the outdoor work. And the
other, though his broken English was not equal to the occasion,
constantly nodded his agreement.

The following excerpts from letters written by men to friends still
at the lodging-house, from which we are privileged to quote (using
fictitious names), leave no doubt as to what a place of this kind
means to them:

Dear Friend James: . . . Thomas got here and the little time he
is here you would hardly know he is the same man. ... I got
promoted to foreman of the domotory and repair gang. . . . We
all got underwear, socks, overshoes and shoes and everything to
wear to keep you comfortable. We all work and like it. I thought I
would never like to work again but find I still have the will and the
old pep. Gee I would love to have you up here — too bad you could
not come. . . . Snif.

Frend: Well I am here for five days, long anof to know how it is.
As you ask me to tell you the trought about this place, well, for me I
was surprise when I came here. I never thought it would be that
way. First you get good meals, good sleep, et. For the work, you
don't work hard and not long. For the money, I don't know exacley
amoch we will get, for chowre we will get $10. a month, mabe more.
... If you come here, you will never be sorry. Robert Syvestre.

Friend Bill: Now that I am a native of Rockland County, and
climated to the weather, I thought it was about time I wrote you a
few lines as promised and let you know all about the camp. . . .
There is about 200 men at the Camp and everybody has his work
to do every day; the entire place is kept in Al condition at all times
and the order and discipline is great; you would be surprised. The
men take great pride in keeping themselves clean and all look the
picture of health. I don't think there is a healthier bunch of men in
New York than the men right here. Everybody seems contented
and no kick coming no how. The meals are fine. . . . There is no-
liquor of any kind allowed in or about quarters; anybody found
with any sign of it on them out they go, and they know it, but we
have had no such cases since I have been here, very proud to say.
... It was the greatest move I ever made to conic up here. . . .
Jack Mahoney.

The newspapers daily and in Sunday rotogravure sections
enthusiastically report the progress of the federal conservation
camps, and by implication assert that they offer the best prescrip-
tion yet found for attacking en masse the troubles of the jobless
family man. Rumor has it that similar camps may be established
for single women. No one has as yet suggested that the homeless
man be given the same chance. Camp Blauvelt has pointed the
way. There are other hundreds of thousands of homeless men who
are waiting to be rediscovered all over the country. We need more
Camp Blauvelts.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

390

THE AMERICAN PEOPLES COLLEGE IN EUROPE

OETZ IN TYROL,
AUSTRIA

SPECIAL INTEREST STUDY TOURS

THE IDEAL SHORT VACATION IN EUROPE

Fascinating sightseeing in England, France, Austria and Italy— hiking in the Tyrol and an oppor-
tunity to attend several stimulating lecture discussions at the American Peoples College in Europe

ONE MONTH NEW YORK TO NEW YORK

Inclusive Cost $251

SAILINGS

July 29 to August 29

August 12 to September 13

August 30 to October 2

ITINERARY

London Zurich Oetz in Tyrol Innsbruck

Trieste Venice Milan Paris

PSYCHOLOGY

Under the supervision of Dr. Goodwin Watson, Teachers College, Columbia University, these groups
will investigate the newest developments in Psychology in the most important European centers. Both
groups will attend the Psycho-Technical Congress to be held in Vienna in September. The eight and
one half months group will spend the Winter Session at the University of Vienna. A complete sight-
seeing and recreational program will be arranged throughout.

GROUP PT— Aug. 17-Sept. 22— $308 GROUP 6P— Aug. 17-May 1, 1934— $953

PRICES INCLUDE:

ALL EXPENSES— New York to New York

Round trip steamer jure, board and room, tuition,
visas, museum fees and sightseeing throughout.

ALL TRAVEL ARRANGEMENTS EXECUTED BY

POCONO STUDY TOURS,

55 We* 42nd Street, New York City (SIXTH YEAR) 224 South Michigan Avenue, Chicago

Write for Booklet SG Giving Complete Detailed Information

STATE SPECIAL INTEREST

"USS'l'SiL Y2~j™55: HSL™!1? <Ausu?t. 1933; Vol. XXII. No. 8J 30 cts.; $3 a year; foreign jjostage. 50 cts. extra; Canadian, 30 cts. Changes of address

Hi if- East 19th Street. New York. Pnce: this issue (August, 1933; Vol. XXII, No. 8) 30 cts.; $3 a year; foreign oostage, 5
should be mailed to us five weeks In advance. When payment is by check receipt will be sent only upon request. Entered as
M.. under the Act of March 3. 1879. Acceptance for mailing at a special rate of postage provided for In Section 1103, Ac
President. Lucius R. Eastman. Secretary. Ann Reed Brenner. Treasurer. Arthur Kellogg.

rial and Business

.s second-class matter at the post office at Concord.
:t of October 3. 1917; authorized December 21, 1921.

It's Good to Hear Your VOICE"

THIS very day the telephone will
touch the lives of millions of people.
To a modest home in the suburbs, it
will carry words of love and comfort
and the assurance that all is well. In
another home, a housewife, busy with
her work, will pause a little while to
place her daily orders or answer a
welcome call from a friend. To some
one else, the ring of the telephone
may mean good news about a posi-
tion or a business transaction.
To have a telephone in your home

is to hold your place in the world of
people — to keep unbroken your con-
tact with those whose help and friend-
ship are so essential.

Individuals employ the telephone
in many different ways. The busy, to
save time. The friendly, to win more
friendship. The lonely, to make con-
tacts. The troubled, to find comfort
and reassurance. The frightened, to
call for aid. The gay, to share
their gayety. It is through the
medium of the telephone that

thoughts become words and words
became messengers between one
human mind and another, defying
space and time and all the elements
that would interpose delays and
doubts.

The value of the telephone can be
measured only by measuring the ac-
tivity of the people who use it and
the diversity of life itself.

AMERICAN TELEPHONE
AND TELEGRAPH COMPANY

You are cordially invited to visit the Bell System Exhibit in the Communication Building, Century of Progress Exposition, Chicago

392

SURVEY GRAPHIC

KJO one is better fitted to prescribe for chills and fevers in health bud-
gets than C.-E. A. WINSLOW, professor of public health at the Yale
Medical School. His article (page 407) is based on address before the
National Conference of Sscial Work at Detroit in June.

Vol. XXII, No. 8

August 1933

CONTENTS

THE challenge to both wets and drys to face the whole truth has been
flung down by DR. HAVEN EMERSON to audiences of both kinds and
has been violently assailed by both. A life-long advocate of temperance,
a scientist, professor of public health administration at the College of

FRONTISPIECE Drawing by Hendrik Willem Van Loon 394 Physicians and Surgeons, contributing editor of Survey Associates, Dr.

PLANNING IN PLACE OF RESTRAINT Emerson finds himself in a new no-man's land between the raging

Robert F. Wagner 395 advocates of prohibition and repeal.

NO CHILD LABOR.. . .Cartoon by Daniel Fitzpatrick 397 IN hs one-act play, Breadline (page 414), PHILIP KETCHUM has

THE BOUNCER OF THE BLUEBIRD INN caught the very essence of the men who shuffle past the free food

.Herbert B. Ehrmann 398 counter. Mr. Ketchum is director of the Omaha Community Chest.

An Unpublished Chapter in the Sacco-Vanzetti Case His earlier play, The Whistle Blows (Survey Graphic, January 1932)

T-ur fT/^iin-u AT-,\7r.ivn-TTr>i- was reprinted by the Social Work Publicity Council, 130 East 22

THE EIGHTH ADVENTURE H. A. Oeerstreet 404 Street> ^ew Yor£ who wU, a,SQ reprjnt Breadline Neither play may bc

DOLLARS AND LIVES C.-E. A. Window 407 produced or reprinted without permission of the Council.

FOUR PAINTINGS BY EDWARD HOPPER 410

/-i A XT iArr-r-0 AivTT-i Tvn-v/c- up An Tuf iArTj/-vT I? -TT> T T-™J -, f^UTSTANDING among architects who belong to the more ad-

CAN WETS AND DRYS BEAR THE WHOLE TRUTH ? U vanced regiona, plannerS; HENRY WRIGHT has recently returned

. .Haven Emerson, M.D. from a trip to Germany for the Oberlaender Trust following his work

BREADLINE Philip Ketchum 414 on the garden city of Radburn in the New York Region and the Buhl

A Play in One Act Foundation development in Pittsburgh. His article (page 417) will

oTivTfTivT/-' C-T Tin re nr • L, n -i form one chapter of a volume to be published in the fall. Other chap-

SINKING SLUMS Henry Wright 417 , . , . , .

ters have appeared in the July and August issues of Architecture.

A CHANCE TO REBUILD THE U. S. A

Loula D. Lasker 420 THE story of the conference called to discuss the possibilities for

SEASONAL UNEMPLOYMENT . . . M. C. Rorty 422 slum clearance and low-cost housing under the National Industrial

A Special Case for Economic Planning Recovery Act is told on page 4 3 by LOULA D. LASKER of the staff of

survey Associates. 1 he proceedings may be obtained irom the Na- •

3LOGIONS HERE AND THERE John Palmer Gavit 425 tional Conference on Slum Clearance, 1503 Builders Exchange Build-

LETTERS & LIFE Edited by Leon Whipple 427 ing, Cleveland, Ohio. Price $3.

TRAVELER'S NOTEBOOK.. 432

AS a practical and immediate point where economic planning can be

t38 ~ applied, M. C. RORTY offers the great amount of seasonal unem-
ployment in coal-mining, building and the "caprice" goods of milady's

Files of Survey Graphic will be found in public and college libraries. wardrobe. To regularize work in these three trades would directly
All issues are indexed in the Readers' Guide to Periodical Literature. affect some two mllll°1nj «">rkers,. not to mention the railroad men and
Ask the Librarian others whose jobs would be steadied by a more even now ol production.

THE GIST OF IT

THIS sixth year of ROBERT F. WAGNER'S first term in the U. S.
Senate finds his name written large on a whole group of acts com-
prising the New Deal (page 395), thus bringing to national
fruition his long interest in social legislation and his skill in both draft-
ing it and seeing it through the slow process of enactment. Senator Wag-
ner was chairman of the New York State Factory Investigating Com-
mission and largely responsible for the code which it brought into
being. Readers of Survey Graphic will recall his Rock-Bottom Re-
sponsibility published in the issue of June 1932.

AS junior counsel for Sacco and Vanzetti up to the time of their execu-
tion six years ago this month, HERBERT B. EHRMANN undertook to
trace the confession of another condemned man. The way he set about
it and the things he discovered (page 398) are as thrilling as a detective
story. During wartime he was a member of the War Labor Policies
Board and director of the industrial relations division of the U. S.
Shipping Board. He is the author of the Criminal Courts of Cleveland
(1921), part of the Cleveland Foundation's Survey of Criminal Justice.
An advance chapter from The Untried Case to be published this
month by the Vanguard Press.

another midsummer volume, The Eighth Adventure (page
404) is the very cream of We Move in New Directions, by H. A.
OVERSTREET, now in press for W. W. Norton and Company. Mr. Over-
street is professor of philosophy at the College of the City of New York,
a widely popular writer and lecturer. His most recent contribution to
Survey Graphic, Why We Are Hungry for a Philosophy, was pub-
lished in the issue of January 1931.

A FTER a generation of devoted effort the Palisades have been saved.
^^ John D. Rockefeller, Jr., has given to the Palisades Interstate Park
Commission some 265 acres along the top in a strip from 350 to 1000
feet wide running about thirteen miles from south of George Washing-
ton Bridge to the New Jersey-New York state line. The land cost about
five million dollars. The Public Works Administration has been asked
to furnish three and one half millions for converting this strip into a
parkway which will eventually connect with Bear Mountain Park.
Thus not only are the rugged cliffs of the Hudson saved from a skyline
of shoddy apartments, roadhouses, chewing-gum billboards and hotdog
stands, but New York City will have a parkway second to none.

SURVEY ASSOCIATES, INC.

Publication Office, 10 Ferry Street, Concord, N. H.
General Office, 112 East 19 Street, New York, to which all corre-
spondence should be addressed.

SURVEY GRAPHIC— Monthly— $3.00 a Year
THE SURVEY— Monthly— $3.00 a Year

Lucius R. EASTMAN, president; JULIAN W. MACK, JOSEPH P. CHAM-
BERLAIN, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, vice-presidents; ANN REED BRENNER,
secretary; ARTHUR KELLOGG, treasurer.

PAUL U. KELLOGG, editor.

ARTHUR KELLOGG, managing editor; MARY Ross, BEULAH AMIDON,
LEON WHIPPLE, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, LOULA D. LASKER, FLORENCE
LOEB KELLOGG, GERTRUDE SPRINGER, associate editors.

EDWARD T. DEVINE, GRAHAM TAYLOR, JANE ADDAMS, JOSEPH K.
HART, HAVEN EMERSON, M.D., ROBERT W. BRUERE, JOANNA C.
COLCORD, contributing editors.

MOLLIE CONDON, circulation manager; MARY R. ANDERSON, advertising
manager.

Drawing by Hendrik Willcm Van Loon

" Do you mind my smoking? "

" No. Go ahead. I'll be smoking myself in a moment."

SURVEY GRAPHIC

AUGUST

1933

Volume XXII

No. 8

PLANNING IN PLACE OF RESTRAINT

BY ROBERT F. WAGNER

^^HE new laws enacted during the recent session of Con-

I gress are not a series of hampering restraints. They are

I declarations of freedom from the bondage of an outworn

past. They represent the coming of age of American

government.

During the century and a quarter following the Industrial
Revolution, our economic system was postulated upon the
ideals of laissez-faire and free competition. Perhaps this
rugged individualism was the best means of conquering and
exploiting the continent. The pioneers who turned westward
to pit their daring and resourcefulness against the relentless
hostility of nature and the Indians could not be subjected to
plans or prescriptions. The mushroom industries which arose
to serve local, or at most sectional, needs in various parts of
the country were the truly private projects of buccaneers of
trade, and their separate destinies did not affect the nation
as a whole. Thus Emerson, despite his hazy speculations of
world unity, spoke in the tenor of his time when he apothe-
osized the independent self-reliant man who "teamed it,
farmed it, peddled, taught school, edited a newspaper and
was worth one hundred of those city dolls."

So long as our material progress continued unabated and
rose to its apogee during the period from 1922 to 1929,
there could be no effective challenge to the a priori principles
handed down from Adam Smith. The common people came
to believe that laissez-faire and rugged individualism insured
the maximum production of goods, and that the increased
productivity of the machine for purposes of business success
would disperse leisure and comfort throughout society.

It was difficult indeed to

misgivings, but so long as poverty was decreasing, there was
no real opportunity to develop social techniques which
might enable the people as a whole to capitalize fully upon
material success or to insure its perpetuation.

But with the coming of the nineteen-thirties, the system
which had been characterized in terms of perfection began
to disintegrate, and after four years of suffering and dis-
illusion we are ready to revise the methodologies of the past.
We are all beginning to sense that a new economic society
has come to its full maturity. Specialization and serializa-
tion of technical processes have assimilated our indus-
trial organization to a single great orchestra which must
function in perfect accord if it is to be tuneful at all. Dis-
turbances in any quarter bring spontaneous reactions in dis-
tant places. Unbridled competition has led us to ruin. Every
thoughtful business man is seeking a rationalizing principle
to create a polyphony where now there are only crashing
discords. In modern society, the welfare of the individual
is embedded in the destiny of the group. No one can stand
alone, and in the new harmony which is requisite, legislation
must swing the baton. The need for order marks the reign
of law.

This need is not entirely a new one. It has been intensify-
ing since the turn of the century. When 1 was in the New
York State legislature, I could not but recognize the indus-
trial anarchy manifested in the greatest industrial center in
the country, and I saw the need for utilizing government
as a coordinating and protective agency. The humane code
of labor laws which I was partially instrumental in bringing

about in New York State

gain attention by stating
that, measured in terms of
social justice, we were mak-
ing poor use of our wealth.
Those who were profiting
most by being uncontrolled
did not want to say any-
thing. Those who were not
faring so well thought that
the system offered fabulous
prospects to the worthy, and
remained acquiescent. Some
men of vision had their

The Federal Relief Act, the Federal-State Employ-
ment Service Act, the National Industrial Recovery
Act all bear the name of the Senator from New York.
But he has been more than the administration leader in
furthering this group of legislation. They have their
roots in experience and thinking that go back to his
days as chairman of the New York State Factory In-
vestigating Commission. What then, we asked him, are
the philosophy, the intent, and the reach as he sees
them of these measures to implement the New Deal

395

was a signal victory in the
fight to adjust men's minds
to present day problems.
My first years in the United
States Senate, when people
were gazing astigmatically
upon a false prosperity,
marked the continuation of
the battle. Others stood by
my side, but it took the
economic disaster to arouse
the country as a whole.
The struggle has been so

396

SURVEY GRAPHIC

August 1933

protracted because the ideal of laissez-faire had worked
deeply into our national outlook. When every dictate of
reason and experience was pleading for revised concepts of
the function of law and government in modern society, we
continued to adhere to the political notions of 1800. It will
be fruitful to delineate just what those notions were.

IT MAY seem paradoxical that the gospel of freedom for
business enterprise nurtured a legal system which indulged
solely in restraints and prohibitions. But this was inevitably
the case. You could not define the terms of free competition.
You could not regulate laissez-faire. You could not schema-
tize planlessness. You could merely outlaw practices which
were deemed to interfere with the inordinate play of enter-
prise. Let us take as an example our constitutional doctrine
of freedom of contract, as it operated upon economic affairs
during the nineteenth century. It did not tell business men
what they might do. It did not provide channels for the flow
of activity. Despite the pleasant connotations of the word
"freedom," the doctrine did not serve primarily as a guard-
ian of liberties. It operated to perpetuate an idealized
competitive system. There was no freedom to cooperate, no
freedom to make contracts for industrial coordination, no
freedom to adhere to a unified plan, no freedom for the work-
ing-man to secure the collective bargaining without which
his liberty is illusory. We bartered away many opportunities
for rational action in exchange for a single type of liberty
which the law sought to foster purely by imposing a series of
narrowing restraints.

In many other respects, what I may call the restraint
theory of law led to serious difficulties. A restraint is focused
upon the past and is the final reaction to an abuse long stand-
ing and crystallized, or it is the final codification of an an-
cient philosophy. As a result, in the field of economic
legislation, where the factual background shifts with the
rapidity of Elizabethan scenes, these restraints come fre-
quently at the end rather than the beginning of the epoch in
which they might have a proper setting. They relate to an
era which is in eclipse instead of interpreting the present
and squaring off to the future.

The anti-trust laws illustrate this point perfectly. The
Sherman Act was the consummate expression of a competi-
tive philosophy built up to rationalize the economic life of
nineteenth century England. Yet this act came to fruition
at a time when our complex industrial machinery was thun-
dering into the twentieth century with a host of problems
peculiar to our own age. The law was moribund ab initio.

No legal-economic system can be permeated with re-
straints. This being the case, it was inevitable that so long
as the law functioned only to inhibit, its operations were very
circumscribed. It slid along outskirts of economic problems,
but never probed their depths. It hacked away at excres-
cences, but never lubricated joints. To use the words
Mr. Justice Holmes applied in another connection, it hov-
ered as a "brooding omnipresence in the sky."

Turn now to a consideration of the part that law must play
in the world of today. Law and government have been called
the external deposits of the economic and moral life of the
race. This implies that law should respond sensitively and
rapidly to the social and economic problems created by the
interpenetration of our modern industries and the stern
realities of the world crisis.

Let me state more definitely some of the functions em-
braced by the current legislation passed at the special
session of Congress. Most of these may be subsumed under

the heading of economic planning. Few today will deny the
pressing need for a greater degree of purposeful planning on
a national scale. The task of devising plans falls largely to
the economist. The job of setting up the mechanisms and
the ambits within which these plans may operate is in the
hands of lawyers and legislators.

An admirable implementation has been given to the plan-
ning idea by the two major acts of the recent session. The
National Industrial Recovery Act provides an administra-
tive board to serve as a friendly and suggestive coordinator
of the activities of business men who previously worked in
the dark and at cross-purposes. It changes the anti-trust
acts from weapons of restraint to instruments of guidance.
It devises methods of supervising wages and hours of work so
that the interests of producers and consumers may be more
nearly balanced. Its public- works features provide for
public construction to balance fluctuations in the volume of
private activity. These various devices go to the very core
of our contemporary maladjustments.

Planning in agriculture is inaugurated in a similar fashion.
Adequate agencies have been created to equate the rewards
to industry and agriculture, and to regularize and control
the production of agricultural commodities.

SUCH measures evidence a widening of the areas of govern-
mental control through law. But the principle involved
is not shocking nor even novel, though it has been slow to
gain general practical recognition. The concept of busi-
nesses "affected with a public interest" should not be a
sterile one. It turns upon questions of fact, and should vary
with the flow of economic events. That master realist of the
Supreme Court, Mr. Justice Holmes, stated the whole
matter with superb clarity and precision in the case of
Tyson vs. Banton. There he said:

When legislatures are held to be authorized to do anything con-
siderably affecting public welfare it is covered by an apologetic
phrase like the police power, or the statement that the business
concerned has been dedicated to a public use. ... I do not be-
lieve in such apologies. . . . The notion that a business is clothed
with a public interest and has been devoted to the public use is
little more than a fiction intended to beautify what is disagreeable
to the sufferers. The truth seems to me to be that, subject to com-
pensation when compensation is due, the legislature may forbid or
restrict any business when it has a sufficient force of public opinion
behind it. Lotteries were thought useful adjuncts of a state a cen-
tury or so ago; now they are believed to be immoral and they have
been stopped. Wine has been thought good for men from the time
of the Apostles until recent years. But when public opinion changed
it did not need the Eighteenth Amendment, notwithstanding the
Fourteenth, to enable a state to say that the business should end.
What has happened to lotteries and wine might happen to theaters
in some moral storm of the future, not because theaters were de-
voted to a public use but because people had come to think that
way.

It is a far step in practice from the restraint laws of old to
the measures of today. We have entered upon a new era in
government. We no longer confine it to policeman functions;
we enlarge it to embrace all the needs which it must satisfy.
These departures into the field of guidance and regulations
rather than mere prohibition involve a complete shift of
emphases. Legislation, instead of being the final state in a
political process, becomes the first stage in a controlled ex-
periment. Instead of being a definitive statement of what
must not be done, it becomes a broad authorization for
what should be done. It presents infinite capacities for in-
dividualized treatment and for the (Continued on page 438)

!iji> -••>•••' •

NOTICE,

CHILDRE-W
16 YtARS

'-"x
• >*

WILL BE EMPLOYED

V::OY -v.--..?;V- ••£$-. -s,

. C-S '•\^^f.'^:Kt-:'^^''

Fitzpatrick in St. Louis Post-Dispatch and Survey Graphic

"There is already a heartening illustration of what may be accomplished by the joint willingness of the administra-
tion and industry to 90 beyond the express provisions of the law. . . . On the second day of the hearings on codes
of fair competition for the cotton textile industry, that industry proposed the abandonment of the employment of
children under 16 years of age. According to the Census of 1930, this will affect immediately over ten thou-
sand boys and girls who have been suffering under some of the most disgraceful conditions ever witnessed in an
enlightened country." — Senator Robert F. Wagner of New York State.

THE BOUNCER OF THE BLUEBIRD INN

An Unpublished Chapter in the Sacco-Vanzetti Case
BY HERBERT B. EHRMANN

DETECTIVE THOMAS F. DUGAN of the New
York Police was not expecting anything to happen
when he settled down to lunch on February 10, 1921.
For comfort he had removed his belt, with holster and pistol,
and hung them on a hook with his hat and overcoat.
Boshen's German Restaurant on Broome Street near
Mulberry stood almost in the shadow of Police Head-
quarters in New York City. A spot, one would say, to be
shunned by murderers.

Outside there was a sudden succession of sharp reports like
the backfiring of a motor. Detective Dugan dashed around
the corner without his hat, overcoat — or pistol. A man lay
in the street mortally wounded. A woman with a baby was
screaming that she had been shot. A crowd of panicky
people was gathering. It was a strange scene to be enacted
within pitching distance of the great police citadel.

The perpetrator of this grim irony glided coolly into the
crowd. Detective Dugan followed but dared not show haste
lest he warn his dangerous quarry. When the two came
abreast, the man was walking leisurely and smoking a
cigarette. Dugan grabbed him. Fortunately for the unarmed
detective, the surprise capture prevented his prisoner from
using his murder weapon again.

This pistol proved to be a peculiar affair with a wooden
handle and seven undischarged cartridges. More significant,
however, it was a foreign automatic of 7.65 millimeter
caliber, through which were fired bullets of American .32
caliber. Detective Dugan had captured Antonio Mancini,
of Providence, Rhode Island, listed as a "spaghetti importer"
but known to his associates and the police as a quiet gunman
with iron nerve.

IT was most unfortunate for Sacco and Vanzetti, then
facing trial in Massachusetts for a double murder at South
Braintree, committed the spring before with equal audacity
and indifference, that their expert witnesses did not have
before them the curious weapon retrieved that morning
in Mulberry Street. It is at least possible that the court and
jury in their case would have listened with much attention
to evidence that five of the bullets taken from the bodies
of the paymaster, Parmenter, and his guard, Berardelli,
killed at South Braintree, were of .32 caliber fired through a
foreign automatic of 7.65 millimeters, and that shells found
on the scene bore an ejector claw-mark unknown in any
American pistol. At the trial and for five years thereafter
such evidence seemed without significance since both state
and defence were discussing an unknown weapon in the
hands of an unknown killer. Had this clue been before
the jury in that first trial — and no other was to sit on the
evidence — they might well have preferred, in considering the
public killings in South Braintree, to turn from the fish
peddler and shoemaker whom they convicted, to a gang
which had such a weapon in its possession. That preference
might have grown had they known further that the man
who calmly murdered on a busy street in New York was
rated as a "big-job" member of the notorious Joe Morelli
gang of Providence, professionals in nearly all branches of

crime. That preference might have changed history had
they known that another gunman would later confess his
part in the South Braintree murders and implicate the
"Morelli mob" as the gang he was with.

There was no one in 1921, or for years thereafter, to
whisper of any possible connection between the murder of
Alberto Alterio on Mulberry Street, New York, and the
shooting of a paymaster and his guard on Pearl Street, South
Braintree, on April 15, 1920, with which Sacco and Van-
zetti were charged. On November 18, 1925, however,
Celestino F. Madeiros, a young bank robber and confessed
murderer confined in the Dedham jail where Nicola Sacco
was imprisoned, succeeded in smuggling into Sacco's cell a
slip of paper which began an investigation and opened wide
an entirely new phase of the Sacco and Vanzetti case. The
paper bore the following words written in the handwriting
of Madeiros:

I hear by confess to being in the South Braintree shoe company
crime and Sacco and Vanzetti was not in said crime.

The paper was delivered to William G. Thompson, one
of the leaders of the Boston bar who, following the trial
and conviction of Sacco and Vanzetti in 1921, became their
attorney and continued as such until just before their
electrocution in 1927. Mr. Thompson promptly interviewed
Madeiros, taking notes and sending copies to the district
attorney. The burden of carrying on alone had become
almost intolerable to him after three years of unsparing
devotion to the task of securing a second trial for his clients.
When his plea before the appellate court was rejected, the
Madeiros confession became of immediate and great im-
portance. As my practice was largely of a business nature
with practically no criminal cases, I was at a loss to know
why I was recommended to him unless it was because of
my study of the criminal courts of Cleveland in 1920.
Nevertheless it was a call which I could not refuse and my
acceptance began one of the most valued associations of
my life.

IT THUS happened that on May 22, 1926 I left the relative
I quiet of an office practice and found myself on the high-
road to Providence, bound for the Bluebird Inn, a dis-
reputable roadhouse in the lonely hamlet of Seekonk. It
was to be my first port of call on a long voyage. On that
spring afternoon, however, I was completely skeptical
of the Madeiros story, explaining it to myself as a bid for
notoriety and confidently expecting that the quest would
end in a few days. If Madeiros were not telling the truth,
the check-up would speedily tell. In his interview with Mr.
Thompson, he had implicated as his associates an un-
identified Italian gang who "had been engaged in robbing
freightcars in Providence." I expected to find that there was
no such gang; or, if it existed, that the members were not
Italians; or, if Italians, that they were not available for
committing the crime on April 15, 1920. The chances were
slim for a manufactured story to click on coincidences.
Nor did my hesitation to believe Madeiros spring from

398

August 1933

THE BOUNCER OF THE BLUEBIRD INN

399

any belief in the guilt of Sacco and Vanzetti. On that May
afternoon in 1926 I did not have the conviction which later
overwhelmed me that Nicola Sacco and Bartolomeo Van-
zetti could not possibly have committed the murders in
South Braintree. That was to grow with intimate knowledge
of the men, a more seasoned understanding of the court
record, and the development of new evidence. I did feel,
however, that the talk of a "fair trial," however sincere,
was self-deception if it meant anything beyond an observance
of the forms of criminal procedure. It seemed to me that
these two foreign radical draft-dodgers had been tried in an
atmosphere where patriotism and justice became synony-
mous, where fear had replaced confidence, and where rumor
raced through the corridors even to the judge's chamber,
rivalling the sworn testimony of the witness-stand. In order
to understand the investigation, it will be necessary to fix in
mind the few simple facts set forth in the following:

The Double Murder at South Braintree!

At the trial it appeared that the crime took place just before 3
P.M. on the afternoon of April 15, 1920. About 9.25 A.M. of that
day the payroll money for the Slater and Morrill Shoe Factory,
$15,776, arrived from Boston in a box which was taken to an office
across from the station, to be assorted into pay envelopes and put
into two steel cases for later delivery to the factory. The expressman
observed what proved later to be the murder car, a
newly varnished Buick (stolen a few months before),
standing directly in front of the building. A man, later
identified as the driver, stood in the doorway and another
man sat in the car. At five minutes of three P.M., Frederick
A. Parmenter, assistant paymaster of Slater and Morrill,
and Allesandro Barardelli, his guard, called for the
boxes to carry them to the factory.

These two men proceeded east on Pearl Street, passing
the Rice and Hutchins shoe factory which was on the
same side of the street as the Slater and Morrill factory
and two hundred feet nearer. At this point they were
shot down by two bandits who had apparently been
waiting their arrival, described in the opening as "two
short men, perhaps five feet six or seven, rather stocky
. . . between 140 and 160 ... of apparent Italian
lineage." While this was going on, the murder car was
parked just beyond, below the Slater and Morrill factory,
facing west, viz. toward the shooting. As Berardelli fell,
the car crawled forward toward the scene. "There were
two men in the car, the driver and a man we cannot
describe in the back seat." As the car moved along, the
two killers piled the boxes in, and with a third bandit
boarded the moving car. The shooting had attracted a
lot of attention and people filled the windows in the
factories and crowded the street where they were in-
timidated by shots from the car. The rear glass had
been removed from the back curtain through which a
weapon projected to cover pursuit. The occupants also
scattered rubber-headed tacks in their trail to puncture
tires of pursuing motor vehicles.

The car gathered headway, reached the main corner of
the town, turned a right angle, sped south toward Hoi-
brook about a quarter-mile, then made a hairpin turn,
raced back into South Braintree, turned west and escaped
through Randolph and south along an old but deserted
and neglected highway. This daring ruse of doubling back
into the town successfully threw off pursuit as the police
continued south into Holbrook. Two days later, a car,
claimed to be the murder car, was found abandoned in
the woods not far from the route of escape, but about
eighteen miles from the scene of the crime.

On the night of May 5, Sacco and Vanzetti were
arrested by a single policeman on an interurban streetcar.

Now, passing over the mass of conflicting evidence which
I had not yet digested, as to identification, expert opinion
and why Sacco and Vanzetti told falsehoods and were
armed, I could not accept them as likely perpetrators of
the job thus described. The thorough planning and scouting,
perfectly timed execution and business-like killing in typical
gangster fashion, convinced me that professionals had done
the job. Sacco was an industrious, trusted shoe-worker with
a family and Vanzetti was a visionary fish peddler "preach-
ing to scorning men." Neither had ever been accused of
crime before their arrest on May 5. Vanzetti, it is true, had
been tried and convicted shortly after his arrest, of an
attempted highway robbery at Bridgewater, but this verdict
also rested on questionable identification. It seemed in-
credible that two such men could have had the will or the
criminal experience to perpetrate the Braintree crime.

SKEPTICISM as to Madeiros, and doubts as to Sacco and
Vanzetti largely occupied my thoughts as I swung off
the main road in the direction of Seekonk and East Provi-
dence-in search of the Bluebird Inn. It was at this roadhouse
that Madeiros had worked prior to the murder and at-
tempted bank robbery at Wrentham which landed him in
the Dedham jail. Here he had been a chauffeur by day, a
bouncer by night, a bad man hired to keep order among

"To forget is to invite repetition." This is Mr. Ehrmann's
answer to those who ask: Why dig up the Sacco and Vanzetti
case? They were electrocuted in 1927, six years ago this
August 22. Their trial and conviction fell in 1921, six years
before that; and contrary to the general impression, that was
their one and only trial. The two years before the execution
were given up to unsuccessful efforts by their attorneys to get
certain newly discovered evidence before a jury. The story
of how this evidence was run down has never before been
told; and as the person directly responsible, their junior
counsel in 1926-7 has undertaken to tell it before memory
and records grow indistinct. Under his hands that story be-
comes not merely a plea for righting a great wrong too late,
but a challenge, if we are to prevent the recurrence of such
wrongs, to bring about vital and necessary changes in
criminal procedure in Massachusetts and other states.

This article is drawn (in condensed form) from the introduc-
tory chapters of Mr. Ehrmann's book, The Untried Case, which
exhibits the evidence at length and will be brought out by
the Vanguard Press on the anniversary of the execution. In
the Sacco- Vanzetti case, as in like "causes celebres," there
has been a deep human curiosity about the real culprits as an
offset to the claim that the official explanation is untrue.
The psychology of man abhors a vacuum where there is no
clue to a mystery. In the way in which the Morelli gang
theory, as brilliantly expounded by Mr. Ehrmann in his
book, satisfies the need for an answer, lies the profoundly
important educational explanation of its significance.

400

SURVEY GRAPHIC

August 1933

the concerned eyes of his friend, the
mistress of the Inn.

BARTOLOMEO VANZETTI

The Rogue's Gallery picture of the visionary fish peddler of Plymouth who preached
to "scorning men," and spent his last hours in philosophical discussion. Electrocuted
as a principal in a thoroughly planned, perfectly timed, gang hold-up and murder

bad men. A final query for the place brought the news that
it had been closed by the police.

To the passing eye, the Bluebird Inn was a rambling frame
farmhouse with a few chickens scratching about. The kitch-
en door was open and I was a little surprised when the
response to my knock came in the form of a woman, brown
as the earth, slender as a debutante, with a flaming cloth
around her head and a bowl containing a half-picked fowl
under her arm. She was a Brava, a member of that strange
race of island Portuguese who for some reason appear in this
section of Massachusetts. At the time I did not know that
Barney Monterio, proprietor of the Bluebird Inn, was a
Brava. When I asked for him the little brown woman invited
me into the kitchen and vanished through a door. Within
a few moments her exact opposite appeared, a strong hand-
some young woman with white skin,
light eyes and blonde hair.

"Mr. Monterio is not at home," she
said, "I am Mrs. Monterio."

My explanation of the purpose of my
visit aroused no enthusiasm. She did
not wince at the names of Sacco and
Vanzetti, but a stranger could scarcely
expect to be greeted with confidences
on the first visit. Trying a new approach,
I told her that I had just left Madeiras.
This started a series of questions as to
where I saw him, whether he was thin
or ill, did I think it right to execute a
man who was not quite sane, and so on;
until without any spoken invitation to
come in, we conversed ourselves out of
the kitchen, across the dance floor, past
the piano to a dining alcove beyond.
Her animated interest in Madeiros was
a minor revelation to me. The slouching
creature I had seen in the courtroom
cage on the day before, gazing sullenly
at the judge and jury, presently became
transformed into a human being through

FROM what Mrs. Monterio told
me, and from many other sources, it
is now possible to retrace the story of
this criminal from his birth to the date
when a few words scribbled on a slip
of paper swung his fate into the same
rhythm as that of Sacco and Vanzetti.

Celestino F. Madeiros was born at
Villa Franc, San Miguel of the Azores
Islands, March 9, 1902, one of nine
children. His parents were farm-hands
who emigrated to America when Celes-
tino was two or three years old, settling
in New Bedford, Massachusetts. From
his earliest school-days Celestino suf-
fered from bad eyesight, going "blind"
for extended periods, but a graver
defect than poor vision afflicted him.
Like Oswald in Ibsen's Ghosts, he was
worm-eaten from birth. His father had
been subject to "fits." A paternal aunt
and uncle had died in Portugal, simple-
minded. His mother's sister had died insane. His mother,
a pathetic figure on the witness stand, was suddenly heard
to emit the characteristic groan of the epileptic, and was
carried unconscious from the courtroom, twitching in every
muscle and foaming at the mouth. Celestino himself suffered
from le petit mal, a form of epilepsy marked by momentary
losses of consciousness. A juvenile delinquent at the age of
14, with a record of twelve previous arrests and convictions,
his reputation for acts of violence was even greater among
his associates than with the police.

The alienists agreed that Madeiros was sane in a legal
sense, but called him a "psychopathic personality." What-
ever that may mean, one of his peculiarities was a taste for
firearms. As if to compensate himself for the wrongs of
nature, he accumulated bigger and better pistols. At the

NICOLA SACCO

The highly skilled and industrious Stoughton shoe-worker; who evaded the draft,
sympathized with strikers, and believed fanatically that the government was the tool
of the capitalists. 29 years old on his arrest; 5 feet 5 inches tall; weight 147 pounds

August 1933

THE BOUNCER OF THE BLUEBIRD INN

401

Bluebird Inn he had constantly prac-
ticed with a .38 caliber revolver, on one
occasion outraging Mrs. Monterio by
killing her cat and its three kittens. One
evening he had stood before the Inn,
pistol in hand, and defied a gang of
twelve Italians who had come to take
away a girl named Tessie. After leaving
the employ of the Inn, Madeiros re-
turned one night and engaged in a
pistol duel with Barney Monterio. Mrs.
Monterio did not tell me the cause, but
as Madeiros later stated that he had
unsuccessfully besought her to elope
with him, one suspects the old, old
story. When, in November 1924 he
shocked the peaceful townsfolk of
Wrentham by walking into the little
National Bank and shooting the aged
cashier, he carried and fired an enor-
mous revolver of .45 caliber.

Faithfulness to the code of the
gangster was an outstanding quality of
Madeiros. The criminologist may well
ponder the misdirected but outstanding courage and
loyalty of this murderer. The latter quality proved a source
of some embarrassment to Mr. Thompson and myself in
the beginning of the' investigation and made Madeiros an
unwilling witness. He wanted to tell enough to save Sacco,
he said, because he "felt sorry for Mrs. Sacco and the kids,"
but "If I cannot save Sacco and Vanzetti by my own
confession, why should I bring four or five others into it?"
He was willing to give us enough to make our own investiga-
tion and apparently had no objection to others telling what
they knew. Neither in his first statement to Mr. Thompson
nor in his cross-examination at a later date, did he call the
gang by name. He identified it "off the record," however,
by name and more formally by complete and accurate
information.

The various attempts of Madeiros to give information to

JOSEPH MORELLI

Leader of the gang in Providence which went by his name. Now serving time in a
federal penitentiary. The Providence police records in 1 91 9 gave his height as 5 feet 6
inches, his weight 147. Compare with the pictures of Nicola Sacco printed opposite

CELESTINO F. MADEIROS

Bouncer of the Bluebird Inn. A few words scribbled on a slip of paper swung his fate
into the same rhythm as that of Sacco and Vanzetti. Convicted of murdering » bank
cashier at Wrentham in 1 924, he preceded them to the electric chair August 22, 1 927

Sacco indicate clearly his peculiar attitude. It was only after
efforts over several months that he succeeded in getting his
vital message through in November, 1925. Mr. Thompson
had immediately obtained permission to interview him in
the open rotunda of the Dedham jail. For the moral effect,
Sacco also sat at the table where he exhorted Madeiros to
tell the truth "for Jesus' sake." This is the substance of the
story he told:

On April 15, 1920 I was picked up at about 4 A.M. at my board-
ing house, 181 North Main Street, Providence, by four Italians who
came in a Hudson 5-passenger open touring car. . . . We went
from Providence to Randolph, where we changed to a Buick car
brought there by another Italian. We left the Hudson car in the
woods in charge of one man, who drove it off to another part of
the woods, as I understood. ... I had never been to South
Braintree before. These four men persuaded me to go with them
two or three nights before when I was talking
with them in a saloon in Providence . . .
near my boarding-house. They talked like
professionals. They said they had done lots
of jobs of this kind. . . . Two were young
men from 20 to 25 years old, one was about
40, the other about 35. All wore caps. I was
then 18 years old. I do not remember
whether they were shaved or not. Two of
them did the shooting — the oldest one and
another. They were left on the street. . . .
I sat on the back seat of the automobile. I
had a Colt 38-caliber automatic but did
not use it. I was told that I was there to
help hold back the crowd in case they made
a rush. The curtains on the car were flapping.
... I was scared to death when I heard
the shooting begin.

These men talked a lot about New York.
. . . They had been stealing silk, shoes, cot-
ton, etc., from freightcars and sending it
to New York. . . .

Both cars had Massachusetts numbers.
. . . The names of these men don't amount
to anything. They change them whenever
they want to. When they are driven out of
New York they come to Providence. 1

402

SURVEY GRAPHIC

August 1933

haven't any idea where they are now. . . . Sacco and Vanzetti
had nothing to do with this job. . . .

As I told Mrs. Monterio the substance of the Madeiros
story, her apparent doubt produced unexpectedly the
first corroborative evidence of the investigation. "Fred
couldn't have been in it," she said. "He was in Mexico at
the time." She may have sought to protect Madeiros against
himself, but soon admitted that he must have left New
Bedford on his southern travels early the next year. In her
effort to fix the time, Mrs. Monterio produced a package of
letters which had been left in her custody by the former
bouncer. "He told me all about his trip," she went on, "it
must have been wonderful. First he went to Texas, then to
Mexico, then to St. Paul, then back to Texas twice. It lasted
for nearly two years. His friend was a circus girl."

"Did he tell you how much money he had when he
started?"

"Yes. He said he took $2800 with him."

Where had Madeiros acquired such a large sum of
money? Shortly after the South Brain tree crime in 1920, he
had been arrested, first on May 1 and again May 25. Prior
to these arrests, he had been collecting small contributions
for the "American Rescue League," whatever that was.
On June 14 he was found guilty of breaking and entering
and committing larceny in the night-time. For this — which
netted Madeiros only a trifling sum — he was sentenced to
five months in the New Bedford House of Correction.
There had been, therefore, scarcely any opportunity for
him to accumulate $2800 and yet it was apparently waiting
for him when he completed his sentence in December 1920.
I could not refrain from making a simple calculation. The
payroll stolen in South Braintree amounted to $15,776.
According to Madeiros there were six men involved. If
divided equally, the loot would yield Madeiros about $2600.

As I turned the car in the farmyard to resume my journey,
Mrs. Monterio stood watching me from the doorway, a
bright sunlit figure, but with a shadow on her face, a symbol
of the gaiety and tragedy over which she presided.

TURNING south from Bluebird Inn I headed for police
headquarters in Providence and arrived at the dingy
police station on Fountain Street late in the afternoon of
the same day. Here a single unfavorable answer to my
questions would prove Madeiros a liar and end the in-
vestigation. Affirmative answers would at least dissipate
the air of improbability which surrounded his statement.
I found Chief Inspector Connors on duty and he and two
of his associates listened skeptically to my story. Their
attitude of doubt was not disconcerting since I shared it,
and sought only the facts in their possession.

Chief Connors' response, however, took us over a first
hurdle at a bound. In 1919 or 1920 there had been a group
of criminals in Providence engaged in robbing freightcars;
known as the "Morell gang" because a number of brothers,
so called by the police, belonged to it.

"Were they Italians?" I interrupted.

"American-born Italians." We were over the second
hurdle, but there was still a third.

"Were they at liberty on April 15, 1920?"

The effort to answer this question kept me on the rack for
half an hour. The police blotter showed that Joseph, Fred-
erick and Pasquale "Morell" had first been arrested on
October 18, 1919. They then began to refresh one another's
recollection by reference to various events and alternating
between favorable and adverse opinions. Finally they fixed

the trial in May 1920 and concluded — correctly, as it
proved — that most of the gang had been out on bail during
the preceding month — the month of the South Braintree
murders. The third hurdle was thus taken in stride and the
investigation was thenceforth to run without encountering
a single impassable barrier. From now on it was possible to
believe in Madeiros.

The information that the crime at South Braintree had
been committed on a day which fell between the indictment
and the trial of the supposed bandits was of peculiar signifi-
cance to me. During my investigation in Cleveland I had
learned from veteran police detectives that a crook is never
so dangerous as when he or his pal is facing trial for a serious
offence. Money must be raised at such times in large amounts
for lawyers' fees, bail bondsmen and expenses. Facing a
desperate situation in any event, the criminal has less to
lose by risking another crime. The indicted gunman on
bail is doubly a menace.

I left the Fountain Street Station to telephone to Mr.
Thompson the news that the Madeiros story still lived.
Afterward I went to the Dreyfus Restaurant, one of those
pleasant survivals of an unhurried age that believed in good
food served with dignity in a quiet spot. There were hun-
dreds of manufacturing towns in New England, I reflected,
and yet South Braintree had been selected. There were
thousands of other factories, yet Slater and Morrill and
Rice and Hutchins had been marked for the attack — it was
only by chance that the Rice and Hutcjiins payroll had not
been included in the delivery. The scene and movements of
the money had apparently been thoroughly scouted by
some one on behalf of the robbers. It therefore followed
that there must be in existence somewhere a link binding
the bandits to South Braintree, Rice and Hutchins or
Slater and Morrill. If any such connection could be dis-
covered with the Morellis, then Madeiros' story took on
substance.

Three nights later I was back in Providence, at the home
of Daniel E. Geary, the lawyer who had defended the
Morellis at their trial on the federal indictments. He was
unwilling to disclose matters learned by him in a confidential
way but stood ready to assist us in securing information
which had become public during the trial. My purpose was
to ascertain how the Morellis had received information of
the shipments of merchandise later stolen by them in the
freight yards of Providence. It was obvious that they had not
indulged in haphazard breaks. Their larcenies were almost
entirely of shoes and textiles and were uniformly disposed
of through "fences" engaged in the retail sale of these
commodities. Mr. Geary stated that the gang posted one of
their number to watch the factories and railroad stations in
the manufacturing towns. The "spotter" would get the
number of the freightcar into which a shipment was placed,
enabling the gang to "crack" it when the car arrived in the
Providence yards without risking the time and apprehension
involved in an ignorant rifling of the train. One of the rail-
road detectives had stated that Joe Morelli had boldly taken
him to various places and showed him where the shipments
were spotted. This was when evidence was first being
gathered against the gang, and was, Geary thought, a ruse
by the gang leader to divert suspicion from himself. When
I asked Mr. Geary if he recalled any particular place, his
reply sent the blood pounding to my head.

"Well, I remember one place, the Rice and Hutchins
shoe factory." This was said without any apparent apprecia-
tion of its significance.

August 1933

THE BOUNCER OF THE BLUEBIRD INN

403

"Rice and Hutchins!" I exclaimed. "That's in South
Braintree, where the murders occurred !"

The lawyer gave a low whistle and then observed, "That
brings it home, doesn't it!" In an affidavit which he made
later Mr. Geary omitted this reference because we could
not locate a transcript of this testimony to check his recollec-
tion. He did, however, include the general statement as
to spotting.

I left Mr. Geary to meet Mrs. Ehrmann whom I had
asked to take a look at the federal indictments of the Morellis
in the clerk's office of the United States District Court.
Her assistance had left me free during the afternoon to
run down various potential clues.

She was blazing with excitement when she met me in the
lobby of our hotel. She had made some notes from the
court dockets and when she handed me the paper I realized
that my interview with Mr. Geary had been merely prepara-
tory to the indisputable evidence which she had come upon.
This is what I read:

Indictment United States
No. 563 v.

Joseph Morelli ei al.

First Count ". . . two hundred and twenty-eight pairs of
ladies' shoes from Rice and Hutchins, at South Braintree
in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. . . ."

Second Count ". . . one hundred and fifty-one pairs of ladies'
shoes from Rice and Hutchins, at South Braintree, in
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. . . ."

Third Count ". . . one hundred and twenty-seven pairs of
ladies' shoes from Rice and Hutchins, at South Brain-
tree, in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. . . ."

Fourth Count ". . . one hundred and five pairs of ladies' shoes
from Rice and Hutchins at South Braintree in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts. . . ."

Eighth Count ". . . seventy-eight pairs of men's shoes, from
Slater and Morrill, Inc., at South Braintree, in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts. . . ."

The link was forged. The conviction of the Morellis on
this indictment carried with it the inference of knowledge
necessary to plan the payroll crime. The station in South
Braintree where the money arrived by express in the morn-
ing, the building opposite to which it was taken to be sorted,
the walk of the paymaster and his guard of a few hundred
yards to deliver their precious box — all this would be known
in detail by a gangster watching and checking shipments.
Madeiros could not be lying, because only a miracle of
chance could so favor a liar and such miracles do not happen.

OUT of Providence, the trail led to New Bedford,
Massachusetts, where Chief Connors had suggested
that I would learn more about Frank and Mike Morelli.
On the whole, the trip had a routine purpose, and I so
explained it to my friend, Harry Saftel, who went along
for a pleasant May-time excursion and shared with me the
most surprising experience of the investigation.

On the road from Boston to New Bedford one passes
through the Bridgewaters, a section replete with memories
of the Sacco-Vanzetti case. It was at Bridgewater on
December 24, 1919 that the attempted payroll robbery
occurred for which Vanzetti was convicted shortly after
his arrest. It was Bridgewater's chief of police, Michael
Stewart, engaged in tracking "reds" for the Department
of Justice, who first conceived the idea that this crime was
the work of radicals and set the trap at the West Bridgewater
garage for the owners of an old Overland car. Sacco and
Vanzetti were caught in this net though at the trial the car

was ruled out as evidence and later it was shown it had not
been operated all winter. When, in the summer of 1920,
the district attorney took the preparation of the Sacco-
Vanzetti case out of the hands of the veteran Captain
Proctor, head of the state police, he entrusted the work to
this town police officer of Bridgewater.

Of immediate interest as I look back on our trip from
Boston is the wild and heavily wooded region near the
village of Cochesett, known as the Manley Woods. Here on
April 17, 1920 there had been found an abandoned seven-
passenger Buick touring car, 1920 model, closely resembling
the murder car which had sped out of South Braintree with
the bandits and the money. The car was later identified by
its owner as one purchased by him in September 1919 and
stolen from him on November 23, 1919. When found, the
rear window was out and the curtains were arranged as
in the murder car. Alongside of the tracks left in the sandy
soil by the Buick were the tracks of smaller tires. The car
had some dust on it. It was the government theory at the
trial that the criminals had made a continuous flight in the
Buick for about twenty miles to the Manley Woods and
there changed to another car.

Madeiros, however, maintained that he and the other
bandits had left Providence in a Hudson touring car, but
had switched to a Buick in the Oak Street woods in Ran-
dolph, about three and a half miles from South Braintree.
The Madeiros story, moreover, introduced a new member
of the gang, an Italian who procured a Buick car, brought
it to the rendezvous in the Oak Street woods, drove it off
following the exchange after the crime, and then threw it
away at night. This individual was not in my mind as we
skirted Cochesett on our way to New Bedford, but I was soon
to suspect his identity.

At police headquarters Captain Ralph Pieraccini listened
politely to my request for information in regard to Mike
Morelli, but when I mentioned the story of Madeiros and
Sacco and Vanzetti, his eyes snapped. "We'd better have
Jake in," he interrupted. Presently Sergeant Ellsworth C.
Jacobs of the New Bedford Police bulked into the room.

"Listen to this, Jake," said Pieraccini. So I told again the
story of the Madeiros confession. Now it was the big sergeant
who interrupted me.

"Let me show you my 1920 notebook," he said and
wheeled out of the room.

"He's gone to his locker," commented Pieraccini.
"You'll see something." And we did. Sergeant Jacobs
returned with an old and much used pocket notebook.
He first showed us an entry in pencil, undated, which read,
"R. I. 154E, Buick touring car, Mike Morrell."

"That means," explained Sergeant Jacobs, "that one
evening I saw Mike Morrell driving what looked like a
new Buick touring car. He was with two other men. I knew
Mike and suspected that he had stolen the car or was up to
some mischief. So I wrote down the number-plate figure."

"When was this?" I asked.

"Well, from the next entry in my book, it must have been
a few days before April 15, because on that date I saw the
car again, with the same number, and jotted it down."
There it was in pencil, "154E April 15."

"It was in the afternoon," continued Jacobs, "and I
caught the rear end of the car as it passed me going by the
post-office. I did not see who was in it but made a note of
the number which I recognized."

"Can you fix the time of day?" This was a critical question
because an early hour of the afternoon (Continued on page 431 )

THE EIGHTH ADVENTURE

BY H. A. OVERSTREET

THE history of the American people might be briefly
described as seven adventures in pioneering. The
textbooks, for the most part, with their careful concern
about dates, battles, treaties, political controversies and
territorial expansions, tend to obscure the grand simplicity
of our career. But when we disregard the complexity of
historical details and hold ourselves strictly to the more
fundamental movements of our life, we gain a sense of
major directions.

The Seven Adventures

OUR career as a people may be said to have begun in an
act of spiritual pioneering. The Pilgrim Fathers left
their homeland because they demanded for themselves the
right to worship the God in whom they believed in the way
in which they believed. Our essential history, in short,
began in a protest against spiritual tyranny.

The second stage of our career was marked by a second
act of pioneering. We demanded the right to be duly
represented in the government of our life. When we were
denied the right, we fought for it and, winning the fight, we
established a new form of political government of and for
and by its citizens.

The third act of pioneering is not so generally identified.
One looks almost in vain, even in the textbooks, for any
sufficient recognition of its originality and importance. In
this third act, we registered a protest against another kind
of tyranny — that of ignorance. We realized that no people
could be politically free and at the same time, in large
numbers, ignorant. So, against strong forces of opposition
among ourselves and in the face of the incredulity of an
aristocratically conditioned world, we established education
for everyone.

The fourth act of pioneering is still remembered as one
of the bitterest periods in our national history. We eman-
cipated the slave. We declared that for all time racial en-
slavement was not to be tolerated in our midst. And again,
because forces that wished to perpetuate a tyranny would
not join in what many of us conceived to be just, we took
up arms and fought for this new type of justice.

The fifth act of pioneering, like the third, is, in its full
significance, not generally recognized. We addressed our-
selves to the conquest of the hitherto uncontrolled and
unutilized forces of nature. This, to be sure, was an achieve-
ment not exclusively American. The harnessing of Nature's
forces through machines for the serving of man's purposes
had already begun in England, but the development and
organization of technological skills made such rapid
strides in America — particularly following the Civil
War — that we were soon well in advance of the rest
of the world in the enterprise of opening up new
material possibilities for the relief and enrichment
of life.

There followed the sixth act of pioneering — the
conquest of sex-tyranny. Here, again, America
has no exclusive claim to honor. Other peoples of

the world had already advanced to the conception that
women must be regarded in all essentials as equals of men.
Nevertheless, despite the leadership of other nations, there
were in America age-old forces of male conservatism that
required decades of courageous pioneering for their over-
coming. In the end, the movement for sex-justice swept the
country with an almost incredible rapidity, and the equality
of men and women became an established principle in our
life.

Finally, there was the seventh act of pioneering. There are
many who would not regard it so, but rather as an act of
vast self-delusion. But at least it may be said that the rank
and file of Americans sincerely believed, during the Great
War, that they were called upon to "make the world safe
for democracy." In that spirit, they gave their substance
and their lives for what they conceived to be a cause of
profound and immediate moment. If we now register
cynicism at the self-delusion — or better, at the propaganda-
induced delusion — we must nevertheless recognize in the
kind of response given to the call to arms a spirit akin to
all the other pioneerings — in brief, a wish to oppose tyranny
and a desire to make the world genuinely free for the habita-
tion of free individuals.

The Seven Defeats

SEVEN acts of pioneering. In them, it may be said, lies
the essential history of America. But now a disappointing
aspect of this history becomes apparent. Each of these
enterprises was one of which a nation might justly be proud;
but like many another enterprise undertaken in a spirit of
courage and good faith, each of them failed to carry itself
to completion. Thus no sooner did the Pilgrim Fathers
plant their freedom-seeking feet upon this continent, than
they proceeded to institute a spiritual tyranny of their own.
It is not necessary here to recall in detail the cruel intolerance
they exhibited toward those whose belief differed from theirs.
Persecution and banishment were the reward of any who
presumed to claim the right to freedom of worship.

Thus our first American venture in freedom turned into
a kind of defeat, one that still meets us throughout the land —
in the bitter and ofttimes violent attempts of believers of one
faith to coerce others into their way of thinking or to prevent
the free expression of beliefs other than their own. One need
merely recall the anti-evolution activities in the southern
states, the anti-Catholic activities of some of our widespread
organizations, the notable fact that a Catholic nominee for
president was campaigned against on the ground of his

The seven adventures, the seven disappointments which the
history books have so largely overlooked or misunderstood —
and now the slowing eighth adventure, form the subject of a
new book by Professor Overstreet from which we are privi-
leged to preprint a chapter. It will be published under the title,
We Move in New Directions, on August 24, by W. W. Norton

404

August 1933

THE EIGHTH ADVENTURE

405

WITH THE THREE CHILDREN

religion, and the still more notable fact that disbelief in a
monotheistic god is in many cases a disqualification for office.

America, in short, beginning its career in a demand for
spiritual freedom, has continued in large measure to live
on a level of spiritual intolerance.

A similar reversal seems to have followed the establish-
ment of political democracy. A nation conceived in the
spirit of government of and for and by the people became
a government of and for and by a privileged minority.
Although theoretically each citizen was to count for one
and for no more than one, property became increasingly a
power which overrode the assumed equality of all men
before and in the making of the law, and what was to have
been a democracy became, in large measure, a plutocracy.

In the third place, the promise that seemed to lie in the
education of everyone did not materialize as fully as might
have been expected. The little red schoolhouse served ad-
mirably the purpose of instructing in the three R's; it
thereby helped to rescue the major portion of the popula-
tion from illiteracy. But to rescue a people from illiteracy
could never be the complete objective of an educational
system. Illiteracy is indeed an evil, but greater still is the
evil of ignorance. The full objective of education, then,
would seem to include the removal of ignorance, which
means that, properly conceived, education must be dedi-
cated to a search for truth, and to the transmission of such
truth as can be attested.

It is in this truth-seeking and truth-transmitting function
that public education came largely to fail. The school,
instead of becoming a place of free and generous enquiry,
became instead a place of indoctrination of a particular
political and economic culture, not only closing its intel-
lectual doors to all that seemed to call that particular cul-
ture into question but providing convenient fictions for its
perpetuation.

Babcock Galleries, New York

PAINTING BY JOHN E. COSTIGAN

The fifth adventure in pioneering had likewise its nemesis.
We no sooner freed the slave than we re-enslaved him. No
doubt we were not altogether to blame for this. The act
of liberating was consummated with too unthinking a
swiftness and with altogether too scant a realization of
what was needed if bound men were to be made truly free.
In any event, the emancipation of the slave was one chiefly
in name, and we face among us today a caste system that
is an ironical commentary upon our constitutional theory of
being a free and democratic people.

Our conquest of Nature has likewise had its defeat.
Ostensibly, by means of the machine, we were to liberate
man. As a matter of fact, we have permitted him, in quite
unprecedented ways, to become further enslaved. We are
a little bewildered at this surprising reversal of our ex-
pectancies, but the fact remains that, with remarkable
powers at our command for the release of life, we have
permitted life to be bound in new fetters.

Our sixth adventure has hardly fared more happily. The
freeing of women from ancient servitudes has not yet
led to a genuine equality with men. At the most, it has
thus far enabled women to enter the sphere of men's activ-
ities as a kind of tolerated subordinate. Whether in business
or politics or education, the major opportunities are still
reserved for the hitherto ruling sex. Thus, while the eman-
cipation of women has been theoretically achieved, in
practice old sex disabilities rest upon women almost as
heavily as ever.

We have already intimated the failure of the seventh
adventure. Conceived in an ardor of idealism, the effort,
by force of arms, to make the world safe for democracy
has resulted in new, bewildering tyrannies. Even within
our own land, most of the privileges of a free people have, in
one way or another, been abrogated — particularly, in many
places, those of free speech and assembly; unprecedented

406

SURVEY GRAPHIC

August 1933

acts of ruthlessness upon dissenting minorities have been
perpetrated; our most "patriotic" societies have developed
the art of blacklisting their fellow-citizens; a vast money
power has grown into an almost complete control of our life;
while new tyrannies of racketeering have held unofficial
sway over our legitimate enterprises.

The New Adventure

THERE is, indeed, a grand simplicity about our American
history. It is the simplicity of repeated efforts to achieve,
in one way or another, a release of life from its various
tyrannies. But there has likewise been this curious inability
to carry efforts through to triumph.

At the present time we are obviously on the threshold of
a new adventure. Is it to be simply another one, doomed,
like the rest, to a large measure of failure? Or is there the
possibility that through the next enterprise of pioneering we
may bring the older adventures of our American life more
nearly to their completion?

It would indeed invest our past with a new kind of
vitality if the present could be regarded as a period in
which old undertakings were to be undertaken anew, in
which enterprises begun by our forefathers were to be
given a better chance of fulfillment. Our tendency, too
largely, is to regard the past as finished. But perhaps the
best reverence we can offer to the past is to take up the
work the fathers began and carry it forward in ways and
to an extent impossible in their day.

The possibility of so doing seems not altogether remote,
for the new adventure that appears to be ahead of us in-
volves elements that bear fundamentally upon all our past
endeavors. If one can judge by the kind of thinking that
seems to be taking shape, this new adventure is heading for
a reconstructed view of life. Characteristic attitudes are
emerging into expression: the attitude, for example, of
regarding the common welfare as paramount; the attitude
of assuring to all the right of a secure and wholesome life;
the attitude of removing the instrumentalities of force and
national aggressiveness; the realization that a new era of
leisure is ahead and that the agencies of social life must be
directed toward a greater enrichment of its citizenry; the
attitude of breaking down walls — of nationality, race, and
religion — and achieving more nearly than hitherto a unifica-
tion of man on this planet.

"Mankind," writes Dr. Whitehead in his Adventures of
Ideas, "is now in one of its rare moods of shifting its outlook."
Special outlooks have shifted in our American past. The
present shifting of outlook would seem to involve something
far more fundamental and comprehensive. It would seem) in
effect, to involve a basically new philosophy of life. It is one
that goes beyond the sophistication of self-interest, of each
for himself. It goes even beyond the genial casualness of
"live and let live." It would seem to be more adequately
expressed in the phrase: "Live and help live." For the new
outlook would seem already to be presupposing a common
interest in the welfare of every member of society.

The present issue, to be sure, takes chiefly the guise of
economic and political problems. But the manner of meeting
these problems is essentially more than economic and polit-
ical. It involves a reconstructed view of human values. We
have, in brief, reached a point in our civilization where the
inadequacies of older attitudes and practices come sharply
into relief. Thus the intolerances of religious absolutism
and sectarianism seem increasingly out of place in an age

that has learned both the tentativeness and the unlimited
extent of scientific inquiry; thus, also, the localisms of
nations seem curiously out of date in an age that knows both
the delight and the liberation of moving swiftly, in transpor-
tation and communication, over the face of the globe; thus
the tragedy of poverty seems without excuse in a time when
the triumphs of science and invention have, for the first
time in history, made universal abundance possible.

Racial intolerance will, no doubt, be long in the over-
coming, but it is significant that today any too obvious
indications of concerted racial oppression are met by wide-
spread protests. Doubtless these protests are not yet wide-
spread enough to indicate that contemporary man
transcends in his feeling the boundaries of race. There will be
required many decades of swift movement over the face of
the earth and much crossing of all kinds of frontiers before
that condition is reached. But in the very effort to achieve
a more acceptable economic and political status in modern
life, there is developing a growing sensitiveness to human
values which will, in the long run, tend to wear away the
hardness of our racial prejudices.

In this growing sensitiveness to human values, the place
of women in the scheme of things will no doubt be more
generously conceived. The simple attempt to make women
equals of men was apparently too simple. It overlooked too
many real distinctions. No doubt, what is already developing
among us is a deepening sense of the unique part that women
can play in a more humane organization of our life. As
they begin to play that part, they will be admitted not as
tolerated subordinates in a man's world, but as comple-
mentary participators in the enterprise of carrying life to
more acceptable levels.

The Paramount Revolution

WHAT is happening among us today is what, in older
terminology, might be called a quickening of the soul
of man. Unfortunately I do not know the source of the
following, written by Vernon Lee, but I am venturing to
use it because of its expression of a significant point of view.
It deals with an economic question; but instantly we per-
ceive that the spirit which pervades the writing is far more
than economic:

Art, music, beautiful nature, poetry, and that queer chaos
within our souls of fragmentary and mingled impressions whence
all things beautiful arise, into which all things beautiful resolve —
all this has in reality but one fault: that it is unequally distributed.
The pity of it is that we, a small class, monopolize all of such
consoling things. . . . The cause of dissatisfaction in many minds,
and of a degree even of hostility towards the beautiful uselessnesses
of the world, is moreover that these same beautiful uselessnesses
which ought in justice to be possessed by all, so often serve to
withdraw the attention of those who do possess them . . . from
the necessities of the very creatures who possess in this world noth-
ing save the miserable slightness of their own wants, and who
among other birthrights of mankind, are disinherited also of
beauty. . . .

Similarly with beautiful things. There is no doubt that we,
privileged people, are given too much of them and give them too
much of our attention; but that is not saying that in the world at
large there is too much of them or too much attention given
thereunto. . . . One result, let us hope, of our thinking somewhat
of matters less pleasant, may be, in the long run, in the long-
expected future, which yet sometimes comes with a rush, that the
less selfish work of the world will be no longer the mere removal of
evil, but also the distribution of good; and among the various sorts
of good, one of the best is beauty. (Continued on page 436)

DOLLARS AND LIVES

BY C.-E. A. WINSLOW

TWO dollars will buy three hundred ciga-
rets, a theater ticket, two or three pounds
of candy or a dozen gallons of gasoline, —
things gone and forgotten in a day or a week.
The same sum spent by each member of a com-
munity will buy for a whole year a clean and
sanitary city, freedom from typhoid fever, scarlet fever and
diphtheria, normal motherhood and healthy children. In
the past three decades the rapid and beneficent evolution
of the public-health movement has shown what notable
victories can be achieved: reduction in the deathrate from
four diseases alone — infant diarrhea, typhoid fever, diph-
theria and tuberculosis — amounts to a saving of between
200,000 and 300,000 lives a year in the United States, and
our average expectation of life as a result has been increased
by nearly fifteen years. Save in a few fortunate areas, how-
ever, the full possibilities of prolonging and enriching hu-
man life have never been realized.

By the year 1929 we had gone only about half the way
along the road. Three years ago the cost of our public-
health program (including all forms of governmental and
voluntary services) was about a dollar per capita a year,
though experience of favored communities and careful
studies of the Committee on Administrative Practice of the
American Public Health Association have shown that two
dollars per capita is needed for a reasonably adequate
program to give maximum life-saving at minimum cost.
Only three or four states, not more than twenty cities and
not over a dozen rural counties in the United States had
really adequate community health organizations and two-
thirds of our two thousand rural counties were without a
full-time health officer. At present even the modest results
already attained are seriously threatened by the economic
depression and especially by the demand for tax reduction
now sweeping the country. In states like Alabama health
services built up through years of effort have been almost
completely wrecked and in many others damage of the
gravest kind has been suffered. What should be the policy
of citizens and public-health workers toward budget reduc-
tions which have been made and what should be their atti-
tudes toward further proposed reductions in the future?

The need that creates this movement for tax reduction is,
of course, real. The share of the total income of the country
devoted to taxes rose from about 7 percent in 1890 to 12
percent in 1929. The fall in national income due to the
economic crisis automatically has raised that proportion to
something like one fourth of the income of the nation.
With our antiquated system of local taxation, which lays so
large a share of the burden upon real estate, and with the
inflated 1929 values of real estate as a background, the
collection of such a proportion of the national income in
taxation is beyond the bounds of possibility. There is no
doubt that methods and bases of taxation should be recon-
sidered and that all reasonable and wise efforts at economy
should be made. In too few communities, however, has
consideration been given to reducing governmental expendi-
ture in such a way as to work the least possible damage to
the actual welfare of the citizen.

Certain economies usually can be effected without serious

Penny-wise but tragically pound-foolish, the drive to cut pub-
lic-health budgets: by and large they were only half adequate
in 1929. Not economy but parsimony and sometimes medical
politics lie behind steps that have wrecked years of work in
some states and menace the progress of the past three decades

damage. Nearly every organization which has not been
under severe economic pressure can make a reduction of
10 percent without gravely impairing efficiency and some-
times with actual advantage. In many branches of city and
state government there has no doubt been great waste and
inefficiency and corresponding savings can and should be
effected. There has not been much "water" in our public-
health investments, however, and the point where savings
can be made in health services without real public damage
has now, in 1933, long been passed.

When it comes to further cuts in a program which was
initially inadequate to the full needs to be met there must be
serious consideration of relative values — both with respect
to objectives and to methods of approaching them. We must
scrutinize routine procedures and see if it is possible to
modify them without serious loss.

WE must consider, for example, whether the standard
number of visits to the prenatal clinic or of home-
nursing visits to convalescent cases of tuberculosis can be
reduced — at least in the case of intelligent and cooperative
patients. We must analyze each activity on its merits and
consider which one among many useful services can be
modified or abandoned with least damage to the health of
the community. We must balance the alternative of crip-
pling all our activities or of abandoning entirely one or two
and doing the rest well. We must judge each of our efforts
by the standard of actual fruitfulness in the control of
human suffering and must not be swayed by the immediacy
of obvious demands.

If an ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure, we
should have the courage to stand firmly for the continuance
of vitally significant preventive measures — including main-
tenance of research activities — even if sick people at the
moment are left uncared for as a result. Only by doing this
shall we be true to our scientific conscience; and only so
will the real results of unwise so-called economies be made
obvious to the public. If cuts are made in all bureaus, the
whole work may suffer grave deterioration whose results
are only imperfectly realized by the public. If an entire
bureau is discontinued, particularly one which offers direct
service of an obvious kind, the public will quickly realize
the unwisdom of the tax-slashing which has made it neces-
sary. In Connecticut, for example, the State Board of
Finance cut out two entire bureaus of the State Health
Department; but the legislature received such protests that
it put them both back into the budget.

There is one particular fallacy which should be carefully
avoided in planning for reductions in health budgets. This
is the hope that what we abandon in our own organization
will be taken over and adequately performed by some other
agency. This thought is a comfortable anodyne which may
dull the pangs of conscience but which does not help the

407

408

SURVEY GRAPHIC

August 1933

community — at least in the field of public health. In family
relief, including medical relief, the voluntary agencies can
and must throw much of their burden back upon the com-
munity where it properly belongs; and the community in
principle recognizes that the burden must be accepted.
With prevention, as distinguished from medical relief, this
principle does not hold. Both voluntary and official health
agencies are suffering equally from budget slashing and
neither one can hope to pass its burdens on to the other.

QIMILARLY illusory is the conception that the load can
O be shifted to the shoulders of the medical profession; and
to entertain this conception is merely to refuse to face reality.
The medical profession is suffering from the economic de-
pression as severely as any class in the community. It is
scarcely reasonable to expect it to meet without recompense
the exaggerated burden of remedial care and mere day-
dreaming to expect it to do much free preventive work. If
the service is to be paid for, there is only waste and not
economy in paying part-time individuals, untrained in
preventive medicine, to do what can be done far more
efficiently by trained full-time health department employes.

This question of the relative part to be played by the
official health service and the private practitioner in the
field of preventive medicine involves the discussion of a
peculiarly difficult situation which has arisen in a number of
communities in the past few months. The medical profession
inherits an almost priestly social tradition and the vast
majority of its members still practice a ministry of healing
and not a business inspired by the profit motive. No group,
however, can be made up entirely of unselfish and devoted
individuals. A certain small but active section of the profes-
sion has long viewed with disapproval the opportunities
offered to certain of its members by salaried positions in the
public-health service and has considered that such services
constituted unfair competition with individualistic private
practice, forgetting that the full-time and part-time medical
employes of health departments who are rendering good
medical service to the public have their own rights and
privileges as members of the profession. This group has
seen in the present crisis an opportunity to eliminate such
competition and in certain communities apparently has
made a concerted effort to cripple public-health service by
allying itself with economic groups bent on indiscriminate
tax-reduction. In Indiana such an alliance has wrecked
the state health organization. In Tennessee it tried to do so
and failed.

Such activities have been described somewhat severely
but with some justice, as medical sabotage. They may take
various forms, but in general they involve the reorganiza-
tion of health boards so as to give control to the organized
medical profession and the replacement of experienced
full-time public-health experts by part-time men closely
associated with the reactionary group of physicians. The
medical profession should be well represented on health
boards; but no single profession can fairly represent the
public interest as a whole. To turn over the public-health
service, or any part of it, to physicians untrained in public
health and pledged to the idea of eliminating so-called
"unfair competition" is like entrusting the police force of a
city to the representative of a private detective agency or its
water supply to the representative of a spring-water com-
pany with the aim of so conducting the public business
that it shall not compete with the respective private vested
interests concerned.

Dr. W. S. Leathers said last year in an address before
the Mississippi State Medical Association: "When any non-
official agency through unwise and misdirected leadership
loses sight of the fact that public-health work is primarily a
function of the government and should have an enduring
permanency, it becomes a hindrance rather than an aid in
the advancement of the public welfare." This is true of
"any non-official agency." It is also true of the organized
medical profession.

In all such matters the one vital principle is that the
public interest must be paramount, for problems of health,
as our legal friends put it, are always and everywhere "af-
fected with the public interest." We are too prone to think —
perhaps going back to traditions of 1776 — that taxes are
burdens levied upon us by some alien authority. The real
question is whether we get our money's worth from the tax
levy, and whether we could get more worth from the tax
dollar if it were spent in some other way. Taxes represent
that part of our income which we can spend to best ad-
vantage together rather than separately. We can obtain a
good water supply in any practically economical fashion
only by clubbing together and purchasing it jointly. We can
buy our own books or pictures; but we cannot economically
purchase education or public health as individuals.

Economy is another misused word. We need economy in
public spending but not senseless panic. "Economy" comes
from a Greek root which means "wise management" of
the household or the state. It does not mean refusing to
spend money. We have another word for that — parsimony.
Economy means spending money wisely. If a dollar spent
in one way saves two dollars spent in some other way, it is
"economy" to spend the dollar.

WE have had a peculiarly striking illustration of the
values of public-health science during the past three
years. Pellagra is one of the diseases which are most re-
sponsive to lowered economic status and we have been
watching pellagra-rates with particular interest as a barom-
eter of the effects of the depression. What has happened to
these rates and why? They have fallen in most states to un-
precedentedly low figures because the southern state health
departments have been distributing by wholesale yeast
preparations containing the vitamin which counteracts this
disease. The small amount of money spent by the United
States Public Health Service in supporting the researches
of Dr. Goldberger, which laid the basis for our under-
standing of this disease, has saved a thousand times what
they cost in reduced hospitalization and reduced disability
during the present crisis.

The spending of a reasonable sum for public health is,
indeed, an ideal example of true economy; and only a few
exceptional communities have yet reached — while none
have exceeded — such a reasonable sum.

The Committee on the Costs of Medical Care has shown
that we actually pay only $120,000,000 for all forms of
public-health work as against $3,536,000,000 for the treat-
ment of sickness. Furthermore, this sum, which represents
the cost of hospitals and doctors and nurses and dentists,
makes up only one part of the bill for uncontrolled disease.
The lost time, the invalidism, the deaths which result,
represent a far greater total economic burden. It would seem
good economy to increase our one dollar for health so as to
diminish our thirty dollars for care of disease which remains
unprevented.

In some communities this has actually been done and

August 1933

DOLLARS AND LIVES

409

with most striking results. A city in New York State, for
instance, built up a really adequate municipal-health
service at a cost of somewhat over two dollars per
capita. The further reduction in the deathrates from
acute communicable diseases, tuberculosis and infant
diarrhea, which immediately followed, corresponded to a
saving of lives worth, on a conservative estimate, three
million dollars a year or six times the total health budget.
Furthermore, the money value here computed refers only to
life capital. For every preventable death there are also the
costs of medical and nursing care for the victim, and for
every victim who dies there are many more who suffer
illness and often permanent disability from similar causes.
The cost of bad health is far greater than the cost of good
health.

To reduce existing health budgets at the present time,
instead of increasing them to meet the national emergency,
is like telling the individual family to reduce its domestic
budget by cutting milk out of its dietary. The relatively
insignificant funds needed to maintain health standards
can be found, if we desire it, except in the case of the poorest
rural areas, and in them should be provided by state and
federal aid. We can and should study our tax system in-
telligently and revise both the basis of taxation and the
methods of collection involved. We can and should eliminate
wasteful governmental expenditure. We should not cripple
but should increase our productive community services. It
is a question of choice, of making savings in the proper
places; and even the demands of immediate material relief
should not completely overshadow the health needs of the
community. After all, what does it profit us to prevent
John Smith from starving to death in 1933 only to let him
die of tuberculosis in 1934?

In the thirty years of this century the United States has
stepped to the front in its contributions to education, to
health and to social welfare. Our major asset, I think, is
what J. T. Adams has called the American dream, the
dream of equality of opportunity. We have been trying to
realize that dream through our building of social machinery
for education, health and welfare. This dream has not been
fully realized, and has not been realized at all as far as
certain sections of the country are concerned. Now it is
further menaced with danger of the destruction of what
already has been built up. How shall we meet that menace?
In England, a Boy Scout was being examined to see if
he understood the duties of his craft. The supervisor asked
what he would do if he were passing along a country lane
and saw coming towards him a horse running away with
the Prince of Wales on its back. The boy said, "I would step
to the side, shut my eyes and say, 'God save the King.' '

That seems to be the attitude of many otherwise well-
meaning citizens with regard to the problems of health
and welfare. Yet these United States as a whole are not yet
financially bankrupt. There is no reason save lack of courage
and intelligence why they should be morally bankrupt —
as they will be if the social defenses of the community are
surrendered without a blow. To abandon them in the pres-
ent crisis is the act of a soldier who flees from the enemy in
selfish panic, throwing away his weapons as he runs.

If we are true to the traditions of the past, our response
will be a different one. Every previous crisis in our national
history has been met with renewal of courage and has re-
sulted in a tangible and actual advance — not a retreat — in
the fields of health and social welfare. We should not be
content today with merely defending the ground already

HEALTH BAROMETER

HOW health budgets, meager even in prosperous years,
are going down under the stress of the economic crisis
appears in replies submitted by state and city health depart-
ments to questionnaires sent out by the American Public
Health Association through its Committee on Stabilization
of Health Appropriations.

Replies from 27 states show an average reduction of 15
percent in 1 933 for state health departments; how much more
has been cut since budgets were drawn early in the year is
not known. Seven states in 1932 and six others in 1933 re-
ported reductions in all activities as well as salaries. Coming
on top of the reductions in earlier years the 1 933 decline in
appropriations means that many states have lost a quarter
and some a half or more of the funds previously allotted to
health.

A current report to The Journal of the American Medical
Association declares that Tennessee, facing curtailment of
nearly 50 percent in health department appropriations, has
made its largest reduction in tuberculosis and malaria con-
trol and trachoma work, has eliminated dental hygiene
completely and reduced health education and public
health nursing "to a minimum."

Among 33 cities reporting to the Committee from widely
scattered parts of the country, the loss in health department
funds since 1931 averages a little more than 16 percent. The
Committee believes that annual health department ap-
propriations of less than $1 per capita "even under ordinary
conditions are invariably insufficient to apply our present
practical knowledge of preventive medicine to the people
of a rural or city community anywhere in the United States."
Yet among those 31 cities only 9 have appropriated as much
as $1 per capita; 10 have provided less than 50 cents and
one — which had 28 cents per capita in 1931, now has cut
to 17 cents!

During 1932 the number of full-time county health
departments reported by the states to the federal Bureau
of Public Health declined from 616 to 581. At the close of
the year only a little more than 28 percent of the people of
the rural United States had the service of full-time health
officers. With continued reduction of state and local ap-
propriations for county health service the Bureau fears that
there have been further casualties since the start of this year
and that a severe loss will follow the discontinuance of
practically all federal aid for this service on June 30, 1933.

won. Now is the time for social as well as economic planning.
We should draft a bold and constructive national health
program. We should visualize a coordinated and strength-
ened federal-health service, a competent health department
in every state, a full-time adequate health service in every
local community, urban or rural. We should outline sound
lines of relationship between official and non-official health
agencies and the medical profession. We should mobilize
in this cause all the intelligence and courage and latent
idealism of the American people. We should go forward,
not back. The records of the Cathedral of Seville declare:
"On the eighth of July in the year 1401 the Dean and
Chapter of Seville assembled in the Court of the Elms and
solemnly resolved, 'Let us build us a church so great that
those who come after us may think us mad to have at-
tempted it'." It is well sometimes to dream dreams that
seem almost mad, for those who dream them generally
prove themselves not mad at all.

Adams's House

THE ESSENCE OF REALISM WITHOUT ITS CLUTTER

Paintings in prose — but distinguished
and precise prose — by an eminent mod-
ern American artist, Edward Hopper

Tables (or Ladies

Metropolitan Museum of Art

Room in New York

Paintings courtesy of Frank K. M. Rehn Gallery New York

Edward Hopper takes from Familiar
surroundings material which others
might render commonplace and by
the austerity of his nature makes
it into dignified compositions.
We have, as a result, the essence of
the scene. He has been called
by his friend and fellow-artist, Du
Bois, the most inherently Anglo-
Saxon artist of all times because
of his puritanism which he has
transmuted into purism. Many mu-
seums here and in England have
acquired his paintings and etchings,
and next season he will be the sec-
ond American to be honored with
a one-man show by the Museum
of Modern Art in New York City

Barber Shop

CAN WETS AND DRYS BEAR THE WHOLE TRUTH?

BY HAVEN EMERSON, M.D.

A FAIR test of mental honesty is the ac-
ceptance of fact which runs counter to
our own committed position. To pick
and choose, to quote only such facts as add to
one's own judgment, to ignore, although know-
ing, facts of quite contrary implications, — of such
doings and thinkings are our political muddlings made up.
Some call the attitude of relentless blindness to unwelcome
truths, loyalty to the cause, consistency, defense of faith.
Others, steeped in the disciplines of science and accustomed
to the fair play of reason, condemn with words of scorn him
and his sister who put tradition, moral credo, political
partisanship before the truth as wholly as it may be known.
This conflict between those who have a moral fervor, a
staunch conviction and would make all their fellows share
in both, and the followers of Nature's secrets to the goal
whatever be the implications of the facts discovered, is at
the bottom of the confusion among equally sincere propo-
nents of wet and dry convictions. The hereditary drys go so
far as to suppress intentionally and to forbid through their
public influence the use of such modern truths as might start
a school-child thinking that there are perhaps two sides to
even the alcohol question. The wets assume that personal
experience avails more than the controlled experiments of
the sciences. Four examples of apparent inconsistencies in
fact will suffice to make us pause and perhaps redetermine
the reasons for our attitudes toward beverage alcohol.

Alcohol in moderate amount, taken with meals and in suitable
dilution by a healthy adult, may be used during many years of life
without appreciably interfering with the health or length of life of
the individual.

When people indiscriminately use alcoholic beverages even
moderately in the ordinary social and medical sense, their deathrate
and the occurrence of sickness and its duration among them are at
substantially higher levels than among non-users similar in age, sex,
race, social, economic and educational characteristics.

THESE two statements are equally true, facts equally
susceptible of repeated and consistent proof. They have
been observed for almost a hundred years and are currently
verified in accumulating human and social experience. The
drys deny the first statement and play up the second; the
wets exploit the first and ignore the second. It is their double
and equal dishonesty which disgusts any critical audience,
confuses youth willing to learn and brings disrepute on both
their houses.

It is well for us to accept both truths and then consider our
loyalties. Do we prefer to think of and for our individual
satisfactions or to consider every personal act and choice in
relation to our fellows?

The fact that an individual, perhaps the exceptional,
perhaps the average grown man among us may use alcohol
moderately with his food without apparent damage to his
health or some abbreviation of his expected years of life, is
quite consistent with the fact that damage to health from
similar moderate use of alcohol follows when such drinkers
are compared in groups with comparably selected groups

We are in for another great change in our drinking habits.
Beer has come back. Prohibition, a war-time boom, raced in
like a spring freshet; repeal rolls along like a great slow comber
on a sandy beach. Now is the time of all times to get at the
facts of alcohol whether those facts turn out to be wet or dry

who do not use alcohol. The reasons for this apparent in-
consistency in facts are inherent in the qualities of alcohol
and in the variability of human tolerance, of the urge to
drinking and of the personality, satisfactions, escapes, infla-
tion or euphoria caused by alcohol in man. While instances
of continued good health in moderate users of alcohol are
known to physicians and others, this is not either the usual
or average experience with those who make a daily practice
of adding alcohol to their diet, for the majority of once
moderate users find opportunity, excuse or desire sufficient
to persuade them into more frequent, larger or stronger doses
of the drug, or in other words to deviate from strict modera-
tion into excess. What may appear to be moderate, safe,
consistent with health in a physically active early manhood,
easily becomes a hazard to health in the man of middle age.
Individual moderation is attainable and can be observed.
Collective experience is against the probability that a
thousand average men will judge wisely the amount and
time and conditions of their drinking within the limits of
good health.

The advocate of personal liberty, of the privilege or choice
of dietary habits within the range of what is contemporary
understanding of moderateness, i.e., the temperate use of
alcoholic beverages, clings to the evidence of particular
individuals of his acquaintance. The believer in total ab-
stinence, seeking maximum social safety even at the sacrifice
of the preference of the ruggedly healthy individual, argues
for the exclusion of alcoholic drinks from the human dietary.
Let the discussion be drawn along these lines, according to
philosophy or social outlook but let not either partisan deny
the facts.

Alcohol is used as a food to the extent of about 20 percent of the
daily needs of an average adult engaged chiefly in outdoor occupations
requiring considerable physical exertion, among some twenty millions
of people in countries where wine and beer are produced at a low
price and in abundance. These people do not necessarily or always
exhibit evidence of ill-health which can be attributed exclusively to
this use of alcohol.

The use of alcohol as a source of energy for muscular work, that
is, as a food, is physiologically unsound. When alcohol serves as a
fuel food and is either eliminated unchanged or burned (oxidized)
with the development of energy for body use, and thus spares the use
of the proteins of the body for this purpose or permits the storage in
the body of fats and carbohydrates which would be otherwise used as
fuel foods, the toxic, the depressant, the harmful effects of alcohol
on the tissues of the body, particularly on the central nervous system
(brain and spinal cord) are important offsetting disadvantages.

Alcohol, while capable of serving some of the functions of food,
is incapable of doing in and for the body what we expect and require
of other main categories of foods, that is, alcohol cannot add to body
growth, development, structure, repair or capacity of reproduction.

412

August 1933 CAN WETS AND DRYS BEAR THE WHOLE TRUTH?

413

ALCOHOL is and isn't a food. It is used as a food. It
lacks the values we rely upon for the common and
necessary uses of foods. It has the handicap of toxicity which
foods properly speaking lack. Can wets and drys reconcile
the statements of facts with which they bolster their argu-
ments and cease confusing the public with half-truths? No
informed mother will give alcohol to a child for food, no
dietician includes it in a rational dietary for healthy persons.
No athlete or sportsman uses alcohol as a food without suffer-
ing inferiority of performance because of its toxic effects.
No form of physical work has been tested that does not reveal
inferior performance when equivalent amounts of food
energy usually obtained from meats, fats and starches are
replaced by alcohol in the diet. And yet in the technical
sense that alcohol is directly convertible into muscular
energy by oxidation in the body without any digestive con-
version into other substances, alcohol may pass under the
name of a fuel food substance.

If alcohol were not taxed it might be possible to offer it
for sale at prices which would compare favorably, calorie
for calorie, with various economical carbohydrate foods in
common use, but if we availed ourselves of such economy we
should suffer serious disabilities from bulk if we used the
low percent alcohols, and from strength if we used the wines
and distilled or reinforced liquors. In its simplest terms the
truth is that alcohol is too toxic for use as a food by the
mature adult, and it lacks those qualities of food upon
which the growth, development, repair and structural and
functional stability of childhood depend.

of physicians and sociologists that there is a property in-
cluded in the human use of alcoholic beverages which tempts
the drinker to repeat the experiment of changing, however
little, his personality through the escape mechanism of
partial or even considerable narcosis, by other doses of the
drug, even to the point of becoming dependent upon more
frequent or larger doses to obtain the euphoria which has
delighted him. Thus while many persons use alcohol in
moderation for many years without increasing the amount
by frequency or size of the dose, and maintaining at all
times their independence of the drug so that they can dis-
continue its use at will, even abruptly, with no distress or
real inconvenience physically, it is nonetheless true that
practically all excessive users of alcohol, all drunkards,,
habitues, addicts or what you will, who use alcohol to an
asocial extent have been at one time moderate drinkers and
have succumbed to the desire to repeat the drug effects over
and over again.

The aged and chronically ill may gain some comfort and
peace from the use of suitable forms of alcoholic beverages
as prescribed by their physicians, and alcohol may improve
the appetite in convalescence. There are few other condi-
tions facing the physician in which alcohol serves a useful
purpose. The urge to drink and the non-resistance to the
desire to drink more and oftener are the reasons why alcohol
is included among the habit-forming drugs. For people of
the occidental races alcoholism has a greater social signifi-
cance as a habit than has the addiction to morphine, heroin
or cocaine.

Alcohol is a useful medicine. It has properties which have justified
its use externally and internally in the care of the sick.

Alcohol is a habit-forming depressant narcotic drug unsuitable for
use by persons at their own discretion for its drug effect.

A-.COHOL is used internally in the treatment of the sick
because of its narcotic properties which differ only in
degree and duration from the similar drugs ether and
chloroform. The narcotic effect which is sought universally
by users of beverage alcohol to produce a greater or less
degree of euphoria, that is, a subjective and usually exag-
gerated sense of well-being and sense of temporary release
and superiority, is of the same character as the chief effect
for which alcohol is given as a medicine to patients, — to
reduce their sense of apprehension, worry, excitement, to
put them at ease when enforced rest is necessary, as some-
times in the angina of heart disease, in the boredom and
discouragement and petty fatigues or anxieties of the aged.

In its mildest effects the narcosis amounts to a dullness
and indifference to the unavoidable annoyances of life.
Even as a so-called appetizer or stomachic tonic the bene-
ficial effect, such as it is, does not result from any helpful
effect on the chemical or physical processes of digestion, but
again on the state of mind or contentment created by the
slight narcosis which removes the burdens of business or
other harassments from the immediate consciousness of the
patient. Externally in certain strengths alcohol serves ad-
mirably as a local antiseptic, and to toughen the skin where
pressure threatens injury to the bedridden. Of course, the
medicinal effects can with a little ingenuity be attained
without the use of beverage alcohol by drugs which carry
with them no hazard of habit-development.

All of this wisdom of the pharmacologist and therapeutist
is quite consistent with the equally well-attested observations

Alcohol used moderately and under suitable conditions does not
cause intoxication.

Alcohol, taken in amounts so small that the drinker cannot dis-
cover any sensations which he associates with the effects of alcohol,
regularly causes nevertheless deteriorations of performance due to its
depressant action, and to a degree which disqualifies him in various
important situations.

A HEALTHY grown-up with as much as two tenths of
/"\ one percent of alcohol in his blood usually considers
himself, and will be considered by others, entirely free from
signs of alcoholic intoxication even though a critical observer
can detect those lapses from good taste, discretion and judg-
ment which are the common expressions of a personality
released by alcohol from the usual levels of restraint and
discrimination. What is usually thought of as intoxication
follows the presence of from two to three tenths of one per-
cent of alcohol in the blood, an amount generally sufficient
to cause some loss of control of faculties and of the muscles of
locomotion.

We, speaking socially, are perhaps ready to consider
alcoholic intoxication a state in which a man with no out-
ward evidence, such as in gait or in manner, yet shows an
excitement or lack of clarity of mind which we know are
alien to him in his free state, i.e. free from drug effect. For
purposes of law, of police, of restraint in cases of alcoholism,
a state of body and mind may have to be reached which
follows only upon the presence of three or more tenths of a
percent of alcohol in the blood, or any amount just short of
five tenths percent from which dead drunkenness results.

Drunkenness, a term of social opprobrium, is much more
narrowly limited in use than the term intoxication, which
can be demonstrated at a point of alcohol saturation of the
blood of one tenth percent or even less. (Continued onpage 437)

414

SURVEY GRAPHIC

August 1933

BREADLINE

A Play in One Act

TIME: The present.

PLACE: A street in any metro-
politan city just after nightfall.

CHARACTERS: Twenty-two men,
as introduced.

SCENE: The curtain rises on a
stage that is entirely dark. For a
moment there is complete silence,
then over to the left of the stage a
man strikes a match to light a
cigaret. In the first glow of the
lighted match, several other men
are dimly revealed. They are all
facing toward the right of the stage.
A voice, speaking suddenly from
the darkness, says: "God! but it's
cold." This blunt statement is
followed immediately by several

muttered comments, low and indistinct. The glowing cigaret moves
toward the center of the stage, and that movement is accompanied
by a shuffling sound that is quite audible. Gradually a doorway
in the center of the stage is lighted, and simultaneously, footlights
are used; both of these lighting effects so controlled as to concen-
trate the light in the center of the stage, around the doorway.
The extreme right and the extreme left of the stage are still dark
and remain so throughout the action.

THE light now reveals that a long line of men is emerging from the
darkness on the left of the stage, filing past the lighted doorway,
and disappearing into the darkness to the right. The line moves
slowly and with sudden jerks and pauses. Now a single pace for-
ward; now three paces; now an interval of rest. The men in the
line are ordinary men, like yourself, or the man next door, or your
grocerman, or the janitor. Some are young and some are old. The
young are scarcely more than boys. In general, they all wear old or
ill-fitting clothing. Some have overcoats, turned up at the collar.
Others are shivering in suit coats or sweaters. Occasionally, there
is a rather well-dressed man in the line.

Almost the entire action of the play takes place in the lighted
area before the doorway, as different sections of the line pause
there in their progress across the stage.

Over in the darkness at the right of the stage, a voice says:
"Bean soup, tonight." That phrase is repeated by another voice
and then by another. It runs the entire length of the line, each man
passing the information on to the man behind him. As it is finally
repeated for the last time by the man in the darkness at the ex-
treme left of the stage, the line of men, which has been temporarily
halted, moves forward several paces. Since the doorway has been
lighted, eight men have passed across it.

(Except where noted it makes no difference whether the men
taking part in the action be young or old. All of the characters are
nameless. Four men at a time can stand in the lighted space on the
stage and the action of the play is carried on by whatever four
happen to occupy that space. As new characters are introduced
into that position, by the movement of the line toward the right,
others pass on. Movement of the line is thus indicated by the intro-
duction of the new characters. Since they must be nameless, the
men are designated by consecutive numbers.)

QTH MAN: Bean soup again tonight. My God! It's gettin' so I can't
look a bean in the face.

lOra MAN: Yeah? Well, just step aside, brother. I can handle your bowl.

9™ MAN: Ain't there anything else they can make soup out of?

lOrn MAN: Sure. They might use meat and vegetables. But what the hell
would the Unemployment Relief Commission have for supper if they went
an' spent money like that?

HTH MAN: That's a real racket.

12TH MAN: Sure. They line their own pockets before they figger what they
can do for our stomachs.

13™ MAN: (one of the white-collar variety) Well, suppose they didn't. Sup-
pose they served us turkey dinners with all the trimmings. Suppose they
spent every cent they collected on relief. We'd still be here in line, wouldn't
we? It wouldn't give us jobs, would it?

12TH MAN: Maybe it wouldn't give us any jobs but your belt buckle
wouldn't rub a callous on your backbone.

14TH MAN: An' maybe we might get a decent place to sleep instead of a
flop in a hot stuffy room with a couple hundred other men, snoring, hacking,
spitting, an' smelling like hell. To say nothing of the lice.

13TH MAN: Sure, they might feed us better. They might sleep us better.
They might quit asking their damn questions. But it's work I want.

15TH MAN: Yeah. Work, an' the moon an' the stars. Anything else you
want, bo. It'd all be simple if it wasn't for one little thing.

13™ MAN: What's that?

15TH MAN: There ain't no work.

16TH MAN: Is that bastard still huntin' for work?

15xH MAN: Guess he must be. He made a nice little speech about it.

16™ MAN: (laughing) You'll get over it, Slim. Wait 'till you've pounded
ihe pavement for a couple of years. It ain't so hard at first. But after people
say "No" to you fifty times a day, seven days a week for a couple of years
you begin to believe 'em.

17™ MAN: So I suppose you're takin' it, layin' down?

16™ MAN: An' I suppose you're not. What are you, anyhow? One of
these nevcr-say-die birds. Belong to the Chamber of Commerce an' like that?

I?TH MAN: No. But I'm not takin' it layin' down. I'm takin' what I want
an' wherever I can.

18TH MAN: Well, the pickin's today must of been perty poor.

16TH MAN: Mooching?

17ra MAN: Hell no. I got a better racket than that. A new racket, too.

18ra MAN: He's probably one of these guys who's picked up a flock of

August 1933

BREADLINE

415

dds, taught 'em a pat story, an' sends 'em out from door to door. They
ipout their story, collect the kale, an' he pockets the proceeds.

17™ MAN: (apparently the accusation does not bother him) Yeah? Well, I ain't
lad a job for nearly three years an' this is my first night in a breadline.

19TH MAN: It's my first night, too.

A MAN entering from the darkness on the right of the stage passes down
r\ the line, stating over and over, "Room's full. Gotta wait a few minutes.
Room's full. Gotta wait a few minutes." He passes off to the left. The line
:rowds forward so that the 19th Man is at the right of the centered light.
Fhree others have followed him into the lighted area. In the conversation that
bllows, the men keep their position in the line, facing the right. Occasionally
:hey turn or half turn or look over their shoulder, but they do not gather in
:he usual conversational group. A breadline is not natural and there is no
ittempt to make it look natural.

19TH MAN: Will we have to wait long? (The 19th Man is better clothed than the
ither three. He is slender and of an indeterminate age. He speaks in a rather cultured
mce.)

20TH MAN: What difference does it make? What else have you got to do?
[ The 20th Man is old and stooped. He is dirty and his clothing is old and disreputable.
His voice has a whining sound.)

19™ MAN: Oh, no difference, I suppose. Only I'm a little cold. I'm not
ised to this.

20™ MAN: You'll get used to it. They'll make you get used to it. An'
you'll like it, too.

21sT MAN: (^4 middle-aged individual of the laboring class, rather husky in
ippearance.) Like it. Say, what the hell's the matter with you? Show me a man
:hat really likes it.

22ND MAN: (He's just a youth, awkward, skinny, and inclined to be smart.) Well,
lobody asked you to take a spot in this breadline. If you don't like it, why
lon't you go over to the Waldorf?

21sT MAN: (looking over his shoulder) Shut up, punk.

22ND MAN: (unabashed) Of course, if you really want work I hear that
:hey're puttin' on men down on that government job across from Wein-
itock's Store.

19TH MAN: (half turning) Putting on men, are they? Sure, they're
suiting on men. Married men. It's the same all over the country.
Fhey don't care how good you are. They don't care about your record.
\11 they ask is: "Are you married?" That's all. How do they expect a single

BY
PHILIP KETCHUM

Drawing by
Wilfred Jones

man to live? Don't they think that
single men get hungry — just as
hungry as married men? What do
they want us to do? Get married
just so as we can get a job?

20TH MAN: It's the breadline for
you, Slim.

19TH MAN: Breadline! Bread-
line! Not on your life. This is my
first night. It'll be my last. I'm not
a bum, a hobo. I'll not be treated
like one. Oh, sure. I know I'm in
line tonight. Maybe you think it's
funny, the way I feel. But I won't
be in this line again, (in a whisper)
If it wasn't that I was so God —
Damn — hungry — I wouldn't be
here now.

20ra MAN: (who caught that

whisper) And you'll be just as God-damn hungry tomorrow night.
22ND MAN: When is a bum not a bum? Answer: When he's God-
damn hungry. (The others do not pay any attention to the bofs wise-
cracking.)

20TH MAN: And some breadlines aren't so bad.
19TH MAN: The people in this country won't stand it much
longer.

20ra MAN: I said that four years ago.

19TH MAN: Well, it's the truth. My God! How can they? Don't
they know what's going on?

22ND MAN: You mean, don't they know that you're hungry?
20TH MAN: No. He means can't they see what's happenin' to
people. I look old, don't I. Well, I'm not. I'm only a little over
fifty. I ought to be good for ten more years of work, at least. I am
good for it. But will I ever get it? No. If things ever open up again
they'll take the young bucks. I know it. I'm trying not to get ex-
cited about it. There ain't anything I can do will ever change
things. I'm discarded. I was discarded at forty-nine. I sleep in a
Public Lodging House. The public feeds me rolls and coffee for
breakfast. At night I get soup and stale bread. If I eat anything
else I've got to mooch it. I go to the Salvation Army for my
clothes. I get my haircuts in the Barber College. I pick my smokes
up out of the gutter. You (speaking to the man just ahead of him in the
line) needn't act so damn snooty about it. You may not be like me
yet, but you will be, soon. There's nothing strange about me.
I'm just one of the fifteen million unemployed.

22ND MAN: You're an old bum. You're not even trying to find
work. There's plenty of us that ain't like you.
20™ MAN: Not yet, maybe.

22ND MAN: I should say not yet. (for the fast time the youth is
serious) I'm — well — I'm going back home next month. I'll get me
a job, too. I'll settle down. You won't see me in many breadlines.
20xH MAN: How long you been on the road?
22ND MAN: Ever since I got out of highschool. But it wasn't
because I had to. I — well — I wanted to see the country.

20TH MAN: There must have been a lot like you. Now days you
stumble all over 'em when you climb a freight. Some of 'em not
dry behind the ears.

22ND MAN: Well, what of it?
20TH MAN: Oh, nothing.

416

SURVEY GRAPHIC

August, 1933

22ND MAN: But anyhow, this depression'll be over before you
know it.

21sx MAN: Not before we knew it.

22ND MAN: Things are on the up-grade now. Hell, to hear you
fellows talk a man would think that the country was going to the
dogs. There's more to eat in this country than the world could
consume in a year.

21sT MAN: Try an' get some of it.

22ND MAN: Well, things could be a lot worse.

21sT MAN: They are a lot worse.

22ND MAN: Oh, yeah?

21sT MAN: (nodding) You're just plain dumb, kid. But you've
been around some. Enough to have seen a lot of lines like this one.
You called the old man a bum. Maybe he is. I don't know an' don't
care. Maybe the men who used to be in lines like this were
bums, but there's plenty of us in the line tonight that ain't. There's
plenty of us ain't even single men.

22ND MAN: Sure. Wife deserters.

21sx MAN: (nodding slowly) Sure. You named it, kid. Wife de-
serters. But not like you mean it. You heard that guy down the
line while ago howling about how only married men could get
work. Maybe he's right. But there's lots of married men can't get
jobs. An' there's lots of married men who've got jobs that can't
earn enough to keep their families going. There's lots of married
men have had to clear out so that their families wouldn't starve. It
ain't desertion when it's done like that.

22ND MAN: What fancy name do you call it?

21sT MAN: I don't know why I don't turn around and crack you.

22ND MAN: Oh, yeah?

21sT MAN: It's just that you're a kid. You've probably got ahead
of you what a lot of us have gone through. But I hope to God it
ain't as bad as we've had it.

22ND MAN: Don't worry. It won't be.

20TH MAN: I felt that way when I was just a kid.

21sx MAN: Yeah, an' three years ago — I felt that way.

20™ MAN: Married, are you?

21sr MAN: (laughing bitterly) You might call it that. At least I've
got a wife an' four kids.

20rH MAN: Separated or divorced.

21sT MAN: Neither. That is, in the legal sense.

22ND MAN: He just went off and left them.

21sx MAN: (repeating) I just went off and left them. (He turns half
around) You're right, son. I just went off and left them. But I'm
not the only man who's done that. The breadlines in this city are
full of men like me. Some men have the guts to kill themselves.
Others of us hang on to life, worry ourselves sick, or go crazy. Do
you think I left my wife an' kids because I wanted to leave 'em.
Do you think I left 'em because they wanted me to go away? My
God ! kid, I'd give my right arm — I'd give anything in the world
to go back. But I can't — that's all — I can't.

22ND MAN: (in a husky voice) I — I — didn't mean anything, Mister.

21sr MAN: You've got a family, somewhere, ain't you, kid.
Maybe you got a kid brother — just a youngster. Do you want to
know why I ain't home tonight instead of standing in this God-
damned breadline?

20ra MAN : Aw, let up on him.

21sx MAN: I'll tell you why I ain't home tonight. I'll tell you
why there's thousands of men like me in lines like this. Maybe you
won't be so cocky after you've really had a taste of the world.

22ND MAN: (nervously) Sure, Mister. I — I — didn't mean —

21sx MAN: Oh, it ain't a long story an' it ain't a sob story, either.
I'm just one of the unemployed, that's all. I just lost my job, a
factory job and a bum job, but just the same, a job. That was all.
I just lost my job. I couldn't get another. I pounded the pavement
until I was almost without shoes, but I couldn't get another. Oh,
I got a few odd-jobs — earned a few dollars now an' then. But a
family of six can't live on odd jobs, can they?

22ND MAN: (shaking his head) I guess not.

21sr MAN: You think you've seen something of the world. I
suppose you even think you've had a few tough experiences. Do
you know what it's like to hunt an' hunt an' hunt for work an'
never find it? Do you know what it's like to start buyin' a home an'

then to lose that home an' everything that's in it? Do you know
what it's like to have to move a family into one cramped room,
where you sleep like sardines in a tin, all together, on the floor?
Do you know what it's like to lose all your friends, to become
paupers — beggars — living on charity? An' God! Those charity
food orders. You have to stand in line in a charity commissary,
where it's hot an' smelly. They give you a number. When your
turn comes an' they call the number you go in a little office an'
explain that you ain't had any work. You damn near have to get
down on your knees — You lug home what they give you in a sack.
on your back. They've got it figured down to a scientific basis, how
much you need. Scientific starvation.

20ra MAN: He's got it right, kid. I been through the mill.

21sT MAN: You've been through the mill, huh. But have you
ever come home at night, hungry, weak, half starved yourself, an'
picked up in your arms one of your kids like I've done night after
night. He was just a tiny tike. Just three. But his little arms an'
legs were like broomsticks. Thin — scarcely more than skin an'
bone. An' he had a hackin' cough. His lungs. Oh, it wasn't T.B.
Not at first. It was just under-nourishment. That's all. He was just
starved, (whispering) We could see him dying — dying — right under
our eyes. An' we couldn't do a thing about it. The — the doctor
called it pneumonia. But he'd never have had pneumonia — he'd
have thrown it off if his little thin body hadn't — hadn't been
starved.

22ND MAN: I — I didn't know.

21sx MAN: Do you want to know why I left home? I left home
because I couldn't bear to watch the others go out the same way.
Because if I deserted I knew that the county would have to take
care of my wife an' kids. Hell, I don't matter. I can stand in bread-
lines. Now, put a fancy name to that if you wish, (bitterly) I'm a
hero. I deserted my wife an' kids to save their lives. I ought to
have a monument.

THERE is a moment of intense silence. Then, from the right of
the stage a voice calls, "All right, step lively men. We ain't
got all night." The line begins to move. The action continues
as new actors cross the lighted area.

23RD MAN: Move along, kid, or get out of the way.

24™ MAN: This line gets longer every day.

25ra MAN: An' the grub gets worse.

24ra MAN: Well, what do you expect. The Unemployment
Relief Commission's gotta get theirs, don't they?

26™ MAN: I'd like to be on that Commission for about a week.

25™ MAN: You'd have to work.

26™ MAN: What's work? I heard that word sometime or other.
Don't remember where.

27ra MAN: Say, I heard today that they're startin' to work that
new Government project across from Weinstock's Store.

28™ MAN: Yeah, well it won't do you no good. All they're
takin' on is married men.

29™ MAN: Sure. We can starve. Single men don't get hungry.
An' if they do, well there's always the breadline.

28™ MAN: Or the jail.

29™ MAN: They won't let you in the jail any more. It's full
of bankers.

30™ MAN: It ought to be.

The line is momentarily halted and the lights start to fade. A
whisper, starting at the right end of the line, runs down the entire
length to the right, repeated in turn by each man in the line.
"Bean soup tonight." "Bean soup." "Bean soup tonight." The
light gets dimmer until the men in the center of the stage are only
vague outlines. And the line starts moving again. Somewhere in the
line a man laughs and says: "It's gettin' so I can't look a bean in
the face any more. Ain't there anything else they can make
soup out of?"

The stage grows entirely dark. A voice says: "God! but it's
cold." And a man to the left of the stage lights a cigaret. There is a
shuffling noise and the lighted cigaret moves toward the center of
the stage. After a pause, the curtain is lowered.

SINKING SLUMS

BY HENRY WRIGHT

SLUM clearance is a matter to which no
end of fruitless effort has been devoted. In
fact our slum areas have in recent years
been increasing at a discouraging rate, while the
most impressive report of the great Washington
Housing Conference of 1931, that of its Finance
Committee, was a warning against expenditure on new
housing for the reason, which has since been emphasized in
each ensuing effort to finance building, that such new hous-
ing would compete with and endanger the great investments
tied up in present loans and equities in old housing no small
part of which has long outlived its usefulness. It would then
come as a somewhat startling revelation if we could be
convinced that the greatest impediment to slum clearance,
the high cost of land, is already well on the way to dissolution
and that we may even expect a break in the ranks of financial
resistance to new housing expenditure because of the counter
interest within the financial group to start building by which
to realize what little remaining value may be salvaged from
slum holdings. The exodus of 57 percent of the 1923 popula-
tion of New York's East Side has contributed to spectacular
though as yet isolated scrapping of land values in that great
area, but there is more reason for the existence of fairly high
and permanent-use values in this fortunately situated dis-
trict than in most of the slum areas of other cities, which,
while they have been shrinking recently in holding value,
by no means have reached the new levels to which they must
and will inevitably go within the near future.

It is the purpose of this article to attempt to point out
these trends which offer a ray of new hope to those who
have long persisted in efforts for slum clearance as well as to
suggest more comprehensive objectives than we have had
the courage to advocate in the past. The following points will
be discussed:

a. The fact that slum areas have grown in extent and the reasons
therefor.

b. The fact that holding values of the past, prohibitive for re-
constructed housing, no longer have any foundation and are des-
tined to dissolution.

c. The new opportunity and demand for a comprehensive pro-
gram of use to which reconstruction should be directed.

Before examining these in turn, I think it will be agreed
that, given the probability of large-scale reconstruction, it
is important first to determine the purposes and objectives
before becoming further involved in the minutiae of "how"
the job is to be done or of how cheaply we can do it. I do not
hesitate to say at once that the very commonly accepted idea
that the slums should be rebuilt primarily with the purpose
of rehousing the present tenants is no longer valid in respect
to any large-scale handling of the problem.

Before proceeding further it should be noted that we have
in mind not only slums of large cities which usually consist of
depreciated tenement-houses, but in most small cities we
have deteriorated property, usually adjoining the business
district, which constitute slums quite as much as the more
formidable areas of large cities. They may be made up of
old-fashioned frame houses once occupied by well-to-do fami-
lies and now used in makeshift fashion by two or more fami-

Out of the depression has come a powerful aid to slum clear-
ance— the collapsed land values which show clearly enough
that slums have been houses built on sinking sands. They can-
not support their own weight. A lifelong enemy of blighted
areas points to the next steps in the development of cities

lies of the very poor. They usually present on a smaller scale
the same factors as their city cousins in which land is being
held for relatively high prices in anticipation of a changed use.

Slum areas have been increasing in extent as well as in
disrepair for the simple reason that they occupy an area of
the city which has had no immediate usefulness, but has
been held by non-resident owners interested in long-term
holding for eventual high profits for a converted use. In
medium-sized cities, especially those which have attained
most of their growth within fifty years, the process of ac-
cumulating slum areas on the rim of the central business
district can be traced in very simple terms. The studies
shown in the plates in the following pages of typical city
growth during this period offer also the underlying basis for
radical changes in land values which are to be considered
under the second subject.

The simple fact is that while cities have continued to
spread in an unprecedented manner, resulting in much
financial embarrassment at the present time, their commer-
cial and light-industrial areas at the center have stopped
spreading and in some cases show very definite signs of re-
ceding from former partially occupied boundaries. The
changes over a series of years, varying with each city, have
been diagrammatically visualized in Plate I (page 418),
while the attendant effect on actual and potential land val-
ues has been crudely indicated on Plate II (page 419).

IN the former we start perhaps fifty years ago when the city
was a fairly compact entity, due to limitations of trans-
portation, with (Fig. 1) a center of mixed business, small
industry and old housing (a) and a rim of more recent dwell-
ings (b). Later (Fig. 2) the general growth of the city en-
couraged by new transportation, carried the residential area
outward (b), while the commerce-industry area spread into
some of the former residential rim leaving a portion (d) as a
stagnant or partially blighted district. The next period (Fig.
3) finds a further spread of (b) outward but a stabilized area
(a) in which the actual increased space needs of the com-
mercial-industry area is provided by taller buildings (g);
a permanent slum area appears at (e). In Fig. 4, the final
stage already reached in many cities, shows an even more
far-flung spread of residential areas (b) due to automotive
transport and the speculative real-estate urge, leaving behind
it an ever-widening area of stagnation and blight (d) and
the undisturbed slums (e) with the commercial and more
limited interior light industries soaring skyward (g) and suf-
fering a reduced space capacity need actually shrinking
away from the slum area (e) and adding to it (f).

Those much heralded conditions resulting in technological
unemployment have for similar causes created also an ac-
companying unemployment of space. New machines run
through from two to five times as much product on a given
floor space as under former conditions, while machines also

417

418

SURVEY GRAPHIC

August 1933

have reduced drastically the number of
clerks, stenographers and other work-
ers required in a given commercial
enterprise.

Thus we find actual use values for
the slum area (e) subject to reduction
by a double pull, outward to the new
suburbs with an insulating ring of
stagnant blighted area of ever-increas-
ing extent, and the new and scarcely
recognized pull inward toward the
skyscraper center of reducing capacity
requirements. The slum is left an
"orphaned" district, — fortunately it
is for the most part in the hands of
those who can support it. But these
usually astute interests have as yet
failed to acknowledge the full losses in
a shrinkage to a final "real value" for
the only purpose for which there re-
mains a probable use: their reconstruc-
tion for residential purposes and this
to be of a kind capable of absorbing
relatively large areas of land.

While the situation has here been
presented in strictly diagrammatic sim-
plified form it indicates the basic situa-
tion in many important medium-
sized cities and is at least roughly
indicative of the more complicated
process which has taken place in larger
cities and those in which physical
boundaries have necessarily caused a
more irregular disposal of the various
functions of business, industry and
residential areas.

It may be useful to speculate as to

why this drastic and fairly new change in prospects for real
value has not been sooner sensed by the large holding inter-
ests who as usual might have unloaded on the down-swing of
prices and hastened the recognition of the new actual values.
May it not be that holdings of this kind have generally fallen
into the hands of trusts or absentee owners who have had less
cause to notice changes and have continued, upon past ex-
perience, to hold for eventual high profits being able to
maintain current taxes out of other earnings? Such interests
have been more or less unsusceptible to the effect of actually
disappearing use value which the smaller owner would have
more quickly recognized in his inability to meet taxes and
other current expenses. Whatever reason we may assign to
the delay, only emphasizes the probability that once the
situation is appreciated a further drastic fall in prices may be
expected. Not only will this result in a financial basis far
more consistent with actual residential use and relatively
safe investment in new housing ventures, but the continued
presence of fairly large financial interests in the field may
lead to the realization that even these new low values
determined by the limitation of use to general housing pur-
poses can only be assured by some comprehensive program
on the part of property-owners and city authorities.

Large-scale handling of the problem is the only way in
which this type of city district can be put to a usefulness
which, will support even a reasonable land value and also
bring to the city permanent taxable values to which it is en-
titled for the peculiar convenience of location to the city

Fig. 2

Concentric

expansion

PLATE I. Typical spread of modern
American cities and the accumula-
tion of increased areas of blight and
slums.

KEY

a — Commerce and light industry,
b — Active residential area,
c — Extension commercial and

light industry.

d — Inactive residential and blight,
e — Actual slum areas,
f — Inactive commerce and light

industry,
g — Vertical expansion in high

buildings.

Fig. 3

Arrested growth of

center by vertical

expansion

Fig. 4

Central area shrinking
due to further vertical
growth and lessened
space needs

"b d e g-a f

center. This convenience of location can be realized only by
seeing to it that the areas are so reconstructed as to accommo-
date and attract those people to whom this convenient loca-
tion is an advantage. The first matter of concern therefore
on the part of planners and social workers should be to de-
termine what groups there are who would be most ad-
vantageously served by these areas and then proceed to sug-
gest to both owners and cities the form of development
necessary to attract and satisfy such groups.

While it is true that our recognized slums are usually oc-
cupied now to a large degree by the poorest people, this is by
no means universally the case. The migration within the city
of racial or religious groups is well known to most readers,
and it does not follow that because people live in certain
poor districts they are confined there merely by poverty. As
a matter of fact our situation in regard to the slums is often
quite different from that in old cities abroad where there has
been a long established class of poorer population who have
occupied certain districts for generations and for whom a
change in locality would be a disturbing loss. Here no such
long established conditions exist in which strong ties would
be broken by a shift to some new location. Unquestionably
we should not overlook the interests of the poor in any plan
requiring the shifting of population and must consider the
displaced as well as those for whom the new housing is in-
tended; but the fact remains that there are other important
considerations and others beside the poor in purse who may
deserve our attention.

Ausust 1933

SINKING SLUMS

419

We should then frankly determine for what group or
groups these reconstructed areas will be most logically and
advantageously utilized. A first consideration is that of un-
tangling the mess which the unguided growth of the large
cities has created. In spite of costly adjustments in street
widenings and transportation we have scarcely kept abreast
of increasing traffic and other problems while the lot of the
commuter has grown almost unsupportable. But traffic dif-
ficulty arises not from the number of people and vehicles
but from the amount of cross-purpose movement involved.

There is a limit, and perhaps it is in sight, to which the
haphazard growth of cities, the abandonment of old dwell-
ing areas for new ones potentially as bad, the increase of
noise and discomfort, can be carried before a breaking point
is reached and our cities will be actually deserted for new
communities measuring up in some slight degree to possibili-
ties well within our grasp. If however we are to make the
effort to preserve our present cities and if, as seems
probable, cities are to retain a central core of commercial
business while new industries are being forced to seek loca-
tions on the outskirts, why should we not take advantage of
the situation to readjust our ideas about desirable dwelling
areas and recreate the present slum districts for the con-
venient and enjoyable occupancy of those whose business
relations are largely in the central area?

The reaction to such a proposal will probably be one of
question. Can these areas be made desirable and attractive
to such groups? Why not? What is there about the usual
suburb of today which is superior to what can be provided
within these nearer areas properly made over on the basis of
land costs which recognize their present uselessness for other
purposes? The family now wasting its time and money on
long commuting rides and fares can well afford a sufficient
increase in rent to cover a reasonably increased land cost.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

PLATE II. Changes in land
values in various areas shown in
Plate I.

In figure 3 the solid line repre-
sents holding values and dotted
line approximate earning val-
ues. In figure 4 upper dot-
*- ted line recent holding
values, solid line present
holding values and lower
dotted line probable earn-
ing values
put to best
uses. In the
slum area
"e" these

probable earning values will be much less
unless the city and owners cooperate to re-
organize the area for its highest use value,
mostly of a residential nature.

The city may well afford to redirect the not inconsiderable
subsidy it has been affording to the newly established suburb,
in long-haul transit and partially employed utilities so as to
make over these inner areas with ample parks and open
spaces. Children may be afforded quite as much opportunity
for healthful play in near areas as in more distant ones as
testified by the results at Sunnyside Gardens even within the
limits of the old street pattern, while a suitable readjustment
of the street and building layout may quite conceivably pro-
vide a range of desirable home opportunities at least equal if
not superior to most of even the more expensive suburbs re-
cently developed for profit to the landholder. As has been
well demonstrated in many cities abroad, we may provide
through good planning and community organization all the
pleasures of sunlight, ample green and attractive shrubs and
flowers to be found elsewhere. Some office employes may
still seek the wide-open areas, capable of affording more
ample space for gardens and chickens. Others may find the
suburbs necessary for special periods while children are small,
but for the most part these outer districts may quite well be
allotted to part-time industrial workers or those engaged in
specially confining work, who will greatly benefit by relaxing
and profitable garden culture. The commercially employed
will, in accordance with most business activities, wish to
take their concentrated summer vacation away from the
metropolis at seashore or mountain resort, while in the
meantime they will divide their leisure between the outdoor
sports of the city park and the various cultural activities
centered in and around the city center.

Assuming then that the reconstruction of slum and blighted
areas is to prove the major activity in the next important
phase of city development, is it not in order to direct the
purpose of this activity to: 1, the unscrambling of the costly
cross-purpose movement of the city; 2, providing a more
suitable and convenient home area for at
least those workers employed in the cen-
tral district who now travel long distances
to cheerless and unsatisfactory suburbs;
and finally, 3, to set about a reorganiza-
tion of the purpose of our city develop-
ment, adjusted to a stabilized population
rather than anticipated growth, and
directed to a gradual though complete
renovation of our dilapidated housing
facilities?

Anything short of this means the entire
abandonment of most of our present sordid
and antiquated cities. Certain of them
may very well be abandoned but many
more are logically and well located, have
long established social assets which could
scarcely be duplicated and though sordid
are by no means hopelessly spoiled. There
is enough of permanent value to demand
their preservation in the interest of basic
economy and to offer a foundation for a
new concept of usefulness and moderniza-
tion. This modernization will by no means
stop at the borders of our more commonly
recognized slums. In terms either of present
technical ability or of accomplishment in
other countries there is scarcely 5 percent
of our existing housing which can be con-
sidered either first-class or entitled to a
permanent place in the future city.

fig. 4

THE CHANCE TO REBUILD THE U.S.A.

BY LOULA D. LASKER

T(
I

•OKIO is in ruins — please take the first
steamer. We can now go ahead with our
plans." This, report has it, was the cable
received by an American city planner after
the earthquake of 1926. Today Tokio offers
a magnificent illustration of city planning.

As a result of a catastrophe even greater than an earth-
quake, we are offered an opportunity to meet a dilemma
closely allied to that which confronted Tokio. For included
in the National Industrial Recovery Act are provisions
whereby the housing situation of these United States may be
materially improved. Three billion, three hundred million
dollars are appropriated for "public works and construction
projects" which include (clause D — section 202) "construc-
tion, reconstruction, alteration or repair under public regu-
lation or control of low-cost housing and slum-clear-
ance projects." For these purposes loans will be made to
private corporations, and loans and grants (the latter up to
30 percent of the cost of labor and materials) to states,
municipalities or other public bodies. An opportunity of a
lifetime to clear away slums, to rebuild portions of our cities
and rehouse a large part of the two thirds of the population
still living in substandard dwellings!

To pool their experience in preparation for carrying out
the portion of the act referred to, some five hundred men and
women assembled in Cleveland on a hot July day in the first
national conference on slum clearance and the first confer-
ence of the kind called by an American municipality. To the
delegates assembled from some forty cities the announce-
ment that Robert D. Kohn of New York, former president of
the American Institute of Architects, had been appointed
housing administrator was acclaimed with universal en-
thusiasm; slum clearance and housing were now in safe
hands. For Mr. Kohn's intimate knowledge of the national
problem, his experience and his standing as an architect and
city planner qualify him as perhaps no other man in the
country to fill this position important alike to taxpayers and
to those who should be benefited under the new law.
How will the law work?

THE conference was fortunate in having among its speak-
I ers A. Mackay Smith, housing adviser to the Reconstruc-
tion Finance Corporation — who is continuing in that capac-
ity to the new head of the housing division of the Public
Works Administration — empowered by his new chief to dis-
cuss the tentative statement of regulation and policy even
before it had received official approval of the public works
administrator and the cabinet committee. A new deal in-
deed, thought those present, as Mr. Smith took the conference
into his confidence, remarking on several occasions that the
federal government is looking for advice and suggestions,
and that this body would render an invaluable service by
delegating to a qualified committee the task of formulating a
model housing law to be adopted by states which have no
such statute. Chairman Louis Brownlow at once complied
with this request.

"The government," said Mr. Smith, "will give preference
to housing projects for the lowest income groups. Though
what constitutes low-cost housing must necessarily depend

Housing and slum clearance may be among the few bene-
ficiaries of the depression. The forward-looking policies of the
new housing administrator outlined at the recent National
Conference should help materially to remove some of the
worst blots in our cities. At last there is a rift in the clouds.

upon local conditions." On the other hand, slum clearance
and low-cost housing are differentiated in the act, so that
slum clearance need not necessarily involve low-cost
housing.

According to Mr. Smith, new housing should be located
preferably with reference to a long-term plan for the eco-
nomic development of the community and with particular
reference to prospective availability of employment, trans-
portation facilities, schools and utilities. (A warning to cities
to prepare a comprehensive plan if they want to be in on the
new deal.) The new housing will not be confined to urban
regions or crowded centers, but will include sections where
the price of land permits housing for the lower-income
groups consistent with the most modern standards.

NO loan will be made which cannot be self-liquidating
during the useful life of the building, in the case of fire-
proof structures thirty-five years and of non-fireproof,
twenty-five years. Since the purpose of the act is to furnish
employment, projects involving a low ratio of land cost as
compared with labor and material cost will be preferred.
Land coverage should be 45 percent or lower. Interest rates
will probably be 4 percent and amortization 1J^ percent.
The new administration will not act as a bank but as a pub-
lic lending agency, so that loans may be for two thirds and
upwards of appraisal value. But here it should be mentioned
that Mr. Smith never lost an opportunity to emphasize that
the administration will exercise every care to ensure that its
loans are properly protected. And here, too, it should be
added that throughout Mr. Smith emphasized the fact that
any regulations he laid down were only tentative. He
stressed that what he said "had no official significance and
should only be regarded as his best guess." But his "guess,"
the delegates felt might be regarded as the word of authority.

To those who feared that if public bodies went into the
housing business with a government subsidy of 30 percent in
addition to a loan, unfair competition with private corpora-
tions might develop, Mr. Smith pointed out that public
agencies will be given grants to house only those who cannot
be housed by any other agency. In his opinion there exists
legal authority for public housing in only five states, Massa-
chusetts, New Jersey, Michigan, Washington and California.
He urged delegates therefore to do all in their power to
further the enactment of necessary -legislation in other states.

For two hours he unreservedly answered questions. His
replies to several were significant and indicate probably more
strikingly than could pages of comments the spirit in which
the act probably will be interpreted.

To the query as to whether the federal government will
lend money to clear away slums and create park and other
open spaces in their stead, his response was unhesitatingly in
the affirmative. He made, the same reply as to whether
municipalities would be entitled to grants for streets in

420

August 1933

THE CHANCE TO REBUILD THE U.S.A.

421

connection with clearing slum areas, and for the building
of schools.

"Will the government make a grant for maintaining a
community organization within a housing project?"

"Anything," replied Mr. Smith, "that may be regarded
as part of good housing will be allowed. Community
organization can be considered probably in the cost of
maintenance."

"Is there any reason why the President should not revive
the United States Housing Corporation through which
the government can make loans and grants directly?"

"This cannot be done," replied Mr. Smith, "for the
United States Housing Corporation was created as a war
measure. As to creating another federal agency of this kind,
I do not believe the government has the necessary legal
power. Besides the disposition of the authorities is dis-
tinctly adverse to administering the law through such a
medium."

As to whether projects would be under government
supervision during the period of amortization, Mr. Smith
pointed out that the act provides that projects must be
under public regulation and control. Although provisions
as to how this will apply have not yet been worked out, in
all likelihood the federal government will ask the assistance
of legally authorized state commissions and will probably
refer applications to such commissions before final action is-
taken.

However, in states as yet having no housing laws, loans
can still be made to private corporations for, as Mr. Smith
explained, in such cases the federal government can exer-
cise the public control required by the law either by pre-
scribing desired clauses in the charter of the corporation,
or by entering into contracts with the corporation whereby
the latter agrees to subject itself to' control during the life
of the loan, or by having the voting stock put in the hands
of trustees designated by the government.

At this writing it should be remembered that only thirteen
states have housing laws: New York (enacted in 1926),
Ohio and Texas (1932), Arkansas, California, Delaware,
Florida, Kansas, Illinois, New Jersey, North Carolina and
South Carolina. The last mentioned passed such laws in
the current year following Ohio and Texas after the RFC
was empowered to make housing loans to limited-dividend
corporations under state supervision. Housing bills have
been introduced in the District of Columbia and the
legislatures of seven additional states.

To only one question did Mr. Smith answer as the Delphic
Oracle: "Since $3,300,000 is not an inexhaustible sum to
provide public works and housing for this vast country, and
since even a part of this amount is definitely allocated to
specific types of projects, is it not important to put in appli-
cations early?"

ANSWER: "The administration will probably act in
accordance with the purpose of the law, which is to
put money into circulation. And remember, the adminis-
tration automatically ceases to exist at the end of two
years if not dissolved earlier by executive order."

Taken in relation to his other statements, the conclusion
to be drawn is that while speed is important, speed unless
applied to a sound project well worked out will not be of
any advantage to those who apply for loans, whether pri-
vate corporations or public bodies. This was the lesson
that Mr. Smith brought to this conference, and this lesson
the delegates evidently took to heart.

To Alfred Bettman of Cincinnati, who emphasized the
futility — or rather folly— of considering the improving of
a single slum area without recognizing the necessity for it
to be an integral and harmonious part of something larger,
the conference was indebted for the warning that in a de-
sire to capture federal funds lurks the danger that projects
may be hastily adopted which have not sound qualifica-
tions. Though federal money is being made available in
order that labor may be employed and materials purchased,
the fact that labor and materials go into a building or
rebuilding is not of itself justification for a project. Here
the moral is that cities will do well to follow the example
of Mr. Bettman's home town and start at once making
comprehensive surveys of their slum areas. At the same
time Mr. Bettman advised against undue hesitation on the
part of city councils to act because of doubt as to the legality
of municipalities entering the housing field.

IT WAS Edith Elmer Wood who, while pointing out that
there is no single formula that can be applied in all cases
for slum clearance, offered seven general principles which
might be universally applied:

1. Slum clearance should be studied and worked out as part
of the city and regional plan, never attacked piecemeal.

2. It should always be carried out on a large scale. A single
good building in a slum area is foredoomed to failure. The develop-
ment of a whole block is only slightly better. A complete neigh-
borhood unit, large enough to create and preserve its own atmos-
phere, should be the minimum size of a development.

3. The more complete preliminary studies, the better the pros-
pect for success. These studies should determine the location of
slums and their physical characteristics, show their sickness,
death and delinquency rates. Assessed valuations on the various
properties must be ascertained and a decision arrived at as to
whether the assessments represent real or psychic value. Rents
must be carefully studied in relation to the income of tenants and
the size of their families. Vacancies are important from several
points of view. How many slum residents wish to remain on the
site because of nearness to place of work? Because of friends,
relatives, church, lodge or settlement house? How many would
like or would be willing to move into a suburban area? How many
would be attracted by a house with a subsistence garden, with or
without ultimate ownership? For human beings are not chess-
men who can be moved from square to square at will.

4. The optimum use of a given area for the benefit of the whole
community should govern the plans made for it, provided it is
kept in mind that the welfare of former residents is more inti-
mately affected by such plans than that of anyone else.

5. Displaced residents have a moral first claim on the site. If,
or in so far as, they are not re-housed on the site, they must be
suitably housed elsewhere.

6. Slum clearance should be carried out by a public authority
or by a semi-public agency under public control. It involves the
safety, health, happiness and welfare of too many people to be
entrusted to private hands. The power of eminent domain is a
part of the indispensable equipment.

7. The major part of the financing will have to come from a
public source. It can never be a profit-seeking investment of
private capital. Too little direct pecuniary gain is involved.
It requires too great an outlay for private philanthropy or the
foundations. Only a public source can supply money at a low
enough interest rate to rehouse the people who live in slums, or,
if necessary, contribute a subsidy. This makes the present mo-
ment, with the possibilities offered under the National Industrial
Recovery Act, one of extraordinary opportunity — opportunity
such as we have never had before and may never have again.

"Whether the present opportunity for slum clearance is
seized," said Mrs. Wood, "depends (Continued on page 431)

SEASONAL UNEMPLOYMENT

A Special Case for Economic Planning

BY M. C. RORTY

THE modern automobile has its pertinent
lessons for the economic planner. Its improve-
ments came step by step — pneumatic tires,
multiple cylinders, improved carburetors, better
steering gear and controls, more powerful brakes
and finally the self-starter. The main problem of our eco-
nomic planners, after all, is to devise better brakes and a
self-starter for our economic machine. But their skill as
economic mechanics will not suffer if they turn their hands
from time to time to other obvious and simple improvements,
among which, for a first step, the better control of
seasonal unemployment has much to recommend it.

Economic planning, for many years, has been to the
writer a matter not of theory but of daily practical applica-
tions. This experience has covered very intensively the
field of the communications services, with a substantial
range of practice and consultation in manufacturing and
other lines.

The hopes for radical and sudden economies in produc-
tion, and improvements in standards of living, through
planned mechanization would seem to be an illusion. In
automatic telephony, as an example of mechanical applica-
tions, the substitution of machine for manual operation
brought a new and separate demand for skilled repairmen,
machine adjusters and other auxiliary workers, and also
threw back to machine-builders a large part of the burden
of labor previously sustained by switchboard operators.
The gains in the end were substantial, but the balance, for
a long period, hung in doubt.1 Furthermore, as a more
general limitation of mechanical
possibilities, not more than 10 to 15
percent of those gainfully employed
in the United States are engaged on
work which would lend itself to an
early mechanization.

Similarly as to the hopes for great
economies through the elimination
of competitive wastes in production,
there is need for action in the case of
certain decadent or specially de-
moralized industries, and a general
tempering of anti-trust legislation
may be desirable in other directions.
But competitive wastes in the major-
ity of production operations, when
expressed in terms of the gross
value of product, sink into relative
insignificance. In the productive
processes of the automobile industry,
for example, reasonably preventable
competitive wastes, up to date, have
been estimated by the writer at not

Mr. Rorty is a pioneer in the field of economic planning. At a
time when planning was a theory that people wrote books
about (in English or Russian) he was in charge of the far-flung
practical planning of the telephone companies. Here he ap-
plies his experience to mining, building and "caprice" goods

lSee Economic Planning Issue of Survey Graphic,
March 1932.

more than four dollars per car of total output, and an
expert opinion within the industry indicates that two dollars
per car is a more probable figure.

In contrast the wastes and unemployment to be overcome
by control of seasonal variations are tangible. If we eliminate
farming and its related canning and packing industries,
together with certain fisheries and lumber operations, as to
which the seasons exercise an absolute control over
employment, the outstanding seasonal industries are coal-
mining, the building trades, and the production of certain
types of women's clothing.

Coal-mining involves a product subject to seasonal
variations in consumption which are not susceptible to
substantial alteration. Coal may, however, be stored
effectively in off seasons, particularly if advantage is taken
of the widely distributed storage facilities in the hands of
consumers.

The building trades, on the other hand, represent pos-
sibilities of storage only for construction materials, but show
rates of seasonal activity with respect to the final construc-
tion operations which may be subjected to a large measure
of control.

Women's clothing and other "caprice" goods represent
still a different grouping, as to which seasonal control must
be sought primarily through reducing
the volume of "caprice" demand in
proportion to the demand for
standardized and semi-standardized
products.

These three classes of seasonal
activities are perhaps typical of all
those to which it is practicable to
apply measures of stabilization. In
each case it is obvious that their
regularization will be more effective,
the nearer the control can be estab-
lished to the point of ultimate
consumption. For example, regular-
ized coal-mining with storage at the
mines would be less desirable than
regularized purchases by consumers,
which would tend to eliminate
seasonal variations in coal transpor-
tation as well as in coal production.
To bring about variations in
seasonal demand, the most direct and
perhaps the only really effective
expedient is that of definitely estab-
lished and well advertised seasonal

Ewing Galloway

"Caprice" goods with a seasonal demand
make seasonal unemployment among workers

422

August 1933

SEASONAL UNEMPLOYMENT

423

variations in prices. Such
variations, to the extent of a
difference of perhaps 7 per-
cent between summer and
winter retail prices for an-
thracite coal, have been in
effect for some time, with the
result, according to Professor
Douglas, of increasing the
average employment for an-
thracite miners (before the
depression) from 161 to 261
days a year. In this particular
case, the variations in price
represent in large part varia-
tions in the profits of pro-
ducers rather than seasonal
variations in costs of produc-
tion and distribution. With
wholesale profits averaging,
as a whole, somewhat less
than 10 percent of wholesale
prices, it seems probable that
such a 7 percent variation
is about the maximum that
can be introduced through
variations in profit margins.

The experience in anthra-
cite would suggest that a
successful smoothing out of
seasonal demands may re-
quire price variations ranging from 10 or 15 percent, in the
case of staples, up to 33/^ percent or more, in the case of
"caprice" goods or articles affected by changes in styles.
Only experience can determine the exact price variations
that will be necessary but it seems rather clear that the
required range in prices cannot ordinarily be established
through variations in profit margins alone. It is necessary,
therefore, to consider expedients for introducing seasonal
variations in costs of production and distribution as well as
in profits.

In the case of bituminous coal, miners' wages constitute
more than 70 percent of the wholesale prices at the mine.
The additional costs to consumers are mainly for railroad
transportation.

To establish a uniformity in the seasonal demand for
bituminous coal, the scale of prices to the consumer may
need to vary at least 25 percent from summer to winter, or
between one and two dollars a ton. As compared with such
variations, the profits of mine operators apparently average
less than 25 cents per ton. It is clear therefore in this case
that variations in mine operators' profits cannot be counted
upon to bring about any substantial part of the required
price variations. However, such variations may readily be
brought about by leaving average freight-rates and wage
payments per ton unchanged, but establishing seasonal
variations in both items of such amount as may be necessary
to cause variations of the required amount in prices to
consumers. To produce a total price variation of 25 percent
from minimum to maximum, it will probably be sufficient
to add up to 1 5 percent to miners' wage-rates and freights in
the seasons of maximum demand and to deduct on an
equivalent scale during the off seasons.

Such scaling of cost and prices as the preceding would
require concerted national and regional action by agreement

Ewmg Galloway

This great pile of coal bought in the dull season and stored by the Consumers' Power Company oF
Saginaw, Michigan, helps to keep miners steadily at work and railroad men busy on freight-cars

among and between the Interstate Commerce Commission,
the railroads, the mine workers and the mine operators.
Presumably it would also be desirable for representatives of
important coal-consuming interests to take part in the
preliminary discussions since questions of available volume
and cost of consumer-storage will be a major factor in
determining the seasonal scaling of prices.

In the practical application of the seasonal schedules of
prices, it will be important that any future price changes
shall be announced as changes in base figures without
affecting the seasonal scaling. It is probable, also, that a
substantial amount of latitude must be left for variations
in the seasonal freight and wage scales to meet differences in
the conditions affecting the several coal-producing areas.
Such seasonal scaling must, in any case, be subject to
flexible and prompt adjustment to establish and maintain
the most practicable approach to uniformity of production.
The initial scaling should perhaps be somewhat less than
that estimated to be required for the full correction of
seasonal variations, with later supplemental increases,
locally or generally, as experience may indicate.

It is important to note that the application of the proposal
here made does not require agreements among producers
and distributors of coal as to the basic selling prices, rates
of wages and so on. The only agreements required will be
as to the relative seasonal variations in these items — and,
fortunately for the purposes of such agreements, the indus-
trial recovery legislation recently enacted provides ample
legislative authority for the needed understandings.

When we turn from coal production to the building and
construction trades, the methods of seasonal control may be
substantially similar. Here again contractors' profits are too
small an item to provide the needed variations in seasonal
costs. Freights are, however, a very large element in the cost

424

SURVEY GRAPHIC

Ausust 1933

of building and construction materials, and the wages of
building trades workers account for from 30 to 50 percent of
the cost of most building operations. Variations in these
items may therefore readily supply the 10 to 15 percent
differentials in costs required to offset the extra expense of
off-season building. If necessary it should also be possible
to carry the cost variations back one step further by introduc-
ing seasonal variations in the prices of steel, lumber, cement
and other construction materials.

A special complication in building operations may,
however, be the fact that seasonal variations in costs may
not be as clearly apparent to, or effective with, purchasers
of building construction as would variations in coal prices
to coal consumers. For this reason it may be necessary to
make the variations in costs somewhat greater than would
otherwise be required.

A FURTHER difficulty will be as to the method of esti-
*» mating to be followed by contractors. Here again there
will be no call for basic price agreements, but it will be neces-
sary to have general, legally recognized understandingsamong
suppliers and contractors as to the discounts to be deducted
from basic prices and estimates for off-season work and
purchases.

As a final type of seasonal control, the regulation of the
production of "caprice" goods, or those affected in large
part by style changes, is of particular interest. Many articles
of women's wear fall in the classification.

For the regulation of production and employment in
these cases, variation in wage-rates, carried back if necessary
to the production of the basic fabrics, would be useful but
probably not wholly adequate. To supplement such varia-
tions in costs, it might conceivably be possible to require
each manufacturer to set aside a percentage of the sales
price of "caprice" goods (or of all goods produced in the
rush seasons), which amounts in effect should be trusteed by
the employer for the payment of lay-off benefits. Supervision
of such procedure might readily be placed in the hands
of the appropriate trade associations, with governmental
authority exercised only on recommendation of the associa-
tions involved. In this, as in the previous cases, no general
price agreements will be necessary. However, it might be
practicable to require all goods produced in off seasons to
be tagged with notices advising consumers that they had
been so produced, and for that reason represented superior
values.

It is, of course, impossible to indicate in a brief article
more than the general principles which may apply to the
problem of the elimination of seasonal unemployment. The
bituminous coal trade is perhaps the one in which a plan of
this sort may be readiest of adoption. For the moment, with
unemployment at present figures, the effect in this case
might be only that of a further and desirable spreading of
available work — but in the end the gains in reduced costs
to consumers and in general stability of employment might
be very substantial.

Losses of working time through seasonal unemployment
in the occupations here considered average perhaps 20 per-
cent. A very reasonable estimate of possible gains would be
10 percent. Such gains would affect between 1,000,000 and
1,500,000 building trades and construction workers, about
150,000 workers in the seasonal trades in women's garments,
and about 600,000 workers in coal production. The primary
advantages, as has been indicated, would be those resulting
from greater certainty and stability of employment for the

workers immediately affected, although an ultimate gain
to the community as a whole might also be registered in
terms of a clear addition of approximately 2 percent to the
national income. However, the most important advantage
might lie in the example which could be established of
concrete and realistic economic planning. In this respect
the regulation of seasonal employment would have the
special advantage that the procedure, and even to a con-
siderable extent the mechanism, of such control would
closely resemble that necessary for general economic
stabilization.

On the whole it would seem that the major losses in our
economic system lie in the processes of merchandising and
distribution — in wasteful advertising and high-pressure
selling methods, complicated by the unwillingness or
incapacity of consumers themselves to concentrate their
purchases on articles and styles of maximum efficiency in
use. The primary production processes are relatively high
in efficiency and seem to respond almost automatically to
any demand that permits of low-cost mechanized produc-
tion. Furthermore, in spite of "new era" illusions to the
contrary, the average long-term return on actual money
invested in the equities of manufacturing corporations ap-
pears to be 6 percent or less rather than the 10 to 15 percent
often assumed.

All these considerations lead to the conviction, — and here
our discussion of the control of seasonal unemployment
affords a clue — that the major and dominating problem of
planning is that of general economic stabilization. The road
to such stabilization lies, day by day, more clearly in the
direction of a control of the rate of new capital investment,
and of reconstruction and rehabilitation operations. In such
control, money and credit factors, organized public work,
and the liberation of international trade from undue restric-
tions, will play their necessary part — but the final objective
must be to avoid those variations in private capital opera-
tions which react with cumulative force on all other employ-
ment and business activity.

Such stabilization does not lie within the power of indi-
vidual industries or groups of industries however well they
may plan. It is a matter for action on a national scale. The
controlling factor is not industrial investment or even
public works, but private engineering and building opera-
tions; and as to these industry can only follow and hope for
stabilized activity to the extent that the lead is taken by due
cooperation between the public authorities and private
enterprise.

[pEGARDLESS of the immediate future course of events,
r\ our economic planning will never be complete or trust-
worthy until we establish the mechanism whereby we may
minimize the present tendency toward wide variations in
private-capital activities. The claim that such stabilization
is politically impossible by reason of a popular unwillingness
to consent to the offering of the necessary incentives to
private enterprise in times of acute depression, cannot re-
main valid indefinitely in the face of obvious facts. Further-
more, to those who would find a major gain in reduced
returns to capital and correspondingly increased returns to
labor, the success of a national plan for economic stabiliza-
tion would carry with it the very certain promise not only of
stabilized employment, but of an almost automatic shift to
labor of that 20 percent, perhaps, of total capital charges
now required to maintain productive equipment in periodic
idleness.

THROUGH NEIGHBORS' D O O R W A Y S — J O H N PALMER GAVIT

OF HOROLOGIONS HERE AND THERE

FROM the one in my garden, if your mind's eye is good
for anything, you can look up to the Parthenon-crowned
Acropolis, and at the right see also the Areios Pagos,
Mount of the War God, in our tongue better known as
Mars Hill, where upon a certain famous occasion Paul the
Apostle preached to the "too superstitious" Athenians of
the Unknown God, "who hath made of one blood all na-
tions of men ... on all the face of the earth." Some hill
that was; by no random chance did Paul select it — it was by
way of being the Supreme Court of Athens; a site reserved
for the adjudication of the highest matters. Or you can look
back twenty centuries to the time when the pattern of my
horologion served the Athenians as town clock and weather
bureau. And forward, as landlords all over the world are
doing now, to the tenants who will occupy it next year.
Appropriate, all these considerations, for the horologion,
when it is on its job, stands symbol not only of the passage
of time and changes of wind and weather, but of states of
affairs and the minds of men. The Greek word hora
stood for seasons, timeliness, development, youth and age,
appositeness in conditions and circumstances. Had you been
born Greek you might be using it now in considering
whether the London Conference, for example, was being
held or adjourning, or whatnot, at the appropriate hour in
all the governing conditions; whether the time-o'-day was
fitting for humanizing the treatment of immigrants, de-
portees, resident aliens and foreign-born citizens of the
United States of America. But I digress. . . .

Exactly two years ago, visiting the Acropolis, the Areo-
pagos, and down in the old Turkish Quarter of Athens the
Agora, the ancient general gathering and market-place
(such as the Romans called the Forum), I stood before the
original Tower of the Winds. It is one of the best-preserved
of the ancient monuments of Greece, and all around it new
excavations are disclosing exciting things about pre-
Christian Athens. The tower is comparatively recent; the
archaeologists date it as of the First Century and know it as
the Horologion of Andronikos of Kyrrhos in Syria. But it
is type of incredibly older devices — from the beginning of
human invention there have been contrivances
to mark the flight of the hours, seasons, years.
In general shape and size this one suggests the
main structure of a Dutch windmill; near it
stand groups of stately cedars, as junipers and
blue spruces stand near mine. It bore sun-dials
— one of them functions now — and within was
a water-clock, and on top a weather vane; but
these are gone long since. The eight sides still
face respectively the chief points of the compass
(which I understand to be approximately the
same as they were in ancient Athens), and on
the broad panels under the cornices are carv-
ings in high relief — figures symbolizing the
characteristics of the winds and seasons as the
Athenians knew them. A grim-visaged old man
on the north face presages the winter storms
and snow; a gentler figure portends the

southerly winds and kindly rain; others offer flowers and
fruits. Praxiteles or Phidias never saw these and would not
have thought much of them, for the carving is crudely
Roman rather than Greek.

NOW my architect friend Philip L. Goodwin, who is
keenly interested in boys and also in the terrible plight
of the unemployed architects, happens to be vice-chairman
of the Greenwich House Workshops in New York, where
the settlement boys — most of them sons of immigrants — do
fine things with tools and the native taste and skill that
actuate the tools. Goodwin also has seen the Tower of the
Winds in the Athenian Agora, and it struck him as pecul-
iarly adapted to the purposes of such bird-houses as the
boys make from various models. His imagination peopled
this one with wrens. The entrances to the four apartments
are very tiny. Let him tell about it, as in a recent letter tome:

This bird-house idea provides an opportunity for the boys to
make objects which require carving and at the same time are sal-
able. Except for a limited amount of work for churches, the demand
for small carved articles or carved furniture has severely declined.
On the other hand, the younger boys, especially the Italian boys,
are more interested in carving than in anything else; in fact, elab-
orate cabinet-making is suitable only for those of eighteen or more.

With the aid of a junior draftsman, Joseph Marino, in my office,
we concocted this four-apartment miniature of the Tower of the
Winds — which I also have seen. I selected this partly in order to
give opportunity for the carving of the figures of the winds. A boy
named Vincent, who draws with unusual skill, drew and modelled
the figures. . . .

Generally speaking, the choice of subjects, the making of the
working drawings, the superintendence of the work at the shops
and the final painting and shipping, has been done by my office,
. . . All this creates employment and a small amount of pay; but
the most important thing at the moment is employment, as it takes
away from the terrible want of occupation which has been par-
ticularly severe upon the architectural profession.

The Chinese Pagoda and the Temple of the Winds have
been the most popular of the designs; but the boys make and
carve others, and they are looking for other famous buildings
to copy. Carll and Marcia Tucker, the good
friends whose guests my wife and I were upon
that unforgettable visit to Athens and who
know by their first names the birds of all lands,
chanced to see an exhibition of these miniatures,
and now by their gift we have the Tower of the
Winds upon its pole among the lilacs in our
garden, awaiting the little birds for whom it
was designed. Because it had to remain until
the end of the exhibition it arrived too late for
this year's nesting-season; like other landlords
I have unoccupied housing on my hands and
wait hopefully for the up-

Wrens, those neighborly birds,
are the tenants for whom this
model of the Tower of the
Winds in Athens is made in the
Greenwich House Workshops

turn and next year's ten-
ants— in this case wrens.

Meanwhile, the Tower
siands among the lilacs,
symbol of many things.

425

426

SURVEY GRAPHIC

August 1933

Symbol of the fact that beauty and creative skill are the
possession of no nation. Our modern immigration policy is
depriving us of immigrants bringing Old World tradition,
skill and taste from the countries where they are indigenous
— such as Greece with its hereditary saturation of timeless
art. Neither immigration policies nor prohibitive tariffs;

neighbors for artistic and creative work; training scores for
self-support along the lines of the medieval craftsmanship.
Victor Salvatore, himself a noted sculptor, from the outset
has contributed his genius and love of youth to guidance and
instruction of the young enthusiasts. Not only wood-carving
and carpentry, but sculpture, bronze work, pottery and other

forms of handicraft are taught
and practiced. I have not space
to name the artists in many kinds
of media who have assisted; they
include Italian, French, German,
Portuguese and other craftsmen
of high attainment.

So, thanks to Mrs. Simkho-
vitch and her associates, to Vic-
tor Salvatore and his fellow-
teachers, to Carll and Marcia
Tucker and to the Greenwich
House boys — I sit at evening in
the shadow of the Horologion of
Andronikos of Kyrrhos and pon-
der upon these matters, hearing
the while the voice of Paul the
Apostle thundering down from
the Areopagos . . . "of one blood
all nations of men !"

Greenwich House boys, most of them sons of immigrants, express their native skill and taste
in work with a mastercraftsman at carving church ornaments, furniture and smaller articles

nor the incredible stupidities of benighted ultra-nationalism
such as the Hitlerites of Germany and America (for we have
such in superfluity) would install, can shut out ideas or
nationalize the undying impulse to create and beautify.

MY grandfather was a sculptor. Once I brought to him
some of the clay-modelling done by little children of
several nationalities in the Chicago Commons kindergarten.
Amazingly beautiful and virile things they were, and I had
difficulty in making the old artist believe that they had been
done by the children of the tenements. Yet he had been in
Italy, was himself an exponent of Greek sculpture; he forgot
that over there these things are taken in with mother's milk.

I remember the case of a Chicago landlord who had a
Greek tenant arrested for carving the casing around one of
the doors in his tenement. The defendant pleaded that the
place was unthinkably ugly. In his childhood he could see
out of the window from his bed the Parthenon — he was
homesick for its loveliness. If anything the landlord should
pay him; but he had done it as a labor of love; transferring
his own priceless memories to the pitiless environment of a
Halsted Street hovel. I do not remember the outcome. Very
likely the artist went to jail, as have gone countless others
who have tried to beautify and make tolerable for the human
soul the conditions of life. Anyhow, since we are shutting out
the people who have been bringing us such gifts, asking
nothing better than to weave their heredity into the fabric
of our life, we must cultivate here these seeds that have
blown in somehow.

That is what they are about in the Greenwich House
Workshops. These bird-houses constitute only a minor detail
in that enterprise. From the beginning of that settlement,
Mary Kingsbury Simkhovitch and her colleagues have
devoted themselves to giving opportunity to their youthful

TODAY'S Ellis Island is in its
way a horologion; symbol of

bygone things and states of mind.

It took the place of Castle

Garden as porter's lodge at the gateway to America. Sud-
denly there were bars across the gate, barbed-wire, and
within a Cerberus, traditionally surly. Naturally, without
the old congestion, conditions there are infinitely better, and
of the daily population of 300 to 500 most are leaving;
Cerberus barking chiefly at the parting guests; whether they
leave by deportation or of their own accord. Frances Perkins
as secretary of labor has done no better thing than to appoint
the volunteer committee to investigate not only Ellis Island
as a physical entity but the whole business of our treatment
of the immigrant. The committee under the chairmanship
of Carleton H. Parker of New York, is already functioning,
with sub-committees on various aspects of the problem,
including treatment of alien visitors and immigrants, of
deportees, education and law as well as buildings, grounds
and physical equipment. Under the administration of Col.
Daniel W. MacCormack as commissioner-general of immi-
gration, with the merging of the Immigration and Natural-
ization Bureaus we may get a rationally humane relation-
ship with our foreign-born population. At the committee's
organization meeting Colonel MacCormack, in describing
the broad task before the committee, alluded to the con-
fused state of the laws and the evil practices which have
grown up under them; the antediluvian-physical conditions
at Ellis Island; as well as the inhuman treatment character-
izing the whole system of deportation. "But," said he, "the
most pressing problem is the correction of unfavorable con-
ditions at Ellis Island itself." To that the committee first
addresses itself.

Speaking of bird-houses ... in a more intelligent day
we may turn Ellis Island over to the Audubon Society as a
refuge for sea-birds. Castle Garden once was our horologion
of time and intelligence in this field. Now it is devoted to
fish.

LETTERS & LIFE— EDITED BY LEON WHIPPLE

TRANSITION

SOCIETY today is like an
airship with dual controls.
At one sits Nature with the
urge to survive by struggle, ac-
quisition, laissez-faire; at the
other sits Man, with conscious
hopes that his new charts and
instruments promise swifter prog-
ress to his race with less cruel
expenditure of life. The ship has
come into a strange rich air of
plenty where the old instincts
may wreck the voyage. Con-
sciousness lays timid hands upon

the controls. Our age has two pilots; we live between two
worlds. What wonder that paradox and chaos are our
slogans ! For over a century the conscious urge has grown to
this present crisis of transition. Until we understand the
nature of this discord and busy ourselves about the first
steps toward reconciliation, nothing else matters . . . not
even the arts and recreations to give us midsummer peace of
mind. For there is no peace of mind and the arts are dis-
tracted in the same chaos.

I offer, therefore, not reviews of these books but the es-
sence of each with respect to planning to plan. They deal
with the same facts — money, debt, speculation, the control
of our economy, and international relations, now familiar in
outline; and they seek to change without violent revolution
by the methods of liberal democracy.

WALTER LIPPMANN offers the most eloquent and
intelligible definition of the conflict I know of. The
disorder in the spirit of man comes from the change from
slow and unconscious growth to "an age when a conscious
deliberate direction of human affairs is necessary and un-
avoidable." We have an appointment with destiny. We can-
not turn back for we cannot consciously restore an uncon-
scious order. "Passion and self-interest must be subdued by
benevolent intelligence." We have the vision of plan, but
not the will for experiment, sacrifice and relentless self-
discipline that are demanded to change the thinking and
institutions based on the old urge. The very democracies
that demand plan reject its first steps. So he foresees no vic-
tory in this generation, no rest and ease on our forefathers'
achievements, but a chance to enlist in a great crusade, to
share "a renaissance of the deep instinct of man for the unity
of civilization." "This will give meaning to life, introduce a
principle of order into the conflicts of our existence, make
men partners in a great enterprise, provide sufficient reason
for their sacrifices, assurance when they are dismayed, in-
centives when they are weary." Read these clear pages and
you will gain fresh courage.

READ also Sir Norman AngelPs rich primer on the kind of
education that we must invent if the public mind is to
understand and govern the new society. With the same
wisdom that foretold the illusions of war, he describes the

A NEW SOCIAL ORDER by Walter Lippman. John Day
Pamphlets. 28 pp. Price 25 cents postpaid of Survey
Graphic

FROM CHAOS TO CONTROL by Sir Norman

Appleton-Century. 208 pp. Price $2 postpaid of Survey
Graphic

THE WAY OUT by Upton Sinclair. Farrar & Rinehart. 108 pp.
Price SI postpaid of Survey Graphic

THE FRAMEWORK OF AN ORDERED SOCIETY by Sir
Arthur Salter. Macmilian. 60 pp. Price 75 cents postpaid of
Survey Graphic

LOOKING FORWARD by Franklin D. Roosevelt. John
Day. 279 pp. Price S2.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic

ignorance, passion, political stu-
pidity that blind both capitalists
and workers to their interests.
He confronts the central problem
— how to change men's minds to
a social view of persons and na-
tions, for without this no plan is
possible, no system can succeed,
capitalism, socialism or commu-
nism. Pressure groups in politics
would wreck it and them-
selves. In chapters on Condi-
tions of Successful Planning, and
Where Education Falls Short,

he explains why, with penetrating examples of current
prejudice and folly.

The democracy need not be educated in all the details by
courses and texts, but in "the great simplicities" and a way
of thinking. The peoples can master these just as the western
world has accepted a few simple principles that have enabled
us to conquer great fields in health and sanitation; whereas
the fatalism of the East, and its rejection of science, stop
health progress. We must rid ourselves of fatalism about
economics and international rivalry. Sir Norman says, "We
assume that if we find a cure for our disease, we should see
it was the cure and apply it." This is not true: we must
discipline the public mind to accept. Because Norman
Angell tackles this next step, in Soule's phrase, "the engi-
neering of consent," his book is required reading.

UPTON SINCLAIR has developed a new interest— the
psychology of the capitalist. Eager to avoid revolution,
he poses the question: Can we get the capitalists to give up
their power without a fight? History says no. Sinclair says
let's try, and offers a little text in this field of education, a
series of letters to a young intelligent capitalist. With his re-
markable skill as a popular pamphleteer, he expounds his
view of the present failure (profits and debts and private
industry), foretells an industrial state on socialistic bases
that will borrow much from Russia without going Bolshevik,
and urges the present owners to take bonds in exchange for
control and devote their skills to the new system in which
they will find self-realization in freedom and order. The
state will finally expropriate them but they will find happi-
ness in the new incentives.

Doubtless the capitalists have to be taught to give up as
the people have to be taught to take over. Nature has put
their hands on the present controls and the planners will
have to intimidate or conciliate them. But Mr. Sinclair
makes the very assumption that Norman Angell discounts:
that the people will want this ideal state he pictures and can
organize and run it. And that the power groups can be
bribed with half a loaf to join and help. Certainly some of
their leaders are helping the new experiments; perhaps
the die-hards will just die off; nobody wants violence, so
this novel form of adult education may offer a real
challenge.

427

428

SURVEY GRAPHIC

August 1933

MEANWHILE certain men are concerned with the present
transition. They accept the necessity for plan, but want to
plan from the present system, by reformations and additions. Sir
Arthur Salter declares we have had foolish and improvised inter-
ference and control without plan based finally "on a calculation of
prospective political forces" by opportunist and weary ministers
who, being tired, reject new ideas that mean more work. Repre-
sentative government must take three steps: delegate some of its
functions to the executive without abdicating responsibility; make
the executive fit itself for economic control by seeking the assist-
ance of those who actually direct the national economic interests;
and require these economic organs to control and plan their own
activities in association with the government. It is noteworthy that
President Roosevelt's acts have closely conformed to this prescrip-
tion. Further Sir Arthur suggests that parliaments meet for only
three months, leaving ministers free to work out the mandates
given them; and he wants an advisory economic council that is not
unakin to the famous "brain trust." He makes an important dis-
tinction between expert advice and representative advice and is,
from personal experience, richly instructive on the forms and func-
tion of these economic councils. In sum, he proposes a kind of
democratic fascism.

His solution of the problem of interfering mass politics is to get
the people to delegate as much power as possible. His solution of
the predatory tendencies of economic groups is by what he terms
"institutional self-discipline." This is about what our Industrial
Recovery Act is seeking through trade association codes and labor
unions. He wants to "professionalize" these organizations and to
let them grow from within, for only thus will they have the experi-
ence and authority to make their own fields efficient and to con-
struct with other like bodies a framework of policy and regulation.
Thus will plan preserve freedom and individual effort. He deals
interestingly with organs for control of currency, for the direction
of the flow of capital and credit, and international economic rela-
tions. He envisages a system of economic self-government perhaps
with a parliament of its own. Sir Arthur knows so well the mecha-
nisms and functions he uses for examples, and his proposals fit so
surprisingly with our present steps here, that his close-woven
pages have the fascination of drama.

QRESIDENT ROOSEVELT is charged with the burden of
F transition above all present leaders. He is the executive given
the power ! So for our slant, the interest of these papers written be-
fore his inauguration is the revelation of how thoroughly at home
in the ideas of planning his mind is. The notion of a plan is no
goblin nor yet a round-the-corner Utopia, but a challenge to
"bold, persistent experimentation. . . . We need the courage of
the young." The chapter on State Planning for Land Utilization
exhibits a sure knowledge of one perfectly concrete plan. The dis-
cussions of power, agriculture, banking and railroads have implicit
ideas of control and direction as well as practical proposals for
next steps. Mr. Roosevelt offers no whole new system but he seeks
a new use for the system under a democracy. His book defines a
middle way — and looks forward. We shall certainly learn some-
thing about planning in these next four years.

LEON WHIPPLE

Mr. Pels Looks at Life

THIS CHANGING WORLD, by Samuel S. Pels. Houghlon Mifflin. Z95 pp. Price
$2.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic

WHILE some industrialists were frantically trying to build
the biggest industry with the largest capital structure,
Samuel S. Fels has worked quietly, almost leisurely, making better
soap, better workmen, better industrial conditions, a better city
and a better world. He even has had time to stop to think what it is
all about.

Samuel Fels has a way of seeing significant things before other
people do. American education today could scarcely proceed
without mental measurements. Years ago Mr. Fels financed the
first American institutions in that field. For a quarter of a century
ihe writer had wished to see exploration in that twilight zone of

heredity and environment, the period of pre-natal and early post-
natal life, but no one was interested. Then he met Mr. Fels and
found that he, too, had been thinking in the same direction.
Within three years of the time when a program for this study was
undertaken and announced to the public, several research organi-
zations with several million dollars of resources, had added this as a
major field of research. The list of his adventures into science might
be much extended.

Not having committed sins of overcapitalization or overexpan-
sion, and having avoided business consolidations, Mr. Fels is not
now under economic stress, and in the late afternoon of his life has
time to view the scene deliberately and to give an account of his
philosophy. Some parts, if written by a young and irresponsible
man, would be dangerous radicalism. And Mr. Fels is a dangerous
radical. For instance, this last year his workmen were all kept on
at the same rate of pay because so many of them had relatives and
friends who had lost their jobs and needed help — a very dangerous
precedent.

The book is leisurely in spirit and almost old-fashioned in ex-
pression. One needs a few quiet evenings in which to read it. There
is an absence of journalistic "pep," but it breathes the spirit of one
who not only sees with his eyes and hears with his ears, but who
feels with his heart— of one who loves his fellow-men. The book is
not exclusively "practical" as this note might indicate. Mr. Fels
has something to say on the direction of human life in general, and
that something is not unimportant, though .not expressed in the
trade-union language of the philosophers. ARTHUR E. MORGAN
President Antioch College

All Quiet in Germany

LITTLE MAN, WHAT NOW? by Hans Fallada. Simon and Shuster. 399 pp. Price
$2.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic

A>J unknown German, Remarque, wrote a story of the collapse
of the German army in terms of real boys and it was read
everywhere not only as a story of Germans but of the sufferings of
Tom, Dick and Harry in the trenches — it became the great anti-
war novel. Another unknown German has written the story of the
collapse of the German Republic in terms of the experiences of a
young clerk and his wife which is being read everywhere not only
for the light it throws on what has happened in Germany but as the
story of any John and Mary in the depression — in every country it
poses the problem, What Now? Both books tell the larger story in
little histories; both books end at the zero hour.

Last year when Hans Fallada's book was published in Germany
there was no answer to the question What Now? Since then, a
majority thinks it has made an answer: National Socialism. Re-
marque's books, so we are told, have been burned; no one seems to
have heard what has been the fate of Little Man. Little Man takes
no sides but gives a dispassionate picture. Its publication in Amer-
ica makes it an agent of interpretation of that thunderbolt, the
Third Reich. In following through two years the fall of those in-
consequential sparrows, Emma and Hans Pinneberg, the changing
psychology of the despairing German people is traced to the two
poles of political approach — Nazi-ism or Communism.

First of all, the book is German, is the Germany of yesterday.
It is a picture of life at home and at work during the past years, of
the social services (the Municipal Hospital, the Infant Clinic, the
private benefit society, the Labor Court, the Labor Exchange); a
photo-montage of Nudists, efficiency experts, "sound Germans,"-
enemies of the Jews, the French, reparations, Socialists and the
Communist Party, — masses of pallid men killing time in the parks,
people coaxing vegetables from little plots outside the city, police-
cars dashing through the streets to quell disturbances, Nazi bat-
talions. It says more than the articles written by conscientious
correspondents because it tells these things as a part of daily ex-
perience. It is Germany as a German knew it, a sympathetic, loving,
sometimes laughing, thinking German. It is frank, as is the German,
as are continentals. Some of the episodes have the mocking flavor
of Simplicissimus. It is also full of sentiment and human incidents.

"I wrote Little Man, What Now? in the first place," says Hans
Fallada, "because I hoped to help him by calling attention to his

August 1933

LETTERS & LIFE

429

fate and in the second place because I wanted to describe his life as
it really is. There have been plenty of dismal, gray, tendentious
novels dealing with this theme. They've always irritated me be-
cause I know these people. They have their days of joy too, and it
isn't true that they're always slinking around with long, drawn
faces." Let those who shun distressing stories be assured that Little
Man is not gray. Its pattern of events is so human, its little pro-
tagonists so plucky, that it is a book to refresh the faith of those
who spend themselves in efforts for the welfare of mankind either
in more general ways or in direct contact with John and Mary.

In the second place, and for many readers this is the story, the
hook is the narrative of a young couple who, poring over the pages
of Motherhood, the Sacred Miracle, go about the solemn business
of having their first baby, working out a budget to fit a small
salary, making adjustments to each other, making adjustments to
increasing financial difficulties. — the thousand details of living
both in better times and in bad which are within the experience of
most people.

In the third place it is the story of the lonely plight of the white-
collar man, a situation so universal in industrial countries in the
depression. Emma came from a workingclass family; she under-
stood solidarity: "One man can do nothing." But she also under-
stood that Hans, whose father rushed out to pay a bill on the day
he received it for fear he might die owing someone, was of different
stock: he could not make up his mind to black eyes with the Nazis
or steal wood with the Communists. He who had always been quiet
and peaceable "must not fall below himself. He must keep his self-
respect." Hans wears his starched collar like a plume, clings to it
through a year on the meager dole, tears it from his neck when he
awakens to his shabby state, is chased from the streets by the police
— for "poverty was not merely misery, poverty was an offence,
poverty meant that a man was suspect," and returns to his wife
broken. On that day too the report might have been sent out: "All
quiet on the German front."

The book ends there. And now it is the Nazi way of action in
Germany. And each country is fumbling for some answer to the
need of its Emma and Hans "for work, for a little hope, for a feel-
ing of freedom."

FLORENCE LOEB KELLOGG

Labor in the New Deal

THE AMERICAN FEDERATION OF LABOR. History, Policies, and Prospects.
By Lewis L. Lorwin with the Assistance of Jean Atherlon Flcxncr. The Brookings
Institution. 573 pp. Price $2.75 postpaid of Survey Graphic

DR. LORWIN has performed a much needed and timely service
in preparing this record and appraisal of the work of the
American Federation of Labor. Of permanent value in any event
as a scholarly and illuminating analysis, the volume is peculiarly
to be welcomed at this moment when the passage of the National
Industrial Recovery Act brings the likelihood of a new lease on life
to trade-union efforts. Indeed, were the chapter of Interpretation
and Outlook to have been rewritten in the light of the passage of
this act, hardly a word would require changing. For the author
reaches the conclusion that the trend "toward a semi-legal, quasi-
public unionism in the United States is a phase of a movement
which seems world-wide in character." He points out that through-
out the world the tendency is to utilize unionism constructively
"for purposes of industrial administration."

He sees as likely of development an increased recognition of three
principles: "First, that certain functions in industry, such as pre-
vention of waste of materials, improving processes, bettering condi-
tions of employment, maintaining morale, and enforcing safety,
can be carried out effectively only through the active cooperation
of publicly recognized workers' organizations. Second, that the
welfare of the workers must be a cooperative function of the work-
ers, employers and the government. And third, that the reduction
of conflict in industry be achieved with a minimum of govern-
mental coercion by developing proper facilities for a rational
examination of facts and issues."

That this would seem to be a sound estimate of future possibili-
ties will not be seriously questioned by those who are following
labor matters carefully. The new responsibilities which the evolving

character of unionism is placing upon it create certain problems
which the American Federation of Labor has in some way to face.
And these also the author considers in a constructive way.

Everyone who is willing to understand the place of organized
labor in modern society is placed under a debt of gratitude to Dr.
Lorwin for this exceedingly able, interesting and sound piece of
scholarship. It can only be hoped that this book will be influential
in helping shape the destinies of the Federation in ways that will
assure its more effective adaptation to the opportunities and needs
now called suddenly into existence by President Roosevelt's New
Deal legislation. ORDWAY TEAD

.\ew York City

Morals and Supermorals

THE MEANING OF RIGHT AND WRONG, by Richard C. Cabot. Macmillan.
463 pp. Price $3.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic

SYDNEY SMITH said, "The universe was completely destroyed
by Thomas Hobbes and then suffered the same fate at the
hands of David Hume just a hundred years later." The difference
between right and wrong in particular and morality in general
have been so frequently destroyed recently that it is very hearten-
ing to have them reappear so vigorously and in such a healthy con-
dition in this book by Dr. Cabot. The American temper has in it
something that is permanently interested in ethics, whether the
modern temper has or not. There is a common element, however,
between the modern point of view as expressed in many volumes of
science and Dr. Cabot's book, and that is an interest in facts. A
keynote of the volume is given in a quotation from Professor White-
head: "The ultimate basis of authority is the supremacy of fact
over thought." From this statement Dr. Cabot must have taken his
mandate, at least so far as method is concerned. He does not at-
tempt to trace facts to their metaphysical lairs, but to use them as
he finds them in the practise of everyday life. On these common
experiences are built his main theses, some of which could be given
in a series of definitions.

The main subject matter of right is agreement. "An agreement
is a declaration of an intention by the forces within a person or
between two or more persons. Making, keeping and improving
agreements are necessary steps in growth. ... A good agreement
is one in line with relevant realities."

Agreements rest on needs. "A need is an opportunity for growth
or a condition of growth. Growth is the production of novelty
within the range of a purpose and without dominant self-contradic-
tion. . . . Learning, experimenting, admiring, sharing and en-
joying exemplify growth. . . . Right desires, agreements or plans
are those that are governed by reality as it shows itself in our needs.
Wrong desires, agreements or acts are those which diverge from
reality and from our needs through self-deceit."

Unlike many writers on moral themes, Dr. Cabot desires to
avoid controversy, seeking truth wherever it may be found. "I
see no sense in refuting anybody. If a writer is worth considering at
all, it is for the help we can get from him." And yet he does not
hesitate to leave a path when he finds it turning in directions that
he cannot follow. One of the main themes of the book is an attempt
to show the dangers and methods of self-deceit.

Of Freud he says: "I go with him a certain distance. He has
focused the attention of our time on one of man's most comfortable
but suicidal habits, the time-worn practice of self-deception." But
in his own treatment of self-deceit Dr. Cabot very markedly deals
with other elements than those used by Freud, and indeed includes
many of the psychoanalysts among those who are of the "standpat
influences, blocking progress." "Security divorced from reform
appears in what we may call the Gospel of 'standpat,' as preached
by (a) the psychiatrist, (b) the bureaucrats, (c) those entrenched
behind scientific expertness or behind ecclesiasticism." He says that
security and reform require each other.

There may be many who will not find this book very readable,
partially because of the modern temper to which I have already
referred, but also because of a certain tone that pervades much of
the earlier part; not until he reaches the last chapter does he deal
with such matters as heroism, enthusiasm and the circumstances of

430

SURVEY GRAPHIC

Auaust 1933

stirring emergencies, and these he groups under the heading of
"supermoral." "Morals," he says, "are called out by our weak-
ness, supermorals by our strength." And here one is reminded of
the saying of Emerson, that those who speak of "mere morality"
are like those who speak of "poor God with nobody to help Him."
Dr. Cabot seems to be on much stronger ground when he speaks
of the interpenetration of morals and supermorals.

Under the title of Implementation one of the most helpful and
practical parts of the book is to be found. It will be useful to all
those interested in solving the problem of right and wrong in their
own lives and it will, in a very special sense, be useful to teachers
and to all those who have to deal with the healthy-minded mem-
bers of our race who are young and inquiring. JOHN L. ELLIOTT
leader the Ethical Culture Society of New Tork

Bringing the Law to Life

A JUDGE TAKES THE STAND, by Joseph N. Ulman. Knopf. 289 pp. Price $2.9U
postpaid of Survey Graphic

THAT "ignorance of the law excuses no one" is a rule which
permeates our jurisprudence and is necessary in a society or-
ganized on the principle of personal responsibility. As the genera-
tions pass and changes in the economic system narrow the range
of individual experience, the presumption becomes more and more
contrary to fact. Yet, in addition to practical values, some general
understanding of the nature and operation of the law is at least as
desirable a part of culture as any other knowledge.

Joseph N. Ulman is a justice of the highest court of first instance
in Baltimore. He has achieved success in a treatment combining
matter of importance to a lawyer with a form of presentation which,
it seems to a lawyer, must make the substance vivid to a layman at
all interested in the social institutions that do much to shape his
being. Judge Ulman's statement of the way juries warp our Com-
mon Law rule of contributory negligence to that of Admiralty and
the Civil Law is alone worth the price of admission to the contents
of a volume, which has many more expositions of equal interest.
The book is alive. Furthermore, the operation of a reflective
mind permeates the pages and adds the greater part of their values.
Lawyers in this country have not much exhibited what might be
called a cultural concern with their profession, and have produced
little in letters to show that they have anything of the feeling of Paul
of Tarsus that he was a Roman citizen of no mean city. The ap-
pearance of this book soon after The Road To The Law by Dud-
ley Cammett Lunt, stirs a hope that the American bar will show
itself more appreciative of the cultural aspects of the law. The
chapter headings partly disclose the contents and partly pique
curiosity. They are: Common Law and Statute Law; Judge and
Jury; Some Verdicts; On Taking a Case from the Jury; The
Thirteenth Juror; Substitutes for Court Trials; "I Object"; Law
and Equity; "It is Unconstitutional"; Murder; A Day in the Crim-
inal Court; Appeals. HASTINGS LYON
New Tork City

Fire!

FOREST BANKRUPTCY IN ^ AMERICA, by George P. Ahern. Green Lamp League.
Washington. D. C. 312 pp. Price $2 postpaid of Survey Graphic

"\ A /HAT would be thought of a city fire department that would
V V concentrate its efforts on saving the men, leaving the
women and children to the flames?" Such is Colonel Ahern's
dashing demonstration of the essence of our American forest policy.
This indictment applies first of all to our forest fire protection pol-
icy. This is concentrated chiefly on the merchantable timber, the
grown-up trees — the "men" of the forest family. Seed trees as such
and the little seedlings (the "women and children") — well, why
worry about these? We don't — we leave them "to the flames."
(This statement is not the infinitesimal truth but it's the rough
truth — the kind that really counts.) The percent burned in 1930
was .1 in national forests, 1.5 on land partly protected and 24.2
on land unprotected. Eight ninths of the last named was in the
Southeast where "the U. S. Forest Service calculates that nearly
half of the possible forest growth of the country is concentrated."
But what of it? This Southeast quarter of the country is merely the

cradle of the American forest — it is a land very largely of growing
trees (mere "children"): ergo — leave them "to the flames" to the
tune of 24.2 percent of their acreage.

"Damn the growth!" — such is the cardinal principle of the great
American timber policy. (This is my own translation of the Col-
onel's findings.) Between the fire's burning, the insect's devouring,
and the homo's cutting there are consumed each year in the U. S. A.
some 60 billions of board feet of timber, while there are grown
about 10 billions. Again — what of it? Aren't the other nations doing
likewise? Verily. "Everybody's doing it" (the Colonel cites them,
one by one) and "We have, therefore, the prospect of the whole
world competing for the soft-wood timber output of Sweden, Fin-
land, and Russia."

And what (facing this cheerful prospect) has been our dear gov-
ernment's foreign policy in the affair? Let the Colonel answer:
"In the face of waning wood supplies, at home and abroad, the
U. S. Department of Commerce expended much effort, time, and
money on facilitating the export annually up to a few years ago of
almost three billion feet of the remnants of our rapidly disappearing
wood supply."

So much for the Colonel's general findings. Then comes the body
of his fascinating story. There are forty-eight chapters, beginning
with Alabama and ending with Wyoming. Each state has its own
little portion of the drama. The plot alas is repeated in each case
(no fault of the author) but each with its local incident and point.
Here indeed is the history of America — one of her histories; the tale
of one of her great activities — the tale of American timber-mining.
And real history — not a paltry list of battles. And written by a man
of war. First of all read the conclusion and memorize the following:
"A last word of appeal. . . . Public ownership and restoration of
these lands must come."

BENTON MACK.AYE

Shape-Notes and Spirituals

WHITE SPIRITUALS IN THE SOUTHERN UPLANDS, by George Pullen
Jackson. University of North Carolina Press. 444 pp. Price $4.50 postpaid of Surrey
Graphic

DR. JACKSON has written a fascinating book and one of great
importance to students of folklore. He has taken an especial
interest in, and given a great deal of space to, "shape-note" singers.
My own father used to sing from shape-notes and I can still re-
member the musical controversies between him and my mother,
who was well informed musically and stuck to more conventional
notation. Shape-notes constitute a device for indicating the melodic
line without the use of our present method of notation. There were
no staves. The notes were indicated by geometrical figures, squares,
triangles, diamonds, circles. Dr. Jackson follows the history of these
shape-notes with amazing and fascinating persistence.

The lyrics were of course old-fashioned, but they served their
purpose. They also gave the Negro most of his good ideas. Dr.
Jackson has done magnificent research on the subject of Negro
spiritual origins. In his book he has pages upon pages of parallels,
one column given over to the early songs of the white southern
mountaineers, and the other column to similar songs sung by the
southern Negroes. The Negro came to this country without knowl-
edge of our language, or musical scale, our method of rhyming, our
method of applying words to music, and certainly not the slightest
conception of our religious teachings. The dramatis personae of the
Bible were unknown to him. Salvation through Jesus Christ was
an absolute mystery. But here a few score of years after his arrival
we find him singing the Bible, because he could not read it.

Dr. Jackson goes definitely about proving the origin of many if
not most of the best spirituals sung by our southern Negroes. We
all know that the Negro has never been satisfied with the songs of
others. His musical history is one of continual remanufacture. He
was also offended by the round-about method of the verses. The
Negro is nothing if not direct. So his remanufacture of the early
southern white songs is a truly remarkable thing to observe. He
made over tunes, he revamped the verses and many times the senti-
ments. And in almost every case he improved on the originals so
that they seem a bit ineffective.

However, the shape-note singers carried on a long time, and the

dramatic story of the lives of these pioneers is an engrossing one. Dr.
Jackson's management of the text never falters. His style is vigorous
and for a book that might otherwise be endlessly dull this is a pleas-
ant surprise. Shape-note singing conventions still exist. The singers
are in every case very simple people and nearly always farmers.
They take their singing seriously, so seriously that we have even
had legends of shape-note shootin's.

I would suggest this work to every folk-lorist, to all interested in
American origins, to students of the Elizabethan tradition, to
English departments, to young men and ladies about to write
theses, and to all foreigners who have long been convinced that our
ancestors were a wild lot.

JOHN JACOB NILES

THE EARLY YEARS OF MODERN CIVIL ENGINEERING, by Richard S,
Kirby and Philip G. Laurson. Yale University Press. 324 pp. Price t4.

CIVIL engineers have changed the face of Nature with their
canals, roads, railroads, tunnels, bridges, waterworks, sewers,
materials: our delicate civilization rests on these foundations. Yet
only in 1 76 1 did old John Smeaton call himself civil (versus mili-
tary) engineer. Here is the story of developing skills and triumph
with many grand pictures. We miss a chapter on the social in-
fluences— are these changers not behind public health, city plans,
transportation? Here is a study of our technological roots, and they
seem important!

A PRIMER OF MONEY, by Donald B. Woodward and Marc A. Rose. Whitllesey
House. 261 pp. Price $2.

THE authors of this excellent little book "earnestly hope for the
scorn of pedants." They probably will be disappointed. They are
writing for those who are not used to the professional economist's
technical terms. They have covered a vast amount of material about
the history of money, foreign exchange, rates of interest, banking,
the government's relation to banking and the present-day problems
of the prices, business cycles, the difficulties after the war, managed
currency and the like. There are numerous illustrations of quaint
and curious forms of money and of famous coins such as the pine
tree shilling, and "pieces of eight." The treatment is remarkable
for its adequacy and brevity.

THE MARCH OF DEMOCRACY, by James Truslow Adams, Vol. I. The Rise of
the Union; 428 pp. Vol. II, From Civil War to World Power. Scribner's. 423 pp.
Price, $3.50 each postpaid of Survey Graphic.

FROM pre-historic Indians to President Franklin D. Roosevelt,
here is our story. Dr. Adams is not an historian with a formula,
forcing his material through the funnel of economic determinism,
custom and manner, the exploitation of "the people," or what have
you. He accepts life — individual and national — as a complex of
many forces and circumstances. The task of the historian, as he
performs it, is to mirror the whole pageant, the setting, the actors,
the colors, the overtone, the perspective, the movement. In his
introduction, he says, "I have tried to hold the balance even, and
not to substitute for the old 'drum and trumpet' merely the voices
and motives of the market-place, or a picturesque account of
manners and arts and thought." The layman who writes this note
cannot testify to the technical values of the two volumes, but to the
fact that for general readers who sense the stirring present not as
an isolated anecdote but as part of a significant whole, these books
offer rich and clarifying experience.

THE CHANCE TO REBUILD THE U.S.A.

(Continued from page 421)

upon the clear-sightedness, the integrity, the unselfish public
spirit of our civic leaders, and almost equally on their quickness.
The time element is important. If our plans are not ready promptly,
less useful undertakings will have exhausted the available funds."
To old-time speculative builders, the statement made by
Eugene Klaber of Chicago, that in housing the first item to deter-
mine is the rental that the prospective tenant can pay, and the
last the price that can be afforded for land, must sound like rank
heresy. But this was a conference that was not deterred by past

practices — only practices which would help directly in the achieve-
ment of its objective were of interest. Although as Mr. Klaber
pointed out, land is the most variable item, he offered a formula
whereby the appropriate land cost — the exact sum that can be
afforded for any given project — may be determined. Despite the
bugaboo of high land values that must be considered in rebuild-
ing slum areas, "blighted areas are bankrupt areas and in liqui-
dating a bankruptcy no one gets 100 cents on every dollar of his
investment. The equity holder and the mortgagee must both
face a loss and the community as well, for its assessments have
been pegged on a supposed value that does not exist."

Howard Whipple Green's convincing analysis of the census
data of Cleveland to prove his point that much material available
as background for planning is being wasted the country over will
no doubt inspire many of his interested listeners to do what they
can so that their communities will no longer be on the guilty list.

Ralph Borsodi's detailed description of tbe Homestead Unit
being tried out with a group of thirty-five families seven miles
from Dayton, Ohio, under his guidance offered by its proponents
as a means not only of meeting the housing and unemployment
problems of its pioneer residents but as suggesting a technique
more generally applicable, was followed by a lively discussion.
Inasmuch as $25,000,000 is reserved under the terms of the
Industrial Recovery Act for loans for subsistence homesteads "to
provide for aiding the redistribution of the overbalance of popu-
lation in industrial centers," the Dayton plan, though in opera-
tion only a few months, is significant.

And finally Appleton D. Clark's report on the successful housing
projects of two limited-dividend companies in Washington, D. C.,
which have done much in reclaiming the alleys of the capital
city, indicated beyond peradventure of a doubt one method for
tackling the problem of slum clearance.

The sum and substance of the conference's recommendations
were embodied in a set of resolutions unanimously adopted at the
final meeting, and subsequently submitted for the consideration
of those responsible for the administration of those portions of the
new law not related to slum clearance and housing. That these
resolutions comprise an authoritative and forward-looking hous-
ing and slum clearance program will not be doubted when the
membership of the committee is considered: Daniel E. Morgan
of Cleveland, chairman; Alfred Bettman of Cincinnati, Harold S.
Buttenheim of New York, Ernest M. Fisher of Ann Arbor, Eugene
Klaber of Chicago, Charles T. Lewis of Pittsburgh, John Nolen of
Boston, Alfred K. Stern of Chicago and Edith Elmer Wood of
New York.

No doubt these suggestions, as well as any others to come, will
be welcomed by the powers that be in this first year of the New
Deal.

THE BOUNCER OF THE BLUEBIRD INN

(Continued from page 403)

would rule out Mike and the Buick. Sergeant Jacobs thought
out loud.

"I was an inspector then with Ralph here [Pieraccini] and was
on my way to report at Police Headquarters where I was due at
5.30 o'clock."

Click! Mike Morelli was in the picture. This member of the
gang was landed with the possession of a Buick automobile of the
same type and age as the murder car at precisely the critical time.
Moreover, this Buick vanished after April 15, 1920.

But Sergeant Jacobs had not completed his narrative. He
referred again to his notebook indicating an entry dated April 24,
1920, "154E, Black Cole '8' Touring." He then related the follow-
ing incident while Saftel and I listened like children to a ghost
story.

"On the afternoon of April 24 I found a big, black, dull-looking
touring car, a Cole '8' standing at the curb in front of Joe Fiore's
restaurant which had the reputation of being a pretty tough
place. What attracted my attention was the number plate, 'R. I.
154E.' It was the same number I had seen (Continued on page 433)

431

TRAVELER'S

NOTEBOOK

Adirondack Summer July Features at a most
modern and complete adult camp

1. The Group Theatre presents success
story, House of Connelly 1931 , with origi-
nal New York cast.

2. The Compinsky trio resumes its series of
intimate chamber music recitals.

Private Golf Course
Reduced Rates

Booklet on Request

Lena Barish Sam Garlen

1 1 West 42nd Street

New York City

Chickering 4-1345

FOR FURTHER

INFORMATION

APPLY NEW YORK

OFFICE

EARN A TOUR TO EUROPE

All or part by organizing and acting as ship hostess. Liberal
commissions. Best selling tours. 26,000 satisfied clients.

200 lourj to ehooM horn, 25 dayi $179. Mediterranean Cruise S365.
Around the World $595.

B. F. ALLEN ' 1 54 Boylston Street ' Boston, Massachusetts

Farm Summer for Boys 12 and under. 500-acres woods, brooks, meadows, orchard,
swimming pool, on mountainside }/* mile from highway; cows, chickens, vegetables.
J25 per week; $100 per month. Also few boys school year '33-'34. Cornelia Stratton
Parker and Sons Carleton, Harvard '30; James, Wis. ex-'32; and June, Smith '36.
Swiss Meadows, Willlamstown, Mass.

BROOKWOOD LABOR COLLEGE (Katonah, N. Y.)

Write for folder

A Charming New England Resort

Chase' s - on - Lake Sunapee

In the Lake and Mountain Region

Thoroughly modern in its appointments.

Horseback riding and golf nearby.

Boating, bathing, fishing.

Fresh vegetables, milk and cream from our own farms.

91~.&0 to $22 a week. Special season and family rates.

ANNA CHASE P. O. GEORGES MILLS, N. H.

SWISS MEADOWS. Spend the week-end or longer in 200-year-old beamed and
paneled farmhouse overlooking Berkshire hills and valleys. Fruit blossoms, lilacs,
brooks, woods, meadows.

Cornelia Stratton Parker, Willlamstown, Massachusetts.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

Russian Balance

RUSSIA DAY BY DAY, by Corliss and Margaret Lamont. Cmiiri Frirde. 260 pp.
Price $2 postpaid of Survey Graphic

RUSSIA Day By Day is a curious book. As a diary of two young
people who travel under the auspices of Intourist and who sec
"everything" in a two-months circle from Leningrad to Moscow,
South, down the Volga, to Tiflis and Batum, back to Kiev, it tells
nothing new to people who read the current accounts in magazines
and newspapers. But as a human document it is priceless.

Mr. and Mrs. Lamont, belonging by birth to Capitalism, are
Socialist by sympathy and conviction. They went to Russia aggres-
sively prejudiced in favor of the USSR. Being intelligent and
scrupulously honest they trembled lest their known bias should
influence their judgments. For that reason they tell the bitter with
the sweet, they balance every advantage with its disadvantage,
they weed the picture carefully of any exuberance, and the result is
devastatingly devoid of any sense of humanity. Russia is a "vast
experiment," accomplishing miracles. There is not yet enough
food due to obvious and understandable reasons. Travel is incon-
venient, but the Russians are unbelievably patient. There is little
hot water in the hotels. Foreigners with valuta get better food and
service than do Russians, also for good reasons. The volume is ad-
dressed to those carping critics who see no good in Russia and the
general conclusion of the authors seems to be that things could
be much worse.

It is interesting to compare this book with Eimi by E. E. Cum-
mings. Mr. Cummings, with an anti-Socialist bias as pronounced
as the pro-Socialist bias of the Laments, spent a month in the
Socialist Republic. Whereas the Laments saw all the things that
good tourists should see — a prophylactorium, Young Pioneers
camps, community kitchens, parks of culture and rest, divorce and
marriage courts, and so on — Mr. Cummings sees none of these.
Yet from Mr. Cummings' book, in spite of him, emerges a people,
human beings carrying on as human beings do in whatever coun-
try under whatever system, while the Lamonts in their apologia for
Socialism picture a structure, a dead skeleton, overrun with useful
activities and not a person anywhere — unless it might be the Red
soldiers who pulled them out of the mud.

The problem that this contradiction poses seems to be literary
rather than politico-sociological, but a better preparation for an
understanding of human attitudes toward the Russian experi-
ment, than the reading of these two current books, can hardly be
imagined.

HELEN MEARS

The Spirit of England

THE ARROW OF GOLD, by Alan C. Tarbal. Yeavil-West Gauttc Co.. Ltd.

A GAY little volume on England has come to us from a private
printing — not of the Machine Age for it seeks the spirit
wherever it may be found, in legend, or tradition, or even in fact,
and the writer laughs at his own veracity. He gives short, vivid,
picturesque glimpses of interesting places. You see the foundations
on which England and America are raised, very different at long
last from those beginnings; and such beauty and mellow peace lie
over it all. Between the school of Alfred the Great and American
public schools is a far journey; but, in his efforts to teach thegns'
sons and heirs of the middle classes to read and write, Alfred started
education in the English tongue which has nourished such different
ideals as William of Wykham's Winchester school, with its centu-
ries of traditions, and our own. And so on. The author says of his
pages: "Take them for what they are (or are not) worth, take them
for the cameos and lightning portraits that they set out to be."

M.P.S.K.

432

(Continued Jrom page 431) on the new Buick, the one that Mike
Morell had been driving. The whole thing looked fishy, so I went
to inquire, although I was not on duty at the time. At a table in-
side I saw four men who looked like Italians, one of whom was
Frank Morell, a brother of Mike, from Providence, but a frequent
visitor here.

"The men were extremely nervous when they saw me come in.
They acted apprehensive. One was a short, heavy-set man with a
wide, square face and high cheek bones. I can never forget that
man's face. As I approached he made a movement with his hand
toward his pocket and I thought he was going to draw a gun. As I
was unarmed at the time I was badly scared but tried not to show
it. Fortunately, Frank spoke up.

" 'What's the matter, Jake?' he said quickly, 'What do you
want with me? Why are you picking on me all the time?'

"'Look here, Frank,' I said, 'there's a Cole car downstairs with
a number plate that I've seen on a Buick car that Mike's been
driving. How did that happen?'

"At that the bunch eased up somewhat.

" 'Oh,' said Frank, 'that's a dealer's plate. You see, I'm in the
automobile business and we just transfer plates from one car to
another.'

"I had no way of contradicting Frank so I left the restaurant
and talked the matter over later with Ralph. At the time of the
South Braintree murders and payroll robbery, he and I had
suspected the Morells, especially on account of Mike and the Buick
car, so that the actions of that bunch at Fiore's made us more
suspicious. Shortly after that, however, Sacco and Vanzetti were
arrested and as I had no definite evidence, I dropped the matter."

In this manner did Sergeant Jacobs throw the web of circum-
stance around the Morellis, with Captain Pieraccini nodding his
approval. Only a few days before I had set out for the Bluebird Inn
feeling that Madeiros had invented an impossible story. Con-
firmation had accumulated with great rapidity and in incon-
trovertible form, but I was totally unprepared for the news that
six years before police officials of New Bedford had suspected, with
good reason, the very gang now implicated by Madeiros.

Hurriedly I appraised the importance of Sergeant Jacobs' story.
The appearance of the new Buick just before April 15, with Mike
Morelli driving, the second appearance late in the afternoon of
April 15, and its dropping from view thereafter led to the vital
inferences already mentioned. The worn pocket-notebook with its
pencil-scrawled numerals and dates riveted the events to the fatal
day. When the number plate "R. I. 154E" had been transferred
from the Buick to the Cole "8", the gap to the gang in Providence
had been closed because the Cole car was notoriously the gang
vehicle in Providence. This Cole was the property of Joe Morelli
and was used by the gang for various purposes including the
"spotting" of shipments. It was designated by Mr. Geary, the
lawyer who had defended the Morellis in the freight burglaries,
by U. S. Marshal John J. Richards, whose thorough preparation
of the federal case against them had resulted in their conviction,
and by Madeiros in his deposition. The Buick which vanished on
the day of the murder was therefore linked not merely to Mike
but to the entire "mob."

The confession of a confederate had led to our discovery of
circumstantial evidence more important as proof than the story
itself. The arm of coincidence could not possibly have been long
enough to corroborate a manufactured story by producing the
requisite gang with an impelling motive, by spreading on the
records of the federal court their knowledge of the Slater and Mot-
rill and Rice and Hutchins factories at South Braintree, or by
writing in the notebook of Police Sergeant Jacobs of New Bedford
his well founded suspicions, years before Madeiros was arrested.
Nevertheless the official attitude in Massachusetts continued not
merely apathetic but hostile toward the new evidence. We con-
tinued, therefore, to carry the burden of a private investigation.
From the records of jails, courts and police we pieced together the
hold-up party from members of the gang and their affiliates with
records for highway robbery, murderous assaults, hijacking.
We showed a portfolio of their photographs to witnesses at the
original trial, unsettling the identification of some, and eliciting

(In answering advertisements please

433

HEADERS

AND COLLECTORS OF

<DURO<DSA

Or ALL RACES

;END FOR FREE CATALOGUED
OF BOOKS ON
i SCIENTIFIC SEXUALIA,

ESCTERICA

. INEXPVIRGATED CLASSICS
, EXOTICALLV ILLUSTRATED '

D DEPi:GN,23O FIFTH AVE. NEWYORK

RACK NUMBERS

U of SURVEY and SURVEY GRAPHIC +*

AND ALL OTHER IMPORTANT MAGAZINES
FROM THE WORLD OVER

We furnish single copies, volumes and sets or
photostat reproductions of specific sections,
promptly and reasonably.

Write, phone or wire Periodicals Department

THE H. W. WILSON COMPANY

Since 1898 publishers to the library profession

950-972 University Avenue

New York City

DON'T COMMIT SUICIDE!

Find Out What's Wrong
With You

A staff of eminent psychologists is at your disposal
for advice, information, aid, in The

MODERN
PSYCHOLOGIST

Edited by DAGOBERT D. RUNES
From Current Issues

Men Without Women Frank Stevens

The Superiority Complex A. A. Roback

Fears and Their Elimination Smiley Blanton

Can the Homosexual Be Helped? Paul Donald

How to Adjust Your Personality Alfred Adler

25c at better newsstands. Send 25c for sample copy
or $1 .00 for five-month subscription to The Modern
Psychologist, 777 East 15th Street, New York City.

Name.

.S. G.

Address .

mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

EDUCATIONAL DIRECTORY

SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES

The New York School
of Social Work

r~T~«HE complete course of the School
J- extends over the equivalent of two
academic years. The year is divided
into four quarters. Normal programs
combining courses and field work rep-
resent 14 points each quarter. The
total requirement for the diploma is
84 points. The course, therefore, can
be completed in a consecutive period
of approximately eighteen months.
The fall quarter begins on October
third.

122 East 22nd Street
New York

THE PENNSYLVANIA SCHOOL OF
SOCIAL AND HEALTH WORK

Two-year program of graduate training for principal fields
of Social Work.

311 So. Juniper Street Philadelphia

SCHOOL FOR BOYS

fj ^J MILITARY ^^W

£ ACADEMY

An Honor Christian School with the hlchesl
academic rating. Junior School from six years.
Housemother. Separate building. Upper School
prepares for university or business. KOTC.
Every modem equipment. Catalogue, Dr. J. .1.
Wicker. Box 10O , Fork Union, Virginia.

SUBSCRIBE HERE

Survey Graphic — Monthly — $3.00
Survey Associates, Inc., 112 East 19th St., New York

Name... ..Address... ...8-1-33

Smith College School

for

Courses in

SOCIAL PSYCHIATRY, MEDICINE,

SOCIOLOGY, PSYCHOLOGY,

GOVERNMENT, CASE WORK

Leading to the degree of

MASTER OF SOCIAL SCIENCE

Students enrolled for the full course

are assigned to a social agency for

a period of nine months' supervised

intensive field work.

A summer course of eight weeks is
open to experienced social workers.

Address

THE DIRECTOR

College Hall 8, Northampton, Mass.

COOPERATIVE SCHOOL for
STUDENT TEACHERS

Class room experience alternating with
studio and seminar courses

Early applications advised for one year
course beginning October 1933

69 Bank Street

New York City

WILLOW
BROOK

Summer School
Nellie M. Seeds, Ph.D.

Freedom (o pioneer on a 200 acre farm
for 25 boys and siris, 7 to 1 5 years. Farm
animals, gardening. Dam building. Music,
Art, Swimming, Hiking, Community Life.
Modem Sanitation, $1 35 nine weeks.

Stanfordville, Dutches! Co., N. Y.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

434

swift recognition from others. Mr. Thompson secured important
clues from Jimmy Weeks, serving a life sentence at the State
Prison at Charlestown for accompanying Madeiros on the Wrentham
Bank venture. Mr. Richards and I paid a visit to the Federal
Penitentiary at Leavenworth, Kansas, where we interviewed Joe
Morelli, sentenced as the head of the gang which had been system-
atically robbing freightcars in Providence; the counterpart of
Sacco in height and weight and coloring, with features so like his
that state's witnesses mistook the one for the other when we
showed them their photographs. A few weeks later at Auburn
prison, I interviewed Mancini, also similar in height and weight
and coloring, the "big job" member of the gang who is doing
twenty years for manslaughter in the New York killing with which
I began. It was Henry Epstein, now assistant attorney-general of
New York, who unearthed for us the official report on the foreign
gun used in that crime, which clicked with the shells found at
South Braintree marked by the tell-tale foreign ejector-claw.

The detailed account of our search is contained in my book '
which the Vanguard Press will bring out August 22 — the sixth
anniversary of the electrocution of Sacco and Vanzetti. The evi-
dence we gathered in 1926-7 linking the Morelli gang to the South
Braintree killings was destined never to be presented to a jury.
Because we were never permitted so to submit it, I have called the
book in which the reader will find it set forth at length, The
Untried Case.

Of course, the jury which convicted Sacco and Vanzetti in 1920
had no knowledge of the facts incriminating the Morelli gang. Nor
did any person, except the New Bedford police, suspect them until
after the Madeiros confession in 1926. Few people today know the
chain of circumstances linking the Morellis to the South Braintree
killings. Governor Fuller took no interest in it. The committee
which he appointed misunderstood and omitted much of it. The
Supreme Judicial Court of Massachusetts ruled that it had no
power to determine the question. There was in fact only one judi-
cial hearing — if it may be called such — at which findings supporting
the Madeiros-Morelli theory were considered at length. This was
the hearing at Dedham in September 1926 upon our motion for a
new trial based upon the newly discovered evidence. According
to rule of court, our motion had to be presented before the judge
who had presided over the trial of Sacco and Vanzetti. That judge
was the late Webster Thayer. Judge Thayer had presided over
Vanzetti's trial at Plymouth for attempted highway robbery as
well as at Dedham where Sacco and Vanzetti were convicted of
murder. All earlier motions for a new trial had come before this
same judge and been denied by him. His denial of this motion
effectually ended all real hope of saving Sacco and Vanzetti.
Also, it shut off forever any official investigation into the possible
guilt of the Morellis, or of the truth of Madeiros' confession.
When Madeiros' last hour struck he marched to the chair, unshaken
and unshriven, followed immediately by Sacco and Vanzetti.
History had written that the execution of a thief was necessary to a
perfect Calvary.

Judge Thayer's passing this last year removes a fourth principal
from the grim drama of those days; but the legal aspect of the
case was long since closed by death. Our duty now is to the record
of history and the constructive lessons to be winnowed from the
experience.

The doctrine which the Supreme Judicial Court of Massachu-
setts enforced, in refusing to review the facts as well as the law on
appeal, was not invented in the Sacco-Vanzetti case, but had its
origin in a civil suit decided years before. The decision, however,
revealed a lack of power in the Appellate Court to correct in-
justices in important criminal cases. Thereupon, to provide against
similar situations in the future, the Judicial Council and the
attorney-general urged upon the next session of the legislature
that "the functions of the Supreme Judicial Court on appeal be
so broadened that it will be empowered to pass upon the whole
case, including questions of law or fact, and will have power to
order a new trial upon any ground if the interests of justice appear
to require it." This is the New York rule and not dissimilar from

'THE UNTRIED CASE, by Herbert B. Ehrmann. Vanguard Press. 252 pp.
Price $2.00. To be published August 22.

Loyola University

School of Social Work

Chicago

Professional courses for education and train-
ing for social work are offered, which, for
graduate students, lead to the Master's degree.

Undergraduate students with two years of
college work who otherwise qualify, may
enter the course as candidates for the Bache-
lor's degree.

AUTUMN QUARTER OPENS
SEPTEMBER 18, 1933

Bulletins and further information on request

28 North Franklin Street, Chicago

Untoersitp of Cfncago

ftthool of Social jfetrbitt 3bmuiistratton

Summer Quarter
Second Term, July 24-Aug. 25

Academic Year, 1933—34

Autumn Quarter, Oct. 2-Dec. 22
Winter Quarter, Jan. 2-Mar. 23
Spring Quarter, Apr. 2-June 13

Courses leading to the degree of
A.M. and Ph.D.

Qualified undergraduate students admitted
as candidates for the A.B. degree

Announcements on request

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

435

CLASSIFIED ADVERTISEMENTS

TEL., ALGONQUIN 4-7490 SURVEY GRAPHIC

112 EAST 19th STREET
NEW YORK CITY

SITUATIONS WANTED

WANTED: Position as Executive Secretary. Eight
years present position. Experienced organizer,
Children's, Family and Girls' welfare work. 7148
SURVEY.

Woman with M.A. degree, three years' graduate
study, experience in teaching and social service,
wishes teaching or administrative work, preferably
with girls or young women. 7149 SURVEY.

Young woman, twenty-six, single, A.B. and two years
nurses' training. Experience includes traveling with
patient, department store and office work. South in
winter. Temporary or permanent. References. 7150
SURVEY.

SOCIAL WORKER now employed as Executive
Secretary, County Welfare, R. F. C., desires change
September 1st. References. 7151 SURVEY.

Colored man, A.B. Degree. Trained in all phases of
Social Work at Accredited School. Four years experi-
ence. Will work anywhere. 7152 SURVEY.

FOR SALE

DAMAGED BOOKS

40% OFF REGULAR

PRICE

For Complete List of Books

write
THE SURVEY

Book Department

112 East 19th Street

New York, N. Y.

BOARD

KILKENNY LODGE and Cottages. In the Adiron-
dacks at Elizabethtown, N. Y. Excellent food — mod-
erate prices — most exceptional place between New
York and Montreal. Our grounds adjoin Cobble Hill
Golf Course. Address Stanley S. Kilkenny.

MULTIGRAPHING

MIMEOGRAPHING

ADDRESSING

FILLING-IN

FOLDING

COMPLETE MAILINGS

QUICK SERVICE LETTER COMPANY

I NC OH FORATEO

S PARK PLACE — NEW YORK
TELEPHONE — BARCLAY 7-94S3

• • •

SALES CAMPAIGNS

PLANNED AND WRITTEN

Your Own Agency

This is the counseling and placement agency
sponsored jointly by the American Association
of Social Workers and the National Organization
for Public Health Nursing. National. Non-
profit making.

(Agency)

130 East 22nd St.

New York

GERTRUDE R. STEIN, Inc.
VOCATIONAL SERVICE AGENCY
18 EAST 41sT STREET, NEW YORK

Lexington 2-6677

We are interested in placing those who have
a professional attitude towards their work.
Executive secretaries, stenographers, case
workers, hospital social service workers, settle-
ment directors; research, immigration, psychi-
atric, personnel workers and others.

PAMPHLETS

Rates: 75c per line for 4 insertions

The World Crisis. Problems confronting you. 15
cents postpaid. Stephen Kisel, 610, 7 East 42nd
St., N. Y.

PERIODICALS

The American Journal of Nursing shows the part
which trained nurses are taking in the betterment
of the world. Put it in your library. $3.00 a year.
450 Seventh Ave., New York, N. Y.

Mental Hygiene: quarterly: $3.00 a year; published
by the National Committee for Mental Hygiene,
450 Seventh Ave., New York.

the English practice. The Judicial Council and the attorney-
general's office are the two bodies in the commonwealth charged
with recommending improvement in the administration of justice.
Nevertheless, so strong was the feeling in Massachusetts against
Sacco and Vanzetti, then dead for six months, that a few loud and
absurd shouts from persons having no responsibility killed this
highly desirable and civilized legislative proposal. To label any-
thing "Sacco-Vanzetti propaganda" was a blight sufficient to
wither any measure in the Legislature of Massachusetts in the
year 1928. This defect in Massachusetts procedure still stands —
dead though Sacco and Vanzetti are these six years. Until it is
removed, here, and in other states, our justice is needlessly vul-
nerable; and the chances are increased that other innocent men
may be executed and the evidence that would clear them go
untried.

THE EIGHTH ADVENTURE

(Continued from page 406)

There is a kind of plea for pity in that, and for justice. It is the
plea of a spirit wounded by the indifferences and cruelties which
attend our ordinary behaviors. Why must we have this bitter-ugly
world of dispossessing, of passionate acquisitiveness, when the
beautiful uselessnesses might be as free and as accessible as the air
we breathe under clean heavens?

It is this plea which is the growing note of spiritual revolt in our

world. Our ways of life, we realize, have been too low for such
greatness of life as lies within us. It is this spiritual revolt which
underlies all others, and it is in the pursuance of this demand that
life be made adequate to its possibilities that this new adventure
becomes more important and more profoundly revolutionary
than all the others. As it moves toward its completion, it must
fulfill what the other enterprises were unable to accomplish for the
reason that no one of them was sufficiently thorough-going in its
demands. The Pilgrim Fathers had a sense of spiritual freedom —
for themselves. They could not sense a generous freedom for all.
Our political forefathers could conceive of a democracy of the
ballot; they could not yet conceive of that equality of life-oppor-
tunity without which the equality of the ballot becomes a farce.
The founders of our schools could conceive of a battle against
illiteracy; they could not yet conceive of that more significant
and enduring battle which confronts ignorance and prejudice in
all their forms and which should make the school — from our
infancy to old age — the place of a seeking unhampered and un-
afraid. The emancipators of the slave could visualize one kind of
slavery; they were as yet too restricted in vision to realize the
thousand-fold forms of bondage that must be removed before man
— black or white — could be called truly free.

The makers of machines could conceive of conquering nature;
they were too shortsighted to realize that there were forces in man
himself that needed conquering if the very machine was not to
become a monstrosity and a despair. The emancipators of women
could visualize the removal of a single disability; they could not
yet see that this disability was but one of many, and that only by

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

436

a profoundly reconstructed view of the place of both men and
women in society could women be truly liberated. The fighters for
a world made safe for democracy could visualize the defeat of an
immediate enemy; their own efforts at peace, following the war,
indicated all too clearly that they did not realize — among them-
selves and their foes — a far more wide-flung enemy that needed
overcoming.

Today there is the plea among us for a more than verbal justice,
the plea for a new viewing of the possibilities of life. But what is
even more significant, it is a plea that begins to be made through-
out the world. The spiritual revolution in our American thought
and institutions is being duplicated among civilized peoples
everywhere. As it gains in momentum, it is due to carry to some
measure of completion the older enterprises of emancipation.

"Humanity," wrote Jan Smuts some years ago, "has struck its
tents, and is again on the move." It is civilization that is moving,
an old civilization advancing into a new one. It is the individualistic
state changing into the social state. There may, indeed, be ahead
of us a requisite forty years of wandering in the wilderness, but
there are unmistakable pillars of cloud by day and of fire by night
that encourage us in the belief that we are in fact moving toward
our own promised land.

CAN WETS AND DRYS BEAR THE WHOLE TRUTH?

(Continued from page 413)

Intoxication is as properly applied to the person who has taken
a quart of 3 percent beer in whose blood from three to four hun-
dredths of a percent of alcohol will be found within an hour and a
quarter, as it is to the drinker of a quart of whiskey which will raise
his blood alcohol to a lethal point in the same period of time. In-
toxication is present in both but in different degrees.

It is useless to wrangle about a particular alcohol percent of a
permissible or illegal beverage as intoxicating or not when the
conditions of drinking, intervals between drinks, presence or ab-
sence of food, especially fatty foods, habituation to the drug, indi-
vidual susceptibility, temperature, hunger, fatigue, occupation,
all play their part in affecting the amount of alcohol in the blood,
upon which depends every phenomenon of intoxication from slight
errors in arithmetic, typing, copying, memory, to gross physical
incompetence. The more concentrated the alcohol, the more in-
toxicating its effects, the amount being the same.

It is of universal concern for every one of us, whether passenger,
driver or pedestrian, that amounts of alcohol in the blood far less
than are needed to give a classical picture of drunkenness, i.e.,
intoxication a la police, will constitute effective intoxication,
making dangerous the failure of the motorist's eye and ear, hand
and foot, in the midst of traffic or where conditions of grade, curves
and weather demand the quickest muscular response to reflex or
will.

Persons with .25 percent of alcohol in the brain behave in an
intoxicated manner in ordinary lay opinion. It is of more than
academic interest that commonly when alcohol is taken to a non-
intoxicating degree, as recognizable on the street, the effects are
in fact intoxicating as shown in a deterioration of about 10 percent
in the speed and accuracy of muscular coordination, in mental
association, in sensory appreciation, in attention and concentration
and in the ability to think and reason.

A drink or a series of drinks of a particular strength or total
alcohol content may or may not be intoxicating according to the
measuring level of the people affected by the conduct of the drinker.
Individually we are no more intoxicated by alcohol than were our
ancestors, but collectively we are more at the mercy of minor toxic
effects of alcohol than ever before because of our use of speed and
power. For this reason what was not in fact intoxication in 1900 is
intoxication today.

Can wets and drys agree on definitions and terms? Will both
accept all the facts? There will still remain the question between
the individual's wish and society's needs, which is difficult enough
to answer without a clutter of willful misunderstandings.

The Zitis are summering
on the fire-escape

Little ones huddled on the iron steps . . . tired grown-ups
at the window-sills. A sorry way to spend a summer. . .

Yet, in all likelihood, the only thing you can do to help
the Zitis is to make their dingy flat a bit more liveable; a
bit cleaner. And that's where Fels-Naptha can lend a hand.
For Fels-Naptha brings extra help that will make it easier
for Mrs. Ziti to get more cleaning done!

Fels-Naptha, you see, is two helpers instead of one. Good
golden soap and plenty of naptha in each big bar. \\ orking
together, they loosen stubborn dirt without hard rubbing —
even in cool water! They clear streaky windows. They
freshen grubby floors. They brighten everything. All of
which means a pleasanter summer for the whole family —
and an easier one for Mrs. Ziti!

For a sample bar of Fels-Naptha, write Fels & Co.,
Philadelphia, Pa., mentioning the Survey Graphic.

FELS-NAPTHA

'• THE GOLDEN BAR WITH THE CLEAN NAPTHA ODOR

L ... _ .. ... . . ._

"Modern Home Equipment"

A«k for Booklet S— it will be tent postpaid

LEWIS & CONGER

45th Street and Sixth Avenue, New York City

LITERARY:

We assist in preparing special articles, papers, speeches,
debates. Expert scholarly service. AUTHOR'S RESEARCH
BUREAU, 516 Fifth Avenue, New York.

ARE YOU READY

for
THE NEW DEAL?

Is your typewriter an-
tique or is it new, up-to-
date? Let us tell you about
the new

REMINGTON NOISELESS No. 7

which is rapidly becoming a favorite in offices
where people want to think as well as work.

Write or phone for particulars

Mary R. Anderson

1 12 E. 19th Street, New York

Algonquin 4-7490

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

437

Index to Advertisers

August 1, 1933

GENERAL

Advertising Federation of America Second Caver

American Telephone & Telegraph Company 392

Fels & Company 437

Lewis & Conger 437

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Back Cover

Remington Noiseless No. 7 437

TRAVEL AND RESORTS

B. F. Allen 432

Brookwood Labor College 432

Chase's-on-Lake Sunapee 432

Green Mansions 432

Pocono Study Tours, Inc 391

Swiss Meadows 432

EDUCATIONAL

Author's Research Bureau 437

Cooperative School for Student Teachers 434

Fork Union Military Academy 434

Loyola University School of Social Work 435

New York School of Social Work 434

Pennsylvania School of Social & Health Work 434

Smith College School for Social Work 434

University of Chicago School of S. S. Administration 435

Willow Brook Summer School 434

PUBLISHERS

Falstaft Press 433

Modern Psychologist 433

The H. W. Wilson Company 433

DIRECTORY

Social Organizations Third Cover

CLASSIFIED

Situations Wanted 436

Employment Agencies

Joint Vocational Service, Inc 436

Gertrude R. Stein, Inc 436

Printing, Multlgraphlng, Typewriting, Etc.

Quick Service Letter Co., Inc 436

Kilkenny Lodge 436

Pamphlets and Periodicals 436

PLANNING IN PLACE OF RESTRAINT

(Continued from page 396)

(In answering advertisements

particularistic working out of problems as they arise. The law no
longer lies dormant upon the statute books awaiting the incidence
of a wrong; it is alive at every minute to help people do the right
thing.

Furthermore, the right thing is no longer confined to the man-
dates of ancient commandments and the benevolent ideas of earlier
governments. It includes the abolition of economic exploitation
and of the degradation of laborers which results from starvation
wages and excessively long hours. It includes all of the measures
necessary, in the light of present experience, to bring order into
industry and to guarantee social justice to all of its participants.

The new experimentalism in government imposes heavy but
necessary duties upon administrative agencies. They alone are
capable of taking the lead in sifting and weighing the congeries of
conflicting interests which perplexes us today. They alone are
competent to bring an all-embracing viewpoint to bear upon com-
mon problems. In full recognition of this the new legislation sets up
only the barest outlines of policy. It delegates to administrative
agencies the task of practical application.

The success of the administrators will depend upon the extent to
which they can transcend merely prohibitory functions and as-
sume the leadership in economic planning. An illustraticn of what
I mean will be found in the wage problem. The Recovery Act pro-
vides for the establishment of minimum wages. But it does not
define the ultimate scope nor the purpose of wage regulation. It
will be one thing to ban wage-rates falling below the level of de-
cency. It will be an immeasurably different task to coordinate the
returns to labor and capital in such a way as to insure the unin-
terrupted utilization of full plant capacities. And it will require the
fire of imagination and the touch of political genius to relegate even
the difficult problem of eliminating the business cycle to a position
subordinate to the establishment of actual justice for the man who
toils.

The same is true of the codes of fair competition for industry.
The outlawing of the price-cutter and the faker is a mere bagatelle
compared to the task of laying the foundations for directing the
course of industrial activity along the lines of public welfare. Re-
moving the obstructions is no more than preparation for building
the broad new highway. In the latter undertaking lie our hopes for
the future.

There is already a heartening illustration of what may be ac-
complished by the joint willingness of the administration and in-
dustry to go beyond the express provisions of the law. The Recovery
Act makes no specific reference to child labor, although it is be-
lieved that the establishment of minimum wages on the basis of
what an adult worker should receive will tend to eliminate the em-
ployment of minors. But on the second day of the hearings on
codes of fair competition for the cotton textile industry, that in-
dustry proposed the abandonment of the employment of children
under 16 years of age. According to the Census of 1930, this will
affect immediately over ten thousand boys and girls who have
been suffering under some of the most disgraceful conditions ever
witnessed in an enlightened country. Other industries are certain
to follow this step. Thus, the voluntary action of industry is doing
today what legislation vainly strove for during years when the
popular temper was different. This achievement should be hailed
as a harbinger of what is to be expected from a genuine acceptance
of the opportunities for action which are created by the Recovery
Act.

This embarkation upon economic reconstruction requires the
earnest, intelligent cooperation of industrialists, workers and the
country at large. Even a police regulation cannot be successful
without popular support. In the new acts, regulation plays a
minor part. It supplies the element of control to a great national
experiment. If the majority of the American people understand
this experiment and come forward in eager participation, it can-
not fail to lead us to a better way of living.
please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

438

The majority of cancers
-in early stages -can be
successfully and completely
removed or destroyed by

Surgery, X-rays or Radium

^ PRE AD the encouraging findings
<-J about cancer. Too many people
can see only the dark side of cancer.
There is a widespread and mistaken
belief that cancer is incurable and
that nothing can be done to stop its
destructive progress. Such belief leads
people, who have reason to suspect
its presence, to delay having an exam'
ination — until it is too late.

Another reason why cancer often
gains headway is because in its first i>
stages it is usually painless and there'
fore disregarded.

Wounds that refuse to heal — warts,
moles, scars and birthmarks that
change in size or color or become
scaly — abnormal lumps or strange
growths under the skin in the breast
and elsewhere — unnatural discharges
-all call for immediate action.

Jagged or broken teeth should be
smoothed off or removed. Continued
irritation of the tongue or any other

part of the body is often the begin'
ning of cancer. When any one of the
first signs of cancer is discovered,
there is no time to lose. If an early
discovery is made, the probabilities
are that surgery, X'rays, or radium
can effect complete recovery.

Cancer is neither contagious nor
hereditary, although the history of
the disease shows that certain types
of individuals and certain families
are more susceptible to cancer than
others.

Some forms of cancer are obscure
and can be detected only by a phy
sician who has had long experience
with the disease, but many of the or'
dinary first symptoms would almost
surely be discovered in a thorough
periodic health examination.

Tell people that cancer in its first
stages can usually be entirely re'
moved or totally destroyed. Help to
save lives.

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

FREDERICK H. ECKER, PRESIDENT

ONE MADISON AVE., NEW YORK, N. Y.

Buainesa

SURVEY GRAPHIC, published monthly and copyright 1933 by SURVEY ASSOCIATES, Inc. Publication office. 10 Ferry Street, Concord. N. H. Editorial and B __
office, 112 East 19th Street, New York. Price: this issue (September, 1933; Vol. XXII, No. 9) 30cts.; $3 a year; foreign postage, 50 cts. extra; Canadian. 30 cts. Changes of address
should be mailed to us five weeks in advance. When payment is by check receipt will be sent only upon request. Entered as" second-class matter at the post office at Concord
[. H., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at a special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917; authorized December 21. 1921.
President, Lucius R. Eastman. Secretary, Ann Reed Brenner. Treasurer, Arthur Kellogg.

FRIEND

NEIGHBOR

CLOSE to those who live in small towns, and farther
out upon the farms, is the helpful service of the
telephone operator.

In the truest sense, she is both friend and
neighbor. Ties of kinship and association bind her
to those whose voices come across the wires.
Through her switchboard pass many messages
that are important to the life and business of the
community.

Bright and early in the morning she puts
through a call that helps a farmer locate a drill
for sowing oats. Another connection finds out if
Jim Thomas, "over near Bogard," is feeding a
bunch of calves and needs any shelled corn. An-
other gets the latest price on heavy hogs for Bill
Simpson, and helps him catch the market near the

top. Through the day she aids in calling a
doctor for Mrs. Moore, whose baby is ill. Plugs in
an emergency call that sends an ambulance east of
town. Puts through a long distance call for Bob
Roberts, whose boy attends the state college. Then,
through the night, stands ever ready to help those
in need.

Constantly in her mind and activities is one
fixed, guiding purpose . . . "Speed the call!" And
the further thought that she serves best when she
serves with courtesy andsympatheticunderstanding.

In the bustle of the city, as in town and coun-
try, that is the established creed of every employee
of the Bell System. Its faithful observance in so
large a percentage of cases is an important factor
in the value of your telephone service.

AMERICAN TELEPHONE

AND

TELEGRAPH

COMPANY

SURVEY GRAPHIC

Vol. XXII, No. 9

September 1933

CONTENTS

FRONTISPIECE Scissors picture by Martha Bensley Bruere 442

COTTON TEXTILES FIRST Henry P. Kendall 443

BELOW THE SURFACE Alice L. Hamilton 449

WILL BACK-TO-THE-LAND HELP? Noble Clark 455

MUSEUMS OF THE FUTURE Otto Neurath 458

WALKING CIRCUIT James William Sells 464

THE SKYSCRAPER Susan Goldmark 466

LABOR UNDER THE NIRA Lewis L. Lorwin 467

PSYCHOLOGISTS AND NURSE MAIDS

Eleanor Rowland Wembridge 471

"WHAT WENT YE OUT FOR TO SEE?"

John Palmer Gavit 473

LETTERS & LIFE Edited by Leon Whipple 475

THE TRAVELER'S NOTEBOOK 482

INDEX TO ADVERTISERS. . 486

Files of Survey Graphic will be found in public and college libraries.
All issues are indexed in the Readers' Guide to Periodical Literature.
Ask the Librarian.

THE GIST OF IT

THE first code was brought in by cotton textiles, our oldest industry
and the one that in this country as in England developed some of the
worst ills of the Industrial Revolution — long hours. low wages,
night work, child labor. Against the background of previous efforts
that have been made to salvage the industry on both its business and
its human sides during the depression, a leading mill owner, HENRY P.
KENDALL of Boston tells (page 443) of the new opportunity offered by
the Recovery Act and how it is being realized.

Lest readers find themselves as confused as were editors by the ini-
tials with which the day's news is bespattered, let us quote here the
paragraph that clarified the situation for us, from Bulletin No. 3,
issued by General Johnson's office:
1. Names.

To save space and time, we will call the National Industrial Recov-
ery Act NIRA and the National Recovery Administration NRA.

XA/HEN DR. ALICE HAMILTON of the Harvard Medical School went
to Germany early in the summer it was not as a stranger, but as a
friend of long standing. Since her years there as a student, just after her
graduation from medical school, Dr. Hamilton has frequently returned
for further study, to visit friends, or on some mission connected with
her work as member of the Health Committee of the League of
Nations or the advisory medical council of the International Labor
Office. How she found friends and acquaintances faring under Nazi
rule, what she saw in Hitler's "New Germany" she will tell in a series
of three articles, the first of which appears on page 449.

' D ACK to the land" is frequently offered as a simple, complete and
final answer to the problem of industrial unemployment. The
outlines of the American agricultural situation, and the many factors
that determine the success or failure of a farm venture today — from the
community standpoint as well as from the standpoint of John Jones
and his family — are considered, page 455. NOBLE CLARK is assistant
director of the Agricultural Experiment Station at the University of
Wisconsin and this article is based on his address before the annual
meeting of the Community Chests and Councils.

XA/HEN Mrs. Brenner of the Survey Graphic staff came back from
a summer spent in studying museum methods in Europe several
years ago, she was full of enthusiasm for the work of DR. OTTO NEU-
RATH in Vienna. Here at last was a museum in which man himself was
the exhibit and not the works of his hand. Last winter some of us in
New York had the privilege of hearing about the Vienna method of
visual education first-hand from Dr. Neurath. In his brief stay, he made
time to join us at staff luncheon and promised to write the article which
appears on page 458 of this issue. "Do not write it SO," said the
Editor, laying his hands heavily upon the table, "but SO!" fluttering
his fingers like butterflies. Dr. Neurath, who doesn't understand much
English, does understand sign-language. He hastily sketched an ele-
phant with a pencil like a redwood log held in his trunk. "Nicht SO,"
he agreed. Readers who recall Dr. Neurath's earlier discussion in our
Economic Planning number will welcome another article from the
same pen.

" kA AN does not live by bread alone," the REVEREND JAMES WILLIAM
SELLS agrees, but he states with detachment and good humor
some of the problems of the rural pastor the inadequacy of whose
salary makes it necessary to ride a far-flung circuit on "shank's mare,"
and leaves no margin to provide for such luxuries as books and periodi-
cals, hospital bills and new babies. Page 464.

CUSAN GOLDMARK, one of whose poems we are privileged to
*" publish, page 466, belongs to a remarkable group of sisters that in-
cludes Josephine and Pauline Goldmark, Mrs. Louis D. Brandeis and
Mrs. Felix Adler. Though restricted all her life by lameness, the lines
show how closely the poet has kept in touch with the world and with
forward social movements.

THE hazards and uncertainties inherent in a theory of economic
planning initiated and drafted by industry itself to serve the ends of
private profit before those of social gain have already been analyzed
for Survey Graphic readers by LEWIS L. LORWIN in the course of a bril-
liant series of articles, December 1931, February and March 1932.
Why after only a brief experience, labor looks with doubt and disap-
pointment at this type of planning in operation he presents from his
place of vantage on the staff of Brookings Institution in Washington —
"the most exciting capital in the world." Page 467.

kA ORE as practicing parent than as Referee of the Juvenile Court of
Cleveland, ELEANOR ROWLAND WEMBRIDGE rises to say a few
words on psychologists and what they know (and don't know) about
this business of bringing up children. Page 471.

CURVEY ASSOCIATES, INC., is cooperating with the NRA, not
only by serving as a medium of report and interpretation, but by
signing the "blanket code" pending the adoption of a code for pub-
lishers. To come under the code called for no change in wages or hours
in this office. And despite the pitfalls depression opens up before a
cooperative publishing venture such as ours, we have not resorted to
dismissals or wage cuts to meet the budgetary emergencies of the past
four years.

SURVEY ASSOCIATES, INC.

Publication Office, 10 Ferry Street, Concord, N. H.
General Office, 1 1 2 East 1 9 Street, New York, to which all corres-
pondence should be addressed.

SURVEY GRAPHIC— Monthly— $3.00 a Year
THE SURVEY— Monthly— S3.00 a Year

Lucius R. EASTMAN, president; JULIAN W. MACK, JOSEPH P. CHAM-
BERLAIN, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, vice-presidents; ANN REED BRENNER,
secretary; ARTHUR KELLOGG, treasurer.

PAUL U. KELLOGG, editor.

ARTHUR KELLOGG, managing editor; MARY Ross, BEULAH AMIDON,
LEON WHIPPLE, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, LOULA D. LASKER, FLORENCE
LOEB KELLOGG, GERTRUDE SPRINGER, associate editors.

EDWARD T. DEVINE, GRAHAM TAYLOR, JANE ADDAMS, JOSEPH K.
HART, HAVEN EMERSON, M.D., ROBERT W. BRUERE, JOANNA C.
COLCORD, contributing editors.

MOLUE CONDON, circulation manager; MARY R. ANDERSON, advertising
manager.

General Johnson's forecast oF the heatings under NIRA
"IT WILL ALL BE DONE IN A GOLDFISH BOWL"

Scissors Picture by
MARTHA BENSLEY BRUERE

SURVEY GRAPHIC

SEPTEMBER
1933

Volume XXII
No. 9

COTTON TEXTILES FIRST

Our Oldest American Industry Steps Out
BY HENRY P. KENDALL

JULY 17 this year came on a Monday. Workers of every
class and station returned to their jobs on that day after
the usual weekly interval for rest and recreation. Mon-
day in industry always is a day of beginnings. This particular
Monday, July 17, was a day of beginnings in far more than
the ordinary sense. On that morning some four hundred
thousand and more employes of the cotton-textile mills of
the country began their weekly duties at card, spindle and
loom subject to a code of operations, new in all history: a
work week of not over forty hours, in contrast to as much as
sixty hours of toil during previous weeks; a pay envelope
which would not be smaller for the lessened period of work.
Thousands of workers could see more money ahead for less
work. Unemployed people schooled in cotton-textile duties
who had all but abandoned hope of ever getting work in a
mill set out with new hope to look for employment.

This change brought into being in the cotton-textile in-
dustry, Monday, July 17, was of such scope and signifi-
cance that it is impossible to appraise it except by a general
comparison of the new order with the older order in this
oldest American industry. This old industry became the
first to operate in accordance with a code prepared under
the National Recov-

possible to act so promptly? The question was answered in
the statement of the Cotton Textile Industry Committee
presented by George A. Sloan, T. M. Marchant and Ernest
N. Hood at the hearing in Washington June 27:

Only by intensive preparation during the preceding weeks, only
by a recognition of all concerned of the pressing nature of the na-
tional emergency which this Act attempts to meet. Representatives
of the President and the industry itself alike felt that this industry,
experiencing acutely the disastrous and demoralizing effects of the
emergency, ought to be one of the first to take certain fundamental
salutary steps toward recovery. The President himself specifically
called attention to cotton-textile problems and pointed the way.

There are three major organizations in the industry, the
Cotton-Textile Institute, an all-industry body; the American
Cotton Manufacturers' Association, comprising southern
manufacturers, and the National Association of Cotton
Manufacturers, the membership of which is northern. Com-
bined memberships of these three organizations include sub-
stantially all the cotton-textile mills in the United States. In
order to bring about the fundamental changes necessary to
fulfilling the requirements of the NRA, a committee of twenty,
representative of these three organizations, was formed: —

Representing the North

ery Act, discussed at
hearings in the full
spotlight of public
attention, revised in
certain particulars
and approved with
suggestions by the
President.

The code and the
application for its ap-
proval were filed
with the National
Recovery Adminis-
tration within a few
hours after the Na-
tional Industrial Re-
covery Act was
signed. How was it

The first of a series of articles interpreting developments
under the National Industrial Recovery Act in key American
industries. Coal, steel, the garment trades, electricity, autos
and oil are other industries which will be handled by specially
equipped writers in later issues. The present author is presi-
dent of The Kendall Company, with headquarters in Boston
and mills in South Carolina, Illinois, Indiana, Massachusetts,
Rhode Island and North Carolina. He is president of the
Taylor Society and has been a pioneer in endeavoring to
bring new order into industrial relations. His article, Cotton
Textiles — Where Minority Blocks Concerted Planning, was
one of the outstanding features of the special Economic Plan-
ning Number of Survey Graphic, published in March 1932.

443

Ernest N. Hood, Pequot
Mills, Salem, Massa-
chusetts; Robert Am-
ory, Nashua Manufac-
turing Company, Bos-
ton, Massachusetts;
Col. G. Edward Buxton,
B. B. & R. Knight
Company, Providence,
Rhode Island; Alfred
E. Colby, Pacific Mills,
140 Federal Street, Bos-
ton; John E. Rousma-
niere, Amoskeag Manu-
facturing Company,
New York City; Frank
I. Neild, Neild Manu-
facturing Company,
New Bedford, Massa-
chusetts.

SURVEY GRAPHIC

September 1933

Ewing Galloway

Representing New York

George A. Sloan, Cotton-Textile Institute, New York City
H. L. Bailey, Wellington Sears Co., New York City
B. H. B. Borden, Am. Printing Co., New York City
Gerrish Milliken, Milliken Co., New York City
Robt. Stevens, J. P. Stevens Co., New York City-
Representing the South

T. M. Marchant, Victor Monaghan Co., Greenville, S. Carolina
W. D. Anderson, Bibb Mfg. Co., Macon, Georgia
Cason Galloway, Calumet Cotton Co., La Grange, Georgia
Chas. Cannon, Cannon Mills, Kannapolis, N. Carolina
Donald Comer, Avondale Mills, Birmingham, Alabama

IN the Fall of 1929, President Hoover told a group of cotton-
textile men that their industry was the most depressed industry
in the United States, with the possible exception of bituminous
coal. Depression has been a chronic ailment in textiles. The
specters of Low Wages, Unemployment, Long Hours and Child
Labor for years have stalked familiarly down the aisles of clacking
looms and whirring spindles. Within the industry itself there has
been a leaven of enlightened leadership. A few hours after the
signing of the recovery act, cotton-textiles came forward with a
code. When the code went into effect July 1 7 the announce-
ment to textile people of fewer hours of work and, in many cases,
higher wages was received, according to southern-mill managers,
with shouts of joy such as are heard at Holy Roller meetings, with
dancing in the village streets. "Some heard the news with solemn
faces and many said the hand of the Almighty must be in it."

The airplane
looks down on a
cotton mill in Georgia
and the homes of its workers
and managers. Lawns, trees, a
paved main street are evidence of
advancing standards in the "New South"

Stuart Cramer, Cramerton Mills, Cramerton, North Carolina
B. B. Gossett, Chadwick-Hoskins Co., Charlotte, N. Carolina
Robt. West, Riverside & Dan River Mills, Danville, Virginia
R. E. Henry, Duncan Mills, Greenville, South Carolina

Shortening the working week in industry as a means of
quick reemployment, and raising wages in order to increase
purchasing power are two of the primary objectives in the
National Industrial Recovery Act, so that the length of
working time in cotton-textile operations and the minimum
wage were the heart of the code. The industry asked a mini-
mum wage of $10 per week for the southern section of the in-
dustry and $11 for the northern section. A 40-hour week for
people and an 80-hour week for machinery, and the mini-
mum wage of $10 and $11 were the objects of attack at the
hearings from labor leaders and others. Thirty-six hours and
a considerably higher minimum wage were the counter-
proposals. As finally approved, the code's provisions as to
working time are the same as originally submitted. Mini-
mum wages are $2 per week higher, $12 in the South; $13 in
the North. The difference of $1 a week between North and
South was conceded as fair because of lower living costs in
the South.

Overnight a long-hour, low-wage industry became the
first to submit itself to shorter hours and higher wages. For
years the cotton-textile industry has been depressed. Strenu-
ous efforts have been made from within to put the industry's
house in order. A voluntary effort was made in 1931. Eighty

September 1933

COTTON TEXTILES FIRST

445

The machine

and not the man

dominates this scene in a

textile plant which "moved

from its former location in New

England, seeking "cheap labor," "low

taxes" and "better laws" in South Carolina

percent of the industry agreed to work not more than 55
hours on the day shift and 50 hours at night. There was no
provision in this voluntary agreement for minimum wages.
It proved impossible to get the entire industry on shorter
working time by voluntary means. There was not a strong
enough will to bring the reform about, but there was a real
effort and there was excellent work done by Mr. Sloan and
by scores of enlightened cotton-textile mill managements.
Their desires and their will for better things were completely
nullified by a minority. The leaders within the industry
since that time have been looking toward the light. The
effort to get some rationality into the industry has been
continuous so that when the Recovery Act became law the
opportunity was clear-cut to accomplish under threat of
government compulsion what had been a failure through
voluntary action.

There is a general feeling that the whole vast experiment
upon which the country is embarking in the National Re-
covery Act means the beginning of state socialism and is full
of menace to free enterprise. Whether or not we are walking
a tight rope or have gained firm ground is to a certain degree
beside the point so far as the cotton-textile industry is con-
cerned, for its troubles have been chronic. Surpluses and
working capital have been exhausted by depressed prices
and by the general demoralization which depressed prices
bring about in an industry and in communities dependent
upon the industry.

Ewing Galloway

Some of the major problems of the industry were sum-
marized in the statement of the Committee presented to the
National Recovery Administration prior to the Washington
hearing on the Code:

"This is a highly competitive industry with a vast number
of units — some of them very small and none of them very
large, compared to the extent of the industry as a whole.

"Communities are often practically dependent on the
operation of the mills located therein.

"There is a high investment cost in the industry as com-
pared to the value of the annual output.

THE length of the working week in cotton textiles must be
reduced. The industry must be brought to see that the only sound
principle for its operations is to keep production and sales in
reasonable balance. Someone has said that business today needs
seamanship more than it needs navigation and I feel this is espe-
cially true in textiles. There are plenty of problems calling for
navigation — for long-range planning. First, however, we must
clear these breakers. Perhaps a Cato who will thunder day in and
day out "Hours must be reduced" might eventually bring a
solution.

Some compelling force must be invoked. It might come
through concerted action of the governors of the cotton-textile
states. It may be that legislation is the only final answer. Certainly,
unless the industry itself corrects this fundamental fault of overlong
work weeks some outside corrective must be sought. — Henry P.
Kendall in Economic Planning, Survey Graphic, March 1932.

446

SURVEY GRAPHIC

September 1933

Photo by Lewis Hine for National Child Labor Committee

A 14-year-old worker in the mule room of a Massachusetts cotton mill in 1916

"There is a great over-capacity in the mechanical equip-
ment of the industry as compared with consumption. This is
due to the unusual demands of the World War, to the shift
of a large part of the operations of the industry from one part
of the country to another, and to other causes. There are ap-
proximately 30,000,000 spindles and 582,486 looms in
place. On three-shift operation, it is estimated that consump-
tion could be taken care of by the operation of less than one
half of the present spindles and looms. This mechanical
capacity, however, is at present considerably limited by
existing housing facilities at the plants.

"This over-capacity constitutes a constant pressure to-
ward over-production and exerts a consequent destructive
effect on hours of labor, wages and earnings. With needs of
consumption insufficient to go around, there is the constant
pressure on each individual unit to secure as much of the
inadequate volume for his own operations as is possible, in
order that he may keep his mill going as nearly full as possi-
ble thereby maintaining employment and reducing operat-
ing expenses. This exerts a continuous pressure to cut price

without regard to costs of production with
consequent elimination of profit, reduction of
wages and lengthening of hours.

"The operation of all these factors has been
to make this industry a long-hour industry.
Their destructive operation during the emer-
gency has been to produce the demoralizing
effects always attendant on sales below cost, —
holding back of buyers for still lower prices,
shrinking of credit, impairment of working
capital and lowered wages. In the effort to
keep mills going, on which the life of the local
community may depend, employers and em-
ployes alike have had no alternative but to
take losses and submit to the cumulative and
progressive destructive effect of these factors.
"The industry did not share in the profits of
the so-called 'years of prosperity' in the late
1920's. Many mills entered the depression
with depleted reserves. Consequently a large
Jfm ^fl number have succumbed and are in the hands

8tt of creditors or are approaching that condi-
tion. Through the efforts of many mills to
operate steadily on weekly schedules of from
1 10 to 144 hours and to force this large result-
ing output on the market, violent sporadic
curtailments became necessary. Market de-
moralization ensued and prices fell to such
losing figures that it often became less costly
to suspend operations than to run even twen-
ty-four hours daily. Nevertheless, manufac-
turers continued to operate and sustain losses
rather than to abandon their employes and
to give up their customers."

A liquidation of some of the above prob-
lems was the only alternative to a wide-spread
liquidation of mills. The philosophy underly-
ing the Industrial Recovery Act and various
other aspects of the whole recovery enterprise
on which the country is now engaged become
secondary so far as the survival of the cotton-
textile industry is concerned. It has an oppor-
tunity such as it has never had before in its
history. This opportunity can be upset, of
course. Undoubtedly, the Recovery Act
means that the Government has taken a long step towards
state socialism, which is described as "cooperation with
business." Will the textile industry let it stop at cooperation?
Will the textile industry carry on in such a way that the
Government will not have to exercise further control? The
industry has its chance to develop its own rules, subject to
Government sanction. It now has the opportunity to stabilize
itself. Will the industry see this opportunity, and assume
responsibility for making the code a success?

IT was hoped by some of us that the code would provide For
permanent elimination of women and minors from night running
but this provision was not included. Such tremendous forward
steps are taken by the code that a die-hard attitude on this one
matter may seem somewhat out of order but some of us will con-
tinue to hope that eventually this further step will be taken and the
working of women and minors at night, which some of us feel is
socially unsound, will no longer be practiced in the industry.

— Henry P. Kendall

September 1933

COTTON TEXTILES FIRST

447

Ewing Galloway

Women night workers watching for stray threads or kinks in the swift flowing yardage in a southern textile mill

It seems to me that the test of this whole scheme will be
whether under the code the cotton manufacturing business
can make a reasonable profit and check the progressive ex-
haustion of working capital which spelled disaster; and
whether it will supply reasonably continuous work at the
shorter hours to more people. These are corollary tests, be-
cause after all if the business is unprofitable for long enough,
it cannot continue to give any work to anyone.

By the terms of the National Industrial Recovery Act, the
code is frankly experimental and its provisions are to be in
effect for two years. No one can predict at the moment what
is going to happen in those two years. The whole situation is

confused and the drastic changes necessitated by the code
make it exceedingly difficult for anyone in the industry to
see ahead. It looks as though there is a real chance now to
change from being a no-margin industry to one with a mar-
gin that will permit management to make a fair profit and
to pay fair wages.

One thing is assured at the present writing and that is that
in the industry is a new spirit and a new attitude. From this
may be developed a real will to keep production in line with
demand. Cotton textiles have been woefully out of balance.
There seems now a definite force within the cotton-textile
circle to correct this faulty alignment.

448

SURVEY GRAPHIC

September 1933

IT has been found out by bitter experience in the textile industry
' that profits and development do not lie in the direction of a
working period without a top and a wage level without a bottom.
The textile troubles have been the effects of an over-developed
industry fighting with almost any weapons For a bare existence in a
market insufficient to absorb its product at a price which would
even recover costs. The industry has indeed been through a tragic
era. Whether or not it is moving into a real new day is up to the
industry itself, providing the government cooperation is fair.

—Henry P. Kendall.

The hearings were significantly marked, as General John-
son said, "by restraint, frankness, mutual sympathy and an
apparent effort to be fair and to have the project move."

One provision of the code is that dependable statistics be
collected so as to furnish guidance in future determination
of hours and plant operations. The Cotton-Textile Institute
is authorized to collect these statistics.

A special committee was appointed, coincident with the
Code's adoption, to study the so-called Stretch-out System.
This is an unfortunate name for what is essentially the ap-
plication of the principles of scientific management to the
cotton-textile industry. As in the early days of scientific
management, the system has been exploited by some who
have not used it scientifically. There have been and there
still may be abuses of the so-called Stretch-out System.

One of the cardinal principles of scientific management
as applied to cotton-textile operations in the system is the
division of the skilled from the unskilled. This division is
based on accurate time studies of machines, and the ma-
chines are improved and adjusted so that there is less stop-
ping and hence less work per machine. I cannot see where
the principles of real scientific management applied to cot-
ton-textile mills should be penalized. Limitation of output
is an economic heresy and places a penalty on good manage-
ment. I am equally strongly opposed to the penalization of
efficiency of management and of the scientific approach,
particularly when this is done with the full understanding
and with the consent and cooperation of workers.

The Committee's report found that the Stretch-out System
represents a grave problem in industrial relations; that in
many cases it has been abused by employers through hasty
and ill-considered installations with resultant overload on
employes, and that it is not at present feasible to control by
rigid formula, the application of the system. The Committee
became convinced by its studies that some solution of the
problem affecting the human load resulting from the appli-
cation of the system can be found through progressive study
and the development of some such plan as the committee
recommends.

The Committee's plan calls for the establishment of a
National Industrial Relations Board the membership of
which has just been announced at this writing. Robert W.
Bruere,'who headed the investigating committee, will serve
as chairman. Mr. Bruere, formerly director of the Bureau of
Industrial Research, is an associate editor of Survey Graphic.
B. E. Geer, of Greenville, S. C., where he was formerly head
of the Judson Mills, represents the industry. The labor
member of the board is George L. Berry, Pressmens Home,
Tennessee, who is president of the Pressmen's International
Union. State industrial relations boards and industrial rela-
tions committees in the mills are also being organized. The
evident intent is to safeguard rights of employers and of
employes through this machinery. The plan seems very sen-
sible indeed. Everything will depend on how sensibly it is
administered.

THE objective obviously should be the protection of work-
ers from abuses without penalizing the wise application of
the system which, when wisely applied, does not create
hardships for workers and unquestionably makes for better
operating of cotton mills.

While the code covers the entire cotton-textile industry,
it may, when further factual data is forthcoming, be neces-
sary or advisable to treat the divisions in the industry on a
different basis so far as operating time is concerned, so as to
bring production and consumption into reasonable equi-
librium.

For instance, tire fabric factory hours might have to be
lengthened out with the rush on tires that there now is.
The tire people claim there is not capacity enough. Heavy
belting, heavy duck, and that sort of thing may have to
run longer or less. Print cloths might have to run longer or
less. The Cotton-Textile Institute realizes that it is difficult
to do a good job unless classification is later recognized.
The same is true of the motor industry. There is no reason
why pleasure cars and trucks would necessarily have the
same seasonal demand. You might have one limitation for
production of trucks and another for pleasure cars. That is
conceivable.

One age-long abuse, namely, child labor, which has been
a gradually lessening abuse, is definitely eliminated for the
life of the code.

The textile industry now is automatically lifted from one
of the lowest paid industries in the country and one of the
long-hour industries of the country onto a much more whole-
some basis. May it be possible that, when this particular
legislation terminates, provision will be made so that the
textile industry will not return to the long hours and the low
wages which have characterized it in the past.

Since 1826 this bell from a Span-
ish monastery has rung the hours for
the woikers in a Rhode Island mill

The Frenzied Berserker

Woodcarving by the German sculptor, Ernst Barlach

BELOW THE SURFACE

BY ALICE L. HAMILTON, M.D.

IT IS less than a week since Clara Landberg and I came
back from Germany after a ten weeks' journey that went
from Cologne in the west to Koenigsberg in the east and
from Munich in the south up north to Hamburg. Germany
is an old stamping-ground of mine. I had a whole year of
student life there after my graduation from the medical
school and after I went into industrial medicine I took every
chance to slip in again even if for only a few days, to visit
factories and talk to experts in my field.

I thought I knew Germany intimately but now I begin to
think I did not. From the first day in Cologne, which was
still placarded with hate posters against the Jews, I found
myself bewildered and aghast with the change that had
come over that land. This feeling still remains with me but
after ten weeks there I know that the change is
not universal, that there are many many Ger-
mans who regard what is happening in that
distracted land with dismay, with shame, some-
times with despair.

It seems important to make this clear to
Americans because though we find you better
informed on many things which have happened
since April first than we are, because you have
had full and fearless reports in American papers
while I have seen only a censored press filled
with fantastic and vicious propaganda, still
there seem to be two impressions over here that
to us seem mistaken, namely that all Germans

are united for Hitler and that, after all, everything is going
on much as usual in Germany.

It is true that an intelligent tourist can spend some time
in Germany and come back to report that all is well in Berlin
and Dresden; the streets are orderly, the discipline of the
young Nazis is perfect, the tales of -Jewish atrocities were
absurdly exaggerated, and now no Jew is even molested;
they are carrying on their business as usual, the whole coun-
try is back of Hitler; if there were an election tomorrow he
would poll 100 percent of the votes; he is after all, a fine
fellow and just what Germany needed. That is the impres-
sion most tourists will bring back this summer but it is
largely false.

I am ready to admit that during all my stay there I saw

The first of three articles in which Dr. Hamilton shares Ger-
man impressions. She carried with her the exploratory bent of
the scientist; a neighborhood worker's awareness. Wide areas
of American industry have known the edge and fairness of
her investigations. Europe she had traversed on a similar
mission of discovery with Miss Addams in wartime/ Russia
in the early years of the Revolution. Her bias,, reinforced by
what she saw and felt, is toward democracy and her tell-
ing has the power of first-hand testimony and quiet passion

449

450

SURVEY GRAPHIC

September 1933

GERMAN ANTI-JEWISH CARTOONS

The new phoenix is true German literature arising in triumph
from the bonfire of all books of Jewish and socialist origin

no sign of disorder, but then I lived twenty-five years in
Chicago and in a poor, immigrant neighborhood at that,
and so far as I knew I never saw a bootlegger or a high-
jacker and certainly never a gangster murder. Yet nobody
would take such negative evidence as conclusive nor should
I think of offering it. In 1924 I was in Russia and had I not
been a guest of the Quakers I should have come back full of
unqualified admiration for the Bolsheviks. But the Quakers
saw beneath the surface and they knew what went on in the

cellar as well as the part of the house which
strangers see.

To know what is happening in Germany
today you must go to friends of old who know
and trust you. Through these friends you meet
others and they accept you on their friends'
word and in turn pass you on to people in
another city, the circle widening all the time.
These people will talk freely, but only in their
own homes or in small groups in a hotel or
restaurant where a corner can be found quite
safe from eavesdroppers. There, in low voices,
they will tell you the truth. I remember the
sudden feeling of surprised relief that came
over me when I crossed the border into Hol-
land for a day and found that none of my
friends were glancing over their shoulders or
whispering. They were calling Hitler by name
and saying what they pleased about him in a
crowded restaurant. The next day I was back
in Germany and the pall of fear dropped over
me again.

This is no fancy. People are arrested con-
stantly and for most trivial things. Lese majeste
under the Kaiser was nothing to what it is now.
During my short stay five persons were re-
ported in the papers as having received prison
sentences running up to eighteen months for
repeating tales of violence towards Jews. There
is a little joke they tell of a man with his head
all bandaged who is accosted by a friend.
"What on earth has happened to you?"
"What has happened to me is — what we are
told is not true."

The country is full of spies, — hotel waiters, hotel guests,
one's own servants. In some houses conversation kept on
when the servant came in, but usually there was a sudden
silence or change of subject. Once when we were lunching
on the third floor of a house one of the guests got up and
shut the window nervously saying one never knew if the
neighbors might not catch some words through the window.
We had an amusing but startling experience once in a
restaurant. We had been talking rather freely but felt safe

Berlin

EN6LANDER

BOYCOTT JERT
DEUTSCHE

ENGL'ANDEP

BOYCOTT

Kladderadats

The Jews are communists, pleased when England boycotts German goods, in despair when England boycotts Russian goods

September 1933

BELOW THE SURFACE

451

AMERICAN
ANTI-NAZI
CARTOONS

'Hail, Comrade Hitler!"

Carl Rose in the Jewish Daily Bulletin, New York

because we used the name "Lehmann" for Hitler. My
host's little son, a charmer of four years, seemed absorbed in
his dinner and in the exciting surroundings, but suddenly
he turned to the waiter and said, "Do you know there is a
wild man in Berlin? His name is Lehmann." Really we all
had cold chills when we realized what a narrow escape we
had made.

Therefore the tourist who cannot get below the surface,
who has no intimate connections in Germany, cannot know
the truth. He will get the impression that all Germany is
enthusiastically back of Hitler, for the people most opposed
to him will be the last to say anything. Of course, I cannot
hazard a guess as to how great his majority really is; nobody

can possibly know. He has dissolved all other existing parties,
he controls the press and the trades, there is no possible way
in which dissent or protest can be voiced. But dissent is
there, even passionate repudiation of the whole movement,
and it is not confined to the Jews, who are the victims of
specially relentless persecution; it is felt by Gentiles too.

As all the world knows, it is the J«ws who are singled out
as scapegoats and who bear the chief brunt of the Nazi rage
against all that has happened in Germany since 1914. It is
true that tens of thousands of Gentiles are in concentration
camps because of their political faith, and it is true too that
the Jews who are in those camps are imprisoned for the same
cause, not because of their race. But what makes the Jewish

Fit/.patrick in St. Louis Post-Dispatch

In the land of Goethe, Wagner and Einstein

Kirby in The New York World-Telegram
Pyromaniac

452

SURVEY GRAPHIC

September 1933

situation so hideous is that it is inescapable, one can hide
one's opinions but not one's race; it involves people who
have never concerned themselves with politics as much as
the most ardent Democrats and it strikes with special cruelty
the children whose only crime is to have been born.

The first call I made in Germany gave me a feeling of
passionate sympathy mixed with anger which did not leave
me while I was there except for brief periods of happy forget-
fulness soon destroyed by a fresh experience as pitiful and as
saddening as the first. Social workers do not need to be told
what it must mean when a government sets out with a
deliberate plan to make life intolerable for some two or
three millions ' of its people, to drive them out of business,
finance, the arts and the professions. The problem of physi-
cal want that faces them is staggering to contemplate. But
there is also the other aspect, the mental suffering, the shock
of suddenly finding oneself passing from a position of re-
spect, even honor, to that of a hated interloper, of being
thrust in a single day from one's beloved work into complete
idleness without hope.

I THINK of a spirited young woman, who all her life has had
the background given by an old and honored family name
(her people have been in Upper Silesia since 1520) the
daughter of a famous scientist, with a city street named for
him after his death, the granddaughter of a man known as a
generous patron of the arts, and herself a more than prom-
inent educator. When I met her she had as yet hardly had
time to catch her breath; she was bewildered, she could not
believe that her own city could so hurt and insult her. Work,
which means most of life for her, was taken away, even
though most of what she did was unpaid research; her
father's name was insulted, she was of a sudden robbed of
all her pride and confidence; her own city for which her
family had done so much, had turned on her and called her
vile names and hated her. And the very night before she
came to see me, her grandfather and grandmother, both in
the eighties, had quietly taken their own lives, unable to
face this hideously altered world.

I think of two couples, one of my own generation, the
other their son and his young wife, with whom we spent a
Sunday in a university city in the Rhineland. The older man
is a physician, an internationally known authority in his
field, but — he had a Jewish mother. He took me over his
beloved institute, his clinic which he built up himself, and
I had to linger in each room and listen to all that had gone
to the development of the many sides of his work. I had the
feeling that I was assisting at the long farewell of a con-
demned exile to his beloved home, and so it really proved to
be, for on our way downstairs we met a heavy, awkward
young man who was introduced to me as the second assistant
and as he passed us my friend said, "There is my successor.
My first assistant is a Jew, so it is this one who gets my
place." I burst out in anger against the stupid cruelty of the
university and the meanness of a man who would consent to
climb on the back of his own chief to take what he had no
right to. My friend shrugged his shoulders. "What would
happen if he should refuse? Only that he would lose a won-
derful chance and somebody no better than he would be put
in over him."

As we left the building we turned for a look back at it and
my friend said, "It is the idleness, the emptiness, that I mind

1 The number of Jews in the last census is said to have been 570,000 in a population
of 65,000,000 but the estimates of those who are now included in the category, the
people who have as much as one generation of Jewish blood and the Christianized
Jews, run from one to two and a half millions.

most. I am only fifty, I cannot sit at home all day like a
decrepit old man. If even I might write, but my last article
has just come back, the first time such a thing has happened
to me. Evidently that outlet is barred too !"

We went to his house for a midday dinner and I met his
wife. She was far less calm than her husband, she was half
distracted with misery and with a helpless anger which was
exactly what I should have felt in her place. For she had not
only the plight of her husband to think of but still more that
of her son, and after dinner when she had a few minutes
alone with me she told me with a quiet desperation that she
knew he was thinking of suicide and she could have no
peaceful moment when he was out of her sight.

The young people took us for a long walk and then to their
little home for afternoon coffee, and we heard about the
blow that had fallen on them. He was an instructor in the
university until May 1 and his wife had taken her doctorate
in his subject, so the two had a gorgeous time making out his
courses together. They showed us their two studies which
took up most of the little flat, they showed us the prospectus
of the new courses they had prepared for this semester, and
then their hands dropped and they sat silent while we
wondered what one could say to young things stopped so
suddenly and cruelly at the beginning of their careers. I
asked if there were not something he could do temporarily,
till the madness passed, but he shook his head.

"I have been everywhere," he said. "I have offered to
take any kind of work, no matter how unskilled, but they all
say the same thing: 'My dear boy, we would gladly take you,
make a place for you, but there is a Nazi spy in the office, a
stenographer or an office boy, or maybe it is the janitor or
the scrubwoman, and we should be denounced in the Brown
House, a band of thugs would visit us, you would be thrown
out and who knows what would happen to us, anyway.'
So there is no use trying for work anywhere."

WE were at one of those abundant German afternoon
coffee parties in the house of an old professor whom I
knew in my student days. As I look back on it I feel again the
surge of pity that came over me when I listened to some low
words from the wife of a judge who sat opposite us. He had
just been expelled from office and forbidden to practice as a
lawyer in the courts, even to take charity cases. He was in a
state of restless excitement and his wife did not have to tell
me what it meant to have him at home all day long, pacing
the floor, unable to get away for an hour from his despair
over the hopeless fate that had overtaken him, and coming
back again and again to thoughts of suicide as the only way
out. Their one joy and comfort, their son, was gone; for
they had sent him to school in Switzerland feeling that for
him to stay at home would bring him up in an atmosphere
that would destroy his self-confidence and give him a sense
of inferiority which would curse his whole life.

Others were there that afternoon, a young woman doctor
who had had an excellent practice and who told us cheer-
fully that she thought she would go to England and be a
domestic servant. "I am really a good cook," she said. An-
other was a grade teacher in a girls' school. She still taught
there, but now only subjects that would not influence the
opinions of her pupils, arithmetic and indoor gymnastics —
not field gymnastics because now sport, even for girls, must
be "defense sport" and no Jew can teach that in the true
German spirit.

These were all suffering from the disqualification of
belonging to the proscribed race, but the guest who was in

September 1933

BELOW THE SURFACE

453

the worst state of all was not a Jew, he was a Gentile who had
been a rather prominent member of the Socialist Left. I saw
our hostess surreptitiously make up a package of rolls and
cakes and slip it into his hand as he left. There was actual
want in his home and the shadow of the concentration camp
coming nearer him all the time.

Another afternoon coffee party stands out vividly in my
memory. Here there were only four of us, our hosts being a
brother and a sister, beautiful young things, cultivated,
charming, and the best of sports when it came to facing their
own future. The young woman was still undischarged but
since then an item in our papers — that none with Jewish
blood may hold any position under the government — con-
vinces us that the ax has fallen on her too, for her mother is a
Jewess.

It is the young man, however, for whom we feel most
deeply, a musician whose work and whose joy it was to plan
and carry out concert programs in his and the neighboring
towns. He had been quite successful and he hoped to go on
with it this summer, though he chafed at the thought that all
his programs must be submitted to a Nazi commissar who
would cut out music considered by the new regime to be not
Germanic in spirit. Well, he will have no such difficulty for
he will neither plan concerts nor play in them. Since we left
Germany the order has gone out barring Jewish musicians
altogether.

IT is surprising and it is very admirable to see how little
there is of lamentation, of bitterness, among these people.
One of the gentlest and wisest women I ever met is the
mother of three children who are now little pariahs in their
own town, excluded from school, where their former school-
mates are being instructed in the new subject, Science of
Race, meaning hatred of Jews. She was not bitter, she de-
nounced nobody, she simply told me how she was herself a
member of an old Protestant family and had brought up her
children in her church for her Jewish husband made no
objection. This Easter her oldest daughter, a girl of twelve,
was confirmed and had proudly carried the banner of her
class into the church, but the next week she and her little
brother and sister were sent home from school, — the Jewish
quota was already full.

It would be a great injustice to think that all Germans
approve this "cold pogrom" and that the lack of protest
means there are none who would speak out against it if they
could. I was shocked deeply when I read in the papers of a
great Evangelical conference which was held in Germany
during the Easter season, just after the worst period of anti-
Jewish outrages, and saw that no word was said in public
against this revival of medieval fanaticism. That does seem
indefensible, especially in view of the fact that several Cath-
olic clergymen did speak out boldly. Yet there are individual
clergymen who have wished to protest but could not. One of
them told me he had written an article for the paper that
had always before published what he sent them but the
editor had returned it saying that its publication would
simply mean that the issue would be seized and the paper
would be suppressed for three months, so what would be
gained by such a Quixotic act?

I should like to quote what one woman said to me for it is
typical of what many said. She is the widow of a physician
and she spends much of her time in volunteer work among
the poor in a large city. "On the day of the boycott I went
to my usual Jewish grocery. It was placarded, 'Germans Do
not buy from Jews,' and at the door a Nazi stopped me.

" 'You are not going to buy of a Jew?'
" 'Certainly I am. I buy from him every day.'
"I went in and when I came out another Nazi stopped me.
'You have been buying from a Jew. I will photograph you
and publish it in all the papers.'

" 'Do so,' I replied, 'I should feel complimented.'
"How could I fail to stand by the Jews now? We have
been in social work together for years. There are wealthy
Jews who each year have given me money for my poor and
never have they said they wished it given to the Jewish poor.
These Jews have been here all their lives, their families for
centuries, they are Germans, and now we are told that they
are hated foreigners and must be driven out. I am a German
and I love my country, but I am ashamed of it now."

Even an ardent Nazi — a prominent party member — ad-
mitted to my surprise that he was not in favor of this part of
the Nazi program. He had been talking to me about the
Polish Corridor, especially the disability of the German
minority in Poland and he begged me to tell my country-
men about it when I returned home. I had been listening
sympathetically but suddenly my mood changed and I asked
him how he could expect the outside world to sympathize with
the sufferings of the German minority in Poland when the
fate of the Jewish minority in Germany was so much worse.
He was obviously startled, he had never thought of it in that
way. After some hesitation he admitted, in a low voice, he
did not approve of the persecution of the Jews. It was true,
he said, that they were cleverer than the Germans, more
logical, clearer-headed, they made better lawyers, but it
was a mistake to force them out of professional work. One
should not fight intellectual battles with force. The thing to
do was to bring the German intellect up to the Jewish. I
asked what the Nazi program for the Jews contemplated for
the future, did it mean complete extermination? He said he
feared they had not thought it out. They assume that the
Jews have made enough money to live on. The whole thing
was a concession to popular feeling and was a frightful
mistake.

THE Nazis proclaim that their movement is a return to the
spirit of the Crusades, and this is true, for the spirit of the
Crusades was a spirit of mystic enthusiasm for a fantastic
mission, of the worship of war and warlike virtues, of devo-
tion to the Holy Sepulcher in Palestine, but as part of every
Crusading effort, of hatred of Jews at home and covetous-
ness for the results of Jewish brains and Jewish industry.
History shows that each crusade was accompanied by ter-
rible pogroms and wholesale exiles and confiscations. What
is the explanation for this return to a barbarous stage of
human history? Excuses there can be none, but we must try
to find some explanation for it. We asked this question many
times and usually we received what we came to call a "radio
answer" — because the same words were used so often that
we felt sure they came from the speeches of Goebbels over
the radio.

Since January 30 they have had little but Goebbels'
attacks on the Jews dinned into their ears and the news-
papers have all come into line, so that even the non-Jews
have grown sick of it. More than one Gentile told us he had
put his radio out of commission because he could not listen
any longer to Goebbels scurrilous speeches, yet he must have
some excuse to give the neighbors if they asked.

The specific charges we heard against the Jews were, first,
that during and after the war hordes of impoverished
eastern Jews poured into Germany and took possession of

454

SURVEY GRAPHIC

September 1933

the houses so sorely needed by Germans. But the census
of 1925 showed that the Jews numbered only 0.9 percent of
the population of 65,000,000, while in 1913 they were 0.93
percent, so the horde cannot have been overwhelming.
The truth is that the Jews who came after the War were
from the parts of Germany that were given to Poland for
they, like other Germans, refused to live under Polish rule.
The second charge is that the Jews are internationalists
and pacifists and therefore responsible for the loss of morale
which led to defeat in the War and for the humiliating sub-
mission to the Treaty of Versailles. Extremists, like Hitler,
expand the charge into a deliberate conspiracy on the part
of the Jews to weaken Germany so that they might rule the
country unopposed. To Hitler himself, judging from his
book, this is the most damning accusation of all. His whole
program is based on a determination to weld the German
people into a great fighting organization with blind obedi-
ence to its commander, and the Jew, with his international
connections, his aversions to violence of all kinds, and his
critical spirit, does not fit into the scheme.

THE third head of the indictment is that Jews are Socialists
and Communists and have brought upon Germany the
economic depression from which she is now suffering.
(But they also say that the Jews are the capitalists and
deliberately impoverish the people!) It is quite true that
many of the Communist intellectuals were Jews, but it is
also true that the most outstanding among them were mur-
dered within the first two years of the Republic. As to the
charge that a Jewish Socialistic government ruined Ger-
many, it is false in several ways. The leading men in the
government were not Jews (Rathenau was got rid of by
assassination very promptly) nor was the government really
Socialistic, nor was it responsible for the world-wide de-
pression which has hit Germany along with other countries.
Hitler and his colleagues are ignorant men — Hitler's book
is incredibly youthful and crude — and the Nazi thesis that
"Marxism" is Jewish and Marxism is responsible for the
unemployment in the cities, the poverty
of the peasants, rests on no foundation.
It is indeed utterly unjust. The Socialistic
measures of the former government re-
sulted in great gains for the workers and
Hitler is not abolishing them, on the
contrary he proclaims his party as So-
cialistic, only not Marxistic. Nazis are
Socialists. Jews are Marxists.

There is a joke that passes from mouth to
mouth in Germany.

"What is a Marxist?"

"A Marxist is somebody whose
job a Nazi wants."

The fifth charge actually out-
weighs, I feel sure, all the others put
together. This is that the Jews have
monopolized business, finance and the
professions. All the rest is really
window-dressing compared to this,
for competition in Germany is beyond
anything we Americans can imagine.
This is true of every field, art, liter-
ature, journalism, the stage, medicine,
the law, as well as the factory and the
shop. We must try to picture it to
ourselves if we are to be fair to The Man in

Germany just now. It is only this desperate struggle of a
people cramped into a country too small for them that
explains the apparently incredible meanness of university
men who grasp at the positions from which their colleagues
have been unjustly driven; the ferocity with which all
classes have turned upon the Jews and political dissenters
and have driven them out in order to push themselves into
the places or capture the trade for their little shops. It is
a struggle for existence and in such a struggle all generosity
and fairness, all decency even, is lost. Often I have been
reminded in listening to the talk over there, of the New York
subway in the rush hours, when, if one does not push and
elbow one's way in with ruthless disregard for others, one
may wait forever on the platform. It seems as if considera-
tion for the rights of others and a sense of fair play belong to
a society in which there is enough to go around and when for
years there has not been nearly enough then a sort of savag-
ery, using civilized methods, takes their place.

It seems strange that intellectual men will defend the
expulsion of Jewish professors, but they do. When one hints
that the German must be intellectually inferior if he cannot
reach the highest places by his own efforts but must down
his Jewish competitor by force, they retort hotly that the
German spirit is of too fine a quality to compete with the
Jewish. As an East Prussian Junker said to me: "Yes, we are
driving out the Jewish intellectuals, but you cannot frighten
us by pointing to Spain's downfall after she did the same
thing. We do not want that kind of intellectualism. We have
been misled for decades by a cold, sterile worship of science
which leads only to materialism and kills the true German
spirit."

A social worker put the case naively: "It is a pity about
the Jews, but you must remember that we have had fourteen
years of unemployment and all these eastern Jews came in to
our overcrowded country. No, I know, they are not the
professors and lawyers and doctors who are being discharged,
but then the class worst hit by the depression is the middle
class and they feel they must have these positions for them-
selves, not have outsiders take them.
Yes, it is true that the Jews have been a
long time in Germany but it is not the
same, they are not Germans. Of course it
is very hard for them just now, but things
will work themselves out. Your papers
exaggerate. After all, we have just had a
revolution, people are still extreme and
excited."

The matter was put to me fairly well by
an impartial man, a physician and a
Catholic. (Our experience was that
German Catholics are far more tol-
erant and fair-minded than Protes-
tants are.) He said this: "In the days
before the War the young men of the
upper classes, especially the Protes-
tant gentry, went into the army or
into state positions. After the Revolu-
tion there was no army and govern-
ment positions went to Socialists, to
people from the bourgeoisie, often
the lower middle class. So these
young men were for the first time
forced into business and the profes-
sions, but they not only added greatly
the Stocks """ Darlilcn to the over- (Continued on page 486)

Ernst Barlach

WILL BACK-TO-THE-LAND HELP?

BY NOBLE CLARK

IN George Washington's day eighty out of
every hundred Americans lived on farms.
There were thus two urban residents for every
eight farmers. Every census from 1790 to 1930
has shown a change in the proportions until in
1 930 fewer than twenty-five out of every hundred
lived on farms — three city residents to each one on a farm.
Put in another way, there were in 1930 about twelve times
as many city people in proportion to farmers as there were
in 1790.

In Washington's time the farmer and his family produced
for home consumption, for there was virtually no cash
market as we know it. With the introduction of science and
improved transportation, American agriculture was grad-
ually transformed from sustenance farming to a commercial
industry with billions of dollars of cash sales each year.
These billions have largely been spent in buying the products
of urban industry. A large part of the market for city manu-
facturers has been among farmers. The less self-sufficing
farmers are, the more they produce for a cash market, the
greater their ability to buy city manufactures.

A major factor in the growth of cities has been the
migration of surplus farm population. During the decade
1920-30, for instance, the net movement from farms to
cities was no less than 6,000,000 persons, an average of over
500,000 annually. If during the past century, when science
was making possible sweeping changes in farm organization
and production, the surplus rural men and women had been
forced to remain on the farms, the inevitable result would
have been that farmers could not have purchased and used
the tools manufactured by urban industry; they would have
continued under the old system of self-sufficiency, the
family's living limited to what could be raised at home — a
peasant type of farming.

If the five children of a typical farm family had all stayed
at home, one of three developments would have been neces-
sary: 1. They and their families could have worked the
ancestral farm with the surplus hand labor thus afforded.
It would require all that the farm could produce merely to
supply the necessities of life to the over-manned farm. There
would be insufficient cash income to buy machinery and
other products of urban industry. 2. The home farm could
have been subdivided into smaller and smaller units on the
death of the parents, with the certain loss of efficiency that
goes with units which are economically too small. This
actually took place in Ireland during the past century.
3. The surplus members of this farm family could have taken
up abandoned farms or marginal undeveloped lands in-
capable of producing farm income comparable with im-
proved operating farms.

However, lucrative employment in the city has generally
been available so that three of these five children of the
typical farm family have been taken out of competition for
farm land, and the American farm of 100 to 200 acres, an
efficient one-family economic unit, has passed undivided
from one generation to the next to the great advantage of
farm people and of society as a whole.

But what has happened since 1930? The farm-to-city
movement has gone into reverse. Now it is a back-to-the-land

What has farming to offer the hard-pressed city worker? The
writer assays the chances of the city man who goes back to
the land, probable gains and losses to him and his family,
capital required, and, most hopeful of all, the possibility
of a tie-up between small farming and a wage-earning job

movement. We have had no census to give us the exact
figures but it is conservatively estimated that during the
past three years the net movement to farms has been over a
million. And what does this mean? Simply that when we
already had too many farmers and were exporting them at a
rate of a half million a year, we were suddenly compelled
not only to dam up our surplus farm population at home but
to absorb an army that has come to us from the city. And all
this in the face of the universal recognition that for more
than a decade this American agriculture has been suffering
from a surplus production.

The results of these drastic changes in population are
bound to be far-reaching. O. E. Baker of the U. S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture calculates that if there is no net migra-
tion from farms from 1930 to 1940, we can expect 35 percent
more men 20 to 45 years of age on American farms in 1940
than there were in 1930. This means over a third more man-
power engaged in farming during the most active years of
life. How will this affect agricultural production and the
ability of farmers to buy the products of urban industry?

THAT some industrial leaders recognize the challenge of
the situation is indicated by a recent public statement by
the agricultural policy committee of the Chamber of Com-
merce of the United States. I quote:

Agriculture might sustain itself on a lower hand-to-mouth level,
but it will not sustain the great industrial super-structure we have
built upon it. The farmer will continue to eat, but he will not be
able to buy. He will devote more of his energy to sustaining himself
and less to sustaining others. He will have the bare essentials of
existence, probably at the cost of much toil and sweat. Anything
more than these bare essentials which our ingenuity has devised and
made available, he will do without. If he cannot rise to the general
economic level to which through the course of the last century we
have lifted ourselves, the general level will sink to his.

Leonard J. Fletcher, of the American Engineering Coun-
cil, has analyzed the situation similarly from the standpoint
of urban industry, and recently said:

As a general statement, agriculture cannot now furnish the labor
reservoir to take up the slack from industry. Agriculture must have
buying power to maintain prosperity for all classes. This buying
power will be destroyed if agriculture is overcrowded. Subsistence
farming is not possible unless we are willing to destroy practically
everything that we now call desirable in our present civilization.
Farmers must be able to pay taxes and to purchase clothing and
other necessary manufactured products which they are not now
capable of producing. If agriculture goes back to complete self-
sufficiency, there will be a gradual but sure decay of our trans-
portation, manufacturing, education and publishing institutions,
in fact, every great phase of industry or national activity. No nation
will prosper unless the people on the land produce more than they
need for their own consumption. All we have to do is intelligently
to study Chinese agricultural economy to see the proof of this
statement.

455

456

SURVEY GRAPHIC

September 1933

These are strong statements, but they were made by
urban leaders whose opinions are widely accepted. It is
interesting to note that less strong statements, when made a
few years ago by representatives of rural interests, earned
for the men who made them the title of "Sons of the Wild
Jackasses."

On the urban side of the picture, there is abroad a pes-
simism which finds expression in the statement that millions
of the unemployed of our cities cannot hope for jobs for
years to come, because labor-saving machinery and im-
proved management have radically reduced the human
labor required in industry. Convinced that the city cannot
employ all its people, some urban leaders have proposed to
move part of the unemployed out on to the land. The land
that has nourished the race from time immemorial, they
tell us, will feed the hungry and provide work to bolster the
morale of the discouraged.

SOME sponsors of the back-to-the-land movement admit
freely that America now has an agricultural surplus and
that we have plenty of farms and farmers. But they would
expect the city families that are to be assisted on to the land
to raise crops only for their own use and not to sell. Theirs
would be a self-sufficient or subsistence type of farming.
Such folks might not be able to raise all of their living, but
they could produce a major part. It might be necessary to
continue giving some financial assistance but, say the spon-
sors for the plan, this would be much less of a load on tax-
payers than to continue to pay all of their living expenses.
In other words, those who make this proposal say we face
an emergency which demands immediate action even
though the remedies may not be to our liking, or even
contrary to the nation's best interests when judged from a
long-time point of view.

In our desperation, however, we must be careful not to
jump off our present hot spot onto a hotter one. Europe has
recently had some experience in subsistence farming that it
will profit us to study. Philip F. La Follette, formerly gover-
nor of Wisconsin, has returned recently from a trip abroad
to observe European experiences. He reports that within a
radius of twenty miles of Berlin he saw thousands of huts
that the unemployed have built on the land. He was told
that since 1930 no less than 750,000 people have moved out
of Berlin and are digging their living out of the soil in the
primitive fashion of our ancestors centuries ago.

Mr. La Follette asks: "What have they left behind them?
These millions of people in Berlin, Vienna and elsewhere in
Europe are leaving behind them the taxes, the rent, the
mortgages, stores, factories and farms — in a word, they are
leaving behind them the economic system their labors
helped to support." Nor do we have to go to Europe to find
evidence of a movement to abandon the system in which we
live by mutual exchange of economic goods and revert to
the primitive state where man is dependent on what he can
wrest from nature with his bare hands.

In a letter to county agricultural agents, the administra-
tion office of an agricultural college in a state bordering Wis-
consin under date of May 1, 1933, said: "We all know that
settlers are going out on their own hook and starting in on
wild cutover land, some locating on land not so good. That
cannot be helped. One thing that must be realized is that
these people will not be coddled. In county - - they are
given to understand that they must build their own road,
and if one is needed they must build their own schoolhouse."
When one of the members of our university staff read this

pronouncement, he said: "This sounds to me like substituting
slow starvation in the country for quick starvation in the
city. If this is all that organized society can do to meet the
situation, I want to say that in my judgment they could not
have failed more utterly. This is defeatist philosophy carried
to its ultimate."

Examination of the situation from the point of view of the
economic interests of American cities will raise grave doubts
of the desirability of settling city people permanently on the
land. Cities of over 100,000 population on the average today
have a deficit of 20 to 25 percent in the number of children
necessary to maintain a stationary population. Deaths are
outnumbering births. Each month sees more empty houses
which will not be filled even if good times return unless
there is a migration from the farms and villages, which
still have a surplus of births (although less than formerly)
over deaths. It is worthy of note that the whole nation
almost certainly will have a stationary or declining popula-
tion inside the next fifteen or twenty years.

This situation already faces most of our cities. It means
lowered real-estate values and lack of confidence to make
investments in new buildings. The factors that have been
causing declines in population tend to be cumulative and the
result may be a downward spiral. We could laugh at the
booster organizations that bragged about how fast their city
was growing, but it is no joke when a city starts slipping and
empty houses grow steadily more numerous. There is reason
to believe that as soon as we have any kind of economic
recovery, the very cities that now are looking for tickets to
send the unemployed to the country will be wishing they
had given them return tickets.

But how about the million or so who have left the cities to
try farming? This is the question I asked when I started out
last summer on an investigation in twenty-four townships
in four counties of Wisconsin. Most of this back-to-the-land
movement has been back-to-the-farm-home by young men
and women who left the farm during the past decade. By
thus sharing with city relatives, the farming population is
paying a big portion of the expense of unemployment relief.
This type of land settlement has not resulted in the opening
up of new farm units but it has provided more labor to oper-
ate present farms. It is not likely to continue much longer
because most of the unemployed who have farm relatives who
can take them in have embraced their opportunity.

CONTRARY to much popular belief, not many aban-
doned farms, in Wisconsin at least, have been occupied
by shipwrecked families from the city. The city people were
not quick enough. Before they got there, most of the livable
empty houses had been filled by squatters from nearby
villages, or renters of farms in the community who had lost
out in the increased competition for the farms available on
a rental basis. Some farms have been bought by city people,
but the number is not large. Still fewer have been able to
secure farms on lease. Only 15 percent of the city-to-farm
families occupying a separate farm unit, found during the
field investigation, were there on a rental basis. With a brisk
demand for farms, landowners naturally gave preference to
renters who were farmers.

Because most of the city unemployed have meager capital,
they perforce have been limited in their purchase of farms
to low-priced tracts. In Wisconsin this usually means a sand
farm or a piece of cutover land. Few city families were found
who had purchased farms in townships where agriculture
was highly developed and production on a substantial basis.

September 1933

WILL B A C K - T O - T H E - L A N D HELP?

457

For forty years there has been a shrinkage in the number
of operating farms in the central light-soils area of Wisconsin.
Many farms have been abandoned. Much of the land is
distinctly submarginal under normal economic conditions.
With the farming business what it has been in recent years,
there is little chance for even experienced farmers on this
low-grade soil. The scales are weighted against the city man
before he starts.

In the case of the cutovers, the difficulty is not usually a
poor soil but to secure sufficient volume of crops and live-
stock to meet expenses and feed the family. The land must
first be cleared. Records of settlers who moved into the
cutover country eight, ten and more years ago show that
on the average it has taken ten years for a settler to get his
land in condition to support the family and pay the taxes,
interest and other overhead costs. During those ten years
settlers depended on working out each year for cash to keep
the venture solvent. Today there are virtually no outside
jobs for newcomers. They should come with capital sufficient
to buy the many things the new farm cannot be made to
produce.

IAND values are much less than they used to be, and ex-
1— cellent cutover land can be bought for from four to ten
dollars an acre. In addition to the purchase price of the
farm there will be required $200 to $500 for buildings,
$300 to $500 for a well, livestock, tools, seeds and equip-
ment. Reserve capital of not less than $300 is needed to feed
the family and meet operating costs until the farm provides
the necessary revenue. It thus requires at least $1500 to
start farming on a very modest scale on cutover land. Few
unemployed city families have this amount. The figures
above are based on field data secured during the summer of
1932.

If after several years of pioneering the new settler makes
a success of his venture, what is the net result? A new farm
has been brought into production at the very time the
federal government is carrying on the most far-reaching
program ever undertaken in behalf of agriculture — and the
whole plan is based on a reduction of agricultural production.

What is more probable is that the history of the past
decade will be repeated. We shall have a business revival in
cities. Industry will again be offering good wages. The
privations of pioneering will seem futile when good city jobs
are available. The settlers' shacks and little clearings will be
abandoned, just as they were by the hundreds between 1923
and 1929. The investment in the farm and the hard-won
acres will be left to revert to nature. Public investment in
roads and schools will be largely lost.

I am not opposed to any family making the farming
venture if they select good land, have the necessary minimum
of capital, realize the conditions they must meet, but
nevertheless prefer the relative independence of farm life.
But I do not believe many of the unemployed are likely to
fit this description, because my field trip last summer dis-
closed few city families that were undertaking to open up
new farms in the cutover country, and the county agricul-
tural agents report little change in the situation during
recent months.

If, however, those in charge of city unemployment relief
feel that some movement of the idle out of the cities must be
undertaken at public expense, I suggest the possibility of
setting up some of them as part-time farmers on an acre or
so adjacent to urban centers where industries provide em-
ployment during normal times. A family living near a

factory town can have its country home, can obtain a part
of its food and income from the little farm, and at the same
time benefit from city employment when it is available.
This land might cost a little more, but even good farm land
is cheap nowadays, and it would have the real advantage of
aiding in the permanent development of the country in a
direction economic and social forces clearly indicate is
constructive. Incidentally such a program does not increase
the acreage of land in crops and thus still further depress the
price of farm products because these same acres are already
being cropped by present commercial farmers.

SINCE 1900 there has been a considerable increase in the
number of urban workers living on small tracts in open
country, especially in parts of New England. Thousands of
city workers have benefited from the life in the open, have
raised a considerable part of their living, and secured some
income from the sale of poultry, eggs, vegetables and fruits.
Such a program has a stabilizing effect on industry and
upon the workers. Such people are not "fly-by-nighters."
The labor turnover is bound to be low in a plant where the
man-power is largely of part-time farmers. The workers have
a higher standard of living with a given cash wage and they
are in a much better position when hard times come and
wages drop. They still have their homes and a large part of
their food. This income from the farm, however, must not
be used by employers as an excuse to lower wages.

We can justify in America a great extension of this hook-
up between the urban worker and the open country in the
vicinity of urban industry. It has developed more than
many of us realize. The 1930 census showed that nearly a
third of all American farmers in 1929 worked for pay at
jobs not connected with the farms they operated. No less
than 11 percent of all farmers worked more than 100 days at
such outside jobs, according to O. E. Baker of the U. S.
Department of Agriculture.

In summary then, we can say that:

First. The United States has more farms and more farmers than
are needed.

Second. It is to the economic advantage of city as well as rural
interests that American agriculture be kept on a commercial
basis, which implies that,

Third. We must guard against the development of sustenance
farming, which will be inevitable if we attempt to use agriculture
as a reservoir to hold surplus urban laborers, or continue to dam up
on the farm the surplus farm population which has heretofore
found an outlet in the city.

Fourth. Declining birthrates in cities now prevent the larger
cities from maintaining their population. A declining population
presents serious economic problems. With any reasonable return of
business activity cities will need the present residents if land values
are not to drop to lower and lower levels.

Fifth. Most of the unemployed do not have the capital to secure
a farm that gives them a reasonable chance of obtaining either
economic independence or a standard of living that we can call
adequate.

Sixth. Few people are now leaving the city for the country and
still fewer are likely to in the coming months unless they are given
public aid in making the shift. If conditions in cities become such
as to necessitate moving families out on to the land there is much
to be said in favor of helping them to locate on small tracts adjacent
to industrial cities and villages where they can engage in part-
time farming.

A stylized relief model in painted metal of a children's swimming pool in a public park

MUSEUMS OF THE FUTURE

BY OTTO NEURATH

SUPPOSING somebody came to me and said, "Build
the museum of the future just as you want it." How
would I answer him? "Agreed," I would say, "but that
is not the way to put it. There is no such thing as the museum
of the future. I can only talk about the museum? of the
future." And I would go on: "Museums of the future, any-
how, ought not to be as I should like to have them, but as
the visitors and users would want them if they knew what
makes a museum."

To speak of the museum of the future is like speaking of
the automobile of the future. Automobiles are manufactured
in series and not produced one by one in a smithy. The idea
that every museum ought to contain unique exhibits has
come to us from the past. Famous individual objects are
collected — a Madonna by Raphael, a calf with four heads,
the armor of Charles the Bold, a stranded whale,
the first locomotive, and other curiosities —
especially those of which only a single specimen
is to be had. And for many people the enjoyment
of a museum visit consists in seeing something,
no matter what, that they can see only once.

It was the same at one time with books: some
famous manuscript entered into a collection, a
unique treasure; but today, there are ten thou-
sand reproductions of the same manuscript. In
the future, museums will be manufactured, ex-
actly as books are today. This basic proposal to
produce copies of museums in standard series has
often been expounded, particularly by Paul

Otlet of the Palais Mondial in Brussels. But the realization
of that idea implies international agreement on a specific
method of presentation. And thus we arrive at the second
point, namely, the museums of the future will have to be
organized by agents of the museum users and not by special-
ists who want to exhibit what they consider important. Is not
that just the sad part of most exhibitions, that every exhibitor
has his own special purpose? This does not mean necessarily
that he wants to do business. He may, for example, only
want to show how marvelous is the institution of which he is
the administrator. So it may happen that in a public-health
exposition six different clinics demonstrate six times what a
good sick-bed ought to look like. One of these beds may, of
course, be better than another, but those who visit this ex-
position can hardly be expected to distinguish more than

The social museum, says Dr. Neurath, is the museum for our
time. In the Social and Economic Museum of Vienna he has
developed ways of making social facts stand out through
striking charts, models and films. Branches of his research work-
shop have been established in Berlin, Prague, Amsterdam
and Moscow; and a committee has recently been organized
in New York to promote the use of the Vienna method in this
country and establish a workshop where clients can order
anything from a chart to an entire exhibit and the data for it

458

September 1 933

MUSEUMS OF THE FUTURE

459

two beds from each other and, as a rule, will be fully satis-
fied if they thoroughly understand how one of them works.
Would it not be a better plan if the clinics concerned were
together to appoint someone to think out a way in which
visitors to expositions could best be shown the principal inno-
vations? Incidentally, perhaps, each of the six clinics might
show in one common exhibit exactly what major novelty it
has introduced — but six sick-beds, that is too much !

And why must the poor visitor to a museum of natural
history look at hundreds of birds, even though he can per-
haps hardly distinguish the difference, just because some
particular ornithologist considers it necessary? As a matter
of fact, some of the museum experts have already noticed that
something does not quite click, and that, for example, it
might be preferable not to introduce birds in companies and
battalions; and so, at huge expense and with the aid of
photographs, they have produced wonderful panoramas
that are to show us how the birds live in nature, master
works of men who specialize in creating these illusions.

Now suppose the visitors had appointed
an expert of their own to represent them,
what would he say about it? Everything
that is shown in a museum, he would say,
ought to serve a comprehensive peda-
gogical purpose. Is it really so important
to show in dozens of colorful panoramas
how all sorts of rare animals live among
the weeds and under water? What sig-
nificant questions are answered by such
exhibits? Would it not be far more im-
portant to tell the people whether there
are many or few animals of this or that
kind, which of them are edible, what the
skin of this or the bones of that beast
might be used for? Isn't it curious: We
are constantly told that we are living in

OA6DSZENE.

A cave drawing, an ancestor of
the Vienna pictographs of today

the age of technique, and yet when we enter a modern mu-
seum of natural history, there is no sign of it. Some of the
minerals are shown, perhaps, in relation to their decorative
uses; but we do not see the diamond as part of a glass-cutting
instrument, or dust of rubies as a substance used for edge-
tools, or agate used as neutral surface in a machine, or any-
thing like this. A huge whale hangs in the middle of the hall;
but we do not learn how the "beard" is transformed into old-
fashioned corsets, how the skin is transformed into shoes,
or the fat into soap that finds its way to the dressing room of
a beautiful woman. Nor do we learn how many whales are
caught per annum, or how much whale-bone, fat and leather
are procured by this means. And yet many people surely
would be interested to know what countries more par-
ticularly are engaged in whaling. And some may want to
know what this means for the balance of trade, how it re-
lates to the economic crisis, and so on. Human fortunes are
connected with this exhibit — starving seamen, hungry fami-
lies of fishermen in the north of Norway. And so, everything
leads to man and society.

How to organize human life socially —
that is the great question which people
are asking today with ever greater insist-
ence. Just as, in their time, museums of
technique and museums of hygiene arose
to answer a recognized need, so the social
museum is the museum for our time. And
this is its twofold task: to show social
processes, and to bring all the facts of life
into some recognizable relation with
social processes. Take paintings, for
example: they are parts of a social pat-
tern and as such belong with homes and
buildings, cities, costumes, and other
works of human hands. Therefore, in the
museums of the future, the marvelous

•"•§•§<•••

Mundoneum Wten

A selection from the growing dictionary of standard graphic symbols developed the Mundaneum

460

SURVEYGRAPHIC

September 1933

1923

Rahonalijierung eines osterreichischen Steinkohlenbergwerkes

1928

jeder Kohlenwagen 50000 1 Steinkohlenproduklron
jede Figur 200 Bergarbeiter Belegschaft

What happened when Austrian coal mining was rationalized. In contrasting men and output in 1923 and
1928, each car represents fifty thousand tons of coal mined, each figure two hundred miners at this production

Wohnbau

Fiirsorge

Verwallung, Technik, Obnges

A pictorial municipal budget. Each disc represents 100
million schillings spent in Vienna on housing, schools,
welfare, administration, technical and other services

September 1933

MUSEUMS OF THE FUTURE

461

Die Reise nach Amerika

U92

1800

1838

Gegenwart

Erllwr Dompfa 15 Tag*

>de Welle 1 Tog Fohrzett

Amerika Europa

The distance between the continents has shrunk. Each wave represents a day in the journey to America — it
took Columbus seventy days to do what is now done in five by boat, in three by airship, in two by airplane

ft.

It takes a map of the world to show where the food comes from that appears on
the breakfast table. Consequently breakfast is not a bad occasion to consider
not only geography but the interdependence of the nations of the whole world

462

SURVEY GRAPHIC

September 1933

A map that lies on a table and shows three dimensions makes it easy
to compare the relative height of the tariff walls before the war

works of the great masters will be shown within the frame of
the social life of their time. Every event, every creative act,
both influences the fortunes of humanity and is influenced
by them.

But how is humanity to be represented in a museum?
That was the question which the Social and Economic
Museum of Vienna set itself to answer a decade ago. Since
then, a group of collaborating scholars and artists have
worked out a method that will be the foundation for the
museums of the future. The Vienna method of visual educa-
tion, designed to include the representation of all sorts of
things, has gone far to solve the problem of representing
social data. That method is today known all over the world
and is being applied on a large scale. The way from Moscow
to New York is long — even longer sociologically than
geographically speaking; and yet the same picture tables
can be used and understood in both places. How is that
possible?

By what means can social relationships be made visible?
A machine or an animal might be photographed when we
are in need of a picture but do not know how to simplify
it for educational purposes. But a photograph is not a con-
ceptual analysis, and it is just that which the simple-minded
need. We have, in this pedagogical effort, to get rid, on the
one hand, of pure abstraction and, on the other, of crude
facts. The well-known story of the camel may help to illus-
trate my meaning. A Frenchman is asked, what is a camel?
He goes to the Paris zoo and asks someone to show him a
camel. There is none. So he travels to Marseilles, then to
Bordeaux — nowhere can he find one. And the malicious
rumor has it that on his return he reports: there is no such
thing as a camel. The German, confronted with the same
problem, follows a very different procedure; he sits down

and thinks, and thinks, and .thinks — and
the camel is there. The American, as an
empiricist, again follows a wholly different
method; he buys himself a lasso, leases a
yacht, and travels to Africa where he catches
a camel which he brings back to New York
and exhibits, saying: here is an idea of the
camel! (There is a sequel to this story: each
of the three writes a book. The Frenchman's
bears the title: Sonnets to the Unknown
Camel. The German names his: The Abso-
lute Camel and the Metaphysical Principle
of Its Antithetical Being. And the American
proclaims: Two Records. — The Largest
Camel, and the One That Can Live Long-
est Without Food, Is to Be Seen in New
York.) To come to the point, an abstract
formula is educationally as useless as is a
naturalistic reproduction. What we need is
a schematic representation that can be
immediately understood. We could not
photograph social objects even if we tried.
They can be demonstrated only through
symbols. It is because this is not an easy
task that it has so long remained unfulfilled.
With the growth of popular educational
activities, and especially of workers' educa-
tion, the necessity arose to transmit to the
students in brief evening classes compre-
hensive information about social and other
facts. The traditional methods of adult
education are no more than popular
applications of the usual highschool teaching methods. They
give the learner the feeling of uncertainty and of incomplete-
ness. But how different is the response when pictures are
introduced! A picture is seen as a whole; and it is possible,
without looking at it again, later on to understand it more
fully; while a book when it is but half comprehended has to
be read again and again if one wants to be sure to get all its
meaning.

Of course, as in everything educational, success in this field
is secured by giving up something else; in order to create
pictures that can easily be remembered one has to omit many
details. But that only proves the maxim that he who knows
best what to omit is the best teacher, and one who can omit
nothing from his demonstrations should not be a teacher at
all.

As might be imagined, the statisticians do not like to hear
that. Since it is part of their job to count and measure every-
thing as accurately as possible, they demand that everybody
appreciate the trouble they have taken and remember the
exact figures they provide. The Vienna school, on the other
hand, postulates: to remember simplified pictures is better
than to forget accurate figures.

So, out of the actual needs of the learners arose the Vienna
method of graphic statistical presentation and the Vienna
method of visual education. The city of Vienna has a pro-
gressive municipal government. Representative in the main
of labor and of the white-collar class, it endeavors to build,
insofar as this is practicable, within the existing social
system — or, if you like, social chaos — an urban environment
adapted to the needs of the masses. So, for example, the city
has built some sixty thousand tenements (constructed, by
the way, to rent at two dollars a month for three rooms),
hundreds of kindergartens, dozens of bathhouses, both for

September 1933

MUSEUMS OF THE FUTURE

463

children and adults, playgrounds, health centers, and many
other things. But how, it may be asked, is it possible in any
city with a democratic government to achieve so much of
benefit to the masses unless the people understand what it is
all about, at least in its larger outlines, and unless these
enormous expenditures out of tax revenues are approved on
the basis of a constant accounting to the people? Only those
who have graduated from a course of social studies, i^^ould
seem, can pass with real understanding on the desirability .of
all the social measures proposed or the way in which they are
carried out. Hence, general social education became a
necessity for this city.

It is out of this need that the Social and Economic Museum
of Vienna was born. When a Viennese citizen enters this
museum, he is impressed from the first moment with the fact
that the institution is intended for him. In it, he finds re-
flected his problems, his past, his future — himself. This does
not mean that the museum limits itself to local interests; on
the contrary, it provides the setting of world-historical rela-
tionships within which the individual discovers the decisive
influences on his own fortunes. Take this matter of housing,
for example: the aim is not to show what a particular build-
ing project looks like, but to help the citizen see the different
types of homes that are included in the plan for the city's
development, realize for what groups of the population these
different types are intended, how they are going to modify
the lives of people, to what extent they are going to help in
improving health, reducing mortality — especially that of
infants — and so on.

Only quantitative facts are socially significant; but most
people are frightened by rows of figures, and diagrams they
regard as an imposition. That sort of thing, they will tell you,

is all right for specialists. But social quantities need not
parade as rows of figures. The pictorial statistics of the
Vienna school represent larger and smaller quantities of
objects by larger and smaller numbers of symbols. So we see
men and women, wage-earners and employers, automobiles
and railroads, sheep and cattle, marching over the pages in
simple, clear, colored, contrasted symbols. One symbol
means a given number. If, for example, one figure means a
hundred million people, then a row of seven white figures
means seven hundred million of the white race, and a row of
«ix yellow figures six hundred million of the yellow race.

The important point is that there must be a system of
rules that can be applied without exceptions, a sort of
grammar of picture language; that, and a dictionary of
symbols. The problem is not how to invent ever new sym-
bols but how to get accepted the best that can be found any-
where. With this aim the Social and Economic Museum of
Vienna is engaged in creating standard symbols and stand-
ard rules. But in order to introduce a single system of signs
and rules throughout the world, an international organiza-
tion is needed. A special institution, the Mundaneum, has
therefore been established in Vienna, in close connection
with the Museum, to work for general acceptance of the
Vienna rules and dictionary of visualization. Because of the
inescapable need to have all educational materials uniform,
it was found necessary to centralize the creation of exhibits,
illustrations, and so forth. Experience has shown that few
artists have the ability so to submerge their personality and
pleasure in creation as to serve solely in the capacity of
objective informant for the learner.

We have in Vienna a research bureau, a statistical de-
partment, and an archive for visual (Continued on page 479)

OCR Wormbauprogramm
der Gemeinde Wien

Di« bis Ende 1930 erricnteien J
Wohnunoen

A large wall model in three dimensions shows the number of houses built by the city of Vienna up to the end of
1930; each small white cube represents 100 new tenements, each black cube 100 new dwellings in garden suburbs

WALKING CIRCUIT

BY JAMES WILLIAM SELLS

THIS morning, for the first time in years, I walked to
town. For yesterday afternoon I drove to my automobile
dealer's place of business and handed him the key to my
second-hand car.

Yesterday two payments were past due on the car. That
in itself was not serious; but the necessity for such an action
rested on the fact that two months ago the remaining six
payments had been refinanced, they at that time being al-
most four months in arrears. For five months now I have
been driving, paying for the repairs and keeping up a ma-
chine that in reality belonged to the finance company.

Granted, this is not the first car that has been repossessed.
But it is the first time that it ever happened to my car, and
I had promised myself with many boastful assertions that it
should never happen. Yesterday when the collector came to
my house with the information that some payment must
be made on account, I went into executive session with
myself and decided some drastic action must be taken.
For five months I had been promising to retire a payment
and had never fulfilled these promises. So my long dormant
pride reasserted itself and I determined to deny myself the
use of a car, no matter how essential it was to my profession.

Consequently it was with mingled pride and self-pity
that I drove to the dealer's, quietly told him the circum-
stances, semi-dramatically gave him the key and turned
away to begin the long five-mile walk home. I feared to
look him in the face for he might have seen the moisture in
my eyes and thought me foolish.

However, as I trudged the weary miles homeward I be-
gan to be compensated for my action and to long for the
days when there was no such thing as haste, when nature
could be enjoyed rather than pillaged, and when man's
social standing depended upon his ability and personality
rather than his automobile.

I HAVE never owned a new car. For ten years or more I
have driven cars that had at one time been called auto-
mobiles, but never had I driven away from a dealer's
showroom and said to myself, "This is my own, my pur-
chased car."

Methodist preachers' salaries are calculated to provide
only the bare necessities of life. As I have been a minister in
the Methodist Episcopal Church, South, for ten years, I can
speak from experience. My father, too, has been a preacher
for forty years; a brother is in this spiritual brotherhood;
and several sisters are intimately connected with the inner
workings of this church; consequently this question of cars
takes a very large place in the family conversation. The ones
who 'have their cars paid for are the aristocrats; those in
process of paying or dodging the collector are the recipients
of common sympathies.

In the years agone, Methodist preachers received ap-
proximately the same salaries that they do now. The pur-
chasing power was greater. Especially was this true on the
poorer circuits and smaller stations. But in those days it was
the custom for preachers to have at least one horse and to
cultivate enough land to grow corn and hay to feed this
horse. It was also the custom for each farmer visited during

the rounds of circuit-riding, to fill up the back of the buggy
with corn or to drive in occasionally to the parsonage with a
load of hay. Often with the feed for the animal would be a
ham, a sack of potatoes or a few chickens. This aided not
only the transportation facilities for the family but also the
morale of the larder.

But in my thirty-five years of parsonage experience, I
have never but once heard of any one driving the preacher's
car to the garage and filling up the tank with gas. Nor have
I known of a new tire being placed on the rear wheel where
the old one was worn. This is just one of the things that the
new generation does not do.

FOR two hundred or more preachers serving the poorer
charges of Mississippi Methodism, the means of transpor-
tation is continually an unsolved problem and one full of
worry. These two hundred preachers received last year a
salary of $1000 or less; fifty of them S500 or less.
All of these men must drive cars, purchase gas and oil.
Strange to say, it seems that the smaller salary a man re-
ceives the larger number of churches he must serve. Most
of the men receiving less than $1000 are serving from three
to six churches, sometimes from ten to forty miles apart.
Often to cover the rounds of his circuit, a rural preacher
must drive over one hundred miles. Is it any wonder that
transportation is a large question? Most of these men man-
age to own a car, keep it up and educate a large family of
children — and some people think that all the financiers are
in Wall Street and preachers are impractical persons!
Withal it is true that this is the most happy and contented
group of men to be found in the state.

One illustration of this question of transportation is my
own experience, which may or may not be a norm for the
group. During my last year in college I was asked to serve as
a supply on a small charge near the college town. I was
informed that all the churches would be reached by train,
I would not need a car and the charge, with its four churches,
would pay me a salary of $1200 a year. My wife and I knew
we could live, pay our debts and save money on that basis.

To our disappointment, this proved not to be the case.
After we had moved to the town which was the base of our
operations, we found it impossible to serve any of the other
three churches by train. The very first Sunday I was forced
to pay a taxi-driver four dollars to take me to a country
church seventeen miles away. The collections failed to pay
for the transportation. Since we had no independent in-
come but were entirely dependent upon these four churches
for our maintenance, we decided to do as all the rest of the
preachers had done and buy a car. I went to the bank and
with the endorsement of two men in the community, bor-
rowed $125 and purchased a worn Model T roadster.

This was the beginning of my education in modern me-
chanics. My Model T carried no self-starter and to this day
I bear a scar on my right hand from infected blisters made
by cranking. Soon I took the machine of the devil to a garage
to have some repairs made, and from that day to this I have
been forced to pay a mechanic rather than a book-seller.

Neither the first year nor since have I had any idea what

464

September 1933

WALKING CIRCUIT

465

my car cost me. I do know that instead of paying me $1200
the church paid only $650. The next year we returned to
the same place, hoping the crops would be better and the
salary larger. Our hopes were not in vain, for the total re-
ceipts in salary amounted to $687. (I thought I was making
progress for the first year after the War I had served a
charge of five country churches, which paid a salary of $456.
Many a time I walked from four to eight miles to meet
preaching engagements. But then I was not married and
money counted for little.) In the meantime, this second year
my Model T shook to pieces despite large garage bills.and
tremendous efforts on my part to wire it together, and I was
forced to make arrangements for one of the early-bustle
Model T coupes. Friends could not understand why I chose
this name for my car until they saw pictures of some nine-
teenth-century feminine garments. Of course this car was
second-hand and the first of many instalment purchases.

After months of weary experience and much expenditure
for repairs, that car was sold for fifty dollars and walking
was tried. The impracticability of this mode of transporta-
tion was soon apparent, when it became necessary to preach
at one church at eleven in the morning and at another, ten
miles away, at night.

Soon a hardware store in a nearby city announced a large
advertising campaign and offered a radio as a prize for a
slogan. This I won and immediately went to a garage and
traded the radio for a dilapidated Dodge roadster. With
some repairs, this car was made to last until I was transferred
to a small station appointment on the Gulf Coast. (A station
appointment consists of only one church and a charge
consists of several churches and is commonly known as a
circuit.)

The roadster was so dangerous looking that it almost
caused my arrest one evening when I was returning from a
fishing trip. I soon traded it as down payment on another
of these bustle Model T's. For this I bargained to pay $400.
After two years this car was paid for, but by that time it
also was worn out. Next a trade was made for a six-cylinder
coupe of a better grade, but this time I failed to listen to her
valves and examine her crankcase and being at all times a
consummate sucker, the car was returned to the dealer in
disgust, the down payment a total loss. After some few
months of walking, another Model T was purchased and
eventually paid for at the expense of many dresses, suits and
other things badly needed by the household. Sometimes I
wonder how much better our sermons would be if we could
take some of this money we have to spend for gas and oil
and subscribe to a few magazines and buy a few books that
we so badly need.

SOCIAL pressure has a great deal to do with a preacher's
car troubles. His church people want to take pride in
him and in his appearance and insist on his driving a good
car without taking into consideration the expense. In some
of the prosperous years, business men in nearby commu-
nities have raised purses and presented their preacher with
a new car simply because they were ashamed of the noise
and looks of the car he owned. I never had that luck though
mine rattled as badly as any.

In January, I traded my Model T as down payment on
a six coupe whose speedometer registered over 21,000 miles
and for which I was to continue to pay $26.80 a month for
twelve months. This, I thought, I could do with ease as my
salary seemed to be more certain than usual because of the
two positions I am holding. The community in which we

live was to pay us $600 a year for preaching two Sundays a
month in the church. They also provided us a furnished
parsonage. My other position, that of executive secretary
of an assembly of my denomination, was to pay an additional
salary which would be adequate for our needs.

Now at the end of twelve months, I find this to be true.
The church has paid $500 and the other position is in arrears
several hundred dollars. The shortage is the result of current
financial conditions that had not been foreseen. There is one
garage account of $70 and another of $50. And in the past
twelve months the car has traveled 16,000 miles in the
interest of the two positions, all expenses incident to this
mileage paid out of my pocket.

Yesterday when the collector came for the money, I
wondered what could be done. Just a week ago I had bor-
rowed all the money from the local bank that my credit
would stand to bring home my wife and twelve-day-old
infant from the hospital. In the bank today there is enough
to pay the nurse and buy groceries for a week. Sunday's
collections will probably bring enough to carry us for
another week. Insurance will soon be due again and other
current bills will have to be met. Where a car-payment was
to come from, I could not see. To borrow was out of the
question. The issue must be faced and decided. So without
further ado, I drove to the dealer's and left my much trav-
eled, very friendly Chevrolet six with him for safe keeping.
If some money comes in from an unexpected source, I will
bring her out of storage. If not, who loses?

SO it was with heavy feet, inexperienced in the fine art of
walking, that I started through the beautiful little resort
city in which I hold my other position, on my five-mile walk
home to wife and infant.

The humor of the situation soon appealed to me and I
wondered if I would develop the craft of the thumb-jerker.
As homeward-bound cars passed me, I knew before long how
the out-of-work hitchhiker must feel. This realization had a
peculiar sting to it and the sting became an oddly ironic jest
as I recognized several cars. The big one that had just
whizzed by belonged to one of my friends; he and I had
just that noon taken lunch at the Rotary Club of which we
are both members. The car following it was almost filled
with women joyously engaged in conversation; these women
would occupy the front seats in my church on Sunday. Oth-
ers who passed knew me well enough to call me by my first
name when they saw me on the streets or in community
meetings. But never once did they recognize my back as I,
too, homeward took my way.

Through the factory districts of the fishing and oystering
community, I soon passed and felt with Whitman that I too
belong to them. I was a fellow-sufferer with these fishermen
in poverty, only mine was genteel and must not be acknowl-
edged. They could take their poverty with them to the
hospital and there get free the care and treatment for which
I had to borrow money. They could enjoy their poverty; for
them there was no false standard of living to which they
were forced to adhere. To them community welfare coun-
cils, such as the one of which I am chairman, would send
Christmas baskets and weekly supplies of food and clothing
when necessary. But could I appeal to my own organization
for relief? Silly thought. It would be considered only an
attempt at humor. But few of these poverty-stricken fisher-
men needed help much more than I.

The way home led over a two-mile concrete bridge under
which flowed the waters of the beautiful Biloxi Bay. It was

466

SURVEY GRAPHIC

September 1933

up these waters that D'Iberville sailed his ships in 1699 to
found the settlement of Biloxi. With hat in hand and coat
folded across my arm, I was beginning to enjoy my afternoon
pilgrimage. With D'Iberville and his doughty men, I
sailed those placid waters and received the unfriendly wel-
come of the Biloxi Indians. The midwinter sun was shining
down with midsummer brilliance upon the blue waters of
the bay and the cumulus clouds hovering over the distant
pine forest made a picture resembling a summer seascape.
As I gazed out at the white sail of an oyster schooner I was
reminded of the days during the War when the gunboat
on which I was stationed sailed the waters of the Atlantic
and the Caribbean; and the feeling of full-bodied health
which comes from exercise in the open flooded my whole
being and a sense of Tightness and content pervaded my
spirit.

TO be perfectly honest and frank, at times angry thoughts
surged through my brain and I rebelled at the thought of
what some might term injustice. Why, I asked myself, did
I not quit preaching and begin making a real living? I re-
membered the days when, for a short while, I had made
money selling advertising and had held other good positions.
But the psalmist David, who was a true preacher, expressed
the idea that all true preachers have: "I would rather be a
doorkeeper in the house of my Lord than to dwell in the
tents of wickedness."

There is a happiness and a contentment in this call-
ing that cannot be found in other fields of activity and
the law of compensation makes up for whatever is
lacking.

I know my friends will not understand my refusal to keep
up the bluff and drive a car I cannot afford. I know that
within twenty-four hours I will be reading the automobile
advertisements and the strong desire for a new car will set
me to planning ways to get one. Someday I hope to buy a
brand-new car and break it in myself.

I knew yesterday that I must arrange to purchase another
car if the one just surrendered could not be re-financed. But
the inner satisfactions that result from doing the best one
knows made me well content that the car was given up;
for renewed acquaintance with the simpler and more pro-
found joys of life were for a moment mine and I knew be-
yond bills and cars and haste were sunshine, salt water and
clouds.

How we preachers and churches will ever meet the high
cost of transportation is one of the many unsolved questions
facing the rural church. Some suggest that the church own
the car and the preacher keep it up. Others want to let
the churches pay the upkeep, or a part of it, and the preacher
provide the car. For most of us, it will be an individual
problem and the kind of car we drive will depend upon the
amount of salary we receive. Most of us will be forced to buy
gasoline for the car when the babies need shoes, for preach-
ing appointments must be met and shoes can be resoled. The
soul-saving business must go on.

Personally, I am glad I surrendered my car. It did not
belong to me and driving it made me feel like a thief. For
some months my work may suffer, but tonight I can go to
bed feeling that to a certain extent I am an honest man and
am trying to do the best I know how.

But when I do buy a brand-new car and own all of it
myself, I think I will hang a large red sign on the side of the
car and tell the whole world, "This is a new car and I own
it all."

THE SKYSCRAPER

BY SUSAN GOLDMARK

^TRAIGHT as an arrow

^ Marking its goal,

Cleaves the air, the skyscraper,

Rising story on story,

Tier upon tier,

In the sunshine dazzling,

In the air translucent,

Shimmering, radiant.

Straight cleave the white walls.

Marking their goal,

Until cornice meets the deep blue,

Soaring the shaft

Cuts deep into space.

Sunset lights play about it,

And the dews of the morning,

Moonbeams, slanting from silvery clouds

Soften its outlines;

Rains beat upon it,

And the fierce sun of noon,

Wintry snows drift high on its roof.

Wind-buffeted it stands,

Erect, unyielding, unshaken.

Power of straight lines,
Power of harmony and poise.

Upward it looks at the stars
Over the gray-brown ramparts;
To the glad climbing hills
And out to the shining straits
Where the great stream
Meets the wide sea.

It is mute, without voice,
To thrill, and to tell
Of the wonders it sees.

Walls of steel and stone,
Self-reliant and proudly erect,
Yet imprisoned, enchained, it stands
In rivets fast-bound.

I, on my roof far below,

Prone on my couch,

Am free, unfettered, unbound.

Exult, oh my soul,

Soar like a bird,

Rise beyond steel and stone,

Beyond mists of the earth.

Up, up, in heaven's deep vault,

Till you touch the bright stars.

LABOR UNDER THE N IRA

BY LEWIS L. LORWIN

A1ONG all groups in the community,
labor has most to lose or to gain from
the workings of the NIRA; and of all the
questions the Act is bringing to focus, few are
more critical than the status of organized labor
under the new set-up. The importance of the
issue arises not only from the nature of the
industrial relations problem, but from the fact
that NIRA is essentially a labor act. It is rooted
in the plight of millions of workers in search of
jobs. It was sponsored by legislators who had
the welfare of the worker at heart. It took the
place of a number of bills which had the active backing of
the American Federation of Labor. It was predicated upon
a philosophy which had its origin in the labor movement;
that prosperity can only be induced and maintained, under
the present industrial system, by spreading mass purchasing
power through steady employment, with adequate wages
and reasonable hours of work. And it carries certain ap-
parently unequivocal sections bearing upon industrial
relations — the right to organize and to bargain collectively —
which presumably were to raise the principles long advo-
cated by organized labor to the status of a recognized
national labor policy.

Clearly, the success of NIRA must depend in large meas-
ure on what it does for labor. That will be one of its major
tests. But judgment of that success will hinge on what we
conceive to be the task of the Act in relation to labor — the
objectives to be achieved and the methods to be used. Our
decisions must also be influenced by a clearer understanding
of the attitudes of both employers and labor, and of the
inevitable problems and pitfalls which a government ex-
perimenting with controlled industry must face if it is to
fulfill the promise to labor which the Act holds out.

During the code-making of the past two months under
NIRA, labor has raised no question more vital than that of
its own status under the Act. What do the clauses of Section
Seven, relating to collective bargaining and the right to
organize, actually mean? How are they to be implemented?
Do they indicate the end of company unions or, on the
contrary, do they give these unions a new importance? Do
they open the way to an expansion of traditional trade
unionism? Do they point out how collective bargaining is to
go forward under the new set-up and what importance it is
to have in the new scheme of industrial control?

Among labor leaders, disillusionment with the adminis-
tration of the National Industrial Recovery Act began soon
after the hearings upon certain basic industry codes had
been concluded. This disappointment did not extend to the
President. Even the most sceptical trade unionists value the
President's labor record, his friendliness, his ability to impart
to his associates a sense of the magnitude of the national
plan and its balance upon the tripod of production, dis-
tribution and consumption. It was largely because of faith
in the President and in those who represent him that or-
ganized labor, despite its traditional suspicion of govern-
ment, held back its opposing hand during the flight of the
Recovery Bill through Congress, and voiced great hope in it
after its passage. The mood of hope began giving way to

What workers have to hope and (ear under the National Indus-
trial Recovery Act is here assayed. The writer's plea for an
industrial relations set-up as part of the administration is dra-
matically met, as this goes to press, by the President's an-
nouncement of the National Board of Arbitration: Senator
Robert F. Wagner, New York, Chairman; William Green,
A F of L/ Leo Wolman, Columbia University,- John L.
Lewis, United Mine Workers; Walter C. Teagle, Standard
Oil of New Jersey; Gerard Swope, General Electric,-
Louis E. Kirstein, Manager, Wm. Filene's Sons Co., Boston.

fear and scepticism as a result of labor's first experiences in
the formulation of the cotton-textile code, the electrical-
manufacturers' code, the shipbuilding and ship-repair code,
and those more recently under consideration.

Organized labor has a bill of particulars which it presents
to justify its change of attitude. First and foremost is the
matter of collective bargaining. Early in the code season,
the Administrator ruled that only one thing was mandatory
upon any industry under the Act, namely "a code must
be submitted." It was not necessary, he ruled, that the
submitted code show that it was the result of collective
bargaining. This ruling, according to labor, left the law
operative in effect like this: employers who destroy trade
association standards are forced into line under legal com-
pulsion; but workers who destroy labor standards may
exercise traditional American liberty in the choice of joining
or refusing to join the labor organization pledged to create
and uphold standards.

FURTHERMORE, until a code is submitted and ap-
proved, no section, paragraph or clause in the Act guiding
industry is in force and operative. Labor claims that the
authors of the Act intended that the labor provisions of
Section Seven should be discussed before the code reached
a public hearing. Instead, these provisions have presumably
been treated as so much dead wood encumbering the legal
landscape. At the reading of codes before the deputy ad-
ministrator, the procedure has been somewhat as follows:

"Mr. Deputy Administrator, this section dealing with
labor is mandatory upon the industry and is therefore in-
cluded in the code. It is not necessary to read this section."

"No, Mr. Counsel, it is not necessary to read this section."

Another ruling of the Recovery Administration which
labor believes works a hardship is that which decrees that
all protests to a code must be "factual." This looks proper
enough. But it works out, labor unionists who have appeared
before Deputy Administrators say, in a one-sided way. It
forbids a discussion of general labor principles. A code,
when submitted, is a philosophy of industry, as well as a
picture of that industry. These generalizations of business
must be met, not by generalizations of labor, but by piece-
meal criticism. The process reduces a labor army to the role
of guerillas sniping ineffectually at the business army.

Even more important is the issue of organized labor's
status. The question of the "open shop" came unexpectedly
to the fore in the hearings on the code for the men's clothing
industry, and the issue of the company union was crystallized

467

468

SURVEY GRAPHIC

September 1933

as had been expected, in the code submitted by employers
in the iron and steel industry. Organized labor claimed that
both issues had no place under Section Seven of the Act.
Had the Administration given from the beginning a proper
interpretation of the clauses, so labor claimed, there would
have been no other road open to employers than to deal
with existing or newly formed trade unions of the American
Federation of Labor type. As in the past, organized labor
laid stress on the phrase "representatives of their own choos-
ing," and argued that workers can have such representatives
only when they are organized in trade unions.

Of less importance, but well worth noting, has been the
complaint of some labor leaders that in the administration
of the Recovery Act labor men form an insignificant minor-
ity. At this writing (early August) about 175 appointments
have been made by the Administrator of the Recovery Act
to his staff. Of this number, in addition to Donald Richberg
and Edward F. McGrady, not more than half a dozen are
counted as outright labor men by the protagonists of the
labor cause. Most of the deputy administrators, whose
important function it is to preside over the hearings, have
been drawn from business, some from industries where
unions not only do not exist, but where the word "union"
is anathema. True, the Labor Advisory Board is an active
factor in the administration of the Act. The men and women
on the Board selected by the Secretary of Labor, are on the
alert for labor's cause, and the socially inspired leadership
of the Secretary herself is a new and weighty factor in the
interest of labor. Still, it is claimed that this Board is not

On a trip to nowhere

Fitzpatrick in the St. Louis Post-Dispatch

yet an adequate balance in the scale of forces at work.

The general attitude of organized labor may perhaps be
summed up in the words of a veteran labor leader:

"I see it this way," he said. "If I play poker with an op-
ponent who is making his draws from three decks of cards,
while I use only one, I shall lose nine times out often, merely
through the law of averages. And that is what labor is up
against — as always — in the administration of this Recovery
Act — great odds, which have got to be redressed."

What hovers before the vision of this labor man, and of
many of his colleagues, is their experience with that other
"Magna Charta of Labor" — the Clayton Act, which was
turned into an additional instrument of anti-unionism by the
process of legalistic interpretation and unfriendly ad-
ministration.

OF course, there is the other side of the picture. Labor,
its critics say, has laid too little stress hitherto upon
research, factual data, the habit of marshalling its case in
accord with evidence and too much stress upon organized
power. Only a few unions carry on research and only one
or two have employed trained assistance in drafting the
labor sections of the new codes. To be sure, research and
legal talent come high. Labor entered the Wasnington
battle after four years of depression and with depleted funds.
It cannot hope to compete with employers in acquiring
trained statisticians and counsel. One group of employers
brought a staff of eleven experts to Washington, hired a
suite of rooms in a hotel and told them to get all the facts
upon their industry. On the other hand, the
American Federation of Labor was slow in
grasping its new opportunities and in starting
a code department. It is likely that the first
real gain to American labor, under the Re-
covery Act, will come through a revaluation
of labor's case in terms of research and eco-
nomic evidence, and in stressing the factual,
rather than the emotional aspect of labor's
cause. The appointment of L. C. Marshall,
formerly head of the economics department of
the University of Chicago, as economic adviser
to the A F of L points in that direction.

In pressing their claims under the Recovery
Act, the unions appeal not only to the letter
and to the spirit of the law as they understand
it, but to the historic role which presumably
is theirs. The social reason of the labor union
lies in the fact that it is the workers' contribu-
tion both to distributive justice and to the
productive side of industry. In the former ca-
pacity, the trade unions stand for rewards
more nearly equal to individual merit and to a
more social division of the total national
dividend. As the workers' protective associa-
tion, the labor unions safeguard the human
element in industry, equalize labor standards
and give potent aid in stabilizing costs and
prices. Further, it is pointed out that where
labor unions have been allowed to make con-
tributions to personnel and technical problems,
considerable profit has been gained in the
orderly conduct of industry.

Of these claims most American employers
have remained and continue to remain
sceptical. For with the exception of a few

September 1933

LABOR UNDER THE NIRA

469

Jerger in The Progressive Miner

Part-time, low-wage worker: "I'm supposed to be sharing my work
with another guy. What I'm doing is sharing the other fellow's
unemployment and misery

Talburt in the New York World-Telegram

On the Wings of Time

TWO OPPOSING VIEWS OF NIRA

industries, such as transportation, printing, clothing, amuse-
ments and notably construction, American employers have
proceeded definitely to build an industrial structure in
which trade unions have no part. No voluntary change of
heart under NIRA on the part of most employers may be
expected, for the employers' attitude in the United States is
rooted in two convictions. One is that union methods tend
to raise costs, not only by raising wage rates and by restric-
tions on output, but by various rules and regulations which
are of the very essence of traditional trade unionism. Em-
ployers abhor these union rules as limiting their power to
organize and reorganize their plants, to hire and fire, and
to adopt other policies necessary to the managerial point
of view.

The other reason is that the American employer still
thinks in terms of his right to "run my own business in my
own way." This is not merely a legalistic attitude — it also
has profound social implications. It means the use of prop-
erty for personal power — an impulse which has been a
potent factor in our economic and social history. Unionism
is a challenge to such power, a limit imposed upon the
economic domination of industrial management, and re-
sented as such.

American employers, even more than those of other
countries, have failed to see the constructive part which
trade unions have played in Western countries. The unions
have been the most potent factors in gaining for millions of
workers a higher wage, greater security in the job, more
leisure and dignified treatment in the shop. They have re-
inforced the effort of the public schools and other agencies
to bring to the masses education, recreation and training
in democratic citizenship.

Nevertheless, the attitude of many employers toward

trade unions in the United States, is not wholly unreason-
able. Many American unions, especially in some of the
crafts and trades where they are most strongly established,
have often been narrow in scope and outlook, oblivious to
the larger problems of the industry, restrictive in member-
ship and methods, and peculiarly subject to manipulation
by unscrupulous agents and delegates. These defects have
been particularly serious since 1920 in view of the new
technological developments which pitted the craft unions
against the processes of modern mass production.

JARGE employing corporations and anti-union employers'
L- associations which feel that even under NIRA they must
stand by their guns and refuse to deal with trade unions,
reason as follows: Either NIRA is a bothersome interlude
which will be wiped out by a new industrial boom, or it is
the first step toward a new industrial set-up. If it is the
former, it is necessary to hold the anti-union fort until the
worst is over. If it is the latter, every effort must be made to
nip new union efforts in the bud, in order to keep intact the
old balance of power in industry. Taking their stand upon
the letter of the Act, these employers believe that they can at
least defend the open shop if not bring the company union
under the wing of legality, either of which would seriously
limit the possibilities of unionism.

What method has the Recovery Act for reconciling these
opposing elements in a common purpose? No very reassuring
answer can be given to this question on a mere reading of
the Act. The pertinent sections are reprinted here, that the
reader may re-examine them in the light of what has been
said. These sections have already become stereotyped,
appearing under legal compulsion in every code in the
following form:

470

SURVEY GRAPHIC

September 1933

SEC. 7. ... (1) That employes shall have the right to organize
and bargain collectively through representatives of their own
choosing, and shall be free from the interference, restraint, or
coercion of employers of labor, or their agents, in the designation
of such representatives or in self-organization or in other concerted
activities for the purpose of collective bargaining or other mutual
aid or protection; (2) that no employe and no one seeking employ-
ment shall be required as a condition of employment to join any
company union or to refrain from joining, organizing, or assisting
a labor organization of his own choosing; and (3) that employers
shall comply with the maximum hours of labor, minimum rates
of pay, and other conditions of employment, approved or pre-
scribed by the President.

(b) The President shall . . . afford every opportunity to em-
ployers and employes ... to establish by mutual agreement the
standards as to the maximum hours of labor, minimum rates of
pay, and such other conditions of employment as may be necessary
in such trade or industry . . . and the standards established in
such agreement, when approved by the President, shall have the
same effect as a code of fair competition. . . .

(c) Where no such mutual agreement has been approved by the
President he may investigate the labor practices, policies, wages,
hours of labor and conditions of employment in such trade or
industry or subdivision thereof; and upon the basis of such in-
vestigations, and after such hearings as the President finds ad-
visable, he is authorized to prescribe a limited code of fair com-
petition fixing such maximum hours of labor, minimum rates of
pay and other conditions of employment in the trade or industry or
subdivision thereof investigated as he finds to be necessary to.
effectuate the policy of this title, which shall have the same effect
as a code of fair competition approved by the President. . . .
The President may differentiate according to experience and skill
of the employes affected and according to the locality of employ-
ment; but no attempt shall be made to introduce any classification
according to the nature of the work involved which might tend to
set a maximum as well as a minimum wage.

Obviously, the Act followed here the lines already laid
down in the Norris-LaGuardia Anti-Injunction Act. In this
way the Recovery Act continues the tradition of giving
mere abstract legal rights where positive social action is
necessary. Under the terms of the Act it may become neces-
sary to force the issue as between trade unionism and com-
pany unionism, for both theories may be argued indefinitely.

THERE are some who believe that even under a formal
administration, the Recovery Act will give trade unionism
a great push forward. Reports are current that numerical
gains are being made by unions under the Act. Most of
these reports are to be discounted. The best showing to date
is that of the United Mine Workers, but the 200,000 "new
members" early announced by the union were unemployed
men absorbed without the customary financial or even
propagandistic formalities. The unemployed merely "al-
lowed" the officials of the United Mine Workers to rep-
resent them at code hearings. It is true that unions have
made small gains as a result of the Act, but they fail to
measure up to expectations.

As a matter of fact, in most industries most of the barriers
to unionism continue to stand. Under NIRA many em-
ployers have been posting in their plants such notices as
"No man has to belong to a labor organization to work in
this plant." These are perfectly proper announcements;
when they were protested in Washington by labor unions,
the general counsel of the Recovery Administration ruled
that the Act was not designed to organize labor. This means,
of course, that legal restrictions have been removed from
trade unionism, but that the psychological and economic
barriers remain — and they are greater than the legal.

In other words, under a mere formal and legalistic inter-
pretation, the Recovery Act cannot find a solution for the
century-old capital-labor issue. Neither does it promise to
give labor a firmer position in the matter of organization.
Since the hearings on the steel code, many observers, even
in the labor camp, have felt that the Act will put an end to
so-called company unionism. The A F of L would regard
this as a great gain for its cause. Unionists have the same
feeling for company unions that employers would have for
trade associations organized by workers for their employers.
I am inclined to think that the concession made by the
employers in the iron and steel industry in their code hear-
ings was a formal one and does not materially change the
situation. And there is some reason to expect increased
industrial friction which may eventuate in more strife than
we have had since the pre-boom years, as is shown by recent
events in the Pennsylvania coal fields, the clothing markets
and elsewhere.

Some would seek the solution of the problem in a defini-
tion of collective bargaining which would give the A F of L
trade unions the exclusive right to represent the workers.
Such a definition of collective bargaining based on historic
experience and industrial practice, would emphasize four
points:

1. That collective bargaining must be between groups
and organizations of workers and employers having in-
dependence and self-government in their internal affairs
including the power to fix dues and assessments, to dispose
of resources, to call in advisers, to engage counsel, to elect
or appoint officers;

2. It must be concerned with all matters affecting the
economic interests and welfare of the workers — wages,
hours, working rules, hiring and firing, and so on;

3. In its developed form it must be coextensive with the
industry in the sense that its terms must be formulated
with regard not merely to conditions in one plant but to
inter-plant relations in order to eliminate as far as possible
the competitive factors which are due to the weaknesses of
individual employes or of groups of employes;

4. Whether or not the methods recognized include
strikes and lockouts, they must eventuate in a collective
contract which both sides are willing and capable of enforc-
ing by means of specially devised machinery.

BUT any attempt to solve a problem by definition merely
shifts the basis of conflict. The most notable effort to
formulate a national labor policy — made in 1919 by President
Wilson's Industrial Conference — shattered on just such a
failure. The employers' group insisted on extending the
term, collective bargaining, to include bargaining between
employers and workers' associations other than trade
unions, and undoubtedly under NIRA employers will take
the same position.

The way out seems to me to lie along entirely different
paths. We must drop old terms and slogans and adopt a
new method of approach. An examination of the trends in
all industrial countries points to the conclusion that there
are certain functions in industry, such as prevention of
waste, maintaining morale, promoting social welfare,
supervising labor laws in the factory — which cannot prop-
erly be performed except by workers' organizations. One
country after another in the past decade has recognized
that these functions are regulatory and administrative and
have a public interest. The method (Continued on page 478)

PSYCHOLOGISTS AND NURSEMAIDS

BY ELEANOR ROWLAND WEMBRIDGE

NO doubt, elderly physicians have their dark moments
when they recall some incorrect prescription, and
judges shudder at times over the innocent men whom
they have sent to jail. Certainly, if psychologists do not do
penance for some of the absurdities that they have circu-
lated about child training, then it is because they are male
psychologists, who have never had to do the routine, day-
by-day labor of raising a child, and who therefore never
have discovered how ignorant they are.

In discussing this matter recently with the wife of a
professor who wields large influence among students of
education, I regretted that I could not be so positive about
some matters of child training, as he seemed to be. The
lady answered with a touch of bitterness; "The trouble
with you is that you made the great mistake of having a
child and training it yourself. That's what cramps your
style. My husband has never been able to handle his own
children for half an hour. He won't even try. He much pre-
fers to run away to his office and write a book about them!"

I recall a plaintive passage in the letters of William
James, written from Italy where he and his family were
spending a vacation in quarters somewhat more restricted
than those to which he was used in Cambridge. He seemed
to be appalled at the omnipresence of his own progeny.
Wherever he turned, he either bumped into a child, or
fragments of its wash hung up to dry. He was distracted
and tormented. Even that great humanist found it hard to
collect his wits to study human nature while he had to
live in such a welter of it. The most exhaustive of psycholo-
gists, yet I doubt if he was to be trusted even with a baby
carriage. To do him justice, he would have been the first
to admit it.

Far otherwise is it with many men, who at 9 A.M. in
laboratory, clinic, and observation school, coolly and
comfortably removed from the jungle and the hive, are
responsible for most of the modern print about young
humans. The infants whom they observe are presently
handed back to some lady-in-waiting; mother, aunt or
nurse-maid, who retreats with her cub into the bush. The
man then dictates a few wise words on the child's behavior
to his stenographer, and at 5 P.M. starts for the golf course.
The silent woman who took the child in charge merely
has to raise it, for twenty-four hours a day.

In my duties at court I have seen many deserted wives,
who have to bring up their children alone, and earn their
living besides. It is hard work, and the amazing thing about
it is not that they sometimes fail, but that so many of them
succeed. But when a man is deserted, and left to raise a
child alone, how concerned we all are for him!

I recall an anxious father in overalls, who was trying to
bring up his child with only incompetent help. He was
disturbed about her red eyelids, and court proceedings
were temporarily stopped while we discussed the best
methods of mixing and applying boric acid to an infant's
eyes. Everyone, including myself, burned with sympathy
for the helpless young man. Yet even then I wondered why.
Why was he worse off than twenty deserted working mothers

I could name, who were also swabbing their babies' eyes
unhonored and unsung? I concluded that it was only be-
cause we were all steeped in the same convention, namely
that a man might issue orders about a baby, but must
never be depended upon to carry any of them out. Perhaps
it was really the baby whom we were sympathizing with !

This does not mean that men are unskilled by nature in
the care of the young. Quite the contrary. Strangely enough,
they are the baby trainers of every other species. They
are helpless apparently, only with their own. Stockmen
raise little calves and shepherds tenderly nurse their lambs.
Horse lovers hover devotedly over tiny colts. And the ro-
bust men who roam the jungle for wild animals for the zoo
and circus, are the most skilled of nursemaids for anything
from a baby monkey to a new-born giraffe. Women, as a
matter of fact, have no authority whatever in the raising
of any but human babies. But about these nurselings, which
so soon exhaust and even terrorize the average father,
some male, sitting at a safe distance, is always writing the
most profound works.

FOR example, there are two opposing views in child
psychology both, to my mind, equally quaint and both
of which show the earmarks of a male observer who can
at any moment beat a retreat if the nursery gets too noisy.
One is, that the properly disciplined child, once firmly
taught who is in authority, will thereupon bow to this
master mind, and forever after be obedient. Whoever
started that idea? Any experienced grandmother knows
that it is not true. I have seen little girls and boys, who
have been models of good behavior, suddenly go "loco"
and defy the authority of their most respected relatives.
They know perfectly well who is "boss." They have de-
ferred to him in the past. Now they refuse to do so. Mus-
solini himself and Stalin if he has a child, doubtless have
their moments when dictatorship is a hollow mockery, and
military discipline a house of cards. I venture to say, that
there have been times when as their own knees grew weak,
their infants' lungs were growing stronger! They knew the
master's voice to be sure, but which voice was it?

Having a child of my own, and living upon a street
which boasts one or more children in every house, I have
an opportunity, as well as the daily necessity of observing
how children act. In fine weather all of them are on the
sidewalk. And when it rains, three to six are likely to be in
the next room. They are all nice children, and I am fond of
them. The guests all obey as well as my child does, and
probably better. Nevertheless, to say that they MIND,
if they can help it, is a fairy tale.

Take the matter of the bathroom being turned into a
dolls' beauty parlor. Four delightful little girls, who well
know that I am the boss, have repeatedly been told that
my cold cream and toothpaste are not to be used upon the
dolls' faces. They agree sweetly. But the toothpaste vanishes
none the less. They tell me that they forget. That they did
not know it was THAT toothpaste. That they thought that
this was the cold cream that they COULD use and so on.

471

472

SURVEY GRAPHIC

September 1933

Eventually they will stop using the forbidden tubes I have
no doubt. But it will only be when the dolls are turned out
of the bathroom; or the tubes are hidden; or when they
have all got sick of playing that game anyhow.

Another rule is that the playroom must be cleared up
before they leave it. A system of "inspection" has been
installed by which the room must be subjected to an over-
seer. But, oh, the agonies they go through to avoid this regu-
lation ! As the time to leave draws nigh, each child casually
attempts to make the first getaway so that she won't have
to do her share of the work. Sometimes this sly withdrawal
develops into a stampede which nothing but my back against
the door will check. My own daughter dislikes this clearing
up as much as any of them. But naturally she tries to rally
the rest of them to their labors so that she won't have to do
it all herself. Sometimes there is a plaintive reproach from
a visitor as she eyes the disorder.

"My mother wants me right away."

"Your mother can have you when the room is cleared
up," I answer firmly, with my hand upon the latch. When
"inspection" is over and my little friend is at liberty to
return to her yearning mother, she whispers with a smile,
that she just recalled that her mother did not want her
after all. The difficulty seems to be with these children, that
they are like their parents and like all human beings — in
this respect. They want to do what they want and when
they want to do it.

A^ID like all free-born citizens, they detest taking orders.
Therefore, the other school of psychology teaches
that children should not be forced into any deferential or
subservient patterns, but should be encouraged to do as
their own will and fancy dictates. This would sound de-
lightful to my youthful visitors and they would all highly
approve. But would any male educator who advised an
absence of compulsive treatment, clear up that playroom
himself, if the children did not feel disposed? Not he! He
would escape to his quiet orderly study to write his views
on freedom, while some grim woman with a broom swept
up the rubbish which both he and the children declined
to touch. I have always pored over the stories of the trainers
of wild animals, the only experts on education who really
''know their stuff." But never yet have I known a veteran
trainer to advise that puppies, and ponies, let alone cubs
and whelps, be allowed to make nuisances of themselves
to their hearts' content.

Probably it is because animal trainers have to clear up
the zoos themselves. When I hear a child trainer urge that
a child should not be forced, I wonder wistfully if anyone
ever tried to do it and succeeded. If so — How?

At a recent conference we were informed by the gentleman
upon the platform, that a good arrangement for apart-
ments was for the children to do their playing on one side
of a screen while the adults stayed on the other. A splendid
idea, but I ventured the question, "Do children always
stay on their own side of the screen?"

"Certainly," replied the speaker with slight severity.

Oh misguided man! Let him wait until the novelty of
the screen has worn off, and then let him try to compile
his notes behind it, while a brisk difference of opinion is
in progress on the other side. It will give him data for his
next address.

I believe that some new, unprejudiced observations
upon children have got to be made, not by office or clinic

men, who do not live with them, nor even by teachers who
see them only a few of their fresh working hours but by the
women who actually are responsible for them, sick or
well, both night and day. I know that in a courtroom I
never see the sort of behavior that the parents report about
their children. The youngsters are canny enough to re-
fuse to misbehave in front of me. In the school and clinic
it is much the same. But in the modern home, with its
smaller family, I believe that the average mother is ac-
quainted with her own children more intimately than any
mothers ever were in the past, or than any outside educators
are in the present. She must evolve her own science for
meeting situations which absentee advisors, and even her
own mother, never met. In the days of larger families and
more clan life, the mother did not know half of what was
going on because someone else was getting the brunt of it.
Every younger child had another child, or an elder relative
to do much of his actual care. Mother may have nursed the
baby, but Henrietta took Tommy for a walk and Maria
put Susie to bed. Samuel amused John, Hannah rocked
Eliza, and Aunt Jane took them all in charge when they
had the measles. Nowadays most women must combine all
these activities themselves. They have no elder children
to play nurse, no unmarried sister or grandmother in the
home, and usually no maid. The chances are that the
mother must be story-teller, nurse-maid, playmate, and
instructor to her own child, on an all-day job unknown
even to the primitive women of the wigwam, the igloo, and
the hut. She has all the opportunity in the world (if she
does not die of nervous fatigue), of being the world's best
child psychologist. She has at her hand a mass of data
such as no man in a clinic can command. If he ever gets
it, he must get it from her. But she usually is too timid to
express what she knows, and asks for advice even though
she herself is the source from which such advice must be
compiled.

Her timidity may be due to her own dissatisfaction with
the job she has done. Not even the most devoted mother
can, in her secret heart, look on Johnny and Jenny as flaw-
less. She may be painfully conscious of her inability to talk
about her job in the resounding jargon of the "expert." She
may feel that because she learned about children from
children instead of from books, what she knows is amateur-
ish, unworthy the notice of the learned professionals.

A veteran zoo-keeper who had raised healthy bear whelps
would not be likely to tremble before the opinions of a
young laboratory man who had studied white mice in a
cage. So why should she?

I AM now at the point where I demand of any man who
dares to make a positive statement on the behavior of
children this one question: "Have you or have you not,
ever been solely responsible for one month for one human
child of the age about which you are making dogmatic
statements? Have you fed, argued with, got to sleep, waked
up, nursed, punished, amused, listened to, and taught this
child without respite, for such a minimal interneship, and
could you keep it up for six months or six years if necessary?
Animal-trainers, nurses and mothers do it. Can you?"

If such a man exists among the battalions of psycholo-
gists who are telling women how to raise babies, I should
like to read his book. The rest of them can throw their
treatises into the ash-can for all of me. I prefer to consult
a lion-tamer or a good Scotch nurse !

THROUGH NEIGHBORS' DOORWAYS-JOHN PALMER GAVIT

"WHAT WENT YE OUT FOR TO SEE?

AtONG the things left in his desk at Harvard by our
son when, in January 1920, he slipped beyond our
touch and vision, I found the verses printed on this
page. I do not know who wrote them; I have heard that
they were found on the body of a soldier killed in the World
War, and widely printed. I know anyway that they stirred
my son and exhibited the point of view from which, while
hating every aspect and manifestation of it, he saw that
titanic horror, and accounted to himself for the chaos into
which his fate had flung all his own hopes and aspirations.
So it was with innumerable lads like him, of character,
poise and responsibility, suddenly dislodged from their
business of fitting themselves for a fine part in the life of the
world. They tried to make sense out of the turmoil, enticing
themselves to take part cheerily, or grimly, in what they
were told and tried to believe might be the opening of the
door to "ampler life" for all man-
kind. Through the bloody murk
and uproar they insisted upon
glimpsing something in the future
to entrance their eyes and justify
their sacrifice.

My son was even resentful aC
my own obtuseness to the vision
he compelled himself to see; my
belief that we were entering upon
a course whose evils would out-
weigh any possible by-product of
good.

"You older people see only the
destruction of the things you have
been used to, and of your sons
along with it," he said to me more
than once. "When this war is over,
there will be only two kinds of

people: those who did and those who didn't. You have
taught me to face the price of a better world, regardless of
what I must pay myself."

With mixed emotions — quite apart from the obvious
personal aspects of it — I publish this poem as a sort of text,
as an expression of the spirit of youth with clear fearless
eyes looking forward. It will strike the reader according to
his own temperament and point of view — as a pathetic
symbol of the futility of that sacrifice youth made in those
horrible days of physical conflict; or as a clarion call to see
that the vision still persists. That the real significance of
what we are going through may indeed be what they saw.

FOR the struggle still goes on, and no man can foresee the
end of it — nay, not the end, nor even the next pausing-
place. At what hour in the morning of what day in the week,
began the Paleozoic, the Silurian, the Cretacious; not to
mention our own Cenozoic, which as yet hardly has reached
breakfast-time? "It doth not yet appear what we shall be.
..." We do not know even vaguely what is going on;
only that it is momentous.

"What went ye out into the wilderness for to see?"

Recompense

VE that have faith to look with steadfast eyes

Beyond the tragedy of a world at strife,
And know that out of death and night shall rise
The dawn of ampler life;

Rejoice, whatever anguish rend the heart,

That God hath given you a priceless dower,
To live in these great times and have your part
In freedom's crowning hour.

That ye may tell your sons who see the light

High in the heavens — their heritage to tak
"I saw the Powers of Darkness put to flight,
I saw the morning break!"

demanded Jesus. "A reed shaken with the wind? A man
clothed in soft raiment?"

I dare say that long centuries after they and their kind
were doomed by their own incompetence to meet changing
conditions, indeed most of them dead in their fossilizing
tracks, specimens, even herds, of the Brachiosaurus and the
Diplodocus, feeling individually very well thank you,
roamed the earth grumbling about the state of affairs and
hoping for the "return of normalcy." Even in our own day
we have seen and heard and may hear today such in human
form bemoaning. As well they may, for they are witnessing
changes all over the world to which, like the Ichthyosaurus
and the Uintatherium and the Saber-toothed Tiger, they
cannot adapt themselves. Right here at home — if anybody
had proposed, a half-century ago, the things now in practice
in American government and industry, he would have been
immured as a dangerous lunatic;
or, more likely, would have been
laughed off the stage, as James
Monroe would have been had he
proposed Lincoln's Emancipation
Proclamation. So this poem serves
to measure youth's response to
what we told them more or less
exuberantly, of a new day dawning
for freedom in the world; youth's
disgust and disillusionment at the
older generation's failure to live
up to their own preaching; youth's
espousal of various forms of radi-
calism; youth's recognition of the
fact that we messed up their world
and that they must work out their
own salvation, their own destiny.

IT is no wonder that the Economic Conference ran aground
and will have to be pulled off for a fresh start, or that the
Disarmament Conference, adjourned until next month,
bumps along among the reefs. Both have been trying to find
compromise between irreconcilable things — the vision of a
peaceful cooperating world and the maintenance of condi-
tions indispensable to the existence of the ichthyosaurus of
commerce and the saber-tooths of militarism. It cannot be
done.

The most evident immediate obstruction is the fact that
nationalism, however moribund in any long-range view, has
still to run its course; or, if you prefer, has still service to
render. The outstanding reality disclosed in both conferences
is that internationalism continues an iridescent dream.
Whatever is accomplished in the field of either disarmament
or economic interplay must be among nations still highly
self-conscious as such. That reckoned with, the world may
nevertheless make progress, and use constructively the
means within its grasp.

Far be it from me to condone the iniquities of the Ver-
sailles Treaty — it was the crowning atrocity of the war. But
in the state of mind then prevailing, I doubt the power of

473

474

SURVEY GRAPHIC

September 1933

anybody to have mitigated those iniquities substantially,
even though all sane persons even then recognized them as
unconscionable. Wicked as was that treaty in multiform
aspects, there were from my point of view two redeeming
things in it. One was the Covenant
establishing the League of Nations and
the World Court; the other was the
provision, inextricably interwoven
therewith in both letter and spirit, for
the reconsideration and revision of
treaties (including that one) in due
time, as war-passions subsided, as
treaties appeared obsolete or objec-
tionable. Owing chiefly to the Ameri-
can sabotage of the League of Nations
— even despite which it has functioned
with amazing vitality — the work of
reconciliation, repair and readjustment
has proceeded lamely; hit-or-miss,
from hand to mouth, without coherent
purpose or intelligent coordination.
The wreck and present insanity of
Germany are outstanding conse-
quences. And we have the usual legacy
of wars, aptly described by Thackeray
in his story of the Battle of Waterloo, viewed at a distance in
Vanity Fair:

Its remembrance rankles still in the bosoms of millions of the
countrymen of those brave men who lost the day. They pant for
an opportunity of revenging that humiliation; and if a contest,
ending in victory on their part, should ensue, elating them in their
turn, and leaving its cursed legacy of hatred and revenge behind
to us, there is no end. . . . Centuries hence, we Frenchmen and
Englishmen might be boasting and killing each other still, carrying
out bravely the Devil's code of honor.

IT is with this ancient habit of the world that we contend
now, and the very existence of these international con-
ferences is index of the progress. The League of Nations has
built up a technique, created an atmosphere. Between the
frantic futile scurrying of July 1914, and the proceedings of
today, however blundering, there is a difference in kind,
like that between midnight and the grayest of dawns.
Cordell Hull, Secretary of State of the United States, re-
turning from the London conference to which he made
distinguished contribution, declares the conference to have
"only just commenced," and voices the continuing hope to
which mankind must cling:

I pity the future of the civilized world if this is the limit of our
capacity to go forward for human progress. Nothing is of more
value than to have sixty or seventy nations of the world represented
by ambassadors, prime ministers and heads of the government in a
frank discussion and understanding on searching questions. There
will be both economic and military chaos if the world leaves off
negotiation and peaceful understanding.

It is a long way between that first gray of dawn and the
sun of noon. Unless the world is to be a madhouse, we are
seeing, despite all discouragements, the slow process of
breaking a new day.

APROPOS of racial inferiorities, take note of the fact
that there is one group in the United States which is
not grasping for the three-billion-dollar public-works fund.
The Menominee Indians held a tribal council in July on
their reservation in Wisconsin and voted unanimously to

refuse the $30,000 allotted to them by the Federal
Emergency Administration of Public Works from the fund
of $50,000,000 which Congress authorized to be expended
for highway construction on government lands including
Indian reservations. They sent a com-
mission to Washington to inform the
government that they would continue
by the use of their own funds upon their
reservation their record of eighty years
of independence and self-support. Let
the government allotment be used for
destitute Indians of other tribes. Public
Administrator Ickes remarked that
"with thousands of people using every
artifice to secure allotments from the
public-works fund, many with utterly
unqualified projects, the Menominees
are giving a notable exhibit of true
public spirit."

THE League of Nations Association,
and the cause of interest in the

Scott in the Portland Orcgonian
Our splendid isolation

League in the United States suffer a
notable loss in the resignation ol
Philip C. Nash as National Director,
to become President of the University of Toledo. From the
position of dean of Antioch College Mr. Nash brought marked
enthusiasm and executive ability to the Association, and for
four years has captained a remarkable advance in public in-
terest and intelligence, not only with reference to the League
itself, but in all sorts of international information. He is suc-
ceeded by Hilton Howell Railey, a man of experience in jour-
nalism, in promotion, and in executive administration. He
assumed office in July, but is spending the summer studying
his problem, both at the executive offices in New York and in
Geneva; his real activity will begin in October. He comes
against a high standard of performance in the record of Mr.
Nash, and an unexampled opportunity in the troubled
international situation. The Association is in a measure
reorganizing; a committee of the Board of Directors has
just put through a plan for the better coordination of the
Association's activities in all parts of the country.

Meanwhile, one sees with satisfaction signs of a tendency
to unify efforts of various organizations devoted to research
and propaganda with reference to international affairs.
There is great waste, of money, effort and publications. To
my desk come dozens of printed things, more or less futile by
reason of small circulation and duplication of purpose and
statement. And people, glad to contribute to the general pur-
pose, are all penalized as to effectiveness by the scattering.

CUBA libre — at last? Perhaps; we shall see what can be
done by the new regime, by grace of the army, the sugar
interests and other incalculable factors. At press time comes
the finish of Machado — another saber-tooth flung among
the fossils. The army upon which he relied for his bloody
dominance went back on him, as theirs did on the Roma-
noffs of Russia. Haec fabula docet (so hard it is for believers
in military force to learn) that a gun is just as good as
your grip upon the butt end of it!

Yet over all broods an abiding spirit which will not down,
which survives all discouragement, which sees the break of
day. As an old negro friend of mine says cheerily. "Let not
yo' heart be troubled. Time is de mostes' thing God Al-
mighty ain't got nothing but."

LETTERS & LIFE-EDITED BY LEON WHIPPLE

TRACTS FOR THE TIMES

IN revolutionary eras men turn to pamphlets. Print be-
comes a weapon: books are deeds. The pamphleteers
helped win the revolutions in England and in America.
Our day sees a kind of revival of the pamphlet and short
book. Is it a sign of a revolutionary time? In a crisis the man
with an idea wants to get it into action, to help now. Driven
by emotion, he has no time for a book; he wants to be read,
not cataloged; he seeks a spear, not a net. He is willing to
give all his thought in ten thousand words, accepting the
discipline of brevity that cuts out all meanderings, verbi-
age, and academic vanity. He cannot be trivial or repeti-
tious else brevity loses significance. So he seizes on the
pamphlet to pour out the idea of which he is possessed for
an audience he hopes to serve.

Fortunately that democratic audience that all agree must
be educated for change responds to brevity because of an
old human instinct for the easy and because it wants a
guide to action. The most conscientious reader is glad to
get a single idea, sharp and clear, in an hour; the task is
within his power and time; he is refreshed and enlightened.
We sometimes forget the virtue of pure fact and of brevity.
Yet is it not the short essay that makes ideas effective for
plain people? Are not the great moving concepts finally
packed into a few words? Our minds seem to grasp truths
one at a time so that even of a great book we remember
only the lesson and the spirit.

The mental work of the people is done by essays and
maxims. Consider the enduring revolutionary power of
Milton's Areopagitica,
of the theses of Malthus
on population, of Tho-
reau on Civil Disobe-
dience, of the Commu-
nist Manifesto, all brief.
For the masses, further,
the phrase-makers —
right or wrong — are the
true guides. How much
of our time is cov-
ered by the familiar
words: "The Industrial
Revolution, the end of
laissez-faire, the Ma-
chine Age, a planned
economy, security." I
do not discount the dan-
gers in slogans and ster-
eotypes with their over-
simplification and em-
balmed emotions, nor
forget that back of the
great essays are the
books of thinker and
scholar with their wealth
of research, synthesis,
historical perspective and
inspiration. The point

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

' ~^.*

is that pamphlets are very useful for certain ends at certain
times.

I CALL attention, for example, to the noteworthy series
published by the John Day Company, to the five booklets
published by the American Library Association under the
title, Exploring Our Times, and to the ever valuable set
issued by the League for Industrial Democracy. They are
but specimens of the flood of various excellence that flows
by a reviewer's desk. I should include perhaps the satire,
Let us Have War, by Silas Bent from the Vanguard Press,
to reveal the modern use of edged weapons; and the propa-
ganda type on Russia, and just now on Hitler and Germany.
These pamphlets seem to meet three needs: that of edu-
cation, of exploration, and controversy. For the first, the
Library Association continues its admirable set of sixty
booklets, On Reading With a Purpose, with these challeng-
ing interpretations by authorities that are more than reading-
lists though they do offer fine bibliographies. These digests
and guides to thought include: Collapse or Cycle? by Paul
Douglas; Living With Machines by W. F. Ogburn; Meeting
the Farm Crisis by J. H. Kolb; Less Government or More?
by Louis Brownlow and Charles Ascher. They cost twenty-
five cents, or five for a dollar. I do not know where the
average reader can get more condensed wisdom by experts.
For exploration read Harry Laidler's, Incentives Under
Capitalism and Socialism (League for Industrial Democ-
racy: 15 cents). Here is a central problem of debate, illu-
minated in fifty pages
that are rich in ideas
and facts. It gives evi-
dence that the coopera-
tive state will not lack
the services of adminis-
trators, scientists and in-
ventors, workers, or
kitchen-police for any
failure of incentives. For
another quarter you may
get a fine edition of The
Communist Manifesto,
with an essay on Marx
by Harold Laski.

In the field of short
books, The New Re-
public continues its yeo-
men service with its
dollar series. The latest
is What Electricity
Costs, a symposium on
the cost of distribution
to domestic and rural
consumers, edited by
Morris Llewellyn Cooke.
The distinguished en-
gineers, managers, and
public-service commis-

From What Electricity Costs, edited by Morris Llewellyn Cooke. New Republic Book

A complete electric system depicted in the cut includes a power generating
station, high tension transmission lines (13,000 to 220,000 volts) leading
to industrial plants, railroads, and other enterprises using wholesale power as
well as to the distribution substations from which the electric current goes
out at reduced voltages to the feeder lines connecting with homes, stores
and farms. Ample data as to costs are available up to the distribution sub-
station. From this point to the retail customer's meter, however, nothing has
been known about costs — until recently. Yet in this zone (the dark section
of the chart above) Americans spend one billion dollars annually.

475

476

SURVEY GRAPHIC

September 1933

sioners who contribute cover the whole problem of how your elec-
tricity gets to you and what it does and might cost.

The John Day Company has learned much about the commercial
publishing of pamphlets with their thirty printed in two years
out of 2000 manuscripts offered. They have had big names such
as Beard, H. G. Wells, Pearl Buck, and Einstein; they have given
us controversy — Gilbert Seldes, Against Revolution, and V. F.
Calverton, For Revolution; they have covered exploration, Dare
the School Build a New Social Order? by George Counts; they
have offered us poetry; and satire, such as E. B. White's, Alice
Through the Cellophane, wherein the remedy for over-production
is to let the children run our machines for they always delight to
run them backwards. Their best sellers are by Stuart Chase, with
11,000 copies of Technocracy, and 5500 of The Way Out of the
Depression.

Richard Walsh, president of John Day, has given some valuable
data on the economics of modern pamphleteering. They cost on
average 51/2 cents, with large editions cut to 3.2 and others reach-
ing 8 cents. The royalty is 2>£ cents. So Stuart Chase made about
$400, and the publishers some profit which they lost on other
titles, so they have come out about even. The pamphlets pay
their printing-costs and royalties; but overhead, distribution, and
editorial labor (and pamphleteers demand lots of talk) must be
carried by the regular books. With thirty-two pages a profit is
possible; with added pages it vanishes so that Mr. Walsh offers
"sheer enthusiasm" as a reason for two pamphlets of sixty-four
pages. We certainly owe a debt to this enthusiasm. For clearly
pamphlets are not remunerative to publisher or author. The big
problem is how to distribute them. News-dealers want quick-
moving regular items with assured sales that take no boosting.
Booksellers must center on books. So pamphlets must sell them-
selves— and they do, by mail and call. Mr. Walsh hopes other
publishers will undertake pamphlets for that would certainly mean
a better method of distribution. We can imagine a joint promotion
service, or even an annual subscription plan.

The author may use up the very essence of his thought in a
pamphlet and forego a possible book, or the money and wider
circulation he would secure through a magazine. For the maga-
zine and newspaper offer our modern vehicles for short articles:
we did not have them in the great ages of pamphlets. But the
author does gain in prestige and in impact from a separate publi-
cation. Yet his main reward is in service, in education. Happily
we have men and institutions inspired by this ideal — and that
is a good sign of the times.

IT may be reviewer's cramp or the summer solstice that makes
me wonder whether the psychological values of the pamphlet
imply a criticism of our serious expository books for average readers.
Are they efficient? That means, are they read and do they register
their ideas? How many of us resolve to read a serious book, find
it is expensive, finally borrow from friend or library, turn the
pages, and put it aside "until we have time" . . . that time that
never comes? How many of us have invented a technique of extrac-
tion to get the heart of the book, by skimming, sleuthing for the
pages that are new or significant, rejoicing over certain cases,
drama, or human-interest touches, and depending on the final
chapter to digest the author's thought? This plea in avoidance
may be plain intellectual sloth: it may be due also to the author.
He might have paid some attention to our human instincts as a
guide to efficiency in presentation.

For popular education we do not want cheap, jerry-built,
feature books. Yet do we always need the dreadnaught super-
structure built up by convention to reveal that a book is a "serious
contribution" done with pomp and circumstance? Books get
ponderous and forbidding with ceremonial acknowledgments of
sources (as if every idea was not a debt); the Introduction by a
distinguished bystander, a testimonial that often pre-digests the
author or leaps into the ether; the author's preface that almost
never reveals his domestic life or source of income; the introduc-
tion to his thesis, very useful but likely to be a front-porch; orienta-
tion of the theme in background, definitions of terms, and schools
of thought, that may be necessary but could generally be given in

a short chapter; at the end, a summary that is often the whole
matter, a conclusion, and perhaps an epilogue. In the middle is
the heart of the author's thought — a nascent pamphlet.

Of course many books need all or some of these integuments.
There are monumental treatises that need all the space and deco-
ration they employ — and there are lots of plaster models of the
monuments. There is the pseudo-scholar and the true scholar of
whom the marks are simplicity, clarity and humanity. Even the
scholar, abiding by all the rules of ethics and etiquette, often shows
small concern for getting read and making recalcitrant readers
do anything about his ideas. Some of the superstructure might
be used for devices that will make the reader read! The excess
baggage ought to hold one party dress.

The lesson is from the Spartan brevity of the pamphlet. Its
virtue is shortness and readableness. It plunges in medias res, and
it is effective because, revolution or no revolution, that at the
moment is precisely where we are. LEON WHIPPLE

A Valuable Symposium

A CENTURY OF PROGRESS, edited 6v Charles A. Beard. Harper. 423 pp. $.1
postpaid of Survey Graphic

THERE seems still to be much difference of opinion among re-
turning visitors as to whether the Century of Progress Exposi-
tion in Chicago has lived up to the high standards set for it; but
without having seen the fair, and with no invidious judgments in
mind, I venture to remark that the exposition has been worth while
if only for having inspired the publication of this valuable sympo-
sium. The choice of Charles A. Beard to edit such a work is in itself
a guarantee of merit; and on the whole he has selected his thirteen
authors wisely, with a view to choosing in each field the person best
qualified to review and evaluate the changes of a century in his own
particular field of thought or action. William Green as spokesman
for labor may, in spite of his official position, be greeted with a
skeptical eye by the informed; and Henry Ford represents in in-
dustry a peculiar and a typical standpoint; but no better person
could speak for natural science than Watson Davis, for invention
than Waldemar Kaempffert, for social transformation than Jane
Addams, or for the position of women than Grace Abbott. The one
lack of the book (since there is an excellent index) is a series within
it — there is such a list on the slip-jacket which most readers never
see — of short biographical notations as to the authors; many, of
course, are well known, and perhaps Dr. Beard considered it
superfluous to describe any of them; but most readers will not
know that Edward Hungerford speaks for transportation and
communication as an official of the New York Central Lines; H.
Parker Willis for banking and finance as consulting economist of
the Federal Reserve Board; Frank O. Lowden, not for government
and law, because of his long political career (Dr. Beard himself
handles this chapter), but for his avocation of agriculture; Fielding
H. Garrison for medicine as librarian of the Welch Medical Li-
brary in Baltimore, after a long career as a writer and editor of
medical works; Charles H. Judd for education as director of the
School of Education at Yale; and Fiske Kimball for the arts as a
distinguished architect and director of the Pennsylvania Museum
of Art. John Erskine, the only author still unmentioned, was an
adequate choice for the progress of literature, both as college
professor and as writer, though other names might more readily
have suggested themselves to other editors.

Dr. Beard sets the keynote of the volume by his fine introductory
chapter on The Idea of Progress. It invalidates at a stroke the
entire philosophic school which opposes the idea that any upward
trend exists in human affairs, and, ignoring the splendid achieve-
ments of man considered as a species of ground ape, laments be-
cause he is not yet a little nearer to the angels. He examines the
"other-worldliness of the Christian Middle Ages" and "the illusion
of utopianism [which] shadows all human thought about public
and private affairs, challenging the idea of progress," and sums up
his conclusions on this high note:

The good life for a multitude, not for a superior minority living in
a land of illusion on the sweat of the "ignoble" — this is the kernel
germinating in the heart of the concept of progress.

September 1933

LETTERS & LIFE

477

Perhaps no chapter illustrates this thesis so aptly as Jane Ad-
dams' on The Process of Social Transformation. No one can read
her survey of a century of history of social thought and action in
America without becoming convinced that, however slow and
impeded, actual upward progress has been made and is now being
accelerated. As she puts it, the last century has "persistently tried
to reach an equilibrium between individual and group responsibil-
ities." The great problem of the next century will be to reconcile
the inner conflict between growing political nationalism and in-
creasing economic internationalism.

No mention, however brief, of this book could be complete, to
readers especially interested in social work, without calling atten-
tion to Grace Abbott's chapter on The Changing Position of
Women. It contains within fewer than forty pages an excellent
summary of one hundred years of social history as it concerns one
half of all Americans.

One of the most interesting features of the volume, and one
which more than any other marks it as of 1933, is simply an omis-
sion. If such a book had appeared in 1833, the most prominent
chapter would have been devoted to religion and the churches.
But in A Century of Progress there is no chapter on religion at all.
However great the advance in individual phases or groups, or-
ganized religion as a whole stands today just about where it stood a
hundred years ago, and has read itself out of inclusion in a volume
dedicated to the progress of a century. MAYNARD SHIPLEY

Sausalito, California

Trotsky as Historian

THE HISTORY OF THE RUSSIAN REVOLUTION. Volume II: The Attempted
Counter-Revolution. Volume III: The Triumph of the Soviets. By Leon Trotsky.
Translated by A/a.x Eastman. Simon and Schuster. 37 1 and 474 pages. Price $3.50
per volume postpaid of Survey Graphic

IN the concluding volumes of his monumental History, Trotsky
continues the difficult task of giving an objective appraisal of
events in which he figured as one of the chief actors. This difficulty
has grown with the progress of his work, in direct proportion to the
increased importance of his personal part in the revolutionary
drama from March to November 1917. Trotsky chooses to recede
into the background, treating his own activity with impersonal
anonymity, or citing it only from printed reports and from notes of
contemporaries, who were as often as not his adversaries. The re-
sult is not one of indubitable success. In my opinion, the work loses
considerably in dramatic brilliance owing to the author's self-
effacement.

At the same time his somewhat forced modesty enables Trotsky
to carry out the more brilliantly his line of Marxian dialectics.
Step after step he analyzes the unfolding events and endows the
process with logic and inevitability. With documented facts and
figures he builds up a striking panorama of Russia's transition from
Monarchy to Sovietism. On the one hand, we are shown the work-
ings of leaders' minds, the motives and methods of the military-
bourgeois Rights and of the petty bourgeois compromisers tainted
with a faint hue of Socialism. Between the two camps we see
Kerensky groping and floundering and dancing, his effort to
reconcile and please everybody resulting in the very opposite.
On the other hand, we are taken into the midst of rank and file
soldiers, of factory workers, of tillers of the soil, and are initiated
into their slow but direct mode of reasoning. It becomes evident
that the leaders grow more and more isolated from those whom
they are supposed to lead. Kerensky's "government" is openly
defied by the army and the civilian population. The Kornilov
affair destroys the last vestiges of the soldiers' confidence in their
commanders. The Mensheviks and Social-Revolutionists, spokes-
men for the "revolutionary democracy," lose ground hourly, and
are replaced in the Soviets of the leading cities by the despised and
slandered Bolsheviks. Thus within the eight months that separated
the political from the social revolution the leadership gradually
and logically passed to the only party which had the temerity to be
led by the slogans of the broad masses and to assume full responsi-
bility for the realization of those slogans.

As a Marxian, Trotsky naturally subordinates individual en-

deavor to the dictates of collective will formulated by economic
circumstances. The role of a midwife, in hastening and organizing
the process of birth, he ascribes to the Party, the expression of the
revolutionary proletariat. Such an approach precludes hero wor-
ship as well as personal mud-slinging. The hero of Trotsky's story
is the mass, whose will and interests are articulated by the "pro-
fessional revolutionists" of Lenin's caliber. Trotsky has admirably
coped with his problem and has tactfully relegated his personal
strictures against the Stalinists to the appendices at the end of the
book.

The inescapable lesson from this extraordinary record is the
solidity of the Soviet regime. Whichever side one takes in the
Trotsky-Stalin controversy, and despite the obvious zigzags and
blunders of post-Lenin Moscow, no impartial observer can deny
that for fifteen years the Soviet Union has demonstrated an es-
sentially greater soundness in its internal and foreign policies than
the rest of the world. Trotsky shows us with a fine clarity the funda-
mentals on which the November Revolution was based. As
long as the Moscow leaders adhere to these fundamentals as they
were interpreted and acted upon by Lenin and Trotsky, there
need be no fear for the stability of the Soviet order, erroneous
strategy notwithstanding. ALEXANDER KAUN

Berkeley, California

Respectable Buccaneering

THE INVESTOR PAYS, by Max Lcmenthal, Knopf. 406 pp. Price $2.50 postpaid
of Survey Graphic

MR. LOWENTHAL tells superbly the story of the Chicago,
Milwaukee and St. Paul Railroad receivership. His interest
lies less in that particular story than in the light it throws upon the
relation of bankers to receiverships, upon the inadequacy of the
legal safeguards for investors which a receivership is supposed to
provide, and upon the powerlessness of stockholders in a modern
large corporation.

The Milwaukee was a railroad which drifted into distress with no
very conspicuous effort by its board of directors to avert disaster.
Many members of the board had little financial interest in the
road; with one exception those whose investment was heavy sold
their interest before the collapse. In the receivership which fol-
lowed, the policies of the bankers who financed the road were
made effective in spite of the struggles of certain impotent groups of
stockholders. Mr. Lowenthal traces in detail the steps taken to
secure the appointment of sympathetic receivers and lawyers, to
bring about the deposit of securities with committees sympathetic
to the bankers' plan, and to block by various legal fictions efforts to
modify the plan. The artificiality of our corporation law becomes
evident in this story to any layman. The tale is all the more im-
pressive because it proceeds in an atmosphere of impeccable re-
spectability, true to the traditions of modern finance, and free from
the more dramatic buccaneering activities upon which critics
of the bankers usually rely for their criticism.

In literary skill Mr. Lowenthal's work recalls Charles Francis
Adams', Chapters of Erie. In clarity and insight it surpasses that
classic. CORWIN D. EDWARDS

New York University

Philosophy Looks at Law

LAW AND THE SOCIAL ORDER, by Morris R. Cohen. Harcourt Brace. 403 pp.
Price $3.75 postpaid o/ Survey Graphic

PROFESSOR COHEN has here collected articles published in
the New Republic, various law reviews and elsewhere. He
writes that he hesitated to put them in book form because "I have
not yet abandoned the hope of completing a systematic exposition
of the field of legal philosophy, and I fear that I may prejudice a
good cause by the publication of what are occasional and therefore
inadequate fragments." These essays, then, are points in the mind
of a philosopher contemplating the law, rather than a presentation
of his whole mind on the subject. They leave to the reader the task
of inferring the curve of his ideas. (Continued on page 478)

last . THE TRUTH

THE

UNTRIED

The Sacco-Vanzetti Case
and the Morelli Gang

By HERBERT B. EHRMANN

Counsel, with William G. Thompson, for Sacco
and Vanzetti, 1926-1927

•his book tells who committed the crime
for which Nicola Sacco and Bartolomeo
Vanzetti were executed.

At Bookstores

• VANGUARD
1005thAVE., N.Y. C.

Could Science Make
a Woman?

THE WOMAN OF 2300 A.D.

What will she be like? What are the possibilities of the
future, when medicine and surgery may enable us to choose
the features, or even the character, which we would prefer?
Prof. A. M. Low comes to sensational conclusions based upon
the facts of current discovery in the current issue of

KNOWLEDGE

THE MAGAZINE OF SCIENTIFIC PROGRESS

Among other articles:

When Should You Sleep? — Heat With Water — Thirteen
Year Old Girl of Three — The Sailor Who Shrank a Foot —
The Abortion Factor in Maternal Mortality — Artificial
Heart — Impotence as an Occupational Malady — Seeing
Without Eyes

KNOWLEDGE is 25c at better newsstands. Send

$1 for 5 Month Subscription

to Knowledge, 310 Riverside Drive

New York, N. Y.

Name .

Address .

Taken singly, however, the essays are good reading. The law
should benefit when a man like Professor Cohen, trained in the
broad field of philosophy, brings a critical mind to bear upon it.
Presumably the law suffers from the fact that nearly all those en-
gaged in thinking about it at all — the judges and practicing at-
torneys— are preoccupied with the problems of somehow getting
something done in the immediate affairs of men struggling in the
swift flow of the current of life. One hopes that Professor Cohen
will proceed with his systematic exposition.

The mental spectacles of even philosophers have a trace of color.
They, like the rest of us, vision a world they would like to have.
Considerations of the social welfare ought to be more influential —
so the line runs. Professor Cohen seems pretty confident that he
knows what is the general good. "I have already suggested," he
says, for example, "that there is no injustice in taxing an old
bachelor to educate the children of others." That is a generously
large statement and the essays contain many such. It might not
seem just to an old bachelor, dubious of the value of further adding
to the population, and hopeful (probably without much basis for
hope) that thrusting the burden of such additions on those responsi-
ble might discourage new ones. Such justice at any rate shows the
wisdom of Thrasymachus whom Professor Cohen quotes in another
essay, that justice is the interest of the stronger — which in a re-
public is assumed to be the more numerous. HASTINGS LVON
New York City

LABOR UNDER THE NIRA

(Continued from page 470)

adopted is to give recognized status to the labor organizations and
to entrust them with the performance of these functions.

This is what I have designated as the trend toward quasi-public
unionism. It is a world-wide tendency expressed in different forms
in Italy, Russia, Germany, Spain and other countries. Its essence
is the same — to make labor unions a normal and integral part of
the industrial system and to integrate its relations with manage-
ment through a coordinated system of special institutions which
may perform the functions assigned to labor.

Every step we take in the direction of a controlled economy will
take us nearer a similar form of unionism in the United States. As
the problem of enforcing our codes under NIRA becomes clearer,
it will be realized that neither the trade association alone, nor the
government alone, nor both together can meet the issue fairly.
All our experience with labor legislation proves that no police
power of the State can be broad, efficient or alert enough to super-
vise codes. Only with the aid of the workers who are affected by
the codes in their daily lives in shop and home can the provisions
be carried out in full.

Undoubtedly, the coming of a quasi-public unionism will raise
many new and difficult problems. Most of the labor unions of
today need a thorough overhauling before they are ready to play a
constructive part in industry. In all countries where labor or-
ganization has been re-cast to conform to the needs of planned
economy, the unions have been rearranged in large industrial
unions, with subdivisions for separate plants and establishments,
in order to enable the unions to function more specifically in
relation to production problems. One may regard the decision of
the A F of L, to develop the federal or plant union as in line with
this tendency. However, before the federal union can become a
really effective instrument, the A F of L must revise its constitution
to allow for the full functioning and representation of these plant
unions. At present they are completely overshadowed by and sub-
ordinate to the national and international organizations.

Much educational effort will be required to bring both labor
and employers to the point of accepting a trend which they may
neither admit nor trust. In order that the government may serve
as a helpful partner to both management and labor, much careful
study will have to be made of the functional needs of industry in
which labor has a special part to play.

But in an age of social experimentation and control, the first

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

478

maxim of statesmanship is not merely to watch trends but to
shape and guide them. Though concentrating on wages, hours and
trade practices, NIRA can and should take the first steps toward
breaking down the old capital-labor dilemmas. The establishment
of Adjustment Boards under the cotton-textile code is a first step
in the right direction. But with the aid of th(: Department of Labor,
and perhaps by establishing a National Industrial Relations
Board under NIRA, a more concerted attack might be made
along the lines suggested here before we are involved in bitter
conflicts over terms of power, which would imperil the success of
the great experiment upon which we have embarked.

MUSEUMS OF THE FUTURE

(Continued from page 463)

education which assembles all historically significant experiments
— primitive cave drawings which are extraordinarily clear and
intelligible, well-worked-out hieroglyphics, attempts at pictorial
statistics in illustrations of military campaigns, and other precurs-
ors of modern attempts at graphic presentation of statistics that are
more than an attempt to reproduce numbers. But the principle of
symbolical representation of number or quantity is only one part of
the Vienna method. Another problem is how to bring into a re-
vealing relationship to each other the totality of the individual
graphs. Each new pictorial table, each new model, is in a sense
only a chapter of a single large book in process of being written
about the world in which we live.

The technical department is a large one; for here artists of repu-
tation as draftsmen collaborate with others in working out sketches
which then are cut in linoleum or wood, or engraved on zinc.
Signs and lettering are printed, pasted on the original drawings,
and then the whole is glazed and framed. A carpentry shop builds
house models, illuminated wall-boards, and constructs the skele-
tons for magnetic iron plates on which metal signs and letters can
experimentally be placed in any position with the aid of a magnet.

A photographic studio is engaged mainly in producing factual
photographs — not intended to evoke esthetic sensations, but to
emphasize the more significant aspects of the object, in prepara-
tion for drawings that will further simplify the outlines for graphic
presentation.

Perhaps the most original section of the Vienna central institu-
tion is the department of transformation. On it the educational
purpose of the whole enterprise is concentrated. While in other
museums it is customary to have each department administered
by a specialist who in turn must direct as best he can the painters,
modellers, and other assistants placed at his disposal, in Vienna
every one of the scientific specialists must deal with the department
of transformation which acts as a liaison between him and the
technical departments. This has the great advantage that there is
one special department which knows exactly what potential visual
resources there are to solve any given problem of presentation. A
scientific specialist may be ever so eminent in his own field —
indeed, he may even have high qualifications as an educator — but
that is no reason for supposing that he necessarily knows what is the
best way of translating his intentions into visual reality. Besides, it
is a decided disadvantage to have the separate departments of a
museum deal with their materials in different ways. Intentionally
to aim at variety in this matter is wholly superfluous. The objects
to be represented offer chances enough for variety even within a
completely unified method of representation.

Just as in Vienna the department of transformation has succeeded
in securing complete uniformity of method, so our effort should be
to create a similarly uniform method for all the museums of a
country — yes, of the whole world. A museum of natural history, a
technical museum, a museum of hygiene, and a social museum will
then represent, so to speak, four volumes of a single work. If, for
example, the museum of natural history were to intimate that
animal fats enter into soap manufacture, the technical museum,
starting at the point only lightly touched on by the natural history
museum, would show more in detail the (Continued on page 484)

Mrs. Kominski is
wearing a hat

She's folded away her old-country shawl. She's folding away other
things, too — old-country customs, old-country ideals.

Yes, Mrs. Kominski wants to be American. And one way you can
help her realize that ambition is to teach her American methods of
keeping house. Quicker, easier methods of achieving better living
conditions.

In coaching her, remember that the use of Fels-Naptha is one
simple, sensible suggestion which Mrs. Kominski can easily follow.
Fels-Naptha's extra help will lighten her soap-and-water tasks. Its
good golden soap and plentiful naptha, working together, loosen
stubborn dirt — without hard rubbing. And in cool water, too.

Write Fels & Company, Philadelphia, Pa., for a free sample bar
of Fels-Naptha Soap, mentioning the Survey Graphic.

Fels-Naptha

THE GOLDEN BAR WITH THE CLEAN NAPTHA ODOR

"Modern Home Equipment"

Ask for Booklet S — It will b« lent poripalJ

LEWIS & CONGER

45th Street and Sixth Avenue, New York City

f ITTO A r> V We assist in preparing special articles, papers, speeches.
H 1C f\ 1C I • debates. Expert scholarly service. _AUTHOR'S RBSIAICH

BUREAU, 516 Fifth Avenue, New York.

ARE YOU READY

for
THE NEW DEAL?

Is your typewriter an-
tique or is it new, up-to-
date? Let us tell you about
the new

REMINGTON NOISELESS No. 7

which is rapidly becoming a favorite in offices
where people want to think as well as work.

Write or phone Jar particulars

Mary R. Anderson

1 12 E. 19th Street, New York

Algonquin 4-7490

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

479

PREPARATION FOR
SOCIAL WORK

IN APPROVED SCHOOLS

~CH)R positions of responsibility and leader-
*• ship in the various fields of social work
special preparation is essential. The Ameri-
can Association of Schools of Professional
Social Work submits for your information
and guidance the following list of member
schools in which accredited courses in social
work are given. Correspondence with indi-
vidual schools is recommended.

ATLANTA SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, Atl«nta, G..
BRYN MAWR COLLEGE, Biyn Mawr, P..

Carola Woerishoffer Graduate Dept. of Social Economy
and Social Research

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, Berkeley
Graduate Curriculum in Social Service

CARNEGIE INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, Pittsbursh
Department of Social Work

UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO

School of Social Service Administration

UNIVERSITY OF DENVER, GRADUATE SCHOOL

Department of Social Work

FORDHAM UNIVERSITY, 81 1 Woolworth Bldg., New York

School of Sociology and Social Service

GRADUATE SCHOOL FOR JEWISH SOCIAL WORK

71 West 47 Street, New York

INDIANA UNIVERSITY, Indianapolis

Training Course for Social Work

LOYOLA UNIVERSITY, Chicaso

Department of Social Work

UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, Ann Arbor

Curriculum in Social Work

UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA, Minneapolis

Training Course for Social and Civic Work

UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI, Columbia

Curriculum in Public Welfare

NATIONAL CATHOLIC SCHOOL OF SOCIAL SERVICE

Washington, D. C.

NEW YORK SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK

122 East 22 Street, New York

OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, Columbus

School of Social Administration

THE PENNSYLVANIA SCHOOL OF SOCIAL AND HEALTH WORK

311 S. Juniper St., Philadelphia

SIMMONS COLLEGE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK

18 Somerset Street, Boston

SMITH COLLEGE SCHOOL FOR SOCIAL WORK

Northampton, Mass.

TULANE UNIVERSITY, New Orleans, La.

School of Social Work

UNIVERSITY OF SO. CALIFORNIA, Los Anseles

School of Social Welfare

WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY, SI. Louis, Mo.

Geo. Warren Brown Dept. of Social Work

WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY, Cleveland, Ohio

School of Applied Social Sciences

COLLEGE OF WILLIAM AND MARY, Richmond, Va.

School of Social Work and Public Health

UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN, Madison, Wis.

Course in Social Work

The New York School
of Social Work

HE Fall Quarter will offer courses and
field work in

Psychiatric Social Work

Medical Social Work

Public Welfare

Community Organization

Industry

Social Case Work

Child Welfare

Application for admission should be made
at least two weeks before the quarter begins
on October 3.

122 East 22nd Street
New York

PROGRESSIVE SCHOOLS

BIRCH WATHEN
SCHOOL

Coeducational Day School

Pre School
Elementary
High School

149 West 93rd
New York City

Tel. River. 9-0314

Locust Farm School

October 6
to May 27

(A MEMBER of the EDUCATIONAL RECORDS BUREAU, and arc tested by them)
NURSERY SCHOOL THROUGH 7ra GRADE

BOYS AND GIRLS

Small groups. Outdoor Activities, Gardens, Horseback
Riding, Nature Lore, Sports. — Open Year 'Round.

Write: CLARINDA C. RICHARDS, Poughquag, N. Y.

2j^»^ MILITARY ^^W

*' ACADEMY

An Honor Christian School with the highest
academic rating. Junior School from six years.
Housemother. Separate building. Upper School
prepares for university or business. ROTC.
Every modern equipment. Catalogue, Dr. .1. .!.
Wicker. Box "UO , Fork Union, Virginia.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

480

School of Nursing of
Yale University

A Profession for the College Woman

The thirty months' course, providing
an intensive and varied experience through
the case study method, leads to the degree
of

BACHELOR OF NURSING

Two or more years of approved college
work required for admission. Beginning
in 1934 a Bachelor's degree will be re-
quired. A few scholarships available for
students with advanced qualifications.

For catalogue and information address:

THE DEAN, YALE SCHOOL OF NURSING
New Haven, Connecticut

Untoersttp of Cijtcago

fetfjool of g>ottal &erbtce administration

Academic Year, 1933—34

Autumn Quarter, Oct. 2-Dec. 22

Winter Quarter, Jan. 2-Mar. 23

Spring Quarter, Apr. 2-June 13

Summer Quarter, June 18-Aug. 24

Courses leading to the degree of
A.M. and Ph.D.

Qualified undergraduate students admitted
as candidates for the A.B. degree

Announcements on request

Smith College School

for

Courses in

SOCIAL PSYCHIATRY, MEDICINE,

SOCIOLOGY, PSYCHOLOGY,

GOVERNMENT, CASE WORK

Leading to the degree of

MASTER OF SOCIAL SCIENCE

Students enrolled for the full course

are assigned to a social agency for

a period of nine months' supervised

intensive field work.

A summer course of eight weeks is
open to experienced social workers.

Address

THE DIRECTOR

College Hall 8, Northampton, Mass.

Loyola University

School of Social Work

Chicago

Professional courses for education and train-
ing for social work are offered, which, for
graduate students, lead to the Master's degree.

Undergraduate students with two years of
college work who otherwise qualify, may
enter the course as candidates for the Bache-
lor's degree.

AUTUMN QUARTER OPENS
SEPTEMBER 18, 1933

Bulletins and further information on request

28 North Franklin Street, Chicago

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

481

TRAVELER'S

NOTEBOOK

RESORTS

Adirondack Summer July and August Features
at a most modern and complete adult camp

1. The Group Theatre presents success
story, House of Connelly 1931, with origi-
nal New York cast.

2. The Compinsky trio resumes its series of
intimate chamber music recitals.

Private Golf Course
Reduced Rates

Booklet on Request

Lena Barish Sam Garlen

1 1 West 42nd Street

New York City

Chickering 4-1345

FOR FURTH ER

INFORMATION

APPLY NEW YORK

OFFICE

NEW HAMPSHIRE

Spend the fall, and enjoy the foliage at

Chase's -on -Lake Sunapee

In the Lake and Mountain Region

Thoroughly modern in its appointments.

Horseback riding and golf nearby.
Water Sports. Rates: $13. to $30. a week.
Fresh vegetables, milk and cream from our own farms.
ANNA CHASE P. O. GEORGES MILLS, N. H.

MASSACHUSETTS

ROCKPORT/ MASS.

prices reduced to $10, $15, $25 a week. Delightful old-fashioned
houses, some conveniences, large yards, $32, $50. HELEN L.
THURSTON, 20 Pleasant St., Tel. 534, Rockport.

after Labor Day at

TOUR

EARN A TOUR TO EUROPE

All or part by organizing and acting as ship hostess. Liberal
commissions. Best selling tours. 26,000 satisfied clients.

200 toun to choOM from, 25 days SI 79. Mediterranean Cruise S365.
Around Ih. World S595.

B.F.ALLEN ' 1 54 Boylston Street ' Boston, Massachusetts

Zermatt

THIS is not a list of do's and don'ts, but an actual experience which
it is well to avoid. Friends rallied round a "first-timer" to tell
her of choice places to see and so on. They singled out Zermatt, in
Switzerland, though not so widely known, as one of nature's
loveliest handiworks — green pastures, crisp air, cattle with tin-
kling bells, brooks, waterfalls, gorges and mountains. And since her
funds were limited, she decided the one mountain she could afford
to visit should be Zermatt, which according to her friends was in
the vicinity of Geneva. Going down on the train from Paris, she
got into conversation with a man connected with the League of
Nations and mentioned that Zermatt was on her itinerary. With
the confidence of a resident, he proceeded to inform her that it was
near not Geneva but Zurich. And like a novice, without checking
up at one of the tourist offices, she took this man's misinformation
as gospel and went on to Zurich, only to learn that in leaving
Geneva she left Zermatt farther behind — • and unseen so far as she
was concerned. According to the encyclopaedia, Zermatt is a
mountain village 5315 feet above sea level — at the head of the
Visp valley and the foot of the Matterhorn. Its small population is
German-speaking.

Contest

HERE is a chance for American poets to earn a bit of money and
possible renown. Three prizes of $100, $50 and honorable
mention will be awarded for an international hymn, to be sung to
the first sixteen measures of the Ode to Joy of Beethoven's Ninth
Symphony. Harriet Whittier, League of Nations Association, 40
Mt. Vernon Street, Boston, will send complete details. She writes
that inasmuch as on all sides, from businessmen, economists,
financiers and statesmen, we are hearing that the world is an
economic unit whether we like it or not, and that all the nations
have got to work out together some kind of machinery to run it or
else be headed for disaster, now seems the time to ask poets to voice
the need of cooperation to this internationally famous melody.

Anniversaries

GREAT BRITAIN is celebrating a series of anniversaries, some
of which have more than a familiar ring for Americans. It is
interesting to note that the hansom cab derived its name from its
inventor, Joseph Aloysius Hansom, a century ago. In addition to
this vehicle, which he registered as the "patent safety cab," he
designed a number of Catholic churches and important buildings.
And how hardy is that perennial, the diary of Samuel Pepys, can
be gleaned from the fact that this is the tercentenary of the birth of
its author. The Waverley novels are very much younger; Sir Walter
Scott having died a hundred years ago.

A Priceless Painting

A BRIEF note by M. Ireland in All About Switzerland, the
attractive monthly magazine published by the Swiss
Federal Railroads (475 Fifth Avenue, New York) contains the
rather startling information that in Ponte Capriasca, a hamlet in
Italian-speaking Switzerland (it is interesting to note that 70
percent of the Swiss population speak German, 21 percent French,
8 percent Italian and 1 percent Romansch), an English painter
discovered "the world's best replica of the world's greatest paint-

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

482

ing" — Francesco Melzi's copy of Leonardo da Vinci's Last Supper.
It is valued at a quarter to a half million dollars. A friend and pupil
of da Vinci, Melzi came to this tiny place some four hundred years
ago to escape from Spanish oppression in Milan. The monks and
inhabitants were kind to him; and in appreciation, he painted this
work over the altar in the church of St. Ambrosio. About two
thirds the size of the original, and varying a bit in the coloring of
the Apostles' robes, it is fortunately in excellent condition. Henry
James has written fascinatingly of his visit to Milan to see da
Vinci's famous painting, and its sad fate not only in having been
cut into by a door, but>in the gradual decomposition of the wall on
which it was painted.

Henri Barbusse

FUTURE generations may recall Henri Barbusse and Remain
Rolland rather as the heroes of peace than the authors of Under
Fire and Jean Christophe. At a time when the world is moving
between nationalism and dictatorship, it takes courage, wisdom
and faith to "fight" for peace and internationalism. At the age of
fifty-nine, and in none too good health, M. Barbusse has come here
to remind America that differences are never dissolved by ammuni-
tion. He will be speaking in a number of our principal cities; and
will take his place with outstanding Americans on the program of
the United States Congress Against War — September 2-3-4, in
New York. Further information can be had from the American
Committee for Struggle Against War, 104 Fifth Avenue, New York-
City.

Miscellany

has a house made of translucent glass three inches thick,
the walls of which are cleaned by an automatic sprinkler
system.

The largest ice cap in Europe is Vatnajokull in southeast Iceland,
with an area of 3400 square miles.

When Spanish explorers discovered tobacco in America, they
carried back seeds and grew the plant as a curiosity.

A Chinese jade carving exhibited in Chicago is a pagoda fifty-one
inches high carved out of a single piece of jade and representing
sixteen years of continuous work. — Science News Letter.

To Navigazione Libera Triestina goes the credit for the admi-
rable innovation of teaching Italian during the ocean voyage.
Apparently everything has been arranged to make learning the
language both practical and painless. In addition to courses, the
personnel and the very atmosphere on shipboard play their part in
giving the impression that passengers are actually in Italy. (Italian
Tourist Information Office, 745 Fifth Avenue, New York.)

A recent issue of The Seven Seas tells of a unique museum which
has come into being in Vienna — "a collection of the brains of
famous artists, scientists, writers, composers, and others considered
worth examining, exhibited in neat glass cases." The museum has
been founded by Dr. Economo for purposes of study and research.

To avoid possible confusion, the Czechoslovak State Railways,
587 Fifth Avenue, New York, point out that such resorts as Carls-
bad, Marienbad, Frazensbad, Jachymov (Joachimsthal) arelocated
in Czechoslovakia.

Travelers to Austria and Belgium may want to note these
addresses: Pension Frida Richard, Parsch 31, Salzburg; and Pen-
sion At Home (Mme. M. Heyligers-Leroy, proprietor), 1 rue de
L'Aurore, Brussels. Their recommendation is that they appeared in
Pax International, monthly bulletin of the Women's International
League for Peace and Freedom (12, rue du Vieux-College, Geneva).

•^ DIPLOMAT

A. STUDENT of world affairs whose affairs
in the social world give a brilliant background to
The Willard — abode of world celebrities, and "The
Residence of Presidents."

Single Rooms with Bath $4 up
Double Rooms with Bath $6 up

Moderate Prices in Main Dining Room —
Popular Priced Coffee Shop

Write for Illustrated Booklet and Rates

WILLARD HOTEL

14th and Pennsylvania Avenue

Washington, D. C.
H. P. SOMERVILLE, Managing Director

Let the "SHIP'S DECK" Qive You

a SEA AIR APPETITE

Breathe in the bracing sea air as
it sweeps across the spacious
"Ship's Deck" atop Colton
Manor. Colton Manor extends
itself in its superb cuisine and
service!

CJtonManor
[)ne of the finest Hotels
In Atlantic City

PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE

A. C. ANDREWS, President and Managing Director

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

483

WhenMwCoTo

PHILADELPHIA*^

The Facts You Need, Instantly

are at your fingertips in Webster's Collegiate. It is the best
abridged dictionary because it is based upon Webster's New
International Dictionary — the "Supreme Authority."

WEBSTER'S
COLLEGIATE

FOURTH EDITION. NEW LOW PRICES. KIMJIIU
entries, 1.268 pages. 1,700 Illustrations. Thin Paper
Edition: Cloth. S3. SO; Fabrikoid. $5.00; Leather, $7.00;
Limp Pigskin, $7.50.

At your bookseller or from the publishers. Write for free
booklet of interesting questions and answers containing
twelve entertaining quizzes, each with ten questions and
their answers. Free on request.

G. & C. MERRIAM CO.

319 Broadway Springfield, Mass.

Get the Best

RAC

U «f 31 IE

K NUMBERS

of SURVEY and SURVEY GRAPHIC +*

AND ALL OTHER IMPORTANT MAGAZINES
FROM THE WORLD OVER

We furnish single copies, volumes and sets or
photostat reproductions of specific sections,
promptly and reasonably.

Write, phone or wire Periodicals Department

THE H. W. WILSON COMPANY

Since 1898 publishers to the library profession

950-972 University Avenue New York City

(Continued from page 479) processes of that manufacture. And
similarly, if the technical museum were to indicate in a few pictorial
graphs the quantities in which different articles are produced in
various countries and in the world as a whole, the social museum
would show the part played by this particular industry in relation
tf> the whole demand and supply.

In other words, only through a unified, planned, central control
of all museums and educational institutions is it possible to lead the
public with the greatest benefit to its education from one museum
to another, and thus to make the individual more and more
familiar with the world in which he lives. .Museums, exhibitions
and periodicals might be regarded as three different means of edu-
cation with the identical purpose of making him less afraid of the
world. If previously he felt depressed by the complexity of facts, the
visitor to the museum should leave it with the feeling that, after
all, "one can find one's way through." We have here, then, a
colossal international task in keeping with an age that more and
more brings the eye into the learning process, and in keeping with
the special social problems of our day. So the Mundaneum has
opened branches in Berlin, Prague, and Amsterdam, where offices
and facilities for exhibition have been placed at our disposal
by public authorities. From these centers radiates a planned
effort to influence the whole methodology of exhibitions and of
education.

In the Soviet Union, the Council of People's Commissars has
issued a special decree to the effect that "Dr. Neurath's method of
graphic representation of statistics is to be applied in all schools,
trade unions, public and cooperative organizations." For this pur-
pose, a central institute for pictorial statistics, called Isostat, has
been established in Moscow, where whole staffs are being trained
for local bureaus, the first of which has just been opened in Kharkov.
At present, five staff members of the Vienna Mundaneum serve as
instructors and consultants in Moscow where, as specialists in
pictorial statistics, they will also have the opportunity of intro-
ducing this new method into a social museum which is to be
created.

AT present, movements are on foot to establish similar regional
offices for counsel on pictorial presentation of statistics in Lon-
don and New York. While in the Soviet Union this work is necessarily
centralized in one institution, and while in Central Europe munici-
palities and other public authorities with here and there a private
organization are in the main the promoters of the Vienna method,
in New York and London private initiative will, in the first in-
stance, have to be relied upon. Here, foundations, societies, indi-
vidual schools, and other institutions might cooperate to create
effective central bureaus for promoting the work of the Mundan-
eum. Such a central office can render distinguished service in what
we might call scientific management for visual methods. In this
way one might hope that gradually a uniform method would spread
to periodicals and books, expositions and museums, lantern slides
and educational moving pictures, and that through a uniform
direction of these efforts, these various tools of education would
more and more complement one another.

The northern part of the world seems already won for the princi-
ple of pictorial presentation of statistics. Now the movement will
have to be extended also to the southern half, especially to those
vast areas where illiteracy still prevails. If I may compare a rela-
tively unimportant influence with one of the greatest influences on
human civilization, I should like to cite the diffusion of pictorial
statistics as a general method side by side with the diffusion of the
art of printing. From Commenius' orbis pictus an uninterrupted
movement leads to modern visual education. A picture made ac-
cording to the Vienna method shows at the first glance the most
important aspect of the subject; obvious differences must be at
once distinguishable. At the second glance, it should be possible to
see the more important details; and at the third glance, whatever
other details there may be. A picture that has still further informa-
tion to give at the fourth and fifth glance is, from the point of
view of the Vienna school, to be rejected as pedagogically un-
suitable.

Thus there is developing a new clarity (Continued on page 486)

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

484

CLASSIFIED ADVERTISEMENTS

RATES: Display : 30 cents a line, 14 agate lines to the inch. Want advertisements
five cents per word or initial, including address or box number. Minimum charge,
first insertion, $1.00. Cash with orders. Discounts: 5% on three insertions; 10% on
six insertions. Address Advertising Department.

TEL, ALGONQUIN 4-7490 SURVEY GRAPHIC ' '^Iw' YORK^IT^ T

WORKERS WANTED

SITUATIONS WANTED

WANTED: Supervisor of case work for social service
department of a general hospital. Must be college
graduate with certificate from school of social work
and experience. Salary J2.400. 7156 SURVEY.

WANTED: Position as Executive Secretary. Eight
years present position. Experienced organizer.
Children's, Family and Girls' welfare work. 7148
SURVEY.

WANTED: A medical social worker who is a graduate
of a school of social work with at least one year's ex-
perience. A Philadelphia hospital. 7161 SURVEY.

Woman with M.A. degree, three years' graduate
study, experience in teaching and social service,
wishes teaching or administrative work, preferably
with girls or young women. 7149 SURVEY.

WANTED: District Secretary for Family Welfare
Society. Qualifications, School of Social Work Train-
ing and at least two years in a combination of psychiat-
ric and family case work. Salary $2,000. 7162 SURVEY.

SITUATIONS WANTED

College woman, 37, M.A. Possesses tact, adaptability,
social understanding. Best references as an editor,
college teacher and administrator. Wants work. 7154
SURVEY.

SOCIAL WORKER now employed as Executive
Secretary, County Welfare, R. F. C., desires change
September 1st. References. 7151 SURVEY.

IS THERE AN ORGANIZATION with an opening
for a young man who has prepared himself for work in
the social-religious field (A.B., B.D.)? Social work
experience and executive ability. 7114 SURVEY.

Young man, married (A.B., M.A. degree), 10 years
experience as conservative and reformed congrega-
tion cantor. Hebrew teacher. Spiritual advisor in an
institution. 7153 SURVEY.

WOMAN, American Hebrew, social work training and
experience, desires position institution, school or
camp. Thorough knowledge dietetics, purchasing
supplies, managing helpers. 7134 SURVEY.

WANTED: Position in Family Welfare Work, child
placing or Traveler's Aid by experienced social worker
Preferably South or West. 7157 SURVEY.

WANTED: Full or part time work, organization near
New York. Experience social and religious work
Young woman. B.S., M.A. 7159 SURVEY.

WOMAN (Jewish) experienced immigrant education
and physical welfare, desires position. 7135 SURVEY.

Trained social worker, experienced both in family and
children's fields, now employed, wishes position in
midwestern state. References. 7158 SURVEY.

Director of Boys' activities; six years settlement house
experience. Excellent References. Available afte
September 1st. 7163 SURVEY.

Sditor and ^searcher

TEXTBOOKS: History, Physics, English, Psychology, Spelling, Health, etc.
TECHNICAL AND SCIENTIFIC BOOKS: Radio, Automobile, Aeronautics, Advertising,

Marketing, Real Estate, Motion Picture.
DOCTORS' DISSERTATIONS (various subjects)

SCHOOL SURVEYS RELIGIOUS BOOKS EDUCATIONAL MAGAZINES

YEARBOOKS SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION CATALOGS AND INDICES

DIGESTS AND BOOK REVIEWS

Experience in choosing type, paper, pictures for textbooks; in handling cuts,
tables, educational statistics, etc.

7 160 SURVEY

APARTMENTS

ROOMS
OFFICE SPACE

TO RENT OR SHARE

may each and all be advertised
to advantage in the columns
of SURVEY GRAPHIC and

MlDMONTHLY.
Rates five cents a word
Minimum charge $1 .00

ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT

SURVEY GRAPHIC

112 E. 19th Street, New York, N. Y.

Write for the

Survey Book Exhibit

Books displayed at the National
Conference of Social Work

Survey Graphic Book Department

112 E. 19th St. New York, N. Y.

FOR SALE

DAMAGED BOOKS

40% OFF REGULAR

PRICE

For Complete List of Books

•write
THE SURVEY

Book Department

,itll vvutitcio diiu me i^aLivjuai vts^1'1"*1

for Public Health Nursing. National

GERTRUDE R. STEIN, Inc.
VOCATIONAL SERVICE AGENCY
18 EAST 41sT STREET, NEW YORK

Lexington 2-6677

We are interested in placing those who have
a professional attitude towards their work.
Executive secretaries, stenographers, case
workers, hospital social service workers, settle-
ment directors; research, immigration, psychi-
atric, personnel workers and others.

COUNTRY BOARD

MULTIGRAPHING

MIMEOGRAPHING

ADDRESSING

FILLING-IN

FOLDING

COMPLETE MAILINGS

QUICK SERVICE LETTER COMPANY

I N C O R FOR ATED

5 PARK PLACE— NEW YORK
TELEPHONE — BARCLAY 7-9633

• • •

SALES CAMPAIGNS

PLANNED AND WRITTEN

112 East 19th Street
New York, N. Y.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

485

PAMPHLETS

Rates: 75c per line for 4 insertions

The World Crisis. Problems confronting you. 15
cents postpaid. Stephen Kisel, 610, 7 East 42nd
. St., N. Y.

Depression Reduction. The Sex Side of Life, An
Explanation for Young People by Mary Ware
Dennett. Single copy $.25 instead of $.35; 5 copies
$1.00 instead of tl.67. 100 copies $15.00 instead of
$20.00. Lower rates for larger quantities. Order from
the author, 81 Singer Street, Astoria, Long
Island, New York City.

PERIODICALS

The American Journal of Nursing shows the part
which trained nurses are taking in the betterment
of the world. Put it in your library. $3.00 a year.
450 Seventh Ave., New York, N. Y.

Mental Hygiene: quarterly; $3.00 a year; published
by the National Committee for Mental Hygiene,
450 Seventh Ave., New York.

Index to Advertisers

September 1, 1933

GENERAL

Advertising Federation of America Second Cover

American Telephone & Telegraph Company . 440

Pels & Company 479

Lewis & Conger 479

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company 439

Remington Noiseless No. 7 479

World Peace Ways Back Cover

HOTELS, RESORTS and TRAVEL

B. F. Allen 482

Chase's-on-Lake Sunapee 482

Green Mansions 482

Helen L. Thurston 482

Willard Hotel 483

Colton Manor • 483

Philadelphia Hotel . 484

EDUCATIONAL

Author's Research Bureau 479

Birch Wathen School . 480

Fork Union Military Academy . 480

Locust Farm School 480

Loyola University School of Social Work 481

New York School of Social Work 480

Smith College School for Social Work 481

University of Chicago School of S. S. Administration 481

Yale University School of Nursing 481

PUBLISHERS

Knowledge 478

The H. W. Wilson Company 484

G. & C. Merriam Co 484

DIRECTORY

Social Organizations Thiril Cover

CLASSIFIED

Situations Wanted 485

Employment Agencies

Joint Vocational Service, Inc 485

Gertrude R. Stein, Inc 485

Printing; Multifiraphlng, Typewriting, Etc.

Quick Service Letter Co., Inc 485

Kilkenny Lodge 485

Pamphlets and Periodicals 485

(Continued from page 484) and purposefulness in communication
that may be regarded as preparation for more incisive social
planning. Teachers and other groups of people concerned in social
education, directors of museums, and editors of periodicals are
confronted with the responsibility of placing their energies at the
service of this common international task.

BELOW THE SURFACE

(Continued from page 454)

crowding of these places, they are not as competent in them as
were the Jews, who had never had a chance in the army or the
government and had naturally turned to business, commerce,
finance and the learned professions and journalism. Under the new
regime Jews came into great prominence, they were leading men
in the Socialist party and in the Democratic and even the Com-
munist,— indeed, the fact that the most famous Communist leaders
were Jews — Kurt Eisner, Liebknecht, Rosa Luxumberg, Haaze
and Thaelmann, for instance — is always brought forward in any
denunciation of the Jews. The Jewish professors, artists, journalists
and leading physicians and lawyers certainly won their places
fairly, in competition with Gentiles. But there is a quite under-
standable clannishness among Jews which brought it about that
large and important services came almost entirely into Jewish
hands because the chiefs chose all their assistants from among
young Jews. Thus in the public hospitals of more than one city
and in the Krankenkassc it was almost impossible for a Gentile
physician to get a place. This was true in most of the Berlin hos-
pitals while in Neukoelln, an industrial suburb of Berlin, the two-
hundred city physicians there were all Jews. There were estimated
to be more than seven times as many Jews in professional positions
as their proportion in the population and this was not due entirely
to superior capabilities, but in part to the fact that the Jew had at
last a chance to favor his own people and used it imprudently. In
this he was doing, of course, just what the others, Protestants and
Catholics, have always done."

THE day when the Jew could do that is certainly over. As the
Hitler government puts increasing pressure to find work for the
unemployed, to better the lot of the small shopkeeper and to pro-
vide for the army of young professional men in a land that has
already far too many, the persecution of the Jews increases, for
here is an easy way of satisfying some at least of the hordes of
claimants. We were told that when we read of work being found
for six thousand more people we might be sure that at least four
thousand of them were taking the places of Jews. The laws ruling
Jews out of economic life are added to daily until one wonders if
anything can possibly be left. Just as we sailed came the official
announcement that the government of Hessen-Massen would pro-
vide 100,000 to 200,000 good Nazis with jobs during the next four
weeks. Social workers assured us that they could see no prospect of
a real increase of employment but Frankfurt-am-Main is in Hesse
and there are still some Jews working there.

The passion for unification for "one aim, one faith, one disci-
pline, one leader" seems also to increase and this too renders the
Jew more suspect, more distrusted, for the Jew has a critical,
sceptical strain and he is not carried away by the mob Schwaermerei
which now possesses Germany. After the Leaders' Conference in
Berlin in the second week in June the stiffening of program and
intensification of methods was clearly to be seen. During the last
ten days of our stay in Germany, we watched the clouds thicken,
the suspense increase and finally we saw the dreaded blow fall on
friend after friend, that which had only been threatened in May
became a reality in June, those who escaped the first flood and
hoped they were safe were caught by the rising waters and those
waters are still rising. If anyone hopes that there will be a change
for the better let him read Hitler's book, Mein Kampf, and he will
be convinced that so long as Hitler rules Germany there can be no
hope for the German Jew.

486

\e \2XnER room*
cfx

HIES

route)

• WE SAY COMPARE

What you pay for your room is only part of your cost of living in a hotel.
Compare room rates, but don't stop there. Compare food prices, the costs of
supplementary services, of "extras." Compare what you get ... in total . . .
as well as what you pay.

Statler guests are able to compare. Our service policies, our operating
policies, give travelers a definite, measurable unit of value ... as near a
trade-marked package as the hotel world affords. Statler guests know how
to add. Our pricing policies, consistently followed over the years, add up
to the lowest-cost living afforded by any good hotel.

HOTELS STATLER

HOTEL STATLER .. CLEVELAND SH50

Rooms begin at £•

HOTEL STATLER.. DETROIT $«5fl

Rooms begin at £

HOTEL STATLER.. ST. LOUIS $p50

Rooms begin at (m

HOTEL STATLER.. BUFFALO SOOG

Rooms begin at W

HOTEL STATLER.. BOSTON S050

Rooms begin at V

HOTEL PENNSYLVANIA..

NEW YORK $050

A Rooms begin at U

A// other rooms proportionately priced. The rate
of each room is plainly posted in that room.

New Remington
Desk "Model" No. 7

DESIGNED FOR BUSINESS USE

• Although smaller, lighter and far more compact than
familiar office machines, the Model Seven is equipped
with various accessories needed in business typing. It has
a single-key tabulator, full size paper table with paper
side guide, variable line spacer and other improvements
found on the best of standard size typewriters. And
don't forget, it is NOISELESS — the crowning achieve-
ment of typewriter engineers.

The New Remington
Portable — Noiseless

• The Remington Noiseless Portable is a family type-
writer. For school work — for correspondence, club
papers, recipes — for business writing at home, or on
the road. It is so light and compact that it may be car-
ried wherever work is waiting — unlike other portables,
so quiet it may be used in any surroundings, at any hour.

Write with it! Learn how easily you may own one, in
colors, if you like — and monthly payments if you
desire.

See these wonderful new writing machines demonstrated in the advertising (and editorial) offices of The Survey.

112 East 19th Street

Mary R. Anderson
Algonquin 4-7490

New York, N. Y.

SURVEY GRAPHIC, published monthly and copyright 1933 by SURVEY ASSOCIATES. Inc. Publication office, 10 Ferry Street, Concord. N. H. Editorial and Business
office, 112 East 19th Street. New York. Price: this issue (October, 1933; Vol. XXII, No. 10) 30cts.; $3 a year; foreign postage, 50 cts. extra; Canadian, 30 cts. Changes of address
should be mailed to us five weeks in advance. When payment is by check receipt will be sent only upon request. Entered as second-class matter at the post office at Concord,
N. H., under the Act of March 3, 1S79. Acceptance for mailing at a special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917; authorized December 21, 1921.
President. Lucius R. Eastman. Secretary ,Ann Rccd Brenner. Treasurer. Arthur Kellogg.

WEAVING THE WORLD OF SPEEG

DAILY, as upon a magic loom, the world is bound
together by telephone. There, in a tapestry of
words, is woven the story of many lives and the
pattern of countless activities.

In and out of the switchboard move the cords
that intertwine the voices of communities and con-
tinents. Swiftly, skilfully, the operator picks up
the thread of speech and guides it across the miles.
Constantly at her finger-tips are your contacts with
people near and far.

She moves a hand and your voice is carried over
high mountains and desert sands, to moving ships,
or to lands across the seas. London, Paris,
Berlin — Madrid, Rome, Bucharest — Cape-
town, Manila, Sydney — Lima, Rio Janeiro

and Buenos Aires— these and many other cities
overseas are brought close to you by telephone.

Every day go messages vital to the interests of
nations, the course of international business, and
the affairs of individuals. Fifty operators, speak-
ing a dozen languages in all, work in relays at the
overseas switchboard in New York.

Great progress has been made in the past few
years in extending the scope of this service, in
speeding connections and in giving clear trans-
mission. Today, more than 90% of the world's
telephones are within reach of your Bell telephone.

AMERICAN TELEPHONE
AND TELEGRAPH COMPANY

488

SURVEY GRAPHIC

Vol. XXII, No. 10

October 1933

CONTENTS

FRONTISPIECE Mural by Diego Rivera 490

REVOLUTION IN THE U. S. A. . .Margaret G. Bondfield 491

STEEL AND THE NRA John A. Fitch 495

INTELLIGENCE AND POVERTY Ethel Kawin 502

SCULPTURES Malvina Hoffman 505

THE NEW FRONTIER John A. Piquet 509

AFTER NIRA— A LASTING RECOVERY

Albert L. Deane 512

WHAT'S WRONG WITH THE CHURCH . Charles Stelzle 516

SNAPSHOTS OF EXPLOSION John Palmer Gavit 519

LETTERS & LIFE Edited by Leon Whipple 521

TRAVELER'S NOTEBOOK 528

INDEX TO ADVERTISERS . . 532

Files of Survey Graphic will be found in public and college libraries.
All issues are indexed in the Readers' Guide to Periodical Literature.
Ask the Librarian.

THE GIST OF IT

SITTING in at the code hearings in General Johnson's famous Gold-
fish Bowl, MARGARET G. BONDFIELD saw the NRA in the making.
She found it (page 491 ) revolutionary in spirit and fact— President
Roosevelt "is riding on the tide of an emotional and mental revolution."
Her contrasts of procedures and goals in the two great English-speaking
industrial countries give a renewed sense of kinship. She is, as readers of
Survey Graphic well know, a working woman who has been a lifelong
member of the trade-union movement, the trusted lieutenant of
Ramsay MacDonald who appointed her secretary for labor in his first
government.

CTEEL is the bell-wether of the anti-union industries, its labor policy
** obsolescent in comparison with its progress in management, in
handling processes and raw materials, in safety engineering. As steel
goes, so goes a great belt in American industry. Moreover, this is the
industry that will get the first benefits of the tremendous outlays for
steel products called for by the public works. How far will it pass the
shove along? At the hearing on the Steel Code in midsummer, Secretary
Perkins pointed out that neither in hours nor in wages did the code
proposed by the steel men give such assurance. And while the employ-
ing corporations proposed widespread collective action among them-
selves, backed by government authority, to eliminate what they called
unfair competition, the scheme of employe representation they pro-
posed, confined collective action among their workers to a given plant
or company. Further, to turn from workers to consumers, there were no
provisions to protect the public. To interpret the hearings, the code
which finally came out of them and its impact on this industry and its
half million workmen, we turned to JOHN A. FITCH (page 495). It was
Mr. Fitch's pioneer work in the Pittsburgh Survey that revealed twenty-
five years ago the extent of the twelve-hour day and the seven-day week
in the steel industry. Since that time it has continued one of his major
interests as industry editor of The Survey and now as head of the
industrial department of the New York School of Social Work.

MURSERY-SCHOOL children, half of them from well-to-do sub-
urban homes, the other half from underprivileged families near
Hull-House, have served as willing little guinea-pigs for a study carried

on for several years by the Behavior Research Fund and the Illinois In-
stitute for Juvenile Research. Was there or was there not any difference
in innate ability as measured by mental tests? The first report on the
study is made (page 502) by ETHEL KAWIN. She is the director of the
preschool department of the Institute. Her volume, Children of Pre-
school Age, from which this article was drawn, will be published next
month by the University of Chicago Press. (About 400 pages, 83.50
postpaid of Survey Graphic.)

XA/ITH a background of newspaper reporting and executive work for
* * chambers of commerce and economic research, JOHN A. PIQUET has
specialized in the influence of geographic differences on economic and
social life. Of his article (page 509) he says: "The westward trek of
countless covered wagons will prove to be small compared to the rap-
idly developing migration of people and machinery from crowded
cities to more favorable spots. These changes mean a new way of
living."

/•"VME of the young, vigorous men of the young, vigorous automobile
^^ industry, ALBERT L. DEANE has turned his business experience and
a clear head to the drafting of what has become known to increasing
numbers of thoughtful people as "the Deane Plan." His article (page
512) is the first to be put before a general audience. He has also put it
out in a pamphlet, largely diagrammatic, which, we are confident, he will
send to interested readers of Survey Graphic: Alfred L. Deane, presi-
dent General Motors Holding Corp., 1775 Broadway, New York City.

COR his article (page 516) CHARLES STELZLE has ripe experience and
background. After serving an apprenticeship of five years in a
machine shop, he became a Presbyterian preacher and organized the
Church and Labor Department of that denomination. Labor Temple in
lower New York was organized by him and he established Labor
Sunday. He inaugurated the plan to exchange fraternal delegates be-
tween central labor bodies and ministers' associations, and for many
years he wrote every week an article which was syndicated to the entire
labor press of America. He has served on the editorial staffs of several
metropolitan newspapers and is the author of a dozen books on
sociological subjects including his autobiography, A Son of the Bowery.
He is now engaged in publicity and promotional work for social
agencies and international organizations.

/"*\F course we hate to brag, but after seeing the September poster of
^^ Ten Outstanding Articles chosen by the Council of Librarians for
the Franklin Square Subscription Agency we were more convinced
than ever that the contributors to Survey Graphic are a picked lot.
For of the ten articles chosen, three were from our September issue:
Labor Under the NIRA by Lewis L. Lorwin, Museums of the Future
by Otto Neurath, and Below the Surface of Hitler's Germany by Alice
Hamilton. In August two were chosen : Planning in Place of Restraint
by Senator Robert F. Wagner, and The Bouncer of the Bluebird Inn
by Herbert B. Ehrmann. The listings are chosen from a large number
of articles, each of the principal monthly magazines submitting three.

SURVEY ASSOCIATES, INC.

Publication Office, 10 Ferry Street, Concord, N. H.
General Office, 112 East 19 Street, New York, to which all corre-
spondence should be addressed.

SURVEY GRAPHIC— Monthly— $3.00 a Year
THE SURVEY— Monthly— $3.00 a Year

Lucius R. EASTMAN, president; JULIAN W. MACK, JOSEPH P. CHAM-
BERLAIN, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, vice-presidents; ANN REED BRENNER,
secretary; ARTHUR KELLOGG, treasurer.

PAUL U. KELLOGG, editor.

ARTHUR KELLOGG, managing editor; MARY Ross, BEULAH AMIDON,
LEON WHIPPLE, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, LOULA D. LASKER, FLORENCE
LOEB KELLOGG, GERTRUDE SPRINGER, associate editors.

EDWARD T. DEVINE, GRAHAM TAYLOR, JANE ADDAMS, JOSEPH K.
HART, HAVEN EMERSON, M.D., ROBERT W. BRUERE, JOANNA C.
COLCORD, contributing editors.

MOLLIE CONDON, circulation manager; MARY R. ANDERSON, advertising
manager.

This new painting by Diego Rivera shows an early stage in the contest in this country between govern-
ment and individual rights. Thomas Jefferson (left) who considered Shays' rebellion a good thing for
the government, points to his comment: "God forbid that we should ever be twenty years without such
a rebellion." This is the third panel in a series of murals depicting revolutionary changes in this
country that Rivera is painting for the New Workers' School, 51 West Fourteenth Street, New York

SURVEY GRAPHIC

OCTOBER

1933

Volume XXII
No. 10

REVOLUTION IN THE U. S. A.

BY MARGARET G. BONDFIELD

THE most vivid impression made upon me in the hectic
hours I spent in Washington in July 1933, was the re-
semblance between the spirit of its administrators and
that displayed by Lenin and his colleagues in the Soviet Ad-
ministration of 1922. At that time the economic life of Russia
was in fragments — no money, no shops open, great schemes
— on paper — for renewal of life on a new basis, and a vital
faith, an inspiring confidence that dreams can be turned into
working realities. There was also to be felt in the Russian
revolutionaries a power of endurance, a willingness to suffer
for the sake of their ideal, a sense of discipline and obedience
which were accepted as a necessary condition of success. I
wonder if the American people will carry the analogy as far
as that, not in blind faith or fanatical zeal, as so many of the
communists do, but in intelligent cooperation. The Russian
people find it easy to believe in miracles; the "hard-headed"
business man in America has to be convinced that any
altruistic motive is strong enough to overcome the ingrained
spirit of gambling and the clutch of indebtedness which
dominate all sections of the U. S. A. These vices are an indi-
cation of an old virtue at the wrong level — the self-reliant
independence of the covered-wagon period has been de-
graded into a philosophy of "get-rich-quick-at-any-cost"
and at anybody's expense in a period when cooperation has
become an essential virtue required for the maintenance of
economic life.

The United States has a big advantage which Russia
lacks — there is an abundance of technical skill, of managerial
capacity, and organizing ability running to waste, or mis-
directed. Will this

peculiar genius of the
American people be
placed at the service
of the community as
a whole?

Secretary Ickes is
reported to have said
that the question may
be settled in sixty
days. The whole
world must hope
that the answer will
be in the affirmative.

On the day on

which I reached Washington, the "blanket code" was issued,
a provision of which is to make illegal the employment of
children under sixteen years of age. With mingled feelings I
compared the position of my own country, where, despite
nearly one hundred years of effort, the compulsory school-
attendance age still remains at fourteen, and where children
may be employed as soon as they obtain their school-leaving
certificate. I rejoiced in the joy of those pioneers, who like
Jane Addams, Lillian Wald, Elizabeth Glendower Evans,
and the older trade-union officers, see the harvest of the sow-
ing of the earlier years. The "blanket code" provides for a
temporary brake in the form of a "gentlemen's agreement";
the position is being consolidated by the industrial codes of
fair competition which carry more power of enforcement. It
is an important gesture of intention, which requires trade-
union organization and a vigorous administration to ensure
its effectiveness.

It was of great interest to me to discover that the total
number of children ten to fifteen years of age reported as
wage-earners in the last census was 667,000; of these 181,000
were listed as employed in industry, trade, domestic service,
and clerical occupations, the vast majority of the child work-
ers being employed in agriculture. I discovered that since
1910, when the campaign began, something over a million
children under sixteen years of age have been taken out of
the labor market under state laws.

With regard to the second part of the code, which deals
with minimum rates of wages, I learned that sixteen states,
including Illinois and New York, have already passed

minimum-wage regu-

Last summer on a holiday trip to this country, the Rt. Hon.
Margaret Bondfield foregathered with her friend, Frances
Perkins, in Washington. Each, in her own country, has been
the first woman cabinet member/ each has been charged with
the portfolio of labor. But the thing reaches deeper: each
has shown herself rarely gifted in her grasp of the social
and economic realities that must be reckoned with by modern
statecraft. As she sailed home, Miss Bondfield set down for
us these vivid impressions of great days in Washington, and of
what the Secretary of Labor confronts under the New Deal.

491

lations applying to
women and children;
it will be the duty of
the various depart-
ments of labor to
harmonize these reg-
ulations with the
spirit of the NIRA. It
is quite clear that
such a gigantic ex-
periment will have to
allow for the excep-
tional case, and al-
readv I note it has

492

SURVEY GRAPHIC

October 1933

been necessary to issue interpretations, and to assure em-
ployers that if "the general agreement bears unfairly on any
group of employers they can have it straightened out by pre-
senting promptly their proposed code of fair competition."
It is obviously the intention of the President and his ad-
visers, to pass as rapidly as possible from the "blanket code"
to more specific agreements.

The third section dealing with the hours of labor is the
one which probably will have the greatest influence inter-
nationally if it becomes effective. The establishment by law
of a thirty-five or forty-hour working week should make pos-
sible an international convention to regulate the hours of
labor. One is the more hopeful that this may be the result in
view of the fact that on July 10 President Roosevelt accepted
the Convention for limiting the manufacture and regulating
the distribution of narcotic drugs. May we in Europe venture
to hope that this means a still closer cooperation between
your country and the League of Nations? America's repre-
sentatives on the International Opium Conference did fine
work, in cooperation with the representatives of other coun-
tries. When one remembers how long it has taken to ratify
some of the League's Conventions, and notes that this Con-
vention was ratified by thirty-four nations within a year and
nine months, it shows what weight America carries when she
participates heartily in setting international standards.

These impressions took shape over the breakfast table on
the roof of the Washington Hotel, and before they could be
properly digested, I was transported into the "Goldfish
Bowl." What an admirable phrase! Employers are en-
couraged to come before the NRA and state their opinions
on the code, drawn up for their industry — their objections as
well as their agreement. When their criticism is detailed in
the cold clear light of publicity and in the hearing of a very
attentive and knowledgeable audience, it sounds very much
less effective than when drawn up in the employer's private
office. With General Johnson's penetrating eye fixed upon
him, the obdurate employer feels naked and finds in this
Bowl no place to hide ! I was taken to the great auditorium
by the Secretary of Labor, Frances Perkins, with whom it
was my great joy and privilege to spend the rest of that day.
As a guide to the "revolution" she was superb. It was
fascinating to watch her imperturbable calm in the tempest
of excitement, steering her barque of policy between the
Scylla of an unfounded optimism and the Charybdis of a
pessimism which whirls around laissez-faire.

I FOUND that her Department, like the Ministry of Labor
in Whitehall, is housed in temporary quarters, but there
the likeness ends. Instead of a duke's mansion, with its mar-
ble staircases and painted ceilings and a rabbit-warren of lit-
tle rooms, it is extremely utilitarian and unadorned. The
Secretary herself, severely tailored in black with a touch of
white, has shared the fate which seems to fall upon women
Cabinet Ministers of being in the center of the storm, and,
in her case, with some extraneous disturbances which she
might have been spared.

I had not before realized the difference between the posi-
tion of the British Cabinet in relation to Parliament and the
American in relation to the Congress, and I had been puz-
zled to know why Miss Perkins had chosen as her first ad-
ministrative measure the "Black Bill." I discovered that she
had no choice in the matter — that Mr. Black having
drafted his bill and secured a hearing before the appropriate
congressional committee, the Secretary of Labor was re-
quired to give the committee the views of the Department on

the merits or demerits of the bill. She was not, in fact, "in
charge of the bill" as a British Cabinet Minister would be of
a measure of first importance. The legislation was not drawn
as the result of a Cabinet decision, but was hurled upon the
Department out of the blue, and those precious weeks of
initiation upon which she might properly have counted to
become acquainted with her new responsibilities were largely
taken up with the hearings on the Black Bill and in sub-
mitting to an ordeal of cross-examination under the glare of
Klieg lights because it pleased the press to take advantage of
that opportunity to make a sound film.

MY visit to the Goldfish Bowl was succeeded by a visit to
the White House, where I had the privilege of shaking
hands with the President, who granted that honor between a
Cabinet meeting and a press conference which reminded me
of a football "scrum." As Secretary Perkins and I left the
President, we were met by this avalanche of about two
hundred men, all of them demonstrating their zeal for the
public welfare by trying to get first into the President's
room ! I think our British method of arranging a Conference
room in which the press representatives assemble before the
Minister arrives is less likely to embarrass the Minister and
confuse the occasion than a tour deforce of this kind.

In the midst of preparation for congressional and code
hearings, the new Secretary of Labor is developing her em-
ployment-exchange machinery. She has first-hand knowl-
edge of the British system of unemployment insurance and
the labor exchanges through which it functions. She is in
favor of a compulsory system of insurance as an incentive
for stabilizing employment, and holds that, as this is a social
as well as an industrial problem, the cost must be spread as
widely as possible. She sees an adequate public-employment
service as an essential preliminary to any insurance scheme.
But the federal-state system of employment offices she hopes
to build up will be based on American conditions, not
modelled on our British scheme.

Any unemployment-insurance undertaking in the United
States must inevitably be experimental. Advocates of un-
employment insurance among you, it is cheering to note,
have the whole-hearted and knowledgeable support of social
workers like John B. Andrews, of the American Association
for Labor Legislation, who has spent years in studying this
question from the workers' point of view as well as from
that of the common good. Coordination of state labor ex-
changes under federal supervision will be an immense step
forward in providing the framework through which to
operate unemployment-insurance undertakings.

For years this question of unemployment insurance has
been agitated in the States. It is significant that in twenty-
five state legislatures bills have been introduced within the
past two years. Most of them have provided for the payment
of unemployment benefits for a specified length of time and
on an actuarial basis. Some of these bills have proposed con-
tributions from more than one source; but the only such
measure to be enacted, that of Wisconsin, places the re-
sponsibility of contributing upon the employer only. I found
in conversation with my friends in different parts of the
country, notably the group of women I met in Chicago at-
tending the Women's International Council meetings, that
American opinion has shifted enormously on this unemploy-
ment-insurance question. From all sides it amounts to an
attack upon the old idea of American individualism; there is
a recognition of the fact that the wage scales have never been
so high as to give reserves to the workers to tide them over

October 1933

REVOLUTION IN THE U. S. A.

493

periods of unemployment. Americans are also
facing the fact that all the charitable efforts have
been in reality doles, far less efficiently ad-
ministered than has been the insurance system in
Great Britain. They recognize that the cry that
Big Business will be driven off the map by high
wages is nonsense, because wages have never
amounted to more than 10 percent of the costs,
and the opinion is freely expressed that a busi-
ness is not worth preserving if it is maintained
on such a margin as that. It is admitted that
private agencies cannot possibly handle a period
of long depression, that the largest financial
interests often escape their due share of taxation,
and finally that unemployment is a hazard
which must be faced by the community as a
whole. This is a complete revolution of attitude,
compared with that which I have heard ex-
pressed by American visitors in my own country
and in America on my previous visits. The
terror of the depression has been a stern educa-
tor.

But I have wandered away from the Goldfish
Bowl. It was my good fortune to hear the dis-
cussion of the lumber code, with the redoubtable
General Johnson as the presiding officer. The
evidence given by Colonel Greeley on behalf of
the Operators' Association supplied an interest-
ing example of the chairman's flair for getting
down to essential facts. The proceedings were
not unlike an Industrial Court hearing in Eng-
land, except that there was a much larger
audience, the members of which were so atten-
tive that not a paper rustled and not a foot
shuffled in that vast hall. The proceedings
seemed to me informal in manner, but very
much to the point in substance. It was a happy chance that
the case for the lumber worker was presented by William
Green, President of the American Federation of Labor, who
incidentally revealed the fact, almost unbelievable to me,
that four States — Mississippi, South Carolina, Florida and
Arkansas — have no accident compensation laws. He estab-
lished the relation between efficiency and the standard of
living, and built up a convincing case for improving the
code as drafted in the clauses vital to the workers. Mr. Green
also stressed the importance of raising the minimum age to
eighteen in this very hazardous employment. I gathered
that, as a result of communist agitation, bunks and sheets
have been secured for the lumber camps, but otherwise
housing conditions have not improved. On the general
question of unemployment, it was interesting to hear that
the American Federation of Labor computes that the thirty
millions still at work suffered wage reductions between 1929
and May 1933, of 23 percent — a powerful argument for
increasing the purchasing power of labor.

THE American Federation of Labor is undoubtedly faced
with one of the most important developments in its history
in deciding to issue charters to "federal unions" now being
organized in individual plants. These locals are to include
all skilled workers in the factory instead of separating them
according to crafts. They are to be directly associated with
the headquarters of the Federation, instead of being affili-
ated with an international craft union. At present it is
intended that these branches shall remain independent of

Keystone

England's former Labor Minister (center) at an informal conference be-
tween the Secretary of Labor and General Johnson before a code hearing

one another, and that they will be authorized to bargain
directly with the employer in regard to rates of pay and other
labor questions, but that they will have the support and
assistance of the Federation itself. In other words, the local
will represent an industrial plant instead of one craft in that
community, as hitherto. Of course, this new departure is a
phase of the big fight against the company unions, and that
fight is already joined, at this writing, in connection with the
steel, coal and automobile codes. The decision of Secretary
Perkins to go to Pittsburgh to acquaint herself at first hand
with the details of the steel industry was a masterly one. I
think her description of the company unions as "war bride-
grooms" should go down in history.

The first round in the battle of giants, between the in-
dustrial overlords and the President, will doubtless be settled
before these lines are in print; it will be the earnest hope of
all those who care about the participation of the workers in
the control of their own economic lives that the President
should win. In fact, my impression is that the whole future
of the trade-union movement in America will be affected by
this struggle and one can but commend the wisdom of the
Federation in modifying its scheme of organization to try to
meet the new conditions.

My contact with members of the "Brain Trust" illumined
for me, in a revealing flash, one of the enduring aspects of
today's drama. "If the employer is not observing the code,
he is not a good moral risk for the bank, no matter how rich
he may be." was the dictum of an expert who had been
brought from Wall Street to give (Continued on page 527)

"Business is to be conducted as it always has been,"
says the man in armor, his spurred heel on Pittsburgh
while NIRA tries to pull USA out of the depression.

Scissors Picture by
MARTHA BENSLEY BRUERE

STEEL AND THE NRA

BY JOHN A. FITCH

THERE is nothing ordinary about steel.
There is drama in it at every turn. It is
spectacular in process, in method, in its
labor conflicts, in its power. So it was to be
anticipated that there would be spectacle and
drama when on July 31 this industry presented
to the National Recovery Administration at
Washington, its "Code of Fair Competition."

This presentation by the American Iron and Steel Insti-
tute was the public phase of a series of events, swift and
stirring, that culminated in the acceptance by the President
on August 19 of the revised code for the industry. These
events taken together make a story of major public interest
the key to which is to be found in the public hearing of
July 31.

The impressiveness of that hearing lay not alone in the
fact that it was steel that was on the witness stand. There it
was with its near half-million workers, its colossal tonnage,
its white-hot ingots, its ladles of molten metal, its smoke and
thunder and flame. Impressive enough, in its own right.
But this hearing was more than a debate over a specific
industry, whatever superlatives that industry may evoke.
It was a meeting ground of conflicting theories, and it was
significant that the two leading actors in the drama should
be the Hoover Secretary of Commerce and the Roosevelt
Secretary of Labor — Rugged Individualism meeting the
New Deal.

Here was Robert P. Lamont, late cabinet member, now
president of the Iron and Steel Institute, announcing, in
answer to a question by Donald Richberg, counsel to the
Recovery Administration, "The general theory is that the
business is to be conducted just as it always has been. Each
industry is going to carry on its own business in just exactly
the same way it has been carrying it on for twenty or thirty
years." And then came Frances Perkins, Secretary of Labor,
saying at the very outset of her address, "If we are to avoid
a repetition of the errors that have all but wrecked our
industrial structure, it is necessary that the foundation which
we are now about to lay in the steel industry shall be set in
the solid ground of new policies of industrial and labor
management that are based on the human and economic
needs of the nation as a whole."

After these two came William Green, president of the
American Federation of Labor and with him, for a fleeting
moment a representative of the Amalgamated Association
of Iron, Steel and Tin Workers, a union that held the atten-
tion of the world in the Homestead strike of forty years ago,
now but a shadow of its former strength. And there was the
voice of a new group — The Steel and Metal Workers Indus-
trial Union, Communist in philosophy and opposed to the
program both of the steel companies and of the A. F. of L.
Back of these witnesses, swarming over the platform and
in the audience were economists, statisticians, experts, law-
yers, some retained by one or another of the principal wit-
nesses and some merely interested onlookers, and besides
these, a host of steel men and others to whom the hearing
represented something of vital imponanre. Looking on at
these strange activities of a new Administration, was Senator
James J. Davis- of Pennsylvania, Secretary of Labor under

Steel presents the contrast of vast corporate organizations and
repression of parallel organization among its workers. Leader
in technical progress and safety engineering, it has been as
slow to recognize the interest of the public as of its employes.
How steel treats with the NRA, the significance of its defiant
championing of out-worn ways, is the theme of this second
article of a series on our basic industries and their codes

three presidents. Former Governor Miller of New York, now
counsel to the United States Steel Corporation, whispered
occasionally to Mr. Lamont. Frank P. Walsh, chairman of
the U. S. Commission on Industrial Relations of 1914, sat
with his clients, the officers of the Structural Iron Workers'
Union. Gerard Swope, president of the General Electric
Company, was there as a member of the Industrial Advisory
Committee of the National Recovery Administration. On
the labor side, besides William Green, were Sidney Hillman,
president of the Amalgamated Clothing Workers, and John
L. Lewis, president of the United Mine Workers, both
members of the labor advisory committee of the Recovery
Administration. Most interesting of all among the witnesses
for labor were an employe of the Tennessee Coal and Iron
Company who came from Birmingham, under threat of dis-
charge, to say that his fellow employes do not want a com-
pany union, and a delegation of sixteen mill workers who
accompanied the spokesman for the Steel and Metal Work-
ers Industrial Union.

THIS was the setting when this mighty industry of steel
came to Washington on July 31 to lay before the scrutiniz-
ing eye of the government its plans for dealing with labor
and with its competitors. In the code as offered the most
important section, in all probability, was the one acknowl-
edging the right of the workers to organize and bargain
collectively — a section written in because the Recovery Act
required it but a section that historically was anathema to
the industry. How the steel industry met the challenge of
collective bargaining at the code hearing is therefore a
very important part of the story. We shall come to it in due
course. But first because they concern more directly the
emergent purposes of the code — that of putting men back
to work — we turn to the sections dealing with hours and
wages.

In her challenging appeal at the code hearing, Secretary
Perkins told the steel industry that the country had every
right to look to it for leadership in this direction; first, be-
cause of what it will receive under the Recovery Act — free-
dom to combine, the means of preventing unfair prices, and
as beneficiary of the outlay for public works— and second, its
capacity for leadership, as shown in the past. She appealed
to the leaders, therefore, to adapt themselves to "the new
problem of conducting the industry in the public as well as
the private interest," reminding them of a similar challenge
met twenty-five years ago when the industry took the leader-
ship in promoting safety work. Referring also to its pioneer-
ing work in stabilizing prices and dividends, she appealed
"for the same kind of leadership to assure a measure of
stability for the incomes of the working people."

If the code as presented by the industry and Mr. Lament's

495

496

SURVEY GRAPHIC

October 1933

argument for it were to be regarded as an answer anticipat-
ing this gauge thrown down to its leadership, one would have
to think of it as a grudging one. The Iron and Steel Institute
decided that a restoration of normal employment would be
achieved by a return to the average level of activity in the
years 1929 and 1930. This was on the theory that 1929 was
above normal and 1930 below it, and that an average of the
two years would therefore approximate a normal level.
This non sequitur led them to the conclusion that a forty-hour
week would require 424,000 men, working at the 1929-30
rate of efficiency, to operate the industry at the same volume
of production as the average of those two years. This, ac-
cording to their figures, would involve an increase of 135,000
men over the number employed in June 1933. To accom-
plish that, hours should be reduced; and they proposed a
forty-hour week. This was not to be a definite maximum for
each week, but hours worked over a six-months period were
to be such that the weekly average would not exceed forty-
eight hours. This limitation, moreover was to be enforced
only "so far as practicable, and so long as employes qualified
for the work required shall be available in the respective
localities where such work shall be required, and having due
regard for the varying demands of the consuming and proc-
essing industries for the respective products. ..."

TO be sure, Mr. Lamont represented an industry with a
difficult problem and with a tradition mostly alien to the
present trend. Steel is a continuous industry. Operating of
economic necessity twenty-four hours a day and of technical
necessity, in some departments, seven days a week, it has
lagged behind other industries in the movement toward
shorter hours. The strike of 1919-20 had as one of its major
objectives the elimination of the twelve-hour day. In 1923,
following the investigations made by the Cabot Fund, the
industry promised President Harding to abolish it. Since then,
a good deal of progress has been made in that direction,
yet Secretary Perkins, in her address at the code hearing,
showed how even in the midst of the mass unemploy-
ment due to the depression, the steel industry still main-
tained longer than normal daily hours and a weekly schedule
that was astonishing. Drawing her figures from a report of
the U. S. Bureau -of Labor Statistics, she revealed that in
1931 average full time hours per week for all departments in
the iron and steel industry were over fifty-two, with blast
furnaces and plate mills reaching fifty-seven hours per week.
She showed also that every department of the industry re-
ported some workers on a seven-day schedule, rising to 34
percent in the blast furnaces. Large numbers alternated
between six and seven days each week. In the blast furnaces
28 percent of the men worked eighteen days followed by one
day off, a practice followed also by 21 percent of the open-
hearth furnace workers. In these two departments alto-
gether, about 57 percent of the employes worked on a
schedule involving either seven days a week regularly, or in
alternation with six days.

From the standpoint of the industry, therefore, the prob-
lem was complicated by the necessity of finding a schedule
of hours that would permit continuous operation. From the
standpoint of public welfare, the problem was one of reduc-
ing hours — the promotion of health and human efficiency,
and the re-employment of all the men attached to the industry.

It was with these objectives in mind and with a knowledge
of the history of the industry that Secretary Perkins exam-
ined the proposal of the steel industry for a forty-hour week,
averaged over a six months' period:

It is disappointing to find that in framing section 3 of the pro-
posed code the industry did not rise to the opportunity of ruling
out the seven-day week from the steel industry, the twelve-hour
day and all unduly long working hours. The proposal for an
average of forty hours per week within any six-months period not
only permits these evils to stand in the face of thousands of unem-
ployed who are begging for work, but it will intensify irregularity
of employment by stimulating unduly long hours during some
months to be alternated with very little work during other months
so that the average may be kept down to 40 hours.

Using U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics figures, and with
1929 as the level to be striven for, Miss Perkins concluded
that 150,000 more than were employed in June 1933 must
be engaged and that a forty-hour week was too long. The
estimate of the American Federation of Labor as to the num-
ber to be re-employed, basing its figures on July instead of
June employment, came nearer to the steel industry's esti-
mate than that of Secretary Perkins, but their calculations
led them to the conclusion that even the thirty-hour week
which they recommended would be too high to bring about
the re-employment of all of the workers attached to the
industry. It was difficult to determine whether the Steel and
Metal Workers Industrial Union favored forty hours or
thirty hours as the maximum weekly period. Their brief
mentioned both.

All of which shows how difficult it was to determine with
any exactness the precise working schedule that would re-
store the 1929 levels of employment. As a matter of practical
fact, only experience will show what that schedule should be.
But if anything were to be accomplished, it was obvious that
the steel industry's "average" of forty hours, surrounded by
all the weasel words with which their code nullified even
that provision, Could not be allowed to stand without
modification.

The Recovery Administration stood firm on that point
and the revised code, while retaining the original language
with its forty-hour average, modifies it by providing that
employes shall not "work more than forty-eight hours or
more than six days in any one week." It further provides that
after November 1, 1933, as soon as the industry is operating
at 60 percent of capacity, the 8-hour day except for emer-
gency work shall be established for all wage-earning
employes.

THE fixing of a maximum-hour schedule was intended to
bring men back to work. But there will be no lift to pur-
chasing power and hence to business revival unless there is
an increase in payrolls. If more men work the same total
number of hours as before, at the same hourly rate, we have
merely a sharing of work with no increase in ability to buy.
Of utmost importance, therefore, is the other major labor
section of the code — -that dealing with minimum wages.

The wage section of the Iron and Steel Institute's code as
finally shaped up at the hearing proposed to divide the
steel producing areas of the country into twenty sections,
with minimum rates of pay for common labor in each.
These rates were to vary from 30 cents an hour in the south-
ern district to a maximum of 40 cents in the more important
centers of the North. Between these limits there were differ-
entials between districts that seemed arbitrary and peculiar.

The principal distinction, however, was between South
and North, with the northern rate a full third higher. There
seemed to be little justification for so wide a differential.
The difference in the cost of living is not as great as that.
The difference must lie, therefore, as Miss Perkins pointed

October 1933

STEEL AND THE NRA

497

Ewing Galloway

"Steel is a continuous industry." This night picture is of a plant on the Monongahela River that runs every day and every night

out, in the standard of living. And very pertinently she
raised the question of the desirability of perpetuating the
lower standard for common labor in the South by a per-
manently lower rate. With the proposed forty-hour week a
southern laborer at 30 cents an hour will earn $12 in a full
time week. A northern laborer at 40 cents an hour will earn
$16. In both cases money income will therefore be less than
it was in 1929. Allowing for the drop in the cost of living
between 1929 and 1933, the purchasing power of these
wages as of June 1933 would be a little above 1929 in the
South and about $2.50 below it in the North. And the cost
of living is now tending to rise.

Moreover, wage rates must be figured not merely by the
week but as a basis for yearly earnings. And these in turn
should be measured against the cost of living. It was esti-
mated by competent observers in 1929 that at the price then
prevailing, it would take about $1700 to purchase a decent
living for a family of five, in urban centers of the North.
Taking account of the drop in cost of living between 1 929 and
June 1933, the amount necessary at the June level would
still be $1275. The 40-cent rate proposed for common
laborers in the steel industry of the North, with a 40-hour
week, would provide in fifty-two full weeks of work $832,
which falls short by a third of the amount necessary for
decent living. Nevertheless, the proposed rates remain un-
changed in the code as adopted.

It became evident as the hearings progressed that the
code as presented by the Iron and Steel Institute took little
account of the interests of the public. It was a code by and
for the proprietary interests in steel. Prices were to be fixed
by the board of directors of the institute with no provision
for the protection either of the consumer or the small
producer.

Let a brief colloquy between Mr. Lament and the counsel
to the Recovery Administration be recorded:

"There is a provision," said Mr. Richberg, "for the control
of prices. May I ask you to point out where, either in the code
or otherwise, the protections for the consumer are to be
found, against any oppressive use of such powers?"

"I would prefer, if I might," said Mr. Lamont, "to give
the matter some consideration. It is rather a legal question,
I take it."

A little further on Mr. Richberg inquired, "Have you
considered at all the advisability of having public repre-
sentatives or consumer representatives able to play any part
in the process?"

"No," said Mr. Lamont, "I don't believe that has been
considered. ... It did not seem to be necessary."

"You think this power ... as here provided, could be
exercised without detriment to the consumer interest?"
asked Mr. Richberg.

"The industry," replied Mr. Lamont, "does not sell

498

SURVEY GRAPHIC

October 193 3

VJ ^M-—

Lwiug Galloway

Pouring molten metal. "In blast furnaces, 28 percent of the men worked 18 days followed by one day off."

directly to the public." Meaning, apparently, that it sells
its products mostly to railroads or to manufacturers of motor-
cars or to building contractors and not, like Sears, Roebuck,
to the ultimate consumer.

But in the code as promulgated by the President on Au-
gust 1 9 there is evidence that Mr. Lament and his associates
had .been thinking in the meantime of the interests of the
consumer. "The members of the code recognize," an amend-
ing section reads, "that questions of public interest are or
may be involved in its administration." Accordingly it is
provided that representatives of the Recovery Administra-
tion may attend meetings of the Board of Directors of the
Iron and Steel Institute whenever the administration of the
code is being discussed and that they may have access to all
records relating to its operation and are to have "every
possible assistance" in "securing full information concerning
the operation and administration of the code." These pro-
visions are made in order that the President may be fully
informed and "assured that the code and the administration
thereof do not promote or permit monopolies ... or
eliminate or oppress small enterprises . . . and do provide
adequate protection of consumers, competitors, employes of
other concerns and that they are in furtherance of the public
interest. . . ."

The consumer was forgotten in the original code but labor
could not be. Section 7-a of the Recovery Act requires that
every code must recognize the right of the employes "to
organize and bargain collectively through representatives of
their own choosing," and that the workers are to be free to
choose representatives without interference or coercion by
employers nor are they to be required, as a condition of
employment, to join a company union or refrain from joining
a trade union.

This provision is directly opposed to the previous policies

of the steel companies
and the hearing in Wash-
ington opened with the
question of collective bar-
gaining overshadowing
everything else in popu-
lar interest and in the
minds of all who were
concerned about setting
up stable conditions of
employment in this
industry.

It was a matter that
had been giving great
concern to the employers
and in one way or an-
other the impression had
gone abroad that they
would not yield on this
point without a fight in
the courts. For example.
Steel, a weekly trade
magazine, that is well in-
formed concerning opin-
ion among the leaders of
the industry, had said on
July 24 in its weekly fea-
ture entitled Windows of
Washington:

One thing is fairly certain,
namely that if the ambitious

code of fair competition of the steel industry is wrecked upon the
shoals of union labor discord, the entire recovery program will
suffer a serious set-back. Some leaders in the steel industry feel that
it is a case of the adoption of the code already submitted or no code
at all.

Also, there is strong intimation that if the steel industry's pro-
posal in regard to labor relations proves to be unacceptable to the
administration, the industry will be forced to go direct to the
Supreme Court in order to protect its rights.

On this point the code as presented by the American Iron
and Steel Institute was a curious mixture of contradictions.
After including Section 7-a of the law providing for collec-
tive bargaining it set forth its own plan for company unions
calling for the election of representatives "from among the
employes." Elections were to be held on the premises of the
employer at least once a year. The representatives so chosen
were to have conferences with representatives of the em-
ployer at regular intervals on "any topic of mutual interest."
If the representatives of the employes and of management
could not agree, an appeal could be taken to the president
of the company who "makes the final decision."

THE Institute's code as presented stated that "for many
years the members of the industry have been and now are
prepared to deal directly with the employes of such members
collectively on all matters relating to their employment. The
principles of collective bargaining under which certain
members of the industry have dealt with their employes, are
embodied in employe-representation plans which are now
in force at plants of the industry generally."

This latter statement evoked satirical comment even in
quarters where a somewhat more respectful attitude might
have been anticipated. For example, The New York Times on
the first page of its financial section of July 18, remarked:

October 1933

499

Ewing Galloway

"There is drama in steel." Even its processes are dramatic as witness this tapping of an open-hearth furnace

Wall Street has found some amusing material in some of the
codes, particularly in clauses dealing with collective bargaining of
employes. It was remarked yesterday that some industries^noted in
the past for their rigid adherence to the open-shop principle, had
now expressed the administration viewpoint as to collective^ bar-
gaining. The steel code, for example, contains this phrase, ". . .
employe-representation plans are now in force at plants of members
of the industry generally." This paragraph was puzzling to some
readers in Wall Street who remember that it was only last month
after the passage of the Recovery Act that several of the largest
steel producers formed company unions for the purpose of meeting
the requirements of the Act.

But there was more than amusement in some of the

comments made in Washington and elsewhere. The
company-union plan as set forth in the steel code if put into
effect would be in violation of the statute. Instead of making
provision for the type of collective bargaining that would
permit the employes to speak "through representatives of
their own choosing"— just as the Steel Corporation is doing
when it chooses a former governor as counsel; or the Insti-
tute, when it chooses a former Cabinet member as its spokes-
man—the company-union plan limited their choice to
fellow employes. Instead of protecting the employes against
coercion, it provided for the election of representatives on
company premises where company influence could be

500

SURVEY GRAPHIC

October 1933

exercised. At such an election held before the code hearing
at one of the larger steel plants company officials counted
the ballots and announced the result. There was no reason
to suppose that the count was incorrect, but when some real
issue is at stake to permit company representatives to count
the ballots would be like letting Republicans count Demo-
cratic ballots in a political election, or Democrats count
Republican ballots.

There were other provisions in the company-union pro-
posals tending to nullify collective bargaining. Most im-
portant was the provision that in case of disagreement,
appeal might be taken to the president of the company who
was empowered to make the final decision. One would have
a parallel situation if two nations desiring to avoid war were
to sign a treaty providing that in case of failure to agree on
some matter in controversy, the final decision would be
made by the prime minister of one of the countries involved.

A1.L this was in the background of the thinking of in-
formed observers when Mr. Lament stepped to the
stand to present the code of the American Iron and Steel
Institute for the consideration of the administrator. At the
end of his presentation, General Johnson stated briefly that
in his opinion, the company-union sections might "shade or
qualify the statute." It seemed to him, therefore, that the
matter was "inappropriate" and should be stricken from the
code. Mr. Lamont replied that he was willing to recommend
to his board that it accede to this request. A recess was
granted, at the end of which Mr. Lamont returned to the
stand to report that the Board of Directors of the Iron and
Steel Institute had agreed to drop the company-union
section of their code.

This decision of the directors was viewed in many
quarters as a victory for labor. As a matter of fact it was not;
the situation remained absolutely without change. Mr.
Lamont obviously had known in advance that this procedure
would be followed. Before he left the stand, ostensibly to
consult his board of directors, he read from a typewritten
sheet a prepared statement in which he made the attitude
of the industry perfectly clear. The company-union section
had been included in the code:

merely to express the belief of the industry that the open-shop
principles which have prevailed throughout the industry for many
years should be maintained and that the principles of collective
bargaining should be established and maintained in a form which
experience has shown to be satisfactory to the industry and its
employes. ... It should be distinctly understood that the omis-
sion of the section does not imply any change in the attitude of the
industry on the parts therein referred to; ... and that the section
will be omitted for the sole purpose of avoiding the necessity of
considering at this hearing any questions that are not funda-
mental to the code.

This meant, of course, that the steel industry had conceded
nothing.

There is nothing in the code as officially promulgated on
August 1 9 to indicate that the steel companies have changed
their minds. Indeed, they had emphasized the point with a
characteristic gesture just three days before. Secretary
Perkins had called a meeting on August 16 to discuss some
of the labor provisions of the code and had invited the
leaders of the steel industry and, among others, William
Green, who had been officially designated by the Recovery
Administration to represent labor in such discussions. When
Mr. Green appeared at the meeting the steel officials
walked out of the room and refused to meet anywhere with

Mr. Green present. Later it was explained that if they had
remained in a meeting which included the president of the
American Federation of Labor, the act would have been
interpreted by the steel workers as recognition of the union.
Why the steel presidents should fear such an interpretation
in view of Mr. Lament's insistence that the men prefer the
company unions is not altogether apparent.

It was a petty gesture — as petty as the act of the Burgess of
Homestead, Pennsylvania, who shortly before had tried to
prevent the Secretary of Labor in the President's Cabinet
from conferring in Homestead with working people whom
he considered "radical" — but it indicated their attitude.

It is impossible to think of this matter without thinking
of the methods by which for a generation the steel companies
have kept themselves free from the encroachment of trade
unionism. These methods, as I found during the study known
as the Pittsburgh Survey twenty-five years ago, and as every
competent investigator since has discovered, have included
discharge and blacklist, and behind these activities, a system
of espionage with extensive ramifications. Through spying
and eavesdropping managements have been able to stamp
out all movements toward genuine collective bargaining.
In view of this well-known fact, considerable incerest had
been aroused by a section in the "List of Unfair Practices"
written into the "Code of Fair Competition" as presented by
the industry. It prohibited procuring otherwise than with the
consent of any member of the code, any information con-
cerning the business of such member which is properly
regarded by it as a trade secret or confidential within its
organization. Secretary Perkins found this worthy of com-
ment. She said:

This is a prohibition on business espionage. May I suggest that a
similar provision against labor espionage is perhaps as important.
. . . Business men who will spy on their competitors will not have
any compunctions about spying upon their employes. And if it is
found necessary to include in the code a prohibition against busi-
ness spying, it is no less necessary that a similar prohibition shall
be written into the code against labor spying. The sooner the iron
and steel industry can rid itself of this dangerous practice, the
easier it will be to maintain friendly, honorable and cooperative
relations between labor and management.

The official code of August 19 retains the prohibition of
business spying, but is silent on the other form.

THE code therefore as adopted sets up a minimum wage
that falls short of insuring the essentials of life, it does
nothing to rid the industry of the labor spy, and qualifying
words often weaken or nullify the apparent intent of a
section; as, for example, the word "knowingly" which
modifies the ban on the employment of children under
sixteen. On the other hand, as revised, it strengthens the
control of the government over the price-fixing activities of
the Institute, it protects labor in its right to organize, and it
smashes an ancient evil, as it sets up for the first time in the
history of the industry a legal barrier to the seven-day week
and the long working day.

So what shall we say of it? Is it a step forward?

Will the National Industrial Recovery Administration,
under the law creating it, bring to the workers in steel some-
thing better than they could have had without it?

Among the critics of the old order and the Old Deal there
are two opposite views. At the extreme left — the Commu-
nists and their sympathizers — expressed opinion is definite
and positive. In spite of the modest and respectful appear-
ance before the Administrator of a Communist union, this

October 1933

STEEL AND THE NRA

501

group as a whole views the Recovery Act as a gigantic fraud
on the workers. It is a movement organized, they believe,
by beneficiaries of the capitalist system who feared that their
racket was coming to an end and that unless something were
done to bolster it up unearned income and other pickings
would speedily be a thing of the past. Hence they regard it
as a movement to save and strengthen capitalism — a typical
capitalist trick having as its purpose not the protection of the
workers, as the administration would have you believe, but
their enslavement. The Daily Worker, organ of the Com-
munist Party in America, invariably refers to the law with a
qualifying word in parenthesis, thus: "Industrial Recovery
(Slavery) Act," and the codes as "slave codes."

AT the opposite extreme is a group of enthusiastic liberals
who believe that the Recovery Act is bringing in a reign
of justice the like of which has never before appeared, and
of which the workers are to be the beneficiaries. Indeed, a
spokesman for this point of view has recently called it a
revolution:

It is here. It is in process. In many other countries there have
been revolutions since the World War — each one with surprisingly
little bloodshed, but with a tremendous exercise of force and op-
pressive power. In this favored land of ours we are attempting
possibly the greatest experiment of history. Revolution by the
sword and bayonet is nothing new. Revolution by the pen and
voice is different. The violent overthrow of parliaments and rulers
is nothing new, but the peaceful transition of all departments of
government from one fundamental concept of a political economic
system to another is different. It is a fact that today the American
people, men and women in every walk of life, are enlisting joyously
in a revolutionary program of cooperation — are undertaking a
revolutionary experiment in self-government.

Neither of these interpretations seems to be tenable. They
claim too much. The Communist argument that the purpose
is the enslavement of the worker is a strange one in view of
the Communist belief that slavery is already here. Does not
capitalism itself enslave the workers? Moreover, how great
must be the singleness of purpose of the capitalist class if
they are united in so gigantic a conspiracy! And how dia-
bolically keen their intelligence and cunning! One must
believe that all the stormings against the act, all the angry
shouting over the revived organizing activity of the workers,
all the threats of court action, are a part of the conspiracy —
stage play to divert our attention from the truth. If that is so,
it is hard to avoid the suspicion that the Communists too are
in the conspiracy, for in organizing in the steel districts and
elsewhere they are providing a basis for the employers'
shadow-boxing complaints.

NO, I think the law means something other than new
shackles for labor and new freedom for capital. But I
do not think we yet have achieved a revolution that will
substitute cooperation for selfishness, and I am inclined to
think that it is almost as wide of the mark to say that as to
say the other.

There is danger in the Recovery Act — serious danger. We
have in effect repealed the anti-trust laws and we have sub-
stituted for them the judgment and will of a single individual,
the President of the United States, even, possibly, under cir-
cumstances that imagination refuses to consider, the Vice-
President. If the will and courage of that one man should
prove inadequate to the task, then the fears of the Commu-
nists might be realized— conspiracy or no conspiracy.

On the other hand, the President does not stand alone,

nor is this thing being done in a corner. In addition to the
good will of the President, there is a vast body of public
opinion to sustain him, and even the steel industry has been
known to bow to that. Moreover, here is a statute that leaves
no discretion to anyone as to certain fundamental rights of
labor. They are to "have the right to organize and bargain
collectively" and to be "free from the interference, restraint
or coercion of employers ... in the designation ... of
representatives, or in self-organization or in other con-
certed activities for the purpose of collective bargaining."
These conditions, under the terms of the law, have to be
written into every code, and the penalty for violation of any
provision of a code after it has been signed by the President
is a fine up to $500 for each offense and for each day that the
violation continues.

This is a degree of legal protection for collective bargain-
ing that has never before existed in the United States. As
a result I believe that we are entering upon the most
remarkable experiment with .governmental control of
industry, and governmental safeguards thrown over labor
organization, ever attempted in this country; exceeding any
similar effort anywhere else except in countries that have
undergone political revolution. Over night, industries that
have considered themselves immune to governmental inter-
ference because they were not "affected with a public
interest" have achieved almost the status of a public
utility.

A ND the new control is being exercised, not merely in a few
/* progressive states, but uniformly throughout the United
States as a whole. Instead of fighting state by state for mini-
mum-wage and maximum-hour legislation and for the
protection of the child against exploitation and making slow
and difficult progress, advocates of such control are seeing
a miracle dawn before their eyes. At the stroke of a pen such
protection is being enacted uniformly over the country as a
whole.

Many industrial leaders do not like it but they are coming
to Washington to find out what the government will let
them do. Most of them come hat in hand, but some also
with fingers crossed and tongue in cheek. Of that nothing
could be better evidence than Mr. Lamont's clear challenge
to the government regarding company unions. The steel
industry took it out of the code but they did not change
their attitude.

But their established practice with respect to collective
bargaining is now contrary to law. To assume that they will
violate the law with impunity and therefore to argue that
the Recovery Act is futile is no more sensible than it would
be to assume in advance that any other new piece of legisla-
tion will fail of enforcement.

But the test is still to come. If the Administration will fol-
low through to the end, if it will enforce this law even to
the point of subjecting the steel companies to a $500 fine for
every individual who is prevented from joining a union and
for every day that this denial of collective bargaining takes
place, if it will fight when appeal is made to the courts, and
finally, if necessary, if it will take steps to lessen the danger of
judicial nullification — if it will do all that, and it may be-
come necessary if this law is to be worth the paper it is
written on, then something revolutionary will have
happened.

In view of the stakes involved in the controversy, it seems
likely that we shall find out in the course of it rather defi-
nitely who our rulers are.

INTELLIGENCE AND POVERTY

BY ETHEL KAWIN

A.E the poor afflicted by poverty because
they are lacking in intelligence? Do those
we call "the under- privileged" suffer only
for want of the initiative and ability to secure for
themselves the privileges which more able mem-
bers of society manage to enjoy? Would my little
friends, Clemencia and Maria, children of a poverty-
stricken home and uneducated parents, inevitably repeat
the family pattern if they married, and have "under-
privileged" children of their own?

I found myself wondering about these things as I watched
Clemencia, aged four, quietly modeling clay in one corner
of the Hull-House nursery school, while Maria, her two-year-
old sister, put her doll to bed near by. They are the older
of the four children of Mexican parents. The father has been
in this country three years; the mother and children came
a year later. The family lives in a four-room flat in a tall
frame building and pays fifteen dollars a month rent. The
meagerly furnished rooms are very clean, though the home
has neither bathtub nor washbowl. Since the new baby
arrived Clemencia has slept on two chairs placed together.
Spanish is the language of the home, though the father
speaks a little English. He went to school for two years in
Mexico. He has always had unskilled jobs; at present he is
working in a soap factory, where he earns eighteen dollars
a week. The mother is attractive and friendly. She went to
school for three years in Mexico and now attends English
classes at Hull-House. Clemencia and Maria were enrolled
in the Mary Crane Nursery School at Hull-House by the
Infant Welfare Society of Chicago. The children have in-
sufficient play space at home and both are in need of special
nutritional care. As I watched these olive-skinned, black-
haired youngsters happily absorbed in play, I called to mind
blue-eyed, auburn-haired Catherine whom I had been
observing in a suburban nursery school a few days earlier.
Catherine's home in the suburb of Winnetka is a large house
with ample out-door play space. Three-year-old Catherine
has her own room and is well supplied with carefully chosen
toys. Her father, a graduate of Harvard and "Tech," is an
executive of an important manufacturing firm. Her mother
also graduated from college, and is interested in musical and
club activities.

The social philosophy which holds that the under-
privileged are so because of their own incompetency has in
recent years received considerable support from research
reports of psychologists who have studied the relationship of
socio-economic status to "intelligence" as measured by
mental tests. Almost all of their findings have indicated that
well educated and economically secure individuals are more
"intelligent" than those on the lower social and economic
levels. Since intelligence tests supposedly measure innate
capacity, the natural assumption is that the "under-
privileged" are of inferior stock.

As we observed and worked with the children of the Hull-
House and Winnetka nursery schools year after year, how-
ever, we began to ask to what extent the inferior showing on
mental tests for children such as those in the Hull-House
nursery school was due to their language handicap and the
limitations of their home environment.

What do mental tests measure when applied to pre-school
children? Does the I. Q. of a three-year-old represent "innate
capacity" or home conditions? The answers here suggested
are based on studies of 1 24 children, half of them little Hull-
House neighbors, half from wealthy, cultured suburban homes

Children in the poorer neighborhoods of a big city have
the meager language environment characteristic of homes
where parents have had limited education and in many
cases the additional handicap of foreign birth. In homes
where the dominant language is foreign, children have
practically no opportunity to learn even the simplest English
before entering school. A performance scale, therefore,
would seem a fairer test of their "intelligence" than a scale
on which the ability to use or to understand the English
language is a dominant factor.

Most investigators in studying the relation of socio-
economic status to intelligence have attempted to eliminate
this language factor by excluding children of foreign-born
parents from their studies. While the effects of socio-
economic status can perhaps be isolated by this method, it is
open to serious objection. A true sampling of the lower socio-
economic urban level must include the foreign-born element.
Our Hull-House group was found to have approximately
the same percentages of native and foreign-born parents as
are found in the general Chicago population. Absolute
elimination of children of foreign-born parentage probably
pushes the intelligence of the group studied to an artificially
low level, because the native-born of a population are likely,
in normal times, to remain on these lower levels through
lack of ability, whereas the foreign-born may be in the lower
group only because they have not yet had a chance to rise
in their new surroundings.

QEEKING an answer to our question as to the influence
O of language handicap and meager home environment
on mental-test results we made a study in which we com-
pared a group of Hull-House children with a group of
Winnetka children in their performance on the Merrill-
Palmer Scale of mental tests. The study was one of a series
made by the Behavior Research Fund of Chicago and the
Preschool Department of the Illinois Institute for Juvenile
Research.

There were sixty-two children in each of the two nursery-
school groups studied. The children in the two groups were
paired as to their chronological age; the average age of each
group was three years. There was a fairly equal number of
boys and girls in each group.

Each of the 124 children was given a Merrill-Palmer test,
and more than 70 percent were also given Stanford-Binet
tests. The former scale, designed as a mental test for children
of preschool age, does not involve verbal ability to the same
extent as does the latter but is quite generally accepted as a
measure of mental development.

The results indicate no significant difference between
these two nursery-school groups when compared on such a
performance scale. When the results are rescored with the
language tests of this scale omitted, the very slight superior-
ity of the Winnetka group is still further diminished. But

502

October 1933

INTELLIGENCE AND POVERTY

503

Wide-World
Playmates of Clemencia and Maria in the Mary Crane Nursery School at Hull-House give Jane Addams greeting

when compared on the Stanford-Binet scale where language
ability is a dominant factor, the children from comfortable
and cultured homes are found to be markedly superior to
the children of the tenements. On certain non-verbal tests,
especially certain motor tests, the children of the Hull-
House neighborhood do better than the "privileged" group.
All these types of tests supposedly measure various functions
of general mental development in a child of preschool age.
These findings are of special interest in view of the fact
that all other studies of the relationship of socio-economic
status to intelligence (except one study of infants) have
agreed in finding superior intelligence for groups of the
upper social levels. It is reasonable to expect that among

adults a high order of intelligence would be associated with
superior social and economic position. Those who belonged
by birth to the upper social groups have had the advantages
that comfortable environment and education offer, while
individuals who have managed to secure education and
some degree of economic security in spite of having been
born into an under-privileged group have probably done so
because of superior innate capacity.

But the same general tendency for high socio-economic
status to be associated with superior intelligence, and vice
versa, has been found among school children by almost
all investigators who have studied this question. Further,
in some half-dozen studies of children of preschool age,

504

SURVEY GRAPHIC

October 1933

children of different social levels appeared to show as great
difference in their performance of the simple tasks that
make up mental tests for young children as they manifest
in dealing with the relatively complex problems presented to
older age groups. The finding of such marked intellectual
differences between social classes even at such very -early
ages is regarded as highly significant in supporting the
viewpoint that the under-privileged are persons of inher-
ently inferior mental capacity. One very able psychologist
has suggested that these findings lend support to the theory
that, under ordinary conditions of modern life, variations in
mental growth are more directly dependent upon innate
characteristics than upon differences in post-natal oppor-
tunity or stimulation.

The findings of this study of Hull-House and Winnetka
nursery-school children seem to support the opposite theory
— that variations in mental growth are largely dependent
upon environment and that children tend to excel in those
activities which have been a part of their own experience.

WHILE no other comparable investigation of the abili-
ties of very young children (with the possible exception
of the study of infants referred to above) places the group of
lower socio-economic status in so favorable a light, other
studies of preschool children agree in finding the greatest
superiority of the upper group to be on language tests, and
in finding that there are some other types of tests in which
under-privileged children do as well, or even better, than
do children who are more fortunately placed.

That the difference found between the intelligence, as
measured by tests, of a group of preschool children of low
socio-economic status and a similar age group of high status
are primarily due to the language factor is a finding with
important social and educational implications. While one
may grant that language ability is in itself a measure of
intelligence, or at least that it correlates highly with intelli-
gence, recent psychological investigations indicate that
language is dependent on special verbal abilities which may
be modified by education and training.

Further, few psychologists today believe that mental tests
— verbal or otherwise — measure innate capacity, unaffected
by the influence of environment and experience upon the
individual. The preschool child of meager social and eco-
nomic background has had, in these first few years of life,
only the experience his inadequate home situation provides.

Homes at the lowest level do not seem to make possible
the acquisition of even the simplest patterns of performance
called for in psychological tests. There is reason to believe
that when the child from such a home gets out into the school
and the community, the more stimulating environment and
experience may enable him to reach a higher development.

The fact that studies of older school children have failed
to show such improvement may be due to two things: first,
most intelligence tests (on which the inferiority of the lower
socio-economic groups has been demonstrated) have been in
themselves chiefly verbal tests; second, it has not been our
educational practice to define the special inadequacies of
the under-privileged group nor to attempt to overcome them
by specific training and opportunity.

Considerable psychological research supports the view
that verbal and performance tests measure different func-
tions; it is quite possible that children of low socio-economic
background excel in certain types of abilities, while those of
high, excel in others. Instead of constantly seeking to ascer-
tain which socio-economic group has superior "general

intelligence" would it not be more constructive socially and
educationally to attempt to discover the qualitative differ-
ence in the abilities of children from different backgrounds
with a view to trying to overcome their inadequacies by
education and training? Thus if the inferiority of under-
privileged children is chiefly lack of verbal abilities — those
functions which now handicap these children may be im-
proved with specially directed educational effort.

Evidence in support of the possibility that an enriched
environment, especially if provided at an early age, will
raise the level of a child's intelligence is found in a study by
Professor Frank N. Freeman and colleagues of the Univer-
sity of Chicago. A group of children given mental tests before
placement in foster homes and retested on the same scales
several years later showed a significant improvement.
Children in the better foster homes gained considerably
more than did those in the poor homes. Further, the children
who were tested and adopted at any early age gained more
than those adopted when they were older.

Careful consideration must be given to the results of
studies concerning the relationship of adult intelligence to
socio-economic status, before applying their implications to
similar studies of children. Parents and children must be
considered separately; while it is the child's own intelligence
which is measured, his socio-economic status is, in a sense,
that of his parents. It must be remembered that when intelli-
gence tests are given to adults, the upper socio-economic
levels include not only those who were born into those
groups but also many who have had the capacity and oppor-
tunity to raise themselves to those levels, while the lower
groups are composed of those who have perhaps lacked the
opportunity but may also have lacked the capacity or the
ability to rise. The little child who is born into this lower
level lacks opportunity but since he has not yet had a
chance to "prove himself should we not hesitate to say that
he also lacks innate capacity?

INDIVIDUAL children from both Hull-House and Win-
I netka groups were found among those with the highest
and also among those with the lowest test results. Similar
tendencies have been found in other studies of older children.
This means that even though there be a mass tendency for
high intelligence to be associated with superior social and
economic status, and vice versa, no prediction can be made
with respect to the individual. A child may rise to intellec-
tual heights quite out of line with the expected as based
upon his social and economic background ; another may fail
to reach his expected level.

The scope of this study is obviously too limited to warrant
definite conclusions in regard to the differences of abilities
of different social groupings. The findings, however, suggest
important social and educational implications. We may well
question whether a positive relationship between socio-
economic status and intelligence, generally accepted by
psychologists and educators in regard to school children and
adults, should be accepted for preschool children, at least
on the basis of our present knowledge.

Meantime, I question a social philosophy which sees the
poor and their progeny as groups inevitably destined for
inferior roles in society because of their own inadequacy.
Any clear view of the place of education in a democracy,
it seems to me, includes the task of discovering the real dis-
abilities of the under-privileged and of giving them the
opportunity to overcome, so far as possible, those handicaps
which can be modified by training and environment.

Courtesy Malvina Hoffman and Field Museum

Hamite. Northeast Africa

THE LIVING RACES OF MAN

THE Hall of Man (Chauncey Keep Memorial Hall) in the
Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, which was
opened in June, is without equal in the world in its exten-
sive collection of racial types and the artistic quality of their
execution. The American sculptor, Malvina Hoffman, who
studied anatomy under high authorities and sculpture under
Rodin and whose work has long been honored in this coun-
try and in Europe, was admirably fitted both as artist and stu-
dent to carry out the Museum's great project. She has been
engaged for some years on the commission of executing over a
hundred statues, busts and heads of the principal living races
of mankind; two thirds of the work has now been completed.
The selection of types showing racial differentiation was
made after careful study. The subjects were modeled directly
from life. Asiatic and African types were the result of special
expeditions made by the sculptor and her staff. The models

are not only exact in measurements and racial characteristics
but are posed characteristically. All but four of the figures
now completed have been cast in bronze, the patina giving as
nearly as possible the correct skin color. Everywhere the aid
of government officials was sought and much of the work
called for difficult journeys into jungles, swamps and deserts,
in extremes of temperature and humidity. In more sophisticated
places the sculptor had the valuable cooperation of medical
college faculties, hospital staffs and museum authorities. In
addition to the figures Miss Hoffman has made life-size draw-
ings and many casts of interesting details. In the Hall of Man
the statues are arranged in geographical order. A large
central group symbolizes the unity of man: three figures, a
white, a black, and a yellow man stand beneath a great globe
/hich the five continents are outlined. Special exhibits of

on wr

scientific nature will complete this valuable record of mankind.

(Above) Bushwoman with her baby. South Africa
(Right) Dancer. Bali

(Above) Girl of the Sara tribe. Africa
(Left) Kashmiri praying

A mud carrier of Hong Kong, China

Samoan. Polynesian

Young woman of the Jakun tribe. Malay jungle

In a nation on wheels there is easy escape from city noise and smoke to the unspoiled countryside

THE NEW FRONTIER

BY JOHN A. PIQUET

THE American people found their first full opportunity
upon the land. Their original migration was in effect a
flight from Old-World feudalism, concentrated power,
class inequality. It reflected the desire of the individual to
express his creative abilities in his own way, to obtain for his
children a more abundant life. Generations of pioneers built
up a land of independent farms, self-sufficient and prosperous
until the machine-age dawned.

Then for almost a hundred years the eyes of the American
people were turned toward the cities. The glittering inven-
tions of the Industrial Revolution, the living and money-
making conveniences, the desire for higher wages and less
physical labor drove the ambitious and the needy toward the
centers of industry and trade. The poor boy leaving the farm
to make his fortune in the metropolis and live in a brown-
stone house became a national tradition. We had then an
era of financial and industrial power concentrated in great
cities, which also developed civic corruption, slums, crime
and delinquency, sudden success and equally sudden failure.
Only in the last decade was the standard of living raised
sufficiently to allow the individual to find some freedom from
slavery to one spot, one job and one narrow way of life.

Improved machinery and management have increased the
productivity of the worker, while cutting his hours of labor.
The automobile, bus and truck have enabled him to rove
farther in search of congenial work. Modern em-
ployers can locate plants or shops where working
and living conditions are good. Greater use of the
telephone, electric light, power, radio, maga-
zines, movies, newspaper features, sports, auto-
mobile touring has enriched the life of the
worker, at the same time enabling him to escape
city smoke and noise. Even the gloom of the

depression cannot hide the fact that we have within our
grasp these improvements, this new freedom. How have
they affected the course of the nation, the happiness and
prosperity of the average American?

The possession of twenty-two million cars put the nation
on wheels, and it began to move. The countryside within one
hundred miles of every city has been well explored by
motorists. Longer trips were taken in 1929 by some forty-five
million individuals. In the same year more than a million
young people spent part or all of their vacation in nine
thousand camps. There were almost two million campers in
the national forests in 1929, and in the same season state
governments issued seven million hunting and fishing li-
censes. Nearby sports were also widely patronized. In that
year municipal bathing beaches were installed by 218 cities,
in eighty-one of which the attendance rose to a total of
thirty-nine million. Golf players patronized fifty-eight
hundred courses; in 1923 there were only nineteen hundred.
More than eleven thousand tennis courts were in use, an in-
crease of more than 1 50 percent since 1 920. Summer bunga-
lows, camps, or homes were established far into the wilds.
Creeks and brooks, undisturbed since the Indians fished
them, were dammed up to make artificial lakes.

The motor tourist finds, beyond suburbs and summer re-
sorts, large areas returning to forest. National Forests and

Automobile, bus and truck have given new freedom to in-
dustry and to industrial workers. How manufacturing is leav-
ing congested cities to seek the "new frontier" of our unde-
veloped areas, and what this decentralization means in terms
of overhead, housing, health and recreation is here discussed

509

510

SURVEY GRAPHIC

October 1933

state policies of reforesting abandoned
farming and lumbering sections are pre-
serving or diverting millions of acres into a
series of vast wildernesses, in which animal,
bird and fish life is encouraged on an increasing scale. The
beaver once more builds his lodges in New York rivers.
Buffalo multiply on the hilly slopes of private domains in
Pennsylvania as well as in western preserves. There are still
some three hundred thousand Indians, from the Mohawks of
New York State to the desert tribes of the West. The white
man and his Boy Scout son revert more and more to the
Indian environment in their leisure time. If the trend con-
tinues, our grandsons will have the thrill of living within
reach of wilderness regions teeming with wild life.

TROM the larger cities, the rush towards the frontier of
• forest and shore extends formidable distances. On the long
stretch of Jersey shore between New York and Atlantic City,
a hundred and twenty miles, one is never out of sight of a
summer bungalow or hotel.

Increasing numbers are leaving the cities for year-round
living in nearby suburbs and country towns. In eighty-five
metropolitan districts listed by the census, while the central
cities were growing 19.4 percent in the decade ending in
1930, the surrounding suburbs were increasing 39.2 percent.
In eleven of these districts the suburbs exceed the city proper
in size. Small towns have their suburbs too — new homes that
straggle out along the bus lines and highways several miles from
Main Street. Industrial plants have accompanied this outward
movement in many communities, seeking cheaper land, less
traffic delay and better living conditions for employes.

The far ranging motor tourist and vacationist are after all
only advance scouts. It is the manufacturer with his influence
on processes, jobs, trade and transportation who determines
how far the army of civilization shall go in its return to the
frontier. Industry is still largely concentrated in the North
and East, located in the big centers and immediate suburbs,
usually in areas marked by bad housing, high rents and
taxes, machine politics, crime and delinquency. The region
between Boston and Chicago north of the Ohio River has 48
percent of the population and 70 percent of the manufactur-

A vast modem rayon plant neat Asheville, North Carolina
exemplifies the movement of manufacturing out toward
the many undeveloped frontiers of the South and West

ing, with three fourths of the
factories concentrated in thirty
centers. Today industry is spread-
ing to the South and West and
toward small cities in all sections
with their freedom from the high
costs of crowding.

Henry Ford recently announced
that he would make only auto-
mobile chassis and engines at his
mass-production plant in Detroit,
and have parts and accessories
manufactured in plants in small
towns within reach of each of his
thirty-two scattered assembly
plants. Ford believes that just as
the moving belt and mechanical
handling bring the work to the
factory worker and thus save time
and increase productivity, so on a
larger scale can the factory itself
be brought to the worker's home-
town. He believes
it is cheaper to
transport materials
to small or medium-
sized cities with
good living condi-
tions, lower land values and taxes, than it is to install workers
in large cities.

Seventeen years ago a number of northern manufacturers
looking for lower production costs in materials, fuel and
labor, founded the town of Kingsport in the hills of eastern
Tennessee. They first established their factories and then
brought in several thousand workers from the hills. The help
of the State Board of Health was enlisted to ensure a sanitary
community. John Nolen, a well-known city planner, laid out
the town. His plan included a wide boulevard from the rail-
road station across the town to a civic center for public
buildings and churches; a system of parks separating the
residence, school, business and industrial zones; workers'
homes with modern conveniences on lots 50 by 150 feet.
The homes were sold on ten to twenty years' instalment
payment plan, the cost cut radically by large-scale building.
The town as I saw it in the spring of 1926 when it was ten
years old, was a beautiful community with sightly homes and
clean, modern industrial districts.

The Kingsport industries are able to make economies by
using local materials and trading with each other. The brick
plant, for instance, furnished the material, and the town the
labor, to build all the stores, schools and public improve-
ments. The Mead Fibre Company makes pulp and paper
from the woods of the surrounding hills. Part of this paper is
used by the Kingsport Press, book publishers. The Eastman
Kodak Company uses waste wood to make chemicals for its
films and for commercial sale. Other industries include ce-
ment, tanning extract and leather products, hosiery and cot-
ton goods. The manufacturers and the railroad that serves
them have formed the Kingsport Improvement Association,
a single planning and real-estate company controlling
the town site, and making possible the development of a
harmonious community.

One middle-western city has similarly developed in place
of a chamber of commerce limited to business men a Civic
Association which every citizen is eligible to join. This

October 1933

THE NEW FRONTIER

511

That mill villages need not be squalid and ugly is shown
by these workers' homes, built by a company that moved
from a Rhode Island city to an unspoiled Southern valley

organization has almost four thou-
sand members, and plays a lead-
ing part in the social and recrea-
tional life of the community, as
well as fostering trade and indus-
trial development.

A few years ago a Chicago
firm, contemplating a move to a
country community which was
subsequently made, studied the
experience of some eighteen man-
ufactures in going from a large
city to a small town. Its investiga-
tion revealed:

Enthusiasm for the small-town
locations was found in these organiza-
tions from bottom to top. All em-
ployes were doing more work and
better work with less expenditure of
energy and less fatigue — and there
was more time remaining for diver-
sion and outdoor life. Men, women
and children were
healthier and happier.

The manufac-
turer and his work-
ers who get away
from cities do not

dive into the wilderness, by any means. The new location is
usually a small town within convenient trucking radius of a
market and a source of needed materials. Until the close of
the period of most intense centralization in 1910, the South
and the West and all the rural areas generally sent food and
materials to the big cities of the North and East, and re-
ceived back manufactured goods. This long-distance shipping
and selling have accounted in large part for the high cost of
distribution, for the fact that both farmer and manufacturer
receive only a small fraction of the consumer's dollar. Since
1910, the tendency has slowly reversed. Each section is now
doing more of its own manufacturing.

The nation's industry and population, as we have already
noted, is now grouped around the ninety-three cities of
100,000 population or over listed in 1930. These cities
constitute sixty-three fairly well-defined metropolitan re-
gions, according to the Study of Social Trends, and they
accounted for 75 percent of the total population increase of
the nation in the decade ending in 1930. These areas have
witnessed so far most of the decentralization of industry
since the beginning of the century. The flare of blast furnaces,
once seen only in Pittsburgh and Bethlehem, is now familiar
to Baltimore, Birmingham, along the Great Lakes from
Buffalo to Chicago, Los Angeles, Salt Lake City and in
smaller plants at Newark, Boston and Port Henry. Glass and
clay products are shifting from Pennsylvania to West Vir-
ginia and the South: Modern cement plants have been built
in all large sections. Sugar refineries, once centered in New
York City, dot every important port from Boston to New
Orleans to serve nearby markets. Meat packing has spread
from Chicago and Cincinnati to every section where cattle
and hogs can be assembled economically for a market within
trucking radius. Canneries and tin-can factories are found at
every chief source offish, fruit, vegetable or dairy products —
New England fisheries, Southern truck farms, Louisiana and
Mississippi shrimp beds, Wisconsin dairies, California fruit
groves and Columbia River salmon fisheries. Candy makers

have scattered to meet the consumer de-
mand for fresh goods in small lots. Paper
mills and furniture factories invade new
forests in the South and Pacific Northwest,
while the sheep of the latter region encourage a rising woolen
goods industry. Clothing and garments are now being
manufactured to some extent in every large market section.
The trend everywhere is to manufacture nearer the con-
sumer, giving better service while cutting costs, or to manu-
facture close to the source of raw material. The sales or
executive offices are usually located in the cities that domi-
nate the sixty-three metropolitan regions, while the factories
are frequently in smaller places nearby. For example, the
Brown Shoe Company of St. Louis has largely decentralized
its vast operations into ten factories located in as many small
towns within two hundred miles of the city. The plant
workers either live in the factory towns or go to work by
automobile from the surrounding countryside. Motor trucks
connect the factories and the St. Louis headquarters. The
small towns contain the electric power, movies, radio, maga-
zines, sanitary plumbing, water supply and other city
conveniences necessary to both factory and modern worker;
at the same time farmers nearby have a growing market for
their produce. Industry, city conveniences and agriculture
mutually benefit from this decentralization.

THE larger the city that dominates the region, the greater
the exodus toward country freedom. In the New York
region we find a small manufacturer of bathing suits and
sports wear moving his suburban plant still further out to the
hamlet where he has his summer home on the banks of the
Delaware River, sixty miles from Broadway. In a nearby
village a small poultry and sausage-making company is
growing steadily, with a fleet of seven motor trucks enabling
it to sell its products from house to house in the thickly
settled suburbs of New York and Philadelphia fifty miles
away.

Many individuals have left the city in the past few years.
From among my own acquaintances I can cite a couple
running a combined tea room and farm forty miles from New
York. Not far away another city couple (Continued on page 529)

AFTER NIRA-A LASTING RECOVERY

The "Deane Plan" to Sustain Consumption
BY ALBERT L. DEANE

DURING the past four years, we have heard much
about the "downward spiral" of depression. But
worse still, we have witnessed the material and spirit-
ual destruction left in its wake as the lash of its speeding
circumference beat down or entirely destroyed living stand-
ards of an ever increasing number of our citizenry. Today,
under the standard of the Blue Eagle, the vicious momentum
has been slowed down to a virtual standstill. The problem
before us is to create reverse momentum.

"Downward spirals" are no new phenomena of our
economy. But need they continue periodically to plague our
national life? Why not an "upward spiral," permanently
maintained and responsive to every technological advance,
consistently expanding the standard of living of our people
to gradually higher and higher levels?

The key to this altogether desirable and practical goal is
wages. Not the sickly sentimental kind of wages only suffi-
cient to keep body and soul together- — not minimum wages.
But honest-to-goodness, man-size wages sufficient to buy
the products of industry and keep the wheels of our indus-
trial civilization going — maximum wages.

The modern paradox is that even if the worker were
satisfied with a minimum-living standard, intelligent indus-
try can be satisfied with nothing short of the maximum
market for its products among the working masses. Profits
do not result from restricted purchases by one's customers.

It is true that no individual employer can long maintain
wages and salaries at a higher level than his competitor
without committing business suicide, because he can secure
but a fraction of the benefit from the increased consumer
purchasing power created by the maintenance of high wages
on his part alone — the market for his products is largely
outside his own employes. But it is equally obvious that
unless industry as a whole maintains an adequate real wage
level, industry merely commits collective suicide.

There is every reason to believe that the NIRA has suc-
cessfully applied the brakes to the "downward spiral," in
the vortex of which we have been struggling for the past
four years, and should shortly insure every worker at least
a subsistence wage. This will be a real achievement. It is
unquestionably the first step. Without it, our social institu-
tions could not survive. But the solution of our problem is
not alone a social necessity — it is an economic necessity as
well. Industry cannot afford to have its customers idle.
More important still, it cannot afford to limit the
buying power of its customers to the bare neces-
sities of life. The amount of buying power in the
hands of its customers will determine the level of
its prosperity. What industry needs is a perpetual
"upward spiral."

The experience of the past four years has
made us acutely aware of two problems which
must be solved before the American people can
move forward, socially and economically. Our
first need is for employment for all those who
desire to work and who are capable of work.
The only possible means to this end is to

distribute what work there is among all the workers. But
even in theory, "work-sharing" is not a "cure" for depres-
sion. Let us consider a hypothetical community which
requires 32,000 hours of labor per week to maintain a given
level of production. This community has a thousand work-
ers. It is employing eight hundred of them for an average of
forty hours a week at fifty cents an hour, bringing the weekly
payroll to $16,000 and leaving two hundred workers un-
employed. To eliminate unemployment in this community,
it would be necessary only to cut the average weekly hours
of work per worker to thirty-two. The volume of production
would remain the same, the wage-rates would not be cut,
but the individual family incomes would suffer and the
purchasing power of the wage-earners of the community
as represented by the total payroll would remain at $16,000.
Clearly, to eliminate unemployment, to get every worker
back on the payroll under the only possible scheme which
will make this possible — work-sharing — is not enough.

EXPERIENCE as well as logic makes it clear that, along
with the elimination of unemployment through just
distribution of available work, must go some automatic
means of increasing purchasing power in relation to current
production whenever, for any reason whatever, production
falls below the total desire for the articles produced.

In other words, the even flow of purchasing power is as
necessary to industry as it is to the individual, and the feat
of economic engineering required to control this flow is no
less important than the civil engineering skill which main-
tains the flow of water in streams that serve industry's pur-
poses. Around Pittsburgh, the rivers are alternately flooded
and dried up, if left to their own devices. But the steel in-
dustry needs big reservoirs of water for the mills and a flow
in the canals sufficient to carry its raw materials and finished
products. In this area, engineers have canalized the rivers,
thus maintaining the water at a level necessary to keep its
plants in operation. Similarly, the levels of purchasing power
must be maintained if we are to have an orderly flow of
production and trade through the streams of our industrial
and business life.

What is here proposed is not a theory but an engineering
technique — a permanent mechanism which would supple-
ment out of a revolving fund the basic purchasing power of
all workers whenever such an addition was required to

Groups of business men, economists, social workers, members
of Congress, one after another have been fired by the imagina-
tion and the solid framework of the Deane Plan of supple-
mental compensation to bring consumption up to producing
capacity rather than reduce production to shrunken incomes.
If the Recovery Act should fail, here is a second line of de-
fense. If it succeeds, the plan would carry on after the two
experimental years. The author here sets it forth for discussion

512

October 1933

AFTER NIRA — A LASTING RECOVERY

513

maintain the normal flow of trade. The mechanism is
automatic and self-regulating. It becomes effective immedi-
ately whenever the man-hours of employment needed to
produce the current demand for goods fall below the long-
time average of man-hours required to fill a normal demand.
Suppose, for example, there is in your town a barrel-
maker with a little business that requires only one employe.
The man works forty hours a week and turns out 120 barrels.
Presently there is a drop in the manufacturer's market and
he finds he cannot sell 120
barrels a week. He cuts pro-
duction by reducing his em-
ploye's hours of work by 50
percent. Automatically, the
pay of the worker, which
has been reduced 50 per-
cent, is supplemented from
the revolving fund. Produc-
tion is cut in two, but the
worker's purchasing power
is cut only 25 percent. Thus
purchasing power is held
above the level to which
production has fallen. Stand
beside the barrel-maker a
hundred thousand or a mil-

lion workers from other
shops and industries where
this Supplemental Compen-
sation acts as a shock-absorber for broken time and hence
reduced purchasing power, and you have an excess purchasing
power which provides a market for any overproduction that
has taken place, and stimulates production to increase to
meet the increase in demand over current production. Here
is an "upward spiral" that begins to turn as soon as pro-
duction, work and wages sag — a true corrective for the tail-
spin of depression.

Before examining a blueprint of this mechanism, let us
see to what extent the "sanctions and supervision" of the
NIRA may be able to eliminate unemployment and rein-
force purchasing power. The fact that provisions in each
code set maximum hours of employment will cause a more
even distribution of available work among a greater number
of workers. The adoption of minimum-wage rates will tend
to increase the purchasing power of all workers covered by
the codes, for it will obviously be necessary to raise wage-
rates for skilled workers in relation to the new rates for the
unskilled. There should be a further though indirect in-
crease in purchasing power through the elimination of unfair
trade practices. Competitive reasons often force manufactur-
ers to adopt wasteful and unethical methods, harmful to
their workers, to the consuming public and, in the long run,
to their own interests. The elimination of such practices
under the codes, by lowering costs, will add to purchasing
power.

A direct but temporary rise in purchasing power is
afforded by the section of the act which authorizes the spend-
ing of more than three billion dollars on public construction.
But this "shot in the arm," while promising a quick and
wholesome stimulus, threatens an equally violent reaction.
For when the construction is completed, we shall again
have large-scale layoffs, and the sudden loss of the purchasing
power of these workers may have a severe deflationary effect.

Finally, there is the problem under the Recovery Act of
keeping up "real" wages — that is, of holding dollar wages in

THE GIST OF THE DEANE PLAN

The scales as set symbolize the proper balance between producing
capacity and purchasing power available for consumption, which
we may call "consuming power." If consuming power becomes in-
sufficient in relation to producing capacity, the consumption indi-
cator will swing toward "low." When this occurs, Supplemental
Compensation added to consuming power restores the balance

sound relation to dollar prices. That we face real peril in this
direction is shown by recent figures from the U. S. Bureau of
Labor Statistics which indicate an 18 percent rise in retail
food costs between April's "low" and August 15, a 6 percent
rise from August a year ago. To the man whose wage, under
the code, is raised from twelve dollars a week to fourteen,
and the chief item in whose budget is food for the family, the
outlook is not encouraging. As General Johnson recently
said, "I shudder to think what is ahead of us if we have too

much production ahead of
purchasing power."

These problems, which
cannot be solved within the
framework of the present
Recovery Act, would be
taken care of automatically
and permanently under the
plan here put forward.

It offers an automatic
corrective for industry as a
whole which would immedi-
ately raise consuming power
above the level of current
production whenever for
any reason production fell
below the desire of the pub-

lic as a whole for such goods,
and, further, would main-
tain it above that level until
equilibrium between consumption and producing capacity
is attained.

We are all too familiar with the paradox of men hungry
for bread and farmers destitute because they cannot sell
their grain; children going barefoot and workers in shoe fac-
tories turned off because of "slack times"; men sleeping in
parks and flats standing empty. But we have only dimly
realized that the solution of the problem is not to burn
grain, shut down factories, force landlords into bankruptcy.
One of the most impressive lessons of the last four years is
that our need is to raise and maintain purchasing power, not
to cut production. There is too little recognition of the fact
that production is purchasing power. Only by increasing
production in response to effective demand (and not ahead
of it) can we permanently increase purchasing power. We
shall not find our way out of hard times until that lesson is
learned — and applied.

The distinction between the plan here put forward and
any proposal based on artificial control of production turns
on this important point. This plan would enable both capital
and labor to attain their greatest potential value by raising
consumption to levels which would absorb the output of in-
dustry working at full capacity and increasing that market
as rapidly as producing capacity is available, up to the limit
of desire for each product. Through steadily increasing con-
sumption, the plan not only eliminates the need for cutting
down present production but opens the way to further
industrial expansion.

The road to this highly desirable goal is to raise and steady
the income of those in the lower economic groups. Here the
unsatisfied desire for consumers' goods is practically un-
limited. Most of those in this group are wage-earners. An
adequate increase in wages — annual income, not wage-
rates — would accomplish the purpose.

In actual operation, this is the way the plan would work:

The country would be divided into administrative

514

SURVEY GRAPHIC

October 1933

CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH EMPLOYMENT SECURITY TAXES
WOULD BE COLLECTED AND SUPPLEMENTAL COMPENSATION PAID

CIU

'AX ON EMPLOYEE

SUPPLEMENTAL COMPENSATION

CHART A

A. More than National Average but less than Regional Average — receives compensation
and pays no tax.

B. More than both the National and Regional Averages — pays tax above Regional Average.

C. Working Regional Average but more than National Average — pays no tax.

D. Less than both the National and Regional Averages — receives compensation under both.

E. More than Regional Average but less than National Average — pays tax and receives
compensation.

F. Working Regional Average but less than National Average — receives compensation.

regions. At the end of each month, the average weekly hours
of employment for that month for all eligibles in each region
would be computed, by industry classifications. The result
would be a short-time Regional Average for each classifica-
tion, published in the daily press at the beginning of the
following month.

At the close of each year, the average weekly hours of em-
ployment of all eligibles in the country as a whole for the
past ten calendar years would be computed. This would
give a long-time National Average.

At the same time, the average weekly hours of employ-
ment of all eligibles for the country as a whole for the pre-
vious twelve months would be computed. The result would
be a Yearly Average. Both the National Average and the
Yearly Average would be published at the beginning of the
following year.

Whenever an eligible works less than the short-time Re-
gional Average for his classification, he would receive from
the revolving fund Supplemental Compensation equal to 50
percent of his hourly rate of pay for each hour below such
average. Let us say, for example, that in the region including
Schenectady, New York, the Regional Average in the elec-
trical industry for September 1935, is forty-four hours a
week. John Jones is a General Electric machinist earning
seventy cents an hour. His weekly rate of pay, working full-
time, would be $30.80. But the demand for electrical goods
requires a temporary reduction in production so that Jones's
employment is reduced from forty-four hours a week to
thirty-five hours. This would, under our present system,
mean a drop in the Jones family income for that week from

$30.80 to $24.50, or a wage cut (and a
cut in purchasing power) of 20 percent.
But with the plan in operation John
Jones receives in his pay envelope not
$24.50 but $27.65— his earned wage,
plus $3.15 Supplemental Compensa-
tion. Thus, while John Jones's produc-
tion was reduced 20 percent, his income
(and his purchasing power) dropped
only 10 percent.

This illustration takes it for granted
that the time John Jones worked in his
week of broken time in September 1935,
happened to be above the long-time
National Average. For if Jones works
less than the National Average, he is en-
titled to further Supplemental Com-
pensation at the same rate. Let us say
that the National Average for that year
was not the thirty-five hours a week that
John Jones worked, but thirty-nine
hours. In that case, Jones would receive
for his four hours "short," half his usual
wage, or $1.40, bringing the contents of
his pay envelope (and his purchasing
power) up to $29.05 or 94 percent of his
former wage, though his employment
hours and his production had dropped
to 80 percent.

The revolving fund, the source of
such Supplemental Compensation,
would be built up from two sources.
First, by an Employment Security Tax,
to be paid by employers and employes
whenever an eligible worker puts in
more hours than the short-time Regional Average. This tax,
on each, would amount to 25 percent of the hourly rate for
each hour above the Regional Average.

Let us consider the case of another Schenectady worker
who, in the same week when John Jones was on short time,
was employed forty-eight hours, four more than the Re-
gional Average. At the same rate of pay, seventy cents an
hour, Harry Brown would have $33.60. But on his four hours
over the Regional Average, he would pay, as Employment
Security Tax, 25 percent of his hourly rate for each hour, or
seventy cents in all, giving him a pay envelope of $32.90. His
employer would put into the fund an equal amount. (See
Chart A.)

THE employer would deduct from each employe's pay the
amount of any Employment Security Tax due from him
and pay him any Supplemental Compensation to which he
was entitled. Employers would make reports every four
weeks to the collector of internal revenue or to such other
government agency as might be designated, remitting the
amount of Employment Security Taxes collected, including
their own, or drawing on the Revolving Fund for reimburse-
ment of any Supplemental Compensation advanced by them.
This Employment Security Tax, levied on both employer
and employe whenever hours of work rose above the pub-
lished Regional Average, would provide an incentive for the
employment of all workers, because the tax could be avoided
by spreading their required man-hours among a larger num-
ber of employes, to bring down the average hours worked to
the Regional Average.

October 1933

AFTER NIRA — A LASTING RECOVERY

515

GROUP A

NOW SPREAD THEIR WORK AMONG
1455 WORKERS, THUS REDUCING

THE AVERAGE TO 33 HOURS PER
WEEK, OR A TOTAL OF 48~,015 HOURS.

Consider a community with a total
labor requirement of 72,600 hours a
week, in an area where the Regional
Average is thirty-three hours. One
group of concerns, employing 1200
workmen, are on a forty-hour schedule.
A second group, employing 800 work-
ers, are on a thirty-hour schedule.
There are 200 unemployed in the com-
munity, seeking jobs. The first group of
employers and all their employes are
taxed for seven hours overtime per week
per man; that is, a two-way 25 percent
tax is levied against 8400 man-hours
each week. To avoid, this tax, these em-
ployers spread their work among 1455
employes, putting their plants on a
thirty-three-hour week. The second
group of employers, in order to maintain
their production, would raise their
work week to thirty-three hours and
reduce their force of 800 workers to 745.
The community's requirement of 72,600
man-hours is still met, neither Employ-
ment Security Taxes nor Supplemental
Compensation is paid, and the 200 un-
employed are absorbed into industry.
(See Chart B.)

But while the payment of Supplemen-
tal Compensation for hours below the short-time Regional
Average and the reimbursement of amounts so disbursed
from the proceeds of Employment Security Taxes would
induce universal work distribution it would not increase
"real" purchasing power. The increase in "real" purchasing
power whenever the level of production falls below "nor-
mal," as represented by the long-time National Average,
would be accomplished by the payment of Supplemental
Compensation whenever weekly hours of employment fell
below such long-time National Average. In other words,
whenever the level of employment and therefore production
fell below the long-time "norm," the payment of Supple-

SHOWING HOW THE TAX ON HOURS ABOVE THE
REGIONAL AVERAGE INDUCES WORK-SHARING

Assumed Total Requirement of Region — 72,600 Hours
SHOWING UNEVEN DISTRIBUTION

GROUP A
EMPLOYS 1200 WORKERS AN
AVERAGE OF 40 HOURS PER
WEEK OR 48,000 HOURS.

AVERAGE OF
ALL WORKERS

33 HOURS

' 200
WORKERS
ARE
SEEKING
EMPLOYMENT

GROUP B
EMPLOYS 800 WORKERS AN
AVERAGE OF 30 HOURS PER
WEEK OR 24,600 HOURS.

WORK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED, ABSORBING UNEMPLOYED

REGIONAL AVERAGE

33 HOURS

GROUP B

NOW REDUCE THEIR FORCE TO

746 WORKERS, THUS RAISING THE

AVERAGE TO 33 HOURS PER WEEK,

OR A TOTAL OF 24,585 HOURS.

BUT —

The employer would be free to choose whether it would be
more economical for him to distribute his work-hours, or to
pay the tax.

CHART C

This chart shows the tendency of the Deane Plan to minimize the fluctuations in
our economic activity and bring about a more rapid rise in the general level of
production. The solid graph indicates the course of business during the last
thirty-five years, with alternating booms and depressions. The straight solid line
indicates what might be called the net rate of progress. The dotted graph shows
how both booms and depressions would be eliminated, the level of business
activity being held closer to the line of economic progress. It is believed that the
neutralization of the checks upon economic progress would increase the net rate
of progress, more in line with our scientific and technological ability to produce

CHART B

mental Compensation would increase purchasing power and
thus raise demand above the level of current production.
This would cause an increase in production which would be
sustained until a return to the level of the long-time norm
was accomplished.

To reimburse for funds so used the Revolving Fund would
have a second source of income in the form of a special
income surtax. When in any taxable year the Yearly Aver-
age for the country is above the long-time National Average,
a special surtax would be levied on all net incomes in excess
of $3000. This surtax would be graduated upward by net
income brackets. The surtax would be reduced whenever
any bonds issued for the benefit of the Revolv-
ing Fund had been amortized, and discon-
tinued altogether whenever the fund had
accumulated a reserve the income of which
would cover the normal cost of administering
the plan.

There are two advantages in reimbursing
the Revolving Fund from this source. It would
tap funds which are most likely to find their
way into investment in new producing capac-
ity and thus act as a brake on the over-expan-
sion of industry. Secondly, it could not be
added to costs and thus raise prices to offset the
increase in purchasing power provided by the
payment of Supplemental Compensation. The
effect would be to insure an increase in "real"
purchasing power whenever needed to main-
tain a high level of production.

The interplay of the short-time and the
long-time averages with the actual average
hours of weekly employment at any given time
would act as a ratchet on the economic ma-
chine, functioning automatically and im-
mediately to halt any (Continued on page 531)

WHAT'S WRONG WITH THE CHURCH?

BY CHARLES STELZLE

THE Church in the United States is at one of
the lowest points in its history. Its great
denominations have slowed down in their
activities, not primarily because of the lack of
funds, but because they are floundering as badly
as the financiers, the industrialists and business .
men in general. Local churches as well as national religious
bodies are simply waiting for something to happen.

Strange as it may seem, it was hoped by many of the lead-
ers in the Church that the recent depression would result in
a great "spiritual revival," and that thus the misfortune of
the nation would prove to be a blessing to the Church. But it
does not seem to be working out that way.

It may sound idealistic or perhaps fanatical to say that the
Church, which has become "Big Business," has got in the
way of depending too much upon money. But it never was
true that the Church did its best work when it had plenty of
money. When Jesus sent out His disciples He told them not
to bother about money. "No longer can the Church say
with the Apostle Peter, 'Silver and gold have I none,'."
once remarked one great churchman to another, at a time
when it was rich in material wealth. "Neither can it say
with Peter, 'Take up thy bed and walk,' " answered his
ecclesiastical brother. This is not a plea for the return of the
Church to the simplicity of the apostolic days. That is im-
possible. We are living in a different age. But the Church is
placing too much emphasis upon lack of funds when modern
programs of work are discussed.

No great leader with a message that stirred the whole
Church has emerged in many years. Instead, those in charge
of its work have made a virtue of caution and conservatism
at a time when a flaming appeal should be made to Christen-
dom. They have taken it out in the form of resolutions. A
great pall has rested upon national religious assemblies.
Policies and projects which consisted mainly of personal
activities have halted. Movements toward united effort have
been thwarted.

However, the slowing up in the growth of the Church is
not due to conditions peculiar to the depression. It has been
apparent for a generation. This is particularly true of Protes-
tantism. In 1800 only seven in each one hundred of the
population were members of the Church. In 1900 twenty-
four in each one hundred were church members. Since then
Protestant Church membership has barely kept pace with
the population.

A recent study made simultaneously by two hundred
daily newspapers in as many different cities showed that 87
percent of their readers believed in the doctrines taught by
the Church — but they were not interested in the churches.
Much has been made of the fact that workingmen do not go
to church, but no group in this country responds more
readily to the religious appeal. America is instinctively re-
ligious, but it does not express its religion in the accepted
orthodox fashion. The trouble is that the Church has usually
assumed that it is the exclusive organization or institution
through which men may express their religion.

Furthermore, men are constantly discovering new ways in
which to demonstrate that they are religious-minded, and
the Church has never quite caught up with them. The

Like business and industry, banking and education, the
Church feels the pinch of "hard times." But, the writer asks, is
the Church suffering from economic or from spiritual depres-
sion? Can it draft a code, produce a leadership that will bring
it abreast of the thought and the opportunities of today?

average man is not at all interested in the hair-splitting dis-
cussions of professional theologians, most of whom compli-
cate what should be a simple formula, readily understood
by the man on the street. It is true that there are profound
mysteries in the spiritual world which can be understood
only as one progresses in the religious life, but listening to
the "great teachers" of theology, one gets the general im-
pression that, so far as most of the questions they discuss are
concerned, one man's guess is as good as another's.

It is generally assumed that the decline in church mem-
bers has been due largely to the worldliness and materialism
supposed to exist in our great cities. It is true that the
churches in the cities have suffered. In New York City, for
example, only about 7 percent of the white population are
members of Protestant churches, but this is largely due to
the increase of Catholics and Jews. While methods of tabu-
lating church members vary the distribution of New York
City's entire population according to its sympathies or
affiliations is: Protestant, 36.9 percent; Roman Catholic,
34.1 percent; Jewish, 27.1 percent.

HOWEVER, of the total population in the United States
living in places of less that 2500, which includes farms
and sparsely settled areas, only 52 percent are church mem-
bers, whereas in the larger cities as a whole, 58 percent be-
long to the churches. In considerable areas in the rural sec-
tions of this country fewer than 20 percent of the adult
population are church members. It is a fallacy to assume
that the decline in church membership in the cities may be
stopped by the removal of country people to the big centers.
It never was true that people in the country were more re-
ligious than those living in the city. They may have seemed
more pious in some respects, but often this piety was merely
superstition and general conservatism. It is certainly true
that low moral standards are encountered as frequently in
the country as in the city.

The Church has permitted itself to be dominated by the
rural mind of America with the result that even great city
churches are conducted upon an elaborated country-church
program. Most of their activities might just as consistently be
transferred to the small town or the open country. It is
probably true that over 90 percent of the preachers in the
city were raised on the farm. They pride themselves upon
this fact but it does not help them understand the problems
of the city. Many of them never seem to get the viewpoint of
city-trained people and they are overwhelmed by city
crowds. It all seems so hopeless to them, instead of a great
chance to do a really big piece of work.

This situation is bad enough, but even worse is the fact
that in matters of legislation having to do with the daily life
of the people, the country church rules the city. Ordina-
rily, representation in democratically formed ecclesiastical
bodies is upon the basis of the number of churches or

516

October 1933

WHAT'S WRONG WITH THE CHURCH?

517

ministers in a denomination. While the country is about
equally divided in population between rural and urban
areas, the fact is that there are nearly three times as many
churches in rural as in urban districts, although the average
membership in the rural church is much smaller than it is in
the urban church, thus giving them an unfair representation
in church assemblies. It can easily be seen therefore, that the
rural population controls the general program of the churches
in America and when questions having to do with great
economic principles are discussed, it is the rural-minded
members who determine what the general policy of the
Church is to be.

While there has been over-churching in many parts of the
United States, particularly in rural areas, which are sparsely
populated — in order to hold the field for denominational
organizations — there has been a general desertion of down-
town fields in our big congested cities. These districts are
populated almost entirely by wage-earners, many of whom
are foreign-born. It would appear that while the Church
believes that the gospel which it preaches is "the power of
God unto Salvation to everyone," it has shown by its deser-
tion of the immigrant sections of our cities that it has come
to the conclusion that this gospel with its far-reaching and
all-inclusive blessedness is effective for the foreign-born only
when it is exported through missionary societies; it is non-
effective for him in this country, where its influence and
power should be at their highest.

THE defection of women from the Church is an increas-
ingly serious problem confronting the leaders of religious
organizations. The latest United States census indicates that
there are five women members for each four men in the
churches in this country, but a study of the churches in
seventy American cities with a combined population of
twenty millions made by the writer twenty years ago, indi-
cated that at that time two thirds of all church members in
these cities were women and only one third, men.

For years the Church was the only institution which
offered women an outlet for their social instincts, but in re-
cent years they have found outlets through social service,
clubs, welfare organizations, political parties and other
organized effort, and the Church has accordingly suffered

LANDSCAPE

CHARLES SHEELER

because it has not given them an opportunity to engage in
the larger service which they are capable of rendering and
which the world needs today.

IN the main there is not a great deal for women to do in the
I Church except as they work for missionary societies or
sewing circles. But as women have become more and more
dependent on their own resources they have become in-
creasingly concerned with the social and economic problems
of modern life and the sewing circle as a church activity
does not satisfy them. Throughout the United States in forty
years the increase in the number of women who go to work
was one hundred times greater than it was among men. In
New York City, for example, about one million women
work for a living and the percentage of these under twenty-
one years of age is almost as great as that of men under
twenty-one. Many of these women not unnaturally spend
their Sunday mornings in domestic and personal duties and
just "don't have time" to go to church.

The failure of the Church to give women an adequate
job applies in large measure to men. If an able layman
were to apply to his minister for a real piece of work in be-
half of his church, it is a question whether such a job could
be found for him.

Some years ago the men of the Protestant churches were
organized into great brotherhoods, but practically all of
these failed because there was nothing vigorous and vital for
them to do. Their enthusiasm was spent in attending
banquets. Instead of being challenged by Mazzini's call
"Come and suffer," they have been betrayed by the swan
song "Come and eat," while the women stood by with trays
and napkins in hand to serve these valiant soldiers who took
it out in songs, speeches and chicken pies. They were
thrilled by inspirational addresses delivered by spellbinders,
none of whom however seemed capable of presenting a con-
crete, workable program. And so, aside from teaching a
Sunday-school class, serving as usher, or becoming one of
the officers of the Church — whose number is necessarily
limited — there has been little for the laymen to do.

The negative attitude of the Church toward many of
life's problems has resulted in the alienation of young people.
It has been too much occupied in "anti" movements. It has
made moral issues of questions which are largely personal
and which must be decided each for himself. For example, it
has devoted itself most strenuously to the promotion of
prohibition, making every sincere-minded person who did
not believe in prohibition feel that he was an outcast and a
renegade. It has required a great deal of courage even for
those who did not themselves drink intoxicating liquor to
declare themselves opposed to prohibition, with the result
that many men and women in the churches developed a
cynical or rebellious attitude. It is undoubtedly true that a
minority of the members of the Church never believed in
prohibition nor observed it, although most ministers and
leaders in the prohibition movement completely ignored
this situation.

The same "anti" attitude has been taken by the Church
with regard to motion pictures, theaters, dancing, card-
playing, smoking and amusements, which were long branded
as "questionable." Nearly every evangelist in America has a
feature sermon on this subject. When a movement against a
particular thing is to be inaugurated, the "reformers" in-
variably look to the churches for support — and they usually
get it. The result has been that great numbers of young
people and many of those who are older are being driven

518

SURVEY GRAPHIC

October 1933

from the churches because instead of dealing with funda-
mental principles which would guide them in their behaviour,
permitting them to make their own decisions, they are con-
fronted by long lists of "thou shalt nots" which they must
observe if they presume to call themselves "Christians."
True, there are some communions which have been liberal,
ready to act intelligently in their treatment of problems of
conduct, but for the most part the churches have been
guilty of this short-sighted "and" policy and are now suffer-
ing in consequence.

This general attitude is no doubt largely responsible for
the great decrease in Sunday-school membership. From
1906 to 1916, the increase in Sunday-school enrollment was
35.7 percent, but during the ten years following, the increase
was only 5.5 percent, whereas the increase in the population
of the United States during the latter period was more than
three times as great. A generation ago there were many out-
standing Sunday-schools in American cities, some of them
having several thousand members. These have practically
all disappeared.

IN spite of the introduction of high-powered promotion by
many of the larger denominations there has been a steady
decline in the contributions of church members toward the
support of its various enterprises — local and foreign. The
total amount received has naturally increased, as more mem-
bers were added, but the contributions per capita have
greatly decreased.

The so called budget benevolences in Protestant Churches
decreased from $5.57 per capita in 1921 to $3.12 in 1932.
Other contributions per capita have also decreased, although
not to the same extent, but the interest of the Church in its
larger work is determined by its gifts to enterprises outside
its own local activities, and it is in this direction that the
falling off has been most marked. In two of the largest de-
nominations, which number over five and one-half million
members, the per capita amount contributed in 1932 for
benevolences averaged only $1.39, or slightly over two and
one-half cents per week.

ONE reason that the Church has ceased to interest large
numbers of thinking people, and why its members
have decreased their contributions for its support, particu-
larly for its missionary work, is because of the serious over-
lapping of national religious enterprises, which presumably
have a common purpose, many of which could be eliminated
with great profit to all concerned. Taken as a whole, there
are in the United States today too many churches, too many
theological seminaries, too many missionary societies. The
Church, like most other institutions, has been guilty of over-
building and over-organization. These enterprises need to be
deflated. And this should be done not merely as a matter of
economy, but so that it may be discovered that the power of
the Church lies, not in the greatness of its organization nor
the multiplicity of its buildings, but in its ability to cooperate
and not compete with like-minded groups, and that it
actually practices as an institution, the ethical principles
which it lays down for individuals.

It has repeatedly been said by outstanding leaders that if
another World War should take place, the Church would be
to blame. This may be putting it rather strongly, but the
attitude of the Church throughout the world toward war
and the question of international relationships is nothing
short of tragic.

We are inclined to criticize the German Church for having

taken so emphatic a nationalistic position but while the
churches in other countries are not always so open in the ex-
pression of their nationalistic spirit, there is no doubt that
they view every world question from the standpoint of the
countries in which they are situated. This was very clearly
brought out in recent conferences and in correspondence with
the leaders of the Church in nearly every country in Europe.

The Church should not, in my opinion, be pacifistic in the
doctrinaire sense, but it should go on record in a forthright
fashion with reference to the universality of its spirit, so that
no one can mistake its common source, its common interests,
and its common purpose.

Few churchmen remember with satisfaction the attitude
of religious bodies during the World War. Not only did they
pray that God would destroy the "enemy" across the lines —
also presumably "sons of God" with sincere religious con-
victions— but they lent themselves to campaigns of propa-
ganda of which they do not now like to be reminded.

It is significant in the status of church leadership that,
when the war was ended, and President Wilson went to
Versailles to help frame the peace to come out of the "great
crusade for righteousness" in which America had engaged,
he took with him a ship-load of statisticians and economists,
but not a single churchman versed and supposedly expert in
the fundamental moral and ethical principles on which it
was fondly presumed, the peace terms would rest.

One wonders what might have happened if there had
been one such leader who dared to declare, in the name of
the Prince of Peace a passionate "Thus saith the Lord!"
But no such prophet, vested with the authority of religion
and the churches of the world, raised his voice.

Was it because our leaders — from the President down —
did not take the Church seriously? And is the Church any
more highly regarded today when it comes to its authority or
its ability to interpret in the terms of world peace and
brotherhood the great moral principles for which it
stands?

There is probably no point at which the Church is weaker
today than in its influence upon the affairs of the nations.
For two thousand years it has been preaching the doctrine of
universal love and brotherhood. This has been its supreme
mission. It has taught the Fatherhood of God. This has been
its great commission. But it seems to have got no further than
holding a few ecumenical conferences, the net results of
which have been high-sounding resolutions, which had
their teeth drawn before they were permitted to come
to vote.

Al for any concerted action by the churches of the various
countries which actually result in a drawing closer to-
gether of the religious forces of the world, it simply has not
been done. Voluminous correspondence by a few church
officials is pursued, some paper organizations are perfected,
decorations and degrees are exchanged, — but nothing hap-
pens.

Meanwhile many forces looking toward world under-
standing are forming. Business has succeeded in establishing
international relationships for closer cooperation. Science
has battered down partitioning walls as men have become
better acquainted with the universe and its marvels. The
radio will inevitably bring a language understood by the
people of every nation. The motion picture — when it can
claim its rightful place, — will become a powerful interpreter
of humanity in every land. The world moves on, leaving the
Church behind.

THROUGH NEIGHBORS' D O O R WA YS— J O H N PALMER GAVIT

SNAPSHOTS OF EXPLOSION

THE "laws of nature," as they are pontificated from time
to time, are a good deal of a joke. They have changed
even in my day; some of them have been repealed al-
together, others are tottering. To realize this, one has only
to scan old school-books and recall alleged "facts" which he
was compelled to memorize; the dogmas, supposedly
grounded in the nature-of-things, with which he was pain-
fully indoctrinated. At best, these "laws" are merely state-
ments of what mankind has got used to, thus far during the
infinitesimal whiff of eternity constituting his mundane
experience. For aught we know, we may be living amid a
cosmically instantaneous explosion, whereafter the universe
(whatever that may mean) may settle down in accordance
with quite other "laws" beyond our present ken, pending
the next catastrophe, into — what?

This cheery reflection is by no means original with the
philosopher friend of mine — a college professor by the way —
who put it forth gaily the other day in a conversation about
the bewildering goings-on of these days. He said it apropos of
my own remark concerning "research," by scientists and
college professors:

"By the time one has 'finished' his study and written his
magnum opus, what he has discovered and his conclusions
thereupon are out of date — like a dictionary of any language
but a dead one. All he can get is a snapshot of a situation at
any given instant. Even at that it can take in only the plane
of his focus and the tiny field within the angle of his lens. No
camera is fast enough to register adequately even a present
instant. Even if it were, by the time the snapshot is developed
and printed the whole scene has dissolved into something
else; the picture isn't true any more."

This observation applies especially to hurry-up books, de-
signed to be abreast of the news — rushed off from the top of
the mind and the ephemeral froth of last-minute dispatches,
or as the fruit of hop-skip-jump tourist trips across a country,
or a continent; designed to illuminate situations in Russia,
Europe, the Far East, Cuba — even in America and where-
not-else. The temptation is irresistible in these kaleidoscopic
days when a week sees shifts and collapses which formerly
would have taken years, decades, or perhaps even centuries.

AT the moment I had in mind particularly (though it is
anything but a hurry-up book) the newly-published
Modern Germany, by Dr. Paul Kosok,1 assistant professor of
history in Long Island University. It is latest in the series
edited by Charles E. Merriam and dealing chiefly with post-
war Russia, Great Britain, France, Italy, Switzerland, and
so on. Off-hand, one would see in this admirably thorough
study only a tragedy — a literary still-birth. To spend five or
six years in painstaking research in any field; to gather
meticulously and with impeccable accuracy data of many
kinds; to write, first a big book in German and then translate
it, drastically condensing, into English; to get it into type
and struggle with proofs and all that, and then, just as it
goes to press to have the whole stew blow up in your face —

< MODERN GERMANY: A Study of Conflicting Loyalties, by Paul Kosok.
University of Chicago Press, 348 pp. $3 postpaid of Survey Graphic.

pff ! — flinging the subject-matter into the junk- heap along
with Nineveh and Tyre. . . . Here is a thing to compel the
tears of the gods. I know how it feels, Professor — five years
ago I studied and wrote myself, and gathered weighty arti-
cles by others, about what we were pleased to call The New
Germany. Survey Graphic published it all in a special issue,
with the face of Hindenburg and the black-red-gold of the
Republic on the cover. Thousands of copies circulated, and
many professors used it as a text-book in their classes. It is
little better than waste-paper now; for the "New Germany"
that you and I saw and wrote about exists no longer. It has
been wiped off the face of the earth as a breath is wiped
from a window-pane.

The truth is, however, that Dr. Kosok's book is better
than it seems. Change the title, to Fermenting Germany, or
The Collapsing German Republic, and the present into the
past tense, and you have a quite luminous picture of what
has been going on in Germany during these past two or
three years — even though Dr. Kosok did have his profes-
sorial nose so close to the individual trees that he could not
see or adequately interpret the tornado already raging in the
forest. With scrupulous care and accuracy Dr. Kosok de-
scribes the Germany that he saw; the educational system,
the churches, the bureaucracy, the press, radio and movie-
film; the stratification of society; the interrelations of politi-
cal parties and organizations, the obvious social trends; the
bewildering nexus of loyalties which before his eyes was
hopelessly confounding confusion. It is hard in the after-
math to see how he could have missed the inevitable out-
come, even though other supposedly well-informed persons
all over the world blinded by their hopes — and hates —
missed it likewise. Superficially, doubtless most of the ma-
chinery that this book describes still goes through its mo-
tions; most of the institutional forms continue, and the es-
sential spirit of the people abides; but the present disease has
reached into every corner of German life. Restoration seems
hardly possible; the Nazis have so thoroughly scrambled the
German eggs, have so completely unhooked and disinte-
grated the mechanism, scattering its personnel even to the
point of murdering outstanding figures, that whatever the
form of their overthrow eventually, the situation which Dr.
Kosok describes never can be even approximately recon-
structed. Another Germany is building, almost ab initio.

Much that is permanently valuable remains in the book,
in Dr. Kosok's recital and comment; but also and especially
in the chapter contributed by Isidor Ginsburg of the College
of the City of New York, on National Symbolism. The pur-
port of this brilliant study of the part that symbols, slogans,
mythical personalities and crowd-hypnotizing legends play
in history applies to all countries and times, indubitably in-
cluding our own, and every mother's son and daughter of
our very selves.

In a stop-press bulletin at the end of his book, the author
in eleven face-saving lines unconsciously announces its
tragic futility:

Hitler and Fascism have triumphed in Germany! The "Nazis"
have taken the offensive in capturing the machinery of the state for

519

520

SURVEY GRAPHIC

October 1933

the purpose of repressing the proletariat. Civic training of a super-
naturalist character, a culmination of the developments of the last
decades, is the order of the day ! The effectiveness of this training
will depend upon whether the "Nazis" can solve the economic
crisis which brought them into power. If they can do this, well and
good. If they cannot, they will be confronted by a new alignment of
just those forces of social revolt which they have been called in to
suppress.

There is no longer any "New Germany." The Republic
is deader than Napoleon. Dead is the "Modern Germany"
Dr. Kosok took so much pains depicting. The Germany func-
tioning now — with its idiotic clamor about "Nordic su-
periority and a racial purity," its new subjugation of women,
its destruction of progressive education, its recrudescence of
blatant militarism and "warlike spirit," its unspeakably
cruel Jew-baiting and ruthless suppression of every form
and symptom of dissent, devoid of every pretense and aspi-
ration of democracy and personal liberty — is a throw-back
five hundred years.

CLAIMING no exhaustive study, but more up-to-date and
judiciously entitled, is the compact Hitler's Reich; the
First Phase, by Hamilton Fish Armstrong,1 Editor of Foreign
Affairs, who knows his Europe well. "A people has disap-
peared," he says at the outset. And goes on to specify:

Almost every German whose name the world knew as a master
of government or business in the Republic of the past fourteen years
is gone. There are exceptions; but the waves are swiftly cutting the
sand from beneath them, and day by day, one by one, the last
specimens of another age, another folk, topple over into the Nazi
sea. . . . One by one continue to fall the last possible citadels of
defense against uncontradicted Nazi dictatorship.

This is not a restoration of the monarchy, or the re-
crudescence of the Junkers; landmarks of the old tribal
aristocracy are swept away with the identity of the States.
And as for the little kinglets and princelings who bowed only
to the Hohenzollern — "the ambitions of regional dynasties
have been struck down by the same blow." Armstrong goes
on to fit this monstrosity into the European picture, showing
how and why it is a crackling new danger to slowly-restoring
peace — a danger perhaps greater than Imperial Germany
ever was. Even if it were true that the world may at last give
approval to Fascism as exemplified in Italy:

. . . there still seem enough differences between Fascism and
Hitlerism, and between the post-war situations of Italy and Ger-
many, to make it uncertain whether public opinion in foreign lands
will come to consider Hitlerism a bulwark of lasting peace, or ac-
cept its theories and methods as admissible in a civilized order.
. . . The first phase of the revolution is over. But we cannot pre-
tend that as yet there is any real evidence to cause our fears to
diminish, or that our questions can as yet be given any conclusive
answer.

I STILL find the most satisfactorily informing explanation
of Germany's plight to be Edgar Ansel Mowrer's Ger-
many Puts the Clock Back,2 to which I have alluded admir-
ingly upon former occasions. Mowrer, long resident in
Berlin as correspondent of the Chicago Daily News, is one
of the most responsible, credible, judicious American news-
paper men in the foreign field. His book dealt so deadly a
blow to Hitler and Hitlerism that the Nazis have ever since
been thirsting for his blood; first demanding in vain his

i HITLER'S REICH; the First Phase, by Hamilton Fish Armstrong. Macmillan.
73 pp. with appendix giving text of the Four-Power Pact, with the original Italian
draft. $1 postpaid of Survey Graphic.

> GERMANY PUTS THE CLOCK BACK, by Edgar Ansel Mowrer. New York,
William Morrow & Co., 1933. 325 pp. without index. $2.50 postpaid of Survey
Graphic.

resignation as president of the Berlin organization of foreign
correspondents; then — again in vain — his demotion by that
body; but at last forcing him to flee the city under grim
threats to himself and his family. His usefulness there was
ended — a correspondent personally black-listed by any for-
eign government — or even at Washington for that matter —
is hamstrung and cannot long give adequate service to his
newspaper. Mowrer's paper was transferring him to Tokio,
and he was to leave Berlin September 6, after a farewell
luncheon in his honor by the Foreign Press Association
which has stood by him so loyally, and which no doubt
would have given then even more emphatic endorsement of
his service and voice to their own sentiments as well. He did
not await that dangerous occasion with its easily tragic
potentialities; but left a week ahead of his plans August 31,
via England and America for his new post. The German
Charge d'Aflfaires at Washington had suddenly warned the
State Department that the government at Berlin no longer
would be responsible for Mowrer's personal safety or that of
his family !

Well, with even less dignity did several honest American
correspondents go into hiding and slip by subterranean
channels out of Rome in the early days of the Fascist power
in Italy. I suspect that even today Edgar Mowrer or any
other of his like would not be tolerated in Rome; I privately
speculate as to how long he will be welcome in Tokio.
Dictators and military oligarchies like that in present power
in Japan do not like to have fearless intelligent truth-tellers
in their midst. As Melville E. Stone, ling-time general
manager of the Associated Press, wrote in 1914, "censorship
by the king's agents was the finest flower of medieval tyr-
anny." In Germany, Italy and Japan that flower blooms
today, stupefying the people with its deadly fetor. In none
of those countries is there a newspaper worthy of the name;
the radio sends forth only the official "information." Every
form of dissent is taboo. And to the best of their ability these
governments hamper the service of those who would tell the
truth to the outside world.

The effort is futile. As Melville Stone said to the Russian
Czar in the winter of 1904:

It seems to me, your Majesty, that the censorship [on outgoing
dispatches] is not only valueless from your own point of view, but
works positive harm. A wall has been built up around your coun-
try, and the fact that no correspondent for a foreign paper can live
and work here has resulted in a traffic in false Russian news that
must be hurtful. ... I am able to write anything I choose in Rus-
sia, send it by messenger across the German border and it will go
from there without change. You are powerless to prevent my send-
ing these dispatches, and all you can do is to anger the corre-
spondent and make him an enemy.

The Autocrat of all the Russias saw the point, and despite
the protest and obstruction of von Plehve and the rest of the
hard-boiled reactionaries the censorship on foreign corre-
spondence was abolished, a condition lasting until the
World War.

Freedom of speech, anyway in time of peace, is the crucial
test of liberty. Alien and sedition acts have no place in a free
country. Old Andrew Hamilton, of Philadelphia, turned
from the edge of the grave to defend John Peter Zanger, ar-
rested in New York for libelling the British governor, and
established the doctrine which has become the law of this
land— that the truth when printed with good intent is a
complete defense. In 1811, Chief Justice Parsons of Massa-
chusetts, not only waived his official prerogative in behalf of
a publisher of words criticizing (Continued on page 529)

LETTERS & LIFE — EDITED BY LEON WHIPPLE

THE FACE OF WAR

THE FIRST WORLD WAR: A Photographic History, edited by Laurence Stalling:.
Simon and Schuster. 30S pp. Price $3.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic

THE face of war has been unveiled. The camera, gift of
that same science that bore the airplane and poison-gas,
made its imperishable record of the madness and ruin of
1914-1918. Here are five hundred pictures from that record
chosen and ordered to tell the truth about war's grim visage
as it has never been told in history. No future generation can
go to war, pleading ignorance, for here are the facts, "a bald-
faced reckoning of the costs." And these costs are always the
same — suffering, devastation, death. This is the lesson of this
grim yet noble volume, one of the great documents of the
times.

On three hundred pages you follow a series of pictures, in
rough time order, with captions of moving irony and passion.
Newspaper headlines, posters, and cartoons help tell the
story; and the sequences and contrasts serve to make the
meaning clear. The single pages are like lightning flashes;
and the entire volume an indictment of civilization. The
publishers disclaim any propaganda purpose save to give a
record of unimpassioned fact. But truth about war is always
propaganda. War is self-convicting. But those who under-
took this sad task, so greatly done, cannot conceal their
hatred of war as the supreme folly, the reductio ad absurdum of
life. The edged irony of certain captions is evidence of a
mood that overtones all the book — as when a torn desolation
is called "Some corner of a foreign field that is forever
England." Or when dead soldiers on the ground bring forth
the comment: "Tactical Blunder."

But the record is not one of horror alone. There is variety,
some of the strange gaiety of war, historic moments such as
the ex-Kaiser hunting a house at Doom, human interest for
the soldier hunts vermin with a grin, scenes of peace and
beauty for contrast, services of religion in three camps to the
same God, the revels of Armistice Day, and hints as to what
came of it all, in pictures of the dictators that have displaced
democracy, and a final set of headlines in which the menace
of future war is revealed. The editing is admirably done so
that Walter Lippmann is right in calling it a "great art." The
vast social movements are caught as in the scenes of the Rus-
sian Revolution, the birth of democracy in Germany, the
entrance into Jerusalem. But the final impression is of ruin,
death, human suffering and utter madness. War, not editors,
are responsible for that.

But the power of this volume is in pictures. Why seek to
interpret them in words? I urge that you get the book and
see war.

Now this is a masterful experiment in pictorial education
and as such suggests questions. It is wisely offered not as
history but as "a graphic aid to history." To understand the
pictures we need background — some written record of equal
power and simplicity. We cannot otherwise grasp the causes
of war, the intangibles, what makes civilization go mad. We
do not get the fear in nations, the subterranean race preju-
dices, the military mythology, the pride and ignorant wilful-
ness of generals, the intrigue of money-makers, the ambitions
of politicians, or even the psychology of the common soldier.

We have no x-ray camera to catch the evil spirit of war.
There were moreover spiritual adventures even at the front,
say, in the preserving jests and rowdiness of the fighting man.
And at the rear in the protests and martyrdoms of pacifists.
I miss some of these notes. They cannot be pictured.

What again of the audience? Will the young generation to
whom finally this book is offered grasp its meaning? I recall
that Brady's pictures of our Civil War did not mean hatred
of war to me, but entertainment and thrills. It seems impos-
sible that human beings could ever get such things out of
this record. Yet we are so blind, hopeful, so self-preservative
of our peace of mind that we almost seem to avoid the harsh
and terrible. Much remains to be learned about the psychol-
ogy of pictorial truth. We need to learn how to take pictures
and how to present them in an order that will focus the
reader's intelligence and imprint the lesson we desire.

Does the picture speak clearly in its own medium or must
its meaning be found by the imagination working through
past personal experience and sympathy? Certainly these
pictures mean more to those of us who lived through the
World War than to the child. On the other hand the very
realism of the picture may limit the imagination. The ma-
terial fact hides the meaning. We have also to accept the
inevitable limitation of the printed page to the single sense of
sight. But soldiers know that the sounds and smells of war are
among their most terrible memories.

THE truth is the picture is sometimes as delicate and errant
as it is moving and instructive. The reader escapes down a
thousand by-paths. In this very book, one may find himself
stopping to admire the art of the photograph, the lights and
shade and configuration of bayonet lines and swinging bod-
ies. He wonders at the courage and skill of the men who were
calm enough to register this moment of supreme peril or
horror. There is again die danger of the unexpected laugh.
We defend ourselves by the hysterical giggle. For war like
drunkenness has its rich and solemn humors, barricades
against insanity. Often there intervenes the old vanity and
thrill of recognition. "Yes, I remember that. I was part of
those terrible days." We recall the first day the giant gun
bombarded Paris and forget the fear and death that came
among the citizens of Paris. The power of this vanity of
memory has been revealed in some measure by the success of
the diary histories of recent years. This pictorial diary is not
unakin in its appeal.

Finally there is the problem of the horror picture. It is the
utter proof of the evil we confront; yet, faced with these
records of suffering and mutilation, we turn away in revul-
sion. We cannot discipline ourselves to look. Or if we look we
have our little tricks of escape. We think of the skill and
devotion of the surgeon who reconstructed this broken body
or of the miracles of science in war. We venture on a vicari-
ous understanding of the life of these men, overwhelmed at
such proof of the will to live, or full of wonder at the courage
and patience that enable them to endure. Even in the rec-
ords of war the human spirit seeks to find some reason for
hope and faith. Life asserts its unconquerable will.

521

522

SURVEY GRAPHIC

October 1933

But such considerations do not take one jot away from the
value and power of this book. It has solved many of the problems
with supreme skill, self-restraint and objectivity. It depends on the
bare and convincing fact. For such a contribution to our knowledge
and pity we owe thanks. We can wisely put it on the shelves of our
homes as a text and a warning. I see no reason why it should not be
studied and interpreted in the history courses of our schools. No
true patriotism can object to telling the youth who may be called
into future war what war is. LEON WHIPPLE

Towards Understanding China

THE MIND OF CHINA, fry Edwin D. Harvey. Yale University Press. 321 pp.
Price $3,50 postpaid of Survey Graphic

BENEATH a history of changing religious beliefs, Chinese folk-
lore seems to have undergone few changes through the centu-
ries. Comparable illustrations range from the earliest records to
present-day observations. But in the present account the former are
taken at their face value, without reference to their didactic pur-
poses or time, region, and class of origin. Hence, the author's
interpretative generalizations are necessarily hazardous. For ex-
ample, the thesis that the prevalence of gaming habits is indicative
of an uncertain hold on life is true in a broad sense, but hardly
related to the special natural causes of uncertainty — floods and
droughts — to which the Chinese people are subject. Such habits
have developed also in parts of the world where the circumstances
of life are uniformly depressing. Similarly, one cannot quite accept
the explanation of lack of precision in such matters as measures or
currency with reliance on luck; for, nothing could be more precise
than the use of tools in many Chinese arts or the ceremonial life —
in all classes of Chinese society.

For a study of the "mind" of China, the present account is
curiously lacking in references to the many evidences of practical
common sense that have made the Chinese farmer and business man
pre-eminent in the Orient. The superstitions suggested as charac-
teristic of the Chinese mind are characteristic of other large conti-
nental peoples. There are more similarities than differences:
mirrors, bells, cocks, lucky coins, unlucky words, ghosts, evil eyes,
werewolfs, witches — the whole symbolic world and the whole
ritual apparatus for dealing with it is the same, East and West.

How little we ourselves have emerged from the age of magic
appears when we compare such almost identical phenomena in
China and the United States as flag ceremonies, sanctity taboo of
words, worship of the printed word (specifically of college certifi-
cates and of bibles), the idea that prosperity can be induced by
proclamation, the ascription of foreign origins and malevolent
powers to unorthodox arts. We even have the same exploitation of
superstition by a grafting funeral industry.

Here as there, the philosopher is obliged to use a language the
roots of which are steeped in earlier animistic beliefs. But while in
our own language we understand the abstract meaning of even the
most colorful terms, we are asked to interpret the sayings of great
Chinese sages in the sense of the original meaning and association
of the words used. In short, as I. A. Richards has so well pointed
out, we can know nothing about the mind of ancient China (and
to some extent this is true of modern China, too) until we will take
the trouble to attempt a far more complex sort of "translation"
from one mental configuration into another than has yet been
tried. BRUNO LASKER

Our Motley Presidents

THE PEOPLE'S CHOICE, fry Herbert Agar. Houghton Mifflin. 314 pp. Price $3.50
postpaid of Suney Graphic

THE People's Choice is a history of the degeneration of the
Presidency, from Washington to Harding. History written in the
popular way, undocumented, sparkling in style, propagandist in
intention. It is obvious that the author could have supported most
of his conclusions with documentation had he chosen but only at
the sacrifice of fluency and by the omission of some facts bearing on
his contentions such as the alternative explanations of Harding's
death that emphasize the degradation of the presidency in 1923.
Mr. Agar's thesis is, that our history has from the beginning been

a struggle between capitalism and agrarianism; that Hamilton
committed us to the former which at first because of limited suf-
frage and a comparatively stable population did not prevent men
of ability from rising to the presidency; that later the crushing of
the South, together with the influx of immigrants and the growth of
the cities gave the country over for plunder to the capitalists.
Those with a few accidental exceptions, thereafter brought about
the election of men like Grant who "fulfilled their ideal of a presi-
dent— a protective reputation, an obvious but unalert integrity, an
inability to believe evil of any man he liked, a complete absence of
plan, of thought, even of eunning — they had to wait until the end
of the World War for another president who approached Grant in
perfection."

But though the author is caustic about most of the men whom we
have delighted to honor, he is deeply appreciative of our few able
presidents. He thinks that Lincoln would have been no more suc-
cessful than Johnson in curbing the revengeful course of the re-
construction Congress but he mourns his untimely death because,
"He was the most sincerely thoughtful man America has produced
— probably wisest in sympathy and understanding — and he died
before he had expressed his wisdom." And again he says, "The one
great Democrat of the modern world died without telling us his
view of Democracy." We need such an appraisal. I. M. BEARD
Bethel, Connecticut

Philosophy for a New Deal

THE INDUSTRIAL DISCIPLINE AND THE GOVERNMENTAL ARTS,
fry Rexford G. Tugwcll. Columbia University Press. Z41 pp. Price $2 JO postpaid of
Survey Graphic

THERE are hundreds of Americans now kneeling at the shrine
of the "New Deal" as devoutly — and as naively — as four years
ago they were kneeling at the shrine of "Rugged Individualism."
But there are some of us who, knowing we are in the midst of an
industrial revolution, earnestly desire enlightenment.

It is to the open-minded that Mr. Tugwell speaks. Suggesting
that American brightness and activity would yield greater results
if given direction, he says "the sources of our values are made
sterile by the lack of a philosophy." This book is the development
of a philosophy.

The growth of large-scale industry is accepted as a fact of great
promise to human comfort and happiness — not to be longer
feared and opposed by anti-trust laws, "trust-busting" campaigns
and the like. To get goods to the consumer with the least cost in
human effort, with a minimum of waste and due regard to ma-
chinery and equipment in relation to demand is a desirable goal.
But this, the author points out, means that industrial processes
must be inter-related in an intelligently ordered serialization.

Such a concept should impress both the humanitarian and the
industrial enterpriser. Unless industry can be developed as a
inoroughly considered structure and conducted on terms of fair
social and political discipline — rather than for private profit alone
— we must expect a recurrence of depressions "which run through
the factories, the mercantile establishments, the transportation
systems of the world like a spreading plague laying a dead-hand
upon manufacturer and upon consumer."

In former depressions the plight of the unemployed has been
viewed by the controllers of industry either with indifference or
with charitable pity. In the present emergency industrialists and
financiers seem to realize that every unemployed man is a non-
consumer. So Mr. Tugwell's able and convincing treatise appears
to have arrived at the psychological moment.

If the measures of federal relief, pushed by the present Admin-
istration and loyally approved by the general public, are to be
woven into a consistent pattern of such a social discipline as that
outlined by the author we may welcome without reservation the
"New Deal." But we must realize that cutting salaries of already
underpaid public servants; plowing up ten million acres of cotton;
burning carloads of wheat; laying taxes on those least able to pay,
and otherwise trying to build prosperity by curtailing production
and further reducing purchasing power, are policies of our little
friend the crayfish who meets his enemies by backing away from

October 1933

LETTERS & LIFE

523

them. One can only hope that these are but clearing the ground
for constructive social control. American public policies have long
been controlled by the business man, the banker, the transportation
magnate and the corporation lawyer. We have experienced a
three years' harvest of their endeavor. Sociologists, college pro-
fessors and social workers could hardly have done worse. I am
inclined to believe that the best step the present Administration
has taken is the organization of the "Brain Trust" — provided
such constructive policies as Mr. Tugwell advocates are followed.
The author is a realist. He subjects the whole mechanism of our
industrial life to a patient analysis and puts the burden of proof on
those who question his position. After outlining a policy of national
reconstruction in those areas which now limit progress, he says,
"If we reject all the alternatives which are so frankly offered now
we are neither prudent nor wise. Selectivity is still possible; we
can experiment now, and we ought to do it before it is too late.
Otherwise we are surely committed to revolution." It is "the oppos-
ing pressure of stubborn privilege on one side and dark, destructive
intention on the other which threaten to obliterate civilization."
In such a crisis time is of the essence of our problem and he urges
the need for reason, instead of emotion, in the direction of a new
era of prosperity and happiness. OWEN R. LOVEJOY

She Had to See the Congo

CONGO SOLO, by Emily Hahn. Bobbs- Merrill Co. 315 pp. Price $2.75 postpaid of
Survey Graphic

"JITTLE MICKEY must not interfere with the GOVERN-

L. MENT" said Vandervelde, the administrator, but a few
weeks later this same Vandervelde holding court invited Miss Hahn
to a seat on the dais between himself and the native Big Chief, and
offered a retrial, when she criticized his verdict.

The hospitality of the British consul and Miss Hahn's pluck in
driving her full share of the thousand kilometres into the bush had
had some share in her rapid rise to importance. And her tireless
study of Kingwana and constant use of it in her work with the
doctor in his hospital and among the bush Negroes made her under-
standing of the natives entirely unusual and their devotion to her
unique. An old colonial at home in Brussels said, "A compatriote of
yours a certain Miss Hahn though she was only a year in the Congo
has a better grasp of Kingwana than most people get in a life
time." This all helps to explain what she accomplished.

After eight months in one region, making trips with hunters,
magistrates and agranomes or listing cases of leprosy, syphilis and
pian with the doctor in his census of disease in the distant forest
villages, Miss Hahn suddenly decided to go home by the East Coast;
and to begin with a march through the forest to Lobero.

Crossing the great river at Sanga with a dozen porters and eighty
kilos of rice, she walked for three weeks from one native village to
another among various tribes. So well had her fame been carried
before her that at the end a chief not only cleared a special "road"
for her progress into his village, but brought forward sixteen
bunches of bananas for her retinue. She tells this part of her story
simply and I suspect it will become a classic in French and King-
wana.

Those who know have said "The Pigmy can live in the bush, the
Black can live two weeks in the bush, the White can only die in the
bush." That is if he does not understand the language and char-
acter of the native and punctually supply his rations. Important
ifs, well understood by Miss Emily Hahn. C. P.

Lost in the Woods

FORESTRY: An Economic Challenge, by Arthur Ne-jiton Pack. Macmillan. 161 pp.
Price $1.25 postpaid of Survey Graphic

FORESTRY has come of age! In twenty-five years it has passed
from a crusade into a reality. Largely forgotten by the public
since the stirring fights of the previous Roosevelt Administration, it
is now getting its share of the flood-lights. As a result, a deluge of
books on forestry can be expected. Some of these will be really
worth while; some will be "just another book."

Forestry: An Economic Challenge belongs to the latter cateenry.
It does not discuss forestry as such; nor economics. It is somewhat

of a review of events of the past decade, a discussion of divergent
opinions expressed in publications, in open meetings, and in clubs.
Not until the very last sentence do we learn that the author has
aimed "to stimulate economic thought, both among foresters and
among the economic-minded section of the whole public, to stir
up forces of criticism and construction and to obtain aid and direc-
tion from other minds in a situation where the very best talent is
needed to win success."

It is extremely doubtful that the author will achieve any one of
these three objects. It is true that a forestry leader is needed, now
more than at any time in the past twenty years. There is little
ground for believing, however, that the "very best talent" will
come from hiding at any such summons as this book.

Forestry has long been on the defensive. It will probably be
even more so now, because the publicity attending the operation of
the Emergency Conservation Act may well lead to an awakening of
the forces of criticism such as the author lists among his purposes.
That forestry needs revitalizing is unquestionable. The criticism
that will bring this about, however, will have to be more carefully
thought out and more constructive than that offered by Mr. Pack.
That foresters disagree is no more remarkable than that disagree-
ments occur among economists, engineers, or congressmen. That
they do work together for public recognition of the Nation's forestry
needs, and that many of them are endeavoring to meet local and
regional economic and social problems, is equally true. The fact
that public foresters have developed the national plan of forestry
published as Senate Document No. 12, 73rd Congress, recommend-
ing a far-reaching program for rehabilitating devastated forests, is
to their credit.

The book is successful in that it portrays the author's dilemma:
should he follow the conservative lumbermen or should he join
with the radical foresters? The conclusion leaves him just about
where he was at the beginning. EDGAR N. MUNNS

Washington, D. C.

Economic Revolutions

A HISTORY OF THE ECONOMIC INSTITUTIONS OF MODERN EUROPE,
by Frederick L. Nusstaum. F. S. Crofts and Co. 426 pp. $4.50 postpaid of Survey
Graphic

THE last twenty years have seen tremendous changes in the
point of view of economic historians. Most of us were brought up
in the tradition that the economic development of Europe falls
into three stages: the local self-sufficiency of feudalism, the petty
trade of the guilds and the handicraft system, and the modern
industry initiated by the industrial revolution. The first two of
these stages we thought of as mediaeval. The transition to modern
times, we were taught to believe, was wrought by a series of unex-
plained and presumably fortuitous technical inventions made in
England in the latter half of the eighteenth century. Historians,
of course, held this picture of the world in a modified and sophisti-
cated form, unlike the vulgarization which was absorbed through
the public-school system. But even among historians Toynbee's
phrase, the industrial revolution, passed current, while the com-
mercial revolution, the pecuniary revolution, the credit revolution,
the revolution which produced capitalists and property-less wage-
earners — all these came less smoothly to the mind.

Under the leadership of Werner Sombart and Max Weber
the economic historians' view of the world has changed. Realizing
that modern life is dominated by monetary factors — prices, profits,
markets, employment — these historians treat the technical proc-
esses of the work shop and the factory as partial and, on the whole,
secondary influences in the development of the modern world.
The significant things to them are the breakdown of village and
neighborhood autonomy, the escape of the individual from the
rules and customs which hampered his initiative, the development
of production for stock in place of production to the customer's
order, the cumulative ambition to be rich rather than merely to
live well in one's accustomed status, the concentration of property
in a few hands, the victory of property owners in political struggles,
the rise of middlemen and purchases on contract, the development
of banking, credit institutions, and corporations, the growth of
towns. In other words, modern capitalism is now interpreted as

"Points out a means of adopting the way
of life for which most readers have longed
hopelessly." — Cincinnati Inquirer.

HOW large groups of the unemployed can be made
indefinitely self-supporting on the land for less than the
cost of relief —

HOW you can live comfortably and economically out of
the city —

NOW explained, from successful personal experience and
from the experience of a new "subsistence homestead"
project, in the just published:

FLIGHT FROM
THE CITY

By RALPH BORSODI

Consulting Economist
Author of "This Ugly Civilization" etc.

"No review can do more than suggest the vast amount of
detail, the invaluable practical advice the author has
packed into this book." — San Francisco Chronicle.

"The adventures of a Swiss Family Robinson brought up
to date. The idea is fascinating. — Editorial in Boston
Globe.

"The scheme comprehends not only financial security but
a whole new philosophy of life.'* — New York Times.

Just Published : Illustrated : $2.50 : Harpers

"CERTAINLY in these years of disorganization and
economic and personal distress attention needs to be called
to the pathological consequences of our present economic
and social order." — WiUystine Goodsell, Ph.D., Associate
Professor of Education, Teachers College, Columbia
University.

SOCIAL
PATHOLOGY

By JOHN LEWIS GILLIN, PH.D.

PROFESSOR OF SOCIOLOGY
UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN

4 N objective picture of the nature and origins of social
-i\. maladjustments. It explains fully the parts played in
social pathology by individuals, groups, and institutions,
and makes clear the functions of each factor and its rela-
tionship to the others. The final chapter discusses the
methods devised by society to bring about personal and
social reorganization, and suggests practical ways by which
may be corrected some of the maladjustments which pre-
vent the fulfillment of the life-impulses of the individual.
"A book of high scientific value," says the Boston Evening
Transcript.

Royal 8vo 615pp. lllus. $3.75

D. APPI-ETON-CENTURY CO.

35 West 32nd St. New York City

the product of changes in the human spirit and changes in social
relationships rather than of changes in technology.

Little of this new attitude has yet been absorbed by the general
public. Although, under the leadership of Charles A. Beard, the
American reading public has begun to revise its crude picture of
the growth of the United States, the transformation of its view of
European economic life has not yet begun.

It is this situation which gives peculiar importance to Mr. Nuss-
baum's book. If it were badly done it would still be notable as the
first effort in English to give a reasonably short and comprehensive
survey of Sombart's work. But to the appeal of its subject it adds
distinct merits of its own: clarity and charm of style, a taste for
picturesque fact, balance, and narrative skill. It would be unfor-
tunate if the book's wide adoption as a text in college courses
were to lead the public to disregard it as merely another textbook.
Its possible service to American intellectual maturity is too great
for that. CORWIN D. EDWARDS

New York University

A Survey of Science

MAJOR MYSTERIES OF SCIENCE, by H. Cordon Garbedian. Covici. Friede.
355 pp. Price $3.75 postpaid of Survey Graphic

THIS survey of the state of science today is persuasively written,
copiously illustrated (in all departments except astronomy the
pictures are for the most part new), well indexed. It is broad in its
viewpoint and endeavors to be fair to both sides of dissenting
schools of thought, though it leans heavily toward the Jeans-
Eddington philosophic attitude. But in spite of the imposing array
of great specialists who have read the various chapters, it is not
without errors. It is for example misleading to label a picture of
Jurassic reptiles "in the beginning," when the earth's history to the
present was already more than half over by the Jurassic. In other
words, those who already have a sound background of fact will
profit most by Mr. Garbedian's book. The first part, Problems of
the Machine Age, seems to lie most in his own field, and is authori-
tative, novel and interesting. The chapter on The Enigma of the
Human Mind is unusually fair to the Freudian school and quotes
as its chief authority that sound and sane psychiatrist, Menninger.
Read with due suspension of judgment, the section on The Chal-
lenge of Cosmic Problems outlines in brief compass the most im-
portant scientific questions of today — the real "major mysteries of
science." As a specimen of book-making and a work of art few
popular scientific books can outdo this handsome volume.
Sausalito, Calif. MAYNARD SHIPLEY

Wars Against the Soviets

THE WHITE ARMIES OF RUSSIA, by George Stewart. Macmillan. 469 pp.
Price $4 postpaid of Survey Graphic

A THRILLING book. It is crackled with flaws, from misstate-
r\ ments to contradictions, from slipshod carelessness to glaring
bias. Yet it remains probably the most instructive book concerning
post-war Russia. Dr. Stewart has tried to knit together the bewilder-
ing details of warfare on Russian soil from 1917 to the end of 1922,
beginning with the Kornilov putsch and on through the civil wars
connected with the names of Denikin, Wrangel, Dutov, Kolchak,
Yudenich, and such brigands in the pay of Japan as Semenov,
Kalmykov, Ungern-Stern and others. What raises this drama above
the confines of a domestic affair and lends it the horror of universal
criminality, is the fact that the list of dramatis personae is aug-
mented by the names of Lloyd George, Clemenceau, Woodrow
Wilson, Pilsudski and Masaryk and other champions of civilization
and democracy.

Dr. Stewart piles up facts upon facts, most of them of docu-
mentary authenticity, and through the jumble and chaos of evi-
dence one inevitably visualizes the gigantic dimensions of the folly
and unscrupulousness of international diplomacy. Civilized Chris-
tendom and "modern" Japan, Mr. Herbert Hoover and General
von der Goltz, Czechoslovak legions and Polish troops, all
"humanity" was mustered into the crusade against the barbarous
Soviets. Who can calculate the cost in life and property for Russia
and her enemies on fourteen fronts of an undeclared war (only Polanc

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

524

waged a "legitimate" war)? And the results! Bookish Trotsky out-
generaled the seasoned professional soldiers, the Red "mobs" ex-
pelled the well-organized and excellently equipped armies of
Russia's would be saviors, the Whites have been forced to taste the
bitter bread of exile, and the Soviet Union stands strong and stable
in a world of depression and unemployment. Yet it were naive to
hope that this costly and gory lesson may teach aught to our rulers
and diplomatists. ALEXANDER KAUN

South Is South

HUMAN GEOGRAPHY OF THE SOUTH: A Study in Regional Resources and
Human Adequacy, by Rupert B. Vance. University of North Carolina Press. 596 pp.
Price $4 postpaid of Survey Graphic

THIS book studies the human geography of thirteen American
states: Virginia, Kentucky, Arkansas, Oklahoma and all states
to the South. It might in part be called the Battle of Huntington.
For nearly twenty years Ellsworth Huntington has been saying in
many places that civilization results from work, work from a stimu-
lating climate, and that our lower South does not have that
climate. This statement hurts Mr. Vance, of the University of
North Carolina — hurts him sore. One might adduce this book
as partial disproof of Hun tington's thesis. It is a most amazing mon-
ument of labor. The author seems to have read everything. Every
page of his book bristles with references and quotations. At the
end he has a bibliography sixty-seven pages long, listing 431 books
and enough periodicals, pamphlets, monographs and bulletins to
bring the number of titles up above a thousand.

The text continues the Battle of Huntington by saying that the
idea that white men could not work in the southern heat is but
slaveholder talk to rationalize slavery. "The South today is sprin-
kled full of settlers from every part of Europe and the North who
work with as great impunity and efficiency as either natives or Ne-
groes. So passes the superstition."

I would remind Mr. Vance that the activity of the new immi-
grant does not prove nearly as much as his grandchildren prove.
I have myself passed fifty summers in Northern Virginia, and I
remember very vividly the wilting feel of Louisiana and the rather
contemptuous way in which some natives took me to task there once
in early September for stepping around briskly in the attempt to get
something done.

Mr. Vance comes down heavily on malaria, sanitation and diet.
He properly blames the diet for many southern shortcomings and
places hope in air-conditioning to make a new South.

Other than on the matter of climate and man, I do not see any
evidence of blinking the facts, and the book is a storehouse of useful
information not to be had in any other accessible place.
Swarthmort, Pennsylvania J. RUSSELL SMITH

Workers as Human Beings

LABOR ECONOMICS AND LABOR PROBLEMS, by Dale Voder. McGraw-Hill.
615 pp. Price $3.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic

THE author's approach to his subject may best be described as
an institutional one. He believes that "no comprehensive under-
standing of either social problems or fundamental processes can be
gained without reference to the nature and development of social
structures — institutions, folkways, mores, and customs — which
inevitably influence, condition, and modify the behavior of all
participants in these processes." As a result, the first part of the
book is devoted to a discussion of workers as human personalities,
the background of labor economics in social structure, and cap-
italistic industry and its development. Then follow chapters dealing
with specific labor problems such as unrest, unemployment, wages,
health in industry, and immigrant and convict labor. It is signifi-
cant of present tendencies of organized labor that only a small part
of the book is devoted to trade unions, their organization and
policies.

Throughout the book, there is abundant evidence of careful re-
search and mature scholarship, and many chapters dealing with
specific labor problems unusually well done. (Continued on page 526)

backed by a Government which always has paid

UNION OF

Soviet Socialist Republics

GOLD BONDS (DOE 1943)

Interest Payable Quarterly

Investment in these bonds provides protection
for your funds against loss resulting from
possible further depreciation in the U. S. dollar.

Both principal and interest payments are based upon
a fixed quantity of gold. Interest is paid quarterly, in
American currency, at the prevailing rate of exchange.

Bonds are issued in denominations of 100 roubles.
(A gold rouble contains 0.774234 grams of pure gold.)

The State Bank of the U. S. S. R. will repurchase these
bonds on demand of the holder at any time after one
year from date of purchase, at par and accrued
interest.

Circular fully describing this issue
will be sent upon request.

Soviel American Securities Corp.

30-32 Broad Street, New York. Tel. HAnover 2-6955

HARCOURT, BRACE AND COMPANY

There are 100,000,000

people under 25 years of age in

Soviet Russia Today

Youth in Soviet Russia

By KLAUS MEHNERT

This book tells in what ways Russian youth differs
from any other younger generation in the world, tells
of their living, their ideas, and ambitions. "Manda-
tory reading for those who would understand a
strange, most remarkable phenomenon." — P/tila.
Public Ledger. $2.00

383 MADISON AVENUE, NEW YORK

The Facts You Need, Instantly

are at your fingertips in Webster's Collegiate. It is the best
abridged dictionary because it is based upon Webster's New
International Dictionary — the "Supreme Authority."

WEBSTER'S
COLLEGIATE

FOURTH EDITION. NEW LOW PRICES. 1 06. (WO

entries. 1,268 pages, 1,700 illustrations. Thin-Paper
Edition: Cloth, $3.50; Fabrikoid. $5.00; Leather. $7.00;
Limp Pigskin. $7.50.

G. & C. MERRIAM CO.

319 Broadway

Get the Best

Springfield, Mass.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

525

WE MOVE

IN NEW

DIRECTIONS

H. A. Overstreet's
New Book For
The Times

With the same vigorous spirit of intellectual adven-
ture that has marked his previous books, Overstreet
explores the possibilities of the new social structure.
Drawing upon the findings of today's economists,
statesmen, educators, jurists and social scientists he
builds up the concrete conception of a " social respon-
sibility" which calls upon every one of us to drop the
worn out tools of rugged individualism and meet
the problems of a changed world with these new, more
effective methods of thought and action.

"His book is for the thinking man or woman who

realizes that the ancient ways are quite outworn

His explorations in the possibilities of a new social
structure offer much that is acute and memorable to
the reader." — Herbert Gorman in the N. Y. Evening
Post. $3.00

W. W. NORTON AND COMPANY, Inc.

70 Fifth Avenue W^*" New York City

Ernest R. Groves

MARRIAGE

"This book is sure to take an important place as a
standard work on the subject and no worker in the
field of social hygiene should be unacquainted with
it." — Journal of Social Hygiene $3.50

Arthur J. Todd

INDUSTRY AND SOCIETY

"It is a valiant achievement in synthesis with the
scales tipping toward the hopeful side. . . . Its docu-
mentation alonr is exceedingly useful. Its perspective
is large, liberal and humanistic in the best sense."
— Ordway Tead. The Survey $3.75

Sumner H. Slichter

MODERN ECONOMIC SOCIETY

"The most illuminating and helpful single-volume
work of the kind that I have seen. Certainly a person
who wan not familiar witb the technical literature of
American economics would gain from this book a
more full-bodied sense of what really goes on than he
could from any other reading of like compass." —
George Soule, The Survey $5.00

HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY, New York

(Continued from page 525) But it is to be regretted that Dr. Yoder
did not see fit to apply his institutional viewpoint throughout
his work. His treatment would have added a great deal of reality
and interest if he had devoted some space to a description of
workers in a given industry, whether in coal, steel, or automo-
biles, and had shown how the institutional backgrounds of the
men and of the industry affect the position of the worker. Further-
more, one detects occasionally a slip-up in matters of fact. Thus, a
considerable error is made in the author's estimate of the number
of consumers' cooperative societies in Great Britain and in the
world. Similarly, with the work of the Amalgamated Clothing
Workers of America in labor housing. Also, the author confuses the
common-law rule of a master's liability for injury to his servants
which held that there could be no negligence without fault, with
the employers' liability laws which came much later.
New Tork University EMANUEL STEIN

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

526

THE NEW COMMANDMENT, by Panteleimon Romanof. Scribntr. 341 pp.
Price $2

THE latest book by the author of Three Pairs of Silk Stockings is
indubitably propaganda. Its theme is the conflict between pre-
Revolution and post-Revolution attitudes toward human relations,
personalized in the love affair of a peasant Communist and a lady
of the ancien regime. The background provides vivid pictures of
present-day life in Moscow and in a village on the steppes. It
makes interesting reading and leads to the conclusion that Russians
are just human beings and that propaganda is capable of achiev-
ing an illusion of reality at least as plausible as that attained by
"Realism."

THE NEGRO IN AMERICA, by Alain Locke. No. 68 of Reading With A Purpose
Series. 64 pp. Cloth 50 cents, paper 35 cents. American Library Association, Chicago,
or of your librarian.

THE ALA has again, as we have come to expect of them, chosen
just the right author for its latest Reading With a Purpose booklet,
for not only is this a discriminating and descriptive bibliography, it
gives in a half hour's reading a vivid understanding of the Negro
as a part of the American people. It discusses him under slavery,
during Reconstruction, and in our own time when "the race prob-
lem"— which in America is the color problem — is no longer an
exclusively sectional matter in the South, but has been thrust into
the cities of the North and Midwest as a result of migration. It is the
acid test of our political institutions, based on equality, as Thomas
Jefferson saw. But it is much more than that, for the Negro is a
human being and, as Dr. Locke says, " If ever the story of the
American Negro can be divorced from the controversial plane of
the race problem — and some day it will — the story will then be
told and appreciated as one of the impressive epics of human
history. For, in the final analysis, it is a great folk-epic." In referring
to the special Harlem Number of Survey Graphic (March 1925),
Dr. Locke, who edited that issue, points out: "What was predicted
as the probable acceptance and incorporation of the Negro artist
and the Negro theme in the general body of contemporary art and
culture has actually come about in the relatively short interim
since its publication."

OUR MOVIE MADE CHILDREN, by Henry James Forman. llacmiUan. 2SS pp.
Price $2.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic

HERE is a telling example of how to make social research count.
Mr. Forman's book, geared at parents and teachers and that great
body of us who are run-of-the-mill citizens, is a popular summary
of the findings of the Educational Research Committee of the
Payne Fund which, at the instigation of the Motion Picture Re-
search Council, has studied the effects of movies on children The
movie people have always denied that movies have any bad effects
whatever on anybody But this piece of thorough research seems to
stump them. Instead of preparing an answer to the careful state-
ment of the effects on children's nerves, sleep, habits, behavior,
goals in life. — they are reported to be digging around in an effort
to "get something" on Prof. W. W. Charters of Ohio State Uni-
versity and his associates in psychology and sociology It'1! a fair
guess that certain men in Hollywood feel that they are sitting on a
string- of lighted firecrackers charged not with ordinary gunpowder

but with dynamite. They will probably show up Mr. Charters as
nothing but a college professor who sets down facts as he finds
them and has no sense about practical matters such as box-office
receipts. Besides, it is mean to hit a great industry when it is down,
what with shrinking audiences, a strike of technicians and tele-
vision looming disastrously around the corner. If the number and
spirit of the letters received after the publication of our article on
this research (Minds Made by the Movies, by Arthur Kellogg,
May Survey Graphic) is any indication, Mr. Forman's book will
have a good sale and a telling effect on public opinion. The nine
research volumes, to be published shortly by Macmillan, will reach
their own select audiences — and explode more dynamite. Next we
may hear that Hollywood is trying to "get something" on Mac-
millan.

We rise and bow in behalf of Survey Graphic and of Walter
Hard, whose Vermont, A Way of Life, in the issue of July 1932,
is No. 1 1 among thirty-five essays chosen from American periodi-
cals for Essay Annual, 1933 (Scott, Foresman and Company, 372
pp. Price $1.25 postpaid of Survey Graphic). This is the first issue
of what is to be "a yearly collection of significant essays, personal,
critical, controversial and humorous," edited by Erich A. Walter
of the department of English of the University of Michigan.
Among the contributors are many old friends, including Dorothy
Canfield, Lincoln Steffens, Christopher Morley, Walter Lippmann,
Stuart Chase. Grand reading for a peaceful day in a hammock.

A. K.

Correction

Mr. Maynard Shipley writes to correct his reference to Prof.
Charles H. Judd in his review of A Century of Progress published
in The September Graphic. Professor Judd is at the University of
Chicago, not at Yale as stated in the review.

REVOLUTION IN THE U. S.

(Continued from page 493}

financial advice. His radical statement was much applauded. I had
recently read a life of John P. Altgeld, one-time governor of Illinois,
and the financial expert's pronouncement against the background
of Altgeld's story showed me with peculiar forcefulness how swiftly
the extremist's position in one generation may become the accepted
basis for action in the next — particularly when a great common
emergency speeds up the ordinary processes of social change. Alt-
geld was one of that small company who chose to deal with the
roots of things rather than to perch among the upper branches of
the social tree. A rich man, he came into high public office with
deep and definitely formulated convictions as to certain social
maladjustments. He left the public service ruined in everything
save his moral integrity. In an address in 1893, as Governor, Alt-
geld said, "While legislation not backed up by public sentiment
may be a dead letter, public sentiment produces definite and lasting
results only through legislation. It is legislation which protects the
lowly. Legislation itself is a matter of growth; it is scarcely ever ef-
ficient at first, and only after experience has suggested the necessary-
alterations and amendments does it become potent." Though
Altgeld was one of the forerunners of a moral awakening in
America, he was in his own lifetime misunderstood, ridiculed and
hated, even by many of his own party. The attitude of the public
toward him, when he followed the dictates of his own reason and
pardoned the Haymarket "anarchists" is thus summed up by
Brand Whitlock: "It was all very simple. If it were not for the
tragedy, and the wrong that is much worse than any tragedy, one
might almost laugh at the simplicity. It shows the power of words,
the force of phrases, the obdurate and terrible tyranny of a term.
The men . . . were called anarchists when, as it happens, they
were men, just men. And out of that original error in terminology
there was evolved that overmastering fear which raved and slew in
a frenzy of passion that decades hence (Continued on page 529)

INSTITUTE for ADVANCED EDUCATION

310 Riverside Drive (Cor. 103rd St.) New York
DAGOBERT D. RUNES, PH.D., Director

FALL TERM

Dr. Alfred Adler

The Meaning of Life (Tues. beg. Oct. 3)

Dr. Louis Herman

Glands — Makers of Personality (Fri. beg. Oct. 6)

Dr. Smiley Blanton

Psychoanalysis in Education (Thurs. beg. Oct. 5)

Dr. W. Beran Wolfe

Seminar in Abnormal Psychology (Mon. beg. Oct. 2)

Dr. Albert J. Levine

Modern Trends in Education (Wed. beg. Oct. 4)

Adele T. Katz

Music in a Changing World (Wed. beg. Oct. 4)

Dr. Scott Nearing

Current History and Politics (Thurs. beg. Oct. 5)

Pierre Loving

Survey of Contemporary Culture and Ethics

(Fri. beg. Oct. 6)

Fritz Kunz

India's Philosophy of Life (Mon. beg. Oct. 2)

Jacob S. List

Seminar in Child Psychology (Thurs. beg. Oct. 5)

All above courses consist of eighteen lecture periods, and are
approved by the State Board of Regents, Albany, N. Y.,
for two-point college credit and" Alertness Clause" credit.

Single course tickets, $7.50. Admission covering all courses,
$25.00. No entrance requirements. Register by mail or call
CLarkson 2-1700.

The Only Truly International Magazine

The world's leading minds meet for discussion in

THE MODERN THINKER

Edited by DAGOBERT D. RUNES, PH.D.

Keep abreast of the new in social science, literature, world
politics, education, philosophy, and art

From Current Issues

Must There Be War? Albert Einstein

Life 200 Years from Now H. G. Wells

National Socialism: a Portrait Leon Trotsky

Prospects of Materialism J. B. S. Haldane

Who Burned the Reichstag? Henri Barbusse

25c at the better newsstands. Send 2Sc for sample
copy or $1 .00 for five-month subscription to The Mod-
ern Thinker, 310 Riverside Drive, New York City.

Name.

Address .

DON'T COMMIT SUICIDE!

FIND OUT WHAT'S WRONG WITH YOU

A staff of eminent psychologists is at your disposal
for advice, information, aid, in The

MODERN PSYCHOLOGIST

Edited by Dagobert D. Runes

From Current Issues

What Makes the Criminal Mind Alfred Adler

Understanding the Homosexual E.M. Sykes

Left-Handedness in a Right-Handed World W. Beran Wolfe

Aberrations of the Sexual Emotion Edward Podolsky

The Superiority Complex A. A. Rooack

25c at better newsstands. Send 25c for sample copy
or $1.00 for five-month subscription to THE MODERN

PSYCHOLOGIST. 310 Riverside Drive. New York City.

Name . .
Address.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

527

. / GENERAL

A COMMANDER of forces who finds that
all the forces necessary for his physical comfort and
social satisfaction are his to command for his stay
at The Willard — "The Residence of Presidents.''

Single Rooms with Bath $4 up
Double Rooms with Bath $6 up

Moderate Prices in Main Dining Room —

Popular Priced Coffee Shop
Write JOT Illustrated Booklet and Rates

WILLARD HOTEL

14th and Pennsylvania Avenue

Washington, D. C.
H. P. SOMERVIIXE, Managing Director

Let the "SHIPS DECK" Qive You

a SEA AIR APPETITE

Breathe in the bracing sea air as
it sweeps across the spacious
"Ship's Deck" atop Colton
Manor. Colton Manor extends
itself in its superb cuisine and
service!

CJtonManor
3ne of the Finest Hotels
In Atlantic City

PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE

A. C. ANDREWS, President and Managing Director

TRAVELER'S NOTEBOOK

Off Season

SUMMER is over, and so is vacation-time for most of the gain-
fully employed. But fall is here, winter soon will be, and around-
the-world cruises are vying with each other to take those who have
the time and means — not such a lot of money at that — to warm
climates and old civilizations. Hendrik Willem van Loon, whose
drawings and books are well known to Survey Graphic readers,
will be the leader of one of them.

Of course it is one thing to be tempted and quite another to
pack up and go. Some, including your-much-wanting-but-in-no-
way-able-to Traveler's Notebook, will just have to sit tight. How-
ever next summer is only eight galloping months ahead; and it cer-
tainly pays to plan so far as traveling is concerned. There are
choices to make, books to read, backgrounds to gather. By and
large, our knowledge of history has a way of slipping into innocu-
ous desuetude; so that for the average tourist a visit to Versailles,
for instance, is to see an imposing palace, beautiful gardens and the
place where the Versailles Treaty was signed. But how much more
dramatic and meaningful it will be to one who has delved no fur-
ther even than the biographies ' of Marie Antoinette — two recent
ones by Stefan Zweig and Katharine Anthony, and an old one by
Mme. Campan, one of the ladies of her court. These bring to life
not only human beings who have played historical parts, but how
their performances influenced their times; and what deep-rooted
lessons they hold for us today if we but had the wisdom to heed
them. (In this connection the moving picture Voltaire, with the
great George Arliss, is well worth seeing.)

Biographies furnish both fascinating reading and a painless
method of picking up the strands of history. All of which is by way
of saying that one can travel and travel.

'MARIE ANTOINETTE, by Stefan Ziteig. Viking Press. 472 pp. Price $3.50 post-
paid of Survey Graphic

MARIE ANTOINETTE, by Katharine Anthony. Knopf. 302 pp. Price ?J postpaid
of Survey Graphic

Seeing the United States

DOUBLE-CROSSING AMERICA BY MOTOR, by Edward D. Dunn. G. P. Put-
nam's Sons. 251 pp. Price $2 postpaid of Survey Graphic

FOR a ready-made route cross-country, Double-Crossing
America by Motor (incidentally, the reviewer balks at the
advertising catch in the title) is as simple to follow as a time-table.
Brief maps of the individual or several states involved preface each
day's journey; the chapter head of each motoring day contains the
number of miles covered, speedometer from New York, name of
hotel, city, altitude; and concludes with an account of the previous
day's expenses.

The trip through the South, Middlewest and Southwest up to
Arizona, where Mr. Dunn, his wife and four children were bound
for health reasons, was so rapid and cursory as to render this por-
tion of the book quite negligible. But it is as though the author
himself relaxed once in Arizona, for there is a communicable ani-
mation in his reaction to the Grand Canyon, a month spent on a
real ranch, "the earthly paradise that is California"; in revealing
descriptions of Hollywood, Reno, dude ranches.

The book leaves with the reader a lively sense of the natural and
human phenomena that stretch over these vast United States; and
kindles a craving that all of its citizens could at least once in their
life-time know them first-hand. It is regrettable that Mr. Dunn
obtrudes his hundred percent Americanism in his remarks on the
depression and in the conclusion, thus striking a discordant note in
an otherwise useful little travel book. J. S.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

528

(Continued from page 527) will puzzle the psychologist who studies
the mind of the crowd."

Altgeld's crime was to give expression forty years ago to senti-
ments now being broadcast by Franklin D. Roosevelt. Today the
President has the country behind him, with a unanimity which is
seldom vouchsafed to a political leader. He is riding on the tide of
an emotional and mental revolution which will need careful guid-
ance and supreme political integrity if it is to be directed into new
channels of conduct. At the moment, the U. S. A. is trying to learn
to say "goodbye" to individualistic selfishness, and "welcome" to a
new spirit of social and economic cooperation. Time alone can show
whether Franklin D. Roosevelt will come safely into harbor on a
new code of administrative efficiency and political honesty backed
by a cooperative commonwealth, or whether the emotional wave
will break before the legislation necessary to permit its onward
sweep has had time to take shape and to prove its effectiveness.

SNAPSHOTS OF EXPLOSION

(Continued from page 520)

himself, according the defendant the right to plead and by evi-
dence prove their truth; but upon his conviction publicly urged
his pardon.

Through the ruthless censorship throughout Germany, by means
of which the Nazis attempt in vain to deceive the world, come to
me and to countless others letters from trusted friends which leave
no doubt about the state of affairs. I dare not quote them, lest
some chance allusion betray their authorship, or perhaps attract
mistreatment to other persons wholly innocent of them. In general,
they disclose wide-spread helpless regret and shame on the part of
steady-headed Germans. They give the lie to the Hitler ballyhoo
about "overwhelming popular support." They show that as in the
case of Tammany Hall, the Huey Long machine in Louisiana, and
other well-known instances of our own, the crowd follows the band-
wagon of the moment; likewise that the control of that wagon de-
pends upon who is allowed to vote and who counts the ballots.
What is even more to the point, they disclose the existence already
of a powerful and rapidly growing counter-revolutionary move-
ment, organizing all over Germany for the overthrow of the gang
now in control of the government. As Dr. Kosok says, the hold of
the Nazis depends wholly upon their ability to meet the economic
situation — and to meet it soon. It would not be unlikely, remarkable
or unprecedented, to have them discover the task to be beyond
them, and in a frantic effort to divert attention from their own
failure in an uproar of "patriotism," run out amok and set the
world ablaze again. The burning of the Reichstag was a fine sym-
bol of that recklessness.

THE NEW FRONTIER

(Continued from page 511)

are raising their own vegetables, and getting a cash income by
occasional work in an industrial suburb within range of their road-
ster. Two brothers who went back to the family homestead thirty
miles from New York have built up a profitable poultry business,
selling by truck to the extending suburban homes. They also
operate twenty bungalows along a nearby resort river and have
turned the old barn into a highly successful roadhouse for dining
and dancing.

More than one thousand industries have migrated from New
York since the War into this outer region, mainly to small cities
and towns. They include garments, shoes, furniture, printing,
metal goods, textiles and fur goods. For every one that has failed or
that exploits its workers, I venture to say there are ten that have
increased both their employment and the standard of living and
consumption in these towns. Many of the workers in these towns
live on a plot of cultivated ground, sometimes a farm, straggling
along bus and motor routes as far as ten miles away from their
work. Many are "regular farmers" attending to crops and stock
before and after the day's work in the (Continued on page 531)

Shoulders are sagging
in Gas Tank Alley

Families come big in Gas Tank Alley. Wages come small. And life
falls hard on the shoulders of those who must cook and clean and wash.

You can't change the families; nor the wages. But one way you
can help these weary housewives is to show them how to lighten their
housekeeping tasks. Of course, when it conies to washing and clean-
ing, Fels-Naptha Soap will do that very thing.

For Fels-Naptha brings extra help that even slim purses can well
afford. The extra help of two brisk cleaners — good golden soap teamed
with plenty of naptha. Together, they loosen dirt and get things clean
without hard rubbing — even in cool water.

Though this particular point may be of little interest to the house-
wives of Gas Tank Alley, you'll appreciate the fact that Fels-Naptha
is kind to hands. Every big bar contains soothing glycerine. Write
Fels & Co., Phila., Pa., for a sample, mentioning the Survey Graphic.

FELS-NAPTHA

THE GOLDEN BAR WITH THE CLEAN NAPTHA ODOR

" Modern Home Equipment"

Atk for Booklet S — it will be tent postpaid

LEWIS & CONGER

45th Sheet and Sixth Avenue, New York City

LITERARY:

We assist in preparing special articles, papers, speeches,
debates. Expert scholarly service. AUTHOR'S RESEARCH
BUREAU, 516 Fifth Avenue. New York.

TAKING A TRIP?

Write Survey Graphic Travel Department for

suggestions. We need to know but three things —

WHERE— WHEN AND HOW MUCH

Travel Department — Survey Graphic

SUBSCRIBE HERE

Survey Graphic — Monthly — $3.00
Survey Associates, Inc., 112 East 19th St., New York

Name Address.

.10-1-33

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

529

EDUCATIONAL DIRECTORY

SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES

SMITH COLLEGE STUDIES
IN SOCIAL WORK

September 1932

An Experiment in Short-Contact Interviewing

Bertha Capen Reynolds — Associate Director
Smith College School for Social Work

March 1933

Case-Work Problems of Clients Receiving
Unemployment Relief

Three Studies on The Delinquent Girl in Chicago

June 1933

Suggested Community Resources for an Extensive
Parole System for Mental Patients in Illinois

The Outcome of Treatment in a Child Clinic

Published quarterly by

SMITH COLLEGE SCHOOL FOR SOCIAL WORK
Northampton, Massachusetts

Yearly Subscription S2.00

Single Copy 75 Cents

THE PENNSYLVANIA SCHOOL OF
SOCIAL AND HEALTH WORK

Two-year program of graduate training for principal fields
of Social Work.

311 So. Juniper Street

Philadelphia

COOPERATIVE SCHOOL for
STUDENT TEACHERS

Class room experience alternating with
studio and seminar courses

Early applications advised for one year
course beginning October 1933

69 Bank Street

New York City

The New York School
of Social Work

'"T-'HE extension courses of the School
JL represent an endeavor to meet
the training needs of the field in and
near New York. Each course is given
in response to a request from a specific
group and its members are taken from
that group only. The length of the
course and the number attending may
vary with each group. Requests for
extension courses may be made to the
School at any time.

122 East 22nd Street
New York

PROGRESSIVE SCHOOLS

BIRCH WATHEN
SCHOOL

Coeducational Day School

Pre School
Elementary
High School

149 West 93rd
New York City

Tel. River. 9-0314

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

530

g \^*^ MILITARY ^^W

B ACADEMY

(Continued from page 529) factory, seldom hiring help except for
the harvest season. These workers are already practising Henry
Ford's dream of the secure toiler with "one foot in the city and
the other firmly fixed on the land." All of these individuals and
industries of the region are within convenient touch of more than
one market for their labor or products, and of modern facilities for
shopping, recreation and education. Most of them are on the edge
of the frontier. They see on one side the highways and power lines
and new ideas moving out from the central city. On the other are
the forests and fields and lake and shore of our rich and still largely
undeveloped countryside. They are living close to nature, but sac-
rificing few if any of the advantages of the great city twenty to one
hundred miles away. It is these fringes of suburb, industria towns
and country villages that are growing faster in population than any
other part of the nation — almost twice as fast as the central cities,
more than twice as fast as similar towns and cities in more isolated
sections far from a metropolis. As they grow they help the surround-
ing farmers by providing them with nearer, more profitable, more
stable markets, full or part-time work, and modern opportunities
for recreation and culture.

For five thousand years the farm and factory were one and the
same. Here was produced the family's food, clothing, shoes, furni-
ture, implements, medicines. The misuse of machinery and of
modern inventions separated farm and factory by too great a dis-
tance, making the cost of food greater to the city worker, who was
placed in a false environment of ugliness, overcrowding and moral
decay. It placed a prohibitive cost on manufactured goods to the
farmer and made the farm an ill-equipped, lonely and dull place.
Now the move of industry towards the smaller places, the increased
mobility of farmer and worker by automobile and bus, his close
touch with the world through telephone and radio, are creating
cooperating regions where the farmer may find cash markets or
cash work, the factory nearer markets, and the industrial worker
natural living and increased security. This trend will mean fewer
slums, fewer deserted farms, fewer fortunes made by frequent
rehandlings and financings, and more prosperous factories, farms
and workers.

Perhaps the solution of our great problems of inadequate wages,
civic corruption and financial and business piracy will be found in
these environments where manager, worker and farmer can so
clearly recognize their independence, and are near enough to get
together and talk it over. Here is a chance for the understanding
and cooperative effort that are so difficult under the conditions of
working and living in our great cities.

AFTER NIRA — A LASTING RECOVERY

(Continued from page 515)

downward tendency in our economic activity but allowing the up-
ward forces free play. For the same month that the level of employ-
ment, as revealed by the short-time Regional Average, fell below
the long-time National Average, Supplemental Compensation
would raise the purchasing power available for consumers' goods
above the current production level. Like the stabilizers that hold
the liner on an even keel, this mechanism would correct the influ-
ence of waves and cross currents in our economic life, never letting
producing capacity and consuming power get seriously out of
balance, bringing them back, at the first sign of disturbance, to an
equable relationship. (See Chart C.)

The long-time National Average supplies a level of "normal"
production. That is, it averages the periods of unusual activity
when there is general employment for relatively long hours and the
periods of sag, when many workers are suffering unemployment or
broken time. Our goal is a high standard of living based on steady
employment for a reasonable number of hours. The National
Average would lay the foundation, not in terms of boom or of
slump, but in terms that are both socially and economically sound.

The Regional Average which expresses current employment
hours and therefore current levels of production, also indicates, the
moment it dips under the National Average, (Continued on page 532)

(In answering advertisements please

531

College

ferliool of Social

Professional Training in

Medical Social Work, Psychiatric
Social Work, Family Welfare,
Child Welfare, Community Work

Leading to the degree of B.S. and M.S.

Address:

THE DIRECTOR

18 Somerset Street Boston, Massachusetts

INTEGRATING JEWISH
AND AMERICAN LIFE

The integration of the Jewish cultural
background with American ideals and
institutions is one of the aims of modern
Jewish communities.

This movement requires special knowl-
edge and skill.

The Graduate School for Jewish Social
Work aims to supply both.

The next School year begins
October 2, 1933

For full information address
DR. M. J. KARPF, Director

The

Graduate
School

for

Jewish
Social Work

71 W. 47th Street, New York City

mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

Index to Advertisers

October 1, 1933

GENERAL

Advertising Federation of America Second Cover

American Telephone & Telegraph Company 488

Pels & Company 529

Lewis & Conger 529

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Back Cover

Remington Rand Typewriters 487

FINANCIAL

Soviet American Securities Corp 525

HOTELS and TRAVEL

Colton Manor 528

Hotels Statler 487

The WHIard Hotel 528

EDUCATIONAL

American Assn. of Schools of Professional Social Work 533

Author's Research Bureau 529

Birch Wathen School 530

Cooperative School for Student Teachers 530

Fork Union Military Academy 530

Graduate School for Jewish Social Work 531

Institute for Advanced Education 527

New York School of Social Work 530

Pennsylvania School of Social & Health Work 530

Simmons College School of Social Work 531

Smith College School for Social Work 530

PUBLISHERS

D. Appleton-Century Company 524

Harcourt. Brace & Company 525

Harpers 524

Henry Holt & Company '. 526

G. & C. Merriam Company 525

Modern Thinker 527

Modern Psychologist 527

W. W. Norton and Company 5S6

DIRECTORY

Social Agencies Third Cover

CLASSIFIED

Situations Wanted 534

Employment Agencies

Joint Vocational Service, Inc 534

Gertrude R. Stein, Inc 534

Printing, Multigraphing, Typewriting, etc.

Quick Service Letter Co., Inc 534

Miscellaneous "... 534

Pamphlets and Periodicals 534

(Continued from page 531) a fall in production below the long-time
norm. It is at that point, which indicates that the income of those
who want goods is no longer sufficient to absorb the volume being
produced, that purchasing power must be increased in order to
sustain business and capital values.

There are, after all, only two things that make people stop buy-
ing— lack of income and fear. This plan, in spreading work to
cover unemployment, in providing a supplemental income to
cover broken time, not only keeps money in die family pocket-book
but takes away the uncertainty in which fear is rooted.

The corrective force I have described would begin to operate at
once and automatically in any community or any plant where a
reduction in hours of work would otherwise stall consumer demand.
As soon as a single eligible was put on part-time, his purchasing
power, through Supplemental Compensation, would be raised in
relation to his reduced production. And, be it noted, this would
happen long before any action could be taken under a system
which relied upon statistical information and active direction;
further, the corrective action would continue until the balance was
restored.

Charts based on a statistical study of the best data available show
that the Regional Average of the country as a whole dipped below
the National Average of employment for the preceding ten years,
in the latter part of 1927. Had this plan been in effect, Supple-
mental Compensation would have been paid as soon as the dip
occurred. By this means, purchasing power would have been in-
creased in relation to current production, making possible the
gradual absorption of such overproduction as had taken place, then
causing an increase in production and employment sufficient to
bring us back to the long-time National Average. In diis way we
would have been spared the catastrophic decline in incomes, con-
sumption and values which we have experienced during the
depression.

THE proposal includes as eligibles all employed persons receiving
less than sixty dollars a week and all persons registering for em-
ployment under it. For practical administrative reasons, agricul-
tural workers and those in personal service would not be covered,
at least in the beginning. The eligibles would include about 30
million individuals, or some 65 percent of the total working
population.

The mechanics of the plan would involve thirteen simple reports
each year from each employer. The reports would be prepared as a
routine matter at the end of each four-week period, summarizing
data kept each week on a sheet which could be used as an original
payroll or as a supplemental payroll form, at the discretion of the
employer.

The tabulations of these reports could be made on adding ma-
chines. Careful analysis shows that allowing adequate safety fac-
tors, reports from five million employers could be tabulated each
month, by not more than two hundred tabulating operators, work-
ing one week. Dividing this work among, say, ten regional offices, a
force of twenty operators per office could complete the tabulations
in one week, leaving three weeks of each month for such other sta-
tistical work as the administrator might care to develop, for cor-
respondence, and so on.

Financing the Revolving Fund would never be permitted to ag-
gravate adverse tendencies. By the use of government credit to pay
Supplemental Compensation when employment was at low ebb,
reimbursing the fund for such borrowings when employment was
at a high level, the fund would not be allowed to accumulate to a
point where its effect would be adverse. This would be accom-
plished automatically, through the changing relationship of the
averages. If it were found desirable at any point to accumulate a
fund instead of using credit, it could be so handled as not to
cause overinvestment in a period of business activity and the
withdrawal of funds when business and employment needed re-
inforcement, by tying its investment into the Federal Reserve
System.

The implementing legislation, putting this proposal into effect,
could be incorporated in the Income Tax Law (Revenue Act) as an
amendment, although the plan would be supplementary to the

532

present income-tax provisions. However, it might be more desirable
to draft and enact new legislation, supplementing the NIRA and
making permanent those powers necessary to assure the continu-
ance of its accomplishments and to reinforce and extend its influ-
ence in this way.

The reader will note that the plan covers only those who are at
work. Supplemental Compensation, which takes up the slack of
broken time, presupposes a job, even though it may be a part-time
job. But while the plan, once in operation, would eliminate unem-
ployment among those able to work and willing to work, it is possi-
ble that in the early stages, employment would not be available to
all such workers. To meet this possibility, the implementing legis-
lation should provide for reimbursement to any qualified state or
municipality which pays wages to eligibles unable to obtain work
elsewhere and who are employed by them on designated classes of
public work. To qualify, a state or city would be required to limit
such projects to those that would not be undertaken by private
enterprise. A great deal of work of this type — park and highway
improvement, repair and upkeep in public institutions and so on —
has been done by the unemployed on relief rolls. The hourly rate of
pay for those so employed should be fixed at the minimums set
under the Recovery Act, and the weekly hours limited to the
Regional or the National Average — whichever is lower. No Sup-
plemental Compensation should be paid. This class of work thus
would be thrown into the lowest category, and, while making possi-
ble a subsistence standard, workers would have every incentive to
seek more remunerative work as it became available. As the plan
gathered momentum, there would be no workers left in this cate-
gory save those incapable of holding more highly skilled and
responsible jobs. Unemployment would be definitely eliminated
except for short periods when the worker was changing from job to
job, and such movements would be reduced below anything we
have known in the past, because fluctuations in business activity
would be levelled off by the operation of the plan.

There would be two great gains from this provision; first, a
worker would never receive compensation, in wage or in kind, for
not working. But he could always secure employment, at least at a
subsistence level. This avoids one of the chief drawbacks to the
various unemployment-insurance schemes, and saves the worker
the humiliation and the weakening of fiber that result from de-
pendence on a dole — whether it take the form of food order or a
pittance from "extended insurance benefits." Public and private
relief funds would be released for their true purpose — to care for
the unemployables.

A'"1'ER careful study and calculation based on reasonable esti-
mates of the possible rate of recovery under the operation of the
plan, it appears that the total amount of Supplemental Compensa-
tion required for the return from present levels to a level of prosper-
ity indicated by the long-time National Average, would not exceed
one and one-half billion dollars. Whatever the amount was, it
would have to be supplied in the form of government credit pend-
ing its reimbursement from surtaxes whenever the Yearly Average
was above the National Average. But double this amount and you
still have a balance on the right side of the ledger if it is compared
with the totals now in sight for other measures designed to meet the
unemployment crisis — federal and state relief funds, public works,
conservation camps and so on. Further, all government borrow-
ings required to pay Supplemental Compensation would be finally
liquidated out of the Revolving Fund, which would make it possi-
ble to sell the necessary government bonds without undue strain
on the national credit. »

We needed the NIRA. From its operation the country has learned
the need for cooperative action. But after the NIRA, or supple-
mental to it, what will we do to insure a lasting recovery? Within
the plan here described, I believe, lies the possibility of a "planned
economy" in American terms, of an orderly and adequate solution
of the problem of maintaining a high level of production, a
prosperous industrial machine, and the elimination of the twin
specters of unemployment and insecurity, the black shadows that
menace the realization of the great possibilities of the Machine
Age.

(In answering advertisements please

533

PREPARATION FOR
SOCIAL WORK

IN APPROVED SCHOOLS

ATLANTA SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, Atlanta, G..

BRYN MAWR COLLEGE, Bryn Mawr, Pa.

Carola Woerishoffer Graduate Dept. of Social Economy

and Social Research

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, Berkeley
Graduate Curriculum in Social Service

CARNEGIE INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, Pittsburgh
Department of Social Work

UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO

School of Social Service Administration

UNIVERSITY OF DENVER, GRADUATE SCHOOL

Department of Social Work

FORDHAM UNIVERSITY, 811 Woolworth Bids., New Yoik

School of Sociology and Social Service

GRADUATE SCHOOL FOR JEWISH SOCIAL WORK

71 West 47 Street, New York

INDIANA UNIVERSITY, Indianapolis

Training Course for Social Work

LOYOLA UNIVERSITY, Chicaso

Department of Social Work

UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, Ann Arbor

Curriculum in Social Work

UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA, Minneapolis

Training Course for Social and Civic Work

UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI, Columbia

Curriculum in Public Welfare

NATIONAL CATHOLIC SCHOOL OF SOCIAL SERVICE

Washington, D. C.

NEW YORK SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK

122 East 22 Street, New York

OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, Colurabui

School of Social Administration

THE PENNSYLVANIA SCHOOL OF SOCIAL AND HEALTH WORK

311 S. Juniper St., Philadelphia

SIMMONS COLLEGE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK

18 Somerset Street, Boston

SMITH COLLEGE SCHOOL FOR SOCIAL WORK

Northampton, Mass.

TULANE UNIVERSITY, New Orleans, La.

School of Social Work

UNIVERSITY OF SO. CALIFORNIA, Los Angeles

School of Social Welfare

WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY, St. Louis, Mo.

Geo. Warren Brown Dept. of Social Work

WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY, Cleveland, Ohio

School of Applied Social Sciences

COLLEGE OF WILLIAM AND MARY, Richmond, V..

School of Social Work and Public Health

UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN, Madison, Wis.

Course in Social Work

mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

CLASSIFIED ADVERTISEMENTS

RATES: Display : 30 cents a line, 14 agate lines to the inch. Want advertisements
five cents per word or initial, including address or box number. Minimum charge,
first insertion, $1.00. Cash with orders. Discounts: 5% on three insertions; 10% on
six insertions. Address Advertising Department.

TEL., ALGONQUIN 4-7490 SURVEY GRAPHIC

112 EAST 19th STREET
NEW YORK CITY

SITUATIONS WANTED

MAN, 27, single (A.B., B.D. degrees), desires social
work. Prison and boys' work experience. 7170 SURVEY.

EXPERIENCED VVOMAN at liberty. Promotion,
publicity, organization, secretarial. Go anywhere.
7171 SURVEY.

MAN, five years experience Boys' work, recreational
and educational, seeks full or part time position with
settlement or community center. 7172 SURVEY.

IS THERE AN ORGANIZATION with an opening
for a young man who has prepared himself for work in
the social-religious field (A.B., B.D.)? Social work
experience and executive ability. 7114 SURVEY.

WOMAN, American Hebrew, social work training and
experience, desires position institution, school or
camp. Thorough knowledge dietetics, purchasing
supplies, managing helpers. 7134 SURVEY.

WOMAN (Jewish) experienced immigrant education
and physical welfare, desires position. 7135 SURVEY.

SHOEMAKER, American, young, fifteen years ex-
perience all around. Desires to correspond with insti-
tution concerning position for future reference. 7165
SURVEY.

Man thoroughly trained in publicity, edi-
torial work, money raising and business
management desires position in social
service. Combines education, breeding and
experience. Salary requirements moderate.
Best of references. 7173 SURVEY.

Directors of
Relief Organizations

will find

THE SURVEY and
SURVEY GRAPHIC

of valuable assistance in putting through the
huge relief programs of the coming winter.
A large part of the Midmonthly is given over to

Unemployment and Relief

A series by Gertrude Springer suggests practi-
cal techniques to new workers in the field,
either under departments of public welfare or
private agencies. We urge that you call these
to the attention of your workers and suggest
that they become regular subscribers.

Special Group Rates
to New Readers

Write for information to
Circulation Department

THE SURVEY

112 E. 19th Street, New York City

APPLICANTS for positions are sincerely
urged by the Advertising Department to
send copies of letters of references rather
than originals, as there is great danger of
originals being lost or mislaid.

Editor and ^searcher

TEXTBOOKS: History, Physics, English, Psychology, Spelling, Health, etc.
TECHNICAL AND SCIENTIFIC BOOKS: Radio, Automobile, Aeronautics, Advertising,

Marketing, Real Estate, Motion Picture.
DOCTORS' DISSERTATIONS (various subjects)

SCHOOL SURVEYS RELIGIOUS BOOKS EDUCATIONAL MAGAZINES

YEARBOOKS SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION CATALOGS AND INDICES

DIGESTS AND BOOK REVIEWS

Experience in choosing type, paper, pictures for textbooks; in handling cuts,
tables, educational statistics, etc.

7160 SURVEY

AN UNUSUAL BARGAIN

For Sale
ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES

Edwin R. A. Selignian, Editor-in-Chief

To be published in fifteen volumes by THE MACMILLAN COMPANY.
The first eight volumes (List Price $7.50) perfect condition — $35.00.

Write or phone (Algonquin 4-7490)

SURVEY GRAPHIC

112 Eiut 19th Street

{Advertising Department)

New York City

Your Own Agency

This is the counseling and placement agency
sponsored jointly by the American Association
of Social Workers and the National Organiza-
tion for Public Health Nursing. National.
Non-profit making.

GERTRUDE R. STEIN, Inc.

VOCATIONAL SERVICE AGENCY
18 EAST 41sT STREET, NEW YORK

Lexington 2-6677

We are interested in placing those who have
a professional attitude towards their work.
Executive secretaries, stenographers, case
workers, hospital social service workers, settle-
ment directors; research, immigration, psychi-
atric, personnel workers and others.

MULTIGRAPHING

MIMEOGRAPHING

ADDRESSING

FILLING-IN

FOLDING

COMPLETE MAILINGS

QUICK SERVICE LETTER COMPANY

I N C O R POR ATE D

/-\OT/°

IQSMl

3 PARK PLACE— NEW YORK

TELEPHONE — BARCLAY 1-9633
• • •

SALES CAMPAIGNS
PLANNED AND WRITTEN

PAMPHLETS

Rates: 75c per line for 4 insertion?

PERIODICALS

The American Journal of Nursing shows the part
which trained nurses are taking in the betterment
of the world. Put it in your library. $3.00 a year.
450 Seventh Ave., New York, N. Y.

Mental Hygiene: quarterly: $3.00 a year; published
by the National Committee for Mental Hygiene.
450 Seventh Ave., New York.

MISCELLANEOUS

Believing some men and women are burdened, anxious,
needing help in meeting perplexing personal problems,
a retired physician offers friendly counsel for those
who desire it. No fees. 7168 SURVEY.

Write for the

Survey Book Exhibit

Books displayed at the National
Conference of Social Work

Survey Graphic Book Department
112 E. 19th St. New York, N. Y.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

534

Index to Advertisers

November 1, 1933

GENERAL

American Telephone & Telegraph Company. 536

Pels & Company 575

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Second Cover

HOTELS and TRAVEL

Colton Manor 574

Hotel Pennsylvania (Philadelphia) 575

Hotels Sutler 576

The Willard Hotel 577

EDUCATIONAL

Author's Research Bureau 577

New York School of Social Work 579

Simmons College School of Social Work 578

Smith .College School for Social Work 579

University of Chicago School of S. S. Admin 578

PUBLISHERS

D. Appleton-Century Company 573

Bruce Publishing Company 573

Harper & Bros 571

Houghton Mifflin Company 572

Literary Guild of America .3—4 Cover

McGraw-Hill Book Company 535

Harrison Smith & Robert Haas 572

DIRECTORY

Social Organizations 580

CLASSIFIED

Situations Wanted 581

Employment Agencies

Joint Vocational Service, Inc 581

Gertrude R. Stein, Inc 581

Printing, Multlgraphing, Typewriting, etc.

Quick Service Letter Co., Inc 581

Miscellaneous 581

Pamphlets and Periodicals 581

Research.. 581

= NewTitles ^^^^

in the series of

McGRAW-HILL PUBLICATIONS
IN SOCIOLOGY

under the editorship of

DR. EDWARD BYRON REUTER

Reckless and Smith — Juvenile Delinquency

By WALTER C. RECKLESS, Associate Professor of Sociology,
Vanderbilt University, and MAPHEUS SMITH, Assistant Pro-
fessor of Sociology, University of Kansas. 412 •pates. 6x9,
65 tables $3.50

This book makes available in one volume the significant facts
gathered from all the important sources. Causes of juvenile de-
linquency, comparison of normal children and delinquents, pre-
ventive and corrective measures and their results are among the
topics covered.

Holmes — Rural Sociology — The Family-
Farm Institution

By ROY HINMAN HOLMES, Assistant Professor of Sociology,
University of Michigan. 416 pages, 6x9 $3.00

The purpose of the book is to aid in building up a proper under-
standing of rural life in America, approaching the subject from a
sociological rather than an economic or geographic point of view.

KarpJ — American Social Psychology — Its
Origins, Development and European Back-
ground

By FAY B. KARPF, Director, Department of Social Theory
and Social Investigation, The Graduate School for Jewish
Social Work, New York. 461 pages, 6x9 $3.50

Dr. Karpf brings the main threads of the various movements and
leaders together, laying particular stress on the development of
social psychology in this country from the standpoint of the back-
ground of European thought.

Radin — Social Anthropology

By PAUL RADIN, Lecturer in Anthropology, University of
California. 430 pages, 6x9 $3.50

Presents the data on social anthropology so that they are intelli-
gible to the non-professional anthropologist. Its purpose is to pro-
vide general anthropological background for students of all social

Lohmann — Principles of City Planning

By KARL B. LOHMANN, Professor of Landscape Architecture,
University of Illinois. 395 pages, 6x9, 153 illustrations $4.00
A carefully organized discussion of the elements and principles of
the various branches of city planning, including not only the
design of new cities and towns but considers the improvement of
existing communities.

McGRAW-HILL
FREE EXAMINATION COUPON

McGRAW-HILL BOOK CO., INC., 330 W. 42nd St, N.w York CKy

Send me the books checked below, postpaid, for 10 days' free examination.

I will pay for those I keep and return the rest within 10 days of receipt.
D Reckless and Smith — Juvenile Delinquency, $3.50
D Holmes — Rural Sociology, $3.00
D Karpf — American Social Psychology, $3.50
D Radin — Social Anthropology, $3.50
Q Lohmann — Principles of City Planning, $4.00

.Yarn*

Address

City and Slalc .
Position

Company SG-11-33

(Books sent on approval to retail purchasers in U. S. and Canada only.)

W. H., under the Act ot March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at a special rate of post a
President* Lucius R. Eastman. Secretary, Ann Reed Brenner. Treasurer, Arthur Kellogg.

WHERE TO, PLEASE?

SCARCELY a day passes — sometimes scarcely
an hour in the day — that you do not go visit-
ing by telephone. It is truly the magic carpet
that transports you, quickly and easily, to
places you would like to be and people you
would like to see.

Who can estimate the value of the telephone
in the daily lives of millions of men and women
... in time and money saved, in increased
efficiency, in security and priceless help in
time of need!

Contact, communication, swift
interchange of ideas — these benefits the

modern world offers you. The telephone is
one of the chief instruments by which you
can seize them. With it at your elbow you are
ready for what may come — for opportunity,
for emergency, for the brief word that may
open a fresh chapter in your life.

Within the next twenty-four hours, sixty
million telephone calls will be made over Bell
System wires — each a separate, individual
transaction, complete in itself. Yet your own
calls will go through as quickly and effi-
ciently as if the entire system had been
built especially for you.

AMERICAN TELEPHONE

AND

536

TELEGRAPH COMPANY

SURVEY GRAPHIC

Vol. XXII, No. 11

November 1933

CONTENTS

FRONTISPIECE . . . Scissors Picture by Martha Bensley Briure 538

CHAOTIC COAL Merle D. Vincent 539

FORGOTTEN CONSUMERS Frank Albert Fetter 546

SOUND AND FURY IN GERMANY

Alice Hamilton, M.D. 549

RUSSIA— FROM HENRY STREET Lillian D. Wald 555

MEXICO IN THE FILMS Photographs 558

WHAT'S WRONG WITH OUR CITIES?

Edward M. Barrows 560

JOEL'S PARTY Rose Brisken 562

OF KEYS, AND RETURN TICKETS . John Palmer Gavit 564

LETTERS & LIFE Edited by Leon Whipple 566

TRAVELER'S NOTEBOOK 577

INDEX TO ADVERTISERS . . 535

Files of Survey Graphic will be found in public and college libraries.
All issues are indexed in the Readers' Guide to Periodical Literature.
Ask the Librarian.

THE GIST OF IT

THE trouble with coal lies chiefly with the operators who are some-
thing else besides, riding two horses to chaos — railroads or steel-
makers and the like, who want cheap fuel. They sell their surplus at
cut rates and ruin the real producers of coal, dragging down the miners
to a mere subsistence level in the process. And always the price to the
domestic consumer stays up; the little fellow with his scuttle can take it
or leave it. NRA hearings on the Coal Code brought out a vivid picture
of this lick industry. The big operators had nothing constructive to
offer. Some of the smaller operators — and the miners — had, notably
Josephine Roche, the president of the Rocky Mountain Fuel Company,
who went at her unexpected job as she had done her earlier social work
— made a dicker with the union, paid higher than union wages and got
her reward not only in good-will, which she values, but in increased
production. MERLE D. VINCENT attended the code hearings and writes
the story of coal (page 539) from the vantage ground of a Denver
lawyer and a former vice-president of the Rocky Mountain Fuel
Company.

In a later issue of Survey Graphic a suggested new approach to the
whole problem of the coal industry will be put forward by MARY VAN
KLEECK, director of industrial studies of the Russell Sage Foundation,
who has been up to her elbows in coal since 1914.

THE author of The Masquerade of Monopoly, a lifelong student of
' economics — and almost a lifelong teacher of the subject at Indiana,
Leland Stanford, Cornell and now at Princeton — FRANK ALBERT
FETTER is uniquely equipped for sober criticism of NRA from the point
of view of the consumer (page 546). His thesis is that the consumer is
not only forgotten, he is bound by the very philosophy and practice of
NRA to be exploited. All of us, not just certain classes, are consumers.
And if we consumers cannot consume, then the part of us who arc pro-
ducers cannot produce, farmers cannot farm, workers work or even
dreamers dream except on an empty stomach.

Kl EWSPAPERS in many parts of the country have reprinted DR.

" ALICE HAMILTON'S article, Below the Surface in Hitler's Germany

(September Survey Graphic) in which she told of what she saw and

heard among her Jewish friends. Here (page 549) she reviews the

liquidation of the German labor organizations and the transfer of the
social services to the hands of a captain of aviation who goes about his
social work in full uniform, looking for all the world like a super-traffic
cop. In a later issue she will discuss the situation of women and chil-
dren, bringing to bear her experience as physician, as resident 'of
Hull-House and as unofficial emissary to the hungry children of Europe
after the War and the blockade. Dr. Hamilton is, as most of our readers
know, professor of industrial medicine at Harvard Medical School. She
took postgraduate work at the Universities of Leipzig and Munich.

THERE'S no need to introduce LILLIAN D. WALD to readers of Survey
' Graphic nor to tell of her founding of visiting nursing — one of the
great "inventions" of an age of inventions, of the years she has spent at
the Henry Street Settlement, of her leadership in far-flung causes of
peace and good-will. But not everyone knows that during a long illness
she has been at work on the Book of Henry Street — though that is not
its name, and the article on page 555 is based on one of the chapters.
From the earliest Czarist oppressions, refugees from Russia have found
an open door and a sympathetic mistress in Henry Street. It is espe-
cially opportune that Miss Wald should speak her mind on Russian
recognition at a time when it is in the air and likely to be on the front
pages any day.

THE Shame of the Cities as Lincoln Steffens disclosed it led directly to
' The Bankruptcy of the Cities today — great floundering cry-babies
rattling their empty tin banks. The new elements in the situation are
the actual failure of cities to find enough hard money to pay their em-
ployes, and the crop of eager taxpayers who are bound that taxes shall
go down no matter what the cost in essential public services. Yet there
are hopeful signs and ways out, as witness the article (page 560) by
EDWARD M. BARROWS, assistant editor of The National Municipal
Review and formerly on the staff of The Review of Reviews, following
many years work in adult education and other civic enterprises. Many
of the points barely mentioned by Mr. Barrows in the limited space
available will be discussed at length after Election Day at the National
Municipal League's meeting on The Part of Municipal Government in
Recovery (Atlantic City, November 9-11). Special section meetings
are planned on municipal credit, unemployment relief, minimum re-
quirements for schools, libraries, social service, public recreation, fire
and police protection, public health and other civic functions, with
emphasis on how these services may be maintained until the crisis is
passed. As in other years, the NML will draw together a rare combina-
tion of active city employes and technicians, professors of government
and economics, and municipal reformers.

A CASE worker and psychologist on the staff of The Associated Chari-
•* ties of Cincinnati, ROSE BRISKEN has delved deep into the lives of
children and veterans and other homely but vivid folk. Joel and his
birthday party (page 562), one might guess, have come almost full-
fledged out of a case record.

SURVEY ASSOCIATES, INC.

Publication Office, 10 Ferry Street, Concord, N. H.
General Office, 112 East 19 Street, New York, to which all corre-
spondence should be addressed.

SURVEY GRAPHIC— Monthly— $3.00 a Year
THE SURVEY— Monthly— $3.00 a Year

Lucius R. EASTMAN, president; JULIAN W. MACK, JOSEPH P. CHAM-
BERLAIN, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, vice-presidents; ANN REED BRENNER,
secretary; ARTHUR KELLOGG, treasurer.

PAUL U. KELLOGG, editor.

ARTHUR KELLOGG, managing editor; MARY Ross, BEULAH AMIDON,
LEON WHIPPLE, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, LOULA D. LASKER, FLORENCE
LOEB KELLOGG, GERTRUDE SPRINGER, associate editors.

EDWARD T. DEVINE, GRAHAM TAYLOR, JANE ADDAMS, JOSEPH K.
HART, HAVEN EMERSON, M.D., ROBERT W. BRUERE, JOANNA C.
COLCORD, contributing editors.

MOLLIE CONDON, circulation manager; MARY R. ANDERSON, advertising
manager.

The familiar vicious circle — the employers refuse lo recognize the unions, the
unions refuse to recognize one another. Will the President break through?

SCISSORS PICTURE BY MARTHA BENSLEY BRUERE

SURVEY GRAPHIC

NOVEMBER

1933

Volume XXII
No. 11

CHAOTIC COAL

BY MERLE D. VINCENT

WHAT can the NRA do for coal? Perhaps we should
also ask, what can coal do to the NRA? If the pur-
pose and provisions of the law are actually accepted
and observed by the industry it may do much to stabilize
coal. But though the old order may be dying it is not sur-
rendering. And this fact makes coal the primary problem
of the NRA.

For American industry is built upon coal. Coal fuel gener-
ates most of our railroad transportation, electric and manu-
facturing power. It supplies heat for most of our office and
business buildings, apartment houses, farm and city homes.
We all use coal. It is as indispensable to industry and to life
in our cities and on farms in most parts of the United States
as air and water are to our existence. Of the 382 million tons
of bituminous coal mined in the United States in 1932, Class
I railroads and electric-power utilities alone consumed 120
million tons. This tonnage does not include any of the great
volume of coal consumed by second- and third-class rail-
roads, or by railroad shops, roundhouses, stations, the steel
industry, and other manufacturing.

It may be said with approximate accuracy that more than
half the total bituminous coal production is used by indus-
trial consumers. Such is the commanding place that coal
occupies in the scheme of railroads, steel, electric-power
utilities and other manufacturing enterprises. The ines-
capable dependence of these industries upon coal tempted
them long ago to become coal operators to supply their own
needs. They have become coal producers to an extent that
has made them masters of the coal industry. As a result coal
is not an independent

to domestic consumers and the general public we shall see.
In the unhealthy life of this basic industry the depression
years are but a brief section of a chronic condition. In 1926
the United States Coal Commission, under the chairmanship
of John Hays Hammond, found coal had long been over-
developed. Its operating and marketing practices had long
been undermining the living conditions of its workers and
their families. Mine-working time was short, miners' annual
incomes inadequate, living standards low, industrial rela-
tions bad, market prices unstable, investments and profits
insecure. Both before and after the Commission's report,
congressional investigations revealed the more tragic side.
Industrial warfare periodically flaming into needless and
wasteful destruction of life and property, most frequently
in those regions where coal production was dominated by
other industries. Even such a basic question as wage rates
was not subject to conference, discussion and negotiation.
Excepting a brief war-time period, these conditions have
changed only by growing worse.

AT an early NRA conference in Washington an oil man is

self-managed indus-
try in the sense that
other industries are
self-managed. King
Coal has become
their slave. Many of
the worst coal oper-
ating and marketing
practices are the
product of this out-
side control. And
with what benefit to
themselvet and with
what consequences

said to have exclaimed: "For heaven's sake write us a
code and give us a czar." A dictatorship is the last refuge
of an unscientific and lopsided economic system. It is the
abandonment of law and scientific methods for unknown
anarchies.

The NRA is a late recognition of the fact that American
industry has no effective self-government and only ineffective
supervision under previous federal legislative attempts at

regulation. Under

D . . ... „ the authority of

bituminous coal has been sick For years and displays the self- necessity it extends

ishness and temper of a man who is both sick and is worried governmental sanc-

about money. Regular operators have signed the code, but the <ions ,an? controls.

,, „ beyond the scope of

captive mines owned by railroads and manufacturers, re- previous American

fused, bringing on strikes and swift action at Washington.
Since this illuminating article was written they have agreed to
the wages and hours of the code and, while still refusing to
recognize the union, have broken a cherished tradition in per-
mitting the president of a coal subsidiary of U. S. Steel to
confer with the vice-president of the United Mine Workers.

experience. We are
at the end of an era
of expansion and
great technical prog-
ress with an unor-
ganized and ungov-
erned private man-
agement of national

539

540

SURVEY GRAPHIC

November 1933

economy. New instruments are not only due but are emerg-
ing. Whatever its defects, the NRA has the virtue of being
precedent-breaking and precedent-making. Whether it is
evolutionary or revolutionary remains to be seen. It does
clear the decks for charting a course of necessary experi-
ments to find a workable plan of managing our industrial
life. The President has dignified our national philosophy of
optimism with a plan of action.

But first, how do coal and its industrial associates take to
the New Deal? Washington in late August this year was a
busy scene of new activities, still somewhat loosely organized.
Beneath the informality of official hearings and conferences
a new national industrial policy was unfolding. With a sure
sense of the dramatic, press reports turned all eyes towards
this stage. And here the executives, experts, lawyers and
skilled contact men of the nation's industries, big and little,
came by command of the President to be harnessed with
labor for a pull together up and out of the depression. Here
too came the leaders of labor, likewise summoned by the
President.

Labor eagerly embraced the President's plans. Its leaders
see an opportunity to share responsibility, to utilize the
workers' experience, skill, judgment, in cooperation with
management under a more rational and workable relation-
ship. In this there is hope for more adequate wages, better
living standards and happier days for their families. But their
advances were not welcomed by their employers.

Industrial managers balked at being hitched with labor
for teamwork. They have not lost weight or waistline from
hunger as labor has. And no industry more than coal objects
to being harnessed and controlled. Most of its spokesmen,
for reasons already briefly stated, desired the freedom of
trade associations to continue the outside control of market-
ing practices, but not the restraints of free labor contracts.

NATURALLY coal with other great industries held the
center of the stage. Their vast value, the volume of their
business, the capital invested in them and the great num-
bers of men and women they employ give them first rank in
public importance. They spoke at hearings called by the
NRA with all the assumed authority that is characteristic
of great size and power. Coal operators gave their advice to
the NRA with an assurance one would expect only in suc-
cessful managers of a stable industry. Yet during the four
days' public hearing coal recounted its history, made an
inventory of its afflictions and then filed with the NRA
twenty-seven different codes of fair competition. Only one
of these, proposed by organized labor and a minority of coal
operators, offered to cooperate with labor and the govern-
ment by complying with explicit provisions of the law. This
lack of a common understanding and plan revealed, as per-
haps nothing else could, the unwillingness if not the in-
capacity of coal-owners and managers, even in a crisis, to
organize and govern themselves.

This confusion, so productive of operating and marketing
abuses, and so destructive of worker, investment and public
security, furnishes a good cross-section picture of American
industrial management at this moment. If the coal industry
is more demoralized than others and suffers under worse
financial and working and living conditions than prevail in
many other fields, it is due in large part to the unnatural
relations which coal sustains to other industries.

Railroads, steel, electric power and other large enterprises
own or control and operate coal mines through subsidiary
coal corporations in practically every coal field. They are

both producers and consumers. These industries mine much
of their own coal in order to obtain cheap fuel, and to beat
down the price of coal they buy. Labor is the largest cost
item in coal production. Low wages to labor and high prices
to domestic consumers are the instruments with which they
obtain their own low-cost fuel. This operator-consumer
power to fix their own prices in the market, plus the pressure
of volume buying by other large industrial consumers, forces
independent coal operators to sell coal for industrial use at
prices which are always low, frequently below the cost of
production.

WE will return to the picture painted at the coal hearings
in Washington. All sections of the industry were repre-
sented. Many owners sat for the first time in the same room
with representatives of organized labor. The consumer at
last was heard. They were there to reveal, to protest and to
suggest to the administrator of the NRA.

The first "code of fair competition" presented was that
by the Northern Coal Control Association and its associate,
The Smokeless and Appalachian Coal Association. This
code was sponsored by operating companies in the states of
Pennsylvania, Ohio, Virginia, West Virginia, Kentucky
and Tennessee, producing two thirds of the total bituminous
coal mined in the United States in 1932. They include sub-
sidiaries of steel, railroads, electric power and other indus-
trial consumers. The outlook of this group of coal operators
figures so largely in the administration's problem that an
interpretation of it will help to reveal the magnitude of the
NRA job.

Charles O'Neil, vice-president of a member company,
presented the code in a formal statement. In Mr. O'Neil the
NRA faced the "let us alone" coal policy, demands and
influence of railroads, the steel, electric power, and other
outside coal operator-consumers, including the powerful
Mellon and Rockefeller coal interests. He described the
"real problem" of coal as one of merchandising, due to the
"failure of consumption to keep pace with the industry."
This failure he attributed to the increasing use of substitute
fuels, and to increased technical efficiency in coal utiliza-
tion. His associations approved increased employment,
wages and buying power but he added, "There are limits
beyond which we cannot go." He then pointed to low com-
modity prices as having reduced living costs, and said a
survey indicated that a miner's family of five persons can
live on $14.89 a week. We will, he continued, deal only
with our own employes; it is not necessary for them to join
outside labor organizations with others. Informed by counsel
for the NRA that his code's labor provision was contrary to
the law, and asked if he would withdraw it, he declined to
do so. Moreover, Mr. O'Neil stated that his association
desired representatives of their own choosing upon any ad-
ministrative board created by the administration to super-
vise the industry, free of the government's veto power or
control. Specifically this group opposed the shorter work
day and week, and also the uniform wage scale. Mr. O'Neil
does not leave his meaning in doubt. We are not concerned,
he bluntly said, in what other operators may desire in their
relations to the government! In this bold ultimatum un-
controlled individualism demanded its freedom.

No coal operator discussed this unnatural relationship
between the coal industry and those industries which mine
coal for their own use, and whose coal operations are main-
tained merely as services to their primary business of trans-
portation and manufacturing. The silence of independent

November 1933

CHAOTIC COAL

541

operators who are victims of this relationship is natural.
Many of them sell much coal to these industries. They need
this market for their product and can hold it only by sub-
mitting to prices dictated by the buyer.

This is not a recent development. It is of long standing,
except for a brief period during and following the World
War when the influence of government price-fixing enabled
mine labor for the only time in its history, and that a very
brief time, to obtain living wages, and the independent
operator to make a profit.

To be fully understood this relationship between the indus-
trial consumer-producer and the coal industry must be seen
in terms of prices. The average price received at the mines
for bituminous-coal production in the United States in
1932, was only $1.36 per ton. The purchasing agent of one
large railroad, testifying before the Interstate Commerce
Commission last year, admitted that his company was buy-
ing coal as low as 70 cents per ton. In many instances electric
power and other industrial consumers bought their coal for
50 cents per ton. The president of the Western Kentucky
Coal Association stated at the Washington hearing that 68
percent of all coal mined in that area during the past five
years was sold below cost of production. The vice-president
of an important rail system told the writer in 1928, that it
was not the intention of his road to permit an operator to
make a profit on railroad fuel orders. His reason was that
the operator can afford to sell at cost in winter for the ad-
vantage of summer-time orders to keep his mines open.

Now contrast the average 1932 price of $1.36 per ton at
the mines with domestic consumer prices. In the same year
the price of coal to farmers and residents in towns and cities
ranged from $6 to $10 per ton delivered, and in some
localities it was higher. The domestic consumer is thus re-
quired to pay for the loss sustained on industrial consumers,
plus the profit if a profit is realized.

Many years ago Congress saw this evil. It attempted by
legislation to divorce railroads as coal operators from the
coal industry. The failure of the effort was complete.

Warfare in the coal industry is shown in two recent cartoons,
one ridiculing the efforts of General Johnson, Governor
Pinchot and Lewis, of the United Mine Workers, to end strikes,
the other showing the "game" between mine owners and NR A

11 Go Back"

Daily Worke

All operators at the Washington hearing characterized the
condition of the industry as chaotic, some said it was bank-
rupt. Independent operators emphasized 'the fact that low
wages in the non-union fields of Virginia, West Virginia and
Kentucky, and low transportation rate differentials in favor
of those fields, stimulated much of the over-expansion in the
coal industry in recent years. Dr. Sachs, economist in the
NRA, confirmed these facts. The low labor cost and low
freight rates enjoyed by these distant fields enabled them to
take from independent operators in the great central field
of Western Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana and Illinois much
of that field's natural nearby markets, such as the Great
Lakes territory. These distant low cosf fields, for example,
undersell Illinois coal in the Chicago market.

QAILROADS had two objects in establishing these dis-
l\ criminating rates. One was to increase long-haul revenue
traffic. The other was to maintain a low level of prices in
markets in which railroads buy their fuel. Other industrial
consumers who had a large hand in overdeveloping coal
were interested in keeping down the price of the coal they use.
These are some of the NRA's problems of coal control.
What can it do to solve them? Without attempting a com-
plete inventory of the job one may say that it is necessary to:

Enforce in actual practice the principle and law of collective-
bargaining between employers and employes.

Establish the principle of a uniform national day wage-scale and
tonnage rates of pay based upon such local differentials as will
equalize earnings of men in different mines.

Compel industrial coal consumers to pay a fair price by estab-
lishing the average or weighted run-of-mine production cost of
coal (for each production district or area) plus a reasonable profit,
as a minimum-price basis for every size and grade of coal, to both
industrial and domestic consumer, including coal from captive
mines (operated by the consumer or its parent company).

Move to eliminate discriminatory long-haul freight-rate dif-
ferentials which now permit distant fields to compete in the natural
markets of nearby coal fields.

Looks like you'll have to play higher cards, Samuel"

Pittsburgh Press

542

SURVEY GRAPHIC

November 1933

After the passage of the NIR A the H. C. Frick Coke Company/ a "captive" mine, answered
its miners' request for union recosnition with guns. The state militia was sent to establish order

Establish a coal statistical service to develop indices of current
relations between wage rates, consumer prices, costs and net
realization. This service must include a uniform NRA controlled
cost-accounting system.

Subject the marketing of oil and gas fuels to a control which will
prevent uneconomic competition between such fuels and coal.

An effective coal control must eventually formulate and apply
a plan of control and distribution of future mechanical production
installations to protect the industry against an unbalanced utiliza-
tion of mechanism and unequal production cost between the
several fields.

What are the prospects for such a program of NRA con-
trol? After weeks of deadlocked conferences following the
coal hearings, a code emerged in response to the insistent
demand of the President. Its provisions commendably con-
demn and seek to abolish many employment abuses. A
serious effort was directed by NRA officials to persuade coal-
operators to adopt a policy of cooperation and compliance
with the new law. Friendly yet candid criticism compels
the observation however that this effort failed in a number
of essential particulars.

Industrial consumer-operators defeated the standard
wage scale and sound price definitions. Two examples of
wage discriminations in widely separate regions will illus-
trate the apparently irresistible influence of this group and
the powerlessness of the independent operator and consumer.
The basic wage scale fixed in Western Kentucky, just south
of the Ohio River, is $3.86 a day. Across the river in South-
ern Illinois the rate is $5 a day. The Kentucky field pro-
duction is largely by the West Kentucky Coal Company, a
subsidiary of The North American Company, one of the
country's large public-utility concerns. Low wage rates have
enabled this company, after supplying its own needs, to sell
its surplus coal as far north as Wisconsin for 70 cents per ton
this year. The code also gives Southern Colorado, domi-
nated by the Colorado Fuel and Iron Company, a steel and

coal operator, a wage
scale of $4.44 per day,
against a rate of $5.00 in
Northern Colorado,
where the Rocky Moun-
tain Fuel Company, a
union operator, is volun-
tarily paying a basic scale
of $5.25 per day. The
Colorado Fuel and Iron
Company consumes
much of its production in
its steel plant. The re-
mainder it sells on the
open market, where it has
for years enjoyed un-
rivaled leadership in
price-cutting.

These wage discrim-
inations will tend to
perpetuate price discrim-
inations in favor of indus-
trial consumers and
against domestic consum-
ers. Likewise in keeping
down industrial-consumer
prices they will tend to pre-
vent, or make more diffi-
cult, any increase in miners'

wages, inadequate for a decent living under the shorter week.
The marketing provisions of the code do not set up essen-
tial price standards and definitions, or indicate an awareness
of outstanding market-price abuses.

Unless the code adjustments of working time and wages

Keystone

The miner looks for a new deal that will mean more ade-
quate wages and a better standard of living for his family

November 1933

CHAOTIC COAL

543

Ewing Galloway

Coal, primary problem of the NRA. Coal is as indispensable to life and industry in this country as air and water to our existence

are revised the annual individual income of miners will be
quite certainly reduced in the central and western fields,
and but slightly if at all increased in the southern and south-
western fields. Dividing four men's work with five men at
the same rate of pay does not increase the buying power of
the group. It actually reduces the living standards of four
of them and their families. Of equal concern is the fact that
wage controversies are subjected to a forced arbitration and
decision which is effective for six months, thus stripping
workers of the right to strike during that period, even against
intolerable wage and working standards. One is reluctantly
forced to the conclusion that the labor provisions of the
NRA are dangerously modified by this provision of the coal
code.

The preceding picture of obstacles which the NRA must
overcome in safeguarding the public interest in coal is far
from complete.

While operators submitted under presidential pressure to
a coal code, they do not accept its obligations to cooperate
with good grace. Reluctant acquiescence is not the equivalent
of cooperation. It was not a mere rudeness that prompted a
steel executive, whose reputed salary and bonus is $800,000
a year, to refuse to sit down with William Green, president
of the American Federation of Labor, in a conference called
by Secretary of Labor Perkins. That action sprang from the
philosophy that underlies the economic thinking and man-
agement of much American industry. Neither reconciliation

or teamwork appears possible between a secure annual
income of $800,000 or even $100,000 and the uncertain
$14.89 per week which Mr. O'Neil believes is sufficient for
a miner's family of five. The two ideas clash. They are
fundamentally antagonistic.

After passage of the NIRA the H. C. Frick Coal and Coke
Company, a U. S. Steel subsidiary, answered its miners'
lawful request for union recognition with tear bombs and
guns. While this is a coal problem it is also a national indus-
trial issue between the public, its government and law on
one side; and lawless private interest on the other.

The struggle for supremacy between coal management
and the NRA will continue to center around union recog-
nition and working conditions. The conflict will quickly
spread beyond Washington control and back to the coal
fields unless miners and consumers can look to the new law
with confidence.

The United Mine Workers is an old union which at times
has been militant and powerful. It is strongest in the central
field and the Northwest, where for years it steadily main-
tained higher safety, working and living standards than ex-
isted in other fields. Always it has encountered its most
powerful and effective opposition in the steel, electric
utility, Rockefeller and Mellon mines. Nevertheless in its
struggle for higher national wage and working standards it
made progress, although haltingly at times, until 1928, when
repudiation of its contracts by some operators and the

544

SURVEY GRAPHIC

November 1933

The delegation of United Mine Workers who demanded removal of the deputies who had
fired on the miners. They were picketing the mine of the Frick Coke Company in Pennsylvania

downward pressure on coal prices by industrial consumers,
weakened its power, reduced wages and drove it out of
many mines. These influences still further undermined its
strength and numbers during the years of depression.

Under these circumstances discontent with its policy and
leadership developed dissension in its ranks. The Progres-
sive Miners' Unions took a considerable section of its mem-
bership in Illinois. In Pennsylvania the National Miners'
Union, less strong in numbers but standing for a more ag-
gressive policy, has developed a determined following.
Early sensing the opportunity opening under the NRA,
President Lewis of the United Mine Workers, with strategic
foresight, prosecuted a well-planned campaign in all coal
fields to build up the membership of his organization. By
August he announced at the coal hearings that they had
mustered 500,000 miners. At code conferences he demanded
recognition throughout the industry. A majority of operators
steadfastly refused to yield. Undoubtedly miners' strikes in a
dozen states for recognition under the NRA labor provision
and President Roosevelt's insistence upon the law finally
broke the deadlock and gained a forced recognition which
Mr. Lewis would not otherwise have won. This victory is
still indecisive so long as indefensible wage-scale discrimina-
tions exist between competing coal fields. Another menace
is the old one of continued low prices to industrial consumers.

General Johnson amazingly suggests a rise of $2 per ton
in domestic coal prices but says nothing of the industrial
consumer. An increase of 50 cents per ton to industrial con-
sumers would increase the coal industry's realization 100
millions annually and still leave its price very low. To justify
itself to its members the United Mine Workers must obtain
higher wage scales to make up for shorter working time.
Such wage increases can be obtained and maintained only
when the industry realizes fair prices from the industrial

Keystone

consumer. Until then the
union position is insecure.
It is noteworthy that
the only constructive pro-
posals at the NRA coal
hearings came from mi-
nority operators and from
labor. The first was the
code which minority
operators and organized
labor presented. It pro-
posed industry-wide op-
erating, working and
marketing standards as
distinguished from local
or sectional standards.

The next came from
Frank Borick, a Pennsyl-
vania miner. Coal man-
agement has always re-
sisted uniform wage and
tonnage rates of pay. One
difficulty in fixing uni-
form standards has been
the different physical and
working conditions exist-
ing in different mines and
districts. Common ex-
amples are the differences
between a four-foot and
a six-foot vein of coal, or

between a clean coal vein and one with rock or dirt impuri-
ties. Thin veins are more difficult and costly to mine. Im-
purities in coal must be removed at an additional labor cost.
In fixing tonnage rates of pay, allowances, called differen-
tials, are made for these different physical conditions.
Usually such differentials, under union contracts, are made
to cover entire districts. These tonnage rates apply to miners
cutting and loading coal, who often object that such rates
do not equalize the earnings and cost between mines in the
same district.

BORICK proposed a practical formula for making and
adjusting tonnage rates to fit conditions and equalize
earnings. It was that in each mine or vein of coal a committee
of miners and the mine management should fix the rate to
produce a minimum equal to the basic day wage. The rate
would be adjustable from time to time, flexibly adapting
itself to the changing physical conditions peculiar to that
mine or working place. No one is so well qualified to do this
as the men on the job and the supervisors in charge of the
work. The effect would be to equalize and stabilize miners'
earnings and the operators' labor cost, safeguarding both
against an old rate-making practice which enables a small
group of miners to make more per man than the larger
group, creating a continuing discontent. And yet reception
of this plan by operators was characteristic. Some of them
were amused. Others shook with laughter as Borick finished
his statement.

The coal hearings developed one operating report that
should arrest the NRA's attention. With but a single and
significant exception coal operators protested to the govern-
ment against the shorter work day and week. Any shortening
of hours and days in coal mines will, they contended, cor-
respondingly increase labor cost, and be ruinous. These

November 1933

CHAOTIC COAL

545

statements went unchal-
lenged until Josephine
Roche, president of the
Rocky Mountain Fuel
Company of Colorado,
appeared to present her
company's record. Her
statement revealed the
intimate and inseparable
relation between efficient
economical management
and a mutual recognition
of equal contracting
rights to determine and
establish collectively
wage rates, working and
living standards, and
stabilized costs. It was
concrete proof of the pos-
sibility of a saner and a
happier day for all work-
ers in all our industries
[see Miners and Men,,
and Miners in Line, both
by Josephine Roche, in
The Midmonthly Survey
of December 15, 1928
and of October 15, 1930.]

The Rocky Mountain
Fuel Company is the
second largest coal pro-
ducer and the only operator under a union contract in
Colorado. It pays the highest daily wage scale and the high-
est tonnage rates of pay in that state. The average annual
earnings of its employes have been uniformly and substan-
tially higher than the earnings of employes of its competitors.
The company sells its product in competition with open-
shop, low-wage production and of course has been com-
pelled to meet demoralizing competitive-price practices.

When Miss Roche, upon the death of her father, came
into control of this company, she found it had, as is usual in
industry, an excessive capital structure, and a large fixed
bond-interest charge. It had no surplus or operating capital
but was dependent upon current revenues to meet operating
cost and fixed charges. By the beginning of the following
year she had formulated and the company inaugurated a
union-management cooperation policy. Under this policy
during the following five years, including years of depres-
sion, the company officers, department heads, superintend-
ents and the men in the mines have maintained better work-
ing and living standards, reduced both production costs and
administrative expense, and met bond obligations.

In this record Colorado furnishes a striking contrast in
the nation's coal industry between the inefficiency of the old
master-and-servant industrial management and the econ-
omy of a more enlightened policy. In 1932, the production
per man per day in all Colorado coal mines was reported by
the state coal mine inspector to be 4.95 tons, including all
inside and outside men, whereas in the mines of the Rocky
Mountain Fuel Company the production per man per day,
including all men, was 6.30 tons. Equally striking is the
contrast between this 6.30 tons per man and the production
of 5.26 tons per man in the mines of the Colorado Fuel and
Iron Company, now in a receivership, a steel and coal con-
cern which is the largest coal producer in the state.

A committee of operators at work on the Code. They represent the Alabama, the Rocky Moun-
tain-Pacific and the Appalachian coal groups. Kenneth Simpson of the NRA is seated right

Keystone

It is obvious from this record that increased wages or
shorter hours do not necessarily mean correspondingly in-
creased labor costs. The result depends in part upon the
relations between employer and employes. The contract of
the Rocky Mountain Fuel Company with its employes is
mutual, voluntary on both sides. It produced genuine
cooperation and higher efficiency. Miners, supervisors of
mine work and department heads responded to their re-
sponsibilities. When executive management meets its share
of responsibility such operating records may be expected.
But if working relations are forced and strained, then of
course the relationship is little better than an armed truce.
The difference in output per man under these two contrast-
ing policies is primarily a difference in human relations.
Recognition of equality, freedom to organize and act col-
lectively, happy working relations and conditions — these
are forces that release potential human reserves and capac-
ities which remain untapped under a system of repression.
Men and women take joy in doing a good job.

As a rule industrial management wastes many of these
rich economic values. The first step in scientific management
is to conserve and utilize them. Failure to develop such ra-
tional relations in American industry can defeat the plans
and purpose of the administration and intensify and prolong
our economic agony, or conceivably precipitate a crisis of
blacker aspect. Industrial management has not, with rare
individual exceptions, given its confidence either to labor or
to the public. It has been distrustful and consequently dis-
trusted. Will it now change its philosophy and practice
under the NRA influence? The nature of that answer may
well decide the fate of the existing industrial order.

Coal management, representing as it does one of the
nation's major industries, must bear its share of responsibil-
ity for the success or defeat of this national plan and effort.

FORGOTTEN CONSUMERS

BY FRANK ALBERT FETTER

THE Act of Congress known as NIRA, altho
enacted only as an emergency measure for
two years, embodied two economic policies
of our national government which, not without
reason, are called revolutionary. The one policy
is the so-called partnership of government with
organized industries, permitting to producers and
sellers control of production, price fixing and restraint of
trade by legalizing certain activities of national trade associa-
tions which have hitherto been criminal under the law. The
other policy is a new grant of favor by the government to
organized labor, chiefly through the fixing of minimum
wages and enforcing collective bargaining upon employers.
Many thoughtful citizens are still in much of a daze as to
the real nature of these novel and unexpected features, and
are not yet prepared to form any final judgment about
them.

The primary purpose of NIRA as a whole was stated by
the President as follows: "The law I have just signed was
passed to put people back to work, to let them buy more of the
products of farms and factories, and start our business at a
living rate again. This task is in two stages . . . ", de-
scribed in more detail first as "the emergency job of getting
the unemployed back on the payroll by snowfall," arid
second, "a vast program of public works." The announced
purposes and motives of the act are sincere and laudable.
The only doubts can be as to the suitableness of the measures
taken to attain the results, and as to the soundness of the
underlying theory. It is feared by many thoughtful and
patriotic citizens that the unintended effect of various
features of the NRA must be to defeat or retard the main
purpose in view.

The only effective way in which more people can be put
back to work after a depression and kept there while the
country gradually returns to more normal business condi-
tions, is for consumers' demand to increase, steadily even
though slowly. This is a simple truth probably disputed by
no one, yet opinions go wide apart as to how a greater con-
sumers' demand can be called forth. Consumers' demand
means purchasing power. Any one having either cash or
credit which he could use to buy goods, represents some
latent consumers' demand. Not until he really desires to
use it for that purpose does it represent effective consumers'
demand. Neither can there be any doubt that a very large
amount of this latent consumers' demand now exists in this
country, as has always been the case after three or four
years of such an industrial depression as the present one.
Many little funds hidden in homes by humble people fear-
ful of further calamities; other funds in cash or in individual
bank deposits belonging to men of larger means, nursing
their losses from too hasty buying in the long period of de-
clining prices of both goods and securities; several million
dilapidated and recently discarded automobiles, much
worn-out furniture, house repairs neglected and so on —
there is no need to catalog the many sorts of pent up, latent,
consumers' demand which constitute the dynamic force
that alone can start the wheels of industry going and put
more people back to work.

Already last spring there were evidences not only in the

Industry and labor, business men and producers have made
definite gains under the codes. But has the NRA, in its "sin-
cere and laudable" purposes forgotten the consumer? A
fresh discussion of the private monopoly created by suspend-
ing the anti-trust laws and adopting the scarcity theory
which would cast consumers for the role of the sacrificial lamb.

United States but in other countries that many industries
were scraping bottom and beginning to move toward safer
waters. Canada and some other countries without any
NRA kept about neck and neck with the United States in
the business and financial revival that marked the months
of spring and early summer before the NRA was under way.
There is no magic or mystery about this kind of consum-
ers' demand. It starts and it grows. If it can be stimulated
and strengthened by activities of the government after a
certain stage of the depression is past, likewise it may be
discouraged and thwarted by action that inverts the right
order of events. The right order in national recovery would
seem to be this: a real latent consumers' demand, beginning
to be called forth by the growing need for goods, by low
prices, by returning confidence that the worst is past and
that prices are not likely to go lower, followed by increasing
demand for direct services and also for industrial products
of industries, all of which cause greater employment. Fac-
tories and stores running far below capacity soon begin to
make a modest profit even while selling at the same low
prices, this because of the familiar principle of decreasing
unit costs in business as total output increases toward full
capacity. The leaders of NRA evidently hoped that pro-
ducers and employers would be content for a while with
this as their share in the benefits, but they made the grave
mistake of granting to sellers the right to conspire for the
purpose of fixing and raising their own prices. This tended
to frustrate the main purpose.

A -.SO in the case of labor, the first great boon of a grow-
ing consumers' demand is not higher wage rates but
the wider spread of employment resulting in larger total
wages to labor. When the surplus capacity of the factory
equipment is reduced as demand grows, and as jobless
workers in each industry and locality find new jobs, prices
and wages are sure to rise in any case. Of course, after a
long period of depression wages have sunk to an abnor-
mally low level in certain more or less sweated industries.
These constitute a special social problem most worthy of
governmental help. On the other hand wages and salaries in
multitudes of cases have not fallen at all commensurate to
general prices, and the cold truth is that rigid prices and wages
in certain industries out of line with changes in the general
price level do much to intensify and prolong the depression.
As every social worker knows, the abolition of child labor
at any time rests on quite different grounds from those on
which governmental wage- and price-fixing are defended.

In a given state of consumers' purchasing power and de-
mand, artificially raising prices and wages operates to defeat
efforts to increase the amount of employment. Rising prices
tend to check demand, and stable prices when demand is
naturally growing permit demand to continue and in-

546

November 1933

FORGOTTEN CONSUMERS

547

crease. This is a sad fact for the NRA, and generous souls
may wish it were otherwise at such a time as this; but noth-
ing is more certain than that even in normal times fixing
some prices and wages artificially high out of line with
others is a potent cause of unemployment. This is of course
no more true of labor than it is in the sale of cotton, corn
and hogs. A single industry and occupation peculiarly sit-
uated may succeed in raising either its prices or its wages
without greatly curtailing its own employment. The higher
price for one small item of commodities or services in each
buyer's budget makes an almost negligible reduction of his
purchasing power for other things. But if the costs and
prices of all industrial products in a country are simultane-
ously boosted by sweeping legislation, there is no magical
arithmetic which can make the total increase of purchasing
power of the public exceed the total decrease from the same
cause. Such price-tinkering is cruel kindness to the unfor-
tunate unemployed whom it is hoped to help.

THE NRA theory seems to involve a flat denial of these
elementary truths, both as to commodity prices and as
to wage rates. What it implies as to the relation of hours of
labor and unemployment is that total increased consumers'
demand for more workers can be created by the govern-
mental decree of shorter hours and consequent reduced
output per worker. As expressed most plainly by William
Green and other spokesmen of organized labor, it is a
problem in simple arithmetic: the shorter the hours the
more men must and will be employed. The notion is that
if one third of the industrial workers are out of work, then
hours must be shortened one third; if one half are unem-
ployed, working time must be cut in two to make a job for
everybody. In the extreme case on this reasoning, if hours
and product were reduced to zero, an endless number of
unemployed could be provided with jobs. It is held as an
essential feature of the scheme that the total wages for the
shorter week must be maintained undiminished and con-
sequently the hourly wage rate must be increased. There is
presented here a perfect example of what has long been
known to economists as the lump of labor fallacy. In a
milder, vaguer form this notion seems implied in a large
part of the public utterances and practical policies of the
NRA. The effect upon consumers' demand of this juggling
with prices and wages is quite ignored. Again the consumer
is the forgotten man.

No doubt the leaders of NRA have sensed some of the
difficulties in applying the notion that wages may be arbi-
trarily manipulated without regard to consumers. Their
doubts are waived aside in remarks such as that of Mr.
Richberg that "the consumers of the nation are primarily
the workers and their families." Even the qualification of
"primary" is usually dropped and it is assumed that the
consumers' purchasing power in the whole nation can be
somehow magnified by the simple process of getting all the
workers in the code industries to work less and less for each
other while they pay each other more and more. Evidently,
unless some other economic forces can be tapped from out-
side the code industries, they would, taken collectively,
resemble the inhabitants of that fabled economic island who
supported themselves by taking in each other's washing.

Who in fact are the consumers? They are not merely the
wage workers, but broadly speaking, all the human beings
in the nation, each one of whom to live must have some part
daily of the total national stream of real income, necessities,
comforts or luxuries. Every producer is also a consumer, if

not of the products of his own industry, still of the goods,
uses, and services that flow from other wealth and industry.
When, therefore, in matters such as this, consumers are con-
trasted with producers, what is meant? Usually that in the
case under discussion certain groups stand to gain as sellers
more from a certain policy than they stand to lose as buyers
of the goods and services of others.

It would be unjust to say that NRA finally leaves the con-
sumers out of the problem entirely. For it seems to be
tacitly assumed that such an outer force does come from
other ultimate buyers of goods and services whose wages and
incomes are not increased by NRA policies in as great a de-
gree as are the wages and prices which they have to pay.
These forgotten consumers are expected and even implored
to come patriotically to the rescue, eager to pay higher wages
fixed by statute law and executive decree, and prices fixed
by private monopoly. Consumers' demand is not weakly
left by the NRA to fade away discouraged as wage bills rise
and output sinks. Elaborate machinery and complicated
regulations are devised to prevent this happening. A new
consumers' public opinion is stimulated both by appeals for
self-sacrifice and by the threat of inflation. After the ex-
ample of Russia with the Five-year Plan, "a war-time psy-
chology" and the emotional atmosphere of a crusade is in-
voked to spur the laggard buyers. The employers too are
appealed to, but it is recognized that "no employer and no
group less than all employers in a single trade could raise
wages alone and continue to live in business competition."
Though minimum-wage rates are put in force to compel all
employers in all code industries to increase wages, the hope
is expressed that the increase will not be passed on to con-
sumers. It is said in warning: "If we now inflate prices as
fast and as far as we increase wages, the whole project will
be set at naught." It follows that if prices and wages in-
crease faster than consumers' demand, the last state of un-
employment must be worse than the first. Wages must be
able to keep ahead of prices in their race up the hill, or the
whole scheme is futile.

RIGHT at this point the authors of NIRA made their
greatest blunder. When consumers' demand shows
signs of reviving, the safeguards of the anti-trust statutes are
needed more than ever before to prevent the great indus-
trial combinations and the well-organized national trade as-
sociations from promptly marking up their prices as fast and
as far as "the traffic will bear." There is need to enforce the
neglected laws already on the statute book against monopoly,
restraint of trade and unfair competition. Their non-en-
forcement was one of the chief causes of the origin and
severity of the depression. Instead, the preamble of NIRA
erroneously declares that the anti-trust statutes have been
"obstructions to the free flow of interstate and foreign com-
merce" and "tend to diminish the amount thereof," and
implies that this is particularly so in this emergency. The
theory sponsored is that "cutthroat" competition made
necessary by the laws against monopoly and unfair com-
petition caused the depression, and that nullifying those
laws can get us out of it. No competent economic student
in this country so far as is known ever gave his assent to such
ideas, long cherished by corporation lawyers and indus-
trial leaders of the old regime.

Despite popular opinion the monopolistic price policy of
NIRA is clearly not the product of any "Brain Trust" of
academic economic advisors. Men well worthy of this de-
scription were allowed to exercise influence in shaping some

548

SURVEY GRAPHIC

November 1933

»«

details, as those relating to labor; but the round table at
which the wage- and price-fixing features were shaped was
dominated by the spokesmen of the large industrial trusts
(and of organized labor), with their well-filled treasuries,
capable leadership, high-paid legal counsel and long
lobbying experience. The discussions were not embarrassed
by the presence of any delegated representatives of con-
sumers; indeed, consumers are never as a whole effectively
organized or represented in a democracy except by govern-
ment. It is one of the chief functions of government to pro-
tect the people against the clamors of organized minorities.
Hence Senator Borah wisely voiced the question in the
Senate: "Where in this bill is there any protection for the
man who has to pay the price?" To which the official
spokesman of the bill replied: "The government. That is the
only place to which the consumer can ever come for pro-
tection." Then he added: "The Pres'dent is the head of the
government." The weakening of the laws against monopoly
has imposed upon a single officer of the government a crush-
ing burden of responsibility.

THE forgotten consumers can clearly see the benefit, at
least temporary, of the new policy to certain politically
influential classes, to some wage workers, to some large em-
ployers, to some farmers. It is easy by governmental action
to vote favors to some classes and increased burdens upon
others. Those thus directly favored are fired with ardor for
the new policies, but other consumers find themselves
cast for the humbler and difficult role of the sacrificial
lamb.

The NIRA explicitly declares that the codes to be au-
thorized "shall not permit monopolies or monopolistic
practices," "or eliminate or oppress small enterprises."
Yet the unity of action now to be permitted among com-
petitors to limit production, apportion output and fix prices
is in its very essence monopoly and monopolistic practice.
As Senator Borah astutely remarked in the Senate debate
on the bill: "It is perfectly evident that the provisions of the
codes are going to be combinations or contracts in restraint
of trade, or it would not be necessary to suspend the anti-
trust laws." Here is a real puzzle for the Supreme Court.

The degree to which this grant of monopolistic power will
operate will differ greatly in the various industries. In those
producing chiefly non-standardized products such as
millinery and a multitude of specialties, the labor regulations
are probably almost the only important feature; but in
various basic industries with standardized products, such as
steel, oil, cement, lumber and other building materials,
where organization was already effective, the consumers
are delivered over to the mercy of the monopolists. Legaliz-
ing private monopoly is the wrong fork of the road to take
to industrial justice.

The Iron and Steel Industry Code as actually approved
presents a noteworthy example of this kind. Contrary to the
rule in some other codes, the voting strength of the mem-
bers in the steel code is determined strictly by size of output,
an undemocratic system of plural voting which in the well-
known circumstances means that one corporation prac-
tically can dictate the price policy of the whole steel indus-
try. With the cooperation of a single "competitor" this
control of one small group of men is arithmetically com-
plete. The code authorizes each member in the first instance
to go through the motion of filing a list showing the so-
called "base prices," really basing-point prices. But this is
only a starter. The board, elected as just indicated, then

takes charge and can permit favored members to depart
from these price lists while others are held to them, or can
declare any price "unfair" and require "a new list to be
filed showing a fair price." There is no suggestion that any
public official may then modify this price, and the chief
spokesman for the bill in Congress was emphatic in his as-
sertion that no governmental price-fixing was contemplated
by the bill. Finally the Steel Code authorizes the regular use
of basing-point delivered prices in the industry and makes
any other system of pricing "unfair," illegal and punish-
able, thus depriving every independent mill of the right to
sell at open, public mill-base prices, the normal mode in all
truly competitive industries. Of this somewhat technical
subject of basing-point delivered prices it must suffice here
to indicate that in 1924 it was declared by the Federal
Trade Commission to be an illegal and unfair method of
competition, monopolistic and wasteful in its nature. If the
situation created by the Steel Code as approved by NRA in
conflict with the decision of the FTC is not monopoly,
then there is no meaning whatever left in the word.

PRIVATE monopoly, with prices unregulated in the
public interest, now as ever spells to the consumers
scarcity and extortion. Nothing is more disquieting to those
who still believe in a few time-honored elementary economic
principles, than is the scarcity theory of prosperity that
seems to underlie much of the whole recovery policy.
Monopoly is only one aspect of it. The taxpayers are to re-
ward owners for leaving millions of fertile acres untilled and
for plowing under crops already sown, a procedure against
which even the well-trained southern mule is said to rebel.
The buyers of the nation are to get less oil, less wheat, less
lumber, less almost everything while they pay producers and
the owners of natural resources more and more. This scar-
city theory appears to have been taken over whole-heartedly
by the Administration from leaders of big business. It was
not in the Democratic platform of 1932, or any earlier one.
The notion that waste makes wealth is centuries old in the
psychology of monopolistic producers; it is almost instinctive
to active sellers whenever they are able to combine; but it is
always rightly suspected by consumers. It should be shunned
by every government intent on protecting the interests of the
whole people. Plenty not scarcity, thrift not waste, industry
not idleness, are the time-honored means to the popular
welfare. There is no support in history or sound theory for
the policy that denies and reverses these truths. In this re-
spect the bold experiment of NIRA is at odds with all wis-
dom born of experience.

The standard of living for the whole nation can be raised
in the long run only by generally increasing production
while at the same time preventing special interests from
appropriating the fruits of industrial progress. To stifle pro-
duction and authorize monopoly "in an emergency" is like
a hungry man's selling himself and his family into slavery.

A business depression is essentially a period of maladjust-
ment, financial and industrial. The efforts of government no
doubt may helpfully be directed toward temporarily easing
the undue burden of some unfortunate classes and toward
restoring a more normal equilibrium of the various indus-
tries. But this should be done by smoothing the ways of com-
merce, facilitating exchange, enabling the unemployed to
produce, not by bribing producers into unemployment and
sterility to the detriment of the whole nation of consumers.
Otherwise the best meant efforts of governmental meddling
may merely make a desert and call it prosperity.

SOUND AND FURY
IN GERMANY

BY ALICE HAMILTON, M.D.

A^ISIT to Hitler's Germany sends an American home
a passionate democrat, at least that is the effect it
had on me. The Statue of Liberty thrilled me for the
first time, it really seemed to stand for something more than
spread-eagleism. The newspapers that appeared on the
steamer from somewhere as we sailed up the harbor were
wonderful, — they had news, facts, criticisms, not woolly
masses of sentimentality, fantastic nonsense about the Nordic
race, vile lies about political opponents. New York seemed
to breathe a spirit of freedom; if there was shocking poverty,
at least the fact was faced and admitted; even Tammany
Hall seemed a tolerable nuisance so long as one could call it
a nuisance at the top of one's voice without fear of landing in
a concentration camp. I feel like advising all the bitter critics
of our "planless, disorganized state" to make a sojourn, as
long as possible, in a country where every detail of life has
been carefully planned by a small group of supermen and
the plan imposed on the nation with finality, no time being
wasted on persuasion and conversion. Those who have been
urging us to abolish Congress and legislatures and city coun-
cils might try living for a while under the "leadership princi-
ple." I prophesy they will return home either anarchists or
Patrick Henry patriots.

The Revolution was less than six weeks old when I reached
Germany and though matters were moving with lightning
speed, so that people dreaded to open their morning papers
lest they find some new devastating governmental decree,
there was much that was still only foreshadowed, there was
hope that the whole program might not be put through.
This was true with regard to labor and the status of the great
trades-unions. The working-class quarters of Berlin in April
were waiting, breathless, silent, to hear what their fate was
to be. They had been, of course, the strongholds of Socialism,
for the organized workers belonged to that party, but they
were also centers of Communism, especially among the
unemployed.

A social worker well known to many Americans, who must
remain anonymous, was one of the first people we visited
and she gave us the picture as she saw it:

I cannot tell you anything definite about the labor movement.
Most of the leaders are gone, they have disappeared or they are
known to be in concentration camps or they have escaped over the
border. Our people are cowed and silent and I think many have
lost heart. You see nothing has been printed except Nazi propa-
ganda against the Republic for the last three months and nothing
but that has been heard over the radio and it has had some effect
on the rank and file, especially as no refutation could possibly be

Ten weeks in Hitler's Germany made Dr. Hamilton, a cool
and dispassionate observer, all but ready to embrace the
Statue of Liberty. In Survey Graphic for September, Dr.
Hamilton told what she heard and saw among her Jewish
friends. Here she reports on labor and the social services.
In a later issue, a third article will discuss women and youth

The display of Hitler's photograph in inexpensive prints
and postcard form everywhere, recalls the days when such
evidence of hero-worship was accorded Kaiser Wilhelm II

made in any newspaper. There were, it is true, irregularities in the
former government of Berlin and other cities, many inefficiencies
and some dishonesty, so that the stories in the newspapers have
some basis and this is having an effect on the workers who have
been left leaderless. About two thirds of the workers in this city
were Socialists, one third Communists. We do not know what the
labor program of the Nazis is, if they have one. So far it is only abuse
of Marxism and vague promises of jobs which may perhaps be kept
but we cannot see how, since industry is utterly disorganized. If
Hitler fails, anything may happen. Many of the Nazis were for-
merly Communists, they could easily revert. What hunger, cold and
disillusionment would bring, one does not dare imagine. One of
our hardest problems now is how to feed the families, hundreds of
them, with no bread-winner left, afraid to ask for public relief.

The papers told us to wait for Hitler's speech on labor,
to be given on May 1 , on the day long consecrated to labor.
A flood of propaganda had prepared us for this
great day, which was to be the dawn of a new
future for German labor. Goebbels had been in
his best form in a proclamation issued just
before. I extracted one paragraph, which is
typical of the whole:

Marxism lies in ruins on the ground. It had to die in
order that German labor might find its way to free-
dom, that our nation might again be a nation. Where
formerly Marxist songs of hate resounded, there shall

549

550

SURVEY GRAPHIC

November 1933

The central figure is Hermann Goerin g, Prussian premier, president of the Reichstag, aviator,
who has the power to dictate what form relief shall take. He is opposed to public relief

we proclaim brotherhood to the workers. Where once the machine-
guns of the Reds scattered bullets, there we will make a breach for
class freedom; where once a spirit of materialism triumphed there
we, resting on the eternal right of our nation to freedom, labor and
bread, will proclaim the union of all classes, races (sic!) and callings
in a new glowing idealism before our own nation and before all
the world.

May Day came, with its processions of boys and girls,
men and women, singing as they marched to the Tempelhof,
where they gathered, the largest single audience ever as-
sembled in Germany, to hear the labor speech of the Leader.
We listened to it over the radio with a little group of country-
men, all full of eagerness to krlow what the Nazi labor pro-
gram would be, how they would deal with unemployment
and with the great trades-unions. We got nothing but what
we disrespectful Americans call ballyhoo. It was the sort of
speech that would be made before a Civic Federation audi-
ence or a Manufacturers' Association: flowery sentiments
about the brotherhood of workers with brawn and workers
with brain, about commonweal instead of individual profit,
about a united country where employer and employe march
hand in hand for the Fatherland. There was nothing that
could be called a program, a definite plan, and our little
group of Americans marvelled that Hitler would dare to so
disappoint his waiting followers.

But the next day his real plan was carried out without
warning. The trades-unions were dissolved, a leader of labor
was appointed (the Ley whom the labor representatives in
Geneva later refused to recognize), the "principle of leader-
ship" was substituted for democratic majority rule, the funds
and properties of the unions were taken over. I talked later
about this with two liberals. One was a writer of sociological
articles. He said:

Kcy»tone

The unions built their own head-
quarters, using their own money, they
also built workers' houses, some very
good, these are all now in the posses-
sion of the government. It has also
taken possession of all funds, though
Goebbels says that this is not confisca-
tion, only protection of the workers'
money from cheats and thieves. The
unions had sent some three million
R.M. out of Germany to their inter-
national offices, which they had a
legal right to do, but when things
began to look very serious after the
Reichstag fire, they wished to be ab-
solutely above reproach and, against
the advice of their comrades abroad,
they called the money back. Now it
has been confiscated.

The other, a prominent social
worker in an industrial city,
pointed out to me a great building
which the unions had put up with
their own funds, but which was
then headquarters for the Brown
Shirts. He said:

The unions still preserve their
identity within the great group but
their heads are all Nazis, appointed
by Berlin. Hitler is trying to follow
the Italian plan in this as in so many
fields, but the Italian unions were
never really strong, the German
unions were. It is a question whether they will be as submissive.

I did my best to discover what the policy of the Nazis with
regard to labor really was. The whole world has known for
years that Hitler's movement was financed by the great in-
dustrialists on his promise to drive out Communism and
break up the trades-unions, but on the other hand we were
told that many workers had been won to his cause by his
promise to make Germany truly Socialistic, a country of
equal opportunity, where there should be neither rich nor
poor.

MY curiosity led me to wade through the flood of flowery
speeches in the papers, but with results which were
about as valuable as this, the comment on Hitler's May Day
speech in that great newspaper, the Deutsche Allgemeine
Zeitung, for May 2:

One must read the speech in order to see the breadth of his pro-
gram but however important this is, the mind of the hearer goes
back to the impression of a man filled with glowing zeal, yes ob-
sessed with the idea to build Germany into a nation, to fuse into
one whole, regardless of class, religion, social standing, a nation
which will have an unbridled zeal for home and freedom. One
source of Hitler's fascination for the mass is that he speaks their
language, he can handle the most difficult problem with amazing
simplicity. The idea that the work of hand and brain are of equal
value may be said to be hardly new, but nobody till now has carried
it out. His program, compulsory labor, which will take away the
stigma from manual work, the lowering of interest rates, will
arouse confidence and hope and encourage new enterprises. Ger-
man production is to be stimulated without harm to agriculture.
Hitler's aim is to free individual initiative and creative impulse
from the cramping influence of the majority will.

The Voelkischer Beobachter, Hitler's own paper, said:

November 1933

SOUND AND FURY IN GERMANY

551

The Nazi party has always had as
its object to lead back to the nation
the workers who have so long been
estranged from it, infected by the
poison of Marxism. Let it be the
true fulfillment of the revolution to
make these homeless men again into
Germans.

Hitler's own book, Mein Kampf,
written when he was in prison in
1923 and since revised and issued
as authoritative in a 1933 edition,
contains his program for all phases
of national life. I turned to it but
found surprisingly little on labor,
in a book that is unconscionably
wordy on almost every possible
subject. Hitler says that the Ger-
man trades-unions did fight the
battles of labor for years and won
great improvements in hours,
wages and conditions of work.
He recognizes their services, sees
that they were indispensable under
the old system and that the oppo-
sition of the employers was short-
sighted and against the best inter-
ests of the country. Then, after
this sensible treatment of the sub-
ject, he suddenly switches over to
a typical Chamber-of-Commerce
speech about the new Nazi unions,
which will not be based on class
warfare but on the principle that
all men are equal with equal
rights and responsibilities. The
worker will know that the pros-
perity of industry means his own
happiness; the employer will know
that the contentment of the work-
ers is the necessary foundation for
his own success. Of course the
leader principle must replace the
democratic-parliamentary system
in labor organization as in every-
thing.

The labor movement can never be
solved by a multitude of leaders of
different groups. It must have one
leader to weld the groups into one
army. Nature chooses the strong man
and he conquers and that is eternally

right for victory is proof of the Tightness of a cause. No victory was
ever gained by coalitions, only by a single leader. . . .

Trades-unions made the mistake of thinking that a combination
of weak associations will be strong, but this is all wrong, for ex-
perience always shows that the majority represents stupidity and
cowardice and therefore if a union is ruled by majority vote it will
always act with weakness and stupidity. Also there is then no chance
for the selection and encouragement of the best and for their ulti-
mate victory. Labor-unions are therefore enemies of natural
selection. . . .

Everything really good in history has been accomplished, not by
coalitions but by the success of a single conqueror. Nor will a na-
tional state ever arise through the compromising plans of a national
labor group but only through the steel-like will of a single individual.

Keystone

One of the series of official photographs of the concentration camps. Here the enemies of
the Nazi government, which include the leaders of the labor movement, are kept imprisoned

This is really the extent of Hitler's discussion of trades-
unions. He goes on to say that he decided to bore from
within, not to start a rival labor organization. Nothing is
said of course of the notorious agreement between the Nazi
party and the great industrialists whereby the latter prom-
ised to finance the movement on condition that the unions
be wiped out.

One definite promise was made by Hitler, of work for the
unemployed in state labor camps. There had been a growing
movement among the young men and girls to form volun-
tary labor groups, composed of young people of all social
classes and there were already thousands working in such
camps, giving unpaid service for the Fatherland. But by

552

SURVEY GRAPHIC

November 1933

HITLER YOUTH

and the

OLD FATHERLAND

(Left) Boys in uniform beat their
drums before the house of the me-
dieval poet, Hans Sachs, during the
recent convention of the National
Socialists in beautiful Nuremberg.
(Below) Quaintly dressed banner
girls take part in the meeting in
Karlsruhe, Baden, in May, of the Hit-
ler Youth of Southwestern Germany

Photographs by Ewing Galloway

November 1933

SOUND AND FURY IN GERMANY

553

Ewing Galloway

A concert is given by the Hitler Youth before the historic City Hall of Munich rt their August meeting

554

SURVEY GRAPHIC

November 1933

Dagens Nyheder, Copenhagen
The Fuhrer uncouples his train

Cartoons from other for-
eign papers reproduced
in the French weekly, Lu

May it began to be
plain that voluntary
service was not in
accordance with
Nazi principles. The
Nazi Youth League
— the only recog-
nized group by then
— p renounced
against it, on the
ground that it fos-
tered an undisci-
plined spirit. The
question was decided
by the government
which ordered un-
married unemployed men between eighteen and twenty-five
years to report for compulsory service. The announcement in
the papers was as follows:

Voluntary labor service is over. Groups are to be formed in
preparation for compulsory work and in each at least 60 percent
must be Nazis and Steel Helmets who were such before January 30,
1933. This change is to be effected between now and October 1, by
which time an army of 120,000 will be assembled and by the first of
next year an army of 350,000 will be ready, but only half can be
taken the first six months, then the other half, because of lack of
money. Later a whole year's service will be possible. The men who
act as leaders will be not only officers but either workmen or youths,
and for a short time they too must do all kinds of work in the camp.

A few weeks later Rust, the commissioner for education,
said of the compulsory labor camps which were to open
August 1 :

This is a measure to prevent the overfilling of the higher schools
and to destroy the cleft between student and worker; it is also a
measure for character-training. Intellect is not to be fostered in
these camps, but leadership. It will be not militaristic training but a
training for the struggle against the philosophy of Marxism and
liberalism. The period of liberalism must become a curse to the
German worker.

After that there was silence for a while, we heard no more
about labor, and then suddenly on June 22, Ley issued a
statement in quite a new vein, no flowery sentiments about
releasing German workers from Marxist chains and leading
them into the promised
land. Evidently the blind
workers hugged their chains
and had made all sorts of
trouble for their would-be
liberators. It became neces-
sary to deal vigorously with
those who were small-
minded and selfish enough
to cling to their old associa-
tions and therefore the
Leader had decided to for-
bid any organizations of
any kind except the Ger-
man Workers Front. Catho-
lic and evangelical bodies
were to be regarded as pub-
lic enemies. Anyway, they

were centers of cor-
ruption and robbery
from which the work-
ers must be protected.
The officers of these
organizations (whose
names were given)
were expelled not
only from office but
from the German
Workers Front and
the members of the
latter must have no
dealings with them.
With this ends my
information concern-
ing labor in Germany.

WE tried also to
discover what
was happening to the
social services which
had reached such a
high degree of ef-
ficiency under the
Republican govern-
ment, but it was
hard to learn any-
thing definite, partly because the social workers to whom we
had introductions were already either discharged or on
compulsory leave. They did not venture to go back to their
offices and were dependent on rumor for news of what was
happening to their former activities. Not only Jews but
Social Democrats, liberals, or people with no political
affiliations but closely connected with the former govern-
ment, almost all of them were at least temporarily suspended
from work. Whether any have been readmitted, I cannot
say, except that by the middle of June practically every so-
cial worker of Jewish blood had been discharged, even the
public-health nurses. It meant a very serious crippling of the
services, for the majority of the workers came in under one
of the above heads.

There were rumors that came to us now and then, an
individual instance, such as a building which had been used
as a health and recreation center for young mothers with
babies, being turned into Nazi barracks; or an old castle
which had been made habitable and given to the Pathfinders

for a night shelter being

De Notenkraker, Amsterdam

Ley at Geneva for the workers

turned into a concentration
camp for political heretics.
But what the real policy of
the new regime was, no-
body knew. A few signifi-
cant statements appeared in
the papers, without com-
ment. Thus we read that
Kerrl, the new head of the
penal system, declared that
sentimental and soft-
hearted measures with pris-
oners were to be abandoned.
The new prison administra-
tion was to be founded on

Low in the London Evening Standard Strict discipline and all

Hitler and the kings of industry, finance, land and big shops

(Continued on page 576)

RUSSIA-FROM HENRY STREET

BY LILLIAN D. WALD

INTERNATIONALLY, no less than nation-
ally, you cannot build up any social struc-
ture on hatred and suspicion. With the
East Side a haven for refugees from pogroms and
Czaristic persecution, and then from every turn
of the revolution, it has followed that we should
have had an identification with Russia's struggle
all the days of our life on Henry Street. But it
has been an adventure in friendship that drew
no lines; and out of it has come the conviction
that American recognition of the Soviet govern-
ment is not only a matter of justice and practical
expediency, but a step of vital importance in our
hope for better understanding and cooperation between the
nations of the world.

The little revolutionary committee with which I first
became acquainted in the nineties was mainly occupied
with the rescue of political prisoners. Very few, if any,
Americans had joined them and parades of mourners that
marched after the news of Czarist pogroms were entirely
local. But the little group of exiles obtained in characteris-
tic "grapevine" fashion information that was accurate and
the members were ready to welcome and to help any "hero"
who by escape from Siberia or prison found his or her way
to New York. Often we knew directly or through the com-
mittee the chapters that followed. These revolutionists had
not dreamed of an economic revolution. They were united
to secure freedom of assembly, of speech and of education
for all. Escape from political despotism that was brutal and
without pity absorbed them. Their files, if preserved, could
tell the story of that period which in resentment against the
present Soviet government is often softened and sometimes
forgotten.

A present to me from the committee was a collection of
photographs of men and women who had been distinguished
in the struggle for their sacrifices. That gift, precious to
them, was the expression of their faith in one who was en-
listed in causes for freedom. Catherine Breshkovsky's por-
trait was among them — "Babuschka," as she was called, the
Little Grandmother of the Russian Revolution, whose
spirit was to win our hearts and touch the comrades to
flame when she passed through the United States on her
way back from Siberia after an amnesty was accorded polit-
ical prisoners.

Marie Sukloff also came to us at Henry Street. Her dra-
matic story was well known in this country fifteen years ago.
In her young life under Czardom, acts of revolutionary
violence led to a death sentence and later, after her escape,
to a sentence of exile for life in Siberia. While in America she
graduated from a training school for Montessori teachers.

Now she has taken back the fruits of her years in America,
and with husband and daughter is happily absorbed in
teaching the oncoming generation of a free Russia. Ameri-
cans going to Russia are not surprised to identify old ac-
quaintances from home now occupied in the business of the
present government. Men and women from the ranks here
have often exhibited ability in more responsible positions in
Russia.

In those years, when the Revolution was gathering head,

With Russian-American relations entering a new stage under
Roosevelt's leadership, we have asked Miss Wald to share her
insight and experience on the issue of Soviet recognition by
the United States. In the House on Henry Street, published in
1 91 5, Miss Wald wrote of her introduction to the cause of the
Revolution, and of its bearings upon the world as she saw it.
Years before the public, she had been alive to the momentous
changes impending in Russia. In a book she is writing to be
brought out by the Atlantic Monthly Press in 1 934, one chap-
ter will tell of those changes and their repercussions on the
East Side, Windows On Henry Street. This article is from it

visitors from Russia or those interested in the struggle were
frequent, notably the mission of Tchaikowsky and Alladin
of unforgettable eloquence, member of the peasant group
in the Duma. To introduce them, we invited leading bank-
ers, editors, publicists, including the head of the Associated
Press to listen to their impassioned plea not to loan money to
the Czarist government. After the simple settlement dinner
we gathered around the table and the occasion developed
into a conference. The visitors greatly impressed the Ameri-
cans, though no program could of course be pledged.
More light was thrown on the issue when these visitors
addressed a crowded meeting in Carnegie Hall, in which
distinguished Americans including William Howard Taft
also took part.

Paul Miliukoff, scholar and intrepid liberal leader in the
Duma, came to New York for one day to speak to a huge
and interested audience. He took the dramatic step of this
twenty-four-hour visit as an effective means for gaining a
wide hearing for his message. Press reports of his American
address would be carried by Russian papers, though direct
publicity for his message in his own country would not have
been possible. It is worth recording that an opponent in
the Duma on MiliukofFs return spat in his face to show his
resentment.

Two stalwart men in Russian blouses and high boots
once called at the Settlement and I was much moved to
learn that they had been sent to us by Tolstoy. Tolstoy had
died while the two friends were on their way to America
with his message.

They said they came to this country in the interests of free
education, meaning, as they defined it, freedom from dull,
rigid, traditional instruction. They had a project for a
modern curriculum and modern teaching methods for
Russian schools and brought as evidence of their plan some
very beautiful books for children which for safe-keeping I
contributed to the library. I wanted to help them in their
pilgrimage and asked what I could do. Without hesitation
they answered, "We want to meet John Dewey." That,
happily, could be arranged. When I finally revisited Russia
it was to find Dr. Dewey's influence manifested in all the
schools for children.

WE had a meeting of rejoicing in our Little Theater,
when in the midst of war and revolt and the break-
down of the Eastern Front, the reins of government were
entrusted to Kerensky and the end of Czardom seemed

555

556

SURVEY GRAPHIC

November 1933

pledged. The United States had entered the European con-
flict and the American government arranged an elaborate
program for the Kerensky Commission which came to this
country in July. The Commission concluded its round of
conferences, sight-seeing and entertainment with one
unofficial visit and that to Henry Street, made, they said,
because the House was to them "a shrine that had burned
for Russian freedom."

We gave no publicity to the expected visit and confined
our invitations to a reception to a very few people who had
served their cause. But long before our distinguished guests
arrived, the street before the house was packed with Rus-
sians, many wearing blouses, all singing revolutionary
songs, tense with feeling and swaying as they sang. When
the members of the Commission appeared, the crowd was
suddenly hushed. Then there were calls for a speech. Bak-
metieff, head of the Commission and appointed ambassador
to the United States, climbed out of a window and standing
on a flower-box lifted his hand for quiet. Out of the silence,
a woman's voice seemed to cut the air: "Emissaries of a free
Russia!" she cried. "My father died in Siberia. My sister's
eyes were gouged out, I am an exile from home. But the
price was not too great if Russia is free!" The New York
Times reporter added, "The thousands who heard her voice
made her greeting their own."

Three months later came the collapse of the Kerensky
regime and our days and nights were filled with tales of
the ruthlessness of the Bolsheviki. But other tales came too,
of the vast promise of the Soviet government and the
strength and wisdom and social passion of Lenin. Anna
Louise Strong came back from Russia and gave vivid pic-
tures of the new way of life there. She had gone into the
country as a famine-relief worker and had remained, a keen
observer and skilled reporter of incredible programs al-
ready in motion. She had unusual opportunity to get in-
. formation at first hand, for she knew the leaders personally
and had given Trotsky English lessons.

AT last came "Babuschka" again, after we had mourned
her as a victim of the latest regime. She telegraphed when
she reached Seattle, and the way the crowd mobbed her
and our car as we brought her from the station was an
indication of her place in New York. I had invited no one to
meet her because I feared she would be too fatigued, but in
the evening many people came down to the House in the
hope of seeing this great woman. We set out the samovar
and placed chairs in our largest room, and "Babuschka"
stood at one end of the room, pouring forth her hatred, her
contempt for the Bolsheviks: they were murderers, traitors,
unspeakably cruel, and they had no interest beyond their
passion for power. Her attitude was understandable, for the
older revolutionists had sacrificed life and fortune, had rotted
in prison, had endured exile, not for an economic revolution
but to secure political and educational freedom, particu-
larly for the peasants. "Babuschka" was enshrined in the
heart of every rebel against despotism. Her courage and
strength make an Homeric tale. And when Czardom was
overthrown and she was brought back with all honor to
Moscow, Kerensky was the realization of her hopes, of^
her vision of a free Russia. Added to this great satisfaction
in a deliverance, there seemed to be a grandmotherly devo-
tion to a beloved "boy." Brilliant Florence Kelley explained
the failure of the old revolutionists to sympathize with the
new by remarking, "They waited up all night in the station
for the milk train and the express whizzed by."

While Madame Breshkovsky spoke, a door in the far end
of the long room opened and George Kennan walked in. I
may remind the readers of this tale that George Kennan in
his early years had been on the staff of engineers planning
the first trans-Siberian railroad. On his return to the United
States he could not rest until he had laid bare the excesses
of the Siberian prisons. In his journeyings in that land of
exile, he met the Russian political prisoners, among them
"Babuschka," who had been sentenced to hard labor for
life in the Kara mines in the Arctic Circle. I have told before
how George Kennan found her, a meeting that touched the
compassion of his many readers and the people who waited
up all night for a chance to get into the lecture halls where
he recounted the stories of these unfortunates. George Ken-
nan and "Babuschka" had not met since their farewell in
the little Buriat village, but here he was, walking into the
room, an old man. "Babuschka" paused when he reached
her. "George Kennan, George Kennan!" said she, kissed
him on both cheeks and danced a little Russian dance
before him.

In our Henry Street audience were two or three people
who had direct communication with officials of the Soviet
government. One was the wife of a man who had been
superintendent of a trade school in Chicago and who had
gone to Russia to help in the new society being created there.
She knew of his disinterested effort on behalf of the younger
generation and she wanted to tell "Babuschka" that there
were some members of the new government who meant well
and who were giving their best. For this purpose she called
the next morning, but "Babuschka" closed the door in her
face. I met the visitor on the stairway, sobbing and hardly
able to control her steps. She told me "Babuschka" would
not listen and added, "But it doesn't make any difference
in my feelings toward her. The sacrifices she made are no
less because of her attitude now."

"Babuschka" could not understand our willingness to
listen to these destroyers of the revolution of which she and
her comrades had dreamed. I venture to include here my
answer written after her visit and in reply to her request for
funds for the orphanage she had started in Czechoslovakia.
The program that she offered, however, committed her
American friends to an unsparing attack on the Soviet
regime. The letter, I believe, expresses the reasoned views
shared by many liberal Americans on a just attitude toward
the Russian experiment:

February 27, 1919
Beloved "Babuschka":

I feel that I ought to write in full an explanation of my point
of view, although Miss Addams and I tried when we were with
you in Washington to make you see just what our position is.

Years ago when you came to America ... we did everything
that was in our power to have your voice heard and your
story known; for to us you symbolized the great struggle for free-
dom in Russia. . . . The correspondence that your American
friends have had with you during the years that followed strength-
ened their belief that however unpopular a cause might be, the
world should know it at first hand. When the Romanoff control
ended in the Revolution on that glorious March day, those of
us who knew you understood what it meant to the world, and al-
most before we said, "Russia is free!" on our lips and from our
hearts came the word, "Babuschka."

Unfortunately, revolutions can never secure tranquil passage
from one regime to another and a Russian revolution had to go
through the changes, strife and civil war that must always accom-
pany such great upheavals of the social order. Though the reports
of brutalities and terroristic methods employed in Russia have

November 1933

RUSSIA — FROM HENRY STREET

557

shocked and grieved those Americans who do not sanction force,
and who believe that democracies can never be permanent unless
stable law and constitutional methods are established, nevertheless
it has been borne in upon them that Russia's whole situation can-
not be understood or a just attitude toward her be assumed on the
partisan evidence of the conflict. For in addition to these trusted
Russians and American visitors to Russia during this critical
period who like yourself utterly condemn the Bolsheviks, other
Americans who have had the confidence of their countrymen
bring back reports that do not coincide with that sweeping
condemnation.

I had understood that whatever people's views were, or whatever
their position might be on the Russian political situation they
could all come together to pour money into your hands to be used
for the Russian orphans, and I am eager to do my part — all of us
are eager. We know exactly what your position is and we think it
could not be otherwise under the circumstances, but that is no
reason why in helping you in this cause we should also become
partisans in Russia's revolutionary strife and politics.

I am sure you can see that my refusal to join your committee as
the invitation is presented is not from lessened love for you, but
that I am standing on a principle of fairness to all people, which
must guide those who venture to dedicate therrsilves to the cause
of humanity and to democratic principles — ard you yourself have
been a great teacher of this.

In those years which followed the world-shaking days of
October 1917, the Settlement offered its hospitality to peo-
ple who were able to interpret the purpose that lay back of
the astounding new regime. Truth seemed to be the most
essential contribution that could be made to the bewildered
world.

EVEN by 1924, very few Americans had gone to Russia to
see for themselves, and I gladly accepted an invitation
to visit Russia for six weeks as guest of the government to
discuss public-health measures and problems of childhood.
The party finally included Elizabeth Farrell, creator of the
work for subnormal children in public schools, and Lillian
Hudson, professor of nursing at Teachers College, Colum-
bia University. We were entertained in the guest houses
belonging to the different departments but arranged to have
our own interpreter. There seemed indeed a very general
desire to have us see everything, particularly the worst in
their institutions, for they were sorely troubled. I cannot say
we were impressed at that time by any evidence of effective
power of organization. Many of the theories of child welfare
were accepted, but the practice often revealed inability to
translate intellectual acquiescence into performance. How-
ever, there were many things that excited our admiration
and surprise.

Of greatest interest to us was the Oohrana Materenstva
Mladenchestva, the division for the protection of mothers
and children, then administered by Dr. Vera Pavlovna
Lebedeva, an intelligent woman of strong feelings and strong
prejudices. We were disappointed by their inability at that
time to initiate intelligent interest in nursing and to get
suitably trained nurses to go info the rural districts. The
administrator refused to take into the training school any
woman who had belonged to the bourgeois class or to the
nobility, and many of the students accepted, we surmised,
had no habits of order and cleanliness and could not, even
with the best of formal training, fail to show their lack of a
background that included cleanly housekeeping or even
elementary laws of hygiene in the modern sense. Before
long Dr. Lebedeva broadened her practice on this point.
Dr. Samashko, the commissar of health who was our official

host, gave this version of the situation: "Under the old re-
gime, none but daughters of the aristocracy could be nurses.
They would not have tolerated anyone of less rank working
with them. Some of the aristocrats were competent and
unselfish, but with the new order the proletariat looked upon
this opportunity to be nurses, freed from religious authority,
as a great privilege." Doubtless Dr. Samashko had in mind
the well-known nursing orders; but the hospital work was
often accomplished by simple women who must have per-
formed countless feats of labor and love.

Occasionally women have come to this country to acquire
training and experience in public-health nursing and to
take the technique back to their own country. A nurse who
came to the Henry Street Settlement to obtain such experi-
ence represents the finest flower of the old aristocracy, rot-
ten in so many places in its history. She recognizes that the
indifference, the cruelty of her class is responsible for its
own extinction, and she is not alone among her people in a
passionate urge to make amends. The memories of her suffer-
ing and humiliation, the terrors of prison, the hunger that
gnawed and her rescue from the noose that she had herself
prepared, goad her to dedicate herself to restitution the
remaining years of her life. There will be no autobiography
written by her, though her tale is almost unparalleled in the
annals of the one-time great of Russia. Dignified, sure and
with sweetness of personality, she loses no opportunity to
secure the best experience possible that she may be valuable
to her countrymen and women. She is not a Communist.
She belonged to the court circle. But she carries her sin-
cerity plainly in her face. The Soviet leaders know that she
was with Wrangell and that she threw herself against them.
But they believe in her, giving her permission to leave Rus-
sia and to equip herself and return to work there.

At the time of our visit, the government officials were
entirely aware of the importance of giving health education
to the peasants, but found their best efforts thwarted by the
unwillingness of the doctors to remain in remote country
regions. The main reliance seemed to be the Feldcher, the
barber who did the cupping, bleeding and crude surgery.
In many places he was the only person who had any medical
skill or experience. We advised the starting of a training
school in the region of Samara, where, far from the lures
of a big city, greater numbers might remain to serve the
country districts.

Before we left New York we had sent a gift of movie
films, pictures, charts, books, pamphlets and other mate-
rial, illustrating public-health nursing in the United States,
and representing an investment of several thousand dollars
as well as the expenditure of much time and care. This gift
was made possible mainly through the generosity of Mrs.
John D. Rockefeller, Jr., though American nurses also
contributed. In the all but ten years since our visit, there
has been much progress made by Soviet Russia in the field
of public health. My account of what I observed was pub-
lished in Survey Graphic for December 1924. John A.
Kingsbury, secretary of the Milbank Memorial Fund, who
spent ample time and great care in studying the developments
in the winter of 1932-33, is enthusiastic in his account of
their health institutions and efforts today, published in Red
Medicine, a new book of which he and Sir Arthur News-
holme are co-authors.

Even in 1924, an early prevenlorium which came to our
attention by accident proved to be the best establishment
of its kind for tuberculosis that I have seen in any country
at any time. The whole plan was (Continued on page 581)

MEXICAh

A FILM

The first showing of the Mexican film, Thunder Over Mexico,
opens to the public a controversy between Upton Sinclair and
others who promoted the great Russian director, Sergei M.
Eisenstein, in his Mexican undertaking, and those who think
that Eisenstein's conception has been ruined by the cutting
and montage of the film. What the public witnesses is a real-
istic motion picture of the Mexican people, a film in which
its attention is directed to the lot of the peon under Diaz.
There are superb suggestions of the peon's cultural back-
ground and the foreign influences brought in by his con-
querors. The photography is magnificent; each changing
moment is a beautifully composed picture. The story is hsr-
rowing. The epilogue is absurd. That Eisenstein had both
scenario and photographs to make a picture that would have
marked an epoch in the films is the contention of one side.
His picture as described would have been a rare experience.
What is shown is a motion picture made exceptional by
camera work and the direction of natives as actors — the first
to introduce film audiences to Mexicans as human beings
and not merely colorful properties of a romantic play.

WHAT'S WRONG WITH OUR CITIES?

BY EDWARD M. BARROWS

TAXES! That word girdles the whole bundle of our
municipal woes. We cannot levy them in sufficient
quantity. When we do levy them, we can collect only a
part. Of what we do collect, only a margin can be applied
where they are most needed. Of this margin, only a portion
can be used constructively. Around that residuum an in-
cessant battle-royal rages among taxpayers and tax-spenders.

Since the days of Adam Smith, economists have tried to
warn the people of the pitfalls that lie hidden in the taxing
power, but the whole subject has never been much more
than an abstract nuisance to the average taxpayer, who has
rarely understood the close relation between taxation and
good government. Most citizens know in a general way that
the government is supported by the taxes they pay. They
know also that cities issue bonds, and the proceeds of these
bonds also go for government. The relation, if any, between
bonds and taxes, and the effect of bond issues on city
government has not interested them. In fact, the belief has
been popular that bond issues are merely a convenient sub-
stitute for taxes whenever large sums of money are needed.

Politicians naturally have encouraged this belief, for many
act on that assumption themselves. "Let posterity pay for
our improvements" has been a favorite slogan. In some
golden millennium, they will be easy to pay. Well, we are
posterity to the taxpayers of yesterday, but the golden
millennium seems to be hanging fire. Instead we see Fall
River, with its mayor on a day-laborer's salary while the
tax rate is oppressively high; a hundred thousand civil
servants of Chicago living on public good-will and not much
of that, while the taxpayers who offer them personal credit
are in revolt over the exorbitant tax rates; the City of Yonk-
ers seizing over three thousand parcels of land owned by
citizens who cannot pay their taxes. Akron, Ohio, faces a
default of nearly 10 percent of its bond and interest obliga-
tions now due, although four of its ten firehouses were closed
this summer, one third of the police force put on temporary
furlough, all employes' pay cut 50 percent and the public
service generally administered on a theoretical basis of two
thirds maximum efficiency. Yet, here also the tax rate is
abnormally high.

These are not high spots in our local tax troubles, for in
this regard the whole country is a uniform level of high
spots. It is all very confusing. The higher the tax rates, the
poorer our cities seem to be. The greater their capital
equipment of properties and public improvements, the
harder it is to raise money on them. Every sacrifice of pub-
lic service is accompanied with increased demands for more
money from the taxpayers. Tremendous campaigns against
governmental waste and extravagance are accompanied by
decreases in essential services, and increased complications
over bonded debts. But when we examine the real relation
of taxation to local government, certain underlying princi-
ples appear, that can be understood and applied by every
citizen to his own community. This was never so important
as now when so many desperate taxpayers are trying to
take an inexpert hand in governmental finance.

Let us begin by considering just how local governments
try to raise money, and how their financial operations arc
limited. A city is a corporation — a legally created individual.
Allowing for three important peculiarities, it is subject to

the same general economic laws in financing itself as you
or I. You have two sources of revenue, your income and
your credit. If you are the economist's ideal as an individual,
you plan your budget so that your income takes care of
your current living expenses, and you use your credit for
two general purposes only: for emergencies which your in-
come cannot meet, or for investments which permanently
increase the value either of your income or of your pos-
sessions.

The same principles apply to the financing of municipal
corporations. There are more exceptions to the rules than
there are with Latin verbs, but in general cities pay their
running expenses from their incomes; that is, from taxes,
fees, profits and the like. They acquire land, buildings,
permanent improvements, by using their credit; that is, by
issuing bonds. Also they may meet certain emergencies
with a limited use of bonds.

SO far the analogy holds good between private citizen
and the city. But just here three peculiarities step in.
Citizens may prefer not to observe these economic distinc-
tions between income and credit. If they want to live on
borrowed money, or buy land on the installment plan, they
may. But cities — always allowing for exceptions — may not
do these things. Generally there are laws that forbid them
to borrow money for any purpose other than capital im-
provements. And a citizen may borrow as much, on as
flimsy a security, as he can persuade a creditor to let him
have. But the laws restrict cities from borrowing more than
a specific percentage — only 10 percent in the case of New
York— of the value of their tangible properties. A perfectly
good principle, the evasions of which have had a large share
in our present distresses. Cities are continually borrowing
up to capacity, and then discovering the need for wholesale
capital improvements, an expanded sewage system, for
instance. They meet this by asking their legislatures to
establish special sanitary districts which are in, but not of,
their corporate limits. Then the state can levy taxes or issue
bonds for the maintenance of this special district. Of course,
the same citizens pay both sets of taxes. Thus Indianapolis
has its Sanitary District, Boston its Transit District, Akron
has its Summit County Park District, Chicago its 93 taxing
districts. This practice is common to all America.

A second difference is even more fundamental. A citizen
may restrict his activities in times of stress. But the greater
the exigence of its citizens, the greater the demands on the
city. And not only throughout all stress, but throughout all
time, must a city function. Generations pass, but the city
must go on, providing today against the needs of its posterity.
We borrow millions upon millions, to the lasting improve-
ment of civic conditions, but leaving posterity with an
everlasting debt to pay.

For a third pertinent difference, a business man can make
an expensive plant pay for itself and thereafter be a source
of revenue. Cities, however, exist for the service of their
citizens. Their function is not to earn money, but to spend it.
Except within very restricted fields an investment which
adds to a city's capital value necessarily creates a permanent
lien on all taxes in the future. These costs are bound to
increase in ascending ratio, for the public service in a well-

560

November 1933

WHAT'S WRONG WITH OUR CITIES?

561

managed city is not static. It expands. A new library
building encourages an increased supply of books. This
means more attendants. This in turn increases the library's
popularity and necessitates fresh outlays. The school sys-
tems are an outstanding example of this principle, as also
are fire departments and highway improvements. Thus the
larger a city's capital investments, the greater its tax budget.

WITH this crude explanation of a city's finances, it is
possible to understand in terms of our own troubled
lives of the last few years, just what underlies our cities'
worst perplexities. Many of us have had this distressing
experience since 1925: we have used our credit for invest-
ments of value, because our incomes were able to maintain
them and we had the normal assurance that our incomes
would continue sufficient to meet expanding responsibili-
ties. Then our incomes have shrunk, and our nest-eggs have
hatched forth white elephants.

Exactly the same thing is happening to cities. In 1930 the
bonded indebtedness of local governments totalled almost
$24 billion. The proceeds of these bonds went into high-
ways, parks, schools, public buildings, waterworks, libraries,
the best of fire and police equipment and what-not. These
are valuable assets, but cost staggering sums to maintain,
and attempts to meet these expenses with taxes are blocked
first, because the value of taxable properties have so shrunk
that taxes can scarcely cover our swollen liabilities, and
second, because they are not being fully collected. Let our
tax experts — amateur and professional — debate the neces-
sity of this condition. This is a description of facts. However,
the debate itself is one of the important facts of the whole
situation, and we must consider a moment the statements —
and the misstatements — underlying it.

Scattered over the country are many thousands of hastily
organized bodies of citizens bent on immediate action that
will lower the tax rate. They reason that: (1) public taxes
are a large factor in the present depression; (2) the stag-
gering cost of government today is largely due to graft,
extravagance and political chicanery; (3) in addition, cities
are carrying a heavy load of useless services, characterized
as "frills." By starving the treasury, then, taxes can be forced
down without any fundamental changes in government.

We will leave the details of these arguments to others
while we listen to the still, small voice of the statistician. He
points out, first, that in 1930 the total indebtedness of this
country was approximately $160 billion. Of this amount
some $120 billion is privately owed, and about $40 billion
comprises the bonded indebtedness of the federal govern-
ment, the states, counties, cities and other local units. That
is, approximately only a quarter of this nation's whole in-
debtedness is of a public nature [see Debts, Barriers to Re-
covery, June Survey Graphic.]

Going further, we find that about 40 percent of the public
debt was incurred by the federal government, which leaves
60 percent of the public debts, or a trifle more than 14

Cities cannot pull in their belts even as you and I, (or their
money goes chiefly for necessary services. Thus, with income
down, their expenses stay level, swollen by interest on old
capital investments. The way out is not to cut services — schools
and health and what-not, but to reorganize local government
from an ox-cart model to one that will fit our modern day

percent of the total indebtedness, as the actual share con-
tributed by state and local governments combined.

Let us consider then the percentage (14.7 to be exact) of
the total debt owed by local governments in 1930. We find
that its carrying costs, which are permanent charges on the
city's income, amounted to about $1^ billion. The total
cost of local government in the United States was roughly
$6 billion. It is clear, then, that some 25 percent of the in-
come of local government went to pay interest, or otherwise
to finance debts which, rightly or wrongly, are already in-
curred. These total figures are decreasing at present, but
percentages are approximately unchanged.

Beyond this point, mathematics are too involved and too
controversial to go much into detail as to the exact amount
of money that is wasted or misspent. It is obvious, however,
that the sum required to maintain the most ordinary public
service does not leave a very sensational margin for the
grafter or the social experimenter. These are some reasons
why the accusation that the cost of governing our cities and
towns is a major factor in the depression seems to trip over the
facts. The plight of the cities is serious, and is genuinely men-
acing to various aspects of American life, but it is a situation
to be considered in itself, intensively.

This is not to belittle the dangers of graft and extravagance
in government, but to suggest that their menace is not so
much financial as moral. Extravagance and mismanagement
stultify necessary public services but they do not cost so
much as appears on the surface, for the services so bunglingly
performed are in the main necessary, and would consume
money even if efficiently rendered. If we replaced our poli-
'ticians with archangels and headed our service departments
with infallible prophets, the problem of mounting taxes
would not be solved, for we would still have our huge debt
service to pay for, and all the basic expenses of municipal
service to be maintained. But we would get infinitely more
worth for the taxes we pay.

IT is misunderstanding on this point that is giving the
efforts of many citizens' bodies to interfere in our tax
rates a questionable value. They concentrate their efforts on
the tax rate, and on those changes in local government which
they believe will affect the tax rate. The danger is that in
blindly attacking the superficialities of a public institution,
they may permanently injure the institution itself. One
illustration may make the point clear.

The City of Des Moines last summer was considering
four alternatives for the coming year's school budget. Their
problem was to effect a saving of over a half million dollars
over last year's costs. The first plan involved a general
salary cut. This, however, left them over $200,000 short of
the mark. So a second plan was offered, which abolished
many supervisory positions, reduced physical education to a
minimum, and in general cut deep into the heart of one of
this country's most modern school systems. But this reduc-
tion still left over $100,000 to be saved. So they
have worked out two other plans, one of which
eliminates all physical education, eliminates a
large number of teachers by increasing the size
of classes, and makes similar "economies." As an
alternative they propose to shorten the school
year throughout the city by closing all the schools
for seven weeks in midwinter!

The succession of steps, from an ineffective
reduction which merely (Continued on page 573)

JOEL'S PARTY

BY ROSE BRISKEN

THE dawn broke clear and brilliant like a shower of white
crystals all about him. To Joel, lying in bed long after his
wont this morning, the world behind this brilliance
trembled and shone with unfamiliar life. Even his toes stand-
ing upright before him like delirious little soldiers trembled
and shone a bit. Everywhere was a strange animation, a
consciousness of tribute. Arising from corners it danced in
the sunlight, nothing yet something, bowing and swishing.

"Today is your birthday," said the lid of his tool-chest,
peeping from under the bureau. The whole surrounding
world, usually so by itself, and of itself, was politely advanc-
ing upon him.

"Today is your party," Galahad said from the wall. Even
he had ceased to sorrow, had become aware somehow.

Then the door opened jerkily as if uncertain of its own
mind, and Lizzie his cousin appeared. First her nose, then
her head, then altogether. She was sucking her lower lip.
"Getting up?" she asked, "Bertha has a carbuncle today."

Joel slid under the cover, feeling faintly depressed. For two
weeks now she had come in precisely at this time to tell him
that Bertha had a carbuncle today. Ordinarily he merely
ignored his cousin. This morning he could not help but
despise her a little. He despised the uneven bang on her high
bulging forehead. He despised the buttons on her shoes.
They looked like cat's eyes, dead cat's eyes. In a quivering
universe shot with light, she struck an unhappy note.

"Today is my party," he said.

"Oh is it?" she asked, seating herself at the foot of his bed
and settling her teddy-bear in her lap. At that moment he
hated her. "O is it?" just as if she did not know. He felt hot
and sharp with hate. He remembered just once before hav-
ing lived through a feeling like this. It was in December. His
mother, somehow on the sofa with him, was kissing that silly
spot below his ear. Then something stirred behind the cur-
tains and they looked up to see Lizzie emerge, holding her
teddy-bear and sucking her lower lip. She did this in slow
rhythmic movements, widening her mouth as if in a smile.
Lord but she was sneaky, sneaky like a cat ! With one swift
shove of his foot he had pushed her in the belly sending her
flop against the wall. "Joel !" His mother shook him until the
room danced up and down.

"I have a birthday in March," Lizzie now told him.

"March," he pondered. From his tone it was easy to judge
that a person who in September had a birthday in March
had pretty nearly no birthday at all. To mention it was
hardly ethical. "The only person / ever knew who had a
birthday in March," he responded "was a garbage-man
with one ear lopped off."

Here was insult fine as pin-pricks but Lizzie thought
nothing of it. "Did the garbage-man spit blood too?" she
inquired. She once knew one who could spit blood. Joel did
not answer her but looked out on a world which had some-
what ceased to quiver. His tool-chest had resumed its
integrity, and Galahad, oblivious of him, was once more
steeped in sorrow.

A^TER breakfast they separated. Bertha doubly impor-
tant because of the carbuncle and the baking said,
"Shoo fly," before they had time to swallow their milk. Joel
felt that he would rather be alone on the morning of his

party, and Lizzie with her usual knack for taking hints, dis-
appeared as she often did, no one knew just where, only to
turn up later, no one knew just when, with that absurd teddy-
bear in her arms. Lizzie always had been an aspect of life,
inevitable . . . present . . . marring the shining surface
of things like the deep crack that ran across the blue china
teapot.

Lizzie's mother had been his own dear mother's sister.
That was certain. But her father? Here was a question he
soon learned not to ask. Uncle Pete, however, who let so
many things out, let that out too. Lizzie's father was a travel-
ing gentleman who had induced poor dear Aunt Eleanor to
travel with him. She had paused, it appeared, to die at
Emporium, Ohio, shortly after the birth of Lizzie. But her
husband, indomitable, traveled on — Uncle Pete with the
whiskey on his breath and everybody crying "Sh."

They had found her, an infant in a public hospital. She
had eczema on her body and a vague remoteness in her eyes
as if she were trying to remember something that she
wouldn't confide. During those early days she had often
been dangerously ill as a baby, swinging in that nebulous
mist between life and death, helping his mother so little with
any desire of her own to go on. She emerged finally, a chunky-
little girl, but still carrying that look of trying to remember
something that she simply couldn't confide.

"It isn't as if we don't try to love her," he often heard his
mother telling Aunt Mabel. "But vfhy does her nose look so
peaked, blue and peaked you know? Even George notices it."
And they did everything for it, Scott's Emulsion, and rub-
bing her with cocoa butter. "And why was she so ... so
cold, and hungry looking even after meals?"

"It must be very depressing," said Aunt Mabel.

Joel found her not only depressing but stupid also.
Sometimes, on damp days when you liked to screw your
eyes against the window and watch the light outside crinkle
and crack he would want to talk about God with her. What
did Lizzie see when she thought of God? She didn't think. It
was too scary. "Think!" Joel would coax. Well maybe she
saw whiskers. "Just whiskers?" Maybe there was a man be-
hind the whiskers. When He got mad he opened a big red
mouth and chewed His whiskers. That was God. She was
disgusting. "And Heaven?" Heaven was soft and mushy like
a cream puff. Heaven was a cream puff. You floated in it,
licking here, licking there. The little pig !

He was glad she wasn't around now to see him creeping up
the stairs, puffing as his nose just touched the bannister.
She'd suck her lip at him and say, "You're a railway ain't
you?"

Now in the cubbyhole beneath the stairway he could hear
his mother talking to Aunt Mabel over the 'phone. Her voice
went rippling along like water. "Take some carbonated soda
and it will be all over. With a little lemon it tastes like
nothing." Joel fell on the last word and splashed in it.
Nothing, nothing, nothing. He had reached the top of the
stairs. It was necessary to tread very gently in order to keep
your nose just there. "If you don't come I'll be lost with all
that mess of kids."

The Hanscoms had been the only grown-ups invited to his
party. There would be Aunt Mabel, always just one step
behind her bosom, her round face bobbing over her dark

562

November 1933

JOEL'S PARTY

563

dress like a full moon behind a house top. Then Uncle Pete,
a long brown stick of a man split in the middle to make two
skinnier sticks for legs. He would clasp Joel's fat cheek within
his fingers and hiss, "Suppose an irresistible force met an
immovable body, ha, ha, ha?" Or "How many angels can
dance on the tip of a needle, ha, ha, ha?" It was dreadful, the
hiss, the smells, poor Aunt Mabel's embarrassed bosom.

But Fanny, his other cousin Fanny, would come with
them. He remembered her years ago when he was six.
"Joel!" she'd rush into the house screaming. "Let's run
around the block and see the mingleberries grow!" She had
St. Vitus Dance and bit her nails. Mingleberries? It made
him dizzy with expecting. Hurry mother. The stiff unyield-
ing collar of his chinchilla. The galoshes with the rusty
clasps. Fanny hopping on one foot. St. Vitus Dance. Now
they were off, skipping it, sliding it, up to the corner, around
the corner. "Ah!" she'd cry. "They're gone!" Instead stood
a butcher at the window of his shop. "But there's a butcher
with a button for a nose !" And sure enough there was. So
they'd skip back, hippoty hop, O the delight of it, O the wild
joy of it! "A butcher with a button for a nose."

He used to believe Fanny's stories when she came into the
playroom Saturday mornings. She had a fresh one each
time. This week she had seen a little puppy with lilacs grow-
ing out of its ears. That week she had seen two salt shakers
walk into the bakery and ask for a honey bun. She told
stories like that, the doctor said, because she was growing too
fast and her heart couldn't stand the strain.

Did Joel wish to know how he had been born? It was very
surprising. Bertha bought him in a grocery store, disguised as
a potato. When she began to pare the potato he stuck his
head out and squealed. There was nothing to do but wash
him and keep him here. Later Joel repeated this story to his
mother and she became very cross. "No No No Joel. I shall
tell you the Truth. Wait till the spring comes." And when
the spring came his mother flung a silken scarf around her
shoulders and took him for a walk into the garden. Fanny
pranced behind them. Now he would know the Truth. On
the pink and gray flagstones they tripped, past the hyacinths,
past the azaleas. Here were the tulips. His mother bent low
so that her soft hair touched his cheek. "Look at the tulips
Joel. Here was a father tulip with silken dust upon its pistils.
Here was a mother tulip with delicate stamen ready to re-
ceive the dust, eager to send it down to the little eggs, in the
rounded base of the flora. Now in the springtime the wind or
the bees would lift the powder from the pistils and carry it
(wasn't it a lovely story Joel?) to the eager tips of the mother
tulips. . . ."

"But mama," he once asked at this point, "do you have
bees?" Fanny laughed, and his mother quite furious, slapped
her so suddenly and fast as to leave a tiny white scar on her
cheek where her ruby had cut it. Then his mother, very
flushed, and Fanny, very pale, walked back into the house
again.

THIS morning he decided to play in his mother's sewing
room on the third floor back. It contained a big tin box
which rattled when you banged it and had a nice stinky
smell when you opened the top. On this occasion he drew
from its depths an old striped awning and draped it around
himself. So garbed and armed with a parasol he sauntered up
to the long swinging mirror. "Ha," he said to himself and
glowered "Ha." He frowned, shook his head and swept to
the end of the room. Suddenly swishing forward, he stag-
gered like mad to the mirror, staggered like mad from the

mirror, and stabbing himself with a parasol, collapsed
groaning to the floor.

But in a moment he sat up, electrically attentive. There
were footsteps on the stairs. In came Lizzie holding her
teddy-bear.

"Hello," she said. When she smiled you could see how
wide apart her teeth were.

"Hello," he answered. He let the awning slip to the floor.
In her presence one did not remain king of the Romans long.
The passing clang of a fire engine gave him an idea.

"Let's make believe I'm a fireman and my father owns the
mint." But she wouldn't. She couldn't. It made her feel like
a fool she said. "Make believe," he urged. But she merely
sucked her lip at that. In the end he gave in. They just made
believe he was a fireman. Lizzie perched herself on the tin
box and piped querulously, "Fire, fire. Save me and my
babee."

And Joel hastened to her rescue. Mounted on a broom and
clamoring an old dinner-bell as he ran, he rushed from the
cellar up to the third floor back.

"We're a comin', we're a comin', we're a here!" he
shouted as he burst open the door. Lizzie was dangling her
legs from the box and looking casual and remote.

"Faint!" he whispered fiercely. But she wouldn't. She
couldn't. It made her feel like a fool she said. "You must be a
fool to feel like a fool," he finally told her. And when she
began to suck her lip, every one felt like a fool. He turned
sharply to the sewing machine and he hissed as he brought
the broomstick over the top. "Go to thy grave, worm,
Ha Ha Ha".

THE first to be dressed that afternoon was Lizzie, more
sallow than ever in yellow linen with a butterfly pocket.
She floated into Joel's room where his mother was brushing
his hair and then floated out again. Later his father entered,
so tremendous with lather on his face and just a touch of
boom in his voice. "Well, Well," he said as if surprised to
find Joel there. "Well, Well." It always seemed strange to
Joel that his father should still be surprised to find him there
. . . after all these years. Between them, gay and colorful
in her blue kimono, hovered his mother like Lizzie's butter-
fly before being caught. There she was arranging his tie,
smoothing his hair. They would say nothing to each other
then, .his father and mother, but Joel felt in the silence a
strain which made him tense, ashamed. His father so
tremendous with the lather on his face, the great muscles of
his arms. He was looking down on them scornful . . . yet
alone and sad somewhere. If only he could seize his father
and run away with him for a little while, past the perfume,
past the white silken hands. But she hovered between them,
keeping Joel on one side, his father on the other as if she
knew, and were afraid. . . .

"Joel, Joel" Fanny was tearing up the stairs. The Hans-
corns had arrived already. "Ah!" she had burst into the
room. Fanny went to highschool now and wore plaid skirts
with interminable pleats. She still bit her nails. Joel had on a
starched shirt that stung under the arms, and a collar that
was too tight for him. "You look like a turnip with a nose
stuck on," Fanny told him. Then the door-bell rang and the
party began.

THE first to come was little Eddie Globe plainly em-
barrassed by the whole business. Shortly afterwards the
others began to arrive all like Eddie looking somewhat like
themselves but not exactly. There (Continued on page 572)

THROUGH NEIGHBORS' D O O R W A Y S — J O H N PALMER GAVIT

OF KEYS, AND RETURN TICKETS

"A SOUND and balanced and harmonious economic liie
X\ is a necessary condition of general and enduring
i \. prosperity. . . . The recent experience of a de-
pressed world and our own unsettled condition strongly sug-
gest to us that a responsibility rests upon government for
control and guidance in a field that was formerly left en-
tirely to the automatic regulation of self-interest and in-
dividual ambition. We are coming to realize that too many
innocent people get hurt in a state of economic anarchy, and
to believe that a more stable and harmonious and happy
society may be realized by intelligent direction from a cen-
tral authority."

These sapient words might have been uttered — indeed
they have been uttered in one form or another — by almost
anybody looking on at, participating in, or leading respon-
sibly the rehabilitation of the world thrown into chaos by the
World War. Nobody would suspect forgery if one attributed
them verbatim to Benito Mussolini, Adolf Hitler, Joseph
Stalin, Masaryk or BeneS of Czechoslovakia, MacDonald of
Great Britain, or Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the
United States. They are true and timely enough, whoever
might have said them. In point of fact, they were uttered a few
weeks ago by an ex-mayor of Detroit, Michigan, Frank
Murphy, who in the inscrutable kaleidoscope of American
politics came to succeed Theodore Roosevelt, Jr. (who him-
self might just as well and as truthfully have said the same)
in his capacity as governor-general of the Philippines. Upon
this particular occasion they were said to the ninth legisla-
ture at Manila. There was an element of perhaps uncon-
scious irony, even mockery, in it;
because the still pending offer of
"independence" to the Philip-
pines (which they seem loath to
accept) involves their crippling
economically — the sugar inter-
ests of America saw to that, as
also in the case of Cuba. One
suspects that Mr. Murphy was
not oblivious to that situation; in
his inaugural address last June
he was considerably less than
exuberant about the opportunity-
set before the Islands. Be that
as it may, and reverting to the
larger considerations, of world-
wide application, in quoting the
remarks which introduce this
article, I omitted deliberately, in
the hiatus indicated, the five
words of the "catch" over
which the whole world stum-
bles: How shall we secure it?
Everybody wants the answer to
that; everybody knows that the
answer is the key to world
peace, to the door of the world's
future. The turmoil in which

virtually all nations find themselves arises largely from the
struggle to find that key; still more from the fact that there is
so little agreement about the nature and shape of it.

In the large, just now there are three kinds of ideas about
it. Or, you can reduce them to two; one representing, in
Russia on the one hand and in Italy and Germany on the
other, despotic dictatorship, the effort to incarnate a theory
and system by physical force with ruthless suppression of
every form of dissent; the other representing the essential
principle of democracy, as functioning in Great Britain and
the United States, with still a large measure of liberty of dis-
sent. It is in this second group that we can find the variants
making as many sub-classes as you please — for example
Spain and Cuba, where the shuttle weaves back and forth
between extremes; China, likely for a long time to be in
uproar as the ancient empire tries to adjust its age-old
psychology and habits to a new formula. I omit classification
of Japan — a case of atavism by itself. The wonder is that
peace maintains any footing whatever; that there are so
many signs of returning stability.

ANOTHER thing Governor-General Murphy said, which
could not, or anyway would not, have been said by
Mussolini, Hitler, Stalin; though Masaryk and Benes would
endorse it:

A jealous regard for fundamental constitutional rights is a char-
acteristic mark of a free and law-abiding people. The government
should encourage this spirit and zest for liberty and should provide
an example for every citizen, by itself avoiding illegal arrest and

seizures, delays in justice, unwar-
ranted interferences with freedom of
speech, of religion, of press, and of
assembly, or any other infraction of
the bill of rights. In the administra-
tion of justice and the treatment of
socially inadequate persons, per-
haps more than anywhere else, does
a government reveal its attitude
toward human beings, and its real
understanding of them.

Platitudinous, to be sure; but
it expresses the antipodal dif-
ference between despotism,
whether of an Autocrat of All
the Russias, or the dictatorship
alike of the so-called proletariat
or of Fascism in any form, espe-
cially such as that in Germany
where a people, temperamen-
tally democratic as the ancient
Teutonic tribes were, have, with
ecstatic eyes fixed upon they
know not what, enchained them-
selves; and the freedom however
imperfect that we like to call
English, or American. Those
who currently are speaking of

Costello in the Albany Evening News

564

November 1933

OF KEYS, AND RETURN TICKETS

565

the Roosevelt administration and its efforts to use effectively
the immense powers lately granted to the President as if it
were in any sense or degree similar to the regime in Italy or
Germany, to say nothing of Japan, would do well to recog-
nize the fundamental difference. Mr. Roosevelt has, and has
usurped, no powers save those expressly granted to him by
the representatives of the people in Congress, which can at
any time revoke them. Indeed, three months from now, Con-
gress in ordinary session is almost certain to be in hot strug-
gle to do so. In both Italy and Germany the parliaments
have been for all practical purposes totally abolished; politi-
cal parties have been destroyed; the means of popular con-
trol or even protest have been obliterated, leaving only the
method of civil war. Within the next year we shall be far
toward knowing whether a great democracy can maintain
itself and save the essential institutions rooted in its
Constitution.

[""\ISARMAMENT, on the verge of another conference as
\J these words are written, continues to hang upon the
interplay of national interests, passions and fears. At the core
of the problem, seemingly incorrigible, are the demands of
Germany for the right to complete liberty on a basis of
equality with other nations, the Versailles treaty to the con-
trary notwithstanding, and of the now frankly bumptious
Japan, gone entirely militaristic in control and aspirations,
for parity with Great Britain and the United States. Ger-
many is in the more rational position, justified in accusing
the Allies of having broken their own pledges of disarma-
ment. Only the most optimistic even pretend to see how any
substantial gains can be made. As for finding out what is
going on in Germany, listen to this from a letter before me:

The German government is prepared to resist any one-sided
investigation of existing armaments on the basis of the Versailles
Treaty limitations. . . . Any commission of inquiry sent by the
League of Nations to look into Germany's observance of the Treaty
clauses would receive no police protection for its members, and
their lives would not be safe for a moment.

In such a psychological atmosphere the disarmament
discussion resumes. Our own responsibility here is great, and
our present program of war-ship construction emphasizes it.
As witness another paragraph from the same letter:

— , of the French Foreign Office, is quoted by friends of mine
as saying that unless the United States is prepared to go the whole
way in accepting and backing control of armament internationally,
it will be useless for Norman H. Davis to propose anything else.

ON the other side of the picture is the good work of the
League of Nations in winning cooperation in South
America. Even the Bolivian-Paraguayan bloodshed, so long
and so fruitlessly continued in the Gran Chaco territory,
shows signs of settlement. On the appeal of the League
Council, Bolivia has agreed to a commission of inquiry. The
truth is that both parties are pretty sick of that business,
whose outcome either way could be of small benefit to any-
body. And the silly row between Peru and Colombia over
Letitia appears to have been settled. A picturesque item in
that affair was the supply of special airplanes by the Colom-
bian government, enabling the League Commission to have
easy access to the remote spot which was the bone of
contention.

IT was too good to be true, for long, that so liberal and well-
equipped a German as Dr. Otto C. Kiep should be main-

tained as consul-general at New York. It is possible, of
course, that he may be utilized elsewhere; but the announce-
ment is that he has been given "leave of absence." It should
not be forgotten by the way, that the Jews are not the only
sufferers from the Nazi blight; as brutal, if not in many cases
worse, has been the treatment of every kind of liberal spirit.
The concentration camps in Germany contain increasingly
those of "Aryan" stock who have been leaders in every
forward-looking movement.

And now comes word that Dr. A. Mendelssohn-Batholdy,
solely because of his Jewish blood, has been dismissed from
the faculty of the University of Hamburg and from his
brilliant participation in the field of international intellectual
cooperation. At the same time is announced abandonment
of the name of Mendelssohn from the roll of German honor.
Even in the glories of music, the Jew is unsafe. I am re-
minded of a woman of my acquaintance, who at the begin-
ning of the World War had a priceless collection of scores of
German music. Because they were German, and she was
ecstatically pro- Ally, she burned them all! The present
German psychopathy is similar. Read these words of the Jew
Joseph Kalonymos in George Eliot's Daniel Deronda:

The days are changed for us in Mainz since our people were
slaughtered wholesale if they wouldn't be baptized wholesale: they
are changed for us since Karl the Great fetched my ancestors from
Italy to bring some tincture of knowledge to our rough German
brethren. I and my contemporaries have had to fight for it too. Our
youth fell on evil days; but this we have won: we increase our
wealth in safety, and the learning of all Germany is fed and fat-
tened by Jewish brains. . . .

All over the world — by no means alone in Germany — the
reckless rage of ultra-nationalism is destroying the gains. A
long progress will have to be made all over again. So much
we seem to be represented by the Irish-American in the
smoking-car, gleefully slapping his knee over his private joke,
to whom a fellow-passenger said: "You seem to know some-
thing funny?"

"Funny, is it? At last, after all these years of waiting, I'm
square with this here railroad. For thirty years I've been
waitin' for the chance."

"So? How did you do it?"

"Easy — I never thought of it till today. I've bought a
return ticket, and Pm not comin' bock!"

QOSTSCRIPT. No human being alive is wise enough to
I forecast the consequences of Germany's action, an-
nounced as these pages are on their way to press, in resigning
from the League of Nations and withdrawing from the dis-
armament conference. The general election in Germany,
summoned for November 12, is surplusage; since only Nazis
will vote, it is a foregone conclusion that the government's
action will be overwhelmingly ratified. To be sure, under
the Covenant of the League, the resignation will not take
effect for two years; but that in the circumstances is a tech-
nicality, and within two years anything may happen. Mean-
while the German people march in their ecstasy into isola-
tion. Profoundly affecting it is, as Walt Whitman said "of
obedience, faith, adhesiveness," to see

. . . large masses of men following the lead of
those who do not believe in men.

What this will mean for the League of Nations, Locarno,
the Kellogg Pact — for the whole fabric of world peace upon
which so much labor and hope have been expended — only
the reckless or the omniscient may prophesy.

LETTERS & LIFE — EDITED BY LEON WHIPPLE

LETTERS MEETS LIFE

THE ILLITERACY OF THE LITERATE i>y H. R. Huse. Appleton-Century. 273

pp. Price $2 postpaid of Survey Graphic.
THE ANATOMY OF CRITICISM by Henry Hazlitt. Simon and Schuster. 303 pp.

Price $2.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic.
THE GREAT TRADITION by Granvillc Hicks. Macmillan. 316 pp. Price $2.50

postpaid of Survey Graphic.

I ETTERS and Life. . . . From this small tower I see,
at the moment, Life getting the best of Letters. The
!• march of change sweeps literature along in the chaos of
changing institutions. These are the x-ray years: we can
see the anatomy of things. Reality breaks through tradition
and illusion. And the flux offers to strong men the chance to
value institutions against truth, and to reforge old tools. In
the center of the storm, we learn. Let us look at certain
lessons of these four years.

The cultural front has been driven back. The need for
life has made people think of education, books, libraries, as
luxuries. We need not rehearse the tragic cuts in the schools.
We need not describe how libraries have been drained of
money with which to buy books and provide services de-
manded even more than in happier times. Taxes have gone
to keep bodies alive, let what may happen to the spirit. No
lesson of the depression has been more terrible than the
willingness of many communities to undermine the corner-
stone of democratic faith, the little red schoolhouse. In the
race between education and catastrophe (as H. G. Wells
calls it) many have voted for catastrophe. When we need
more and more education, we cut down what we had. This
break in our ideal of an informed people is the central grim
challenge we must meet. Until we repair this breach,
everything else is threatened. Can you plan an economy of
ignorance?

But danger stiffens courage. We have already a new and
happy solidarity among the defenders of the cultural front.
The schools, libraries, recreation groups, even the laggard
press, have enlisted for the common good. The very recog-
nition there is "the cultural front" is the first step. Two
strong counter-attacks have, moreover, been born out of the
very struggle with depression: the movement for a new and
universal adult education; and the design to provide for
the leisure that we shall enjoy — if our plans succeed. In both
of these books will have a principal role — books of knowl-
edge, books of joy and beauty. Letters will not be conquered
by Life, but help Life conquer.

BUT we shall have to do new things in this vast enterprise
of education. Education may have been going up blind
alleys. Perhaps the x-ray years will educate the educators.
There are signs that we will design new tools. Professor Huse
in The Illiteracy of the Literate challenges the idea that be-
cause people can read they can get the meaning of what
they read. He paraphrases the slogan of the advertiser:
"You can train a parrot to talk, but will he understand
what he says?" You can make an entire people literate, yet
if you do not train them in grasping the reality and sincerity
and sense of what they read, you simply expose them to the
selfish manipulations of sorcerers with words, the advertiser,
the demagogue, yes, even the academician with his ver-
bomania. This profoundly helpful book first sketches the

nature and functions of language, then offers startling
chapters on its pathology, and ends with a plea for a literary
criticism based on a sense of true values. He writes:

Scientific detachment to scholasticism and sterility in literary
study precisely at the moment when democracy has given the
gift of literacy to vast masses of men who flounder with their new
gift, unaware of how to use it, victimized by the most palpable
commercial, literary, and religious frauds.

This volume is scholarly, human and clear both in ideas
and style. It should be digested by every dealer in words,
whether the teacher of reading or the producer of books. It
is a critique of this print-age, a guide for adult educators,
a challenge to liars. It tackles a root problem — the first
of the Three R's.

I ETTERS needs critics to help it do its manifold common
L— or priestly tasks. It even needs critics of criticism, re-
mote though that sounds. What is a critic? How can he
serve? Henry Hazlitt gives light on these questions in his
Anatomy of Criticism, a series of dialogues between a pro-
fessor, a reviewer, a philosophical editor, and a popular
novelist. The subtlety of mind, range of knowledge, and
love of literature that distinguish Mr. Hazlitt have never
been so admirably revealed. It is good to ponder the old
problems of the critic's function, standards of taste, the wis-
dom of posterity as a judge, the uses of realism and romance;
and the new ones on rebellion, pure art, and the relation of
literature to the class war. The old is refreshed with insight
and the new revealed as less novel than we thought. Here is
the delicate and discursive search of a scholar-realist for light,
but its aim is at today, and its lessons of first-aid in our
obliterating hurly-burly.

To return to the wars and our lessons. The economic
foundations of books have been battered by the depression.
I think the makers and sellers of books have made a grand
fight: no business has tried to give service and maintain
standards more uncompromisingly than the publisher and
bookseller. But the roll of vanished publishing houses and
book stores is long; the book lists have been shorter (often
without loss), and some of them have been cheaper; duties
to scholarship have been abandoned; pictures have proved
too costly for general use; the nurture of authorship has
suffered a certain commercial blight. But the good truth
remains that in the face of all threats, good books have been
published and sold, experiments have been made, new tal-
ents discovered and revealed, standards upheld.

Yet we must face the fact that our present system of book
publishing and selling is threatened, and that it is our task
(on the cultural front) to help strengthen it, or offer a new
method. The crisis has again revealed the odd business book
distribution is. The printing-press is par excellence a mass-
production machine, here dealing with a highly individual
product that is not a physical necessity. The more copies
you print the more you may hope to pay your costs. But you
must have some guarantee of selling this quota. The pub-
lishers for years have been wrestling with the temptation
to print too many when they have to sell them at cut rates

566

November 1933

LETTERS & LIFE

567

in competition with their new lists, or to go into cheap
reprint editions and risk killing the original product.

The other queer fact is that many people can read one
copy of a book — -and do through all sorts of libraries. It is
not a necessary personal possession. So the publishers view
with grave concern the growing rental library. People read
at a few cents per volume — and do not buy the book. The
answers are two: you can try to publish books of wide,
immediate, and fad appeal that will sell in quantity. So stand-
ards suffer. Or you can seek to publish such valuable books
that people will want to own them, books that will have
steady continued sales over the years. This makes for stabil-
ity and for good books, but clearly demands genius and
capital. The publishers know these dilemmas and work
valiantly to answer them. I suggest again that the an-
swer lies in the readers who must want books and buy them.

THE third trial of Letters by Life is the challenge to liter-
ature to come out of the ivory tower and get into the
front-line. The challenge has been partly met. We have had
the books of entertainment, sensation and fun that have
provided forgetfulness and escape. We have had our book-
therapy. And no one need object to such a blessed anodyne.
Secondly, we have had master journalism in books on the
events, causes, phenomena and possible cures of the depres-
sion, ranging from the exploitation of Technocracy through
primers on money to the serious outlines of planned econo-
mies. The facts have been admirably presented. Similarly
we have been well served with books interpreting interna-
tional affairs, especially the Russian experiment.

But we miss in the United States any study of our whole
situation, any synthesis that might guide a wandering
generation. Ortega and Spengler abroad have dug at the
roots of our times, but here we have not yet seen the woods
for the trees. No book of inspiring religious vision has ap-
peared; no one has pictured the Utopia on the boundary
of which we sometimes seem to be emerging; no great
fierce satire has come to
blast the way for prog-
ress though we have had
experiments that may
be forerunners for our
Swift or Cervantes. And
in fiction we still wait
for a large-scale picture
of the day. But we may
recall that save for one
or two books on the
World War, we had lit-
tle of literary value until
almost a decade had
framed that tragedy in
time. We need to be
patient. To live through
a revolution is as we
know the first need.

The principal blast
that calls Letters into
Life is from Marxist and
Communist. They be-
lieve that only as litera-
ture is rooted in present
social change and serves
the people somehow to
advance in the class

Roclcwetlkciuiana. Harcoun, Brace. 157 pp. Price $3.75 postpaid of Surrey Graphic

This lithograph, Memory, less than half size as here reproduced, is one of over
1 30 pictures by Rockwell Kent jusi brought out in a popularly priced book. Kent
has probably more admirers in this country than any other living American artist.
Not all of these can purchase even the least expensive of his prints, and this well-
printed book, with its large reproductions of his drawings, woodcuts, lithographs
and paintings, should be in great demand. Included in the book are a number of
articles by Kent that give the flavor of the man as well as his philosophy as artist.

struggle can it gain new life and beauty. In Granville
Hicks's The Great Tradition, you will find an interpretation
of American literature since the Civil War in the light of
social and economic history. This is a temperate, informed,
and instructive addition to the explorations of Parrington
and Calverton, clear in thesis and style, and admirable in
many critical judgments. I delight to hear Howells given
the credit he deserves and Cabell debunked; we can all agree
to wait in eager hope for Dos Passos to realize the promise
of his interest in his own day and his gropings for a vehicle
to record it in words. We will grant the rebels, fire, courage,
faith. But can we do more than put down a question mark
at the assei tion that the great tradition of our literature will
go on only as somehow related to the workers? But this is a
hopeful book, and for all hope these days we give thanks.

Life is short and art is long. Literature serves us in the
listening-posts that face our present No Man's Land. But
it also brings us echoes from our brief past, our unknown
future.

LEON WHIFFLE

Double-Star Personality

SIDNEY AND BEATRICE WEBB, by Mary Agnes Hamilton. Houghton-Mifflin.
314 pp. Price $3.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic.

THE book about the Webbs is a model of sympathetic
interpretation. It tells briefly the story of each member of
the firm before the marriage; and deals adequately and
concisely with every phase of their forty years of joint
authorship, research, crusade, controversy, teaching, and
public service. It is nowhere fulsome and yet everywhere
does justice to the "double-star personality" which is her
theme. Above all she gives the right lead to those who want
to understand the man and wife, the working partners, who
have so marvelously affected the whole of our thinking
about economic questions and the standards of our common
life.'

The Londoner lives in a different world because of

Sidney Webb's work on
the London County
Council, and this book
tells why. Socialism is a
different philosophy be-
cause of the severely
pragmatic application
which Sidney and Bea-
trice Webb have made
of it. Dictatorship in all
its modern forms has
been more successfully
challenged in England
than elsewhere partly
because of their consist-
ent appeal to science, to
the spirit of social serv-
ice and to democracy.

They have had to face
their share of disap-
pointments, as in the
failure for the time being
of the campaign for the
minority report, the abo-
lition of the Poor Law,
the prevention of desti-
tution; the betrayal of
the coal miners by the

568

SURVEY GRAPHIC

November 1933

Lloyd George government; and the parliamentary career which
began too late and ended in the absurdity of a title, which Mrs.
Webb steadfastly refused to share and which, in his own view,
was only a temporary concession to the exigencies of English
parliamentary procedure.

Mrs. Hamilton does not ignore these failures. They are part of
the story which has to be told; and all concerned — the Webbs,
their biographer, and the reader — are to be congratulated on the
way it is told. It has an air of authenticity, although the Webbs
were not consulted except for an enquiry as to whether they could
bear the idea. They responded, characteristically: they would
rather not have a book written about them, but if it had to be
done, they did not mind. And it has been done, objectively, skilfully,
and with good taste.

Certain elements of literary criticism in chapter eight they might
mind, if they were less philosophical, wherein it is explained why
the Webbs are hard to read. The author speaks not of the earlier
brilliant books on Trade Unionism and Industrial Democracy,
but the later monumental volume on Local Government and the
controversial books on socialism. The explanation is that they had
developed a style of writing that causes the reader to go on "tran-
quilly perusing line after line, page after page, of regularly spaced
print" only to discover that "the mind has taken nothing in, one
does not know for how long." The reason is that the heavy shape
and structure of their sentences "eat up the lively phrases and apt
words."

Even in style they scored. It is said that the similarity between
the "curiously blunted language" of nearly all governmental
reports and that of the Webbs is not due to the influence of the
documents on them but rather the other way round. They have
impressed upon the world a certain architecture of expression as
well as an architecture of thinking. Official reports now tend to
be "written in Webb" and Mrs. Hamilton insists that "Webb" is
not really a very clear language.

This is minor and amusing. The fact remains that the "consid-
erable work" that Beatrice Potter thought, shortly before her
marriage, might result from their "combined talents" is not yet
finished, but it is long since more than considerable. It is stu-
pendous. EDWARD T. DSVTNE
New York City

Prelude on Cuba

THE CRIME OF CUBA, by Carleton Beals. Lipfincoll. 441 tP- Price $3 postpaid of
Survey Graphic.

ON August 1 2, there came to an end the most bloody tyranny that
the Americas have known. Gerardo Machado will go down
in history as the most cruel of the dictators and oppressors. This
entry in the history books will not be enough. It must be added
that Machado was made possible because of a situation created and
sponsored by the massed political and economic power of the
United States. This is the crime of Cuba. This is the story which
Mr. Beals has told.

It will be a sad day for Carleton Beals when the last deep dark
plot is bared and the last conspiracy scotched. He is an annoying
person, and he annoys to good ends. His work in Mexico and
Nicaragua and Guatemala has been tonic for our national soul.
If his gifts lie on the side of the cartoonist rather than that of the
draftsman, no matter. There are some things better said by car-
toonists.

The Cuban woods have been filled with villains according to
this story. Bluebeard looks sick compared with them. There is
Mr. Woodin and Mr. Guggenheim and Mr. Davis and many
more. There are the boys who used to run the City and Chase
Banks before banks lost money and got religion. There is Mr.
Machado himself — now of Montreal. It has all been one grand
conspiracy, with greater and lesser villains working out their
several lines. Writing history as conspiracy is one way of writing
history — interesting at any rate. Beals has done such a thorough-
going job of speaking unpleasantly about Machado that I wish it
were possible to think up something nice to say about the late
president of the Cuban people. Perhaps he was kind to animals
or loved begonias.

This conspiracy charge is extended to the American embassy
and to the American ambassador, Mr. Guggenheim. Mr. Beals
scented conspiracy at the very doorstep. There was a Cuban police-
man there. The policeman, perforce, became a part of the con-
spiracy (incidentally, and without disparaging the conspiracy
theory, this same policeman turns out to have been a member of
the ABC all along). The first secretary, too well dressed, came
next. The author did not see the ambassador. Anyway he is a
part of the conspiracy, and was somehow involved in scheming to
prolong the agony of the Cuban people. All of which is sheer
nonsense. If Mr. Guggenheim failed to do what should have been
done, it was the failure of Washington and of a theory which
Washington had worked out.

The story of Cuba and its sufferings under Machado, sufferings
in which Wall Street and our State Department are implicated
and for which the American people can never escape a share of
guilty responsibility, must be written. Mr. Beals has written a
fragment of a prelude. The finished story will be much more
devastating. HUBERT C. HERRING

New York Cily

The Best in Brown America

ALONG THIS WAY — The Autobiography of James Weldon Johnson. Viking Press.
414 pp. Price $3.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic.

A DELIGHTFUL record of a rich American life, through
/~\ those creative decades from the end of the Civil War to the
Great Depression and the New Deal. America was changing from
a frontier republic into a highly organized world power, and
Negroes were shaping themselves from scattered bands of emanci-
pated slaves into a fairly coherent racial group of twelve million
members taking their places as integral units in a nation at the
forefront of Western civilization and at the same time proving
that they had distinctive gifts for this civilization. James Weldon
Johnson has had a distinguished part in the educational forces
which are molding the race, in the establishing of its rights as
American citizens and in creating and interpreting its special gifts
in song and dance, in folk'ore and literature.

It is too bad that autobiographies have to start with ancestors
and early years — things about which the author has no first hand
knowledge. My advice is to skip the first hundred pages and return
to them for background after finishing the story. Begin at Chapter
XI when the young colored boy from Florida finds himself in mid-
stream of his college course at Atlanta. The book rolls along with
verve and drama through years of human interest in the South,
exciting days and nights with song writers and theatrical people of
Tin Pan Alley in New York, to foreign service as consul in Vene-
zuela and Nicaragua with the southern-officered U. S. Navy ward-
ing off Central American wars and firing seven-gun salutes in
honor of this young colored man. Then on to the fight for Negro
rights carried through the National Association for the Advance-
ment of Colored People with mobs culminating in the red summer
of 1919 in riotings and lynchings and public burnings.

It is strange that through all these tumultuous battles the man
could keep his poise. There is never a whine, never a squeal. There
is righteous indignation and fierce energy to right the heinous
wrongs. But the man is neither discouraged nor embittered by the
abuses of his race or the slights and menaces to himself. For one
thing he has enough self-confidence and pride of race to stand un-
daunted before mobs. Also it is perfectly clear that he is so much
interested in human nature that when a hoodlum tries to insult
him or a mob drags him off expecting to kill him as it did once in
Florida — he immediately gets so interested in the behavior pattern
as to have little time for normal fright. One sees him turning over
in his mind the makings of a story or a poem from the human situa-
tions which are intended to make him quake and howl. He quaked
all right on more than one occasion, as he freely states. But while he
admits fright and dismay the reader cannot escape the conviction
that it was really hard for him to stay in the attitude of trembling
victim even for a decent interval, so strong was the urge of the
student and the writer to be about the business of preparing copy.

The book contains a gorgeous chapter on the experiences of the

November 1933

LETTERS & LIFE

569

young college student as summer teacher of a rural Georgia school.
"Now I was where I could touch the crude bulk with my own .
hands. Here there were no gradations, no nuances, no tentative
approaches; what Black and White meant stood out starkly." His
dusky rustic landlady tried to borrow cologne from him to flavor a
cake. The small boys of his school made him their ideal, even sur-
reptitiously using his toothbrush in their desire to pay him the
flattery of imitation. Wisdom flowed in homely phrases from the
country Negroes. When one man did a particularly silly thing his
neighbor said in disgust, "I didn't believe the man knowed so
much ignunce." In such a Georgia community it was made
abundantly clear that "a white man may not eat with a colored
person without loss of social standing, yet he may sleep widi a
colored person without any damage to his reputation."

The song writer days in New York and the battles of the NAAGP
are vivid human scenes. And the whole story after a rather slow
beginning flows along swiftly, with wise and witty philosophy add-
ing zest, and an English so good that one forgets to notice how well
it is written. This dignified volume clothes beautifully the dis-
tinguished life and the delightful writing. EDWIN R. EMBREE
President the Julius Rosenwald Fund

Slag

REQUIEM, by A. E. Fisher. John Day. 277 pp. Price $2.50 postpaid of Survey
Graphic.

IF you like your novels jolly, best let this one alone. If you can bear
nature in the raw, functioning in an atmosphere of unrelieved
gloom, this is your meat. The scene is Pittsburgh, a Pittsburgh of
idle mills, where beaten people hang around mean streets and go in
and out of mean slate-colored little houses. The bitter acrid story
follows the lives of a family of six persons over the period of a single
week in which fear, hate, and petty meanness play over violent
death and unwanted marriage to the accompaniment of a blaring
radio, the mutterings of a half-dead, half-crazed old woman and
the shrillings of a scold.

The story is as sordid as that and yet by the stark economies of his
style Mr. Fisher, child of Harvard and the Sorbonne, has created a
rich study in shadows. His scene is the color of the slag-heaps, over-
laid with gritty dust. His people are human misfits too inadequate
to break the trap of circumstance. Only the boy Al, taxi-driver on
strike, slick and secret, gives signs of adventurousness though the
signs point to the way of the tout and the gangster. For cheaply
pretty Belle, whose discovered pregnancy precipitates the events of
the catastrophic week, Belle who steals time from her ill-paid job to
achieve, under Al's sardonic eye, a forced marriage with her
frightened young barber, there are only new depths of abjectness.

There is nothing pretty about Requiem, but if you can bear a
strong mental pill sans any vestige of sugar-coating, you will get
from it a good healthy rage against a society so organized that it
condemns human beings, even dull ones, to such sordid defeat.

GERTRUDE SPRINGER

Dynamo

THE POWER AGE, by Waller N. Polakav. Cmici Priede. 247 pp. Price $2 postpaid
of Survey Graphic.

"k ylY aim is to bring to the notice of the educated layman
I VI things so obvious that they fail to attract his attention,
although his very existence depends upon them." Mr. Polakov
knows intimately the inner workings of modern technology, that
monster that roars so ominously in the fog through which the
world is now groping. Moreover, Mr. Polakov can write clearly;
he uses figures to illuminate the argument rather than to exhibit
his own erudition; he is free of the curious letamis mathematicus that
accompanies the notion that "only the measurable is real," with-
out falling into the popular delusion that abstruse facts don't bite.
Any educated layman can understand the meaning of this book,
and he had better do so.

"The Power Age is not characterized by bigger and better
machines than those of the Machine Age, but by a different kind
of machine, conditioning a different kind of production, which
results in a different kind of economy and a different kind of social
relations. . . . The transfer of skill from man to machine pro-

foundly altered the entire industrial structure and shook social
relations to their roots. . . . Today we may write the labor
specifications for any really modern industry in these terms: 1. Sus-
tained attention. 2. Correct interpretation. 3. Quick reaction. 4.
Willing cooperation." . . . "Instead of being a 'machine hand'
man becomes a 'machine brain'." And few.

"If a man in one plant produces two hundred times die output
he might produce in another plant, the productivity of man's labor is no
longer a factor of time. Productivity of the workers being determined
by the character of the equipment and the nature of the process,
the compensation for work stands in no relation to old piece rates or
time rates." Think that over.

Mr. Polakov defines the technological revolution as physically
based on the use of electricity in manufacturing. By electricity each
machine is made self-contained; each part can be made self-
regulating; the instruments such as the electric eye take the place
of men in observing the detailed operation of the machine and
regulating its routine. The machines can be arranged along the
line of progress of the material through the stages of production,
and to a large degree the factory itself can be made automatic.
Man appears in the process as the brain cell at the remote-control
board, reading the indicators, sensing any alteration of rhythm,
and making the ultimate overall adjustments.

The machine must run night and day because its cost runs
night and day. Therefore the disposal of the product cannot safely
be subjected to the irrelevant anomalies of a financially muddled
chaos of bankers and speculators. Mr. Polakov's case for national
planning is watertight so far as it concerns the economics of power
production. One of the implications of the practical elimination
of mass labor is, however, perhaps not quite completely brought
out. The vast majority of the "gainfully employed" in future will
have nothing to do with the production of goods at all. What, if
any, will be their relation to planned production will be perhaps
one of the most fundamental problems in the general plan of die
new social order. That, however, as Mr. Polakov can rightly re-
mark, is another story. His own story of the meaning of power
production is clear, fundamental, imperative. Within its field this
is a description of truth, the substance of destiny.
New Tork City DAVID CUSHMAN COVLE

From the Ladies

ANGELS AND AMAZONS, by fnet Haynes Jrwin. Doubleday. Doran. 531 pp.

Price $2.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic.
AMERICA THROUGH WOMEN'S EYES, by Mary R. Beard. Macmulan. 55S

pp. Price $3.50 postpaid of Suney Graphic.

THAT anyone should need social histories centered on one sex
is in itself something that needs explaining. Surely save for brief
intervals or unhappy individual instances, women's lives cannot
be understood on any basis that fails to include men and remem-
bers, to paraphrase Alice Duer Miller's pertinent question, that
women are people. Surely also, in the wide sweep of both of these
books, it is the woman as a citizen in the best and fullest sense of
that word who emerges from the seething "movements" of the
past century. For this century, however, the change for women has
been of so special and spectacular a nature that it may well be
considered by itself. The epochal effect of the Industrial Revolu-
tion, taking work out of the home and transforming a nearly self-
sufficient home economy into an intricately interdependent indus-
trial and urban civilization, has had effects on the work of women
so well known as to have become axioms. What seems to me to
have been less completely realized, is that this change in itself
has been fundamental for women, since in the process their dis-
tinctive contribution to the family — the bearing and rearing of
children — has become an economic liability, a burden on the
family budget, not the asset that children represented on the farm
or in the heyday of child labor outside the home. Emotionally as
well as in occupation, they have had to face a degree of change
wholly different from that which has confronted their husbands
and brothers. For some of the best of them, especially for a time,
the change meant no husbands.

These two volumes complement each other admirably in show-
ing from without and within what these changes have meant.

570

SURVEY GRAPHIC

November 1933

Mrs. Irwin's, though at times a bit too exclamatory, is a vivid his-
tory of the rise of the organizations through which in the past
century women have worked out the human drives that earlier
found little expression outside their homes: education, participa-
tion in the trades and professions, woman suffrage, temperance,
internationalism and the like. There is an especially interesting
exposition of the place of the early women's clubs in fulfilling the
thirst for education that women felt when the shift in home
activities give them more chance to raise their eyes from the
kitchen-stove and sink.

Mrs. Beard's chronicle is composed, as its title suggests, largely
of excerpts from contemporary writings by women, recording from
colonial days to the calling of the International Congress of
Women at the earlier Chicago Fair, the ways in which the world
about them has appeared in their eyes through its development
from wilderness to metropolis. If one queries the choice of some of
her excerpts, feeling the lack of others, that query is probably
merely a mark of the richness of the material over which the author
exercised her inalienable right of choice.

Undoubtedly these books will have a special appeal for women.
It will be a pity, however, if they escape the attention of men in-
terested in America's broadest social development, regardless of
the special contributions or handicaps of sex. Their story is a vivid
and highly significant strand in the tangled social skein with which
American men and women are struggling today. MARY Ross

Vermont Album

A MOUNTAIN TOWNSHIP, by Walter Hard. Harcourt, Brace. 218 pp. Price $2
postpaid of Survey Graphic.

IF you are the kind of person who relishes the by-no-means vanish-
ing laconic Vermonter, and a person who likes to turn the pages
of an album and be told a little about each person in it, this third
volume of folks in Walter Hard's album of a Vermont county is for
you. In some cases the stories are intimate memories, in others
slighter anecdotes of the "I've heard tell" character. But each por-
trait is a good likeness. Be sure someone is near by as you read, for
again and again you will feel compelled to read aloud, not only for
the pleasure of the rhythm of the short lines but for the genuineness
of the dialogue. They are actual stories of old friends and neighbors,
"polished and worn smooth with much handling," one learns from
Dorothy Canfield Fisher's appreciative introduction. "Who ever
would have thought to see them in a book!"

Walter Hard frequently suffers from comparison with Robert
Frost, for the reason that Frost too builds some of his poems on
New England characters. But Frost was a poet before he was a
Vermonter; and Hard was a Vermonter long before he was born.
His rhythm seems to have grown up out of the deliberate brevity of
the Vermont speech. F. L. K.

The Drift Toward Civilization

ADVENTURES OF IDEAS, by Alfred North Whitehead. Macmillan. 392 pp. Price
$3.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic.

DR. WHITEHEAD is among the most distinguished of to-day's
mathematical philosophers. He also has the rare gift of seeing
his specialty in the light of other important human interests; and
the same wide-ranging wisdom as speaks to us in his Science and
the Modern World is heard in this latest of his writings.

Adventures of Ideas is a study of the effect of certain ways of
thinking in promoting the slow drift of mankind toward civiliza-
tion. Dr. Whitehead examines the history which three types of ideas
— sociological, cosmological, philosophical — have encountered in
the life of humanity; and in the closing quarter (Civilization) he
outlines the kinds of incentive which he thinks the world needs for
its further quest of excellent life. His thinking is his own. Though
readers will recognize points of indebtedness to Plato and to Chris-
tian mystics, his gaze is by no means backward.

His thesis is that mankind is driven from its old anchorage both
by senseless agencies and by formulated aspirations. Determinists,
economic and otherwise, would accord with his view of the part
played by the former. But his main interest is with the latter. As he
reads history, a successful civilization seems to require ideas upon

two levels, "particularized ideas of low generality, and philosophic
ideas of high generality. The former set are required to reap the
fruit of the type of civilization immediately attained; the latter set
are required to guide the adventure toward novelty, and to secure
the immediate realization of the worth of such ideal aim."

In ancient Rome, the barbarians were "the senseless agency"
driving civilization away from inherited modes of order. In the
modern world, the new industrial technologies have been enacting
that role. But Dr. Whitehead refuses to minimize the importance of
"formulated aspirations," thinking, persuasion. He develops at
length the reasons why it took some twenty-odd centuries to ad-
vance from moral protest against human slavery to Negro emanci-
pation in America. If social workers read nothing else in the book,
they will do well to contemplate the perspective which the author
so sagely offers in this section. (Incidentally, this year marks the
hundredth anniversary of Great Britain's emancipation of the
West Indian slaves, by a method in marked contrast with the
tragedy of our Civil War.)

The difficulty in working out right solutions of our social prob-
lems is for Dr. Whitehead part and parcel of a root fact about all
reality. Everywhere Mind and Perfection run up against stuff
which is brute and apparently intractable. Only, the final word is
not frustration but the challenge to daring presented by these
fundamental oppositions. Even in defeat, hope never deserts the
glimpses of perfection. Compensation is found in seeing further into
both the transcendence and the immanence of the Universe as
One. "In this way the world receives its persuasion toward such
perfections as are possible for its diverse individual occasions."

Metaphysicians by no means agree in their judgments of White-
head's philosophy. But all who are seriously concerned over the
plight of mankind will find it profitable to understand the thought
of this gifted student. "I hazard the prophecy," he says, "that that
religion will conquer which can render clear to popular under-
standing some eternal greatness incarnate in the passage of tem-
poral fact." Here alone is a fruitful suggestion to all people, not
merely social workers and educators, whose vision is threatened by
specialization. HENRY NEUMANN

Brooklyn Society for Ethical Culture

News from the Front

SEEDS OF REVOLT, by Mauritt A. Hatty en. Knopf. 369 pp. Price $2.50 postpaid
of Survey Graphic.

CONTRARY to general opinion, the middle of a battle is an
excellent opportunity to review the situation and the prob-
able outcome. From the battle-front Mr. Hallgren, of The Nation,
has done this in one of the most packed and comprehensive books
to come so far out of our present economic crisis.

Like a good tactician, Mr. Hallgren presents his facts first, then
theorizes on their interpretation. He considers the condition, first
of the proletariat (both before and since the depression), then of
the middle class, including the farmers. Then he summarizes the
various changes and movements that have been actuated or stimu-
lated by the events of the past four years — some of them rather
surprising to the average reader, such as the really extensive amount
of violence on the part of the desperate unemployed, or the Detroit
body-plant strike, "when for the first time in American history an
avowedly revolutionary group succeeded in forcing a huge capitalist
enterprise to stop work." He analyzes barter and technocracy and
the current New Deal. He estimates the nature, purpose, and
influence of the American Federation of Labor and of the Ameri-
can Socialist and Communist parties and other radical and semi-
radical groups. In the end he comes to a conclusion that is the
more discouraging for being in reality no conclusion:

They may revive prosperity for a time. They may still further
strengthen the authority of the state. But ... as the state grows
stronger, it will become increasingly necessary that the workers be
organized. . . . They must be organized for capitalism so that they
will not organize themselves against capitalism. ... A revolutionary
crisis is inevitable. The revolution is not. ... If no party is organized
or prepared for a coup fetal (and none is today), capitalism will be
left free to try other ways of saving itself when fascism or state absolut-
ism fails it. Or else, as the Spenglerians seem to believe, the whole Ma-
chine Age may collapse.

Every one of these statements is, of course, open to questioning
if not to challenge. The earlier part of Mr. Hallgren's book is the
background to his answer to challenge and questioning. Whether
one agrees with him in tola or not, he has presented an impressive
and valuable document, a complement to John Strachey's more
exuberant, The Coming Struggle for Power. The "seeds of revolt"
are indeed planted in American soil, but whether tares will spring
up to choke them remains for only the future to elucidate.
Sausalito, California MAYNARD SHIPLEY

Fascism Next?

THE MENACE OF FASCISM, by John Slrachey. Cartel Friede. 27 Z pp. Price $2.25
postpaid of Survey Graphic.

WHEN Italy set up a dictatorship and called it Fascist, we
supposed that we were seeing an isolated instance of a state
which to meet its own needs, had given up, probably temporarily,
representative government. But when Germany adopts a similar
form of government and Japan seems on the verge of doing so, it is
evident that it has become a world movement that may affect us
and which we must understand. Mr. Strachey, from the standpoint
of a convinced Socialist, gives us a clear exposition of Fascism.

Fascism is not opposed to the private ownership of properly; in
Italy, Mussolini has said so; in Germany, the list of Hitler's eco-
nomic advisers proves it. It is therefore a form of Capitalism. To be
sure, Italy claims to be a corporate state which combines the ad-
vantages of Capitalism and Socialism. On paper, each industry is
regulated by a corporation consisting of owners and workers re-
sembling the cartels which are being formed under the codes by the
NRA. But although the law dates back to 1926, and on the strength
of this representation given to the workers strikes are forbidden, no
corporations have yet been formed. Italian Fascism plainly acts as
an injury to labor.

From the speeches and writings of the leaders in both countries,
we know that major tenets of Fascism are extreme nationalism; im-
perialism to gain room for expansion; and the belief that war is
necessary and desirable. This seems enough to justify the title of the
book and the author's statement that "The true prospect of
Fascism is one of a new and greaier war in the immediate future."

So far Mr. Strachey deals with established facts and his conclu-
sions should arouse little dissent. There will be more disagreement
with his belief that private ownership, because it is based on prices
and profits, can never operate a planned industry, that Fascism is
the last phase of a dying Capitalism which aims to preserve by
violence private control of industry, and that "the attempt by the
governing class to abolish democratic forms and establish a naked
dictatorship on Fascist lines is everywhere inevitable." The author
feels that in America the social and political situation is not suf-
ficiently developed to have given birth to any movement contain-
ing the characteristic Fascist features: force, unreasoning national-
ism, and imperialism and that neither here or in Britain can one
tell in advance what form of Fascism will be adopted.

Accepted or not, the conclusions are logically arrived at in this
book and should be understood and pondered by everyone in
America who is trying to make sense of world conditions.
Bethel, Connecticut I. M. BEARD

GREAT MEN OF SCIENCE, by Philipp Lenard. MacmiUan. 389 pp. Price $3
postpaid of Survey Graphic.

DR. LENARD, a Nobel prize-winner in physics, offers a brief
historical survey of the very greatest names in science, especially
in his own field, from Archimedes to the World War. He looks
upon it as a debt he owes to those great original investigators who
inspired his own work, and whose "way of thinking and working"
he regards as the only hope of die continued advancement of
civilized man. In simple and moving words, he tells how his study
of the scientific achievements of these geniuses revealed to him also
their ethical grandeur, and their suitability to serve as exemplars
for all humanity. The excellent translation is by Dr. H. Stafford
Hatfield, and there is a preface by die well-known physicist, Dr.
Andrade, of the University of London. There is a remarkable series
of illustrations some of them almost inaccessible elsewhere.

You will do
your job better

wit H these important
"lioi» to" bootes!

•

THE ART OF
CONFERENCE

By Frank Walser

To help solve the increasingly complex problems of
social work, conferences are being used today as never
before. Here an international authority gives full
details about just how to confer — prepare for con-
ferences, conduct meetings, work of the chairman,
effect on individuals, results to obtain, etc. Highly
endorsed by Dr. Henry C. Metcalf, Carrie Chapman
Catt, Emily Green Balch, Bruno Lasker and others.

$3.00

HOW TO DO PUBLICITY

By Raymond C. Ma y«-r

The man who has done extensive publicity work for
the Girl Scouts of America, American Child Health
Association, etc., explains how to use publicity to
develop interest in your organization, how to write
news stories, how to get them published, how to use
newspapers, movies, radio, what publicity methods to
avoid. The first complete book on the subject in years,
invaluable alike to untrained workers and to skilled
publicity people. $3.00

HOW TO RAISE MONEY

By Lyman L. Pierce, President, Pierce & Hed-
rick. "Comprehensive and informing. An admirable
presentation of the methods and advantages of the
skillfully planned campaign." — The Survey. $3.00

HOW TO INTERVIEW

By Walter V. Bingham, and Bruce V.
Moore. " Nowhere has so much experience about
the right and wrong ways to interview been assembled.
Should stand for some time to come as a fundamental
reference work." — Personnel Review Bulletin. $4.00

PSYCHIATRY IN
EDUCATION

By V. V. Anderson M. D., author of Psychiatry
in Industry. "A distinct contribution to our under-
standing of the problems of individuals and their
and failures in education." — Mental

Hygiene.

$4.00

FREE EXAMINATION OICI>ER FORI?I

HARPER & BROTHERS
49 East 33rd St., New York
Send me the volumes checked below.

D I will remit $ within 10 days or return the books.

D Check enclosed. D Send C.O.D.

D THE ART OF CONFERENCE — $3.00

D HOW TO DO PUBLICITY $3.00

D HOW TO RAISE MONEY $3.00

O HOW TO INTERVIEW $4.00

D PSYCHIATRY IN EDUCATION $4.00

Name.

Address.

Business Connection .
SG11

(PLEASE FILL IN)

(In answering advertisements phase mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

571

Know how
little you get9
when you buy
insurance!

SECURITY

A CHALLENGE TO AMERICA
by Abraham Epstein

Executive Secretary of the American Association
for Social Security

The insecurity which today threatens alike
farmer, laborer, professional man, and execu-
tive is becoming more and more intolerable.
Dramatically and forcefully the author re-
veals the inadequacies of our insurance in-
stitutions today, and presents a program of
Social Insurance which assures real security
in old age for yourself and everyone else.
With a foreword by FRANCES PERKINS,
U. S. Secretary of Labor. $4.00

At all bookstores, or direct from
HARRISON SMITH and ROBERT HAAS, 17 E. 49 St., N. Y.

»»'/»<// Is the

Philosophy Behind

the JYew Deal?

THIS

WORLD

iff/ Samuel S. Fels

"It is just this kind of vigorous,
disinterested, untraditional thinking
which the world must have if it is to
deal effectively with the problems
which confront it." —Joseph H.
Willits, Dean of Wharton School,

University of Pennsylvania.
Pictures by Van Loon

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN CO.

$2.50

JOEL'S PARTY

(Continued from page 563)

were the Kirby twins, crackling in organdies, and the spit of each
other. They both gave Joel two initialed handkerchiefs and wished
him many happy returns in the same treble. They even had to go
to the toilet at the same time. "Couldn't you scream?" said Aunt
Mabel.

The unexpected happened when Charlie Hooser, an undersized
person with pale lips, pale eyes, and a wet nose, arrived carrying a
bottle of very cheap perfume. Charlie was all mixed up and thought
he'd been invited to the party. This was so dreadful that all the
guests wanted to die. Even the little Pierce girl, who was only
eight, felt how dreadful it was and wanted to die. When you save
your pennies to send a person's family Christmas baskets you don't
invite the person to your party. And Charlie's family was notorious
in the neighborhood. The main trouble was that Mr. Hooser had
bad teeth which gave him rheumatism so that he couldn't work.
Therefore he stayed at home all day and Ma Hooser had a new
baby every year because there was nothing else to do you see.
(Aunt Mabel's eyebrows shooting up high at this point. Joel
thought of the lovely tulips and how the wind and the bees carried
the silken dust and he became confused.) But now that Charlie was
here you couldn't throw him out exactly. He remained grinning in
the background, not so much in the party as of it, picking up chairs
when they fell and being otherwise useful.

After the first shock of each other's appearance had washed over
them and subsided, after the first pang of relinquishing the gift to
their host had pierced them and died down, they setded down
to playing games. The little boys cheated while the little girls
screamed. It was going to be a nice party after all. They had the
most fun at the table of course. There were nuts and raisins, and
the cake and jelly and sandwiches of sorts. A bowl full of purple
punch, with illusive bits of fruit floating in it, stood before Joel, who
handed out glassfulls of ale for his knights and their ladies. Jimmie
Trainor playfully flung nutshells at everybody and Eddie Globe
made the little Pierce girl laugh till she nearly cried, with his
mustache of peanut-butter and a monocle out of a cracker.

Then they began to cheer, first mockingly the cat, Lizzie's teddy-
bear; then exaltedly the Kearney School, Myrtle Street, Them-
selves,

Take off your shoes and stockings,
And let your feet go bare,
We are the ginks of Myrtle Street
So have a lot of care.

Oh, hurrah for the Red, White and Blue,

May it wave as our standard forever,

You can all take a seat,

For the Myrtles can't be beat,

So, Hurrah for the Red, White and Blue.

But Eddie Globe suddenly remembering that, this, after all, was a
birthday party and Joel's at that swiftly ate his monocle and pro-
posed three rousing cheers for their host.

Rickety, Tickety, Sis-Boom-Bah
Joel, Joel, Rah Rah Rah.

Their host looked up, pleased and perturbed. Just at this moment
he did not know whether he was King Arthur or the Last of the
Mohicans.

"Joel, Joel, Rah Rah Rah!!!"

He was neither for he was both, and he was more than both. He
was Davie Crockett at the Alamo, the head of the Traffic Squad
leading a parade. He was Nathan Hale, dying and wishing that he
had more than one life to give for his country. . . .

"Joel, Joel, Rah Rah Rah!!!"

The cry had lost its original meaning and become a game they were
playing full of rhythm, full of zip, full of smash. The girls swayed;

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

572

the boys stamped their feet and boomed. Charlie Hooser quivered
like a damp rag in the wind.

"Joel, Joel, Rah Rah Rah!!!"

Tears were in Joel's eyes and a twitching in his throat. Springing on
a chair he hoarsely joined the chorus.

"Joel, Joel, RAH RAH RAH ! ! !'

He was a Washington freezing at Valley Forge. He was Lindberg
swooping down to the shores of France.

"JOEL JOEL RAH RAH RAH!!!"

They were shouting, crying, yelling with religious ecstasy. Far off
he heard the clash of cymbals and saw banners waving. He was all
the heroes of all the nations and more. . . .

"JOEL JOEL RAH RAH RAH ! ! !"

Smoke and giant flames were climbing to the sky. He was martyred
saints . . . They were singing hosannas . . . And archangels . . .

"JOEL JOEL RAH RAH RAH. . . .

Then he caught a glimpse of Lizzie. She was sucking lur lip and smil-
ing at him. For an instant, during which the world disappeared like
mist, they were alone together in some cool eternity. "JOEL
JOEL" they proclaimed him. Joel seized a fruit knife and flung it
at his cousin's head. A thin line of blood, like a Christmas string,
started at one corner of her mouth and ran down her chin. Then
the party broke up.

A COUPLE of weeks later, a lady with a notebook came, and
nodded while Mama talked. She was a mild-mannered per-
son who seemed to like them all equally well. She told Lizzie about
a school that was anxious to have another little girl. One lived
there. It was in the country. It was extraordinary in the summer
how the thrushes came and sang. Lizzie looked neither sad nor
glad. She shook Bertha's hand goodbye, then Joel's, then Mama's.
Joel flattened his nose against the window and watched them go.
Lizzie's legs worked very fast to keep up with the lady's longer
paces as the two disappeared down Myrtle Street.

WHAT'S WRONG WITH OUR CITIES?

(Continued from page 561)

spreads inefficiency throughout the system, downward toward
cutting the heart out of the whole modern concept of education,
is evident. In none of these plans, it must be added, is Des Moines
unique. Similar attempts are extending to all phases of municipal
service. But they all encounter the basic fact, that it is not money,
so much as energy, ability, service, that is being wasted in city
government.

To attempt genuine tax saving without reorganization then,
basic city services are suffering, and the American people are being
pressed to a choice of crippling these services, or of consenting to a
tax rate which will continue their present status. Since the former
is unthinkable and hence no alternative at all, the main problem
before our municipalities is, as stated at the outset, one of taxation
purely. Wheeling, W. Va., in September, gave a startling demon-
stration of this truth. Insisting that the city faced financial chaos
because of a court ruling limiting tax levies, Manager-mayor
Gordon P. Fought electrified the community by discharging
himself and 270 city employes. This would have removed from
office all members of the city council, the police and fire depart-
ments, city department heads and others. It was impossible for local
government to continue under the restrictions imposed, the mayor
felt. Had the state not come to its rescue, Wheeling would have
been without schools, police or fire protection, not to speak of the
other services.

Wheeling is the largest municipality to be faced with the threat
of having local government shut down entirely. But from other
sections of the country the National Municipal League has
received reports of disintegration of services and of financial
collapse of smaller units. Twenty-one (Continued on page 574)

(In answering advertisements please

573

The Complete Manual for Parents

3 volumes

1 01 7 pages

Illustrated

THE CENTURY

CHILDHOOD

LIBRARY

Edited by
John E. Anderson, Ph.D.

Student's

Edition

SS.OOa volume

BUSY CHILDHOOD

Guidance through Play and Activity. By Josephine C.
Foster, Ph.D., Principal of the Kindergarten and Nursery
School and Professor of Child Welfare, University of
Minnesota.

HAPPY CHILDHOOD

The Development and Guidance of Children and Youth.
By John E. Anderson, Ph.D., Director of the Institute of
Child Welfare, University of Minnesota.

HEALTHY CHILDHOOD

Guidance lor Physical Care. By Harold C. Stuart, M.D.,
Assistant Professor of Pediatrics and Child Hygiene.
Medical School and School of Public Health, Harvard
University.

D. APPLETON-CENTURY COMPANY

35 West 32nd St. New York, N. Y.

• Students of the N.R.A. will
be interested in this fundamental social
study, now in its second printing —

The Christian
Social Manifesto

• By Joseph Husslein, S.J., Ph.D.

This comprehensive study of the famed
Encyclicals: The Rerum Novarum of Pope
Leo XIII and Quadragesima Anno of Pope
Pius XI, has found a new application to
today's economic discussions as suggested
by the N. R. A. It conveys a definite under-
standing of the implications of both En-
cyclicals, explains them paragraph by para-
graph, and interprets the teachings of the
documents in light of the present crisis.

Sociology and Social Research: "Every reader
of the book . . . must recognize the tre-
mendous value of so succinct a social
philosophy." $2.50

The Bruce Publishing Company

605 Montgomery Building
I

mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

Let the "SHIP'S DECK" Qive You

a SEA AIR APPETITE

Breathe in the bracing sea air as
it sweeps across the spacious
"Ship's Deck" atop Colton
Manor. Colton Manor extends
itself in its superb cuisine and
service!

CltonMawor
Dne of The Finest Hotels
In Atlantic City

PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE

A. C. ANDREWS, President and Managing Director

STATEMENT OF THE OWNERSHIP, MANAGEMENT, CIRCULA-
TION, ETC., REQUIRED BY THE ACT OF CONGRESS OF
AUGUST 24, 1912, of SURVEY GRAPHIC, published monthly at Con-
cord, N. H., for October 1, 1933.
State of New York, )
County of New York, ) ss'

Before me, a Commissioner of Deeds, in and for the State and county
aforesaid, personally appeared Arthur Kellogg, who, having been duly
sworn, according to law, deposes and says that he is the Managing Editor of
the SUKVEY GRAPHIC and that the following is, to the best of his knowledge and
belief, a true statement of the ownership, management (and if a daily paper,
the circulation), etc., of the aforesaid publication, for the date shown m the
above caption, required by the Act of August 24, 1912, embodied in section 411,
Postal Laws and Regulations, printed on the reverse side of this form, to wit:

1. That the names and addresses of the publisher, editor, managing editor,
and business managers are: Publisher, Survey Associates, Inc., 112 East 19
Street, New York, N. Y.; Editor, Paul U. Kellogg, 112 East 19 Street, New
York, N. Y.; Managing Editor, Arthur Kellogg, 112 East 19 Street, New York,
N. Y. ; Business Managers, none.

2. That the owner is: (If owned by a corporation, its name and address
must be stated and also immediately thereunder the names and addresses of
stockholders owning or holding one per cent or more of total amount of stock.
If not owned by a corporation, the names and addresses of the individual owners
must be given. If owned by a firm, company, or other unincorporated concern,
its name and address, as well as those of each individual member, must be
given.) Survey Associates, Inc., 112 East 19 St., New York, N. Y., a non-
commercial corporation under the laws of the State of New York with over
1,800 members. It has no stocks or bonds. President, Lucius R. Eastman, 110
Washington Street, New York, N. Y.; Vice-presidents, Julian W. Mack, 1224
Woolworth Building, New York, N. Y.; Joseph P. Chamberlain, Columbia
University, New York, N. Y.; John Palmer Gavit, 112 East 19 Street, New York,
N. Y.; Secretary, Ann Reed Brenner, 112 East 19 Street, New York, N. Y.;
Treasurer, Arthur Kellogg, 112 East 19 Street, New York, N. Y.

3. That the known bondholders, mortgagees, and other security holders
owning or holding 1 per cent or more of total amount of bonds, mortgages, or
other securities are: (If there are none, so state.) None.

4. That the two paragraphs next above, giving the names of the owners,
stockholders, and security holders, if any, contain not only the list of stock-
holders and security holders, as they appear upon the books of the company but
also, in cases where the stockholder or security holder appears upon the books
of the company as trustee or in any other fiduciary relation, the name of the
person or corporation for whom such trustee is acting, is given; also that the
said two paragraphs contain statements embracing affiant's full knowledge and
belief as to the circumstances and conditions under which stockholders and
•ecurity holders who do not appear upon the books of the company as trustees,
hold stock and securities in a capacity other than that of a bona fide owner; and
this affiant has no reason to believe that any other person, association, or cor-
poration has any interest direct or indirect in the said stock, bonds, or other
securities than as so stated by him.

[Signed] ARTHUR KELLOGG, Managing Editor.
Sworn to and subscribed before me this 19th day of September, 1933.

[Seal] MARTHA HOHMANN,

Commissioner of Deeds, City of New York,
New York County Clerk's No. 118, New
York County Register's No. 35-H-4.
Commission Expires April 26, 1934.

(Continued from page 573) townships in Minnesota recently
folded up entirely. In one large southern state, 85 percent of the
schools were closed early last year and no one knows how many
will reopen. Public-health units have been eliminated, libraries
closed, and recreation centers abandoned. To this picture must be
added the staggering problem of unemployment relief.

How to go on paying for things without any money to pay, is
but one phase of the present municipal crisis. Bonded debts stand
on a different footing. They represent money that has already been
spent, and in cities which have been piling up debts the day of
reckoning is perpetually present. Interest must be met and bonds
retired on schedule; otherwise the city's credit will collapse.
Matured bonds may be paid out of the city's sinking fund or by a
new bond issue. But the sinking fund also must be maintained
through taxes, the general principle being that when a new bond
issue is floated, a percentage of the taxes goes to the sinking fund
sufficient to pay off the bonds at maturity. The new bonds provide
sufficient funds to retire the old ones, but they also increase the
taxes. Either way the taxpayer bears the cost. Hence, a city's
curtailment of bond issues, even when this is possible, does not
relieve the strain. We are paying 25 percent of our taxes for money
we have already borrowed, and not for improvements yet to come.
It is academic to argue now whether these engagements should
have been entered into. Proponents of extreme community sen--
ice hold that they should. Adherents of the "rugged individualism"
idea believe they should not. The point beyond debate is that
interest on debts must be met out of taxes, and the taxes for two
causes have been increasingly insufficient. Taxable values of all
kinds have so fallen that present rates are insufficient; and citizens
en masse cannot, or will not, pay even such taxes as are due.

SO the depression has stormed through our local governments,
leaving a wake of wrecked public institutions. The effects are so
widespread that dwelling on any particular crisis puts the whole
picture out of drawing. Studies in over a thousand American cities
show a decrease in school expenditures this last year of about
S220 million, ranging from approximately 2 percent in New York
to 29 percent in Mississippi. In the last two years the reduction of
capital investment for new school buildings, alterations, and the
like, has approximated $211 million — a reduction in capital expen-
ditures by over 57 percent since 1929. The nation's park and play-
ground budget has been reduced by 65 percent; fire and police
protection by 27 percent; library appropriations by 40 percent.
These figures are approximate.

Such figures mean little unless we can picture the human
situations behind them. School efficiency, for instance, has not
been reduced in proportion to the lowered expenditures because
of the self-sacrifice of teachers. Strange stories are afloat of the
methods by which American communities are striving to keep their
children in school when no taxes are available to maintain the
schools. Teachers work without salaries and "board out" with the
parents, fuel and light are contributed by citizens, rural bus-driv-
ers offer their services free. The same spirit pervades other munici-
pal departments.

The bulk of taxpayers, however, are not displaying such patience.
The indifference of the average citizen to the functioning of the
government under which he lives has always been a cause of com-
plaint. There can be no such criticism today. Over three thousand
lay organizations of taxpayers are actively interested in govern-
ment. The majority of them have come into existence since 1930.
This does not include the standard civic bodies dealing with peren-
nial questions under a degree of professional guidance. It refers to
organizations that have sprung up primarily to reduce the tax
rate. Most of them have begun their work on the simple assump-
tion that high taxes can be reduced by abolishing waste without
reorganizing government. When they discover their mistake—-
as invariably they do if they go far enough to encounter their
governments actually at work — they lose interest, or strike blindly
at indispensable functions of government, or buckle down to the
earnest labor of trying to put local administration on a soundly
economic basis. It is to the everlasting credit of our country that
the latter trend is becoming more pronounced every day.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

574

As these organizations progress, they find four underlying causes
of municipal difficulties, to which graft and actual waste of funds
are only concomitants. The first is obsolete political organization.
Most of our town, city and county governments were organized
before the Industrial Revolution deflected the currents of American
life. Hence they provide for exigencies that no longer exist, and
do not make provision for the needs of today. In this, more than
through any deliberate mismanagement, lies much of our widely
advertised waste of public money. The office of county sheriff is a
typical example. When this office was created, the sheriff's was
largely a part-time job in which the fees paid for specific services
was the most economical system. But many of the inconsequential
services for which a sheriff receives small fees have swollen in
numbers until he is now one of our most highly paid public officials,
while his really important duties as an officer of the law have passed
more or less completely out of his hands. Local self-government is
full of such instances.

THEY have found, in the second place, that many administra-
tive functions in schools, libraries, parks and police, to cite only a
few examples, can be reorganized to attain greater efficiency, and
that some, but not many, can be suspended until better times.
Third, they have found grave faults in the tax system that permit
wholesale evasions, and the consequent crippling of community
finances. Finally they have encountered wholesale tax delinquency,
much of it deliberate, of which tax gatherers long have been aware,
but which they have been powerless to prevent.

Gradually these citizens' organizations are gaining strength
and prestige until they now constitute a powerful force in the
coming rehabilitation of self-government. From Washington last
spring a group of representatives from major civic organizations
issued a call to every community to organize "Citizens' Councils"
to reinforce in every possible way our tottering institutions of
public service. The response was immediate. At present there are
forty-one of these councils functioning in seventeen states. The
National Municipal League, to whom the conference entrusted
the organization of this movement, reports that over fifty additional
councils are being organized, in twenty-six states. That the idea is
just getting headway is shown by the fact that inquiries as to how
to organize run into many hundreds more, and come from every
state in the Union.

Similarly the problem of tax delinquency is being attacked in
a national way. A "Pay Your Taxes" campaign has been promoted
by a group of bankers who specialize in municipal securities, and
entrusted also to the National Municipal League to develop.

The debt problem is being vigorously attacked in different ways
in different communities. A few cities, as has been noted, have been
obliged to default on some of their payments. In Fall River a com-
mittee of financiers has taken over the entire municipal budget in
an effort to save the city from default. In this one particular, the
committee's efforts have been successful so far, but the bitter
criticism of citizens and public officials who feel that the city's
credit is being maintained at the sacrifice of responsible public
service may make Fall River an example difficult to follow.

In New York City a committee of bankers has underwritten the
municipal budget for four years on an agreement that will permit
essential city services to go on, while new issues to retire outstand-
ing bonds can maintain the city's credit. This experiment also
has its positive and negative sides, for while it relieves the present
danger of New York's sinking to Chicago's plight, it of course in-
creases the total interest on the city's debt service for many years
to come, and may have a tendency to stand in the way of civic
economies. Some cities are applying to their state governments for
loans through state bond issues, or for permission to expand their
own debt limits, or for further expansion of the old device of spe-
cial districts. Most of these moves are postponing the day of reck-
oning in the hope that times will be better by the time that day
no longer can be postponed.

At the meeting of the United States Conference of Mayors in
Chicago recently, Secretary of the Interior Ickes made what he
called a "sporting proposition" to the mayors as a means of
dealing with the problem of unemployment (Continued on page 576)

The Saseks are going
up in the world

THKY CAME from a hovel. Now they live in a flat. Someday soon, they
hope to buy a house anil a radio anil maylie a car. \ es. tlie Saseks are
climbing — but life right now is no picnic for the ambitious, tireless
one who cooks and washes and cleans — to help her family get there.

Mrs. Sasek wants no pity, but she'd welcome any suggestions that
will make her work easier.

One suggestion that's sure to lighten both her washing and clean-
ing is Fels-Naptha Soap. For Fels-Naptha brings extra help. Good
golden soap and plcntv of naptha. Working together, they remove
the grimiest dirt without hard rubbing. Kirn in cool icater!

Write Fels& Co., Philadelphia, Pa., for a sample bar of Fels-Naptha.
mentioning the Survey Graphic.

FELS-NAPTHA

THE GOLDEN BAR WITH THE CLEAN NAPTHA ODOR

LITERARY:

We assist in preparing special articles, papers, speeches,
debates. Expert scholarly service. AUTHOR'S RESKARCH
BUREAU, 516 Fifth Avenue. New York.

TAKING A TRIP?

We need to know but three thing;— WHERE— WHE
HOW MUCH. Travel Department— SURVEY GRAPHIC.

AND

WhenVouCoTo

PHILADELPHIA**}

m\r •vifitf^si.n.v/Jiv vi • A —Xl

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

575

•••BBBI
HOTEL S

TEL S TAKER.. CLEVELAND §050

make \ZXTZIR room* a
crx

valuM

• WE SAY COMPARE

Statler guests are able lo compare. Our service policies, our operating
policies, give travelers a definite, measurable unit of value ... as near a
trade-marked package as the hotel world affords. Slatler guests know how
to add. Our pricing policies, consistently followed over the years, add up
to the lowest-cost living afforded by any good hotel.

HOTELS STATLER

Rooms begin at

HOTEL STATLER.. DETROIT $050

Rooms begin at £•

HOTEL STATLER.. ST. LOUIS $p50

Rooms begin at Cm

HOTEL STATLER.. BUFFALO $OflO

Rooms begin at O

HOTEL STATLER.. BOSTON $O50

Rooms begin at W

HOTEL PENNSYLVANIA..

NEW YORK

£ Rooms begin at

other rooms proportionately priced. The rate
of each room is plainly posted in fhof room.

(Continued from page 575) relief which is straining many muni-
cipal finances. He proposed an immediate public-works-construc-
tion program in which any city could take part. The federal
government would furnish the money for this program, pre-
senting 30 percent outright and loaning the remaining 70
percent at 4 percent interest "on any approved plan." The con-
ference immediately appointed a committee to work out details.
Of course, the difficulty lies in adding to staggering municipal
budgets even the small 4 percent interest for a term of years, though
with skilful handling this offer might be tantamount to an outright
loan without interest, of the full amount asked from the govern-
ment; for the 30 percent gift of the government would tend to
cover the interest on a long-term loan.

So the forces of municipal rehabilitation are at work, and the
future holds a degree of hope. Some of the desperate problems may
be postponed for future solution, and local self-government saved
if the future can provide a way out. With an eye to this hypothetical
future, the National Municipal League is calling a conference of
the nation's civic leaders to meet at Atlantic City, November 9-
1 1 on the general subject of The Part of Local Government in
Recovery. Every phase of the crisis will be discussed. Special
section meetings are planned on municipal credit, unemployment
relief, minimum requirements for schools, libraries, social service,
public recreation, fire and police protection, public health, with
emphasis on the question of how these services may be main-
tained until the crisis is passed. An afternoon will be devoted to
Government Control of Liquor in anticipation of problems which
every community is certain to face within the next year. The whole
concept of this meeting is imbued with an atmosphere of hope
that is attracting wide interest. No one can predict the outcome,
but such an assemblage is itself one of the encouraging signs of the
times. The American taxpayer is not content with complaint. He
is willing to work towards the solution of the problems of which our
tax difficulties are both a cause and a result, but which depend on
the taxpayer's attitude for solution.

SOUND AND FURY IN GERMANY

(Continued from page 554)

societies connected with prisons, reformatories, courts, and so on
were dissolved.

Goering, the soldier aviator, is hardly an expert on relief, yet he
has the power to dictate what form it shall take and he is strong for
private charity as against public relief. At an official press confer-
ence on June 9 he announced the fundamental lines on which the
new system of relief is to be organized. "The experience of the past
shows that it was a grave error to entrust welfare to public bodies.
This meant that public relief was introduced in places where
private charity was already sufficient, thus hampering the latter."

An enthusiastic young Hitlerite took us to see the sort of relief
\vhich Goering approves, a soup-kitchen maintained by employed
Nazis for the unemployed of the party. Each family in which there
is a member with a job contributes a pound of food a week to the
kitchen. I must say I have never seen a friendlier or cheerier place.
It was an old dwelling-house, once grand but now hopelessly
shabby; and it was dubiously clean, it was crowded and noisy, but
it had an atmosphere of comradeship and warmth and even pride,
which no other such place I ever visited had. The kitchen was filled
with red-faced, perspiring women stirring great soup-kettles and
washing thick bowls, and in two big dining-rooms were crowds of
young men eating thick soup and rye bread. Our guide was a stout,
hearty, beaming Nazi lady who bustled into each room with a
Fascist salute and a loud "Heil" and all the cooks and the diners
responded with a "Heil." Nobody paid for the food he ate and no-
body asked pay for the work she did.

I might have waxed quite sentimental over it had I not once
been a social worker myself and know how little such individual
efforts however sweet can do to stem the great tide of hunger
and misery in a country like Germany under the present de-
pression. What is to be the lot of the (Continued on page 578)
(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

576

TRAVELER'S

NOTEBOOK

Morocco Sets an Example

HOW small countries are weathering the competitive storm of
mass production would be a natural enough question in a
world less beset by all sorts of problems. In the Near East and
Africa some of them are in danger of industrial annihilation unless
they run to cover one way or another. Morocco has taken the
initiative. Under the egis of the French administration, she has
set about to revive her ancient artistic handicrafts along the
finest lines — for to employ cheap labor and materials would be
fatal. The project was looked upon as educational in character
and placed under Le Service des Arts Indigenes, a department in
the Board of Education.

Specimens were collected for reproduction and skilled native
artisans found, who were either established in workshops by the
state, which provided headquarters, materials, wages, and mar-
keted the output; or who opened up on their own, filling orders
from the state at prices fixed in advance. The latter plan proved
more desirable, so that pretty soon shops sprang up, training their
own apprentices; the state merely supplying each town with an
expert adviser and a collection of ancient models, which was
housed in a museum, thus affording officials, artisans, the general
public, as well as buyers a chance to become familiar with genuine
native art. Moreover the work produced, which ranged over
handwork in iron, copper, wood and leather, ceramics, jewelry,
bookbinding, embroidery, lace, carpets, was first put on exhibi-
tion, not only in Morocco but in foreign countries, thereby simul-
taneously advancing culture and consumption.

Interesting comparative figures and other details of what this
revival has meant to Morocco are contained in the September
Social and Economic News (issued by the Department of Social
and Industrial Research and Counsel of the International Mis-
sionary Council, 2 Rue de Montchoisy, Geneva). The success of
the undertaking is borne out by the fact that the French adminis-
tration is promoting similar operations in Tunis and Algeria; Italy
has followed suit in Tripoli; and it is anticipated that Syria and
Egypt will do likewise.

Educational Film

ANOTHER item in the Social and Economic News of far-
reaching import is to the effect that the American University
at Cairo has put the movies to educational work in the field of
health. Trachoma, which not infrequently leads to blindness and
is largely due to "unhygienic conditions in general and uncleanli-
ness in particular," is one of the great blights of the Near East. In
fighting this disease medicine must work hand in hand with edu-
cation; and here the illiteracy of the population has been a tremen-
dous handicap. Therefore the university has turned something of
a miracle in staging and producing in Egypt a film called Save the
Eyes (incidentally all but one of the characters are Egyptians),
which dramatically sets forth rules for prevention, methods of
treatment and cleanliness. The film can be hired and it is hoped
will be shown throughout the Near East.

Islands in Canada

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND has the distinction of being at
r once the smallest, the most prosperous and densely populated
province in Canada. More than that, 60 percent of its people are
over seventy years of age — a phenomenon partially explained by
the vivifying air and tranquil life — the leading occupations being
agriculture, fur-farming and fishing. Though 90 percent of the in-
habitants are native-born, they are nonetheless of international
descent — English, Scotch, Irish, French. The first dwellers were
the Micmac Indians, and some three hundred members of the
tribe are still extant, living on two reservations. It was on Prince

REPRESENTATIVE

i\ LAWMAKER who, in making the laws for
his social life, considers the register at The Willard
Hotel his statute book.

Single Rooms with Bath $4 up

Double Rooms with Bath $6 up

Moderate Prices in Main Dining Room —

Popular Priced Coffee Shop

Write for Illustrated Booklet and Rates

niLLARDUOTEL

"The Residence of Presidents"

14th and Pennsylvania Avenue

Washington, D. C.
II. P. SOMBRVILLE, Managing Director

Edward Island, in Charlottetown, that the first meetings which
brought about confederation in Canada were held in 1864. The
visitors book containing the signatures of the cJe'egates includes
that of the prime minister at that time, Sir John A. MacDonald,
who gave his occupation as "cabinet maker."

Apart from its physical beauty, Cape Breton Island, Nova
Scotia, is perhaps of special interest because it is the burial place of
Graham Bell, inventor of the telephone. A colorful note is the fact
that 10 percent of its 130,000 inhabitants use the Gaelic language.
(Canadian National Railways, 673 Fifth Avenue, New York.)

Miscellany

ALMOST half a million square miles of Arabia remain to be
explored by the foreigner.

A twenty-volume edition of the flora of the Soviet Union has
been completed by Russian botanists and it is said to contain over
twenty thousand species of plants.

Going-to-the-Sun Highway in Glacier National Park has been
opened to the public, thus providing a scenic route across the
Rockies linking the east and west sides of the park.

On the basis of the general census of 1 930, Miguel Mendizabal
is preparing a language map which will show where the close on
to sixty indigenous tongues and dialects are spoken in Mexico.

A tunnel under the Straits of Gibraltar, to link Europe with
Africa, is again being promoted.

After sixteen years of work, Japan has completed a tunnel al-
most five miles long under the Hakone Mountains. — Science News
Letter.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

577

Untoersrttp of Cfncago

of Mortal S>erbtce

Academic Year, 1933-34

Winter Quarter, Jan. 2-Mar. 23
Spring Quarter, Apr. 2-June 1 3

Summer Quarter

First Term, June 18-July 20
Second Term, July 23-Aug. 24

Students who wish to enroll for Field Work Courses
for the Winter Quarter, 2934, must file application
with tbt Dian of the School before December 20,

Announcements on request

Simmons College

&d)0ol of gwrnl OTorfe

•

Professional Training in

Medical Social Work, Psychiatric
Social Work, Family Welfare,
Child Welfare, Community Work

Leading to the degree of B.S. and M.S.
Address:

THE DIRECTOR

18 Somerset Street

Boston, Massachusetts

(Continued from page 576) poor who have no Nazi record, nobody
knows.

The Nazi leaders have for years denounced the government of
the Republic and now their propaganda is one of unmitigated
vilification of all that was done by the state between 1919 and 1933.
The Socialists they hold responsible for the Armistice, which they
call "a stab in the back," for the army was never defeated, the gen-
erals were only too eager to carry on, and had it not been for the
Jews and pacifists in Berlin, Germany would have emerged victori-
ous from the War. Having ruined their country in a military sense,
the Jews and Marxists proceeded to ruin her economically, through
the inflation and then through widespread corruption and robbery.
This is reiterated so often that people whose memories should serve
them better, begin to believe it.

A! to the charge that Socialists were responsible for the collapse
at the Front in the fall of 1918, Philip Scheidemann has an-
swered that in The New York Times. I asked several social workers
whether there was any justification for Goebbels' attacks on the
Republican government. One of them, whose name is known to
most Survey Graphic readers, answered as follows:

It was not a corrupt government and much that it did was of last-
ing value, but it was partizan and sometimes the program was ill-
judged. No one party was responsible, city and state governments
had to have representatives of all parties and these always fought
for places for their followers. Then after the inflation was over and
the mark stabilized, the Germans thought prosperity had come to
stay and the administrations put up extravagant buildings and laid
out parks. But the 6-million-dollar Krankenkassen building in
Frankfurt was not more foolish than the enormous building put up
by I. G. Farben (the dye and chemical trust) at the same time.
Foreign loans were only too easy to get, in fact your American bank-
ers almost forced them on us. However, it is true that there was not,
after the War, the same incorruptible official class as before and for
the first time the political parties dictated appointments, such as
burgomasters, who before were always non-partizan specialists. It
is true that the Cabinet was not Socialistic after the first year, but
the Department of the Interior always was. Salaries also were
higher than before the War. Everywhere except in Bavaria, the of-
ficials were practically all Socialistic. The Socialists were not always
corrupt, but they did take all offices, even the smallest, for them-
selves, and they had autos and lived in grand houses. All the old
standards, of small salaries and modest living, were gone and men
who never before had had large sums of money to spend lost their
heads. Now many cities are bankrupt. Hitler and his colleagues arc
wise enough to live with the utmost simplicity.

A lady who had done volunteer social service before the war also
protested against the injustice done to the Republican government
by Hitler. She spoke of the twelve-hour day, which obtained in
many industries before the War, abolished by the Socialists and
she insisted that, with all his unemployment and his miserable dole,
the workman is better off in Berlin now than he was then, his hous-
ing is better, he has his insurances, he has gained enormously.

Most of the social workers we met could only deplore the effect of
the Revolution and look forward with dread to what the future
would bring, but I was surprised to meet one who was a convinced
convert to Hitlerism. She was — still is, I believe — in charge of the
women's department in the office for the unemployed in a large
industrial city which has suffered terribly from the depression. She
said:

In this city the Nazi movement is very welcome. The Commu-
nists were such an affliction. We social workers had endless trouble
with them, for they wanted everything to fail, even the work we
were doing for the unemployed. The Communist girls who cooked
in our school would sabotage and spoil the food, although it was
going to the free lunches for their own class. They wanted every-
thing to fail because it came from a capitalistic society. Now the
Communist leaders are in camps and the followers are turning to
the Nazis. After all, it was only misery that made them Communists.
We are to be a united Germany now. On May 1 it was so joyful, all
of us marched together, employers and employes, officials of the
city, the higher with the lower, laborers with white-collar men, for
the first time in their lives. You see, it is not as in America, we are
not really democratic. Up to now we have always had a wide

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

578

separation of the classes and it is the great achievement of Hitler's
party to do away with classes and make all Germans equal.

In contrast, let me quote a physician who had just read Goeb-
bels' declaration in Hamburg that from now on all Germans who
are not Nazis are to be treated as second-class citizens, with no
voice in the government and with inferior rights. He said:

More and more, as winter conies on and hunger is as bad as ever,
they will divide us into two classes as Russia did, and will take from
those that arc not Nazis to give to those that are. People say, "If
Hitler fails there will be Bolshevism," but I say if he succeeds there
will be Bolshevism, for that is what we are getting now by degrees.
They are not intelligent enough to have a real economic program.
When they say they will abolish capitalism they do not know they
are speaking of a system, they mean only that they will take from
some of the rich and give to some of the poor, from the well-to-do
of other parties to the poor of their party.

When we were in Germany it was still possible for Hitler's fol-
lowers to say that they saw in his movement the only hope for a
real socialism. An ex-officer in Koenigsberg and a landed proprietor
of East Prussia both told me that they had joined the Nazi party
because they were disillusioned by the half-way measures of the
Republic and were convinced that the National Socialists were at
once truly national and truly socialistic. A young man, a recent
graduate from the university, spoke with fervor on this subject:

Hider has from the first preached the brotherhood of man, the
breaking away from class distinctions. That is his greatest contribu-
tion. The Nazi Party is socialistic in that it places the common good
above the individual, in that it is against the liberalism and laissez-
faire of capitalism, but it is not Marxist because it is against class
warfare. The German Nationalist Party is capitalistic and has al-
ways played behind the curtain in the former governments, the so-
called socialistic. What the union of German industrialists wanted
always went. Now we shall have real socialism, German socialism,
all for one and one for all. Hitler promises land to the peasants and
relief from their mortgages and debts. He promises to protect the
little shopkeeper from the competition of the department stores, he
is for the people.

There was indeed much to encourage this belief in the speeches
that were made by Hitler and his commissars, especially after the
first Congress of Leaders which was held in Berlin on June 17 and

18. The Congress, which was not open to the public, must have
been very inspiring for the leaders emerged from it filled with a
new zeal for the Revolution and the announcements they made
caused joy to their followers but to most of our friends only deep
foreboding, even terror. Goering said, "What has happened is
nothing to what is to come." Rust said, "We have heard the over-
ture, now the opera begins." The Leaders' Congress had formulated
a five-plank platform which was published in the papers on June

19. The first plank called for the principle of "absolute totality" to
be carried out by the abolition of Marxism and the absorption of
all other parties; in the second, all internationalism was to be driven
out of Germany, including not only Marxism but Capitalism,
Jewry and Masonic lodges; third, the cleft must be closed between
different classes and different religions; fourth, the capitalistic-
liberalistic system must be abolished; fifth, the democratic-par-
liamentary system must go.

This was more categorical than any official announcement since
the Revolution and it was a strong confirmation of the socialistic
bent of the Nazis. And yet, some three weeks later, on July 11,
came Hitler's proclamation that the Revolution was over and
Goering's threats against those who thought to carry on as if it
still continued. The management of industry was in the hands of a
committee of men like Thyssen and Krupp von Bohlen, and though
the conservative Hugenberg had had to resign from the Cabinet,
his successor was also a representative of big business. The much
heralded socialization of the land has been entrusted to the
Junkers of Pomerania and East Prussia.

What the convinced Socialists in Hider's following think of all
this we cannot possibly learn, but to outsiders it looks as if the great
Revolution were mosdy sound and fury; the mountains have
travailed and a little mouse has been born.

(In answering advertisements please

579

The New York School
of Social Work

1898-1933

THE School's establishment in
' 1898 represented the first for-
mal attempt to provide organized
training for social workers in this
country. With the Fall Quarter
the School began its
thirty-sixth year

122 East
Twenty-second Street

New York

SMITH COLLEGE SCHOOL
FOR SOCIAL WORK

A Graduate Professional School —
offering courses leading to the de-
gree of Master of Social Science

ACADEMIC YEAR OPENS JULY, 1934

*****

SMITH COLLEGE STUDIES IN SOCIAL WORK

Contents (or September 1933

Three Studies in Hyperactivity

I. A Descriptive Definition of Hyperactivity
Doris M. Sylvester

II. The Relation of Parental Attitudes to

Variations in Hyperactivity

Ethel L. Ginsburg

III. A Comparison of Hyperactive and Non-
Hyperactive Problem Children

Berntct Blackman

The Relation of Reading Disability to Left-
Handedness and Speech Defects in Other
Members of the Family Josephint E. Clark

Yearly Subscription S2

Single Copy 7 Be

mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

DIRECTORY OF SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS

Civic, National, International

Aid (or Travelers

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF TRAV-
ELERS AID SOCIETIES— 25 West 43rd

Community Chests

COMMUNITY CHESTS AND COUNCILS,
INC.—

J810 Graybar Building,

43rd Street and Lexington Avenue,

New York City.

Allen T, Burns, Executive Director,

Foundations

AMERICAN FOUNDATION FOR THE
BLIND, INC.— 125 East 46th Street, New
York. Promotes the creation of new agencies
for the blind and assists established organiza-
tions to expand their activities. Conducts studies
in such fields as education, employment and re-
lief of the blind. Supported by voluntary con-
tributions. M. C. Migel, President; Robert B.
Irwin, Executive Director; Charles B. Hayes,
Field Director.

RUSSELL SAGE FOUNDATION — For the

Industrial Democracy

It your
organization
listed in
the Survey'*
Directory of
Social Agencies?
If not —
why not?

DIRECTORY RATES
Graphic: 30c per (actual) line

(12 insertions a year)
Graphic and) 28c per (actual)
Midmonthlyj line

(24 insertions a year)

Health

AMERICAN FEDERATION OF OR-
GANIZATIONS FOR THE HARD
OF HEARING, INC. — Promotes the cause
of the hard of hearing; assists in forming or-
ganizations. President, Mrs. James F. Norris;
Executve Secretary. Betty C. Wright, 1537-35th
Street. N.W., Washington, D. C.

AMERICAN SOCIAL HYGIENE ASSO-
CIATION — 450 Seventh Avenue, New York.
To advise in organization of state and local social
hygiene programs; to aid public health and
medical authorities in the campaign against
syphilis and gonorrhea; to corubat prostitution
and sex delinquency; to promote knowledge of
sex as an important factor in individual and
family life and welfare. Annual membership
dues $2, including monthly Journal of Social
Hygiene; Social Hygiene News and pamphlets.

THE NATIONAL COMMITTEE FOR
MENTAL HYGIENE, INC. — Dr. Wil-
laim H. Welch, honorary president; Dr. Charles
P. Emerson, president; Dr. C. M. Hincks. general
director; Clifford W. Beers, secretary; 450
Seventh Avenue, New York City. Pamphlets
on mental hygiene, child guidance, mental dis-
ease, mental defect, psychiatric social work and
other related topics. Catalogue of publications
sent on request. "Mental Hygiene," quarterly,
$3.00 a year.

NATIONAL SOCIETY FOR THE
PREVENTION OF BLINDNESS —

Lewis H. Carris, Managing Director; Mrs.
Winifred Hathaway, Associate Director; Elea-
nor P. Brown, Secretary. 450 Seventh Avenue,
New York. Studies scientific advance in medical
and pedagogical knowledge and disseminates
practical information as to ways of preventing
blindness and conserving sight. Literature,
exhibits, lantern _ elides, lectures, charts and
co-operation in sight-saving projects available
on request.

National Conference

NATIONAL CONFERENCE OF SOCIAL

WORK — William Hodson, President, New
York City; Howard R. Knight, Secretary, 82 N.
High St., Columbus, Ohio. The Conference is
an organization to discuss the principles of
humanitarian effort and to increase the effi-
ciency of social service agencies. Each year it
holds an annual meeting, publishes in perma-
nent form the Proceedings of the meeting, and
issues a quarterly Bulletin. The sixty-first annual
convention of the Conference will be held in
Kansas City, May, 1934. Proceedings are sent
free of charge to all members upon payment of
a membership fee of five dollars.

Racial Co-operation

COMMISSION ON INTERRACIAL CO-
OPERATION— 703 Standard Bldg., Atlanta,
Ga.; Will W. Alexander, Director. Seeks im-
provement of interracial attitudes and conditions
through conference, co-operation, and popular
education. Correspondence invited.

Recreation

NATIONAL RECREATION ASSOCIA-
TION— 315 Fourth Ave., New York City.
To bring to every boy and girl and citizen of
America an adequate opportunity for wholesome,
happy play and recreation.

Religious Organizations

COUNCIL OF WOMEN FOR HOME
MISSIONS — 105 East 22nd Street, New
. York City. Correlating agency of 23 women's
national home mission boards of the United
States and Canada, for consultation and coopera-
tion in action in unifying programs and pro-
moting projects which they agree to carry on
interdenominationally.

President, Mrs. Daniel A. Poling

Executive Secretary; Work among Indian

Students, Anne Seesholtz
Work among Migrant Children, Edith E.

Lowry
Western Field Secretary. Adela J. Ballard

NATIONAL COUNCIL OF JEWISH
WOMEN, INC. — 625 Madison Avenue, New
York City. Mrs. Arthur Erin, President; Mrs.
Mary G. Schonberg, Executive Secretary. Organi-
zation of Jewish women interested in program of
social betterment through activities in fields of
religion, social service, education, social legisla-
tion. Conducts Bureau of International Service.
Serves as clearing bureau for two hundred
Sections throughout country.

Vocational Counsel and Placement

JOINT VOCATIONAL SERVICE, INC.

APARTMENTS

ROOMS
OFFICE SPACE

TO RENT OR SHARE

may each and all be advertised
to advantage in the columns
of SURVEY GRAPHIC and

MlDMONTHLY.

Rates five cents a word
Minimum charge $1.00

ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT

SURVEY GRAPHIC

1 1 2 E. 1 9th Street, New York, N. Y.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

580

CLASSIFIED ADVERTISEMENTS

RATES: Display : 30 cents a line, 14 agate lines to the inch. Want advertisements
five cents per word or initial, including address or box number. Minimum charge,
first insertion, $1.00. Cash with orders. Discounts: 5% on three insertions; 10% on
six insertions. Address Advertising Department.

TEU, ALGONQUIN 4-7490 SURVEY GRAPHIC

112 EAST 19th STREET
NEW YORK CITY

SITUATIONS WANTED

Energetic, intelligent woman, Pratt Institute training
Dietetics (Institutional Course), wishes position as
housekeeper, housemother or assistant in home,
school or institution. Good homemaker. Experience
and highest references. 7179 SURVEY.

WELFARE WORK — experience in boys' work. Big
Brothers, probation, settlement house, homeless boys
and housing unemployed. Single. 7180 SURVEY.

Organizations Having Difficulties?

Dynamic executive available to solve them! M.A.,
L.L.B. Degrees. Settlement, Chest. Boys Clubs,
Recreation, Medical, Psychiatric, Personnel, Promo-
tion, Red Cross and Institutional. "Charming per-
sonality," resourceful, — "great ability and imagina-
tion." A. A. S. W. "Bids receivablel" 7181 SURVEY.

Experienced social worker desires position as superin-
tendent of institution for children or girls. 7 183 SURVEY.

MAN and WIFE, trained and experienced in school
and institutional work, seek executive positions in
Jewish social service, preferably small home for chil-
dren. References. 7182 SURVEY.

RESEARCH

Library Research for students, business men, club
members. Data collected on any subject from books
and periodicals in any language. Papers prepared.
Bibliographies compiled. Lowest rates. Library Serv-
ice Bureau, Fidelity Building, Cleveland, Ohio.

PAMPHLETS

Rates: 75c per line for 4 insertions

PERIODICALS

The American Journal of Nursing shows the part
which trained nurses are taking in the betterment
of the world. Put it in your library. $3.00 a year.
450 Seventh Ave., New York, N. Y.

Mental Hygiene: quarterly: $3.00 a year; published
by the National Committee for Mental Hygiene,
450 Seventh Ave., New York.

MISCELLANEOUS ""

Believing some men and women are burdened, anxious,
needing help in meeting perplexing personal problems,
a retired physician offers friendly counsel for those
who desire it. No fees. 7168 SURVEY.

APPLICANTS for positions are sincerely
urged by the Advertising Department to
send copies of letters of references rather
than originals, as there is great danger of
originals being lost or mislaid.

AN UNUSUAL BARGAIN

For Sale
ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES

Edwin R. A. Seligman, Editor-in-Chief

To be published in fifteen volumes by THE MACMILLAN COMPANY.
The first eight volumes (List Price $7.50) perfect condition — $35.00.

Writ* or phone (Algonquin 4-7490)

SURVEY GRAPHIC

112 East 19th Street

(Advertising Department)
New York City

Your Own Agency

This is the counseling and placement agency
sponsored jointly by the American Association
of Social Workers and the National Organiza-
tion for Public Health Nursing. National.
Non-profit making.

(Agency)

130 East 22nd St.

New York

GERTRUDE R. STEIN, Inc.
VOCATIONAL SERVICE AGENCY
18 EAST 41sT STREET, NEW YORK

Lexington 2-6677

We are interested in placing those who have
a professional attitude towards their work.
Executive secretaries, stenographers, case
workers, hospital sociai service workers, settle-
ment directors; research, immigration, psychi-
atric, personnel workers and others.

MULTIGRAPHING

MIMEOGRAPHING

ADDRESSING

FILLING-IN

FOLDING

COMPLETE MAILINGS

QUICK SERVICE LETTER COMPANY

INC OK PORATEP

SPARK PLACE— NEW YORK
TELEPHONE — BARCLAY »-9«9

• • •

SALES CAMPAIGNS

PLANNED AND WRITTEN

RUSSIA -FROM HENRY STREET

(Continued from page 557)

adjusted to the needs of the children, and not only provided the
health measures their condition required, but was correlated with
their school work as well.

At that time Russia was trying to solve the problem of the
"wild children," and a thousand university students patrolled the
parks and streets at night to find them and bring them to the col-
lectors' homes. The students were given university credit for this
"extra-curricular activity." I listened to a conference which a class
of about fifty had with Mme. Kalenin, the wife of the Soviet
president, a woman worn by overwork and probably by under-
feeding, who took up each problem as a New York social worker
would go over her cases with her colleagues.

An interesting social settlement in Moscow held many reminders
of New York. But though it was unhampered, and its conscious
purpose character development, as we use the term, rather than
propaganda, its entire budget was supported by Lunarcharsky, the
commissar of education. His concept as an educator was broad
and independent. American visitors greatly admired his attitude
and looked to him for continuing guidance of Russia's tremendous
educational program. I was deeply regretful when he was dis-

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

placed. But when Eisenstein, the great film producer, was in New
York not long ago, he told me he thought the removal of Lunar-
charsky would not in the end prove an irreparable loss to Russia.
For while Lunarcharsky had made all the arts — theater, literature,
ballet, music— the property of the people, he held them rigidly
to their classic forms.

From Moscow we went by train to a mountain resort in the
Caucasus, once a popular gathering place for the aristocracy, but
now at the disposal of the new order. Where once a small, exclu-
sive family occupied a villa and enjoyed its lawns and groves and
gardens, vacationists from factories and proletarian organizations
crowded the space, enjoying their allotted holiday. We heard the
tramp, tramp of files of school children, marching from the station
to their quarters when they came from the city for two weeks of
"fresh air." The alert commissar of education had arranged for the
children of special promise to remain all summer.

We drove down the mountains to Vladikavkaz, and then to
Tiflis over the famous Georgian military road, finished in 1861. On
one side rose great volcanic peaks; on the other tumbled the roaring
yellow river. We saw remnants of the tribesmen of the Caucasus,
handsome, tall and straight, and we were fortunate enough to en-
counter a group of the tribe who claim to be descended from the
Crusaders, wearing helmets and shirts of chain mail. Strange cus-
toms persist among them, savage feuds between tribes and mar-

581

riage by abduction. Women, as in ancient oriental countries, are
counted unclean when bringing forth child or during menses. We
were told the "crusaders" refused to recognize the authority of the
Soviets, and conceded to current custom only the use of silver
coins; and to make certain that no God is offended, they observe
three Sabbaths — Friday under the Mohammedan commandment,
Saturday under the Jewish and Sunday under the Christian.

As we neared Tiflis we were all but cremated in the terrible heat.
We crawled to the floor of the car and shaded ourselves against the
sun as best we could with the robes, which a few hours before had
saved us from perishing with cold. We were welcomed to the hos-
pital quarters of the Near East Relief, where we spent some
interesting days with Captain Yarrow, head of the Relief, and a
mixed company of men who made their headquarters there while
seeking, in the interest of banks and promoters at home, the
monopoly of the manganese trade. Strange and stirring tales were
told, but it was a special pleasure to the guests from Henry Street to
hear enthusiastic praise of the nurses who had come from our or-
ganization in answer to the Near East call. They were working
with the Armenians, and one in particular had, they said, per-
formed great deeds for the blind, the orphans and the sick, organiz-
ing the meager resources with unheard of skill. The Near East
established the first training school for nurses in the Caucasus and
the Armenians were received cordially and were treated as gener-
ously as the means permitted. When we saw their expulsion from
Asia Minor and Turkey and heard the tragic stories of families and
individuals as we travelled on, we could not but hope they would
find permanent dwelling free from persecution in the new Russia
that knew how to handle those old crusaders.

We left Tiflis in a private car, the gift of Queen Victoria to the
Russian grand duke who had been singled out for his part in the
building of the road. No Soviet official would risk his good name
or his political future by riding in that memento to unspeakable
aristocracy, but it was turned over to the Near East Relief, really
to Captain Yarrow, its head, whom they liked and trusted. That
there be no misinterpretation, a long banner nailed to the car
proclaimed the organization in possession. In the stateroom given
to Elizabeth Farrell and myself we pondered on the elaborate
crests, on curtains and cushions; and Nikitar, the heavy-faced man
who brought us tea in the early morning, must have had some
emotion in his sluggish mind for he was the self-same servitor who
had brought tea at the same hour to the former owners of this
splendor and their guests.

In a letter from Moscow in one of our crowded June weeks, I
summed up my impression of Bolshevism thus: "The dictatorship
is firm, strong and harsh, and coming from America one feels the
lack of what we call democracy. I hesitate to be critical of Russia
in this respect without interpreting the attitude and method of
the Party in the light of other revolutions."

We were in Moscow when Lenin was buried in the great Red
Square. I almost' expected the multitude to witness a miracle. One
saw evidence at every turn of the worship accorded him. In homes,
railroad stations, offices, public buildings, his face and figure were
in places where on an earlier visit to Russia I had seen sacred icons.
The thought must have penetrated my dreams, for one night as
I slept I watched two spirited horses pulling a great wagon along
a Russian road. The wagon I saw was loaded to overflowing with
crosses, rusted, bent and broken, and when the driver turned I
saw the face of Christ, radiant.

IN the years since the Revolution reports from Russia have been
so various and often so contradictory that it is not always easy
to determine where the truth lies. For years the scandal of the
"nationalized women" was repeated, its basis a satire in a conserva-
tive comic paper published in Russia. I think most of us have had
some experience, however, which puts us on our guard against
sweeping criticism of the present regime, as well as against the
ardent propagandists who see no flaw. In the course of time, Miliu-
koff came again to Henry Street, old and discouraged. Kerensky
came. His ostensible errand was to get support for the publica-
tion put out by his anti-Soviet but not conservative group. Alas,
Kerensky was caught between two streams! This kindly gentle-

man who failed to kindle to the red heat of his country, though he
gave his uttermost to the service of Russia, has seemed a pathetic
victim of circumstances beyond his understanding or control.

The anthropologist, Dr. Waldemar Bogoras, has written the fas-
cinating chronicle of the scientific use he and other political
prisoners made of their years in the barren lands of the Behring
peninsula, when they were exiles there. Back in Russia when the
new government was established, he made public valuable data
on the natives of the tundra and their culture. He was one of the
guests at the Settlement's usual Thanksgiving dinner in 1927, and
the following year we had as guest the student of anthropology for
whose further work at Barnard College he had arranged during his
visit to New York. Tolstoy's daughter was another, and the officials
of the Amtorg Trading Corporation have come. This organization
has no diplomatic function, but is a business corporation organized
under the laws of New York, which buys and sells for clients in the
Soviet Union. As an indication of what our trade with Russia
might be under favorable circumstances, let me mention that in the
six years ending with 1932, it had purchased about five hundred
million dollars worth of American products.

Throughout these years the question of the recognition of the
Soviet government by the United States has been discussed with
no little heat. The distaste for Marxism and for the fixed objectives
of the Soviet government to enthrone the proletariat was to be
expected, and the tales of the procedures, the discipline, fantastic
as many of them were, intensified prejudice in this country. For
almost a decade, inquiries to the State Department concerning
recognition of Russia were referred to the "Hughes formula," the
reply of the secretary of state in 1923 to the offer of the Soviet
foreign minister to discuss all matters at issue between the two
countries. Mr. Hughes held that no negotiations were needed,
since the chief points at issue, as he defined them — the repudiated
Russian debt, compensation for confiscated American property,
and cessation of Moscow's communist propaganda in this country
— could be settled by Russia without conference with us.

Under the present administration, nothing has been heard of
the "Hughes formula." Soviet Russia is no longer unique in failing
to repay her obligations to us. And there is abundant evidence
of the change in emphasis of the Soviet government from propa-
ganda abroad to effort at home. Walter Duranty, famous Moscow
correspondent for The New York Times, quotes the amazement
of an American visitor who compared May Day 1918, the first
after the Bolshevik revolution, with May Day 1933:

That first May Day all the stress of the speeches and slogans
was on world revolution — "Workers, throw off your chains !" "Sol-
diers, leave your trenches!" "Peasants, seize your land!" "All to-
gether for world revolution and proletarian brotherhood!"

This year there was not one word of international revolution —
everything was national. But by national I don't mean nationalist.
In 1918 they thought in terms of world revolution; in 1933, in
terms of their own effort.

The question has often been debated as to whether recognition
means approval. It is of course a matter of practical convenience,
and in regard to Russia, as to other governments, approbation is
not implied. Whether or not one agrees with its principles, the
Soviet government has been sustained against terrific odds for
more than fifteen years. There is no other government in the world
that has done as well. Presidents, prime ministers have disappeared;
parties have been extinguished or have sprung into sudden power;
kings and queens have been exiled; bases of currency have shifted;
constitutions have been abrogated; techniques of diplomacy-
revolutionized. By our steadfast refusal to recognize this govern-
ment that has so dramatically shown its stability, our markets
have been deflected at a time when the wealth of the country
almost seems to melt away. With the wheels of American industry
stalled because of the slack in our trade, we have not been able to
take advantage of this potentially great market, and we have seen
a source of income and employment diverted to other countries.

Where there is so much in common, so many interests and aspi-
rations, it seems to me unthinkable we should continue the present
awkward relationship by refusing to acknowledge formally the
obvious fact of a responsible government in Russia.

582

Wl DO OUB PAST

Cfjrtetmas; <§tomg Cfmt Counts!

HELP FIL

Make Your

Christmas Gift to Girls

through

THE NATIONAL BOARD OF THE

YOUNG WOMEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSN.

Girls without jobs, girls with low paying jobs
... in factories, in offices and even the girl
who ought to be in school . . . girls in every
walk in life will benefit from your gift through
the work of the National Y. W. C. A.

(Make your check to A. A. Murtland, Treasurer,
National Board Y. W. C. A., 600 Lexington Avenue,
New York, N. Y.)

The League for Industrial Democracy is a powerful
educational force against Fascism. Membership In the
L. I. D. for you or for your friends is a real Christmas
gift because:

First: Members receive pamphlets-of-the-month resulting
from research on social change.

Second : Members are offered lectures and discussion groups.

Third : Members are enlisted in a struggle against Fascism,
for a new and free social order where production is
for use and not for profit; a struggle that is carried
on daily by the L. 1. D. in colleges, in the ranks of
the unemployed, in cooperation in labor and other
organized groups.

Active Membership $3.00

Minimum Membership $1.00

LEAGUE FOR INDUSTRIAL DEMOCRACY

112 East 19th Street, New York City

MEMBERSHIP

for a Boy or Young Man

in the New York City Y. M. C. A.

COUNTS for

Better Health
Recreation
Friendships
Social Events

Educational Opportunities
Vocational Counsel
Improved Leisure
Help on Complex Problems

365 Days of the Year
Makes an Excellent Christmas Gift

For further information

Phone: MOhawk 4-6560 or write

Y. M. C. A., 420 Lexington Ave., N. Y. City

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF
TRAVELERS AID SOCIETIES

Families, men, women, youth, even children, are forced out of their home
surroundings, making a vast army moving about the country. The
unprecedented need for care of these destitute transient people has
resulted in demands for the services of the National Association of
Travelers Aid Societies greater than in any other time in its history.

Each State in the Union is developing a state-wide plan for transients as
part of the Federal Relief program. Because of its many years of experi-
ence in this field, the National Association is being requested to furnish
advisory and consultative service to local communities and State Relief
Administrations in the development of these plans.

The work is supported wholly by private funds

WON'T YOU HELP WITH A CHRISTMAS CHECK?
25 West 43rd Street, New York, N. Y.

SURVEY GRAPHIC

makes a distinctive Christmas sift. It will carry the season's
greetings once a month throughout the year 1934. And we will
send this special December number free with a card announc-
ing the gift.

Special Christmas Offer

$9.00

December 1933
All of 1934

when lent as a gift to • NEW reader
Use this form in placing your order » — >

Survey Graphic

112 East 19 Street, New York.

I enclose $2.00 for which please send Survey Graphic to:

Name

Address

Send December issue and card announcing the gift from me.

My Name

Address

SURVEY GRAPHIC, published monthly and copyright 1933 by SURVEY ASSOCIATES, Inc. Publication office, ft Ferry Street, Concord, N. H. Editorial and Business office
112 East 19th Street, New York. Price: this issue (December, 1933; Vol. XXII, No. 12) 30 cts. ; S3 a year; foreign postage, 50 cts. extra; Canadian, 30 cts. Changes of address
should be mailed to us five weeks in advance. When payment is by check receipt will be sent only upon request. Entered as second-class matter at the post office at Concord,
N. H., under the Act ot March 3, 1879. Acceptance ior mailing at a special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103. Act of October 3, 1917; authorized December 21. 1921
President. Lucius R. Eastman. Secretary, Ann Reed Brenner. Treasurer, Arthur Kellogg.

in the house

THERE are many fine things in life that we take almost
for granted. Health, water, sunlight, green fields, loyal
friends, a home to live in. ... Not until some mischance
deprives us of these priceless possessions do we learn
to esteem them at their true value.

It is in much the same manner that most people re-
gard the telephone. Millions of men and women have
never known what it is to he without one. Each day,
each week, each year, they use it freely, casually, as
a matter of course.

The telephone has won an important place for

itself in life and living because of service rendered. To
keep friend in constant touch with friend, to help
manage a household smoothly and efficiently, to give
larger scope and opportunity to business of every kind,
to protect loved ones in time of unexpected danger
. . . this is the task of the telephone.

It stands ever ready to serve you — to carry your
voice and your words to any one of millions of other
telephones in this country or in foreign lands. You
are in touch with everything and everybody when you
have a telephone.

AMERICAN TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH COMPANY

584

SURVEY GRAPHIC

Vol. XXII, No. 12

December 1933

CONTENTS

FRONTISPIECE

THE GOAL OF GOVERNMENT Walter Lincoln Whittlesey 587

FOUR PAINTINGS By William C. Palmer, Nicolai Cikovsky,

Charles Sheeler, Camilo Egas 590
THE LAW AND THE SOCIAL REVOLUTION

A. A. Berle, Jr. 592

IS THERE ENOUGH TO GO 'ROUND? . .Stuart Chase 595
DEFLATING THE BOOM IN POPULATION

Henry Pratt Fairchild 600

BROTHERS' KEEPERS Gertrude Springer 604

THE COMPANY OF NATIONS William Hard 608

HARD TIMES HIT A FAMILY B. Gordon Byron 611

THE NEW PAGE Drawing by Wilfred Jones 614

THE WAY OF BELIEVING Everett Dean Martin 616

EDUCATION FOR WHAT? Lyman Bryson 619

THE PRICE OF A GOOD TIME. George K. Pratt, M.D. 622

FOURTEENTH STREET Painting by Isabel Bishop 625

THE PUBLIC RELATIONS OF PLAN. ...Leon Whipple 626

AGE OF PLENTY David Cushman Coyle 629

M. STALIN, THANK HERR HITLER! John Palmer Gavit 632

LETTERS & LIFE Edited by Leon Whipple 634

INDEX TO ADVERTISERS.. 644

Files of Survey Graphic will be found in public and college libraries.
All issues are indexed in the Readers' Guide to Periodical Literature.
Ask the Librarian.

Survey Graphic is on sale at the following bookstores: Berkeley:
Sather Gate Book Shop, 2271 Telegraph Street. Boston: Vendome
Newi Company, 261 Dartmouth Street. New York City: Brentano's.
Philadelphia: John Wanamaker's. Pittsburgh: Jones Book Shop, 437
Wood Street.

THE GIST OF IT

FOR some an introductory course in economics, for others a bewilder-
ing postgraduate session to the studies of a lifetime, the school of hard
times has brought to all of us during the past four years a new kind
of grownup education. In this special issue of Survey Graphic a dozen
Americans tell what they have gathered from as many subjects in its
confusing curriculum and point out old and new questions for which
they still can find no answer at the back of the book. This is one of a
series of special issues of Survey Graphic planned and deftly edited by
MARY Ross, associate editor. Notable among them have been Age of
the Auto, summarizing the report of the President's Committee on
Social Trends (January 1933), Science Looks at People (April 1931),
The Cost of Health (January 1930) and Woman's Place (December
1926).

"AM a sort of unreliable Republican of Ohio ancestry," writes
^ WALTER LINCOLN WHITTLESEY (page 587) who once wrote edi-
torials for Collier's, spent a dozen years in business, and now is assistant
professor of politics at Princeton and lectures "rather freely (in several
senses)" on politics.

IAWYER, professor at the Columbia Law School and co-author with
u G. C. Means of The Modern Corporation and Private Property
(Macmillan), A. A. BERLE, JR. (p. 592) is most in the public eye as a
member of the "brain trust," special counsel to the RFC, special envoy
of the AAA to Cuba, and otherwise one of the most active and able
advisers to the New Deal.

the New Deal itself took on the chapter of STUART
CHASE'S last book (Macmillan) and astonishingly fulfilled its
prognostications, Mr. Chase's present article (p. 595) is drawn from a
chapter in a forthcoming book, An Economy of Abundance, to be

published next spring. Mr. Chase is the author of many books on
economic subjects and a member of the Labor Bureau, New York City.

THE numerous interests and accomplishments of HENRY PRATT FAIR-
CHILD (p. 600) emerge through the facts that he is, among other
things, president of the Population Association of America, professor
of sociology at New York University and author of Profits or Prosperity
(Harpers) and other books and articles on sociological, economic and
eugenic topics.

QERTRUDE SPRINGER (p. 604) was brought up on a Kansas
^^ ranch, held newspaper posts in western cities, was secretary of the
Social Service Exchange of New York, managing editor of Better Times,
and since 1 930 has been associate editor of Survey Associates in charge
of its articles and departments on social practice and in particular on
unemployment relief.

COR many years a newspaper correspondent and writer, WILLIAM
HARD (p. 608) has had unusual opportunities to see international
relationships at work and at play through his role as an international
broadcaster from the Naval Arms Conference, London, 1930; League
Assembly, Geneva, 1931; Disarmament Conference, Geneva, 1932;
and the London Monetary and Economic Conference, 1933.

AS he himself tells in his account of a family's actual experience of
** hard times, B. GORDON BYRON (p. 671) is an advertising man who
has embarked on many extemporaneous occupations during the past
three years and at present is keeping records for an emergency work
relief bureau.

AS director of the People's Institute and the Cooper Union Forum in
*• New York City, EVERETT DEAN MARTIN is close to the discussion
and questions of eager-minded people of all ages. Page 616.

IYMAN BRYSON (p. 619) is director of the California Association
*• for Adult Education, at present on leave of absence to serve as a
forum leader in the department of Adult Education of the Des Moines,
Iowa, Public Schools.

COR many years assistant medical director of the National Committee
for Mental Hygiene, DR. GEORGE K. PRATT (p. 622) is a teacher,
lecturer and practising psychiatrist.

IEON WHIPPLE needs no introduction as an associate editor of
L Survey Graphic and presiding genius over its department of Letters
and Life. On most days of the week, however, he is to be found at New
York University, where problems of social consent (p. 626) engage his
attention as professor of journalism.

"IN the dear dead days," writes DAVID CUSHMAN COYLE, "I was an
expert on Wind Bracing of Tall Buildings and on the Analytical
Theory of Masonry Domes, which qualifies me to comment on the
economic system [629] and the ways of bankers respectively. I have
already been asked why engineers should meddle with economics, and
the answer is that if all engineering structures invariably fell down then
even the ignorant might (ael called upon to meddle with engineering."

SURVEY ASSOCIATES, INC.

Publication Office, 10 Ferry Street, Concord, N. H.
General Office, 112 East 19 Street, New York, to which all corres-
pondence should be addressed.

SURVEY GRAPHIC— Monthly— $3.00 a Year
THE SURVEY— Monthly— $3.00 a Year

Lucius R. EASTMAN, president; JULIAN W. MACK, JOSEPH P. CHAM-
BERLAIN, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, vice-presidents; ANN REED BRENNER,
secretary; ARTHUR KELLOGG, treasurer.

PAUL U. KELLOGG, editor.

ARTHUR KELLOGG, managing editor; MARY Ross, BEULAH AMIDON,
LEON WHIPPLE, JOHN PALMER GAVIT, LOULA D. LASKER, FLORENCE
LOEB KELLOGG, GERTRUDE SPRINGER, associate editors.

EDWARD T. DEVINE, GRAHAM TAYLOR, JANE ADDAMS, JOSEPH K.
HART, HAVEN EMERSON, M.D., ROBERT W. BRUERE, JOANNA C.
COLCORD, contributing editors.

MOLLIE CONDON, circulation manager; MARY R. ANDERSON, advertising
manager.

_,. Ford Company'— a
ing accompanies a farm sale in Iowa

SURVEY GRAPHIC

DECEMBER
1933

Volume XXII
No. 12

THE GOAL OF GOVERNMENT

BY WALTER LINCOLN WHITTLESEY

EVERY title raises two questions nowadays. In the stern
task of overhauling Stuart Chase while evading the
Technocrats, one wonders whether our present politics
permit government at all, and, if so, what goal we wish it to
score.

By the method of contradictions, those who feel that we
lack government, push toward dictatorship, some form of ab-
solute state. Others take the same path by wishing or mental
inertia. Dictatorship is as impossible in our politics as is
laissez-faire economics in our industry. Both are attempts to
solve problems in dynamics, in the relations between moving
and changing bodies of persons and interests, by simply
omitting friction. That method has been tried; may be tried
again, but it never yet cured a hot-box. The power-governed
countries of Europe seem determined to keep on illustrating
this. Say what you will of democracy, in the last twenty
years autocracy has shown itself considerably more destitute
of the one essential thing, political sense. France may be the
exception that proves the rule. Our own local autocracies
whether political or economic are much too dumb, selfish
and bankrupt to form a national absolutism. No one is going
to dictate a receivership nor receive a dictatorship for the
United States.

And for us certain "controls" do exist. No matter what
peak of power the President may reach meanwhile, he faces
the election of 1936.
As public opinion
forms in our country
with the sweep and
mass of an ocean tide,
it can hardly be con-
trolled by politics but
is much more likely
to be affected by
events. If this were
not so, Mr. Hoover
would still be in of-
fice. The White
House has a great ad-
vertising outlet in the
unexampled subser-
vience of the com-
mercial press and
movies. One must

note, however, that the legendary "power of the press" (a
sort of inky phrenology) has seldom been lower and that we
are all fairly well hardened against advertising. If the movies
have any effect on politics, it is probably to distract the
morons from voting. We are well aware of and impatiently
opposed to force or fraud in elections of importance. Sena-
torships may still be humorously auctioned off but not
power. Mark Hanna did his work forty years ago. Govern-
mental authority cannot Mexicanize 1936. That challenge
to power and place is real.

Remote, aloft in their central control station of our law, the
justices of the Supreme Court, at least five of them, will some
day build a bridge of words to bring the changes of this time
within the elastic frontiers of our quaint Constitution. Our
social progress depends, inter alia, upon securing this requi-
site series of exercises in juristic theology (as we say, Supreme
Court opinions). These may signify endorsement or correc-
tion of government acts or rather that new appointments
have been made to this highest bench. Whether based on the
old foundations, or modified from without by changes of per-
sonnel, or altered from within by judicial consciousness of
new conditions, whether we like it or not, judicial review still
remains in effect. It might conceivably remain still.

Within these shifting bounds we find with all the enthu-
siasm of surprise that there is government in our United

States. As the cruise

Minds on the March

Men's minds have been on the march since a Black Friday
burst over the Stock Exchange four years ago. Whither that
journey will have carried them only the future can tell. But
now, as fogs of anger, fear and panic clear behind us, we can
look back at some turns in the heavy road over which we have
come and begin to take bearings of the paths before us. That
outlook is the concern of this special issue of Survey Graphic.
In the first article Professor Whittlesey discusses what in 1933
has come to be the fulcrum of our interest: the aims of na-
tional government. In a letter to the editor he observed, bor-
rowing from college terminology, that many a decisive goal
has been made in the dusk on a slippery football field.

ads say, government
is going places and
doing things. We
have struck back to
the meaning of the
word. After twelve
years of negation and
drift, government
again consists in
steering, in laying a
course for the ship of
state and holding it
thereto. Those who
have missed the boat
don't like it. Neither
do those who have
profited by its being
harbor-bound. But

587

588

SURVEY GRAPHIC

December 1933

today government exists and is in action —
the greatest single gain ever scored in our
politics.

What we had had for years together
was not government but a continuous ac-
tivity of professional electioneering, a skilfully tangled mass
(or mess) of intricate relations between political power
(rather apt to be inert) and economic gain fiercely promoted.
We were not dissatisfied to have government merely umpire
rather sham battles between interests and sections tempora-
rily contending in what we were taught was a land of free and
full opportunity for all. We were deaf to that bitter Spanish
proverb, "The more there is of the more, the less there is of
the less." We refused to see that much of this strife actually
was to the death, that the opportunity was less real than the
struggle. That day is over. We know now that if national
sovereignty is to exist at all, government must not only de-
cide issues but also make issues, must strike out on that main
line of policy which fulfils the country's life.

These are big handsome words and no doubt seem vague
enough. What is meant is that today, following the line
taken by however dumb a popular instinct, call it mere re-
sentment of hard times if you like, we look to the President to
lead and act, to fix policy, to choose between interests, to
balance contending forces. The President's doing so is gov-
ernment in the very strongest meaning that word can bear.
Our ancestral revolutionary pioneer slogan of anti-gov-
ernment is obsolete, perhaps extinct, certainly dormant.
The continuous battle-royal of persons, factions, sections and
interests which has raged almost unchecked since our Civil
War, has for the time somewhat piped down. Whether we
can keep it or not we have government. But the whole
political structure hitherto skilfully devised to win elections,
reward victors at elections, and enlist combatants for coming
elections, still cumbers the ground on which that govern-
ment must build our nation's future. The elections cumber
the calendar.

In the dynamic sense we have government (F. D. Roose-
velt & Co.); in the institutional sense this structure is nine

Keystone

"As the cruise ads say, government is going places and
doing things. . . . After twelve years of negation and
drift, government again consists in steering, in laying a
course, for the ship of state and of holding her thereto."

tenths moribund, an unsorted
incumbrance of bone and fossil.
We look to the headlines to see,
most of us usually to approve,
what the President is doing. In the
facts of legal detail his field of ac-
tion extends over forty-eight once-
in-theory-sovereign states. For the
working purposes of government
as acts of power, we need perhaps
about eight states, or rather sec-
tions in the geographical sense.
Within our historically-politically
framed states, ferment over three
thousand specimens of that oddly
diseased political organism: the
county. Perhaps a total of about
three hundred counties might be
found useful if it were possible to
lay these out in accordance with
sound principles.

Our failure to organize newly
grown urban areas into practica-
ble municipalities has been no-
torious these fifty years past.
Imperative need
for change has been
fudged off by rig-
ging special bodies
for specific small
functions on lines

similar (aside from political craftiness) to those on which
Mr. Rube Goldberg builds his crazy cartoon inventions. The
same fatuous stupidity characterizes both. The architect
profits in both cases. Goldberg's devices are funny but Cook
County (Chicago) Illinois with some four hundred and fif-
teen local governing bodies each able to tax and borrow, is
not funny. Most parts of this netted region are subject to at
least seven separate and quite independent "governments"
and in one, North Village, it is possible to pay thirty-seven
different tax assessments though doing so has not been en-
tirely stylish in recent years. The Chicago area is peculiar
only in that the facts of its politics are better known. To call
this art of applied lunacy "government" is an abuse of
words.

GREAT BRITAIN and in fact nearly all Europe was like
this a century ago but we are a progressive and prac-
tical people. So the tangled hay-wire of areas, authorities,
administration and tax levies is further confused by "com-
mitments and involvements," by gerrymandering and any
other sort of chiseling that can serve electioneering — con-
tracting politics. Reform blazes up, dies down, and chaos
endures. It is the jungle that is permanent, a jungle of acci-
dental, historical, partisan arrangements within which
favors are dealt out to persons, interests and sections for the
profit of professional political cliques. The personnel em-
ployed is not apt to be of high quality; their point of view is
almost necessarily shortsighted; and their spirit frequently
one of greed. Crisis and reform, scandal and zeal, may force
in improving changes but these are often encysted and held
harmless as are foreign substances within an oyster (another
low form of life). When times are good, when there is a social
surplus that can be handed out, this "system" (another
misused word!) is perhaps not too intolerable. American

December 1933

THE GOAL OF GOVERNMENT

589

optimism hopes for a new Tammany, that the county
racket will die out, that figs are just going to bud and ripen
on thistles. Today there is not much of a social surplus on
hand for distribution but "the system" is still entrenched in
constitutions, statutes, ordinances, payrolls and contracts.

Nevertheless the towering presidential dominance we
have indicated was built, over night almost, and on the base
of all this antiquated debris of unscrupulous particularism.
The professional political technique of working by complica-
tion seeks, for selfish ends, to influence votes. In George
Washington's indignant phrase, "Influence is not govern-
ment," yet today we have government and that raised to the
nth degree by a dramatic and energetic assertion of the
power inherent in the greatest office on earth. Please note
that Mr. F. D. Roosevelt was qualified for that office by the
simple American method of convincing enough of the pro-
fessionals, and long enough before the convention met, that
he could be hopefully nominated. The tireless Mr. Farley,
that Einstein of our political universe, had done his far-flung
research, gathered the relevant data, and announced his
irrefutable conclusions, as early as mid-July 1931. The
nomination, election and inauguration followed obediently
the order set forth in his thesis. He seems to have been
equally scholarly as to repeal. The bum's rush the electorate
has given the 1 8th Amendment is a vote of confidence in the
President. Before such a showing of the voters' will all these
politicos hide like field mice beneath the shadow of a hawk.

Another such testimonial was the strong public approval,
shown by parades, letters to
newspapers and the like, of our
economic revolution of March-
July 1933. Power over business
affairs, which had fallen from

The President's fan-mail runs to 4000 pieces a day. "Incom-
ing approval rises to flood heights after an important radio
address. Nothing like this receipt of letters and telegrams
at the White House has been known in peace time."

the limp incompetent hands of panic, was taken by the exec-
utive and the people are for it. To carry out the legislation of
those months will require much cooperation by local gov-
ernments whose prestige has hardly ever been lower. But it
must be noted that many a dingy political machine is
"honeycombed with honesty" and that there is inspiration in
partnership with national power. Federal leadership in mat-
ters vital to the locality brings out the best in our political
man. Though the legend of political party responsibility is
badly faded among us, still party structure can be used to
broadcast support of the President and to short-circuit for-
mation of public opinion against him. No doubt it is likelier
that the collapsed and headless Republican Party will play
'possum and wriggle in obscurity while waiting for 1920 to
come again.

ONE measure of public opinion is mail. Mr. Roosevelt
got more than two thousand messages a day during the
1932 campaign and this total has since been doubled. In-
coming approval rises to flood heights after an important
radio address. Nothing like the present receipt of letters and
telegrams at the White House has ever been known in peace
time. This reiterated voice of the folks back home is a solid
foundation for power.

Americans are natural-born monarchists as we have long
shown in business, drama and sport. One would like to pro-
long this curve of change into a prophetic recasting of
obsolete institutions: to picture the Presidential election

becoming as empty a formality
as was Congressional approval
of the recovery measures; to
imagine our courts of law and
lawyers (Continued on page 640)

K. I. Nesmith

AUGUST THRESHING

Courtesy Midtown Galleries, New York

WILLIAM C PALMER

WE WANT BREAD

Exhibition, John Reed Club, New York

NICOLAI CIKOVSKY

CLASSIC LANDSCAPE

Exhibition American Paintings, Museum of Modern Art, New York

CHARLES SHEELER

HOMELESS WORKERS

Eihibition, John Reed Club, New York

CAMILO EGAS

THE LAW AND THE SOCIAL REVOLUTION

BY A. A. BERLE, JR.

THE reorganization of economic life in the United States
must now be recognized not as a movement, but as a
revolution. No student of history need be surprised at
this. It has been inevitable since the Russian Revolution of
1917. It is of the essence of revolutions anywhere in the
world that they tend to engender enhanced desires every-
where else in the world, the movements differing in ob-
jective and quality with the national characteristics of the
country. After the American Revolution of 1776, all
Europe tried its hand at republicanism in one form or
another within the next forty years. Naturally, therefore,
after Russia tried its great experiment in Marxianism in
1917, claiming a superior standard in social justice, it was
to be expected that states the world over should try their
hand at reorganizing economics to meet that claim.

Revolution necessarily contemplates the breaking of
shackles of outworn law, and dissatisfaction with the slow
development of legal modes and methods. This is what is
happening in the United States. A word is justified as to the
reason why so wholesale a change in our legal approach
should suddenly become necessary.

Law advances by several processes, frequently obscure
to the layman. The obvious method is legislation — the
changing of statute law to conform to new ideas. The
slower, frequently sounder and more permanent method, is
that of the development of judicial decision. Another is
that of courts of "equity," which in theory (though not now
in fact) can modify the harshnesses of the law. Still another
method is that of the "judicial fiction" — a process by which
courts change the rules of the game without seeming to do
so, by insisting on assuming a state of facts which does not
exist. All of these methods combined, however, will not sat-
isfy a popular demand for change in the system unless the
legal administration is in the hands of men who are at once
wise, courageous and foresighted. This is exactly what
America did not have.

So far as the courts were concerned, the period just closing
probably reflects judicial processes almost at the extreme
point of sterility. Anyone who reads the bold decisions of
British equity judges two hundred years ago, and their
resolute determination to mold the law so that the result
achieved would appear just to the parties and the public, is
struck with the fact that English judges were perfectly will-
ing to take the technical rules of a law into their own hands,
assuming that their principal mandate was to do justice.

In America this is not the fact; the timorous adherence of
courts to precedent, and their willingness to allow a process

Better a bond issue than bullets, said the Washington State
Supreme Court last June, holding an act for unemployment re-
lief constitutional under the power to suppress insurrection,
though the minority declared ". . . only as a last resort, if
even then, can the Constitution be destroyed to serve humani-
tarian ends." Here a lawyer who helped formulate the pro-
gram of the New Deal discusses new questions that hard times
put to legislatures and courts and their meaning for the future

of equity — which by its very hypothesis was supposed to re-
lieve against the rigor of the law — to fall into the same
strait-jacket as the common-law courts, combined to under-
mine the faith of the American public in courts, except as a
mechanism to get questions settled somehow and end the
controversy. In other words, courts became methods for
keeping the peace — substitutes for shooting it out — but not,
to any sweeping extent, avenues by which new concepts
could attain legal recognition. Coupled with a trial proce-
dure which was at once technical and expensive, enlightened
lawyers and business men generally began to think of the
courts as the world's worst way to settle anything; and they
have been cobbling up methods of their own which have no
legal significance but which tend to make business more
nearly safe. Hence the great development of the machinery
of arbitration; the habit of business men of settling their
disputes out of court, frequently without reference to tech-
nical justice, on the basis of the relative strength of the two
sides.

TO this constriction of the law in general, the Bar added
i

its share. Our finest law schools were engaged in manu-
facturing junior partners of great law factories in New York,
Philadelphia and Chicago, whose principal business was to
further the interests of their clients, without regard to the
aggregate social effect. There was a time in America when
a lawyer not merely served his client, but endeavored in his
legal opinions and the policy of his office to foster both the
individual morality of his clients and the social morality of
his clients' businesses. In the halcyon days of the Vanderbilts
and the Goulds, success at the Bar became identified not
with guiding clients soundly and honorably through a
changing world, but with procuring for them whatever im-
mediate advantage could be got by any process, including
that of bribery and corruption. The process was refined
and made more kid-gloved during the ensuing two genera-
tions; but it is still the basis on which many, if not most,
successful lawyers in the great commercial centers have
made their careers.

The Bar still remains the principal source of intellectual

jobbing and contracting; it is full of honorable members

who make their service as available to the community as to

business interests; but the legal services of Boston, New York,

Chicago and Los Angeles have been regarded, not without

justice, as an obstacle to progress and not as an assistance.

As Lillian D. Wald once said to me, "There are too few

human lawyers." In business matters, and matters generally,

they have been unfortunately even more grasping

than their clients.

Progress by legislation, however, has had a
different history. We have not the tradition of
orderly political opposition, whereby the party
in power proceeds with a program and the
party out of power likewise, so that at all times
political life moves forward according to a more
or less complete program which has been thor-
oughly discussed. Excluding the Socialist Party,
the first injection by a major party of an eco-
nomic program of any far-reaching significance
in recent American public life was Mr. Roose-

592

December 1933 THE LAW AND THE SOCIAL REVOLUTION

velt's, in the campaign of 1932; and the Republican opposi-
tion which he then defeated has as yet given no indication
of arriving at a program 'on its own account. Accordingly,
progress through legislation has largely been the result of
the demands of specific groups — the western agricultural
group, the progressive segment in the Middle-west, the cotton
and coal men in the South, and the like, each of whom were
trying to remedy a specific grievance. Our legislative prog-
ress has come in waves; and the waves have largely been the
aftermath of our great depressions.

Today, we face the situation in entirely different terms.
A question has been asked, and that question has not been
answered. The question is, why, in a civilization over-full of
material things, more than able to supply every human need,
the organization of economics leaves millions upon millions
of people in squalor and misery? Since it seems that private
interests cannot, or, at all events, do not, solve this problem
by achieving a balance, the insistence is that the state erect
a form of law so changing the machinery of production and
distribution that human needs throughout the country will
be approximately satisfied. And this process involves a
change in our thinking so deep and so fundamental, that
the normal legal processes have almost necessarily been
swallowed up in a set of economic mechanisms which must
develop their own legal rules as they go along. Without at-
tempting to give a complete picture, I here attempt to set
down a few of the fundamental issues with which the legal
system is attempting to grapple.

593

FIRST and foremost is the cardinal problem whether the
I only means of obtaining a living is to remain labor, unless
the individual concerned is fortunate enough to have a
reserve of property. Our legal system contemplates only a
few ways of acquiring property: through wages, through in-
heritance, through gift, or through the process of exchange,
including speculation. Labor is obviously the principal
avenue for the overwhelming majority of the population.
Yet we have a machine civilization which reduces the need
for labor. We are struggling, accordingly, towards a concept
under which everyone is entitled to a share of the unques-
tioned material wealth the country has to offer, whether or
not his labor is needed at any given moment. To this prob-
lem the law has thus far made substantially no contribution.
The second problem is like unto it. An industrial civiliza-
tion can be kept going only by great diffusion of wealth
and national income. Yet the national wealth is concen-
trated into the merest fraction of the population; and the
distribution of national income likewise. We have evolved
no mentality for diffusion of income. The mechanism of the
National Recovery Administration is the first, ameboid,
attempt to do this on any large scale. Competent observers
like Mary van Kleeck insist that it is insufficient to do the
job. From my own point of view the real importance of that
act, and of the administrative procedure which is being
pounded out as a result, is that it develops a new legal
method. Heretofore, we have had absolutely no means of
dealing with industrial chaos in a country so large that
expansion was always possible, — and probably no such
means was greatly needed. But when expansion has reached
its limit and business has to live in a confined area, order is
the first requirement; adequate distribution of income suf-
ficient to support an industrial civilization is the second.
The National Recovery Act is the first step, groping perhaps,
but nevertheless of extreme significance toward reaching
that result.

Justice Brandeis wrote: —

"WE MUST LET OUR MINDS BE BOLD"

THE people of the United States are now confronted with an
emergency more serious than war. Misery is widespread, in »
time, not of scarcity, but of over-abundance. The long-continued
depression has brought unprecedented unemployment, a catas-
trophic fall in commodity prices and a volume of economic losses
which threatens our financial institutions. Some people believe
that the existing conditions threaten even the stability of the
capitalistic system.

Economists are searching for the causes of this disorder and are
reexamining the bases of our industrial structure. Business men
are seeking possible remedies. Most of them realize that failure
to distribute widely the profits of industry has been a prime cause
of our present plight. But rightly or wrongly, many persons think
that one of the major contributing causes has been unbridled com-
petition. Increasingly, doubt is expressed whether it is economi-
cally wise, or morally right, that men should be permitted to add
to the producing facilities of an industry which is already suffering
from over-capacity. . . . All agree that irregularity in em-
ployment— the greatest of our evils — cannot be overcome unless
production and consumption are more nearly balanced. Many
insist there must be some form of economic control. . . .

Whether that view is sound nobody knows. The objections to
the proposal are obvious^and grave. The remedy might bring evils
worse than the present disease. The obstacles to success seem in-
superable. The economic and social sciences are largely uncharted
seas. We have been none too successful in the modest essays in
economic control already entered upon. The new proposal in-
volves a vast extension of the area of control. Merely to acquire
the knowledge essential as a basis for the exercise of this multitude
of judgments would be a formidable task; and each of the thou-
sands of these judgments would call for some measure of prophecy.
Even more serious are the obstacles to success inherent in the
demands which execution of the project would make upon human
intelligence and upon the character of men. Man is weak and his
judgment is at best fallible.

Yet the advances in the exact sciences and the achievement! in
invention remind us that the seemingly impossible sometimes hap-
pens. There are many men now living who were in the habit of
using the age-old expression: "It is as impossible as flying." The
discoveries in physical science, the triumphs in invention, attest
the value of the process of trial and error. In large measure, these
advances have been due to experimentation. In those fields, [it]
has, for two centuries, been not only free but encouraged.

Some people assert that our present plight is due, in part, to
the limitations set by courts upon experimentation in the fields of
social and economic science; and to the discouragement to
which proposals for betterment there have been subjected other-
wise. There must be power in the states and the Nation to remold,
through experimentation, our economic practices and institutions
to meet changing social and economic needs. I cannot believe
that the framers of the Fourteenth Amendment, or the states which
ratified it, intended to deprive us of the power to correct the evils
of technological unemployment and excess productive capacity
which have attended progress in the useful arts.

To stay experimentation in things social and economic is a
grave responsibility. Denial of the right to experiment may be
fraught with serious consequences to the Nation. . . . This Court
has the power to prevent an experiment. We may strike down
the statute which embodies it on the ground that, in our opinion,
the measure is arbitrary, capricious or unreasonable. We have
power to do this, because the due process clause has been held
by the Court applicable to matters of substantive law as well as to
matters of procedure. But in the exercise of this high power, we
must be ever on our guard, lest we erect our prejudices into legal
principles. If we would guide by the light of reason, we must let
our minds be bold. — from the dissenting opinion of Mr. Justice
Brandeis, New State Ice Co. vs. Ernest A. Liebmann, March 21,
1932.

594

SURVEY GRAPHIC

December 1933

We have as yet made no similar contribution in the field
of distributing income when the labor of the individual is not
needed. The Emergency Relief Administration coupled
with the relief activities in many states and cities tends in
that direction, but is too transitory to be considered an at-
tack on the problem. It will have to be succeeded by pro-
grams redefining the rights and the status of individuals in
terms of economics — just as we redefine personal rights and
status in terms of civil and political privileges in the Declara-
tion of Rights of the United States Constitution. The law will
have to be built upon this redefinition, the mechanics of
which might be, for example, enrolling all able-bodied indi-
viduals into a labor reserve, providing for their necessities,
their sickness and unemployment insurance, differentiating
their wages so that the married man with a family receives
enough to support the family instead of being placed on a
dead equality with the bachelor, and so that women per-
forming equal tasks receive an equal income— an income
enlarged when, as is usually the case, the woman helps in
supporting her family. This is a field we have not yet en-
tered but it is plainly foreshadowed by the modifications
going on.

A third problem involved in all this is a definite legal
control of what have heretofore been regarded as property
rights. The right, for example, of a mortgagee to foreclose;
the right of a creditor to eliminate his debtor from the face
of the economic earth. These rights, supposed to be absolute
with but few modifications (all of them, curiously enough,
resulting from the boldness of the English judges two
centuries ago when England also had more debt than she
could collect and feared the effects of a wholesale quasi-
enslavement of a debtor class) are now coming in for re-
examination on all counts. Fortunately, they are being re-
examined by enlightened creditors as well as by desperate
debtors; for the right of a creditor to do something which
either cannot be done, or is too unethical to be done, mani-
festly is an empty shell. It is not right to upset the social
order as a means of collecting either principal or interest.
Hence a new conception of the bankruptcy laws — the con-
ception that they must among other things permit the indi-
vidual to preserve his status as an economic organism. This
was, by the way, Major La Guardia's contribution to the
revision of the personal Bankruptcy Act in 1933.

Remains the great question of the Constitution of the
United States. As to that, there is almost an equal divi-
sion of the Bar — precisely the division you would expect to
find when a revolutionary process is going forward. Nomi-
nally, this is a division on technical legal points — mainly re-
volving around two amendments to the Constitution — the

"EVERY REGULATION OF ANY BUSINESS"

A REGULATION valid for one kind of business may, of course,
be invalid for another; since the reasonableness of every regu-
lation is dependent upon the relevant facts. But so far as concerns
the power to regulate, there is no difference, in essence, between
a business called private and one called a public utility or said to
be "affected with a public interest." Whatever the nature of the
business, whatever the scope or character of the regulation ap-
plied, the source of the power invoked is the same. . . . The
notion of a distinct category of business "affected with a public
interest," employing property "devoted to a public use," rests
upon historical error. ... In my opinion, the true principle is
that the state's power extends to every regulation of any business
reasonably required and appropriate for the public protection.
— Mr. Justice Brandeis, op. cit.

Fifth and Fourteenth — -guaranteeing the right not to have
life, liberty or underlying property taken without due process
of law. In the minds of certain men, including some of the
justices of the Supreme Court, these clauses commit the
United States and all of its forms of law not only to indi-
vidual civil and personal rights, but also to a civilization
based on property rights which may be indefinitely extended
by one individual over another so long as they do not fall
foul of police restrictions or of certain narrow categories
recognized as public utilities and common carriers.

Typical in this situation is the fact that the theory of the
National Recovery Act was largely adapted from Mr. Jus-
tice Brandeis' dissenting opinion in the Oklahoma Ice case —
the courts of the United States, the executive arm of the
administration, and the lawyers advising them, undertaking
to believe that the dissenting minority of the Supreme Court
had a clearer conception of the true possibilities of the Con-
stitution than did the majority of the Court itself. In fact,
of course, the conversation turns on the view which lawyers,
and eventually the law, will take on the economic necessities
of the time. If, for example, it is conceded that the only
possibility of maintaining a government is by a reorientation
of our economic life, then a Constitution which commits us
against such reorientation virtually annuls the right to
govern. It could, of course, be changed by a constitutional
convention — a slow process — or by a legal as well as a social
revolution; though perhaps neither alternative is altogether
desirable. On the other hand, if the Constitution be taken as
preeminently a charter of government under which as its
first maxim there must be adequate power to do what is
necessary to keep a government afloat, and the exigencies
require economic readjustment, then the Constitution must
be assumed to have flexibility sufficient to permit this
readjustment.

THE issue may well simmer down to whether the judgment
of the courts of the United States, the executive arm of the
United States and, in fact though not in form, the apparent
opinion of the great majority of the United States, considers
essential this economic readjustment; or whether the nine
old men of the Supreme Court are entitled to form their own
opinion about it and to upset a movement of national scope
solely on that opinion. Fortunately, throughout its history
(with the possible exception of the Dred Scott decision) the
Supreme Court has shown itself wise in terms of government
as well as in terms of law; John Marshall's famous dictum,
"This is a constitution we are construing," has led them to
put that document beyond the range of mere legalistics such
as are applied when you construe a will or mortgage.

One can count in a time like this, not merely on the turn-
over of legal processes, but also on the rejuvenescence of the
Bar, the bench and the thought of both. Young men come in
and whether they are more romantic or more realistic, as
you choose to put it, insert into the discussion their own
thoughts. Older men, travailing with problems of injustice,
maladjustment, pain or pure failure, seek new concepts.
The Chinese philosopher rightly observed that it was easy
to act, hard to think. A revolution might almost be described
as an educational process; violent, expensive, but far-
reaching.

This realignment of ideas enters the law in all its processes,
easily through legislation and with more difficulty through
the observation of lawyers and the courts; as it enters, it
makes possible the development which inevitably comes
with a movement such as we now witness.

IS THERE ENOUGH
TO GO 'ROUND?

BY STUART CHASE

TECHNOCRACY, if you can remember as far back as
that, promised us all $20,000 a year. This is perhaps the
peak of promises based on an economy of abundance,
but many other engineers and economists have not been
backward in stipulating a tremendous flow of goods and
services to every family if the industrial engine were once
geared to human needs.

Ralph E. Flanders, sometime president of the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers, gives a typical announce-
ment when he says: "All engineers know that if an engineer-
dictator over industry could be appointed and given com-
plete control over raw materials, machinery and trained
labor, he could flood, bury and smother the people under an
avalanche of goods and services such as no Utopian dreamer
in his busiest slumbers ever imagined." In his Economic
Consequences of Power Production, Fred Henderson is more
specific: "Without any further increase in our knowledge of
power and of technical processes, or of our available mate-
rials, we could multiply production ten times over if the
needs of the world were permitted to express themselves in
effective demand." I have in my files opinions and calcula-
tions along the same general line from Charles P. Steinmetz,
Marconi, Wolman and Peck in Recent Social Trends,
Buckminster Fuller, The American Engineering Council,
Walter L. Polakov, Stuart Chase, Rexford G. Tugwell,
Thorstein Veblen, The All American Technological So-
ciety, L. R. Nienstaedt, Sir Arthur Salter, J. A. Hobson,
A. M. Newman, to name only a few.

This is all very fine and cheerful, but examination of the
estimates shows wide variation in possible performance,
while the basis of calculation is reasonably cloudy. One
wishes that the speculators would get together more, define
their terms, delimit their territories, and check their esti-
mates. I for one doubt profoundly if the "whole world"
should be comprehended in these optimistic calculations.
The energy, materials and technical training required
effectively to raise the living standards of the populations —
"teeming" is, I believe, the word — of China and India,
presents a problem which staggers me, if not the cheery
calculators. To give Chinese and Indians, for instance, as
many automobiles per capita as Americans now drive
would mean 1 40 million cars. At only 5000 miles each year
and 20 miles to the gallon of gasoline, this fleet would
demand 35 billion gallons of gasoline, far more than the
whole world production of petroleum in recent years. As
future reserves are severely limited, the happy Chinese
would be lucky if he drove his new car as much as two years
before junking it forever.

Almost a decade ago I wrote a book, well supplied with

We talk glibly about the paradox of want amid plenty. Have
we plenty to 30 'round? Here Stuart Chase makes a pioneer-
ing inventory of our national assets toward the good life,
measuring plenty in terms not of its sales values but its service-
ability: power to give all of us food, shelter, fun and security

Die Ncue Stadt, Frankfurt

figures, which sought to analyze the waste of manpower in
the United States based primarily on the Census of Occu-
pations for the year 1920. The final summary showed that,
from a functional point of view, 20 •million 500 thousand
workers out of 40 million were devoting their energies to
waste. On the basis of this calculation, an Industrial General
Staff could presumably double the then standard of living.
A good deal of water has gone through the turbines since
these figures were prepared. They stand in urgent need of
revision, and the direction can only be upward.

Of what standard of living is the present industrial plant
capable without extensive reconstruction, relocation, or
bringing all units up to the technical performance of the
best? Utopia is a useful bench mark for measuring waste,
but estimates of living standards based upon it have no
place in a practical inventory. Suppose that to Mr. Roose-
velt, or Mr. Flanders, or whom you please, power were given
to appoint an Industrial General Staff, and to establish
immediately the highest standard of living possible with
existing facilities? How many hours of labor a day would it
take, and what would be the minimum family income?
Nobody knows. No authoritative published
study has ever been made.

This nation has not hitherto elected to regard
itself as a social group, but rather as a miscel-
laneous assortment of competing individuals.
So the law decrees. It has never had a national
economy, or any but the most superficial interest
in material welfare. As Thorstein Veblen says:

595

596

SURVEY GRAPHIC

December 1933

ECONOMIC STAGES OF THE PEOPLE OF THE

Primitive Economics Ancient Civilization (Development of

Hand-Work and Agriculture)

At Birth
of Christ

WORLD

Modem Economic System
(Industry Predominant)

********

*****,

*****!

EaeK figure RepiejenU 50 Million Person!, in Round Nufflbcn.

Charts from Mundane-urn Institute, Vienna

Industry is carried on for the sake of business and not conversely;
and the progress and activity of industry are conditioned by the
outlook of the market, which means the presumptive chance of
business profits. . . . Serviceability, industrial advisability is not
the decisive point. The decisive point is business expediency and
business pressure. . . . The vital factor is the vendibility of the
output, the convertibility into money values, not its serviceability
for the needs of mankind.

The industrial plant has been chiefly constructed to this
dictate. Its vendibility has been measured and remeasured
on the ledgers of banks, the balance sheets of great corpora-
tions, the tickers of stock exchanges. Its serviceability is un-
measured and unknown.

Competently to assess real serviceability would require a
group of engineers, economists and statisticians working for
many months. There are, however, certain known facts,
and particularly certain qualitative considerations, which
may make a rough chain-and-compass line by one lone
student not too presumptuous. If, as I believe, we have
reached a turning-point in economic history where service-
ability must begin to replace vendibility, whether we like it
or not, surveys
of this character
are destined to
grow increasingly
important.

Energy Resources

IN the economy
of scarcity
which ruled the
world until re-
cently, manpower
was the impor-
tant considera-
tion in computing
possible stand-
ards of living.
In the economy
of abundance,

natural energy from coal, oil,
water-power, moves to the
center of the stage. It largely
replaces human muscle, and
increasingly, through the utiliza-
tion of the photo-electric cell,
will replace human attention
and judgment in detail processes.
With the current supply of
energy the General Staff will
have no trouble. Energy con-
sumption is forty times what it
was in 1830 for every man,
woman and child. The plant
already possesses the naked
power for throwing off tremen-
dous increases in living stand-
ards, provided other factors,
such as raw materials and labor,
can be arranged for, and cer-
tain debilitating wastes elimi-
nated. Not an additional ton of
coal need be burned, not an-
other power-house constructed
— though it will be well to finish

Boulder Dam and Muscle Shoals.

Food

COMING to tangible goods, it is certain that adequate
food supplies are available. Where earlier cultures were
wont to spend from 80 to 90 percent of their total energy for
the production of foodstuffs, America spends only 10 percent.
If the General Staff managed agriculture as one great,
cooperative industry, it could, without adding to present
equipment materially, provide a succulent and balanced
diet for every family, with considerably less energy than is
now expended, and with considerably less land. How? By
allowing the poor, marginal soils to return to forest, and
concentrating on the rich soils, employing somewhat more
intensive cultivation. O. W. Willcox, agri-biologist, after
careful study states that if only 80 percent of possible yields
were achieved — by means of water and fertilization — 50
million acres would grow all the wheat, corn, oats, barley, rye,
cotton, potatoes and sugar now produced on 350 million
acres. General Hugh Johnson once told me that given
supreme command of the wheat-lands of Kansas, he would

undertake to pro-
duce from that
one state alone
all the bread the
country could
possibly eat. A
recent compila-
tion by a Western
professor shows a
production of
foodstuffs at the
present time 40
percent in excess
of what the 30
million families
this country

Relation of agricultural machine-power to cultivated land in the USA in 1 850 and 1 920.
Each square represents 0.3 million acres; each horsehead, 1 million HP; each human sym-
bol, 1 million agricultural employes

can eat. Not buy,
eat.

The food supply

December 1933

IS THERE ENOUGH TO GO 'ROUND?

597

1876-1880

1896-1900

1916-1920

1926 1930

is the more certain because
population growth is slowing
down and many statisticians be-
lieve it will presently become
stationary or even decline. In
considering any such program,
we must realize, of course, that it
does not provide for coffee, tea,
tropical fruits and other delica-
cies which cannot be home-
grown. If we are to have these
items in our diet, surpluses must
be grown or manufactured to
exchange for them.

Clothing

CLOTHING, like food, pre-
sents no real problem from
the point of view of adequacy.
Style factors, however, which
are not serious in foodstuffs are

something else again. Always in considering national budg-
ets— and they keep me awake of nights — I have in the
forefront of my mind a picture of a Georgia Negro and his
family on a one-mule cotton patch. Is this family to be ade-
quately fed, clothed, sheltered, educated and entertained?
If it is not, these calculations are irrelevant and immaterial.
We can undoubtedly clothe this family, and all other fami-
lies, from our present supplies of raw materials, textile mills,
and garment shops. Rayon, and perhaps ramie, must dis-
place silk, but the excess capacity of rayon factories — excess
in terms of what the market will absorb at current prices —
is large. We have a huge surplus of cotton and, with a little
budgeting, plenty of wool and leather. But to give the Geor-
gia Negro and his wife all the latest in fancy fabrics and style
changes would tax the clothing industry beyond its present
capacity.

Here are a few of the figures on which I base my confi-
dence as to clothing. Preparing their case for the cotton code
of the National Industrial Recovery Act in the summer of
1933, a special committee of the textiles manufacturers
reported 30 million spindles and 582,500 looms in place.
On a three-shift basis, this standing equipment "would care
for more than twice normal consumption requirements."
Normal consumption is inadequate consumption on a service
basis, but twice normal is probably more than adequate for
all variety of cotton goods. In 1927, the capacity of the
woolen industry was reported as three times the output,

Derived from coal

Derived from oil and gas Derived from
water-power

1890

1930

The most important sources of energy in the USA. Each symbol equals 75 billion kilowatt hours

according to the Wool Institute. Ethelbert Stewart calcu-
lated the capacity of the shoe industry in 1927 at 730 million
pairs against consumption of 300 million. (This capacity has
since increased.) He figured that 260 shoe plants, out of the
1 329 in the country, could supply the whole market demand
at the time.

Shelter

MOVING on to the third great staple, shelter, a problem
of the first magnitude confronts us. One can say flatly
that American industry is not now organized and cannot be
organized, short of extensive readjustments covering a
number of years, adequately to house the people of this
country. At a conservative estimate, two thirds of all Ameri-
can families are inadequately, if not indecently, housed
according to the researches of Edith Elmer Wood and others.
The condition obtains in the slums and cubicle apartments
of great cities, in the waste places of suburbia, in the shacks
and shanties of the coal towns, in the leaky, cold, unplumbed
farmhouses of the great open spaces, in the whitewashed
cabins of Southern share-croppers, in the desolate hovels of
the hill-billies. The editors of Fortune declare in Housing
America:

Authoritative estimates put something up to 90 percent of farm-
houses, 80 percent of village homes, and 35 percent of town homes
beyond the pale for lack of a sanitary toilet within the house, and
almost as many for lack of running water. To these inadequate

homes must be added homes
inadequate for lack of light and
air (say a third of the homes in
the greater cities), homes in-
adequate for reasons of over-
crowding, toilets in common,
dampness, etc. The total most
certainly exceeds half the homes
of the country.

Mechanization of the factory. Each symbol represents four looms. In 1890 one workman operated
four looms. In 1930, in the USA one workman ran 118 looms, i.e. thirty times as much as in 1890

If to this we add homes with-
out bathrooms and central
heat — certainly necessities in
any really adequate stand-
ard— the ratio of subnormal
housing jumps to at least
two thirds of all. This means
that of 30 million families,

598

SURVEY GRAPHIC

December 1933

20 million need new homes, or extensive capital improve-
ments in old homes.

To put 80 million people into decent, tight, heated houses
or apartments, with electric lights and running water,
quarters otherwise however modest, would place a burden
on lumber mills, brickyards, cement factories, glass works,
paint shops and railroads which they have never met; which
is far beyond the capacity of most of these industries, save
over a long period.

The only way out of this time dilemma lies in prefabricated
housing. Housing, save for bathrooms, electric lights, central
heating and a few gadgets, has changed little in two hundred
years. Suppose the General Staff brought it up to date by
mass production, so that one secured as much housing, for a
given cost of energy and materials, as one now secures motor-
car transportation? One would order from the factory
standard parts which could be assembled in a great variety
of wholes; in a day or two a trained service squad would lay
down the cement base and bolt the parts together thereon.
Between the order and the completed home, ready to live in,
days would elapse instead of the months required by tradi-
tional conditions.

Prefabricated houses, furthermore, can be taken down as
easily as they are erected, and thus provide mobile shelter.
Technological change is constantly shifting industries and
with them occupations. It is almost folly today for a working-
man to own his home. The economy of abundance has
forced us to be a migrating people, and the automobile has
done nothing to stem the tide. If we follow Buckminster
Fuller's suggestion, those of us who do not live in city apart-
ments will rent our fabricated houses from a central service
company, and when we have to move from the Boston dis-
trict to Denver, let us say, the old house will go back to the
Boston warehouse — ready for shipment to somebody else in
Boston — and a new house, with changes if we want them,
will be ordered from the Denver warehouse, of the same
organization.

This may sound wild and strange. It is probably the only
way to secure decent, attractive homes for Americans in the
calculable future, at a low cost. It is not a job to be done in
a year, or two or three. New factories must be built, new
distribution methods worked out, a colossal tonnage moved.
For a time, energy resources might be almost taxed. I suspect
it would be a ten-year job. But for traditional housing, with
its greater tonnage, its hand fitting, and craftsman methods
— to say nothing of its immobility, the period would be twice
as long. We conclude, then, that the General Staff could not
provide us with adequate shelter short of a long, intensive
construction program covering at least a decade. Well fed
and clothed, most of us would continue to live in the houses
already built, with such plumbing, roofing, electrical and
other improvements as fall under the head of patching up
rather than of genuine reconstruction.

Education

^"OULD the last child in America secure a good education
v. on the basis of the present plant? Some critics gloomily
assure us that no child in America now secures a good edu-
cation. They may be right, but our concern here is with
buildings, textbooks, teachers. So defined, I think we can
point with considerable pride to our educational plant.
Unlike the factory plant, it was built primarily for service-
ability. It is unquestionably the soundest single body of
buildings in the Republic. Above the dull, ugly quarters of
the most ramshackle town rise the trim and spacious walls

of the new highschool. Even as a church dominates a
Mexican community, a school building dominates an
American. Employing Mr. Wirt's platoon system, which
keeps the entire school-plant effectively engaged, we
could undoubtedly accommodate every urban child, with
little additional construction. He could be supplied with
teachers, perhaps not the best of teachers at the first, but
conscientious American teachers, without an undue strain
on the normal schools. Textbooks, supplies, transportation
buses, are easy.

A few months ago the National Conference on Financing
of Education laid down a blueprint for the General Staff to
follow. The 150,000 one-room schools (little red ones) still
existing should be junked in favor of "central school plants,"
built under the NRA public-works program. The present
school-district map should be obliterated in favor of a new
map in which rural units would have about 1500 pupils,
urban units 1 0,000 pupils. The average school district is now
only twenty-three square miles in area and requires but
seven teachers. Enlarge the areas, centralize the plant,
specialize the curriculum, use buses for transportation.

Health

COMING to health, we face one of the paradoxes that
plenty has brought us. The money we have been spend-
ing for doctors, hospitals, nurses and drugs is enough, under
more rational methods of distributing and paying for medi-
cal service, to provide adequate care for all of us who need
it, with adequate return for those who render the service.
Yet the Committee on the Costs of Medical Care, from whose
five-year researches that conclusion is drawn, finds that
during the course of a year, two out of five of us receive no
individual care of health or sickness of any kind. We cannot
use what we already have in the way of medical resources.
"'Physicians, on the whole, are unoccupied between one
third and one half of their working time; one third of the
hospital beds are empty most of the year; thousands of
nurses seek employment, but in vain. Meanwhile millions
suffer and tens of thousands die from ailments which might
be cured or alleviated by medical aid." The Committee
presents the following table, which the General Staff, if it
knows its business, will be quick to seize upon:

Number needed to

Actual number provide Jull srrvice

in 1930 for all Americans

Physicians 144,000 174,000

Dentists 68,000 219,000

Nurses— visiting 19,000 54,000

Nurses— hospital and home 118,000 216,000

Hospital beds 956,000 1,422,000

The personnel increases are considerable, and a certain
time wUl be needed to train the required staff. But what a
splendid opportunity this opens up for our tens of thousands
of college undergraduates who have no careers whatever
before them under the vendibility system; what an offset to
technological unemployment.

Recreation

QECREATION is perhaps more complicated than health
l\ but not much more. It is a larger economic field. The
motor-car industry has already come close to providing a
car for every family in the country on the average (30 million
families, 23 million passenger cars). With a capacity of 8
million cars a year it would be no trick at all to keep every-
one supplied. Indeed the trick would be to keep them from

December 1933

IS THERE ENOUGH TO GO 'ROUND?

599

being oversupplied, considering existing highway and park-
ing facilities. Radios for all are easy — factory capacity is in
excess of 1 5 million sets a year. Parks and playgrounds can
be extended without difficulty— once the land-value ob-
stacle is taken firmly in hand — as can sporting goods and
equipment. Mr. Roosevelt is even now employing 300,000
young men to prepare the national forests for, among other
things, great recreation centers. The movies already reach
the entire population, statistically, every two weeks — but
they do not reach me.

If the General Staff placed its accent upon first-hand par-
ticipation rather than upon watching other people play, it
would be easy to prove that the American people could
secure a rewarding quota of recreation at far less cost in
energy, materials and labor, than now obtains.

The present normal bill for recreation has been estimated
at 10 billions to 20 billions a year, depending on the items
comprehended. It is far too much. Recreation has been taken
well-nigh bodily into the province of vendibility, where it
most emphatically does not belong. Play is by definition not
a business proposition. The General Staff must put it back
where it belongs, at a huge saving in cost. Incidentally, we
shall have more fun.

WELL, what remains? Religion, art, philosophy,
spiritual values? Fiddlesticks. Only fools make budgets
for religion, art and philosophy. It has been found, down the
aisles of history, that when a given community perfects a
technique which allows it to eat with some peace of mind,
art, philosophy, scientific curiosity, invariably make their
appearance. Egyptian civilization was based on adequate
supplies of wheat; Mayan civilization on maize. Ours is the
first civilization to be based on natural energy. Religion is
beyond me altogether in terms of this inventory. Bertrand
Russell asserts that the intensity of religious beliefs among
fishermen varies inversely with the size of their vessels. I
doubt if economic security will destroy religion, but it may
change its form.

This preliminary survey makes it clear that the existing
plant, with its 37 million buildings, its 127 million major
machines, its 92 million miles of transport lanes (computed
by Robert R. Doane), and the rest, is capable of providing
adequate food, clothing, education, health services and
recreation, serviced by boundless energy, to all the 125 mil-
lions of Americans. In doing so, year in, year out, economic
insecurity can be obliterated, torturing us no more. This
adequate standard of health and security could be set in
operation almost immediately without profound physical
adjustments, whatever might be the profundity of the mental
adjustments. More rural school buildings, recreation centers,
sanitary engineering projects, hospitals, research labora-
tories, will be required, and some rearrangement of the agri-
cultural output. A larger medical staff must be trained. The
General Staff cannot, however, provide adequate shelter for
the nation short of a decade. In other departments, every
family can be provided for; every sick person; every old per-
son; every child. The standard will be higher than 90
percent of all families actually received in 1929. The Georgia
Negro will be five to ten times better off.

The average work-week would be 30 hours as a maximum,
and might well be less. This estimate is arrived at as follows:
Physical production in U. S. manufacturing industries in
July 1933 was at the level of 1923-1925 production, but less
than 60 percent as many workers were employed. The
average work-week in July 1933 was 43 hours. Assuming

100 percent of 1925 workers employed, the same output
could be obtained — that is the same number of hours— on
a 26-hour week. We have more potential workers now than
in 1 925, which operates to reduce the work-week, but we may
require for our budget a somewhat greater volume of
physical production — though with waste eliminated, not
much greater. (For further details see my article in Current
History, November 1933.)

The total tonnage of goods produced would, I believe,
tend to be rather under than over the tonnage of 1929, with
a far greater ratio, of course, in the consumers' goods divi-
sion. Ten percent of American families would, on an equal
division, receive less in the way of physical quantity and
luxury services than they did in 1929, although in terms of
genuine serviceability many of the group would get more. The
very rich would be far behind their present style, but they
are only a handful and their style does not matter. If equal-
ity were not to be the rule, rather merit or ability, the mass
standard would drop somewhat, though it would still remain
far above the 1929 average, allowing a sliding scale of
standards over this base.

Admitting that the General Staff could do thus well by us
immediately, how much better can it do in the future? It
can build us houses. That will help. It can slowly reorganize
and rationalize the plant. That will help. I doubt, how-
ever, if we could go more than thrice above a good healthy
minimum — which in turn was far better than 1 929 — because
of certain rigid limitations in the plant itself.

Limitations

TO begin with, the transportation load fixes a maximum.
B. E. Hutchinson estimates that the present railroad sys-
tem is "fully capable of handling about twice the norm-Sr
volume of traffic now moving by all means of available
transportation." In other words, it could at full capacity
move not more than two million carloads a week, as against
the 1929 performance of 800,000 cars. Trucks and water-
ways can certainly add to this total. Present transportation
capacity might allow three times the 1929 tonnage flow, but
hardly more. I suspect, if all traffic bottle-necks, such as the
approaches to Manhattan Island, were given due considera-
tion, the possible expansion might be less, even with cross-
hauling saved. If all the plants in New York City, moreover,
were given the opportunity to operate with throttle wide
open, could they get their raw materials in, or their finished
products out? It would provide a splendid jam for a time,
in the best of circumstances.

Again, while our factories have a theoretical total capac-
ity probably twice their normal output, they have never
operated at capacity as a group, and we cannot be sure that
raw materials are available to supply them at capacity.
Could they secure all the skilled labor they would need for
capacity operation? We must remember that only 25 percent
of American output is as yet on a mass-production basis; 75
percent is operating on older methods, involving a great deal
of skilled hand labor.

In Debt and Production, a brilliant quantitative analysis
of the history of American production, Bassett Jones has laid
down certain growth curves which must be given emphatic
consideration when estimating production possibilities.
Production, like population, has entered a declining growth
phase. The curve is heading for an ultimate plateau, due
primarily to exhaustion of nonreplaceable raw materials like
iron, copper, oil, coal. Sooner or later the world must run
short of these prime necessities. Oil (Continued on page 642)

DEFLATING THE BOOM IN POPULATION

BY HENRY PRATT FAIRCHILD

" I WAS ever of the opinion that the honest man
I who married and brought up a large family
• did more service than he who continued
single and only talked of population. . . .
My children . . . though I had but six, I con-
sidered them a very valuable present made to
my country, and consequently looked upon it
as my debtor."

In this piously modest burst of self-gratulation,
the good Vicar of Wakefield was merely express-
ing the currently accepted and conventional standards of
his time. In those days it was regarded as axiomatic that
human beings were intrinsically valuable, that an increase
of population represented a net increment in the assets of
society, and that a family that contributed more than the
average to such increment was thereby rendering a signal
service to king and country.

This attitude was the natural result of centuries of con-
scious, and untold ages of unconscious, stimulation on the
part of those who mold public opinion and public sentiment.
At the dawn of the modern era the desirability of large and
growing populations and the social obligation of married
couples to propagate abundantly, were so completely taken
for granted in western civilization that any challenge to
them, like that thrown out by Mr. Malthus, fell like a veri-
table bombshell. In spite of more than a century of scholarly
questioning of these popular assumptions, and the accumu-
lation of voluminous evidence as to their falsity, the attitudes
have lingered on up to very recent years. Mind-sets that
have been ingrained in the human character through
processes extending over the major portion of man's exist-
ence die hard.

But there are signs today that, in the minds of the more
intelligent sections of society, at least, these ancient convic-
tions are breaking down. It is not merely that individual
families no longer desire a large number of children — it is
doubtful to what extent the parents of the masses have ever
really wanted their swarming broods, except perhaps to a
limited degree in such transitory and unusual types of so-
ciety as prevailed in the American colonies — but, more than
this, the progenitors of small families no longer experience a
sense of shame or of failure in their social duty, and the social
value of increasing population in the abstract is less gener-
ally regarded as an accepted commonplace. The individual
baby, as a little lump of appealing humanity, may be just
as precious a treasure as ever. Indeed, it is probable that the
babies who do come into the world under modern conditions
are individually more likely to be welcome than ever before.
But babies in the mass, mere nascent humanity, are coming
increasingly to be regarded as a social menace.

The United States has taken fifteen censuses. The reports
of each have been issued in a series of massive volumes. The
interest of the average citizen in the first fourteen of these
has been to turn to the section in which the numerical growth
of his city and state was compared with that of adjacent
ones. If he found that the rate of growth of his own commu-
nity was higher than that of his neighbors, and that the
country as a whole showed a notable increase, he closed the
book with a grunt of satisfaction, and manifested no further

The captains and the kings, the clergy and the lords of industry
— one after another — have departed from a demand for unlim-
ited population. Hard times, with the spectacle of old park-
benchers and idle youth, have underscored the change, in the
opinion of the president of the Population Association of
America. The birthrate to which we have dropped since 1930
balances the deathrate only because we still have a supply of
parents created by the higher birthrates of preceding decades

interest in the Census until the next report appeared. But
today an increasingly large number of people are beginning
to raise intelligent queries as to the meaning of these exten-
sive tables and charts, and to inquire into the real bearing
of population size and population growth upon various as-
pects of social progress and human welfare.

In the light of this new popular outlook, it may be helpful
to examine briefly the grounds upon which the ancient
assumptions of the desirability of population growth have
rested. In so doing, it should be realized that these grounds
have by no means always been expressed, or consciously
recognized, even by those who were most directly interested
in maintaining them. They represent certain well-established
and widespread values, objectives and criteria of human
society which seemed to be promoted by the numerical
increase of population.

FOREMOST among these may be placed the militaristic
incentive. Suspicion, competition, rivalry and hostility
have ever been the characteristic attitudes of groups toward
each other, and these have inevitably resulted in periodic
conflicts among most of the peoples of the earth. Warfare
has been the universal expedient for both societal growth
and aggrandizement, and protection and the sheer avoid-
ance of extermination. To be able to wage war successfully
has been a social desideratum second only to the necessity
of producing the essentials of life. It is a truism that in prim-
itive warfare manpower is the determining factor, and the
basic element in manpower is numbers. Consequently, a
large and increasing number of members, especially of the
male persuasion, came to be regarded as synonymous with
societal security and prestige. It needs no special evidence to
demonstrate that this assumption has prevailed down to the
present. The extent to which it is still valid obviously de-
pends upon two considerations, the inevitability of future
warfare and the degree to which military success in the fu-
ture will depend upon numerical manpower. These ques-
tions will be examined briefly a little later.

Closely related to the foregoing is the dynastic incentive
for population increase. As government became more defi-
nitely despotic, and single individuals or families came to
dominate and hold power, the significance of mass popula-
tion came to be regarded not merely as a means to simple
societal survival or expansion, but as an agency for the
glorification and enrichment of the ruling group, not solely
through military prowess, but also through economic and
cultural aggrandizement. The body of the people came to
be regarded as the breeding herd of the tyrant. Never was
this conception more tersely expressed than in the famous

600

December 1933

DEFLATING THE BOOM IN POPULATION

601

epigram of Louis XIV, "L'etat, c'est moi." With the spread
of democratic government, this incentive, in its crude per-
sonal aspect, has tended to die out; but something of its
spirit still survives in various of the aspects of "patriotism."

Next in importance, perhaps, comes the religious incen-
tive. Encouragement of increase seems to be quite a general
feature of the religious complex the world over. In some
cases it is connected with the idea of ancestor worship, and
in more primitive religions with the veneration of procrea-
tive powers. In modern religions it finds a more refined and
quite adequate support in the natural desire of every religion
to increase. Necessarily; the principal source of increment
in the membership of every religion is found in the children
of its adherents. A childless church is almost certainly
doomed to speedy extinction. And since every religion
naturally regards itself as the only true faith, it looks upon
its increase as an augmentation of the blessed.

In the case of the Christian religion, this general motive
is fortified by the specific injunction, twice enunciated in its
holy book, to "Be fruitful, and multiply, and replenish the
earth." It may seem strange that this command, supposedly
issued thousands of years ago, especially as in the first case
there was only one man and one woman in the world, and
in the second case only one family, should be accepted today
as a literal guide to social policy and individual behavior,
and should be authoritatively advanced in refutation of
any arguments in favor of the voluntary limitation of popula-
tion, but such is the case as any one can testify who is at all
familiar with the literature of the birth-control controversy.

In support of this religious attitude is the notion, still
prevalent and influential in certain quarters, that any inter-
ference with the "natural" course of reproduction, specifi-
cally any use of contraceptive measures, involves the taking
of life and is a form of murder. This idea is a survival from
earlier generations, when the biology of reproduction was
very little known, and all sorts of bizarre notions were cur-
rent about the nature and origin of the embryo. Today we
are aware that no new human life exists until after concep-
tion has taken place. Previous to that moment there are
multitudes of minute cells, which exist in immeasurable
excess above the needs or the possibilities of reproduction,
and are continually destroyed by Nature's own processes.
Every conception involves the destruction of millions of
male cells as against the single one that enters into the embryo.

QO closely related to the dynastic incentive as possibly to
*J be considered its modern manifestation is the economic
incentive. Here it is the industrial barons and overlords who
desire a large population in order that the supply of wage
labor may be superabundant and correspondingly cheap.
Like other molders of public sentiment, they do not broad-
cast their doctrine recklessly, nor necessarily even formulate
it definitely in their inner consciousness. Frequently it, too,
is camouflaged in the guise of patriotism, labeled by such
grandiloquent slogans as "The needs of industry," "Na-
tional economic expansion," "The commercial supremacy of
the flag" and so on. But in essence it is the simple craving
of the privileged classes for their own enrichment and
prestige.

Another motive that sails with peculiar complacency
under the banner of patriotism is what may be called "ethnic
egotism." This is the conviction, quite general among peo-
ples of every grade of civilization, that their own particular
culture is the finest and most desirable on earth. Among
primitive tribes this notion sometimes takes the form of

identifying the name of the tribe with the word for men.
"What tribe is this?" "We are the men." The implication
as to other tribes is obvious. Modern societies do not go at it
quite so crudely, but it is not necessary to wait till next
Fourth of July, or to pay a visit to the halls of Congress, to
recognize the attitude as not entirely foreign to our own
national psychology. Probably the most conspicuous ex-
ponent of this motive in modern times was the Germany of
the World War period, with its prodigious and insolent
emphasis on Kultur. To the degree that it cherishes this
doctrine, every nation naturally regards its own expansion
as a real blessing to mankind, however little the fact may
be recognized by its contemporaries.

THIS list of incentives may be closed, without any preten-
sion to completeness, by reference to sheer megalo-
mania, the admiration of bigness, the craving for size for its
own sake. While developed to an exceptional degree among
the American people, this sentiment is not unknown in
other areas of Western civilization. The ease with which it
may be applied to population, and the magnitude of its
consequence there, need no demonstration.

Fortunately, the general questioning of all established
forms, traditional institutions, and accepted values which
has been precipitated by the economic disasters of the past
four years has included these hoary assumptions about
numerical population. Malthus, a century and a third ago,
raised certain questions with a logic and cogency that
could not be ignored, and subsequent students of population
have supported, enlarged, and modified, but not basically
altered, his doctrine until there has now emerged a distinct
section of social science, which has been labeled "larith-
mics," which recognizes the scientific significance and the
social potentialities of the quantitative aspects of population
with at least as much clarity as eugenics displays in its study
of the qualitative aspects. With the object lessons of the
depression vividly before his eyes, even the layman is pre-
pared as never before to challenge the age-old doctrine
with reference to population growth. Let us put ourselves
in his place and briefly examine the incentives.

As hinted above, the present pertinency of the militar-
istic argument for large populations depends on two un-
certain future contingencies, the probability of the contin-
uance of international war and the importance in future
wars of crude manpower. If Frederick Adams Woods is
right, and he seems to be, in his contention that up to date
there is no evidence that war is a diminishing factor in
human affairs, then any hope of a loss of force in this par-
ticular argument for population growth must rest upon
faith in some evolutionary trends, or voluntary and purpose-
ful expedients, not yet demonstrated in human experience.
As for the determinative influence of manpower in future
wars, the military experts are by no means in agreement,
but there does seem to be a good deal of authority in support
of the view that victory in the future will be determined
much less by census totals than by intelligence, science,
technology, individual vigor and versatility, and economic
abundance. To the extent that this is true, of course, it oper-
ates directly against the argument for population size.

With reference to the whole militaristic incentive, how-
ever, there is one important consideration to be borne in
mind. This is that if it be true that large populations have
been, and possibly will be in the future, an important factor
in the winning of wars, it is equally true that redundant
populations have been, and are, the one great outstanding

602

SURVEY GRAPHIC

December 1933

THE HOLY NAME MISSION, 1931

Frank K. M. Rehn Galleries, New York

REGINALD MARSH

factor in the causing of wars. It would be difficult to find a
single important instance of international war that has not
been directly or indirectly instigated to some extent by pop-
ulation pressure. This statement has been challenged, but
never effectively refuted. There exists, therefore, a two-fold
indicator to social policy. On the one hand it is imperative
that population growth be checked in order that the stim-
ulus to war may be reduced; on the other hand, it is desir-
able that the menace of war be removed in order that so-
cieties may be free to adopt and apply population policies
on other than militaristic grounds. At any rate, it is ab-
solutely safe to say that a century of stationary populations
the world over would be an immeasurably greater factor
for international peace than all the non-aggression pacts and
disarmament treaties that ever have been, or ever could be,
drafted. This is all the more true because of the fact, demon-
strated by the World War, that although wars are caused
by overpopulation, under modern conditions they do not
cure the ills of overpopulation.

The dynastic incentive, as already indicated, is pretty
thoroughly outmoded in its primary form. But in its modern
guise, based upon the needs of industry, it has had a strong
hold until very recent years, and would probably still be
potent had not the depression (giving the devil his due)
taught us some forcible and salutary lessons. This particular
argument has run rather rapidly through three successive
phases. First there was the assumption that prosperity de-
pended on large production, and that this in turn required
an abundant labor force. A more realistic economics within
the last few years has demonstrated that true prosperity is a
matter of consumption, rather than production, and for a

time the economic argument took the form of advocating a
large population in order that there might be no deficiency
of consumers. Now, at last, the conviction is rapidly winning
ground that prosperity is not necessarily a matter of numbers
at all, but of social and economic organization, and an
equitable and rational distribution of the social product.
There is no support for the extremist position that the pres-
ent depression is the direct result of overpopulation; a
considerably larger population, in the United States at
least, could doubtless be supported on a higher standard of
living than prevailed even in 1 928 if the social system were
scientific and sound. But there is also no doubt that, given
the existing economic order, the evils of the collapse have
been intensified by surplus population, and certainly future
improvement is to be secured by reducing, rather than
accelerating, the rate of growth.

The religious, "ethnic-egotist," and megalomaniac in-
centives to population growth may be summarily dismissed.
They are of that order of assertion that does not admit of
argument, being matters of belief, taste or emotion. If any-
one sincerely believes that God has laid upon him the divine
obligation to propagate freely, there is no way of arguing
him out of his position. If any one is convinced that the
culture of his own group is so superior to that of all others
that its extension over the earth, even at the point of the
bayonet and at the cost of millions of lives, is a service to
humanity, it is a waste of time to bombard him with evi-
dence to the contrary. And one who is a worshiper of The
Great God Big will be turned from his devotions, if at all,
by something besides argument.

What rational support remains, then, for the glorification

December 1933

DEFLATING THE BOOM IN POPULATION

603

of huge populations, rapid increase, and large families?
Aside from the dubious militaristic argument, absolutely
none. Experience, science, and common sense all support
each other on this ground. Doubtless, it would be unduly
optimistic to assert that this conclusion has already com-
pletely won its way, and so thoroughly permeated the pop-
ular mind that never again will a stationary population or
a diminishing rate of growth be viewed with alarm. Some
Fascist dictators may still proclaim fantastic goals of popula-
tion increase as essential to national stability and prestige.
But it is noteworthy that Mussolini seems to be laying much
less stress than formerly on the size of the Italian people, while
Hitler appears to be much more definitely concerned with
what he considers the quality of the German people than its
mere numbers. For the ordinary layman, the sight of long
breadlines, crowded park benches, and swarms of pan-
handlers has been too concrete and vivid evidence of re-
dundant humanity to permit him for a long time to come to
lend much credence to assertions of the desirability of
population increase. And the individual family, which has
seen its children go hungry, or even die of malnutrition,
which has dreaded the advent of the new infant as a major
calamity and been ready to resort to extreme means to
prevent it, is certain to turn a deaf ear to recurrent pleas of
religious, moral, or social duty to breed without restraint.
Indeed, this is one hopeful feature of a none too cheerful
outlook. For once social expediency and personal interest
are in harmony. It was suggested above that the actual
size of family is seldom a reliable index of parents' desire
for children. The progressive decline of the birthrate for the
past two generations or so, coupled with the rapid spread
of birth-control information and facilities, and the weaken-
ing of the ancient taboos against contraceptive practice,

indicates that when parents, at least in the upper strata of
society, are equipped to regulate the size of their families
according to their actual desire for offspring, the rate of
reproduction is likely to fall to a point not far above that
necessary for the maintenance of a stationary population.
Indeed, there is abundant evidence that the immediate
trends, in Western Europe as well as in the United States,
may be toward an actual decline in population. The con-
tinued numerical growth of Western peoples in the face
of a declining birthrate has hitherto been possible only
because of a correlated decline in the deathrate. But there
is a necessary limit to the reduction of the deathrate, and
there is good reason to believe that in many countries of the
Western world not only has this limit been approached but
that an actual increase in the deathrate may be anticipated
within the next two or three decades (When Our Deathrate
Goes up, Survey Graphic, September 1931).

These facts have caused no little consternation in certain
quarters. But there is probably no occasion for serious dis-
may. The present need of the world is for a general, immedi-
ate, and drastic check in population growth, and influences
working toward that end are to be welcomed. If, in time,
the movement extends beyond the line of equalization, and
a positive decline sets in, we need have little fear that any
society which has legitimate grounds to feel that the decline
is injurious can easily devise and apply social sanctions of one
sort or another adequate to increase births up to the point
necessary for stabilization. It would be an occasion for in-
tense gratification, and the depression, to the extent that it
had contributed to the result, would have largely compen-
sated for its attendant miseries, if we could be assured that
the era of rapid and undirected population growth was
ended forever.

Frank K. M. Rehn Galleries, New York

CHARLES BURCHFIELD

BROTHERS' KEEPERS

BY GERTRUDE SPRINGER

HE was not very different from the other shabby men
lounging around Gramercy Square with calculating
eyes turned on the passers-by. When he fell in beside us
under a light and muttered, "Please . . . something for a
bed," I hardly took in his youth and the broad set of his
shoulders. As I rummaged in my bag for the efficient printed
slip that would direct him to the human clearing-house
which would in turn route him to a bed and a meal along
with five thousand others, I asked perfunctory questions
eliciting perfunctory replies. Then we passed on.

I don't know what made me look back to see him, still
under the light, examining the slip I had handed him. And I
didn't know then why I suddenly turned back, fished a quar-
ter out of my bag and pushed it at him.

Young Tom laughed a little as I rejoined him. "You're
just an old softy after all, aren't you? You've paid a doubled-
up income tax and a lot of other relief taxes that you didn't
recognize. But you can't let government do it. You have
to be Lady Bountiful. You're a throw-back, that's what you
are."

Was I, I wondered, or was it my swift picture of that great
mass lodging-house that was responsible for that quarter, a
lodging-house so sanitary, so regimented, so intolerably
bleak.

My grandmother would have called this man with his
young eyes and strong body a tramp and would have given
him a great thick sandwich full of meat and mustard and
along with it a tract and advice to seek "the Light" by way
of the Bethel Mission. My mother would have called him an
indigent and would have sent him to a charity woodyard for
a work-test to prove his worthiness for a meal-ticket. I had
called him an unemployed and recognized his right to food
and shelter and had directed him to the place where the
taxpayers of the state provided it.

Then I had given him a quarter.

We were blocks away from Gramercy Square before I had
the answer for Young Tom. "I know why I did it. Because
it's just luck that it isn't you."

And again he flattened me out. "Now it's luck, yes, but
don't you think it's a little raw to leave it to luck?"

That, I admitted, was something to think about, and as I
thought there passed before me in procession the whole long
evolution of America's social conscience — voluntary benevo-
lence piously tying up wounds, the slow reluctant answers of
society to those who cried that this was not enough, the halt-
ing, crab-wise progress toward the right of the individual not
to charity or to luck but to security.

Such a procession ! Gentlemen in black satin stocks drop-
ping their tithes into the collection-basket on Sunday and
leaving the rest to God; delicate ladies carrying their tracts
and jellies into reeking hovels and tenements,
both ladies and gentlemen of the unalterable
conviction that poverty was some kind of sin
which called for repentance and the grace of
God. Meantime the amelioration of tracts, jelly
and a pail of soup brought great virtue to the
bearer thereof.

Then the institutions, first the scabrous old
buildings where society hid away the horrors it
couldn't bear to look at, where outcast children,

the sick, insane and criminal were herded together for as
long as nature could withstand the ministrations of brutal
poor-masters. Then, presently, led by ladies of a firmer
mold, just beginning to dare to do, the charitable institutions
of a later generation, stark brick piles, filled with categories
of desolate humanity and run with scrupulous piety and no
nonsense.

Now came the marching consciences of still another gener-
ation, a little discouraged with God's treatment of his unfor-
tunate children and themselves seeking out those whom, one
by one, they could lift back to the stature of an economic
man while calling on the state with gathering assurance to
come to the aid of those hopelessly crippled in mind or body.
Still more institutions, but with less pomp of brick and mor-
tar now and more awareness of human beings. Close behind
came a new phenomenon, the social worker, alert, trained,
professional, still binding up wounds to be sure, still a hand-
maiden of the benevolent, but questioning, experimenting,
taking notes, collating facts, relating the practice of charity
to the findings of sociology, of psychology and, mirabile
dictu, of economics.

BACK of the long parade stretched the stubborn gray pat-
tern of the Elizabethan poor laws denying the "pauper"
any claim to aid except in the community of his "settle-
ment," and philosophically dictating that if a "pauper,"
adult or minor, could not be made to work he must be kept
alive as frugally and uncomfortably as possible.

It was to this cold hard pattern, on the theory that he who
does not work shall not eat and if he cannot work he shall
only just barely eat, that the public relief system of this coun-
try was shaped. It was as a protest against its rigors and
abuses that private charity developed and expressed itself,
not by striking at the system, but by a network of voluntary-
organizations, stopping the gaps in the public system, throw-
ing out new frontiers of endeavor, constantly crying "This
is not enough," but in general holding aloof from public
responsibility.

It is futile at this late day to speculate on what our public
relief system would have been had the zeal and energy and
imagination that went into the private organization been
put into the public. Probably we should have lost something;
certainly we should have gained a great deal. As it is we
have, for better or worse, what we call the American system
with its confusions and duplications and its anomalies of
parallel endeavors.

That the private charitable organizations were not born
free of a sense of sin in their beneficiaries and of virtue in
themselves is abundantly evident. Old reports of the New
York Association for Improving the Condition of the Poor

Charity, with wide-skirted ladies carrying baskets; philan-
thropy, raising the bricks of hospitals and orphanages; social
work, shaping a new profession — and in 1 933 an avalanche of
misery hurled past all our guardrails into disaster. Are we
building a road, Mrs. Springer asks, to carry us from pauperism
into security without toll to Lady Bountiful or Lady Luck?

604

December 1933

BROTHERS' KEEPERS

605

Photograph by Paul Parker

lay great stress on a special duty to the "virtuous poor," and
show a faint surprise when, as after the panic of 1873, "one
of the most remarkable features of the general distress was
the respectable character of many of the applicants." Look-
ing ahead to a hard winter it foresaw that:

Thousands of the virtuous, industrious and self-supporting poor
who are our neighbors, brethren and fellow-citizens, will again be
providentially thrown upon charity by the pressure of distress with
nothing between them and want but the pity and aid of the
benevolent.

Later, in more philosophic mood, the same organization
observes with what seemed to it devastating logic:

Want induces labor, without labor there would be no wealth,
without wealth the civilized world would become savage and the
kindly offices of charity be unknown. Hence differences of condi-
tion are not only necessary to the highest degree of prosperity and
happiness but absolutely essential to the existence of the state. This
city . . . has not, probably, more than its proper ratio of poverty.

Fifty-eight years later, in 1931, faced with the aftermath of
another economic breakdown, the director of this same
AICP voiced a different philosophy:

To dig down to the roots and causes of unemployment and to
plan boldly on the basis of all ascertainable facts would seem to be
the major business of government, of business, of social service, of
the church and of all the forces that wish to enjoy a well-regulated
society. ... In social work something more than the acceptance
of the fact that we have been inadequate is necessary. Nothing short
of broad vigorous social planning will be of any avail. It is time for
serious thought to determine the social values we want to conserve.

While this new concept of responsibility was developing, a
new philosophy and new practices in relief, which accorded
the recipient the stature of a man, were emerging through
the demonstrations of voluntary agencies and the writings
and teachings of a vigorous new school of leaders. Occasion-

ally these methods penetrated into public relief offices, and
presently, when acts of God worked great disasters and the
public contributed large funds to aid the victims, relief was
entrusted to these leaders and their new methods. But except
in urban centers families in distress, not stricken en masse,
had no recourse except to those hard-bitten local poor-mas-
ters whom the old laws perpetuated. Relief of the poor was
rated an ignoble business, consigned to the lowliest units of
government and administered by such as could find no bet-
ter office. It is a curious manifestation of human psychology
that the dissatisfactions of minorities, the divine wrath of
zealots, even the cool logic of the modern social worker and
her marshalled facts did not turn on this situation as it
existed in most communities. Rather their attention concen-
trated on certain categories of social disability and their
combined pressure was directed toward the state as the unit
of action. These social disabilities, they argued, lay at the
root of poverty; correct or control them and poverty would
disappear.

THE progress of the state in the assumption of responsibil-
ity for the welfare of its citizens has not been steady or
even. Social legislation has never been popular but has gone
forward in a series of thrusts with the newly won salient of
one generation the organized terrain of the next. The state of
New York first recognized an obligation for the care of the
pauper insane in 1836 when it authorized the building of a
State Lunatic Asylum at Utica. It was not until 1890 that it
accepted full responsibility for the care of all its mentally
afflicted citizens. This care is now a state function the coun-
try over. In 1866 Massachusetts established its first state in-
stitution for the care of dependent children, a radical move
if there ever was one. Today the care of dependent children,
out of institutions even more than in, is a normal function of

606

SURVEY GRAPHIC

December 1933

that state and a growing responsibility in every state.

In the nineties began the first faltering steps toward state
responsibility for epileptics, for crippled and deformed chil-
dren and for the tuberculous, territory now consolidated in
principle if not wholly in practice. In 1911 came the first
widows' pension legislation, a wide and significant break
with old traditions, starting in Missouri and spreading over
the country with unprecedented rapidity. In 1923 came an-
other great advance, old-age pensions, first in Montana, now
in one form or another, in twenty-five states.

Thus as the years passed there were comparatively few
forms of social disability for which the state did not admit
some degree of responsibility. Only the able-bodied indigent
were left where Queen Elizabeth had put them. To be hun-
gry and homeless was perhaps no longer a sin, but it was still
a disgrace. The "pauper" was publicly stigmatized, con-
sciously degraded and in many states deprived of the rights
of citizenship.

It has taken an economic disaster to change that situation,
to break from the moralities to the economics of human
need. You cannot be moralistic about 15 million people un-
able to find food while warehouses groan with surpluses and
farmers are being exhorted to destroy food crops.

For here they are at the end of the long procession of "the
American way," 15 million citizens on foot, men, women
and children whom our economic system had failed to pro-
tect and had turned back to our social conscience for the
privilege of continued existence.

And so I found my mind back under the lamp in Gra-
mercy Square facing the man whom my generation and the
ones before it had left to luck and Lady Bountiful. Who was
he, and what had we done to him?

He was for all practical purposes my Tom — or yours —
young, stalwart, bred in the tradition of work and the as-
surance of its rewards. We had given him an education of
sorts which glorified the opportunities that life held for him
and we had sent him out to find his place in the world we

Coal broadcast upon the streets For those "providentially thrown upon Charity." Sketched
in New York Cityjor Harper's Weekly during the depression of the eighteen-seventies

had made for him. Perhaps he had married and had chil-
dren; public policy would count that a virtue. We had
spread before him all the glamours of a rich and sybaritic era
and urged him to reach for its luxuries. We did not encour-
age him to look too closely at the economic house in which he
dwelt or to examine its security against wind and weather,
but we urged him to more and greater satisfaction in its
furnishings.

Then to his, and our, complete surprise the house col-
lapsed. It and all its bright furnishings were swept away.
The only shelter left to him was that of Lady Bountiful or the
poor-master. Lady Bountiful was willing enough, and, with
the help of Big Business, tried a little nervously to shoulder
the burden. But there were just too many Toms. Voluntary
responsibility, even that so efficiently and vicariously ex-
pressed through the checks and balances of the community
chest, broke down completely. Government, we all said,
must come to the rescue and government, in this case, was
the poor-master. We flung him such appropriations as would
not pain the taxpayer too violently, exhorted him to change
his ways and went, not too happily, about our business.

THUS, with only a few prophets crying in the wilderness
for state and federal aid, we came to the end of 1931, the
Toms, joined by the Dicks and Harrys, an army by this time
and ourselves harassed and confused by the ineffectiveness,
the uncertainty and the weakness of the system to which we
had entrusted their necessities. It was only then, when our
tradition of local responsibility was shattered by reality, that
we turned to the state.

Historically it was not a great leap; the state was already
supervising and subsidizing many social services. It was
really only an acceleration of the rate of transfer of social
responsibility from the individual to the state. But emotion-
ally it crossed a chasm and we were hesitant at first before
all that it implied. Indeed we still rationalize our doubts and
fears with such terms as "temporary" and "emergency." We

were unprepared too in or-
ganization for this sudden
extension of state authority
and were torn between reluc-
tance to entrust the job to our
fast crumpling local units and
fear of creating a bureau-
cracy and what we vaguely
called a "dole." In the end we
compromised on "emer-
gency" state relief commis-
sions of eminent citizens with
discretion to use such local
relief channels as they saw fit.
And then, before half a year
had passed, while many of our
voluntary agencies were still
struggling with their misgiv-
ings at so radical a departure
from precedent, we knew that
state action was not enough.
We discovered a national con-
science that revolted at the
spectacle of the inadequacies
and uncertainties imposed on
helpless people by the dila-
toriness of backward
states. We realized that as

December 1933

BROTHER S1 KEEPERS

607

unemployment was of na-
tional scope the relief of its
victims was a national
obligation.

And again we made a leap,
this time to federal responsi-
bility. And once more there
were hesitations, not now
among social workers but
among the die-hard defenders
of local responsibility rallying
to the defense of state rights,
even the right to let people
starve and freeze. And again
we compromised and in 1932
poured $300 million, through
the euphemism of loans to the
states, into what we perfectly
well knew was a weak and
faltering system.

It took a political landslide
and a New Deal to bring us to
the next jump where at long
last we accepted a collective
responsibility, where as a na-
tion we said, "These are our
people and they shall not
starve."

No, we as a people had not
wholly failed the man under
the light in Gramercy Square.

My income-tax nerve told me that we had gone far in re-
sponsibility since 1873 when he and his family would have
had "nothing between them and want but the pity and aid
of the benevolent." Now I could be sure — well, reasonably
sure — that anywhere in this country he could have, if, he
would accept it on the terms offered, a place to sleep and
something to eat. If he had a family I could be certain —
well, reasonably certain — that they would receive with some
regularity, not a cent of cash of course, but packages of gro-
ceries closely calculated to ward off starvation. I could not
be so certain that a roof would be kept over their heads but I
could be sure that in some few places the children would
have milk and shoes and a doctor if they were sick and I
could be hopeful that before the winter was over that as-
surance would cover the country.

WHY then had I given him the quarter? Was I not again
raising the old cry, "This is not enough," not enough
to fill his stomach by order, to shelter him if there were beds
enough or as long as the money lasted. Here was a man,
free-born, competent to work and to regulate his own life,
but because there was no work we had stripped him of per-
sonal competence and reduced him to regimentation by food
order. In spite of our collective responsibility did we not still
hold him to be an Elizabethan pauper? My quarter, I de-
cided, was my foolish, futile gesture toward restoring to him
some measure of choice in life which our relief system had
denied him.

But why then had Young Tom's "It's a little raw to leave
it to luck," stung me? And then I saw that relief of any kind
is not enough. Wipe out our miserable poor-laws, replace
our poor-masters with laboratory-trained social workers,
secure continuity by the allocation of special taxes, iron-out
inequalities by federal subsidies, maintain standards of ade-

Instiiuiions were Filled with desolate humanity and run with scrupulous piety. Scripture reading
in a night-shelter, an engraving by Dore from an issue of Harper's Weekly in 1872

quacy and of administration by federal supervision — all of
these things would not be enough. Why? Because relief to the
ablebodied in a great rich land like this is an anomaly, a
denial of all that the country promises. It is a corollary of the
luck we have lived by, the luck of getting this job or that, the
luck of keeping the job or seeing it crushed by the march of
machines, the luck that puts one man's savings in a bank
that fails and another's in a bank that doesn't, the luck of
health that spares the prosperity of one family and wipes out
that of another by sickness bills, the luck that leaves no
security to anyone.

We had tried, I knew, in slow fumbling ways to build a
frame-work of security for the great mass of us, though we
had lagged far behind our European neighbors and had re-
jected their experience. Not until 1910, after much legisla-
tive agonizing, did we accept the principle of workmen's
compensation for industrial accidents, and even yet men and
women are dying of occupational diseases and leaving their
dependents to charity. We had looked at sickness insurance
and left it for the few. We had, many of us, clamored for un-
employment insurance and had advanced facts and figures
to prove our case, but "the American way" of individualism
had blocked us and left our feeble little salient unconsoli-
dated. Yet we must not stop, for in a changing world these
things represented a bottom level of protection in the midst
of change. They could not be neglected but must be raised as
a shoring while we build a structure of real security stripped
of the stucco front of luck.

Well then, what next? We had taken the jumps one by one
to collective responsibility for the casualties of our social and
economic order. Would we now balk at attacking an order
that produced the casualties? Would we, as a people, be long
content to go on binding up wounds while the casualties
multiplied? Would we not reject (Continued on page 640)

THE COMPANY OF NATIONS

BY WILLIAM HARD

(PROPOSE here to try to sketch — very suc-
cinctly— the main lessons to be derived from
the developments of international life during
the last fifteen years.

The Armistice of the Great War brought with
it to many minds the conviction that hereafter
in wars there would be "no neutrals." Senti-
ments to that effect were copiously expressed by Woodrow
Wilson and were vehemently shared by most of the world's
leading publicists. Such sentiments dictated the universality
of duty and of authority confided to the League of Nations.
Since there would be "no neutrals," it logically followed
that there should be a universal instrumentality and a
universal policy for the whole of the world in its attitude
toward any outbreak of hostilities anywhere.

This theory of prospective international relationships has
now been obviously abundantly falsified. The world has
been full of neutrals during the war between the Poles and
the Russians, during the war between the Greeks and the
Turks, during the war between the Bolivians and the
Paraguayans, and during the war between the Japanese
and the Chinese. The supposition that there would be no
more "local wars" has been discredited by recent experi-
ence as well as by reviving recollections of that remoter
experience which our ancestors through numerous genera-
tions accumulated before we imagined that we had intro-
duced a new era by merely fighting another world war.

There was a world war in the eighteenth century in the
days of Pitt; and there was a world war in the nineteenth
century in the days of Napoleon; and, in each case, there
were local wars afterwards. These elementary facts are now
once more remembered. The idea that the conflict of 1914
to 1918 was without substantial precedent and was there-
fore bound to conduct us into an age equally without sub-
stantial precedent is now relegated to that limbo in which
improvised and frustrated millenniums sleep out their eternal
separation from the realities of earth.

Those realities persist, challenging our efforts not of defini-
tive dream but of endless labor; and they include the fact,
the re-established fact, that world wars can be followed by
local wars in our times as well as in the times when there
were no motor-cars, no airplanes, no radio sets, no poison-
gases, and no ships making thirty-five knots an hour. That
we can have all those things and still remain subject to the
laws of human nature may be a mentally painful but may
also be a spiritually salutary discovery.

In any case, the extinguishment of local wars by universal
edict is now once more a philosophy of the future rather
than of the present; and, simultaneously and necessarily,
the universality which underlies the present structure of
the League of Nations is brought into violent question.

The League in membership is not universal but its con-
stitution is grounded essentially and ultimately upon an
assumption of universality; and, on occasion, its collabora-
tion with non-member governments gives it as much of
universality as a permanently imperfect world is likely ever
to afford. During the crisis of the Japanese invasions of
Chinese territory, for instance, Geneva was truly the reser-
voir of all that could be rightly called "world opinion"

Internationally as well as nationally these years have shown
only too clearly that we are not a company of angels. Shall
we then say that we are no company at all? That would be
equally untrue, Mr. Hard declares: Let us revert to our natures
and proceed as what we are — a company tangled, exploratory,
destined not to absolute arrivals but to debatable adventures

and truly the engine of all that could be ambitiously
designated "world action."

In the formulating of that "world opinion" and in the
devising of that "world action" the United States was not
only a participant but a protagonist. It was the United
States that primarily leveled at Japan the fearsome threat
of the non-recognition of Manchukuo. It was the United
States that strove to transfuse its warm-blooded resentment
of Japanese behavior into the chilled veins of the League's
two most eminent members, the governments of Britain
and of France.

The outcome has been a death-blow to the notion that
the League needed only the assistance of the Great Repub-
lic of the West in order to achieve a universal compelling
power of command. In the course of the Chinese-Japanese
crisis it could not be maintained that the United States
flinched from the proposals of the League. It was more
possible to assert that the League flinched from the pro-
posals of the United States. The lesson at last revealed was
that the League, though accompanied by the United States,
and though accelerated by the United States, could not
project a universality of international control over the Far
East.

WE have thereupon learned, it is to be hoped, that the
so-called "cooperation" of the United States cannot
render an impossibility feasible.

But what is the root of that impossibility? It resides in the
theory that the deliberations of the League, regarding a
war, must issue into positive action and, further, that this
positive action shall be at any rate colored by "sanctions"
of economic and finally military force. Thus expectations of
an extravagant character are aroused. Thus disillusionments
of an extreme nature are produced. Thus an excessive
idealism leads on by an inevitable law of the human mind
to its precise and deplorable opposite: an excessive cynicism.

Germany's withdrawal from the League is a capital
illustration of the inevitable consequences of the League's
present Covenant. The League — through one of the numer-
ous high-pressure-salesmanship advertisements in the text
of that Covenant — gives itself out to be an expert reviser of
treaties. In the year 1919 an eminent Canadian jurist ex-
pressed the happy hope that the League would revise the
British-American treaty of 1842 and would hand over a
considerable part of the state of Maine to the government
of Canada in order to provide the Canadian people with a
better and more Wilsonian "access to the sea." A similarly
preposterous expectation seems to have been instilled into
Germany by the League's own preposterousness in its word-
ings of its prerogatives and capacities. The League, the
omnivolent and accordingly theoretically omnipotent
League, would revise the whole Treaty of Versailles to

608

December 1933

THE COMPANY OF NATIONS

609

render it just and generous and exactly right. It did not
do so. Very well, then, it is a "failure." We will walk out of it.

It is to be noted that when Germany left the League it
did not simultaneously walk out of its embassies at Paris
and at London. It continued to belong to the diplomatic
corps, to the family of nations, in the national capitals of
France and Britain. It seems fair to conclude that it would
have continued to belong to the family of nations at Geneva
if the constitutional structure of that family in that city had
been a structure simply or an especially convenient and an
especially intimate general world-wide diplomatic intercourse.
We need a little less faith in documents designed to dictate
to life, and a little more faith in life itself.

At Geneva I lately noticed a charming — and distressing —
instance of the present process. Two committees of the
Assembly of the League of Nations were in session. One of
them was dealing with the dispute between China and
Japan. The other was dealing with the perfecting of the
Covenant of the League.

The committee burdened with the problem of the Far
East was exhibiting all the symptoms of a severe attack of
ague. It shivered. It trembled. It had on the table before it,
in the present unperfected text of the Covenant, a vast
arsenal of missiles to aim at Japan. It hesitated to lay hold
of any one of them. It hesitated to discharge an embargo at
Japan. It hesitated — even more — to blockade Japan. It
paled to chalk when it even imagined a direct encounter
with the Japanese army. It recoiled, in truth, from all "sanc-
tions" and it recoiled even from any form of mere words
stating explicitly the full "illegality" of Japanese policy
on the Asiatic mainland. Its actual search was not for
weapons as keen but for words as soft as the Covenant
could permit.

Meanwhile the other committee was perfecting the
Covenant by filling it with weapons keener than ever. To
that end it was addressing itself to an imaginary scene and
was painting into it a logically complete solution. As follows:

TWO armies are actually physically face to face. Each is
animated by a hostile intent. This intent may be defensive.
It may be offensive. How shall the defensive army be dis-
tinguished from the offensive one? How shall offensiveness
be located and visualized? Ah !

A representative of the League of Nations shall stride
into the gap between the two armies. He shall say to
each of them:

"Stand back fifteen miles."

Or he may even say twenty-five miles if he is feeling es-
pecially resolute and if the configuration of the terrain
should seem to him to render twenty-five miles more desir-
able. Then he looks at the two armies and waits for a few
minutes; and the answer to his researches pops out of the
slot-machine.

The army which does not move back the required number
of miles is the "aggressor" ! And the scroll of the "sanctions"
of the League shall immediately unfold itself against that
army and that army's country !

Minor complications are of course to be envisaged.
Neither army might move back the required number of
miles. Or both might move back. For these complications
there would be special "formulas" and additional para-
graphs in the prospective supplement to the League Covenant.

In any case the ideal debated by that committee in
charge of the bettering of the Covenant was the triumphant
entry of the League into the very scene of an impending

battle and its coercive dissipation of the battle by the
brandishing of its whip of embargoes and blockades and
other scorpions.

And this at the very moment when the League's other
sitting committee — the committee on the Far East — was
determined to stay some nine thousand miles away from the
Manchurian battle-front and was afraid to lay on the
back of Japan a whip of gnats ! Could there have been a
more disconcerting proof of the capacity of our age for sitting
down to crochet an ideal in utter obliviousness of surround-
ing actual circumstances?

THE same capacity is apparent in the other chief feature
of international life since the Armistice. The last fifteen
years internationally have been dominated by the League
Covenant idea and by the salvationary conference idea.
That second idea has been of a simplicity and of a credu-
lousness which our ancestors of the so-called Dark Ages would
have found it difficult to imagine.

You pick out a vast veteran problem, political or economic,
which has annoyed mankind throughout history. You fix
upon a town — preferably with a water-front and good hotels.
You go there, from all over the world, with impromptu
delegates and with technical advisers suddenly crammed
with data like school-boys prepared for an examination.
Getting there, you arrange commissions and sub-commis-
sions and committees and sub-committees — and press con-
ferences. Each country thereupon lets all journalists know
that it has a program inexorably demanded by its national
situation and its national destiny. If the conference is a
first-class one of first-class size, there are thus delivered to
the nationalistic prides and prejudices of the world some
fifty nationalistic programs.

The conference then begins to struggle against time. The
governments back of it have led their peoples to believe that
a problem which has defied seventy centuries will be solved
in seven weeks. The journalists, ignorant of centuries but
highly proficient in weeks, become suddenly aware that
they are reporting, in all probability, a fundamental fiasco.
Those of them who are employed by newspapers in country
A go around and see the delegations from countries B, C,
D, E, F, and so on, and soon perceive that unless their be-
loved country A surrenders some of its immemorial and
immutable principles there will be no genuine basic success
for the conference. They know, additionally, what the tech-
nical advisers often do not know. They know that the idea
that their country will surrender any of its immemorial
and immutable principles in seven weeks is fatuous. They
thereupon begin to prophesy essential failure for the con-
ference. The least technically informed of all persons pres-
ent, they usually turn out to be the most politically dis-
cerning.

The end of seven weeks — or of seventeen weeks — ap-
proaches. The problem which was to have been squeezed
into ajar and bottled up into it like an Arabian Nights jinni
is still spreading its gigantic form over the conference like
the untamed demon that it actually is. The journalists
exult. The delegates, despairing of filling the jar with the
demon, begin to fill it partly with a few hairs clipped from
his tail but principally with resolutions for shaving him all
over when, as, and if any barber can catch him. These
resolutions are called "draft" treaties. The conference
adopts them; the journalists roar with laughter; and the
peoples of the world take another headlong dive into
cynical flippancy toward all internationalism whatsoever.

610

SURVEY GRAPHIC

December 1933

The curse of internationalism has been exorbitant inter-
nationalists. Because of them we begin to produce — by re-
action— those amazing heretics who actually doubt if any
such thing as a family of nations exists. They have climbed
up so high with the people who insist upon dwelling in a
super-internationalistic stratosphere that they have fallen
with a mental black crash into a sub-nationalistic well.

Is it not possible at this time to make a fresh start neither
in stratospheres nor in wells but on the solid surface of
provable and obvious human experience and development
on this planet?

A FAMILY of nations does exist. It has existed ever since
two governments "recognized" each other. It is mani-
fested in the extreme desire of every new government to
secure "recognition." No government is genuinely safe in its
territory or its sovereignty till that "recognition" has been
substantially achieved. It then hastens to exchange diplo-
matic representatives with other governments. At each
capital there appear foreign ambassadors, foreign ministers,
foreign resident envoys; and these envoys are quite correctly
supposed to represent not only separate foreignnesses but
also a certain sort of joint-foreignness. They are held to
constitute a "diplomatic corps."

In moments of emergency, repeatedly, the members of a
"diplomatic corps" have sought joint action. They have
sought it in company with the minister of foreign affairs of
the government in whose capital they were stationed. On
every such occasion the existence of a family of nations, of a
company of nations, has been patently ocularly demon-
strated. It is one of the tritest commonplaces of life as lived.
And it constitutes — at all moments— the loftiest arena of all
statesmanship.

In the post-presidential days of Theodore Roosevelt I fre-
quently asked him to tell me the public act upon which he
most esteemed himself. He was able — almost every time —
to think of a new one to add to the ones that he had already
mentioned to me. In each instance, however, it was an act
in one certain field. It was an act in the field of international
affairs.

Theodore Roosevelt knew in practice what Oswald
Spengler in his Decline of the West has written out of study.
International relationships are the supreme expression of all
human politics. They open to every statesman an opportu-
nity which indeed he will not perilously widen through a
theoretical passion for "cooperation" but which likewise he
will not disastrously narrow through an arbitrary theory of
"isolation." Thus Theodore Roosevelt, while delighting the
daily newspaper headline writers by "flaying" and "excoriat-
ing" our alleged "international Meddlesome Matties," did
not hesitate to reach out to Manchuria to negotiate a peace
between Japan and Russia and did not hesitate to go to
Algeciras in Spain to help settle the difficulties of Morocco.

It is only since we have had an agitation for causing the
United States to settle everything in the world that we have
had a counteragitation for causing the United States to help
settle nothing in the world. Our ancestors who pursued pirates
into the havens of the Greek islands in the Mediterranean
Sea in 1819, and who with their "black ships" forcibly
shattered the "isolation" of the Shogun and forcibly added
Japan to the family of nations in 1853, would be surprised
indeed to learn that they had left it as a mandate to their
descendants to hang their clothes on three misinterpreted
sentences in George Washington's farewell address and not
go near the water.

I venture to propose a return to our truly traditional
policy, which assumed the existence of a family of nations,
requiring sometimes a polite silence from us at the family-
table and sometimes a voluble and even violent intervention
in the conversation; and I propose a fresh start which will
simply extend that policy to give it new facilities and
rapidities.

There shall be at Geneva a universal permanent "diplo-
matic corps." Its members shall be accredited to "The
Company of Nations."

Countries which wish to continue to belong to "The
League of Nations," with its present constitution, may of
course do so. Many of them are without the slightest inten-
tion of ever being willing to sacrifice a dollar or a man to
make that present constitution mean what it says. They
should in honor remove their signatures from it.

The result in practice would be that "The League of Na-
tions" would become substantially a European institution
dedicated to the attempted maintenance of European po-
litical peace. There is a chance — at least — that, if those
clauses of the League's constitution which have to do with
guarantees of frontiers and with unleashings of sanctions
were confined to European application and were under-
taken as a specifically European responsibility, the League
might become a bonafide body, actually purposing the execu-
tion of its pledges.

The stock argument against such a contraction of the
League to European dimensions is that a naval blockade of a
bad member of the League by the good members would be
rendered futile by supplies sent to the bad member from the
United States. All such arguments are in complete contra-
vention of the historic policies of the United States. Not even
Thomas Jefferson, arch-champion of "the freedom of the
seas," ever claimed that a United States merchant-ship had
a right to penetrate a true naval blockade. It had, and has, a
right (except when carrying contraband) to object to cap-
ture on the open high seas. Attempting, however, to pene-
trate a genuine blockade, it has no right whatsoever to pro-
test against capture and confiscation. That being the case, it
is obvious that an effective European League blockade of a
recalcitrant European League member would not be open
even to remonstrance by the United States government.

In any case it is clear that at present the guarantees and
sanctions of the League Covenant are hollow and hypo-
critical pretenses for most of the world. For most of the
world, therefore, they should be canceled.

YET problems of world scope are in continuous appearance
and progression. Some of them are in the field of politics;
as, for instance, disarmament. Some are in the field of eco-
nomics; as, for instance, the gold standard. These problems
are both innumerable and incessant. The affairs of the
family of nations have never been concluded, and never can
be. They are necessarily as eternal — and as capricious — as
life itself. They can neither be frozen into the formulas of the
present League Covenant nor abbreviated and extermi-
nated by transitory conferences. They require discussions
never-ending and decisions free and fluid.

Such discussions and decisions can in theory be had
through ordinary diplomatic channels and through the
utilization of an ordinary diplomatic corps in any great
world capital. The objections to such a course are in prac-
tice compelling. A great world capital — such as Washington
or London or Paris or Berlin or Rome or Tokio or Moscow —
thinks primarily of itself. The members (Continued on page 637)

HARD TIMES HIT A FAMILY

BY B. GORDON BYRON

'WEET are the uses of adversity" wrote
Shakespeare. Today millions of Ameri-
cans of all classes are testing the truth of
that axiom. As one of those millions I know from
personal experience what those uses are.

Early in 1930, I received $100 a week for
writing advertising and sales-promotion material about
books.

Early in 1933, our county emergency work bureau started
paying me twenty dollars a week to keep records of work
relief.

This cut of 80 percent in income has brought both tragedy
and comedy to our home. You might not notice much physi-
cal evidence of the disaster. My wife and I and the two
children still manage to "keep our end up" as far as outward
appearances go. We still live in the same house, although we
have hung another thousand-dollar mortgage round our
necks, and taxes and interest for the current year are still
unpaid. We still dress respectably, although my neat blue
suit was a gift and my wife sits up till the small hours cutting
and sewing, turning and remaking old dresses into new ones
for herself and our daughter. We still eat, although the
better stores no longer deliver here and we depend largely
upon chain-store sale "specials." We have had no help in the
house for nearly four years. It is three years since we gave our
last dinner or bridge party, once a frequent occurrence at
our house. Visits to the theater are as guests — never as hosts.

The descent from business executive to "work-reliefer"
has been painful at times. Yet we feel that Shakespeare knew
what he was talking about. Right here a lot of people I know,
still occupying comparatively well-paid jobs, will sit back
in their chairs with a satisfied smile on their well-fed faces
and say, "Just what I've always said. The depression has
been a blessing in disguise. We needed this lesson." But the
pronoun "we" never includes the speaker. Oh dear, no!
By "we" he really means me, the writer of this article, and
thousands of other poor devils who have only a twenty-dollar
relief check each week between them and the end. Fate, with
inexorable accuracy, has picked out just the ones who
needed the lesson ! The fact that I, and thousands of others,
were never in the stock market and never purchased articles
on the instalment system is apparently beside the point.
I have been unlucky — I have failed in business — I have not
made money — and in America these lacks are the cardinal
sins.

Well, let it go. I cheerfully admit that we unemployed and
our families have learned a lot of valuable lessons. We have
been purged of many foolish notions; we have gained a
different and better standard of values. I am sure that we
are more sympathetic toward other people's bad luck and
more tolerant of others' ideas. We no longer tremble in our
boots whenever the cry of "Communist" is raised for we
have learned how meaningless are the labels pinned on
humans and on human organizations. We appreciate this
especially in the case of the old political parties, which seem
to us to be utterly incompetent and futile. We have learned
that the only difference between the Democrats and the
Republicans is the ownership of the pockets which are lined
with the taxpayers' money. But we have not yet learned to

From advertising to adversity sounds like an anagram but the
turn was not an exercise in verbalistics or sleight of hand.
What it has meant in terms of old and new satisfactions and
freedoms is the substance of this story of actual experience
of a man stepped down from a professional job to work-relief

be politically courageous nor independent. We still vote for
parties in which we have lost all faith, although we cheer
whenever they adopt a measure stolen from the textbooks
of the radicals whom we refuse to join.

We who have felt the business world shake beneath our
feet, note with despair the utter lack of real leadership in
any country. We have no sympathy with dictatorship, but
we are beginning to feel that nothing short of a dictatorship
will convince certain of our captains of industry that human
beings are more important than profits. I find among my
fellow "work-reliefers," many of whom have held respon-
sible executive positions in former days, contempt for our
industrial and business leaders. We feel that they are pri-
marily to blame for the present condition of the country.
With official pronouncements, portentous prophecies and
seductive advertising, they exhorted us to live beyond our
means as a patriotic duty. They ridiculed those of us who
questioned the wisdom of the extension of personal 'credit to
build sales; they mocked at those who dared point out that
sales expense was increasing faster than sales income; they
denounced as un-American those who disputed the state of
the stock market as the indicator of real business conditions.
We remember, too, how loudly they cried for help from the
government and how eagerly they snatched at the millions
offered by the RFC. And now we watch them as they fight
government control, as they attempt to destroy fair labor
clauses, and as they loudly protest at any further appropria-
tions for relief.

DO I sound bitter? Well, why not? I wish I could say that
we are bearing our tribulation in patriotic silence and
looking forward to the silver lining already appearing
through the fleeting clouds. But we are not. We believe that
the silver lining the newspapers talk so much about is merely
the reflection of the political moonshine which is fed to the
public daily. We acknowledge that many good things have
been accomplished by the New Deal and the NRA but we
are not overly optimistic. There does not seem to be a great
deal of difference between prosperity built on the ruggedly
individualistic policy of "each man for himself and the devil
take the hindmost" and that sold through fancy slogans and
cute little windshield stickers. I admit frankly that I cannot
see the final outcome of the NRA campaign. If wages are
raised and more men are employed, it is obvious that the
increased production costs will be reflected in a higher cost
of living. Next, in order to make a profit, the employer will
try to reduce his production costs by installing new and bet-
ter machinery. Thus, while NRA is trying to increase pay-
rolls and reduce unemployment, the employer will be
reducing total payrolls and increasing unemployment. I can
see no other result so long as we accept the argument that
the production and distribution of goods is primarily for
the purpose of providing profits for a small group, rather

611

612

SURVEY GRAPHIC

December 1933

than for welfare of the community with profits secondary.
One of the "blessings" of this depression is that we have
learned to analyze more carefully words, phrases and statis-
tics. "Rugged individualism" sounded fine over the radio,
but we have learned that one way to be individualistic is to
commit suicide. "Factories Working Overtime" makes a
good headline, but we now stop and think that one little rush
order will create overtime followed by a layoff. For example,
a friend of mine is general manager of a plant which is work-
ing overtime. There are two simple reasons for it.

riRST, he is supplying dealers and jobbers and manu-
I facturers in other lines who are putting in a little extra
stock in anticipation of a price rise. Second, he is building
up some- additional stock from extra raw material he has
purchased for the same reason. When we read stories headed,
Thousands Flocking Back to Work, we wonder why it is
that so very few among our own numbers, or among the
thousands whose records we keep in the Bureau, are able to
get jobs. Increased factory activity will probably affect us
white-collar men very little. Corporations have learned more
in the past four years than they believed possible about
short cuts, speeding-up and labor-saving as applied to
executive and office staffs. It will be a long, long while after
factories are going full blast before there will be any appre-
ciable re-employment of white-collar workers.

We look at the New Deal with interest, but it looks sus-
piciously like the old bus, with new brakes perhaps, some of
the dirt cleaned off, and a new horn. Most certainly a new
'horn ! Children still cry for milk in New York slums while it
is being thrown away upstate. Thousands will be under-
clothed this winter while cotton is being plowed under in the
South. It is not a very new deal when "over-production"
and "under-consumption" still exist side by side. The
chances of a genuine new deal are still quite remote. We
have not all suffered, nor suffered enough. You need a one-
room shack, bare feet on a cold winter's night, and an empty
stomach to get real new deals. Revolutions may have been
organized and led by the intellectuals, but they succeeded
only when they were backed up with an army of empty
stomachs. Money spent for relief work is cheap insurance for
big business. But it's too cheap. A change in our political
and economic systems is bound to come. Why not get it over
with? A good stiff dose of castor oil is a lot better than fiddling
around with a lot of sugar-coated potions which give only
temporary relief, and mighty little of that.

IT is pleasant to turn from the foggy and murky atmosphere
of business and political life, to the sunshine and clearly
marked path of Christian living. It should not surprise any-
one to learn that those who are weary and heavy laden have
turned to the Great Comforter for solace. I speak only for
myself. I do not know if this feeling be widespread, but I
suspect that I am by no means the only one. Until the de-
pression I had not entered a church since my marriage
twelve years ago. While I was brought up a strict Methodist,
I find comfort today in the Sacrifice of the Mass in the
Catholic Church, of which I am not a member. The Prot-
estant churches, most of which I have attended or read
about, seem to be in almost as much of a fog as our business
leaders. Their ministers seem to be more concerned with
politics and economics, of which they are woefully ignorant,
than with the Gospel of Christ in which, did they but real-
ize it, they would find the cause and cure of this and every
other depression. There is a wonderful stability, a sense of

permanence about the Catholic Church which contrasts
dramatically with the ever-shifting, crazy world around us.
It offers a safe anchorage and quiet haven to those of us who
are weary of the storm. After church on Sunday, the winning
of material success, or the present lack of it, seem entirely
unimportant to one who has been an humble witness of the
Supreme Sacrifice.

I would place this development of an appreciation of
things spiritual at the top, or near the top, of my list of the
sweeter uses of adversity. Near to it you would find the
exchange of permanent, and what I can only call the psychic
satisfactions of life, for the temporary and material. We have
become regular visitors at the public library. Each week the
four of us return home with armfuls of books of every kind.
Latest novels and old classics; books on gardening and books
on religion; books on how to raise goldfish and how to repair
automobiles. All are grist to our mill. And I have been
digging into some of the old-timers on my own shelves.
Montaigne, Euripides, Ruskin and Dickens have provided
plenty of mental food when meat and potatoes were some-
what scarce.

WE are better physically because we get more exercise.
We walk where we used to ride, and we garden where
we used to play bridge. Our garden has been more beautiful
this year than ever before. We had more flowers, most of
them from our own seed gathered the autumn before. We
built a pool in our rock garden and spend delightful minutes
watching the goldfish — from the ten-cent store — flashing in
the sun. No victim of the depression need be mentally
depressed so long as he has access to books and a garden to
work in. What is more satisfying, more soul inspiring or so
quickly chases worries away, than to prepare the soil, to plant
the seed, and to watch the unfolding of every leaf and bud?

The lost art of conversation is coming back into its own.
Instead of eternal bridge, our friends drop in, informally,
after supper, just to talk. As the evening goes on, we serve
home-made cookies and tea, and over our cups we discuss
literature, politics, economics and every subject under the
sun. Thus are we finding within ourselves hidden resourc
which we never knew existed.

Children too, have gained. They have learned to value
cent as much as a dime; to admire and enjoy things without
always wanting to possess them. Last Christmas I took them
both through the toy departments of some of the larger
stores. We had lots of fun, yet there was not once the cry of
"I want that" or "Please buy me that" such as I heard
constantly from luckier children around us. Painful episodes
occur, it is true, as when the parties given for neighbors'
children make the absence of such events in our home all
the more conspicuous. It is painful to have to keep children
home from some school affair because "Daddy hasn't any
money." But these things will probably be soon forgotten
and the self-discipline thus enforced build stronger and finer
characters.

We have lost our blase attitude toward the simpler pleas-
ures. We have discovered how to laugh spontaneously in-
stead of paying someone else to make us laugh. We laugh, for
example, over the beautiful letters from expensive houses
which still have us on their mailing lists, inviting us to a
showing of the season's new styles. Whenever the local deal-
ers' handsome booklets describing the new Packards or
Buicks arrive, there is always much byplay over the discovery
of my alleged secret plan to present the family with a new
car. These matters sound — and are — trifling. But surely the

lie

December 1933

HARD TIMES HIT A FAMILY

613

ability to get fun and laughter out of trivial things, under
miserable conditions, is not a worthless result of depression.

Thank goodness that I am more or less a Jack-of-all- trades.
I have earned many a dollar during the past few years
through enterprises entirely foreign to my training or experi-
ence. I have built rock gardens, designed and constructed
brick and concrete walks, clipped hedges and repaired
leaky roofs. I made more than two hundred dollars at the end
of 1931 by repairing the plaster and redecorating the interior
of a six-room house. I have edited a weekly paper, built a
dust-proof laboratory in a basement, helped out a public
accountant, built book-shelves and cabinets, written
speeches for public officials, and even indulged in a little
plumbing! By such means did we keep our heads above
water from 1930 to early 1933. When we had exhausted all
the odd jobs available among our friends and neighbors, the
only thing left was to appeal to the county work bureau.

In the past, I had served on various relief and philan-
thropic committees. Now I was faced with the prospect of
going myself, hat in hand, to ask for help. The night of the
day I registered at the bureau was, I think, the first and only
time my wife and I let our feelings get the better of us. We
both cried bitterly.

There was no need for it. The bureau soon made me real-
ize that it was not dispensing charity. The investigator was
kindly and sympathetic, as his job, too, was relief work.
The head of the department to which I was assigned, an-
other "work reliefer," soon made me realize that I would
earn every cent of my $4 a day — and then some. Thus was I
initiated into that other world, the world of truly forgotten
men; men who have known the good things in life and are
bewildered by the disaster which has overtaken them; who
eternally wonder what lies ahead of them and their families.

WE "white-collar" workers in the Bureau have devel-
oped a camaraderie which I have not experienced
anywhere since the War. We "kid" each other along. We
make loud and pointed remarks should one of our number
appear with a new pair of shoes or other apparent evidence
of "hidden resources." We indulge in reminiscences of
"before the war," but in our case, the war started in 1929
and is still on. We are a class apart — and feel it. We laugh,
somewhat grimly perhaps, as we imagine what some of our
luckier friends would do were they to find themselves up
against it as we are. We grow indignant at acquaintances
who feel the world is coming to an end because they have
had a fifteen percent cut in salary. "Why," we say, "they
don't know there is a depression. Fancy having fifty or
seventy-five dollars a week — every week."

That's another lesson we have learned — the need of regu-
lar income. Expenses can be budgeted to fit almost any
income within reason, but you have got to have an income
to start with, and get it regularly. Occasionally we read
letters in the papers from "Indignant Taxpayer" who
thinks that work relief is pauperizing us and that we would
not accept a job if one were offered us. We know those
"jobs." Selling jobs on straight commission. I took such a job
just a few months after I joined the Bureau. I thought I
should be independent if at all possible, so I went forth, full
of enthusiasm and determined to sell. In two weeks I made
just two dollars and fifty cents. It was a good proposition, as
such propositions go, and perhaps I could have made money
at it after two or three months of constant calling. But after
the first week, my wife looked anxiously in the pantry.
During the second week I had to borrow money for food.

The third week saw me trying to get back to the Bureau,
and when I got my old desk back, I felt as if Morgan had
taken me into partnership. Twenty dollars a week ! No more,
perhaps, than one's employed friends spend in an evening
— but to me, the straw that keeps my family afloat.

Imagine, if you can, feeding, clothing and housing a
family of four, accustomed to a fairly high standard of living,
on just twenty dollars a week. Picture, if you can, the anxiety
with which we await the distribution of our checks — the
eagerness with which we rush to the bank to cash them.
That twenty dollars means existence — for just one more week.

Sometimes we hear rumors the Bureau is going to close
— on the fifteenth — next month — the month after. The
county has no more money and we shall all be fired. We
wait, in torturing anxiety, until the threatened day is past,
and then, with a sigh of relief, we look forward to another
week — another twenty dollars.

MANY of us, four years ago, filled the specifications for the
success magazines' "progressive young business men."
We were filled with ambition, "forging ahead" to a rosy fu-
ture. Today, we are around forty; we have lost touch with our
former lines of business; we cannot afford to make constant
visits to the city to try to make contacts with potential em-
ployers. What hopes have we? How can we compete in the
new business era, with younger men, a year or two out of
college, crammed with the latest ideas and undimmed
enthusiasm and little, if any, family responsibility?

I think we now know a little how men in prison must feel.
With modern humane methods and entertainment, life in
jail is not so bad. But the thing that drives men crazy, I am
told, is the ever present knowledge that they may not do
what they want nor go where they want to go. We are in
a similar position. Lots of the things we are forced to do with-
out are no loss at all. I loathe the movies, but now, for the
first time in my life, I want to take the family nearly every
week, and the lack of the necessary dollar gets on my nerves.
It is quite unimportant whether the youngsters get ice-cream
on Saturday or not, but it is painfully important to me to
know that I cannot pull out a dime for cones. This is the
prison we have occupied for nearly four years. The little
things count — the petty restrictions that humiliate and
break one's spirit. To find one's self after all these years
reduced to the point where one cannot afford a quarter for
such a commonplace thing as a seat at the movies — !

I have been saving one final advantage of the depression
with which to end this article. For the first time since I
started in business, I can strike out along any path that
appeals, and have nothing to lose but everything to gain.
I have little hope of getting started again in my former
business of publishing large and expensive sets of books for a
highly specialized audience. So I can have the thrill of plan-
ning my future all over again. I can enter any business or
profession from bee-keeping to the practice of chiropractic,
if I wish, and lose nothing by trying it. I have got to start at
the bottom again, so why not get into something vastly
interesting, just so long as I do not risk our last asset — the
house we live in? Before the depression I could not think of
giving up a $5000 a year job just to experiment. But now I
can. So I am making a careful study of interesting vocations,
to see what chance I would have of earning some sort of a
living at them. Soon I shall start my campaign for an open-
ing in the line I select. And if I finally succeed in making
over my life in new and thoroughly interesting work, who
shall say that I have not profited from the uses of adversity?

THE LAND OF PROMISE

WE HAVE COME TO A

THE LAND OF PLENTY

Drawins by Wilfred Jones

ICHAPTER IN THE BOOK

THE WAY OF BELIEVING

BY EVERETT DEAN MARTIN

FACING audiences of hundreds night after
night during these past years at Cooper
Union I have felt a notable change in spirit
and interest that is sweeping over large sections
of our people. When Peter Cooper founded the
Union he stipulated that there be freedom of
discussion and every kind of belief repeatedly has found ex-
pression from its floor. But during recent years a spirit of
open-minded inquiry has supplanted that of the propagan-
dist. People come to listen and learn. The professional
"soapbox" orator who wanders into meetings and tries to
make the typical socialist or old-fashioned democratic speech
is received with polite — not too polite — amusement. The
kind of lecturer who was in demand fifteen years ago now
would gain little or no following. Courses in economics, even
from the radical point of view, fail to attract, while crowds
come to hear about philosophy or psychology or scientific
methods or the humanities.

Last winter large audiences attended a course of lectures
on higher education in the Middle Ages and its relation to
educational problems of today. There was a splendid re-
sponse to a course on the history of science. While there is
little interest in discussions of political questions by lecturers
who repeat nineteenth century platitudes, there has been a
very lively interest in the discussions of these questions by
such a scholar as Dean McBain, dealing with fundamental
principles. My Friday-night course on the ideas of justice in
the classical philosophers attracted an average attendance of
1250 a night — the largest in the history of the institution.
Moreover, in the entire period of the depression, there has
been no advocacy of violence on part of members of the au-
dience, and there has been a marked decline in the number
of communistic hecklers. It is not that the Cooper Union
audiences have become conservative, nor that these people
are indifferent to social and economic problems. Such prob-
lems were never so pressing. It is rather that thinking people
of all classes are growing more critical of glittering social
gospels, and in the atmosphere of candor, good humor and
sincere scholarship, propaganda seems rather ridiculous.
There is a demand for something more solid. This demand
is, I am convinced, an expression of a wholesome spiritual
change in America.

We should not be surprised that this new spirit makes its
presence known at places like Cooper Union. This spirit is
spreading through large sections of the population. Never
before in our history would the American people have ac-
cepted the New Deal of President Roosevelt with the sanity
they have manifested during recent months. Instead of
partisan dogma and Utopian enthusiasm, the public shows
perhaps for the first time a disposition to face a radical de-
parture from our political and industrial practices with an
effort at problem-solving thinking. Much of the old ballyhoo
and political evangelism is missing. Instead there is a very
general desire to scrap old doctrines and deal with necessity
as intelligently as possible. We dt> not perhaps yet realize
how great a departure all this is from the democratic tradi-
tion and belief of the nineteenth century. In one sense the
New Deal is an expression of a change of belief which has
gradually taken place in the minds of a large number of people.

It is not what a man believes that is important, Dr. Martin de-
clares, but the manner in which he holds any belief at all. In
today's life he sees a significant sweep away from old tradi-
tions and modern dogmas toward an excellence which tran-
scends creeds and catchwords and spells civilization itself

Recognition of the fact that mind and belief are important
in determining social behavior is in itself a symptom of this
change. For a long time it has been customary to explain
social change as the result of economic forces, and to regard
the things of the mind as "after-thoughts," ideologies, epi-
phenomena. Over-emphasis on economic interest may be
regarded in part as a phase of a system of belief which is
passing — a form of belief typical of the common man's pre-
occupation with material progress, and his trust that mere
abundance will automatically solve every problem of civi-
lization. The half-conscious passing of this faith would indi-
cate that the day of the politician, the narrow specialist, the
radical agitator and professional democrat is drawing to a
close, and that a human type more sensitive to the values of
civilization is emerging.

DURING recent decades the problem of belief, when
raised at all, has nearly always been a variation of the
same question, How can the forms of faith be made to keep
pace with this changing world? It has seldom been asked,
How can belief change the world, or direct change to de-
sirable ends, or even preserve out of the wisdom of the ages
the effectiveness of the human spirit? Rather the question
has been, What consolations of faith are left to us in this age
of cosmic and industrial machinery? And since mechanism
leaves the individual little initiative or hope of after-life, up-
to-date people have been led to seek consolation in a poetiza-
tion of nature — usually in awe at its bigness — or in the gospel
of scientific understanding of natural processes through
which all men were to enjoy the fruits of reason, or finally in
the contemplation of pseudoscientific social Utopias in which
the proletariat, on the promise of "scientific" economic
interpretation of the trend of history, would attain dictator-
ship in the cooperative commonwealth. In the place of
medieval religion there arose a new religion of humanity, of
nature, of social service, humanitarian sentiment, democra-
tic enthusiasm, material progress and revolutionary propa-
ganda. This substitute seems for a long time to have satisfied
"advanced" modern thinkers, for it was devised half-con-
sciously to preserve under the disguise of its modern ter-
minology the very same old consolations which were served
by the fictions and symbols of the old religion.

But it is precisely these eighteenth and nineteenth century
substitutes which the maturing spirit of our generation is
outgrowing. It is not to be expected that this change of belief
would affect all people alike. In popular journalism the old
cliches are repeated as if nothing had happened. For many
people the change of faith is only half conscious. It often ap-
pears as a loss of youthful enthusiasm, as a cooling of devo-
tion to the cause of social reform. To many young people the
old humanitarianism and faith in progress are merely sen-
timentality and "bunk." For an increasing number of
younger scholars, the naturalistic philosophies which sought

616

December 1933

THE WAY OF BELIEVING

617

to dramatize the universe in the interest of the social gospel,
are logically unsound. Professor Dewey's thinking is said
to be "adequate but not rigorous." The tendency away
from Rousseau is by no means confined to the late Professor
Babbitt and his school. Twentieth-century mathematical
logic is making serious attacks on the seventeenth-century
mechanistic metaphysic which is presupposed in most social
and scientific discussion of the nineteenth century. There is
a fashion in philosophy which is a return to intellectualism
in terms chiefly of Aristotle and St. Thomas.

A FAITH is not merely a system of beliefs about the origin
and nature of the world: it is the utilization of beliefs
about the world as a support and guarantee of certain pop-
ular ideas and hopes concerning the salvation of man. The
generations just preceding ours transformed the earlier
hope of salvation in a future world into hope of salvation
in the future of this world. The idea of salvation was
changed from an individual to a social concept. And
whereas the ancient and medieval believers based the hope
of salvation on the concept of the eternal and supernatural,
eighteenth- and nineteenth-century believers based this
hope on a belief in the benevolence of nature and progress.
In a word, the "advanced" thinkers of the nineteenth
century identified religion with current romantic attitudes
toward nature and man. But romanticism and mechanism
are incompatible, and the trend of thought in our day is
away from both.

Unfortunately liberalism became associated with this
romantic-mechanistic paradox. This need not have hap-
pened, for liberalism has an intellectually respectable
history which goes back to Aristotle. But the nineteenth-
century liberal tended to become a pink socialist, a halfway
man, a believer at one and the same time in the return to
nature and the progress of the Machine Age, an advocate of
both individual freedom and restrictive social legislation.
Gradually people gained the impression that such liberalism
was unconvincing, that there was something wrong with its
presuppositions. This suspicion has affected all kinds of people.
The liberal baby was poured out with the romantic bath.

The best things in the long liberal tradition, its demand
for freedom of thought, its humanistic education, its plea
for tolerance and mutual respect, its achievement of con-
stitutional bills of right and limitation of sovereign power —
forms of civilization which have always been irksome to
propagandist crowds — were denounced along with the fu-
tilities of the liberal belief by both radical and reactionary
crowds. Neither radicals nor reactionaries took the trouble
to examine their own nineteenth-century presuppositions.
Had they done so they would have discovered the same roman-
tic-mechanistic paradox which had rendered liberalism futile.

Liberals, put on the defensive by extremists, and made
aware of the atrocities to which the twisted logic of
romantic mechanism inevitably leads, have begun reexam-
ining their own eighteenth- and nineteenth-century presup-
positions. The result is a return to classic liberalism, to
belief in intellectual discipline, in discrimination of human
worth, in the necessity for some kind of class distinction and
competent leadership in society, and a willingness to learn
something from the wisdom of the ages. There is therefore
a tendency to separate the liberal faith from nineteenth-
century democracy, from Rousseauist return to nature,
from the indiscriminate idealization of man acting as mass,
from the notion that the only problems in civilization are
economic and that science has an easy magic solution for

those. There are the beginnings of a reaffirmation of classical
ideas of excellence and of the life of reason — hence of spirit —
as the proper aim and goal of human association and effort.
Naturally the negative aspects of this new perspective of
belief are most easily manifest. A growing minority of people
scattered through all groups of the American population is
consciously or unconsciously done with the nineteenth-
century substitutes for medieval religion. Some will doubt-
less return to Catholic scholasticism, others will turn to
direct action, still others to disillusioned retirement from
the movements and propagandas of our day. But an in-
creasing number are struggling for a more civilized way of
thought and life, realizing that it will be found in no cult
or made-in-advance solution, but in self-education.

QOMETIMES an outspoken word or direct question will
3 unexpectedly change the whole drift of people's conver-
sation and suddenly reveal processes of orientation which
had been going on for years, yet had never before become
articulate. It is as if a group of people had been vaguely
aware of the presence of someone who had come amongst
them unannounced, had continued with their previous
conversation, unattentive to the intruder till he speaks,
makes an important announcement, and all is changed —
everyone at last recognizing his presence. I recall an after-
dinner conversation in New York which everyone left with
a sense that an important spiritual change had finally been
recognized by all present. Coffee had been served and we
had settled ourselves for what promised to be the usual
evening of casual talk among old friends. We were all of
middle age, each for years actively identified with some
movement for social reform, everyone a lifelong liberal.

Then the conversation drifted to the present state of the
country and the world. How little our lives' labors had
accomplished. We recognized the possibility that our
causes — even should they be victorious, which was doubtful
— would hardly achieve the results once hoped for. One
after another admitted that while he still believed in his social
ideals, he had come to hold them in a different way. Some-
thing of their pageantry had vanished. One no longer
imagined that the great cause was the ultimate solution of
the ills of humanity. Perhaps our judgment was proof we were
growing old. Well, why not, if wisdom comes with age?

Then someone suggested that perhaps we were at last
growing up, that hitherto our causes had kept us in a belated
state of adolescence, that only now were we able to see the
world as intelligent people in all times had seen it. We had
been seeking the spiritual meaning of life in the wrong
direction — in the victory of some preconceived idea rather
than in the quality of thinking and living which alone could
make ourselves and our community truly civilized. And
how could we have expected either ourselves or other im-
mature and only partially civilized people to attain a
satisfactory common life merely by manipulating the
external environment? Environmental improvement was
necessary but it was one among other means to the end of
producing intelligent, self-disciplined, responsible human
beings. It was this latter which we recognized as our true
cause; it had been so all along; the rest was secondary. We
still believed, only we saw that we believed differently.

It is in just such moments of recognition, when one's
perspective has become different and more significant, that
genuine spiritual awakenings have always occurred. What
gives belief its spiritual value is not a commitment to hold
unchanged some cause or dogma in spite of growing experi-

618

SURVEY GRAPHIC

December 1933

ence and better knowledge. It is in recognizing our inner
nature, our truer insights and mental development. How
people believe is much more important than what they
happen to believe. It is vastly more important that an in-
creasing number of people come to hold their beliefs
tentatively, as civilized people, than that the multitude be
converted to a doctrine which it does not understand.

HENCE a great revival of religion, whether expressed in
terms of traditional dogma, or of pseudo-modern
naturalistic and democratic faith, could have little impor-
tance for civilization, so long as the life of the spirit were
identified with uncritically accepted convictions. What is
needed is not a new statement of doctrine but a new kind of
human being. Those who look for a solution of the question
of belief in some new formula which will again give to pop-
ular religious sentiments an appearance of modernity are
doomed to disappointment. Formulas are at best but con-
venient fictions and tend to spiritual stagnation. In an age
when both scientific and philosophical statements are re-
garded by intelligent people as hypothetical and tentative,
it is difficult to see how the modern spirit could consistently
be satisfied with formalism or finality in matters of religious
belief or social idealism. I suspect that modern attempts to
formulate the interests of spirit are all inspired by some
propagandist interest, and that no such attempt could
succeed in lifting the spiritual life much above the level of
advertising and publicity. There is a sense in which so called
"frames of reference" — uniformly accepted statements of
belief — are part of the police force rather than the spirit.
They are forms of external control necessary for those who,
as Aristotle would say, have not attained to the law of
measure or learned to govern conduct with reason.

The police are especially necessary today for the protec-
tion of society against the increasing number of barbarians
in our midst. For we live in an age when rapid intellectual
and industrial advancement make too great demands on
those elements of the population who, being incapable of
inner discipline, are obliged in any civilized community to
live "psychologically beyond their means." It is, however,
a delusion to imagine that those spiritually bankrupt persons
have outgrown the need for older forms of religion and
therefore require some new fashioned and more convincing
invisible police: the truth is that they have not yet grown
up to a proper understanding of the old forms. There is a
certain irony in the attempt to devise a more rational system
of religious control for people who have never learned to
govern their lives by either faith or reason.

We may therefore dismiss the notion that the social
problem of religion may be solved by new formulas of belief.
One section of the population has outgrown the need of
such formulas: those who most need formulas for the con-
trol of behavior do not grasp the meaning even of the old
pnes. The remainder, the spiritually mediocre, do not ap-
pear to be greatly disturbed over problems of belief. They
may appropriate to themselves the practical benefits of
science, but as they have not experienced the discipline
of scientific methods they see no serious conflict between
the ultimate scepticism of science and the faith of their
fathers. The way to spiritual achievement for those persons
is not to encourage them to jump to conclusions, but
through education to outgrow the need for slogans and
catchwords. Otherwise, with their tendency to mass action
and standardization, they may do even in the service of new
religious dogma what they have done for political doctrine

with their 100-percent Americanism — turn Procrustes and
strive to destroy everything above and below their level.

From the standpoint of social psychology the problem of
belief may be stated thus: an increasing minority is spir-
itually outgrowing the majority. This fact should not disturb
us nor should we seek to standardize this new spiritual
awakening. From the traditionalist point of view, also from
the standpoint of nineteenth-century naturalistic dogma,
the increase of this enlightened minority appears to be a
spread of unbelief. It is in fact a sign of spiritual and cultural
advance. The periods of great advance in civilization have
always been those in which such a minority briefly held
sway: the age of Pericles, Renaissance Florence, Voltaire.

IT may be said that I am offering as a solution of the prob-
lem of belief the spread of scepticism in the modern world.
In a sense that is precisely what I am trying to do. But by
scepticism I do not mean blatant anti-clerical propaganda,
nor cynicism, nor return to nature, nor materialism. I mean
a kind of intellectual humility which rises above our ever-
lasting itch to evangelize and correct people or convert them
to hastily conceived popular ideas. I mean that kindly,
urbane, half-humorous, self-critical continuance in the
pursuit of truth which has always characterized civilized
men, whatever faith they have professed. I mean that
modesty in the presence of spiritual things which forbids
intemperance of judgment, that victory over self which
makes one willing if need be to live with hypothetical truth
rather than with the delusion of infallibility. I mean that
attainment of spiritual sensitiveness which enables one to
see that spiritual life consists not so much in what a man
believes as in the manner in which he holds any belief at all.

Heretofore most discussion of the problem of belief has
emphasized what is believed. Little has been said about the
act of believing. It is the way in which men hold their beliefs
which really divides them into the civilized minority and the
half-civilized crowd. This distinction to my mind is the
greatest spiritual chasm in all the world. This chasm is
commonly ignored when attention is centered on men's
external profession of faith. Emphasis has been placed on
the distinctions between one creed and another, but believers
of both kinds may be found in all faiths. Two men may thus
live in the same community, talk the same language, profess
the same ideals, and belong to wholly different worlds —
and one of them never know the difference between them.

It is this difference which is the valuable thing about
belief in the modern world. It indicates a struggle for a kind
of excellence which has inspired a few spirits since classic
times — excellence not as a result of intellectual conformity,
nor as something "imputed for righteousness" to those who
profess a faith, but excellence as self-discipline, recognition
of human superiority, independent and courageous
mentality, ability to think above the passions, the prejudices,
the tyrannies and childish wish-fancies of the herd. From
this point of view spirit is not to be identified with any
particular creed: it is not some "higher order of being"
mediated to the credulous by ceremonies and words. It is
what men and women really are when they grow up wise
and sensitive in an environment of civilization and know
what the effort for excellence is all about. There is no crowd
slogan which will enable people who have not grown up to
attain or recognize such excellence. The best thing the
crowd can do, for its own sake, is to keep its dogmas out of
the way of such excellence, for upon its survival and influ-
ence depend continuance and advancement of civilization.

Photographs by Disraeli ,New York

EDUCATION FOR WHAT?

BY LYMAN BRYSON

I AST June I stood up before several hundred highschool
graduates, in an auditorium packed with their friends
•• and families, in stifling air that was vibrant with the
emotion only a highschool commencement can generate,
and told them what I thought was the truth: that the world
had no place for them unless they could carve it out for them-
selves. To tell them anything else would have been betrayal.
Whether or not their teachers had warned them in their last
few years that Horatio Alger was no longer considered a
realist, I could not know, but they did not appear to be
startled. The "world" is still the highschool graduate's
oyster, but he seems to be prepared to find worms in it.

Graduation, since the spring of 1930, has been for most of
them initiation into the class which gets more public notice
than any other — the unemployed. Not that they have been
unaccustomed to public notice. The school system is a ma-
chine upon which much attention is fixed. But the student
graduating now goes from a class of which society was proud,
for which something was being done, into one of which
•everybody else is afraid. His predecessors were often tempted
to leave school "to get a job," but for him there has been
rather the uneasy prospect of suddenly finding he has noth-
ing to replace the occupation of getting an education.
Naturally, the outcome he finds has been bewilderment.

There is nothing very new in bewilderment
itself. The "world" has usually turned out to be
not at all what was expected. The student while
in school makes an effort, a more valiant one
usually than his elders give him credit for, to
grasp the whole of the culture he is inheriting,
as set forth in the abstractions and generalities
of books and precepts. He learns the ways of his

tribe, acquiring, of course, a conviction that no other ways
are quite decent. And then, once "commenced," he discov-
ers that beneath the abstractions there is such a pressure of
concrete and immediate realities that the general principles
are pushed into the upper air of scarcely realizable ideals.
He has always adjusted himself as well as he could and been
contented often with the hope that his own children would
find the ideals less elusive. The problem of the educator has
been largely to give the student so firm a foundation in
preparation that it would not be destroyed by the shock of
practice.

At least so it appears in retrospect. We elders may be fool-
ing ourselves in our homesickness for a past time. Perhaps
"normalcy" can best be defined as what we used to think
we ought to have but never really got. But the change is real,
however great may be the danger of misinterpreting it, and
it lies in the difference between graduating young men and
women into rough but self-supporting economic activity
and shoving them out of school, not because we need their
energy but because they have to make room for younger
brothers and sisters.

The new crop of the last four years went through a period
of considerable change in education itself. When they began
in the kindergarten, it was still a privilege to go through the

"The struggle ahead/' Mr. Bryson remarks, "is the often men-
tioned race between education and disaster, but it will prob-
ably be disguised as a struggle between education and renewed
complacency." Can education keep us in step with change?

619

620

SURVEY GRAPHIC

December 1933

highschool. By the time they were ready to move on, it had
become a duty.

Their dozen years coincided with the latter half of the
great period of institutional expansion which did not by any
means put every eligible person into a secondary school
but did multiply attendance eight times. Moreover, these
students found that they were becoming more and more
interesting to their teachers. New scientific insights into the
processes of growing minds were used in an heroic attempt to
explain them to themselves. They were explored by more or
less kindly inquisitors and learned that they had mysterious
somethings called "I. Q.'s." And these internal examinings
were consciously related
to an outside world. They
had to think up an an-
swer to the question:
'What are you going to
make of yourself?" They
were — most of them — too
polite or too innocent to
say: "A human being, if
you please." It was all
taken for granted: their
callow and uncertain pow-
ers could be charted, a
vocation that just needed
those powers could be
easily chosen and — brav-
est assumption of all —
there would be jobs in the
right number of all the
right sorts. Of course, no
specialist in vocational
education was so naive as
this, but there is evidence
that the boys and girls so
understood the process.

One can sum it up by
saying that the graduates
of 1930 to 1933 have re-
ceived more reason to sup-
pose that the world was
created to please them
than have any previous
generations. Their health,
their minds, their social
habits and their jobs were
matters of public anxiety.
Whether vocational train-
ing as latterly practiced

can fit young people into the industrial machine is still to be
settled by fair trial. That it did not fit these successive crops
is obvious because the machine was approaching a dead stop.
So the graduates have gone through what one can hope will
be the worst disillusion of their lives.

Their elders, they discovered, were not solely concerned
with making them happy. As soon as they became potential
wage-earners, they met a cold resentful hostility on every
side. This may seem exaggeration to anyone who has not
talked to the youngsters who are getting an overdose of lei-
sure. It is truth, however, as they will testify. The older men
and women now occupying jobs look sourly on young
candidates. The young people have come into a world that
has no place for them except as they can make room for
themselves.

"The world has no place for them unless they [youngsters from
school] can carve it out for themselves." Such as peddling socks.

What are they thinking? Every day or so some prophet,
knowing vaguely that Fascism is a religion of youth in Italy,
perhaps also in Germany, and that there are similar move-
ments in England and in Japan, says they are "ripe for
Fascism." Before 1929 the same man was often saying they
were "honeycombed with Communism." Soberly examined
they show little evidence of either. In a country where the
lack of revolutionary feeling is the comfort of the smug and
the despair of the Marxists, they are not revolutionary. Their
rebelliousness is not, I believe, the material out of which an
agitator could make an uprising. But they demand some-
thing. They blame the organization of society for their plight

and they cannot see why
economic security should
not be added to the Bill of
Rights. Is it surprising
that the products of the
most "socialistic" phase
of our socio-economic sys-
tem should expect their
continued welfare to be a
responsibility of society as
a whole?

College graduates are
in the same state of mind,
but they are more articu-
late about it and they put
the same feeling into
words — catchwords
mostly, of alien doctrines.
They know a few of the
achievements claimed for
dictatorships and they
have all of youth's natural
attitudes, the love of dis-
tant horizons, a poetic
scorn of precise propor-
tions, a quick sympathy
for the oppressed. But
with all their ardent
clamor they, too, are de-
manding not adventure
but a chance to work. A
revolutionary movement
might give them that, of
course. It is obvious that
the badgered and weary
spirit is relaxed into com-
fortable simplicity when
the world's challenge can

be met by changing one's shirt and learning a goose-step.
They would prefer jobs, however, if jobs could be had.

Here we have, then, a generation scarred deep with an
experience that can be counted on to produce results in the
future. These millions of new citizens are the spearhead of
a demand that economic security be a responsibility of
government. What have the educators been thinking about
in the meantime? Many of them have been too busy fighting
for their professional lives to do any thinking at all. But in
the ivory towers — more or less — of the teachers' colleges,
their leaders have been re-fashioning their purposes. The
symposium to which Dewey, Kilpatrick, Bode, Childs, and
others recently contributed (The Educational Frontier,
edited by William H. Kilpatrick. Century Co.) has a
conquistadorean ring to its phrases. Education is not

December 1933

EDUCATION FOR WHAT?

631

reluctant at the frontier; the leaders are sailing forth reso-
lutely. And they, too, take it for granted that economic
security is a right. Not a personal achievement as their
grandfathers in the profession would have considered it;
not a blessing to be deserved of a just providence; not a piece
of luck. A right. So the whole of education by its internal re-
flections, from the newest products of the machinery to the
blueprint makers in the laboratory, is dominated by one
thought: How can man be sure of bread?

The children are asking why society is not already satis-
factory in this regard. The leaders are asking how it can be
made so. And these leaders are turning, as might be ex-
pected, to their own professional activities to find the
answer. They can see an easy, ready-made method, common
to the educational systems of Russia and Italy, an exclusive
indoctrination which makes society satisfactory by insulating
the young from any critical comparisons. They respect the
technical skill of their brothers at work for the dictators;
the skill of the teachers who count heavily upon the sub-
jectivity of all human criteria and make Fascism or Com-
munism a paradise by enthusiastic preaching protected by a
carefully preserved ignorance of everything else. But that
technique will not do for us. The suggestion that even so

mild an indoctri-
nation as a "primer
of the NRA"
would be helpful
gave the whole
educational world
a shudder. They
want freedom and
security both.

The spokesmen
represented in The
Educational Fron-
tier have accepted
a trend toward
collectivism. "We
must not only edu-
cate individuals to
live in a world
where social con-
ditions beyond the
reach of any one
individual's will
affect his security,
his work, his
achievements, but
we must (and for
educational rea-
sons) take account
of the total in-
capacity of the
doctrine of com-
petitive individu-
alism to work any-
thing but harm in
the state of inter-
dependence in
which we live."
And for a declara-
tion of intention
(again quoting the
words of Professor
Dewey) ''not

Girl sandwichman — a brand new job

merely the material
welfare of the peo-
ple, but the cul-
tural and moral
values, which are
the express concern
of the educa-
tional profession,
demand a reorgani-
zation of the eco-
nomic system, a
reconstruction in
which education
has a great part to
play."

Does this mean
that education, at
least in the hands
of its advanced
practitioners, will
abandon its ideal
of aloofness from
the conflicts of to-
day? It has long
been suspected that
non-partisanship is
really helping the
present evil as
against the possible
future good. Is the
educator moving
forward to the pi-
lot's position once
held by the minister

and lately by the captain of industry? The intention is dis-
avowed. The prophets insist only on playing a part — the
extent of which can be currently adjusted to their ability.

One might say, parenthetically, that the social change
which educators want to work for may be more difficult to
manage than they anticipate. They assume that freedom and
security are compatible. "It is well known," says Professor
Dewey, "that we have both the material and the human
resources to give all that degree of security and reasonable
comfort in life which afford the basis for cultural develop-
ment." With all due deference to Professor Dewey, one can
note that this is well known to everybody except some of the
more hard-boiled and statistically-minded of the economists.
These pessimists recall that men have often in the past had
to choose between cultural development and economic
security and have given up the security. I am not suggesting
that the educators are certainly mistaken, but only that they
appear to take a good deal for granted. They are not in-
timidated by the examples of European systems which have
deliberately sacrificed liberty for economic security and
now have neither. In any case, how much can be done
toward achieving a social organization that will give every
man his job and also his liberty remains to be seen, and the
educators are not alone in the hope that it can be done.

The important point is that educational leaders want a
hand in the effort. Many busy teachers may not be aware
of this new determination for years since the lag in their
profession is as great as in most, but the thinkers on the
frontier have the backing of a new generation of adults
produced by the last four years who are personally interested
in seeing the change in society which (Continued on page 638)

"Silk handkerchiefs for ten cents"

THE PRICE OF A GOOD TIME

BY GEORGE K. PRATT, M.D.

IN the good old days most of us took the headache that
followed a "good time" more or less philosophically. It
wasn't pleasant, to be sure, but the post-war years of
hilarity and prosperity had taught us that it usually yielded
to conventional remedies, and after a bit of discomfort and
perhaps a trace of guilt we forgot our pledges of never again
and were ready for another spree. But now something seems
to have happened to the traditional formula. The tried and
tested remedies work no longer. The headache continues
unabated. What to do? Where seek new remedies?

The psychiatrist, in common with his other scientific
brethren wishes he knew. Of one thing, however, he is
certain. The national headache we are all suffering this time
is the real thing, at last. No mere surface congestion, it. No
mildly uncomfortable aftermath to a harmless little binge.
This headache is real anguish, symptomatic of a grave and
deep-seated constitutional disease that has arisen as a protest
against years of neglect and abuse. And trained physician
that he is, the psychiatrist knows the futility of treating
symptoms. If the patient is to be saved the basic cause of the
headache must be attacked. That is why he is skeptical of
the sick man's finding a panacea or a substitute for thinking
his way out. Placeboes and palliatives have been used so
long they have lost their effect. Mixing metaphors, we have
reached the end of our rope in trying to evade some of the
fundamental issues of living. We are face to face finally with
facts that refuse to melt under the ardor of shibboleths and
open sesames, and we are finding them unpalatable but
inescapable.

There will be little dissent from the observation that
individual and, in a larger sense, group adjustment to the
swiftly changing currents of our times constitutes the para-
mount problem for most of us today. Indeed, in many
respects this problem transcends in its power to affect human
destinies, even the economic problems that until recently
have so blackly overshadowed every other. Beginning with
the experience of birth itself, man has always fought against
having to adjust himself to new, and therefore painful
conditions. And when at last he finds the forces arrayed
against him too powerful and further protest unavailing, he
grudgingly makes the effort at adjustment, but asks the boon
of a sort of psychological blueprint of directions by way of
concession.

It is this universal and very human reluctance to avoid
making new adjustments as well as the need for solid inde-
pendent thinking about our difficulties that is basic to so
much of the mounting anxiety to be observed today.
Thinking about our adjustment to life is painful. No one
of us likes to do more than he absolutely has to. We in-
finitely prefer to allow some one else to think through these
things for us and then pass along the result in neatly pack-
aged sets of standardized rules and formulae.
Probably this is the main reason why we have
legislators, preachers, statisticians and those
mathematically obsessed psychologists who
would substitute algebraic equations for
cerebration.

At any rate, the past decade marked the hey-
day of blueprint living. Times were soft and
adjustment relatively easy. One needed merely to

keep reasonably within the boundaries of the conventional
rules-of-thumb laid down for us by the wiseacres, and living
automatically promised to take care of itself. As a result most
of us lived the life of Reilly. Except among that numerically
tiny band of men and women in the fields of science and
invention, disinterested intelligence was pretty much excess
baggage. It did not always require brains to make money
in those crazy years and with the prevalence of commercial
amusements, it needed no brains to spend it. To the man in
the street the question, "Why think?" brought the answer,
"Why, indeed?" and he continued merrily to exist by feel-
ing, instead. He didn't find it hard and he couldn't go far
astray. The directions on the blueprint were explicit and he
believed he had only to follow the platitudes and truisms of
the times to achieve security.

SO long as our national life flowed smoothly no fear of
disillusionment menaced his contentment. But now, after
four years of growing chaos the man in the street is brought
up sharply with the realization that his trusty blueprint has
failed him. Reliance on its platitudes and truisms no longer
guides him safely and comfortably to effortless living; stand-
ardizations and rules-of-thumb no longer can be followed
automatically with a guarantee of success. Indeed, the very
blueprint itself has become invalid and his habitual patterns
for meeting daily experiences, as well as the anchorages to
which he moored his beliefs and customs have been swept
away. No wonder he is filled with insecurity and panic and
unbelief.

The worst of it is that the strength and duration of the
present situation is such that for countless thousands of men
and women of middle years, insecurity and fear and a hope-
less bewilderment probably will continue to be their lot as
long as they live. With youth it will be different. Eventually,
new guide-posts will be set up; new anchorages placed;
new sets of rules evolved. Having had little contact with the
old ones and a considerable hand in the shaping of the new,
coming generations will find their task of adjustment fairly
easy, at least until it comes their turn to contend with un-
precedented conditions. But many grown men and women
of today, as well as their adolescent children, face the psy-
chiatric job of trying to find security in a world that — for
them — offers no security; of becoming resigned to a lifetime
of chronic insecurity, not alone economic insecurity but,
more importantly, emotional insecurity: the insecurity that
comes from frustrated ego needs, from witnessing the
impotence to make life bearable under new conditions of
crystallized patterns and customs; from the devastating and
despairing realization that continuing existence calls im-
periously for the assembling of new patterns when no one
can say authoritatively what those new patterns should be.

We have experienced the morning after one kind of a good
time. How plan a good time without a hangover? And how
about those of us to whom life will still seem drab even
though bank accounts again are glittering? A practising psy-
chiatrist, Dr. Pratt looks at our national blues and the ways to
a cure that considers the cause and not merely the symptoms

622

December 1933

THE PRICE OF A GOOD TIME

623

After four years of weltering in fear and in-
security it seems likely that not even a return to
"prosperity" and the lifting of the economic
cloud will, alone, be sufficient to straighten out
the distortions that have come to characterize
some of the personalities of these people. They
(and their numbers are legion) are the real
casualties of the depression. Too old — not
necessarily in years, but in resiliency — to set
about refashioning their lives to ride the crest
of new conditions with any hopes of recapturing
former successes; too dependent for every-day
guidance on the pretty but sterile platitudes
and formulae that took the place of thinking in
their day; too unused to putting in substantial
thought on the problems of extracting richness
from living, these people are doomed to be the
"lost generation" of our times. Perhaps they
are not unlike the adult generation in the
South at the close of the Civil War, or the rem-
nants of the aristocracy of the Romanoff
regime who still cling to life in a new Russia
that has swept triumphantly — if of necessity,
cruelly — beyond them. For most of this genera-
tion of the middle-aged no successful adjust-
ment to conditions of the present or the
immediate future is possible, and while relative-
ly few will be required (if current statistics are
significant) to seek escape through a psychosis
from an intolerable setting that holds no place
for them, many will round out their days in a
weary, dreary humdrum of apathy and be-
numbed feelings that know no hope, no cour-
age, no future.

A few, of course, will seek to revitalize their
lives by taking their problems to the psychia-
trist, but the numbers of adequately equipped
specialists in this field are so pitifully meager
and the needs so great that their total efforts
can make but little dent in the situation.
Nevertheless, it is encouraging to observe how
many of these problems are more and more
being put up to psychiatric practitioners for
aid and solution. Naturally, few are presented
in the terms explained here. Fear and insecurity
seldom express themselves in stark, crude forms
as such. Instead, they appear in thousands of disguises and
it is one of the tests of psychiatric skill to penetrate these
disguises and reveal them for what they really are. What the
patient or his family see externally is not so much basic
insecurity, as its results translated into attitudes of irascibil-
ity, pettishness, suspiciousness, over-sensitiveness to real or
fancied discriminations, over-compensations of various sorts
for feelings of inferiority, attitudes of seclusiveness, outbursts
of ruthlessness, unethical conduct, selfishness, and perhaps
most frequently of all, the translation of insecurity into a
deep-rooted cynicism and disbelief in the existence of almost
any of the human virtues.

IT is this last attitude, rather newly and ominously prevalent
among adolescents, that gives rise for special concern — or
is it perhaps, the concern of others toward this attitude that
is the truly disquieting matter? At any rate, youth ordinarily
has been the last to surrender its lofty idealism and its faith
in the essential nobility of man. Usually it withstands shock

Van Loon writes a caption for his own drawing: "Is there really much
chance of a reasonable world as long as we insist upon buying our mate-
rial possessions at ten grand and our intellectual ideals at ten cents?"

after shock of disillusionment hurled at this faith. But there
may come a time when even the high courage and exalted
devotion of youth to its belief can no longer prevail against
evidence to the contrary so overwhelming that capitulation
is necessary.

One of these times apparently has arrived and a derisive
"Oh, yeah?" seems the password of the day. It is more than
an expression of scepticism, this slogan. An intelligently
sceptical attitude toward smug tritisms, a healthy challeng-
ing of accepted traditions has always been one evidence of
robust mental health. The refusal of youth to regard as
sacrosanct any of the alleged verities may be irritating to
the greybeards but it has, nevertheless, proved to be the
prime motivating force behind any amount of social progress.
No, the current attitude of "Oh yeah?" is not scepticism. It
holds a more sinister note. It appears to symbolize an utter
cynicism, a disbelief in anything but the most sordid and
selfish of human motives that is more thorough-going,
perhaps, than anything since the noisome revelations of

624

SURVEY GRAPHIC

December 1933

Teapot Dome or the National City Bank affair. And, it
must be confessed, youth has more than a little to justify
such an attitude.

No catastrophic event in history seems to have peeled the
veneer from civilization and disclosed the savage ugliness of
underlying human traits more thoroughly than the current
depression. Centuries of painfully won advances in altruism,
in considerateness for others, in feelings of individual and
social responsibility, have been called into question. These
times have had the effect of revealing fundamental fallacies
in economic and socio-political thinking. For this, Allah be
praised. But they are also showing us how superficial is the
patina that glosses the true nature of many of the acts and
attitudes of mankind, and how near, in spite of our vaunted
progress, we still are to our troglodyte ancestors. In warfare
where imminence of death may measure the future in
minutes, hours or days, soldiers sometimes discard the wafer-
thin accretions of an ethical culture and revert, out of their
hopelessness, to primitive attitudes. Why hope when there is
no hope? Why plan when no future seems possible? Why
strive for nobility when it seems likely that extinction will
be the reward?

NOT less than warfare has this depression brought to the
surface many of the ignoble and brutish qualities of
man. Because no man knows what lies ahead, or how to deal
with the present; because fellow-creatures occupying posi-
tions of high estate have proven unspeakably unfaithful to
their trusts; because the materialistic philosophies of the
Machine Age have all but destroyed idealism; because we
are recognizing we still possess in only slightly diluted form
the instincts and compassion of the saber-toothed tiger;
because we have no more faith in ourselves and less in our
neighbors, we are developing into a nation of cynics.

But man's renewed faith in himself and his fellowmen
cannot root from cynicism. First must come a continuing
measure of security — emotional, even more than economic
security — and with this as a start, a courageous determina-
tion to find a new coherence in life that will permit of laying
the basis for a more sensible order.

How can this be brought about? The brave Russian ex-
periment may someday prove to be one answer. On a scale
less vast there may be other ways. Perhaps out of the
savagery and suffering of the present there may slowly
emerge new concepts of human responsibilities; new under-
standings of the true motives behind behavior labelled
"good" or "bad;" new methods for guiding that behavior
into genuinely humanistic channels; new ways of dealing
with people so that their unconscious "drives" are such that
they no longer want or need to be "bad."

But if these things are to come about, then, as often hap-
pens in medicine, perhaps the patient will have to get worse
before he can get better. Boils must come to a head before
they can be lanced; virtually every patient coming to the
psychiatrist is of two minds about wanting to be cured. Part
of him sincerely wants to get well, but another, deeper part
— the part that brought him to the brink of emotional illness
in the first place — derives so much satisfaction from his
symptoms in a curious, perverse way that it causes him to
resist treatment. Sometimes, therefore, before he can be cured
he must first be allowed to progress in his maladjustment to
the point where the pain of retaining his symptoms outweighs
the discomfort of surrendering some of his unconscious

desires, thus clearing a way toward the recovery of health.
Continuing this analogy, possibly we, as a nation, must
be permitted to go on with our present mass neurosis until
the suffering and hardship it causes become so acute and
intolerable that we will be willing to renounce some of the
desires and spurious standards the past decade encouraged us
to believe were essential to a "good time." Then, and only
then is it likely we will be purged of the psychological con-
flicts that have arisen from our efforts to eat our apple (by
clinging to outmoded habits and invalidated standards)
and to have it, too. This coming winter will probably tell
the tale. Human suffering and misery and insecurity seem
to have accumulated the past four years until now the fear
of pain from throwing overboard our cherished memories of
the good old days, and from abandoning once and for all
our old conceptions of those things we once regarded as
indispensable to living, has become less distressing than the
thought of continuing indefinitely under the status quo.

IN the meantime, what of the immediate present? What
can a humanity rapidly becoming humbled and chas-
tened do to find new security? Is it not likely that the first
step — assuming we have plumbed the ultimate depths and
are now ready to accept and benefit from treatment — consists
in reshaping our ideas of what constitutes a "good time?"
That is what a psychiatric patient often must do: acquire a
new perspective, once he has been freed from the grip of
distorting forces, and forge out for himself new and more
wholesome concepts of satisfactions in his life. In the same
way, perhaps the time has arrived when men and women
everywhere will be willing to seek satisfactions for their
emotional needs in ways that do no violence to their fellows
and that promote true security in themselves.

To feel emotionally secure we must feel that we "belong;"
feel that we are needed by and are accepted by the group of
which we are a part. The post-war years brought many of us
a false security based on exploitation and the ruthless race for
"rugged individualism." Now we have been compelled to
see how hollow was that security. In its place must come —
somehow — a real security, rooted in emotional maturity
and stemming from a willing and active realization that our
own fate is inseparable from that of our neighbor's.

GOOD times will come when enough of us want that kind
of security and guide our individual lives and common
concerns with a will to attain it. But they will be different
from the "good times" of the past. Their satisfying qualities
will come in the main from the subjective, intangible things
of life rather than from the self-aggrandizing and materialistic
pleasures of the last decade. Shadings and nuances of living
will be elevated to new positions of importance in human
intercourse. Escapes from the need for personal thinking
through reliance on blueprints and standardizations fabri-
cated by others will be less necessary. There may even come
about a renaissance of simplicity and appreciation of the
homely virtues that thrive when men feel habitually secure
within themselves and among their fellows and confident of
their place in the world.

Should we win through to these achievements the price of a
"good time" will hold no penalty, no headaches. But the
price of the achievement itself is bound to be heavy, and
there will be many unwilling to pay it. They are the psychia-
trist's concern for the future.

FOURTEENTH STREET

Courtesy Midtown Galleries. New York

ISABEL BISHOP

THE PUBLIC RELATIONS OF PLAN

BY LEON WHIPPLE

WE are agreed that we must plan the
bread-and-butter side of life. There is
no choice. The power machine civili-
zation around us enforces its own ultimatum —
"Plan!" Taking stock, we find we have the raw
resources, man-power, and energy sources; we
have enough facts and program to make a start (the logic-
mathematic bases for plan); we have a skeleton personnel;
we have even an ill-informed popular interest in the notion.
But when the government under Mr. Roosevelt takes the
first steps toward a planned economy, he finds himself in the
age-old struggle with pressure-groups and against a skilled
sabotage. In spite of his great gifts as a popular educator, he
has not yet succeeded in what George Soule so wisely calls
"the engineering of social consent." The crucial need today is
a study of the public relations of plan. How are you going
to get the people to accept the idea of plan, and to do
the things necessary for the first steps toward an ordered
economy?

Let us face three facts. First, to think of mankind planning
any part of its destiny is so audacious and dangerous that it
sounds like the dream-talk of wishful children. Only the
human race could have conceived the enterprise. We have
never had a plan; we know little about planning; we do not
truly envisage the costs or risks. Yet we talk and even act as
if we knew. It seems to me we need do some exploratory
thinking on the nature of plan in society, and decide where
to begin. What are the preliminaries, instruments and
techniques plan demands?

Second, we are going ahead on the basis of working out a
plan within democracy. We reject the alternative of securing
mere obedience, not consent, to the needs of a plan, by
dictatorship through coercion or emotional bribery; that is,
communism or fascism. This looks like the long hard road:
it is really the short one for by this we come out where we
want to go, and with the least suffering. Namely, we pre-
serve the prime values, liberty, peace, progress, self-hood.
Since to plan is to apply intelligence to society, let's apply
intelligence to the nth degree. Let's aim the plan at the true
goal. Liberal democracy still seems to promise most.

Third, there is no sense in trying to dodge the fact that
to plan means to persuade people to present discipline and
sacrifice for future good. The first steps are going to be hard
and apparently against the self-interest of millions of people.
You are going to ask men to give up not only material
things, but ways of thought and standards of value. In a
sense you are going to accept the challenge of the conserva-
tive, answering: "Yes, we are going to try to do something
with human nature. At least, to release certain elements
that have been buried." So the advocate of plan had better
enlist for a long war — and for the duration. It's the only way
he'll have any peace of mind.

If we start from where we are in the United States it will
be with the people's mandate that gave Mr. Roosevelt's
administration power. The people, moved by desperation,
cried: "Do something to get us out of our destructive crisis;
and if you can, take steps to prevent such crises in the future."

Mankind sets a goal as bold, dangerous and momentous as
Prometheus' theft of fire: to take the controls from destiny and
steer time. Mr. Whipple discusses the powers and hazards we
find within ourselves as we look toward planning through the
New Deal's three R's: Roosevelt, recovery, reconstruction

They meant the first mandate with terrible earnestness.
About the second they had vague hopes, and no realization
of what the process of prevention would demand of them.
The present status of our enterprise in engineering social
consent is a confusion arising from the dual mandates,
Walter Lippmann has clearly defined the dilemma: on the:
one hand, the demand for recovery, rescue from disaster;
on the other, reconstruction, a long-time plan for an ordered
economic life. Mr. Roosevelt has made gallant efforts to
meet both demands. In his recent action for the purchase of
gold, he declared he was seeking to restore the price level, a
step for recovery, and also to move toward a stable unit of
value that would hold fast for the next generation, a step
toward long-time reconstruction. Both steps are necessary
(we pass no judgment on the efficacy of the concrete meas-
ure) but we may well ask whether they present the same
problem in public relations.

JR. ROOSEVELT entered office with the first essential
for planning: acquiescence and support of the people;
and within six months he had the second — delegation of
power to act. Any plan demands such delegation, for it is
clear the people cannot plan by daily referenda. But it also
demands more than emotional acquiescence — it demands
reasoned and enduring consent. On the recovery front, the
President has maintained acquiescence and delegation by an
unparalleled campaign for support. He has given the people
a sense of belonging in the state, and he has provided them
with leadership. He has made a new but important and
legitimate use of the radio to give account of his stewardship,
to explain his acts, to tell the people they are the govern-
ment and must support their own mandate. He has used the
symbolism of the Blue Eagle to get across the spirit of what
the NRA is trying to do. He has brought labor, business,,
women, children, farmers, technicians into a marching army.
And that army has actually marched, as in New York City
when an assemblage of two million lined the streets to watch
a parade of a quarter of a million of their fellow-citizens.
From that parade both marcher and spectator got some
almost mystical sense of union and purpose, something that
dimly answered William James's hope for a moral equivalent
for war. We were touched, in the NRA parade, by the
apparent delight people got in stepping out in concert; by
the kind of pride that even the street-cleaners seemed to re-
veal when as a group — an element in society — they had their
part among the clans, the trades and professions marching
toward some goal. Certainly planning is a kind of crusade,
a crusade against poverty and suffering, and it must be
founded on such fine emotions of solidaiity and common
purpose. From these may well come the will to self-discipline,
sacrifice, and loyalty, and some day the acceptance, when

626

December 1933

THE PUBLIC RELATIONS OF PLAN

627

the dress parade is over, of the disagreeable tasks of kitchen-
police, and the monotonies and dangers of the war.

The President is a great producer of dramas: a master
showman. He has used the shows for preserving morale and
inspiring courage, and for education. There has been some
ballyhoo from which no very long-enduring effects may be
expected. This is inevitable in our present times. But there
has also been a constant process of education. Mr. Roosevelt
and his aides have been keeping school ! The hearings on the
codes have taught the administration, the occupational
groups, and the people profoundly important lessons. There
has been generated the kind of self-consciousness that is a
step toward planning. The setting up of a Consumers'
Counsel in the AAA, with a bulletin, The Consumers'
Guide, drives at the heart of successful planning — to get the
benefits equitably distributed. The publicity and discussion
of every problem are spade-work for any true engineering of
social consent. And out of all these processes has come the
actual revolutionary change — the acceptance of the idea
that government is going into business, to take the leadership
in economic life, as planner and arbiter of contending
interests. This is the great achievement of these months and
one that will endure.

BUT it seems to me false optimism to say that the adminis-
tration has yet engineered consent. The power-groups
have consented so long as they thought their own self-inter-
ests were being served: the labor unions until they foresaw
themselves coming under state control, with the right to
strike questioned from the view of the common good; the
trade associations until they saw their hope of monopoly,
efficiency and profits undermined by the demand for the
protection of consumer-rights; the bankers until they saw
their design for governmental guarantees and aid compli-
cated by the actual intervention of government in banking
and the issue of securities. There has been no cooperative
consent (with discipline and sacrifice) to a national long-
time plan. Mr. Roosevelt has been in the awkward situation
of a man forced to walk forward on a tight-rope while at the
same time he had to juggle a lot of slippery balls. If he stops
going forward he can juggle pretty well; if he stops juggling
he can go forward with his eyes on the road in speed
and safety.

NOW, with due appreciation of his remarkable achieve-
ment in both juggling and going forward, and his re-
ports on what the road ahead looks like, let us consider what
philosophy of plan we may deduce from these experiments
and from a study of human nature. To engineer social
consent to a plan, we have to do these things:

Make a comprehensive outline of a plan.

Persuade people to accept this plan in competition with other
plans or leaving things alone.

Convince them of the disinterestedness of the planners as well
as their foresight and wisdom.

Guarantee that the plan will be universal and just and that all
will be asked to sacrifice something for the benefit of all, though
the sacrifices may not be enforced on all at the same moment.

Overcome the present self-interest of pressure-groups, from
bonus-seekers to bankers, who want to make the plan a grab-bag
for individual aggrandizement and power.

Assure the masses of men of a stake in the near future: subsist-
ence, and then security.

Persuade them that they can safely make a covenant with the

next generation to carry out the plan and repay them for some of
their present sacrifices.

Inculcate in a considerable part of the people a sense of time —
an interest in the future.

These are large demands, but I think logically inescap-
able. I offer a few exploratory notions on the last three needs.
To plan means to govern present acts with a hope of future
blessings. Time is of the essence; the quality demanded of
people is foresight. But the blunt truth is that the great
masses have very little idea of Time and very little time for
ideas. Until the recent past it seems to have been the benign
will of Nature to spare man a sense of time, at least in the
social sense. The past was dead; life would take care of the
future; all he had to do was to live according to his urge in
the present. As he followed these urges from day to day, he
wove the pattern Nature intended, but himself knew not
what the pattern was to be. You bask in today's sunshine,
not tomorrow's. This is the single-minded instinct of the
animal, and planners need to recall that until a few centuries
ago, the bulk of the people have lived by instalments in an
environment of today. This was the natural basis for laissez-
Jaire. But the moment we use the word "plan" we put one
foot in the future. We are fooling with Time — and that is
no child's play.

One principal task of planners therefore is to implant in
people some sense of the future. The grass-root problems in a
democracy are in such popular maxims as: "What was good
enough for father is good enough for me. . . . Sufficient
unto the day is the evil thereof. . . . What is to be will be.
. . . I'll get mine while the getting is good. If I don't the
other fellow will." To change that psychology is going to be
a tough job. People are slow to make wills; neglect to have
annual health examinations; they fail to plan their busi-
nesses and go bankrupt.

THEY are not concerned with birth control (though this is
changing) because they have no real sense of the most
momentous of all postponed events, the birth of a child.
We all need thirty days' grace. The future is a vast catch-all
into which we push all unpleasant things; from which we
hope to draw all pleasant things. That paradox is the nub of
planning. The challenge is to drive home the lesson of the
present crisis as an example of what will turn up— unless
we plan and sacrifice today. We have to make the right things
turn up!

If we study the people with respect to their feeling for
Time, we begin to realize we must deal with various kinds.
For example:

The Static, who have no time sense, backward or forward;
who live today and think things are always going to be
what they are now: themselves in energy and hopes, the world
in form and tempo. Yet this presumption holds true for
less than half a generation now, as Alfred Whitehead points
out in a classic chapter on Foresight in his Adventures in
Ideas. These folks are willing to delegate all concern over
the future. They may be persuaded to delegate it to the
planner if he can promise them security and peace of mind.
If not, their day-to-day reflexes will ruin all plans.

The Millennial or Utopian, for whom the future is the land
of dreams wherein in some mysterious way the happy chance
will intervene to make us healthy, wealthy and wise. But
without effort, or plan, or discipline. "Just wait till my ship
comes in !" The planner may use this necessary vague hope
of the morrow if he can promise a little fragment of the

628

SURVEY GRAPHIC

December 1933

millennium at the price of some unavoidable pres-
ent pains.

The Fatalistic, for whom tomorrow is so unpre-
dictable and beyond control that there is no sense
in doing anything today for it would be cancelled
by chance. "It will all be the same a hundred years
from now" is one maxim of such popular indiffer-
ence and stoicism. To understand this mood, it will
pay us to look at some of the circumstances of the
plain man's life that breed this fatalism.

These include:

The uncertainty of physical life. He sees personal
plans changed daily by the unforeseen incidence of
disease. Death puts a period to all personal plans.
Therefore seize the day ... it may be your last.
Even children, a principal incentive to private
plans, may die or prove unamenable to your direc-
tion. Social action can hold out the hope of a longer
life with less illness as an offset to this ancient
human mood.

The unpredictability of Nature. The next fall of her
dice may mean ruin or riches. Who can plan on
that foundation? This very year we undertook the
elements of a plan for wheat. Nature dealt us a crop
shortage and the price went up. The need fcr a
reduced acreage this year was cancelled, and the
will to control production was weakened. Clearly,
any plan will have to deal with averages over cer-
tain periods, and deal in surpluses lest we run the
risk of famine.

The interferences of technology — inventions and
changes in the use and source of raw materials.
These are man-made and so presumably under
control, but to the man in the street they come
with almost the terrors of a natural cataclysm.
He loses his job, and the social advance means
nothing against the threat of starvation. The pro-
posals to pigeonhole inventions and limit the hours
of the usage of our giant machines are evidences of
our fears here. But by definition, the planner is pledged to
advances in technology. He must then absorb the displaced
by offering shorter hours, or a transfer to the service fields.

The dependence on coming generations to carry out plans or junk
them. The plain man knows the divergence of his children
from his ideals and plans. Society faced the dilemma when
the reformers of the early 1900's had their plans destroyed by
the war-makers of 1914. At this very time, we see old men
and women who invested under the law for old-age security,
faced with poverty because a new generation of bankers gets
into a pickle. Can we ask people to sacrifice for a plan that
may never be carried out? Trust funds, wills, insurance are
words that need a definition with a time-index. We must
develop a sense of loyalty in the oncoming generation to the
passing one, even beyond the child-parent duty, based on an
implanted realization that every generation in age has to
depend on the competence, bounty and good-will of the
active workers . . . who are strangers. Certain covenants
between generations will have to be kept, if we are to plan
at all.

The fact that the largest class of the people have no stake in the
present and therefore no concern for the future. They have no tenure
of job, no savings, home roots, political power or social dig-
nity that would inspire them to present sacrifices for a vague
hope. They have already made all sacrifices, and been
sacrificed. That is the most brutal and dangerous truth we

Georges Schreiber for Survey Graphic

Primary Work in the New Public School

confront. They have votes, and being interested in surviving
right now, they will vote to grab. They also provide the raw
material for the demagog, press-agent for a pressure-group,
or revolutionary. They will react to promises of immediate
succor, however wild, for nothing is wilder than their lives;
they may risk violence with complacency for their lives to
them are scarcely worth saving. The social engineer can
enlist them in a plan only by showing that he is planning for
them now. Not only Mr. Roosevelt's dilemma, but his power
and his service as a barrier to violent revolution, lies in this
precise fact — that he seems to care for the forgotten man,
and is doing something for him, now.

NOW this list of attitudes toward the future need not dis-
courage us. But they do challenge us to study them and
translate our findings into relationship with planning. They
are imbedded in most people, including the planners. How-
ever good the plan, however effectively we use press, radio,
meetings, institutions to report stewardship, outline policy
and state facts, ultimately what the people read or hear or
see has to be interpreted in the light of their will, and their
will involves these attitudes. They are the ultimates in
engineering consent.

What blessings may we count? We have three. We may
base much of our design on the kind of personal foresight
that does exist. Most people do display (Continued on page 639)

AGE OF PLENTY

An Engineer's Sketches of the New Social Order
BY DAVID CUSHMAN COYLE

A [ERICA is a land built of dreams; that is why the
people have not utterly perished before this. The
best reason for thinking that we are not going to
perish now is that we are again seeing great visions. The engi-
neers have spied out a new frontier, the borders of a new
economic order of almost incredible richness; and the people
are asking themselves, as they were asking in the year 1500,
whether the news can be true and what these new discoveries
may mean to the world.

First of all, it is unquestionably true that monotonous
labor is no longer a proper function for large numbers of
men. The essence of monotonous labor is the repetition of a
single motion a great many times without variation. The
Machine Age let us in for more monotonous work, perhaps,
than any previous era had known. Certain functions of the
machine required a sensory-motor reaction: the machine-
tender had to see what he was doing and therefore he had
to be human. Now, however, we have instruments that can
see, and hear, and feel, without emotion. The electric eye is
not bored by monotony. The robot is the ideal slave because
it has feeling but no feelings.

Factory labor was never well adapted to human nature,
and the race will be better off with factory labor reduced to
a minimum. The fact is that a little "honest toil" is all very
well, but the Puritan exaltation of honest toil was largely a
rationalization of a necessary evil. Human beings, at least
in the temperate zone, have great quantities of energy that
constantly effervesces into action so long as there is plenty of
interest and variety and not too much discipline. But the
"joy of labor" is a grim joke in a sweatshop. The effect on
personality of too much honest toil is not good.

Now the time has come when there will be very little
monotonous work to be done in the western world. We shall
perhaps be surprised to find how much of our general
stupidity was due not to heredity but to the dulling of minds
on the grindstone. One of the most probable social phe-
nomena of the Age of Plenty will be a marked apparent in-
crease in popular intelligence — really an increase in the
number of minds that are allowed to come to the end of the
day's work with their energy still undimmed.

The other face of the same fact is the shortening of the
hours of "gainful" occupation and a corresponding lengthen-
ing of the hours of spontaneous occupation. Not only will
there be less monotonous work to do, there will be more
labor released into other kinds of work, so that in nearly
every occupation the hours can be cut down to the minimum
necessary for effective skill.

We ought, however, to understand exactly what is the
place of "shorter hours" in the coming adjust-
ment to higher productivity. Within the field of
the technological revolution, the number of jobs
is going to be small, and shorter hours will not
restore to employment the men whose places are
taken by robots. The men who will operate the
new instrumental factories, will have to work
long enough to know their jobs and not so long
as to tire their attention. The others will have to
be employed, if at all, in doing work that is not

the manufacturing of material goods with power machinery.
The transference of labor from mechanical to non-mechani-
cal occupations is the necessary adjustment required by
economic law. Shorter hours are important for sociological
reasons, but they are not the imperative requirement that
some people have thought. There is some value in distin-
guishing what must be from what merely ought to be.

WHEN society becomes adjusted to plenty, there will
necessarily be a large expenditure for goods and
services, and workers will find themselves in a situation
similar to that of 1917-18. Armed with power to change
their jobs, they will ask either shorter hours or higher wages,
whichever they want most. The net result will be that a large
number of people who are unaccustomed to leisure and
money will have a good deal of both to spend. Someone, I
suppose, will have to worry about whether they will spend it
well or ill. No doubt there will be manufacturers of silk
shirts who will orate in their clubs about the extravagance of
workmen, and more intelligent citizens will establish pro-
grams of various kinds to keep the newly enfranchised out of
mischief. In the long run, however, the probabilities are
that the problem of what is proper to do with leisure will to
a great degree solve itself. Human nature is very adaptable,
especially to an easy life. After a few years of buying things
merely because they cost money, the average person will
learn what he really wants and insist on having it. Mean-
while those who feel responsible for the morals of others will
become more tolerant, as a result of certain processes that
the Age of Plenty will set in motion.

Previous golden ages, such as the Renaissance or the
Periclean Age, indicate some such mutual adaptation of
codes and habits. The fact that all signs indicate a coming
outburst of cultural activity does not mean that all the mil-
lions will read the best literature and speak pure Bostonian.
Aristophanes, remember, was the best of the low comedy
that suited the "cultured" Athenians; the worst was cer-
tainly not much different from our cheap movies. The com-
mon people in Shakespeare's day liked theirs pretty broad,
too. What of it?

The central thread of the pattern of a new Age of Plenty
is the fact that a large expenditure will have to be devoted
to services. There will be a definite pressure of money into
service-expenditure, in contrast to the condition with which
we are familiar, where the service-organizations have to raise
money against discouraging odds. It is the difference be-
tween a "buyer's" and a "seller's" market. The consequent
expansion of even the types of service that we have already

The engineers have made Aladdin's lamp, says Mr. Coyle,
though the bankers have rubbed it and raised the devil. But the
fate which operates when a hungry boy sits beside a plate of
cookies decrees that we shall have an Age of Plenty. If it is to
fulfill the dreams that come with plenty we must fight now
for our lives against the powers of paralysis and economy

629

630

SURVEY GRAPHIC

December 1933

invented will produce far-reaching effects on the nature
of our people.

Public health is a good example of a type of activity that
is already prepared to do great things as soon as money is
available. Certain diseases — such as tuberculosis, diphtheria,
syphilis and typhoid, are slated for abolition. The general
treatment of children is not what it will be when there is
money for plenty of doctors and nurses. Children who are
carefully treated before
they are born, who get
their orange juice, are
dicked and schicked,
taken to the country for
the summer, dressed
well, fed well and housed
well, do actually turn
out to be larger, hand-
somer and brighter than
their parents. All fads
discounted, the doctors
know already how to
make a great improve-
ment in the race, given
the necessary income to
apply what they know
to all children. The
present inhabitants of
this country are a
scrubby, malnourished,
stunted and unattrac-
tive populace, compared
with what we might
have been if we had
been well taken care of
according to present-
day standards when we
were children.

And our personalities
are correspondingly
warped. The reason we
are so infested with feel-

ings of inferiority is not

that we are inferior to Einstein and Gandhi, but that we are
inferior to our own normal selves. The reason we revert so
easily to childish types of behavior is that we are all frus-
trated one way or another. Our descendants will not be so
inferior nor so baffled. They will, therefore, not be so much
inclined to psychotic aberrations of the types we are familiar
with, whatever other troubles they may have.

The hereditary make-up of the American people is also
scheduled for qualitative changes as we adapt our way of
life to a condition of high productivity. Those who are defi-
nitely unfitted for life under modern conditions will be more
effectively segregated as soon as money is available, but that
is not all. Those who are mentally unable to do anything but
physical labor will be provided with larger incomes and less
(hard work. The effect is likely to be a drop in their birthrate.
Nature generally adjusts the biological birthrate roughly to
the physical hardship imposed on any organism; so that
aside from any artificial interference there is some reason to
expect that less hardship will mean fewer children. On the
other hand those whose minds are normally active are as a
rule already running a birthrate lower than their biological
possibilities because of small incomes, physical handicaps, or
psychic maladjustments. All these influences will be reduced,

and the birthrate of the mentally active types may be ex-
pected to rise correspondingly.

There is therefore every reason to expect that the era of
cultural advance will involve factors tending to adapt the
race itself to a smaller schedule of hard physical labor and a
larger schedule of cultural or quasi-cultural activity. There is
no use in being unduly worried about a coming race of
tomtoddies, all heads and no bodies. In all the ages of plenty

from Pericles to Eliza-
beth, people have tended
to go in for personal
beauty, a wholesome
corrective to a good
many things.

The problems of crime
are likely to be different
in the new social order,
for many reasons. Some
young people take up
crime because there is
no honest way of living
open to them. Why they
are so few these days is
hard to understand.
Anyway, when there are
plenty of jobs with inter-
esting work and good
pay, the attractions of
crime are likely to be
less alluring. Another
factor is the necessary
control of income that is
indispensable in the op-
eration of any system of
high productivity. The
income tax or its equiva-
lent will have to take
charge of all incomes
over a rather generous
maximum. As a result,
any evidence of large

Will Dyson in The London Herald

WORLD'S FINANCIAL BRAIN TRUST: Woman, this plenty must stop!

unaccountable income
will be as conspicuous as it is now in the Army, and the
motivation for operations on the grand scale either in
finance or in less respectable types of anti-social action will
be deflated. Another cause of crime is personal inferiority
combined with natural vitality and energy. The necessary
abolition of poverty and improvement in the treatment of
children, will tend to reduce this factor in crime. Altogether,
one may expect fewer crimes of resentment, fewer crimes for
gain, fewer crimes of the ego-bolstering types, and perhaps
more crimes of irresponsibility and passion. There may also
be some unprecedented changes caused by medical develop-
ments in eugenics and glandular therapy.

The necessary adjustment of society to a state of high
productivity requires a universal guarantee of basic eco-
nomic security. This is one of the inevitable measures re-
quired by economic law, because without security people
will not spend their incomes, and if they do not spend their
incomes business cannot run. The technical characteristic
of a highly productive economic order is that the need for
new annual increments of capital is small, and the effect of
excess savings is particularly poisonous. Certain radical
changes in moral judgment necessarily grow from this
condition. The productivity of a man's labor depends not on

December 1933

AGE OF PLENTY

631

the man but on the arrangement of the factory in which he
works. The right to an income is therefore not measured in
any way by the value of the product. Moreover, saving is
not a virtue but a privilege that will have to be reserved for
the smaller incomes. So the right to an income is not morally
connected with the accumulation of capital. (What these
facts do to Marxian Socialist and to Capitalist theory is in-
teresting but not pertinent here.)

BUT while industry has very little use for labor or capital,
it cannot live without buyers. The right to an income is
therefore closely connected with ability to act as a con-
sumer. Our moral judgments will accordingly rearrange
themselves so as to rationalize the fact that everybody will
have to have a guaranteed minimum income regardless of
what he produces. Society will establish certain definite non-
producing classes- -young people, old people, and invalids —
and will see to it that they get a generous share of the na-
tional income. The effect on all sorts of people will be to re-
move the present universal fear of economic disaster.

This one change in the environment will inevitably pro-
duce the most profound changes in human nature. Some of
our most common types will become rare. The hard-boiled
business man, desperately entrenching himself in the hope of
surviving the next business collapse; the clerk, humbly lick-
ing the boss's boots and cursing feebly to himself as he
walks the street; the radical, wishfully dreaming of some
apocalyptic compensation; the underpaid worker, class-
conscious and resentful, forced to sabotage in self-protection;
the person of "simple faith," trusting that in Heaven she may
find that happiness that she ought to have right here and
now; the banker, mixing deadly economic drugs in be-
wildered ignorance of their nature — these are obsolete.

The type of human nature that is most common in a
Golden Age is wholly different. Melville, in Typee, describes
the unspoiled natives of that South Sea Island tribe as happy,
carefree, full of zest and laughter. The Elizabethan English-
man was a different animal from the Englishman of Dickens.
As Kingsley says: ". . . fifty glorious years, the expression
of a new-found strength and freedom, which vented itself at
home in drama and in song; abroad in mighty conquests,
achieved with the laughing recklessness of boys at play." As
for Renaissance Italy — there too it was a gay and reckless
age, while the princes spent the national income on public
works and everybody was employed, and the insecurity
was not economic but physical. Human nature in a Golden
Age is generous, gay, creative, idealistic, buoyant, reckless,
hot-tempered, irresponsible — Homeric, in a word.

Like it or not, the necessary adjustments to technological
productivity will set the stage for a Homeric drama. People
will be different when they are economically secure. They
will gaily seek insecurity in adventures of all kinds. Our
moral code, as it has always done in other golden ages, will
adapt itself to the heroic mode. Avarice and parsimony (i.e.,
thrift) will again be the meanest of sins; magnificence will be
a virtue as it was in the days of the Medici. Our Puritan
ancestors will be shocked; that is too bad, but they them-
selves shocked their own ancestors. The post-war decadents
will also be shocked, but they never had either pride of an-
cestry or hope of posterity.

Another probable modification of the social system may be
expected because of the change in the function of large in-
comes. Since industry is not adapted to absorb large incre-
ments of capital, there is no further place for the accumula-
tive type of capitalist. But since the cultural advance will

naturally involve a number of large-scale projects that are
not suited to governmental or institutional action, there will
be a place for the man whose idea of money is that money is
an instrument of cultural adventure. The necessary adjust-
ments for making the Age of Plenty operate will set up a
process of evolution by changing the incentives. The ac-
quisitive type will be robbed of incentive, but the philan-
thropic type will not. The comparatively few large incomes
that will be possible in the new order will tend to fall into the
hands of those who are content to apply them to cultural
purposes of a socially approved type.

These sketches of the new social order are not all of the
same degree of validity. Some features of the new world are
written in the book of fate, others are not yet written.
Destiny, as an engineer sees it, is a situation in which some
natural law is applying an overwhelming force that cannot
be permanently resisted by the other parts of the situation.
Such relationships are common in engineering, but do not
often appear in human affairs on the grand scale. Now there
is a destiny in human affairs. The engineers have made
Aladdin's lamp, and the bankers have ignorantly tried to
rub it, and raised the devil. Many thousands of people know
that the lamp has been found, soon millions will know it.
They will never rest nor settle down quietly until they learn
how to get the benefit of the riches that are now within our
reach. That is Fate the same way it is Fate when a hungry
boy is left in the same room with a plate of cookies.

Some form of distribution of income is therefore inexor-
ably fated. Some manner of transferring human energy from
material to nonmaterial occupations is fated. Some method
of giving economic security to all members of the social order
is fated. The other pictures here drawn are not fated; they
are merely probable reactions of the human organism to
these inevitable new conditions. Other reactions may be
prophesied by anyone who cares to prophesy, within the
frame of the inevitable changes of the new technology.

THOSE who plan a new social and economic order are not
bound to take any one man's dictum as to the conditions
of their planning. But they are destined to futility if they do
not plan for the adjustment of humanity as it will be then,
not as it is now, to the conditions that the new environment
will impose. The beginning of wisdom for planners is to
plan first of all what to plan and what not to plan. The new
environment will require of the social organism certain ad-
justments as the price of survival. So far as those adjustments
are not occurring spontaneously, they must be planned.
(For the other side of a destiny is, that if we do not obey the
law we must pass out of the picture.) But there are many ad-
justments that are not required by the environment, but are
merely desirable additions. It is unwise to mix unconsciously
the necessary with the desirable. The present is a time of
storm. This is a time to clear decks for action. Not by reform-
ing politics, by revising the educational system, by establish-
ing collective bargaining, by legally imposing shorter hours
and the mimimum wage, or by "controlling" production,
will we pass the gate of the Promised Land. The key of the
gate is the pouring out of surplus income for cultural plant
and services on a scale more vast than we have yet compre-
hended. With that key we can enter, and all the rest will be
added unto us. Without that key we cannot enter, and all
the rest is futile. For the present, we may dream on Sundays
of the joys of the Golden Age, but on weekdays we had better
fight for our lives against all the powers of economy and
paralysis, to win the chance to build our dreams into reality.

THROUGH NEIGHBORS' D O O R WA Y S — J O H N PALMER GAVIT

M. STALIN, THANK HERR HITLER!

BY a curious and perhaps unpremeditated coincidence
there arrived upon these shores simultaneously, a fort-
night or so ago, a Russian named Maxim Litvinoff and
a German named Georg Schmitt. Litvinoff, who happens to
be commissar for foreign affairs of the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics commonly called Russia, came by direct
public invitation of the President of the United States,
representing his government for the purpose of exploring
the factors and obstacles involved in the possible resumption
of friendly and regularized political, economic and other
normal international relations between the government and
people of Russia and those of the United States. Schmitt,
who so far as is announced or known occupies no govern-
mental status whatever, came invited by nobody, to "in-
spect" and coordinate the machinery of propaganda in the
United States in behalf of the Nazi regime in Germany.
Also to take the place of one Spanknoebel, who and whose
efforts were emphatically sat upon by Mayor O'Brien of
New York City on the ground that they would tend to lead —
as undoubtedly they would and were designed to do — to
riotous disorder between adherents of the Nazi movement
and German-Americans who have no sympathy with what
has been going on in Germany.

At this writing it would be premature to forecast the out-
come of the conferences between the President and other
representatives of the United States government and M.
Litvinoff, though every evident probability favors the belief
that they will end in the diplomatic recognition of the Soviet
government which for many years has lived up to the stand-
ards always imposed by the United States government as
the sine qua non for recognition. It is fairly obvious that Mr.
Roosevelt would not have taken the initiative in this matter
without reasonable previous understanding of the prob-
abilities. During the past few years there has come about,
slowly but steadily, a great modification in the attitude of
public opinion toward the Russian experiment. Of late
especially, two things have greatly expedited that modifica-
tion. One, the virtual discontinuance in all countries, espe-
cially here, on the part of the Russian government, of its
original policy of widespread active propaganda in the inter-
est of world revolution; along with it the increasing realiza-
tion on the part of the American people as well as of the
Russians themselves, that the Communist efforts of that sort
in America were futile; that Communism was actually about
as dangerous in this country as Buddhism or the preaching
of the flatness of the earth. The second factor in this modifica-
tion has been the growing sense of the suicidal absurdity of
our denying ourselves the immense potential market for our
products represented by nearly 1 50 million people who with
all their prodigious effort to industrialize themselves have
been and for a long time will continue to be unable to supply
themselves with innumerable things that they need and we
have to sell.

The most striking evidence of this change in the American
attitude — none more surprised by it than the Russians them-
selves— was the result of the inquiry addressed by the
American Foundation's Committee on Russian-American

Relations to the daily press of the United States. The ques-
tion asked by the committee was simple:

Does your paper favor or oppose the recognition of Russia?
(Recognition is here understood to mean the immediate establish-
ment of diplomatic relations, with agreement to enter upon sub-
sequent negotiations for the adjustment of all outstanding claims,
and other matters now in dispute.)

Of 1139 daily newspapers replying, 718, or 63 percent,
declared themselves as favoring recognition; 29, or 2.6
percent, favor recognition but with qualifications that might
imply a negative; 306, or 26.9 percent, are opposed; 79, or
6.9 percent, appear neutral or take no stand; 7, or .6 percent,
expressed views but did not reply to the question. In other
words, affirmative approval was shown by practically
two to one.

THERE can be no doubt, I think, that one at any rate of
the influences tending to mollify American hostility
toward Soviet Russia has been the almost universal reaction
against Hitlerism in Germany. Everything characteristic of
it is abhorrent to the American spirit. And practically every
kind of misbehavior, actual, prospective, potential and
imaginary, alleged by the Nazis against the Communists
as excuses for their own conduct, the Nazis themselves have
proceeded to carry into effect on their own account. That
reaction of most Americans against the Nazi policy and
professions, including their vociferous contempt for all that
is essential in our theory and form of government, has tended
automatically to temper the attitude and feeling of Ameri-
cans toward the Soviets. Germany as at present manifesting
has elbowed Russia out of her place as the world's Bad Girl,
and Uncle Sam, hitherto the snootiest member of the
neighborhood, too proud to speak to her, has invited her to
dinner ! I should say that instead of or in addition to writing
a bread-and -butter note to Uncle Sam, M. Stalin ought
somehow to send some token of appreciation to Herr Hitler.
Japan, too, may well study the break of the nose. Up to
now it has seemed as if Russia had no friends and could be
picked on at anybody's pleasure. There was a moment when
it was touch-and-go whether Japan would invade North
China or Siberia, and the Chinese alternative was chosen as
easier. Now the Japanese jingoes are accusing us of deliber-
ately taking the Russian side against Japan. With our new
association, the .position of Russia in that regard becomes
sensibly different.

ONE of the two arriving emissaries came, then, definitely
in the interest of peaceful and constructive relations
between his own people and those of the United States;
definitely and cordially invited and welcomed by the head
of the government. It was understood beforehand that a thing
not to be tolerated was propaganda on the part of or subsi-
dized by the Russian government, or for that matter by the
Third International with which its ruling party is affiliated,
with intent to overthrow or revolutionize our form of
government.

The other emissary came with no pretense of invitation

632

December 1 933

M. STALIN, THANK HERR HITLER

633

by any American, governmental or otherwise; he came as
an alien, yet with something the air of an agent sent by a
royally chartered company to take over its business in a
colony. "Kamarad Smith," said his credentials proudly
exhibited as if self-evidently valid, "travels in the interests
of the Foreign Office of the Stahlheim" [the great organiza-
tion of German veterans of the World War] and "is the
superior of all American local leaders, as well as of the
national leader." Well! Not even Mussolini had the nerve
and the stupidity to
commission any kind of
Italian Fascist openly to
be commander-in-chief
on American soil of an
organization solely for
propaganda. Imagine
what would happen to
an American landing in
Germany with avowed
intent to supervise or-
ganizations of American
war veterans whose
principal purpose was
the spreading of demo-
cratic doctrines aimed
in particular against all
that Hitler stands for!
One awaits with inter-
est, perhaps it will have
happened before these
words are off the press,
the attitude and action
of the United States

Strube in the London Daily Express

Messenger: "Mr. Litvinoff to see you, Sir."
President Roosevelt: "Show him in."

government toward
Schmitt, bringing not peace but a sword.

'Kamarad"

WHAT now will become of the Bourbon individuals,
publications, groups, organizations in this country
which have devoted themselves so assiduously, and as it
turns out so unsuccessfully, to scaring the American people
with ghost-stories about the spread in America of Russian
Communism, "pacifism and radicalism financed from
Moscow" on the part of horrendous lists of persons varying
in horrendousness from William Z. Foster and Norman
Thomas to Harry Emerson Fosdick and Jane Addams?
I have yet to hear that Moscow has corruptly influenced
Franklin D. Roosevelt, but it would not surprise me to over-
take even such a whisper. It was a great racket while it lasted,
and doubtless these boys will soon find something else, as the
bootleggers are turning to the smuggling of Canadian wool.
It remains a fact that "there's a sucker born every minute."
Operating mostly underground and in sepulchral whispers
stopping just short of criminal libel; under names designed
to indicate that they were super-intelligent, super-patriotic,
argus-eyed gumshoers, vigilantly guarding the precious
essentials of American tradition handed down from the
Fathers — every one of whom, by the way, would be early in a
Nazi jail — their technique and stock-in-trade is to keep ig-
norant people, especially timid old ladies of both sexes,
shuddering with fear and relying upon said guardians (for a
price always) to keep them deliciously shuddering. Nobody
over the mental age of six ever paid any attention to them.
But what will they do about this new invasion of Nazi-ism,
more dangerous to American liberty than Russian Com-
munism ever was — now that the President has pinned the
badge of respectability upon the Soviets?

ONE illustration of the absurdity of the present anoma-
lous situation between the two countries, referred to in
the report of the committee of the American Foundation, is
the fact that in the Diplomatic List published by the State
Department as lately as last September, the "representative
of Russia" appears to be the appointee of the Provisional
Government of Russia which went out of existence in 1917.
"Though repudiated entirely by the government that has
controlled Russia for sixteen years," says the report, "he is

still the only man whom
our State Department
and our courts recognize
as representing Russia."
The story goes — I do
not vouch for it — that an
entirely unofficial and
unauthorized question
was addressed to the
head of the Soviet In-
formation Bureau in
Washington, in effect
as follows:

"Supposing — only
supposing of course —
that the United States
should approach the
Soviet government in
such-and-such a man-
ner; how would said
Soviet government take
it?" The hypothetical
question was cabled to

Moscow and a few days later came, substantially, this reply:
"Assuming its receipt of such a communication from the
government of the United States, the Soviet government
would be happy to respond in such-and-such wise."

This whole controversy over the recognition of the Soviets,
and the possible influence upon us and upon them, revives
in my mind a story we used to tell in the settlements, of a
mother who told her little son that he must no longer play
with a boy neighbor.
"But why?"

"I don't think he is a nice little boy for you to play with."
"Do you think I'm a nicer boy than he is?"
"Yes, of course I do, but I — "
"Maybe I'm a nice little boy for him to play with."

THE continuing uproar in Cuba makes timely, whether or
not practicable, the tentative project of the Committee on
Cultural Relations with Latin-America to hold, perhaps in
March, a Seminar on Cuba, similar to the Mexican Seminar
hitherto successfully and most usefully conducted under
the auspices of the Committee. Cuba needs the help of in-
formed and aroused public opinion in the United States, to
offset even if it cannot entirely supplant the kind of American
political and economic interference and exploitation which
have handicapped and mostly cursed the island ever since
its emancipation from the Spanish rule. The plan under con-
sideration envisages lectures on shipboard between New York
and Havana, contact during ten days' stay, including round-
table discussions, with leading Cubans of all shades of opinion,
field trips to outlying parts of the island, and other sources
of information. Those interested would do well to communi-
cate with Hubert Herring, executive director of the com-
mittee, at 112 East 19 street, New York City.

LETTERS & LIFE— EDITED BY LEON WHIPPLE

LIBRARIANS CAPTURE THE DEPRESSION

BY HARRY HANSEN

THE librarians of America had a very hard nut to crack
when they met for the fifty-fifth annual conference of
the American Library Association in Chicago. Larger
in numbers than ever before, they now faced the major
problem of carrying on despite curtailed appropriations.
Their income had been cut and yet they had to maintain
the essential service of the library and provide for their
trained workers. Librarians who had made a career of their
work now found themselves unemployed; libraries found it
difficult to keep up with new publications or even to make
necessary replacements. In some instances they had to face
the attitude of local authorities who looked on reading as a
luxury and did not consider the library as a primary object
of relief funds.

Weeks before the conference met its officers had been
trying to get help from the government, arguing that the
adult education work, the advisory reading service and li-
brary extension had a distinct place in helping overcome the
crisis. Several visits to Washington found the authorities
willing to listen without committing themselves. At the first
meeting of the Council, Matthew S. Dudgeon, speaking for
the boards on adult education and library extension, an-
nounced that "federal relief funds are to be available for
the employment of needy qualified persons for adult educa-
tion work when plans prepared by the state education
department and approved by state relief authority have been
approved in Washington. . . . The initiative must come
from the state. Prompt action is necessary." At the final
meeting a resolution was adopted endorsing these plans and
urging the boards to
draw up programs and
hurry their consideration.
Just what this offers in
the concrete no one could
say during the week of
the conference. Carl H.
Milam, secretary of the
ALA, was hopeful of
early support; George F.
Zook,United States com-
missioner of education,
came from Washington
to address the confer-
ence, thus recognizing
the importance of libra-
ries in the scheme of
education and stressing
their further possibilities;
he made practically the
same qualified statement
as that embodied in the
report. It will be seen
that the librarians have
to get over several
hurdles: "Projects for
adult-education work

under library auspices," says Mr. Dudgeon's paper, "must
be part of (1) an approved local education program, (2)
adopted by the state education authority and (3) approved
by the state relief authority."

This does not simply mean relief for unemployed libra-
rians— it means a further development of the library as an
educational center, in cooperation with educational authori-
ties. How far this can go in the form of field workers, readers'
advisors, discussion and study groups, vocational and cul-
tural groups, I do not know, but many of the round-table
talks indicated unlimited usefulness. As I went from one
section to another and heard what was being done in agri-
cultural communities, small industrial centers and large
cities like New York, I became aware of the great extent of
this work. The situation has greatly changed; h've or six
years ago librarians were preparing to serve "the new
leisure," realizing the opportunity for cultural growth in a
nation which was shortly to be emancipated from hard work
because it was so rich in devices and money. Today the new-
leisure is an enforced one, and adult education becomes
necessary to help the unemployed help themselves — infor-
mation as well as ideas will have to be given by librarians.
A conference of librarians goes forward with less fuss than
any convention I have ever attended. The four general ses-
sions, which everyone attends, are devoted to the reading
of scholarly papers; there is no general dinner, but librarians
attend group dinners, thus eliminating a great crush around
tables. Nearly three thousand were registered for the Con-
ference, and after hearing the addresses of welcome by
Walter Dill Scott, president of Northwestern
University, and of Frederick C. Woodward, vice-
president of the University of Chicago, and the
annual address of the president of the ALA, in this
instance Harry M. Lydenberg of New York Public
Library, the librarians attended the meetings of
sections and did not gather together again until
the following Wednesday morning. At that time
three fine papers were offered, by Monsignor
Eugene Tisserant, director of the Vatican Library,
Arundell Esdaile, secretary of the British Museum,
and Isak Collijn, director of the Royal Library at

The animal world sent an elephant to study the civilization of
the human race. When he landed in America, where the White
Man's progress has been greatest, he was shown in such quick
order that "his brain began to resemble the film of a moving
picture camera," the highest houses, the fastest airplane, the
richest man, the biggest apple ever raised in Dorset, Vermont,
the highest flagpole sitter, and was ready to go back to report
this was indeed a superior civilization when . . . Thereby
hangs a tale of the adventures of Sir John, the elephant, and
his American friends, Noodle, the half-time dog, and Diog-
enes, the wisest of cab. The book is not a Candide, nor an
Alice, nor a Gulliver; just pure Van Loon. Back of Van
Loon's guileless pictures and text lie, as every reader of
Survey Graphic knows, unfailing wells of wisdom and wit.

AN ELEPHANT UP A TREE, by Hendrik WiUem Van Loon. Simon
&• Schuster, 206 pp. Prict $2. postpaid o Surrey Crafhic.

634

December 1933

LETTERS & LIFE

635

Stockholm. Another day intervened before the third general
session when George F. Zook, United States commissioner
of education, Howard Mumford Jones of the University of
Michigan and Hervey Allen, author of Anthony Adverse,
gave addresses. In fact Mr. Allen may be said to have been
the outstanding stranger who came from the outside world
into the orbit of the librarians. At the last general session
Frederick P. Keppel, president of the Carnegie Corporation
of New York City, spoke on The Responsibility of Writers,
Publishers, and Librarians
in Promoting International
Understanding.

Throughout the Confer-
ence I heard speakers insist
that books must be written
so that the average man can
understand and enjoy them.
Dean Charles H. Judd of
the School of Education of
the University of Chicago,
attacked the dullness of text-
books. Other speakers, hav-
ing had experience with
reading groups of "low in-
telligence medians," wanted
simpler books — too many

involved sentences proved
stumbling blocks. I began to
see books as objects which
we do not instinctively read,
because it requires an effort;
we have to be teased and
inveigled into acquiring the
habit. Florence Damon
Cleary, of Hut chins Inter-
mediate School Library at
Detroit, related that "the love of reading is nothing that you
can teach a child. It is something that he unconsciously
acquires. The librarian can influence in numberless ways,
however, a factor which lends zest to the program. New
avenues for adventuring with boys and girls in books are
opening constantly if she is alert to every lead that comes
from the classroom." Devices are used — photographs,
colored illustrations, plays, "tie-ups" with timely events.
Helen Martin, fellow of Carnegie Corporation, showed
that the development of children's libraries was coincident
with a sudden renaissance in children's literature in the
latter part of the nineteenth century, and that many move-
ments in the interest of the child came to a focus at the be-
ginning of the twentieth century. If this was possible, per-
haps a new literature might develop for the inarticulate
groups now groping for understanding. Mr. Keppel showed
the need of reaching the great majority with ideas:

the majority which consists of those who act on the basis of their
emotions rather than of their thinking, the people who may be
relied upon to provide the highly charged atmospheric conditions
which war requires. . . . Take the men and women in this
country who are quite satisfied with the international views and
attitudes acquired from a swashbuckling congressman, a catchy
editorial, or a lurid movie. Will they touch the nitrogenous food
the library offers, dull as it all too often is, and packed with repel-
lent statistics?

These people have to be reached with palatable food.

Here and there speakers drew warnings from the use of
books for purposes of political propaganda, naming Soviet

London Bridge is falling down —
But stocks are going up!
Hunger shuffles through the town —
But stocks are going up'.
Tell the farmer in the dell,
Tell the striker in the cell,
Zero hour and all is well —
Stocks are going up!

Russia and Nazi Germany as places where this has occurred.
American libraries, so far, have been free from such political
interference. As they become more involved in serving the
citizen for the good of the state, will they be able to remain
free? The librarians look upon their books as stores of treas-
ure, where all may come for ideas. For that reason they
reiterated their freedom, and the Council declared in one of
its final resolutions "its conviction that the organization and
control of all public libraries, national, state and municipal,

should be free from all parti-
san and factional political
considerations." Arundell
Esdaile, secretary of the
British Museum and vice-
president of the Library
Association of Great Britain,
spoke eloquently on the
place of a free library in a
democratic society:

If democracy is to mean
more than the counting of
noses, or the victory in a con-
flict of ignorant clamors, dark-
ness and noises of night, it must
mean a society which thinks
and reads and discusses, and
whose balance of judgment,

From Don't Sell America Short, one of the verses in this book by the poet
laureate of the Post-Boom Era. Ogden Nash, illustrated by O. Soglow,
is recommended for all whose song-to-march-to has progressed from
Brother, Can You Spare a Dime to Who's Afraid of the Big, Bad Wolf.

HAPPY DAYS, by Ogden Nash. Simon and Schuster. 161 pp. Price $2.00 postpaid o
Survey Graphic.

rather than blind loyalty, di-
rects its ends. Such a society
cannot exist without free access
to good books. The remarkable
rise of the public library in the
last generation is the healthiest
omen for the future of our
troubled world that I can
conceive.

The Story of Thomas Mott Osborne

OSBORNE OF SING SING, by Prank Tannenbaum, with an introduction by Frank-
lin D. Roosevelt. University of North Carolina Press. 336 tp. Price $3 postpaid of
Survey Graphic.

IN school we used to ask the question, "Who was the
greater, Washington or Lincoln?" and reply childishly,
"Washington because he made the country whereas Lincoln
only saved it." This probably illustrates the futility of argu-
ments about greatness. Just how great was Thomas Mott
Osborne? Much time must elapse before his actual achieve-
ment can be judged. But one cannot review his career, or
read this book, without thinking that the man did more
than anybody within a century to stir the American people
to a sense of what goes on in prisons and that he had a touch
of genius.

In 1913 the governor of New York appointed him chair-
man of an official commission to investigate prisons. The
usual course of a commission is to call witnesses, investigate,
report and make recommendations. Sometimes the reports
gather dust; on rare occasions they effect changes. Osborne
decided that he would clothe himself in gray and become
a prisoner.

Now that is the mark of a genius or a fool. He spent a
week in Auburn Prison; he exchanged clandestine messages
through closed teeth with other prisoners, he ate prison food,
he occupied a cell and he worked under prison rigor.
Scoffers can call this quixotic. In Osborne's case it became
historic because it helped to fertilize the emotion and give di-
rection to the ideas that made his work and influence possible.

636

SURVEY GRAPHIC

December 1933

After this week in prison he proceeded to the great adventure of
helping to organize inmate participation in government in Auburn
Prison. Shortly thereafter, as warden of Sing Sing, he encouraged
the prisoners there also to set up a self-governing organization.
Inmate participation had never gone anything like so far in a
prison for adults. As a consequence, Osborne became the hero of
prisoners and his peculiarly sensitive personality enabled him to
exercise great influence over individual offenders; stories of that
influence read like fiction today. All this while he was stirring great
numbers of people to a comprehension of the stupidities of the old
repressive prison regime — and making easier in many places
improvements and reforms that would not otherwise have come so
quickly. It is possible that in this last respect he made his greatest
contribution and that his influence, at a later date, will be found to
have been most permanent.

Mr. Tannenbaum gets the greater part of this story into his
book, of which parts were published in Survey Graphic in 1930-31.
He does not give a calm statement of the personal characteristics
and the peculiarities as an administrator that made Osborne an
unhappy figure in his official relationships. But he has prepared an
interesting, factual and documented account of Osborne's relations
to American prisons — the story of Osborne of Sing Sing by one of
his admirers. It gives little hint of the constructive work being
done in American prisons today. But until a better biography
is written, it will stand as the most comprehensive account of the
most original — and perhaps the most important — person in Amer-
ican penology in many a long decade. WINTHROP D. LANE
Trenton, JV. J.

After Repeal

TOWARD LIQUOR CONTROL, by Raymond B. Fosdick and Albert L. Scott.
Harpers. 211 ft. Price $2 postpaid of the Survey Graphic.

EARLY in February 1933, John D. Rockefeller, Jr., commissioned
the authors of this little book to study the methods which had
been tried out at home and abroad to curb intemperance through
regulation of the sale of liquor; and to recommend a liquor-control
code which would help to focus intelligent opinion and lead to
popular demand for an ordered rather than a chaotic method of
dealing with the legalization of alcoholic beverages. Messrs. Fos-
dick and Scott set themselves to answer the questions: How much
control are Americans willing to stand for in their present temper;
how can the public opinion of the moderate drinker be used to curb
the lust of the immoderate drinker and the cupidity of the manu-
facturers and distributors of alcohol; how can education in temper-
ance best be promoted?

The administrative devices advocated are keyed to reduce and
to stamp out bootlegging, to favor the consumption of beverages of
lighter alcoholic content, and to eliminate as far as possible private
profit. The largest degree of local option compatible with the right
of minorities to obtain liquor for consumption at home is advocated.
The protection of minority opinion against majority control prom-
ises to become an interesting aspect of our current democratic
process.

The sale of beer and natural wines in places separated from the
sale of spirits, fortified wines and heavy beer is advocated. The 3.2
percent beer is held to be non-intoxicating in fact and it is proposed
that it be dispensed practically with a minimum of control. Wines
of less than 12 percent alcoholic content are to be sold freely for off-
premises consumption, but restricted to eating places for sale by the
glass. The abandonment of the licensing system in favor of a state
liquor "Authority" is advocated as the best means of curbing the
misuse of the high alcoholic content liquors. The "Authority" will
establish and maintain the tone of dispensaries, the kind and
amount of advertising, and discourage overuse of hard liquor by
sellers and individuals, and eliminate in high degree the element
of private profit.

The proposals with respect to taxes are most interesting and sug-
gestive. Production and import taxes would be levied by the
national government so as to eliminate interstate competition in
manufacturing liquor. State taxes would be made low enough to
discourage bootlegging. An ingenious system of computing the tax

rate has been worked out which takes account of four factors of
desirability, — i.e. (1) alcoholic content, (2) cost of production,
(3) loading to discourage consumption, (4) a penalty on luxury
consumption. The tax on 3.2 percent beer is fixed at ten cents a
gallon, on light wines forty cents a gallon, and on the strong liquors
at three dollars a gallon. Finally it is proposed to levy a heavy
profit tax on everyone engaged in the business that will reduce the
glamour of large and easy profits.

The book is recommended to all social workers. It is clear
sighted in its acceptance of the facts of the present situations, and
it presents the most carefully thought-out plan for preventing the
return of profit-making in the shape of the old saloon that is likely
to be produced. ALBERT J. KENNEDY

Headworker University Settlement, New York

Dark-Brown Germany

GERMANY ENTERS THE THIRD REICH, by Calvin B. Hoover. Macmillan.
243 pp. with Index. Price $2.50 postpaid of Survey Graphic.

HITLER'S REICH: the First Phase, by Hamilton Fish Armstrong. Macmillan.

73 pp. Price $1 postpaid of Survey Graphic.
THE GERMAN JEW: His Share in Modern Culture, by Abraham Myerson and

Isaac Goldberg. Knopf. 170 pp. with Index. Price $1.25 postpaid of Survey Graphic.
NAZI CULTURE: the Brown Darkness Over Germany, by Matthew Josephson.

John Day Pamphlets. No. 33. 32 pp. Price 25 cents postpaid of Survey Graphic.

IT was to be expected — a flood of books about the Nazi revolu-
tion in Germany. Books hot off the griddle, compounded of
last-minute newspaper dispatches, hasty impressions and conclu-
sions, and hot prejudice one way or t'other. It is of course too soon
for the gathering of dependable facts and the study of swiftly-
changing conditions. With surprised satisfaction, therefore, one
comes upon so worth-while and most timely an analysis and
synthesis as that by Prof. Calvin B. Hoover, professor of economics
at Duke University and author of The Economic Life of Soviet
Russia. It is undeniably the most important book thus far issued
about the overturn in Germany. Uncommonly readable, too, and
largely free of the defects of commission and omission inevitable in
a book obviously prepared in a hurry, about a hot fluid subject,
shifting hourly; concerning which none can fail to have emotions
pro or contra, however conscientiously restrained. There are
vaguenesses, sometimes outright confusion of ideas — anyway of
words, such as Marxian, Communist, Socialist — in somewhat in-
discriminate bundling together of Communists, radicals and lib-
erals of other types, and Social-Democrats, whose aims might be
and usually are widely divergent, even contradictory. But that
seems to me a superficial defect, for Professor Hoover certainly is
clear in showing the Social-Democrats as neither Marxian nor
socialist but essentially bourgeois in psychology and purpose; as
much so as our own Roosevelt Progressives of two decades ago;
weak and vague in their ideas and strategy toward both radicals
and conservatives. Indeed, his luminous narrative of the events and
conditions leading up to the present situation, of the naivete
and blundering of the men who have passed across the stage,
almost justifies, pragmatically, ruthlessness on the part of any
revolutionary movement in stamping out every spark of potential
counter-revolution. The story of the Weimar Republic, in its
futility and its extinction curiously parallels that of the Kerensky
r6gime in Russia. The author is wise, I think, in not attempting in
a book of this kind, too much in the way of appraisal, ethical or
economic, or of prophecy; though he does summarize the situation
in a paragraph of ominous import, including this:

The opportunity for economic development depends upon the
maintenance of peace with other countries, and in this direction
the prospects are not bright. The fanaticism of both the leaders
and the masses of the party is a serious obstacle to the successful
development of the economic system in Germany under National
Socialism. The violence and turmoil both within the party and out-
side it are anything but a hopeful augury.

Time alone, perhaps a very short time, can tell the story to
which Professor Hoover's book is an admirable introduction.

ALREADY in these columns (Survey Graphic, October) I have
sufficiently commented upon Hamilton Fish Armstrong's
Hitler's Reich: the First Phase. It is mentioned here as a fit com-

panion to Professor Hoover's book in supplying reliable back-
ground for the understanding of events in Germany.

A MEASURE of the folly (not to mention the inhumanity)
of the Nazi treatment of the Jews is supplied by The German
Jew, by Abraham Myerson, professor of neurology in Tufts
College Medical School and Isaac Goldberg, lecturer on Hispano-
American Literature at Harvard University. It discusses brilliantly,
tersely, the "new anti-semitism," but its chief contribution is an
amazing list of German-Jewish achievements and achievers in
science, medicine, philosophy, music, art, drama, literature, the
credit for which Germany of the moment has deliberately, wan-
tonly, disclaimed, repudiated. It is fallacious, even from its own
point of view, because Jewish genius is by no means confined to
German Jews, nor German genius to Jewish Germans. Genius is
not in any sense or degree monopolized by or predominant among
Jews. The truth is that superiority is not and never was or will be
a matter of race at all; also, ever remains the question of definition
— what constitutes superiority? Anyway, this book is a body-blow
to the whole detestable postulate of racial excellence (claimed by
every race for itself!).

OF Josephson's Nazi Culture it is enough to say that it is a
contribution of heat rather than light. Well-justified heat.
and competently done; but heat nevertheless. It is essentially a
pamphlet of propaganda, written by a Jew, spitting-mad. Without
being a Jew, I share his indignation and disgust and agree in the
main with his conclusions; sad, too, because just now, and probably
for a long time to come, in Germany "the door is closed to free
inquiry and experiment and thought; to the kind of civilization
that might have brought to Europe a lasting and glorious peace."

JOHN PALMER GAVIT

THE COMPANY OF NATIONS

(Continued from page 610)

of the diplomatic corps stationed in it are accredited to it and give
themselves primarily to cultivating their immediate good relations
with it.

Geneva, on the other hand, is not a capital at all. That is, it is
not the capital of any country. It can therefore become — in a true
sense — a world capital. It indeed already has the tone and tempera-
ment of a world capital. It already — also — has a certain number of
"legations" conducting negotiations in it not only during the ses-
sions of the League but all the time. It similarly has a consulate of
the United States government which is much more than a consulate
and which with a considerable staff is busy all the time in its ob-
servations of world developments.

The family of nations should have a hearth; and there is no
hearth that could be suggested for it so suitable through accumula-
tion of recent circumstances as Geneva. It is there that the lessons
learned from the League era and the conference era should be built
into an edifice perhaps less ambitious but perhaps more useful.

The diplomats accredited to "The Company of Nations" at
Geneva should reside there not to enforce a formula but only to
operate a forum. The constitution of "The Company of Nations"
would contain only one sentence. It would be:

"The governments signatory to this constitution agree to main-
tain envoys of the highest diplomatic rank in Geneva continuously
for conversations and negotiations regarding matters of inter-
national interest."

Thereupon those envoys, together with their technical advisers,
would become a perpetual world conference for all those multitudi-
nous matters which have been the themes of so many separate
conferences during the last fifteen years. They would become
permanent world specialists in world relationships.

They would not fly to Geneva to attend seven days of a League
Council session and then fly back to Prague. They would not ap-
pear at Geneva to consummate a treaty (Continued on page 638)

little Graziella
wants a gold star

MONTH AFTER MONTH, she hopes to see that star "for neatness"
shining on her report card. It's never there.

/( should be! And one way to help put it there is to give Craziella's
mother some extra help to keep her children and home cleaner.

Fels-Naptha will give her extra help. For two busy cleaners work
side by side in this friendly golden bar. Unusually good soap and
plenty of naptha. They loosen dirt quicker — even in cool water. They
make it easier to get more washing and cleaning done.

^ rite Fels & Co., Philadelphia, Pa., for a sample bar of Fels-Naptha,
mentioning the Survey Graphic.

Fels-Naptha

THE GOLDEN BAR WITH THE CLEAN NAPTHAODOR

ANNUITIES

A safe practical plan for guaranteed
protection in advanced years

-M.HE Annuity is a fixed,

guaranteed income, paid to you at regular inter-
vals— as long as you live. It may be large or
small, depending upon your needs and resources.
You do not have to be medically examined.

You can make definite regular payments
(monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually)
towards an Annuity to begin in later life. The
earlier you start on this plan, the larger the Life
Income you will receive.

Or you can make a single payment for the pur-
chase of an immediate life income, paid to you
monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually as
long as you live.

There is an Annuity plan to fit your present cir-
cumstances and your future needs.

Consult with your John Hancock agent

or address the John Hancock
Inquiry Bureau for information

LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

OF BOSTON. MASSACHUSETTS

I null times of stress a strong anchor of safety

JOHN HANCOCK INQUIRY BUREAU

197 Clarendon Street, Boston, Mass.
Please send me information about Annuities.

Name Dale of Birth

St. and No.

City Slate

S. G. 12.33

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

637

New Books for the Times

THE NEW PARTY POLITICS

By A. N. HOLCOMBE

New class lines are forming more important
than the old sectional lines upon which our
political parties were founded. The author,
Professor of Government at Harvard Univer-
sity, presents a program for a system of urban
politics which can meet the needs of the new
America. $1.75

SOCIAL CREDIT

By C. H. DOUGLAS

First American publication of Douglas's fa-
mous book on Consumer Credit completely
revised to the summer of 1933. "Major Doug-
las's proposals have for months occupied an
important place among the various plans
put forward to counter the economic crisis." -
London Times. $2.00

WE MOVE
IN NEW DIRECTIONS

By H. A. OVERSTREET
Shows us how to meet the problems of a
changed world with new, more effective meth-
ods of thought and action. "It penetrates
what is beneath and behind present move-
ments." — New York Times. Fourth Large
Printing. $3.00

W. W. NORTON & CO., Inc. 70 Fifth Ave., New York

ifi

Continue

your professional
through the

education

SOCIAL SERVICE
REVIEW

1 year -$4.00

2 years -$6.50*

3 years -$9.00*

Members of the American Public
Welfare Association may subscribe
for $3.00 annually by sending
orders to the Association office.

*Send payment with order
Canadian postage, 15 cents Foreign postage, 35 cents

Subscribe now !
THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO PRESS

(Continued from page 637) on the arms traffic in a month and then
disappear from the Hotel des Bergues. They would not summon
retinues of journalists and promise them "solutions" by next
Monday. They would change Geneva from being a succes-
sion of shows into being a scene of international humdrum house-
keeping, with the chefs producing new dishes only when adequately
concocted.

Among such dishes, naturally, would be efforts to prevent wars
threatened or to compose wars begun. If "The Company of Na-
tions" found itself unable in any given instance to contrive any
such efforts, too bad ! But, also, well and good ! It would have fallen
short of no engagements. It would have falsified no faiths. If, on the
other hand, it should find itself able to bring such efforts into ac-
tion, it would at any rate hearten the world by its unexpected
success as much as the present League disheartens it by its surpris-
ing failure.

In other words, and in sum:

Why not simply create a world diplomatic corps which shall be
a mere specialized (though lofty) top-story for the various numerous
localized diplomatic corps already familiar to us? Why not provide
the world, as we now provide individual capitals, with an ac-
credited agency for continuous consultation without any for-
mulated promised prospects? Why not, after having tried to evoke
idealism from the ozone, try to evoke it from the soil?

We have discovered that we are no company of angels. Shall we
then say that we are no company at all? That would be an untruth.
Let us revert to our natures and proceed as what we are: a com-
pany of nations, tangled, tentative, exploratory, destined never
to absolute arrivals but always to debatable adventures.

EDUCATION FOR WHAT?

(Continued from page 621)

the new education will undertake to further.

At the same time, the educational clientele is being widened.
The great teachers of the past have nearly all been instructors of
adults, but we have had a spell of concentration on the supposedly
pliable mind of the child. Now it is being realized all over again
that any effort at social betterment must be directed toward all
age levels at once. The acceleration of political and economic
changes has made it absurd to think that any education can ever
be completed.

Does this mean that education, as one of the instruments of social
change and control, will take responsibility for the thinking of our
people at all the age levels, from kindergarten to a lively and open-
minded old age? Not to the extent of setting up a norm for the new
society and driving everybody to fit himself to it. We can be sure
of that. Educators, or at least their leaders, are still aware of the
wise dictum that telling a man what to think is telling him not to
think at all. They insist on the method of science and the testing of
seductive hypotheses. John Dewey has said what he would be ex-
pected to say: "We frankly accept the democratic tradition in its
moral and human import . . . there is a difference between a soci-
ety which is planned and a society which is continuously planning
. . . namely, the difference between dogma and intelligence in
operation. . . ."

We can believe that neither the young who are its victims, nor
those who are thinking about generations to come, are advocating
any jerry-built substitute for the present defective order. They still
have faith in the sometimes footling, sometimes inspired progress of
democracy. The question which needs desperately to be answered,
but which no one can answer now is whether or not the chance will
be given for working the changes out in this way. What the youth
of the country will do depends on what happens to the economic
system itself. A temporary restoration of "prosperity" will give a
breathing space. If the homeopathic methods of reforming capital-
ism are effective, the danger will be that when acute discontent de-
parts, our thoughtful concern for the future will go with it. If, on
the other hand, millions of the young remain idle and placeless,
they will be the shock troops of somebody's new army, with a
formula on their banners and joy in their hearts because they are

(In answering advertistmints pleasi mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

638

asked to do something in the world — anything as long as it enlists
muscles and brains and arduous devotion. The young are perhaps
no more apt at self-delusion than their ciders, but they prefer illu-
sions of action to those of hopelessness.

But this is less likely now than it was a year or even six months
ago. The world-swing upward is a reality, in spite of the fact that
it is tragically slow in affecting the lives of individual sufferers,
and if we keep our heads this country will get its share of recovery.
The struggle ahead is the often mentioned race between education
and disaster, but it will probably be disguised as a struggle between
education and renewed complacency. Can schools and colleges and
the looser patterns of adult learning really prepare a whole people
for constant and enlightened change? Can absolutism and dogma,
which are easily managed, give place to tentative conclusions,
alertness, and an earnest but free-moving scepticism? Do teachers
dare to cease being purveyors of things as they are and become
prophets of things as they might be? They cannot, we may say con-
fidently, if the present public attitude toward the function of the
teacher is not reformed. This brings us to the third element in the
situation, the generally held idea of a teacher's function.

If recently graduated students are aching with resentment be-
cause the social system took care of them too kindly for a while and
then turned them loose, and the leaders of thought in the educa-
tional profession are determined that they shall have a share in the
job of making things over, will society as a whole silence the one
group with bribes and the other with the customary threats? This
question is hardest of all to answer, even with a guess, because no
one can say how deeply the experience of the last four years has cut
into the permanent ideas of the men and women who pay taxes and
vote. If we cram ourselves, in our present alarm, into tighter social
molds, education will find it exceedingly difficult to prepare for
intelligent social mobility. If we abandon the new disciplines as
soon as they begin to bring us profits — as we have tended to do
before — education will have to struggle for its right to take a longer
view. In either case, this will be a fight worth watching. There are
a million teachers in the United States and they are tired of taking
full responsibility for the future without having a voice as to what
sort of a future it shall be.

THE PUBLIC RELATIONS OF PLAN

(Continued from page 628)

a willingness to defer the gratification of the moment for anticipated
good in the future. They do take out insurance, start savings
accounts, seek to own homes, and invest for security. Can we not
show them that these personal plans, these self-interested designs
for living, depend in the long run on some social plan in which
stability, security, and order provide the climate for the future
harvest? The present crisis is a primer for that lesson.

Second, we may try to offset the conclusion that because they
cannot plan their individual lives it follows that social life certainly
cannot be planned. We can show that we can plot better curves for
health and population in western civilization than we can for per-
sonal fortunes. John Doe may die tomorrow, but society is not
going to die tomorrow. Marx was at least a half-prophet; Norman
Angell did foresee the meaning of modern war. History, statistics
and curves, social philosophers, even the Utopians, have given us a
kind of social mind and moments of vision. Communication is
surely an instrument of social thinking. As a group we may be able
to do something about Time and Foresight that the unit cannot.

And last, this shared mind may become more and more social.
That would mean that more individuals would be willing to give
up the potential personal chance of a lucky break in the interests of
an orderly social development. Some even now do put their own
stake into the pot of the common good. For to think of plan at all
means to have faith that the human race is worth planning for — not
because the plan will serve self-interest, avoid revolutions, or
master machines for leisure and luxury, but because only thus can
men achieve dignity and faith. We want not an alternative to
chaos, but a share in our own destiny.

(In answering advertisements please

639

to l^ead —

^Books to Cjive

THIS CHANGING
WORLD

Samuel S. Pels

"How to raise the level of living and enlarge its
limits, Mr. Pels discusses with fine illumination.
Among the many current books inspired by the con-
viction that we stand at a crucial choice of ways it is
notable because of the breadth of its scope and the
idealism with which both its thinking and its practical
exposition are imbued." — New York Times.
This extraordinarily stimulating book by a successful
business man illuminates the whole range of social
and economic ideas now being put forward by the
present administration. Illustrated by Van Loon.

$2.50

SIDNEY AND
BEATRICE WEBB

Mary Agnes Hamilton

For more than a generation Sidney and Beatrice
Webb have ranked with England's leading econo-
mists and political thinkers. This brilliant biography
illuminates recent social and industrial progress.

$3.50

THE LUCKY LADY

Margaret Prescott Montague

The author of "Closed Doors," those poignant
stories of deaf and blind children in a state school,
now writes an inspiring book of praise of this era of
science which has restored her sight and hearing.

$1.00

OUR STARVING LIBRARIES

R. L. Duffus

The author of "Books: Their Place in a Democracy"
has made an incisive study of the effects of the
depression on our public libraries. $1.25

HOUGHTON, MIFFLIN COMPANY

2 Park Street, Boston, Mass.

mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

THE CHURCH AND
THE PRESENT SITUATION

THE CHRISTIAN MISSION IN AMERICA S
by Hugh T. Kerr

Minister Sliadyside Presbyterian Church, Pittsburgh, Pa. ^~5

A vigorous handling of the great issues facing the Chris- ^~
tian church today 'and a challenge to better work. $1.00

CHRISTIANITY AND INDUSTRY
IN AMERICA

by Alva W. Taylor

Professor of Social Ethics, Vanderbilt University

For many years a leader in th.e work of stimulating the
interest of the church in labor, Prof. Taylor now puts his
thought into a compact volume of great usefulness. $1.00

TODAY'S YOUTH AND TOMORROW'S
WORLD

by Stanley High

Radio preacher, journalist, and author

A book for youth by one who knows how youth thinks
and feels. Intensely interesting to young people and equally

good for those who are older.

$1.00 =1

FRIENDSHIP PRESS

150 Fifth Avenue
New York

"Here's a Gift Sure
to be Welcomed"

Not only pleasure for Christmas, but also help-
fulness for years to come. That is why there Is
lasting satisfaction in giving and receiving

WEBSTER'S COLLEGIATE

100,000 entries; 1,268 pages; 1,700 illustrations.
The new Fourth Edition brings Webster's Collegi-
!ite right up to date. And the new low prices make
it a bigger value than ever before. Thin-Paper
Edition : Cloth, $3.50 ; Fabrikoid, $5.00 ; Leather,
$7.00; Limp Pigskin, $7.50. Purchase of your
bookseller, or send order and remittance direct
to the publishers, or write for full information.

G. & C. MERRIAM COMPANY
319 Broadway Springfield, Mass.

Who Are the Unemployed?

10,000 OUT OF WORK

(Industrial Research Studies XXII)

By EWAN CLAGUE AND WEBSTER POWELL

First attempt to measure the causes of unemployment in an averase group on
"made-work" relief in Philadelphia, with pertinent recommendations for
community action in the future.

$2.00

CASE STUDIES IN UNEMPLOYMENT

(Industrial Research Studies XII)

Edited by Marion Elderton. Foreword by Paul S. Kellogg

Introduction by He/en Hall

$3.00

UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA PRESS: PHILADELPHIA

BROTHERS' KEEPERS

(Continued from page 607)

the essential stupidity of struggling with effects while the cause
went uncontrolled?

I was still hesitating at that jump, for after all I am only two
generations away from the tract and the sandwich, when the old
man shambled out of the shadows of a doorway. He was a dread-
ful old man. His voice was a whine. Half his hand, I noticed ir-
relevantly, was gone.

Young Tom, amused and aloof, watched me pass him, not the
efficient printed slip, but a dollar bill. "Well, well, Lady Bounti-
ful's going big tonight, isn't she? Was that for luck?"

"Yes, for luck. For the luck he's had, for the luck you won't
have to take. He'll never make the next jump. You will."

"You're darned right I will, Lady Bountiful, and so will you.
In fact we're both in the air this very minute, whether we know
it or not or even whether we like it."

THE GOAL OF GOVERNMENT

(Continued from page 589)

becoming the juristic sages of a new national order; to sketch our
clutter of states and localities re-formed by planned wholesale
amendment of statutes and constitutions adopted at referendum
elections by masses of voters enthusiastically saying yes to their
hopes. 'Twere Wells but 'tis not likely.

As it seeks its goal our actual government, however imperfect, is
at war. The phrase of 1787 is still true: we must "promote the gen-
eral welfare," but these words have become obscure. Repeated
depressions have convinced many of us that it is the economic
process itself, as now organized and operated, that must be remade
and brought under government; that laissez-faire economics, espe-
cially as to finance and monopoly, have put government under
business so far that we have no decent control of either, not even
the ability to keep business from committing periodic suicide.

The words of Henry of Navarre, which the Bourbons forgot, are
clear enough: "France has a king that every peasant may have a
chicken in the pot on Sunday." We applaud and the wholesale
poultry trade would willingly make it two chickens but we do not
like to add tha grim requirement of the Arab tribesmen: that the
Sheik must protect the poor again-t the rich. It is unpleasant to
think that perhaps Henry's goal cannot be reached save by the
Arab route. The fight to make the whole business process work well
is also a fight to overthrow interests entrenched in specific business
processes that have worked badly. As one notes the struggle over
the price of railroad rails, that over hog-production and processing,
those as to the automobile, coal, sugar and tobacco codes, the long
tug-of-war with big banking, the extreme difficulty of getting
enough weight given to the needs of the people as consumers, it
becomes clear that the New Deal has brought not economic peace
but a sword to our politics. On the NRA stamp, unfortunately, it is
the business man who is out of step with the others. Since he is the
one through whom, as we see it, our material general welfare is to
be promoted, that stamp symbolizes quite pointedly the present
crisis.

We are not interested in political progress today unless economic
progress depends upon it. We hope it does not. By constituting full
government in the President and his aides, however temporarily,
we avoid one issue in order to handle the other. In the long run
both government and business must not only go on but also get
better. What we all want now is to have government make business
do its stuff. Mr. Roosevelt is king in order that raw materials be
had from farm, forest, mine, ocean and oil well, put through the
plants, the goods handed over the counter and ranged for use in
closet, garage and pantry.

The need for doing this is bitterly real. Forget the entire hell of
unemployment, assume it to have vanished. Nevertheless, the mass

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

640

of us here in the United States are proletarian, are poor. We want
goods which we cannot buy because, it is said, these have been
overproduced. That is theory; in fact we are bad customers. We
cannot exert, much as we wish to, the pull of purchase which alone
can keep the wheels turning.

Whether the mass of our population has been put in that fix by
the inscrutable will of Providence or by our own shortcomings as
individuals, by the iron operation of economic law or by the subtle
fraudulence of monopolistic and financial power is of no conse-
quence. The first cause is beyond our analysis; the second is refuted
by unemployment; the third depends on your own private theol-
ogies of economics; the fourth we have never either understood or
subdued. The majority of us look to the Presidency to lead in free-
ing our working lives from whatever malign forces have made us
poor in the midst of unprecedented national riches.

Confused by the changes since 1900 we now have neither theo-
ries nor principles to limit national action. Nobody cares what the
new order is called. If Russians eat and Germans have lodgings
then food is Bolshevist and shelter is Nazi, to some plaintive minds.
Nobody cares. Government ownership, operation, control, price-
fixing, arbitration, valuation, and so on, are no longer bogies but
merely devices. If practical benefits ensue, the outraged principles
of Founding Fathers and rugged individualists will have to lick
their own sores.

Pouting Wall Street, as it threatens to play in some other back-
yard, seems to many sober men merely a financial maverick to be
roped into line. If New York cannot tame the Stock Exchange then
Washington must. One hears that from conservative college pro-
fessors. Our maidenly bankers still blushing from the embraces of
Kreuger, Insull et al., try to insist that the national government
must give pledges never never to flirt with horrid inflation, any-
where, any time. That strikes many people as mere gall and
impudence. Experts are to advise power, not to dictate to it, for the
responsibility is not theirs. Our government today is national and
free to act.

IACK of law and order made the barons essential to mediaeval
t_ England and hence so powerful that they were the chief foes of a
new national rule under the King, though that rule alone could ex-
tend and make permanent the law and order which England had to
have. The barons played their part again in our own age of eco-
nomic chaos. Will these specific corporate forces now take their
place as upholders of the throne or as its foes? The weapons here
are not field guns against castles but credit and price in the market.
Organized economic interests cannot face government in a contest
of power but they can pursue a Fabian policy. The effort toward a
new order can be slowed up, pulled apart, misrepresented to pub-
lic opinion and barked at in elections, challenged in the courts year
after year by taking serial advantage of technicalities. The cor-
porate form of organization is practically permanent, the electoral
form has to be re-based every few years. Public support, by
expressed approval and opinion, alone can even the scales. Far too
many of our most effective organs for forming opinion have
hitherto been allied with the barons, with those who had something
to give. The support The New York Times gives to the gambling
activities of Wall Street, to acts of power by high finance, is a mar-
vel of simplicity. In the long run circulation must follow public
opinion.

All these difficulties are made worse by the storm of change in
which our age has its being. Inventions create and destroy inter-
ests, no process is permanent, the economic land-marks shift, the
very nature of money and credit in relation to our business process
is disputed. Therefore we improvise, we experiment, on the fixed
base of centralized national and almost unrestricted political power
organized under the President. Fixed, that is, "for the duration."
Unless we intend a national economy planned to promote the
general welfare, our goal of government will be merely to get by
the depression. Then political ancestralism will grip us again and
business, not politics, will rule. A nation, as well as a man, is the
sum of its choices. Whether we like it or not our country is the
master of its own fate today.

NOW COMPLETE IN 12 VOLUMES

Recent Social Trends Monographs

Prepared under the direction of

THE PRESIDENT'S RESEARCH COMMITTEE
ON SOCIAL TRENDS

Just Published
GROWTH OF THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT— 1915-1932

By Carroll H. Wooddy, University of Chicago. 582 pages,
$5.00

WOMEN IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY. THEIR
POLITICAL. SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES

By S. P. Breckinridff, University of Chicago. 360 pages,
$4.00

RURAL SOCIAL TRENDS

By Edmund de S. Brunmr, Columbia University and /. H.
Kelt, University of Wisconsin. 386 pages, $4.00

PROBLEMS OF EDUCATION IN THE UNITED STATES

By Charles H. Judd, University of Chicago. 214 pages,
$2.50

THE ARTS IN AMERICAN LIFE

By Fredrick P. Kippel and R. L. Duffus. 227 pages, $2.50

THE METROPOLITAN COMMUNITY

By R. D. McKenzie, University of Michigan. 352 pages,
$3.50

AMERICANS AT PLAY

By Juse F. Steintr, University of Washington. 201 pages,
$2.50

•

HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT

. By Edgar Sydenstrickir, Chief Statistician, United States
Public Health Service. 217 pages, $2.50

POPULATION TRENDS IN THE UNITED STATES

By Warrtn S. Thompson and P. K. Whilfton. 415 pages,
$4.00

TRENDS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

By Leonard D. Whin, University of Chicago. 365 pages,
$4.00

COMMUNICATION AGENCIES AND SOCIAL LIFE

By Malcolm M. Williy, University of Minnesota and
Stuart A. Rici, University of Pennsylvania. 229 pages,
$2.50

RACES AND ETHNIC GROUPS IN AMERICAN LIFE

By T. J. Woofttr, Jr., University of North Carolina. 247
pages, $2.50

Send for copies on approval

McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc.

330 West 42nd Street New York

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

641

Illustrated Lecture by

JOHN ADAMS KINGSBURY

Secretary, Milbank Memorial Fund
Co-author "Red Medicine"

"Public Health Service in the Soviet Union"
Wednesday, Dec. 6, 1933, 8:30 P.M.

TOWN HALL
123 West 43rd St., N. Y. C.
Tickets may be obtained from

TECHNICAL BUREAU, 80 East llth St., New York City
or at door Admission 50 cents

The greatest gift one can offer
to many a young man (or young
woman) this year.

C. Solid chunks of Babson's own
experience are here in profusion.
Amazingly helpful for young men now
seeking employment, it Is also valuable
for young women, parents and business
educators. A book of plain common
sense by one of the men best Fitted to
give it.

$1.50
Fleming H. Revell Company, 158 Fifth Avenue, New York

THE JOY PEDDLER

by A. H. Shoenfeld

If Petronious who in his "Satyricon" recorded the foiblea and the perversi-
ties of the Romans in the days of Nero were alive today he might employ
the style and the approach that the author of The Joy Peddler has used to
record the Woman Question, and the manners of our present-day Pleasure
Dispensers.

"... your remarkable book, 'The Joy Peddler.'"

— Havelock Ellis
Walter Winchell

under the caption Salty Stuff, says:

"The privately distributed 'The Joy Peddler' is quite a book. It is so
pointed and so blunt that already there is great talk of vengeance on the
part of some men and women exposed in their alleged ways of going along.
The book is a small sensation in the bulb belt, where it takes prussic acid
to get a kick out of the frequenters.

"Even the columnists who frequent the all-night rendezvous get a
mention, few of the regular habitues are overlooked and even the society
representatives are 'suckers for left jabs.'"

VARIETY

under the caption JOY PEDDLER PANIC says:

"The new 'Joy Peddler' book, bootlegged at $25 a copy, has the
Mainstreeters in a frenzy. It deals with the Broadway night life in a thinly
disguised vein. Characters are easily recognizable with reference to the open
secret of a male and female night club host and hostess."

THE JOY PEDDLER

now in its second printing limited to 2,000 copies, was originally offered at
$10.00 if subscribed to before publication date, and then published at $1 2.50.
However, during the controversy over this work, when the book was seized
by the District Attorney, and subsequently released, it sold at a premium
price of $25.00 a copy.

ONLY $2.98

DELIVERY FREE

The Union Library Association

1 18-120 East 25th St., New York City

America's oldest matt order Boot house. Est, 1884. Satisfaction or your money
back. Send for free Holiday Bargain Book Catalog No. 247SG

IS THERE ENOUGH TO GO 'ROUND?

(Continued from page 599)

appears to be a matter of a few years. Unless substitutes are devel-
oped, or resources conserved by far better methods of exploitation
and utilization, we must be chary of predicting vast increases in
production.

A definite ceiling to possible living standards is furnished by the
transportation load, the availability of raw materials, skilled labor,
present housing facilities which would limit capacity operation in
many industries, the inevitable decline of certain natural re-
sources, and the fact that only 25 percent of industry is organized
for mass production. Excessive optimism is distinctly out of place
when these limitations are given due weight. Sunshiny predictions
as to ten- or twenty-fold increase are downright nonsense. To secure
any such levels, the plant must be redesigned, relocated and rebuilt,
and a whole new science of substitute commodities developed. My
guess is a three-fold maximum, and I base it primarily on the trans-
portation limitation. Within these limits, however, the General
Staff can still work out enormous economies for application to the
budget of the wayfaring man. Let us make them explicit:

1 . The General Staff can demand more durable goods. By dou-
bling the life of a motor car, piece of furniture, pair of socks, razor
blade, towel, carpet, electric fixture, tennis racket, or what you
will, the quantity of goods in use theoretically doubles without
much increase in cost. Nearly all articles are now made under the
compulsion of rapid replacement. Vendibility being the objective
of business enterprise, this course is logical and inevitable in an
economic system dominated by business. When business enterprise
is replaced by central planning, quick replacement becomes
illogical and scandalously wasteful, even as it was to the craftsman
of 1830. By means of standards, specifications and the use of some-
what more energy — remember there is plenty of energy to spare —
the quality of most American goods can be greatly improved.
Automobiles can run 300,000 miles (taxicabs already do), razor
blades last a lifetime, certain fabrics never wear out. On this pro-
gram the same amount of raw material can go two or three times
as far. This not only increases living standards, but conserves
natural resources at the same time.

2. The General Staff can release all patents and suppressed in-
ventions for immediate operation. The new electric-light bulb, con-
suming for equal candlepower about one fiftieth as much current,
would be given to the consumer. (Private power companies are
naturally hesitant as to giving it to him now.) Heaven and the Patent
Office alone know how many cardinal inventions are at present
locked up or blocked because of the fear that they will hurt some-
body's vested interest. Under the assumptions of this article, there
are no vested interests to hurt. I give you, in passing, the Dymaxion
car, the new electric house furnace, the new arched hollow brick.
All must struggle desperately for life, in the courts and out of them,
under the present system. All can immediately be put to work in a
functional society, with healthy rewards to the inventor, as in
Russia.

3. An unknown but manifestly great saving is possible by liqui-
dating present restrictions on output by workers. S. E. Mathewson
has explored this dark territory and come to some surprising con-
clusions (Restrictions of Output Among Unorganized Workers,
Viking Press, 1931). He finds an exceedingly widespread and in-
grained institution. Efforts of management to speed-up production
in recent years have been repeatedly offset by the ingenuity of
workers in collectively lying down on the job. Conscious of the
omnipresent threat of technological unemployment they have
taken to quiet and effective sabotage as naturally as a turtle draws
within his shell when danger threatens. Who shall be the first to
cavil at this tropism? If, however, the threat of economic insecurity
is removed, and a job on a high living standard guaranteed, we may
expect to see a dramatic increase in output per man-hour in those
establishments or services where energy (Continued on page 644)

(In answering advertisements pleasi mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

642

Prohibition has gone — What NOW?

THE ROCKEFELLER PLAN

answers the question in this book

TOWARD

LIQUOR

CONTROL

By Raymond B. Fosdick and Albert L. Scott
With a Foreword by John D. Rockefeller, Jr.

$2.00 at all bookstores
49 East 33rd Street NEW YORK

S book embodies the results of the
study, sponsored by Mr. Rockefeller,
of experience in Liquor control in the
U. S., Canada and European countries,
and includes a statement as to what
world experience indicates as the most
promising measures of promoting tem-
perance. "One of the most important
books published this year." — Cincinnati
Enquirer.

WALTER LIPPMANN says:

"There is no comparable book to the
problem as Americans must deal with
it ... no other book which analyzes
so clearly and comprehensively our
peculiar problem."

"The Rockefeller report has done a service
to the country and to the cause of tem-
perance." — Baltimore Sun.

HARPER & BROTHERS

If von believe
insurance means

Security — read

IE on

A CHALLENGE TO AMERICA
by Abraham Epstein

Executive Secretary for the American Association
for Social Security

It shows how little you get when you buy insurance
under present-day institutions. Dramatically, force-
fully, the author reveals their faults, and presents a
program of Social Insurance which means real secur-
ity for you in old age, sickness, unemployment, etc.
"Hardly anybody will fail to find in the book all the
information on every variety of social insurance..."
— Book-of-the-Month Club News. "His book super-
sedes Rubinow's Social Insurance which has been
the standard work on the subject since 1916."—
American Library Association Booklist. Foreword
by FRANCES PERKINS, U. S. Secretary of Labor.
$4.00

at all bookstores, or direct from
HARRISON SMITH and ROBERT HAAS. 17 E. 49 St., N. Y.

For those who wish a clear and authoritative
explanation of what psychology has contribu-
ted to modern knowledge, we recommend

SEVEN PSYCHOLOGIES

By
EDNA HEIDBREDER, Ph.D.

"A readable, non-technical, and useful book,"
says Ira S. Wile, M.D., in The Survey.

"A highly informing presentation," says the Boston
Evening Transcript.

"It is a real guide book in finding one's way through
the seeming confusion in the young science of
psychology," says the Garrett Tower.

"No similar volume, so far as this reviewer knows,
gives an equally complete, unprejudiced and well-
balanced survey of this important body of material,"
says The Christian Century.

STUDENT'S EDITION $2.00

D. APPLETON-CENTURY
COMPANY

35 West 32nd St. New York City

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

643

Index to Advertisers

December 1, 1933

GENERAL

American Telephone & Telegraph Company 584

Christmas Giving That Counts 583

Pels & Company 637

John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company 637

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Back Cover

Remington Typewriters 646

Xmas Cards 646

EDUCATIONAL

Author's Research Bureau 645

Committee on Cultural Relations with Latin America. , . .Second Cover

New York School of Social Work 645

Pennsylvania School of Social and Health Work 645

Simmons College School of Social Work 645

Smith College School for Social Work 645

Technical Bureau 642

University of Chicago School of Social Service Admin 645

HOTELS

Hotels Statler Second Cover

PUBLISHERS

D. Appleton-Century Company 643

Friendship Press 640

Harper & Bros 643

Houghton Mifflin Company 639

McGraw-Hill Book Company 641

G. & C. Merriam Company 640

W. W. Norton & Company 638

Fleming H. Revell Company 642

Harrison Smith & Robert Haas 643

Union Library 642

University of Chicago Press (Social Service Review) 638

University of Pennsylvania Press 640

DIRECTORY

Social Organizations Third Cover

CLASSIFIED

Situations Wanted 646

Employment Agencies

Joint Vocational Service, Inc 646

Gertrude R. Stein, Inc • 646

Printing, Multigraphing, Typewriting, etc.

Quick Service Letter Co., Inc 646

Max J. Selig & Company 646

Literary Assistance 645

Miscellaneous 646

Pamphlets and Periodicals 646

(Continued from page 642) has not displaced human labor.

4. Finally, let us not forget the growing importance of services
as against goods in high energy civilizations. Energy releases labor.
The service industries require labor, and not much else. The Gen-
eral Staff is thus enabled by conserving labor on the industrial
front to throw it into the service front — and to raise standards by
virtue of more doctors, nurses, dentists, hospital attendants, clinic
operators, research workers, statisticians, teachers, foresters, play-
ground attendants, highway workers, traffic directors, mural
painters, librarians, actors, dancers, entertainers, linemen, repair-
men, servicers of home equipment and so on. In this department the
limitations of transportation load and physical production do not
apply. While the General Staff may not be able to push goods for
personal consumption beyond certain rigorous margins, it has a
free hand to push these collective and cultural services as high as
available manpower warrants. It is in this department that a
straight per family budget calculated in tonnage or in dollars
becomes almost meaningless. These services belong to no family
hut to the whole community, and they are civilization itself.

THESE four factors, added to the more obvious economies of j
functional control, would, I believe, operate in say a decade to -I
produce an average standard of living at least three times higher I
than a simple health and decency budget. If you must have a]
money total — though I warn you it means almost nothing — per-
haps $6000 worth of consumers' goods a year at 1929 prices, plus j
the collective and cultural services which absolutely defy all pecu-
niary appraisal. You will live much more comfortably and sect:
more out of life than most families in 1929 did on $10,000 a year.

The above estimates are admittedly crude, and in the nature <
pioneering work. Nobody, to my knowledge, has ever passed th
way before. If they have value, and I believe they have, it is fo
their qualitative rather than quantitative analysis. I have tried
set forth the major factors which must be considered; factors whic
too frequently are disregarded in the usual optimistic estimat<
We must be sure, initially, which we are discussing: a Utop
plant, or the present one; we must remember the appalling dif
culty of housing — which everybody seems to forget; we must be
mindful of harsh limitations like the transportation load; we must
be careful to distinguish between goods and services, between con-
sumers' goods and producers' goods; we must think primarily in
terms of connected energy rather than in manpower and work-
weeks.

Also, unless one is prepared to face a long, hard transition stage,
it is cruel to submit hifalutin' estimates promising to make every-
body rich. If this study is worth anything, it shows that you cannot
make everybody rich. You can make everybody in America eco-
nomically secure, well supplied with mass production comforts,
reasonably happy, let us hope, but not rich as a stockbroker counts
material riches. You cannot lift the Georgia Negro so far as that
with present equipment.

We can keep a small class of glittering spenders as a sort of
national display, if you please, much as a municipality keeps a zoo.
It could be as numerous as in 1929 — say one family in a thousand.
To supply this menagerie with the gilded cages to which it is ac-
customed would be no trick at all — a mere drop in the total flow of
consumers' goods. In the economy of scarcity, the luxury goods of
nobles and of land-owners came forcibly and painfully out of the
hide of peasant and craftsman. We still think in those terms. But a
forty-fold increase in energy has made such thinking obsolete. The
rich often set us a bad example, true, but their bill for luxuries is a
postage-stamp. The system whereby they become rich, however —
the vendibility principle — has grown onerous beyond bearing.
The flow of energy will no longer tolerate its shackles. An economy
of abundance has been trying to operate on the folkways, laws,
constitutions, property relations, laid down in an economy of
scarcity. It will not run. A system based on function must shortly
replace the present muddle or the whole social structure will cave
in.

In this inventory I have tried to indicate what Americans may
reasonably expect from such a system in its opening phases.
(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

644

NEW YORK SCHOOL
OF SOCIAL WORK

122 East 22nd Street
New York City

Harry L. Hopkins, Federal Relief
Administrator, says:

BEAR this in mind, that of the three and
one-half million families who have come
to us at least three million of them have come
to us for the first time, come to us with the most
serious problem they have ever had confronting
them in their lives. They should be permitted
to come to people iviih skill, and competent in
the direction of relief.

Students may enter at the beginning of
the Winter Quarter— January 3, 1934

e%tmmon£ College

&d)ool of Social

Professional Training in

Medical Social Work, Psychiatric Social

Work, Family Welfare, Child Welfare,

Community Work

Leading to the degree of B.S. and M.S.

•

Address: THE DIRECTOR

18 Somerset Street Boston, Massachusetts

THE PENNSYLVANIA SCHOOL OF
SOCIAL AND HEALTH WORK

Two-year program of graduate training for principal fields
of Social Work.

311 So. Juniper Street

Philadelphia

LITERARY

Criticism, editing, revision, ghost-writing and collaboration.
Papers, articles, stories, books. Excellent credentials. Fees
reasonable. 7190 Survey.

WRITERS:

We assist in preparing special articles, papers, speeches,
debates. Expert scholarly service. AUTHOR'S RESEARCH
BUREAU. 516 Fifth Avenue, New York.

timbersttp of Chicago

of Social &ertotce aununtstrntion

Academic Year, 1933-34

Winter Quarter, Jan. 2-Mar. 23
Spring Quarter, Apr. 2-June 1 3

Summer Quarter

First Term, June 18-July 20
Second Term, July 23-Aug. 24

Studmts who wish to enroll for Fiild Work Coursts
for tbi Winter Quartir, 1934, must fill application
with tin Dean of tht School be j ore DicembirlO, 1933.

Announcements on request

Smith College School
for Social Work

A Graduate Professional School offering courses
leading to degree of Master of Social Science.

— Academic Year Opens July 1934 -

Smith College Studies
in Social Work

A Quarterly published by the School
September, December, March and April

Contents for December 1933

Differential Treatment of Unemployment Relief
Cases . . . Francis Schwab. Methods and Results
of the Treatment of Stutterers in a Child Guidance
Clinic . . . Elizabeth Bullwinkle. Parental Behavior
as an Index to the Possible Outcome of Treatment in
a Child Guidance Clinic . . . Frances Miller and
Laura Richards.

Abstracts of Theses Submitted to the
Smith College School for Social Work, 1933

Yearly subscription $2
College Hall 8

Single copy 75c
Northampton, Mass.

(In answering advertisements please mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

645

CLASSIFIED ADVERTISEMENTS

TEL.. ALGONQUIN 4-7490 SURVEY GRAPHIC

112 EAST 19th STREET
NEW YORK CITY

SITUATIONS WANTED

Young man, A.B. degree, trained case worker, seeks
opening in child welfare agency, emergency relief, or
transient work. Good personality. Capable. 7186
SURVKY.

Former American Red Cross disaster relief worker
wishes position in unemployment relief work, child
welfare visitor or homefinder, or any position with a
future. References. 7189 Survey.

Ii your
organization
listed in
the Survey'*
Directory of
Social Agenciei?
If not —
why not?

Write for the

Survey Book Exhibit

Books displayed at the National
Conference of Social Work

The Survey Book Department
112 E. 19th St. New York, N. Y.

APPLICANTS for positions are sincerely
urged by the Advertising Department to
send copies of letters of references rather
than originals, as there is great danger of
originals being lost or mislaid.

MULTIGRAPHING

MIMEOGRAPHING

ADDRESSING

FILLING-IN

FOLDING

COMPLETE MAILINGS

QUICK SERVICE LETTER COMPANY

intoK.ro it ATI D

SPARK PLACE— NEW YORK
TELEPHONE — BARCLAY 1-9633

• • •

SALES CAMPAIGNS

PLANNED AND WRITTEN

PRINTING

BOOKLETS, OFFICE FORMS, ADVER-
TISING MATERIAL, STATIONERY, ETC.

Larte or Small Quantities

Rapid, Courteous Serrice,

Quality Work, Right Price*

MAX J. SELIG & CO.

265 West 40th St.. New York LOngacre 5-5464

Your Own Agency

This is the counseling and placement agenc
sponsored jointly by the American Associatlc
of Social Workers and the National Organlti
tion for Public Health Nursing. Nations
Non-profit making.

GERTRUDE R. STEIN, Inc
VOCATIONAL SERVICE AGENC
18 EAST 41sT STREET, NEW YOR

Lexington 2-6677

We are interested In placing those who hav
a professional attitude towards their work
Executive secretaries, stenographers, cat
workers, hospital social service workers, setth
ment directors; research, immigration, psych
atric, personnel workers and others.

PAMPHLETS

Rates: 7Sc per line for 4 insertions

PERIODICALS

The American Journal of Nursing shows the ;
which trained nurses are taking in the bettern
of the world. Put It In your library. $3.00 a y
450 Seventh Ave., New York. N. Y.

Mental Hygiene: quarterly: (3.00 a year; publli
by the National Committee for Mental Hygi
450 Seventh Ave.. New York.

MISCELLANEOUS

Believing some men and women are burdened, anxi
needing help in meeting perplexing personal proble
a retired physician offers friendly counsel. No f
7168 SURVEY.

Distinctive
Hand-Blocked

Personal
Xmas Cards

Reasonable rates
include i m -
printed greeting
and signature

Mail orders filled
— must be ac-
companied by
remittance

Write for further particulars or
Come in and see the catalog

Survey Graphic

112 East 19th St. (Alg. 4-7490) N. Y. C.

Something New —

New Noiseless Typing made available to all business

THE NEW REMINGTON NOISELESS
SEVEN PORTABLE DESK MODEL

MARY R. ANDERSON

112 East 19th Street New York, N. Y.

Phonet Algonquin 4-7490

When calling at THE SURVEY let urn *hou you the
n.u, REMINGTON NOISELESS NUMBER SEVEN

SUBSCRIBE HERE

Survey Graphic— Monthly— $3.00
Survey Aiiociatei, Inc., 112 East 19th St., New York
Name. . . . . .Address 12-1-3 J

(In answering advertisements phase mention SURVEY GRAPHIC)

646

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Survey graphic"

See other formats